From 57f0f512b273f60d52568b8c6b77e17f5636edc0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: André Fabian Silva Delgado Date: Wed, 5 Aug 2015 17:04:01 -0300 Subject: Initial import --- Documentation/00-INDEX | 489 ++ Documentation/ABI/README | 87 + .../ABI/obsolete/proc-sys-vm-nr_pdflush_threads | 5 + Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-block-zram | 119 + Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-usb | 31 + Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill | 29 + .../ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus | 48 + .../ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus | 66 + .../ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra | 73 + Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs | 12 + Documentation/ABI/removed/dv1394 | 14 + Documentation/ABI/removed/ip_queue | 9 + Documentation/ABI/removed/net_dma | 8 + Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb | 10 + Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394 | 15 + Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394 | 16 + Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev | 103 + Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb | 10 + Documentation/ABI/stable/syscalls | 10 + Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile | 22 + Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire | 133 + Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb | 140 + Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-xen-backend | 75 + Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight | 56 + Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill | 67 + Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm | 185 + Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi | 212 + Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-udc | 93 + Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices | 10 + Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node | 93 + Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-cpu | 25 + .../ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-xen_memory | 77 + Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp | 189 + Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-qla2xxx | 8 + Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc | 62 + Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e04 | 15 + Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars | 75 + Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-dump | 41 + Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-elog | 60 + Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module | 34 + Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-transport-srp | 58 + Documentation/ABI/stable/thermal-notification | 4 + Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso | 27 + .../ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget | 31 + Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget | 126 + Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm | 8 + Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm | 16 + Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem | 14 + Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs | 9 + Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid | 11 + .../ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback | 8 + .../ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage | 31 + Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi | 12 + Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm | 15 + Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex | 9 + .../ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet | 8 + .../ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer | 9 + .../ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis | 14 + .../ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial | 9 + .../ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink | 12 + .../ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset | 14 + Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1 | 12 + Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2 | 12 + Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc | 265 + Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-aufs | 50 + Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe | 91 + Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec | 20 + Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad | 19 + Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc | 16 + Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto | 45 + Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd | 19 + Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg | 101 + Documentation/ABI/testing/evm | 23 + Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy | 97 + Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats | 22 + Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore | 47 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata | 110 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-aufs | 31 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block | 230 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache | 156 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm | 47 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd | 5 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram | 168 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi | 58 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-amba | 20 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma | 31 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 | 24 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x | 253 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel | 12 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc | 8 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css | 35 + .../testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events | 94 + .../testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format | 20 + .../testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 | 45 + .../testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci | 43 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe | 116 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi | 19 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 | 21 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352 | 21 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533 | 15 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio | 1364 +++++ .../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-bmc150 | 7 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 | 29 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350 | 21 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-gyro-bmg160 | 7 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als | 61 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050 | 13 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935 | 16 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs | 11 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio | 29 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media | 6 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei | 7 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci | 296 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss | 80 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd | 46 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform | 20 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd | 98 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg | 75 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc | 28 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb | 181 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg | 43 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest | 47 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port | 88 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency | 8 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class | 16 + .../testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870 | 56 + .../testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 | 48 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi | 55 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl | 192 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq | 100 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon | 97 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu | 17 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-amd-iommu | 14 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-intel-iommu | 32 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd | 23 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led | 37 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 | 65 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash | 80 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r | 16 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei | 31 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic.txt | 157 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd | 234 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net | 234 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv | 15 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm | 149 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan | 35 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh | 108 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues | 87 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics | 201 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd | 72 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power | 76 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-powercap | 152 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm | 79 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc | 111 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator | 372 ++ .../sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration | 12 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host | 29 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc | 159 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc | 57 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev | 20 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices | 25 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac | 140 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node | 17 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr | 44 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory | 93 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc | 21 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online | 20 + .../testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget | 21 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 | 34 + .../sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb | 44 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power | 276 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0 | 13 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1 | 14 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2 | 14 + .../testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot | 14 + .../testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup | 13 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state | 20 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state | 23 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use | 12 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc | 58 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun | 14 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu | 273 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl | 22 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu | 20 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe | 71 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid | 20 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo | 50 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff | 52 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch | 9 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd | 43 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys | 29 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-arvo | 53 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-isku | 153 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone | 106 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus | 96 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-konepure | 105 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus | 49 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-lua | 7 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra | 49 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-ryos | 178 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-savu | 76 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1 | 21 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote | 77 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-axp-pek | 11 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-rapid-start | 21 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback | 13 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi | 70 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop | 45 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-sunxi-sid | 22 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse | 11 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi | 181 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom | 79 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback | 17 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront | 10 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi | 206 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi | 110 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi | 20 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map | 34 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi | 58 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log | 7 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap | 71 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-ofw | 28 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi | 15 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv | 27 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 | 111 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs | 82 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-nilfs2 | 269 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs | 39 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-gpio | 27 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-i2c-bmp085 | 31 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft | 23 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params | 38 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps | 8 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups | 14 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch | 44 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm | 6 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages | 15 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm | 52 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab | 490 ++ Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-uids | 14 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo | 14 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline | 44 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module | 52 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2 | 89 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop | 66 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi | 38 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 | 25 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-gisb-arb | 8 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb-otg | 56 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop | 69 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop | 50 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop | 19 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim | 48 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop | 83 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-tahvo-usb | 16 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500 | 54 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power | 258 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps | 73 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling | 13 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp | 122 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty | 156 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf | 100 + Documentation/BUG-HUNTING | 246 + Documentation/Changes | 395 ++ Documentation/CodeOfConflict | 27 + Documentation/CodingStyle | 948 +++ Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt | 974 +++ Documentation/DMA-API.txt | 704 +++ Documentation/DMA-ISA-LPC.txt | 151 + Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt | 102 + Documentation/DocBook/.gitignore | 15 + Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl | 582 ++ Documentation/DocBook/Makefile | 232 + Documentation/DocBook/alsa-driver-api.tmpl | 140 + Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl | 2113 +++++++ Documentation/DocBook/debugobjects.tmpl | 441 ++ Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl | 458 ++ Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl | 323 + Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl | 4231 +++++++++++++ Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl | 425 ++ Documentation/DocBook/gadget.tmpl | 793 +++ Documentation/DocBook/genericirq.tmpl | 520 ++ Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl | 331 ++ Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl | 1310 +++++ Documentation/DocBook/kernel-locking.tmpl | 2151 +++++++ Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl | 918 +++ Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl | 1625 +++++ Documentation/DocBook/librs.tmpl | 289 + Documentation/DocBook/lsm.tmpl | 265 + Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile | 388 ++ Documentation/DocBook/media/bayer.png.b64 | 171 + Documentation/DocBook/media/constraints.png.b64 | 59 + Documentation/DocBook/media/crop.gif.b64 | 105 + Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/.gitignore | 1 + Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/audio.xml | 1314 +++++ Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/ca.xml | 582 ++ Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/demux.xml | 1145 ++++ Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml | 141 + Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml | 1317 +++++ Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/examples.xml | 365 ++ Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml | 1548 +++++ Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/intro.xml | 212 + Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/kdapi.xml | 2309 ++++++++ Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/net.xml | 156 + Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/video.xml | 1968 +++++++ Documentation/DocBook/media/dvbstb.png.b64 | 398 ++ Documentation/DocBook/media/fieldseq_bt.gif.b64 | 447 ++ Documentation/DocBook/media/fieldseq_tb.gif.b64 | 445 ++ Documentation/DocBook/media/nv12mt.gif.b64 | 37 + Documentation/DocBook/media/nv12mt_example.gif.b64 | 121 + Documentation/DocBook/media/pipeline.png.b64 | 213 + Documentation/DocBook/media/selection.png.b64 | 206 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/.gitignore | 1 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml | 353 ++ Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/capture.c.xml | 659 +++ Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml | 1102 ++++ Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml | 2741 +++++++++ Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml | 5464 +++++++++++++++++ Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-capture.xml | 110 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-codec.xml | 27 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-effect.xml | 17 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-event.xml | 43 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-osd.xml | 149 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-output.xml | 106 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-overlay.xml | 368 ++ Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-radio.xml | 49 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml | 345 ++ Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-rds.xml | 196 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sdr.xml | 120 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml | 706 +++ Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-subdev.xml | 484 ++ Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-teletext.xml | 29 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/driver.xml | 200 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/fdl-appendix.xml | 671 +++ Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-close.xml | 62 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-ioctl.xml | 71 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-mmap.xml | 183 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-munmap.xml | 76 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-open.xml | 113 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-poll.xml | 142 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-read.xml | 181 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-select.xml | 130 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-write.xml | 128 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/gen-errors.xml | 77 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml | 1533 +++++ Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/keytable.c.xml | 172 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/libv4l.xml | 160 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/lirc_device_interface.xml | 255 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/media-controller.xml | 89 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/media-func-close.xml | 59 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/media-func-ioctl.xml | 73 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/media-func-open.xml | 94 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-device-info.xml | 132 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-entities.xml | 280 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-links.xml | 216 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-setup-link.xml | 84 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-grey.xml | 62 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-m420.xml | 139 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12.xml | 143 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml | 153 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12mt.xml | 66 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv16.xml | 166 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv16m.xml | 170 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv24.xml | 121 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml | 937 +++ .../DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-yuv.xml | 236 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sbggr16.xml | 83 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sbggr8.xml | 67 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cs08.xml | 44 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cs14le.xml | 47 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cu08.xml | 44 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cu16le.xml | 46 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-ru12le.xml | 40 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgbrg8.xml | 67 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml | 67 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10.xml | 90 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10alaw8.xml | 34 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10dpcm8.xml | 28 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10p.xml | 99 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb12.xml | 90 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb8.xml | 67 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-uv8.xml | 62 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-uyvy.xml | 120 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-vyuy.xml | 120 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y10.xml | 79 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y10b.xml | 43 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y12.xml | 79 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y16.xml | 81 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y41p.xml | 149 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv410.xml | 133 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv411p.xml | 147 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420.xml | 149 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml | 154 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv422p.xml | 153 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuyv.xml | 120 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yvu420m.xml | 154 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yvyu.xml | 120 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml | 1801 ++++++ Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/planar-apis.xml | 62 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/remote_controllers.xml | 320 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml | 324 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/selections-common.xml | 180 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml | 4038 +++++++++++++ .../media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-crop.dia | 614 ++ .../media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-full.dia | 1588 +++++ ...ubdev-image-processing-scaling-multi-source.dia | 1152 ++++ Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml | 709 +++ Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2grab.c.xml | 164 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.xml | 165 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml | 166 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dbg-g-chip-info.xml | 207 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dbg-g-register.xml | 227 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-decoder-cmd.xml | 249 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml | 468 ++ .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dv-timings-cap.xml | 214 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml | 189 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-timings.xml | 133 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml | 159 + .../media/v4l/vidioc-enum-frameintervals.xml | 259 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml | 264 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-freq-bands.xml | 181 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumaudio.xml | 76 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumaudioout.xml | 79 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml | 316 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml | 201 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml | 389 ++ Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-expbuf.xml | 210 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-audio.xml | 172 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-audioout.xml | 138 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml | 129 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ctrl.xml | 133 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml | 341 ++ Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-edid.xml | 162 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-enc-index.xml | 189 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml | 427 ++ Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml | 459 ++ Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml | 204 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-frequency.xml | 148 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-input.xml | 83 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-jpegcomp.xml | 175 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-modulator.xml | 240 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-output.xml | 85 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.xml | 314 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-priority.xml | 135 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml | 239 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml | 255 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml | 98 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml | 578 ++ .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-log-status.xml | 41 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-overlay.xml | 74 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-prepare-buf.xml | 94 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml | 192 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml | 110 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml | 105 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml | 344 ++ .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml | 650 ++ .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml | 75 + Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml | 137 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml | 188 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml | 128 + .../v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.xml | 157 + .../media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.xml | 159 + .../media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.xml | 124 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-crop.xml | 158 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-fmt.xml | 183 + .../media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-frame-interval.xml | 141 + .../media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-selection.xml | 165 + .../DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml | 129 + Documentation/DocBook/media/vbi_525.gif.b64 | 84 + Documentation/DocBook/media/vbi_625.gif.b64 | 90 + Documentation/DocBook/media/vbi_hsync.gif.b64 | 43 + Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl | 88 + Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl | 1292 ++++ Documentation/DocBook/networking.tmpl | 111 + Documentation/DocBook/rapidio.tmpl | 158 + Documentation/DocBook/regulator.tmpl | 304 + Documentation/DocBook/s390-drivers.tmpl | 161 + Documentation/DocBook/scsi.tmpl | 409 ++ Documentation/DocBook/sh.tmpl | 105 + Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl | 10 + Documentation/DocBook/tracepoint.tmpl | 112 + Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl | 1050 ++++ Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl | 980 +++ Documentation/DocBook/w1.tmpl | 101 + Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl | 6221 ++++++++++++++++++++ Documentation/DocBook/writing_musb_glue_layer.tmpl | 873 +++ Documentation/DocBook/writing_usb_driver.tmpl | 412 ++ Documentation/DocBook/z8530book.tmpl | 371 ++ Documentation/EDID/1024x768.S | 44 + Documentation/EDID/1280x1024.S | 44 + Documentation/EDID/1600x1200.S | 44 + Documentation/EDID/1680x1050.S | 44 + Documentation/EDID/1920x1080.S | 44 + Documentation/EDID/800x600.S | 41 + Documentation/EDID/HOWTO.txt | 58 + Documentation/EDID/Makefile | 26 + Documentation/EDID/edid.S | 272 + Documentation/EDID/hex | 1 + Documentation/HOWTO | 609 ++ Documentation/IPMI.txt | 722 +++ Documentation/IRQ-affinity.txt | 65 + Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt | 223 + Documentation/IRQ.txt | 22 + Documentation/Intel-IOMMU.txt | 111 + Documentation/Makefile | 4 + Documentation/ManagementStyle | 276 + Documentation/PCI/00-INDEX | 14 + Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt | 587 ++ Documentation/PCI/PCIEBUS-HOWTO.txt | 217 + Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt | 431 ++ Documentation/PCI/pci-iov-howto.txt | 135 + Documentation/PCI/pci.txt | 635 ++ Documentation/PCI/pcieaer-howto.txt | 270 + Documentation/RCU/00-INDEX | 36 + Documentation/RCU/NMI-RCU.txt | 120 + Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt | 2812 +++++++++ Documentation/RCU/UP.txt | 135 + Documentation/RCU/arrayRCU.txt | 141 + Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt | 437 ++ Documentation/RCU/listRCU.txt | 315 + Documentation/RCU/lockdep-splat.txt | 110 + Documentation/RCU/lockdep.txt | 112 + Documentation/RCU/rcu.txt | 96 + Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.txt | 371 ++ Documentation/RCU/rcubarrier.txt | 321 + Documentation/RCU/rculist_nulls.txt | 172 + Documentation/RCU/rcuref.txt | 132 + Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt | 250 + Documentation/RCU/torture.txt | 334 ++ Documentation/RCU/trace.txt | 554 ++ Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt | 1031 ++++ Documentation/SAK.txt | 88 + Documentation/SM501.txt | 71 + Documentation/SecurityBugs | 38 + Documentation/SubmitChecklist | 109 + Documentation/SubmittingDrivers | 163 + Documentation/SubmittingPatches | 806 +++ Documentation/VGA-softcursor.txt | 39 + Documentation/accounting/.gitignore | 1 + Documentation/accounting/Makefile | 7 + Documentation/accounting/cgroupstats.txt | 27 + Documentation/accounting/delay-accounting.txt | 117 + Documentation/accounting/getdelays.c | 546 ++ Documentation/accounting/taskstats-struct.txt | 180 + Documentation/accounting/taskstats.txt | 181 + Documentation/acpi/apei/einj.txt | 177 + Documentation/acpi/apei/output_format.txt | 147 + Documentation/acpi/debug.txt | 148 + Documentation/acpi/dsdt-override.txt | 7 + Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt | 361 ++ Documentation/acpi/gpio-properties.txt | 96 + Documentation/acpi/initrd_table_override.txt | 94 + Documentation/acpi/method-customizing.txt | 73 + Documentation/acpi/method-tracing.txt | 26 + Documentation/acpi/namespace.txt | 388 ++ Documentation/acpi/scan_handlers.txt | 77 + Documentation/acpi/video_extension.txt | 106 + Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt | 143 + Documentation/aoe/autoload.sh | 17 + Documentation/aoe/status.sh | 30 + Documentation/aoe/todo.txt | 14 + Documentation/aoe/udev-install.sh | 33 + Documentation/aoe/udev.txt | 26 + Documentation/applying-patches.txt | 454 ++ Documentation/arm/00-INDEX | 52 + Documentation/arm/Atmel/README | 124 + Documentation/arm/Booting | 218 + Documentation/arm/CCN.txt | 52 + Documentation/arm/IXP4xx | 168 + Documentation/arm/Interrupts | 167 + Documentation/arm/Marvell/README | 284 + Documentation/arm/Netwinder | 78 + Documentation/arm/OMAP/DSS | 362 ++ Documentation/arm/OMAP/omap_pm | 154 + Documentation/arm/Porting | 135 + Documentation/arm/README | 204 + Documentation/arm/SA1100/ADSBitsy | 43 + Documentation/arm/SA1100/Assabet | 300 + Documentation/arm/SA1100/Brutus | 66 + Documentation/arm/SA1100/CERF | 29 + Documentation/arm/SA1100/FreeBird | 21 + Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsClient | 98 + Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsMaster | 53 + Documentation/arm/SA1100/HUW_WEBPANEL | 17 + Documentation/arm/SA1100/Itsy | 39 + Documentation/arm/SA1100/LART | 14 + Documentation/arm/SA1100/PLEB | 11 + Documentation/arm/SA1100/Pangolin | 23 + Documentation/arm/SA1100/Tifon | 7 + Documentation/arm/SA1100/Victor | 16 + Documentation/arm/SA1100/Yopy | 2 + Documentation/arm/SA1100/empeg | 2 + Documentation/arm/SA1100/nanoEngine | 11 + Documentation/arm/SA1100/serial_UART | 47 + Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/.gitignore | 1 + Documentation/arm/SPEAr/overview.txt | 63 + Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/CPUfreq.txt | 75 + Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/EB2410ITX.txt | 58 + Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt | 171 + Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/H1940.txt | 40 + Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/NAND.txt | 30 + Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt | 318 + Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2412.txt | 120 + Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2413.txt | 21 + Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/SMDK2440.txt | 56 + Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Suspend.txt | 137 + Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/USB-Host.txt | 93 + Documentation/arm/Samsung/GPIO.txt | 40 + Documentation/arm/Samsung/Overview.txt | 86 + .../arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk | 166 + Documentation/arm/Setup | 129 + Documentation/arm/VFP/release-notes.txt | 55 + Documentation/arm/cluster-pm-race-avoidance.txt | 498 ++ Documentation/arm/firmware.txt | 70 + Documentation/arm/kernel_mode_neon.txt | 121 + Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt | 267 + Documentation/arm/mem_alignment | 58 + Documentation/arm/memory.txt | 88 + Documentation/arm/nwfpe/NOTES | 29 + Documentation/arm/nwfpe/README | 70 + Documentation/arm/nwfpe/README.FPE | 156 + Documentation/arm/nwfpe/TODO | 67 + Documentation/arm/pxa/mfp.txt | 286 + Documentation/arm/sti/overview.txt | 33 + Documentation/arm/sti/stih407-overview.txt | 18 + Documentation/arm/sti/stih415-overview.txt | 12 + Documentation/arm/sti/stih416-overview.txt | 12 + Documentation/arm/sti/stih418-overview.txt | 20 + Documentation/arm/sunxi/README | 61 + Documentation/arm/sunxi/clocks.txt | 56 + Documentation/arm/swp_emulation | 27 + Documentation/arm/tcm.txt | 155 + Documentation/arm/uefi.txt | 64 + Documentation/arm/vlocks.txt | 211 + Documentation/arm64/acpi_object_usage.txt | 593 ++ Documentation/arm64/arm-acpi.txt | 505 ++ Documentation/arm64/booting.txt | 224 + Documentation/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt | 57 + Documentation/arm64/memory.txt | 94 + Documentation/arm64/tagged-pointers.txt | 34 + Documentation/assoc_array.txt | 574 ++ Documentation/atomic_ops.txt | 634 ++ Documentation/auxdisplay/.gitignore | 1 + Documentation/auxdisplay/Makefile | 7 + Documentation/auxdisplay/cfag12864b | 105 + Documentation/auxdisplay/cfag12864b-example.c | 281 + Documentation/auxdisplay/ks0108 | 55 + Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.txt | 66 + Documentation/bad_memory.txt | 45 + Documentation/basic_profiling.txt | 56 + Documentation/bcache.txt | 448 ++ Documentation/binfmt_misc.txt | 124 + Documentation/blackfin/00-INDEX | 10 + Documentation/blackfin/Makefile | 5 + Documentation/blackfin/bfin-gpio-notes.txt | 71 + Documentation/blackfin/bfin-spi-notes.txt | 16 + Documentation/blackfin/gptimers-example.c | 83 + Documentation/block/00-INDEX | 28 + Documentation/block/biodoc.txt | 1180 ++++ Documentation/block/biovecs.txt | 111 + Documentation/block/capability.txt | 15 + Documentation/block/cfq-iosched.txt | 292 + Documentation/block/cmdline-partition.txt | 39 + Documentation/block/data-integrity.txt | 283 + Documentation/block/deadline-iosched.txt | 75 + Documentation/block/ioprio.txt | 183 + Documentation/block/null_blk.txt | 72 + Documentation/block/queue-sysfs.txt | 138 + Documentation/block/request.txt | 88 + Documentation/block/stat.txt | 82 + Documentation/block/switching-sched.txt | 37 + Documentation/block/writeback_cache_control.txt | 86 + Documentation/blockdev/00-INDEX | 18 + Documentation/blockdev/README.DAC960 | 756 +++ Documentation/blockdev/cciss.txt | 194 + Documentation/blockdev/cpqarray.txt | 93 + .../blockdev/drbd/DRBD-8.3-data-packets.svg | 588 ++ Documentation/blockdev/drbd/DRBD-data-packets.svg | 459 ++ Documentation/blockdev/drbd/README.txt | 16 + Documentation/blockdev/drbd/conn-states-8.dot | 18 + Documentation/blockdev/drbd/data-structure-v9.txt | 38 + Documentation/blockdev/drbd/disk-states-8.dot | 16 + .../drbd/drbd-connection-state-overview.dot | 85 + Documentation/blockdev/drbd/node-states-8.dot | 14 + Documentation/blockdev/floppy.txt | 245 + Documentation/blockdev/mflash.txt | 84 + Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt | 31 + Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt | 417 ++ Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt | 174 + Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt | 189 + Documentation/braille-console.txt | 34 + Documentation/bt8xxgpio.txt | 67 + Documentation/btmrvl.txt | 111 + Documentation/bus-devices/ti-gpmc.txt | 122 + Documentation/bus-virt-phys-mapping.txt | 208 + Documentation/cachetlb.txt | 403 ++ Documentation/cdrom/00-INDEX | 11 + Documentation/cdrom/Makefile | 21 + Documentation/cdrom/cdrom-standard.tex | 1022 ++++ Documentation/cdrom/ide-cd | 538 ++ Documentation/cdrom/packet-writing.txt | 132 + Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX | 28 + Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt | 394 ++ Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt | 678 +++ Documentation/cgroups/cpuacct.txt | 49 + Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt | 839 +++ Documentation/cgroups/devices.txt | 116 + Documentation/cgroups/freezer-subsystem.txt | 123 + Documentation/cgroups/hugetlb.txt | 45 + Documentation/cgroups/memcg_test.txt | 280 + Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt | 875 +++ Documentation/cgroups/net_cls.txt | 39 + Documentation/cgroups/net_prio.txt | 55 + Documentation/cgroups/unified-hierarchy.txt | 461 ++ Documentation/circular-buffers.txt | 243 + Documentation/clk.txt | 299 + Documentation/cma/debugfs.txt | 21 + Documentation/coccinelle.txt | 324 + Documentation/connector/.gitignore | 1 + Documentation/connector/Makefile | 16 + Documentation/connector/cn_test.c | 201 + Documentation/connector/connector.txt | 188 + Documentation/connector/ucon.c | 250 + Documentation/console/console.txt | 144 + Documentation/cpu-freq/amd-powernow.txt | 38 + Documentation/cpu-freq/boost.txt | 93 + Documentation/cpu-freq/core.txt | 123 + Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt | 274 + Documentation/cpu-freq/cpufreq-nforce2.txt | 19 + Documentation/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.txt | 128 + Documentation/cpu-freq/governors.txt | 269 + Documentation/cpu-freq/index.txt | 54 + Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt | 64 + Documentation/cpu-freq/pcc-cpufreq.txt | 207 + Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt | 224 + Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt | 452 ++ Documentation/cpu-load.txt | 113 + Documentation/cpuidle/core.txt | 23 + Documentation/cpuidle/driver.txt | 37 + Documentation/cpuidle/governor.txt | 28 + Documentation/cpuidle/sysfs.txt | 92 + Documentation/cputopology.txt | 111 + Documentation/crc32.txt | 182 + Documentation/cris/README | 195 + Documentation/crypto/api-intro.txt | 248 + Documentation/crypto/asymmetric-keys.txt | 312 + Documentation/crypto/async-tx-api.txt | 225 + Documentation/crypto/descore-readme.txt | 352 ++ Documentation/dcdbas.txt | 91 + Documentation/debugging-modules.txt | 22 + Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt | 184 + Documentation/dell_rbu.txt | 100 + Documentation/development-process/1.Intro | 274 + Documentation/development-process/2.Process | 478 ++ Documentation/development-process/3.Early-stage | 212 + Documentation/development-process/4.Coding | 399 ++ Documentation/development-process/5.Posting | 307 + Documentation/development-process/6.Followthrough | 206 + Documentation/development-process/7.AdvancedTopics | 173 + Documentation/development-process/8.Conclusion | 70 + Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt | 97 + Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt | 298 + Documentation/device-mapper/delay.txt | 26 + Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt | 96 + Documentation/device-mapper/dm-flakey.txt | 53 + Documentation/device-mapper/dm-io.txt | 75 + Documentation/device-mapper/dm-log.txt | 54 + Documentation/device-mapper/dm-queue-length.txt | 39 + Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt | 226 + Documentation/device-mapper/dm-service-time.txt | 91 + Documentation/device-mapper/dm-uevent.txt | 97 + Documentation/device-mapper/era.txt | 108 + Documentation/device-mapper/kcopyd.txt | 47 + Documentation/device-mapper/linear.txt | 61 + Documentation/device-mapper/log-writes.txt | 140 + Documentation/device-mapper/persistent-data.txt | 84 + Documentation/device-mapper/snapshot.txt | 168 + Documentation/device-mapper/statistics.txt | 186 + Documentation/device-mapper/striped.txt | 57 + Documentation/device-mapper/switch.txt | 138 + Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt | 389 ++ Documentation/device-mapper/verity.txt | 172 + Documentation/device-mapper/zero.txt | 37 + Documentation/devices.txt | 3355 +++++++++++ Documentation/devicetree/00-INDEX | 12 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ABI.txt | 39 + .../devicetree/bindings/arc/interrupts.txt | 24 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/pct.txt | 20 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/adapteva.txt | 7 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/al,alpine.txt | 88 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera.txt | 14 + .../bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-clk-manager.txt | 11 + .../bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-sdram-edac.txt | 15 + .../bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-system.txt | 13 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt | 14 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt | 96 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards | 159 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp-pmsu.txt | 21 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp.txt | 24 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-375.txt | 9 + .../bindings/arm/armada-380-mpcore-soc-ctrl.txt | 14 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-38x.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-39x.txt | 20 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-cpu-reset.txt | 14 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armadeus.txt | 6 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt | 157 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-pmc.txt | 14 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/axxia.txt | 12 + .../bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method.txt | 36 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351.txt | 10 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm21664.txt | 15 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm2835.txt | 8 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm4708.txt | 8 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm63138.txt | 9 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,brcmstb.txt | 97 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,cygnus.txt | 31 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda.txt | 15 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda/combophy.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda/l2ecc.txt | 15 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda/mem-ctrlr.txt | 16 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/cavium-thunder.txt | 10 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt | 227 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ccn.txt | 21 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/coherency-fabric.txt | 43 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt | 199 + .../bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/al,alpine-smp | 52 + .../arm/cpu-enable-method/marvell,berlin-smp | 41 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt | 437 ++ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/davinci.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/davinci/cp-intc.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/digicolor.txt | 6 + .../bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt | 52 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/smp-sysram.txt | 38 + .../arm/firmware/tlm,trusted-foundations.txt | 20 + .../arm/freescale/fsl,vf610-mscm-cpucfg.txt | 14 + .../bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,vf610-mscm-ir.txt | 33 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt | 134 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fw-cfg.txt | 72 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic-v3.txt | 118 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt | 152 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/global_timer.txt | 27 + .../bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt | 105 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt | 699 +++ .../devicetree/bindings/arm/insignal-boards.txt | 8 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/keystone.txt | 20 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/kirkwood.txt | 27 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt | 82 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/lpc32xx-mic.txt | 38 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/lpc32xx.txt | 8 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt | 152 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,dove.txt | 22 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,kirkwood.txt | 98 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt | 31 + .../bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,sysirq.txt | 30 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/moxart.txt | 12 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/feroceon.txt | 16 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/intc.txt | 60 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/mrvl.txt | 14 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/tauros2.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/timer.txt | 13 + .../bindings/arm/msm/qcom,idle-state.txt | 84 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-acc.txt | 30 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,saw2.txt | 57 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/ssbi.txt | 18 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/timer.txt | 47 + .../bindings/arm/mvebu-system-controller.txt | 18 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/nspire.txt | 14 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/olimex.txt | 6 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/counter.txt | 15 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt | 55 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/ctrl.txt | 79 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/dmm.txt | 22 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/dsp.txt | 14 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/intc.txt | 27 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/iva.txt | 19 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l3-noc.txt | 23 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l4.txt | 26 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/mpu.txt | 38 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt | 154 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/prcm.txt | 63 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/timer.txt | 44 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/picoxcell.txt | 24 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt | 44 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/primecell.txt | 46 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.txt | 102 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt | 28 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip/pmu-sram.txt | 16 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip/pmu.txt | 16 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip/smp-sram.txt | 30 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/rtsm-dcscb.txt | 19 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung-boards.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/exynos-adc.txt | 100 + .../bindings/arm/samsung/exynos-chipid.txt | 12 + .../bindings/arm/samsung/interrupt-combiner.txt | 52 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt | 69 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/sysreg.txt | 19 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt | 63 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt | 11 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/spear-misc.txt | 9 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/spear-timer.txt | 18 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear.txt | 26 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/spear/shirq.txt | 48 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sprd.txt | 11 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/ste-nomadik.txt | 38 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ste-u300.txt | 46 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sti.txt | 23 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.txt | 12 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt | 41 + .../bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-ahb.txt | 17 + .../bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-emc.txt | 100 + .../bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-flowctrl.txt | 12 + .../bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-mc.txt | 16 + .../bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt | 115 + .../bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra30-actmon.txt | 32 + .../bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra30-mc.txt | 18 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/topology.txt | 475 ++ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/twd.txt | 48 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/ux500/power_domain.txt | 35 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/versatile-fpga-irq.txt | 36 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/versatile-sysreg.txt | 10 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/vexpress-scc.txt | 33 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/vexpress-sysreg.txt | 103 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vexpress.txt | 229 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vic.txt | 41 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500.txt | 22 + .../bindings/arm/vt8500/via,vt8500-intc.txt | 16 + .../bindings/arm/vt8500/via,vt8500-pmc.txt | 13 + .../bindings/arm/vt8500/via,vt8500-timer.txt | 15 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xen.txt | 25 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.txt | 7 + .../devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt | 80 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-st.txt | 50 + .../devicetree/bindings/ata/apm-xgene.txt | 79 + .../devicetree/bindings/ata/atmel-at91_cf.txt | 19 + .../bindings/ata/cavium-compact-flash.txt | 30 + .../devicetree/bindings/ata/exynos-sata.txt | 30 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/fsl-sata.txt | 29 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/imx-pata.txt | 17 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/imx-sata.txt | 36 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/marvell.txt | 22 + .../devicetree/bindings/ata/pata-arasan.txt | 39 + .../devicetree/bindings/ata/qcom-sata.txt | 48 + .../devicetree/bindings/ata/sata_highbank.txt | 44 + .../devicetree/bindings/ata/sata_rcar.txt | 23 + .../devicetree/bindings/ata/tegra-sata.txt | 32 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/btmrvl.txt | 29 + .../devicetree/bindings/bus/brcm,bus-axi.txt | 53 + .../devicetree/bindings/bus/brcm,gisb-arb.txt | 34 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/imx-weim.txt | 82 + .../devicetree/bindings/bus/mvebu-mbus.txt | 279 + .../devicetree/bindings/bus/omap-ocp2scp.txt | 29 + .../devicetree/bindings/bus/renesas,bsc.txt | 46 + .../devicetree/bindings/bus/simple-pm-bus.txt | 44 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt | 130 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/clocks.txt | 40 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/dscr.txt | 127 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/emifa.txt | 62 + .../devicetree/bindings/c6x/interrupt.txt | 104 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/soc.txt | 28 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/timer64.txt | 26 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/chosen.txt | 46 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/alphascale,acc.txt | 115 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/altr_socfpga.txt | 30 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/arm-integrator.txt | 34 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt | 463 ++ .../devicetree/bindings/clock/axi-clkgen.txt | 22 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/bcm-cygnus-clock.txt | 34 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,kona-ccu.txt | 139 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/calxeda.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/clk-exynos-audss.txt | 95 + .../bindings/clock/clk-palmas-clk32kg-clocks.txt | 35 + .../bindings/clock/clk-s5pv210-audss.txt | 53 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt | 169 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/clps711x-clock.txt | 19 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/efm32-clock.txt | 11 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/emev2-clock.txt | 98 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos3250-clock.txt | 57 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos4-clock.txt | 43 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos4415-clock.txt | 38 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5250-clock.txt | 41 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5260-clock.txt | 190 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5410-clock.txt | 45 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5420-clock.txt | 42 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5433-clock.txt | 462 ++ .../devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5440-clock.txt | 28 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos7-clock.txt | 108 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-clock.txt | 23 + .../bindings/clock/fixed-factor-clock.txt | 24 + .../bindings/clock/fujitsu,mb86s70-crg11.txt | 26 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/gpio-gate-clock.txt | 21 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3620-clock.txt | 20 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/hix5hd2-clock.txt | 31 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/imx1-clock.txt | 26 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/imx21-clock.txt | 28 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/imx23-clock.txt | 71 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/imx25-clock.txt | 161 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/imx27-clock.txt | 28 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/imx28-clock.txt | 94 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/imx31-clock.txt | 91 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/imx35-clock.txt | 113 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/imx5-clock.txt | 29 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt | 31 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6sl-clock.txt | 10 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6sx-clock.txt | 13 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/keystone-gate.txt | 29 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/keystone-pll.txt | 84 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/lsi,axm5516-clks.txt | 29 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,mmp2.txt | 21 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,pxa168.txt | 21 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,pxa910.txt | 21 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/maxim,max77686.txt | 46 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/maxim,max77802.txt | 44 + .../bindings/clock/moxa,moxart-clock.txt | 48 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-core-clock.txt | 78 + .../bindings/clock/mvebu-corediv-clock.txt | 22 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-cpu-clock.txt | 22 + .../bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt | 191 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/nspire-clock.txt | 24 + .../bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra114-car.txt | 63 + .../bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-car.txt | 65 + .../bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra20-car.txt | 63 + .../bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra30-car.txt | 63 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/pistachio-clock.txt | 123 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/prima2-clock.txt | 73 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/pwm-clock.txt | 26 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/pxa-clock.txt | 16 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,lcc.txt | 21 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,mmcc.txt | 23 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/qoriq-clock.txt | 153 + .../bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-div6-clocks.txt | 34 + .../bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt | 57 + .../bindings/clock/renesas,r8a73a4-cpg-clocks.txt | 33 + .../bindings/clock/renesas,r8a7740-cpg-clocks.txt | 41 + .../bindings/clock/renesas,r8a7778-cpg-clocks.txt | 25 + .../bindings/clock/renesas,r8a7779-cpg-clocks.txt | 27 + .../clock/renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks.txt | 37 + .../bindings/clock/renesas,rz-cpg-clocks.txt | 29 + .../bindings/clock/renesas,sh73a0-cpg-clocks.txt | 35 + .../bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3188-cru.txt | 61 + .../bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3288-cru.txt | 61 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip.txt | 77 + .../bindings/clock/samsung,s3c2410-clock.txt | 50 + .../bindings/clock/samsung,s3c2412-clock.txt | 50 + .../bindings/clock/samsung,s3c2443-clock.txt | 56 + .../bindings/clock/samsung,s3c64xx-clock.txt | 77 + .../bindings/clock/samsung,s5pv210-clock.txt | 78 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si5351.txt | 121 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si570.txt | 39 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/st,nomadik.txt | 104 + .../bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-divmux.txt | 49 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-mux.txt | 36 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-pll.txt | 51 + .../bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-prediv.txt | 36 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-vcc.txt | 61 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen.txt | 100 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,flexgen.txt | 119 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,quadfs.txt | 48 + .../bindings/clock/ste-u300-syscon-clock.txt | 80 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt | 204 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/ti,cdce706.txt | 42 + .../bindings/clock/ti-keystone-pllctrl.txt | 20 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/apll.txt | 45 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/autoidle.txt | 39 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/clockdomain.txt | 24 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/composite.txt | 54 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/divider.txt | 114 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/dpll.txt | 85 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/dra7-atl.txt | 96 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/fapll.txt | 33 + .../bindings/clock/ti/fixed-factor-clock.txt | 43 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/gate.txt | 106 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/interface.txt | 56 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/mux.txt | 76 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/vf610-clock.txt | 41 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/vt8500.txt | 74 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/xgene.txt | 111 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/zynq-7000.txt | 110 + .../devicetree/bindings/common-properties.txt | 60 + .../bindings/cpufreq/arm_big_little_dt.txt | 65 + .../devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-dt.txt | 64 + .../bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-exynos5440.txt | 28 + .../devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-spear.txt | 42 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/axis.txt | 9 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/boards.txt | 8 + .../devicetree/bindings/cris/interrupts.txt | 23 + .../devicetree/bindings/crypto/amd-ccp.txt | 19 + .../devicetree/bindings/crypto/atmel-crypto.txt | 68 + .../devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-dcp.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-imx-sahara.txt | 15 + .../devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec2.txt | 68 + .../devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec4.txt | 455 ++ .../devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec6.txt | 157 + .../devicetree/bindings/crypto/img-hash.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/crypto/mv_cesa.txt | 20 + .../devicetree/bindings/crypto/omap-aes.txt | 31 + .../devicetree/bindings/crypto/omap-des.txt | 30 + .../devicetree/bindings/crypto/omap-sham.txt | 28 + .../devicetree/bindings/crypto/picochip-spacc.txt | 23 + .../devicetree/bindings/crypto/qcom-qce.txt | 25 + .../devicetree/bindings/crypto/samsung-sss.txt | 34 + .../bindings/devfreq/event/exynos-ppmu.txt | 110 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/apm-xgene-dma.txt | 47 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/arm-pl330.txt | 44 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/atmel-dma.txt | 42 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/atmel-xdma.txt | 54 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/brcm,bcm2835-dma.txt | 57 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt | 81 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-edma.txt | 76 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-dma.txt | 48 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt | 85 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-mxs-dma.txt | 60 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/img-mdc-dma.txt | 57 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/jz4780-dma.txt | 56 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/k3dma.txt | 46 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mmp-dma.txt | 77 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/moxa,moxart-dma.txt | 45 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/mpc512x-dma.txt | 29 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mv-xor.txt | 40 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/nbpfaxi.txt | 61 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_adm.txt | 62 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt | 44 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt | 95 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,usb-dmac.txt | 37 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/shdma.txt | 84 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/sirfsoc-dma.txt | 43 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps-dma.txt | 63 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/ste-coh901318.txt | 32 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/ste-dma40.txt | 139 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/sun6i-dma.txt | 45 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/tegra20-apbdma.txt | 44 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti-edma.txt | 35 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/xilinx/xilinx_dma.txt | 65 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/xilinx/xilinx_vdma.txt | 75 + .../bindings/drm/armada/marvell,dove-lcd.txt | 30 + .../devicetree/bindings/drm/atmel/hlcdc-dc.txt | 53 + .../devicetree/bindings/drm/bridge/dw_hdmi.txt | 50 + .../devicetree/bindings/drm/i2c/tda998x.txt | 29 + .../devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/fsl-imx-drm.txt | 83 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/hdmi.txt | 58 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/ldb.txt | 146 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/gpu.txt | 52 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/hdmi.txt | 48 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/mdp.txt | 48 + .../devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/panel.txt | 66 + .../devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/slave.txt | 18 + .../devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/tfp410.txt | 21 + .../devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/tilcdc.txt | 29 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom.txt | 28 + .../devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-palmas.txt | 19 + .../devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-rt8973a.txt | 25 + .../devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-sm5502.txt | 23 + .../devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-usb-gpio.txt | 18 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fb/mxsfb.txt | 49 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fb/sm501fb.txt | 34 + .../bindings/fpga/altera-socfpga-fpga-mgr.txt | 17 + .../bindings/fuse/nvidia,tegra20-fuse.txt | 40 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/8xxx_gpio.txt | 74 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/abilis,tb10x-gpio.txt | 36 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/brcm,kona-gpio.txt | 52 + .../bindings/gpio/cavium-octeon-gpio.txt | 49 + .../bindings/gpio/cirrus,clps711x-mctrl-gpio.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/fsl-imx-gpio.txt | 32 + .../bindings/gpio/fujitsu,mb86s70-gpio.txt | 20 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-74x164.txt | 22 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-74xx-mmio.txt | 30 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-adnp.txt | 34 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-altera.txt | 43 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-clps711x.txt | 28 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-davinci.txt | 62 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-dsp-keystone.txt | 39 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-fan.txt | 40 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-grgpio.txt | 26 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-lp3943.txt | 37 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-max732x.txt | 59 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mcp23s08.txt | 85 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mm-lantiq.txt | 38 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-msm.txt | 26 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mvebu.txt | 53 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mxs.txt | 88 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-nmk.txt | 31 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-omap.txt | 39 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-palmas.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pca953x.txt | 39 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pcf857x.txt | 71 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-poweroff.txt | 36 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-restart.txt | 54 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-samsung.txt | 41 + .../bindings/gpio/gpio-stericsson-coh901.txt | 7 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-stmpe.txt | 18 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-stp-xway.txt | 42 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-sx150x.txt | 40 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-twl4030.txt | 29 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-tz1090-pdc.txt | 45 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-tz1090.txt | 88 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-vf610.txt | 55 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-xgene-sb.txt | 32 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-xgene.txt | 22 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-xilinx.txt | 48 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-zevio.txt | 16 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-zynq.txt | 26 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt | 242 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio_atmel.txt | 25 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio_lpc32xx.txt | 43 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/moxa,moxart-gpio.txt | 19 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/mrvl-gpio.txt | 69 + .../bindings/gpio/nvidia,tegra20-gpio.txt | 40 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/pl061-gpio.txt | 10 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/renesas,gpio-rcar.txt | 63 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/snps-dwapb-gpio.txt | 60 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/sodaville.txt | 48 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/spear_spics.txt | 50 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,gk20a.txt | 43 + .../bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt | 378 ++ .../devicetree/bindings/gpu/samsung-g2d.txt | 28 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpu/samsung-rotator.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpu/st,stih4xx.txt | 243 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt | 129 + .../devicetree/bindings/hid/hid-over-i2c.txt | 28 + .../devicetree/bindings/hsi/client-devices.txt | 44 + .../devicetree/bindings/hsi/nokia-modem.txt | 57 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hsi/omap-ssi.txt | 97 + .../devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ads1015.txt | 73 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/g762.txt | 47 + .../devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ibmpowernv.txt | 23 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lm90.txt | 44 + .../devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ltc2978.txt | 39 + .../devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt | 41 + .../devicetree/bindings/hwmon/pwm-fan.txt | 12 + .../devicetree/bindings/hwmon/vexpress.txt | 23 + .../devicetree/bindings/hwrng/atmel-trng.txt | 16 + .../bindings/hwrng/brcm,iproc-rng200.txt | 12 + .../devicetree/bindings/hwrng/omap_rng.txt | 22 + .../devicetree/bindings/hwrng/timeriomem_rng.txt | 18 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/brcm,bcm2835-i2c.txt | 20 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/brcm,iproc-i2c.txt | 37 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/brcm,kona-i2c.txt | 35 + .../bindings/i2c/i2c-arb-gpio-challenge.txt | 86 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-at91.txt | 34 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-axxia.txt | 30 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-cadence.txt | 24 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-cbus-gpio.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-cros-ec-tunnel.txt | 39 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-davinci.txt | 31 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt | 45 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-digicolor.txt | 25 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-efm32.txt | 34 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-exynos5.txt | 53 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-gpio.txt | 32 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-hix5hd2.txt | 24 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-img-scb.txt | 26 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx.txt | 40 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-jz4780.txt | 35 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-meson.txt | 24 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mpc.txt | 64 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux-gpio.txt | 81 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux-pca954x.txt | 53 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux-pinctrl.txt | 93 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux.txt | 60 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mv64xxx.txt | 44 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mxs.txt | 25 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-nomadik.txt | 23 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-ocores.txt | 69 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-octeon.txt | 34 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-omap.txt | 31 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-opal.txt | 37 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-pnx.txt | 36 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-pxa-pci-ce4100.txt | 93 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-pxa.txt | 33 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt | 32 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-riic.txt | 29 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rk3x.txt | 56 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-s3c2410.txt | 60 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt | 40 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sirf.txt | 19 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-st-ddci2c.txt | 15 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-st.txt | 41 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sunxi-p2wi.txt | 41 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-versatile.txt | 10 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-vt8500.txt | 24 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-xiic.txt | 22 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-xlp9xx.txt | 22 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ina209.txt | 18 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ina2xx.txt | 22 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/max6697.txt | 64 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/nvidia,tegra20-i2c.txt | 75 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/qcom,i2c-qup.txt | 40 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ti,bq32k.txt | 18 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt | 103 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/bma180.txt | 24 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/at91_adc.txt | 87 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/cc10001_adc.txt | 22 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/da9150-gpadc.txt | 16 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/max1027-adc.txt | 22 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp320x.txt | 30 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp3422.txt | 17 + .../bindings/iio/adc/nuvoton-nau7802.txt | 18 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-iadc.txt | 46 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.txt | 129 + .../bindings/iio/adc/rockchip-saradc.txt | 24 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti-adc128s052.txt | 18 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/twl4030-madc.txt | 24 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/vf610-adc.txt | 22 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/xilinx-xadc.txt | 113 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ad7303.txt | 23 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/max5821.txt | 14 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/frequency/adf4350.txt | 86 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/humidity/dht11.txt | 14 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/iio-bindings.txt | 97 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/light/apds9300.txt | 22 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/light/cm36651.txt | 26 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/light/gp2ap020a00f.txt | 21 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/light/tsl2563.txt | 19 + .../bindings/iio/magnetometer/ak8975.txt | 18 + .../bindings/iio/magnetometer/hmc5843.txt | 21 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/proximity/as3935.txt | 28 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/sensorhub.txt | 25 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt | 55 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/ads7846.txt | 91 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/atmel,maxtouch.txt | 32 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/brcm,bcm-keypad.txt | 108 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/cap11xx.txt | 59 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/clps711x-keypad.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/cros-ec-keyb.txt | 72 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/e3x0-button.txt | 25 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/elan_i2c.txt | 34 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/elants_i2c.txt | 33 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/fsl-mma8450.txt | 12 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-beeper.txt | 13 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys-polled.txt | 38 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys.txt | 48 + .../bindings/input/gpio-matrix-keypad.txt | 46 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/imx-keypad.txt | 53 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/input-reset.txt | 33 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/lpc32xx-key.txt | 31 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt | 27 + .../bindings/input/nvidia,tegra20-kbc.txt | 54 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/omap-keypad.txt | 28 + .../bindings/input/ps2keyb-mouse-apbps2.txt | 16 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/pwm-beeper.txt | 7 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/pxa27x-keypad.txt | 60 + .../bindings/input/qcom,pm8941-pwrkey.txt | 43 + .../bindings/input/qcom,pm8xxx-keypad.txt | 89 + .../bindings/input/qcom,pm8xxx-pwrkey.txt | 46 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8xxx-vib.txt | 22 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/regulator-haptic.txt | 21 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/rotary-encoder.txt | 36 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/samsung-keypad.txt | 74 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/spear-keyboard.txt | 20 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/st-keyscan.txt | 60 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/stmpe-keypad.txt | 41 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/sun4i-lradc-keys.txt | 62 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/tca8418_keypad.txt | 10 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/ti,drv260x.txt | 50 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/ti,drv2667.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/ti,nspire-keypad.txt | 60 + .../bindings/input/ti,palmas-pwrbutton.txt | 36 + .../bindings/input/touchscreen/auo_pixcir_ts.txt | 30 + .../input/touchscreen/brcm,iproc-touchscreen.txt | 76 + .../bindings/input/touchscreen/bu21013.txt | 28 + .../bindings/input/touchscreen/chipone_icn8318.txt | 46 + .../bindings/input/touchscreen/edt-ft5x06.txt | 55 + .../bindings/input/touchscreen/egalax-ts.txt | 19 + .../bindings/input/touchscreen/goodix.txt | 29 + .../bindings/input/touchscreen/lpc32xx-tsc.txt | 16 + .../bindings/input/touchscreen/mms114.txt | 34 + .../bindings/input/touchscreen/pixcir_i2c_ts.txt | 26 + .../bindings/input/touchscreen/sitronix-st1232.txt | 24 + .../bindings/input/touchscreen/stmpe.txt | 43 + .../bindings/input/touchscreen/sun4i.txt | 38 + .../bindings/input/touchscreen/sx8654.txt | 16 + .../bindings/input/touchscreen/ti-tsc-adc.txt | 59 + .../bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt | 29 + .../bindings/input/touchscreen/tsc2005.txt | 42 + .../bindings/input/touchscreen/tsc2007.txt | 41 + .../bindings/input/touchscreen/zforce_ts.txt | 34 + .../bindings/input/tps65218-pwrbutton.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/twl4030-keypad.txt | 27 + .../bindings/input/twl4030-pwrbutton.txt | 21 + .../interrupt-controller/abilis,tb10x-ictl.txt | 38 + .../interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun4i-ic.txt | 18 + .../allwinner,sun67i-sc-nmi.txt | 27 + .../bindings/interrupt-controller/atmel,aic.txt | 42 + .../brcm,bcm2835-armctrl-ic.txt | 110 + .../interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm3380-l2-intc.txt | 41 + .../interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm7038-l1-intc.txt | 52 + .../interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm7120-l2-intc.txt | 90 + .../bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,l2-intc.txt | 29 + .../interrupt-controller/cdns,xtensa-mx.txt | 18 + .../interrupt-controller/cdns,xtensa-pic.txt | 25 + .../interrupt-controller/cirrus,clps711x-intc.txt | 41 + .../bindings/interrupt-controller/digicolor-ic.txt | 21 + .../bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt | 110 + .../interrupt-controller/lsi,zevio-intc.txt | 18 + .../marvell,armada-370-xp-mpic.txt | 38 + .../interrupt-controller/marvell,orion-intc.txt | 48 + .../bindings/interrupt-controller/mips-gic.txt | 60 + .../interrupt-controller/nvidia,tegra-ictlr.txt | 43 + .../interrupt-controller/opencores,or1k-pic.txt | 23 + .../interrupt-controller/renesas,intc-irqpin.txt | 27 + .../bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt | 34 + .../interrupt-controller/samsung,s3c24xx-irq.txt | 53 + .../interrupt-controller/snps,dw-apb-ictl.txt | 32 + .../interrupt-controller/st,sti-irq-syscfg.txt | 35 + .../interrupt-controller/ti,keystone-irq.txt | 36 + .../interrupt-controller/ti,omap-intc-irq.txt | 28 + .../interrupt-controller/ti,omap4-wugen-mpu | 33 + .../devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.txt | 71 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/iommu.txt | 182 + .../bindings/iommu/nvidia,tegra20-gart.txt | 14 + .../bindings/iommu/nvidia,tegra30-smmu.txt | 21 + .../bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt | 41 + .../devicetree/bindings/iommu/rockchip,iommu.txt | 26 + .../devicetree/bindings/iommu/samsung,sysmmu.txt | 70 + .../devicetree/bindings/iommu/ti,omap-iommu.txt | 26 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt | 55 + .../devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-gpio.txt | 66 + .../devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-lp55xx.txt | 228 + .../devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-lp8860.txt | 29 + .../devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-ns2.txt | 26 + .../devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-pm8941-wled.txt | 43 + .../devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-pwm.txt | 50 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/pca963x.txt | 48 + .../devicetree/bindings/leds/register-bit-led.txt | 99 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/tca6507.txt | 49 + .../devicetree/bindings/lpddr2/lpddr2-timings.txt | 52 + .../devicetree/bindings/lpddr2/lpddr2.txt | 102 + .../devicetree/bindings/mailbox/altera-mailbox.txt | 49 + .../devicetree/bindings/mailbox/arm-mhu.txt | 43 + .../devicetree/bindings/mailbox/mailbox.txt | 38 + .../devicetree/bindings/mailbox/omap-mailbox.txt | 131 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/marvell.txt | 516 ++ .../devicetree/bindings/media/atmel-isi.txt | 51 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/coda.txt | 30 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-fimc-lite.txt | 16 + .../bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt | 15 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/exynos4-fimc-is.txt | 49 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/exynos5-gsc.txt | 30 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/gpio-ir-receiver.txt | 16 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/hix5hd2-ir.txt | 25 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7343.txt | 48 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7604.txt | 70 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9m111.txt | 28 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9p031.txt | 40 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9v032.txt | 39 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/nokia,smia.txt | 63 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov2640.txt | 46 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov2659.txt | 38 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ths8200.txt | 19 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/tvp514x.txt | 44 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/tvp7002.txt | 53 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/img-ir-rev1.txt | 34 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/meson-ir.txt | 14 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/pxa-camera.txt | 43 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt | 88 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,vsp1.txt | 43 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/s5p-mfc.txt | 51 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/samsung-fimc.txt | 211 + .../bindings/media/samsung-mipi-csis.txt | 81 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/samsung-s5c73m3.txt | 97 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/samsung-s5k5baf.txt | 58 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/samsung-s5k6a3.txt | 33 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/sh_mobile_ceu.txt | 18 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/si4713.txt | 30 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/st-rc.txt | 29 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/sunxi-ir.txt | 25 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/ti,omap3isp.txt | 71 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/ti-am437x-vpfe.txt | 61 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt | 239 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/video.txt | 35 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,v-tc.txt | 33 + .../bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,v-tpg.txt | 71 + .../bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,video.txt | 55 + .../bindings/memory-controllers/fsl/ifc.txt | 79 + .../memory-controllers/ingenic,jz4780-nemc.txt | 75 + .../bindings/memory-controllers/mvebu-devbus.txt | 178 + .../memory-controllers/mvebu-sdram-controller.txt | 21 + .../memory-controllers/nvidia,tegra-mc.txt | 36 + .../renesas-memory-controllers.txt | 44 + .../bindings/memory-controllers/synopsys.txt | 11 + .../bindings/memory-controllers/ti-aemif.txt | 210 + .../bindings/memory-controllers/ti/emif.txt | 55 + .../devicetree/bindings/metag/meta-intc.txt | 82 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/metag/meta.txt | 30 + .../devicetree/bindings/metag/pdc-intc.txt | 105 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/88pm860x.txt | 85 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ab8500.txt | 159 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt | 95 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/as3711.txt | 73 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/as3722.txt | 213 + .../devicetree/bindings/mfd/atmel-gpbr.txt | 15 + .../devicetree/bindings/mfd/atmel-hlcdc.txt | 51 + .../devicetree/bindings/mfd/atmel-matrix.txt | 24 + .../devicetree/bindings/mfd/atmel-smc.txt | 19 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt | 96 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/bfticu.txt | 25 + .../devicetree/bindings/mfd/brcm,bcm59056.txt | 39 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/cros-ec.txt | 65 + .../devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9052-i2c.txt | 60 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9055.txt | 72 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9063.txt | 93 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9150.txt | 43 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/hi6421.txt | 38 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/lp3943.txt | 33 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max14577.txt | 146 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77686.txt | 82 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77693.txt | 121 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max8925.txt | 64 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max8998.txt | 119 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mc13xxx.txt | 158 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mt6397.txt | 70 + .../devicetree/bindings/mfd/omap-usb-host.txt | 103 + .../devicetree/bindings/mfd/omap-usb-tll.txt | 27 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/palmas.txt | 53 + .../devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,spmi-pmic.txt | 75 + .../devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,tcsr.txt | 22 + .../devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-pm8xxx.txt | 97 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-rpm.txt | 264 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qriox.txt | 17 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rk808.txt | 177 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rn5t618.txt | 36 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/s2mpa01.txt | 90 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/s2mps11.txt | 139 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/sky81452.txt | 35 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/stmpe.txt | 29 + .../devicetree/bindings/mfd/sun6i-prcm.txt | 59 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/syscon.txt | 20 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tc3589x.txt | 107 + .../bindings/mfd/ti-keystone-devctrl.txt | 19 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps6507x.txt | 91 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt | 201 + .../devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl-familly.txt | 47 + .../devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl4030-audio.txt | 46 + .../devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl4030-power.txt | 48 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl6040.txt | 67 + .../devicetree/bindings/mipi/dsi/mipi-dsi-bus.txt | 98 + .../bindings/mipi/nvidia,tegra114-mipi.txt | 41 + .../devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/brcm,bmips.txt | 8 + .../devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/soc.txt | 12 + .../devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/bootbus.txt | 126 + .../devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/cib.txt | 43 + .../devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/ciu.txt | 26 + .../devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/ciu2.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/dma-engine.txt | 21 + .../devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/uctl.txt | 46 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cpu_irq.txt | 47 + .../devicetree/bindings/mips/img/pistachio.txt | 42 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/ralink.txt | 17 + .../bindings/misc/allwinner,sunxi-sid.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/misc/arm-charlcd.txt | 18 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/at25.txt | 35 + .../devicetree/bindings/misc/atmel-ssc.txt | 49 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/bmp085.txt | 24 + .../devicetree/bindings/misc/brcm,kona-smc.txt | 15 + .../devicetree/bindings/misc/fsl,qoriq-mc.txt | 40 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/ifm-csi.txt | 41 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/lis302.txt | 119 + .../bindings/misc/nvidia,tegra20-apbmisc.txt | 12 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/sram.txt | 51 + .../devicetree/bindings/misc/ti,dac7512.txt | 20 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/atmel-hsmci.txt | 73 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,bcm2835-sdhci.txt | 18 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,kona-sdhci.txt | 21 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,sdhci-iproc.txt | 23 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/davinci_mmc.txt | 33 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt | 93 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-esdhc.txt | 36 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt | 41 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-mmc.txt | 24 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/img-dw-mshc.txt | 29 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/k3-dw-mshc.txt | 44 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-card.txt | 31 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-emmc.txt | 25 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-simple.txt | 25 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-spi-slot.txt | 31 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt | 140 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmci.txt | 61 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/moxa,moxart-mmc.txt | 30 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mxs-mmc.txt | 27 + .../bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt | 38 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/orion-sdio.txt | 17 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/pxa-mmc.txt | 25 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,mmcif.txt | 32 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/rockchip-dw-mshc.txt | 25 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung-sdhci.txt | 32 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-dove.txt | 14 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-fujitsu.txt | 30 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.txt | 55 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-pxa.txt | 50 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-sirf.txt | 18 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-spear.txt | 18 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-st.txt | 113 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/socfpga-dw-mshc.txt | 23 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/sunxi-mmc.txt | 43 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsys-dw-mshc.txt | 109 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/ti-omap-hsmmc.txt | 112 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/ti-omap.txt | 54 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/usdhi6rol0.txt | 33 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/vt8500-sdmmc.txt | 23 + .../devicetree/bindings/mtd/arm-versatile.txt | 8 + .../devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-dataflash.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt | 111 + .../devicetree/bindings/mtd/davinci-nand.txt | 94 + .../devicetree/bindings/mtd/denali-nand.txt | 23 + .../devicetree/bindings/mtd/diskonchip.txt | 15 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/elm.txt | 16 + .../devicetree/bindings/mtd/flctl-nand.txt | 49 + .../devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-quadspi.txt | 35 + .../devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-upm-nand.txt | 67 + .../devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsmc-nand.txt | 54 + .../devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpio-control-nand.txt | 47 + .../devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-nand.txt | 137 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-nor.txt | 98 + .../devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-onenand.txt | 46 + .../devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt | 58 + .../devicetree/bindings/mtd/hisi504-nand.txt | 47 + .../devicetree/bindings/mtd/jedec,spi-nor.txt | 32 + .../devicetree/bindings/mtd/lpc32xx-mlc.txt | 50 + .../devicetree/bindings/mtd/lpc32xx-slc.txt | 52 + .../devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt | 89 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mxc-nand.txt | 19 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt | 21 + .../devicetree/bindings/mtd/orion-nand.txt | 50 + .../devicetree/bindings/mtd/partition.txt | 71 + .../devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt | 43 + .../devicetree/bindings/mtd/spear_smi.txt | 31 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/st-fsm.txt | 26 + .../devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt | 45 + .../bindings/net/allwinner,sun4i-emac.txt | 19 + .../bindings/net/allwinner,sun4i-mdio.txt | 27 + .../bindings/net/allwinner,sun7i-a20-gmac.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/altera_tse.txt | 114 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe-phy.txt | 48 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe.txt | 47 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/apm-xgene-enet.txt | 76 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/arc_emac.txt | 39 + .../bindings/net/brcm,bcm7445-switch-v4.0.txt | 78 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcmgenet.txt | 121 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,systemport.txt | 30 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,unimac-mdio.txt | 39 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-bcm87xx.txt | 29 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/calxeda-xgmac.txt | 18 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/can/atmel-can.txt | 14 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/can/c_can.txt | 54 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/can/cc770.txt | 53 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/can/fsl-flexcan.txt | 29 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/can/grcan.txt | 28 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/can/m_can.txt | 67 + .../bindings/net/can/microchip,mcp251x.txt | 25 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/can/mpc5xxx-mscan.txt | 53 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_can.txt | 43 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/can/sja1000.txt | 57 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/can/xilinx_can.txt | 44 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/cavium-mdio.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/cavium-mix.txt | 34 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/cavium-pip.txt | 93 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/cdns-emac.txt | 20 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw-phy-sel.txt | 30 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt | 104 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/davicom-dm9000.txt | 28 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/davinci-mdio.txt | 33 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/davinci_emac.txt | 41 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt | 117 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/emac_rockchip.txt | 50 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt | 31 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/fixed-link.txt | 42 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt | 62 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt | 147 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/gpmc-eth.txt | 97 + .../bindings/net/hisilicon-hip04-net.txt | 88 + .../bindings/net/hisilicon-hix5hd2-gmac.txt | 36 + .../bindings/net/ieee802154/at86rf230.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/cc2520.txt | 33 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/keystone-netcp.txt | 217 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/lpc-eth.txt | 23 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt | 30 + .../bindings/net/marvell-armada-370-neta.txt | 21 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-orion-mdio.txt | 39 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-orion-net.txt | 82 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-pp2.txt | 61 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-pxa168.txt | 36 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-gpio.txt | 26 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-mux-gpio.txt | 127 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-mux-mmioreg.txt | 75 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-mux.txt | 136 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/meson-dwmac.txt | 25 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/micrel-ks8851.txt | 18 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/micrel-ksz90x1.txt | 83 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/micrel.txt | 37 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/moxa,moxart-mac.txt | 21 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/nxp-nci.txt | 35 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/pn544.txt | 35 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st21nfca.txt | 40 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st21nfcb.txt | 33 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/trf7970a.txt | 44 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/opencores-ethoc.txt | 22 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt | 40 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/qca-qca7000-spi.txt | 47 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/rockchip-dwmac.txt | 68 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/samsung-sxgbe.txt | 52 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sh_eth.txt | 57 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/smsc-lan91c111.txt | 15 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/smsc911x.txt | 35 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/socfpga-dwmac.txt | 31 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/sti-dwmac.txt | 61 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt | 68 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/via-rhine.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/via-velocity.txt | 20 + .../bindings/net/wireless/brcm,bcm43xx-fmac.txt | 41 + .../bindings/net/wireless/qcom,ath10k.txt | 30 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/ti,wl1251.txt | 39 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/ti,wlcore.txt | 47 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nios2/nios2.txt | 62 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nios2/timer.txt | 19 + .../devicetree/bindings/nvec/nvidia,nvec.txt | 21 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/open-pic.txt | 98 + .../bindings/panel/ampire,am800480r3tmqwa1h.txt | 7 + .../devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b101aw03.txt | 7 + .../devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b101ean01.txt | 7 + .../devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b101xtn01.txt | 7 + .../devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b116xw03.txt | 7 + .../devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b133htn01.txt | 7 + .../devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b133xtn01.txt | 7 + .../devicetree/bindings/panel/avic,tm070ddh03.txt | 7 + .../bindings/panel/chunghwa,claa101wa01a.txt | 7 + .../bindings/panel/chunghwa,claa101wb03.txt | 7 + .../devicetree/bindings/panel/edt,et057090dhu.txt | 7 + .../devicetree/bindings/panel/edt,et070080dh6.txt | 10 + .../devicetree/bindings/panel/edt,etm0700g0dh6.txt | 10 + .../bindings/panel/foxlink,fl500wvr00-a0t.txt | 7 + .../bindings/panel/giantplus,gpg482739qs5.txt | 7 + .../bindings/panel/hannstar,hsd070pww1.txt | 7 + .../bindings/panel/hit,tx23d38vm0caa.txt | 7 + .../bindings/panel/innolux,at043tn24.txt | 7 + .../bindings/panel/innolux,g121i1-l01.txt | 7 + .../devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,n116bge.txt | 7 + .../bindings/panel/innolux,n156bge-l21.txt | 7 + .../bindings/panel/innolux,zj070na-01p.txt | 7 + .../devicetree/bindings/panel/lg,ld070wx3-sl01.txt | 7 + .../devicetree/bindings/panel/lg,lh500wx1-sd03.txt | 7 + .../devicetree/bindings/panel/lg,lp129qe.txt | 7 + .../bindings/panel/ortustech,com43h4m85ulc.txt | 7 + .../bindings/panel/panasonic,vvx10f004b00.txt | 7 + .../devicetree/bindings/panel/samsung,ld9040.txt | 66 + .../bindings/panel/samsung,ltn101nt05.txt | 7 + .../bindings/panel/samsung,ltn140at29-301.txt | 7 + .../devicetree/bindings/panel/samsung,s6e8aa0.txt | 56 + .../bindings/panel/sharp,lq101r1sx01.txt | 49 + .../bindings/panel/shelly,sca07010-bfn-lnn.txt | 7 + .../devicetree/bindings/panel/simple-panel.txt | 21 + .../devicetree/bindings/pci/83xx-512x-pci.txt | 40 + .../devicetree/bindings/pci/brcm,iproc-pcie.txt | 63 + .../devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt | 28 + .../devicetree/bindings/pci/fsl,imx6q-pcie.txt | 40 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/fsl,pci.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/pci/host-generic-pci.txt | 100 + .../devicetree/bindings/pci/layerscape-pci.txt | 42 + .../devicetree/bindings/pci/mvebu-pci.txt | 304 + .../bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt | 224 + .../devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-keystone.txt | 63 + .../devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-rcar-gen2.txt | 66 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci.txt | 20 + .../devicetree/bindings/pci/ralink,rt3883-pci.txt | 190 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rcar-pci.txt | 47 + .../bindings/pci/samsung,exynos5440-pcie.txt | 65 + .../devicetree/bindings/pci/spear13xx-pcie.txt | 14 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/ti-pci.txt | 59 + .../devicetree/bindings/pci/v3-v360epc-pci.txt | 15 + .../devicetree/bindings/pci/versatile.txt | 59 + .../devicetree/bindings/pci/xgene-pci.txt | 57 + .../devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-pcie.txt | 62 + .../devicetree/bindings/phy/apm-xgene-phy.txt | 79 + .../devicetree/bindings/phy/berlin-sata-phy.txt | 36 + .../devicetree/bindings/phy/berlin-usb-phy.txt | 16 + .../devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,kona-usb2-phy.txt | 15 + .../devicetree/bindings/phy/dm816x-phy.txt | 24 + .../devicetree/bindings/phy/hix5hd2-phy.txt | 22 + .../devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-bindings.txt | 70 + .../devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy28lp.txt | 117 + .../devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy365x.txt | 77 + .../devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mvebu.txt | 43 + .../devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-stih407-usb.txt | 24 + .../devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-stih41x-usb.txt | 24 + .../bindings/phy/qcom-apq8064-sata-phy.txt | 24 + .../devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-dwc3-usb-phy.txt | 39 + .../bindings/phy/qcom-ipq806x-sata-phy.txt | 23 + .../devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt | 51 + .../devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-usb-phy.txt | 37 + .../devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt | 176 + .../devicetree/bindings/phy/st-spear-miphy.txt | 15 + .../devicetree/bindings/phy/sun4i-usb-phy.txt | 37 + .../devicetree/bindings/phy/sun9i-usb-phy.txt | 38 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti-phy.txt | 102 + .../bindings/pinctrl/abilis,tb10x-iomux.txt | 80 + .../bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt | 68 + .../bindings/pinctrl/atmel,at91-pinctrl.txt | 150 + .../bindings/pinctrl/brcm,bcm11351-pinctrl.txt | 461 ++ .../bindings/pinctrl/brcm,bcm2835-gpio.txt | 74 + .../bindings/pinctrl/brcm,cygnus-gpio.txt | 98 + .../bindings/pinctrl/brcm,cygnus-pinmux.txt | 132 + .../bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx-pinctrl.txt | 94 + .../bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx25-pinctrl.txt | 23 + .../bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx27-pinctrl.txt | 121 + .../bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx35-pinctrl.txt | 33 + .../bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx51-pinctrl.txt | 32 + .../bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx53-pinctrl.txt | 32 + .../bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx6dl-pinctrl.txt | 38 + .../bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx6q-pinctrl.txt | 38 + .../bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx6sl-pinctrl.txt | 39 + .../bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx6sx-pinctrl.txt | 36 + .../bindings/pinctrl/fsl,mxs-pinctrl.txt | 127 + .../bindings/pinctrl/fsl,vf610-pinctrl.txt | 41 + .../bindings/pinctrl/img,tz1090-pdc-pinctrl.txt | 127 + .../bindings/pinctrl/img,tz1090-pinctrl.txt | 227 + .../bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,falcon-pinumx.txt | 83 + .../bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,xway-pinumx.txt | 97 + .../pinctrl/marvell,armada-370-pinctrl.txt | 96 + .../pinctrl/marvell,armada-375-pinctrl.txt | 82 + .../pinctrl/marvell,armada-38x-pinctrl.txt | 80 + .../pinctrl/marvell,armada-39x-pinctrl.txt | 78 + .../bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-xp-pinctrl.txt | 95 + .../bindings/pinctrl/marvell,dove-pinctrl.txt | 90 + .../bindings/pinctrl/marvell,kirkwood-pinctrl.txt | 319 + .../bindings/pinctrl/marvell,mvebu-pinctrl.txt | 46 + .../bindings/pinctrl/marvell,orion-pinctrl.txt | 91 + .../devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/meson,pinctrl.txt | 96 + .../bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra114-pinmux.txt | 131 + .../bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-pinmux.txt | 153 + .../pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl.txt | 129 + .../bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra20-pinmux.txt | 143 + .../bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra210-pinmux.txt | 166 + .../bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra30-pinmux.txt | 144 + .../bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt | 236 + .../devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt | 145 + .../devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-palmas.txt | 96 + .../devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.txt | 252 + .../devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-sirf.txt | 47 + .../devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-st.txt | 171 + .../devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-vt8500.txt | 57 + .../devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl_spear.txt | 155 + .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,apq8064-pinctrl.txt | 88 + .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,apq8084-pinctrl.txt | 179 + .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq8064-pinctrl.txt | 95 + .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8916-pinctrl.txt | 186 + .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8960-pinctrl.txt | 181 + .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8974-pinctrl.txt | 112 + .../devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-gpio.txt | 217 + .../devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-mpp.txt | 164 + .../bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt | 167 + .../bindings/pinctrl/rockchip,pinctrl.txt | 157 + .../bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt | 356 ++ .../devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/ste,abx500.txt | 318 + .../devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/ste,nomadik.txt | 145 + .../bindings/pinctrl/ti,omap-pinctrl.txt | 13 + .../bindings/pinctrl/xlnx,zynq-pinctrl.txt | 104 + .../devicetree/bindings/power/bq2415x.txt | 47 + .../devicetree/bindings/power/da9150-charger.txt | 26 + .../devicetree/bindings/power/fsl,imx-gpc.txt | 59 + .../devicetree/bindings/power/isp1704.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/power/ltc2941.txt | 27 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/opp.txt | 25 + .../devicetree/bindings/power/power-controller.txt | 18 + .../devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt | 78 + .../bindings/power/renesas,sysc-rmobile.txt | 100 + .../bindings/power/reset/keystone-reset.txt | 67 + .../bindings/power/reset/ltc2952-poweroff.txt | 29 + .../devicetree/bindings/power/reset/st-reset.txt | 11 + .../bindings/power/reset/syscon-poweroff.txt | 23 + .../bindings/power/reset/syscon-reboot.txt | 23 + .../bindings/power/rockchip-io-domain.txt | 83 + .../devicetree/bindings/power/rx51-battery.txt | 25 + .../devicetree/bindings/power/twl-charger.txt | 20 + .../bindings/power_supply/ab8500/btemp.txt | 16 + .../bindings/power_supply/ab8500/chargalg.txt | 16 + .../bindings/power_supply/ab8500/charger.txt | 25 + .../devicetree/bindings/power_supply/ab8500/fg.txt | 58 + .../bindings/power_supply/axxia-reset.txt | 20 + .../bindings/power_supply/charger-manager.txt | 81 + .../bindings/power_supply/gpio-charger.txt | 27 + .../bindings/power_supply/imx-snvs-poweroff.txt | 23 + .../bindings/power_supply/lp8727_charger.txt | 44 + .../bindings/power_supply/max17042_battery.txt | 18 + .../bindings/power_supply/max8925_batter.txt | 18 + .../bindings/power_supply/msm-poweroff.txt | 17 + .../bindings/power_supply/olpc_battery.txt | 5 + .../bindings/power_supply/power_supply.txt | 23 + .../bindings/power_supply/qnap-poweroff.txt | 16 + .../bindings/power_supply/restart-poweroff.txt | 8 + .../bindings/power_supply/sbs_sbs-battery.txt | 23 + .../bindings/power_supply/ti,bq24735.txt | 32 + .../devicetree/bindings/power_supply/tps65090.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/akebono.txt | 54 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/cpm.txt | 52 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/emac.txt | 148 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/hsta.txt | 19 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/ndfc.txt | 39 + .../bindings/powerpc/4xx/ppc440spe-adma.txt | 93 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/reboot.txt | 18 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/board.txt | 102 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cache_sram.txt | 20 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/ccf.txt | 46 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm.txt | 67 + .../bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/brg.txt | 21 + .../bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/i2c.txt | 41 + .../bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/pic.txt | 18 + .../bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/usb.txt | 15 + .../bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/gpio.txt | 38 + .../bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/network.txt | 43 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe.txt | 115 + .../bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/firmware.txt | 24 + .../bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/par_io.txt | 51 + .../bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/pincfg.txt | 57 + .../bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/ucc.txt | 70 + .../bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/usb.txt | 37 + .../bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/serial.txt | 32 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpus.txt | 33 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/dcsr.txt | 395 ++ .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/diu.txt | 34 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/dma.txt | 208 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/ecm.txt | 64 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/fman.txt | 604 ++ .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/gtm.txt | 31 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/guts.txt | 36 + .../bindings/powerpc/fsl/interlaken-lac.txt | 309 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/l2cache.txt | 23 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/lbc.txt | 43 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mcm.txt | 64 + .../bindings/powerpc/fsl/mcu-mpc8349emitx.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mem-ctrlr.txt | 27 + .../bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpc5121-psc.txt | 70 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpc5200.txt | 198 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic-msgr.txt | 63 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic-timer.txt | 38 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic.txt | 231 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/msi-pic.txt | 116 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/pamu.txt | 150 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/pmc.txt | 63 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/raideng.txt | 81 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/srio-rmu.txt | 163 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/srio.txt | 103 + .../bindings/powerpc/nintendo/gamecube.txt | 109 + .../devicetree/bindings/powerpc/nintendo/wii.txt | 184 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pps/pps-gpio.txt | 20 + .../devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-hlcdc-pwm.txt | 29 + .../devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-pwm.txt | 33 + .../devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-tcb-pwm.txt | 16 + .../devicetree/bindings/pwm/brcm,kona-pwm.txt | 21 + .../bindings/pwm/cirrus,clps711x-pwm.txt | 16 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/img-pwm.txt | 24 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/imx-pwm.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/pwm/lpc32xx-pwm.txt | 12 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/mxs-pwm.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/pwm/nvidia,tegra20-pwm.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/pwm/nxp,pca9685-pwm.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-bcm2835.txt | 30 + .../devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-fsl-ftm.txt | 52 + .../devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-lp3943.txt | 58 + .../devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-rockchip.txt | 20 + .../devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-samsung.txt | 51 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-st.txt | 41 + .../devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-sun4i.txt | 20 + .../devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-tiecap.txt | 29 + .../devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-tiehrpwm.txt | 29 + .../devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-tipwmss.txt | 31 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm.txt | 69 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pxa-pwm.txt | 30 + .../devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,tpu-pwm.txt | 28 + .../devicetree/bindings/pwm/spear-pwm.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/pwm/ti,twl-pwm.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/pwm/ti,twl-pwmled.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/pwm/vt8500-pwm.txt | 18 + .../devicetree/bindings/regmap/regmap.txt | 47 + .../devicetree/bindings/regulator/88pm800.txt | 38 + .../devicetree/bindings/regulator/88pm860x.txt | 30 + .../bindings/regulator/act8865-regulator.txt | 92 + .../bindings/regulator/anatop-regulator.txt | 37 + .../bindings/regulator/as3722-regulator.txt | 91 + .../devicetree/bindings/regulator/da9210.txt | 21 + .../devicetree/bindings/regulator/da9211.txt | 68 + .../devicetree/bindings/regulator/fan53555.txt | 23 + .../bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.txt | 34 + .../bindings/regulator/gpio-regulator.txt | 41 + .../devicetree/bindings/regulator/isl9305.txt | 36 + .../devicetree/bindings/regulator/lp872x.txt | 160 + .../devicetree/bindings/regulator/ltc3589.txt | 99 + .../bindings/regulator/max1586-regulator.txt | 28 + .../devicetree/bindings/regulator/max77802.txt | 88 + .../devicetree/bindings/regulator/max8660.txt | 47 + .../devicetree/bindings/regulator/max8907.txt | 69 + .../bindings/regulator/max8925-regulator.txt | 40 + .../devicetree/bindings/regulator/max8952.txt | 52 + .../bindings/regulator/max8973-regulator.txt | 21 + .../bindings/regulator/max8997-regulator.txt | 146 + .../bindings/regulator/mt6397-regulator.txt | 217 + .../devicetree/bindings/regulator/palmas-pmic.txt | 82 + .../bindings/regulator/pbias-regulator.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/regulator/pfuze100.txt | 299 + .../bindings/regulator/pwm-regulator.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt | 92 + .../bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt | 163 + .../bindings/regulator/sky81452-regulator.txt | 18 + .../bindings/regulator/ti-abb-regulator.txt | 132 + .../bindings/regulator/tps51632-regulator.txt | 27 + .../bindings/regulator/tps62360-regulator.txt | 44 + .../devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps65090.txt | 126 + .../devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps65217.txt | 78 + .../devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps65218.txt | 23 + .../devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps6586x.txt | 135 + .../bindings/regulator/twl-regulator.txt | 67 + .../devicetree/bindings/regulator/vexpress.txt | 32 + .../bindings/reserved-memory/reserved-memory.txt | 133 + .../bindings/reset/allwinner,sunxi-clock-reset.txt | 21 + .../bindings/reset/brcm,bcm21664-resetmgr.txt | 14 + .../devicetree/bindings/reset/fsl,imx-src.txt | 49 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/reset.txt | 75 + .../devicetree/bindings/reset/sirf,rstc.txt | 42 + .../devicetree/bindings/reset/socfpga-reset.txt | 13 + .../bindings/reset/st,sti-picophyreset.txt | 42 + .../devicetree/bindings/reset/st,sti-powerdown.txt | 47 + .../devicetree/bindings/reset/st,sti-softreset.txt | 46 + .../devicetree/bindings/resource-names.txt | 54 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/apm,rng.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/rng/brcm,bcm2835.txt | 13 + .../devicetree/bindings/rng/qcom,prng.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/abracon,abx80x.txt | 30 + .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/armada-380-rtc.txt | 22 + .../bindings/rtc/atmel,at91rm9200-rtc.txt | 15 + .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/atmel,at91sam9-rtc.txt | 23 + .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/dallas,ds1339.txt | 18 + .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/digicolor-rtc.txt | 17 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/dw-apb.txt | 32 + .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/haoyu,hym8563.txt | 30 + .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/imxdi-rtc.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/isil,isl12057.txt | 78 + .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/lpc32xx-rtc.txt | 15 + .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/maxim,ds1742.txt | 12 + .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/moxa,moxart-rtc.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/nvidia,tegra20-rtc.txt | 24 + .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/nxp,rtc-2123.txt | 16 + .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/olpc-xo1-rtc.txt | 5 + .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/orion-rtc.txt | 18 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/pxa-rtc.txt | 14 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-cmos.txt | 28 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-omap.txt | 28 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-opal.txt | 16 + .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-palmas.txt | 33 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt | 23 + .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/sa1100-rtc.txt | 17 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/snvs-rtc.txt | 1 + .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/spear-rtc.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/stmp3xxx-rtc.txt | 21 + .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/sun6i-rtc.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/sunxi-rtc.txt | 17 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/twl-rtc.txt | 12 + .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/via,vt8500-rtc.txt | 15 + .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/xgene-rtc.txt | 28 + .../bindings/security/tpm/st33zp24-i2c.txt | 36 + .../bindings/security/tpm/st33zp24-spi.txt | 34 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/8250.txt | 66 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/altera_jtaguart.txt | 5 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/altera_uart.txt | 8 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/arc-uart.txt | 26 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/atmel-usart.txt | 60 + .../bindings/serial/axis,etraxfs-uart.txt | 19 + .../bindings/serial/brcm,bcm6345-uart.txt | 30 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/cavium-uart.txt | 19 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/cdns,uart.txt | 20 + .../bindings/serial/cirrus,clps711x-uart.txt | 31 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/digicolor-usart.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/efm32-uart.txt | 20 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-imx-uart.txt | 29 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-lpuart.txt | 31 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-mxs-auart.txt | 45 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/lantiq_asc.txt | 16 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/maxim,max310x.txt | 36 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/mrvl,pxa-ssp.txt | 65 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/mrvl-serial.txt | 4 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt | 26 + .../bindings/serial/nvidia,tegra20-hsuart.txt | 37 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/nxp,sc16is7xx.txt | 33 + .../bindings/serial/nxp-lpc32xx-hsuart.txt | 14 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/omap_serial.txt | 30 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt | 51 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/qca,ar9330-uart.txt | 34 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/qcom,msm-uart.txt | 25 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/qcom,msm-uartdm.txt | 78 + .../bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt | 59 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/rs485.txt | 31 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/samsung_uart.txt | 58 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt | 47 + .../bindings/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.txt | 73 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/sprd-uart.txt | 7 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/st-asc.txt | 18 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/vt8500-uart.txt | 27 + .../bindings/serio/allwinner,sun4i-ps2.txt | 23 + .../devicetree/bindings/serio/altera_ps2.txt | 5 + .../devicetree/bindings/serio/olpc,ap-sp.txt | 13 + .../devicetree/bindings/serio/snps-arc_ps2.txt | 16 + .../devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/bman-portals.txt | 56 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/bman.txt | 135 + .../devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/qman-portals.txt | 154 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/qman.txt | 175 + .../devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt | 58 + .../devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,gsbi.txt | 88 + .../bindings/soc/ti/keystone-navigator-dma.txt | 111 + .../bindings/soc/ti/keystone-navigator-qmss.txt | 232 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,adau1701.txt | 35 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,axi-i2s.txt | 31 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,axi-spdif-tx.txt | 30 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,ssm2602.txt | 19 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4104.txt | 25 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4554.c | 11 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4642.txt | 17 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak5386.txt | 23 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/alc5623.txt | 25 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/alc5632.txt | 43 + .../bindings/sound/armada-370db-audio.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/arndale.txt | 24 + .../sound/atmel-at91sam9g20ek-wm8731-audio.txt | 26 + .../bindings/sound/atmel-sam9x5-wm8731-audio.txt | 35 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/atmel-wm8904.txt | 55 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/atmel_ac97c.txt | 20 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/brcm,bcm2835-i2s.txt | 25 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/cdns,xtfpga-i2s.txt | 18 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/cs35l32.txt | 62 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4265.txt | 29 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4270.txt | 21 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4271.txt | 50 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/cs42l52.txt | 46 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/cs42l56.txt | 63 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/cs42l73.txt | 22 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/cs42xx8.txt | 28 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/da9055.txt | 22 + .../bindings/sound/davinci-evm-audio.txt | 49 + .../bindings/sound/davinci-mcasp-audio.txt | 60 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/designware-i2s.txt | 31 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/es8328.txt | 38 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/eukrea-tlv320.txt | 26 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,asrc.txt | 60 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,esai.txt | 58 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,spdif.txt | 58 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,ssi.txt | 87 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl-asoc-card.txt | 82 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl-sai.txt | 73 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/hdmi.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/imx-audio-es8328.txt | 60 + .../bindings/sound/imx-audio-sgtl5000.txt | 56 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/imx-audio-spdif.txt | 36 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/imx-audio-wm8962.txt | 53 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/imx-audmux.txt | 28 + .../bindings/sound/ingenic,jz4740-i2s.txt | 23 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/max98090.txt | 51 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/max98095.txt | 22 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/max98357a.txt | 14 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/max98925.txt | 22 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/mrvl,pxa-ssp.txt | 28 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/mrvl,pxa2xx-pcm.txt | 15 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/mvebu-audio.txt | 34 + .../bindings/sound/mxs-audio-sgtl5000.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/mxs-saif.txt | 41 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/nokia,rx51.txt | 27 + .../bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-alc5632.txt | 48 + .../bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-max98090.txt | 53 + .../bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-rt5640.txt | 52 + .../bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-rt5677.txt | 67 + .../sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-trimslice.txt | 21 + .../bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8753.txt | 40 + .../bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8903.txt | 60 + .../bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712.txt | 60 + .../bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-ac97.txt | 36 + .../bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-das.txt | 12 + .../bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-i2s.txt | 30 + .../bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-ahub.txt | 88 + .../bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-hda.txt | 30 + .../bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-i2s.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-abe-twl6040.txt | 91 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-dmic.txt | 21 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-mcbsp.txt | 37 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-mcpdm.txt | 21 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt | 62 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm1792a.txt | 18 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm512x.txt | 52 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-cpu.txt | 43 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,fsi.txt | 31 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt | 216 + .../bindings/sound/renesas,rsrc-card.txt | 67 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/rockchip-i2s.txt | 37 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5631.txt | 48 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5640.txt | 53 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5677.txt | 76 + .../bindings/sound/samsung,odroidx2-max98090.txt | 35 + .../bindings/sound/samsung,smdk-wm8994.txt | 14 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.txt | 82 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/sgtl5000.txt | 39 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt | 160 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-audio-codec.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-audio-port.txt | 20 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-audio.txt | 41 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-usp.txt | 27 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/snow.txt | 22 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/soc-ac97link.txt | 28 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/spdif-receiver.txt | 10 + .../bindings/sound/spdif-transmitter.txt | 10 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/ssm2518.txt | 20 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/ssm4567.txt | 15 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/st,sta32x.txt | 92 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/st,sta350.txt | 131 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/storm.txt | 23 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2552.txt | 26 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/tdm-slot.txt | 20 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,pcm1681.txt | 15 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,tas5086.txt | 48 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic31xx.txt | 61 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic32x4.txt | 30 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt | 67 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/tpa6130a2.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/ts3a227e.txt | 31 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/ux500-mop500.txt | 39 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/ux500-msp.txt | 43 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/widgets.txt | 20 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8510.txt | 18 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8523.txt | 16 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8580.txt | 16 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8711.txt | 18 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8728.txt | 18 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8731.txt | 27 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8737.txt | 18 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8741.txt | 18 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8750.txt | 18 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8753.txt | 40 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8770.txt | 16 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8776.txt | 18 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8804.txt | 25 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8903.txt | 69 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8904.txt | 33 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8960.txt | 31 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8962.txt | 39 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8994.txt | 78 + .../devicetree/bindings/spi/brcm,bcm2835-spi.txt | 22 + .../devicetree/bindings/spi/efm32-spi.txt | 41 + .../devicetree/bindings/spi/fsl-imx-cspi.txt | 37 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/fsl-spi.txt | 60 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/mxs-spi.txt | 26 + .../bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra114-spi.txt | 42 + .../bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra20-sflash.txt | 38 + .../bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra20-slink.txt | 38 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/omap-spi.txt | 47 + .../devicetree/bindings/spi/qcom,spi-qup.txt | 103 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-hspi.txt | 29 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt | 71 + .../devicetree/bindings/spi/snps,dw-apb-ssi.txt | 28 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt | 94 + .../devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-cadence.txt | 31 + .../devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-davinci.txt | 88 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-dw.txt | 24 + .../devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-dspi.txt | 57 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-gpio.txt | 31 + .../devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-img-spfi.txt | 38 + .../devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-meson.txt | 22 + .../devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-octeon.txt | 33 + .../devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-orion.txt | 19 + .../devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-rockchip.txt | 45 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-rspi.txt | 69 + .../devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-samsung.txt | 109 + .../devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sc18is602.txt | 23 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sirf.txt | 41 + .../devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-st-ssc.txt | 40 + .../devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sun4i.txt | 24 + .../devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sun6i.txt | 24 + .../devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-xtensa-xtfpga.txt | 9 + .../devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_altera.txt | 5 + .../devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_atmel.txt | 31 + .../devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_oc_tiny.txt | 12 + .../devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_pl022.txt | 70 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/ti_qspi.txt | 28 + .../bindings/spmi/qcom,spmi-pmic-arb.txt | 65 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spmi/spmi.txt | 41 + .../bindings/staging/iio/adc/lpc32xx-adc.txt | 16 + .../bindings/staging/iio/adc/mxs-lradc.txt | 47 + .../bindings/staging/iio/adc/spear-adc.txt | 26 + .../devicetree/bindings/submitting-patches.txt | 67 + .../devicetree/bindings/thermal/armada-thermal.txt | 24 + .../devicetree/bindings/thermal/db8500-thermal.txt | 44 + .../devicetree/bindings/thermal/dove-thermal.txt | 18 + .../devicetree/bindings/thermal/exynos-thermal.txt | 121 + .../devicetree/bindings/thermal/imx-thermal.txt | 24 + .../bindings/thermal/kirkwood-thermal.txt | 15 + .../devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt | 38 + .../bindings/thermal/rockchip-thermal.txt | 68 + .../devicetree/bindings/thermal/spear-thermal.txt | 14 + .../devicetree/bindings/thermal/st-thermal.txt | 42 + .../devicetree/bindings/thermal/tegra-soctherm.txt | 55 + .../devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt | 595 ++ .../devicetree/bindings/thermal/ti_soc_thermal.txt | 74 + .../bindings/timer/allwinner,sun4i-timer.txt | 17 + .../bindings/timer/allwinner,sun5i-a13-hstimer.txt | 26 + .../bindings/timer/amlogic,meson6-timer.txt | 15 + .../devicetree/bindings/timer/arm,sp804.txt | 29 + .../bindings/timer/brcm,bcm2835-system-timer.txt | 22 + .../devicetree/bindings/timer/brcm,kona-timer.txt | 25 + .../bindings/timer/cadence,ttc-timer.txt | 17 + .../bindings/timer/cirrus,clps711x-timer.txt | 29 + .../devicetree/bindings/timer/digicolor-timer.txt | 18 + .../bindings/timer/energymicro,efm32-timer.txt | 23 + .../devicetree/bindings/timer/fsl,ftm-timer.txt | 31 + .../devicetree/bindings/timer/fsl,imxgpt.txt | 18 + .../devicetree/bindings/timer/lsi,zevio-timer.txt | 33 + .../bindings/timer/marvell,armada-370-xp-timer.txt | 44 + .../bindings/timer/marvell,orion-timer.txt | 17 + .../bindings/timer/mediatek,mtk-timer.txt | 17 + .../bindings/timer/moxa,moxart-timer.txt | 17 + .../bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra20-timer.txt | 24 + .../bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra30-timer.txt | 28 + .../devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,cmt.txt | 79 + .../devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,mtu2.txt | 42 + .../devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tmu.txt | 44 + .../bindings/timer/rockchip,rk3288-timer.txt | 18 + .../bindings/timer/samsung,exynos4210-mct.txt | 88 + .../bindings/timer/stericsson-u300-apptimer.txt | 18 + .../bindings/timer/ti,keystone-timer.txt | 29 + .../devicetree/bindings/ufs/ufshcd-pltfrm.txt | 57 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/unittest.txt | 71 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/am33xx-usb.txt | 197 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/atmel-usb.txt | 142 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/brcm,bcm3384-usb.txt | 11 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-imx.txt | 35 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-qcom.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt | 24 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-zevio.txt | 17 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt | 38 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3-st.txt | 68 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt | 50 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/ehci-omap.txt | 32 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/ehci-orion.txt | 20 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ehci-st.txt | 39 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/exynos-usb.txt | 117 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/fsl-usb.txt | 83 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic.txt | 24 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/gr-udc.txt | 34 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/isp1301.txt | 25 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/keystone-phy.txt | 20 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/keystone-usb.txt | 42 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/lpc32xx-udc.txt | 28 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/msm-hsusb.txt | 95 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mxs-phy.txt | 21 + .../bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-ehci.txt | 23 + .../bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-usb-phy.txt | 72 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ohci-nxp.txt | 24 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/ohci-omap3.txt | 15 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ohci-st.txt | 37 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt | 80 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/pxa-usb.txt | 53 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/qcom,dwc3.txt | 66 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/samsung-hsotg.txt | 40 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/samsung-usbphy.txt | 117 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/spear-usb.txt | 39 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/twlxxxx-usb.txt | 40 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/udc-xilinx.txt | 18 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt | 38 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-nop-xceiv.txt | 41 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt | 28 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-uhci.txt | 15 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt | 21 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb3503.txt | 36 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/usbmisc-imx.txt | 16 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/ux500-usb.txt | 50 + .../devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt | 213 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/adi,adv7123.txt | 50 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/adi,adv7511.txt | 88 + .../bindings/video/analog-tv-connector.txt | 25 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/arm,pl11x.txt | 109 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/atmel,lcdc.txt | 89 + .../bindings/video/backlight/88pm860x.txt | 15 + .../bindings/video/backlight/gpio-backlight.txt | 16 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/backlight/lp855x.txt | 70 + .../bindings/video/backlight/max8925-backlight.txt | 10 + .../bindings/video/backlight/pwm-backlight.txt | 35 + .../video/backlight/sky81452-backlight.txt | 29 + .../video/backlight/tps65217-backlight.txt | 27 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/bridge/ps8622.txt | 31 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/bridge/ptn3460.txt | 39 + .../bindings/video/cirrus,clps711x-fb.txt | 47 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/display-timing.txt | 110 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/dvi-connector.txt | 35 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/dw_hdmi-rockchip.txt | 46 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/exynos7-decon.txt | 68 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dp.txt | 120 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt | 84 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_hdmi.txt | 43 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_hdmiddc.txt | 15 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_hdmiphy.txt | 15 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_mixer.txt | 26 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/fsl,imx-fb.txt | 55 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/hdmi-connector.txt | 29 + .../bindings/video/lgphilips,lb035q02.txt | 33 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/panel-dpi.txt | 45 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/panel-dsi-cm.txt | 29 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/renesas,du.txt | 88 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/rockchip-drm.txt | 19 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/rockchip-vop.txt | 58 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt | 110 + .../bindings/video/sharp,ls037v7dw01.txt | 43 + .../bindings/video/simple-framebuffer-sunxi.txt | 33 + .../bindings/video/simple-framebuffer.txt | 86 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/sony,acx565akm.txt | 30 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/ssd1289fb.txt | 13 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/ssd1307fb.txt | 28 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/thine,thc63lvdm83d | 50 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/ti,dra7-dss.txt | 69 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap-dss.txt | 211 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap2-dss.txt | 54 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap3-dss.txt | 83 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap4-dss.txt | 115 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap5-dss.txt | 96 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/ti,opa362.txt | 38 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/ti,tfp410.txt | 41 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/ti,tpd12s015.txt | 44 + .../bindings/video/toppoly,td028ttec1.txt | 30 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/tpo,td043mtea1.txt | 33 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/vga-connector.txt | 36 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/via,vt8500-fb.txt | 36 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/wm,prizm-ge-rops.txt | 13 + .../devicetree/bindings/video/wm,wm8505-fb.txt | 33 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/virtio/mmio.txt | 17 + .../devicetree/bindings/w1/fsl-imx-owire.txt | 19 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/omap-hdq.txt | 17 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/w1-gpio.txt | 22 + .../bindings/watchdog/atmel-at91rm9200-wdt.txt | 9 + .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-wdt.txt | 50 + .../bindings/watchdog/brcm,bcm2835-pm-wdog.txt | 18 + .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/brcm,kona-wdt.txt | 15 + .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/cadence-wdt.txt | 24 + .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/davinci-wdt.txt | 24 + .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/dw_wdt.txt | 21 + .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/fsl-imx-wdt.txt | 20 + .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/gpio-wdt.txt | 28 + .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/imgpdc-wdt.txt | 19 + .../bindings/watchdog/ingenic,jz4740-wdt.txt | 12 + .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/marvel.txt | 46 + .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/men-a021-wdt.txt | 25 + .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/meson6-wdt.txt | 13 + .../bindings/watchdog/moxa,moxart-watchdog.txt | 15 + .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mtk-wdt.txt | 13 + .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/of-xilinx-wdt.txt | 23 + .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/omap-wdt.txt | 14 + .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/pnx4008-wdt.txt | 17 + .../bindings/watchdog/qca-ar7130-wdt.txt | 13 + .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qcom-wdt.txt | 24 + .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/rt2880-wdt.txt | 19 + .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.txt | 34 + .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sirfsoc_wdt.txt | 14 + .../bindings/watchdog/stericsson-coh901327.txt | 19 + .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sunxi-wdt.txt | 14 + .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/twl4030-wdt.txt | 10 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/x86/ce4100.txt | 38 + .../devicetree/bindings/x86/interrupt.txt | 26 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/x86/timer.txt | 6 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/xilinx.txt | 306 + .../devicetree/bindings/xillybus/xillybus.txt | 20 + Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt | 1529 +++++ Documentation/devicetree/changesets.txt | 40 + .../devicetree/dynamic-resolution-notes.txt | 25 + Documentation/devicetree/of_unittest.txt | 197 + Documentation/devicetree/overlay-notes.txt | 133 + Documentation/devicetree/todo.txt | 10 + Documentation/devicetree/usage-model.txt | 415 ++ Documentation/digsig.txt | 96 + Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt | 465 ++ Documentation/dmaengine/00-INDEX | 8 + Documentation/dmaengine/client.txt | 199 + Documentation/dmaengine/dmatest.txt | 92 + Documentation/dmaengine/provider.txt | 379 ++ Documentation/dontdiff | 260 + Documentation/driver-model/binding.txt | 98 + Documentation/driver-model/bus.txt | 143 + Documentation/driver-model/class.txt | 147 + Documentation/driver-model/design-patterns.txt | 116 + Documentation/driver-model/device.txt | 106 + Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt | 341 ++ Documentation/driver-model/driver.txt | 214 + Documentation/driver-model/overview.txt | 123 + Documentation/driver-model/platform.txt | 230 + Documentation/driver-model/porting.txt | 445 ++ Documentation/dvb/README.dvb-usb | 232 + Documentation/dvb/avermedia.txt | 299 + Documentation/dvb/bt8xx.txt | 98 + Documentation/dvb/cards.txt | 123 + Documentation/dvb/ci.txt | 212 + Documentation/dvb/contributors.txt | 96 + Documentation/dvb/faq.txt | 159 + Documentation/dvb/opera-firmware.txt | 8 + Documentation/dvb/readme.txt | 62 + Documentation/dvb/technisat.txt | 78 + Documentation/dvb/ttusb-dec.txt | 40 + Documentation/dvb/udev.txt | 46 + Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt | 340 ++ Documentation/early-userspace/README | 151 + Documentation/early-userspace/buffer-format.txt | 112 + Documentation/edac.txt | 775 +++ Documentation/efi-stub.txt | 84 + Documentation/eisa.txt | 203 + Documentation/email-clients.txt | 263 + Documentation/extcon/porting-android-switch-class | 123 + Documentation/fault-injection/fault-injection.txt | 269 + .../fault-injection/notifier-error-inject.txt | 99 + Documentation/fault-injection/provoke-crashes.txt | 38 + Documentation/fb/00-INDEX | 75 + Documentation/fb/api.txt | 306 + Documentation/fb/arkfb.txt | 68 + Documentation/fb/aty128fb.txt | 72 + Documentation/fb/cirrusfb.txt | 97 + Documentation/fb/cmap_xfbdev.txt | 53 + Documentation/fb/deferred_io.txt | 75 + Documentation/fb/efifb.txt | 31 + Documentation/fb/ep93xx-fb.txt | 135 + Documentation/fb/fbcon.txt | 324 + Documentation/fb/framebuffer.txt | 343 ++ Documentation/fb/gxfb.txt | 52 + Documentation/fb/intel810.txt | 278 + Documentation/fb/intelfb.txt | 149 + Documentation/fb/internals.txt | 82 + Documentation/fb/lxfb.txt | 52 + Documentation/fb/matroxfb.txt | 413 ++ Documentation/fb/metronomefb.txt | 36 + Documentation/fb/modedb.txt | 151 + Documentation/fb/pvr2fb.txt | 65 + Documentation/fb/pxafb.txt | 142 + Documentation/fb/s3fb.txt | 82 + Documentation/fb/sa1100fb.txt | 39 + Documentation/fb/sh7760fb.txt | 131 + Documentation/fb/sisfb.txt | 158 + Documentation/fb/sm501.txt | 10 + Documentation/fb/sstfb.txt | 174 + Documentation/fb/tgafb.txt | 69 + Documentation/fb/tridentfb.txt | 70 + Documentation/fb/udlfb.txt | 159 + Documentation/fb/uvesafb.txt | 183 + Documentation/fb/vesafb.txt | 181 + Documentation/fb/viafb.modes | 870 +++ Documentation/fb/viafb.txt | 252 + Documentation/fb/vt8623fb.txt | 64 + Documentation/filesystems/.gitignore | 1 + Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX | 159 + Documentation/filesystems/9p.txt | 161 + Documentation/filesystems/Locking | 578 ++ Documentation/filesystems/Makefile | 7 + Documentation/filesystems/adfs.txt | 75 + Documentation/filesystems/affs.txt | 222 + Documentation/filesystems/afs.txt | 247 + Documentation/filesystems/aufs/README | 383 ++ Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/01intro.txt | 170 + Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/02struct.txt | 258 + .../filesystems/aufs/design/03atomic_open.txt | 85 + Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/03lookup.txt | 113 + Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/04branch.txt | 74 + .../filesystems/aufs/design/05wbr_policy.txt | 64 + Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/06fhsm.txt | 120 + Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/06mmap.txt | 72 + Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/06xattr.txt | 96 + Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/07export.txt | 58 + Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/08shwh.txt | 52 + Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/10dynop.txt | 47 + .../filesystems/autofs4-mount-control.txt | 393 ++ Documentation/filesystems/autofs4.txt | 520 ++ Documentation/filesystems/automount-support.txt | 118 + Documentation/filesystems/befs.txt | 117 + Documentation/filesystems/bfs.txt | 57 + Documentation/filesystems/btrfs.txt | 270 + Documentation/filesystems/caching/backend-api.txt | 703 +++ Documentation/filesystems/caching/cachefiles.txt | 501 ++ Documentation/filesystems/caching/fscache.txt | 443 ++ Documentation/filesystems/caching/netfs-api.txt | 915 +++ Documentation/filesystems/caching/object.txt | 320 + Documentation/filesystems/caching/operations.txt | 213 + Documentation/filesystems/ceph.txt | 148 + Documentation/filesystems/cifs/AUTHORS | 57 + Documentation/filesystems/cifs/CHANGES | 1065 ++++ Documentation/filesystems/cifs/README | 753 +++ Documentation/filesystems/cifs/TODO | 104 + Documentation/filesystems/cifs/cifs.txt | 31 + Documentation/filesystems/cifs/winucase_convert.pl | 62 + Documentation/filesystems/coda.txt | 1673 ++++++ Documentation/filesystems/configfs/Makefile | 3 + Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt | 484 ++ .../configfs/configfs_example_explicit.c | 483 ++ .../filesystems/configfs/configfs_example_macros.c | 446 ++ Documentation/filesystems/cramfs.txt | 76 + Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt | 94 + Documentation/filesystems/debugfs.txt | 191 + Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt | 132 + Documentation/filesystems/directory-locking | 127 + Documentation/filesystems/dlmfs.txt | 130 + Documentation/filesystems/dnotify.txt | 70 + Documentation/filesystems/dnotify_test.c | 34 + Documentation/filesystems/ecryptfs.txt | 77 + Documentation/filesystems/efivarfs.txt | 16 + Documentation/filesystems/exofs.txt | 185 + Documentation/filesystems/ext2.txt | 384 ++ Documentation/filesystems/ext3.txt | 215 + Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt | 629 ++ Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt | 576 ++ Documentation/filesystems/fiemap.txt | 229 + Documentation/filesystems/files.txt | 123 + Documentation/filesystems/fuse.txt | 423 ++ Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-glocks.txt | 231 + Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-uevents.txt | 100 + Documentation/filesystems/gfs2.txt | 45 + Documentation/filesystems/hfs.txt | 82 + Documentation/filesystems/hfsplus.txt | 59 + Documentation/filesystems/hpfs.txt | 296 + Documentation/filesystems/inotify.txt | 79 + Documentation/filesystems/isofs.txt | 48 + Documentation/filesystems/jfs.txt | 52 + Documentation/filesystems/locks.txt | 68 + Documentation/filesystems/logfs.txt | 241 + Documentation/filesystems/mandatory-locking.txt | 171 + Documentation/filesystems/ncpfs.txt | 12 + Documentation/filesystems/nfs/00-INDEX | 26 + Documentation/filesystems/nfs/Exporting | 149 + Documentation/filesystems/nfs/fault_injection.txt | 69 + Documentation/filesystems/nfs/idmapper.txt | 75 + Documentation/filesystems/nfs/knfsd-stats.txt | 159 + Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs-rdma.txt | 276 + Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs.txt | 136 + Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs41-server.txt | 173 + .../filesystems/nfs/nfsd-admin-interfaces.txt | 41 + Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt | 302 + .../filesystems/nfs/pnfs-block-server.txt | 37 + Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs.txt | 110 + Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-cache.txt | 202 + Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-server-gss.txt | 91 + Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.txt | 270 + Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.txt | 451 ++ Documentation/filesystems/ocfs2.txt | 106 + Documentation/filesystems/omfs.txt | 106 + Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt | 226 + Documentation/filesystems/path-lookup.txt | 382 ++ .../filesystems/pohmelfs/design_notes.txt | 72 + Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/info.txt | 99 + .../filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt | 227 + Documentation/filesystems/porting | 485 ++ Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt | 1869 ++++++ Documentation/filesystems/qnx6.txt | 174 + Documentation/filesystems/quota.txt | 65 + .../filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt | 359 ++ Documentation/filesystems/relay.txt | 494 ++ Documentation/filesystems/romfs.txt | 186 + Documentation/filesystems/seq_file.txt | 338 ++ Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt | 939 +++ Documentation/filesystems/spufs.txt | 521 ++ Documentation/filesystems/squashfs.txt | 259 + Documentation/filesystems/sysfs-pci.txt | 120 + Documentation/filesystems/sysfs-tagging.txt | 42 + Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt | 380 ++ Documentation/filesystems/sysv-fs.txt | 197 + Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.txt | 148 + Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt | 119 + Documentation/filesystems/udf.txt | 82 + Documentation/filesystems/ufs.txt | 60 + Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt | 336 ++ Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt | 1171 ++++ .../filesystems/xfs-delayed-logging-design.txt | 793 +++ .../filesystems/xfs-self-describing-metadata.txt | 350 ++ Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt | 350 ++ Documentation/firmware_class/README | 128 + Documentation/firmware_class/hotplug-script | 17 + Documentation/flexible-arrays.txt | 120 + Documentation/fmc/00-INDEX | 38 + Documentation/fmc/API.txt | 47 + Documentation/fmc/FMC-and-SDB.txt | 88 + Documentation/fmc/carrier.txt | 311 + Documentation/fmc/fmc-chardev.txt | 64 + Documentation/fmc/fmc-fakedev.txt | 36 + Documentation/fmc/fmc-trivial.txt | 17 + Documentation/fmc/fmc-write-eeprom.txt | 98 + Documentation/fmc/identifiers.txt | 168 + Documentation/fmc/mezzanine.txt | 123 + Documentation/fmc/parameters.txt | 56 + Documentation/frv/README.txt | 51 + Documentation/frv/atomic-ops.txt | 134 + Documentation/frv/booting.txt | 182 + Documentation/frv/clock.txt | 65 + Documentation/frv/configuring.txt | 125 + Documentation/frv/features.txt | 310 + Documentation/frv/gdbinit | 102 + Documentation/frv/gdbstub.txt | 130 + Documentation/frv/kernel-ABI.txt | 262 + Documentation/frv/mmu-layout.txt | 306 + Documentation/futex-requeue-pi.txt | 131 + Documentation/gcov.txt | 257 + Documentation/gdb-kernel-debugging.txt | 160 + Documentation/gpio/00-INDEX | 14 + Documentation/gpio/board.txt | 154 + Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt | 340 ++ Documentation/gpio/driver.txt | 192 + Documentation/gpio/gpio-legacy.txt | 775 +++ Documentation/gpio/gpio.txt | 119 + Documentation/gpio/sysfs.txt | 155 + Documentation/hid/hid-sensor.txt | 224 + Documentation/hid/hid-transport.txt | 317 + Documentation/hid/hiddev.txt | 205 + Documentation/hid/hidraw.txt | 119 + Documentation/hid/uhid.txt | 187 + Documentation/highuid.txt | 77 + Documentation/hsi.txt | 75 + Documentation/hw_random.txt | 90 + Documentation/hwmon/ab8500 | 22 + Documentation/hwmon/abituguru | 92 + Documentation/hwmon/abituguru-datasheet | 312 + Documentation/hwmon/abituguru3 | 65 + Documentation/hwmon/abx500 | 28 + Documentation/hwmon/acpi_power_meter | 51 + Documentation/hwmon/ad7314 | 25 + Documentation/hwmon/adc128d818 | 47 + Documentation/hwmon/adm1021 | 113 + Documentation/hwmon/adm1025 | 51 + Documentation/hwmon/adm1026 | 93 + Documentation/hwmon/adm1031 | 35 + Documentation/hwmon/adm1275 | 92 + Documentation/hwmon/adm9240 | 177 + Documentation/hwmon/ads1015 | 76 + Documentation/hwmon/ads7828 | 58 + Documentation/hwmon/adt7410 | 73 + Documentation/hwmon/adt7411 | 42 + Documentation/hwmon/adt7462 | 67 + Documentation/hwmon/adt7470 | 73 + Documentation/hwmon/adt7475 | 117 + Documentation/hwmon/amc6821 | 102 + Documentation/hwmon/asb100 | 72 + Documentation/hwmon/asc7621 | 296 + Documentation/hwmon/coretemp | 181 + Documentation/hwmon/da9052 | 61 + Documentation/hwmon/da9055 | 47 + Documentation/hwmon/dme1737 | 328 ++ Documentation/hwmon/ds1621 | 187 + Documentation/hwmon/ds620 | 34 + Documentation/hwmon/emc1403 | 59 + Documentation/hwmon/emc2103 | 33 + Documentation/hwmon/emc6w201 | 42 + Documentation/hwmon/f71805f | 167 + Documentation/hwmon/f71882fg | 138 + Documentation/hwmon/fam15h_power | 37 + Documentation/hwmon/g760a | 36 + Documentation/hwmon/g762 | 65 + Documentation/hwmon/gl518sm | 73 + Documentation/hwmon/hih6130 | 37 + Documentation/hwmon/htu21 | 46 + Documentation/hwmon/hwmon-kernel-api.txt | 107 + Documentation/hwmon/ibmaem | 38 + Documentation/hwmon/ibmpowernv | 41 + Documentation/hwmon/ina209 | 93 + Documentation/hwmon/ina2xx | 64 + Documentation/hwmon/it87 | 262 + Documentation/hwmon/jc42 | 102 + Documentation/hwmon/k10temp | 77 + Documentation/hwmon/k8temp | 55 + Documentation/hwmon/lineage-pem | 77 + Documentation/hwmon/lm25066 | 120 + Documentation/hwmon/lm63 | 77 + Documentation/hwmon/lm70 | 47 + Documentation/hwmon/lm73 | 90 + Documentation/hwmon/lm75 | 92 + Documentation/hwmon/lm77 | 38 + Documentation/hwmon/lm78 | 68 + Documentation/hwmon/lm80 | 63 + Documentation/hwmon/lm83 | 85 + Documentation/hwmon/lm85 | 230 + Documentation/hwmon/lm87 | 77 + Documentation/hwmon/lm90 | 275 + Documentation/hwmon/lm92 | 37 + Documentation/hwmon/lm93 | 309 + Documentation/hwmon/lm95234 | 41 + Documentation/hwmon/lm95245 | 41 + Documentation/hwmon/ltc2945 | 84 + Documentation/hwmon/ltc2978 | 157 + Documentation/hwmon/ltc4151 | 47 + Documentation/hwmon/ltc4215 | 51 + Documentation/hwmon/ltc4245 | 102 + Documentation/hwmon/ltc4260 | 56 + Documentation/hwmon/ltc4261 | 63 + Documentation/hwmon/max16064 | 66 + Documentation/hwmon/max16065 | 105 + Documentation/hwmon/max1619 | 29 + Documentation/hwmon/max1668 | 60 + Documentation/hwmon/max197 | 60 + Documentation/hwmon/max34440 | 127 + Documentation/hwmon/max6639 | 49 + Documentation/hwmon/max6642 | 21 + Documentation/hwmon/max6650 | 64 + Documentation/hwmon/max6697 | 58 + Documentation/hwmon/max8688 | 75 + Documentation/hwmon/mc13783-adc | 74 + Documentation/hwmon/mcp3021 | 29 + Documentation/hwmon/menf21bmc | 50 + Documentation/hwmon/nct6683 | 57 + Documentation/hwmon/nct6775 | 200 + Documentation/hwmon/nct7802 | 32 + Documentation/hwmon/nct7904 | 60 + Documentation/hwmon/ntc_thermistor | 98 + Documentation/hwmon/pc87360 | 184 + Documentation/hwmon/pc87427 | 59 + Documentation/hwmon/pcf8591 | 90 + Documentation/hwmon/pmbus | 212 + Documentation/hwmon/pmbus-core | 283 + Documentation/hwmon/powr1220 | 45 + Documentation/hwmon/pwm-fan | 17 + Documentation/hwmon/sch5627 | 27 + Documentation/hwmon/sch5636 | 34 + Documentation/hwmon/sht15 | 74 + Documentation/hwmon/sht21 | 49 + Documentation/hwmon/shtc1 | 43 + Documentation/hwmon/sis5595 | 106 + Documentation/hwmon/smm665 | 157 + Documentation/hwmon/smsc47b397 | 163 + Documentation/hwmon/smsc47m1 | 63 + Documentation/hwmon/smsc47m192 | 103 + Documentation/hwmon/submitting-patches | 110 + Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface | 760 +++ Documentation/hwmon/thmc50 | 74 + Documentation/hwmon/tmp102 | 26 + Documentation/hwmon/tmp103 | 28 + Documentation/hwmon/tmp401 | 57 + Documentation/hwmon/tmp421 | 44 + Documentation/hwmon/tps40422 | 64 + Documentation/hwmon/twl4030-madc-hwmon | 45 + Documentation/hwmon/ucd9000 | 110 + Documentation/hwmon/ucd9200 | 112 + Documentation/hwmon/userspace-tools | 40 + Documentation/hwmon/vexpress | 34 + Documentation/hwmon/via686a | 78 + Documentation/hwmon/vt1211 | 206 + Documentation/hwmon/w83627ehf | 190 + Documentation/hwmon/w83627hf | 115 + Documentation/hwmon/w83781d | 453 ++ Documentation/hwmon/w83791d | 161 + Documentation/hwmon/w83792d | 173 + Documentation/hwmon/w83793 | 106 + Documentation/hwmon/w83795 | 127 + Documentation/hwmon/w83l785ts | 40 + Documentation/hwmon/w83l786ng | 54 + Documentation/hwmon/wm831x | 37 + Documentation/hwmon/wm8350 | 26 + Documentation/hwmon/zl6100 | 160 + Documentation/hwspinlock.txt | 307 + Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali1535 | 42 + Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali1563 | 27 + Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali15x3 | 112 + Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-amd756 | 25 + Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-amd8111 | 41 + Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-diolan-u2c | 26 + Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 | 164 + Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ismt | 36 + Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-nforce2 | 50 + Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ocores | 68 + Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-parport | 177 + Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-parport-light | 22 + Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-pca-isa | 23 + Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-piix4 | 110 + Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis5595 | 59 + Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis630 | 58 + Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis96x | 73 + Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-taos-evm | 46 + Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-via | 34 + Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-viapro | 73 + Documentation/i2c/busses/scx200_acb | 32 + Documentation/i2c/dev-interface | 214 + Documentation/i2c/fault-codes | 124 + Documentation/i2c/functionality | 148 + Documentation/i2c/i2c-protocol | 88 + Documentation/i2c/i2c-stub | 64 + Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices | 248 + Documentation/i2c/muxes/i2c-mux-gpio | 83 + Documentation/i2c/old-module-parameters | 44 + Documentation/i2c/slave-eeprom-backend | 14 + Documentation/i2c/slave-interface | 179 + Documentation/i2c/smbus-protocol | 273 + Documentation/i2c/summary | 43 + Documentation/i2c/ten-bit-addresses | 24 + Documentation/i2c/upgrading-clients | 279 + Documentation/i2c/writing-clients | 403 ++ Documentation/ia64/.gitignore | 1 + Documentation/ia64/IRQ-redir.txt | 69 + Documentation/ia64/Makefile | 5 + Documentation/ia64/README | 43 + Documentation/ia64/aliasing-test.c | 263 + Documentation/ia64/aliasing.txt | 221 + Documentation/ia64/efirtc.txt | 128 + Documentation/ia64/err_inject.txt | 1068 ++++ Documentation/ia64/fsys.txt | 286 + Documentation/ia64/mca.txt | 194 + Documentation/ia64/serial.txt | 151 + Documentation/ia64/xen.txt | 183 + Documentation/ide/00-INDEX | 14 + Documentation/ide/ChangeLog.ide-cd.1994-2004 | 268 + Documentation/ide/ChangeLog.ide-floppy.1996-2002 | 63 + Documentation/ide/ChangeLog.ide-tape.1995-2002 | 257 + Documentation/ide/ide-tape.txt | 65 + Documentation/ide/ide.txt | 256 + Documentation/ide/warm-plug-howto.txt | 18 + Documentation/infiniband/core_locking.txt | 114 + Documentation/infiniband/ipoib.txt | 105 + Documentation/infiniband/sysfs.txt | 66 + Documentation/infiniband/user_mad.txt | 153 + Documentation/infiniband/user_verbs.txt | 69 + Documentation/init.txt | 49 + Documentation/initrd.txt | 366 ++ Documentation/input/alps.txt | 319 + Documentation/input/amijoy.txt | 184 + Documentation/input/appletouch.txt | 85 + Documentation/input/atarikbd.txt | 709 +++ Documentation/input/bcm5974.txt | 65 + Documentation/input/cd32.txt | 19 + Documentation/input/cma3000_d0x.txt | 115 + Documentation/input/cs461x.txt | 45 + Documentation/input/edt-ft5x06.txt | 54 + Documentation/input/elantech.txt | 817 +++ Documentation/input/event-codes.txt | 348 ++ Documentation/input/ff.txt | 221 + Documentation/input/gamepad.txt | 159 + Documentation/input/gameport-programming.txt | 187 + Documentation/input/gpio-tilt.txt | 103 + Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.txt | 258 + Documentation/input/input-programming.txt | 302 + Documentation/input/input.txt | 290 + Documentation/input/interactive.fig | 42 + Documentation/input/joystick-api.txt | 314 + Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt | 542 ++ Documentation/input/joystick.txt | 586 ++ Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt | 418 ++ Documentation/input/notifier.txt | 52 + Documentation/input/ntrig.txt | 126 + Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt | 121 + Documentation/input/sentelic.txt | 873 +++ Documentation/input/shape.fig | 65 + Documentation/input/walkera0701.txt | 109 + Documentation/input/xpad.txt | 226 + Documentation/input/yealink.txt | 216 + Documentation/intel_txt.txt | 210 + Documentation/io-mapping.txt | 82 + Documentation/io_ordering.txt | 47 + Documentation/ioctl/00-INDEX | 12 + Documentation/ioctl/botching-up-ioctls.txt | 219 + Documentation/ioctl/cdrom.txt | 966 +++ Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt | 1071 ++++ Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-decoding.txt | 24 + Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt | 332 ++ Documentation/iostats.txt | 164 + Documentation/irqflags-tracing.txt | 50 + Documentation/isapnp.txt | 14 + Documentation/isdn/00-INDEX | 50 + Documentation/isdn/CREDITS | 70 + Documentation/isdn/HiSax.cert | 96 + Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE | 759 +++ Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.CAPI | 355 ++ Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.fax | 163 + Documentation/isdn/README | 599 ++ Documentation/isdn/README.FAQ | 26 + Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax | 659 +++ Documentation/isdn/README.act2000 | 104 + Documentation/isdn/README.audio | 138 + Documentation/isdn/README.avmb1 | 187 + Documentation/isdn/README.concap | 259 + Documentation/isdn/README.diversion | 127 + Documentation/isdn/README.fax | 45 + Documentation/isdn/README.gigaset | 421 ++ Documentation/isdn/README.hfc-pci | 41 + Documentation/isdn/README.hysdn | 195 + Documentation/isdn/README.icn | 148 + Documentation/isdn/README.mISDN | 6 + Documentation/isdn/README.pcbit | 40 + Documentation/isdn/README.sc | 281 + Documentation/isdn/README.syncppp | 58 + Documentation/isdn/README.x25 | 184 + Documentation/isdn/syncPPP.FAQ | 224 + Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO | 644 ++ Documentation/ja_JP/SubmitChecklist | 111 + Documentation/ja_JP/SubmittingPatches | 719 +++ Documentation/ja_JP/stable_api_nonsense.txt | 263 + Documentation/ja_JP/stable_kernel_rules.txt | 84 + Documentation/java.txt | 404 ++ Documentation/kasan.txt | 172 + Documentation/kbuild/00-INDEX | 14 + Documentation/kbuild/headers_install.txt | 47 + Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt | 235 + Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt | 395 ++ Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt | 237 + Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt | 1410 +++++ Documentation/kbuild/modules.txt | 541 ++ Documentation/kdbus/.gitignore | 2 + Documentation/kdbus/Makefile | 44 + Documentation/kdbus/kdbus.bus.xml | 344 ++ Documentation/kdbus/kdbus.connection.xml | 1244 ++++ Documentation/kdbus/kdbus.endpoint.xml | 429 ++ Documentation/kdbus/kdbus.fs.xml | 124 + Documentation/kdbus/kdbus.item.xml | 839 +++ Documentation/kdbus/kdbus.match.xml | 555 ++ Documentation/kdbus/kdbus.message.xml | 1276 ++++ Documentation/kdbus/kdbus.name.xml | 711 +++ Documentation/kdbus/kdbus.policy.xml | 406 ++ Documentation/kdbus/kdbus.pool.xml | 326 + Documentation/kdbus/kdbus.xml | 1012 ++++ Documentation/kdbus/stylesheet.xsl | 16 + Documentation/kdump/gdbmacros.txt | 201 + Documentation/kdump/kdump.txt | 487 ++ Documentation/kernel-doc-nano-HOWTO.txt | 362 ++ Documentation/kernel-docs.txt | 724 +++ Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt | 4062 +++++++++++++ Documentation/kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.txt | 273 + Documentation/kmemcheck.txt | 754 +++ Documentation/kmemleak.txt | 203 + Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO | 588 ++ Documentation/ko_KR/stable_api_nonsense.txt | 195 + Documentation/kobject.txt | 415 ++ Documentation/kprobes.txt | 731 +++ Documentation/kref.txt | 303 + Documentation/kselftest.txt | 69 + Documentation/laptops/.gitignore | 2 + Documentation/laptops/00-INDEX | 22 + Documentation/laptops/Makefile | 5 + Documentation/laptops/asus-laptop.txt | 257 + Documentation/laptops/disk-shock-protection.txt | 149 + Documentation/laptops/dslm.c | 166 + Documentation/laptops/freefall.c | 174 + Documentation/laptops/laptop-mode.txt | 782 +++ Documentation/laptops/sony-laptop.txt | 144 + Documentation/laptops/sonypi.txt | 152 + Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt | 1479 +++++ Documentation/laptops/toshiba_haps.txt | 76 + Documentation/ldm.txt | 109 + Documentation/leds/00-INDEX | 22 + Documentation/leds/leds-blinkm.txt | 80 + Documentation/leds/leds-class-flash.txt | 22 + Documentation/leds/leds-class.txt | 97 + Documentation/leds/leds-lm3556.txt | 85 + Documentation/leds/leds-lp3944.txt | 50 + Documentation/leds/leds-lp5521.txt | 101 + Documentation/leds/leds-lp5523.txt | 100 + Documentation/leds/leds-lp5562.txt | 120 + Documentation/leds/leds-lp55xx.txt | 194 + Documentation/leds/ledtrig-oneshot.txt | 59 + Documentation/leds/ledtrig-transient.txt | 152 + Documentation/local_ops.txt | 191 + Documentation/locking/00-INDEX | 16 + Documentation/locking/lglock.txt | 166 + Documentation/locking/lockdep-design.txt | 286 + Documentation/locking/lockstat.txt | 183 + Documentation/locking/locktorture.txt | 147 + Documentation/locking/mutex-design.txt | 157 + Documentation/locking/rt-mutex-design.txt | 781 +++ Documentation/locking/rt-mutex.txt | 79 + Documentation/locking/spinlocks.txt | 167 + Documentation/locking/ww-mutex-design.txt | 344 ++ Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.txt | 63 + Documentation/logo.gif | Bin 0 -> 16335 bytes Documentation/logo.txt | 13 + Documentation/lzo.txt | 164 + Documentation/m68k/00-INDEX | 7 + Documentation/m68k/README.buddha | 210 + Documentation/m68k/kernel-options.txt | 884 +++ Documentation/magic-number.txt | 160 + Documentation/mailbox.txt | 122 + Documentation/md-cluster.txt | 176 + Documentation/md.txt | 613 ++ Documentation/media-framework.txt | 372 ++ Documentation/memory-barriers.txt | 3064 ++++++++++ Documentation/memory-devices/ti-emif.txt | 57 + Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt | 450 ++ Documentation/metag/00-INDEX | 4 + Documentation/metag/kernel-ABI.txt | 256 + Documentation/mic/Makefile | 1 + Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt | 66 + Documentation/mic/mpssd/.gitignore | 1 + Documentation/mic/mpssd/Makefile | 19 + Documentation/mic/mpssd/micctrl | 173 + Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss | 202 + Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpssd.c | 1728 ++++++ Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpssd.h | 102 + Documentation/mic/mpssd/sysfs.c | 102 + Documentation/mips/00-INDEX | 4 + Documentation/mips/AU1xxx_IDE.README | 122 + Documentation/misc-devices/Makefile | 1 + Documentation/misc-devices/ad525x_dpot.txt | 57 + Documentation/misc-devices/apds990x.txt | 111 + Documentation/misc-devices/bh1770glc.txt | 116 + Documentation/misc-devices/c2port.txt | 90 + Documentation/misc-devices/eeprom | 96 + Documentation/misc-devices/ics932s401 | 31 + Documentation/misc-devices/isl29003 | 62 + Documentation/misc-devices/lis3lv02d | 93 + Documentation/misc-devices/max6875 | 110 + Documentation/misc-devices/mei/.gitignore | 1 + Documentation/misc-devices/mei/Makefile | 5 + Documentation/misc-devices/mei/TODO | 2 + Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei-amt-version.c | 479 ++ Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei-client-bus.txt | 141 + Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei.txt | 223 + Documentation/misc-devices/spear-pcie-gadget.txt | 130 + Documentation/mmc/00-INDEX | 8 + Documentation/mmc/mmc-async-req.txt | 87 + Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-attrs.txt | 84 + Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-parts.txt | 40 + Documentation/mn10300/ABI.txt | 149 + Documentation/mn10300/compartmentalisation.txt | 60 + Documentation/module-signing.txt | 241 + Documentation/mono.txt | 66 + Documentation/mtd/nand/pxa3xx-nand.txt | 113 + Documentation/mtd/nand_ecc.txt | 714 +++ Documentation/mtd/spi-nor.txt | 62 + Documentation/namespaces/compatibility-list.txt | 39 + Documentation/namespaces/resource-control.txt | 14 + Documentation/netlabel/00-INDEX | 10 + Documentation/netlabel/cipso_ipv4.txt | 48 + .../netlabel/draft-ietf-cipso-ipsecurity-01.txt | 791 +++ Documentation/netlabel/introduction.txt | 46 + Documentation/netlabel/lsm_interface.txt | 47 + Documentation/networking/00-INDEX | 238 + Documentation/networking/3c509.txt | 213 + Documentation/networking/6pack.txt | 175 + Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qla3xxx | 46 + Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlcnic | 288 + Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlge | 288 + Documentation/networking/Makefile | 1 + Documentation/networking/PLIP.txt | 215 + Documentation/networking/README.ipw2100 | 293 + Documentation/networking/README.ipw2200 | 472 ++ Documentation/networking/README.sb1000 | 207 + Documentation/networking/alias.txt | 40 + Documentation/networking/altera_tse.txt | 263 + Documentation/networking/arcnet-hardware.txt | 3133 ++++++++++ Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt | 556 ++ Documentation/networking/atm.txt | 8 + Documentation/networking/ax25.txt | 10 + Documentation/networking/batman-adv.txt | 202 + Documentation/networking/baycom.txt | 158 + Documentation/networking/bonding.txt | 2743 +++++++++ Documentation/networking/bridge.txt | 15 + Documentation/networking/caif/Linux-CAIF.txt | 175 + Documentation/networking/caif/README | 109 + Documentation/networking/caif/spi_porting.txt | 208 + Documentation/networking/can.txt | 1216 ++++ Documentation/networking/cdc_mbim.txt | 339 ++ Documentation/networking/cops.txt | 63 + Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt | 624 ++ Documentation/networking/cxacru-cf.py | 48 + Documentation/networking/cxacru.txt | 100 + Documentation/networking/cxgb.txt | 352 ++ Documentation/networking/dccp.txt | 207 + Documentation/networking/dctcp.txt | 43 + Documentation/networking/de4x5.txt | 178 + Documentation/networking/decnet.txt | 232 + Documentation/networking/dl2k.txt | 282 + Documentation/networking/dm9000.txt | 167 + Documentation/networking/dmfe.txt | 66 + Documentation/networking/dns_resolver.txt | 157 + Documentation/networking/driver.txt | 93 + Documentation/networking/e100.txt | 197 + Documentation/networking/e1000.txt | 461 ++ Documentation/networking/e1000e.txt | 312 + Documentation/networking/eql.txt | 528 ++ Documentation/networking/fib_trie.txt | 145 + Documentation/networking/filter.txt | 1297 ++++ Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt | 39 + Documentation/networking/framerelay.txt | 39 + Documentation/networking/gen_stats.txt | 117 + Documentation/networking/generic-hdlc.txt | 132 + Documentation/networking/generic_netlink.txt | 3 + Documentation/networking/gianfar.txt | 42 + Documentation/networking/i40e.txt | 118 + Documentation/networking/i40evf.txt | 47 + Documentation/networking/ieee802154.txt | 151 + Documentation/networking/igb.txt | 129 + Documentation/networking/igbvf.txt | 80 + Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt | 1858 ++++++ Documentation/networking/ip_dynaddr.txt | 29 + Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt | 73 + Documentation/networking/iphase.txt | 158 + Documentation/networking/ipsec.txt | 38 + Documentation/networking/ipv6.txt | 72 + Documentation/networking/ipvlan.txt | 107 + Documentation/networking/ipvs-sysctl.txt | 232 + Documentation/networking/irda.txt | 10 + Documentation/networking/ixgb.txt | 433 ++ Documentation/networking/ixgbe.txt | 349 ++ Documentation/networking/ixgbevf.txt | 52 + Documentation/networking/l2tp.txt | 348 ++ Documentation/networking/lapb-module.txt | 263 + Documentation/networking/ltpc.txt | 131 + .../networking/mac80211-auth-assoc-deauth.txt | 95 + Documentation/networking/mac80211-injection.txt | 67 + Documentation/networking/mac80211_hwsim/README | 68 + .../networking/mac80211_hwsim/hostapd.conf | 11 + .../networking/mac80211_hwsim/wpa_supplicant.conf | 10 + Documentation/networking/mpls-sysctl.txt | 29 + Documentation/networking/multiqueue.txt | 79 + Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt | 177 + Documentation/networking/netdev-FAQ.txt | 224 + Documentation/networking/netdev-features.txt | 167 + Documentation/networking/netdevices.txt | 107 + Documentation/networking/netif-msg.txt | 79 + Documentation/networking/netlink_mmap.txt | 332 ++ Documentation/networking/nf_conntrack-sysctl.txt | 177 + Documentation/networking/nfc.txt | 128 + Documentation/networking/openvswitch.txt | 248 + Documentation/networking/operstates.txt | 162 + Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt | 1068 ++++ Documentation/networking/phonet.txt | 214 + Documentation/networking/phy.txt | 339 ++ Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt | 323 + Documentation/networking/policy-routing.txt | 150 + Documentation/networking/ppp_generic.txt | 432 ++ Documentation/networking/proc_net_tcp.txt | 48 + Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt | 152 + Documentation/networking/ray_cs.txt | 150 + Documentation/networking/rds.txt | 355 ++ Documentation/networking/regulatory.txt | 214 + Documentation/networking/rxrpc.txt | 947 +++ Documentation/networking/s2io.txt | 141 + Documentation/networking/scaling.txt | 445 ++ Documentation/networking/sctp.txt | 35 + Documentation/networking/secid.txt | 14 + Documentation/networking/skfp.txt | 220 + Documentation/networking/smc9.txt | 42 + Documentation/networking/spider_net.txt | 204 + Documentation/networking/stmmac.txt | 369 ++ Documentation/networking/switchdev.txt | 59 + Documentation/networking/tc-actions-env-rules.txt | 30 + Documentation/networking/tcp-thin.txt | 47 + Documentation/networking/tcp.txt | 106 + Documentation/networking/team.txt | 2 + Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt | 457 ++ Documentation/networking/timestamping/.gitignore | 3 + Documentation/networking/timestamping/Makefile | 14 + .../networking/timestamping/hwtstamp_config.c | 134 + .../networking/timestamping/timestamping.c | 528 ++ .../networking/timestamping/txtimestamp.c | 549 ++ Documentation/networking/tlan.txt | 117 + Documentation/networking/tproxy.txt | 84 + Documentation/networking/tuntap.txt | 227 + Documentation/networking/udplite.txt | 278 + Documentation/networking/vortex.txt | 448 ++ Documentation/networking/vxge.txt | 93 + Documentation/networking/vxlan.txt | 47 + Documentation/networking/x25-iface.txt | 123 + Documentation/networking/x25.txt | 44 + Documentation/networking/xfrm_proc.txt | 74 + Documentation/networking/xfrm_sync.txt | 169 + Documentation/networking/xfrm_sysctl.txt | 4 + Documentation/networking/z8530drv.txt | 657 +++ Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt | 290 + Documentation/nfc/nfc-pn544.txt | 32 + Documentation/nios2/README | 23 + Documentation/nommu-mmap.txt | 291 + Documentation/numastat.txt | 27 + Documentation/oops-tracing.txt | 279 + Documentation/padata.txt | 160 + Documentation/parisc/00-INDEX | 6 + Documentation/parisc/debugging | 39 + Documentation/parisc/registers | 129 + Documentation/parport-lowlevel.txt | 1471 +++++ Documentation/parport.txt | 267 + Documentation/pcmcia/.gitignore | 1 + Documentation/pcmcia/Makefile | 7 + Documentation/pcmcia/crc32hash.c | 32 + Documentation/pcmcia/devicetable.txt | 33 + Documentation/pcmcia/driver-changes.txt | 152 + Documentation/pcmcia/driver.txt | 30 + Documentation/pcmcia/locking.txt | 118 + Documentation/percpu-rw-semaphore.txt | 27 + Documentation/phy.txt | 152 + Documentation/phy/samsung-usb2.txt | 135 + Documentation/pi-futex.txt | 121 + Documentation/pinctrl.txt | 1408 +++++ Documentation/platform/x86-laptop-drivers.txt | 18 + Documentation/pnp.txt | 251 + Documentation/power/00-INDEX | 46 + Documentation/power/apm-acpi.txt | 32 + Documentation/power/basic-pm-debugging.txt | 229 + Documentation/power/charger-manager.txt | 200 + Documentation/power/devices.txt | 697 +++ Documentation/power/drivers-testing.txt | 46 + Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt | 230 + Documentation/power/interface.txt | 75 + Documentation/power/notifiers.txt | 55 + Documentation/power/opp.txt | 362 ++ Documentation/power/pci.txt | 1025 ++++ Documentation/power/pm_qos_interface.txt | 224 + Documentation/power/power_supply_class.txt | 214 + Documentation/power/powercap/powercap.txt | 236 + Documentation/power/regulator/consumer.txt | 218 + Documentation/power/regulator/design.txt | 33 + Documentation/power/regulator/machine.txt | 100 + Documentation/power/regulator/overview.txt | 171 + Documentation/power/regulator/regulator.txt | 30 + Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt | 912 +++ Documentation/power/s2ram.txt | 85 + Documentation/power/states.txt | 109 + Documentation/power/suspend-and-cpuhotplug.txt | 275 + Documentation/power/suspend-and-interrupts.txt | 135 + Documentation/power/swsusp-and-swap-files.txt | 60 + Documentation/power/swsusp-dmcrypt.txt | 138 + Documentation/power/swsusp.txt | 429 ++ Documentation/power/tricks.txt | 27 + Documentation/power/tuxonice-internals.txt | 532 ++ Documentation/power/tuxonice.txt | 948 +++ Documentation/power/userland-swsusp.txt | 170 + Documentation/power/video.txt | 185 + Documentation/powerpc/00-INDEX | 32 + Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.txt | 141 + Documentation/powerpc/cpu_families.txt | 221 + Documentation/powerpc/cpu_features.txt | 56 + Documentation/powerpc/cxl.txt | 379 ++ Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.txt | 334 ++ Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.txt | 270 + Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.txt | 567 ++ Documentation/powerpc/mpc52xx.txt | 39 + .../powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.txt | 301 + Documentation/powerpc/pmu-ebb.txt | 137 + Documentation/powerpc/ptrace.txt | 151 + Documentation/powerpc/qe_firmware.txt | 295 + Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt | 198 + Documentation/pps/pps.txt | 233 + Documentation/prctl/.gitignore | 3 + Documentation/prctl/Makefile | 8 + .../prctl/disable-tsc-ctxt-sw-stress-test.c | 97 + .../prctl/disable-tsc-on-off-stress-test.c | 96 + Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-test.c | 95 + Documentation/prctl/no_new_privs.txt | 57 + Documentation/prctl/seccomp_filter.txt | 225 + Documentation/preempt-locking.txt | 135 + Documentation/printk-formats.txt | 291 + Documentation/pti/pti_intel_mid.txt | 99 + Documentation/ptp/.gitignore | 1 + Documentation/ptp/Makefile | 8 + Documentation/ptp/ptp.txt | 89 + Documentation/ptp/testptp.c | 519 ++ Documentation/ptp/testptp.mk | 33 + Documentation/pwm.txt | 122 + Documentation/ramoops.txt | 128 + Documentation/rapidio/rapidio.txt | 351 ++ Documentation/rapidio/sysfs.txt | 158 + Documentation/rapidio/tsi721.txt | 62 + Documentation/rbtree.txt | 392 ++ Documentation/remoteproc.txt | 299 + Documentation/rfkill.txt | 123 + Documentation/robust-futex-ABI.txt | 182 + Documentation/robust-futexes.txt | 218 + Documentation/rpmsg.txt | 293 + Documentation/rtc.txt | 207 + Documentation/s390/00-INDEX | 28 + Documentation/s390/3270.ChangeLog | 44 + Documentation/s390/3270.txt | 271 + Documentation/s390/CommonIO | 125 + Documentation/s390/DASD | 73 + Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt | 2142 +++++++ Documentation/s390/cds.txt | 472 ++ Documentation/s390/config3270.sh | 76 + Documentation/s390/driver-model.txt | 287 + Documentation/s390/kvm.txt | 125 + Documentation/s390/monreader.txt | 197 + Documentation/s390/qeth.txt | 50 + Documentation/s390/s390dbf.txt | 667 +++ Documentation/s390/zfcpdump.txt | 52 + Documentation/scheduler/00-INDEX | 18 + Documentation/scheduler/completion.txt | 248 + Documentation/scheduler/sched-BFS.txt | 347 ++ Documentation/scheduler/sched-arch.txt | 74 + Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt | 122 + Documentation/scheduler/sched-deadline.txt | 525 ++ Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.txt | 242 + Documentation/scheduler/sched-domains.txt | 77 + Documentation/scheduler/sched-nice-design.txt | 108 + Documentation/scheduler/sched-rt-group.txt | 183 + Documentation/scheduler/sched-stats.txt | 154 + Documentation/scsi/00-INDEX | 110 + Documentation/scsi/53c700.txt | 135 + Documentation/scsi/BusLogic.txt | 566 ++ Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.1992-1997 | 2023 +++++++ Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.arcmsr | 118 + Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.ips | 122 + Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc | 1865 ++++++ Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid | 614 ++ Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas | 641 ++ Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.ncr53c8xx | 495 ++ Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.sym53c8xx | 593 ++ Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.sym53c8xx_2 | 144 + Documentation/scsi/FlashPoint.txt | 163 + Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.FlashPoint | 60 + Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.qla2xxx | 290 + Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.qla4xxx | 289 + Documentation/scsi/Mylex.txt | 5 + Documentation/scsi/NinjaSCSI.txt | 128 + Documentation/scsi/aacraid.txt | 150 + Documentation/scsi/advansys.txt | 243 + Documentation/scsi/aha152x.txt | 183 + Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt | 497 ++ Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt | 394 ++ Documentation/scsi/arcmsr_spec.txt | 574 ++ Documentation/scsi/bfa.txt | 82 + Documentation/scsi/bnx2fc.txt | 75 + Documentation/scsi/cxgb3i.txt | 84 + Documentation/scsi/dc395x.txt | 102 + Documentation/scsi/dpti.txt | 83 + Documentation/scsi/dtc3x80.txt | 43 + Documentation/scsi/g_NCR5380.txt | 63 + Documentation/scsi/hpsa.txt | 130 + Documentation/scsi/hptiop.txt | 184 + Documentation/scsi/in2000.txt | 202 + Documentation/scsi/libsas.txt | 395 ++ .../scsi/link_power_management_policy.txt | 22 + Documentation/scsi/lpfc.txt | 83 + Documentation/scsi/megaraid.txt | 70 + Documentation/scsi/ncr53c8xx.txt | 1824 ++++++ Documentation/scsi/osd.txt | 197 + Documentation/scsi/osst.txt | 218 + Documentation/scsi/ppa.txt | 14 + Documentation/scsi/qlogicfas.txt | 78 + Documentation/scsi/scsi-changer.txt | 180 + Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt | 101 + Documentation/scsi/scsi-parameters.txt | 133 + Documentation/scsi/scsi.txt | 44 + Documentation/scsi/scsi_eh.txt | 488 ++ Documentation/scsi/scsi_fc_transport.txt | 496 ++ Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt | 1401 +++++ Documentation/scsi/scsi_transport_srp/Makefile | 7 + .../scsi_transport_srp/rport_state_diagram.dot | 26 + Documentation/scsi/st.txt | 526 ++ Documentation/scsi/sym53c500_cs.txt | 23 + Documentation/scsi/sym53c8xx_2.txt | 1048 ++++ Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt | 443 ++ Documentation/scsi/ufs.txt | 133 + Documentation/scsi/wd719x.txt | 4 + Documentation/security/00-INDEX | 26 + Documentation/security/IMA-templates.txt | 88 + Documentation/security/LSM.txt | 34 + Documentation/security/SELinux.txt | 27 + Documentation/security/Smack.txt | 717 +++ Documentation/security/Yama.txt | 73 + Documentation/security/apparmor.txt | 39 + Documentation/security/credentials.txt | 581 ++ Documentation/security/keys-ecryptfs.txt | 68 + Documentation/security/keys-request-key.txt | 202 + Documentation/security/keys-trusted-encrypted.txt | 160 + Documentation/security/keys.txt | 1433 +++++ Documentation/security/tomoyo.txt | 55 + Documentation/serial-console.txt | 109 + Documentation/serial/00-INDEX | 16 + Documentation/serial/README.cycladesZ | 8 + Documentation/serial/driver | 460 ++ Documentation/serial/moxa-smartio | 523 ++ Documentation/serial/n_gsm.txt | 89 + Documentation/serial/rocket.txt | 189 + Documentation/serial/serial-rs485.txt | 136 + Documentation/serial/tty.txt | 304 + Documentation/sgi-ioc4.txt | 45 + Documentation/sh/new-machine.txt | 278 + Documentation/sh/register-banks.txt | 33 + Documentation/smsc_ece1099.txt | 56 + Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt | 2312 ++++++++ Documentation/sound/alsa/Audigy-mixer.txt | 345 ++ Documentation/sound/alsa/Audiophile-Usb.txt | 442 ++ Documentation/sound/alsa/Bt87x.txt | 78 + Documentation/sound/alsa/CMIPCI.txt | 254 + Documentation/sound/alsa/Channel-Mapping-API.txt | 153 + Documentation/sound/alsa/ControlNames.txt | 107 + Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Controls.txt | 116 + Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt | 314 + Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt | 863 +++ Documentation/sound/alsa/Joystick.txt | 86 + Documentation/sound/alsa/MIXART.txt | 100 + Documentation/sound/alsa/OSS-Emulation.txt | 305 + Documentation/sound/alsa/Procfile.txt | 234 + Documentation/sound/alsa/README.maya44 | 163 + Documentation/sound/alsa/SB-Live-mixer.txt | 356 ++ Documentation/sound/alsa/VIA82xx-mixer.txt | 8 + Documentation/sound/alsa/alsa-parameters.txt | 135 + Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt | 234 + Documentation/sound/alsa/emu10k1-jack.txt | 74 + Documentation/sound/alsa/hda_codec.txt | 322 + Documentation/sound/alsa/hdspm.txt | 362 ++ Documentation/sound/alsa/powersave.txt | 41 + Documentation/sound/alsa/seq_oss.html | 409 ++ Documentation/sound/alsa/serial-u16550.txt | 88 + Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/DAI.txt | 56 + Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/DPCM.txt | 380 ++ Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/clocking.txt | 51 + Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/codec.txt | 179 + Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/dapm.txt | 305 + Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/jack.txt | 71 + Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/machine.txt | 93 + Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/overview.txt | 95 + Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/platform.txt | 79 + Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/pops_clicks.txt | 52 + Documentation/sound/alsa/timestamping.txt | 200 + Documentation/sound/oss/ALS | 66 + Documentation/sound/oss/AudioExcelDSP16 | 101 + Documentation/sound/oss/CMI8330 | 152 + Documentation/sound/oss/ESS | 34 + Documentation/sound/oss/ESS1868 | 55 + Documentation/sound/oss/Introduction | 459 ++ Documentation/sound/oss/MultiSound | 1065 ++++ Documentation/sound/oss/OPL3 | 6 + Documentation/sound/oss/Opti | 218 + Documentation/sound/oss/PAS16 | 162 + Documentation/sound/oss/PSS | 34 + Documentation/sound/oss/PSS-updates | 82 + Documentation/sound/oss/README.OSS | 1425 +++++ Documentation/sound/oss/README.modules | 106 + Documentation/sound/oss/README.ymfsb | 107 + Documentation/sound/oss/SoundPro | 105 + Documentation/sound/oss/Soundblaster | 53 + Documentation/sound/oss/Tropez+ | 26 + Documentation/sound/oss/VIBRA16 | 80 + Documentation/sound/oss/WaveArtist | 170 + Documentation/sound/oss/btaudio | 92 + Documentation/sound/oss/mwave | 185 + Documentation/sound/oss/oss-parameters.txt | 51 + Documentation/sound/oss/ultrasound | 30 + Documentation/sparse.txt | 108 + Documentation/spi/.gitignore | 2 + Documentation/spi/00-INDEX | 22 + Documentation/spi/Makefile | 8 + Documentation/spi/butterfly | 68 + Documentation/spi/ep93xx_spi | 105 + Documentation/spi/pxa2xx | 241 + Documentation/spi/spi-lm70llp | 79 + Documentation/spi/spi-sc18is602 | 36 + Documentation/spi/spi-summary | 612 ++ Documentation/spi/spidev | 149 + Documentation/spi/spidev_fdx.c | 158 + Documentation/spi/spidev_test.c | 318 + Documentation/stable_api_nonsense.txt | 190 + Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt | 132 + Documentation/static-keys.txt | 286 + Documentation/svga.txt | 276 + Documentation/sysctl/00-INDEX | 16 + Documentation/sysctl/README | 75 + Documentation/sysctl/abi.txt | 54 + Documentation/sysctl/fs.txt | 300 + Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt | 961 +++ Documentation/sysctl/net.txt | 304 + Documentation/sysctl/sunrpc.txt | 20 + Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt | 815 +++ Documentation/sysfs-rules.txt | 184 + Documentation/sysrq.txt | 255 + Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py | 968 +++ Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.txt | 145 + Documentation/target/tcmu-design.txt | 372 ++ Documentation/thermal/cpu-cooling-api.txt | 43 + Documentation/thermal/exynos_thermal | 77 + Documentation/thermal/exynos_thermal_emulation | 53 + Documentation/thermal/intel_powerclamp.txt | 307 + Documentation/thermal/nouveau_thermal | 82 + Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt | 401 ++ Documentation/thermal/x86_pkg_temperature_thermal | 47 + Documentation/this_cpu_ops.txt | 332 ++ Documentation/timers/.gitignore | 1 + Documentation/timers/00-INDEX | 20 + Documentation/timers/Makefile | 5 + Documentation/timers/NO_HZ.txt | 348 ++ Documentation/timers/highres.txt | 249 + Documentation/timers/hpet.txt | 30 + Documentation/timers/hpet_example.c | 294 + Documentation/timers/hrtimers.txt | 178 + Documentation/timers/timekeeping.txt | 179 + Documentation/timers/timer_stats.txt | 73 + Documentation/timers/timers-howto.txt | 105 + Documentation/tp_smapi.txt | 267 + Documentation/tpm/xen-tpmfront.txt | 113 + Documentation/trace/coresight.txt | 299 + Documentation/trace/events-kmem.txt | 107 + Documentation/trace/events-nmi.txt | 43 + Documentation/trace/events-power.txt | 96 + Documentation/trace/events.txt | 496 ++ Documentation/trace/ftrace-design.txt | 382 ++ Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt | 2846 +++++++++ Documentation/trace/function-graph-fold.vim | 42 + Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.txt | 172 + Documentation/trace/mmiotrace.txt | 164 + .../postprocess/trace-pagealloc-postprocess.pl | 418 ++ .../trace/postprocess/trace-vmscan-postprocess.pl | 757 +++ Documentation/trace/ring-buffer-design.txt | 955 +++ Documentation/trace/tracepoint-analysis.txt | 327 + Documentation/trace/tracepoints.txt | 145 + Documentation/trace/uprobetracer.txt | 159 + Documentation/unaligned-memory-access.txt | 262 + Documentation/unicode.txt | 175 + Documentation/unshare.txt | 295 + Documentation/usb/CREDITS | 175 + Documentation/usb/URB.txt | 261 + Documentation/usb/WUSB-Design-overview.txt | 439 ++ Documentation/usb/acm.txt | 128 + Documentation/usb/anchors.txt | 79 + Documentation/usb/authorization.txt | 92 + Documentation/usb/bulk-streams.txt | 78 + Documentation/usb/callbacks.txt | 134 + Documentation/usb/chipidea.txt | 92 + Documentation/usb/dma.txt | 133 + Documentation/usb/dwc3.txt | 45 + Documentation/usb/ehci.txt | 214 + Documentation/usb/error-codes.txt | 175 + Documentation/usb/functionfs.txt | 67 + Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.txt | 775 +++ Documentation/usb/gadget_configfs.txt | 384 ++ Documentation/usb/gadget_hid.txt | 452 ++ Documentation/usb/gadget_multi.txt | 150 + Documentation/usb/gadget_printer.txt | 510 ++ Documentation/usb/gadget_serial.txt | 286 + Documentation/usb/hotplug.txt | 148 + Documentation/usb/iuu_phoenix.txt | 84 + Documentation/usb/linux-cdc-acm.inf | 107 + Documentation/usb/linux.inf | 66 + Documentation/usb/mass-storage.txt | 225 + Documentation/usb/misc_usbsevseg.txt | 46 + Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt | 72 + Documentation/usb/ohci.txt | 32 + Documentation/usb/persist.txt | 165 + Documentation/usb/power-management.txt | 760 +++ Documentation/usb/proc_usb_info.txt | 390 ++ Documentation/usb/rio.txt | 138 + Documentation/usb/usb-help.txt | 16 + Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt | 493 ++ Documentation/usb/usbmon.txt | 355 ++ Documentation/usb/wusb-cbaf | 130 + Documentation/vDSO/.gitignore | 2 + Documentation/vDSO/Makefile | 15 + Documentation/vDSO/parse_vdso.c | 269 + Documentation/vDSO/vdso_standalone_test_x86.c | 128 + Documentation/vDSO/vdso_test.c | 52 + Documentation/vfio.txt | 458 ++ Documentation/vgaarbiter.txt | 192 + Documentation/video-output.txt | 34 + Documentation/video4linux/4CCs.txt | 32 + Documentation/video4linux/API.html | 27 + Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.au0828 | 6 + Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.bttv | 167 + Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 | 47 + Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx88 | 91 + Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx | 96 + Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.ivtv | 24 + Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 | 194 + Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7164 | 11 + Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.tm6000 | 16 + Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.tuner | 91 + Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.usbvision | 67 + Documentation/video4linux/Makefile | 1 + Documentation/video4linux/README.cpia2 | 130 + Documentation/video4linux/README.cx88 | 67 + Documentation/video4linux/README.davinci-vpbe | 93 + Documentation/video4linux/README.ir | 72 + Documentation/video4linux/README.ivtv | 186 + Documentation/video4linux/README.pvrusb2 | 212 + Documentation/video4linux/README.saa7134 | 82 + Documentation/video4linux/Zoran | 510 ++ Documentation/video4linux/bttv/CONTRIBUTORS | 25 + Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Cards | 960 +++ Documentation/video4linux/bttv/ICs | 37 + Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Insmod-options | 172 + Documentation/video4linux/bttv/MAKEDEV | 27 + Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Modprobe.conf | 11 + Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Modules.conf | 14 + Documentation/video4linux/bttv/PROBLEMS | 62 + Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README | 86 + Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README.WINVIEW | 33 + Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README.freeze | 74 + Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README.quirks | 83 + Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Sound-FAQ | 148 + Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Specs | 3 + Documentation/video4linux/bttv/THANKS | 24 + Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Tuners | 115 + Documentation/video4linux/cafe_ccic | 54 + Documentation/video4linux/cpia2_overview.txt | 38 + Documentation/video4linux/cx18.txt | 30 + Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/README.hm12 | 120 + Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/README.vbi | 45 + Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-calling.txt | 69 + .../video4linux/cx2341x/fw-decoder-api.txt | 297 + .../video4linux/cx2341x/fw-decoder-regs.txt | 817 +++ Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-dma.txt | 96 + .../video4linux/cx2341x/fw-encoder-api.txt | 709 +++ Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-memory.txt | 139 + Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-osd-api.txt | 350 ++ Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-upload.txt | 49 + .../video4linux/cx88/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt | 54 + Documentation/video4linux/fimc.txt | 148 + Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt | 408 ++ .../video4linux/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt | 54 + Documentation/video4linux/lifeview.txt | 42 + Documentation/video4linux/meye.txt | 123 + .../video4linux/not-in-cx2388x-datasheet.txt | 41 + Documentation/video4linux/omap3isp.txt | 279 + Documentation/video4linux/omap4_camera.txt | 60 + Documentation/video4linux/pxa_camera.txt | 174 + Documentation/video4linux/radiotrack.txt | 147 + Documentation/video4linux/sh_mobile_ceu_camera.txt | 139 + Documentation/video4linux/si470x.txt | 129 + Documentation/video4linux/si4713.txt | 176 + Documentation/video4linux/si476x.txt | 187 + Documentation/video4linux/soc-camera.txt | 164 + Documentation/video4linux/uvcvideo.txt | 239 + Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt | 752 +++ Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt | 1156 ++++ Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c | 924 +++ Documentation/video4linux/videobuf | 355 ++ Documentation/video4linux/vivid.txt | 1129 ++++ Documentation/video4linux/zr364xx.txt | 69 + Documentation/virtual/00-INDEX | 11 + Documentation/virtual/kvm/00-INDEX | 26 + Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt | 3592 +++++++++++ Documentation/virtual/kvm/cpuid.txt | 60 + Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/README | 1 + Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic.txt | 116 + Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/mpic.txt | 53 + Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt | 94 + Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vfio.txt | 22 + Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vm.txt | 85 + Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/xics.txt | 66 + Documentation/virtual/kvm/hypercalls.txt | 83 + Documentation/virtual/kvm/locking.txt | 168 + Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt | 458 ++ Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt | 266 + Documentation/virtual/kvm/nested-vmx.txt | 251 + Documentation/virtual/kvm/ppc-pv.txt | 212 + Documentation/virtual/kvm/review-checklist.txt | 38 + Documentation/virtual/kvm/s390-diag.txt | 82 + Documentation/virtual/kvm/timekeeping.txt | 612 ++ Documentation/virtual/paravirt_ops.txt | 32 + Documentation/virtual/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt | 4589 +++++++++++++++ Documentation/vm/.gitignore | 2 + Documentation/vm/00-INDEX | 42 + Documentation/vm/active_mm.txt | 83 + Documentation/vm/balance | 93 + Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt | 277 + Documentation/vm/frontswap.txt | 278 + Documentation/vm/highmem.txt | 162 + Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt | 335 ++ Documentation/vm/hwpoison.txt | 187 + Documentation/vm/ksm.txt | 97 + Documentation/vm/numa | 149 + Documentation/vm/numa_memory_policy.txt | 452 ++ Documentation/vm/overcommit-accounting | 80 + Documentation/vm/page_migration | 149 + Documentation/vm/page_owner.txt | 81 + Documentation/vm/pagemap.txt | 161 + Documentation/vm/remap_file_pages.txt | 27 + Documentation/vm/slub.txt | 283 + Documentation/vm/soft-dirty.txt | 43 + Documentation/vm/split_page_table_lock | 94 + Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt | 387 ++ Documentation/vm/uksm.txt | 59 + Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt | 688 +++ Documentation/vm/zsmalloc.txt | 70 + Documentation/vm/zswap.txt | 68 + Documentation/vme_api.txt | 406 ++ Documentation/volatile-considered-harmful.txt | 119 + Documentation/w1/00-INDEX | 10 + Documentation/w1/masters/00-INDEX | 12 + Documentation/w1/masters/ds2482 | 31 + Documentation/w1/masters/ds2490 | 68 + Documentation/w1/masters/mxc-w1 | 12 + Documentation/w1/masters/omap-hdq | 46 + Documentation/w1/masters/w1-gpio | 33 + Documentation/w1/slaves/00-INDEX | 8 + Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds2406 | 25 + Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds2423 | 47 + Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds28e04 | 36 + Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm | 50 + Documentation/w1/w1.generic | 113 + Documentation/w1/w1.netlink | 189 + Documentation/watchdog/Makefile | 1 + .../watchdog/convert_drivers_to_kernel_api.txt | 218 + Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.txt | 95 + Documentation/watchdog/pcwd-watchdog.txt | 66 + Documentation/watchdog/src/.gitignore | 2 + Documentation/watchdog/src/Makefile | 5 + Documentation/watchdog/src/watchdog-simple.c | 24 + Documentation/watchdog/src/watchdog-test.c | 86 + Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-api.txt | 237 + Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt | 226 + Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt | 399 ++ Documentation/watchdog/wdt.txt | 50 + Documentation/wimax/README.i2400m | 237 + Documentation/wimax/README.wimax | 81 + Documentation/workqueue.txt | 388 ++ Documentation/x86/00-INDEX | 20 + Documentation/x86/boot.txt | 1131 ++++ Documentation/x86/early-microcode.txt | 42 + Documentation/x86/earlyprintk.txt | 136 + Documentation/x86/entry_64.txt | 104 + Documentation/x86/exception-tables.txt | 292 + Documentation/x86/i386/IO-APIC.txt | 119 + Documentation/x86/intel_mpx.txt | 244 + Documentation/x86/mtrr.txt | 305 + Documentation/x86/pat.txt | 160 + Documentation/x86/tlb.txt | 75 + Documentation/x86/usb-legacy-support.txt | 44 + Documentation/x86/x86_64/00-INDEX | 16 + Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt | 284 + Documentation/x86/x86_64/cpu-hotplug-spec | 21 + Documentation/x86/x86_64/fake-numa-for-cpusets | 67 + Documentation/x86/x86_64/kernel-stacks | 101 + Documentation/x86/x86_64/machinecheck | 83 + Documentation/x86/x86_64/mm.txt | 42 + Documentation/x86/x86_64/uefi.txt | 42 + Documentation/x86/zero-page.txt | 37 + Documentation/xillybus.txt | 380 ++ Documentation/xtensa/atomctl.txt | 44 + Documentation/xtensa/mmu.txt | 64 + Documentation/xz.txt | 121 + Documentation/zh_CN/CodingStyle | 694 +++ Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO | 538 ++ Documentation/zh_CN/IRQ.txt | 39 + Documentation/zh_CN/SecurityBugs | 50 + Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingDrivers | 164 + Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingPatches | 412 ++ Documentation/zh_CN/arm/Booting | 175 + Documentation/zh_CN/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt | 284 + Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt | 219 + Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt | 72 + Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/memory.txt | 114 + Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/tagged-pointers.txt | 52 + Documentation/zh_CN/basic_profiling.txt | 71 + Documentation/zh_CN/email-clients.txt | 210 + Documentation/zh_CN/filesystems/sysfs.txt | 372 ++ Documentation/zh_CN/gpio.txt | 658 +++ Documentation/zh_CN/io_ordering.txt | 67 + Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt | 155 + Documentation/zh_CN/oops-tracing.txt | 212 + Documentation/zh_CN/sparse.txt | 100 + Documentation/zh_CN/stable_api_nonsense.txt | 157 + Documentation/zh_CN/stable_kernel_rules.txt | 66 + Documentation/zh_CN/video4linux/omap3isp.txt | 277 + Documentation/zh_CN/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt | 976 +++ .../zh_CN/volatile-considered-harmful.txt | 113 + Documentation/zorro.txt | 103 + 3837 files changed, 562246 insertions(+) create mode 100644 Documentation/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/README create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/obsolete/proc-sys-vm-nr_pdflush_threads create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-block-zram create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-usb create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/removed/dv1394 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/removed/ip_queue create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/removed/net_dma create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/syscalls create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-xen-backend create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-udc create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-cpu create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-xen_memory create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-qla2xxx create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e04 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-dump create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-elog create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-transport-srp create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/thermal-notification create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-aufs create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/evm create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-aufs create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-amba create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-bmc150 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-gyro-bmg160 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-amd-iommu create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-intel-iommu create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-powercap create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-arvo create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-isku create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-konepure create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-lua create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-ryos create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-savu create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-axp-pek create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-rapid-start create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-sunxi-sid create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-ofw create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-nilfs2 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-gpio create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-i2c-bmp085 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-uids create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-gisb-arb create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb-otg create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-tahvo-usb create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500 create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf create mode 100644 Documentation/BUG-HUNTING create mode 100644 Documentation/Changes create mode 100644 Documentation/CodeOfConflict create mode 100644 Documentation/CodingStyle create mode 100644 Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/DMA-API.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/DMA-ISA-LPC.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/alsa-driver-api.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/debugobjects.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/gadget.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/genericirq.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/kernel-locking.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/librs.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/lsm.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/bayer.png.b64 create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/constraints.png.b64 create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/crop.gif.b64 create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/audio.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/ca.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/demux.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/examples.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/intro.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/kdapi.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/net.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/video.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/dvbstb.png.b64 create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/fieldseq_bt.gif.b64 create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/fieldseq_tb.gif.b64 create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/nv12mt.gif.b64 create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/nv12mt_example.gif.b64 create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/pipeline.png.b64 create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/selection.png.b64 create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/capture.c.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-capture.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-codec.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-effect.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-event.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-osd.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-output.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-overlay.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-radio.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-rds.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sdr.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-subdev.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-teletext.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/driver.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/fdl-appendix.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-close.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-ioctl.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-mmap.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-munmap.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-open.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-poll.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-read.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-select.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-write.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/gen-errors.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/keytable.c.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/libv4l.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/lirc_device_interface.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-controller.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-func-close.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-func-ioctl.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-func-open.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-device-info.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-entities.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-links.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-setup-link.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-grey.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-m420.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12mt.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv16.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv16m.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv24.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-yuv.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sbggr16.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sbggr8.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cs08.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cs14le.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cu08.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cu16le.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-ru12le.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgbrg8.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10alaw8.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10dpcm8.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10p.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb12.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb8.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-uv8.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-uyvy.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-vyuy.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y10.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y10b.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y12.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y16.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y41p.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv410.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv411p.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv422p.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuyv.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yvu420m.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yvyu.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/planar-apis.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/remote_controllers.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selections-common.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-crop.dia create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-full.dia create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-scaling-multi-source.dia create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2grab.c.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dbg-g-chip-info.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dbg-g-register.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-decoder-cmd.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dv-timings-cap.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-timings.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-frameintervals.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-freq-bands.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumaudio.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumaudioout.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-expbuf.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-audio.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-audioout.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ctrl.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-edid.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-enc-index.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-frequency.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-input.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-jpegcomp.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-modulator.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-output.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-priority.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-log-status.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-overlay.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-prepare-buf.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-crop.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-fmt.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-frame-interval.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-selection.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/vbi_525.gif.b64 create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/vbi_625.gif.b64 create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media/vbi_hsync.gif.b64 create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/networking.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/rapidio.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/regulator.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/s390-drivers.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/scsi.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/sh.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/tracepoint.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/w1.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/writing_musb_glue_layer.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/writing_usb_driver.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/DocBook/z8530book.tmpl create mode 100644 Documentation/EDID/1024x768.S create mode 100644 Documentation/EDID/1280x1024.S create mode 100644 Documentation/EDID/1600x1200.S create mode 100644 Documentation/EDID/1680x1050.S create mode 100644 Documentation/EDID/1920x1080.S create mode 100644 Documentation/EDID/800x600.S create mode 100644 Documentation/EDID/HOWTO.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/EDID/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/EDID/edid.S create mode 100644 Documentation/EDID/hex create mode 100644 Documentation/HOWTO create mode 100644 Documentation/IPMI.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/IRQ-affinity.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/IRQ.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/Intel-IOMMU.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/ManagementStyle create mode 100644 Documentation/PCI/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/PCI/PCIEBUS-HOWTO.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/PCI/pci-iov-howto.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/PCI/pci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/PCI/pcieaer-howto.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/RCU/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/RCU/NMI-RCU.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/RCU/UP.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/RCU/arrayRCU.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/RCU/listRCU.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/RCU/lockdep-splat.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/RCU/lockdep.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/RCU/rcu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/RCU/rcubarrier.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/RCU/rculist_nulls.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/RCU/rcuref.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/RCU/torture.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/RCU/trace.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/SAK.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/SM501.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/SecurityBugs create mode 100644 Documentation/SubmitChecklist create mode 100644 Documentation/SubmittingDrivers create mode 100644 Documentation/SubmittingPatches create mode 100644 Documentation/VGA-softcursor.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/accounting/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/accounting/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/accounting/cgroupstats.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/accounting/delay-accounting.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/accounting/getdelays.c create mode 100644 Documentation/accounting/taskstats-struct.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/accounting/taskstats.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/acpi/apei/einj.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/acpi/apei/output_format.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/acpi/debug.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/acpi/dsdt-override.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/acpi/gpio-properties.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/acpi/initrd_table_override.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/acpi/method-customizing.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/acpi/method-tracing.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/acpi/namespace.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/acpi/scan_handlers.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/acpi/video_extension.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/aoe/autoload.sh create mode 100644 Documentation/aoe/status.sh create mode 100644 Documentation/aoe/todo.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/aoe/udev-install.sh create mode 100644 Documentation/aoe/udev.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/applying-patches.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/Atmel/README create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/Booting create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/CCN.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/IXP4xx create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/Interrupts create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/Marvell/README create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/Netwinder create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/OMAP/DSS create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/OMAP/omap_pm create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/Porting create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/README create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/SA1100/ADSBitsy create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/SA1100/Assabet create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/SA1100/Brutus create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/SA1100/CERF create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/SA1100/FreeBird create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsClient create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsMaster create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/SA1100/HUW_WEBPANEL create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/SA1100/Itsy create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/SA1100/LART create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/SA1100/PLEB create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/SA1100/Pangolin create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/SA1100/Tifon create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/SA1100/Victor create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/SA1100/Yopy create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/SA1100/empeg create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/SA1100/nanoEngine create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/SA1100/serial_UART create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/SPEAr/overview.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/CPUfreq.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/EB2410ITX.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/H1940.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/NAND.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2412.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2413.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/SMDK2440.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Suspend.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/USB-Host.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/Samsung/GPIO.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/Samsung/Overview.txt create mode 100755 Documentation/arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/Setup create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/VFP/release-notes.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/cluster-pm-race-avoidance.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/firmware.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/kernel_mode_neon.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/mem_alignment create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/memory.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/nwfpe/NOTES create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/nwfpe/README create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/nwfpe/README.FPE create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/nwfpe/TODO create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/pxa/mfp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/sti/overview.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/sti/stih407-overview.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/sti/stih415-overview.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/sti/stih416-overview.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/sti/stih418-overview.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/sunxi/README create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/sunxi/clocks.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/swp_emulation create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/tcm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/uefi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm/vlocks.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm64/acpi_object_usage.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm64/arm-acpi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm64/booting.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm64/memory.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/arm64/tagged-pointers.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/assoc_array.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/atomic_ops.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/auxdisplay/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/auxdisplay/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/auxdisplay/cfag12864b create mode 100644 Documentation/auxdisplay/cfag12864b-example.c create mode 100644 Documentation/auxdisplay/ks0108 create mode 100644 Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/bad_memory.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/basic_profiling.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/bcache.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/binfmt_misc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/blackfin/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/blackfin/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/blackfin/bfin-gpio-notes.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/blackfin/bfin-spi-notes.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/blackfin/gptimers-example.c create mode 100644 Documentation/block/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/block/biodoc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/block/biovecs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/block/capability.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/block/cfq-iosched.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/block/cmdline-partition.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/block/data-integrity.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/block/deadline-iosched.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/block/ioprio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/block/null_blk.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/block/queue-sysfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/block/request.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/block/stat.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/block/switching-sched.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/block/writeback_cache_control.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/README.DAC960 create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/cciss.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/cpqarray.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/drbd/DRBD-8.3-data-packets.svg create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/drbd/DRBD-data-packets.svg create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/drbd/README.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/drbd/conn-states-8.dot create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/drbd/data-structure-v9.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/drbd/disk-states-8.dot create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/drbd/drbd-connection-state-overview.dot create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/drbd/node-states-8.dot create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/floppy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/mflash.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/braille-console.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/bt8xxgpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/btmrvl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/bus-devices/ti-gpmc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/bus-virt-phys-mapping.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cachetlb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cdrom/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/cdrom/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/cdrom/cdrom-standard.tex create mode 100644 Documentation/cdrom/ide-cd create mode 100644 Documentation/cdrom/packet-writing.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cgroups/cpuacct.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cgroups/devices.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cgroups/freezer-subsystem.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cgroups/hugetlb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cgroups/memcg_test.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cgroups/net_cls.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cgroups/net_prio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cgroups/unified-hierarchy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/circular-buffers.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/clk.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cma/debugfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/coccinelle.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/connector/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/connector/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/connector/cn_test.c create mode 100644 Documentation/connector/connector.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/connector/ucon.c create mode 100644 Documentation/console/console.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cpu-freq/amd-powernow.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cpu-freq/boost.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cpu-freq/core.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cpu-freq/cpufreq-nforce2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cpu-freq/governors.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cpu-freq/index.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cpu-freq/pcc-cpufreq.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cpu-load.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cpuidle/core.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cpuidle/driver.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cpuidle/governor.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cpuidle/sysfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cputopology.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/crc32.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/cris/README create mode 100644 Documentation/crypto/api-intro.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/crypto/asymmetric-keys.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/crypto/async-tx-api.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/crypto/descore-readme.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/dcdbas.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/debugging-modules.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/dell_rbu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/development-process/1.Intro create mode 100644 Documentation/development-process/2.Process create mode 100644 Documentation/development-process/3.Early-stage create mode 100644 Documentation/development-process/4.Coding create mode 100644 Documentation/development-process/5.Posting create mode 100644 Documentation/development-process/6.Followthrough create mode 100644 Documentation/development-process/7.AdvancedTopics create mode 100644 Documentation/development-process/8.Conclusion create mode 100644 Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/device-mapper/delay.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/device-mapper/dm-flakey.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/device-mapper/dm-io.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/device-mapper/dm-log.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/device-mapper/dm-queue-length.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/device-mapper/dm-service-time.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/device-mapper/dm-uevent.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/device-mapper/era.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/device-mapper/kcopyd.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/device-mapper/linear.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/device-mapper/log-writes.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/device-mapper/persistent-data.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/device-mapper/snapshot.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/device-mapper/statistics.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/device-mapper/striped.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/device-mapper/switch.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/device-mapper/verity.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/device-mapper/zero.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devices.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ABI.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/interrupts.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/pct.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/adapteva.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/al,alpine.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-clk-manager.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-sdram-edac.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-system.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp-pmsu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-375.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-380-mpcore-soc-ctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-38x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-39x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-cpu-reset.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armadeus.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-pmc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/axxia.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm21664.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm2835.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm4708.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm63138.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,brcmstb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,cygnus.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda/combophy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda/l2ecc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda/mem-ctrlr.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cavium-thunder.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ccn.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coherency-fabric.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/al,alpine-smp create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/marvell,berlin-smp create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/davinci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/davinci/cp-intc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/digicolor.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/smp-sysram.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/firmware/tlm,trusted-foundations.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,vf610-mscm-cpucfg.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,vf610-mscm-ir.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fw-cfg.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic-v3.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/global_timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/insignal-boards.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/keystone.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/kirkwood.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/lpc32xx-mic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/lpc32xx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,dove.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,kirkwood.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,sysirq.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/moxart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/feroceon.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/intc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/mrvl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/tauros2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,idle-state.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-acc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,saw2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/ssbi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mvebu-system-controller.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/nspire.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/olimex.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/counter.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/ctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/dmm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/dsp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/intc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/iva.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l3-noc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l4.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/mpu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/prcm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/picoxcell.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/primecell.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip/pmu-sram.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip/pmu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip/smp-sram.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rtsm-dcscb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung-boards.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/exynos-adc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/exynos-chipid.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/interrupt-combiner.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/sysreg.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear-misc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear-timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear/shirq.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sprd.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ste-nomadik.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ste-u300.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sti.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-ahb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-emc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-flowctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-mc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra30-actmon.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra30-mc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/topology.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/twd.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ux500/power_domain.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/versatile-fpga-irq.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/versatile-sysreg.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vexpress-scc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vexpress-sysreg.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vexpress.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500/via,vt8500-intc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500/via,vt8500-pmc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500/via,vt8500-timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xen.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-st.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/apm-xgene.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/atmel-at91_cf.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/cavium-compact-flash.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/exynos-sata.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/fsl-sata.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/imx-pata.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/imx-sata.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/marvell.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/pata-arasan.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/qcom-sata.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/sata_highbank.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/sata_rcar.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/tegra-sata.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/btmrvl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/brcm,bus-axi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/brcm,gisb-arb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/imx-weim.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/mvebu-mbus.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/omap-ocp2scp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/renesas,bsc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/simple-pm-bus.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/clocks.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/dscr.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/emifa.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/interrupt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/soc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/timer64.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/chosen.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/alphascale,acc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/altr_socfpga.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/arm-integrator.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/axi-clkgen.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/bcm-cygnus-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,kona-ccu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/calxeda.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clk-exynos-audss.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clk-palmas-clk32kg-clocks.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clk-s5pv210-audss.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clps711x-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/efm32-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/emev2-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos3250-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos4-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos4415-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5250-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5260-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5410-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5420-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5433-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5440-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos7-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-factor-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fujitsu,mb86s70-crg11.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/gpio-gate-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3620-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hix5hd2-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx1-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx21-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx23-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx25-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx27-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx28-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx31-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx35-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx5-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6sl-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6sx-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/keystone-gate.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/keystone-pll.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/lsi,axm5516-clks.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,mmp2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,pxa168.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,pxa910.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/maxim,max77686.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/maxim,max77802.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/moxa,moxart-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-core-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-corediv-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-cpu-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nspire-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra114-car.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-car.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra20-car.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra30-car.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/pistachio-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/prima2-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/pwm-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/pxa-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,lcc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,mmcc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qoriq-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-div6-clocks.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,r8a73a4-cpg-clocks.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,r8a7740-cpg-clocks.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,r8a7778-cpg-clocks.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,r8a7779-cpg-clocks.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rz-cpg-clocks.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,sh73a0-cpg-clocks.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3188-cru.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3288-cru.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/samsung,s3c2410-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/samsung,s3c2412-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/samsung,s3c2443-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/samsung,s3c64xx-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/samsung,s5pv210-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si5351.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si570.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st,nomadik.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-divmux.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-mux.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-pll.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-prediv.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-vcc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,flexgen.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,quadfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ste-u300-syscon-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti,cdce706.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti-keystone-pllctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/apll.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/autoidle.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/clockdomain.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/composite.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/divider.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/dpll.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/dra7-atl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/fapll.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/fixed-factor-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/gate.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/interface.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/mux.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/vf610-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/vt8500.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/xgene.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zynq-7000.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/common-properties.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/arm_big_little_dt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-dt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-exynos5440.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-spear.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/axis.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/boards.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/interrupts.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/amd-ccp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/atmel-crypto.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-dcp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-imx-sahara.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec4.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec6.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/img-hash.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/mv_cesa.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/omap-aes.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/omap-des.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/omap-sham.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/picochip-spacc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/qcom-qce.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/samsung-sss.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/devfreq/event/exynos-ppmu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/apm-xgene-dma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/arm-pl330.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/atmel-dma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/atmel-xdma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/brcm,bcm2835-dma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-edma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-dma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-mxs-dma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/img-mdc-dma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/jz4780-dma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/k3dma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mmp-dma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/moxa,moxart-dma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mpc512x-dma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mv-xor.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/nbpfaxi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_adm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,usb-dmac.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/shdma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sirfsoc-dma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps-dma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ste-coh901318.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ste-dma40.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sun6i-dma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/tegra20-apbdma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti-edma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/xilinx/xilinx_dma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/xilinx/xilinx_vdma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/armada/marvell,dove-lcd.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/atmel/hlcdc-dc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/bridge/dw_hdmi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/i2c/tda998x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/fsl-imx-drm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/hdmi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/ldb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/gpu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/hdmi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/mdp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/panel.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/slave.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/tfp410.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/tilcdc/tilcdc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-palmas.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-rt8973a.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-sm5502.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-usb-gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fb/mxsfb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fb/sm501fb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altera-socfpga-fpga-mgr.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fuse/nvidia,tegra20-fuse.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/8xxx_gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/abilis,tb10x-gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/brcm,kona-gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/cavium-octeon-gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/cirrus,clps711x-mctrl-gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/fsl-imx-gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/fujitsu,mb86s70-gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-74x164.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-74xx-mmio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-adnp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-altera.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-clps711x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-davinci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-dsp-keystone.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-fan.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-grgpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-lp3943.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-max732x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mcp23s08.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mm-lantiq.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-msm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mvebu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mxs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-nmk.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-omap.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-palmas.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pca953x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pcf857x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-poweroff.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-restart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-samsung.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-stericsson-coh901.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-stmpe.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-stp-xway.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-sx150x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-twl4030.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-tz1090-pdc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-tz1090.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-vf610.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-xgene-sb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-xgene.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-xilinx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-zevio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-zynq.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio_atmel.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio_lpc32xx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/moxa,moxart-gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mrvl-gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/nvidia,tegra20-gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/pl061-gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/renesas,gpio-rcar.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/snps-dwapb-gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/sodaville.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/spear_spics.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,gk20a.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/samsung-g2d.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/samsung-rotator.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/st,stih4xx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hid/hid-over-i2c.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hsi/client-devices.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hsi/nokia-modem.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hsi/omap-ssi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ads1015.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/g762.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ibmpowernv.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lm90.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ltc2978.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/pwm-fan.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/vexpress.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwrng/atmel-trng.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwrng/brcm,iproc-rng200.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwrng/omap_rng.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwrng/timeriomem_rng.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/brcm,bcm2835-i2c.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/brcm,iproc-i2c.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/brcm,kona-i2c.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-arb-gpio-challenge.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-at91.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-axxia.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-cadence.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-cbus-gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-cros-ec-tunnel.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-davinci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-digicolor.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-efm32.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-exynos5.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-hix5hd2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-img-scb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-jz4780.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-meson.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mpc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux-gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux-pca954x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mv64xxx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mxs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-nomadik.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-ocores.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-octeon.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-omap.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-opal.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-pnx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-pxa-pci-ce4100.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-pxa.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-riic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rk3x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-s3c2410.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sirf.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-st-ddci2c.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-st.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sunxi-p2wi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-versatile.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-vt8500.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-xiic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-xlp9xx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ina209.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ina2xx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/max6697.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/nvidia,tegra20-i2c.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/qcom,i2c-qup.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ti,bq32k.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/bma180.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/at91_adc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/cc10001_adc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/da9150-gpadc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/max1027-adc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp320x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp3422.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/nuvoton-nau7802.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-iadc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/rockchip-saradc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti-adc128s052.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/twl4030-madc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/vf610-adc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/xilinx-xadc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ad7303.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/max5821.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/frequency/adf4350.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/humidity/dht11.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/iio-bindings.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/apds9300.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/cm36651.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/gp2ap020a00f.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/tsl2563.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/ak8975.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/hmc5843.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/proximity/as3935.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/sensorhub.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ads7846.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/atmel,maxtouch.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/brcm,bcm-keypad.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cap11xx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/clps711x-keypad.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cros-ec-keyb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/e3x0-button.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/elan_i2c.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/elants_i2c.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/fsl-mma8450.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-beeper.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys-polled.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-matrix-keypad.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/imx-keypad.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/input-reset.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/lpc32xx-key.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/nvidia,tegra20-kbc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/omap-keypad.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ps2keyb-mouse-apbps2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/pwm-beeper.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/pxa27x-keypad.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8941-pwrkey.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8xxx-keypad.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8xxx-pwrkey.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8xxx-vib.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/regulator-haptic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rotary-encoder.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/samsung-keypad.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/spear-keyboard.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/st-keyscan.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/stmpe-keypad.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/sun4i-lradc-keys.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tca8418_keypad.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ti,drv260x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ti,drv2667.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ti,nspire-keypad.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ti,palmas-pwrbutton.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/auo_pixcir_ts.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/brcm,iproc-touchscreen.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/bu21013.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/chipone_icn8318.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/edt-ft5x06.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/egalax-ts.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/goodix.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/lpc32xx-tsc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/mms114.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/pixcir_i2c_ts.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/sitronix-st1232.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/stmpe.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/sun4i.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/sx8654.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/ti-tsc-adc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/tsc2005.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/tsc2007.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/zforce_ts.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tps65218-pwrbutton.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/twl4030-keypad.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/twl4030-pwrbutton.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/abilis,tb10x-ictl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun4i-ic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun67i-sc-nmi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/atmel,aic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm2835-armctrl-ic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm3380-l2-intc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm7038-l1-intc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm7120-l2-intc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,l2-intc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cdns,xtensa-mx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cdns,xtensa-pic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cirrus,clps711x-intc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/digicolor-ic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/lsi,zevio-intc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/marvell,armada-370-xp-mpic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/marvell,orion-intc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mips-gic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/nvidia,tegra-ictlr.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/opencores,or1k-pic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,intc-irqpin.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/samsung,s3c24xx-irq.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/snps,dw-apb-ictl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/st,sti-irq-syscfg.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ti,keystone-irq.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ti,omap-intc-irq.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ti,omap4-wugen-mpu create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/iommu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/nvidia,tegra20-gart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/nvidia,tegra30-smmu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/rockchip,iommu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/samsung,sysmmu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/ti,omap-iommu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-lp55xx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-lp8860.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-ns2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-pm8941-wled.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-pwm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/pca963x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/register-bit-led.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/tca6507.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/lpddr2/lpddr2-timings.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/lpddr2/lpddr2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/altera-mailbox.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/arm-mhu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/mailbox.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/omap-mailbox.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/marvell.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/atmel-isi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/coda.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-fimc-lite.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos4-fimc-is.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos5-gsc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/gpio-ir-receiver.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/hix5hd2-ir.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7343.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7604.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9m111.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9p031.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9v032.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/nokia,smia.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov2640.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov2659.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ths8200.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/tvp514x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/tvp7002.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/img-ir-rev1.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/meson-ir.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/pxa-camera.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,vsp1.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/s5p-mfc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/samsung-fimc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/samsung-mipi-csis.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/samsung-s5c73m3.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/samsung-s5k5baf.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/samsung-s5k6a3.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/sh_mobile_ceu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/si4713.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/st-rc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/sunxi-ir.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ti,omap3isp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ti-am437x-vpfe.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/video.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,v-tc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,v-tpg.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,video.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/fsl/ifc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ingenic,jz4780-nemc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mvebu-devbus.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mvebu-sdram-controller.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/nvidia,tegra-mc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/renesas-memory-controllers.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/synopsys.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ti-aemif.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ti/emif.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/metag/meta-intc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/metag/meta.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/metag/pdc-intc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/88pm860x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ab8500.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/as3711.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/as3722.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/atmel-gpbr.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/atmel-hlcdc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/atmel-matrix.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/atmel-smc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/bfticu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/brcm,bcm59056.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/cros-ec.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9052-i2c.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9055.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9063.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9150.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/hi6421.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/lp3943.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max14577.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77686.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77693.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max8925.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max8998.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mc13xxx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mt6397.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/omap-usb-host.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/omap-usb-tll.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/palmas.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,spmi-pmic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,tcsr.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-pm8xxx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-rpm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qriox.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rk808.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rn5t618.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/s2mpa01.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/s2mps11.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/sky81452.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/stmpe.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/sun6i-prcm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/syscon.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tc3589x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti-keystone-devctrl.txt create mode 100755 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps6507x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl-familly.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl4030-audio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl4030-power.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl6040.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mipi/dsi/mipi-dsi-bus.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mipi/nvidia,tegra114-mipi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/brcm,bmips.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/soc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/bootbus.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/cib.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/ciu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/ciu2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/dma-engine.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/uctl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cpu_irq.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/img/pistachio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/ralink.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/allwinner,sunxi-sid.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/arm-charlcd.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/at25.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/atmel-ssc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/bmp085.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/brcm,kona-smc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/fsl,qoriq-mc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/ifm-csi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/lis302.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/nvidia,tegra20-apbmisc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/sram.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/ti,dac7512.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/atmel-hsmci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,bcm2835-sdhci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,kona-sdhci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,sdhci-iproc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/davinci_mmc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-esdhc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-mmc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/img-dw-mshc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/k3-dw-mshc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-card.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-emmc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-simple.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-spi-slot.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/moxa,moxart-mmc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mxs-mmc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/orion-sdio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/pxa-mmc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,mmcif.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/rockchip-dw-mshc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung-sdhci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-dove.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-fujitsu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-pxa.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-sirf.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-spear.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-st.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/socfpga-dw-mshc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sunxi-mmc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsys-dw-mshc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/ti-omap-hsmmc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/ti-omap.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/usdhi6rol0.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/vt8500-sdmmc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/arm-versatile.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-dataflash.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/davinci-nand.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/denali-nand.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/diskonchip.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/elm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/flctl-nand.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-quadspi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-upm-nand.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsmc-nand.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpio-control-nand.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-nand.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-nor.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-onenand.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/hisi504-nand.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/jedec,spi-nor.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/lpc32xx-mlc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/lpc32xx-slc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mxc-nand.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/orion-nand.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partition.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/spear_smi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/st-fsm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun4i-emac.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun4i-mdio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun7i-a20-gmac.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/altera_tse.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe-phy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/apm-xgene-enet.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/arc_emac.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcm7445-switch-v4.0.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcmgenet.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,systemport.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,unimac-mdio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-bcm87xx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/calxeda-xgmac.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/atmel-can.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/c_can.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/cc770.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/fsl-flexcan.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/grcan.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/m_can.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/microchip,mcp251x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/mpc5xxx-mscan.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_can.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/sja1000.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/xilinx_can.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cavium-mdio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cavium-mix.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cavium-pip.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cdns-emac.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw-phy-sel.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davicom-dm9000.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci-mdio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci_emac.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/emac_rockchip.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fixed-link.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/gpmc-eth.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hip04-net.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hix5hd2-gmac.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/at86rf230.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/cc2520.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/keystone-netcp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/lpc-eth.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-armada-370-neta.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-orion-mdio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-orion-net.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-pp2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-pxa168.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-mux-gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-mux-mmioreg.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-mux.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/meson-dwmac.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/micrel-ks8851.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/micrel-ksz90x1.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/micrel.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/moxa,moxart-mac.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/nxp-nci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/pn544.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st21nfca.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st21nfcb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/trf7970a.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/opencores-ethoc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qca-qca7000-spi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/rockchip-dwmac.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/samsung-sxgbe.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sh_eth.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/smsc-lan91c111.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/smsc911x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/socfpga-dwmac.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sti-dwmac.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/via-rhine.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/via-velocity.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/brcm,bcm43xx-fmac.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/qcom,ath10k.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/ti,wl1251.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/ti,wlcore.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nios2/nios2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nios2/timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvec/nvidia,nvec.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/open-pic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/ampire,am800480r3tmqwa1h.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b101aw03.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b101ean01.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b101xtn01.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b116xw03.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b133htn01.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b133xtn01.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/avic,tm070ddh03.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/chunghwa,claa101wa01a.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/chunghwa,claa101wb03.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/edt,et057090dhu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/edt,et070080dh6.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/edt,etm0700g0dh6.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/foxlink,fl500wvr00-a0t.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/giantplus,gpg482739qs5.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/hannstar,hsd070pww1.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/hit,tx23d38vm0caa.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,at043tn24.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,g121i1-l01.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,n116bge.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,n156bge-l21.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,zj070na-01p.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/lg,ld070wx3-sl01.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/lg,lh500wx1-sd03.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/lg,lp129qe.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/ortustech,com43h4m85ulc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/panasonic,vvx10f004b00.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/samsung,ld9040.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/samsung,ltn101nt05.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/samsung,ltn140at29-301.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/samsung,s6e8aa0.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/sharp,lq101r1sx01.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/shelly,sca07010-bfn-lnn.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/simple-panel.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/83xx-512x-pci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/brcm,iproc-pcie.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/fsl,imx6q-pcie.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/fsl,pci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/host-generic-pci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/layerscape-pci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/mvebu-pci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-keystone.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-rcar-gen2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/ralink,rt3883-pci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rcar-pci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/samsung,exynos5440-pcie.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/spear13xx-pcie.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/ti-pci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/v3-v360epc-pci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/versatile.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xgene-pci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-pcie.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/apm-xgene-phy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/berlin-sata-phy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/berlin-usb-phy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,kona-usb2-phy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/dm816x-phy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/hix5hd2-phy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-bindings.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy28lp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy365x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mvebu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-stih407-usb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-stih41x-usb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-apq8064-sata-phy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-dwc3-usb-phy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-ipq806x-sata-phy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-usb-phy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/st-spear-miphy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/sun4i-usb-phy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/sun9i-usb-phy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti-phy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/abilis,tb10x-iomux.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/atmel,at91-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,bcm11351-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,bcm2835-gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,cygnus-gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,cygnus-pinmux.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx25-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx27-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx35-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx51-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx53-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx6dl-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx6q-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx6sl-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx6sx-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,mxs-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,vf610-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/img,tz1090-pdc-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/img,tz1090-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,falcon-pinumx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,xway-pinumx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-370-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-375-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-38x-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-39x-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-xp-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,dove-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,kirkwood-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,mvebu-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,orion-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/meson,pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra114-pinmux.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-pinmux.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra20-pinmux.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra210-pinmux.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra30-pinmux.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-palmas.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-sirf.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-st.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-vt8500.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl_spear.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,apq8064-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,apq8084-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq8064-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8916-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8960-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8974-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-mpp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/rockchip,pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/ste,abx500.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/ste,nomadik.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/ti,omap-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/xlnx,zynq-pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/bq2415x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/da9150-charger.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/fsl,imx-gpc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/isp1704.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/ltc2941.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/opp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power-controller.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,sysc-rmobile.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/keystone-reset.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/ltc2952-poweroff.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/st-reset.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/syscon-poweroff.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/syscon-reboot.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/rockchip-io-domain.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/rx51-battery.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/twl-charger.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/ab8500/btemp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/ab8500/chargalg.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/ab8500/charger.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/ab8500/fg.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/axxia-reset.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/charger-manager.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/gpio-charger.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/imx-snvs-poweroff.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/lp8727_charger.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/max17042_battery.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/max8925_batter.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/msm-poweroff.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/olpc_battery.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/power_supply.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/qnap-poweroff.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/restart-poweroff.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/sbs_sbs-battery.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/ti,bq24735.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/tps65090.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/akebono.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/cpm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/emac.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/hsta.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/ndfc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/ppc440spe-adma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/reboot.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/board.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cache_sram.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/ccf.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/brg.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/i2c.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/pic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/cpm/usb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/network.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/firmware.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/par_io.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/pincfg.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/ucc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/usb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/serial.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpus.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/dcsr.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/diu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/dma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/ecm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/fman.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/gtm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/guts.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/interlaken-lac.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/l2cache.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/lbc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mcm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mcu-mpc8349emitx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mem-ctrlr.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpc5121-psc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpc5200.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic-msgr.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic-timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/msi-pic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/pamu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/pmc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/raideng.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/srio-rmu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/srio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/nintendo/gamecube.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/nintendo/wii.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pps/pps-gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-hlcdc-pwm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-pwm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-tcb-pwm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/brcm,kona-pwm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/cirrus,clps711x-pwm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/img-pwm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/imx-pwm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/lpc32xx-pwm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/mxs-pwm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/nvidia,tegra20-pwm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/nxp,pca9685-pwm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-bcm2835.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-fsl-ftm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-lp3943.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-rockchip.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-samsung.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-st.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-sun4i.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-tiecap.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-tiehrpwm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-tipwmss.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pxa-pwm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,tpu-pwm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/spear-pwm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/ti,twl-pwm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/ti,twl-pwmled.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/vt8500-pwm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regmap/regmap.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/88pm800.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/88pm860x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8865-regulator.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/anatop-regulator.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/as3722-regulator.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/da9210.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/da9211.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fan53555.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/gpio-regulator.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/isl9305.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/lp872x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/ltc3589.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max1586-regulator.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max77802.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max8660.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max8907.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max8925-regulator.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max8952.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max8973-regulator.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max8997-regulator.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mt6397-regulator.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/palmas-pmic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/pbias-regulator.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/pfuze100.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/pwm-regulator.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/sky81452-regulator.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/ti-abb-regulator.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps51632-regulator.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps62360-regulator.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps65090.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps65217.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps65218.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps6586x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/twl-regulator.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/vexpress.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/reserved-memory.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/allwinner,sunxi-clock-reset.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/brcm,bcm21664-resetmgr.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/fsl,imx-src.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/reset.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/sirf,rstc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/socfpga-reset.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/st,sti-picophyreset.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/st,sti-powerdown.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/st,sti-softreset.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/resource-names.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/apm,rng.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/brcm,bcm2835.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/qcom,prng.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/abracon,abx80x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/armada-380-rtc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/atmel,at91rm9200-rtc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/atmel,at91sam9-rtc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/dallas,ds1339.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/digicolor-rtc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/dw-apb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/haoyu,hym8563.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/imxdi-rtc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/isil,isl12057.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/lpc32xx-rtc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/maxim,ds1742.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/moxa,moxart-rtc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nvidia,tegra20-rtc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nxp,rtc-2123.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/olpc-xo1-rtc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/orion-rtc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/pxa-rtc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-cmos.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-omap.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-opal.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-palmas.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sa1100-rtc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/snvs-rtc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/spear-rtc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/stmp3xxx-rtc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sun6i-rtc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sunxi-rtc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/twl-rtc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/via,vt8500-rtc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/xgene-rtc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/st33zp24-i2c.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/st33zp24-spi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/8250.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/altera_jtaguart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/altera_uart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/arc-uart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/atmel-usart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/axis,etraxfs-uart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/brcm,bcm6345-uart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/cavium-uart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/cdns,uart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/cirrus,clps711x-uart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/digicolor-usart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/efm32-uart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-imx-uart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-lpuart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-mxs-auart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/lantiq_asc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/maxim,max310x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mrvl,pxa-ssp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mrvl-serial.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nvidia,tegra20-hsuart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nxp,sc16is7xx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nxp-lpc32xx-hsuart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/omap_serial.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/qca,ar9330-uart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/qcom,msm-uart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/qcom,msm-uartdm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/rs485.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/samsung_uart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sprd-uart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/st-asc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/vt8500-uart.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serio/allwinner,sun4i-ps2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serio/altera_ps2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serio/olpc,ap-sp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serio/snps-arc_ps2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/bman-portals.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/bman.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/qman-portals.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/qman.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,gsbi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/ti/keystone-navigator-dma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/ti/keystone-navigator-qmss.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,adau1701.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,axi-i2s.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,axi-spdif-tx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,ssm2602.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4104.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4554.c create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4642.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak5386.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/alc5623.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/alc5632.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/armada-370db-audio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/arndale.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/atmel-at91sam9g20ek-wm8731-audio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/atmel-sam9x5-wm8731-audio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/atmel-wm8904.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/atmel_ac97c.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/brcm,bcm2835-i2s.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cdns,xtfpga-i2s.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs35l32.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4265.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4270.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4271.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs42l52.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs42l56.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs42l73.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs42xx8.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/da9055.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/davinci-evm-audio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/davinci-mcasp-audio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/designware-i2s.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/es8328.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/eukrea-tlv320.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,asrc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,esai.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,spdif.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,ssi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl-asoc-card.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl-sai.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/hdmi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/imx-audio-es8328.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/imx-audio-sgtl5000.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/imx-audio-spdif.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/imx-audio-wm8962.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/imx-audmux.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ingenic,jz4740-i2s.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98090.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98095.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98357a.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98925.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mrvl,pxa-ssp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mrvl,pxa2xx-pcm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mvebu-audio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mxs-audio-sgtl5000.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mxs-saif.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nokia,rx51.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-alc5632.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-max98090.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-rt5640.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-rt5677.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-trimslice.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8753.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8903.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-ac97.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-das.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-i2s.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-ahub.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-hda.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-i2s.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-abe-twl6040.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-dmic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-mcbsp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-mcpdm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm1792a.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm512x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-cpu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,fsi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsrc-card.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rockchip-i2s.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5631.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5640.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5677.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,odroidx2-max98090.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,smdk-wm8994.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sgtl5000.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-audio-codec.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-audio-port.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-audio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-usp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/snow.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/soc-ac97link.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/spdif-receiver.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/spdif-transmitter.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ssm2518.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ssm4567.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,sta32x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,sta350.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/storm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2552.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tdm-slot.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,pcm1681.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,tas5086.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic31xx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic32x4.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tpa6130a2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ts3a227e.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ux500-mop500.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ux500-msp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/widgets.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8510.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8523.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8580.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8711.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8728.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8731.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8737.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8741.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8750.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8753.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8770.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8776.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8804.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8903.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8904.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8960.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8962.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8994.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/brcm,bcm2835-spi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/efm32-spi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/fsl-imx-cspi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/fsl-spi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/mxs-spi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra114-spi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra20-sflash.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra20-slink.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/omap-spi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/qcom,spi-qup.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-hspi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/snps,dw-apb-ssi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-cadence.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-davinci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-dw.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-dspi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-img-spfi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-meson.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-octeon.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-orion.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-rockchip.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-rspi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-samsung.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sc18is602.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sirf.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-st-ssc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sun4i.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sun6i.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-xtensa-xtfpga.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_altera.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_atmel.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_oc_tiny.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_pl022.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/ti_qspi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spmi/qcom,spmi-pmic-arb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spmi/spmi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/lpc32xx-adc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/mxs-lradc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/spear-adc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/submitting-patches.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/armada-thermal.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/db8500-thermal.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/dove-thermal.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/exynos-thermal.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/imx-thermal.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/kirkwood-thermal.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rockchip-thermal.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/spear-thermal.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/st-thermal.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/tegra-soctherm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/ti_soc_thermal.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/allwinner,sun4i-timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/allwinner,sun5i-a13-hstimer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/amlogic,meson6-timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/arm,sp804.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/brcm,bcm2835-system-timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/brcm,kona-timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/cadence,ttc-timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/cirrus,clps711x-timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/digicolor-timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/energymicro,efm32-timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/fsl,ftm-timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/fsl,imxgpt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/lsi,zevio-timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/marvell,armada-370-xp-timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/marvell,orion-timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/mediatek,mtk-timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/moxa,moxart-timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra20-timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra30-timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,cmt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,mtu2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tmu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/rockchip,rk3288-timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/samsung,exynos4210-mct.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/stericsson-u300-apptimer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/ti,keystone-timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/ufshcd-pltfrm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/unittest.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/am33xx-usb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/atmel-usb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/brcm,bcm3384-usb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-imx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-qcom.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-zevio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3-st.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ehci-omap.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ehci-orion.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ehci-st.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/exynos-usb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/fsl-usb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/gr-udc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/isp1301.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/keystone-phy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/keystone-usb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/lpc32xx-udc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/msm-hsusb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mxs-phy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-ehci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-usb-phy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ohci-nxp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ohci-omap3.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ohci-st.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/pxa-usb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/qcom,dwc3.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/samsung-hsotg.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/samsung-usbphy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/spear-usb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/twlxxxx-usb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/udc-xilinx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-nop-xceiv.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-uhci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb3503.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usbmisc-imx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ux500-usb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/adi,adv7123.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/adi,adv7511.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/analog-tv-connector.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/arm,pl11x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/atmel,lcdc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/backlight/88pm860x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/backlight/gpio-backlight.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/backlight/lp855x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/backlight/max8925-backlight.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/backlight/pwm-backlight.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/backlight/sky81452-backlight.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/backlight/tps65217-backlight.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/bridge/ps8622.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/bridge/ptn3460.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/cirrus,clps711x-fb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/display-timing.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/dvi-connector.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/dw_hdmi-rockchip.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos7-decon.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_hdmi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_hdmiddc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_hdmiphy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_mixer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/fsl,imx-fb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/hdmi-connector.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/lgphilips,lb035q02.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/panel-dpi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/panel-dsi-cm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/renesas,du.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/rockchip-drm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/rockchip-vop.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/sharp,ls037v7dw01.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/simple-framebuffer-sunxi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/simple-framebuffer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/sony,acx565akm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ssd1289fb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ssd1307fb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/thine,thc63lvdm83d create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,dra7-dss.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap-dss.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap2-dss.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap3-dss.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap4-dss.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap5-dss.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,opa362.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,tfp410.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,tpd12s015.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/toppoly,td028ttec1.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/tpo,td043mtea1.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/vga-connector.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/via,vt8500-fb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/wm,prizm-ge-rops.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/wm,wm8505-fb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/virtio/mmio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/fsl-imx-owire.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/omap-hdq.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/w1-gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-at91rm9200-wdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-wdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/brcm,bcm2835-pm-wdog.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/brcm,kona-wdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/cadence-wdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/davinci-wdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/dw_wdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/fsl-imx-wdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/gpio-wdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/imgpdc-wdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/ingenic,jz4740-wdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/marvel.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/men-a021-wdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/meson6-wdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/moxa,moxart-watchdog.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mtk-wdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/of-xilinx-wdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/omap-wdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/pnx4008-wdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qca-ar7130-wdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qcom-wdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/rt2880-wdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sirfsoc_wdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/stericsson-coh901327.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sunxi-wdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/twl4030-wdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/x86/ce4100.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/x86/interrupt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/x86/timer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/xilinx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/xillybus/xillybus.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/changesets.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/dynamic-resolution-notes.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/of_unittest.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/overlay-notes.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/todo.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/usage-model.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/digsig.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/dmaengine/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/dmaengine/client.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/dmaengine/dmatest.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/dmaengine/provider.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/dontdiff create mode 100644 Documentation/driver-model/binding.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/driver-model/bus.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/driver-model/class.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/driver-model/design-patterns.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/driver-model/device.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/driver-model/driver.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/driver-model/overview.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/driver-model/platform.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/driver-model/porting.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/dvb/README.dvb-usb create mode 100644 Documentation/dvb/avermedia.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/dvb/bt8xx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/dvb/cards.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/dvb/ci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/dvb/contributors.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/dvb/faq.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/dvb/opera-firmware.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/dvb/readme.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/dvb/technisat.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/dvb/ttusb-dec.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/dvb/udev.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/early-userspace/README create mode 100644 Documentation/early-userspace/buffer-format.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/edac.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/efi-stub.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/eisa.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/email-clients.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/extcon/porting-android-switch-class create mode 100644 Documentation/fault-injection/fault-injection.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fault-injection/notifier-error-inject.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fault-injection/provoke-crashes.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/api.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/arkfb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/aty128fb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/cirrusfb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/cmap_xfbdev.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/deferred_io.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/efifb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/ep93xx-fb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/fbcon.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/framebuffer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/gxfb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/intel810.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/intelfb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/internals.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/lxfb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/matroxfb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/metronomefb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/modedb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/pvr2fb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/pxafb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/s3fb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/sa1100fb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/sh7760fb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/sisfb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/sm501.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/sstfb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/tgafb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/tridentfb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/udlfb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/uvesafb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/vesafb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/viafb.modes create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/viafb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fb/vt8623fb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/9p.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/Locking create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/adfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/affs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/afs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/aufs/README create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/01intro.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/02struct.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/03atomic_open.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/03lookup.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/04branch.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/05wbr_policy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/06fhsm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/06mmap.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/06xattr.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/07export.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/08shwh.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/aufs/design/10dynop.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/autofs4-mount-control.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/autofs4.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/automount-support.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/befs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/bfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/btrfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/caching/backend-api.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/caching/cachefiles.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/caching/fscache.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/caching/netfs-api.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/caching/object.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/caching/operations.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/ceph.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/cifs/AUTHORS create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/cifs/CHANGES create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/cifs/README create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/cifs/TODO create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/cifs/cifs.txt create mode 100755 Documentation/filesystems/cifs/winucase_convert.pl create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/coda.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/configfs/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs_example_explicit.c create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs_example_macros.c create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/cramfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/debugfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/directory-locking create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/dlmfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/dnotify.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/dnotify_test.c create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/ecryptfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/efivarfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/exofs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/ext2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/ext3.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/fiemap.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/files.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/fuse.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-glocks.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-uevents.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/gfs2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/hfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/hfsplus.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/hpfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/inotify.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/isofs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/jfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/locks.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/logfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/mandatory-locking.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/ncpfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/nfs/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/nfs/Exporting create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/nfs/fault_injection.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/nfs/idmapper.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/nfs/knfsd-stats.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs-rdma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs41-server.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsd-admin-interfaces.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs-block-server.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-cache.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-server-gss.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/ocfs2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/omfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/path-lookup.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/design_notes.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/info.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/porting create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/qnx6.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/quota.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/relay.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/romfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/seq_file.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/spufs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/squashfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/sysfs-pci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/sysfs-tagging.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/sysv-fs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/udf.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/ufs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/xfs-delayed-logging-design.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/xfs-self-describing-metadata.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/firmware_class/README create mode 100644 Documentation/firmware_class/hotplug-script create mode 100644 Documentation/flexible-arrays.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fmc/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/fmc/API.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fmc/FMC-and-SDB.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fmc/carrier.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fmc/fmc-chardev.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fmc/fmc-fakedev.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fmc/fmc-trivial.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fmc/fmc-write-eeprom.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fmc/identifiers.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fmc/mezzanine.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/fmc/parameters.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/frv/README.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/frv/atomic-ops.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/frv/booting.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/frv/clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/frv/configuring.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/frv/features.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/frv/gdbinit create mode 100644 Documentation/frv/gdbstub.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/frv/kernel-ABI.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/frv/mmu-layout.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/futex-requeue-pi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/gcov.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/gdb-kernel-debugging.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/gpio/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/gpio/board.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/gpio/driver.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/gpio/gpio-legacy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/gpio/gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/gpio/sysfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/hid/hid-sensor.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/hid/hid-transport.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/hid/hiddev.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/hid/hidraw.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/hid/uhid.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/highuid.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/hsi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/hw_random.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/ab8500 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/abituguru create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/abituguru-datasheet create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/abituguru3 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/abx500 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/acpi_power_meter create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/ad7314 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/adc128d818 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/adm1021 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/adm1025 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/adm1026 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/adm1031 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/adm1275 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/adm9240 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/ads1015 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/ads7828 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/adt7410 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/adt7411 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/adt7462 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/adt7470 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/adt7475 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/amc6821 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/asb100 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/asc7621 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/coretemp create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/da9052 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/da9055 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/dme1737 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/ds1621 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/ds620 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/emc1403 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/emc2103 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/emc6w201 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/f71805f create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/f71882fg create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/fam15h_power create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/g760a create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/g762 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/gl518sm create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/hih6130 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/htu21 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/hwmon-kernel-api.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/ibmaem create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/ibmpowernv create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/ina209 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/ina2xx create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/it87 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/jc42 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/k10temp create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/k8temp create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/lineage-pem create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/lm25066 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/lm63 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/lm70 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/lm73 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/lm75 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/lm77 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/lm78 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/lm80 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/lm83 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/lm85 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/lm87 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/lm90 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/lm92 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/lm93 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/lm95234 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/lm95245 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/ltc2945 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/ltc2978 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/ltc4151 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/ltc4215 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/ltc4245 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/ltc4260 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/ltc4261 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/max16064 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/max16065 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/max1619 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/max1668 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/max197 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/max34440 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/max6639 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/max6642 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/max6650 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/max6697 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/max8688 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/mc13783-adc create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/mcp3021 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/menf21bmc create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/nct6683 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/nct6775 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/nct7802 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/nct7904 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/ntc_thermistor create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/pc87360 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/pc87427 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/pcf8591 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/pmbus create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/pmbus-core create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/powr1220 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/pwm-fan create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/sch5627 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/sch5636 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/sht15 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/sht21 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/shtc1 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/sis5595 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/smm665 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/smsc47b397 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/smsc47m1 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/smsc47m192 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/submitting-patches create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/thmc50 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/tmp102 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/tmp103 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/tmp401 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/tmp421 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/tps40422 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/twl4030-madc-hwmon create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/ucd9000 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/ucd9200 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/userspace-tools create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/vexpress create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/via686a create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/vt1211 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/w83627ehf create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/w83627hf create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/w83781d create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/w83791d create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/w83792d create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/w83793 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/w83795 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/w83l785ts create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/w83l786ng create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/wm831x create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/wm8350 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/zl6100 create mode 100644 Documentation/hwspinlock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali1535 create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali1563 create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ali15x3 create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-amd756 create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-amd8111 create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-diolan-u2c create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ismt create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-nforce2 create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-ocores create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-parport create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-parport-light create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-pca-isa create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-piix4 create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis5595 create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis630 create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-sis96x create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-taos-evm create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-via create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-viapro create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/busses/scx200_acb create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/dev-interface create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/fault-codes create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/functionality create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/i2c-protocol create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/i2c-stub create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/muxes/i2c-mux-gpio create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/old-module-parameters create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/slave-eeprom-backend create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/slave-interface create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/smbus-protocol create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/summary create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/ten-bit-addresses create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/upgrading-clients create mode 100644 Documentation/i2c/writing-clients create mode 100644 Documentation/ia64/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/ia64/IRQ-redir.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/ia64/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/ia64/README create mode 100644 Documentation/ia64/aliasing-test.c create mode 100644 Documentation/ia64/aliasing.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/ia64/efirtc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/ia64/err_inject.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/ia64/fsys.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/ia64/mca.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/ia64/serial.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/ia64/xen.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/ide/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/ide/ChangeLog.ide-cd.1994-2004 create mode 100644 Documentation/ide/ChangeLog.ide-floppy.1996-2002 create mode 100644 Documentation/ide/ChangeLog.ide-tape.1995-2002 create mode 100644 Documentation/ide/ide-tape.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/ide/ide.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/ide/warm-plug-howto.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/infiniband/core_locking.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/infiniband/ipoib.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/infiniband/sysfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/infiniband/user_mad.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/infiniband/user_verbs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/init.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/initrd.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/alps.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/amijoy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/appletouch.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/atarikbd.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/bcm5974.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/cd32.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/cma3000_d0x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/cs461x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/edt-ft5x06.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/elantech.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/event-codes.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/ff.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/gamepad.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/gameport-programming.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/gpio-tilt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/input-programming.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/input.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/interactive.fig create mode 100644 Documentation/input/joystick-api.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/joystick.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/notifier.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/ntrig.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/sentelic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/shape.fig create mode 100644 Documentation/input/walkera0701.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/xpad.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/input/yealink.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/intel_txt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/io-mapping.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/io_ordering.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/ioctl/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/ioctl/botching-up-ioctls.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/ioctl/cdrom.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-decoding.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/iostats.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/irqflags-tracing.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/isapnp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/isdn/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/isdn/CREDITS create mode 100644 Documentation/isdn/HiSax.cert create mode 100644 Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE create mode 100644 Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.CAPI create mode 100644 Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.fax create mode 100644 Documentation/isdn/README create mode 100644 Documentation/isdn/README.FAQ create mode 100644 Documentation/isdn/README.HiSax create mode 100644 Documentation/isdn/README.act2000 create mode 100644 Documentation/isdn/README.audio create mode 100644 Documentation/isdn/README.avmb1 create mode 100644 Documentation/isdn/README.concap create mode 100644 Documentation/isdn/README.diversion create mode 100644 Documentation/isdn/README.fax create mode 100644 Documentation/isdn/README.gigaset create mode 100644 Documentation/isdn/README.hfc-pci create mode 100644 Documentation/isdn/README.hysdn create mode 100644 Documentation/isdn/README.icn create mode 100644 Documentation/isdn/README.mISDN create mode 100644 Documentation/isdn/README.pcbit create mode 100644 Documentation/isdn/README.sc create mode 100644 Documentation/isdn/README.syncppp create mode 100644 Documentation/isdn/README.x25 create mode 100644 Documentation/isdn/syncPPP.FAQ create mode 100644 Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO create mode 100644 Documentation/ja_JP/SubmitChecklist create mode 100644 Documentation/ja_JP/SubmittingPatches create mode 100644 Documentation/ja_JP/stable_api_nonsense.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/ja_JP/stable_kernel_rules.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/java.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/kasan.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/kbuild/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/kbuild/headers_install.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/kbuild/modules.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/kdbus/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/kdbus/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/kdbus/kdbus.bus.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/kdbus/kdbus.connection.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/kdbus/kdbus.endpoint.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/kdbus/kdbus.fs.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/kdbus/kdbus.item.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/kdbus/kdbus.match.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/kdbus/kdbus.message.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/kdbus/kdbus.name.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/kdbus/kdbus.policy.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/kdbus/kdbus.pool.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/kdbus/kdbus.xml create mode 100644 Documentation/kdbus/stylesheet.xsl create mode 100644 Documentation/kdump/gdbmacros.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/kdump/kdump.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/kernel-doc-nano-HOWTO.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/kernel-docs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/kmemcheck.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/kmemleak.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO create mode 100644 Documentation/ko_KR/stable_api_nonsense.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/kobject.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/kprobes.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/kref.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/kselftest.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/laptops/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/laptops/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/laptops/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/laptops/asus-laptop.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/laptops/disk-shock-protection.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/laptops/dslm.c create mode 100644 Documentation/laptops/freefall.c create mode 100644 Documentation/laptops/laptop-mode.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/laptops/sony-laptop.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/laptops/sonypi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/laptops/toshiba_haps.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/ldm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/leds/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/leds/leds-blinkm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/leds/leds-class-flash.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/leds/leds-class.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/leds/leds-lm3556.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/leds/leds-lp3944.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/leds/leds-lp5521.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/leds/leds-lp5523.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/leds/leds-lp5562.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/leds/leds-lp55xx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/leds/ledtrig-oneshot.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/leds/ledtrig-transient.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/local_ops.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/locking/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/locking/lglock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/locking/lockdep-design.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/locking/lockstat.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/locking/locktorture.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/locking/mutex-design.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/locking/rt-mutex-design.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/locking/rt-mutex.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/locking/spinlocks.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/locking/ww-mutex-design.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/logo.gif create mode 100644 Documentation/logo.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/lzo.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/m68k/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/m68k/README.buddha create mode 100644 Documentation/m68k/kernel-options.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/magic-number.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/mailbox.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/md-cluster.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/md.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/media-framework.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/memory-barriers.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/memory-devices/ti-emif.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/metag/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/metag/kernel-ABI.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/mic/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/mic/mpssd/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/mic/mpssd/Makefile create mode 100755 Documentation/mic/mpssd/micctrl create mode 100755 Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss create mode 100644 Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpssd.c create mode 100644 Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpssd.h create mode 100644 Documentation/mic/mpssd/sysfs.c create mode 100644 Documentation/mips/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/mips/AU1xxx_IDE.README create mode 100644 Documentation/misc-devices/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/misc-devices/ad525x_dpot.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/misc-devices/apds990x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/misc-devices/bh1770glc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/misc-devices/c2port.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/misc-devices/eeprom create mode 100644 Documentation/misc-devices/ics932s401 create mode 100644 Documentation/misc-devices/isl29003 create mode 100644 Documentation/misc-devices/lis3lv02d create mode 100644 Documentation/misc-devices/max6875 create mode 100644 Documentation/misc-devices/mei/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/misc-devices/mei/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/misc-devices/mei/TODO create mode 100644 Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei-amt-version.c create mode 100644 Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei-client-bus.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/misc-devices/spear-pcie-gadget.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/mmc/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/mmc/mmc-async-req.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-attrs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-parts.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/mn10300/ABI.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/mn10300/compartmentalisation.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/module-signing.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/mono.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/mtd/nand/pxa3xx-nand.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/mtd/nand_ecc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/mtd/spi-nor.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/namespaces/compatibility-list.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/namespaces/resource-control.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/netlabel/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/netlabel/cipso_ipv4.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/netlabel/draft-ietf-cipso-ipsecurity-01.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/netlabel/introduction.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/netlabel/lsm_interface.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/3c509.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/6pack.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qla3xxx create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlcnic create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlge create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/PLIP.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/README.ipw2100 create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/README.ipw2200 create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/README.sb1000 create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/alias.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/altera_tse.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/arcnet-hardware.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/atm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/ax25.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/batman-adv.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/baycom.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/bonding.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/bridge.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/caif/Linux-CAIF.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/caif/README create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/caif/spi_porting.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/can.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/cdc_mbim.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/cops.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/cxacru-cf.py create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/cxacru.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/cxgb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/dccp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/dctcp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/de4x5.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/decnet.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/dl2k.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/dm9000.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/dmfe.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/dns_resolver.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/driver.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/e100.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/e1000.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/e1000e.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/eql.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/fib_trie.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/filter.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/framerelay.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/gen_stats.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/generic-hdlc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/generic_netlink.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/gianfar.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/i40e.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/i40evf.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/ieee802154.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/igb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/igbvf.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/ip_dynaddr.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/iphase.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/ipsec.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/ipv6.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/ipvlan.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/ipvs-sysctl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/irda.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/ixgb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/ixgbe.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/ixgbevf.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/l2tp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/lapb-module.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/ltpc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/mac80211-auth-assoc-deauth.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/mac80211-injection.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/mac80211_hwsim/README create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/mac80211_hwsim/hostapd.conf create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/mac80211_hwsim/wpa_supplicant.conf create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/mpls-sysctl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/multiqueue.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/netdev-FAQ.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/netdev-features.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/netdevices.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/netif-msg.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/netlink_mmap.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/nf_conntrack-sysctl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/nfc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/openvswitch.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/operstates.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/phonet.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/phy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/policy-routing.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/ppp_generic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/proc_net_tcp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/ray_cs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/rds.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/regulatory.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/rxrpc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/s2io.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/scaling.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/sctp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/secid.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/skfp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/smc9.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/spider_net.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/stmmac.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/switchdev.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/tc-actions-env-rules.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/tcp-thin.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/tcp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/team.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/timestamping/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/timestamping/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/timestamping/hwtstamp_config.c create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/timestamping/timestamping.c create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/timestamping/txtimestamp.c create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/tlan.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/tproxy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/tuntap.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/udplite.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/vortex.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/vxge.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/vxlan.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/x25-iface.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/x25.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/xfrm_proc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/xfrm_sync.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/xfrm_sysctl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/z8530drv.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/nfc/nfc-pn544.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/nios2/README create mode 100644 Documentation/nommu-mmap.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/numastat.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/oops-tracing.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/padata.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/parisc/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/parisc/debugging create mode 100644 Documentation/parisc/registers create mode 100644 Documentation/parport-lowlevel.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/parport.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/pcmcia/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/pcmcia/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/pcmcia/crc32hash.c create mode 100644 Documentation/pcmcia/devicetable.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/pcmcia/driver-changes.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/pcmcia/driver.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/pcmcia/locking.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/percpu-rw-semaphore.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/phy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/phy/samsung-usb2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/pi-futex.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/pinctrl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/platform/x86-laptop-drivers.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/pnp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/power/apm-acpi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/basic-pm-debugging.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/charger-manager.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/devices.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/drivers-testing.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/interface.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/notifiers.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/opp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/pci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/pm_qos_interface.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/power_supply_class.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/powercap/powercap.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/regulator/consumer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/regulator/design.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/regulator/machine.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/regulator/overview.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/regulator/regulator.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/s2ram.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/states.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/suspend-and-cpuhotplug.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/suspend-and-interrupts.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/swsusp-and-swap-files.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/swsusp-dmcrypt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/swsusp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/tricks.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/tuxonice-internals.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/tuxonice.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/userland-swsusp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/power/video.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/bootwrapper.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/cpu_families.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/cpu_features.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/cxl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/mpc52xx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/pmu-ebb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/ptrace.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/qe_firmware.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/pps/pps.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/prctl/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/prctl/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-ctxt-sw-stress-test.c create mode 100644 Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-on-off-stress-test.c create mode 100644 Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-test.c create mode 100644 Documentation/prctl/no_new_privs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/prctl/seccomp_filter.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/preempt-locking.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/printk-formats.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/pti/pti_intel_mid.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/ptp/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/ptp/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/ptp/ptp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/ptp/testptp.c create mode 100644 Documentation/ptp/testptp.mk create mode 100644 Documentation/pwm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/ramoops.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/rapidio/rapidio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/rapidio/sysfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/rapidio/tsi721.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/rbtree.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/remoteproc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/rfkill.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/robust-futex-ABI.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/robust-futexes.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/rpmsg.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/rtc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/s390/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/s390/3270.ChangeLog create mode 100644 Documentation/s390/3270.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/s390/CommonIO create mode 100644 Documentation/s390/DASD create mode 100644 Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/s390/cds.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/s390/config3270.sh create mode 100644 Documentation/s390/driver-model.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/s390/kvm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/s390/monreader.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/s390/qeth.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/s390/s390dbf.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/s390/zfcpdump.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scheduler/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/scheduler/completion.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scheduler/sched-BFS.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scheduler/sched-arch.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scheduler/sched-deadline.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scheduler/sched-domains.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scheduler/sched-nice-design.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scheduler/sched-rt-group.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scheduler/sched-stats.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/53c700.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/BusLogic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.1992-1997 create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.arcmsr create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.ips create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.ncr53c8xx create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.sym53c8xx create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.sym53c8xx_2 create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/FlashPoint.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.FlashPoint create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.qla2xxx create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.qla4xxx create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/Mylex.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/NinjaSCSI.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/aacraid.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/advansys.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/aha152x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/arcmsr_spec.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/bfa.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/bnx2fc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/cxgb3i.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/dc395x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/dpti.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/dtc3x80.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/g_NCR5380.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/hpsa.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/hptiop.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/in2000.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/libsas.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/link_power_management_policy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/lpfc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/megaraid.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/ncr53c8xx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/osd.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/osst.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/ppa.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/qlogicfas.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/scsi-changer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/scsi-parameters.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/scsi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/scsi_eh.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/scsi_fc_transport.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/scsi_transport_srp/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/scsi_transport_srp/rport_state_diagram.dot create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/st.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/sym53c500_cs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/sym53c8xx_2.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/ufs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/scsi/wd719x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/security/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/security/IMA-templates.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/security/LSM.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/security/SELinux.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/security/Smack.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/security/Yama.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/security/apparmor.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/security/credentials.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/security/keys-ecryptfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/security/keys-request-key.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/security/keys-trusted-encrypted.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/security/keys.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/security/tomoyo.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/serial-console.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/serial/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/serial/README.cycladesZ create mode 100644 Documentation/serial/driver create mode 100644 Documentation/serial/moxa-smartio create mode 100644 Documentation/serial/n_gsm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/serial/rocket.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/serial/serial-rs485.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/serial/tty.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sgi-ioc4.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sh/new-machine.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sh/register-banks.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/smsc_ece1099.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/Audigy-mixer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/Audiophile-Usb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/Bt87x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/CMIPCI.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/Channel-Mapping-API.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/ControlNames.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Controls.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/Joystick.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/MIXART.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/OSS-Emulation.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/Procfile.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/README.maya44 create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/SB-Live-mixer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/VIA82xx-mixer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/alsa-parameters.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/emu10k1-jack.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/hda_codec.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/hdspm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/powersave.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/seq_oss.html create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/serial-u16550.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/DAI.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/DPCM.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/clocking.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/codec.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/dapm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/jack.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/machine.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/overview.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/platform.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/pops_clicks.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/alsa/timestamping.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/oss/ALS create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/oss/AudioExcelDSP16 create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/oss/CMI8330 create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/oss/ESS create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/oss/ESS1868 create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/oss/Introduction create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/oss/MultiSound create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/oss/OPL3 create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/oss/Opti create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/oss/PAS16 create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/oss/PSS create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/oss/PSS-updates create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/oss/README.OSS create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/oss/README.modules create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/oss/README.ymfsb create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/oss/SoundPro create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/oss/Soundblaster create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/oss/Tropez+ create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/oss/VIBRA16 create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/oss/WaveArtist create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/oss/btaudio create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/oss/mwave create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/oss/oss-parameters.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sound/oss/ultrasound create mode 100644 Documentation/sparse.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/spi/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/spi/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/spi/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/spi/butterfly create mode 100644 Documentation/spi/ep93xx_spi create mode 100644 Documentation/spi/pxa2xx create mode 100644 Documentation/spi/spi-lm70llp create mode 100644 Documentation/spi/spi-sc18is602 create mode 100644 Documentation/spi/spi-summary create mode 100644 Documentation/spi/spidev create mode 100644 Documentation/spi/spidev_fdx.c create mode 100644 Documentation/spi/spidev_test.c create mode 100644 Documentation/stable_api_nonsense.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/static-keys.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/svga.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sysctl/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/sysctl/README create mode 100644 Documentation/sysctl/abi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sysctl/fs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sysctl/net.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sysctl/sunrpc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sysfs-rules.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/sysrq.txt create mode 100755 Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py create mode 100644 Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/target/tcmu-design.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/thermal/cpu-cooling-api.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/thermal/exynos_thermal create mode 100644 Documentation/thermal/exynos_thermal_emulation create mode 100644 Documentation/thermal/intel_powerclamp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/thermal/nouveau_thermal create mode 100644 Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/thermal/x86_pkg_temperature_thermal create mode 100644 Documentation/this_cpu_ops.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/timers/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/timers/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/timers/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/timers/NO_HZ.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/timers/highres.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/timers/hpet.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/timers/hpet_example.c create mode 100644 Documentation/timers/hrtimers.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/timers/timekeeping.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/timers/timer_stats.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/timers/timers-howto.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/tp_smapi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/tpm/xen-tpmfront.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/trace/coresight.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/trace/events-kmem.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/trace/events-nmi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/trace/events-power.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/trace/events.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/trace/ftrace-design.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/trace/function-graph-fold.vim create mode 100644 Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/trace/mmiotrace.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/trace/postprocess/trace-pagealloc-postprocess.pl create mode 100644 Documentation/trace/postprocess/trace-vmscan-postprocess.pl create mode 100644 Documentation/trace/ring-buffer-design.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/trace/tracepoint-analysis.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/trace/tracepoints.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/trace/uprobetracer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/unaligned-memory-access.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/unicode.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/unshare.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/CREDITS create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/URB.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/WUSB-Design-overview.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/acm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/anchors.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/authorization.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/bulk-streams.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/callbacks.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/chipidea.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/dma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/dwc3.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/ehci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/error-codes.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/functionfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/gadget_configfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/gadget_hid.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/gadget_multi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/gadget_printer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/gadget_serial.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/hotplug.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/iuu_phoenix.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/linux-cdc-acm.inf create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/linux.inf create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/mass-storage.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/misc_usbsevseg.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/ohci.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/persist.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/power-management.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/proc_usb_info.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/rio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/usb-help.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/usbmon.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/usb/wusb-cbaf create mode 100644 Documentation/vDSO/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/vDSO/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/vDSO/parse_vdso.c create mode 100644 Documentation/vDSO/vdso_standalone_test_x86.c create mode 100644 Documentation/vDSO/vdso_test.c create mode 100644 Documentation/vfio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/vgaarbiter.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video-output.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/4CCs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/API.html create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.au0828 create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.bttv create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx88 create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.ivtv create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7164 create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.tm6000 create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.tuner create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.usbvision create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/README.cpia2 create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/README.cx88 create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/README.davinci-vpbe create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/README.ir create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/README.ivtv create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/README.pvrusb2 create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/README.saa7134 create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/Zoran create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/bttv/CONTRIBUTORS create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Cards create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/bttv/ICs create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Insmod-options create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/bttv/MAKEDEV create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Modprobe.conf create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Modules.conf create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/bttv/PROBLEMS create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README.WINVIEW create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README.freeze create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README.quirks create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Sound-FAQ create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Specs create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/bttv/THANKS create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Tuners create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/cafe_ccic create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/cpia2_overview.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/cx18.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/README.hm12 create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/README.vbi create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-calling.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-decoder-api.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-decoder-regs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-dma.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-encoder-api.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-memory.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-osd-api.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-upload.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/cx88/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/fimc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/lifeview.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/meye.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/not-in-cx2388x-datasheet.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/omap3isp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/omap4_camera.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/pxa_camera.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/radiotrack.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/sh_mobile_ceu_camera.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/si470x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/si4713.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/si476x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/soc-camera.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/uvcvideo.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/videobuf create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/vivid.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/video4linux/zr364xx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/cpuid.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/README create mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/mpic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vfio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/xics.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/hypercalls.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/locking.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/nested-vmx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/ppc-pv.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/review-checklist.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/s390-diag.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/kvm/timekeeping.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/paravirt_ops.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/virtual/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/active_mm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/balance create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/frontswap.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/highmem.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/hwpoison.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/ksm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/numa create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/numa_memory_policy.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/overcommit-accounting create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/page_migration create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/page_owner.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/pagemap.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/remap_file_pages.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/slub.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/soft-dirty.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/split_page_table_lock create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/uksm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/zsmalloc.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/vm/zswap.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/vme_api.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/volatile-considered-harmful.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/w1/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/w1/masters/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/w1/masters/ds2482 create mode 100644 Documentation/w1/masters/ds2490 create mode 100644 Documentation/w1/masters/mxc-w1 create mode 100644 Documentation/w1/masters/omap-hdq create mode 100644 Documentation/w1/masters/w1-gpio create mode 100644 Documentation/w1/slaves/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds2406 create mode 100644 Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds2423 create mode 100644 Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds28e04 create mode 100644 Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm create mode 100644 Documentation/w1/w1.generic create mode 100644 Documentation/w1/w1.netlink create mode 100644 Documentation/watchdog/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/watchdog/convert_drivers_to_kernel_api.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/watchdog/pcwd-watchdog.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/watchdog/src/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/watchdog/src/Makefile create mode 100644 Documentation/watchdog/src/watchdog-simple.c create mode 100644 Documentation/watchdog/src/watchdog-test.c create mode 100644 Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-api.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/watchdog/wdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/wimax/README.i2400m create mode 100644 Documentation/wimax/README.wimax create mode 100644 Documentation/workqueue.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/x86/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/x86/boot.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/x86/early-microcode.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/x86/earlyprintk.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/x86/entry_64.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/x86/exception-tables.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/x86/i386/IO-APIC.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/x86/intel_mpx.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/x86/mtrr.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/x86/pat.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/x86/tlb.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/x86/usb-legacy-support.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/x86/x86_64/00-INDEX create mode 100644 Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/x86/x86_64/cpu-hotplug-spec create mode 100644 Documentation/x86/x86_64/fake-numa-for-cpusets create mode 100644 Documentation/x86/x86_64/kernel-stacks create mode 100644 Documentation/x86/x86_64/machinecheck create mode 100644 Documentation/x86/x86_64/mm.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/x86/x86_64/uefi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/x86/zero-page.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/xillybus.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/xtensa/atomctl.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/xtensa/mmu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/xz.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/zh_CN/CodingStyle create mode 100644 Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO create mode 100644 Documentation/zh_CN/IRQ.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/zh_CN/SecurityBugs create mode 100644 Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingDrivers create mode 100644 Documentation/zh_CN/SubmittingPatches create mode 100644 Documentation/zh_CN/arm/Booting create mode 100644 Documentation/zh_CN/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/memory.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/tagged-pointers.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/zh_CN/basic_profiling.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/zh_CN/email-clients.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/zh_CN/filesystems/sysfs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/zh_CN/gpio.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/zh_CN/io_ordering.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/zh_CN/oops-tracing.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/zh_CN/sparse.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/zh_CN/stable_api_nonsense.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/zh_CN/stable_kernel_rules.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/zh_CN/video4linux/omap3isp.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/zh_CN/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/zh_CN/volatile-considered-harmful.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/zorro.txt (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/00-INDEX b/Documentation/00-INDEX new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cd077ca0e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/00-INDEX @@ -0,0 +1,489 @@ + +This is a brief list of all the files in ./linux/Documentation and what +they contain. If you add a documentation file, please list it here in +alphabetical order as well, or risk being hunted down like a rabid dog. +Please keep the descriptions small enough to fit on one line. + Thanks -- Paul G. + +Following translations are available on the WWW: + + - Japanese, maintained by the JF Project (jf@listserv.linux.or.jp), at + http://linuxjf.sourceforge.jp/ + +00-INDEX + - this file. +ABI/ + - info on kernel <-> userspace ABI and relative interface stability. + +BUG-HUNTING + - brute force method of doing binary search of patches to find bug. +Changes + - list of changes that break older software packages. +CodingStyle + - how the maintainers expect the C code in the kernel to look. +DMA-API.txt + - DMA API, pci_ API & extensions for non-consistent memory machines. +DMA-API-HOWTO.txt + - Dynamic DMA mapping Guide +DMA-ISA-LPC.txt + - How to do DMA with ISA (and LPC) devices. +DMA-attributes.txt + - listing of the various possible attributes a DMA region can have +DocBook/ + - directory with DocBook templates etc. for kernel documentation. +EDID/ + - directory with info on customizing EDID for broken gfx/displays. +HOWTO + - the process and procedures of how to do Linux kernel development. +IPMI.txt + - info on Linux Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) Driver. +IRQ-affinity.txt + - how to select which CPU(s) handle which interrupt events on SMP. +IRQ-domain.txt + - info on interrupt numbering and setting up IRQ domains. +IRQ.txt + - description of what an IRQ is. +Intel-IOMMU.txt + - basic info on the Intel IOMMU virtualization support. +Makefile + - some files in Documentation dir are actually sample code to build +ManagementStyle + - how to (attempt to) manage kernel hackers. +RCU/ + - directory with info on RCU (read-copy update). +SAK.txt + - info on Secure Attention Keys. +SM501.txt + - Silicon Motion SM501 multimedia companion chip +SecurityBugs + - procedure for reporting security bugs found in the kernel. +SubmitChecklist + - Linux kernel patch submission checklist. +SubmittingDrivers + - procedure to get a new driver source included into the kernel tree. +SubmittingPatches + - procedure to get a source patch included into the kernel tree. +VGA-softcursor.txt + - how to change your VGA cursor from a blinking underscore. +accounting/ + - documentation on accounting and taskstats. +acpi/ + - info on ACPI-specific hooks in the kernel. +aoe/ + - description of AoE (ATA over Ethernet) along with config examples. +applying-patches.txt + - description of various trees and how to apply their patches. +arm/ + - directory with info about Linux on the ARM architecture. +arm64/ + - directory with info about Linux on the 64 bit ARM architecture. +assoc_array.txt + - generic associative array intro. +atomic_ops.txt + - semantics and behavior of atomic and bitmask operations. +auxdisplay/ + - misc. LCD driver documentation (cfag12864b, ks0108). +backlight/ + - directory with info on controlling backlights in flat panel displays +bad_memory.txt + - how to use kernel parameters to exclude bad RAM regions. +basic_profiling.txt + - basic instructions for those who wants to profile Linux kernel. +bcache.txt + - Block-layer cache on fast SSDs to improve slow (raid) I/O performance. +binfmt_misc.txt + - info on the kernel support for extra binary formats. +blackfin/ + - directory with documentation for the Blackfin arch. +block/ + - info on the Block I/O (BIO) layer. +blockdev/ + - info on block devices & drivers +braille-console.txt + - info on how to use serial devices for Braille support. +bt8xxgpio.txt + - info on how to modify a bt8xx video card for GPIO usage. +btmrvl.txt + - info on Marvell Bluetooth driver usage. +bus-devices/ + - directory with info on TI GPMC (General Purpose Memory Controller) +bus-virt-phys-mapping.txt + - how to access I/O mapped memory from within device drivers. +cachetlb.txt + - describes the cache/TLB flushing interfaces Linux uses. +cdrom/ + - directory with information on the CD-ROM drivers that Linux has. +cgroups/ + - cgroups features, including cpusets and memory controller. +circular-buffers.txt + - how to make use of the existing circular buffer infrastructure +clk.txt + - info on the common clock framework +coccinelle.txt + - info on how to get and use the Coccinelle code checking tool. +connector/ + - docs on the netlink based userspace<->kernel space communication mod. +console/ + - documentation on Linux console drivers. +cpu-freq/ + - info on CPU frequency and voltage scaling. +cpu-hotplug.txt + - document describing CPU hotplug support in the Linux kernel. +cpu-load.txt + - document describing how CPU load statistics are collected. +cpuidle/ + - info on CPU_IDLE, CPU idle state management subsystem. +cputopology.txt + - documentation on how CPU topology info is exported via sysfs. +crc32.txt + - brief tutorial on CRC computation +cris/ + - directory with info about Linux on CRIS architecture. +crypto/ + - directory with info on the Crypto API. +dcdbas.txt + - information on the Dell Systems Management Base Driver. +debugging-modules.txt + - some notes on debugging modules after Linux 2.6.3. +debugging-via-ohci1394.txt + - how to use firewire like a hardware debugger memory reader. +dell_rbu.txt + - document demonstrating the use of the Dell Remote BIOS Update driver. +development-process/ + - how to work with the mainline kernel development process. +device-mapper/ + - directory with info on Device Mapper. +devices.txt + - plain ASCII listing of all the nodes in /dev/ with major minor #'s. +devicetree/ + - directory with info on device tree files used by OF/PowerPC/ARM +digsig.txt + -info on the Digital Signature Verification API +dma-buf-sharing.txt + - the DMA Buffer Sharing API Guide +dontdiff + - file containing a list of files that should never be diff'ed. +driver-model/ + - directory with info about Linux driver model. +dvb/ + - info on Linux Digital Video Broadcast (DVB) subsystem. +dynamic-debug-howto.txt + - how to use the dynamic debug (dyndbg) feature. +early-userspace/ + - info about initramfs, klibc, and userspace early during boot. +edac.txt + - information on EDAC - Error Detection And Correction +efi-stub.txt + - How to use the EFI boot stub to bypass GRUB or elilo on EFI systems. +eisa.txt + - info on EISA bus support. +email-clients.txt + - info on how to use e-mail to send un-mangled (git) patches. +extcon/ + - directory with porting guide for Android kernel switch driver. +fault-injection/ + - dir with docs about the fault injection capabilities infrastructure. +fb/ + - directory with info on the frame buffer graphics abstraction layer. +filesystems/ + - info on the vfs and the various filesystems that Linux supports. +firmware_class/ + - request_firmware() hotplug interface info. +flexible-arrays.txt + - how to make use of flexible sized arrays in linux +fmc/ + - information about the FMC bus abstraction +frv/ + - Fujitsu FR-V Linux documentation. +futex-requeue-pi.txt + - info on requeueing of tasks from a non-PI futex to a PI futex +gcov.txt + - use of GCC's coverage testing tool "gcov" with the Linux kernel +gpio/ + - gpio related documentation +hid/ + - directory with information on human interface devices +highuid.txt + - notes on the change from 16 bit to 32 bit user/group IDs. +hsi.txt + - HSI subsystem overview. +hwspinlock.txt + - hardware spinlock provides hardware assistance for synchronization +timers/ + - info on the timer related topics +hw_random.txt + - info on Linux support for random number generator in i8xx chipsets. +hwmon/ + - directory with docs on various hardware monitoring drivers. +i2c/ + - directory with info about the I2C bus/protocol (2 wire, kHz speed). +i2o/ + - directory with info about the Linux I2O subsystem. +x86/i386/ + - directory with info about Linux on Intel 32 bit architecture. +ia64/ + - directory with info about Linux on Intel 64 bit architecture. +infiniband/ + - directory with documents concerning Linux InfiniBand support. +init.txt + - what to do when the kernel can't find the 1st process to run. +initrd.txt + - how to use the RAM disk as an initial/temporary root filesystem. +input/ + - info on Linux input device support. +intel_txt.txt + - info on intel Trusted Execution Technology (intel TXT). +io-mapping.txt + - description of io_mapping functions in linux/io-mapping.h +io_ordering.txt + - info on ordering I/O writes to memory-mapped addresses. +ioctl/ + - directory with documents describing various IOCTL calls. +iostats.txt + - info on I/O statistics Linux kernel provides. +irqflags-tracing.txt + - how to use the irq-flags tracing feature. +isapnp.txt + - info on Linux ISA Plug & Play support. +isdn/ + - directory with info on the Linux ISDN support, and supported cards. +java.txt + - info on the in-kernel binary support for Java(tm). +ja_JP/ + - directory with Japanese translations of various documents +kbuild/ + - directory with info about the kernel build process. +kdump/ + - directory with mini HowTo on getting the crash dump code to work. +kernel-doc-nano-HOWTO.txt + - mini HowTo on generation and location of kernel documentation files. +kernel-docs.txt + - listing of various WWW + books that document kernel internals. +kernel-parameters.txt + - summary listing of command line / boot prompt args for the kernel. +kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.txt + - List of all per-CPU kthreads and how they introduce jitter. +kmemcheck.txt + - info on dynamic checker that detects uses of uninitialized memory. +kmemleak.txt + - info on how to make use of the kernel memory leak detection system +ko_KR/ + - directory with Korean translations of various documents +kobject.txt + - info of the kobject infrastructure of the Linux kernel. +kprobes.txt + - documents the kernel probes debugging feature. +kref.txt + - docs on adding reference counters (krefs) to kernel objects. +kselftest.txt + - small unittests for (some) individual codepaths in the kernel. +laptops/ + - directory with laptop related info and laptop driver documentation. +ldm.txt + - a brief description of LDM (Windows Dynamic Disks). +leds/ + - directory with info about LED handling under Linux. +local_ops.txt + - semantics and behavior of local atomic operations. +locking/ + - directory with info about kernel locking primitives +lockup-watchdogs.txt + - info on soft and hard lockup detectors (aka nmi_watchdog). +logo.gif + - full colour GIF image of Linux logo (penguin - Tux). +logo.txt + - info on creator of above logo & site to get additional images from. +lzo.txt + - kernel LZO decompressor input formats +m68k/ + - directory with info about Linux on Motorola 68k architecture. +magic-number.txt + - list of magic numbers used to mark/protect kernel data structures. +mailbox.txt + - How to write drivers for the common mailbox framework (IPC). +md.txt + - info on boot arguments for the multiple devices driver. +media-framework.txt + - info on media framework, its data structures, functions and usage. +memory-barriers.txt + - info on Linux kernel memory barriers. +memory-devices/ + - directory with info on parts like the Texas Instruments EMIF driver +memory-hotplug.txt + - Hotpluggable memory support, how to use and current status. +metag/ + - directory with info about Linux on Meta architecture. +mips/ + - directory with info about Linux on MIPS architecture. +misc-devices/ + - directory with info about devices using the misc dev subsystem +mmc/ + - directory with info about the MMC subsystem +mn10300/ + - directory with info about the mn10300 architecture port +module-signing.txt + - Kernel module signing for increased security when loading modules. +mtd/ + - directory with info about memory technology devices (flash) +mono.txt + - how to execute Mono-based .NET binaries with the help of BINFMT_MISC. +namespaces/ + - directory with various information about namespaces +netlabel/ + - directory with information on the NetLabel subsystem. +networking/ + - directory with info on various aspects of networking with Linux. +nfc/ + - directory relating info about Near Field Communications support. +nommu-mmap.txt + - documentation about no-mmu memory mapping support. +numastat.txt + - info on how to read Numa policy hit/miss statistics in sysfs. +oops-tracing.txt + - how to decode those nasty internal kernel error dump messages. +padata.txt + - An introduction to the "padata" parallel execution API +parisc/ + - directory with info on using Linux on PA-RISC architecture. +parport.txt + - how to use the parallel-port driver. +parport-lowlevel.txt + - description and usage of the low level parallel port functions. +pcmcia/ + - info on the Linux PCMCIA driver. +percpu-rw-semaphore.txt + - RCU based read-write semaphore optimized for locking for reading +phy.txt + - Description of the generic PHY framework. +pi-futex.txt + - documentation on lightweight priority inheritance futexes. +pinctrl.txt + - info on pinctrl subsystem and the PINMUX/PINCONF and drivers +pnp.txt + - Linux Plug and Play documentation. +power/ + - directory with info on Linux PCI power management. +powerpc/ + - directory with info on using Linux with the PowerPC. +prctl/ + - directory with info on the priveledge control subsystem +preempt-locking.txt + - info on locking under a preemptive kernel. +printk-formats.txt + - how to get printk format specifiers right +pps/ + - directory with information on the pulse-per-second support +ptp/ + - directory with info on support for IEEE 1588 PTP clocks in Linux. +pwm.txt + - info on the pulse width modulation driver subsystem +ramoops.txt + - documentation of the ramoops oops/panic logging module. +rapidio/ + - directory with info on RapidIO packet-based fabric interconnect +rbtree.txt + - info on what red-black trees are and what they are for. +remoteproc.txt + - info on how to handle remote processor (e.g. AMP) offloads/usage. +rfkill.txt + - info on the radio frequency kill switch subsystem/support. +robust-futex-ABI.txt + - documentation of the robust futex ABI. +robust-futexes.txt + - a description of what robust futexes are. +rpmsg.txt + - info on the Remote Processor Messaging (rpmsg) Framework +rtc.txt + - notes on how to use the Real Time Clock (aka CMOS clock) driver. +s390/ + - directory with info on using Linux on the IBM S390. +scheduler/ + - directory with info on the scheduler. +scsi/ + - directory with info on Linux scsi support. +security/ + - directory that contains security-related info +serial/ + - directory with info on the low level serial API. +serial-console.txt + - how to set up Linux with a serial line console as the default. +sgi-ioc4.txt + - description of the SGI IOC4 PCI (multi function) device. +sh/ + - directory with info on porting Linux to a new architecture. +smsc_ece1099.txt + -info on the smsc Keyboard Scan Expansion/GPIO Expansion device. +sound/ + - directory with info on sound card support. +sparse.txt + - info on how to obtain and use the sparse tool for typechecking. +spi/ + - overview of Linux kernel Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) support. +stable_api_nonsense.txt + - info on why the kernel does not have a stable in-kernel api or abi. +stable_kernel_rules.txt + - rules and procedures for the -stable kernel releases. +static-keys.txt + - info on how static keys allow debug code in hotpaths via patching +svga.txt + - short guide on selecting video modes at boot via VGA BIOS. +sysfs-rules.txt + - How not to use sysfs. +sysctl/ + - directory with info on the /proc/sys/* files. +sysrq.txt + - info on the magic SysRq key. +target/ + - directory with info on generating TCM v4 fabric .ko modules +this_cpu_ops.txt + - List rationale behind and the way to use this_cpu operations. +thermal/ + - directory with information on managing thermal issues (CPU/temp) +trace/ + - directory with info on tracing technologies within linux +unaligned-memory-access.txt + - info on how to avoid arch breaking unaligned memory access in code. +unicode.txt + - info on the Unicode character/font mapping used in Linux. +unshare.txt + - description of the Linux unshare system call. +usb/ + - directory with info regarding the Universal Serial Bus. +vDSO/ + - directory with info regarding virtual dynamic shared objects +vfio.txt + - info on Virtual Function I/O used in guest/hypervisor instances. +vgaarbiter.txt + - info on enable/disable the legacy decoding on different VGA devices +video-output.txt + - sysfs class driver interface to enable/disable a video output device. +video4linux/ + - directory with info regarding video/TV/radio cards and linux. +virtual/ + - directory with information on the various linux virtualizations. +vm/ + - directory with info on the Linux vm code. +vme_api.txt + - file relating info on the VME bus API in linux +volatile-considered-harmful.txt + - Why the "volatile" type class should not be used +w1/ + - directory with documents regarding the 1-wire (w1) subsystem. +watchdog/ + - how to auto-reboot Linux if it has "fallen and can't get up". ;-) +wimax/ + - directory with info about Intel Wireless Wimax Connections +workqueue.txt + - information on the Concurrency Managed Workqueue implementation +x86/x86_64/ + - directory with info on Linux support for AMD x86-64 (Hammer) machines. +xillybus.txt + - Overview and basic ui of xillybus driver +xtensa/ + - directory with documents relating to arch/xtensa port/implementation +xz.txt + - how to make use of the XZ data compression within linux kernel +zh_CN/ + - directory with Chinese translations of various documents +zorro.txt + - info on writing drivers for Zorro bus devices found on Amigas. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/README b/Documentation/ABI/README new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fafc4b07 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/README @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +This directory attempts to document the ABI between the Linux kernel and +userspace, and the relative stability of these interfaces. Due to the +everchanging nature of Linux, and the differing maturity levels, these +interfaces should be used by userspace programs in different ways. + +We have four different levels of ABI stability, as shown by the four +different subdirectories in this location. Interfaces may change levels +of stability according to the rules described below. + +The different levels of stability are: + + stable/ + This directory documents the interfaces that the developer has + defined to be stable. Userspace programs are free to use these + interfaces with no restrictions, and backward compatibility for + them will be guaranteed for at least 2 years. Most interfaces + (like syscalls) are expected to never change and always be + available. + + testing/ + This directory documents interfaces that are felt to be stable, + as the main development of this interface has been completed. + The interface can be changed to add new features, but the + current interface will not break by doing this, unless grave + errors or security problems are found in them. Userspace + programs can start to rely on these interfaces, but they must be + aware of changes that can occur before these interfaces move to + be marked stable. Programs that use these interfaces are + strongly encouraged to add their name to the description of + these interfaces, so that the kernel developers can easily + notify them if any changes occur (see the description of the + layout of the files below for details on how to do this.) + + obsolete/ + This directory documents interfaces that are still remaining in + the kernel, but are marked to be removed at some later point in + time. The description of the interface will document the reason + why it is obsolete and when it can be expected to be removed. + + removed/ + This directory contains a list of the old interfaces that have + been removed from the kernel. + +Every file in these directories will contain the following information: + +What: Short description of the interface +Date: Date created +KernelVersion: Kernel version this feature first showed up in. +Contact: Primary contact for this interface (may be a mailing list) +Description: Long description of the interface and how to use it. +Users: All users of this interface who wish to be notified when + it changes. This is very important for interfaces in + the "testing" stage, so that kernel developers can work + with userspace developers to ensure that things do not + break in ways that are unacceptable. It is also + important to get feedback for these interfaces to make + sure they are working in a proper way and do not need to + be changed further. + + +How things move between levels: + +Interfaces in stable may move to obsolete, as long as the proper +notification is given. + +Interfaces may be removed from obsolete and the kernel as long as the +documented amount of time has gone by. + +Interfaces in the testing state can move to the stable state when the +developers feel they are finished. They cannot be removed from the +kernel tree without going through the obsolete state first. + +It's up to the developer to place their interfaces in the category they +wish for it to start out in. + + +Notable bits of non-ABI, which should not under any circumstances be considered +stable: + +- Kconfig. Userspace should not rely on the presence or absence of any + particular Kconfig symbol, in /proc/config.gz, in the copy of .config + commonly installed to /boot, or in any invocation of the kernel build + process. + +- Kernel-internal symbols. Do not rely on the presence, absence, location, or + type of any kernel symbol, either in System.map files or the kernel binary + itself. See Documentation/stable_api_nonsense.txt. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/proc-sys-vm-nr_pdflush_threads b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/proc-sys-vm-nr_pdflush_threads new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b0b0eeb20 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/proc-sys-vm-nr_pdflush_threads @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +What: /proc/sys/vm/nr_pdflush_threads +Date: June 2012 +Contact: Wanpeng Li +Description: Since pdflush is replaced by per-BDI flusher, the interface of old pdflush + exported in /proc/sys/vm/ should be removed. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-block-zram b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-block-zram new file mode 100644 index 000000000..720ea92cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-block-zram @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +What: /sys/block/zram/num_reads +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky +Description: + The num_reads file is read-only and specifies the number of + reads (failed or successful) done on this device. + Now accessible via zram/stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram/num_writes +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky +Description: + The num_writes file is read-only and specifies the number of + writes (failed or successful) done on this device. + Now accessible via zram/stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram/invalid_io +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky +Description: + The invalid_io file is read-only and specifies the number of + non-page-size-aligned I/O requests issued to this device. + Now accessible via zram/io_stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram/failed_reads +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky +Description: + The failed_reads file is read-only and specifies the number of + failed reads happened on this device. + Now accessible via zram/io_stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram/failed_writes +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky +Description: + The failed_writes file is read-only and specifies the number of + failed writes happened on this device. + Now accessible via zram/io_stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram/notify_free +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky +Description: + The notify_free file is read-only. Depending on device usage + scenario it may account a) the number of pages freed because + of swap slot free notifications or b) the number of pages freed + because of REQ_DISCARD requests sent by bio. The former ones + are sent to a swap block device when a swap slot is freed, which + implies that this disk is being used as a swap disk. The latter + ones are sent by filesystem mounted with discard option, + whenever some data blocks are getting discarded. + Now accessible via zram/io_stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram/zero_pages +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky +Description: + The zero_pages file is read-only and specifies number of zero + filled pages written to this disk. No memory is allocated for + such pages. + Now accessible via zram/mm_stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram/orig_data_size +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky +Description: + The orig_data_size file is read-only and specifies uncompressed + size of data stored in this disk. This excludes zero-filled + pages (zero_pages) since no memory is allocated for them. + Unit: bytes + Now accessible via zram/mm_stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram/compr_data_size +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky +Description: + The compr_data_size file is read-only and specifies compressed + size of data stored in this disk. So, compression ratio can be + calculated using orig_data_size and this statistic. + Unit: bytes + Now accessible via zram/mm_stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram/mem_used_total +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky +Description: + The mem_used_total file is read-only and specifies the amount + of memory, including allocator fragmentation and metadata + overhead, allocated for this disk. So, allocator space + efficiency can be calculated using compr_data_size and this + statistic. + Unit: bytes + Now accessible via zram/mm_stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram/mem_used_max +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky +Description: + The mem_used_max file is read/write and specifies the amount + of maximum memory zram have consumed to store compressed data. + For resetting the value, you should write "0". Otherwise, + you could see -EINVAL. + Unit: bytes + Downgraded to write-only node: so it's possible to set new + value only; its current value is stored in zram/mm_stat + node. + +What: /sys/block/zram/mem_limit +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky +Description: + The mem_limit file is read/write and specifies the maximum + amount of memory ZRAM can use to store the compressed data. + The limit could be changed in run time and "0" means disable + the limit. No limit is the initial state. Unit: bytes + Downgraded to write-only node: so it's possible to set new + value only; its current value is stored in zram/mm_stat + node. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-usb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd096d33f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-usb @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/level +Date: March 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.21 +Contact: Alan Stern +Description: + Each USB device directory will contain a file named + power/level. This file holds a power-level setting for + the device, either "on" or "auto". + + "on" means that the device is not allowed to autosuspend, + although normal suspends for system sleep will still + be honored. "auto" means the device will autosuspend + and autoresume in the usual manner, according to the + capabilities of its driver. + + During normal use, devices should be left in the "auto" + level. The "on" level is meant for administrative uses. + If you want to suspend a device immediately but leave it + free to wake up in response to I/O requests, you should + write "0" to power/autosuspend. + + Device not capable of proper suspend and resume should be + left in the "on" level. Although the USB spec requires + devices to support suspend/resume, many of them do not. + In fact so many don't that by default, the USB core + initializes all non-hub devices in the "on" level. Some + drivers may change this setting when they are bound. + + This file is deprecated and will be removed after 2010. + Use the power/control file instead; it does exactly the + same thing. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff60ad9ec --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +rfkill - radio frequency (RF) connector kill switch support + +For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/rfkill.txt. + +What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/state +Date: 09-Jul-2007 +KernelVersion v2.6.22 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org +Description: Current state of the transmitter. + This file is deprecated and scheduled to be removed in 2014, + because its not possible to express the 'soft and hard block' + state of the rfkill driver. +Values: A numeric value. + 0: RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED + transmitter is turned off by software + 1: RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED + transmitter is (potentially) active + 2: RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED + transmitter is forced off by something outside of + the driver's control. + +What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/claim +Date: 09-Jul-2007 +KernelVersion v2.6.22 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org +Description: This file is deprecated because there no longer is a way to + claim just control over a single rfkill instance. + This file is scheduled to be removed in 2012. +Values: 0: Kernel handles events diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus new file mode 100644 index 000000000..833fd5992 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./koneplus/roccatkoneplus/startup_profile +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual + profile. This value is persistent, so its equivalent to the + profile that's active when the mouse is powered on next time. + When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile + and the mouse activates this profile immediately. + Please use actual_profile, it does the same thing. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./koneplus/roccatkoneplus/firmware_version +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the + firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases + further usage in other programs. To receive the real version + number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the + left. E.g. a returned value of 121 means 1.21 + This file is readonly. + Please read binary attribute info which contains firmware version. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./koneplus/roccatkoneplus/profile[1-5]_buttons +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_buttons holds information about button layout. + When read, these files return the respective profile buttons. + The returned data is 77 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. + Write control to select profile and read profile_buttons instead. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./koneplus/roccatkoneplus/profile[1-5]_settings +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity + and light effects. + When read, these files return the respective profile settings. + The returned data is 43 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. + Write control to select profile and read profile_settings instead. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a98e02b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./kovaplus/roccatkovaplus/actual_cpi +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-4. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the active + cpi level. + This file is readonly. + Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./kovaplus/roccatkovaplus/actual_sensitivity_x +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-10. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual + sensitivity in x direction. + This file is readonly. + Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./kovaplus/roccatkovaplus/actual_sensitivity_y +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-10. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual + sensitivity in y direction. + This file is readonly. + Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./kovaplus/roccatkovaplus/firmware_version +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the + firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases + further usage in other programs. To receive the real version + number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the + left. E.g. a returned value of 121 means 1.21 + This file is readonly. + Obsoleted by binary sysfs attribute "info". +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./kovaplus/roccatkovaplus/profile[1-5]_buttons +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_buttons holds information about button layout. + When read, these files return the respective profile buttons. + The returned data is 23 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. + Write control to select profile and read profile_buttons instead. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./kovaplus/roccatkovaplus/profile[1-5]_settings +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity + and light effects. + When read, these files return the respective profile settings. + The returned data is 16 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. + Write control to select profile and read profile_settings instead. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra new file mode 100644 index 000000000..87ac87e95 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./pyra/roccatpyra/actual_cpi +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: It is possible to switch the cpi setting of the mouse with the + press of a button. + When read, this file returns the raw number of the actual cpi + setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further + processed to receive the real dpi value. + + VALUE DPI + 1 400 + 2 800 + 4 1600 + + This file is readonly. + Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./pyra/roccatpyra/actual_profile +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile in + range 0-4. + This file is readonly. + Please use binary attribute "settings" which provides this information. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./pyra/roccatpyra/firmware_version +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the + firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases + further usage in other programs. To receive the real version + number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the + left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38 + This file is readonly. + Please use binary attribute "info" which provides this information. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./pyra/roccatpyra/profile[1-5]_buttons +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_buttons holds information about button layout. + When read, these files return the respective profile buttons. + The returned data is 19 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. + Write control to select profile and read profile_buttons instead. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./pyra/roccatpyra/profile[1-5]_settings +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity + and light effects. + When read, these files return the respective profile settings. + The returned data is 13 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. + Write control to select profile and read profile_settings instead. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./pyra/roccatpyra/startup_profile +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile + that's active when the mouse is powered on. + This file is readonly. + Please use binary attribute "settings" which provides this information. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0020c4993 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: devfs +Date: July 2005 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.18 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman +Description: + devfs has been unmaintained for a number of years, has unfixable + races, contains a naming policy within the kernel that is + against the LSB, and can be replaced by using udev. + The files fs/devfs/*, include/linux/devfs_fs*.h were removed, + along with the assorted devfs function calls throughout the + kernel tree. + +Users: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/dv1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/dv1394 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c2310b667 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/dv1394 @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: dv1394 (a.k.a. "OHCI-DV I/O support" for FireWire) +Date: May 2010 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.37 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + /dev/dv1394/* were character device files, one for each FireWire + controller and for NTSC and PAL respectively, from which DV data + could be received by read() or transmitted by write(). A few + ioctl()s allowed limited control. + This special-purpose interface has been superseded by libraw1394 + + libiec61883 which are functionally equivalent, support HDV, and + transparently work on top of the newer firewire kernel drivers. + +Users: + ffmpeg/libavformat (if configured for DV1394) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/ip_queue b/Documentation/ABI/removed/ip_queue new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3243613bc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/ip_queue @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: ip_queue +Date: finally removed in kernel v3.5.0 +Contact: Pablo Neira Ayuso +Description: + ip_queue has been replaced by nfnetlink_queue which provides + more advanced queueing mechanism to user-space. The ip_queue + module was already announced to become obsolete years ago. + +Users: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/net_dma b/Documentation/ABI/removed/net_dma new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a173aecc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/net_dma @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: tcp_dma_copybreak sysctl +Date: Removed in kernel v3.13 +Contact: Dan Williams +Description: + Formerly the lower limit, in bytes, of the size of socket reads + that will be offloaded to a DMA copy engine. Removed due to + coherency issues of the cpu potentially touching the buffers + while dma is in flight. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb b/Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20c91adca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/o2cb symlink +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Description: This is a symlink: /sys/o2cb to /sys/fs/o2cb. The symlink is + removed when new versions of ocfs2-tools which know to look + in /sys/fs/o2cb are sufficiently prevalent. Don't code new + software to look here, it should try /sys/fs/o2cb instead. +Users: ocfs2-tools. It's sufficient to mail proposed changes to + ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec333e676 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394 @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: raw1394 (a.k.a. "Raw IEEE1394 I/O support" for FireWire) +Date: May 2010 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.37 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + /dev/raw1394 was a character device file that allowed low-level + access to FireWire buses. Its major drawbacks were its inability + to implement sensible device security policies, and its low level + of abstraction that required userspace clients to duplicate much + of the kernel's ieee1394 core functionality. + Replaced by /dev/fw*, i.e. the ABI of + firewire-core. + +Users: + libraw1394 (works with firewire-cdev too, transparent to library ABI + users) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c39c25aee --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394 @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: video1394 (a.k.a. "OHCI-1394 Video support" for FireWire) +Date: May 2010 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.37 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + /dev/video1394/* were character device files, one for each FireWire + controller, which were used for isochronous I/O. It was added as an + alternative to raw1394's isochronous I/O functionality which had + performance issues in its first generation. Any video1394 user had + to use raw1394 + libraw1394 too because video1394 did not provide + asynchronous I/O for device discovery and configuration. + Replaced by /dev/fw*, i.e. the ABI of + firewire-core. + +Users: + libdc1394 (works with firewire-cdev too, transparent to library ABI + users) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev b/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16d030827 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +What: /dev/fw[0-9]+ +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + The character device files /dev/fw* are the interface between + firewire-core and IEEE 1394 device drivers implemented in + userspace. The ioctl(2)- and read(2)-based ABI is defined and + documented in . + + This ABI offers most of the features which firewire-core also + exposes to kernelspace IEEE 1394 drivers. + + Each /dev/fw* is associated with one IEEE 1394 node, which can + be remote or local nodes. Operations on a /dev/fw* file have + different scope: + - The 1394 node which is associated with the file: + - Asynchronous request transmission + - Get the Configuration ROM + - Query node ID + - Query maximum speed of the path between this node + and local node + - The 1394 bus (i.e. "card") to which the node is attached to: + - Isochronous stream transmission and reception + - Asynchronous stream transmission and reception + - Asynchronous broadcast request transmission + - PHY packet transmission and reception + - Allocate, reallocate, deallocate isochronous + resources (channels, bandwidth) at the bus's IRM + - Query node IDs of local node, root node, IRM, bus + manager + - Query cycle time + - Bus reset initiation, bus reset event reception + - All 1394 buses: + - Allocation of IEEE 1212 address ranges on the local + link layers, reception of inbound requests to such + an address range, asynchronous response transmission + to inbound requests + - Addition of descriptors or directories to the local + nodes' Configuration ROM + + Due to the different scope of operations and in order to let + userland implement different access permission models, some + operations are restricted to /dev/fw* files that are associated + with a local node: + - Addition of descriptors or directories to the local + nodes' Configuration ROM + - PHY packet transmission and reception + + A /dev/fw* file remains associated with one particular node + during its entire life time. Bus topology changes, and hence + node ID changes, are tracked by firewire-core. ABI users do not + need to be aware of topology. + + The following file operations are supported: + + open(2) + Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR. + + ioctl(2) + Initiate various actions. Some take immediate effect, others + are performed asynchronously while or after the ioctl returns. + See the inline documentation in for + descriptions of all ioctls. + + poll(2), select(2), epoll_wait(2) etc. + Watch for events to become available to be read. + + read(2) + Receive various events. There are solicited events like + outbound asynchronous transaction completion or isochronous + buffer completion, and unsolicited events such as bus resets, + request reception, or PHY packet reception. Always use a read + buffer which is large enough to receive the largest event that + could ever arrive. See for descriptions + of all event types and for which ioctls affect reception of + events. + + mmap(2) + Allocate a DMA buffer for isochronous reception or transmission + and map it into the process address space. The arguments should + be used as follows: addr = NULL, length = the desired buffer + size, i.e. number of packets times size of largest packet, + prot = at least PROT_READ for reception and at least PROT_WRITE + for transmission, flags = MAP_SHARED, fd = the handle to the + /dev/fw*, offset = 0. + + Isochronous reception works in packet-per-buffer fashion except + for multichannel reception which works in buffer-fill mode. + + munmap(2) + Unmap the isochronous I/O buffer from the process address space. + + close(2) + Besides stopping and freeing I/O contexts that were associated + with the file descriptor, back out any changes to the local + nodes' Configuration ROM. Deallocate isochronous channels and + bandwidth at the IRM that were marked for kernel-assisted + re- and deallocation. + +Users: libraw1394 + libdc1394 + tools like jujuutils, fwhack, ... diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb b/Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5eb1545e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/fs/o2cb/ (was /sys/o2cb) +Date: Dec 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.16 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Description: Ocfs2-tools looks at 'interface-revision' for versioning + information. Each logmask/ file controls a set of debug prints + and can be written into with the strings "allow", "deny", or + "off". Reading the file returns the current state. +Users: ocfs2-tools. It's sufficient to mail proposed changes to + ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/syscalls b/Documentation/ABI/stable/syscalls new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c3ae3e7d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/syscalls @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: The kernel syscall interface +Description: + This interface matches much of the POSIX interface and is based + on it and other Unix based interfaces. It will only be added to + over time, and not have things removed from it. + + Note that this interface is different for every architecture + that Linux supports. Please see the architecture-specific + documentation for details on the syscall numbers that are to be + mapped to each syscall. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..964c7a8af --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/pm_profile +Date: 03-Nov-2011 +KernelVersion: v3.2 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: The ACPI pm_profile sysfs interface exports the platform + power management (and performance) requirement expectations + as provided by BIOS. The integer value is directly passed as + retrieved from the FADT ACPI table. +Values: For possible values see ACPI specification: + 5.2.9 Fixed ACPI Description Table (FADT) + Field: Preferred_PM_Profile + + Currently these values are defined by spec: + 0 Unspecified + 1 Desktop + 2 Mobile + 3 Workstation + 4 Enterprise Server + 5 SOHO Server + 6 Appliance PC + 7 Performance Server + >7 Reserved diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire new file mode 100644 index 000000000..41e5a0cd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +What: /sys/bus/firewire/devices/fw[0-9]+/ +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + IEEE 1394 node device attributes. + Read-only. Mutable during the node device's lifetime. + See IEEE 1212 for semantic definitions. + + config_rom + Contents of the Configuration ROM register. + Binary attribute; an array of host-endian u32. + + guid + The node's EUI-64 in the bus information block of + Configuration ROM. + Hexadecimal string representation of an u64. + + +What: /sys/bus/firewire/devices/fw[0-9]+/units +Date: June 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + IEEE 1394 node device attribute. + Read-only. Mutable during the node device's lifetime. + See IEEE 1212 for semantic definitions. + + units + Summary of all units present in an IEEE 1394 node. + Contains space-separated tuples of specifier_id and + version of each unit present in the node. Specifier_id + and version are hexadecimal string representations of + u24 of the respective unit directory entries. + Specifier_id and version within each tuple are separated + by a colon. + +Users: udev rules to set ownership and access permissions or ACLs of + /dev/fw[0-9]+ character device files + + +What: /sys/bus/firewire/devices/fw[0-9]+/is_local +Date: July 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.6 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + IEEE 1394 node device attribute. + Read-only and immutable. +Values: 1: The sysfs entry represents a local node (a controller card). + 0: The sysfs entry represents a remote node. + + +What: /sys/bus/firewire/devices/fw[0-9]+[.][0-9]+/ +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + IEEE 1394 unit device attributes. + Read-only. Immutable during the unit device's lifetime. + See IEEE 1212 for semantic definitions. + + modalias + Same as MODALIAS in the uevent at device creation. + + rom_index + Offset of the unit directory within the parent device's + (node device's) Configuration ROM, in quadlets. + Decimal string representation. + + +What: /sys/bus/firewire/devices/*/ +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + Attributes common to IEEE 1394 node devices and unit devices. + Read-only. Mutable during the node device's lifetime. + Immutable during the unit device's lifetime. + See IEEE 1212 for semantic definitions. + + These attributes are only created if the root directory of an + IEEE 1394 node or the unit directory of an IEEE 1394 unit + actually contains according entries. + + hardware_version + Hexadecimal string representation of an u24. + + hardware_version_name + Contents of a respective textual descriptor leaf. + + model + Hexadecimal string representation of an u24. + + model_name + Contents of a respective textual descriptor leaf. + + specifier_id + Hexadecimal string representation of an u24. + Mandatory in unit directories according to IEEE 1212. + + vendor + Hexadecimal string representation of an u24. + Mandatory in the root directory according to IEEE 1212. + + vendor_name + Contents of a respective textual descriptor leaf. + + version + Hexadecimal string representation of an u24. + Mandatory in unit directories according to IEEE 1212. + + +What: /sys/bus/firewire/drivers/sbp2/fw*/host*/target*/*:*:*:*/ieee1394_id + formerly + /sys/bus/ieee1394/drivers/sbp2/fw*/host*/target*/*:*:*:*/ieee1394_id +Date: Feb 2004 +KernelVersion: 2.6.4 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + SCSI target port identifier and logical unit identifier of a + logical unit of an SBP-2 target. The identifiers are specified + in SAM-2...SAM-4 annex A. They are persistent and world-wide + unique properties the SBP-2 attached target. + + Read-only attribute, immutable during the target's lifetime. + Format, as exposed by firewire-sbp2 since 2.6.22, May 2007: + Colon-separated hexadecimal string representations of + u64 EUI-64 : u24 directory_ID : u16 LUN + without 0x prefixes, without whitespace. The former sbp2 driver + (removed in 2.6.37 after being superseded by firewire-sbp2) used + a somewhat shorter format which was not as close to SAM. + +Users: udev rules to create /dev/disk/by-id/ symlinks diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..831f15d96 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/persist +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.23 +Contact: Alan Stern +Description: + USB device directories can contain a file named power/persist. + The file holds a boolean value (0 or 1) indicating whether or + not the "USB-Persist" facility is enabled for the device. For + hubs this facility is always enabled and their device + directories will not contain this file. + + For more information, see Documentation/usb/persist.txt. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/autosuspend +Date: March 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.21 +Contact: Alan Stern +Description: + Each USB device directory will contain a file named + power/autosuspend. This file holds the time (in seconds) + the device must be idle before it will be autosuspended. + 0 means the device will be autosuspended as soon as + possible. Negative values will prevent the device from + being autosuspended at all, and writing a negative value + will resume the device if it is already suspended. + + The autosuspend delay for newly-created devices is set to + the value of the usbcore.autosuspend module parameter. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../power/connected_duration +Date: January 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Sarah Sharp +Description: + If CONFIG_PM is enabled, then this file is present. When read, + it returns the total time (in msec) that the USB device has been + connected to the machine. This file is read-only. +Users: + PowerTOP + https://01.org/powertop/ + +What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../power/active_duration +Date: January 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Sarah Sharp +Description: + If CONFIG_PM is enabled, then this file is present. When read, + it returns the total time (in msec) that the USB device has been + active, i.e. not in a suspended state. This file is read-only. + + Tools can use this file and the connected_duration file to + compute the percentage of time that a device has been active. + For example, + echo $((100 * `cat active_duration` / `cat connected_duration`)) + will give an integer percentage. Note that this does not + account for counter wrap. +Users: + PowerTOP + https://01.org/powertop/ + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-...:-/supports_autosuspend +Date: January 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: Sarah Sharp +Description: + When read, this file returns 1 if the interface driver + for this interface supports autosuspend. It also + returns 1 if no driver has claimed this interface, as an + unclaimed interface will not stop the device from being + autosuspended if all other interface drivers are idle. + The file returns 0 if autosuspend support has not been + added to the driver. +Users: + USB PM tool + git://git.moblin.org/users/sarah/usb-pm-tool/ + +What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../avoid_reset_quirk +Date: December 2009 +Contact: Oliver Neukum +Description: + Writing 1 to this file tells the kernel that this + device will morph into another mode when it is reset. + Drivers will not use reset for error handling for + such devices. +Users: + usb_modeswitch + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../devnum +KernelVersion: since at least 2.6.18 +Description: + Device address on the USB bus. +Users: + libusb + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../bConfigurationValue +KernelVersion: since at least 2.6.18 +Description: + bConfigurationValue of the *active* configuration for the + device. Writing 0 or -1 to bConfigurationValue will reset the + active configuration (unconfigure the device). Writing + another value will change the active configuration. + + Note that some devices, in violation of the USB spec, have a + configuration with a value equal to 0. Writing 0 to + bConfigurationValue for these devices will install that + configuration, rather then unconfigure the device. + + Writing -1 will always unconfigure the device. +Users: + libusb + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../busnum +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Description: + Bus-number of the USB-bus the device is connected to. +Users: + libusb + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../descriptors +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Description: + Binary file containing cached descriptors of the device. The + binary data consists of the device descriptor followed by the + descriptors for each configuration of the device. + Note that the wTotalLength of the config descriptors can not + be trusted, as the device may have a smaller config descriptor + than it advertises. The bLength field of each (sub) descriptor + can be trusted, and can be used to seek forward one (sub) + descriptor at a time until the next config descriptor is found. + All descriptors read from this file are in bus-endian format +Users: + libusb + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../speed +KernelVersion: since at least 2.6.18 +Description: + Speed the device is connected with to the usb-host in + Mbit / second. IE one of 1.5 / 12 / 480 / 5000. +Users: + libusb diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-xen-backend b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-xen-backend new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d5951c8b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-xen-backend @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/*/devtype +Date: Feb 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk +Description: + The type of the device. e.g., one of: 'vbd' (block), + 'vif' (network), or 'vfb' (framebuffer). + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/*/nodename +Date: Feb 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk +Description: + XenStore node (under /local/domain/NNN/) for this + backend device. + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/physical_device +Date: April 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk +Description: + The major:minor number (in hexidecimal) of the + physical device providing the storage for this backend + block device. + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/mode +Date: April 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk +Description: + Whether the block device is read-only ('r') or + read-write ('w'). + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/f_req +Date: April 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk +Description: + Number of flush requests from the frontend. + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/oo_req +Date: April 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk +Description: + Number of requests delayed because the backend was too + busy processing previous requests. + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/rd_req +Date: April 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk +Description: + Number of read requests from the frontend. + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/rd_sect +Date: April 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk +Description: + Number of sectors read by the frontend. + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/wr_req +Date: April 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk +Description: + Number of write requests from the frontend. + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/wr_sect +Date: April 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk +Description: + Number of sectors written by the frontend. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight new file mode 100644 index 000000000..70302f370 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +What: /sys/class/backlight//bl_power +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: Richard Purdie +Description: + Control BACKLIGHT power, values are FB_BLANK_* from fb.h + - FB_BLANK_UNBLANK (0) : power on. + - FB_BLANK_POWERDOWN (4) : power off +Users: HAL + +What: /sys/class/backlight//brightness +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: Richard Purdie +Description: + Control the brightness for this . Values + are between 0 and max_brightness. This file will also + show the brightness level stored in the driver, which + may not be the actual brightness (see actual_brightness). +Users: HAL + +What: /sys/class/backlight//actual_brightness +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: Richard Purdie +Description: + Show the actual brightness by querying the hardware. +Users: HAL + +What: /sys/class/backlight//max_brightness +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: Richard Purdie +Description: + Maximum brightness for . +Users: HAL + +What: /sys/class/backlight//type +Date: September 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: Matthew Garrett +Description: + The type of interface controlled by . + "firmware": The driver uses a standard firmware interface + "platform": The driver uses a platform-specific interface + "raw": The driver controls hardware registers directly + + In the general case, when multiple backlight + interfaces are available for a single device, firmware + control should be preferred to platform control should + be preferred to raw control. Using a firmware + interface reduces the probability of confusion with + the hardware and the OS independently updating the + backlight state. Platform interfaces are mostly a + holdover from pre-standardisation of firmware + interfaces. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill new file mode 100644 index 000000000..097f522c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +rfkill - radio frequency (RF) connector kill switch support + +For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/rfkill.txt. + +For the deprecated /sys/class/rfkill/*/state and +/sys/class/rfkill/*/claim knobs of this interface look in +Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill. + +What: /sys/class/rfkill +Date: 09-Jul-2007 +KernelVersion: v2.6.22 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org, +Description: The rfkill class subsystem folder. + Each registered rfkill driver is represented by an rfkillX + subfolder (X being an integer > 0). + + +What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/name +Date: 09-Jul-2007 +KernelVersion v2.6.22 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org +Description: Name assigned by driver to this key (interface or driver name). +Values: arbitrary string. + + +What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/type +Date: 09-Jul-2007 +KernelVersion v2.6.22 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org +Description: Driver type string ("wlan", "bluetooth", etc). +Values: See include/linux/rfkill.h. + + +What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/persistent +Date: 09-Jul-2007 +KernelVersion v2.6.22 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org +Description: Whether the soft blocked state is initialised from non-volatile + storage at startup. +Values: A numeric value. + 0: false + 1: true + + +What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/hard +Date: 12-March-2010 +KernelVersion v2.6.34 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org +Description: Current hardblock state. This file is read only. +Values: A numeric value. + 0: inactive + The transmitter is (potentially) active. + 1: active + The transmitter is forced off by something outside of + the driver's control. + + +What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/soft +Date: 12-March-2010 +KernelVersion v2.6.34 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org +Description: Current softblock state. This file is read and write. +Values: A numeric value. + 0: inactive + The transmitter is (potentially) active. + 1: active + The transmitter is turned off by software. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f790eebb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/ +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The device/ directory under a specific TPM instance exposes + the properties of that TPM chip + + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/active +Date: April 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "active" property prints a '1' if the TPM chip is accepting + commands. An inactive TPM chip still contains all the state of + an active chip (Storage Root Key, NVRAM, etc), and can be + visible to the OS, but will only accept a restricted set of + commands. See the TPM Main Specification part 2, Structures, + section 17 for more information on which commands are + available. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/cancel +Date: June 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.13 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "cancel" property allows you to cancel the currently + pending TPM command. Writing any value to cancel will call the + TPM vendor specific cancel operation. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/caps +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "caps" property contains TPM manufacturer and version info. + + Example output: + + Manufacturer: 0x53544d20 + TCG version: 1.2 + Firmware version: 8.16 + + Manufacturer is a hex dump of the 4 byte manufacturer info + space in a TPM. TCG version shows the TCG TPM spec level that + the chip supports. Firmware version is that of the chip and + is manufacturer specific. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/durations +Date: March 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "durations" property shows the 3 vendor-specific values + used to wait for a short, medium and long TPM command. All + TPM commands are categorized as short, medium or long in + execution time, so that the driver doesn't have to wait + any longer than necessary before starting to poll for a + result. + + Example output: + + 3015000 4508000 180995000 [original] + + Here the short, medium and long durations are displayed in + usecs. "[original]" indicates that the values are displayed + unmodified from when they were queried from the chip. + Durations can be modified in the case where a buggy chip + reports them in msec instead of usec and they need to be + scaled to be displayed in usecs. In this case "[adjusted]" + will be displayed in place of "[original]". + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/enabled +Date: April 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "enabled" property prints a '1' if the TPM chip is enabled, + meaning that it should be visible to the OS. This property + may be visible but produce a '0' after some operation that + disables the TPM. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/owned +Date: April 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "owned" property produces a '1' if the TPM_TakeOwnership + ordinal has been executed successfully in the chip. A '0' + indicates that ownership hasn't been taken. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/pcrs +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "pcrs" property will dump the current value of all Platform + Configuration Registers in the TPM. Note that since these + values may be constantly changing, the output is only valid + for a snapshot in time. + + Example output: + + PCR-00: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75 + PCR-01: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75 + PCR-02: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75 + PCR-03: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75 + PCR-04: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75 + ... + + The number of PCRs and hex bytes needed to represent a PCR + value will vary depending on TPM chip version. For TPM 1.1 and + 1.2 chips, PCRs represent SHA-1 hashes, which are 20 bytes + long. Use the "caps" property to determine TPM version. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/pubek +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "pubek" property will return the TPM's public endorsement + key if possible. If the TPM has had ownership established and + is version 1.2, the pubek will not be available without the + owner's authorization. Since the TPM driver doesn't store any + secrets, it can't authorize its own request for the pubek, + making it unaccessible. The public endorsement key is gener- + ated at TPM menufacture time and exists for the life of the + chip. + + Example output: + + Algorithm: 00 00 00 01 + Encscheme: 00 03 + Sigscheme: 00 01 + Parameters: 00 00 08 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 + Modulus length: 256 + Modulus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ossible values: + + Algorithm: TPM_ALG_RSA (1) + Encscheme: TPM_ES_RSAESPKCSv15 (2) + TPM_ES_RSAESOAEP_SHA1_MGF1 (3) + Sigscheme: TPM_SS_NONE (1) + Parameters, a byte string of 3 u32 values: + Key Length (bits): 00 00 08 00 (2048) + Num primes: 00 00 00 02 (2) + Exponent Size: 00 00 00 00 (0 means the + default exp) + Modulus Length: 256 (bytes) + Modulus: The 256 byte Endorsement Key modulus + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/temp_deactivated +Date: April 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "temp_deactivated" property returns a '1' if the chip has + been temporarily dectivated, usually until the next power + cycle. Whether a warm boot (reboot) will clear a TPM chip + from a temp_deactivated state is platform specific. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/timeouts +Date: March 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "timeouts" property shows the 4 vendor-specific values + for the TPM's interface spec timeouts. The use of these + timeouts is defined by the TPM interface spec that the chip + conforms to. + + Example output: + + 750000 750000 750000 750000 [original] + + The four timeout values are shown in usecs, with a trailing + "[original]" or "[adjusted]" depending on whether the values + were scaled by the driver to be reported in usec from msecs. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18d471d9f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ +What: /sys/class/ubi/ +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy +Description: + The ubi/ class sub-directory belongs to the UBI subsystem and + provides general UBI information, per-UBI device information + and per-UBI volume information. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/version +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy +Description: + This file contains version of the latest supported UBI on-media + format. Currently it is 1, and there is no plan to change this. + However, if in the future UBI needs on-flash format changes + which cannot be done in a compatible manner, a new format + version will be added. So this is a mechanism for possible + future backward-compatible (but forward-incompatible) + improvements. + +What: /sys/class/ubiX/ +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy +Description: + The /sys/class/ubi0, /sys/class/ubi1, etc directories describe + UBI devices (UBI device 0, 1, etc). They contain general UBI + device information and per UBI volume information (each UBI + device may have many UBI volumes) + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/avail_eraseblocks +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy +Description: + Amount of available logical eraseblock. For example, one may + create a new UBI volume which has this amount of logical + eraseblocks. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/bad_peb_count +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy +Description: + Count of bad physical eraseblocks on the underlying MTD device. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/bgt_enabled +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy +Description: + Contains ASCII "0\n" if the UBI background thread is disabled, + and ASCII "1\n" if it is enabled. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/dev +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy +Description: + Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding + to this UBI device (in : format). + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/eraseblock_size +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy +Description: + Maximum logical eraseblock size this UBI device may provide. UBI + volumes may have smaller logical eraseblock size because of their + alignment. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/max_ec +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy +Description: + Maximum physical eraseblock erase counter value. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/max_vol_count +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy +Description: + Maximum number of volumes which this UBI device may have. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/min_io_size +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy +Description: + Minimum input/output unit size. All the I/O may only be done + in fractions of the contained number. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/mtd_num +Date: January 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy +Description: + Number of the underlying MTD device. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/reserved_for_bad +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy +Description: + Number of physical eraseblocks reserved for bad block handling. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/total_eraseblocks +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy +Description: + Total number of good (not marked as bad) physical eraseblocks on + the underlying MTD device. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/volumes_count +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy +Description: + Count of volumes on this UBI device. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/ +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy +Description: + The /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_0/, /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_1/, + etc directories describe UBI volumes on UBI device X (volumes + 0, 1, etc). + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/alignment +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy +Description: + Volume alignment - the value the logical eraseblock size of + this volume has to be aligned on. For example, 2048 means that + logical eraseblock size is multiple of 2048. In other words, + volume logical eraseblock size is UBI device logical eraseblock + size aligned to the alignment value. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/corrupted +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy +Description: + Contains ASCII "0\n" if the UBI volume is OK, and ASCII "1\n" + if it is corrupted (e.g., due to an interrupted volume update). + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/data_bytes +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy +Description: + The amount of data this volume contains. This value makes sense + only for static volumes, and for dynamic volume it equivalent + to the total volume size in bytes. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/dev +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy +Description: + Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding + to this UBI volume (in : format). + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/name +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy +Description: + Volume name. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/reserved_ebs +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy +Description: + Count of physical eraseblock reserved for this volume. + Equivalent to the volume size in logical eraseblocks. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/type +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy +Description: + Volume type. Contains ASCII "dynamic\n" for dynamic volumes and + "static\n" for static volumes. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/upd_marker +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy +Description: + Contains ASCII "0\n" if the update marker is not set for this + volume, and "1\n" if it is set. The update marker is set when + volume update starts, and cleaned when it ends. So the presence + of the update marker indicates that the volume is being updated + at the moment of the update was interrupted. The later may be + checked using the "corrupted" sysfs file. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/usable_eb_size +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy +Description: + Logical eraseblock size of this volume. Equivalent to logical + eraseblock size of the device aligned on the volume alignment + value. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-udc b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-udc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..85d3dac2e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-udc @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +What: /sys/class/udc//a_alt_hnp_support +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi +Description: + Indicates if an OTG A-Host supports HNP at an alternate port. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc//a_hnp_support +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi +Description: + Indicates if an OTG A-Host supports HNP at this port. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc//b_hnp_enable +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi +Description: + Indicates if an OTG A-Host enabled HNP support. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc//current_speed +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi +Description: + Indicates the current negotiated speed at this port. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc//is_a_peripheral +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi +Description: + Indicates that this port is the default Host on an OTG session + but HNP was used to switch roles. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc//is_otg +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi +Description: + Indicates that this port support OTG. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc//maximum_speed +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi +Description: + Indicates the maximum USB speed supported by this port. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc//maximum_speed +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi +Description: + Indicates the maximum USB speed supported by this port. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc//soft_connect +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi +Description: + Allows users to disconnect data pullup resistors thus causing a + logical disconnection from the USB Host. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc//srp +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi +Description: + Allows users to manually start Session Request Protocol. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc//state +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi +Description: + Indicates current state of the USB Device Controller. Valid + states are: 'not-attached', 'attached', 'powered', + 'reconnecting', 'unauthenticated', 'default', 'addressed', + 'configured', and 'suspended'; however not all USB Device + Controllers support reporting all states. +Users: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43f78b88d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +# Note: This documents additional properties of any device beyond what +# is documented in Documentation/sysfs-rules.txt + +What: /sys/devices/*/of_path +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Device Tree mailing list +Description: + Any device associated with a device-tree node will have + an of_path symlink pointing to the corresponding device + node in /sys/firmware/devicetree/ diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b2d0f088 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/node/possible +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list +Description: + Nodes that could be possibly become online at some point. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/online +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list +Description: + Nodes that are online. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/has_normal_memory +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list +Description: + Nodes that have regular memory. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/has_cpu +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list +Description: + Nodes that have one or more CPUs. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/has_high_memory +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list +Description: + Nodes that have regular or high memory. + Depends on CONFIG_HIGHMEM. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list +Description: + When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, this is a directory containing + information on node X such as what CPUs are local to the + node. Each file is detailed next. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/cpumap +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list +Description: + The node's cpumap. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/cpulist +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list +Description: + The CPUs associated to the node. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/meminfo +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list +Description: + Provides information about the node's distribution and memory + utilization. Similar to /proc/meminfo, see Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/numastat +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list +Description: + The node's hit/miss statistics, in units of pages. + See Documentation/numastat.txt + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/distance +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list +Description: + Distance between the node and all the other nodes + in the system. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/vmstat +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list +Description: + The node's zoned virtual memory statistics. + This is a superset of numastat. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/compact +Date: February 2010 +Contact: Mel Gorman +Description: + When this file is written to, all memory within that node + will be compacted. When it completes, memory will be freed + into blocks which have as many contiguous pages as possible + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/hugepages/hugepages-/ +Date: December 2009 +Contact: Lee Schermerhorn +Description: + The node's huge page size control/query attributes. + See Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-cpu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33c133e2a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-cpu @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/dscr_default +Date: 13-May-2014 +KernelVersion: v3.15.0 +Contact: +Description: Writes are equivalent to writing to + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuN/dscr on all CPUs. + Reads return the last written value or 0. + This value is not a global default: it is a way to set + all per-CPU defaults at the same time. +Values: 64 bit unsigned integer (bit field) + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu[0-9]+/dscr +Date: 13-May-2014 +KernelVersion: v3.15.0 +Contact: +Description: Default value for the Data Stream Control Register (DSCR) on + a CPU. + This default value is used when the kernel is executing and + for any process that has not set the DSCR itself. + If a process ever sets the DSCR (via direct access to the + SPR) that value will be persisted for that process and used + on any CPU where it executes (overriding the value described + here). + If set by a process it will be inherited by child processes. +Values: 64 bit unsigned integer (bit field) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-xen_memory b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-xen_memory new file mode 100644 index 000000000..caa311d59 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-xen_memory @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/max_retry_count +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk +Description: + The maximum number of times the balloon driver will + attempt to increase the balloon before giving up. See + also 'retry_count' below. + A value of zero means retry forever and is the default one. + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/max_schedule_delay +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk +Description: + The limit that 'schedule_delay' (see below) will be + increased to. The default value is 32 seconds. + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/retry_count +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk +Description: + The current number of times that the balloon driver + has attempted to increase the size of the balloon. + The default value is one. With max_retry_count being + zero (unlimited), this means that the driver will attempt + to retry with a 'schedule_delay' delay. + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/schedule_delay +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk +Description: + The time (in seconds) to wait between attempts to + increase the balloon. Each time the balloon cannot be + increased, 'schedule_delay' is increased (until + 'max_schedule_delay' is reached at which point it + will use the max value). + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/target +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk +Description: + The target number of pages to adjust this domain's + memory reservation to. + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/target_kb +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk +Description: + As target above, except the value is in KiB. + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/info/current_kb +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk +Description: + Current size (in KiB) of this domain's memory + reservation. + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/info/high_kb +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk +Description: + Amount (in KiB) of high memory in the balloon. + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/info/low_kb +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk +Description: + Amount (in KiB) of low (or normal) memory in the + balloon. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7049a2b50 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +What: /sys/class/infiniband_srp/srp--/add_target +Date: January 2, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.15 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Interface for making ib_srp connect to a new target. + One can request ib_srp to connect to a new target by writing + a comma-separated list of login parameters to this sysfs + attribute. The supported parameters are: + * id_ext, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the eight + byte identifier extension in the 16-byte SRP target port + identifier. The target port identifier is sent by ib_srp + to the target in the SRP_LOGIN_REQ request. + * ioc_guid, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the eight + byte I/O controller GUID portion of the 16-byte target port + identifier. + * dgid, a 32-digit hexadecimal number specifying the + destination GID. + * pkey, a four-digit hexadecimal number specifying the + InfiniBand partition key. + * service_id, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the + InfiniBand service ID used to establish communication with + the SRP target. How to find out the value of the service ID + is specified in the documentation of the SRP target. + * max_sect, a decimal number specifying the maximum number of + 512-byte sectors to be transferred via a single SCSI command. + * max_cmd_per_lun, a decimal number specifying the maximum + number of outstanding commands for a single LUN. + * io_class, a hexadecimal number specifying the SRP I/O class. + Must be either 0xff00 (rev 10) or 0x0100 (rev 16a). The I/O + class defines the format of the SRP initiator and target + port identifiers. + * initiator_ext, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the + identifier extension portion of the SRP initiator port + identifier. This data is sent by the initiator to the target + in the SRP_LOGIN_REQ request. + * cmd_sg_entries, a number in the range 1..255 that specifies + the maximum number of data buffer descriptors stored in the + SRP_CMD information unit itself. With allow_ext_sg=0 the + parameter cmd_sg_entries defines the maximum S/G list length + for a single SRP_CMD, and commands whose S/G list length + exceeds this limit after S/G list collapsing will fail. + * allow_ext_sg, whether ib_srp is allowed to include a partial + memory descriptor list in an SRP_CMD instead of the entire + list. If a partial memory descriptor list has been included + in an SRP_CMD the remaining memory descriptors are + communicated from initiator to target via an additional RDMA + transfer. Setting allow_ext_sg to 1 increases the maximum + amount of data that can be transferred between initiator and + target via a single SCSI command. Since not all SRP target + implementations support partial memory descriptor lists the + default value for this option is 0. + * sg_tablesize, a number in the range 1..2048 specifying the + maximum S/G list length the SCSI layer is allowed to pass to + ib_srp. Specifying a value that exceeds cmd_sg_entries is + only safe with partial memory descriptor list support enabled + (allow_ext_sg=1). + * comp_vector, a number in the range 0..n-1 specifying the + MSI-X completion vector of the first RDMA channel. Some + HCA's allocate multiple (n) MSI-X vectors per HCA port. If + the IRQ affinity masks of these interrupts have been + configured such that each MSI-X interrupt is handled by a + different CPU then the comp_vector parameter can be used to + spread the SRP completion workload over multiple CPU's. + * tl_retry_count, a number in the range 2..7 specifying the + IB RC retry count. + * queue_size, the maximum number of commands that the + initiator is allowed to queue per SCSI host. The default + value for this parameter is 62. The lowest supported value + is 2. + +What: /sys/class/infiniband_srp/srp--/ibdev +Date: January 2, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.15 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: HCA name (). + +What: /sys/class/infiniband_srp/srp--/port +Date: January 2, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.15 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: HCA port number (). + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host/allow_ext_sg +Date: May 19, 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Whether ib_srp is allowed to include a partial memory + descriptor list in an SRP_CMD when communicating with an SRP + target. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host/ch_count +Date: April 1, 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Number of RDMA channels used for communication with the SRP + target. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host/cmd_sg_entries +Date: May 19, 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Maximum number of data buffer descriptors that may be sent to + the target in a single SRP_CMD request. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host/comp_vector +Date: September 2, 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Completion vector used for the first RDMA channel. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host/dgid +Date: June 17, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: InfiniBand destination GID used for communication with the SRP + target. Differs from orig_dgid if port redirection has happened. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host/id_ext +Date: June 17, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Eight-byte identifier extension portion of the 16-byte target + port identifier. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host/ioc_guid +Date: June 17, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Eight-byte I/O controller GUID portion of the 16-byte target + port identifier. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host/local_ib_device +Date: November 29, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Name of the InfiniBand HCA used for communicating with the + SRP target. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host/local_ib_port +Date: November 29, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Number of the HCA port used for communicating with the + SRP target. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host/orig_dgid +Date: June 17, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: InfiniBand destination GID specified in the parameters + written to the add_target sysfs attribute. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host/pkey +Date: June 17, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: A 16-bit number representing the InfiniBand partition key used + for communication with the SRP target. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host/req_lim +Date: October 20, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.36 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Number of requests ib_srp can send to the target before it has + to wait for more credits. For more information see also the + SRP credit algorithm in the SRP specification. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host/service_id +Date: June 17, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: InfiniBand service ID used for establishing communication with + the SRP target. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host/sgid +Date: February 1, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: InfiniBand GID of the source port used for communication with + the SRP target. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host/zero_req_lim +Date: September 20, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.18 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Number of times the initiator had to wait before sending a + request to the target because it ran out of credits. For more + information see also the SRP credit algorithm in the SRP + specification. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-qla2xxx b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-qla2xxx new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a59d8449 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-qla2xxx @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/qla2xxx/.../devices/* +Date: September 2009 +Contact: QLogic Linux Driver +Description: qla2xxx-udev.sh currently looks for uevent CHANGE events to + signal a firmware-dump has been generated by the driver and is + ready for retrieval. +Users: qla2xxx-udev.sh. Proposed changes should be mailed to + linux-driver@qlogic.com diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e960cd027 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/interface_capabilities +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/device_capabilities +Date: August 2008 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman +Description: + These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described + by the device itself. The full description of the bitfields + can be found in the USB TMC documents from the USB-IF entitled + "Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class Specification + (USBTMC) Revision 1.0" section 4.2.1.8. + + The files are read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/usb488_interface_capabilities +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/usb488_device_capabilities +Date: August 2008 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman +Description: + These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described + by the device itself. The full description of the bitfields + can be found in the USB TMC documents from the USB-IF entitled + "Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class, Subclass + USB488 Specification (USBTMC-USB488) Revision 1.0" section + 4.2.2. + + The files are read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/TermChar +Date: August 2008 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman +Description: + This file is the TermChar value to be sent to the USB TMC + device as described by the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test + and Measurement Class Specification + (USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as published by the USB-IF. + + Note that the TermCharEnabled file determines if this value is + sent to the device or not. + + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/TermCharEnabled +Date: August 2008 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman +Description: + This file determines if the TermChar is to be sent to the + device on every transaction or not. For more details about + this, please see the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test and + Measurement Class Specification (USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as + published by the USB-IF. + + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/auto_abort +Date: August 2008 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman +Description: + This file determines if the transaction of the USB TMC + device is to be automatically aborted if there is any error. + For more details about this, please see the document, + "Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class Specification + (USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as published by the USB-IF. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e04 b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e04 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..26579ee86 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e04 @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../pio +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Markus Franke +Description: read/write the contents of the two PIO's of the DS28E04-100 + see Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds28e04 for detailed information +Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with DS28E04-100 + + + +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../eeprom +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Markus Franke +Description: read/write the contents of the EEPROM memory of the DS28E04-100 + see Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds28e04 for detailed information +Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with DS28E04-100 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5def20b90 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/efi/vars +Date: April 2004 +Contact: Matt Domsch +Description: + This directory exposes interfaces for interactive with + EFI variables. For more information on EFI variables, + see 'Variable Services' in the UEFI specification + (section 7.2 in specification version 2.3 Errata D). + + In summary, EFI variables are named, and are classified + into separate namespaces through the use of a vendor + GUID. They also have an arbitrary binary value + associated with them. + + The efivars module enumerates these variables and + creates a separate directory for each one found. Each + directory has a name of the form "-" + and contains the following files: + + attributes: A read-only text file enumerating the + EFI variable flags. Potential values + include: + + EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE + EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS + EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS + EFI_VARIABLE_HARDWARE_ERROR_RECORD + EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS + + See the EFI documentation for an + explanation of each of these variables. + + data: A read-only binary file that can be read + to attain the value of the EFI variable + + guid: The vendor GUID of the variable. This + should always match the GUID in the + variable's name. + + raw_var: A binary file that can be read to obtain + a structure that contains everything + there is to know about the variable. + For structure definition see "struct + efi_variable" in the kernel sources. + + This file can also be written to in + order to update the value of a variable. + For this to work however, all fields of + the "struct efi_variable" passed must + match byte for byte with the structure + read out of the file, save for the value + portion. + + **Note** the efi_variable structure + read/written with this file contains a + 'long' type that may change widths + depending on your underlying + architecture. + + size: As ASCII representation of the size of + the variable's value. + + + In addition, two other magic binary files are provided + in the top-level directory and are used for adding and + removing variables: + + new_var: Takes a "struct efi_variable" and + instructs the EFI firmware to create a + new variable. + + del_var: Takes a "struct efi_variable" and + instructs the EFI firmware to remove any + variable that has a matching vendor GUID + and variable key name. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-dump b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-dump new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32fe7f5c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-dump @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/opal/dump +Date: Feb 2014 +Contact: Stewart Smith +Description: + This directory exposes interfaces for interacting with + the FSP and platform dumps through OPAL firmware interface. + + This is only for the powerpc/powernv platform. + + initiate_dump: When '1' is written to it, + we will initiate a dump. + Read this file for supported commands. + + 0xXX-0xYYYY: A directory for dump of type 0xXX and + id 0xYYYY (in hex). The name of this + directory should not be relied upon to + be in this format, only that it's unique + among all dumps. For determining the type + and ID of the dump, use the id and type files. + Do not rely on any particular size of dump + type or dump id. + + Each dump has the following files: + id: An ASCII representation of the dump ID + in hex (e.g. '0x01') + type: An ASCII representation of the type of + dump in the format "0x%x %s" with the ID + in hex and a description of the dump type + (or 'unknown'). + Type '0xffffffff unknown' is used when + we could not get the type from firmware. + e.g. '0x02 System/Platform Dump' + dump: A binary file containing the dump. + The size of the dump is the size of this file. + acknowledge: When 'ack' is written to this, we will + acknowledge that we've retrieved the + dump to the service processor. It will + then remove it, making the dump + inaccessible. + Reading this file will get a list of + supported actions. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-elog b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-elog new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1f3058f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-elog @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/opal/elog +Date: Feb 2014 +Contact: Stewart Smith +Description: + This directory exposes error log entries retrieved + through the OPAL firmware interface. + + Each error log is identified by a unique ID and will + exist until explicitly acknowledged to firmware. + + Each log entry has a directory in /sys/firmware/opal/elog. + + Log entries may be purged by the service processor + before retrieved by firmware or retrieved/acknowledged by + Linux if there is no room for more log entries. + + In the event that Linux has retrieved the log entries + but not explicitly acknowledged them to firmware and + the service processor needs more room for log entries, + the only remaining copy of a log message may be in + Linux. + + Typically, a user space daemon will monitor for new + entries, read them out and acknowledge them. + + The service processor may be able to store more log + entries than firmware can, so after you acknowledge + an event from Linux you may instantly get another one + from the queue that was generated some time in the past. + + The raw log format is a binary format. We currently + do not parse this at all in kernel, leaving it up to + user space to solve the problem. In future, we may + do more parsing in kernel and add more files to make + it easier for simple user space processes to extract + more information. + + For each log entry (directory), there are the following + files: + + id: An ASCII representation of the ID of the + error log, in hex - e.g. "0x01". + + type: An ASCII representation of the type id and + description of the type of error log. + Currently just "0x00 PEL" - platform error log. + In the future there may be additional types. + + raw: A read-only binary file that can be read + to get the raw log entry. These are + <16kb, often just hundreds of bytes and + "average" 2kb. + + acknowledge: Writing 'ack' to this file will acknowledge + the error log to firmware (and in turn + the service processor, if applicable). + Shortly after acknowledging it, the log + entry will be removed from sysfs. + Reading this file will list the supported + operations (curently just acknowledge). \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6272ae5fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +What: /sys/module +Description: + The /sys/module tree consists of the following structure: + + /sys/module/MODULENAME + The name of the module that is in the kernel. This + module name will always show up if the module is loaded as a + dynamic module. If it is built directly into the kernel, it + will only show up if it has a version or at least one + parameter. + + Note: The conditions of creation in the built-in case are not + by design and may be removed in the future. + + /sys/module/MODULENAME/parameters + This directory contains individual files that are each + individual parameters of the module that are able to be + changed at runtime. See the individual module + documentation as to the contents of these parameters and + what they accomplish. + + Note: The individual parameter names and values are not + considered stable, only the fact that they will be + placed in this location within sysfs. See the + individual driver documentation for details as to the + stability of the different parameters. + + /sys/module/MODULENAME/refcnt + If the module is able to be unloaded from the kernel, this file + will contain the current reference count of the module. + + Note: If the module is built into the kernel, or if the + CONFIG_MODULE_UNLOAD kernel configuration value is not enabled, + this file will not be present. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-transport-srp b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-transport-srp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec7af69fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-transport-srp @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-:/delete +Date: June 1, 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org, linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Instructs an SRP initiator to disconnect from a target and to + remove all LUNs imported from that target. + +What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-:/dev_loss_tmo +Date: February 1, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org, linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Number of seconds the SCSI layer will wait after a transport + layer error has been observed before removing a target port. + Zero means immediate removal. Setting this attribute to "off" + will disable the dev_loss timer. + +What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-:/fast_io_fail_tmo +Date: February 1, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org, linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Number of seconds the SCSI layer will wait after a transport + layer error has been observed before failing I/O. Zero means + failing I/O immediately. Setting this attribute to "off" will + disable the fast_io_fail timer. + +What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-:/port_id +Date: June 27, 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.24 +Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org +Description: 16-byte local SRP port identifier in hexadecimal format. An + example: 4c:49:4e:55:58:20:56:49:4f:00:00:00:00:00:00:00. + +What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-:/reconnect_delay +Date: February 1, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org, linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Number of seconds the SCSI layer will wait after a reconnect + attempt failed before retrying. Setting this attribute to + "off" will disable time-based reconnecting. + +What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-:/roles +Date: June 27, 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.24 +Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org +Description: Role of the remote port. Either "SRP Initiator" or "SRP Target". + +What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-:/state +Date: February 1, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org, linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: State of the transport layer used for communication with the + remote port. "running" if the transport layer is operational; + "blocked" if a transport layer error has been encountered but + the fast_io_fail_tmo timer has not yet fired; "fail-fast" + after the fast_io_fail_tmo timer has fired and before the + "dev_loss_tmo" timer has fired; "lost" after the + "dev_loss_tmo" timer has fired and before the port is finally + removed. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/thermal-notification b/Documentation/ABI/stable/thermal-notification new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9723e8b7a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/thermal-notification @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +What: A notification mechanism for thermal related events +Description: + This interface enables notification for thermal related events. + The notification is in the form of a netlink event. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso b/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7cdfc28cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +On some architectures, when the kernel loads any userspace program it +maps an ELF DSO into that program's address space. This DSO is called +the vDSO and it often contains useful and highly-optimized alternatives +to real syscalls. + +These functions are called just like ordinary C function according to +your platform's ABI. Call them from a sensible context. (For example, +if you set CS on x86 to something strange, the vDSO functions are +within their rights to crash.) In addition, if you pass a bad +pointer to a vDSO function, you might get SIGSEGV instead of -EFAULT. + +To find the DSO, parse the auxiliary vector passed to the program's +entry point. The AT_SYSINFO_EHDR entry will point to the vDSO. + +The vDSO uses symbol versioning; whenever you request a symbol from the +vDSO, specify the version you are expecting. + +Programs that dynamically link to glibc will use the vDSO automatically. +Otherwise, you can use the reference parser in Documentation/vDSO/parse_vdso.c. + +Unless otherwise noted, the set of symbols with any given version and the +ABI of those symbols is considered stable. It may vary across architectures, +though. + +(As of this writing, this ABI documentation as been confirmed for x86_64. + The maintainers of the other vDSO-using architectures should confirm + that it is correct for their architecture.) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget new file mode 100644 index 000000000..875988146 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /config/pcie-gadget +Date: Feb 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: Pratyush Anand +Description: + + Interface is used to configure selected dual mode PCIe controller + as device and then program its various registers to configure it + as a particular device type. + This interfaces can be used to show spear's PCIe device capability. + + Nodes are only visible when configfs is mounted. To mount configfs + in /config directory use: + # mount -t configfs none /config/ + + For nth PCIe Device Controller + /config/pcie-gadget.n/ + link ... used to enable ltssm and read its status. + int_type ...used to configure and read type of supported + interrupt + no_of_msi ... used to configure number of MSI vector needed and + to read no of MSI granted. + inta ... write 1 to assert INTA and 0 to de-assert. + send_msi ... write MSI vector to be sent. + vendor_id ... used to write and read vendor id (hex) + device_id ... used to write and read device id (hex) + bar0_size ... used to write and read bar0_size + bar0_address ... used to write and read bar0 mapped area in hex. + bar0_rw_offset ... used to write and read offset of bar0 where + bar0_data will be written or read. + bar0_data ... used to write and read data at bar0_rw_offset. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget new file mode 100644 index 000000000..95a36589a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + This group contains sub-groups corresponding to created + USB gadgets. + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + + The attributes of a gadget: + + UDC - bind a gadget to UDC/unbind a gadget; + write UDC's name found in /sys/class/udc/* + to bind a gadget, empty string "" to unbind. + + bDeviceClass - USB device class code + bDeviceSubClass - USB device subclass code + bDeviceProtocol - USB device protocol code + bMaxPacketSize0 - maximum endpoint 0 packet size + bcdDevice - bcd device release number + bcdUSB - bcd USB specification version number + idProduct - product ID + idVendor - vendor ID + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + This group contains a USB gadget's configurations + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes of a configuration: + + bmAttributes - configuration characteristics + MaxPower - maximum power consumption from the bus + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config/strings +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + This group contains subdirectories for language-specific + strings for this configuration. + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config/strings/language +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + configuration - configuration description + + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + This group contains functions available to this USB gadget. + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/./interface. +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Description: + This group contains "Feature Descriptors" specific for one + gadget's USB interface or one interface group described + by an IAD. + + The attributes: + + compatible_id - 8-byte string for "Compatible ID" + sub_compatible_id - 8-byte string for "Sub Compatible ID" + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/./interface./ +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Description: + This group contains "Extended Property Descriptors" specific for one + gadget's USB interface or one interface group described + by an IAD. + + The attributes: + + type - value 1..7 for interpreting the data + 1: unicode string + 2: unicode string with environment variable + 3: binary + 4: little-endian 32-bit + 5: big-endian 32-bit + 6: unicode string with a symbolic link + 7: multiple unicode strings + data - blob of data to be interpreted depending on + type + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/strings +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + This group contains subdirectories for language-specific + strings for this gadget. + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/strings/language +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + serialnumber - gadget's serial number (string) + product - gadget's product description + manufacturer - gadget's manufacturer description + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/os_desc +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Description: + This group contains "OS String" extension handling attributes. + + use - flag turning "OS Desctiptors" support on/off + b_vendor_code - one-byte value used for custom per-device and + per-interface requests + qw_sign - an identifier to be reported as "OS String" + proper diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d21092d75 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/acm.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + + This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num. + It contains the port number of the /dev/ttyGS device + associated with acm function's instance "name". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0addf7704 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ecm.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ifname - network device interface name associated with + this function instance + qmult - queue length multiplier for high and + super speed + host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a4c57158f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/eem.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ifname - network device interface name associated with + this function instance + qmult - queue length multiplier for high and + super speed + host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e39b27653 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ffs.name +Date: Nov 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Description: The purpose of this directory is to create and remove it. + + A corresponding USB function instance is created/removed. + There are no attributes here. + + All parameters are set through FunctionFS. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f12e00e6b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/hid.name +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Description: + The attributes: + + protocol - HID protocol to use + report_desc - blob corresponding to HID report descriptors + except the data passed through /dev/hidg + report_length - HID report length + subclass - HID device subclass to use diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9aae5bfb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/Loopback.name +Date: Nov 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Description: + The attributes: + + qlen - depth of loopback queue + bulk_buflen - buffer length diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9931fb0d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/mass_storage.name +Date: Oct 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Description: + The attributes: + + stall - Set to permit function to halt bulk endpoints. + Disabled on some USB devices known not to work + correctly. You should set it to true. + num_buffers - Number of pipeline buffers. Valid numbers + are 2..4. Available only if + CONFIG_USB_GADGET_DEBUG_FILES is set. + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/mass_storage.name/lun.name +Date: Oct 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Description: + The attributes: + + file - The path to the backing file for the LUN. + Required if LUN is not marked as removable. + ro - Flag specifying access to the LUN shall be + read-only. This is implied if CD-ROM emulation + is enabled as well as when it was impossible + to open "filename" in R/W mode. + removable - Flag specifying that LUN shall be indicated as + being removable. + cdrom - Flag specifying that LUN shall be reported as + being a CD-ROM. + nofua - Flag specifying that FUA flag + in SCSI WRITE(10,12) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b341df72 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/midi.name +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Description: + The attributes: + + index - index value for the USB MIDI adapter + id - ID string for the USB MIDI adapter + buflen - MIDI buffer length + qlen - USB read request queue length + in_ports - number of MIDI input ports + out_ports - number of MIDI output ports diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6fe723eff --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ncm.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ifname - network device interface name associated with + this function instance + qmult - queue length multiplier for high and + super speed + host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a6a9327ed --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/obex.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + + This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num. + It contains the port number of the /dev/ttyGS device + associated with obex function's instance "name". + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7037a358e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/phonet.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + + This item contains just one readonly attribute: ifname. + It contains the network interface name assigned during + network device registration. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b0714e3c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/printer.name +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Description: + The attributes: + + pnp_string - Data to be passed to the host in pnp string + q_len - Number of requests per endpoint + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e32879b84 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/rndis.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ifname - network device interface name associated with + this function instance + qmult - queue length multiplier for high and + super speed + host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial new file mode 100644 index 000000000..474d249f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/gser.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + + This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num. + It contains the port number of the /dev/ttyGS device + associated with gser function's instance "name". + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink new file mode 100644 index 000000000..29477c319 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/SourceSink.name +Date: Nov 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Description: + The attributes: + + pattern - 0 (all zeros), 1 (mod63), 2 (none) + isoc_interval - 1..16 + isoc_maxpacket - 0 - 1023 (fs), 0 - 1024 (hs/ss) + isoc_mult - 0..2 (hs/ss only) + isoc_maxburst - 0..15 (ss only) + qlen - buffer length diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9373e2c51 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/geth.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ifname - network device interface name associated with + this function instance + qmult - queue length multiplier for high and + super speed + host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8ba9a1233 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uac1.name +Date: Sep 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.18 +Description: + The attributes: + + audio_buf_size - audio buffer size + fn_cap - capture pcm device file name + fn_cntl - control device file name + fn_play - playback pcm device file name + req_buf_size - ISO OUT endpoint request buffer size + req_count - ISO OUT endpoint request count diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2bfdd4efa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uac2.name +Date: Sep 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.18 +Description: + The attributes: + + c_chmask - capture channel mask + c_srate - capture sampling rate + c_ssize - capture sample size (bytes) + p_chmask - playback channel mask + p_srate - playback sampling rate + p_ssize - playback sample size (bytes) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f4a0051b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: UVC function directory + + streaming_maxburst - 0..15 (ss only) + streaming_maxpacket - 1..1023 (fs), 1..3072 (hs/ss) + streaming_interval - 1..16 + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Control descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class/ss +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Super speed control class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class/fs +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Full speed control class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Terminal descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/output +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Output terminal descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/output/default +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Default output terminal descriptors + + All attributes read only: + iTerminal - index of string descriptor + bSourceID - id of the terminal to which this terminal + is connected + bAssocTerminal - id of the input terminal to which this output + terminal is associated + wTerminalType - terminal type + bTerminalID - a non-zero id of this terminal + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/camera +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Camera terminal descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/camera/default +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Default camera terminal descriptors + + All attributes read only: + bmControls - bitmap specifying which controls are + supported for the video stream + wOcularFocalLength - the value of Locular + wObjectiveFocalLengthMax- the value of Lmin + wObjectiveFocalLengthMin- the value of Lmax + iTerminal - index of string descriptor + bAssocTerminal - id of the output terminal to which + this terminal is connected + wTerminalType - terminal type + bTerminalID - a non-zero id of this terminal + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/processing +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Processing unit descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/processing/default +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Default processing unit descriptors + + All attributes read only: + iProcessing - index of string descriptor + bmControls - bitmap specifying which controls are + supported for the video stream + wMaxMultiplier - maximum digital magnification x100 + bSourceID - id of the terminal to which this unit is + connected + bUnitID - a non-zero id of this unit + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/header +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Control header descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/header/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Specific control header descriptors + +dwClockFrequency +bcdUVC +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Streaming descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Streaming class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class/ss +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Super speed streaming class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class/hs +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: High speed streaming class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class/fs +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Full speed streaming class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/color_matching +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Color matching descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/color_matching/default +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Default color matching descriptors + + All attributes read only: + bMatrixCoefficients - matrix used to compute luma and + chroma values from the color primaries + bTransferCharacteristics- optoelectronic transfer + characteristic of the source picutre, + also called the gamma function + bColorPrimaries - color primaries and the reference + white + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: MJPEG format descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Specific MJPEG format descriptors + + All attributes read only, + except bmaControls and bDefaultFrameIndex: + bmaControls - this format's data for bmaControls in + the streaming header + bmInterfaceFlags - specifies interlace information, + read-only + bAspectRatioY - the X dimension of the picture aspect + ratio, read-only + bAspectRatioX - the Y dimension of the picture aspect + ratio, read-only + bmFlags - characteristics of this format, + read-only + bDefaultFrameIndex - optimum frame index for this stream + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg/name/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Specific MJPEG frame descriptors + + dwFrameInterval - indicates how frame interval can be + programmed; a number of values + separated by newline can be specified + dwDefaultFrameInterval - the frame interval the device would + like to use as default + dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize- the maximum number of bytes the + compressor will produce for a video + frame or still image + dwMaxBitRate - the maximum bit rate at the shortest + frame interval in bps + dwMinBitRate - the minimum bit rate at the longest + frame interval in bps + wHeight - height of decoded bitmap frame in px + wWidth - width of decoded bitmam frame in px + bmCapabilities - still image support, fixed frame-rate + support + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Uncompressed format descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Specific uncompressed format descriptors + + bmaControls - this format's data for bmaControls in + the streaming header + bmInterfaceFlags - specifies interlace information, + read-only + bAspectRatioY - the X dimension of the picture aspect + ratio, read-only + bAspectRatioX - the Y dimension of the picture aspect + ratio, read-only + bDefaultFrameIndex - optimum frame index for this stream + bBitsPerPixel - number of bits per pixel used to + specify color in the decoded video + frame + guidFormat - globally unique id used to identify + stream-encoding format + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed/name/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Specific uncompressed frame descriptors + + dwFrameInterval - indicates how frame interval can be + programmed; a number of values + separated by newline can be specified + dwDefaultFrameInterval - the frame interval the device would + like to use as default + dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize- the maximum number of bytes the + compressor will produce for a video + frame or still image + dwMaxBitRate - the maximum bit rate at the shortest + frame interval in bps + dwMinBitRate - the minimum bit rate at the longest + frame interval in bps + wHeight - height of decoded bitmap frame in px + wWidth - width of decoded bitmam frame in px + bmCapabilities - still image support, fixed frame-rate + support + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/header +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Streaming header descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/header/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Specific streaming header descriptors + + All attributes read only: + bTriggerUsage - how the host software will respond to + a hardware trigger interrupt event + bTriggerSupport - flag specifying if hardware + triggering is supported + bStillCaptureMethod - method of still image caputre + supported + bTerminalLink - id of the output terminal to which + the video endpoint of this interface + is connected + bmInfo - capabilities of this video streaming + interface diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-aufs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-aufs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99642d105 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-aufs @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +What: /debug/aufs/si_/ +Date: March 2009 +Contact: J. R. Okajima +Description: + Under /debug/aufs, a directory named si_ is created + per aufs mount, where is a unique id generated + internally. + +What: /debug/aufs/si_/plink +Date: Apr 2013 +Contact: J. R. Okajima +Description: + It has three lines and shows the information about the + pseudo-link. The first line is a single number + representing a number of buckets. The second line is a + number of pseudo-links per buckets (separated by a + blank). The last line is a single number representing a + total number of psedo-links. + When the aufs mount option 'noplink' is specified, it + will show "1\n0\n0\n". + +What: /debug/aufs/si_/xib +Date: March 2009 +Contact: J. R. Okajima +Description: + It shows the consumed blocks by xib (External Inode Number + Bitmap), its block size and file size. + When the aufs mount option 'noxino' is specified, it + will be empty. About XINO files, see the aufs manual. + +What: /debug/aufs/si_/xino0, xino1 ... xinoN +Date: March 2009 +Contact: J. R. Okajima +Description: + It shows the consumed blocks by xino (External Inode Number + Translation Table), its link count, block size and file + size. + When the aufs mount option 'noxino' is specified, it + will be empty. About XINO files, see the aufs manual. + +What: /debug/aufs/si_/xigen +Date: March 2009 +Contact: J. R. Okajima +Description: + It shows the consumed blocks by xigen (External Inode + Generation Table), its block size and file size. + If CONFIG_AUFS_EXPORT is disabled, this entry will not + be created. + When the aufs mount option 'noxino' is specified, it + will be empty. About XINO files, see the aufs manual. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1c2f25674 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe_card/ddcb_info +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: DDCB queue dump used for debugging queueing problems. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe_card/curr_regs +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Dump of the current error registers. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe_card/curr_dbg_uid0 +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Internal chip state of UID0 (unit id 0). + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe_card/curr_dbg_uid1 +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Internal chip state of UID1. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe_card/curr_dbg_uid2 +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Internal chip state of UID2. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe_card/prev_regs +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Dump of the error registers before the last reset of + the card occured. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe_card/prev_dbg_uid0 +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Internal chip state of UID0 before card was reset. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe_card/prev_dbg_uid1 +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Internal chip state of UID1 before card was reset. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe_card/prev_dbg_uid2 +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Internal chip state of UID2 before card was reset. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe_card/info +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Comprehensive summary of bitstream version and software + version. Used bitstream and bitstream clocking information. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe_card/err_inject +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Possibility to inject error cases to ensure that the drivers + error handling code works well. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe_card/vf<0..14>_jobtimeout_msec +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Default VF timeout 250ms. Testing might require 1000ms. + Using 0 will use the cards default value (whatever that is). + + The timeout depends on the max number of available cards + in the system and the maximum allowed queue size. + + The driver ensures that the settings are done just before + the VFs get enabled. Changing the timeouts in flight is not + possible. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe_card/jobtimer +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Dump job timeout register values for PF and VFs. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe_card/queue_working_time +Date: Dec 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Dump queue working time register values for PF and VFs. + Only available for PF. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6546115a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/{gpe,use_global_lock,io} +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Thomas Renninger +Description: + +General information like which GPE is assigned to the EC and whether +the global lock should get used. +Knowing the EC GPE one can watch the amount of HW events related to +the EC here (XY -> GPE number from /sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/gpe): +/sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/gpeXY + +The io file is binary and a userspace tool located here: +ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/trenn/sources/ec/ +should get used to read out the 256 Embedded Controller registers +or writing to them. + +CAUTION: Do not write to the Embedded Controller if you don't know +what you are doing! Rebooting afterwards also is a good idea. +This can influence the way your machine is cooled and fans may +not get switched on again after you did a wrong write. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7079c0b21 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/ideapad/cfg +Date: Sep 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: Ike Panhc +Description: + +cfg shows the return value of _CFG method in VPC2004 device. It tells machine +capability and what graphic component within the machine. + + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/ideapad/status +Date: Sep 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: Ike Panhc +Description: + +status shows infos we can read and tells its meaning and value. + + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd76cc6d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/olpc-ec/cmd +Date: Dec 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: devel@lists.laptop.org +Description: + +A generic interface for executing OLPC Embedded Controller commands and +reading their responses. + +To execute a command, write data with the format: CC:N A A A A +CC is the (hex) command, N is the count of expected reply bytes, and A A A A +are optional (hex) arguments. + +To read the response (if any), read from the generic node after executing +a command. Hex reply bytes will be returned, *whether or not* they came from +the immediately previous command. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto new file mode 100644 index 000000000..685d5a448 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/nx-crypto/* +Date: March 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: Kent Yoder +Description: + + These debugfs interfaces are built by the nx-crypto driver, built in +arch/powerpc/crypto/nx. + +Error Detection +=============== + +errors: +- A u32 providing a total count of errors since the driver was loaded. The +only errors counted here are those returned from the hcall, H_COP_OP. + +last_error: +- The most recent non-zero return code from the H_COP_OP hcall. -EBUSY is not +recorded here (the hcall will retry until -EBUSY goes away). + +last_error_pid: +- The process ID of the process who received the most recent error from the +hcall. + +Device Use +========== + +aes_bytes: +- The total number of bytes encrypted using AES in any of the driver's +supported modes. + +aes_ops: +- The total number of AES operations submitted to the hardware. + +sha256_bytes: +- The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-256. + +sha256_ops: +- The total number of SHA-256 operations submitted to the hardware. + +sha512_bytes: +- The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-512. + +sha512_ops: +- The total number of SHA-512 operations submitted to the hardware. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cf11736ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7] +Date: Oct. 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: Thomas Maier +Description: + +debugfs interface +----------------- + +The pktcdvd module (packet writing driver) creates +these files in debugfs: + +/sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/ + info (0444) Lots of driver statistics and infos. + +Example: +------- + +cat /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/info diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb820be48 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +What: /dev/kmsg +Date: Mai 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Kay Sievers +Description: The /dev/kmsg character device node provides userspace access + to the kernel's printk buffer. + + Injecting messages: + Every write() to the opened device node places a log entry in + the kernel's printk buffer. + + The logged line can be prefixed with a syslog prefix, which + carries the syslog priority and facility. The single decimal + prefix number is composed of the 3 lowest bits being the syslog + priority and the higher bits the syslog facility number. + + If no prefix is given, the priority number is the default kernel + log priority and the facility number is set to LOG_USER (1). It + is not possible to inject messages from userspace with the + facility number LOG_KERN (0), to make sure that the origin of + the messages can always be reliably determined. + + Accessing the buffer: + Every read() from the opened device node receives one record + of the kernel's printk buffer. + + The first read() directly following an open() always returns + first message in the buffer; there is no kernel-internal + persistent state; many readers can concurrently open the device + and read from it, without affecting other readers. + + Every read() will receive the next available record. If no more + records are available read() will block, or if O_NONBLOCK is + used -EAGAIN returned. + + Messages in the record ring buffer get overwritten as whole, + there are never partial messages received by read(). + + In case messages get overwritten in the circular buffer while + the device is kept open, the next read() will return -EPIPE, + and the seek position be updated to the next available record. + Subsequent reads() will return available records again. + + Unlike the classic syslog() interface, the 64 bit record + sequence numbers allow to calculate the amount of lost + messages, in case the buffer gets overwritten. And they allow + to reconnect to the buffer and reconstruct the read position + if needed, without limiting the interface to a single reader. + + The device supports seek with the following parameters: + SEEK_SET, 0 + seek to the first entry in the buffer + SEEK_END, 0 + seek after the last entry in the buffer + SEEK_DATA, 0 + seek after the last record available at the time + the last SYSLOG_ACTION_CLEAR was issued. + + The output format consists of a prefix carrying the syslog + prefix including priority and facility, the 64 bit message + sequence number and the monotonic timestamp in microseconds, + and a flag field. All fields are separated by a ','. + + Future extensions might add more comma separated values before + the terminating ';'. Unknown fields and values should be + gracefully ignored. + + The human readable text string starts directly after the ';' + and is terminated by a '\n'. Untrusted values derived from + hardware or other facilities are printed, therefore + all non-printable characters and '\' itself in the log message + are escaped by "\x00" C-style hex encoding. + + A line starting with ' ', is a continuation line, adding + key/value pairs to the log message, which provide the machine + readable context of the message, for reliable processing in + userspace. + + Example: + 7,160,424069,-;pci_root PNP0A03:00: host bridge window [io 0x0000-0x0cf7] (ignored) + SUBSYSTEM=acpi + DEVICE=+acpi:PNP0A03:00 + 6,339,5140900,-;NET: Registered protocol family 10 + 30,340,5690716,-;udevd[80]: starting version 181 + + The DEVICE= key uniquely identifies devices the following way: + b12:8 - block dev_t + c127:3 - char dev_t + n8 - netdev ifindex + +sound:card0 - subsystem:devname + + The flags field carries '-' by default. A 'c' indicates a + fragment of a line. All following fragments are flagged with + '+'. Note, that these hints about continuation lines are not + necessarily correct, and the stream could be interleaved with + unrelated messages, but merging the lines in the output + usually produces better human readable results. A similar + logic is used internally when messages are printed to the + console, /proc/kmsg or the syslog() syscall. + +Users: dmesg(1), userspace kernel log consumers diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8374d4557 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: security/evm +Date: March 2011 +Contact: Mimi Zohar +Description: + EVM protects a file's security extended attributes(xattrs) + against integrity attacks. The initial method maintains an + HMAC-sha1 value across the extended attributes, storing the + value as the extended attribute 'security.evm'. + + EVM depends on the Kernel Key Retention System to provide it + with a trusted/encrypted key for the HMAC-sha1 operation. + The key is loaded onto the root's keyring using keyctl. Until + EVM receives notification that the key has been successfully + loaded onto the keyring (echo 1 > /evm), EVM + can not create or validate the 'security.evm' xattr, but + returns INTEGRITY_UNKNOWN. Loading the key and signaling EVM + should be done as early as possible. Normally this is done + in the initramfs, which has already been measured as part + of the trusted boot. For more information on creating and + loading existing trusted/encrypted keys, refer to: + Documentation/keys-trusted-encrypted.txt. (A sample dracut + patch, which loads the trusted/encrypted key and enables + EVM, is available from http://linux-ima.sourceforge.net/#EVM.) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a378a882 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +What: security/ima/policy +Date: May 2008 +Contact: Mimi Zohar +Description: + The Trusted Computing Group(TCG) runtime Integrity + Measurement Architecture(IMA) maintains a list of hash + values of executables and other sensitive system files + loaded into the run-time of this system. At runtime, + the policy can be constrained based on LSM specific data. + Policies are loaded into the securityfs file ima/policy + by opening the file, writing the rules one at a time and + then closing the file. The new policy takes effect after + the file ima/policy is closed. + + IMA appraisal, if configured, uses these file measurements + for local measurement appraisal. + + rule format: action [condition ...] + + action: measure | dont_measure | appraise | dont_appraise | audit + condition:= base | lsm [option] + base: [[func=] [mask=] [fsmagic=] [fsuuid=] [uid=] + [euid=] [fowner=]] + lsm: [[subj_user=] [subj_role=] [subj_type=] + [obj_user=] [obj_role=] [obj_type=]] + option: [[appraise_type=]] [permit_directio] + + base: func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK] + [FIRMWARE_CHECK] + mask:= [[^]MAY_READ] [[^]MAY_WRITE] [[^]MAY_APPEND] + [[^]MAY_EXEC] + fsmagic:= hex value + fsuuid:= file system UUID (e.g 8bcbe394-4f13-4144-be8e-5aa9ea2ce2f6) + uid:= decimal value + euid:= decimal value + fowner:=decimal value + lsm: are LSM specific + option: appraise_type:= [imasig] + + default policy: + # PROC_SUPER_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x9fa0 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x9fa0 + # SYSFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x62656572 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x62656572 + # DEBUGFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x64626720 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x64626720 + # TMPFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x01021994 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x01021994 + # RAMFS_MAGIC + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x858458f6 + # DEVPTS_SUPER_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x1cd1 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x1cd1 + # BINFMTFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x42494e4d + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x42494e4d + # SECURITYFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x73636673 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x73636673 + # SELINUX_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0xf97cff8c + dont_appraise fsmagic=0xf97cff8c + # CGROUP_SUPER_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x27e0eb + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x27e0eb + # NSFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x6e736673 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x6e736673 + + measure func=BPRM_CHECK + measure func=FILE_MMAP mask=MAY_EXEC + measure func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ uid=0 + measure func=MODULE_CHECK + measure func=FIRMWARE_CHECK + appraise fowner=0 + + The default policy measures all executables in bprm_check, + all files mmapped executable in file_mmap, and all files + open for read by root in do_filp_open. The default appraisal + policy appraises all files owned by root. + + Examples of LSM specific definitions: + + SELinux: + dont_measure obj_type=var_log_t + dont_appraise obj_type=var_log_t + dont_measure obj_type=auditd_log_t + dont_appraise obj_type=auditd_log_t + measure subj_user=system_u func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ + measure subj_role=system_r func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ + + Smack: + measure subj_user=_ func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f91a973a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +What: /proc/diskstats +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Jerome Marchand +Description: + The /proc/diskstats file displays the I/O statistics + of block devices. Each line contains the following 14 + fields: + 1 - major number + 2 - minor mumber + 3 - device name + 4 - reads completed successfully + 5 - reads merged + 6 - sectors read + 7 - time spent reading (ms) + 8 - writes completed + 9 - writes merged + 10 - sectors written + 11 - time spent writing (ms) + 12 - I/Os currently in progress + 13 - time spent doing I/Os (ms) + 14 - weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms) + For more details refer to Documentation/iostats.txt diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5fca9f5e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +Where: /sys/fs/pstore/... (or /dev/pstore/...) +Date: March 2011 +Kernel Version: 2.6.39 +Contact: tony.luck@intel.com +Description: Generic interface to platform dependent persistent storage. + + Platforms that provide a mechanism to preserve some data + across system reboots can register with this driver to + provide a generic interface to show records captured in + the dying moments. In the case of a panic the last part + of the console log is captured, but other interesting + data can also be saved. + + # mount -t pstore -o kmsg_bytes=8000 - /sys/fs/pstore + + $ ls -l /sys/fs/pstore/ + total 0 + -r--r--r-- 1 root root 7896 Nov 30 15:38 dmesg-erst-1 + + Different users of this interface will result in different + filename prefixes. Currently two are defined: + + "dmesg" - saved console log + "mce" - architecture dependent data from fatal h/w error + + Once the information in a file has been read, removing + the file will signal to the underlying persistent storage + device that it can reclaim the space for later re-use. + + $ rm /sys/fs/pstore/dmesg-erst-1 + + The expectation is that all files in /sys/fs/pstore/ + will be saved elsewhere and erased from persistent store + soon after boot to free up space ready for the next + catastrophe. + + The 'kmsg_bytes' mount option changes the target amount of + data saved on each oops/panic. Pstore saves (possibly + multiple) files based on the record size of the underlying + persistent storage until at least this amount is reached. + Default is 10 Kbytes. + + Pstore only supports one backend at a time. If multiple + backends are available, the preferred backend may be + set by passing the pstore.backend= argument to the kernel at + boot time. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9231daef3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +What: /sys/class/ata_... +Date: August 2008 +Contact: Gwendal Grignou +Description: + +Provide a place in sysfs for storing the ATA topology of the system. This allows +retrieving various information about ATA objects. + +Files under /sys/class/ata_port +------------------------------- + + For each port, a directory ataX is created where X is the ata_port_id of + the port. The device parent is the ata host device. + +idle_irq (read) + + Number of IRQ received by the port while idle [some ata HBA only]. + +nr_pmp_links (read) + + If a SATA Port Multiplier (PM) is connected, number of link behind it. + +Files under /sys/class/ata_link +------------------------------- + + Behind each port, there is a ata_link. If there is a SATA PM in the + topology, 15 ata_link objects are created. + + If a link is behind a port, the directory name is linkX, where X is + ata_port_id of the port. + If a link is behind a PM, its name is linkX.Y where X is ata_port_id + of the parent port and Y the PM port. + +hw_sata_spd_limit + + Maximum speed supported by the connected SATA device. + +sata_spd_limit + + Maximum speed imposed by libata. + +sata_spd + + Current speed of the link [1.5, 3Gps,...]. + +Files under /sys/class/ata_device +--------------------------------- + + Behind each link, up to two ata device are created. + The name of the directory is devX[.Y].Z where: + - X is ata_port_id of the port where the device is connected, + - Y the port of the PM if any, and + - Z the device id: for PATA, there is usually 2 devices [0,1], + only 1 for SATA. + +class + Device class. Can be "ata" for disk, "atapi" for packet device, + "pmp" for PM, or "none" if no device was found behind the link. + +dma_mode + + Transfer modes supported by the device when in DMA mode. + Mostly used by PATA device. + +pio_mode + + Transfer modes supported by the device when in PIO mode. + Mostly used by PATA device. + +xfer_mode + + Current transfer mode. + +id + + Cached result of IDENTIFY command, as described in ATA8 7.16 and 7.17. + Only valid if the device is not a PM. + +gscr + + Cached result of the dump of PM GSCR register. + Valid registers are: + 0: SATA_PMP_GSCR_PROD_ID, + 1: SATA_PMP_GSCR_REV, + 2: SATA_PMP_GSCR_PORT_INFO, + 32: SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR, + 33: SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR_EN, + 64: SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT, + 96: SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT_EN, + 130: SATA_PMP_GSCR_SII_GPIO + Only valid if the device is a PM. + +trim + + Shows the DSM TRIM mode currently used by the device. Valid + values are: + unsupported: Drive does not support DSM TRIM + unqueued: Drive supports unqueued DSM TRIM only + queued: Drive supports queued DSM TRIM + forced_unqueued: Drive's unqueued DSM support is known to be + buggy and only unqueued TRIM commands + are sent + +spdn_cnt + + Number of time libata decided to lower the speed of link due to errors. + +ering + + Formatted output of the error ring of the device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-aufs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-aufs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82f951849 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-aufs @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/fs/aufs/si_/ +Date: March 2009 +Contact: J. R. Okajima +Description: + Under /sys/fs/aufs, a directory named si_ is created + per aufs mount, where is a unique id generated + internally. + +What: /sys/fs/aufs/si_/br0, br1 ... brN +Date: March 2009 +Contact: J. R. Okajima +Description: + It shows the abolute path of a member directory (which + is called branch) in aufs, and its permission. + +What: /sys/fs/aufs/si_/brid0, brid1 ... bridN +Date: July 2013 +Contact: J. R. Okajima +Description: + It shows the id of a member directory (which is called + branch) in aufs. + +What: /sys/fs/aufs/si_/xi_path +Date: March 2009 +Contact: J. R. Okajima +Description: + It shows the abolute path of XINO (External Inode Number + Bitmap, Translation Table and Generation Table) file + even if it is the default path. + When the aufs mount option 'noxino' is specified, it + will be empty. About XINO files, see the aufs manual. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8df003963 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block @@ -0,0 +1,230 @@ +What: /sys/block//stat +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Jerome Marchand +Description: + The /sys/block//stat files displays the I/O + statistics of disk . They contain 11 fields: + 1 - reads completed successfully + 2 - reads merged + 3 - sectors read + 4 - time spent reading (ms) + 5 - writes completed + 6 - writes merged + 7 - sectors written + 8 - time spent writing (ms) + 9 - I/Os currently in progress + 10 - time spent doing I/Os (ms) + 11 - weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms) + For more details refer Documentation/iostats.txt + + +What: /sys/block///stat +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Jerome Marchand +Description: + The /sys/block///stat files display the + I/O statistics of partition . The format is the + same as the above-written /sys/block//stat + format. + + +What: /sys/block//integrity/format +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen +Description: + Metadata format for integrity capable block device. + E.g. T10-DIF-TYPE1-CRC. + + +What: /sys/block//integrity/read_verify +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen +Description: + Indicates whether the block layer should verify the + integrity of read requests serviced by devices that + support sending integrity metadata. + + +What: /sys/block//integrity/tag_size +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen +Description: + Number of bytes of integrity tag space available per + 512 bytes of data. + + +What: /sys/block//integrity/device_is_integrity_capable +Date: July 2014 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen +Description: + Indicates whether a storage device is capable of storing + integrity metadata. Set if the device is T10 PI-capable. + + +What: /sys/block//integrity/write_generate +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen +Description: + Indicates whether the block layer should automatically + generate checksums for write requests bound for + devices that support receiving integrity metadata. + +What: /sys/block//alignment_offset +Date: April 2009 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen +Description: + Storage devices may report a physical block size that is + bigger than the logical block size (for instance a drive + with 4KB physical sectors exposing 512-byte logical + blocks to the operating system). This parameter + indicates how many bytes the beginning of the device is + offset from the disk's natural alignment. + +What: /sys/block///alignment_offset +Date: April 2009 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen +Description: + Storage devices may report a physical block size that is + bigger than the logical block size (for instance a drive + with 4KB physical sectors exposing 512-byte logical + blocks to the operating system). This parameter + indicates how many bytes the beginning of the partition + is offset from the disk's natural alignment. + +What: /sys/block//queue/logical_block_size +Date: May 2009 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen +Description: + This is the smallest unit the storage device can + address. It is typically 512 bytes. + +What: /sys/block//queue/physical_block_size +Date: May 2009 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen +Description: + This is the smallest unit a physical storage device can + write atomically. It is usually the same as the logical + block size but may be bigger. One example is SATA + drives with 4KB sectors that expose a 512-byte logical + block size to the operating system. For stacked block + devices the physical_block_size variable contains the + maximum physical_block_size of the component devices. + +What: /sys/block//queue/minimum_io_size +Date: April 2009 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen +Description: + Storage devices may report a granularity or preferred + minimum I/O size which is the smallest request the + device can perform without incurring a performance + penalty. For disk drives this is often the physical + block size. For RAID arrays it is often the stripe + chunk size. A properly aligned multiple of + minimum_io_size is the preferred request size for + workloads where a high number of I/O operations is + desired. + +What: /sys/block//queue/optimal_io_size +Date: April 2009 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen +Description: + Storage devices may report an optimal I/O size, which is + the device's preferred unit for sustained I/O. This is + rarely reported for disk drives. For RAID arrays it is + usually the stripe width or the internal track size. A + properly aligned multiple of optimal_io_size is the + preferred request size for workloads where sustained + throughput is desired. If no optimal I/O size is + reported this file contains 0. + +What: /sys/block//queue/nomerges +Date: January 2010 +Contact: +Description: + Standard I/O elevator operations include attempts to + merge contiguous I/Os. For known random I/O loads these + attempts will always fail and result in extra cycles + being spent in the kernel. This allows one to turn off + this behavior on one of two ways: When set to 1, complex + merge checks are disabled, but the simple one-shot merges + with the previous I/O request are enabled. When set to 2, + all merge tries are disabled. The default value is 0 - + which enables all types of merge tries. + +What: /sys/block//discard_alignment +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen +Description: + Devices that support discard functionality may + internally allocate space in units that are bigger than + the exported logical block size. The discard_alignment + parameter indicates how many bytes the beginning of the + device is offset from the internal allocation unit's + natural alignment. + +What: /sys/block///discard_alignment +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen +Description: + Devices that support discard functionality may + internally allocate space in units that are bigger than + the exported logical block size. The discard_alignment + parameter indicates how many bytes the beginning of the + partition is offset from the internal allocation unit's + natural alignment. + +What: /sys/block//queue/discard_granularity +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen +Description: + Devices that support discard functionality may + internally allocate space using units that are bigger + than the logical block size. The discard_granularity + parameter indicates the size of the internal allocation + unit in bytes if reported by the device. Otherwise the + discard_granularity will be set to match the device's + physical block size. A discard_granularity of 0 means + that the device does not support discard functionality. + +What: /sys/block//queue/discard_max_bytes +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen +Description: + Devices that support discard functionality may have + internal limits on the number of bytes that can be + trimmed or unmapped in a single operation. Some storage + protocols also have inherent limits on the number of + blocks that can be described in a single command. The + discard_max_bytes parameter is set by the device driver + to the maximum number of bytes that can be discarded in + a single operation. Discard requests issued to the + device must not exceed this limit. A discard_max_bytes + value of 0 means that the device does not support + discard functionality. + +What: /sys/block//queue/discard_zeroes_data +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen +Description: + Devices that support discard functionality may return + stale or random data when a previously discarded block + is read back. This can cause problems if the filesystem + expects discarded blocks to be explicitly cleared. If a + device reports that it deterministically returns zeroes + when a discarded area is read the discard_zeroes_data + parameter will be set to one. Otherwise it will be 0 and + the result of reading a discarded area is undefined. + +What: /sys/block//queue/write_same_max_bytes +Date: January 2012 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen +Description: + Some devices support a write same operation in which a + single data block can be written to a range of several + contiguous blocks on storage. This can be used to wipe + areas on disk or to initialize drives in a RAID + configuration. write_same_max_bytes indicates how many + bytes can be written in a single write same command. If + write_same_max_bytes is 0, write same is not supported + by the device. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e4bbc5d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +What: /sys/block//bcache/unregister +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet +Description: + A write to this file causes the backing device or cache to be + unregistered. If a backing device had dirty data in the cache, + writeback mode is automatically disabled and all dirty data is + flushed before the device is unregistered. Caches unregister + all associated backing devices before unregistering themselves. + +What: /sys/block//bcache/clear_stats +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet +Description: + Writing to this file resets all the statistics for the device. + +What: /sys/block//bcache/cache +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet +Description: + For a backing device that has cache, a symlink to + the bcache/ dir of that cache. + +What: /sys/block//bcache/cache_hits +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet +Description: + For backing devices: integer number of full cache hits, + counted per bio. A partial cache hit counts as a miss. + +What: /sys/block//bcache/cache_misses +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet +Description: + For backing devices: integer number of cache misses. + +What: /sys/block//bcache/cache_hit_ratio +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet +Description: + For backing devices: cache hits as a percentage. + +What: /sys/block//bcache/sequential_cutoff +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet +Description: + For backing devices: Threshold past which sequential IO will + skip the cache. Read and written as bytes in human readable + units (i.e. echo 10M > sequntial_cutoff). + +What: /sys/block//bcache/bypassed +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet +Description: + Sum of all reads and writes that have bypassed the cache (due + to the sequential cutoff). Expressed as bytes in human + readable units. + +What: /sys/block//bcache/writeback +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet +Description: + For backing devices: When on, writeback caching is enabled and + writes will be buffered in the cache. When off, caching is in + writethrough mode; reads and writes will be added to the + cache but no write buffering will take place. + +What: /sys/block//bcache/writeback_running +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet +Description: + For backing devices: when off, dirty data will not be written + from the cache to the backing device. The cache will still be + used to buffer writes until it is mostly full, at which point + writes transparently revert to writethrough mode. Intended only + for benchmarking/testing. + +What: /sys/block//bcache/writeback_delay +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet +Description: + For backing devices: In writeback mode, when dirty data is + written to the cache and the cache held no dirty data for that + backing device, writeback from cache to backing device starts + after this delay, expressed as an integer number of seconds. + +What: /sys/block//bcache/writeback_percent +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet +Description: + For backing devices: If nonzero, writeback from cache to + backing device only takes place when more than this percentage + of the cache is used, allowing more write coalescing to take + place and reducing total number of writes sent to the backing + device. Integer between 0 and 40. + +What: /sys/block//bcache/synchronous +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet +Description: + For a cache, a boolean that allows synchronous mode to be + switched on and off. In synchronous mode all writes are ordered + such that the cache can reliably recover from unclean shutdown; + if disabled bcache will not generally wait for writes to + complete but if the cache is not shut down cleanly all data + will be discarded from the cache. Should not be turned off with + writeback caching enabled. + +What: /sys/block//bcache/discard +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet +Description: + For a cache, a boolean allowing discard/TRIM to be turned off + or back on if the device supports it. + +What: /sys/block//bcache/bucket_size +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet +Description: + For a cache, bucket size in human readable units, as set at + cache creation time; should match the erase block size of the + SSD for optimal performance. + +What: /sys/block//bcache/nbuckets +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet +Description: + For a cache, the number of usable buckets. + +What: /sys/block//bcache/tree_depth +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet +Description: + For a cache, height of the btree excluding leaf nodes (i.e. a + one node tree will have a depth of 0). + +What: /sys/block//bcache/btree_cache_size +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet +Description: + Number of btree buckets/nodes that are currently cached in + memory; cache dynamically grows and shrinks in response to + memory pressure from the rest of the system. + +What: /sys/block//bcache/written +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet +Description: + For a cache, total amount of data in human readable units + written to the cache, excluding all metadata. + +What: /sys/block//bcache/btree_written +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet +Description: + For a cache, sum of all btree writes in human readable units. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9f2339b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +What: /sys/block/dm-/dm/name +Date: January 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Device-mapper device name. + Read-only string containing mapped device name. +Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules + +What: /sys/block/dm-/dm/uuid +Date: January 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Device-mapper device UUID. + Read-only string containing DM-UUID or empty string + if DM-UUID is not set. +Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules + +What: /sys/block/dm-/dm/suspended +Date: June 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Device-mapper device suspend state. + Contains the value 1 while the device is suspended. + Otherwise it contains 0. Read-only attribute. +Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules + +What: /sys/block/dm-/dm/rq_based_seq_io_merge_deadline +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Allow control over how long a request that is a + reasonable merge candidate can be queued on the request + queue. The resolution of this deadline is in + microseconds (ranging from 1 to 100000 usecs). + Setting this attribute to 0 (the default) will disable + request-based DM's merge heuristic and associated extra + accounting. This attribute is not applicable to + bio-based DM devices so it will only ever report 0 for + them. + +What: /sys/block/dm-/dm/use_blk_mq +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Request-based Device-mapper blk-mq I/O path mode. + Contains the value 1 if the device is using blk-mq. + Otherwise it contains 0. Read-only attribute. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..beef30c04 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +What: /sys/block/rssd*/status +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: Asai Thambi S P +Description: This is a read-only file. Indicates the status of the device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e69e83bf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +What: /sys/block/zram/disksize +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta +Description: + The disksize file is read-write and specifies the disk size + which represents the limit on the *uncompressed* worth of data + that can be stored in this disk. + Unit: bytes + +What: /sys/block/zram/initstate +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta +Description: + The initstate file is read-only and shows the initialization + state of the device. + +What: /sys/block/zram/reset +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta +Description: + The reset file is write-only and allows resetting the + device. The reset operation frees all the memory associated + with this device. + +What: /sys/block/zram/num_reads +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta +Description: + The num_reads file is read-only and specifies the number of + reads (failed or successful) done on this device. + +What: /sys/block/zram/num_writes +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta +Description: + The num_writes file is read-only and specifies the number of + writes (failed or successful) done on this device. + +What: /sys/block/zram/invalid_io +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta +Description: + The invalid_io file is read-only and specifies the number of + non-page-size-aligned I/O requests issued to this device. + +What: /sys/block/zram/failed_reads +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky +Description: + The failed_reads file is read-only and specifies the number of + failed reads happened on this device. + +What: /sys/block/zram/failed_writes +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky +Description: + The failed_writes file is read-only and specifies the number of + failed writes happened on this device. + +What: /sys/block/zram/max_comp_streams +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky +Description: + The max_comp_streams file is read-write and specifies the + number of backend's zcomp_strm compression streams (number of + concurrent compress operations). + +What: /sys/block/zram/comp_algorithm +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky +Description: + The comp_algorithm file is read-write and lets to show + available and selected compression algorithms, change + compression algorithm selection. + +What: /sys/block/zram/notify_free +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta +Description: + The notify_free file is read-only. Depending on device usage + scenario it may account a) the number of pages freed because + of swap slot free notifications or b) the number of pages freed + because of REQ_DISCARD requests sent by bio. The former ones + are sent to a swap block device when a swap slot is freed, which + implies that this disk is being used as a swap disk. The latter + ones are sent by filesystem mounted with discard option, + whenever some data blocks are getting discarded. + +What: /sys/block/zram/zero_pages +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta +Description: + The zero_pages file is read-only and specifies number of zero + filled pages written to this disk. No memory is allocated for + such pages. + +What: /sys/block/zram/orig_data_size +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta +Description: + The orig_data_size file is read-only and specifies uncompressed + size of data stored in this disk. This excludes zero-filled + pages (zero_pages) since no memory is allocated for them. + Unit: bytes + +What: /sys/block/zram/compr_data_size +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta +Description: + The compr_data_size file is read-only and specifies compressed + size of data stored in this disk. So, compression ratio can be + calculated using orig_data_size and this statistic. + Unit: bytes + +What: /sys/block/zram/mem_used_total +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta +Description: + The mem_used_total file is read-only and specifies the amount + of memory, including allocator fragmentation and metadata + overhead, allocated for this disk. So, allocator space + efficiency can be calculated using compr_data_size and this + statistic. + Unit: bytes + +What: /sys/block/zram/mem_used_max +Date: August 2014 +Contact: Minchan Kim +Description: + The mem_used_max file is read/write and specifies the amount + of maximum memory zram have consumed to store compressed data. + For resetting the value, you should write "0". Otherwise, + you could see -EINVAL. + Unit: bytes + +What: /sys/block/zram/mem_limit +Date: August 2014 +Contact: Minchan Kim +Description: + The mem_limit file is read/write and specifies the maximum + amount of memory ZRAM can use to store the compressed data. The + limit could be changed in run time and "0" means disable the + limit. No limit is the initial state. Unit: bytes + +What: /sys/block/zram/compact +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Minchan Kim +Description: + The compact file is write-only and trigger compaction for + allocator zrm uses. The allocator moves some objects so that + it could free fragment space. + +What: /sys/block/zram/io_stat +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky +Description: + The io_stat file is read-only and accumulates device's I/O + statistics not accounted by block layer. For example, + failed_reads, failed_writes, etc. File format is similar to + block layer statistics file format. + +What: /sys/block/zram/mm_stat +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky +Description: + The mm_stat file is read-only and represents device's mm + statistics (orig_data_size, compr_data_size, etc.) in a format + similar to block layer statistics file format. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7fa9cbc75 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../path +Date: December 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + This attribute indicates the full path of ACPI namespace + object associated with the device object. For example, + \_SB_.PCI0. + This file is not present for device objects representing + fixed ACPI hardware features (like power and sleep + buttons). + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../modalias +Date: July 2007 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + This attribute indicates the PNP IDs of the device object. + That is acpi:HHHHHHHH:[CCCCCCC:]. Where each HHHHHHHH or + CCCCCCCC contains device object's PNPID (_HID or _CID). + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../hid +Date: April 2005 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + This attribute indicates the hardware ID (_HID) of the + device object. For example, PNP0103. + This file is present for device objects having the _HID + control method. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../description +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + This attribute contains the output of the device object's + _STR control method, if present. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../adr +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + This attribute contains the output of the device object's + _ADR control method, which is present for ACPI device + objects representing devices having standard enumeration + algorithms, such as PCI. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../uid +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + This attribute contains the output of the device object's + _UID control method, if present. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../eject +Date: December 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + Writing 1 to this attribute will trigger hot removal of + this device object. This file exists for every device + object that has _EJ0 method. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-amba b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-amba new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e7b54677c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-amba @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/bus/amba/devices/.../driver_override +Date: September 2014 +Contact: Antonios Motakis +Description: + This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which + will override standard OF, ACPI, ID table, and name matching. + When specified, only a driver with a name matching the value + written to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind to + the device. The override is specified by writing a string to the + driver_override file (echo vfio-amba > driver_override) and may + be cleared with an empty string (echo > driver_override). + This returns the device to standard matching rules binding. + Writing to driver_override does not automatically unbind the + device from its current driver or make any attempt to + automatically load the specified driver. If no driver with a + matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, the device will + not bind to any driver. This also allows devices to opt-out of + driver binding using a driver_override name such as "none". + Only a single driver may be specified in the override, there is + no support for parsing delimiters. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma new file mode 100644 index 000000000..721b4aea3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../manuf +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Rafał Miłecki +Description: + Each BCMA core has it's manufacturer id. See + include/linux/bcma/bcma.h for possible values. + +What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../id +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Rafał Miłecki +Description: + There are a few types of BCMA cores, they can be identified by + id field. + +What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../rev +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Rafał Miłecki +Description: + BCMA cores of the same type can still slightly differ depending + on their revision. Use it for detailed programming. + +What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../class +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Rafał Miłecki +Description: + Each BCMA core is identified by few fields, including class it + belongs to. See include/linux/bcma/bcma.h for possible values. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4b8d6ec92 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.etb/enable_sink +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Add/remove a sink from a trace path. There can be multiple + source for a single sink. + ex: echo 1 > /sys/bus/coresight/devices/20010000.etb/enable_sink + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.etb/status +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (R) List various control and status registers. The specific + layout and content is driver specific. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.etb/trigger_cntr +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Disables write access to the Trace RAM by stopping the + formatter after a defined number of words have been stored + following the trigger event. The number of 32-bit words written + into the Trace RAM following the trigger event is equal to the + value stored in this register+1 (from ARM ETB-TRM). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4d0b99af --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/enable_source +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Enable/disable tracing on this specific trace entiry. + Enabling a source implies the source has been configured + properly and a sink has been identidifed for it. The path + of coresight components linking the source to the sink is + configured and managed automatically by the coresight framework. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/status +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (R) List various control and status registers. The specific + layout and content is driver specific. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/addr_idx +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: Select which address comparator or pair (of comparators) to + work with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/addr_acctype +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies + characteristics about the address comparator being configure, + for example the access type, the kind of instruction to trace, + processor contect ID to trigger on, etc. Individual fields in + the access type register may vary on the version of the trace + entity. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/addr_range +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the range of + addresses to trigger on. Inclusion or exclusion is specificed + in the corresponding access type register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/addr_single +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the single + address to trigger on, highly influenced by the configuration + options of the corresponding access type register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/addr_start +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the single + address to start tracing on, highly influenced by the + configuration options of the corresponding access type register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/addr_stop +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the single + address to stop tracing on, highly influenced by the + configuration options of the corresponding access type register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/cntr_idx +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Specifies the counter to work on. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/cntr_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the + counter event register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/cntr_val +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the + counter value register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/cntr_rld_val +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the + counter reload value register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/cntr_rld_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the + counter reload event register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/ctxid_idx +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Specifies the index of the context ID register to be + selected. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/ctxid_mask +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Mask to apply to all the context ID comparator. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/ctxid_val +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Used with the ctxid_idx, specify with context ID to trigger + on. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/enable_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Defines which event triggers a trace. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/etmsr +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Gives access to the ETM status register, which holds + programming information and status on certains events. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/fifofull_level +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Number of byte left in the fifo before considering it full. + Depending on the tracer's version, can also hold threshold for + data suppression. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/mode +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Interface with the driver's 'mode' field, controlling + various aspect of the trace entity such as time stamping, + context ID size and cycle accurate tracing. Driver specific + and bound to change depending on the driver. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/nr_addr_cmp +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (R) Provides the number of address comparators pairs accessible + on a trace unit, as specified by bit 3:0 of register ETMCCR. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/nr_cntr +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (R) Provides the number of counters accessible on a trace unit, + as specified by bit 15:13 of register ETMCCR. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/nr_ctxid_cmp +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (R) Provides the number of context ID comparator available on a + trace unit, as specified by bit 25:24 of register ETMCCR. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/reset +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (W) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back + to its boot configuration. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/seq_12_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 1 to state 2. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/seq_13_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 1 to state 3. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/seq_21_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 2 to state 1. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/seq_23_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 2 to state 3. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/seq_31_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 3 to state 1. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/seq_32_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 3 to state 2. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/curr_seq_state +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (R) Holds the current state of the sequencer. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/sync_freq +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Holds the trace synchronization frequency value - must be + programmed with the various implementation behavior in mind. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/timestamp_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Defines an event that requests the insertion of a timestamp + into the trace stream. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/traceid +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Holds the trace ID that will appear in the trace stream + coming from this trace entity. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.[etm|ptm]/trigger_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Define the event that controls the trigger. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d75acda5e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.funnel/funnel_ctrl +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Enables the slave ports and defines the hold time of the + slave ports. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.funnel/priority +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Defines input port priority order. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f38cded5f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.tmc/trigger_cntr +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Disables write access to the Trace RAM by stopping the + formatter after a defined number of words have been stored + following the trigger event. Additional interface for this + driver are expected to be added as it matures. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2979c40c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +What: /sys/bus/css/devices/.../type +Date: March 2008 +Contact: Cornelia Huck + linux-s390@vger.kernel.org +Description: Contains the subchannel type, as reported by the hardware. + This attribute is present for all subchannel types. + +What: /sys/bus/css/devices/.../modalias +Date: March 2008 +Contact: Cornelia Huck + linux-s390@vger.kernel.org +Description: Contains the module alias as reported with uevents. + It is of the format css:t and present for all + subchannel types. + +What: /sys/bus/css/drivers/io_subchannel/.../chpids +Date: December 2002 +Contact: Cornelia Huck + linux-s390@vger.kernel.org +Description: Contains the ids of the channel paths used by this + subchannel, as reported by the channel subsystem + during subchannel recognition. + Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute. +Users: s390-tools, HAL + +What: /sys/bus/css/drivers/io_subchannel/.../pimpampom +Date: December 2002 +Contact: Cornelia Huck + linux-s390@vger.kernel.org +Description: Contains the PIM/PAM/POM values, as reported by the + channel subsystem when last queried by the common I/O + layer (this implies that this attribute is not necessarily + in sync with the values current in the channel subsystem). + Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute. +Users: s390-tools, HAL diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events new file mode 100644 index 000000000..505f080d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +What: /sys/devices/cpu/events/ + /sys/devices/cpu/events/branch-misses + /sys/devices/cpu/events/cache-references + /sys/devices/cpu/events/cache-misses + /sys/devices/cpu/events/stalled-cycles-frontend + /sys/devices/cpu/events/branch-instructions + /sys/devices/cpu/events/stalled-cycles-backend + /sys/devices/cpu/events/instructions + /sys/devices/cpu/events/cpu-cycles + +Date: 2013/01/08 + +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list + +Description: Generic performance monitoring events + + A collection of performance monitoring events that may be + supported by many/most CPUs. These events can be monitored + using the 'perf(1)' tool. + + The contents of each file would look like: + + event=0xNNNN + + where 'N' is a hex digit and the number '0xNNNN' shows the + "raw code" for the perf event identified by the file's + "basename". + + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices//events/ +Date: 2014/02/24 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list +Description: Per-pmu performance monitoring events specific to the running system + + Each file (except for some of those with a '.' in them, '.unit' + and '.scale') in the 'events' directory describes a single + performance monitoring event supported by the . The name + of the file is the name of the event. + + File contents: + + [=][,[=]]... + + Where is one of the terms listed under + /sys/bus/event_source/devices//format/ and is + a number is base-16 format with a '0x' prefix (lowercase only). + If a is specified alone (without an assigned value), it + is implied that 0x1 is assigned to that . + + Examples (each of these lines would be in a seperate file): + + event=0x2abc + event=0x423,inv,cmask=0x3 + domain=0x1,offset=0x8,starting_index=0xffff + domain=0x1,offset=0x8,core=? + + Each of the assignments indicates a value to be assigned to a + particular set of bits (as defined by the format file + corresponding to the ) in the perf_event structure passed + to the perf_open syscall. + + In the case of the last example, a value replacing "?" would + need to be provided by the user selecting the particular event. + This is referred to as "event parameterization". Event + parameters have the format 'param=?'. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices//events/.unit +Date: 2014/02/24 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list +Description: Perf event units + + A string specifying the English plural numerical unit that + (once multiplied by .scale) represents. + + Example: + + Joules + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices//events/.scale +Date: 2014/02/24 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list +Description: Perf event scaling factors + + A string representing a floating point value expressed in + scientific notation to be multiplied by the event count + recieved from the kernel to match the unit specified in the + .unit file. + + Example: + + 2.3283064365386962890625e-10 + + This is provided to avoid performing floating point arithmetic + in the kernel. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77f47ff5e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Where: /sys/bus/event_source/devices//format +Date: January 2012 +Kernel Version: 3.3 +Contact: Jiri Olsa +Description: + Attribute group to describe the magic bits that go into + perf_event_attr::config[012] for a particular pmu. + Each attribute of this group defines the 'hardware' bitmask + we want to export, so that userspace can deal with sane + name/value pairs. + + Userspace must be prepared for the possibility that attributes + define overlapping bit ranges. For example: + attr1 = 'config:0-23' + attr2 = 'config:0-7' + attr3 = 'config:12-35' + + Example: 'config1:1,6-10,44' + Defines contents of attribute that occupies bits 1,6-10,44 of + perf_event_attr::config1. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f89333757 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/interface/catalog +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List +Description: + Provides access to the binary "24x7 catalog" provided by the + hypervisor on POWER7 and 8 systems. This catalog lists events + avaliable from the powerpc "hv_24x7" pmu. Its format is + documented here: + https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jmesmon/catalog-24x7/master/hv-24x7-catalog.h + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/interface/catalog_length +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List +Description: + A number equal to the length in bytes of the catalog. This is + also extractable from the provided binary "catalog" sysfs entry. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/interface/catalog_version +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List +Description: + Exposes the "version" field of the 24x7 catalog. This is also + extractable from the provided binary "catalog" sysfs entry. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/event_descs/ +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List +Description: + Provides the description of a particular event as provided by + the firmware. If firmware does not provide a description, no + file will be created. + + Note that the event-name lacks the domain suffix appended for + events in the events/ dir. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/event_long_descs/ +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List +Description: + Provides the "long" description of a particular event as + provided by the firmware. If firmware does not provide a + description, no file will be created. + + Note that the event-name lacks the domain suffix appended for + events in the events/ dir. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ca4e554d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/collect_privileged +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List +Description: + '0' if the hypervisor is configured to forbid access to event + counters being accumulated by other guests and to physical + domain event counters. + '1' if that access is allowed. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/ga +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List +Description: + 0 or 1. Indicates whether we have access to "GA" events (listed + in arch/powerpc/perf/hv-gpci.h). + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/expanded +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List +Description: + 0 or 1. Indicates whether we have access to "EXPANDED" events (listed + in arch/powerpc/perf/hv-gpci.h). + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/lab +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List +Description: + 0 or 1. Indicates whether we have access to "LAB" events (listed + in arch/powerpc/perf/hv-gpci.h). + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/version +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List +Description: + A number indicating the version of the gpci interface that the + hypervisor reports supporting. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/kernel_version +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List +Description: + A number indicating the latest version of the gpci interface + that the kernel is aware of. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe new file mode 100644 index 000000000..21640eaad --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +What: /sys/bus/fcoe/ +Date: August 2012 +KernelVersion: TBD +Contact: Robert Love , devel@open-fcoe.org +Description: The FCoE bus. Attributes in this directory are control interfaces. +Attributes: + + ctlr_create: 'FCoE Controller' instance creation interface. Writing an + to this file will allocate and populate sysfs with a + fcoe_ctlr_device (ctlr_X). The user can then configure any + per-port settings and finally write to the fcoe_ctlr_device's + 'start' attribute to begin the kernel's discovery and login + process. + + ctlr_destroy: 'FCoE Controller' instance removal interface. Writing a + fcoe_ctlr_device's sysfs name to this file will log the + fcoe_ctlr_device out of the fabric or otherwise connected + FCoE devices. It will also free all kernel memory allocated + for this fcoe_ctlr_device and any structures associated + with it, this includes the scsi_host. + +What: /sys/bus/fcoe/devices/ctlr_X +Date: March 2012 +KernelVersion: TBD +Contact: Robert Love , devel@open-fcoe.org +Description: 'FCoE Controller' instances on the fcoe bus. + The FCoE Controller now has a three stage creation process. + 1) Write interface name to ctlr_create 2) Configure the FCoE + Controller (ctlr_X) 3) Enable the FCoE Controller to begin + discovery and login. The FCoE Controller is destroyed by + writing it's name, i.e. ctlr_X to the ctlr_delete file. + +Attributes: + + fcf_dev_loss_tmo: Device loss timeout peroid (see below). Changing + this value will change the dev_loss_tmo for all + FCFs discovered by this controller. + + mode: Display or change the FCoE Controller's mode. Possible + modes are 'Fabric' and 'VN2VN'. If a FCoE Controller + is started in 'Fabric' mode then FIP FCF discovery is + initiated and ultimately a fabric login is attempted. + If a FCoE Controller is started in 'VN2VN' mode then + FIP VN2VN discovery and login is performed. A FCoE + Controller only supports one mode at a time. + + enabled: Whether an FCoE controller is enabled or disabled. + 0 if disabled, 1 if enabled. Writing either 0 or 1 + to this file will enable or disable the FCoE controller. + + lesb/link_fail: Link Error Status Block (LESB) link failure count. + + lesb/vlink_fail: Link Error Status Block (LESB) virtual link + failure count. + + lesb/miss_fka: Link Error Status Block (LESB) missed FCoE + Initialization Protocol (FIP) Keep-Alives (FKA). + + lesb/symb_err: Link Error Status Block (LESB) symbolic error count. + + lesb/err_block: Link Error Status Block (LESB) block error count. + + lesb/fcs_error: Link Error Status Block (LESB) Fibre Channel + Serivces error count. + +Notes: ctlr_X (global increment starting at 0) + +What: /sys/bus/fcoe/devices/fcf_X +Date: March 2012 +KernelVersion: TBD +Contact: Robert Love , devel@open-fcoe.org +Description: 'FCoE FCF' instances on the fcoe bus. A FCF is a Fibre Channel + Forwarder, which is a FCoE switch that can accept FCoE + (Ethernet) packets, unpack them, and forward the embedded + Fibre Channel frames into a FC fabric. It can also take + outbound FC frames and pack them in Ethernet packets to + be sent to their destination on the Ethernet segment. +Attributes: + + fabric_name: Identifies the fabric that the FCF services. + + switch_name: Identifies the FCF. + + priority: The switch's priority amongst other FCFs on the same + fabric. + + selected: 1 indicates that the switch has been selected for use; + 0 indicates that the swich will not be used. + + fc_map: The Fibre Channel MAP + + vfid: The Virtual Fabric ID + + mac: The FCF's MAC address + + fka_peroid: The FIP Keep-Alive peroid + + fabric_state: The internal kernel state + "Unknown" - Initialization value + "Disconnected" - No link to the FCF/fabric + "Connected" - Host is connected to the FCF + "Deleted" - FCF is being removed from the system + + dev_loss_tmo: The device loss timeout peroid for this FCF. + +Notes: A device loss infrastructre similar to the FC Transport's + is present in fcoe_sysfs. It is nice to have so that a + link flapping adapter doesn't continually advance the count + used to identify the discovered FCF. FCFs will exist in a + "Disconnected" state until either the timer expires and the + FCF becomes "Deleted" or the FCF is rediscovered and becomes + "Connected." + + +Users: The first user of this interface will be the fcoeadm application, + which is commonly packaged in the fcoe-utils package. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b1b282a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hsi +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: Carlos Chinea +Description: + High Speed Synchronous Serial Interface (HSI) is a + serial interface mainly used for connecting application + engines (APE) with cellular modem engines (CMT) in cellular + handsets. + The bus will be populated with devices (hsi_clients) representing + the protocols available in the system. Bus drivers implement + those protocols. + +What: /sys/bus/hsi/devices/.../modalias +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: Carlos Chinea +Description: Stores the same MODALIAS value emitted by uevent + Format: hsi: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9de269bb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../device +Date: February 2011 +Contact: Minkyu Kang +Description: + show what device is attached + NONE - no device + USB - USB device is attached + UART - UART is attached + CHARGER - Charger is attaced + JIG - JIG is attached + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../switch +Date: February 2011 +Contact: Minkyu Kang +Description: + show or set the state of manual switch + VAUDIO - switch to VAUDIO path + UART - switch to UART path + AUDIO - switch to AUDIO path + DHOST - switch to DHOST path + AUTO - switch automatically by device diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..feb2e4a87 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352 @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Where: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../heading0_input +Date: April 2010 +Kernel Version: 2.6.36? +Contact: alan.cox@intel.com +Description: Reports the current heading from the compass as a floating + point value in degrees. + +Where: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../power_state +Date: April 2010 +Kernel Version: 2.6.36? +Contact: alan.cox@intel.com +Description: Sets the power state of the device. 0 sets the device into + sleep mode, 1 wakes it up. + +Where: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../calibration +Date: April 2010 +Kernel Version: 2.6.36? +Contact: alan.cox@intel.com +Description: Sets the calibration on or off (1 = on, 0 = off). See the + chip data sheet. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b62230b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533 @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../output_hvled[n] +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold +Description: + Set the controlling backlight device for high-voltage current + sink HVLED[n] (n = 1, 2) (0, 1). + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../output_lvled[n] +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold +Description: + Set the controlling led device for low-voltage current sink + LVLED[n] (n = 1..5) (0..3). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fbdd79d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio @@ -0,0 +1,1364 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware chip or device accessed by one communication port. + Corresponds to a grouping of sensor channels. X is the IIO + index of the device. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + An event driven driver of data capture to an in kernel buffer. + May be provided by a device driver that also has an IIO device + based on hardware generated events (e.g. data ready) or + provided by a separate driver for other hardware (e.g. + periodic timer, GPIO or high resolution timer). + Contains trigger type specific elements. These do not + generalize well and hence are not documented in this file. + X is the IIO index of the trigger. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Directory of attributes relating to the buffer for the device. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/name +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Description of the physical chip / device for device X. + Typically a part number. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sampling_frequency +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/sampling_frequency +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/sampling_frequency +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Some devices have internal clocks. This parameter sets the + resulting sampling frequency. In many devices this + parameter has an effect on input filters etc. rather than + simply controlling when the input is sampled. As this + effects data ready triggers, hardware buffers and the sysfs + direct access interfaces, it may be found in any of the + relevant directories. If it effects all of the above + then it is to be found in the base device directory. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sampling_frequency_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/buffer/sampling_frequency_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/sampling_frequency_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + When the internal sampling clock can only take a small + discrete set of values, this file lists those available. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/oversampling_ratio +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware dependent ADC oversampling. Controls the sampling ratio + of the digital filter if available. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/oversampling_ratio_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware dependent values supported by the oversampling filter. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) voltage measurement from + channel Y. In special cases where the channel does not + correspond to externally available input one of the named + versions may be used. The number must always be specified and + unique to allow association with event codes. Units after + application of scale and offset are millivolts. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY-voltageZ_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled) differential voltage measurement equivalent to + channel Y - channel Z where these channel numbers apply to the + physically equivalent inputs when non differential readings are + separately available. In differential only parts, then all that + is required is a consistent labeling. Units after application + of scale and offset are millivolts. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_supply_raw +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) current measurement from + channel Y. In special cases where the channel does not + correspond to externally available input one of the named + versions may be used. The number must always be specified and + unique to allow association with event codes. Units after + application of scale and offset are milliamps. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY_raw +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw capacitance measurement from channel Y. Units after + application of scale and offset are nanofarads. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY-in_capacitanceZ_raw +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw differential capacitance measurement equivalent to + channel Y - channel Z where these channel numbers apply to the + physically equivalent inputs when non differential readings are + separately available. In differential only parts, then all that + is required is a consistent labeling. Units after application + of scale and offset are nanofarads. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_ambient_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_object_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) temperature measurement. + If an axis is specified it generally means that the temperature + sensor is associated with one part of a compound device (e.g. + a gyroscope axis). The ambient and object modifiers distinguish + between ambient (reference) and distant temperature for contact- + less measurements. Units after application of scale and offset + are milli degrees Celsius. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_input +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scaled temperature measurement in milli degrees Celsius. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Acceleration in direction x, y or z (may be arbitrarily assigned + but should match other such assignments on device). + Has all of the equivalent parameters as per voltageY. Units + after application of scale and offset are m/s^2. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Angular velocity about axis x, y or z (may be arbitrarily + assigned). Has all the equivalent parameters as per voltageY. + Units after application of scale and offset are radians per + second. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Inclination raw reading about axis x, y or z (may be + arbitrarily assigned). Data converted by application of offset + and scale to degrees. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Magnetic field along axis x, y or z (may be arbitrarily + assigned). Data converted by application of offset + then scale to Gauss. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_peak_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_peak_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_peak_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.36 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Highest value since some reset condition. These + attributes allow access to this and are otherwise + the direct equivalent of the Y[_name]_raw attributes. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_xyz_squared_peak_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.36 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A computed peak value based on the sum squared magnitude of + the underlying value in the specified directions. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_raw +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw pressure measurement from channel Y. Units after + application of scale and offset are kilopascal. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_input +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_input +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scaled pressure measurement from channel Y, in kilopascal. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_raw +KernelVersion: 3.14 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw humidity measurement of air. Units after application of + scale and offset are milli percent. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_input +KernelVersion: 3.14 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scaled humidity measurement in milli percent. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_X_mean_raw +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Averaged raw measurement from channel X. The number of values + used for averaging is device specific. The converting rules for + normal raw values also applies to the averaged raw values. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempY_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_offset +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If known for a device, offset to be added to [Y]_raw prior + to scaling by [Y]_scale in order to obtain value in the + units as specified in [Y]_raw documentation. + Not present if the offset is always 0 or unknown. If Y or + axis is not present, then the offset applies to all + in channels of . + May be writable if a variable offset can be applied on the + device. Note that this is different to calibbias which + is for devices (or drivers) that apply offsets to compensate + for variation between different instances of the part, typically + adjusted by using some hardware supported calibration procedure. + Calibbias is applied internally, offset is applied in userspace + to the _raw output. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_supply_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_peak_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_scale +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If known for a device, scale to be applied to Y[_name]_raw + post addition of [Y][_name]_offset in order to obtain the + measured value in units as specified in + [Y][_name]_raw documentation. If shared across all in + channels then Y and are not present and the value is + called [Y][_name]_scale. The peak modifier means this + value is applied to Y[_name]_peak_raw values. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_calibbias +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware applied calibration offset (assumed to fix production + inaccuracies). + +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibscale +what /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_calibscale +what /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_calibscale +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware applied calibration scale factor (assumed to fix + production inaccuracies). If shared across all channels, + _calibscale is used. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_activity_calibgender +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibgender +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_calibgender +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_calibgender +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Gender of the user (e.g.: male, female) used by some pedometers + to compute the stride length, distance, speed and activity + type. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_activity_calibgender_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibgender_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_calibgender_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_calibgender_available +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Lists all available gender values (e.g.: male, female). + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_activity_calibheight +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibheight +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_calibheight +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_calibheight +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Height of the user (in meters) used by some pedometers + to compute the stride length, distance, speed and activity + type. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibweight +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Weight of the user (in kg). It is needed by some pedometers + to compute the calories burnt by the user. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_voltageX_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_voltageX_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageX_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitance_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_scale_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If a discrete set of scale values is available, they + are listed in this attribute. + +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_hardwaregain +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_red_hardwaregain +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_green_hardwaregain +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_blue_hardwaregain +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_clear_hardwaregain +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware applied gain factor. If shared across all channels, + _hardwaregain is used. + +What: /sys/.../in_accel_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency +What: /sys/.../in_magn_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency +What: /sys/.../in_anglvel_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If a known or controllable low pass filter is applied + to the underlying data channel, then this parameter + gives the 3dB frequency of the filter in Hz. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled, no bias etc.) output voltage for + channel Y. The number must always be specified and + unique if the output corresponds to a single channel. + While DAC like devices typically use out_voltage, + a continuous frequency generating device, such as + a DDS or PLL should use out_altvoltage. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY&Z_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY&Z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled, no bias etc.) output voltage for an aggregate of + channel Y, channel Z, etc. This interface is available in cases + where a single output sets the value for multiple channels + simultaneously. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_powerdown_mode +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown_mode +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown_mode +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown_mode +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the output powerdown mode. + DAC output stage is disconnected from the amplifier and + 1kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via an 1kOhm resistor, + 6kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 6kOhm resistor, + 20kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 20kOhm resistor, + 100kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via an 100kOhm resistor, + 500kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 500kOhm resistor, + three_state: left floating. + For a list of available output power down options read + outX_powerdown_mode_available. If Y is not present the + mode is shared across all outputs. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_votlageY_powerdown_mode_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown_mode_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvotlageY_powerdown_mode_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown_mode_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Lists all available output power down modes. + If Y is not present the mode is shared across all outputs. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_powerdown +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing 1 causes output Y to enter the power down mode specified + by the corresponding outY_powerdown_mode. DAC output stage is + disconnected from the amplifier. Clearing returns to normal + operation. Y may be suppressed if all outputs are controlled + together. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Output frequency for channel Y in Hz. The number must always be + specified and unique if the output corresponds to a single + channel. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_phase +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Phase in radians of one frequency/clock output Y + (out_altvoltageY) relative to another frequency/clock output + (out_altvoltageZ) of the device X. The number must always be + specified and unique if the output corresponds to a single + channel. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Configuration of which hardware generated events are passed up + to user-space. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_en +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Event generated when channel passes a threshold in the specified + (_rising|_falling) direction. If the direction is not specified, + then either the device will report an event which ever direction + a single threshold value is passed in (e.g. + [Y][_name]__thresh_value) or + [Y][_name]__thresh_rising_value and + [Y][_name]__thresh_falling_value may take + different values, but the device can only enable both thresholds + or neither. + Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are + to be enabled where p is how many it supports (which may vary + depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be + sure you have set what you think you have, check the contents of + these attributes after everything is configured. Drivers may + have to buffer any parameters so that they are consistent when + a given event type is enabled at a future point (and not those for + whatever event was previously enabled). + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_roc_falling_en +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Event generated when channel passes a threshold on the rate of + change (1st differential) in the specified (_rising|_falling) + direction. If the direction is not specified, then either the + device will report an event which ever direction a single + threshold value is passed in (e.g. + [Y][_name]__roc_value) or + [Y][_name]__roc_rising_value and + [Y][_name]__roc_falling_value may take + different values, but the device can only enable both rate of + change thresholds or neither. + Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are + to be enabled where p is however many it supports (which may + vary depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be + sure you have set what you think you have, check the contents of + these attributes after everything is configured. Drivers may + have to buffer any parameters so that they are consistent when + a given event type is enabled a future point (and not those for + whatever event was previously enabled). + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_falling_value +what: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_rising_value +what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_falling_value +what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_rising_value +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the value of threshold that the device is comparing + against for the events enabled by + Y[_name]_thresh[_rising|falling]_en. + If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but + direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single + threshold value applies to both directions. + The raw or input element of the name indicates whether the + value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw + and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes). + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_peak_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltage_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltage_supply_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_temp_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity_scale +KernelVersion: 3.21 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the conversion factor from the standard units + to device specific units used to set the event trigger + threshold. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_falling_hysteresis +what: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_rising_hysteresis +what: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_either_hysteresis +what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_falling_hysteresis +what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_rising_hysteresis +what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_either_hysteresis +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the hysteresis of threshold that the device is comparing + against for the events enabled by + Y[_name]_thresh[_(rising|falling)]_hysteresis. + If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but + direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single + hysteresis value applies to both directions. + For falling events the hysteresis is added to the _value attribute for + this event to get the upper threshold for when the event goes back to + normal, for rising events the hysteresis is subtracted from the _value + attribute. E.g. if in_voltage0_raw_thresh_rising_value is set to 1200 + and in_voltage0_raw_thresh_rising_hysteresis is set to 50. The event + will get activated once in_voltage0_raw goes above 1200 and will become + deactived again once the value falls below 1150. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_roc_falling_value +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the value of rate of change threshold that the + device is comparing against for the events enabled by + [Y][_name]_roc[_rising|falling]_en. + If separate attributes exist for the two directions, + but direction is not specified for this attribute, + then a single threshold value applies to both directions. + The raw or input element of the name indicates whether the + value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw + and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes). + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_intensity0_thresh_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_falling_period +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Period of time (in seconds) for which the condition must be + met before an event is generated. If direction is not + specified then this period applies to both directions. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_falling_en +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Enables or disables activitity events. Depending on direction + an event is generated when sensor ENTERS or LEAVES a given state. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_falling_value +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Confidence value (in units as percentage) to be used + for deciding when an event should be generated. E.g for + running: If the confidence value reported by the sensor + is greater than in_activity_running_thresh_rising_value + then the sensor ENTERS running state. Conversely, if the + confidence value reported by the sensor is lower than + in_activity_running_thresh_falling_value then the sensor + is LEAVING running state. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_falling_en +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Similar to in_accel_x_thresh[_rising|_falling]_en, but here the + magnitude of the channel is compared to the threshold, not its + signed value. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_raw_mag_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_mag_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_mag_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_mag_rising_value +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The value to which the magnitude of the channel is compared. If + number or direction is not specified, applies to all channels of + this type. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_steps_change_en +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Event generated when channel passes a threshold on the absolute + change in value. E.g. for steps: a step change event is + generated each time the user takes N steps, where N is set using + in_steps_change_value. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_steps_change_value +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the value of change threshold that the + device is comparing against for the events enabled by + [Y][_name]_roc[_rising|falling|]_en. E.g. for steps: + if set to 3, a step change event will be generated every 3 + steps. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/trigger/current_trigger +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The name of the trigger source being used, as per string given + in /sys/class/iio/triggerY/name. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/length +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Number of scans contained by the buffer. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/bytes_per_datum +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Bytes per scan. Due to alignment fun, the scan may be larger + than implied directly by the scan_element parameters. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/enable +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Actually start the buffer capture up. Will start trigger + if first device and appropriate. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/scan_elements +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Directory containing interfaces for elements that will be + captured for a single triggered sample set in the buffer. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_z_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_z_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_z_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY-voltageZ_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_en +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scan element control for triggered data capture. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_type +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Description of the scan element data storage within the buffer + and hence the form in which it is read from user-space. + Form is [be|le]:[s|u]bits/storagebits[>>shift]. + be or le specifies big or little endian. s or u specifies if + signed (2's complement) or unsigned. bits is the number of bits + of data and storagebits is the space (after padding) that it + occupies in the buffer. shift if specified, is the shift that + needs to be applied prior to masking out unused bits. Some + devices put their data in the middle of the transferred elements + with additional information on both sides. Note that some + devices will have additional information in the unused bits + so to get a clean value, the bits value must be used to mask + the buffer output value appropriately. The storagebits value + also specifies the data alignment. So s48/64>>2 will be a + signed 48 bit integer stored in a 64 bit location aligned to + a 64 bit boundary. To obtain the clean value, shift right 2 + and apply a mask to zero the top 16 bits of the result. + For other storage combinations this attribute will be extended + appropriately. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_type_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If the type parameter can take one of a small set of values, + this attribute lists them. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_z_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_z_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_z_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_index +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A single positive integer specifying the position of this + scan element in the buffer. Note these are not dependent on + what is enabled and may not be contiguous. Thus for user-space + to establish the full layout these must be used in conjunction + with all _en attributes to establish which channels are present, + and the relevant _type attributes to establish the data storage + format. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_still_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_walking_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_jogging_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_running_input +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the confidence for an activity + expressed in units as percentage. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_quadrature_correction_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the amount of quadrature error + present in the device at a given time. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_accelX_power_mode +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the chip power mode. + low_noise: reduce noise level from ADC, + low_power: enable low current consumption. + For a list of available output power modes read + in_accel_power_mode_available. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_raw +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the energy value reported by the + device (e.g.: human activity sensors report energy burnt by the + user). Units after application of scale are Joules. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_raw +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the distance covered by the user + since the last reboot while activated. Units after application + of scale are meters. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/store_eeprom +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing '1' stores the current device configuration into + on-chip EEPROM. After power-up or chip reset the device will + automatically load the saved configuration. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_proximity_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_proximity_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_proximityY_raw +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Proximity measurement indicating that some + object is near the sensor, usually be observing + reflectivity of infrared or ultrasound emitted. + Often these sensors are unit less and as such conversion + to SI units is not possible. Higher proximity measurements + indicate closer objects, and vice versa. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_mean_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_ir_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_clear_raw +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Illuminance measurement, units after application of scale + and offset are lux. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_ir_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_both_raw +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Unit-less light intensity. Modifiers both and ir indicate + that measurements contains visible and infrared light + components or just infrared light, respectively. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_red_integration_time +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_green_integration_time +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_blue_integration_time +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_clear_integration_time +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_integration_time +KernelVersion: 3.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to get/set the integration time in + seconds. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_integration_time +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Number of seconds in which to compute speed. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_quaternion_raw +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw value of quaternion components using a format + x y z w. Here x, y, and z component represents the axis about + which a rotation will occur and w component represents the + amount of rotation. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_raw +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw value of rotation from true/magnetic north measured with + or without compensation from tilt sensors. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentX_raw +KernelVersion: 3.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw current measurement from channel X. Units are in milliamps + after application of scale and offset. If no offset or scale is + present, output should be considered as processed with the + unit in milliamps. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_en +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Activates a device feature that runs in firmware/hardware. + E.g. for steps: the pedometer saves power while not used; + when activated, it will count the steps taken by the user in + firmware and export them through in_steps_input. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_input +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the number of steps taken by the user + since the last reboot while activated. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_raw +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the current speed value of the + user (which is the norm or magnitude of the velocity vector). + Units after application of scale are m/s. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_debounce_count +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the number of steps that must occur within + in_steps_filter_debounce_time for the pedometer to decide the + consumer is making steps. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_debounce_time +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies number of seconds in which we compute the steps + that occur in order to decide if the consumer is making steps. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/watermark +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A single positive integer specifying the maximum number of scan + elements to wait for. + Poll will block until the watermark is reached. + Blocking read will wait until the minimum between the requested + read amount or the low water mark is available. + Non-blocking read will retrieve the available samples from the + buffer even if there are less samples then watermark level. This + allows the application to block on poll with a timeout and read + the available samples after the timeout expires and thus have a + maximum delay guarantee. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_enabled +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A read-only boolean value that indicates if the hardware fifo is + currently enabled or disabled. If the device does not have a + hardware fifo this entry is not present. + The hardware fifo is enabled when the buffer is enabled if the + current hardware fifo watermark level is set and other current + device settings allows it (e.g. if a trigger is set that samples + data differently that the hardware fifo does then hardware fifo + will not enabled). + If the hardware fifo is enabled and the level of the hardware + fifo reaches the hardware fifo watermark level the device will + flush its hardware fifo to the device buffer. Doing a non + blocking read on the device when no samples are present in the + device buffer will also force a flush. + When the hardware fifo is enabled there is no need to use a + trigger to use buffer mode since the watermark settings + guarantees that the hardware fifo is flushed to the device + buffer. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only entry that contains a single integer specifying the + current watermark level for the hardware fifo. If the device + does not have a hardware fifo this entry is not present. + The watermark level for the hardware fifo is set by the driver + based on the value set by the user in buffer/watermark but + taking into account hardware limitations (e.g. most hardware + buffers are limited to 32-64 samples, some hardware buffers + watermarks are fixed or have minimum levels). A value of 0 + means that the hardware watermark is unset. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark_min +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A single positive integer specifying the minimum watermark level + for the hardware fifo of this device. If the device does not + have a hardware fifo this entry is not present. + If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value less than this one, + then the hardware watermark will remain unset. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark_max +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A single positive integer specifying the maximum watermark level + for the hardware fifo of this device. If the device does not + have a hardware fifo this entry is not present. + If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value greater than this + one, then the hardware watermark will be capped at this value. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark_available +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A list of positive integers specifying the available watermark + levels for the hardware fifo. This entry is optional and if it + is not present it means that all the values between + hwfifo_watermark_min and hwfifo_watermark_max are supported. + If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value greater than + hwfifo_watermak_min but not equal to any of the values in this + list, the driver will chose an appropriate value for the + hardware fifo watermark level. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-bmc150 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-bmc150 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99847a913 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-bmc150 @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/name = "bmc150_accel-any-motion-devX" +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The BMC150 accelerometer kernel module provides an additional trigger, + which sets driver in a mode, where data is pushed to the buffer + only when there is any motion. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a91aeabe7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll2_feedback_clk_present +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll2_reference_clk_present +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_a_present +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_b_present +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_test_present +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/vcxo_clk_present +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading returns either '1' or '0'. + '1' means that the clock in question is present. + '0' means that the clock is missing. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pllY_locked +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading returns either '1' or '0'. '1' means that the + pllY is locked. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sync_dividers +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing '1' triggers the clock distribution synchronization + functionality. All dividers are reset and the channels start + with their predefined phase offsets (out_altvoltageY_phase). + Writing this file has the effect as driving the external + /SYNC pin low. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1254457a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350 @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency_resolution +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Stores channel Y frequency resolution/channel spacing in Hz. + The value given directly influences the MODULUS used by + the fractional-N PLL. It is assumed that the algorithm + that is used to compute the various dividers, is able to + generate proper values for multiples of channel spacing. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_refin_frequency +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Sets channel Y REFin frequency in Hz. In some clock chained + applications, the reference frequency used by the PLL may + change during runtime. This attribute allows the user to + adjust the reference frequency accordingly. + The value written has no effect until out_altvoltageY_frequency + is updated. Consider to use out_altvoltageY_powerdown to power + down the PLL and its RFOut buffers during REFin changes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-gyro-bmg160 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-gyro-bmg160 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e98209c91 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-gyro-bmg160 @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/name = "bmg160-any-motion-devX" +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The BMG160 gyro kernel module provides an additional trigger, + which sets driver in a mode, where data is pushed to the buffer + only when there is any motion. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22c5ea670 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_either_en +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold +Description: + Event generated when channel passes one of the four thresholds + in each direction (rising|falling) and a zone change occurs. + The corresponding light zone can be read from + in_illuminance0_zone. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_threshY_hysteresis +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold +Description: + Get the hysteresis for thresholds Y, that is, + threshY_hysteresis = threshY_raising - threshY_falling + +What: /sys/.../events/illuminance_threshY_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/illuminance_threshY_raising_value +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold +Description: + Specifies the value of threshold that the device is comparing + against for the events enabled by + in_illuminance0_thresh_either_en (0..255), where Y in 0..3. + + Note that threshY_falling must be less than or equal to + threshY_raising. + + These thresholds correspond to the eight zone-boundary + registers (boundaryY_{low,high}) and define the five light + zones. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_zone +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold +Description: + Get the current light zone (0..4) as defined by the + in_illuminance0_threshY_{falling,rising} thresholds. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_raw +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold +Description: + Get output current for channel Y (0..255), that is, + out_currentY_currentZ_raw, where Z is the current zone. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_currentZ_raw +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold +Description: + Set the output current for channel out_currentY when in zone + Z (0..255), where Y in 0..2 and Z in 0..4. + + These values correspond to the ALS-mapper target registers for + ALS-mapper Y + 1. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb53737aa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gyro_matrix +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_matrix +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_matrix +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This is mounting matrix for motion sensors. Mounting matrix + is a 3x3 unitary matrix. A typical mounting matrix would look like + [0, 1, 0; 1, 0, 0; 0, 0, -1]. Using this information, it would be + easy to tell the relative positions among sensors as well as their + positions relative to the board that holds these sensors. Identity matrix + [1, 0, 0; 0, 1, 0; 0, 0, 1] means sensor chip and device are perfectly + aligned with each other. All axes are exactly the same. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6708c5e26 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935 @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity_raw +Date: March 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Matt Ranostay +Description: + Get the current distance in meters of storm (1km steps) + 1000-40000 = distance in meters + +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sensor_sensitivity +Date: March 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Matt Ranostay +Description: + Show or set the gain boost of the amp, from 0-31 range. + 18 = indoors (default) + 14 = outdoors diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5235e6c74 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/trigger_now +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This file is provided by the iio-trig-sysfs stand-alone trigger + driver. Writing this file with any value triggers an event + driven driver, associated with this trigger, to capture data + into an in kernel buffer. This approach can be valuable during + automated testing or in situations, where other trigger methods + are not applicable. For example no RTC or spare GPIOs. + X is the IIO index of the trigger. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio new file mode 100644 index 000000000..491baaf42 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../phy_id +Date: November 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute contains the 32-bit PHY Identifier as reported + by the device during bus enumeration, encoded in hexadecimal. + This ID is used to match the device with the appropriate + driver. + +What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../phy_interface +Date: February 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute contains the PHY interface as configured by the + Ethernet driver during bus enumeration, encoded in string. + This interface mode is used to configure the Ethernet MAC with the + appropriate mode for its data lines to the PHY hardware. + +What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../phy_has_fixups +Date: February 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute contains the boolean value whether a given PHY + device has had any "fixup" workaround running on it, encoded as + a boolean. This information is provided to help troubleshooting + PHY configurations. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7057e5741 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/bus/media/devices/.../model +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Laurent Pinchart + linux-media@vger.kernel.org +Description: Contains the device model name in UTF-8. The device version is + is not be appended to the model name. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2066f0bbd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../modalias +Date: March 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.10 +Contact: Samuel Ortiz + linux-mei@linux.intel.com +Description: Stores the same MODALIAS value emitted by uevent + Format: mei: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3bc50f65 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci @@ -0,0 +1,296 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../bind +Date: December 2003 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing a device location to this file will cause + the driver to attempt to bind to the device found at + this location. This is useful for overriding default + bindings. The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F. + That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as + found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example: + # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/bind + (Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n). + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../unbind +Date: December 2003 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing a device location to this file will cause the + driver to attempt to unbind from the device found at + this location. This may be useful when overriding default + bindings. The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F. + That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as + found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example: + # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/unbind + (Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n). + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../new_id +Date: December 2003 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing a device ID to this file will attempt to + dynamically add a new device ID to a PCI device driver. + This may allow the driver to support more hardware than + was included in the driver's static device ID support + table at compile time. The format for the device ID is: + VVVV DDDD SVVV SDDD CCCC MMMM PPPP. That is Vendor ID, + Device ID, Subsystem Vendor ID, Subsystem Device ID, + Class, Class Mask, and Private Driver Data. The Vendor ID + and Device ID fields are required, the rest are optional. + Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe + for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example: + # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/new_id + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../remove_id +Date: February 2009 +Contact: Chris Wright +Description: + Writing a device ID to this file will remove an ID + that was dynamically added via the new_id sysfs entry. + The format for the device ID is: + VVVV DDDD SVVV SDDD CCCC MMMM. That is Vendor ID, Device + ID, Subsystem Vendor ID, Subsystem Device ID, Class, + and Class Mask. The Vendor ID and Device ID fields are + required, the rest are optional. After successfully + removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the + device. This is useful to ensure auto probing won't + match the driver to the device. For example: + # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/remove_id + +What: /sys/bus/pci/rescan +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Linux PCI developers +Description: + Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will + force a rescan of all PCI buses in the system, and + re-discover previously removed devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_bus +Date: September 2014 +Contact: Linux PCI developers +Description: + Writing a zero value to this attribute disallows MSI and + MSI-X for any future drivers of the device. If the device + is a bridge, MSI and MSI-X will be disallowed for future + drivers of all child devices under the bridge. Drivers + must be reloaded for the new setting to take effect. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_irqs/ +Date: September, 2011 +Contact: Neil Horman +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../msi_irqs directory contains a variable set + of files, with each file being named after a corresponding msi + irq vector allocated to that device. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_irqs/ +Date: September 2011 +Contact: Neil Horman +Description: + This attribute indicates the mode that the irq vector named by + the file is in (msi vs. msix) + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../remove +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Linux PCI developers +Description: + Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will + hot-remove the PCI device and any of its children. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../pci_bus/.../rescan +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Linux PCI developers +Description: + Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will + force a rescan of the bus and all child buses, + and re-discover devices removed earlier from this + part of the device tree. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../rescan +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Linux PCI developers +Description: + Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will + force a rescan of the device's parent bus and all + child buses, and re-discover devices removed earlier + from this part of the device tree. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../reset +Date: July 2009 +Contact: Michael S. Tsirkin +Description: + Some devices allow an individual function to be reset + without affecting other functions in the same device. + For devices that have this support, a file named reset + will be present in sysfs. Writing 1 to this file + will perform reset. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../vpd +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Ben Hutchings +Description: + A file named vpd in a device directory will be a + binary file containing the Vital Product Data for the + device. It should follow the VPD format defined in + PCI Specification 2.1 or 2.2, but users should consider + that some devices may have malformatted data. If the + underlying VPD has a writable section then the + corresponding section of this file will be writable. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../virtfnN +Date: March 2009 +Contact: Yu Zhao +Description: + This symbolic link appears when hardware supports the SR-IOV + capability and the Physical Function driver has enabled it. + The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of the + Virtual Function whose index is N (0...MaxVFs-1). + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../dep_link +Date: March 2009 +Contact: Yu Zhao +Description: + This symbolic link appears when hardware supports the SR-IOV + capability and the Physical Function driver has enabled it, + and this device has vendor specific dependencies with others. + The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of + Physical Function this device depends on. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../physfn +Date: March 2009 +Contact: Yu Zhao +Description: + This symbolic link appears when a device is a Virtual Function. + The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of the + Physical Function this device associates with. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/slots/.../module +Date: June 2009 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This symbolic link points to the PCI hotplug controller driver + module that manages the hotplug slot. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../label +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Narendra K , linux-bugs@dell.com +Description: + Reading this attribute will provide the firmware + given name (SMBIOS type 41 string or ACPI _DSM string) of + the PCI device. The attribute will be created only + if the firmware has given a name to the PCI device. + ACPI _DSM string name will be given priority if the + system firmware provides SMBIOS type 41 string also. +Users: + Userspace applications interested in knowing the + firmware assigned name of the PCI device. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../index +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Narendra K , linux-bugs@dell.com +Description: + Reading this attribute will provide the firmware + given instance (SMBIOS type 41 device type instance) of the + PCI device. The attribute will be created only if the firmware + has given an instance number to the PCI device. +Users: + Userspace applications interested in knowing the + firmware assigned device type instance of the PCI + device that can help in understanding the firmware + intended order of the PCI device. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../acpi_index +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Narendra K , linux-bugs@dell.com +Description: + Reading this attribute will provide the firmware + given instance (ACPI _DSM instance number) of the PCI device. + The attribute will be created only if the firmware has given + an instance number to the PCI device. ACPI _DSM instance number + will be given priority if the system firmware provides SMBIOS + type 41 device type instance also. +Users: + Userspace applications interested in knowing the + firmware assigned instance number of the PCI + device that can help in understanding the firmware + intended order of the PCI device. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../d3cold_allowed +Date: July 2012 +Contact: Huang Ying +Description: + d3cold_allowed is bit to control whether the corresponding PCI + device can be put into D3Cold state. If it is cleared, the + device will never be put into D3Cold state. If it is set, the + device may be put into D3Cold state if other requirements are + satisfied too. Reading this attribute will show the current + value of d3cold_allowed bit. Writing this attribute will set + the value of d3cold_allowed bit. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_totalvfs +Date: November 2012 +Contact: Donald Dutile +Description: + This file appears when a physical PCIe device supports SR-IOV. + Userspace applications can read this file to determine the + maximum number of Virtual Functions (VFs) a PCIe physical + function (PF) can support. Typically, this is the value reported + in the PF's SR-IOV extended capability structure's TotalVFs + element. Drivers have the ability at probe time to reduce the + value read from this file via the pci_sriov_set_totalvfs() + function. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_numvfs +Date: November 2012 +Contact: Donald Dutile +Description: + This file appears when a physical PCIe device supports SR-IOV. + Userspace applications can read and write to this file to + determine and control the enablement or disablement of Virtual + Functions (VFs) on the physical function (PF). A read of this + file will return the number of VFs that are enabled on this PF. + A number written to this file will enable the specified + number of VFs. A userspace application would typically read the + file and check that the value is zero, and then write the number + of VFs that should be enabled on the PF; the value written + should be less than or equal to the value in the sriov_totalvfs + file. A userspace application wanting to disable the VFs would + write a zero to this file. The core ensures that valid values + are written to this file, and returns errors when values are not + valid. For example, writing a 2 to this file when sriov_numvfs + is not 0 and not 2 already will return an error. Writing a 10 + when the value of sriov_totalvfs is 8 will return an error. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../driver_override +Date: April 2014 +Contact: Alex Williamson +Description: + This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which + will override standard static and dynamic ID matching. When + specified, only a driver with a name matching the value written + to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind to the + device. The override is specified by writing a string to the + driver_override file (echo pci-stub > driver_override) and + may be cleared with an empty string (echo > driver_override). + This returns the device to standard matching rules binding. + Writing to driver_override does not automatically unbind the + device from its current driver or make any attempt to + automatically load the specified driver. If no driver with a + matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, the device + will not bind to any driver. This also allows devices to + opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override name such as + "none". Only a single driver may be specified in the override, + there is no support for parsing delimiters. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../numa_node +Date: Oct 2014 +Contact: Prarit Bhargava +Description: + This file contains the NUMA node to which the PCI device is + attached, or -1 if the node is unknown. The initial value + comes from an ACPI _PXM method or a similar firmware + source. If that is missing or incorrect, this file can be + written to override the node. In that case, please report + a firmware bug to the system vendor. Writing to this file + taints the kernel with TAINT_FIRMWARE_WORKAROUND, which + reduces the supportability of your system. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53d99edd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices//ccissX/cXdY/model +Date: March 2009 +Kernel Version: 2.6.30 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 model for logical drive + Y of controller X. + +Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices//ccissX/cXdY/rev +Date: March 2009 +Kernel Version: 2.6.30 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 revision for logical + drive Y of controller X. + +Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices//ccissX/cXdY/unique_id +Date: March 2009 +Kernel Version: 2.6.30 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 83 serial number for logical + drive Y of controller X. + +Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices//ccissX/cXdY/vendor +Date: March 2009 +Kernel Version: 2.6.30 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 vendor for logical drive + Y of controller X. + +Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices//ccissX/cXdY/block:cciss!cXdY +Date: March 2009 +Kernel Version: 2.6.30 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: A symbolic link to /sys/block/cciss!cXdY + +Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices//ccissX/rescan +Date: August 2009 +Kernel Version: 2.6.31 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Kicks of a rescan of the controller to discover logical + drive topology changes. + +Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices//ccissX/cXdY/lunid +Date: August 2009 +Kernel Version: 2.6.31 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the 8-byte LUN ID used to address logical + drive Y of controller X. + +Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices//ccissX/cXdY/raid_level +Date: August 2009 +Kernel Version: 2.6.31 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the RAID level of logical drive Y of + controller X. + +Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices//ccissX/cXdY/usage_count +Date: August 2009 +Kernel Version: 2.6.31 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the usage count (number of opens) of logical drive Y + of controller X. + +Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices//ccissX/resettable +Date: February 2011 +Kernel Version: 2.6.38 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Value of 1 indicates the controller can honor the reset_devices + kernel parameter. Value of 0 indicates reset_devices cannot be + honored. This is to allow, for example, kexec tools to be able + to warn the user if they designate an unresettable device as + a dump device, as kdump requires resetting the device in order + to work reliably. + +Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices//ccissX/transport_mode +Date: July 2011 +Kernel Version: 3.0 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Value of "simple" indicates that the controller has been placed + in "simple mode". Value of "performant" indicates that the + controller has been placed in "performant mode". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60c60fa62 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/ehci_hcd/.../companion + /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbN/../companion +Date: January 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.21 +Contact: Alan Stern +Description: + PCI-based EHCI USB controllers (i.e., high-speed USB-2.0 + controllers) are often implemented along with a set of + "companion" full/low-speed USB-1.1 controllers. When a + high-speed device is plugged in, the connection is routed + to the EHCI controller; when a full- or low-speed device + is plugged in, the connection is routed to the companion + controller. + + Sometimes you want to force a high-speed device to connect + at full speed, which can be accomplished by forcing the + connection to be routed to the companion controller. + That's what this file does. Writing a port number to the + file causes connections on that port to be routed to the + companion controller, and writing the negative of a port + number returns the port to normal operation. + + For example: To force the high-speed device attached to + port 4 on bus 2 to run at full speed: + + echo 4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion + + To return the port to high-speed operation: + + echo -4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion + + Reading the file gives the list of ports currently forced + to the companion controller. + + Note: Some EHCI controllers do not have companions; they + may contain an internal "transaction translator" or they + may be attached directly to a "rate-matching hub". This + mechanism will not work with such controllers. Also, it + cannot be used to force a port on a high-speed hub to + connect at full speed. + + Note: When this file was first added, it appeared in a + different sysfs directory. The location given above is + correct for 2.6.35 (and probably several earlier kernel + versions as well). + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5172a6124 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/.../driver_override +Date: April 2014 +Contact: Kim Phillips +Description: + This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which + will override standard OF, ACPI, ID table, and name matching. + When specified, only a driver with a name matching the value + written to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind + to the device. The override is specified by writing a string + to the driver_override file (echo vfio-platform > \ + driver_override) and may be cleared with an empty string + (echo > driver_override). This returns the device to standard + matching rules binding. Writing to driver_override does not + automatically unbind the device from its current driver or make + any attempt to automatically load the specified driver. If no + driver with a matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, + the device will not bind to any driver. This also allows + devices to opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override + name such as "none". Only a single driver may be specified in + the override, there is no support for parsing delimiters. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ddd68092 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +What: /sys/bus/rbd/ +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Yehuda Sadeh , + Sage Weil +Description: + +Being used for adding and removing rbd block devices. + +Usage: [snap name] + + $ echo "192.168.0.1 name=admin rbd foo" > /sys/bus/rbd/add + +The snapshot name can be "-" or omitted to map the image read/write. A +will be assigned for any registered block device. If snapshot is used, it will +be mapped read-only. + +Removal of a device: + + $ echo > /sys/bus/rbd/remove + +What: /sys/bus/rbd/add_single_major +Date: December 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.14 +Contact: Sage Weil +Description: Available only if rbd module is inserted with single_major + parameter set to true. + Usage is the same as for /sys/bus/rbd/add. If present, + should be used instead of the latter: any attempts to use + /sys/bus/rbd/add if /sys/bus/rbd/add_single_major is + available will fail for backwards compatibility reasons. + +What: /sys/bus/rbd/remove_single_major +Date: December 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.14 +Contact: Sage Weil +Description: Available only if rbd module is inserted with single_major + parameter set to true. + Usage is the same as for /sys/bus/rbd/remove. If present, + should be used instead of the latter: any attempts to use + /sys/bus/rbd/remove if /sys/bus/rbd/remove_single_major is + available will fail for backwards compatibility reasons. + +Entries under /sys/bus/rbd/devices// +-------------------------------------------- + +client_id + + The ceph unique client id that was assigned for this specific session. + +features + + A hexadecimal encoding of the feature bits for this image. + +major + + The block device major number. + +minor + + The block device minor number. (December 2013, since 3.14.) + +name + + The name of the rbd image. + +image_id + + The unique id for the rbd image. (For rbd image format 1 + this is empty.) + +pool + + The name of the storage pool where this rbd image resides. + An rbd image name is unique within its pool. + +pool_id + + The unique identifier for the rbd image's pool. This is + a permanent attribute of the pool. A pool's id will never + change. + +size + + The size (in bytes) of the mapped block device. + +refresh + + Writing to this file will reread the image header data and set + all relevant datastructures accordingly. + +current_snap + + The current snapshot for which the device is mapped. + +parent + + Information identifying the chain of parent images in a layered rbd + image. Entries are separated by empty lines. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..189e419a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../name +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels are identified with a (textual) name, + which is maximum 32 bytes long (defined as RPMSG_NAME_SIZE in + rpmsg.h). + + This sysfs entry contains the name of this channel. + +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../src +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels have a local ("source") rpmsg address, + and remote ("destination") rpmsg address. When an entity + starts listening on one end of a channel, it assigns it with + a unique rpmsg address (a 32 bits integer). This way when + inbound messages arrive to this address, the rpmsg core + dispatches them to the listening entity (a kernel driver). + + This sysfs entry contains the src (local) rpmsg address + of this channel. If it contains 0xffffffff, then an address + wasn't assigned (can happen if no driver exists for this + channel). + +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../dst +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels have a local ("source") rpmsg address, + and remote ("destination") rpmsg address. When an entity + starts listening on one end of a channel, it assigns it with + a unique rpmsg address (a 32 bits integer). This way when + inbound messages arrive to this address, the rpmsg core + dispatches them to the listening entity. + + This sysfs entry contains the dst (remote) rpmsg address + of this channel. If it contains 0xffffffff, then an address + wasn't assigned (can happen if the kernel driver that + is attached to this channel is exposing a service to the + remote processor. This make it a local rpmsg server, + and it is listening for inbound messages that may be sent + from any remote rpmsg client; it is not bound to a single + remote entity). + +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../announce +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels are identified by a textual name (see + /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../name above) and have a local + ("source") rpmsg address, and remote ("destination") rpmsg + address. + + A channel is first created when an entity, whether local + or remote, starts listening on it for messages (and is thus + called an rpmsg server). + + When that happens, a "name service" announcement is sent + to the other processor, in order to let it know about the + creation of the channel (this way remote clients know they + can start sending messages). + + This sysfs entry tells us whether the channel is a local + server channel that is announced (values are either + true or false). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..948fec412 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +What: /sys/bus/umc/ +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel +Description: + The Wireless Host Controller Interface (WHCI) + specification describes a PCI-based device with + multiple capabilities; the UWB Multi-interface + Controller (UMC). + + The umc bus presents each of the individual + capabilties as a device. + +What: /sys/bus/umc/devices/.../capability_id +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel +Description: + The ID of this capability, with 0 being the radio + controller capability. + +What: /sys/bus/umc/devices/.../version +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel +Description: + The specification version this capability's hardware + interface complies with. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e5cc7633d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../authorized +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: David Vrabel +Description: + Authorized devices are available for use by device + drivers, non-authorized one are not. By default, wired + USB devices are authorized. + + Certified Wireless USB devices are not authorized + initially and should be (by writing 1) after the + device has been authenticated. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_cdid +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel +Description: + For Certified Wireless USB devices only. + + A devices's CDID, as 16 space-separated hex octets. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_ck +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel +Description: + For Certified Wireless USB devices only. + + Write the device's connection key (CK) to start the + authentication of the device. The CK is 16 + space-separated hex octets. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_disconnect +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel +Description: + For Certified Wireless USB devices only. + + Write a 1 to force the device to disconnect + (equivalent to unplugging a wired USB device). + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id +Date: October 2011 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing a device ID to this file will attempt to + dynamically add a new device ID to a USB device driver. + This may allow the driver to support more hardware than + was included in the driver's static device ID support + table at compile time. The format for the device ID is: + idVendor idProduct bInterfaceClass RefIdVendor RefIdProduct + The vendor ID and device ID fields are required, the + rest is optional. The Ref* tuple can be used to tell the + driver to use the same driver_data for the new device as + it is used for the reference device. + Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe + for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example: + # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id + + Here add a new device (0458:7045) using driver_data from + an already supported device (0458:704c): + # echo "0458 7045 0 0458 704c" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id + + Reading from this file will list all dynamically added + device IDs in the same format, with one entry per + line. For example: + # cat /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id + 8086 10f5 + dead beef 06 + f00d cafe + + The list will be truncated at PAGE_SIZE bytes due to + sysfs restrictions. + +What: /sys/bus/usb-serial/drivers/.../new_id +Date: October 2011 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + For serial USB drivers, this attribute appears under the + extra bus folder "usb-serial" in sysfs; apart from that + difference, all descriptions from the entry + "/sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id" apply. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../remove_id +Date: November 2009 +Contact: CHENG Renquan +Description: + Writing a device ID to this file will remove an ID + that was dynamically added via the new_id sysfs entry. + The format for the device ID is: + idVendor idProduct. After successfully + removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the + device. This is useful to ensure auto probing won't + match the driver to the device. For example: + # echo "046d c315" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/remove_id + + Reading from this file will list the dynamically added + device IDs, exactly like reading from the entry + "/sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id" + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_hardware_lpm +Date: September 2011 +Contact: Andiry Xu +Description: + If CONFIG_PM is set and a USB 2.0 lpm-capable device is plugged + in to a xHCI host which support link PM, it will perform a LPM + test; if the test is passed and host supports USB2 hardware LPM + (xHCI 1.0 feature), USB2 hardware LPM will be enabled for the + device and the USB device directory will contain a file named + power/usb2_hardware_lpm. The file holds a string value (enable + or disable) indicating whether or not USB2 hardware LPM is + enabled for the device. Developer can write y/Y/1 or n/N/0 to + the file to enable/disable the feature. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../removable +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Matthew Garrett +Description: + Some information about whether a given USB device is + physically fixed to the platform can be inferred from a + combination of hub descriptor bits and platform-specific data + such as ACPI. This file will read either "removable" or + "fixed" if the information is available, and "unknown" + otherwise. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../ltm_capable +Date: July 2012 +Contact: Sarah Sharp +Description: + USB 3.0 devices may optionally support Latency Tolerance + Messaging (LTM). They indicate their support by setting a bit + in the bmAttributes field of their SuperSpeed BOS descriptors. + If that bit is set for the device, ltm_capable will read "yes". + If the device doesn't support LTM, the file will read "no". + The file will be present for all speeds of USB devices, and will + always read "no" for USB 1.1 and USB 2.0 devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX +Date: August 2012 +Contact: Lan Tianyu +Description: + The /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX + is usb port device's sysfs directory. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/connect_type +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Lan Tianyu +Description: + Some platforms provide usb port connect types through ACPI. + This attribute is to expose these information to user space. + The file will read "hotplug", "wired" and "not used" if the + information is available, and "unknown" otherwise. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_lpm_l1_timeout +Date: May 2013 +Contact: Mathias Nyman +Description: + USB 2.0 devices may support hardware link power management (LPM) + L1 sleep state. The usb2_lpm_l1_timeout attribute allows + tuning the timeout for L1 inactivity timer (LPM timer), e.g. + needed inactivity time before host requests the device to go to L1 sleep. + Useful for power management tuning. + Supported values are 0 - 65535 microseconds. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_lpm_besl +Date: May 2013 +Contact: Mathias Nyman +Description: + USB 2.0 devices that support hardware link power management (LPM) + L1 sleep state now use a best effort service latency value (BESL) to + indicate the best effort to resumption of service to the device after the + initiation of the resume event. + If the device does not have a preferred besl value then the host can select + one instead. This usb2_lpm_besl attribute allows to tune the host selected besl + value in order to tune power saving and service latency. + + Supported values are 0 - 15. + More information on how besl values map to microseconds can be found in + USB 2.0 ECN Errata for Link Power Management, section 4.10) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..70d00dfa4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../powered +Date: August 2008 +Kernel Version: 2.6.26 +Contact: Harrison Metzger +Description: Controls whether the device's display will powered. + A value of 0 is off and a non-zero value is on. + +Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../mode_msb +Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../mode_lsb +Date: August 2008 +Kernel Version: 2.6.26 +Contact: Harrison Metzger +Description: Controls the devices display mode. + For a 6 character display the values are + MSB 0x06; LSB 0x3F, and + for an 8 character display the values are + MSB 0x08; LSB 0xFF. + +Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../textmode +Date: August 2008 +Kernel Version: 2.6.26 +Contact: Harrison Metzger +Description: Controls the way the device interprets its text buffer. + raw: each character controls its segment manually + hex: each character is between 0-15 + ascii: each character is between '0'-'9' and 'A'-'F'. + +Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../text +Date: August 2008 +Kernel Version: 2.6.26 +Contact: Harrison Metzger +Description: The text (or data) for the device to display + +Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../decimals +Date: August 2008 +Kernel Version: 2.6.26 +Contact: Harrison Metzger +Description: Controls the decimal places on the device. + To set the nth decimal place, give this field + the value of 10 ** n. Assume this field has + the value k and has 1 or more decimal places set, + to set the mth place (where m is not already set), + change this fields value to k + 10 ** m. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aae68fc2d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +Link Layer Validation Device is a standard device for testing of Super +Speed Link Layer tests. These nodes are available in sysfs only when lvs +driver is bound with root hub device. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../get_dev_desc +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand +Description: + Write to this node to issue "Get Device Descriptor" + for Link Layer Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.06. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u1_timeout +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand +Description: + Set "U1 timeout" for the downstream port where Link Layer + Validation device is connected. Timeout value must be between 0 + and 127. It is needed for TD.7.18, TD.7.19, TD.7.20 and TD.7.21. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u2_timeout +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand +Description: + Set "U2 timeout" for the downstream port where Link Layer + Validation device is connected. Timeout value must be between 0 + and 127. It is needed for TD.7.18, TD.7.19, TD.7.20 and TD.7.21. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../hot_reset +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand +Description: + Write to this node to issue "Reset" for Link Layer Validation + device. It is needed for TD.7.29, TD.7.31, TD.7.34 and TD.7.35. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u3_entry +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand +Description: + Write to this node to issue "U3 entry" for Link Layer + Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.35 and TD.7.36. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u3_exit +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand +Description: + Write to this node to issue "U3 exit" for Link Layer + Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.36. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port new file mode 100644 index 000000000..716cffc45 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +What: /sys/class/c2port/ +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/ directory will contain files and + directories that will provide a unified interface to + the C2 port interface. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/ directory is related to X-th + C2 port into the system. Each directory will contain files to + manage and control its C2 port. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/access +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/access file enable the access + to the C2 port from the system. No commands can be sent + till this entry is set to 0. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/dev_id +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/dev_id file show the device ID + of the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_access +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_access file enable the + access to the on-board flash of the connected micro. + No commands can be sent till this entry is set to 0. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_block_size +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_block_size file show + the on-board flash block size of the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_blocks_num +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_blocks_num file show + the on-board flash blocks number of the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_data +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_data file export + the content of the on-board flash of the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase file execute + the "erase" command on the on-board flash of the connected + micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase file show the + on-board flash size of the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset file execute a "reset" + command on the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/rev_id +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/rev_id file show the revision ID + of the connected micro. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df0f7828c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/block//iosched/target_latency +Date: March 2012 +contact: Tao Ma +Description: + The /sys/block//iosched/target_latency only exists + when the user sets cfq to /sys/block//scheduler. + It contains an estimated latency time for the cfq. cfq will + use it to calculate the time slice used for every task. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class new file mode 100644 index 000000000..676530fcf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/class/ +Date: Febuary 2006 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman +Description: + The /sys/class directory will consist of a group of + subdirectories describing individual classes of devices + in the kernel. The individual directories will consist + of either subdirectories, or symlinks to other + directories. + + All programs that use this directory tree must be able + to handle both subdirectories or symlinks in order to + work properly. + +Users: + udev diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33e648808 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870 @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +What: /sys/class/backlight//_max +What: /sys/class/backlight//l1_daylight_max +What: /sys/class/backlight//l2_bright_max +What: /sys/class/backlight//l3_office_max +What: /sys/class/backlight//l4_indoor_max +What: /sys/class/backlight//l5_dark_max +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org +Description: + Control the maximum brightness for + on this . Values are between 0 and 127. This file + will also show the brightness level stored for this + . + +What: /sys/class/backlight//_dim +What: /sys/class/backlight//l2_bright_dim +What: /sys/class/backlight//l3_office_dim +What: /sys/class/backlight//l4_indoor_dim +What: /sys/class/backlight//l5_dark_dim +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org +Description: + Control the dim brightness for + on this . Values are between 0 and 127, typically + set to 0. Full off when the backlight is disabled. + This file will also show the dim brightness level stored for + this . + +What: /sys/class/backlight//ambient_light_level +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org +Description: + Get conversion value of the light sensor. + This value is updated every 80 ms (when the light sensor + is enabled). Returns integer between 0 (dark) and + 8000 (max ambient brightness) + +What: /sys/class/backlight//ambient_light_zone +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org +Description: + Get/Set current ambient light zone. Reading returns + integer between 1..5 (1 = daylight, 2 = bright, ..., 5 = dark). + Writing a value between 1..5 forces the backlight controller + to enter the corresponding ambient light zone. + Writing 0 returns to normal/automatic ambient light level + operation. The ambient light sensing feature on these devices + is an extension to the API documented in + Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight. + It can be enabled by writing the value stored in + /sys/class/backlight//max_brightness to + /sys/class/backlight//brightness. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77cf7ac94 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +What: /sys/class/backlight//als_channel +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold +Description: + Get the ALS output channel used as input in + ALS-current-control mode (0, 1), where + + 0 - out_current0 (backlight 0) + 1 - out_current1 (backlight 1) + +What: /sys/class/backlight//als_en +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold +Description: + Enable ALS-current-control mode (0, 1). + +What: /sys/class/backlight//id +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold +Description: + Get the id of this backlight (0, 1). + +What: /sys/class/backlight//linear +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold +Description: + Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where + + 0 - exponential mode + 1 - linear mode + +What: /sys/class/backlight//pwm +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold +Description: + Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where + + bit 5 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 4 + bit 4 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 3 + bit 3 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 2 + bit 2 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 1 + bit 1 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 0 + bit 0 - PWM-input enabled diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d773d5697 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +What: /sys/class/bdi// +Date: January 2008 +Contact: Peter Zijlstra +Description: + +Provide a place in sysfs for the backing_dev_info object. This allows +setting and retrieving various BDI specific variables. + +The identifier can be either of the following: + +MAJOR:MINOR + + Device number for block devices, or value of st_dev on + non-block filesystems which provide their own BDI, such as NFS + and FUSE. + +MAJOR:MINOR-fuseblk + + Value of st_dev on fuseblk filesystems. + +default + + The default backing dev, used for non-block device backed + filesystems which do not provide their own BDI. + +Files under /sys/class/bdi// +--------------------------------- + +read_ahead_kb (read-write) + + Size of the read-ahead window in kilobytes + +min_ratio (read-write) + + Under normal circumstances each device is given a part of the + total write-back cache that relates to its current average + writeout speed in relation to the other devices. + + The 'min_ratio' parameter allows assigning a minimum + percentage of the write-back cache to a particular device. + For example, this is useful for providing a minimum QoS. + +max_ratio (read-write) + + Allows limiting a particular device to use not more than the + given percentage of the write-back cache. This is useful in + situations where we want to avoid one device taking all or + most of the write-back cache. For example in case of an NFS + mount that is prone to get stuck, or a FUSE mount which cannot + be trusted to play fair. + +stable_pages_required (read-only) + + If set, the backing device requires that all pages comprising a write + request must not be changed until writeout is complete. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d46bba801 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +Note: Attributes that are shared between devices are stored in the directory +pointed to by the symlink device/. +Example: The real path of the attribute /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0s/irqs_max is +/sys/class/cxl/afu0.0s/device/irqs_max, i.e. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0/irqs_max. + + +Slave contexts (eg. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0s): + +What: /sys/class/cxl//irqs_max +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read/write + Decimal value of maximum number of interrupts that can be + requested by userspace. The default on probe is the maximum + that hardware can support (eg. 2037). Write values will limit + userspace applications to that many userspace interrupts. Must + be >= irqs_min. + +What: /sys/class/cxl//irqs_min +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Decimal value of the minimum number of interrupts that + userspace must request on a CXL_START_WORK ioctl. Userspace may + omit the num_interrupts field in the START_WORK IOCTL to get + this minimum automatically. + +What: /sys/class/cxl//mmio_size +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Decimal value of the size of the MMIO space that may be mmaped + by userspace. + +What: /sys/class/cxl//modes_supported +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + List of the modes this AFU supports. One per line. + Valid entries are: "dedicated_process" and "afu_directed" + +What: /sys/class/cxl//mode +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read/write + The current mode the AFU is using. Will be one of the modes + given in modes_supported. Writing will change the mode + provided that no user contexts are attached. + + +What: /sys/class/cxl//prefault_mode +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read/write + Set the mode for prefaulting in segments into the segment table + when performing the START_WORK ioctl. Possible values: + none: No prefaulting (default) + work_element_descriptor: Treat the work element + descriptor as an effective address and + prefault what it points to. + all: all segments process calling START_WORK maps. + +What: /sys/class/cxl//reset +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: write only + Writing 1 here will reset the AFU provided there are not + contexts active on the AFU. + +What: /sys/class/cxl//api_version +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Decimal value of the current version of the kernel/user API. + +What: /sys/class/cxl//api_version_compatible +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Decimal value of the the lowest version of the userspace API + this this kernel supports. + + +AFU configuration records (eg. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0/cr0): + +An AFU may optionally export one or more PCIe like configuration records, known +as AFU configuration records, which will show up here (if present). + +What: /sys/class/cxl//cr/vendor +Date: February 2015 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Hexadecimal value of the vendor ID found in this AFU + configuration record. + +What: /sys/class/cxl//cr/device +Date: February 2015 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Hexadecimal value of the device ID found in this AFU + configuration record. + +What: /sys/class/cxl//cr/class +Date: February 2015 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Hexadecimal value of the class code found in this AFU + configuration record. + +What: /sys/class/cxl//cr/config +Date: February 2015 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + This binary file provides raw access to the AFU configuration + record. The format is expected to match the either the standard + or extended configuration space defined by the PCIe + specification. + + + +Master contexts (eg. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0m) + +What: /sys/class/cxl/m/mmio_size +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Decimal value of the size of the MMIO space that may be mmaped + by userspace. This includes all slave contexts space also. + +What: /sys/class/cxl/m/pp_mmio_len +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Decimal value of the Per Process MMIO space length. + +What: /sys/class/cxl/m/pp_mmio_off +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Decimal value of the Per Process MMIO space offset. + + +Card info (eg. /sys/class/cxl/card0) + +What: /sys/class/cxl//caia_version +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Identifies the CAIA Version the card implements. + +What: /sys/class/cxl//psl_revision +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Identifies the revision level of the PSL. + +What: /sys/class/cxl//base_image +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Identifies the revision level of the base image for devices + that support loadable PSLs. For FPGAs this field identifies + the image contained in the on-adapter flash which is loaded + during the initial program load. + +What: /sys/class/cxl//image_loaded +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Will return "user" or "factory" depending on the image loaded + onto the card. + +What: /sys/class/cxl//load_image_on_perst +Date: December 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read/write + Valid entries are "none", "user", and "factory". + "none" means PERST will not cause image to be loaded to the + card. A power cycle is required to load the image. + "none" could be useful for debugging because the trace arrays + are preserved. + "user" and "factory" means PERST will cause either the user or + user or factory image to be loaded. + Default is to reload on PERST whichever image the card has + loaded. + +What: /sys/class/cxl//reset +Date: October 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: write only + Writing 1 will issue a PERST to card which may cause the card + to reload the FPGA depending on load_image_on_perst. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee39acacf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../ +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham +Description: + Provide a place in sysfs for the devfreq objects. + This allows accessing various devfreq specific variables. + The name of devfreq object denoted as ... is same as the + name of device using devfreq. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../governor +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../governor show or set the name of the + governor used by the corresponding devfreq object. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../cur_freq +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../cur_freq shows the current + frequency of the corresponding devfreq object. Same as + target_freq when get_cur_freq() is not implemented by + devfreq driver. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../target_freq +Date: September 2012 +Contact: Rajagopal Venkat +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../target_freq shows the next governor + predicted target frequency of the corresponding devfreq object. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../polling_interval +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../polling_interval shows and sets + the requested polling interval of the corresponding devfreq + object. The values are represented in ms. If the value is + less than 1 jiffy, it is considered to be 0, which means + no polling. This value is meaningless if the governor is + not polling; thus. If the governor is not using + devfreq-provided central polling + (/sys/class/devfreq/.../central_polling is 0), this value + may be useless. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../trans_stat +Date: October 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham +Descrtiption: + This ABI shows the statistics of devfreq behavior on a + specific device. It shows the time spent in each state and + the number of transitions between states. + In order to activate this ABI, the devfreq target device + driver should provide the list of available frequencies + with its profile. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../userspace/set_freq +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../userspace/set_freq shows and + sets the requested frequency for the devfreq object if + userspace governor is in effect. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_frequencies +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Nishanth Menon +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_frequencies shows + the available frequencies of the corresponding devfreq object. + This is a snapshot of available frequencies and not limited + by the min/max frequency restrictions. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_governors +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Nishanth Menon +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_governors shows + currently available governors in the system. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../min_freq +Date: January 2013 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../min_freq shows and stores + the minimum frequency requested by users. It is 0 if + the user does not care. min_freq overrides the + frequency requested by governors. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../max_freq +Date: January 2013 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../max_freq shows and stores + the maximum frequency requested by users. It is 0 if + the user does not care. max_freq overrides the + frequency requested by governors and min_freq. + The max_freq overrides min_freq because max_freq may be + used to throttle devices to avoid overheating. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57a726232 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../ +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham +Description: + Provide a place in sysfs for the extcon objects. + This allows accessing extcon specific variables. + The name of extcon object denoted as ... is the name given + with extcon_dev_register. + + One extcon device denotes a single external connector + port. An external connector may have multiple cables + attached simultaneously. Many of docks, cradles, and + accessory cables have such capability. For example, + the 30-pin port of Nuri board (/arch/arm/mach-exynos) + may have both HDMI and Charger attached, or analog audio, + video, and USB cables attached simultaneously. + + If there are cables mutually exclusive with each other, + such binary relations may be expressed with extcon_dev's + mutually_exclusive array. + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../name +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham +Description: + The /sys/class/extcon/.../name shows the name of the extcon + object. If the extcon object has an optional callback + "show_name" defined, the callback will provide the name with + this sysfs node. + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../state +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham +Description: + The /sys/class/extcon/.../state shows and stores the cable + attach/detach information of the corresponding extcon object. + If the extcon object has an optional callback "show_state" + defined, the showing function is overridden with the optional + callback. + + If the default callback for showing function is used, the + format is like this: + # cat state + USB_OTG=1 + HDMI=0 + TA=1 + EAR_JACK=0 + # + In this example, the extcon device has USB_OTG and TA + cables attached and HDMI and EAR_JACK cables detached. + + In order to update the state of an extcon device, enter a hex + state number starting with 0x: + # echo 0xHEX > state + + This updates the whole state of the extcon device. + Inputs of all the methods are required to meet the + mutually_exclusive conditions if they exist. + + It is recommended to use this "global" state interface if + you need to set the value atomically. The later state + interface associated with each cable cannot update + multiple cable states of an extcon device simultaneously. + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/name +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham +Description: + The /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/name shows the name of cable + "x" (integer between 0 and 31) of an extcon device. + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/state +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham +Description: + The /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/state shows and stores the + state of cable "x" (integer between 0 and 31) of an extcon + device. The state value is either 0 (detached) or 1 + (attached). + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../mutually_exclusive/... +Date: December 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham +Description: + Shows the relations of mutually exclusiveness. For example, + if the mutually_exclusive array of extcon device is + {0x3, 0x5, 0xC, 0x0}, then the output is: + # ls mutually_exclusive/ + 0x3 + 0x5 + 0xc + # + + Note that mutually_exclusive is a sub-directory of the extcon + device and the file names under the mutually_exclusive + directory show the mutually-exclusive sets, not the contents + of the files. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6d0a1b4be --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/class/iommu//devices/ +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson +Description: + IOMMU drivers are able to link devices managed by a + given IOMMU here to allow association of IOMMU to + device. + +What: /sys/devices/.../iommu +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson +Description: + IOMMU drivers are able to link the IOMMU for a + given device here to allow association of device to + IOMMU. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-amd-iommu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-amd-iommu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6ba8e8a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-amd-iommu @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/class/iommu//amd-iommu/cap +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson +Description: + IOMMU capability header as documented in the AMD IOMMU + specification. Format: %x + +What: /sys/class/iommu//amd-iommu/features +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson +Description: + Extended features of the IOMMU. Format: %llx diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-intel-iommu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-intel-iommu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..258cc246d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-intel-iommu @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +What: /sys/class/iommu//intel-iommu/address +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson +Description: + Physical address of the VT-d DRHD for this IOMMU. + Format: %llx. This allows association of a sysfs + intel-iommu with a DMAR DRHD table entry. + +What: /sys/class/iommu//intel-iommu/cap +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson +Description: + The cached hardware capability register value + of this DRHD unit. Format: %llx. + +What: /sys/class/iommu//intel-iommu/ecap +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson +Description: + The cached hardware extended capability register + value of this DRHD unit. Format: %llx. + +What: /sys/class/iommu//intel-iommu/version +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson +Description: + The architecture version as reported from the + VT-d VER_REG. Format: %d:%d, major:minor diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35906bf7a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/class/lcd//lcd_power +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: Richard Purdie +Description: + Control LCD power, values are FB_BLANK_* from fb.h + - FB_BLANK_UNBLANK (0) : power on. + - FB_BLANK_POWERDOWN (4) : power off + +What: /sys/class/lcd//contrast +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: Richard Purdie +Description: + Current contrast of this LCD device. Value is between 0 and + /sys/class/lcd//max_contrast. + +What: /sys/class/lcd//max_contrast +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: Richard Purdie +Description: + Maximum contrast for this LCD device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3646ec85d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds//brightness +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: Richard Purdie +Description: + Set the brightness of the LED. Most LEDs don't + have hardware brightness support so will just be turned on for + non-zero brightness settings. The value is between 0 and + /sys/class/leds//max_brightness. + +What: /sys/class/leds//max_brightness +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: Richard Purdie +Description: + Maximum brightness level for this led, default is 255 (LED_FULL). + +What: /sys/class/leds//trigger +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: Richard Purdie +Description: + Set the trigger for this LED. A trigger is a kernel based source + of led events. + You can change triggers in a similar manner to the way an IO + scheduler is chosen. Trigger specific parameters can appear in + /sys/class/leds/ once a given trigger is selected. + +What: /sys/class/leds//inverted +Date: January 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: Richard Purdie +Description: + Invert the LED on/off state. This parameter is specific to + gpio and backlight triggers. In case of the backlight trigger, + it is useful when driving a LED which is intended to indicate + a device in a standby like state. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..620ebb3b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds//als_channel +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold +Description: + Set the ALS output channel to use as input in + ALS-current-control mode (1, 2), where + + 1 - out_current1 + 2 - out_current2 + +What: /sys/class/leds//als_en +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold +Description: + Enable ALS-current-control mode (0, 1). + +What: /sys/class/leds//falltime +What: /sys/class/leds//risetime +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold +Description: + Set the pattern generator fall and rise times (0..7), where + + 0 - 2048 us + 1 - 262 ms + 2 - 524 ms + 3 - 1.049 s + 4 - 2.097 s + 5 - 4.194 s + 6 - 8.389 s + 7 - 16.78 s + +What: /sys/class/leds//id +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold +Description: + Get the id of this led (0..3). + +What: /sys/class/leds//linear +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold +Description: + Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where + + 0 - exponential mode + 1 - linear mode + +What: /sys/class/leds//pwm +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold +Description: + Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where + + bit 5 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 4 + bit 4 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 3 + bit 3 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 2 + bit 2 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 1 + bit 1 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 0 + bit 0 - PWM-input enabled diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash new file mode 100644 index 000000000..220a0270b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds//flash_brightness +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski +Description: read/write + Set the brightness of this LED in the flash strobe mode, in + microamperes. The file is created only for the flash LED devices + that support setting flash brightness. + + The value is between 0 and + /sys/class/leds//max_flash_brightness. + +What: /sys/class/leds//max_flash_brightness +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski +Description: read only + Maximum brightness level for this LED in the flash strobe mode, + in microamperes. + +What: /sys/class/leds//flash_timeout +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski +Description: read/write + Hardware timeout for flash, in microseconds. The flash strobe + is stopped after this period of time has passed from the start + of the strobe. The file is created only for the flash LED + devices that support setting flash timeout. + +What: /sys/class/leds//max_flash_timeout +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski +Description: read only + Maximum flash timeout for this LED, in microseconds. + +What: /sys/class/leds//flash_strobe +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski +Description: read/write + Flash strobe state. When written with 1 it triggers flash strobe + and when written with 0 it turns the flash off. + + On read 1 means that flash is currently strobing and 0 means + that flash is off. + +What: /sys/class/leds//flash_fault +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski +Description: read only + Space separated list of flash faults that may have occurred. + Flash faults are re-read after strobing the flash. Possible + flash faults: + + * led-over-voltage - flash controller voltage to the flash LED + has exceeded the limit specific to the flash controller + * flash-timeout-exceeded - the flash strobe was still on when + the timeout set by the user has expired; not all flash + controllers may set this in all such conditions + * controller-over-temperature - the flash controller has + overheated + * controller-short-circuit - the short circuit protection + of the flash controller has been triggered + * led-power-supply-over-current - current in the LED power + supply has exceeded the limit specific to the flash + controller + * indicator-led-fault - the flash controller has detected + a short or open circuit condition on the indicator LED + * led-under-voltage - flash controller voltage to the flash + LED has been below the minimum limit specific to + the flash + * controller-under-voltage - the input voltage of the flash + controller is below the limit under which strobing the + flash at full current will not be possible; + the condition persists until this flag is no longer set + * led-over-temperature - the temperature of the LED has exceeded + its allowed upper limit diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4fae6026 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds//gt683r/mode +Date: Jun 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Janne Kanniainen +Description: + Set the mode of LEDs. You should notice that changing the mode + of one LED will update the mode of its two sibling devices as + well. + + 0 - normal + 1 - audio + 2 - breathing + + Normal: LEDs are fully on when enabled + Audio: LEDs brightness depends on sound level + Breathing: LEDs brightness varies at human breathing rate \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei new file mode 100644 index 000000000..80d9888a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/class/mei/ +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Tomas Winkler +Description: + The mei/ class sub-directory belongs to mei device class + + +What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/ +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Tomas Winkler +Description: + The /sys/class/mei/meiN directory is created for + each probed mei device + +What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/fw_status +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Tomas Winkler +Description: Display fw status registers content + + The ME FW writes its status information into fw status + registers for BIOS and OS to monitor fw health. + + The register contains running state, power management + state, error codes, and others. The way the registers + are decoded depends on PCH or SoC generation. + Also number of registers varies between 1 and 6 + depending on generation. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic.txt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13f48afc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic.txt @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +What: /sys/class/mic/ +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt +Description: + The mic class directory belongs to Intel MIC devices and + provides information per MIC device. An Intel MIC device is a + PCIe form factor add-in Coprocessor card based on the Intel Many + Integrated Core (MIC) architecture that runs a Linux OS. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x) +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt +Description: + The directories /sys/class/mic/mic0, /sys/class/mic/mic1 etc., + represent MIC devices (0,1,..etc). Each directory has + information specific to that MIC device. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/family +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt +Description: + Provides information about the Coprocessor family for an Intel + MIC device. For example - "x100" + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/stepping +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt +Description: + Provides information about the silicon stepping for an Intel + MIC device. For example - "A0" or "B0" + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/state +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt +Description: + When read, this entry provides the current state of an Intel + MIC device in the context of the card OS. Possible values that + will be read are: + "offline" - The MIC device is ready to boot the card OS. On + reading this entry after an OSPM resume, a "boot" has to be + written to this entry if the card was previously shutdown + during OSPM suspend. + "online" - The MIC device has initiated booting a card OS. + "shutting_down" - The card OS is shutting down. + "reset_failed" - The MIC device has failed to reset. + "suspending" - The MIC device is currently being prepared for + suspend. On reading this entry, a "suspend" has to be written + to the state sysfs entry to ensure the card is shutdown during + OSPM suspend. + "suspended" - The MIC device has been suspended. + + When written, this sysfs entry triggers different state change + operations depending upon the current state of the card OS. + Acceptable values are: + "boot" - Boot the card OS image specified by the combination + of firmware, ramdisk, cmdline and bootmode + sysfs entries. + "reset" - Initiates device reset. + "shutdown" - Initiates card OS shutdown. + "suspend" - Initiates card OS shutdown and also marks the card + as suspended. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/shutdown_status +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt +Description: + An Intel MIC device runs a Linux OS during its operation. This + OS can shutdown because of various reasons. When read, this + entry provides the status on why the card OS was shutdown. + Possible values are: + "nop" - shutdown status is not applicable, when the card OS is + "online" + "crashed" - Shutdown because of a HW or SW crash. + "halted" - Shutdown because of a halt command. + "poweroff" - Shutdown because of a poweroff command. + "restart" - Shutdown because of a restart command. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/cmdline +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt +Description: + An Intel MIC device runs a Linux OS during its operation. Before + booting this card OS, it is possible to pass kernel command line + options to configure various features in it, similar to + self-bootable machines. When read, this entry provides + information about the current kernel command line options set to + boot the card OS. This entry can be written to change the + existing kernel command line options. Typically, the user would + want to read the current command line options, append new ones + or modify existing ones and then write the whole kernel command + line back to this entry. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/firmware +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt +Description: + When read, this sysfs entry provides the path name under + /lib/firmware/ where the firmware image to be booted on the + card can be found. The entry can be written to change the + firmware image location under /lib/firmware/. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/ramdisk +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt +Description: + When read, this sysfs entry provides the path name under + /lib/firmware/ where the ramdisk image to be used during card + OS boot can be found. The entry can be written to change + the ramdisk image location under /lib/firmware/. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/bootmode +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt +Description: + When read, this sysfs entry provides the current bootmode for + the card. This sysfs entry can be written with the following + valid strings: + a) linux - Boot a Linux image. + b) elf - Boot an elf image for flash updates. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/log_buf_addr +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt +Description: + An Intel MIC device runs a Linux OS during its operation. For + debugging purpose and early kernel boot messages, the user can + access the card OS log buffer via debugfs. When read, this entry + provides the kernel virtual address of the buffer where the card + OS log buffer can be read. This entry is written by the host + configuration daemon to set the log buffer address. The correct + log buffer address to be written can be found in the System.map + file of the card OS. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/log_buf_len +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt +Description: + An Intel MIC device runs a Linux OS during its operation. For + debugging purpose and early kernel boot messages, the user can + access the card OS log buffer via debugfs. When read, this entry + provides the kernel virtual address where the card OS log buffer + length can be read. This entry is written by host configuration + daemon to set the log buffer length address. The correct log + buffer length address to be written can be found in the + System.map file of the card OS. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b5c3bca9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd @@ -0,0 +1,234 @@ +What: /sys/class/mtd/ +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The mtd/ class subdirectory belongs to the MTD subsystem + (MTD core). + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The /sys/class/mtd/mtd{0,1,2,3,...} directories correspond + to each /dev/mtdX character device. These may represent + physical/simulated flash devices, partitions on a flash + device, or concatenated flash devices. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdXro/ +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + These directories provide the corresponding read-only device + nodes for /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ . + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/dev +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding + to this MTD device (in : format). This is the + read-write device so will be even. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdXro/dev +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding + to the read-only variant of thie MTD device (in + : format). In this case will be odd. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/erasesize +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + "Major" erase size for the device. If numeraseregions is + zero, this is the eraseblock size for the entire device. + Otherwise, the MEMGETREGIONCOUNT/MEMGETREGIONINFO ioctls + can be used to determine the actual eraseblock layout. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/flags +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + A hexadecimal value representing the device flags, ORed + together: + + 0x0400: MTD_WRITEABLE - device is writable + 0x0800: MTD_BIT_WRITEABLE - single bits can be flipped + 0x1000: MTD_NO_ERASE - no erase necessary + 0x2000: MTD_POWERUP_LOCK - always locked after reset + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/name +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + A human-readable ASCII name for the device or partition. + This will match the name in /proc/mtd . + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/numeraseregions +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + For devices that have variable eraseblock sizes, this + provides the total number of erase regions. Otherwise, + it will read back as zero. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/oobsize +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Number of OOB bytes per page. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/size +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Total size of the device/partition, in bytes. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/type +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + One of the following ASCII strings, representing the device + type: + + absent, ram, rom, nor, nand, mlc-nand, dataflash, ubi, unknown + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/writesize +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Minimal writable flash unit size. This will always be + a positive integer. + + In the case of NOR flash it is 1 (even though individual + bits can be cleared). + + In the case of NAND flash it is one NAND page (or a + half page, or a quarter page). + + In the case of ECC NOR, it is the ECC block size. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ecc_strength +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Maximum number of bit errors that the device is capable of + correcting within each region covering an ECC step (see + ecc_step_size). This will always be a non-negative integer. + + In the case of devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/bitflip_threshold +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + This allows the user to examine and adjust the criteria by which + mtd returns -EUCLEAN from mtd_read() and mtd_read_oob(). If the + maximum number of bit errors that were corrected on any single + region comprising an ecc step (as reported by the driver) equals + or exceeds this value, -EUCLEAN is returned. Otherwise, absent + an error, 0 is returned. Higher layers (e.g., UBI) use this + return code as an indication that an erase block may be + degrading and should be scrutinized as a candidate for being + marked as bad. + + The initial value may be specified by the flash device driver. + If not, then the default value is ecc_strength. + + The introduction of this feature brings a subtle change to the + meaning of the -EUCLEAN return code. Previously, it was + interpreted to mean simply "one or more bit errors were + corrected". Its new interpretation can be phrased as "a + dangerously high number of bit errors were corrected on one or + more regions comprising an ecc step". The precise definition of + "dangerously high" can be adjusted by the user with + bitflip_threshold. Users are discouraged from doing this, + however, unless they know what they are doing and have intimate + knowledge of the properties of their device. Broadly speaking, + bitflip_threshold should be low enough to detect genuine erase + block degradation, but high enough to avoid the consequences of + a persistent return value of -EUCLEAN on devices where sticky + bitflips occur. Note that if bitflip_threshold exceeds + ecc_strength, -EUCLEAN is never returned by the read operations. + Conversely, if bitflip_threshold is zero, -EUCLEAN is always + returned, absent a hard error. + + This is generally applicable only to NAND flash devices with ECC + capability. It is ignored on devices lacking ECC capability; + i.e., devices for which ecc_strength is zero. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ecc_step_size +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.10 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The size of a single region covered by ECC, known as the ECC + step. Devices may have several equally sized ECC steps within + each writesize region. + + It will always be a non-negative integer. In the case of + devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ecc_failures +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The number of failures reported by this device's ECC. Typically, + these failures are associated with failed read operations. + + It will always be a non-negative integer. In the case of + devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/corrected_bits +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The number of bits that have been corrected by means of the + device's ECC. + + It will always be a non-negative integer. In the case of + devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/bad_blocks +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The number of blocks marked as bad, if any, in this partition. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/bbt_blocks +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The number of blocks that are marked as reserved, if any, in + this partition. These are typically used to store the in-flash + bad block table (BBT). + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/offset +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + For a partition, the offset of that partition from the start + of the master device in bytes. This attribute is absent on + main devices, so it can be used to distinguish between + partitions and devices that aren't partitions. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ecfd72ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net @@ -0,0 +1,234 @@ +What: /sys/class/net//name_assign_type +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the name assignment type. Possible values are: + 1: enumerated by the kernel, possibly in an unpredictable way + 2: predictably named by the kernel + 3: named by userspace + 4: renamed + +What: /sys/class/net//addr_assign_type +Date: July 2010 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the address assignment type. Possible values are: + 0: permanent address + 1: randomly generated + 2: stolen from another device + 3: set using dev_set_mac_address + +What: /sys/class/net//addr_len +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the hardware address size in bytes. + Values vary based on the lower-level protocol used by the + interface (Ethernet, FDDI, ATM, IEEE 802.15.4...). See + include/uapi/linux/if_*.h for actual values. + +What: /sys/class/net//address +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware address currently assigned to this interface. + Format is a string, e.g: 00:11:22:33:44:55 for an Ethernet MAC + address. + +What: /sys/class/net//broadcast +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware broadcast address for this interface. Format is a + string, e.g: ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff for an Ethernet broadcast MAC + address. + +What: /sys/class/net//carrier +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the current physical link state of the interface. + Posssible values are: + 0: physical link is down + 1: physical link is up + + Note: some special devices, e.g: bonding and team drivers will + allow this attribute to be written to force a link state for + operating correctly and designating another fallback interface. + +What: /sys/class/net//dev_id +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the device unique identifier. Format is an hexadecimal + value. This is used to disambiguate interfaces which might be + stacked (e.g: VLAN interfaces) but still have the same MAC + address as their parent device. + +What: /sys/class/net//dormant +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates whether the interface is in dormant state. Possible + values are: + 0: interface is not dormant + 1: interface is dormant + + This attribute can be used by supplicant software to signal that + the device is not usable unless some supplicant-based + authentication is performed (e.g: 802.1x). 'link_mode' attribute + will also reflect the dormant state. + +What: /sys/clas/net//duplex +Date: October 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.33 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface latest or current duplex value. Possible + values are: + half: half duplex + full: full duplex + + Note: This attribute is only valid for interfaces that implement + the ethtool get_settings method (mostly Ethernet). + +What: /sys/class/net//flags +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface flags as a bitmask in hexadecimal. See + include/uapi/linux/if.h for a list of all possible values and + the flags semantics. + +What: /sys/class/net//ifalias +Date: September 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.28 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates/stores an interface alias name as a string. This can + be used for system management purposes. + +What: /sys/class/net//ifindex +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the system-wide interface unique index identifier as a + decimal number. This attribute is used for mapping an interface + identifier to an interface name. It is used throughout the + networking stack for specifying the interface specific + requests/events. + +What: /sys/class/net//iflink +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the system-wide interface unique index identifier a + the interface is linked to. Format is decimal. This attribute is + used to resolve interfaces chaining, linking and stacking. + Physical interfaces have the same 'ifindex' and 'iflink' values. + +What: /sys/class/net//link_mode +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface link mode, as a decimal number. This + attribute should be used in conjunction with 'dormant' attribute + to determine the interface usability. Possible values: + 0: default link mode + 1: dormant link mode + +What: /sys/class/net//mtu +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface currently configured MTU value, in + bytes, and in decimal format. Specific values depends on the + lower-level interface protocol used. Ethernet devices will show + a 'mtu' attribute value of 1500 unless changed. + +What: /sys/class/net//netdev_group +Date: January 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface network device group, as a decimal + integer. Default value is 0 which corresponds to the initial + network devices group. The group can be changed to affect + routing decisions (see: net/ipv4/fib_rules and + net/ipv6/fib6_rules.c). + +What: /sys/class/net//operstate +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface RFC2863 operational state as a string. + Possible values are: + "unknown", "notpresent", "down", "lowerlayerdown", "testing", + "dormant", "up". + +What: /sys/class/net//phys_port_id +Date: July 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface unique physical port identifier within + the NIC, as a string. + +What: /sys/class/net//phys_port_name +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface physical port name within the NIC, + as a string. + +What: /sys/class/net//speed +Date: October 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.33 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface latest or current speed value. Value is + an integer representing the link speed in Mbits/sec. + + Note: this attribute is only valid for interfaces that implement + the ethtool get_settings method (mostly Ethernet ). + +What: /sys/class/net//tx_queue_len +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface transmit queue len in number of packets, + as an integer value. Value depend on the type of interface, + Ethernet network adapters have a default value of 1000 unless + configured otherwise + +What: /sys/class/net//type +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface protocol type as a decimal value. See + include/uapi/linux/if_arp.h for all possible values. + +What: /sys/class/net//phys_switch_id +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the unique physical switch identifier of a switch this + port belongs to, as a string. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f34a95bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + +What: /sys/class/net//batman-adv/iface_status +Date: May 2010 +Contact: Marek Lindner +Description: + Indicates the status of as it is seen by batman. + +What: /sys/class/net//batman-adv/mesh_iface +Date: May 2010 +Contact: Marek Lindner +Description: + The /sys/class/net//batman-adv/mesh_iface file + displays the batman mesh interface this + currently is associated with. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5cedf72df --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +What: /sys/class/net//cdc_ncm/min_tx_pkt +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork +Description: + The driver will pad NCM Transfer Blocks (NTBs) longer + than this to tx_max, allowing the device to receive + tx_max sized frames with no terminating short + packet. NTBs shorter than this limit are transmitted + as-is, without any padding, and are terminated with a + short USB packet. + + Padding to tx_max allows the driver to transmit NTBs + back-to-back without any interleaving short USB + packets. This reduces the number of short packet + interrupts in the device, and represents a tradeoff + between USB bus bandwidth and device DMA optimization. + + Set to 0 to pad all frames. Set greater than tx_max to + disable all padding. + +What: /sys/class/net//cdc_ncm/rx_max +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork +Description: + The maximum NTB size for RX. Cannot exceed the + maximum value supported by the device. Must allow at + least one max sized datagram plus headers. + + The actual limits are device dependent. See + dwNtbInMaxSize. + + Note: Some devices will silently ignore changes to + this value, resulting in oversized NTBs and + corresponding framing errors. + +What: /sys/class/net//cdc_ncm/tx_max +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork +Description: + The maximum NTB size for TX. Cannot exceed the + maximum value supported by the device. Must allow at + least one max sized datagram plus headers. + + The actual limits are device dependent. See + dwNtbOutMaxSize. + +What: /sys/class/net//cdc_ncm/tx_timer_usecs +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork +Description: + Datagram aggregation timeout in µs. The driver will + wait up to 3 times this timeout for more datagrams to + aggregate before transmitting an NTB frame. + + Valid range: 5 to 4000000 + + Set to 0 to disable aggregation. + +The following read-only attributes all represent fields of the +structure defined in section 6.2.1 "GetNtbParameters" of "Universal +Serial Bus Communications Class Subclass Specifications for Network +Control Model Devices" (CDC NCM), Revision 1.0 (Errata 1), November +24, 2010 from USB Implementers Forum, Inc. The descriptions are +quoted from table 6-3 of CDC NCM: "NTB Parameter Structure". + +What: /sys/class/net//cdc_ncm/bmNtbFormatsSupported +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork +Description: + Bit 0: 16-bit NTB supported (set to 1) + Bit 1: 32-bit NTB supported + Bits 2 – 15: reserved (reset to zero; must be ignored by host) + +What: /sys/class/net//cdc_ncm/dwNtbInMaxSize +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork +Description: + IN NTB Maximum Size in bytes + +What: /sys/class/net//cdc_ncm/wNdpInDivisor +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork +Description: + Divisor used for IN NTB Datagram payload alignment + +What: /sys/class/net//cdc_ncm/wNdpInPayloadRemainder +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork +Description: + Remainder used to align input datagram payload within + the NTB: (Payload Offset) mod (wNdpInDivisor) = + wNdpInPayloadRemainder + +What: /sys/class/net//cdc_ncm/wNdpInAlignment +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork +Description: + NDP alignment modulus for NTBs on the IN pipe. Shall + be a power of 2, and shall be at least 4. + +What: /sys/class/net//cdc_ncm/dwNtbOutMaxSize +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork +Description: + OUT NTB Maximum Size + +What: /sys/class/net//cdc_ncm/wNdpOutDivisor +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork +Description: + OUT NTB Datagram alignment modulus + +What: /sys/class/net//cdc_ncm/wNdpOutPayloadRemainder +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork +Description: + Remainder used to align output datagram payload + offsets within the NTB: Padding, shall be transmitted + as zero by function, and ignored by host. (Payload + Offset) mod (wNdpOutDivisor) = wNdpOutPayloadRemainder + +What: /sys/class/net//cdc_ncm/wNdpOutAlignment +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork +Description: + NDP alignment modulus for use in NTBs on the OUT + pipe. Shall be a power of 2, and shall be at least 4. + +What: /sys/class/net//cdc_ncm/wNtbOutMaxDatagrams +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork +Description: + Maximum number of datagrams that the host may pack + into a single OUT NTB. Zero means that the device + imposes no limit. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f418c92ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + +What: /sys/class/net//grcan/enable0 +Date: October 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: Andreas Larsson +Description: + Hardware configuration of physical interface 0. This file reads + and writes the "Enable 0" bit of the configuration register. + Possible values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP + core library documentation for details. The default value is 0 + or set by the module parameter grcan.enable0 and can be read at + /sys/module/grcan/parameters/enable0. + +What: /sys/class/net//grcan/enable1 +Date: October 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: Andreas Larsson +Description: + Hardware configuration of physical interface 1. This file reads + and writes the "Enable 1" bit of the configuration register. + Possible values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP + core library documentation for details. The default value is 0 + or set by the module parameter grcan.enable1 and can be read at + /sys/module/grcan/parameters/enable1. + +What: /sys/class/net//grcan/select +Date: October 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: Andreas Larsson +Description: + Configuration of which physical interface to be used. Possible + values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP core + library documentation for details. The default value is 0 or is + set by the module parameter grcan.select and can be read at + /sys/module/grcan/parameters/select. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c46406296 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ + +What: /sys/class/net//mesh/aggregated_ogms +Date: May 2010 +Contact: Marek Lindner +Description: + Indicates whether the batman protocol messages of the + mesh shall be aggregated or not. + +What: /sys/class/net//mesh//ap_isolation +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Antonio Quartulli +Description: + Indicates whether the data traffic going from a + wireless client to another wireless client will be + silently dropped. is empty when referring + to the untagged lan. + +What: /sys/class/net//mesh/bonding +Date: June 2010 +Contact: Simon Wunderlich +Description: + Indicates whether the data traffic going through the + mesh will be sent using multiple interfaces at the + same time (if available). + +What: /sys/class/net//mesh/bridge_loop_avoidance +Date: November 2011 +Contact: Simon Wunderlich +Description: + Indicates whether the bridge loop avoidance feature + is enabled. This feature detects and avoids loops + between the mesh and devices bridged with the soft + interface . + +What: /sys/class/net//mesh/fragmentation +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Andreas Langer +Description: + Indicates whether the data traffic going through the + mesh will be fragmented or silently discarded if the + packet size exceeds the outgoing interface MTU. + +What: /sys/class/net//mesh/gw_bandwidth +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Marek Lindner +Description: + Defines the bandwidth which is propagated by this + node if gw_mode was set to 'server'. + +What: /sys/class/net//mesh/gw_mode +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Marek Lindner +Description: + Defines the state of the gateway features. Can be + either 'off', 'client' or 'server'. + +What: /sys/class/net//mesh/gw_sel_class +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Marek Lindner +Description: + Defines the selection criteria this node will use + to choose a gateway if gw_mode was set to 'client'. + +What: /sys/class/net//mesh/hop_penalty +Date: Oct 2010 +Contact: Linus Lüssing +Description: + Defines the penalty which will be applied to an + originator message's tq-field on every hop. + +What: /sys/class/net//mesh/isolation_mark +Date: Nov 2013 +Contact: Antonio Quartulli +Description: + Defines the isolation mark (and its bitmask) which + is used to classify clients as "isolated" by the + Extended Isolation feature. + +What: /sys/class/net//mesh/multicast_mode +Date: Feb 2014 +Contact: Linus Lüssing +Description: + Indicates whether multicast optimizations are enabled + or disabled. If set to zero then all nodes in the + mesh are going to use classic flooding for any + multicast packet with no optimizations. + +What: /sys/class/net//mesh/network_coding +Date: Nov 2012 +Contact: Martin Hundeboll +Description: + Controls whether Network Coding (using some magic + to send fewer wifi packets but still the same + content) is enabled or not. + +What: /sys/class/net//mesh/orig_interval +Date: May 2010 +Contact: Marek Lindner +Description: + Defines the interval in milliseconds in which batman + sends its protocol messages. + +What: /sys/class/net//mesh/routing_algo +Date: Dec 2011 +Contact: Marek Lindner +Description: + Defines the routing procotol this mesh instance + uses to find the optimal paths through the mesh. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c0df91b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +What: /sys/class//queues/rx-/rps_cpus +Date: March 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Mask of the CPU(s) currently enabled to participate into the + Receive Packet Steering packet processing flow for this + network device queue. Possible values depend on the number + of available CPU(s) in the system. + +What: /sys/class//queues/rx-/rps_flow_cnt +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Number of Receive Packet Steering flows being currently + processed by this particular network device receive queue. + +What: /sys/class//queues/tx-/tx_timeout +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of transmit timeout events seen by this + network interface transmit queue. + +What: /sys/class//queues/tx-/tx_maxrate +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A Mbps max-rate set for the queue, a value of zero means disabled, + default is disabled. + +What: /sys/class//queues/tx-/xps_cpus +Date: November 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Mask of the CPU(s) currently enabled to participate into the + Transmit Packet Steering packet processing flow for this + network device transmit queue. Possible vaules depend on the + number of available CPU(s) in the system. + +What: /sys/class//queues/tx-/byte_queue_limits/hold_time +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the hold time in milliseconds to measure the slack + of this particular network device transmit queue. + Default value is 1000. + +What: /sys/class//queues/tx-/byte_queue_limits/inflight +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of bytes (objects) in flight on this + network device transmit queue. + +What: /sys/class//queues/tx-/byte_queue_limits/limit +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the current limit of bytes allowed to be queued + on this network device transmit queue. This value is clamped + to be within the bounds defined by limit_max and limit_min. + +What: /sys/class//queues/tx-/byte_queue_limits/limit_max +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the absolute maximum limit of bytes allowed to be + queued on this network device transmit queue. See + include/linux/dynamic_queue_limits.h for the default value. + +What: /sys/class//queues/tx-/byte_queue_limits/limit_min +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the absolute minimum limit of bytes allowed to be + queued on this network device transmit queue. Default value is + 0. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics new file mode 100644 index 000000000..397118de7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +What: /sys/class//statistics/collisions +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of collisions seen by this network device. + This value might not be relevant with all MAC layers. + +What: /sys/class//statistics/multicast +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of multicast packets received by this + network device. + +What: /sys/class//statistics/rx_bytes +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of bytes received by this network device. + See the network driver for the exact meaning of when this + value is incremented. + +What: /sys/class//statistics/rx_compressed +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of compressed packets received by this + network device. This value might only be relevant for interfaces + that support packet compression (e.g: PPP). + +What: /sys/class//statistics/rx_crc_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets received with a CRC (FCS) error + by this network device. Note that the specific meaning might + depend on the MAC layer used by the interface. + +What: /sys/class//statistics/rx_dropped +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets received by the network device + but dropped, that are not forwarded to the upper layers for + packet processing. See the network driver for the exact + meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class//statistics/rx_fifo_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of receive FIFO errors seen by this + network device. See the network driver for the exact + meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class//statistics/rx_frame_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of received frames with error, such as + alignment errors. Note that the specific meaning depends on + on the MAC layer protocol used. See the network driver for + the exact meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class//statistics/rx_length_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of received error packet with a length + error, oversized or undersized. See the network driver for the + exact meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class//statistics/rx_missed_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of received packets that have been missed + due to lack of capacity in the receive side. See the network + driver for the exact meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class//statistics/rx_over_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of received packets that are oversized + compared to what the network device is configured to accept + (e.g: larger than MTU). See the network driver for the exact + meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class//statistics/rx_packets +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the total number of good packets received by this + network device. + +What: /sys/class//statistics/tx_aborted_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets that have been aborted + during transmission by a network device (e.g: because of + a medium collision). See the network driver for the exact + meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class//statistics/tx_bytes +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of bytes transmitted by a network + device. See the network driver for the exact meaning of this + value, in particular whether this accounts for all successfully + transmitted packets or all packets that have been queued for + transmission. + +What: /sys/class//statistics/tx_carrier_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets that could not be transmitted + because of carrier errors (e.g: physical link down). See the + network driver for the exact meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class//statistics/tx_compressed +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of transmitted compressed packets. Note + this might only be relevant for devices that support + compression (e.g: PPP). + +What: /sys/class//statistics/tx_dropped +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets dropped during transmission. + See the driver for the exact reasons as to why the packets were + dropped. + +What: /sys/class//statistics/tx_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets in error during transmission by + a network device. See the driver for the exact reasons as to + why the packets were dropped. + +What: /sys/class//statistics/tx_fifo_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets having caused a transmit + FIFO error. See the driver for the exact reasons as to why the + packets were dropped. + +What: /sys/class//statistics/tx_heartbeat_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets transmitted that have been + reported as heartbeat errors. See the driver for the exact + reasons as to why the packets were dropped. + +What: /sys/class//statistics/tx_packets +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets transmitted by a network + device. See the driver for whether this reports the number of all + attempted or successful transmissions. + +What: /sys/class//statistics/tx_window_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets not successfully transmitted + due to a window collision. The specific meaning depends on the + MAC layer used. On Ethernet this is usually used to report + late collisions errors. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b1c3f0263 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/ +Date: Oct. 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: Thomas Maier +Description: + +sysfs interface +--------------- + +The pktcdvd module (packet writing driver) creates +these files in the sysfs: +( is in format major:minor ) + +/sys/class/pktcdvd/ + add (0200) Write a block device id (major:minor) + to create a new pktcdvd device and map + it to the block device. + + remove (0200) Write the pktcdvd device id (major:minor) + to it to remove the pktcdvd device. + + device_map (0444) Shows the device mapping in format: + pktcdvd[0-7] + +/sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/ + dev (0444) Device id + uevent (0200) To send an uevent. + +/sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/stat/ + packets_started (0444) Number of started packets. + packets_finished (0444) Number of finished packets. + + kb_written (0444) kBytes written. + kb_read (0444) kBytes read. + kb_read_gather (0444) kBytes read to fill write packets. + + reset (0200) Write any value to it to reset + pktcdvd device statistic values, like + bytes read/written. + +/sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/write_queue/ + size (0444) Contains the size of the bio write + queue. + + congestion_off (0644) If bio write queue size is below + this mark, accept new bio requests + from the block layer. + + congestion_on (0644) If bio write queue size is higher + as this mark, do no longer accept + bio write requests from the block + layer and wait till the pktcdvd + device has processed enough bio's + so that bio write queue size is + below congestion off mark. + A value of <= 0 disables congestion + control. + + +Example: +-------- +To use the pktcdvd sysfs interface directly, you can do: + +# create a new pktcdvd device mapped to /dev/hdc +echo "22:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/add +cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map +# assuming device pktcdvd0 was created, look at stat's +cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/stat/kb_written +# print the device id of the mapped block device +fgrep pktcdvd0 /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map +# remove device, using pktcdvd0 device id 253:0 +echo "253:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/remove diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power new file mode 100644 index 000000000..369d2a2d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +What: /sys/class/power/ds2760-battery.*/charge_now +Date: May 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Daniel Mack +Description: + This file is writeable and can be used to set the current + coloumb counter value inside the battery monitor chip. This + is needed for unavoidable corrections of aging batteries. + A userspace daemon can monitor the battery charging logic + and once the counter drops out of considerable bounds, take + appropriate action. + +What: /sys/class/power/ds2760-battery.*/charge_full +Date: May 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Daniel Mack +Description: + This file is writeable and can be used to set the assumed + battery 'full level'. As batteries age, this value has to be + amended over time. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/max14577-charger/device/fast_charge_timer +Date: October 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.18.0 +Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski +Description: + This entry shows and sets the maximum time the max14577 + charger operates in fast-charge mode. When the timer expires + the device will terminate fast-charge mode (charging current + will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt. + + Valid values: + - 5, 6 or 7 (hours), + - 0: disabled. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/max77693-charger/device/fast_charge_timer +Date: January 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski +Description: + This entry shows and sets the maximum time the max77693 + charger operates in fast-charge mode. When the timer expires + the device will terminate fast-charge mode (charging current + will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt. + + Valid values: + - 4 - 16 (hours), step by 2 (rounded down) + - 0: disabled. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/max77693-charger/device/top_off_threshold_current +Date: January 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski +Description: + This entry shows and sets the charging current threshold for + entering top-off charging mode. When charging current in fast + charge mode drops below this value, the charger will trigger + interrupt and start top-off charging mode. + + Valid values: + - 100000 - 200000 (microamps), step by 25000 (rounded down) + - 200000 - 350000 (microamps), step by 50000 (rounded down) + - 0: disabled. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/max77693-charger/device/top_off_timer +Date: January 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski +Description: + This entry shows and sets the maximum time the max77693 + charger operates in top-off charge mode. When the timer expires + the device will terminate top-off charge mode (charging current + will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt. + + Valid values: + - 0 - 70 (minutes), step by 10 (rounded down) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-powercap b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-powercap new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db3b3ff70 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-powercap @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +What: /sys/class/powercap/ +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The powercap/ class sub directory belongs to the power cap + subsystem. Refer to + Documentation/power/powercap/powercap.txt for details. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/ +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A is a unique name under /sys/class/powercap. + Here determines how the power is going to be + controlled. A can contain multiple power zones. + +What: /sys/class/powercap//enabled +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This allows to enable/disable power capping for a "control type". + This status affects every power zone using this "control_type. + +What: /sys/class/powercap// +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A power zone is a single or a collection of devices, which can + be independently monitored and controlled. A power zone sysfs + entry is qualified with the name of the . + E.g. intel-rapl:0:1:1. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/// +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Power zones may be organized in a hierarchy in which child + power zones provide monitoring and control for a subset of + devices under the parent. For example, if there is a parent + power zone for a whole CPU package, each CPU core in it can + be a child power zone. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/...//name +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the name of this power zone. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/...//energy_uj +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Current energy counter in micro-joules. Write "0" to reset. + If the counter can not be reset, then this attribute is + read-only. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/...//max_energy_range_uj +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Range of the above energy counter in micro-joules. + + +What: /sys/class/powercap/...//power_uw +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Current power in micro-watts. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/...//max_power_range_uw +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Range of the above power value in micro-watts. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/...//constraint_X_name +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Each power zone can define one or more constraints. Each + constraint can have an optional name. Here "X" can have values + from 0 to max integer. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/...//constraint_X_power_limit_uw +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Power limit in micro-watts should be applicable for + the time window specified by "constraint_X_time_window_us". + Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/...//constraint_X_time_window_us +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Time window in micro seconds. This is used along with + constraint_X_power_limit_uw to define a power constraint. + Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer. + + +What: /sys/class/powercap//.../constraint_X_max_power_uw +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Maximum allowed power in micro watts for this constraint. + Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer. + +What: /sys/class/powercap//.../constraint_X_min_power_uw +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Minimum allowed power in micro watts for this constraint. + Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/...//constraint_X_max_time_window_us +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Maximum allowed time window in micro seconds for this + constraint. Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/...//constraint_X_min_time_window_us +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Minimum allowed time window in micro seconds for this + constraint. Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/...//enabled +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description + This allows to enable/disable power capping at power zone level. + This applies to current power zone and its children. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c479d77b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +What: /sys/class/pwm/ +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten +Description: + The pwm/ class sub-directory belongs to the Generic PWM + Framework and provides a sysfs interface for using PWM + channels. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/ +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten +Description: + A /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN directory is created for each + probed PWM controller/chip where N is the base of the + PWM chip. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/npwm +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten +Description: + The number of PWM channels supported by the PWM chip. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/export +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten +Description: + Exports a PWM channel from the PWM chip for sysfs control. + Value is between 0 and /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/npwm - 1. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/unexport +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten +Description: + Unexports a PWM channel. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten +Description: + A /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX directory is created for + each exported PWM channel where X is the exported PWM + channel number. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/period +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten +Description: + Sets the PWM signal period in nanoseconds. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/duty_cycle +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten +Description: + Sets the PWM signal duty cycle in nanoseconds. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/polarity +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten +Description: + Sets the output polarity of the PWM signal to "normal" or + "inversed". + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/enable +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten +Description: + Enable/disable the PWM signal. + 0 is disabled + 1 is enabled diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b65674da4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +What: /sys/class/rc/ +Date: Apr 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab +Description: + The rc/ class sub-directory belongs to the Remote Controller + core and provides a sysfs interface for configuring infrared + remote controller receivers. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/ +Date: Apr 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab +Description: + A /sys/class/rc/rcN directory is created for each remote + control receiver device where N is the number of the receiver. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/protocols +Date: Jun 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.36 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab +Description: + Reading this file returns a list of available protocols, + something like: + "rc5 [rc6] nec jvc [sony]" + Enabled protocols are shown in [] brackets. + Writing "+proto" will add a protocol to the list of enabled + protocols. + Writing "-proto" will remove a protocol from the list of enabled + protocols. + Writing "proto" will enable only "proto". + Writing "none" will disable all protocols. + Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or + unknown protocol name is used. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter +Date: Jan 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab +Description: + Sets the scancode filter expected value. + Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter_mask to set the + expected value of the bits set in the filter mask. + If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match + the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with + an error. + This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter_mask +Date: Jan 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab +Description: + Sets the scancode filter mask of bits to compare. + Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter to set the bits + of the scancode which should be compared against the expected + value. A value of 0 disables the filter to allow all valid + scancodes to be processed. + If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match + the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with + an error. + This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_protocols +Date: Feb 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab +Description: + Reading this file returns a list of available protocols to use + for the wakeup filter, something like: + "rc5 rc6 nec jvc [sony]" + The enabled wakeup protocol is shown in [] brackets. + Writing "+proto" will add a protocol to the list of enabled + wakeup protocols. + Writing "-proto" will remove a protocol from the list of enabled + wakeup protocols. + Writing "proto" will use "proto" for wakeup events. + Writing "none" will disable wakeup. + Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or + unknown protocol name is used, or if wakeup is not supported by + the hardware. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter +Date: Jan 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab +Description: + Sets the scancode wakeup filter expected value. + Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter_mask to + set the expected value of the bits set in the wakeup filter mask + to trigger a system wake event. + If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then + scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g. + suspend to RAM or power off. + Otherwise the write will fail with an error. + This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter_mask +Date: Jan 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab +Description: + Sets the scancode wakeup filter mask of bits to compare. + Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter to set + the bits of the scancode which should be compared against the + expected value to trigger a system wake event. + If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then + scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g. + suspend to RAM or power off. + Otherwise the write will fail with an error. + This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc578bc60 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator @@ -0,0 +1,372 @@ +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../state +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + state. This reports the regulator enable control, for + regulators which can report that input value. + + This will be one of the following strings: + + 'enabled' + 'disabled' + 'unknown' + + 'enabled' means the regulator output is ON and is supplying + power to the system (assuming no error prevents it). + + 'disabled' means the regulator output is OFF and is not + supplying power to the system (unless some non-Linux + control has enabled it). + + 'unknown' means software cannot determine the state, or + the reported state is invalid. + + NOTE: this field can be used in conjunction with microvolts + or microamps to determine configured regulator output levels. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../status +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + "status". This reports the current regulator status, for + regulators which can report that output value. + + This will be one of the following strings: + + off + on + error + fast + normal + idle + standby + + "off" means the regulator is not supplying power to the + system. + + "on" means the regulator is supplying power to the system, + and the regulator can't report a detailed operation mode. + + "error" indicates an out-of-regulation status such as being + disabled due to thermal shutdown, or voltage being unstable + because of problems with the input power supply. + + "fast", "normal", "idle", and "standby" are all detailed + regulator operation modes (described elsewhere). They + imply "on", but provide more detail. + + Note that regulator status is a function of many inputs, + not limited to control inputs from Linux. For example, + the actual load presented may trigger "error" status; or + a regulator may be enabled by another user, even though + Linux did not enable it. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../type +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood +Description: + Each regulator directory will contain a field called + type. This holds the regulator type. + + This will be one of the following strings: + + 'voltage' + 'current' + 'unknown' + + 'voltage' means the regulator output voltage can be controlled + by software. + + 'current' means the regulator output current limit can be + controlled by software. + + 'unknown' means software cannot control either voltage or + current limit. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../microvolts +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + microvolts. This holds the regulator output voltage setting + measured in microvolts (i.e. E-6 Volts), for regulators + which can report the control input for voltage. + + NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator + output voltage level as this value is the same regardless of + whether the regulator is enabled or disabled. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../microamps +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + microamps. This holds the regulator output current limit + setting measured in microamps (i.e. E-6 Amps), for regulators + which can report the control input for a current limit. + + NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator + output current level as this value is the same regardless of + whether the regulator is enabled or disabled. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../opmode +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + opmode. This holds the current regulator operating mode, + for regulators which can report that control input value. + + The opmode value can be one of the following strings: + + 'fast' + 'normal' + 'idle' + 'standby' + 'unknown' + + The modes are described in include/linux/regulator/consumer.h + + NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator + output operating mode as this value is the same regardless of + whether the regulator is enabled or disabled. A "status" + attribute may be available to determine the actual mode. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../min_microvolts +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + min_microvolts. This holds the minimum safe working regulator + output voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts, + for regulators which support voltage constraints. + + NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if + the power domain has no min microvolts constraint defined by + platform code. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../max_microvolts +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + max_microvolts. This holds the maximum safe working regulator + output voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts, + for regulators which support voltage constraints. + + NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if + the power domain has no max microvolts constraint defined by + platform code. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../min_microamps +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + min_microamps. This holds the minimum safe working regulator + output current limit setting for this domain measured in + microamps, for regulators which support current constraints. + + NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if + the power domain has no min microamps constraint defined by + platform code. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../max_microamps +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + max_microamps. This holds the maximum safe working regulator + output current limit setting for this domain measured in + microamps, for regulators which support current constraints. + + NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if + the power domain has no max microamps constraint defined by + platform code. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../name +Date: October 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.28 +Contact: Liam Girdwood +Description: + Each regulator directory will contain a field called + name. This holds a string identifying the regulator for + display purposes. + + NOTE: this will be empty if no suitable name is provided + by platform or regulator drivers. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../num_users +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood +Description: + Each regulator directory will contain a field called + num_users. This holds the number of consumer devices that + have called regulator_enable() on this regulator. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../requested_microamps +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + requested_microamps. This holds the total requested load + current in microamps for this regulator from all its consumer + devices. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../parent +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a link called parent. + This points to the parent or supply regulator if one exists. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_microvolts +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_mem_microvolts. This holds the regulator output + voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when + the system is suspended to memory, for voltage regulators + implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_microvolts +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_disk_microvolts. This holds the regulator output + voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when + the system is suspended to disk, for voltage regulators + implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_microvolts +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_standby_microvolts. This holds the regulator output + voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when + the system is suspended to standby, for voltage regulators + implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_mode +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_mem_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode + setting for this domain when the system is suspended to + memory, for regulators implementing suspend mode + configuration constraints. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_mode +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_disk_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode + setting for this domain when the system is suspended to disk, + for regulators implementing suspend mode configuration + constraints. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_mode +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_standby_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode + setting for this domain when the system is suspended to + standby, for regulators implementing suspend mode + configuration constraints. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_state +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_mem_state. This holds the regulator operating state + when suspended to memory, for regulators implementing suspend + configuration constraints. + + This will be one of the same strings reported by + the "state" attribute. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_state +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_disk_state. This holds the regulator operating state + when suspended to disk, for regulators implementing + suspend configuration constraints. + + This will be one of the same strings reported by + the "state" attribute. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_state +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_standby_state. This holds the regulator operating + state when suspended to standby, for regulators implementing + suspend configuration constraints. + + This will be one of the same strings reported by + the "state" attribute. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../bypass +Date: September 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: Mark Brown +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + bypass. This indicates if the device is in bypass mode. + + This will be one of the following strings: + + 'enabled' + 'disabled' + 'unknown' + + 'enabled' means the regulator is in bypass mode. + + 'disabled' means that the regulator is regulating. + + 'unknown' means software cannot determine the state, or + the reported state is invalid. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf1e7222 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: Attribute for calibrating ST-Ericsson AB8500 Real Time Clock +Date: Oct 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Mark Godfrey +Description: The rtc_calibration attribute allows the userspace to + calibrate the AB8500.s 32KHz Real Time Clock. + Every 60 seconds the AB8500 will correct the RTC's value + by adding to it the value of this attribute. + The range of the attribute is -127 to +127 in units of + 30.5 micro-seconds (half-parts-per-million of the 32KHz clock) +Users: The /vendor/st-ericsson/base_utilities/core/rtc_calibration + daemon uses this interface. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0eb255e7d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/isci_id +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Dave Jiang +Description: + This file contains the enumerated host ID for the Intel + SCU controller. The Intel(R) C600 Series Chipset SATA/SAS + Storage Control Unit embeds up to two 4-port controllers in + a single PCI device. The controllers are enumerated in order + which usually means the lowest number scsi_host corresponds + with the first controller, but this association is not + guaranteed. The 'isci_id' attribute unambiguously identifies + the controller index: '0' for the first controller, + '1' for the second. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/acciopath_status +Date: November 2013 +Contact: Stephen M. Cameron +Description: This file contains the current status of the "SSD Smart Path" + feature of HP Smart Array RAID controllers using the hpsa + driver. SSD Smart Path, when enabled permits the driver to + send i/o requests directly to physical devices that are part + of a logical drive, bypassing the controllers firmware RAID + stack for a performance advantage when possible. A value of + '1' indicates the feature is enabled, and the controller may + use the direct i/o path to physical devices. A value of zero + means the feature is disabled and the controller may not use + the direct i/o path to physical devices. This setting is + controller wide, affecting all configured logical drives on the + controller. This file is readable and writable. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..85f4875d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Interfaces for WiMedia Ultra Wideband Common Radio + Platform (UWB) radio controllers. + + Familiarity with the ECMA-368 'High Rate Ultra + Wideband MAC and PHY Specification' is assumed. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/beacon_timeout_ms +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Description: + If no beacons are received from a device for at least + this time, the device will be considered to have gone + and it will be removed. The default is 3 superframes + (~197 ms) as required by the specification. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/ +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + An individual UWB radio controller. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/beacon +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Write: + + + + to force a specific channel to be used when beaconing, + or, if is -1, to prohibit beaconing. If + is 0, then the default channel selection + algorithm will be used. Valid channels depends on the + radio controller's supported band groups. + + Reading returns the currently active channel, or -1 if + the radio controller is not beaconing. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/ASIE +Date: August 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.18 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + + The application-specific information element (ASIE) + included in this device's beacon, in space separated + hex octets. + + Reading returns the current ASIE. Writing replaces + the current ASIE with the one written. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/scan +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Write: + + [] + + to start (or stop) scanning on a channel. is one of: + 0 - scan + 1 - scan outside BP + 2 - scan while inactive + 3 - scanning disabled + 4 - scan (with start time of ) + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/mac_address +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The EUI-48, in colon-separated hex octets, for this + radio controller. A write will change the radio + controller's EUI-48 but only do so while the device is + not beaconing or scanning. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A symlink to the device (if any) of the WUSB Host + Controller PAL using this radio controller. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN// +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A neighbour UWB device that has either been detected + as part of a scan or is a member of the radio + controllers beacon group. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN//BPST +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The time (using the radio controllers internal 1 ms + interval superframe timer) of the last beacon from + this device was received. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN//DevAddr +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The current DevAddr of this device in colon separated + hex octets. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN//EUI_48 +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + + The EUI-48 of this device in colon separated hex + octets. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN//BPST +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN//IEs +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The latest IEs included in this device's beacon, in + space separated hex octets with one IE per line. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN//LQE +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Link Quality Estimate - the Signal to Noise Ratio + (SNR) of all packets received from this device in dB. + This gives an estimate on a suitable PHY rate. Refer + to [ECMA-368] section 13.3 for more details. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN//RSSI +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Received Signal Strength Indication - the strength of + the received signal in dB. LQE is a more useful + measure of the radio link quality. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5977e2875 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_chid +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel +Description: + Write the CHID (16 space-separated hex octets) for this host controller. + This starts the host controller, allowing it to accept connection from + WUSB devices. + + Set an all zero CHID to stop the host controller. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_trust_timeout +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel +Description: + Devices that haven't sent a WUSB packet to the host + within 'wusb_trust_timeout' ms are considered to have + disconnected and are removed. The default value of + 4000 ms is the value required by the WUSB + specification. + + Since this relates to security (specifically, the + lifetime of PTKs and GTKs) it should not be changed + from the default. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_phy_rate +Date: August 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.32 +Contact: David Vrabel +Description: + The maximum PHY rate to use for all connected devices. + This is only of limited use for testing and + development as the hardware's automatic rate + adaptation is better then this simple control. + + Refer to [ECMA-368] section 10.3.1.1 for the value to + use. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_dnts +Date: June 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Thomas Pugliese +Description: + The device notification time slot (DNTS) count and inverval in + milliseconds that the WUSB host should use. This controls how + often the devices will have the opportunity to send + notifications to the host. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_retry_count +Date: June 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Thomas Pugliese +Description: + The number of retries that the WUSB host should attempt + before reporting an error for a bus transaction. The range of + valid values is [0..15], where 0 indicates infinite retries. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a9f2b8b05 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/dev +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Dan Williams +Description: The /sys/dev tree provides a method to look up the sysfs + path for a device using the information returned from + stat(2). There are two directories, 'block' and 'char', + beneath /sys/dev containing symbolic links with names of + the form ":". These links point to the + corresponding sysfs path for the given device. + + Example: + $ readlink /sys/dev/block/8:32 + ../../block/sdc + + Entries in /sys/dev/char and /sys/dev/block will be + dynamically created and destroyed as devices enter and + leave the system. + +Users: mdadm diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5fcc94358 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/devices +Date: February 2006 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman +Description: + The /sys/devices tree contains a snapshot of the + internal state of the kernel device tree. Devices will + be added and removed dynamically as the machine runs, + and between different kernel versions, the layout of the + devices within this tree will change. + + Please do not rely on the format of this tree because of + this. If a program wishes to find different things in + the tree, please use the /sys/class structure and rely + on the symlinks there to point to the proper location + within the /sys/devices tree of the individual devices. + Or rely on the uevent messages to notify programs of + devices being added and removed from this tree to find + the location of those devices. + + Note that sometimes not all devices along the directory + chain will have emitted uevent messages, so userspace + programs must be able to handle such occurrences. + +Users: + udev diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6568e0010 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/reset_counters +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This write-only control file will zero all the statistical + counters for UE and CE errors on the given memory controller. + Zeroing the counters will also reset the timer indicating how + long since the last counter were reset. This is useful for + computing errors/time. Since the counters are always reset + at driver initialization time, no module/kernel parameter + is available. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/seconds_since_reset +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays how many seconds have elapsed + since the last counter reset. This can be used with the error + counters to measure error rates. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/mc_name +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the type of memory controller + that is being utilized. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/size_mb +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays, in count of megabytes, of memory + that this memory controller manages. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ue_count +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the total count of uncorrectable + errors that have occurred on this memory controller. If + panic_on_ue is set, this counter will not have a chance to + increment, since EDAC will panic the system + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ue_noinfo_count +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the number of UEs that have + occurred on this memory controller with no information as to + which DIMM slot is having errors. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ce_count +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the total count of correctable + errors that have occurred on this memory controller. This + count is very important to examine. CEs provide early + indications that a DIMM is beginning to fail. This count + field should be monitored for non-zero values and report + such information to the system administrator. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ce_noinfo_count +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the number of CEs that + have occurred on this memory controller wherewith no + information as to which DIMM slot is having errors. Memory is + handicapped, but operational, yet no information is available + to indicate which slot the failing memory is in. This count + field should be also be monitored for non-zero values. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/sdram_scrub_rate +Date: February 2007 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: Read/Write attribute file that controls memory scrubbing. + The scrubbing rate used by the memory controller is set by + writing a minimum bandwidth in bytes/sec to the attribute file. + The rate will be translated to an internal value that gives at + least the specified rate. + Reading the file will return the actual scrubbing rate employed. + If configuration fails or memory scrubbing is not implemented, + the value of the attribute file will be -1. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/max_location +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the information about the last + available memory slot in this memory controller. It is used by + userspace tools in order to display the memory filling layout. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/size +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file will display the size of dimm or rank. + For dimm*/size, this is the size, in MB of the DIMM memory + stick. For rank*/size, this is the size, in MB for one rank + of the DIMM memory stick. On single rank memories (1R), this + is also the total size of the dimm. On dual rank (2R) memories, + this is half the size of the total DIMM memories. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_dev_type +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file will display what type of DRAM device is + being utilized on this DIMM (x1, x2, x4, x8, ...). + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_edac_mode +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file will display what type of Error detection + and correction is being utilized. For example: S4ECD4ED would + mean a Chipkill with x4 DRAM. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_label +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This control file allows this DIMM to have a label assigned + to it. With this label in the module, when errors occur + the output can provide the DIMM label in the system log. + This becomes vital for panic events to isolate the + cause of the UE event. + DIMM Labels must be assigned after booting, with information + that correctly identifies the physical slot with its + silk screen label. This information is currently very + motherboard specific and determination of this information + must occur in userland at this time. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_location +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file will display the location (csrow/channel, + branch/channel/slot or channel/slot) of the dimm or rank. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_mem_type +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file will display what type of memory is + currently on this csrow. Normally, either buffered or + unbuffered memory (for example, Unbuffered-DDR3). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46badc9ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../firmware_node/ +Date: September 2012 +Contact: <> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../firmware_node directory contains attributes + allowing the user space to check and modify some firmware + related properties of given device. + +What: /sys/devices/.../firmware_node/description +Date: September 2012 +Contact: Lance Ortiz +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../firmware/description attribute contains a string + that describes the device as provided by the _STR method in the ACPI + namespace. This attribute is read-only. If the device does not have + an _STR method associated with it in the ACPI namespace, this + attribute is not present. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea9298d9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ +Date: March 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ directory is only present for + devices included into the Intel Lynxpoint Low Power Subsystem + (LPSS). If present, it contains attributes containing the LTR + mode and the values of LTR registers of the device. + +What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ltr_mode +Date: March 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ltr_mode attribute contains an + integer number (0 or 1) indicating whether or not the devices' + LTR functionality is working in the software mode (1). + + This attribute is read-only. If the device's runtime PM status + is not "active", attempts to read from this attribute cause + -EAGAIN to be returned. + +What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/auto_ltr +Date: March 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/auto_ltr attribute contains the + current value of the device's AUTO_LTR register (raw) + represented as an 8-digit hexadecimal number. + + This attribute is read-only. If the device's runtime PM status + is not "active", attempts to read from this attribute cause + -EAGAIN to be returned. + +What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/sw_ltr +Date: March 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/auto_ltr attribute contains the + current value of the device's SW_LTR register (raw) represented + as an 8-digit hexadecimal number. + + This attribute is read-only. If the device's runtime PM status + is not "active", attempts to read from this attribute cause + -EAGAIN to be returned. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory new file mode 100644 index 000000000..deef3b572 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/memory +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Badari Pulavarty +Description: + The /sys/devices/system/memory contains a snapshot of the + internal state of the kernel memory blocks. Files could be + added or removed dynamically to represent hot-add/remove + operations. +Users: hotplug memory add/remove tools + http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Badari Pulavarty +Description: + The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable + indicates whether this memory block is removable or not. + This is useful for a user-level agent to determine + identify removable sections of the memory before attempting + potentially expensive hot-remove memory operation +Users: hotplug memory remove tools + http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device +Date: September 2008 +Contact: Badari Pulavarty +Description: + The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device + is read-only and is designed to show the name of physical + memory device. Implementation is currently incomplete. + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_index +Date: September 2008 +Contact: Badari Pulavarty +Description: + The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_index + is read-only and contains the section ID in hexadecimal + which is equivalent to decimal X contained in the + memory section directory name. + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state +Date: September 2008 +Contact: Badari Pulavarty +Description: + The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state + is read-write. When read, its contents show the + online/offline state of the memory section. When written, + root can toggle the the online/offline state of a removable + memory section (see removable file description above) + using the following commands. + # echo online > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state + # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state + + For example, if /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/removable + contains a value of 1 and + /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state contains the + string "online" the following command can be executed by + by root to offline that section. + # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state +Users: hotplug memory remove tools + http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils + + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/valid_zones +Date: July 2014 +Contact: Zhang Zhen +Description: + The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/valid_zones is + read-only and is designed to show which zone this memory + block can be onlined to. + +What: /sys/devices/system/memoryX/nodeY +Date: October 2009 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list +Description: + When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that + points to the corresponding NUMA node directory. + + For example, the following symbolic link is created for + memory section 9 on node0: + /sys/devices/system/memory/memory9/node0 -> ../../node/node0 + + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memoryY +Date: September 2008 +Contact: Gary Hade +Description: + When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled + /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memoryY is a symbolic link that + points to the corresponding /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryY + memory section directory. For example, the following symbolic + link is created for memory section 9 on node0. + /sys/devices/system/node/node0/memory9 -> ../../memory/memory9 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a50ab655 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../mmc_host/mmcX/mmcX:XXXX/enhanced_area_offset +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Chuanxiao Dong +Description: + Enhanced area is a new feature defined in eMMC4.4 standard. + eMMC4.4 or later card can support such feature. This kind of + area can help to improve the card performance. If the feature + is enabled, this attribute will indicate the start address of + enhanced data area. If not, this attribute will be -EINVAL. + Unit Byte. Format decimal. + +What: /sys/devices/.../mmc_host/mmcX/mmcX:XXXX/enhanced_area_size +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Chuanxiao Dong +Description: + Enhanced area is a new feature defined in eMMC4.4 standard. + eMMC4.4 or later card can support such feature. This kind of + area can help to improve the card performance. If the feature + is enabled, this attribute will indicate the size of enhanced + data area. If not, this attribute will be -EINVAL. + Unit KByte. Format decimal. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f990026c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../online +Date: April 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../online attribute is only present for + devices whose bus types provide .online() and .offline() + callbacks. The number read from it (0 or 1) reflects the value + of the device's 'offline' field. If that number is 1 and '0' + (or 'n', or 'N') is written to this file, the device bus type's + .offline() callback is executed for the device and (if + successful) its 'offline' field is updated accordingly. In + turn, if that number is 0 and '1' (or 'y', or 'Y') is written to + this file, the device bus type's .online() callback is executed + for the device and (if successful) its 'offline' field is + updated as appropriate. + + After a successful execution of the bus type's .offline() + callback the device cannot be used for any purpose until either + it is removed (i.e. device_del() is called for it), or its bus + type's .online() is exeucted successfully. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d548eaac2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/_UDC_/gadget/suspended +Date: April 2010 +Contact: Fabien Chouteau +Description: + Show the suspend state of an USB composite gadget. + 1 -> suspended + 0 -> resumed + + (_UDC_ is the name of the USB Device Controller driver) + +What: /sys/devices/platform/_UDC_/gadget/gadget-lunX/nofua +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Andy Shevchenko +Description: + Show or set the reaction on the FUA (Force Unit Access) bit in + the SCSI WRITE(10,12) commands when a gadget in USB Mass + Storage mode. + + Possible values are: + 1 -> ignore the FUA flag + 0 -> obey the FUA flag diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8aa367168 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/docg3/f[0-3]_dps[01]_is_keylocked +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Robert Jarzmik +Description: + Show whether the floor (0 to 4), protection area (0 or 1) is + keylocked. Each docg3 chip (or floor) has 2 protection areas, + which can cover any part of it, block aligned, called DPS. + The protection has information embedded whether it blocks reads, + writes or both. + The result is: + 0 -> the DPS is not keylocked + 1 -> the DPS is keylocked +Users: None identified so far. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/docg3/f[0-3]_dps[01]_protection_key +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Robert Jarzmik +Description: + Enter the protection key for the floor (0 to 4), protection area + (0 or 1). Each docg3 chip (or floor) has 2 protection areas, + which can cover any part of it, block aligned, called DPS. + The protection has information embedded whether it blocks reads, + writes or both. + The protection key is a string of 8 bytes (value 0-255). + Entering the correct value toggle the lock, and can be observed + through f[0-3]_dps[01]_is_keylocked. + Possible values are: + - 8 bytes + Typical values are: + - "00000000" + - "12345678" +Users: None identified so far. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..210708242 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_alpha +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Laurent Pinchart +Description: + This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding + to overlay planes. + + Stores the alpha blending value for the overlay. Values range + from 0 (transparent) to 255 (opaque). The value is ignored if + the mode is not set to Alpha Blending. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_mode +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Laurent Pinchart +Description: + This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding + to overlay planes. + + Selects the composition mode for the overlay. Possible values + are + + 0 - Alpha Blending + 1 - ROP3 + +What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_position +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Laurent Pinchart +Description: + This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding + to overlay planes. + + Stores the x,y overlay position on the display in pixels. The + position format is `[0-9]+,[0-9]+'. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_rop3 +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Laurent Pinchart +Description: + This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding + to overlay planes. + + Stores the raster operation (ROP3) for the overlay. Values + range from 0 to 255. The value is ignored if the mode is not + set to ROP3. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power new file mode 100644 index 000000000..676fdf5f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power @@ -0,0 +1,276 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power/ +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power directory contains attributes + allowing the user space to check and modify some power + management related properties of given device. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup attribute allows the user + space to check if the device is enabled to wake up the system + from sleep states, such as the memory sleep state (suspend to + RAM) and hibernation (suspend to disk), and to enable or disable + it to do that as desired. + + Some devices support "wakeup" events, which are hardware signals + used to activate the system from a sleep state. Such devices + have one of the following two values for the sysfs power/wakeup + file: + + + "enabled\n" to issue the events; + + "disabled\n" not to do so; + + In that cases the user space can change the setting represented + by the contents of this file by writing either "enabled", or + "disabled" to it. + + For the devices that are not capable of generating system wakeup + events this file is not present. In that case the device cannot + be enabled to wake up the system from sleep states. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/control +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/control attribute allows the user + space to control the run-time power management of the device. + + All devices have one of the following two values for the + power/control file: + + + "auto\n" to allow the device to be power managed at run time; + + "on\n" to prevent the device from being power managed; + + The default for all devices is "auto", which means that they may + be subject to automatic power management, depending on their + drivers. Changing this attribute to "on" prevents the driver + from power managing the device at run time. Doing that while + the device is suspended causes it to be woken up. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/async +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../async attribute allows the user space to + enable or diasble the device's suspend and resume callbacks to + be executed asynchronously (ie. in separate threads, in parallel + with the main suspend/resume thread) during system-wide power + transitions (eg. suspend to RAM, hibernation). + + All devices have one of the following two values for the + power/async file: + + + "enabled\n" to permit the asynchronous suspend/resume; + + "disabled\n" to forbid it; + + The value of this attribute may be changed by writing either + "enabled", or "disabled" to it. + + It generally is unsafe to permit the asynchronous suspend/resume + of a device unless it is certain that all of the PM dependencies + of the device are known to the PM core. However, for some + devices this attribute is set to "enabled" by bus type code or + device drivers and in that cases it should be safe to leave the + default value. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_count +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_count attribute contains the number + of signaled wakeup events associated with the device. This + attribute is read-only. If the device is not capable to wake up + the system from sleep states, this attribute is not present. + If the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep + states, this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active_count +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_active_count attribute contains the + number of times the processing of wakeup events associated with + the device was completed (at the kernel level). This attribute + is read-only. If the device is not capable to wake up the + system from sleep states, this attribute is not present. If + the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep + states, this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_abort_count +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_abort_count attribute contains the + number of times the processing of a wakeup event associated with + the device might have aborted system transition into a sleep + state in progress. This attribute is read-only. If the device + is not capable to wake up the system from sleep states, this + attribute is not present. If the device is not enabled to wake + up the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_expire_count +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_expire_count attribute contains the + number of times a wakeup event associated with the device has + been reported with a timeout that expired. This attribute is + read-only. If the device is not capable to wake up the system + from sleep states, this attribute is not present. If the + device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, + this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_active attribute contains either 1, + or 0, depending on whether or not a wakeup event associated with + the device is being processed (1). This attribute is read-only. + If the device is not capable to wake up the system from sleep + states, this attribute is not present. If the device is not + enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute + is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_total_time_ms +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_total_time_ms attribute contains + the total time of processing wakeup events associated with the + device, in milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. If the + device is not capable to wake up the system from sleep states, + this attribute is not present. If the device is not enabled to + wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_max_time_ms +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_max_time_ms attribute contains + the maximum time of processing a single wakeup event associated + with the device, in milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. + If the device is not capable to wake up the system from sleep + states, this attribute is not present. If the device is not + enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute + is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_last_time_ms +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_last_time_ms attribute contains + the value of the monotonic clock corresponding to the time of + signaling the last wakeup event associated with the device, in + milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. If the device is + not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this + attribute is not present. If the device is not enabled to wake + up the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_prevent_sleep_time_ms +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_prevent_sleep_time_ms attribute + contains the total time the device has been preventing + opportunistic transitions to sleep states from occurring. + This attribute is read-only. If the device is not capable to + wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute is not + present. If the device is not enabled to wake up the system + from sleep states, this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/autosuspend_delay_ms +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Alan Stern +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/autosuspend_delay_ms attribute + contains the autosuspend delay value (in milliseconds). Some + drivers do not want their device to suspend as soon as it + becomes idle at run time; they want the device to remain + inactive for a certain minimum period of time first. That + period is called the autosuspend delay. Negative values will + prevent the device from being suspended at run time (similar + to writing "on" to the power/control attribute). Values >= + 1000 will cause the autosuspend timer expiration to be rounded + up to the nearest second. + + Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, + attempts to read or write it will yield I/O errors. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_resume_latency_us +Date: March 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_resume_latency_us attribute + contains the PM QoS resume latency limit for the given device, + which is the maximum allowed time it can take to resume the + device, after it has been suspended at run time, from a resume + request to the moment the device will be ready to process I/O, + in microseconds. If it is equal to 0, however, this means that + the PM QoS resume latency may be arbitrary. + + Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, + it is not present. + + This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and + hibernation. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_latency_tolerance_us +Date: January 2014 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_latency_tolerance_us attribute + contains the PM QoS active state latency tolerance limit for the + given device in microseconds. That is the maximum memory access + latency the device can suffer without any visible adverse + effects on user space functionality. If that value is the + string "any", the latency does not matter to user space at all, + but hardware should not be allowed to set the latency tolerance + for the device automatically. + + Reading "auto" from this file means that the maximum memory + access latency for the device may be determined automatically + by the hardware as needed. Writing "auto" to it allows the + hardware to be switched to this mode if there are no other + latency tolerance requirements from the kernel side. + + This attribute is only present if the feature controlled by it + is supported by the hardware. + + This attribute has no effect on runtime suspend and resume of + devices and on system-wide suspend/resume and hibernation. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_no_power_off +Date: September 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_no_power_off attribute + is used for manipulating the PM QoS "no power off" flag. If + set, this flag indicates to the kernel that power should not + be removed entirely from the device. + + Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, + it is not present. + + This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and + hibernation. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_remote_wakeup +Date: September 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_remote_wakeup attribute + is used for manipulating the PM QoS "remote wakeup required" + flag. If set, this flag indicates to the kernel that the + device is a source of user events that have to be signaled from + its low-power states. + + Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, + it is not present. + + This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and + hibernation. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73b77a6be --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D0/ +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D0/ directory is only + present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that + use ACPI power resources for power management. + + If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories + representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for + the given device node to be in ACPI power state D0. The names + of the links are the same as the names of the directories they + point to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30c20703f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1 @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D1/ +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D1/ directory is only + present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that + use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI + power state D1. + + If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories + representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for + the given device node to be in ACPI power state D1. The names + of the links are the same as the names of the directories they + point to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd9d84b42 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2 @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D2/ +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D2/ directory is only + present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that + use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI + power state D2. + + If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories + representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for + the given device node to be in ACPI power state D2. The names + of the links are the same as the names of the directories they + point to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3df32c20a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D3hot/ +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D3hot/ directory is only + present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that + use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI + power state D3hot. + + If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories + representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for + the given device node to be in ACPI power state D3hot. The + names of the links are the same as the names of the directories + they point to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0588feeb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_wakeup/ +Date: April 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_wakeup/ directory is only + present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that + require ACPI power resources for wakeup signaling. + + If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories + representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for + the given device node to be able to signal wakeup. The names of + the links are the same as the names of the directories they + point to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7ad954674 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_state +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_state attribute is only present for + device objects representing ACPI device nodes that provide power + management methods. + + If present, it contains a string representing the current ACPI + power state of the given device node. Its possible values, + "D0", "D1", "D2", "D3hot", and "D3cold", reflect the power state + names defined by the ACPI specification (ACPI 4 and above). + + If the device node uses shared ACPI power resources, this state + determines a list of power resources required not to be turned + off. However, some power resources needed by the device node in + higher-power (lower-number) states may also be ON because of + some other devices using them at the moment. + + This attribute is read-only. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b3527c82 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../real_power_state +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../real_power_state attribute is only present + for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that provide + power management methods and use ACPI power resources for power + management. + + If present, it contains a string representing the real ACPI + power state of the given device node as returned by the _PSC + control method or inferred from the configuration of power + resources. Its possible values, "D0", "D1", "D2", "D3hot", and + "D3cold", reflect the power state names defined by the ACPI + specification (ACPI 4 and above). + + In some situations the value of this attribute may be different + from the value of the /sys/devices/.../power_state attribute for + the same device object. If that happens, some shared power + resources used by the device node are only ON because of some + other devices using them at the moment. + + This attribute is read-only. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4a3bc592 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../resource_in_use +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../resource_in_use attribute is only present + for device objects representing ACPI power resources. + + If present, it contains a number (0 or 1) representing the + current status of the given power resource (0 means that the + resource is not in use and therefore it has been turned off). + + This attribute is read-only. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6d9cc253f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +What: /sys/devices/socX +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones +Description: + The /sys/devices/ directory contains a sub-directory for each + System-on-Chip (SoC) device on a running platform. Information + regarding each SoC can be obtained by reading sysfs files. This + functionality is only available if implemented by the platform. + + The directory created for each SoC will also house information + about devices which are commonly contained in /sys/devices/platform. + It has been agreed that if an SoC device exists, its supported + devices would be better suited to appear as children of that SoC. + +What: /sys/devices/socX/machine +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones +Description: + Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains the SoC machine + name (e.g. Ux500). + +What: /sys/devices/socX/family +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones +Description: + Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains SoC family name + (e.g. DB8500). + +What: /sys/devices/socX/soc_id +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones +Description: + Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. In the case of + ST-Ericsson's chips this contains the SoC serial number. + +What: /sys/devices/socX/revision +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones +Description: + Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. Contains the SoC's + manufacturing revision number. + +What: /sys/devices/socX/process +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones +Description: + Read-only attribute supported ST-Ericsson's silicon. Contains the + the process by which the silicon chip was manufactured. + +What: /sys/bus/soc +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones +Description: + The /sys/bus/soc/ directory contains the usual sub-folders + expected under most buses. /sys/bus/soc/devices is of particular + interest, as it contains a symlink for each SoC device found on + the system. Each symlink points back into the aforementioned + /sys/devices/socX devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun new file mode 100644 index 000000000..625ce4b63 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../sun +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Yasuaki Ishimatsu +Description: + The file contains a Slot-unique ID which provided by the _SUN + method in the ACPI namespace. The value is written in Advanced + Configuration and Power Interface Specification as follows: + + "The _SUN value is required to be unique among the slots of + the same type. It is also recommended that this number match + the slot number printed on the physical slot whenever possible." + + So reading the sysfs file, we can identify a physical position + of the slot in the system. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da9551357 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu @@ -0,0 +1,273 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/ +Date: pre-git history +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list +Description: + A collection of both global and individual CPU attributes + + Individual CPU attributes are contained in subdirectories + named by the kernel's logical CPU number, e.g.: + + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/ + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/kernel_max + /sys/devices/system/cpu/offline + /sys/devices/system/cpu/online + /sys/devices/system/cpu/possible + /sys/devices/system/cpu/present +Date: December 2008 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list +Description: CPU topology files that describe kernel limits related to + hotplug. Briefly: + + kernel_max: the maximum cpu index allowed by the kernel + configuration. + + offline: cpus that are not online because they have been + HOTPLUGGED off or exceed the limit of cpus allowed by the + kernel configuration (kernel_max above). + + online: cpus that are online and being scheduled. + + possible: cpus that have been allocated resources and can be + brought online if they are present. + + present: cpus that have been identified as being present in + the system. + + See Documentation/cputopology.txt for more information. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/probe + /sys/devices/system/cpu/release +Date: November 2009 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list +Description: Dynamic addition and removal of CPU's. This is not hotplug + removal, this is meant complete removal/addition of the CPU + from the system. + + probe: writes to this file will dynamically add a CPU to the + system. Information written to the file to add CPU's is + architecture specific. + + release: writes to this file dynamically remove a CPU from + the system. Information writtento the file to remove CPU's + is architecture specific. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/node +Date: October 2009 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list +Description: Discover NUMA node a CPU belongs to + + When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that points + to the corresponding NUMA node directory. + + For example, the following symlink is created for cpu42 + in NUMA node 2: + + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/node2 -> ../../node/node2 + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_id + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_siblings + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_siblings_list + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/physical_package_id + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/thread_siblings + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/thread_siblings_list +Date: December 2008 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list +Description: CPU topology files that describe a logical CPU's relationship + to other cores and threads in the same physical package. + + One cpu# directory is created per logical CPU in the system, + e.g. /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/. + + Briefly, the files above are: + + core_id: the CPU core ID of cpu#. Typically it is the + hardware platform's identifier (rather than the kernel's). + The actual value is architecture and platform dependent. + + core_siblings: internal kernel map of cpu#'s hardware threads + within the same physical_package_id. + + core_siblings_list: human-readable list of the logical CPU + numbers within the same physical_package_id as cpu#. + + physical_package_id: physical package id of cpu#. Typically + corresponds to a physical socket number, but the actual value + is architecture and platform dependent. + + thread_siblings: internel kernel map of cpu#'s hardware + threads within the same core as cpu# + + thread_siblings_list: human-readable list of cpu#'s hardware + threads within the same core as cpu# + + See Documentation/cputopology.txt for more information. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_driver + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_governer_ro +Date: September 2007 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list +Description: Discover cpuidle policy and mechanism + + Various CPUs today support multiple idle levels that are + differentiated by varying exit latencies and power + consumption during idle. + + Idle policy (governor) is differentiated from idle mechanism + (driver) + + current_driver: displays current idle mechanism + + current_governor_ro: displays current idle policy + + See files in Documentation/cpuidle/ for more information. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpufreq/* +Date: pre-git history +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: Discover and change clock speed of CPUs + + Clock scaling allows you to change the clock speed of the + CPUs on the fly. This is a nice method to save battery + power, because the lower the clock speed, the less power + the CPU consumes. + + There are many knobs to tweak in this directory. + + See files in Documentation/cpu-freq/ for more information. + + In particular, read Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt + to learn how to control the knobs. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpufreq/freqdomain_cpus +Date: June 2013 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: Discover CPUs in the same CPU frequency coordination domain + + freqdomain_cpus is the list of CPUs (online+offline) that share + the same clock/freq domain (possibly at the hardware level). + That information may be hidden from the cpufreq core and the + value of related_cpus may be different from freqdomain_cpus. This + attribute is useful for user space DVFS controllers to get better + power/performance results for platforms using acpi-cpufreq. + + This file is only present if the acpi-cpufreq driver is in use. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index3/cache_disable_{0,1} +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list +Description: Disable L3 cache indices + + These files exist in every CPU's cache/index3 directory. Each + cache_disable_{0,1} file corresponds to one disable slot which + can be used to disable a cache index. Reading from these files + on a processor with this functionality will return the currently + disabled index for that node. There is one L3 structure per + node, or per internal node on MCM machines. Writing a valid + index to one of these files will cause the specificed cache + index to be disabled. + + All AMD processors with L3 caches provide this functionality. + For details, see BKDGs at + http://developer.amd.com/documentation/guides/Pages/default.aspx + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/boost +Date: August 2012 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list +Description: Processor frequency boosting control + + This switch controls the boost setting for the whole system. + Boosting allows the CPU and the firmware to run at a frequency + beyound it's nominal limit. + More details can be found in Documentation/cpu-freq/boost.txt + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/crash_notes + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/crash_notes_size +Date: April 2013 +Contact: kexec@lists.infradead.org +Description: address and size of the percpu note. + + crash_notes: the physical address of the memory that holds the + note of cpu#. + + crash_notes_size: size of the note of cpu#. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/max_perf_pct + /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/min_perf_pct + /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/no_turbo +Date: February 2013 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: Parameters for the Intel P-state driver + + Logic for selecting the current P-state in Intel + Sandybridge+ processors. The three knobs control + limits for the P-state that will be requested by the + driver. + + max_perf_pct: limits the maximum P state that will be requested by + the driver stated as a percentage of the available performance. + + min_perf_pct: limits the minimum P state that will be requested by + the driver stated as a percentage of the available performance. + + no_turbo: limits the driver to selecting P states below the turbo + frequency range. + + More details can be found in Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index*/ +Date: July 2014(documented, existed before August 2008) +Contact: Sudeep Holla + Linux kernel mailing list +Description: Parameters for the CPU cache attributes + + allocation_policy: + - WriteAllocate: allocate a memory location to a cache line + on a cache miss because of a write + - ReadAllocate: allocate a memory location to a cache line + on a cache miss because of a read + - ReadWriteAllocate: both writeallocate and readallocate + + attributes: LEGACY used only on IA64 and is same as write_policy + + coherency_line_size: the minimum amount of data in bytes that gets + transferred from memory to cache + + level: the cache hierarcy in the multi-level cache configuration + + number_of_sets: total number of sets in the cache, a set is a + collection of cache lines with the same cache index + + physical_line_partition: number of physical cache line per cache tag + + shared_cpu_list: the list of logical cpus sharing the cache + + shared_cpu_map: logical cpu mask containing the list of cpus sharing + the cache + + size: the total cache size in kB + + type: + - Instruction: cache that only holds instructions + - Data: cache that only caches data + - Unified: cache that holds both data and instructions + + ways_of_associativity: degree of freedom in placing a particular block + of memory in the cache + + write_policy: + - WriteThrough: data is written to both the cache line + and to the block in the lower-level memory + - WriteBack: data is written only to the cache line and + the modified cache line is written to main + memory only when it is replaced diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b82deeaec --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +What: state +Date: Sep 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: Vernon Mauery +Description: The state file allows a means by which to change in and + out of Premium Real-Time Mode (PRTM), as well as the + ability to query the current state. + 0 => PRTM off + 1 => PRTM enabled +Users: The ibm-prtm userspace daemon uses this interface. + + +What: version +Date: Sep 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: Vernon Mauery +Description: The version file provides a means by which to query + the RTL table version that lives in the Extended + BIOS Data Area (EBDA). +Users: The ibm-prtm userspace daemon uses this interface. + + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ca02fb2d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_cpu/ +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Liu, Jinsong +Description: + A collection of global/individual Xen physical cpu attributes + + Individual physical cpu attributes are contained in + subdirectories named by the Xen's logical cpu number, e.g.: + /sys/devices/system/xen_cpu/xen_cpu#/ + + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_cpu/xen_cpu#/online +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Liu, Jinsong +Description: + Interface to online/offline Xen physical cpus + + When running under Xen platform, it provide user interface + to online/offline physical cpus, except cpu0 due to several + logic restrictions and assumptions. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe new file mode 100644 index 000000000..64ac6d567 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe_card/version +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Unique bitstream identification e.g. + '0000000330336283.00000000475a4950'. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe_card/appid +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Identifies the currently active card application e.g. 'GZIP' + for compression/decompression. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe_card/type +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Type of the card e.g. 'GenWQE5-A7'. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe_card/curr_bitstream +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Currently active bitstream. 1 is default, 0 is backup. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe_card/next_bitstream +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Interface to set the next bitstream to be used. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe_card/reload_bitstream +Date: May 2014 +Contact: klebers@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Interface to trigger a PCIe card reset to reload the bitstream. + sudo sh -c 'echo 1 > \ + /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe0_card/reload_bitstream' + If successfully, the card will come back with the bitstream set + on 'next_bitstream'. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe_card/tempsens +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Interface to read the cards temperature sense register. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe_card/freerunning_timer +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Interface to read the cards free running timer. + Used for performance and utilization measurements. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe_card/queue_working_time +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Interface to read queue working time. + Used for performance and utilization measurements. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe_card/state +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: State of the card: "unused", "used", "error". + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe_card/base_clock +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Base clock frequency of the card. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe_card/device/sriov_numvfs +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Enable VFs (1..15): + sudo sh -c 'echo 15 > \ + /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000\:1b\:00.0/sriov_numvfs' + Disable VFs: + Write a 0 into the same sysfs entry. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48942cacb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: For USB devices : /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./report_descriptor + For BT devices : /sys/class/bluetooth/hci/::./report_descriptor + Symlink : /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw/device/report_descriptor +Date: Jan 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.0.39 +Contact: Alan Ott +Description: When read, this file returns the device's raw binary HID + report descriptor. + This file cannot be written. +Users: HIDAPI library (http://www.signal11.us/oss/hidapi) + +What: For USB devices : /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./country + For BT devices : /sys/class/bluetooth/hci/::./country + Symlink : /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw/device/country +Date: February 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Olivier Gay +Description: When read, this file returns the hex integer value in ASCII + of the device's HID country code (e.g. 21 for US). + This file cannot be written. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53a072596 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./press_to_select +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls if mouse clicks should be generated if the trackpoint is quickly pressed. How fast this press has to be + is being controlled by press_speed. + Values are 0 or 1. + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./dragging +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: If this setting is enabled, it is possible to do dragging by pressing the trackpoint. This requires press_to_select to be enabled. + Values are 0 or 1. + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./release_to_select +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: For details regarding this setting please refer to http://www.pc.ibm.com/ww/healthycomputing/trkpntb.html + Values are 0 or 1. + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./select_right +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This setting controls if the mouse click events generated by pressing the trackpoint (if press_to_select is enabled) generate + a left or right mouse button click. + Values are 0 or 1. + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./sensitivity +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This file contains the trackpoint sensitivity. + Values are decimal integers from 1 (lowest sensitivity) to 255 (highest sensitivity). + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./press_speed +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This setting controls how fast the trackpoint needs to be pressed to generate a mouse click if press_to_select is enabled. + Values are decimal integers from 1 (slowest) to 255 (fastest). + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./fn_lock +Date: July 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This setting controls whether Fn Lock is enabled on the keyboard (i.e. if F1 is Mute or F1) + Values are 0 or 1 + Applies to ThinkPad Compact (USB|Bluetooth) Keyboard with TrackPoint. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3f6a2ac5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +What: /sys/module/hid_logitech/drivers/hid:logitech//range. +Date: July 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: Michal Malý +Description: Display minimum, maximum and current range of the steering + wheel. Writing a value within min and max boundaries sets the + range of the wheel. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech//alternate_modes +Date: Feb 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: Michal Malý +Description: Displays a set of alternate modes supported by a wheel. Each + mode is listed as follows: + Tag: Mode Name + Currently active mode is marked with an asterisk. List also + contains an abstract item "native" which always denotes the + native mode of the wheel. Echoing the mode tag switches the + wheel into the corresponding mode. Depending on the exact model + of the wheel not all listed modes might always be selectable. + If a wheel cannot be switched into the desired mode, -EINVAL + is returned accompanied with an explanatory message in the + kernel log. + This entry is not created for devices that have only one mode. + + Currently supported mode switches: + Driving Force Pro: + DF-EX --> DFP + + G25: + DF-EX --> DFP --> G25 + + G27: + DF-EX <*> DFP <-> G25 <-> G27 + DF-EX <*--------> G25 <-> G27 + DF-EX <*----------------> G27 + + DFGT: + DF-EX <*> DFP <-> DFGT + DF-EX <*--------> DFGT + + * hid_logitech module must be loaded with lg4ff_no_autoswitch=1 + parameter set in order for the switch to DF-EX mode to work. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech//real_id +Date: Feb 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: Michal Malý +Description: Displays the real model of the wheel regardless of any + alternate mode the wheel might be switched to. + It is a read-only value. + This entry is not created for devices that have only one mode. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f79839d1a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./quirks +Date: November 2011 +Contact: Benjamin Tissoires +Description: The integer value of this attribute corresponds to the + quirks actually in place to handle the device's protocol. + When read, this attribute returns the current settings (see + MT_QUIRKS_* in hid-multitouch.c). + When written this attribute change on the fly the quirks, then + the protocol to handle the device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..08579e7e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./operation_mode +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Bruno Prémont +Description: Make it possible to switch the PicoLCD device between LCD + (firmware) and bootloader (flasher) operation modes. + + Reading: returns list of available modes, the active mode being + enclosed in brackets ('[' and ']') + + Writing: causes operation mode switch. Permitted values are + the non-active mode names listed when read. + + Note: when switching mode the current PicoLCD HID device gets + disconnected and reconnects after above delay (see attribute + operation_mode_delay for its value). + + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./operation_mode_delay +Date: April 2010 +Contact: Bruno Prémont +Description: Delay PicoLCD waits before restarting in new mode when + operation_mode has changed. + + Reading/Writing: It is expressed in ms and permitted range is + 0..30000ms. + + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./fb_update_rate +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Bruno Prémont +Description: Make it possible to adjust defio refresh rate. + + Reading: returns list of available refresh rates (expressed in Hz), + the active refresh rate being enclosed in brackets ('[' and ']') + + Writing: accepts new refresh rate expressed in integer Hz + within permitted rates. + + Note: As device can barely do 2 complete refreshes a second + it only makes sense to adjust this value if only one or two + tiles get changed and it's not appropriate to expect the application + to flush it's tiny changes explicitely at higher than default rate. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys new file mode 100644 index 000000000..05d988c29 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../channel +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.34 +Contact: Don Prince +Description: + Allows control (via software) the midi channel to which + that the pc-midi keyboard will output.midi data. + Range: 0..15 + Type: Read/write +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../sustain +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.34 +Contact: Don Prince +Description: + Allows control (via software) the sustain duration of a + note held by the pc-midi driver. + 0 means sustain mode is disabled. + Range: 0..5000 (milliseconds) + Type: Read/write +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../octave +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.34 +Contact: Don Prince +Description: + Controls the octave shift modifier in the pc-midi driver. + The octave can be shifted via software up/down 2 octaves. + 0 means the no ocatve shift. + Range: -2..2 (minus 2 to plus 2) + Type: Read/Write diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-arvo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-arvo new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55e281b00 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-arvo @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./arvo/roccatarvo/actual_profile +Date: Januar 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-5. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual + profile which is also the profile that's active on device startup. + When written this attribute activates the selected profile + immediately. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./arvo/roccatarvo/button +Date: Januar 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The keyboard can store short macros with consist of 1 button with + several modifier keys internally. + When written, this file lets one set the sequence for a specific + button for a specific profile. Button and profile numbers are + included in written data. The data has to be 24 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./arvo/roccatarvo/info +Date: Januar 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When read, this file returns some info about the device like the + installed firmware version. + The size of the data is 8 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./arvo/roccatarvo/key_mask +Date: Januar 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The keyboard lets the user deactivate 5 certain keys like the + windows and application keys, to protect the user from the outcome + of accidentally pressing them. + The integer value of this attribute has bits 0-4 set depending + on the state of the corresponding key. + When read, this file returns the current state of the buttons. + When written, the given buttons are activated/deactivated + immediately. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./arvo/roccatarvo/mode_key +Date: Januar 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The keyboard has a condensed layout without num-lock key. + Instead it uses a mode-key which activates a gaming mode where + the assignment of the number block changes. + The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0 (OFF) to 1 (ON). + When read, this file returns the actual state of the key. + When written, the key is activated/deactivated immediately. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-isku b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-isku new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c601d0f2a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-isku @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./isku/roccatisku/actual_profile +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual + profile. This value is persistent, so its equivalent to the + profile that's active when the device is powered on next time. + When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile + and the device activates this profile immediately. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./isku/roccatisku/info +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version. + The data is 6 bytes long. + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./isku/roccatisku/key_mask +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one deactivate certain keys like + windows and application keys, to prevent accidental presses. + Profile number for which this settings occur is included in + written data. The data has to be 6 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./isku/roccatisku/keys_capslock +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the + capslock key for a specific profile. Profile number is included + in written data. The data has to be 6 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./isku/roccatisku/keys_easyzone +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the + easyzone keys for a specific profile. Profile number is included + in written data. The data has to be 65 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./isku/roccatisku/keys_function +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the + function keys for a specific profile. Profile number is included + in written data. The data has to be 41 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./isku/roccatisku/keys_macro +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the macro + keys for a specific profile. Profile number is included in + written data. The data has to be 35 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./isku/roccatisku/keys_media +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the media + keys for a specific profile. Profile number is included in + written data. The data has to be 29 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./isku/roccatisku/keys_thumbster +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the + thumbster keys for a specific profile. Profile number is included + in written data. The data has to be 23 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./isku/roccatisku/last_set +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one set the time in secs since + epoch in which the last configuration took place. + The data has to be 20 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./isku/roccatisku/light +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one set the backlight intensity for + a specific profile. Profile number is included in written data. + The data has to be 10 bytes long for Isku, IskuFX needs 16 bytes + of data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./isku/roccatisku/macro +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one store macros with max 500 + keystrokes for a specific button for a specific profile. + Button and profile numbers are included in written data. + The data has to be 2083 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile and key to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./isku/roccatisku/reset +Date: November 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one reset the device. + The data has to be 3 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./isku/roccatisku/control +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one select which data from which + profile will be read next. The data has to be 3 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./isku/roccatisku/talk +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one trigger easyshift functionality + from the host. + The data has to be 16 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./isku/roccatisku/talkfx +Date: February 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one trigger temporary color schemes + from the host. + The data has to be 16 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ca397110 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./kone/roccatkone/actual_dpi +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: It is possible to switch the dpi setting of the mouse with the + press of a button. + When read, this file returns the raw number of the actual dpi + setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further + processed to receive the real dpi value. + + VALUE DPI + 1 800 + 2 1200 + 3 1600 + 4 2000 + 5 2400 + 6 3200 + + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./kone/roccatkone/actual_profile +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile. + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./kone/roccatkone/firmware_version +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the + firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases + further usage in other programs. To receive the real version + number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the + left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38 + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./kone/roccatkone/profile[1-5] +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile holds information like button + mappings, sensitivity, the colors of the 5 leds and light + effects. + When read, these files return the respective profile. The + returned data is 975 bytes in size. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + data back to the mouse. The data has to be 975 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data, whereas the profile number + stored in the profile doesn't need to fit the number of the + store. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./kone/roccatkone/settings +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When read, this file returns the settings stored in the mouse. + The size of the data is 36 bytes and holds information like the + startup_profile, tcu state and calibration_data. + When written, this file lets write settings back to the mouse. + The data has to be 36 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid + data. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./kone/roccatkone/startup_profile +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1 to 5. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile + that's active when the mouse is powered on. + When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile + and the mouse activates this profile immediately. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./kone/roccatkone/tcu +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse has a "Tracking Control Unit" which lets the user + calibrate the laser power to fit the mousepad surface. + When read, this file returns the current state of the TCU, + where 0 means off and 1 means on. + Writing 0 in this file will switch the TCU off. + Writing 1 in this file will start the calibration which takes + around 6 seconds to complete and activates the TCU. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./kone/roccatkone/weight +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse can be equipped with one of four supplied weights + ranging from 5 to 20 grams which are recognized by the mouse + and its value can be read out. When read, this file returns the + raw value returned by the mouse which eases further processing + in other software. + The values map to the weights as follows: + + VALUE WEIGHT + 0 none + 1 5g + 2 10g + 3 15g + 4 20g + + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7bd776f9c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./koneplus/roccatkoneplus/actual_profile +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual + profile. This value is persistent, so its equivalent to the + profile that's active when the mouse is powered on next time. + When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile + and the mouse activates this profile immediately. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./koneplus/roccatkoneplus/info +Date: November 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version. + When written, the device can be reset. + The data is 8 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./koneplus/roccatkoneplus/macro +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse can store a macro with max 500 key/button strokes + internally. + When written, this file lets one set the sequence for a specific + button for a specific profile. Button and profile numbers are + included in written data. The data has to be 2082 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./koneplus/roccatkoneplus/profile_buttons +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_buttons holds information about button layout. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 77 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./koneplus/roccatkoneplus/profile_settings +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity + and light effects. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 43 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./koneplus/roccatkoneplus/sensor +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse has a tracking- and a distance-control-unit. These + can be activated/deactivated and the lift-off distance can be + set. The data has to be 6 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./koneplus/roccatkoneplus/talk +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: Used to active some easy* functions of the mouse from outside. + The data has to be 16 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./koneplus/roccatkoneplus/tcu +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written a calibration process for the tracking control unit + can be initiated/cancelled. Also lets one read/write sensor + registers. + The data has to be 4 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./koneplus/roccatkoneplus/tcu_image +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When read the mouse returns a 30x30 pixel image of the + sampled underground. This works only in the course of a + calibration process initiated with tcu. + The returned data is 1028 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-konepure b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-konepure new file mode 100644 index 000000000..41a9b7fbf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-konepure @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./konepure/roccatkonepure/actual_profile +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. actual_profile holds number of actual profile. + This value is persistent, so its value determines the profile + that's active when the mouse is powered on next time. + When written, the mouse activates the set profile immediately. + The data has to be 3 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./konepure/roccatkonepure/control +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one select which data from which + profile will be read next. The data has to be 3 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./konepure/roccatkonepure/info +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version. + When written, the device can be reset. + The data is 6 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./konepure/roccatkonepure/macro +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse can store a macro with max 500 key/button strokes + internally. + When written, this file lets one set the sequence for a specific + button for a specific profile. Button and profile numbers are + included in written data. The data has to be 2082 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./konepure/roccatkonepure/profile_buttons +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_buttons holds information about button layout. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 59 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./konepure/roccatkonepure/profile_settings +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity + and light effects. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 31 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./konepure/roccatkonepure/sensor +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse has a tracking- and a distance-control-unit. These + can be activated/deactivated and the lift-off distance can be + set. The data has to be 6 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./konepure/roccatkonepure/talk +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: Used to active some easy* functions of the mouse from outside. + The data has to be 16 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./konepure/roccatkonepure/tcu +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written a calibration process for the tracking control unit + can be initiated/cancelled. Also lets one read/write sensor + registers. + The data has to be 4 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./konepure/roccatkonepure/tcu_image +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When read the mouse returns a 30x30 pixel image of the + sampled underground. This works only in the course of a + calibration process initiated with tcu. + The returned data is 1028 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a10404f15 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./kovaplus/roccatkovaplus/actual_profile +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the active + profile. + When written, the mouse activates this profile immediately. + The profile that's active when powered down is the same that's + active when the mouse is powered on. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./kovaplus/roccatkovaplus/info +Date: November 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version. + When written, the device can be reset. + The data is 6 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./kovaplus/roccatkovaplus/profile_buttons +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_buttons holds information about button layout. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 23 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./kovaplus/roccatkovaplus/profile_settings +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity + and light effects. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 16 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-lua b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-lua new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31c6c4c8b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-lua @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./control +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, cpi, button and light settings can be configured. + When read, actual cpi setting and sensor data are returned. + The data has to be 8 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9fa9de30d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./pyra/roccatpyra/info +Date: November 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version. + When written, the device can be reset. + The data is 6 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./pyra/roccatpyra/profile_settings +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity + and light effects. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 13 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./pyra/roccatpyra/profile_buttons +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_buttons holds information about button layout. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 19 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./pyra/roccatpyra/settings +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When read, this file returns the settings stored in the mouse. + The size of the data is 3 bytes and holds information on the + startup_profile. + When written, this file lets write settings back to the mouse. + The data has to be 3 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid + data. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-ryos b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-ryos new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1d6a8cf9d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-ryos @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./ryos/roccatryos/control +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one select which data from which + profile will be read next. The data has to be 3 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./ryos/roccatryos/profile +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. profile holds index of actual profile. + This value is persistent, so its value determines the profile + that's active when the device is powered on next time. + When written, the device activates the set profile immediately. + The data has to be 3 bytes long. + The device will reject invalid data. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./ryos/roccatryos/keys_primary +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one set the default of all keys for + a specific profile. Profile index is included in written data. + The data has to be 125 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./ryos/roccatryos/keys_function +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the + function keys for a specific profile. Profile index is included + in written data. The data has to be 95 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./ryos/roccatryos/keys_macro +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the macro + keys for a specific profile. Profile index is included in + written data. The data has to be 35 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./ryos/roccatryos/keys_thumbster +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the + thumbster keys for a specific profile. Profile index is included + in written data. The data has to be 23 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./ryos/roccatryos/keys_extra +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the + capslock and function keys for a specific profile. Profile index + is included in written data. The data has to be 8 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./ryos/roccatryos/keys_easyzone +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the + easyzone keys for a specific profile. Profile index is included + in written data. The data has to be 294 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./ryos/roccatryos/key_mask +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one deactivate certain keys like + windows and application keys, to prevent accidental presses. + Profile index for which this settings occur is included in + written data. The data has to be 6 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./ryos/roccatryos/light +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one set the backlight intensity for + a specific profile. Profile index is included in written data. + This attribute is only valid for the glow and pro variant. + The data has to be 16 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./ryos/roccatryos/macro +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one store macros with max 480 + keystrokes for a specific button for a specific profile. + Button and profile indexes are included in written data. + The data has to be 2002 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile and key to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./ryos/roccatryos/info +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version. + The data is 8 bytes long. + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./ryos/roccatryos/reset +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one reset the device. + The data has to be 3 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./ryos/roccatryos/talk +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one trigger easyshift functionality + from the host. + The data has to be 16 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./ryos/roccatryos/light_control +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one switch between stored and custom + light settings. + This attribute is only valid for the pro variant. + The data has to be 8 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./ryos/roccatryos/stored_lights +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one set per-key lighting for different + layers. + This attribute is only valid for the pro variant. + The data has to be 1382 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./ryos/roccatryos/custom_lights +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one set the actual per-key lighting. + This attribute is only valid for the pro variant. + The data has to be 20 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./ryos/roccatryos/light_macro +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one set a light macro that is looped + whenever the device gets in dimness mode. + This attribute is only valid for the pro variant. + The data has to be 2002 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-savu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-savu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f1e02a98b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-savu @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./savu/roccatsavu/buttons +Date: Mai 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split into general settings and + button settings. buttons holds informations about button layout. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + buttons to the mouse. The data has to be 47 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./savu/roccatsavu/control +Date: Mai 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one select which data from which + profile will be read next. The data has to be 3 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./savu/roccatsavu/general +Date: Mai 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split into general settings and + button settings. profile holds informations like resolution, sensitivity + and light effects. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 43 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./savu/roccatsavu/info +Date: Mai 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version. + When written, the device can be reset. + The data is 8 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./savu/roccatsavu/macro +Date: Mai 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: When written, this file lets one store macros with max 500 + keystrokes for a specific button for a specific profile. + Button and profile numbers are included in written data. + The data has to be 2083 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile and key to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./savu/roccatsavu/profile +Date: Mai 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. profile holds number of actual profile. + This value is persistent, so its value determines the profile + that's active when the mouse is powered on next time. + When written, the mouse activates the set profile immediately. + The data has to be 3 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/-:./::./savu/roccatsavu/sensor +Date: July 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz +Description: The mouse has a Avago ADNS-3090 sensor. + This file allows reading and writing of the mouse sensors registers. + The data has to be 4 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d0eba70c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1 @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::::RPM1 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::::RPM2 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::::RPM3 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::::RPM4 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::::RPM5 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::::RPM6 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::::RPM7 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::::RPM8 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::::RPM9 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::::RPM10 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::::RPM11 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::::RPM12 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::::RPM13 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::::RPM14 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::::RPM15 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::::RPMALL +Date: Jan 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.9 +Contact: Simon Wood +Description: Provides a control for turning on/off the LEDs which form + an RPM meter on the front of the controller diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote new file mode 100644 index 000000000..39dfa5cb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote//led1 +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote//led2 +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote//led3 +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote//led4 +Date: July 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: David Herrmann +Description: Make it possible to set/get current led state. Reading from it + returns 0 if led is off and 1 if it is on. Writing 0 to it + disables the led, writing 1 enables it. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote//extension +Date: August 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: David Herrmann +Description: This file contains the currently connected and initialized + extensions. It can be one of: none, motionp, nunchuck, classic, + motionp+nunchuck, motionp+classic + motionp is the official Nintendo Motion+ extension, nunchuck is + the official Nintendo Nunchuck extension and classic is the + Nintendo Classic Controller extension. The motionp extension can + be combined with the other two. + Starting with kernel-version 3.11 Motion Plus hotplugging is + supported and if detected, it's no longer reported as static + extension. You will get uevent notifications for the motion-plus + device then. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote//devtype +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: David Herrmann +Description: While a device is initialized by the wiimote driver, we perform + a device detection and signal a "change" uevent after it is + done. This file shows the detected device type. "pending" means + that the detection is still ongoing, "unknown" means, that the + device couldn't be detected or loaded. "generic" means, that the + device couldn't be detected but supports basic Wii Remote + features and can be used. + Other strings for each device-type are available and may be + added if new device-specific detections are added. + Currently supported are: + gen10: First Wii Remote generation + gen20: Second Wii Remote Plus generation (builtin MP) + balanceboard: Wii Balance Board + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote//bboard_calib +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: David Herrmann +Description: This attribute is only provided if the device was detected as a + balance board. It provides a single line with 3 calibration + values for all 4 sensors. The values are separated by colons and + are each 2 bytes long (encoded as 4 digit hexadecimal value). + First, 0kg values for all 4 sensors are written, followed by the + 17kg values for all 4 sensors and last the 34kg values for all 4 + sensors. + Calibration data is already applied by the kernel to all input + values but may be used by user-space to perform other + transformations. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote//pro_calib +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: David Herrmann +Description: This attribute is only provided if the device was detected as a + pro-controller. It provides a single line with 4 calibration + values for all 4 analog sticks. Format is: "x1:y1 x2:y2". Data + is prefixed with a +/-. Each value is a signed 16bit number. + Data is encoded as decimal numbers and specifies the offsets of + the analog sticks of the pro-controller. + Calibration data is already applied by the kernel to all input + values but may be used by user-space to perform other + transformations. + Calibration data is detected by the kernel during device setup. + You can write "scan\n" into this file to re-trigger calibration. + You can also write data directly in the form "x1:y1 x2:y2" to + set the calibration values manually. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-axp-pek b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-axp-pek new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5e671b9f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-axp-pek @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/class/input/input(x)/device/startup +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Carlo Caione +Description: Startup time in us. Board is powered on if the button is pressed + for more than + +What: /sys/class/input/input(x)/device/shutdown +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Carlo Caione +Description: Shutdown time in us. Board is powered off if the button is pressed + for more than diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-rapid-start b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-rapid-start new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a7d2e217 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-rapid-start @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/acpi/intel-rapid-start/wakeup_events +Date: July 2, 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Matthew Garrett +Description: An integer representing a set of wakeup events as follows: + 1: Wake to enter hibernation when the wakeup timer expires + 2: Wake to enter hibernation when the battery reaches a + critical level + + These values are ORed together. For example, a value of 3 + indicates that the system will wake to enter hibernation when + either the wakeup timer expires or the battery reaches a + critical level. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/intel-rapid-start/wakeup_time +Date: July 2, 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Matthew Garrett +Description: An integer representing the length of time the system will + remain asleep before waking up to enter hibernation. + This value is in minutes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a733bfa3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pciback/quirks +Date: Oct 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org +Description: + If the permissive attribute is set, then writing a string in + the format of DDDD:BB:DD.F-REG:SIZE:MASK will allow the guest + to write and read from the PCI device. That is Domain:Bus: + Device.Function-Register:Size:Mask (Domain is optional). + For example: + #echo 00:19.0-E0:2:FF > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pciback/quirks + will allow the guest to read and write to the configuration + register 0x0E. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d1435bc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +What: /sys/devices/pnp0//ppi/ +Date: August 2012 +Kernel Version: 3.6 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This folder includes the attributes related with PPI (Physical + Presence Interface). Only if TPM is supported by BIOS, this + folder makes sense. The folder path can be got by command + 'find /sys/ -name 'pcrs''. For the detail information of PPI, + please refer to the PPI specification from + http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/ + +What: /sys/devices/pnp0//ppi/version +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows the version of the PPI supported by the + platform. + This file is readonly. + +What: /sys/devices/pnp0//ppi/request +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows the request for an operation to be + executed in the pre-OS environment. It is the only input from + the OS to the pre-OS environment. The request should be an + integer value range from 1 to 160, and 0 means no request. + This file can be read and written. + +What: /sys/devices/pnp0/00:/ppi/response +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows the response to the most recent operation + request it acted upon. The format is " + : ". + This file is readonly. + +What: /sys/devices/pnp0//ppi/transition_action +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows the platform-specific action that should + take place in order to transition to the BIOS for execution of + a requested operation. The format is ": ". + This file is readonly. + +What: /sys/devices/pnp0//ppi/tcg_operations +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows whether it is allowed to request an + operation to be executed in the pre-OS environment by the BIOS + for the requests defined by TCG, i.e. requests from 1 to 22. + The format is " : ". + This attribute is only supported by PPI version 1.2+. + This file is readonly. + +What: /sys/devices/pnp0//ppi/vs_operations +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows whether it is allowed to request an + operation to be executed in the pre-OS environment by the BIOS + for the verdor specific requests, i.e. requests from 128 to + 255. The format is same with tcg_operations. This attribute + is also only supported by PPI version 1.2+. + This file is readonly. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..63c1ad021 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/performance_level +Date: January 1, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.33 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman +Description: Some Samsung laptops have different "performance levels" + that are can be modified by a function key, and by this + sysfs file. These values don't always make a whole lot + of sense, but some users like to modify them to keep + their fans quiet at all costs. Reading from this file + will show the current performance level. Writing to the + file can change this value. + Valid options: + "silent" + "normal" + "overclock" + Note that not all laptops support all of these options. + Specifically, not all support the "overclock" option, + and it's still unknown if this value even changes + anything, other than making the user feel a bit better. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/battery_life_extender +Date: December 1, 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Corentin Chary +Description: Max battery charge level can be modified, battery cycle + life can be extended by reducing the max battery charge + level. + 0 means normal battery mode (100% charge) + 1 means battery life extender mode (80% charge) + +What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/usb_charge +Date: December 1, 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Corentin Chary +Description: Use your USB ports to charge devices, even + when your laptop is powered off. + 1 means enabled, 0 means disabled. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/lid_handling +Date: December 11, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Julijonas Kikutis +Description: Some Samsung laptops handle lid closing quicker and + only handle lid opening with this mode enabled. + 1 means enabled, 0 means disabled. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-sunxi-sid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-sunxi-sid new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ffb9536f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-sunxi-sid @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +What: /sys/devices/*//eeprom +Date: August 2013 +Contact: Oliver Schinagl +Description: read-only access to the SID (Security-ID) on current + A-series SoC's from Allwinner. Currently supports A10, A10s, A13 + and A20 CPU's. The earlier A1x series of SoCs exports 16 bytes, + whereas the newer A20 SoC exposes 512 bytes split into sections. + Besides the 16 bytes of SID, there's also an SJTAG area, + HDMI-HDCP key and some custom keys. Below a quick overview, for + details see the user manual: + 0x000 128 bit root-key (sun[457]i) + 0x010 128 bit boot-key (sun7i) + 0x020 64 bit security-jtag-key (sun7i) + 0x028 16 bit key configuration (sun7i) + 0x02b 16 bit custom-vendor-key (sun7i) + 0x02c 320 bit low general key (sun7i) + 0x040 32 bit read-control access (sun7i) + 0x064 224 bit low general key (sun7i) + 0x080 2304 bit HDCP-key (sun7i) + 0x1a0 768 bit high general key (sun7i) +Users: any user space application which wants to read the SID on + Allwinner's A-series of CPU's. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse new file mode 100644 index 000000000..69f5af632 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/devices/*//fuse +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Peter De Schrijver +Description: read-only access to the efuses on Tegra20, Tegra30, Tegra114 + and Tegra124 SoC's from NVIDIA. The efuses contain write once + data programmed at the factory. The data is layed out in 32bit + words in LSB first format. Each bit represents a single value + as decoded from the fuse registers. Bits order/assignment + exactly matches the HW registers, including any unused bits. +Users: any user space application which wants to read the efuses on + Tegra SoC's diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eed922ef4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_backlight_mode +Date: June 8, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Azael Avalos +Description: This file controls the keyboard backlight operation mode, valid + values are: + * 0x1 -> FN-Z + * 0x2 -> AUTO (also called TIMER) + * 0x8 -> ON + * 0x10 -> OFF + Note that from kernel 3.16 onwards this file accepts all listed + parameters, kernel 3.15 only accepts the first two (FN-Z and + AUTO). + Also note that toggling this value on type 1 devices, requires + a reboot for changes to take effect. +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_backlight_timeout +Date: June 8, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Azael Avalos +Description: This file controls the timeout of the keyboard backlight + whenever the operation mode is set to AUTO (or TIMER), + valid values range from 0-60. + Note that the kernel 3.15 only had support for the first + keyboard type, the kernel 3.16 added support for the second + type and the range accepted for type 2 is 1-60. + See the entry named "kbd_type" +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/position +Date: June 8, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Azael Avalos +Description: This file shows the absolute position of the built-in + accelereometer. + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/touchpad +Date: June 8, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Azael Avalos +Description: This files controls the status of the touchpad and pointing + stick (if available), valid values are: + * 0 -> OFF + * 1 -> ON +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/available_kbd_modes +Date: August 3, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Azael Avalos +Description: This file shows the supported keyboard backlight modes + the system supports, which can be: + * 0x1 -> FN-Z + * 0x2 -> AUTO (also called TIMER) + * 0x8 -> ON + * 0x10 -> OFF + Note that not all keyboard types support the listed modes. + See the entry named "available_kbd_modes" +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_type +Date: August 3, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Azael Avalos +Description: This file shows the current keyboard backlight type, + which can be: + * 1 -> Type 1, supporting modes FN-Z and AUTO + * 2 -> Type 2, supporting modes TIMER, ON and OFF +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_sleep_charge +Date: January 23, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos +Description: This file controls the USB Sleep & Charge charging mode, which + can be: + * 0 -> Disabled (0x00) + * 1 -> Alternate (0x09) + * 2 -> Auto (0x21) + * 3 -> Typical (0x11) + Note that from kernel 4.1 onwards this file accepts all listed + values, kernel 4.0 only supports the first three. + Note that this feature only works when connected to power, if + you want to use it under battery, see the entry named + "sleep_functions_on_battery" +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/sleep_functions_on_battery +Date: January 23, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos +Description: This file controls the USB Sleep Functions under battery, and + set the level at which point they will be disabled, accepted + values can be: + * 0 -> Disabled + * 1-100 -> Battery level to disable sleep functions + Currently it prints two values, the first one indicates if the + feature is enabled or disabled, while the second one shows the + current battery level set. + Note that when the value is set to disabled, the sleep function + will only work when connected to power. +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_rapid_charge +Date: January 23, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos +Description: This file controls the USB Rapid Charge state, which can be: + * 0 -> Disabled + * 1 -> Enabled + Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to + take effect. +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_sleep_music +Date: January 23, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos +Description: This file controls the Sleep & Music state, which values can be: + * 0 -> Disabled + * 1 -> Enabled + Note that this feature only works when connected to power, if + you want to use it under battery, see the entry named + "sleep_functions_on_battery" +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/version +Date: February 12, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos +Description: This file shows the current version of the driver +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/fan +Date: February 12, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos +Description: This file controls the state of the internal fan, valid + values are: + * 0 -> OFF + * 1 -> ON + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_function_keys +Date: February 12, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos +Description: This file controls the Special Functions (hotkeys) operation + mode, valid values are: + * 0 -> Normal Operation + * 1 -> Special Functions + In the "Normal Operation" mode, the F{1-12} keys are as usual + and the hotkeys are accessed via FN-F{1-12}. + In the "Special Functions" mode, the F{1-12} keys trigger the + hotkey and the F{1-12} keys are accessed via FN-F{1-12}. + Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to + take effect. +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/panel_power_on +Date: February 12, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos +Description: This file controls whether the laptop should turn ON whenever + the LID is opened, valid values are: + * 0 -> Disabled + * 1 -> Enabled + Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to + take effect. +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_three +Date: February 12, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos +Description: This file controls the USB 3 functionality, valid values are: + * 0 -> Disabled (Acts as a regular USB 2) + * 1 -> Enabled (Full USB 3 functionality) + Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to + take effect. +Users: KToshiba diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c4f0fed64 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/::./speed +Date: April 2010 +Kernel Version: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The /sys/bus/hid/devices/::./speed file + controls reporting speed of Wacom bluetooth tablet. Reading + from this file returns 1 if tablet reports in high speed mode + or 0 otherwise. Writing to this file one of these values + switches reporting speed. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/::./wacom_led/led +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Attribute group for control of the status LEDs and the OLEDs. + This attribute group is only available for Intuos 4 M, L, + and XL (with LEDs and OLEDs), Intuos 4 WL, Intuos 5 (LEDs only), + Intuos Pro (LEDs only) and Cintiq 21UX2 and Cintiq 24HD + (LEDs only). Therefore its presence implicitly signifies the + presence of said LEDs and OLEDs on the tablet device. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/::./wacom_led/status0_luminance +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing to this file sets the status LED luminance (1..127) + when the stylus does not touch the tablet surface, and no + button is pressed on the stylus. This luminance level is + normally lower than the level when a button is pressed. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/::./wacom_led/status1_luminance +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing to this file sets the status LED luminance (1..127) + when the stylus touches the tablet surface, or any button is + pressed on the stylus. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/::./wacom_led/status_led0_select +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing to this file sets which one of the four (for Intuos 4 + and Intuos 5) or of the right four (for Cintiq 21UX2 and Cintiq + 24HD) status LEDs is active (0..3). The other three LEDs on the + same side are always inactive. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/::./wacom_led/status_led1_select +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing to this file sets which one of the left four (for Cintiq 21UX2 + and Cintiq 24HD) status LEDs is active (0..3). The other three LEDs on + the left are always inactive. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/::./wacom_led/buttons_luminance +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing to this file sets the overall luminance level (0..15) + of all eight button OLED displays. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/::./wacom_led/button_rawimg +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + When writing a 1024 byte raw image in Wacom Intuos 4 + interleaving format to the file, the image shows up on Button N + of the device. The image is a 64x32 pixel 4-bit gray image. The + 1024 byte binary is split up into 16x 64 byte chunks. Each 64 + byte chunk encodes the image data for two consecutive lines on + the display. The low nibble of each byte contains the first + line, and the high nibble contains the second line. + When the Wacom Intuos 4 is connected over Bluetooth, the + image has to contain 256 bytes (64x32 px 1 bit colour). + The format is also scrambled, like in the USB mode, and it can + be summarized by converting 76543210 into GECA6420. + HGFEDCBA HFDB7531 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8bb43b66e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/module/xen_blkback/parameters/max_buffer_pages +Date: March 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Roger Pau Monné +Description: + Maximum number of free pages to keep in each block + backend buffer. + +What: /sys/module/xen_blkback/parameters/max_persistent_grants +Date: March 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Roger Pau Monné +Description: + Maximum number of grants to map persistently in + blkback. If the frontend tries to use more than + max_persistent_grants, the LRU kicks in and starts + removing 5% of max_persistent_grants every 100ms. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0a6cb7eb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/module/xen_blkfront/parameters/max +Date: June 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk +Description: + Maximum number of segments that the frontend will negotiate + with the backend for indirect descriptors. The default value + is 32 - higher value means more potential throughput but more + memory usage. The backend picks the minimum of the frontend + and its default backend value. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4436cca9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi @@ -0,0 +1,206 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/bgrt/ +Date: January 2012 +Contact: Matthew Garrett +Description: + The BGRT is an ACPI 5.0 feature that allows the OS + to obtain a copy of the firmware boot splash and + some associated metadata. This is intended to be used + by boot splash applications in order to interact with + the firmware boot splash in order to avoid jarring + transitions. + + image: The image bitmap. Currently a 32-bit BMP. + status: 1 if the image is valid, 0 if firmware invalidated it. + type: 0 indicates image is in BMP format. + version: The version of the BGRT. Currently 1. + xoffset: The number of pixels between the left of the screen + and the left edge of the image. + yoffset: The number of pixels between the top of the screen + and the top edge of the image. + +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/hotplug/ +Date: February 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + There are separate hotplug profiles for different classes of + devices supported by ACPI, such as containers, memory modules, + processors, PCI root bridges etc. A hotplug profile for a given + class of devices is a collection of settings defining the way + that class of devices will be handled by the ACPI core hotplug + code. Those profiles are represented in sysfs as subdirectories + of /sys/firmware/acpi/hotplug/. + + The following setting is available to user space for each + hotplug profile: + + enabled: If set, the ACPI core will handle notifications of + hotplug events associated with the given class of + devices and will allow those devices to be ejected with + the help of the _EJ0 control method. Unsetting it + effectively disables hotplug for the correspoinding + class of devices. + + The value of the above attribute is an integer number: 1 (set) + or 0 (unset). Attempts to write any other values to it will + cause -EINVAL to be returned. + +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/hotplug/force_remove +Date: May 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The number in this file (0 or 1) determines whether (1) or not + (0) the ACPI subsystem will allow devices to be hot-removed even + if they cannot be put offline gracefully (from the kernel's + viewpoint). That number can be changed by writing a boolean + value to this file. + +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/ +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Len Brown +Description: + All ACPI interrupts are handled via a single IRQ, + the System Control Interrupt (SCI), which appears + as "acpi" in /proc/interrupts. + + However, one of the main functions of ACPI is to make + the platform understand random hardware without + special driver support. So while the SCI handles a few + well known (fixed feature) interrupts sources, such + as the power button, it can also handle a variable + number of a "General Purpose Events" (GPE). + + A GPE vectors to a specified handler in AML, which + can do a anything the BIOS writer wants from + OS context. GPE 0x12, for example, would vector + to a level or edge handler called _L12 or _E12. + The handler may do its business and return. + Or the handler may send send a Notify event + to a Linux device driver registered on an ACPI device, + such as a battery, or a processor. + + To figure out where all the SCI's are coming from, + /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts contains a file listing + every possible source, and the count of how many + times it has triggered. + + $ cd /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts + $ grep . * + error: 0 + ff_gbl_lock: 0 enable + ff_pmtimer: 0 invalid + ff_pwr_btn: 0 enable + ff_rt_clk: 2 disable + ff_slp_btn: 0 invalid + gpe00: 0 invalid + gpe01: 0 enable + gpe02: 108 enable + gpe03: 0 invalid + gpe04: 0 invalid + gpe05: 0 invalid + gpe06: 0 enable + gpe07: 0 enable + gpe08: 0 invalid + gpe09: 0 invalid + gpe0A: 0 invalid + gpe0B: 0 invalid + gpe0C: 0 invalid + gpe0D: 0 invalid + gpe0E: 0 invalid + gpe0F: 0 invalid + gpe10: 0 invalid + gpe11: 0 invalid + gpe12: 0 invalid + gpe13: 0 invalid + gpe14: 0 invalid + gpe15: 0 invalid + gpe16: 0 invalid + gpe17: 1084 enable + gpe18: 0 enable + gpe19: 0 invalid + gpe1A: 0 invalid + gpe1B: 0 invalid + gpe1C: 0 invalid + gpe1D: 0 invalid + gpe1E: 0 invalid + gpe1F: 0 invalid + gpe_all: 1192 + sci: 1194 + sci_not: 0 + + sci - The number of times the ACPI SCI + has been called and claimed an interrupt. + + sci_not - The number of times the ACPI SCI + has been called and NOT claimed an interrupt. + + gpe_all - count of SCI caused by GPEs. + + gpeXX - count for individual GPE source + + ff_gbl_lock - Global Lock + + ff_pmtimer - PM Timer + + ff_pwr_btn - Power Button + + ff_rt_clk - Real Time Clock + + ff_slp_btn - Sleep Button + + error - an interrupt that can't be accounted for above. + + invalid: it's either a GPE or a Fixed Event that + doesn't have an event handler. + + disable: the GPE/Fixed Event is valid but disabled. + + enable: the GPE/Fixed Event is valid and enabled. + + Root has permission to clear any of these counters. Eg. + # echo 0 > gpe11 + + All counters can be cleared by clearing the total "sci": + # echo 0 > sci + + None of these counters has an effect on the function + of the system, they are simply statistics. + + Besides this, user can also write specific strings to these files + to enable/disable/clear ACPI interrupts in user space, which can be + used to debug some ACPI interrupt storm issues. + + Note that only writting to VALID GPE/Fixed Event is allowed, + i.e. user can only change the status of runtime GPE and + Fixed Event with event handler installed. + + Let's take power button fixed event for example, please kill acpid + and other user space applications so that the machine won't shutdown + when pressing the power button. + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 0 enabled + # press the power button for 3 times; + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 3 enabled + # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 3 disabled + # press the power button for 3 times; + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 3 disabled + # echo enable > ff_pwr_btn + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 4 enabled + /* + * this is because the status bit is set even if the enable bit is cleared, + * and it triggers an ACPI fixed event when the enable bit is set again + */ + # press the power button for 3 times; + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 7 enabled + # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn + # press the power button for 3 times; + # echo clear > ff_pwr_btn /* clear the status bit */ + # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 7 enabled + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c78f9ab01 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/dmi/ +Date: February 2011 +Contact: Mike Waychison +Description: + Many machines' firmware (x86 and ia64) export DMI / + SMBIOS tables to the operating system. Getting at this + information is often valuable to userland, especially in + cases where there are OEM extensions used. + + The kernel itself does not rely on the majority of the + information in these tables being correct. It equally + cannot ensure that the data as exported to userland is + without error either. + + DMI is structured as a large table of entries, where + each entry has a common header indicating the type and + length of the entry, as well as a firmware-provided + 'handle' that is supposed to be unique amongst all + entries. + + Some entries are required by the specification, but many + others are optional. In general though, users should + never expect to find a specific entry type on their + system unless they know for certain what their firmware + is doing. Machine to machine experiences will vary. + + Multiple entries of the same type are allowed. In order + to handle these duplicate entry types, each entry is + assigned by the operating system an 'instance', which is + derived from an entry type's ordinal position. That is + to say, if there are 'N' multiple entries with the same type + 'T' in the DMI tables (adjacent or spread apart, it + doesn't matter), they will be represented in sysfs as + entries "T-0" through "T-(N-1)": + + Example entry directories: + + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-0 + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-1 + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-2 + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-3 + ... + + Instance numbers are used in lieu of the firmware + assigned entry handles as the kernel itself makes no + guarantees that handles as exported are unique, and + there are likely firmware images that get this wrong in + the wild. + + Each DMI entry in sysfs has the common header values + exported as attributes: + + handle : The 16bit 'handle' that is assigned to this + entry by the firmware. This handle may be + referred to by other entries. + length : The length of the entry, as presented in the + entry itself. Note that this is _not the + total count of bytes associated with the + entry_. This value represents the length of + the "formatted" portion of the entry. This + "formatted" region is sometimes followed by + the "unformatted" region composed of nul + terminated strings, with termination signalled + by a two nul characters in series. + raw : The raw bytes of the entry. This includes the + "formatted" portion of the entry, the + "unformatted" strings portion of the entry, + and the two terminating nul characters. + type : The type of the entry. This value is the same + as found in the directory name. It indicates + how the rest of the entry should be interpreted. + instance: The instance ordinal of the entry for the + given type. This value is the same as found + in the parent directory name. + position: The ordinal position (zero-based) of the entry + within the entirety of the DMI entry table. + + === Entry Specialization === + + Some entry types may have other information available in + sysfs. Not all types are specialized. + + --- Type 15 - System Event Log --- + + This entry allows the firmware to export a log of + events the system has taken. This information is + typically backed by nvram, but the implementation + details are abstracted by this table. This entry's data + is exported in the directory: + + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/15-0/system_event_log + + and has the following attributes (documented in the + SMBIOS / DMI specification under "System Event Log (Type 15)": + + area_length + header_start_offset + data_start_offset + access_method + status + change_token + access_method_address + header_format + per_log_type_descriptor_length + type_descriptors_supported_count + + As well, the kernel exports the binary attribute: + + raw_event_log : The raw binary bits of the event log + as described by the DMI entry. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..05874da7c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/efi/fw_vendor +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Dave Young +Description: It shows the physical address of firmware vendor field in the + EFI system table. +Users: Kexec + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/runtime +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Dave Young +Description: It shows the physical address of runtime service table entry in + the EFI system table. +Users: Kexec + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/config_table +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Dave Young +Description: It shows the physical address of config table entry in the EFI + system table. +Users: Kexec diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c61b9b348 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/ +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Dave Young +Description: Switching efi runtime services to virtual mode requires + that all efi memory ranges which have the runtime attribute + bit set to be mapped to virtual addresses. + + The efi runtime services can only be switched to virtual + mode once without rebooting. The kexec kernel must maintain + the same physical to virtual address mappings as the first + kernel. The mappings are exported to sysfs so userspace tools + can reassemble them and pass them into the kexec kernel. + + /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/ is the directory the kernel + exports that information in. + + subdirectories are named with the number of the memory range: + + /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/0 + /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/1 + /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/2 + /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/3 + ... + + Each subdirectory contains five files: + + attribute : The attributes of the memory range. + num_pages : The size of the memory range in pages. + phys_addr : The physical address of the memory range. + type : The type of the memory range. + virt_addr : The virtual address of the memory range. + + Above values are all hexadecimal numbers with the '0x' prefix. +Users: Kexec diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0faa0aaf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/gsmi +Date: March 2011 +Contact: Mike Waychison +Description: + Some servers used internally at Google have firmware + that provides callback functionality via explicit SMI + triggers. Some of the callbacks are similar to those + provided by the EFI runtime services page, but due to + historical reasons this different entry-point has been + used. + + The gsmi driver implements the kernel's abstraction for + these firmware callbacks. Currently, this functionality + is limited to handling the system event log and getting + access to EFI-style variables stored in nvram. + + Layout: + + /sys/firmware/gsmi/vars: + + This directory has the same layout (and + underlying implementation as /sys/firmware/efi/vars. + See Documentation/ABI/*/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars + for more information on how to interact with + this structure. + + /sys/firmware/gsmi/append_to_eventlog - write-only: + + This file takes a binary blob and passes it onto + the firmware to be timestamped and appended to + the system eventlog. The binary format is + interpreted by the firmware and may change from + platform to platform. The only kernel-enforced + requirement is that the blob be prefixed with a + 32bit host-endian type used as part of the + firmware call. + + /sys/firmware/gsmi/clear_config - write-only: + + Writing any value to this file will cause the + entire firmware configuration to be reset to + "factory defaults". Callers should assume that + a reboot is required for the configuration to be + cleared. + + /sys/firmware/gsmi/clear_eventlog - write-only: + + This file is used to clear out a portion/the + whole of the system event log. Values written + should be values between 1 and 100 inclusive (in + ASCII) representing the fraction of the log to + clear. Not all platforms support fractional + clearing though, and this writes to this file + will error out if the firmware doesn't like your + submitted fraction. + + Callers should assume that a reboot is needed + for this operation to complete. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9b58e7c53 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/log +Date: February 2011 +Contact: Mike Waychison +Description: + The /sys/firmware/log is a binary file that represents a + read-only copy of the firmware's log if one is + available. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eca0d6508 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/memmap/ +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Bernhard Walle +Description: + On all platforms, the firmware provides a memory map which the + kernel reads. The resources from that memory map are registered + in the kernel resource tree and exposed to userspace via + /proc/iomem (together with other resources). + + However, on most architectures that firmware-provided memory + map is modified afterwards by the kernel itself, either because + the kernel merges that memory map with other information or + just because the user overwrites that memory map via command + line. + + kexec needs the raw firmware-provided memory map to setup the + parameter segment of the kernel that should be booted with + kexec. Also, the raw memory map is useful for debugging. For + that reason, /sys/firmware/memmap is an interface that provides + the raw memory map to userspace. + + The structure is as follows: Under /sys/firmware/memmap there + are subdirectories with the number of the entry as their name: + + /sys/firmware/memmap/0 + /sys/firmware/memmap/1 + /sys/firmware/memmap/2 + /sys/firmware/memmap/3 + ... + + The maximum depends on the number of memory map entries provided + by the firmware. The order is just the order that the firmware + provides. + + Each directory contains three files: + + start : The start address (as hexadecimal number with the + '0x' prefix). + end : The end address, inclusive (regardless whether the + firmware provides inclusive or exclusive ranges). + type : Type of the entry as string. See below for a list of + valid types. + + So, for example: + + /sys/firmware/memmap/0/start + /sys/firmware/memmap/0/end + /sys/firmware/memmap/0/type + /sys/firmware/memmap/1/start + ... + + Currently following types exist: + + - System RAM + - ACPI Tables + - ACPI Non-volatile Storage + - reserved + + Following shell snippet can be used to display that memory + map in a human-readable format: + + -------------------- 8< ---------------------------------------- + #!/bin/bash + cd /sys/firmware/memmap + for dir in * ; do + start=$(cat $dir/start) + end=$(cat $dir/end) + type=$(cat $dir/type) + printf "%016x-%016x (%s)\n" $start $[ $end +1] "$type" + done + -------------------- >8 ---------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-ofw b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-ofw new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f562b188e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-ofw @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/devicetree/* +Date: November 2013 +Contact: Grant Likely +Description: + When using OpenFirmware or a Flattened Device Tree to enumerate + hardware, the device tree structure will be exposed in this + directory. + + It is possible for multiple device-tree directories to exist. + Some device drivers use a separate detached device tree which + have no attachment to the system tree and will appear in a + different subdirectory under /sys/firmware/devicetree. + + Userspace must not use the /sys/firmware/devicetree/base + path directly, but instead should follow /proc/device-tree + symlink. It is possible that the absolute path will change + in the future, but the symlink is the stable ABI. + + The /proc/device-tree symlink replaces the devicetree /proc + filesystem support, and has largely the same semantics and + should be compatible with existing userspace. + + The contents of /sys/firmware/devicetree/ is a + hierarchy of directories, one per device tree node. The + directory name is the resolved path component name (node + name plus address). Properties are represented as files + in the directory. The contents of each file is the exact + binary data from the device tree. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4be7d44ae --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/sfi/tables/ +Date: May 2010 +Contact: Len Brown +Description: + SFI defines a number of small static memory tables + so the kernel can get platform information from firmware. + + The tables are defined in the latest SFI specification: + http://simplefirmware.org/documentation + + While the tables are used by the kernel, user-space + can observe them this way: + + # cd /sys/firmware/sfi/tables + # cat $TABLENAME > $TABLENAME.bin diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4573fd4b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/ +Date: August 2008 +Contact: Russ Anderson +Description: + The /sys/firmware/sgi_uv directory contains information + about the SGI UV platform. + + Under that directory are a number of files: + + partition_id + coherence_id + + The partition_id entry contains the partition id. + SGI UV systems can be partitioned into multiple physical + machines, which each partition running a unique copy + of the operating system. Each partition will have a unique + partition id. To display the partition id, use the command: + + cat /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/partition_id + + The coherence_id entry contains the coherence id. + A partitioned SGI UV system can have one or more coherence + domain. The coherence id indicates which coherence domain + this partition is in. To display the coherence id, use the + command: + + cat /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/coherence_id diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c631253cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +What: /sys/fs/ext4//mb_stats +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" +Description: + Controls whether the multiblock allocator should + collect statistics, which are shown during the unmount. + 1 means to collect statistics, 0 means not to collect + statistics + +What: /sys/fs/ext4//mb_group_prealloc +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" +Description: + The multiblock allocator will round up allocation + requests to a multiple of this tuning parameter if the + stripe size is not set in the ext4 superblock + +What: /sys/fs/ext4//mb_max_to_scan +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" +Description: + The maximum number of extents the multiblock allocator + will search to find the best extent + +What: /sys/fs/ext4//mb_min_to_scan +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" +Description: + The minimum number of extents the multiblock allocator + will search to find the best extent + +What: /sys/fs/ext4//mb_order2_req +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" +Description: + Tuning parameter which controls the minimum size for + requests (as a power of 2) where the buddy cache is + used + +What: /sys/fs/ext4//mb_stream_req +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" +Description: + Files which have fewer blocks than this tunable + parameter will have their blocks allocated out of a + block group specific preallocation pool, so that small + files are packed closely together. Each large file + will have its blocks allocated out of its own unique + preallocation pool. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4//inode_readahead_blks +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" +Description: + Tuning parameter which controls the maximum number of + inode table blocks that ext4's inode table readahead + algorithm will pre-read into the buffer cache + +What: /sys/fs/ext4//delayed_allocation_blocks +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" +Description: + This file is read-only and shows the number of blocks + that are dirty in the page cache, but which do not + have their location in the filesystem allocated yet. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4//lifetime_write_kbytes +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" +Description: + This file is read-only and shows the number of kilobytes + of data that have been written to this filesystem since it was + created. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4//session_write_kbytes +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" +Description: + This file is read-only and shows the number of + kilobytes of data that have been written to this + filesystem since it was mounted. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4//inode_goal +Date: June 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" +Description: + Tuning parameter which (if non-zero) controls the goal + inode used by the inode allocator in preference to + all other allocation heuristics. This is intended for + debugging use only, and should be 0 on production + systems. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4//max_writeback_mb_bump +Date: September 2009 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" +Description: + The maximum number of megabytes the writeback code will + try to write out before move on to another inode. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4//extent_max_zeroout_kb +Date: August 2012 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" +Description: + The maximum number of kilobytes which will be zeroed + out in preference to creating a new uninitialized + extent when manipulating an inode's extent tree. Note + that using a larger value will increase the + variability of time necessary to complete a random + write operation (since a 4k random write might turn + into a much larger write due to the zeroout + operation). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2c4cc4200 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +What: /sys/fs/f2fs//gc_max_sleep_time +Date: July 2013 +Contact: "Namjae Jeon" +Description: + Controls the maximun sleep time for gc_thread. Time + is in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs//gc_min_sleep_time +Date: July 2013 +Contact: "Namjae Jeon" +Description: + Controls the minimum sleep time for gc_thread. Time + is in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs//gc_no_gc_sleep_time +Date: July 2013 +Contact: "Namjae Jeon" +Description: + Controls the default sleep time for gc_thread. Time + is in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs//gc_idle +Date: July 2013 +Contact: "Namjae Jeon" +Description: + Controls the victim selection policy for garbage collection. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs//reclaim_segments +Date: October 2013 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" +Description: + Controls the issue rate of segment discard commands. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs//ipu_policy +Date: November 2013 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" +Description: + Controls the in-place-update policy. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs//min_ipu_util +Date: November 2013 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" +Description: + Controls the FS utilization condition for the in-place-update + policies. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs//min_fsync_blocks +Date: September 2014 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" +Description: + Controls the dirty page count condition for the in-place-update + policies. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs//max_small_discards +Date: November 2013 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" +Description: + Controls the issue rate of small discard commands. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs//max_victim_search +Date: January 2014 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" +Description: + Controls the number of trials to find a victim segment. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs//dir_level +Date: March 2014 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" +Description: + Controls the directory level for large directory. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs//ram_thresh +Date: March 2014 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" +Description: + Controls the memory footprint used by f2fs. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs//trim_sections +Date: February 2015 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" +Description: + Controls the trimming rate in batch mode. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-nilfs2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-nilfs2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..304ba84a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-nilfs2 @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/features/revision +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show current revision of NILFS file system driver. + This value informs about file system revision that + driver is ready to support. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/features/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/features group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//revision +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show NILFS file system revision on volume. + This value informs about metadata structures' + revision on mounted volume. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//blocksize +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show volume's block size in bytes. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//device_size +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show volume size in bytes. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//free_blocks +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show count of free blocks on volume. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//uuid +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show volume's UUID (Universally Unique Identifier). + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//volume_name +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show volume's label. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/ group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//superblock/sb_write_time +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show last write time of super block in human-readable + format. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//superblock/sb_write_time_secs +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show last write time of super block in seconds. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//superblock/sb_write_count +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show current write count of super block. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//superblock/sb_update_frequency +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show/Set interval of periodical update of superblock + (in seconds). + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//superblock/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2//superblock + group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//segctor/last_pseg_block +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show start block number of the latest segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//segctor/last_seg_sequence +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show sequence value of the latest segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//segctor/last_seg_checkpoint +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show checkpoint number of the latest segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//segctor/current_seg_sequence +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show segment sequence counter. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//segctor/current_last_full_seg +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show index number of the latest full segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//segctor/next_full_seg +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show index number of the full segment index + to be used next. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//segctor/next_pseg_offset +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show offset of next partial segment in the current + full segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//segctor/next_checkpoint +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show next checkpoint number. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//segctor/last_seg_write_time +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show write time of the last segment in + human-readable format. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//segctor/last_seg_write_time_secs +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show write time of the last segment in seconds. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//segctor/last_nongc_write_time +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show write time of the last segment not for cleaner + operation in human-readable format. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//segctor/last_nongc_write_time_secs +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show write time of the last segment not for cleaner + operation in seconds. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//segctor/dirty_data_blocks_count +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show number of dirty data blocks. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//segctor/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2//segctor + group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//segments/segments_number +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show number of segments on a volume. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//segments/blocks_per_segment +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show number of blocks in segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//segments/clean_segments +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show count of clean segments. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//segments/dirty_segments +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show count of dirty segments. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//segments/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2//segments + group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//checkpoints/checkpoints_number +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show number of checkpoints on volume. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//checkpoints/snapshots_number +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show number of snapshots on volume. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//checkpoints/last_seg_checkpoint +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show checkpoint number of the latest segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//checkpoints/next_checkpoint +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show next checkpoint number. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//checkpoints/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2//checkpoints + group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//mounted_snapshots/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Describe content of /sys/fs/nilfs2//mounted_snapshots + group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//mounted_snapshots//inodes_count +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show number of inodes for snapshot. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//mounted_snapshots//blocks_count +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Show number of blocks for snapshot. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2//mounted_snapshots//README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2//mounted_snapshots/ + group. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea0cc8c42 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +What: /sys/fs/xfs//log/log_head_lsn +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com +Description: + The log sequence number (LSN) of the current head of the + log. The LSN is exported in "cycle:basic block" format. +Users: xfstests + +What: /sys/fs/xfs//log/log_tail_lsn +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com +Description: + The log sequence number (LSN) of the current tail of the + log. The LSN is exported in "cycle:basic block" format. + +What: /sys/fs/xfs//log/reserve_grant_head +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com +Description: + The current state of the log reserve grant head. It + represents the total log reservation of all currently + outstanding transactions. The grant head is exported in + "cycle:bytes" format. +Users: xfstests + +What: /sys/fs/xfs//log/write_grant_head +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com +Description: + The current state of the log write grant head. It + represents the total log reservation of all currently + oustanding transactions, including regrants due to + rolling transactions. The grant head is exported in + "cycle:bytes" format. +Users: xfstests diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-gpio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-gpio new file mode 100644 index 000000000..80f4c94c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-gpio @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +What: /sys/class/gpio/ +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Brownell +Description: + + As a Kconfig option, individual GPIO signals may be accessed from + userspace. GPIOs are only made available to userspace by an explicit + "export" operation. If a given GPIO is not claimed for use by + kernel code, it may be exported by userspace (and unexported later). + Kernel code may export it for complete or partial access. + + GPIOs are identified as they are inside the kernel, using integers in + the range 0..INT_MAX. See Documentation/gpio.txt for more information. + + /sys/class/gpio + /export ... asks the kernel to export a GPIO to userspace + /unexport ... to return a GPIO to the kernel + /gpioN ... for each exported GPIO #N + /value ... always readable, writes fail for input GPIOs + /direction ... r/w as: in, out (default low); write: high, low + /edge ... r/w as: none, falling, rising, both + /gpiochipN ... for each gpiochip; #N is its first GPIO + /base ... (r/o) same as N + /label ... (r/o) descriptive, not necessarily unique + /ngpio ... (r/o) number of GPIOs; numbered N to N + (ngpio - 1) + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-i2c-bmp085 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-i2c-bmp085 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..585962ad0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-i2c-bmp085 @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/-/pressure0_input +Date: June 2010 +Contact: Christoph Mair +Description: Start a pressure measurement and read the result. Values + represent the ambient air pressure in pascal (0.01 millibar). + + Reading: returns the current air pressure. + + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/-/temp0_input +Date: June 2010 +Contact: Christoph Mair +Description: Measure the ambient temperature. The returned value represents + the ambient temperature in units of 0.1 degree celsius. + + Reading: returns the current temperature. + + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/-/oversampling +Date: June 2010 +Contact: Christoph Mair +Description: Tell the bmp085 to use more samples to calculate a pressure + value. When writing to this file the chip will use 2^x samples + to calculate the next pressure value with x being the value + written. Using this feature will decrease RMS noise and + increase the measurement time. + + Reading: returns the current oversampling setting. + + Writing: sets a new oversampling setting. + Accepted values: 0..3. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cac3930bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/ibft/initiator +Date: November 2007 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek +Description: The /sys/firmware/ibft/initiator directory will contain + files that expose the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table initiator data. + Usually this contains the Initiator name. + +What: /sys/firmware/ibft/targetX +Date: November 2007 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek +Description: The /sys/firmware/ibft/targetX directory will contain + files that expose the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table target data. + Usually this contains the target's IP address, boot LUN, + target name, and what NIC it is associated with. It can also + contain the CHAP name (and password), the reverse CHAP + name (and password) + +What: /sys/firmware/ibft/ethernetX +Date: November 2007 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek +Description: The /sys/firmware/ibft/ethernetX directory will contain + files that expose the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table NIC data. + Usually this contains the IP address, MAC, and gateway of the NIC. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eca38ce28 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/boot_params +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Dave Young +Description: The /sys/kernel/boot_params directory contains two + files: "data" and "version" and one subdirectory "setup_data". + It is used to export the kernel boot parameters of an x86 + platform to userspace for kexec and debugging purpose. + + If there's no setup_data in boot_params the subdirectory will + not be created. + + "data" file is the binary representation of struct boot_params. + + "version" file is the string representation of boot + protocol version. + + "setup_data" subdirectory contains the setup_data data + structure in boot_params. setup_data is maintained in kernel + as a link list. In "setup_data" subdirectory there's one + subdirectory for each link list node named with the number + of the list nodes. The list node subdirectory contains two + files "type" and "data". "type" file is the string + representation of setup_data type. "data" file is the binary + representation of setup_data payload. + + The whole boot_params directory structure is like below: + /sys/kernel/boot_params + |__ data + |__ setup_data + | |__ 0 + | | |__ data + | | |__ type + | |__ 1 + | |__ data + | |__ type + |__ version + +Users: Kexec diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50a3033b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/fscaps +Date: February 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: Ludwig Nussel +Description + Shows whether file system capabilities are honored + when executing a binary + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9b31556cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/ +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: v3.5 +Contact: Alex Williamson +Description: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/ contains a number of sub- + directories, each representing an IOMMU group. The + name of the sub-directory matches the iommu_group_id() + for the group, which is an integer value. Within each + subdirectory is another directory named "devices" with + links to the sysfs devices contained in this group. + The group directory also optionally contains a "name" + file if the IOMMU driver has chosen to register a more + common name for the group. +Users: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5bf42a840 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Interface for kernel live patching + + The /sys/kernel/livepatch directory contains subdirectories for + each loaded live patch module. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/ +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The patch directory contains subdirectories for each kernel + object (vmlinux or a module) in which it patched functions. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch//enabled +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A writable attribute that indicates whether the patched + code is currently applied. Writing 0 will disable the patch + while writing 1 will re-enable the patch. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch// +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The object directory contains subdirectories for each function + that is patched within the object. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/// +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The function directory contains attributes regarding the + properties and state of the patched function. + + There are currently no such attributes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..190d523ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/mm +Date: July 2008 +Contact: Nishanth Aravamudan , VM maintainers +Description: + /sys/kernel/mm/ should contain any and all VM + related information in /sys/kernel/. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e21c00571 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/mm/hugepages/ +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Nishanth Aravamudan , hugetlb maintainers +Description: + /sys/kernel/mm/hugepages/ contains a number of subdirectories + of the form hugepages-kB, where is the page size + of the hugepages supported by the kernel/CPU combination. + + Under these directories are a number of files: + nr_hugepages + nr_overcommit_hugepages + free_hugepages + surplus_hugepages + resv_hugepages + See Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt for details. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73e653ee2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm +Date: September 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.32 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list +Description: Interface for Kernel Samepage Merging (KSM) + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/full_scans +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_shared +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_sharing +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_to_scan +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_unshared +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_volatile +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/run +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/sleep_millisecs +Date: September 2009 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list +Description: Kernel Samepage Merging daemon sysfs interface + + full_scans: how many times all mergeable areas have been + scanned. + + pages_shared: how many shared pages are being used. + + pages_sharing: how many more sites are sharing them i.e. how + much saved. + + pages_to_scan: how many present pages to scan before ksmd goes + to sleep. + + pages_unshared: how many pages unique but repeatedly checked + for merging. + + pages_volatile: how many pages changing too fast to be placed + in a tree. + + run: write 0 to disable ksm, read 0 while ksm is disabled. + write 1 to run ksm, read 1 while ksm is running. + write 2 to disable ksm and unmerge all its pages. + + sleep_millisecs: how many milliseconds ksm should sleep between + scans. + + See Documentation/vm/ksm.txt for more information. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/merge_across_nodes +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.9 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list +Description: Control merging pages across different NUMA nodes. + + When it is set to 0 only pages from the same node are merged, + otherwise pages from all nodes can be merged together (default). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab new file mode 100644 index 000000000..91bd6ca54 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab @@ -0,0 +1,490 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/slab +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The /sys/kernel/slab directory contains a snapshot of the + internal state of the SLUB allocator for each cache. Certain + files may be modified to change the behavior of the cache (and + any cache it aliases, if any). +Users: kernel memory tuning tools + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/aliases +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The aliases file is read-only and specifies how many caches + have merged into this cache. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/align +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The align file is read-only and specifies the cache's object + alignment in bytes. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_calls +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The alloc_calls file is read-only and lists the kernel code + locations from which allocations for this cache were performed. + The alloc_calls file only contains information if debugging is + enabled for that cache (see Documentation/vm/slub.txt). + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_fastpath +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The alloc_fastpath file shows how many objects have been + allocated using the fast path. It can be written to clear the + current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_from_partial +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The alloc_from_partial file shows how many times a cpu slab has + been full and it has been refilled by using a slab from the list + of partially used slabs. It can be written to clear the current + count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_refill +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The alloc_refill file shows how many times the per-cpu freelist + was empty but there were objects available as the result of + remote cpu frees. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slab +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The alloc_slab file is shows how many times a new slab had to + be allocated from the page allocator. It can be written to + clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slowpath +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The alloc_slowpath file shows how many objects have been + allocated using the slow path because of a refill or + allocation from a partial or new slab. It can be written to + clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cache_dma +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The cache_dma file is read-only and specifies whether objects + are from ZONE_DMA. + Available when CONFIG_ZONE_DMA is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cpu_slabs +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The cpu_slabs file is read-only and displays how many cpu slabs + are active and their NUMA locality. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cpuslab_flush +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The file cpuslab_flush shows how many times a cache's cpu slabs + have been flushed as the result of destroying or shrinking a + cache, a cpu going offline, or as the result of forcing an + allocation from a certain node. It can be written to clear the + current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/ctor +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The ctor file is read-only and specifies the cache's object + constructor function, which is invoked for each object when a + new slab is allocated. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_empty +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The deactivate_empty file shows how many times an empty cpu slab + was deactivated. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_full +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The deactivate_full file shows how many times a full cpu slab + was deactivated. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_remote_frees +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The deactivate_remote_frees file shows how many times a cpu slab + has been deactivated and contained free objects that were freed + remotely. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_head +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The deactivate_to_head file shows how many times a partial cpu + slab was deactivated and added to the head of its node's partial + list. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_tail +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The deactivate_to_tail file shows how many times a partial cpu + slab was deactivated and added to the tail of its node's partial + list. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/destroy_by_rcu +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The destroy_by_rcu file is read-only and specifies whether + slabs (not objects) are freed by rcu. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_add_partial +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The free_add_partial file shows how many times an object has + been freed in a full slab so that it had to added to its node's + partial list. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_calls +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The free_calls file is read-only and lists the locations of + object frees if slab debugging is enabled (see + Documentation/vm/slub.txt). + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_fastpath +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The free_fastpath file shows how many objects have been freed + using the fast path because it was an object from the cpu slab. + It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_frozen +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The free_frozen file shows how many objects have been freed to + a frozen slab (i.e. a remote cpu slab). It can be written to + clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_remove_partial +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The free_remove_partial file shows how many times an object has + been freed to a now-empty slab so that it had to be removed from + its node's partial list. It can be written to clear the current + count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slab +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The free_slab file shows how many times an empty slab has been + freed back to the page allocator. It can be written to clear + the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slowpath +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The free_slowpath file shows how many objects have been freed + using the slow path (i.e. to a full or partial slab). It can + be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/hwcache_align +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The hwcache_align file is read-only and specifies whether + objects are aligned on cachelines. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/min_partial +Date: February 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.30 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + David Rientjes +Description: + The min_partial file specifies how many empty slabs shall + remain on a node's partial list to avoid the overhead of + allocating new slabs. Such slabs may be reclaimed by utilizing + the shrink file. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/object_size +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The object_size file is read-only and specifies the cache's + object size. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/objects +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The objects file is read-only and displays how many objects are + active and from which nodes they are from. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/objects_partial +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The objects_partial file is read-only and displays how many + objects are on partial slabs and from which nodes they are + from. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/objs_per_slab +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The file objs_per_slab is read-only and specifies how many + objects may be allocated from a single slab of the order + specified in /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The order file specifies the page order at which new slabs are + allocated. It is writable and can be changed to increase the + number of objects per slab. If a slab cannot be allocated + because of fragmentation, SLUB will retry with the minimum order + possible depending on its characteristics. + When debug_guardpage_minorder=N (N > 0) parameter is specified + (see Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt), the minimum possible + order is used and this sysfs entry can not be used to change + the order at run time. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order_fallback +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The order_fallback file shows how many times an allocation of a + new slab has not been possible at the cache's order and instead + fallen back to its minimum possible order. It can be written to + clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/partial +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The partial file is read-only and displays how long many + partial slabs there are and how long each node's list is. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/poison +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The poison file specifies whether objects should be poisoned + when a new slab is allocated. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/reclaim_account +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The reclaim_account file specifies whether the cache's objects + are reclaimable (and grouped by their mobility). + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/red_zone +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The red_zone file specifies whether the cache's objects are red + zoned. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/remote_node_defrag_ratio +Date: January 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The file remote_node_defrag_ratio specifies the percentage of + times SLUB will attempt to refill the cpu slab with a partial + slab from a remote node as opposed to allocating a new slab on + the local node. This reduces the amount of wasted memory over + the entire system but can be expensive. + Available when CONFIG_NUMA is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/sanity_checks +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The sanity_checks file specifies whether expensive checks + should be performed on free and, at minimum, enables double free + checks. Caches that enable sanity_checks cannot be merged with + caches that do not. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/shrink +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The shrink file is written when memory should be reclaimed from + a cache. Empty partial slabs are freed and the partial list is + sorted so the slabs with the fewest available objects are used + first. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/slab_size +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The slab_size file is read-only and specifies the object size + with metadata (debugging information and alignment) in bytes. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/slabs +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The slabs file is read-only and displays how long many slabs + there are (both cpu and partial) and from which nodes they are + from. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/store_user +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The store_user file specifies whether the location of + allocation or free should be tracked for a cache. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/total_objects +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The total_objects file is read-only and displays how many total + objects a cache has and from which nodes they are from. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/trace +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + The trace file specifies whether object allocations and frees + should be traced. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/validate +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg , + Christoph Lameter +Description: + Writing to the validate file causes SLUB to traverse all of its + cache's objects and check the validity of metadata. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-uids b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-uids new file mode 100644 index 000000000..28f14695a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-uids @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/uids//cpu_shares +Date: December 2007 +Contact: Dhaval Giani + Srivatsa Vaddagiri +Description: + The /sys/kernel/uids//cpu_shares tunable is used + to set the cpu bandwidth a user is allowed. This is a + propotional value. What that means is that if there + are two users logged in, each with an equal number of + shares, then they will get equal CPU bandwidth. Another + example would be, if User A has shares = 1024 and user + B has shares = 2048, User B will get twice the CPU + bandwidth user A will. For more details refer + Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.txt diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7bd81168e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/vmcoreinfo +Date: October 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.24 +Contact: Ken'ichi Ohmichi + Kexec Mailing List + Vivek Goyal +Description + Shows physical address and size of vmcoreinfo ELF note. + First value contains physical address of note in hex and + second value contains the size of note in hex. This ELF + note info is parsed by second kernel and exported to user + space as part of ELF note in /proc/vmcore file. This note + contains various information like struct size, symbol + values, page size etc. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e14703f12 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/soft_offline_page +Date: Sep 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.33 +Contact: andi@firstfloor.org +Description: + Soft-offline the memory page containing the physical address + written into this file. Input is a hex number specifying the + physical address of the page. The kernel will then attempt + to soft-offline it, by moving the contents elsewhere or + dropping it if possible. The kernel will then be placed + on the bad page list and never be reused. + + The offlining is done in kernel specific granuality. + Normally it's the base page size of the kernel, but + this might change. + + The page must be still accessible, not poisoned. The + kernel will never kill anything for this, but rather + fail the offline. Return value is the size of the + number, or a error when the offlining failed. Reading + the file is not allowed. + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/hard_offline_page +Date: Sep 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.33 +Contact: andi@firstfloor.org +Description: + Hard-offline the memory page containing the physical + address written into this file. Input is a hex number + specifying the physical address of the page. The + kernel will then attempt to hard-offline the page, by + trying to drop the page or killing any owner or + triggering IO errors if needed. Note this may kill + any processes owning the page. The kernel will avoid + to access this page assuming it's poisoned by the + hardware. + + The offlining is done in kernel specific granuality. + Normally it's the base page size of the kernel, but + this might change. + + Return value is the size of the number, or a error when + the offlining failed. + Reading the file is not allowed. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0aac02e7f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +What: /sys/module/pch_phub/drivers/.../pch_mac +Date: August 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: masa-korg@dsn.okisemi.com +Description: Write/read GbE MAC address. + +What: /sys/module/pch_phub/drivers/.../pch_firmware +Date: August 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: masa-korg@dsn.okisemi.com +Description: Write/read Option ROM data. + + +What: /sys/module/ehci_hcd/drivers/.../uframe_periodic_max +Date: July 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Kirill Smelkov +Description: Maximum time allowed for periodic transfers per microframe (μs) + + [ USB 2.0 sets maximum allowed time for periodic transfers per + microframe to be 80%, that is 100 microseconds out of 125 + microseconds (full microframe). + + However there are cases, when 80% max isochronous bandwidth is + too limiting. For example two video streams could require 110 + microseconds of isochronous bandwidth per microframe to work + together. ] + + Through this setting it is possible to raise the limit so that + the host controller would allow allocating more than 100 + microseconds of periodic bandwidth per microframe. + + Beware, non-standard modes are usually not thoroughly tested by + hardware designers, and the hardware can malfunction when this + setting differ from default 100. + +What: /sys/module/*/{coresize,initsize} +Date: Jan 2012 +KernelVersion:»·3.3 +Contact: Kay Sievers +Description: Module size in bytes. + +What: /sys/module/*/taint +Date: Jan 2012 +KernelVersion:»·3.3 +Contact: Kay Sievers +Description: Module taint flags: + P - proprietary module + O - out-of-tree module + F - force-loaded module + C - staging driver module + E - unsigned module diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7cc516a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2 @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/ +Date: April 2008 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Description: + The /sys/fs/ocfs2 directory contains knobs used by the + ocfs2-tools to interact with the filesystem. + +What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/max_locking_protocol +Date: April 2008 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Description: + The /sys/fs/ocfs2/max_locking_protocol file displays version + of ocfs2 locking supported by the filesystem. This version + covers how ocfs2 uses distributed locking between cluster + nodes. + + The protocol version has a major and minor number. Two + cluster nodes can interoperate if they have an identical + major number and an overlapping minor number - thus, + a node with version 1.10 can interoperate with a node + sporting version 1.8, as long as both use the 1.8 protocol. + + Reading from this file returns a single line, the major + number and minor number joined by a period, eg "1.10". + + This file is read-only. The value is compiled into the + driver. + +What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/loaded_cluster_plugins +Date: April 2008 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Description: + The /sys/fs/ocfs2/loaded_cluster_plugins file describes + the available plugins to support ocfs2 cluster operation. + A cluster plugin is required to use ocfs2 in a cluster. + There are currently two available plugins: + + * 'o2cb' - The classic o2cb cluster stack that ocfs2 has + used since its inception. + * 'user' - A plugin supporting userspace cluster software + in conjunction with fs/dlm. + + Reading from this file returns the names of all loaded + plugins, one per line. + + This file is read-only. Its contents may change as + plugins are loaded or removed. + +What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/active_cluster_plugin +Date: April 2008 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Description: + The /sys/fs/ocfs2/active_cluster_plugin displays which + cluster plugin is currently in use by the filesystem. + The active plugin will appear in the loaded_cluster_plugins + file as well. Only one plugin can be used at a time. + + Reading from this file returns the name of the active plugin + on a single line. + + This file is read-only. Which plugin is active depends on + the cluster stack in use. The contents may change + when all filesystems are unmounted and the cluster stack + is changed. + +What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/cluster_stack +Date: April 2008 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Description: + The /sys/fs/ocfs2/cluster_stack file contains the name + of current ocfs2 cluster stack. This value is set by + userspace tools when bringing the cluster stack online. + + Cluster stack names are 4 characters in length. + + When the 'o2cb' cluster stack is used, the 'o2cb' cluster + plugin is active. All other cluster stacks use the 'user' + cluster plugin. + + Reading from this file returns the name of the current + cluster stack on a single line. + + Writing a new stack name to this file changes the current + cluster stack unless there are mounted ocfs2 filesystems. + If there are mounted filesystems, attempts to change the + stack return an error. + +Users: + ocfs2-tools diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cd9d667c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/display +Date: January 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" +Description: + This file allows display switching. The value + is composed by 4 bits and defined as follow: + 4321 + |||`- LCD + ||`-- CRT + |`--- TV + `---- DVI + Ex: - 0 (0000b) means no display + - 3 (0011b) CRT+LCD. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/gps +Date: January 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" +Description: + Control the gps device. 1 means on, 0 means off. +Users: Lapsus + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/ledd +Date: January 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" +Description: + Some models like the W1N have a LED display that can be + used to display several items of information. + To control the LED display, use the following : + echo 0x0T000DDD > /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/ + where T control the 3 letters display, and DDD the 3 digits display. + The DDD table can be found in Documentation/laptops/asus-laptop.txt + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/bluetooth +Date: January 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" +Description: + Control the bluetooth device. 1 means on, 0 means off. + This may control the led, the device or both. +Users: Lapsus + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wlan +Date: January 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" +Description: + Control the wlan device. 1 means on, 0 means off. + This may control the led, the device or both. +Users: Lapsus + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wimax +Date: October 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" +Description: + Control the wimax device. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wwan +Date: October 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" +Description: + Control the wwan (3G) device. 1 means on, 0 means off. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..019e1e293 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform//cpufv +Date: Oct 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" +Description: + Change CPU clock configuration (write-only). + There are three available clock configuration: + * 0 -> Super Performance Mode + * 1 -> High Performance Mode + * 2 -> Power Saving Mode + +What: /sys/devices/platform//camera +Date: Jan 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" +Description: + Control the camera. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform//cardr +Date: Jan 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" +Description: + Control the card reader. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform//touchpad +Date: Jan 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" +Description: + Control the card touchpad. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform//lid_resume +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: "AceLan Kao" +Description: + Resume on lid open. 1 means on, 0 means off. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cc6a865a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/at91_can/net//mb0_id +Date: January 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: Marc Kleine-Budde +Description: + Value representing the can_id of mailbox 0. + + Default: 0x7ff (standard frame) + + Due to a chip bug (errata 50.2.6.3 & 50.3.5.3 in + "AT91SAM9263 Preliminary 6249H-ATARM-27-Jul-09") the + contents of mailbox 0 may be send under certain + conditions (even if disabled or in rx mode). + + The workaround in the errata suggests not to use the + mailbox and load it with an unused identifier. + + In order to use an extended can_id add the + CAN_EFF_FLAG (0x80000000U) to the can_id. Example: + + - standard id 0x7ff: + echo 0x7ff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id + + - extended id 0x1fffffff: + echo 0x9fffffff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-gisb-arb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-gisb-arb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f1bad92bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-gisb-arb @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/devices/../../gisb_arb_timeout +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Florian Fainelli +Description: + Returns the currently configured raw timeout value of the + Broadcom Set Top Box internal GISB bus arbiter. Minimum value + is 1, and maximum value is 0xffffffff. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb-otg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb-otg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..151c59578 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb-otg @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/a_bus_req +Date: Feb 2014 +Contact: Li Jun +Description: + Can be set and read. + Set a_bus_req(A-device bus request) input to be 1 if + the application running on the A-device wants to use the bus, + and to be 0 when the application no longer wants to use + the bus(or wants to work as peripheral). a_bus_req can also + be set to 1 by kernel in response to remote wakeup signaling + from the B-device, the A-device should decide to resume the bus. + + Valid values are "1" and "0". + + Reading: returns 1 if the application running on the A-device + is using the bus as host role, otherwise 0. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/a_bus_drop +Date: Feb 2014 +Contact: Li Jun +Description: + Can be set and read + The a_bus_drop(A-device bus drop) input is 1 when the + application running on the A-device wants to power down + the bus, and is 0 otherwise, When a_bus_drop is 1, then + the a_bus_req shall be 0. + + Valid values are "1" and "0". + + Reading: returns 1 if the bus is off(vbus is turned off) by + A-device, otherwise 0. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/b_bus_req +Date: Feb 2014 +Contact: Li Jun +Description: + Can be set and read. + The b_bus_req(B-device bus request) input is 1 during the time + that the application running on the B-device wants to use the + bus as host, and is 0 when the application no longer wants to + work as host and decides to switch back to be peripheral. + + Valid values are "1" and "0". + + Reading: returns if the application running on the B device + is using the bus as host role, otherwise 0. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/a_clr_err +Date: Feb 2014 +Contact: Li Jun +Description: + Only can be set. + The a_clr_err(A-device Vbus error clear) input is used to clear + vbus error, then A-device will power down the bus. + + Valid value is "1" diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c6a0b8e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/als_enabled +Date: December 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta , + Pali Rohár +Description: + This file allows to control the automatic keyboard + illumination mode on some systems that have an ambient + light sensor. Write 1 to this file to enable the auto + mode, 0 to disable it. + +What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/als_setting +Date: December 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta , + Pali Rohár +Description: + This file allows to specifiy the on/off threshold value, + as reported by the ambient light sensor. + +What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers +Date: December 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta , + Pali Rohár +Description: + This file allows to control the input triggers that + turn on the keyboard backlight illumination that is + disabled because of inactivity. + Read the file to see the triggers available. The ones + enabled are preceded by '+', those disabled by '-'. + + To enable a trigger, write its name preceded by '+' to + this file. To disable a trigger, write its name preceded + by '-' instead. + + For example, to enable the keyboard as trigger run: + echo +keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers + To disable it: + echo -keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers + + Note that not all the available triggers can be configured. + +What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/stop_timeout +Date: December 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta , + Pali Rohár +Description: + This file allows to specify the interval after which the + keyboard illumination is disabled because of inactivity. + The timeouts are expressed in seconds, minutes, hours and + days, for which the symbols are 's', 'm', 'h' and 'd' + respectively. + + To configure the timeout, write to this file a value along + with any the above units. If no unit is specified, the value + is assumed to be expressed in seconds. + + For example, to set the timeout to 10 minutes run: + echo 10m > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/stop_timeout + + Note that when this file is read, the returned value might be + expressed in a different unit than the one used when the timeout + was set. + + Also note that only some timeouts are supported and that + some systems might fall back to a specific timeout in case + an invalid timeout is written to this file. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b026c695 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/disp +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" +Description: + This file allows display switching. + - 1 = LCD + - 2 = CRT + - 3 = LCD+CRT + If you run X11, you should use xrandr instead. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/camera +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" +Description: + Control the camera. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/cardr +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" +Description: + Control the card reader. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/cpufv +Date: Jun 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" +Description: + Change CPU clock configuration. + On the Eee PC 1000H there are three available clock configuration: + * 0 -> Super Performance Mode + * 1 -> High Performance Mode + * 2 -> Power Saving Mode + On Eee PC 701 there is only 2 available clock configurations. + Available configuration are listed in available_cpufv file. + Reading this file will show the raw hexadecimal value which + is defined as follow: + | 8 bit | 8 bit | + | `---- Current mode + `------------ Availables modes + For example, 0x301 means: mode 1 selected, 3 available modes. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/available_cpufv +Date: Jun 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" +Description: + List available cpufv modes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b31e782bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/ideapad/camera_power +Date: Dec 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: "Ike Panhc " +Description: + Control the power of camera module. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ideapad/fan_mode +Date: June 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.6 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy " +Description: + Change fan mode + There are four available modes: + * 0 -> Super Silent Mode + * 1 -> Standard Mode + * 2 -> Dust Cleaning + * 4 -> Efficient Thermal Dissipation Mode + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c16532718 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/dev_name +Date: January 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: "Pavan Savoy" +Description: + Name of the UART device at which the WL128x chip + is connected. example: "/dev/ttyS0". + The device name flows down to architecture specific board + initialization file from the SFI/ATAGS bootloader + firmware. The name exposed is read from the user-space + dameon and opens the device when install is requested. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/baud_rate +Date: January 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: "Pavan Savoy" +Description: + The maximum reliable baud-rate the host can support. + Different platforms tend to have different high-speed + UART configurations, so the baud-rate needs to be set + locally and also sent across to the WL128x via a HCI-VS + command. The entry is read and made use by the user-space + daemon when the ldisc install is requested. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/flow_cntrl +Date: January 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: "Pavan Savoy" +Description: + The WL128x makes use of flow control mechanism, and this + entry most often should be 1, the host's UART is required + to have the capability of flow-control, or else this + entry can be made use of for exceptions. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/install +Date: January 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: "Pavan Savoy" +Description: + When one of the protocols Bluetooth, FM or GPS wants to make + use of the shared UART transport, it registers to the shared + transport driver, which will signal the user-space for opening, + configuring baud and install line discipline via this sysfs + entry. This entry would be polled upon by the user-space + daemon managing the UART, and is notified about the change + by the sysfs_notify. The value would be '1' when UART needs + to be opened/ldisc installed, and would be '0' when UART + is no more required and needs to be closed. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..307a247ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/lcd_level +Date: Oct 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: "Lennart Poettering " +Description: + Screen brightness: contains a single integer in the range 0..8. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/auto_brightness +Date: Oct 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: "Lennart Poettering " +Description: + Enable automatic brightness control: contains either 0 or 1. If + set to 1 the hardware adjusts the screen brightness + automatically when the power cord is plugged/unplugged. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/wlan +Date: Oct 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: "Lennart Poettering " +Description: + WLAN subsystem enabled: contains either 0 or 1. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/bluetooth +Date: Oct 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: "Lennart Poettering " +Description: + Bluetooth subsystem enabled: contains either 0 or 1. Please + note that this file is constantly 0 if no Bluetooth hardware is + available. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/touchpad +Date: Nov 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy " +Description: + Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if touchpad is turned on. + Touchpad state can only be toggled by pressing Fn+F3. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/turbo_mode +Date: Nov 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy " +Description: + Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if turbo mode is turned + on. In turbo mode power LED is orange and processor is + overclocked. Turbo mode is available only if charging. It is + only possible to toggle turbo mode state by pressing Fn+F10, + and there is a few seconds cooldown between subsequent toggles. + If user presses Fn+F10 too frequent, turbo mode state is not + changed. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/eco_mode +Date: Nov 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy " +Description: + Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if ECO mode is turned on. + In ECO mode power LED is green and userspace should do some + powersaving actions. ECO mode is available only on battery + power. ECO mode can only be toggled by pressing Fn+F10. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/turbo_cooldown +Date: Nov 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy " +Description: + Contains value in range 0..3: + * 0 -> Turbo mode is off + * 1 -> Turbo mode is on, cannot be turned off yet + * 2 -> Turbo mode is off, cannot be turned on yet + * 3 -> Turbo mode is on + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/auto_fan +Date: Nov 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy " +Description: + Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if fan speed is controlled + automatically (1) or fan runs at maximal speed (0). Can be + toggled in software. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-tahvo-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-tahvo-usb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6e20ce4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-tahvo-usb @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/tahvo-usb/otg_mode +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Aaro Koskinen +Description: + Set or read the current OTG mode. Valid values are "host" and + "peripheral". + + Reading: returns the current mode. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/tahvo-usb/vbus +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Aaro Koskinen +Description: + Read the current VBUS state. + + Reading: returns "on" or "off". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e685957ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500 @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/adc +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." +Description: + Indicates the presence of an A/D Converter. If it is present, + it will display "1", otherwise "0". + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/ereset +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." +Description: + Indicates the presence of an external reset. If it is present, + it will display "1", otherwise "0". + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/id +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." +Description: + Product ID of the TS board. TS-5500 ID is 0x60. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/jumpers +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." +Description: + Bitfield showing the jumpers' state. If a jumper is present, + the corresponding bit is set. For instance, 0x0e means jumpers + 2, 3 and 4 are set. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/name +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." +Description: + Model name of the TS board, e.g. "TS-5500". + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/rs485 +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." +Description: + Indicates the presence of the RS485 option. If it is present, + it will display "1", otherwise "0". + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/sram +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." +Description: + Indicates the presence of the SRAM option. If it is present, + it will display "1", otherwise "0". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f45518163 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ +What: /sys/power/ +Date: August 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/power directory will contain files that will + provide a unified interface to the power management + subsystem. + +What: /sys/power/state +Date: May 2014 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/power/state file controls system sleep states. + Reading from this file returns the available sleep state + labels, which may be "mem", "standby", "freeze" and "disk" + (hibernation). The meanings of the first three labels depend on + the relative_sleep_states command line argument as follows: + 1) relative_sleep_states = 1 + "mem", "standby", "freeze" represent non-hibernation sleep + states from the deepest ("mem", always present) to the + shallowest ("freeze"). "standby" and "freeze" may or may + not be present depending on the capabilities of the + platform. "freeze" can only be present if "standby" is + present. + 2) relative_sleep_states = 0 (default) + "mem" - "suspend-to-RAM", present if supported. + "standby" - "power-on suspend", present if supported. + "freeze" - "suspend-to-idle", always present. + + Writing to this file one of these strings causes the system to + transition into the corresponding state, if available. See + Documentation/power/states.txt for a description of what + "suspend-to-RAM", "power-on suspend" and "suspend-to-idle" mean. + +What: /sys/power/disk +Date: September 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/power/disk file controls the operating mode of the + suspend-to-disk mechanism. Reading from this file returns + the name of the method by which the system will be put to + sleep on the next suspend. There are four methods supported: + 'firmware' - means that the memory image will be saved to disk + by some firmware, in which case we also assume that the + firmware will handle the system suspend. + 'platform' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and + the system will be put to sleep by the platform driver (e.g. + ACPI or other PM registers). + 'shutdown' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and + the system will be powered off. + 'reboot' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and + the system will be rebooted. + + Additionally, /sys/power/disk can be used to turn on one of the + two testing modes of the suspend-to-disk mechanism: 'testproc' + or 'test'. If the suspend-to-disk mechanism is in the + 'testproc' mode, writing 'disk' to /sys/power/state will cause + the kernel to disable nonboot CPUs and freeze tasks, wait for 5 + seconds, unfreeze tasks and enable nonboot CPUs. If it is in + the 'test' mode, writing 'disk' to /sys/power/state will cause + the kernel to disable nonboot CPUs and freeze tasks, shrink + memory, suspend devices, wait for 5 seconds, resume devices, + unfreeze tasks and enable nonboot CPUs. Then, we are able to + look in the log messages and work out, for example, which code + is being slow and which device drivers are misbehaving. + + The suspend-to-disk method may be chosen by writing to this + file one of the accepted strings: + + 'firmware' + 'platform' + 'shutdown' + 'reboot' + 'testproc' + 'test' + + It will only change to 'firmware' or 'platform' if the system + supports that. + +What: /sys/power/image_size +Date: August 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/power/image_size file controls the size of the image + created by the suspend-to-disk mechanism. It can be written a + string representing a non-negative integer that will be used + as an upper limit of the image size, in bytes. The kernel's + suspend-to-disk code will do its best to ensure the image size + will not exceed this number. However, if it turns out to be + impossible, the kernel will try to suspend anyway using the + smallest image possible. In particular, if "0" is written to + this file, the suspend image will be as small as possible. + + Reading from this file will display the current image size + limit, which is set to 500 MB by default. + +What: /sys/power/pm_trace +Date: August 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/power/pm_trace file controls the code which saves the + last PM event point in the RTC across reboots, so that you can + debug a machine that just hangs during suspend (or more + commonly, during resume). Namely, the RTC is only used to save + the last PM event point if this file contains '1'. Initially + it contains '0' which may be changed to '1' by writing a + string representing a nonzero integer into it. + + To use this debugging feature you should attempt to suspend + the machine, then reboot it and run + + dmesg -s 1000000 | grep 'hash matches' + + If you do not get any matches (or they appear to be false + positives), it is possible that the last PM event point + referred to a device created by a loadable kernel module. In + this case cat /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match (see below) after + your system is started up and the kernel modules are loaded. + + CAUTION: Using it will cause your machine's real-time (CMOS) + clock to be set to a random invalid time after a resume. + +What; /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match +Date: October 2010 +Contact: James Hogan +Description: + The /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match file contains the name of the + device associated with the last PM event point saved in the RTC + across reboots when pm_trace has been used. More precisely it + contains the list of current devices (including those + registered by loadable kernel modules since boot) which match + the device hash in the RTC at boot, with a newline after each + one. + + The advantage of this file over the hash matches printed to the + kernel log (see /sys/power/pm_trace), is that it includes + devices created after boot by loadable kernel modules. + + Due to the small hash size necessary to fit in the RTC, it is + possible that more than one device matches the hash, in which + case further investigation is required to determine which + device is causing the problem. Note that genuine RTC clock + values (such as when pm_trace has not been used), can still + match a device and output it's name here. + +What: /sys/power/pm_async +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/power/pm_async file controls the switch allowing the + user space to enable or disable asynchronous suspend and resume + of devices. If enabled, this feature will cause some device + drivers' suspend and resume callbacks to be executed in parallel + with each other and with the main suspend thread. It is enabled + if this file contains "1", which is the default. It may be + disabled by writing "0" to this file, in which case all devices + will be suspended and resumed synchronously. + +What: /sys/power/wakeup_count +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/power/wakeup_count file allows user space to put the + system into a sleep state while taking into account the + concurrent arrival of wakeup events. Reading from it returns + the current number of registered wakeup events and it blocks if + some wakeup events are being processed at the time the file is + read from. Writing to it will only succeed if the current + number of wakeup events is equal to the written value and, if + successful, will make the kernel abort a subsequent transition + to a sleep state if any wakeup events are reported after the + write has returned. + +What: /sys/power/reserved_size +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/power/reserved_size file allows user space to control + the amount of memory reserved for allocations made by device + drivers during the "device freeze" stage of hibernation. It can + be written a string representing a non-negative integer that + will be used as the amount of memory to reserve for allocations + made by device drivers' "freeze" callbacks, in bytes. + + Reading from this file will display the current value, which is + set to 1 MB by default. + +What: /sys/power/autosleep +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/power/autosleep file can be written one of the strings + returned by reads from /sys/power/state. If that happens, a + work item attempting to trigger a transition of the system to + the sleep state represented by that string is queued up. This + attempt will only succeed if there are no active wakeup sources + in the system at that time. After every execution, regardless + of whether or not the attempt to put the system to sleep has + succeeded, the work item requeues itself until user space + writes "off" to /sys/power/autosleep. + + Reading from this file causes the last string successfully + written to it to be returned. + +What: /sys/power/wake_lock +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/power/wake_lock file allows user space to create + wakeup source objects and activate them on demand (if one of + those wakeup sources is active, reads from the + /sys/power/wakeup_count file block or return false). When a + string without white space is written to /sys/power/wake_lock, + it will be assumed to represent a wakeup source name. If there + is a wakeup source object with that name, it will be activated + (unless active already). Otherwise, a new wakeup source object + will be registered, assigned the given name and activated. + If a string written to /sys/power/wake_lock contains white + space, the part of the string preceding the white space will be + regarded as a wakeup source name and handled as descrived above. + The other part of the string will be regarded as a timeout (in + nanoseconds) such that the wakeup source will be automatically + deactivated after it has expired. The timeout, if present, is + set regardless of the current state of the wakeup source object + in question. + + Reads from this file return a string consisting of the names of + wakeup sources created with the help of it that are active at + the moment, separated with spaces. + + +What: /sys/power/wake_unlock +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + The /sys/power/wake_unlock file allows user space to deactivate + wakeup sources created with the help of /sys/power/wake_lock. + When a string is written to /sys/power/wake_unlock, it will be + assumed to represent the name of a wakeup source to deactivate. + If a wakeup source object of that name exists and is active at + the moment, it will be deactivated. + + Reads from this file return a string consisting of the names of + wakeup sources created with the help of /sys/power/wake_lock + that are inactive at the moment, separated with spaces. + +What: /sys/power/pm_print_times +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Sameer Nanda +Description: + The /sys/power/pm_print_times file allows user space to + control whether the time taken by devices to suspend and + resume is printed. These prints are useful for hunting down + devices that take too long to suspend or resume. + + Writing a "1" enables this printing while writing a "0" + disables it. The default value is "0". Reading from this file + will display the current value. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps new file mode 100644 index 000000000..25028c7bc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +What: /sys/class/pps/ +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ directory will contain files and + directories that will provide a unified interface to + the PPS sources. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/ +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/ directory is related to X-th + PPS source into the system. Each directory will + contain files to manage and control its PPS source. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/assert +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/assert file reports the assert events + and the assert sequence number of the X-th source in the form: + + .# + + If the source has no assert events the content of this file + is empty. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/clear +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/clear file reports the clear events + and the clear sequence number of the X-th source in the form: + + .# + + If the source has no clear events the content of this file + is empty. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/mode +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/mode file reports the functioning + mode of the X-th source in hexadecimal encoding. + + Please, refer to linux/include/linux/pps.h for further + info. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/echo +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/echo file reports if the X-th does + or does not support an "echo" function. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/name +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/name file reports the name of the + X-th source. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/path +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/path file reports the path name of + the device connected with the X-th source. + + If the source is not connected with any device the content + of this file is empty. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a8e466eb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/profiling +Date: September 2008 +Contact: Dave Hansen +Description: + /sys/kernel/profiling is the runtime equivalent + of the boot-time profile= option. + + You can get the same effect running: + + echo 2 > /sys/kernel/profiling + + as you would by issuing profile=2 on the boot + command line. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..44806a678 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +What: /sys/class/ptp/ +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran +Description: + This directory contains files and directories + providing a standardized interface to the ancillary + features of PTP hardware clocks. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/ +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran +Description: + This directory contains the attributes of the Nth PTP + hardware clock registered into the PTP class driver + subsystem. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/clock_name +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran +Description: + This file contains the name of the PTP hardware clock + as a human readable string. The purpose of this + attribute is to provide the user with a "friendly + name" and to help distinguish PHY based devices from + MAC based ones. The string does not necessarily have + to be any kind of unique id. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/max_adjustment +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran +Description: + This file contains the PTP hardware clock's maximum + frequency adjustment value (a positive integer) in + parts per billion. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_alarms +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran +Description: + This file contains the number of periodic or one shot + alarms offer by the PTP hardware clock. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_external_timestamps +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran +Description: + This file contains the number of external timestamp + channels offered by the PTP hardware clock. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_periodic_outputs +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran +Description: + This file contains the number of programmable periodic + output channels offered by the PTP hardware clock. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_pins +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Richard Cochran +Description: + This file contains the number of programmable pins + offered by the PTP hardware clock. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/pins +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Richard Cochran +Description: + This directory contains one file for each programmable + pin offered by the PTP hardware clock. The file name + is the hardware dependent pin name. Reading from this + file produces two numbers, the assigned function (see + the PTP_PF_ enumeration values in linux/ptp_clock.h) + and the channel number. The function and channel + assignment may be changed by two writing numbers into + the file. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/pps_avaiable +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran +Description: + This file indicates whether the PTP hardware clock + supports a Pulse Per Second to the host CPU. Reading + "1" means that the PPS is supported, while "0" means + not supported. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/extts_enable +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran +Description: + This write-only file enables or disables external + timestamps. To enable external timestamps, write the + channel index followed by a "1" into the file. + To disable external timestamps, write the channel + index followed by a "0" into the file. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/fifo +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran +Description: + This file provides timestamps on external events, in + the form of three integers: channel index, seconds, + and nanoseconds. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/period +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran +Description: + This write-only file enables or disables periodic + outputs. To enable a periodic output, write five + integers into the file: channel index, start time + seconds, start time nanoseconds, period seconds, and + period nanoseconds. To disable a periodic output, set + all the seconds and nanoseconds values to zero. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/pps_enable +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran +Description: + This write-only file enables or disables delivery of + PPS events to the Linux PPS subsystem. To enable PPS + events, write a "1" into the file. To disable events, + write a "0" into the file. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9eb3c2b6b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +What: /sys/class/tty/console/active +Date: Nov 2010 +Contact: Kay Sievers +Description: + Shows the list of currently configured + console devices, like 'tty1 ttyS0'. + The last entry in the file is the active + device connected to /dev/console. + The file supports poll() to detect virtual + console switches. + +What: /sys/class/tty/tty0/active +Date: Nov 2010 +Contact: Kay Sievers +Description: + Shows the currently active virtual console + device, like 'tty1'. + The file supports poll() to detect virtual + console switches. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/uartclk +Date: Sep 2012 +Contact: Tomas Hlavacek +Description: + Shows the current uartclk value associated with the + UART port in serial_core, that is bound to TTY like ttyS0. + uartclk = 16 * baud_base + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/type +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox +Description: + Shows the current tty type for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/line +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox +Description: + Shows the current tty line number for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/port +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox +Description: + Shows the current tty port I/O address for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/irq +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox +Description: + Shows the current primary interrupt for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/flags +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox +Description: + Show the tty port status flags for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/xmit_fifo_size +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox +Description: + Show the transmit FIFO size for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/close_delay +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox +Description: + Show the closing delay time for this port in ms. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/closing_wait +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox +Description: + Show the close wait time for this port in ms. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/custom_divisor +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox +Description: + Show the custom divisor if any that is set on this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/io_type +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox +Description: + Show the I/O type that is to be used with the iomem base + address. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/iomem_base +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox +Description: + The I/O memory base for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/iomem_reg_shift +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox +Description: + Show the register shift indicating the spacing to be used + for accesses on this iomem address. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/rx_trig_bytes +Date: May 2014 +Contact: Yoshihiro YUNOMAE +Description: + Shows current RX interrupt trigger bytes or sets the + user specified value to change it for the FIFO buffer. + Users can show or set this value regardless of opening the + serial device file or not. + + The RX trigger can be set one of four kinds of values for UART + serials. When users input a meaning less value to this I/F, + the RX trigger is changed to the nearest lower value for the + device specification. For example, when user sets 7bytes on + 16550A, which has 1/4/8/14 bytes trigger, the RX trigger is + automatically changed to 4 bytes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a99c5f86a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_* +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel +Description: + Various files for managing Cable Based Association of + (wireless) USB devices. + + The sequence of operations should be: + + 1. Device is plugged in. + + 2. The connection manager (CM) sees a device with CBA capability. + (the wusb_chid etc. files in /sys/devices/blah/OURDEVICE). + + 3. The CM writes the host name, supported band groups, + and the CHID (host ID) into the wusb_host_name, + wusb_host_band_groups and wusb_chid files. These + get sent to the device and the CDID (if any) for + this host is requested. + + 4. The CM can verify that the device's supported band + groups (wusb_device_band_groups) are compatible + with the host. + + 5. The CM reads the wusb_cdid file. + + 6. The CM looks it up its database. + + - If it has a matching CHID,CDID entry, the device + has been authorized before and nothing further + needs to be done. + + - If the CDID is zero (or the CM doesn't find a + matching CDID in its database), the device is + assumed to be not known. The CM may associate + the host with device by: writing a randomly + generated CDID to wusb_cdid and then a random CK + to wusb_ck (this uploads the new CC to the + device). + + CMD may choose to prompt the user before + associating with a new device. + + 7. Device is unplugged. + + References: + [WUSB-AM] Association Models Supplement to the + Certified Wireless Universal Serial Bus + Specification, version 1.0. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_chid +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel +Description: + The CHID of the host formatted as 16 space-separated + hex octets. + + Writes fetches device's supported band groups and the + the CDID for any existing association with this host. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_host_name +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel +Description: + A friendly name for the host as a UTF-8 encoded string. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_host_band_groups +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel +Description: + The band groups supported by the host, in the format + defined in [WUSB-AM]. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_device_band_groups +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel +Description: + The band groups supported by the device, in the format + defined in [WUSB-AM]. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_cdid +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel +Description: + The device's CDID formatted as 16 space-separated hex + octets. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_ck +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel +Description: + Write 16 space-separated random, hex octets to + associate with the device. diff --git a/Documentation/BUG-HUNTING b/Documentation/BUG-HUNTING new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65022a87b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/BUG-HUNTING @@ -0,0 +1,246 @@ +Table of contents +================= + +Last updated: 20 December 2005 + +Contents +======== + +- Introduction +- Devices not appearing +- Finding patch that caused a bug +-- Finding using git-bisect +-- Finding it the old way +- Fixing the bug + +Introduction +============ + +Always try the latest kernel from kernel.org and build from source. If you are +not confident in doing that please report the bug to your distribution vendor +instead of to a kernel developer. + +Finding bugs is not always easy. Have a go though. If you can't find it don't +give up. Report as much as you have found to the relevant maintainer. See +MAINTAINERS for who that is for the subsystem you have worked on. + +Before you submit a bug report read REPORTING-BUGS. + +Devices not appearing +===================== + +Often this is caused by udev. Check that first before blaming it on the +kernel. + +Finding patch that caused a bug +=============================== + + + +Finding using git-bisect +------------------------ + +Using the provided tools with git makes finding bugs easy provided the bug is +reproducible. + +Steps to do it: +- start using git for the kernel source +- read the man page for git-bisect +- have fun + +Finding it the old way +---------------------- + +[Sat Mar 2 10:32:33 PST 1996 KERNEL_BUG-HOWTO lm@sgi.com (Larry McVoy)] + +This is how to track down a bug if you know nothing about kernel hacking. +It's a brute force approach but it works pretty well. + +You need: + + . A reproducible bug - it has to happen predictably (sorry) + . All the kernel tar files from a revision that worked to the + revision that doesn't + +You will then do: + + . Rebuild a revision that you believe works, install, and verify that. + . Do a binary search over the kernels to figure out which one + introduced the bug. I.e., suppose 1.3.28 didn't have the bug, but + you know that 1.3.69 does. Pick a kernel in the middle and build + that, like 1.3.50. Build & test; if it works, pick the mid point + between .50 and .69, else the mid point between .28 and .50. + . You'll narrow it down to the kernel that introduced the bug. You + can probably do better than this but it gets tricky. + + . Narrow it down to a subdirectory + + - Copy kernel that works into "test". Let's say that 3.62 works, + but 3.63 doesn't. So you diff -r those two kernels and come + up with a list of directories that changed. For each of those + directories: + + Copy the non-working directory next to the working directory + as "dir.63". + One directory at time, try moving the working directory to + "dir.62" and mv dir.63 dir"time, try + + mv dir dir.62 + mv dir.63 dir + find dir -name '*.[oa]' -print | xargs rm -f + + And then rebuild and retest. Assuming that all related + changes were contained in the sub directory, this should + isolate the change to a directory. + + Problems: changes in header files may have occurred; I've + found in my case that they were self explanatory - you may + or may not want to give up when that happens. + + . Narrow it down to a file + + - You can apply the same technique to each file in the directory, + hoping that the changes in that file are self contained. + + . Narrow it down to a routine + + - You can take the old file and the new file and manually create + a merged file that has + + #ifdef VER62 + routine() + { + ... + } + #else + routine() + { + ... + } + #endif + + And then walk through that file, one routine at a time and + prefix it with + + #define VER62 + /* both routines here */ + #undef VER62 + + Then recompile, retest, move the ifdefs until you find the one + that makes the difference. + +Finally, you take all the info that you have, kernel revisions, bug +description, the extent to which you have narrowed it down, and pass +that off to whomever you believe is the maintainer of that section. +A post to linux.dev.kernel isn't such a bad idea if you've done some +work to narrow it down. + +If you get it down to a routine, you'll probably get a fix in 24 hours. + +My apologies to Linus and the other kernel hackers for describing this +brute force approach, it's hardly what a kernel hacker would do. However, +it does work and it lets non-hackers help fix bugs. And it is cool +because Linux snapshots will let you do this - something that you can't +do with vendor supplied releases. + +Fixing the bug +============== + +Nobody is going to tell you how to fix bugs. Seriously. You need to work it +out. But below are some hints on how to use the tools. + +To debug a kernel, use objdump and look for the hex offset from the crash +output to find the valid line of code/assembler. Without debug symbols, you +will see the assembler code for the routine shown, but if your kernel has +debug symbols the C code will also be available. (Debug symbols can be enabled +in the kernel hacking menu of the menu configuration.) For example: + + objdump -r -S -l --disassemble net/dccp/ipv4.o + +NB.: you need to be at the top level of the kernel tree for this to pick up +your C files. + +If you don't have access to the code you can also debug on some crash dumps +e.g. crash dump output as shown by Dave Miller. + +> EIP is at ip_queue_xmit+0x14/0x4c0 +> ... +> Code: 44 24 04 e8 6f 05 00 00 e9 e8 fe ff ff 8d 76 00 8d bc 27 00 00 +> 00 00 55 57 56 53 81 ec bc 00 00 00 8b ac 24 d0 00 00 00 8b 5d 08 +> <8b> 83 3c 01 00 00 89 44 24 14 8b 45 28 85 c0 89 44 24 18 0f 85 +> +> Put the bytes into a "foo.s" file like this: +> +> .text +> .globl foo +> foo: +> .byte .... /* bytes from Code: part of OOPS dump */ +> +> Compile it with "gcc -c -o foo.o foo.s" then look at the output of +> "objdump --disassemble foo.o". +> +> Output: +> +> ip_queue_xmit: +> push %ebp +> push %edi +> push %esi +> push %ebx +> sub $0xbc, %esp +> mov 0xd0(%esp), %ebp ! %ebp = arg0 (skb) +> mov 0x8(%ebp), %ebx ! %ebx = skb->sk +> mov 0x13c(%ebx), %eax ! %eax = inet_sk(sk)->opt + +In addition, you can use GDB to figure out the exact file and line +number of the OOPS from the vmlinux file. If you have +CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO enabled, you can simply copy the EIP value from the +OOPS: + + EIP: 0060:[] Not tainted VLI + +And use GDB to translate that to human-readable form: + + gdb vmlinux + (gdb) l *0xc021e50e + +If you don't have CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO enabled, you use the function +offset from the OOPS: + + EIP is at vt_ioctl+0xda8/0x1482 + +And recompile the kernel with CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO enabled: + + make vmlinux + gdb vmlinux + (gdb) p vt_ioctl + (gdb) l *(0x
+ 0xda8) +or, as one command + (gdb) l *(vt_ioctl + 0xda8) + +If you have a call trace, such as :- +>Call Trace: +> [] :jbd:log_wait_commit+0xa3/0xf5 +> [] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e +> [] :jbd:journal_stop+0x1be/0x1ee +> ... +this shows the problem in the :jbd: module. You can load that module in gdb +and list the relevant code. + gdb fs/jbd/jbd.ko + (gdb) p log_wait_commit + (gdb) l *(0x
+ 0xa3) +or + (gdb) l *(log_wait_commit + 0xa3) + + +Another very useful option of the Kernel Hacking section in menuconfig is +Debug memory allocations. This will help you see whether data has been +initialised and not set before use etc. To see the values that get assigned +with this look at mm/slab.c and search for POISON_INUSE. When using this an +Oops will often show the poisoned data instead of zero which is the default. + +Once you have worked out a fix please submit it upstream. After all open +source is about sharing what you do and don't you want to be recognised for +your genius? + +Please do read Documentation/SubmittingPatches though to help your code get +accepted. diff --git a/Documentation/Changes b/Documentation/Changes new file mode 100644 index 000000000..646cdaa6e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/Changes @@ -0,0 +1,395 @@ +Intro +===== + +This document is designed to provide a list of the minimum levels of +software necessary to run the 3.0 kernels. + +This document is originally based on my "Changes" file for 2.0.x kernels +and therefore owes credit to the same people as that file (Jared Mauch, +Axel Boldt, Alessandro Sigala, and countless other users all over the +'net). + +Current Minimal Requirements +============================ + +Upgrade to at *least* these software revisions before thinking you've +encountered a bug! If you're unsure what version you're currently +running, the suggested command should tell you. + +Again, keep in mind that this list assumes you are already functionally +running a Linux kernel. Also, not all tools are necessary on all +systems; obviously, if you don't have any ISDN hardware, for example, +you probably needn't concern yourself with isdn4k-utils. + +o GNU C 3.2 # gcc --version +o GNU make 3.80 # make --version +o binutils 2.12 # ld -v +o util-linux 2.10o # fdformat --version +o module-init-tools 0.9.10 # depmod -V +o e2fsprogs 1.41.4 # e2fsck -V +o jfsutils 1.1.3 # fsck.jfs -V +o reiserfsprogs 3.6.3 # reiserfsck -V +o xfsprogs 2.6.0 # xfs_db -V +o squashfs-tools 4.0 # mksquashfs -version +o btrfs-progs 0.18 # btrfsck +o pcmciautils 004 # pccardctl -V +o quota-tools 3.09 # quota -V +o PPP 2.4.0 # pppd --version +o isdn4k-utils 3.1pre1 # isdnctrl 2>&1|grep version +o nfs-utils 1.0.5 # showmount --version +o procps 3.2.0 # ps --version +o oprofile 0.9 # oprofiled --version +o udev 081 # udevd --version +o grub 0.93 # grub --version || grub-install --version +o mcelog 0.6 # mcelog --version +o iptables 1.4.2 # iptables -V + + +Kernel compilation +================== + +GCC +--- + +The gcc version requirements may vary depending on the type of CPU in your +computer. + +Make +---- + +You will need GNU make 3.80 or later to build the kernel. + +Binutils +-------- + +Linux on IA-32 has recently switched from using as86 to using gas for +assembling the 16-bit boot code, removing the need for as86 to compile +your kernel. This change does, however, mean that you need a recent +release of binutils. + +Perl +---- + +You will need perl 5 and the following modules: Getopt::Long, Getopt::Std, +File::Basename, and File::Find to build the kernel. + +BC +-- + +You will need bc to build kernels 3.10 and higher + + +System utilities +================ + +Architectural changes +--------------------- + +DevFS has been obsoleted in favour of udev +(http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/kernel/hotplug/) + +32-bit UID support is now in place. Have fun! + +Linux documentation for functions is transitioning to inline +documentation via specially-formatted comments near their +definitions in the source. These comments can be combined with the +SGML templates in the Documentation/DocBook directory to make DocBook +files, which can then be converted by DocBook stylesheets to PostScript, +HTML, PDF files, and several other formats. In order to convert from +DocBook format to a format of your choice, you'll need to install Jade as +well as the desired DocBook stylesheets. + +Util-linux +---------- + +New versions of util-linux provide *fdisk support for larger disks, +support new options to mount, recognize more supported partition +types, have a fdformat which works with 2.4 kernels, and similar goodies. +You'll probably want to upgrade. + +Ksymoops +-------- + +If the unthinkable happens and your kernel oopses, you may need the +ksymoops tool to decode it, but in most cases you don't. +It is generally preferred to build the kernel with CONFIG_KALLSYMS so +that it produces readable dumps that can be used as-is (this also +produces better output than ksymoops). If for some reason your kernel +is not build with CONFIG_KALLSYMS and you have no way to rebuild and +reproduce the Oops with that option, then you can still decode that Oops +with ksymoops. + +Module-Init-Tools +----------------- + +A new module loader is now in the kernel that requires module-init-tools +to use. It is backward compatible with the 2.4.x series kernels. + +Mkinitrd +-------- + +These changes to the /lib/modules file tree layout also require that +mkinitrd be upgraded. + +E2fsprogs +--------- + +The latest version of e2fsprogs fixes several bugs in fsck and +debugfs. Obviously, it's a good idea to upgrade. + +JFSutils +-------- + +The jfsutils package contains the utilities for the file system. +The following utilities are available: +o fsck.jfs - initiate replay of the transaction log, and check + and repair a JFS formatted partition. +o mkfs.jfs - create a JFS formatted partition. +o other file system utilities are also available in this package. + +Reiserfsprogs +------------- + +The reiserfsprogs package should be used for reiserfs-3.6.x +(Linux kernels 2.4.x). It is a combined package and contains working +versions of mkreiserfs, resize_reiserfs, debugreiserfs and +reiserfsck. These utils work on both i386 and alpha platforms. + +Xfsprogs +-------- + +The latest version of xfsprogs contains mkfs.xfs, xfs_db, and the +xfs_repair utilities, among others, for the XFS filesystem. It is +architecture independent and any version from 2.0.0 onward should +work correctly with this version of the XFS kernel code (2.6.0 or +later is recommended, due to some significant improvements). + +PCMCIAutils +----------- + +PCMCIAutils replaces pcmcia-cs. It properly sets up +PCMCIA sockets at system startup and loads the appropriate modules +for 16-bit PCMCIA devices if the kernel is modularized and the hotplug +subsystem is used. + +Quota-tools +----------- + +Support for 32 bit uid's and gid's is required if you want to use +the newer version 2 quota format. Quota-tools version 3.07 and +newer has this support. Use the recommended version or newer +from the table above. + +Intel IA32 microcode +-------------------- + +A driver has been added to allow updating of Intel IA32 microcode, +accessible as a normal (misc) character device. If you are not using +udev you may need to: + +mkdir /dev/cpu +mknod /dev/cpu/microcode c 10 184 +chmod 0644 /dev/cpu/microcode + +as root before you can use this. You'll probably also want to +get the user-space microcode_ctl utility to use with this. + +udev +---- +udev is a userspace application for populating /dev dynamically with +only entries for devices actually present. udev replaces the basic +functionality of devfs, while allowing persistent device naming for +devices. + +FUSE +---- + +Needs libfuse 2.4.0 or later. Absolute minimum is 2.3.0 but mount +options 'direct_io' and 'kernel_cache' won't work. + +Networking +========== + +General changes +--------------- + +If you have advanced network configuration needs, you should probably +consider using the network tools from ip-route2. + +Packet Filter / NAT +------------------- +The packet filtering and NAT code uses the same tools like the previous 2.4.x +kernel series (iptables). It still includes backwards-compatibility modules +for 2.2.x-style ipchains and 2.0.x-style ipfwadm. + +PPP +--- + +The PPP driver has been restructured to support multilink and to +enable it to operate over diverse media layers. If you use PPP, +upgrade pppd to at least 2.4.0. + +If you are not using udev, you must have the device file /dev/ppp +which can be made by: + +mknod /dev/ppp c 108 0 + +as root. + +Isdn4k-utils +------------ + +Due to changes in the length of the phone number field, isdn4k-utils +needs to be recompiled or (preferably) upgraded. + +NFS-utils +--------- + +In ancient (2.4 and earlier) kernels, the nfs server needed to know +about any client that expected to be able to access files via NFS. This +information would be given to the kernel by "mountd" when the client +mounted the filesystem, or by "exportfs" at system startup. exportfs +would take information about active clients from /var/lib/nfs/rmtab. + +This approach is quite fragile as it depends on rmtab being correct +which is not always easy, particularly when trying to implement +fail-over. Even when the system is working well, rmtab suffers from +getting lots of old entries that never get removed. + +With modern kernels we have the option of having the kernel tell mountd +when it gets a request from an unknown host, and mountd can give +appropriate export information to the kernel. This removes the +dependency on rmtab and means that the kernel only needs to know about +currently active clients. + +To enable this new functionality, you need to: + + mount -t nfsd nfsd /proc/fs/nfsd + +before running exportfs or mountd. It is recommended that all NFS +services be protected from the internet-at-large by a firewall where +that is possible. + +mcelog +------ + +On x86 kernels the mcelog utility is needed to process and log machine check +events when CONFIG_X86_MCE is enabled. Machine check events are errors reported +by the CPU. Processing them is strongly encouraged. + +Getting updated software +======================== + +Kernel compilation +****************** + +gcc +--- +o + +Make +---- +o + +Binutils +-------- +o + +System utilities +**************** + +Util-linux +---------- +o + +Ksymoops +-------- +o + +Module-Init-Tools +----------------- +o + +Mkinitrd +-------- +o + +E2fsprogs +--------- +o + +JFSutils +-------- +o + +Reiserfsprogs +------------- +o + +Xfsprogs +-------- +o + +Pcmciautils +----------- +o + +Quota-tools +---------- +o + +DocBook Stylesheets +------------------- +o + +XMLTO XSLT Frontend +------------------- +o + +Intel P6 microcode +------------------ +o + +udev +---- +o + +FUSE +---- +o + +mcelog +------ +o + +Networking +********** + +PPP +--- +o + +Isdn4k-utils +------------ +o + +NFS-utils +--------- +o + +Iptables +-------- +o + +Ip-route2 +--------- +o + +OProfile +-------- +o + +NFS-Utils +--------- +o + diff --git a/Documentation/CodeOfConflict b/Documentation/CodeOfConflict new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1684d0b4e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/CodeOfConflict @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +Code of Conflict +---------------- + +The Linux kernel development effort is a very personal process compared +to "traditional" ways of developing software. Your code and ideas +behind it will be carefully reviewed, often resulting in critique and +criticism. The review will almost always require improvements to the +code before it can be included in the kernel. Know that this happens +because everyone involved wants to see the best possible solution for +the overall success of Linux. This development process has been proven +to create the most robust operating system kernel ever, and we do not +want to do anything to cause the quality of submission and eventual +result to ever decrease. + +If however, anyone feels personally abused, threatened, or otherwise +uncomfortable due to this process, that is not acceptable. If so, +please contact the Linux Foundation's Technical Advisory Board at +, or the individual members, and they +will work to resolve the issue to the best of their ability. For more +information on who is on the Technical Advisory Board and what their +role is, please see: + http://www.linuxfoundation.org/programs/advisory-councils/tab + +As a reviewer of code, please strive to keep things civil and focused on +the technical issues involved. We are all humans, and frustrations can +be high on both sides of the process. Try to keep in mind the immortal +words of Bill and Ted, "Be excellent to each other." diff --git a/Documentation/CodingStyle b/Documentation/CodingStyle new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f4b78eafd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/CodingStyle @@ -0,0 +1,948 @@ + + Linux kernel coding style + +This is a short document describing the preferred coding style for the +linux kernel. Coding style is very personal, and I won't _force_ my +views on anybody, but this is what goes for anything that I have to be +able to maintain, and I'd prefer it for most other things too. Please +at least consider the points made here. + +First off, I'd suggest printing out a copy of the GNU coding standards, +and NOT read it. Burn them, it's a great symbolic gesture. + +Anyway, here goes: + + + Chapter 1: Indentation + +Tabs are 8 characters, and thus indentations are also 8 characters. +There are heretic movements that try to make indentations 4 (or even 2!) +characters deep, and that is akin to trying to define the value of PI to +be 3. + +Rationale: The whole idea behind indentation is to clearly define where +a block of control starts and ends. Especially when you've been looking +at your screen for 20 straight hours, you'll find it a lot easier to see +how the indentation works if you have large indentations. + +Now, some people will claim that having 8-character indentations makes +the code move too far to the right, and makes it hard to read on a +80-character terminal screen. The answer to that is that if you need +more than 3 levels of indentation, you're screwed anyway, and should fix +your program. + +In short, 8-char indents make things easier to read, and have the added +benefit of warning you when you're nesting your functions too deep. +Heed that warning. + +The preferred way to ease multiple indentation levels in a switch statement is +to align the "switch" and its subordinate "case" labels in the same column +instead of "double-indenting" the "case" labels. E.g.: + + switch (suffix) { + case 'G': + case 'g': + mem <<= 30; + break; + case 'M': + case 'm': + mem <<= 20; + break; + case 'K': + case 'k': + mem <<= 10; + /* fall through */ + default: + break; + } + +Don't put multiple statements on a single line unless you have +something to hide: + + if (condition) do_this; + do_something_everytime; + +Don't put multiple assignments on a single line either. Kernel coding style +is super simple. Avoid tricky expressions. + +Outside of comments, documentation and except in Kconfig, spaces are never +used for indentation, and the above example is deliberately broken. + +Get a decent editor and don't leave whitespace at the end of lines. + + + Chapter 2: Breaking long lines and strings + +Coding style is all about readability and maintainability using commonly +available tools. + +The limit on the length of lines is 80 columns and this is a strongly +preferred limit. + +Statements longer than 80 columns will be broken into sensible chunks, unless +exceeding 80 columns significantly increases readability and does not hide +information. Descendants are always substantially shorter than the parent and +are placed substantially to the right. The same applies to function headers +with a long argument list. However, never break user-visible strings such as +printk messages, because that breaks the ability to grep for them. + + + Chapter 3: Placing Braces and Spaces + +The other issue that always comes up in C styling is the placement of +braces. Unlike the indent size, there are few technical reasons to +choose one placement strategy over the other, but the preferred way, as +shown to us by the prophets Kernighan and Ritchie, is to put the opening +brace last on the line, and put the closing brace first, thusly: + + if (x is true) { + we do y + } + +This applies to all non-function statement blocks (if, switch, for, +while, do). E.g.: + + switch (action) { + case KOBJ_ADD: + return "add"; + case KOBJ_REMOVE: + return "remove"; + case KOBJ_CHANGE: + return "change"; + default: + return NULL; + } + +However, there is one special case, namely functions: they have the +opening brace at the beginning of the next line, thus: + + int function(int x) + { + body of function + } + +Heretic people all over the world have claimed that this inconsistency +is ... well ... inconsistent, but all right-thinking people know that +(a) K&R are _right_ and (b) K&R are right. Besides, functions are +special anyway (you can't nest them in C). + +Note that the closing brace is empty on a line of its own, _except_ in +the cases where it is followed by a continuation of the same statement, +ie a "while" in a do-statement or an "else" in an if-statement, like +this: + + do { + body of do-loop + } while (condition); + +and + + if (x == y) { + .. + } else if (x > y) { + ... + } else { + .... + } + +Rationale: K&R. + +Also, note that this brace-placement also minimizes the number of empty +(or almost empty) lines, without any loss of readability. Thus, as the +supply of new-lines on your screen is not a renewable resource (think +25-line terminal screens here), you have more empty lines to put +comments on. + +Do not unnecessarily use braces where a single statement will do. + + if (condition) + action(); + +and + + if (condition) + do_this(); + else + do_that(); + +This does not apply if only one branch of a conditional statement is a single +statement; in the latter case use braces in both branches: + + if (condition) { + do_this(); + do_that(); + } else { + otherwise(); + } + + 3.1: Spaces + +Linux kernel style for use of spaces depends (mostly) on +function-versus-keyword usage. Use a space after (most) keywords. The +notable exceptions are sizeof, typeof, alignof, and __attribute__, which look +somewhat like functions (and are usually used with parentheses in Linux, +although they are not required in the language, as in: "sizeof info" after +"struct fileinfo info;" is declared). + +So use a space after these keywords: + + if, switch, case, for, do, while + +but not with sizeof, typeof, alignof, or __attribute__. E.g., + + s = sizeof(struct file); + +Do not add spaces around (inside) parenthesized expressions. This example is +*bad*: + + s = sizeof( struct file ); + +When declaring pointer data or a function that returns a pointer type, the +preferred use of '*' is adjacent to the data name or function name and not +adjacent to the type name. Examples: + + char *linux_banner; + unsigned long long memparse(char *ptr, char **retptr); + char *match_strdup(substring_t *s); + +Use one space around (on each side of) most binary and ternary operators, +such as any of these: + + = + - < > * / % | & ^ <= >= == != ? : + +but no space after unary operators: + + & * + - ~ ! sizeof typeof alignof __attribute__ defined + +no space before the postfix increment & decrement unary operators: + + ++ -- + +no space after the prefix increment & decrement unary operators: + + ++ -- + +and no space around the '.' and "->" structure member operators. + +Do not leave trailing whitespace at the ends of lines. Some editors with +"smart" indentation will insert whitespace at the beginning of new lines as +appropriate, so you can start typing the next line of code right away. +However, some such editors do not remove the whitespace if you end up not +putting a line of code there, such as if you leave a blank line. As a result, +you end up with lines containing trailing whitespace. + +Git will warn you about patches that introduce trailing whitespace, and can +optionally strip the trailing whitespace for you; however, if applying a series +of patches, this may make later patches in the series fail by changing their +context lines. + + + Chapter 4: Naming + +C is a Spartan language, and so should your naming be. Unlike Modula-2 +and Pascal programmers, C programmers do not use cute names like +ThisVariableIsATemporaryCounter. A C programmer would call that +variable "tmp", which is much easier to write, and not the least more +difficult to understand. + +HOWEVER, while mixed-case names are frowned upon, descriptive names for +global variables are a must. To call a global function "foo" is a +shooting offense. + +GLOBAL variables (to be used only if you _really_ need them) need to +have descriptive names, as do global functions. If you have a function +that counts the number of active users, you should call that +"count_active_users()" or similar, you should _not_ call it "cntusr()". + +Encoding the type of a function into the name (so-called Hungarian +notation) is brain damaged - the compiler knows the types anyway and can +check those, and it only confuses the programmer. No wonder MicroSoft +makes buggy programs. + +LOCAL variable names should be short, and to the point. If you have +some random integer loop counter, it should probably be called "i". +Calling it "loop_counter" is non-productive, if there is no chance of it +being mis-understood. Similarly, "tmp" can be just about any type of +variable that is used to hold a temporary value. + +If you are afraid to mix up your local variable names, you have another +problem, which is called the function-growth-hormone-imbalance syndrome. +See chapter 6 (Functions). + + + Chapter 5: Typedefs + +Please don't use things like "vps_t". +It's a _mistake_ to use typedef for structures and pointers. When you see a + + vps_t a; + +in the source, what does it mean? +In contrast, if it says + + struct virtual_container *a; + +you can actually tell what "a" is. + +Lots of people think that typedefs "help readability". Not so. They are +useful only for: + + (a) totally opaque objects (where the typedef is actively used to _hide_ + what the object is). + + Example: "pte_t" etc. opaque objects that you can only access using + the proper accessor functions. + + NOTE! Opaqueness and "accessor functions" are not good in themselves. + The reason we have them for things like pte_t etc. is that there + really is absolutely _zero_ portably accessible information there. + + (b) Clear integer types, where the abstraction _helps_ avoid confusion + whether it is "int" or "long". + + u8/u16/u32 are perfectly fine typedefs, although they fit into + category (d) better than here. + + NOTE! Again - there needs to be a _reason_ for this. If something is + "unsigned long", then there's no reason to do + + typedef unsigned long myflags_t; + + but if there is a clear reason for why it under certain circumstances + might be an "unsigned int" and under other configurations might be + "unsigned long", then by all means go ahead and use a typedef. + + (c) when you use sparse to literally create a _new_ type for + type-checking. + + (d) New types which are identical to standard C99 types, in certain + exceptional circumstances. + + Although it would only take a short amount of time for the eyes and + brain to become accustomed to the standard types like 'uint32_t', + some people object to their use anyway. + + Therefore, the Linux-specific 'u8/u16/u32/u64' types and their + signed equivalents which are identical to standard types are + permitted -- although they are not mandatory in new code of your + own. + + When editing existing code which already uses one or the other set + of types, you should conform to the existing choices in that code. + + (e) Types safe for use in userspace. + + In certain structures which are visible to userspace, we cannot + require C99 types and cannot use the 'u32' form above. Thus, we + use __u32 and similar types in all structures which are shared + with userspace. + +Maybe there are other cases too, but the rule should basically be to NEVER +EVER use a typedef unless you can clearly match one of those rules. + +In general, a pointer, or a struct that has elements that can reasonably +be directly accessed should _never_ be a typedef. + + + Chapter 6: Functions + +Functions should be short and sweet, and do just one thing. They should +fit on one or two screenfuls of text (the ISO/ANSI screen size is 80x24, +as we all know), and do one thing and do that well. + +The maximum length of a function is inversely proportional to the +complexity and indentation level of that function. So, if you have a +conceptually simple function that is just one long (but simple) +case-statement, where you have to do lots of small things for a lot of +different cases, it's OK to have a longer function. + +However, if you have a complex function, and you suspect that a +less-than-gifted first-year high-school student might not even +understand what the function is all about, you should adhere to the +maximum limits all the more closely. Use helper functions with +descriptive names (you can ask the compiler to in-line them if you think +it's performance-critical, and it will probably do a better job of it +than you would have done). + +Another measure of the function is the number of local variables. They +shouldn't exceed 5-10, or you're doing something wrong. Re-think the +function, and split it into smaller pieces. A human brain can +generally easily keep track of about 7 different things, anything more +and it gets confused. You know you're brilliant, but maybe you'd like +to understand what you did 2 weeks from now. + +In source files, separate functions with one blank line. If the function is +exported, the EXPORT* macro for it should follow immediately after the closing +function brace line. E.g.: + + int system_is_up(void) + { + return system_state == SYSTEM_RUNNING; + } + EXPORT_SYMBOL(system_is_up); + +In function prototypes, include parameter names with their data types. +Although this is not required by the C language, it is preferred in Linux +because it is a simple way to add valuable information for the reader. + + + Chapter 7: Centralized exiting of functions + +Albeit deprecated by some people, the equivalent of the goto statement is +used frequently by compilers in form of the unconditional jump instruction. + +The goto statement comes in handy when a function exits from multiple +locations and some common work such as cleanup has to be done. If there is no +cleanup needed then just return directly. + +Choose label names which say what the goto does or why the goto exists. An +example of a good name could be "out_buffer:" if the goto frees "buffer". Avoid +using GW-BASIC names like "err1:" and "err2:". Also don't name them after the +goto location like "err_kmalloc_failed:" + +The rationale for using gotos is: + +- unconditional statements are easier to understand and follow +- nesting is reduced +- errors by not updating individual exit points when making + modifications are prevented +- saves the compiler work to optimize redundant code away ;) + + int fun(int a) + { + int result = 0; + char *buffer; + + buffer = kmalloc(SIZE, GFP_KERNEL); + if (!buffer) + return -ENOMEM; + + if (condition1) { + while (loop1) { + ... + } + result = 1; + goto out_buffer; + } + ... + out_buffer: + kfree(buffer); + return result; + } + +A common type of bug to be aware of it "one err bugs" which look like this: + + err: + kfree(foo->bar); + kfree(foo); + return ret; + +The bug in this code is that on some exit paths "foo" is NULL. Normally the +fix for this is to split it up into two error labels "err_bar:" and "err_foo:". + + + Chapter 8: Commenting + +Comments are good, but there is also a danger of over-commenting. NEVER +try to explain HOW your code works in a comment: it's much better to +write the code so that the _working_ is obvious, and it's a waste of +time to explain badly written code. + +Generally, you want your comments to tell WHAT your code does, not HOW. +Also, try to avoid putting comments inside a function body: if the +function is so complex that you need to separately comment parts of it, +you should probably go back to chapter 6 for a while. You can make +small comments to note or warn about something particularly clever (or +ugly), but try to avoid excess. Instead, put the comments at the head +of the function, telling people what it does, and possibly WHY it does +it. + +When commenting the kernel API functions, please use the kernel-doc format. +See the files Documentation/kernel-doc-nano-HOWTO.txt and scripts/kernel-doc +for details. + +Linux style for comments is the C89 "/* ... */" style. +Don't use C99-style "// ..." comments. + +The preferred style for long (multi-line) comments is: + + /* + * This is the preferred style for multi-line + * comments in the Linux kernel source code. + * Please use it consistently. + * + * Description: A column of asterisks on the left side, + * with beginning and ending almost-blank lines. + */ + +For files in net/ and drivers/net/ the preferred style for long (multi-line) +comments is a little different. + + /* The preferred comment style for files in net/ and drivers/net + * looks like this. + * + * It is nearly the same as the generally preferred comment style, + * but there is no initial almost-blank line. + */ + +It's also important to comment data, whether they are basic types or derived +types. To this end, use just one data declaration per line (no commas for +multiple data declarations). This leaves you room for a small comment on each +item, explaining its use. + + + Chapter 9: You've made a mess of it + +That's OK, we all do. You've probably been told by your long-time Unix +user helper that "GNU emacs" automatically formats the C sources for +you, and you've noticed that yes, it does do that, but the defaults it +uses are less than desirable (in fact, they are worse than random +typing - an infinite number of monkeys typing into GNU emacs would never +make a good program). + +So, you can either get rid of GNU emacs, or change it to use saner +values. To do the latter, you can stick the following in your .emacs file: + +(defun c-lineup-arglist-tabs-only (ignored) + "Line up argument lists by tabs, not spaces" + (let* ((anchor (c-langelem-pos c-syntactic-element)) + (column (c-langelem-2nd-pos c-syntactic-element)) + (offset (- (1+ column) anchor)) + (steps (floor offset c-basic-offset))) + (* (max steps 1) + c-basic-offset))) + +(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook + (lambda () + ;; Add kernel style + (c-add-style + "linux-tabs-only" + '("linux" (c-offsets-alist + (arglist-cont-nonempty + c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg + c-lineup-arglist-tabs-only)))))) + +(add-hook 'c-mode-hook + (lambda () + (let ((filename (buffer-file-name))) + ;; Enable kernel mode for the appropriate files + (when (and filename + (string-match (expand-file-name "~/src/linux-trees") + filename)) + (setq indent-tabs-mode t) + (setq show-trailing-whitespace t) + (c-set-style "linux-tabs-only"))))) + +This will make emacs go better with the kernel coding style for C +files below ~/src/linux-trees. + +But even if you fail in getting emacs to do sane formatting, not +everything is lost: use "indent". + +Now, again, GNU indent has the same brain-dead settings that GNU emacs +has, which is why you need to give it a few command line options. +However, that's not too bad, because even the makers of GNU indent +recognize the authority of K&R (the GNU people aren't evil, they are +just severely misguided in this matter), so you just give indent the +options "-kr -i8" (stands for "K&R, 8 character indents"), or use +"scripts/Lindent", which indents in the latest style. + +"indent" has a lot of options, and especially when it comes to comment +re-formatting you may want to take a look at the man page. But +remember: "indent" is not a fix for bad programming. + + + Chapter 10: Kconfig configuration files + +For all of the Kconfig* configuration files throughout the source tree, +the indentation is somewhat different. Lines under a "config" definition +are indented with one tab, while help text is indented an additional two +spaces. Example: + +config AUDIT + bool "Auditing support" + depends on NET + help + Enable auditing infrastructure that can be used with another + kernel subsystem, such as SELinux (which requires this for + logging of avc messages output). Does not do system-call + auditing without CONFIG_AUDITSYSCALL. + +Seriously dangerous features (such as write support for certain +filesystems) should advertise this prominently in their prompt string: + +config ADFS_FS_RW + bool "ADFS write support (DANGEROUS)" + depends on ADFS_FS + ... + +For full documentation on the configuration files, see the file +Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt. + + + Chapter 11: Data structures + +Data structures that have visibility outside the single-threaded +environment they are created and destroyed in should always have +reference counts. In the kernel, garbage collection doesn't exist (and +outside the kernel garbage collection is slow and inefficient), which +means that you absolutely _have_ to reference count all your uses. + +Reference counting means that you can avoid locking, and allows multiple +users to have access to the data structure in parallel - and not having +to worry about the structure suddenly going away from under them just +because they slept or did something else for a while. + +Note that locking is _not_ a replacement for reference counting. +Locking is used to keep data structures coherent, while reference +counting is a memory management technique. Usually both are needed, and +they are not to be confused with each other. + +Many data structures can indeed have two levels of reference counting, +when there are users of different "classes". The subclass count counts +the number of subclass users, and decrements the global count just once +when the subclass count goes to zero. + +Examples of this kind of "multi-level-reference-counting" can be found in +memory management ("struct mm_struct": mm_users and mm_count), and in +filesystem code ("struct super_block": s_count and s_active). + +Remember: if another thread can find your data structure, and you don't +have a reference count on it, you almost certainly have a bug. + + + Chapter 12: Macros, Enums and RTL + +Names of macros defining constants and labels in enums are capitalized. + + #define CONSTANT 0x12345 + +Enums are preferred when defining several related constants. + +CAPITALIZED macro names are appreciated but macros resembling functions +may be named in lower case. + +Generally, inline functions are preferable to macros resembling functions. + +Macros with multiple statements should be enclosed in a do - while block: + + #define macrofun(a, b, c) \ + do { \ + if (a == 5) \ + do_this(b, c); \ + } while (0) + +Things to avoid when using macros: + +1) macros that affect control flow: + + #define FOO(x) \ + do { \ + if (blah(x) < 0) \ + return -EBUGGERED; \ + } while(0) + +is a _very_ bad idea. It looks like a function call but exits the "calling" +function; don't break the internal parsers of those who will read the code. + +2) macros that depend on having a local variable with a magic name: + + #define FOO(val) bar(index, val) + +might look like a good thing, but it's confusing as hell when one reads the +code and it's prone to breakage from seemingly innocent changes. + +3) macros with arguments that are used as l-values: FOO(x) = y; will +bite you if somebody e.g. turns FOO into an inline function. + +4) forgetting about precedence: macros defining constants using expressions +must enclose the expression in parentheses. Beware of similar issues with +macros using parameters. + + #define CONSTANT 0x4000 + #define CONSTEXP (CONSTANT | 3) + +5) namespace collisions when defining local variables in macros resembling +functions: + +#define FOO(x) \ +({ \ + typeof(x) ret; \ + ret = calc_ret(x); \ + (ret); \ +)} + +ret is a common name for a local variable - __foo_ret is less likely +to collide with an existing variable. + +The cpp manual deals with macros exhaustively. The gcc internals manual also +covers RTL which is used frequently with assembly language in the kernel. + + + Chapter 13: Printing kernel messages + +Kernel developers like to be seen as literate. Do mind the spelling +of kernel messages to make a good impression. Do not use crippled +words like "dont"; use "do not" or "don't" instead. Make the messages +concise, clear, and unambiguous. + +Kernel messages do not have to be terminated with a period. + +Printing numbers in parentheses (%d) adds no value and should be avoided. + +There are a number of driver model diagnostic macros in +which you should use to make sure messages are matched to the right device +and driver, and are tagged with the right level: dev_err(), dev_warn(), +dev_info(), and so forth. For messages that aren't associated with a +particular device, defines pr_notice(), pr_info(), +pr_warn(), pr_err(), etc. + +Coming up with good debugging messages can be quite a challenge; and once +you have them, they can be a huge help for remote troubleshooting. However +debug message printing is handled differently than printing other non-debug +messages. While the other pr_XXX() functions print unconditionally, +pr_debug() does not; it is compiled out by default, unless either DEBUG is +defined or CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG is set. That is true for dev_dbg() also, +and a related convention uses VERBOSE_DEBUG to add dev_vdbg() messages to +the ones already enabled by DEBUG. + +Many subsystems have Kconfig debug options to turn on -DDEBUG in the +corresponding Makefile; in other cases specific files #define DEBUG. And +when a debug message should be unconditionally printed, such as if it is +already inside a debug-related #ifdef section, printk(KERN_DEBUG ...) can be +used. + + + Chapter 14: Allocating memory + +The kernel provides the following general purpose memory allocators: +kmalloc(), kzalloc(), kmalloc_array(), kcalloc(), vmalloc(), and +vzalloc(). Please refer to the API documentation for further information +about them. + +The preferred form for passing a size of a struct is the following: + + p = kmalloc(sizeof(*p), ...); + +The alternative form where struct name is spelled out hurts readability and +introduces an opportunity for a bug when the pointer variable type is changed +but the corresponding sizeof that is passed to a memory allocator is not. + +Casting the return value which is a void pointer is redundant. The conversion +from void pointer to any other pointer type is guaranteed by the C programming +language. + +The preferred form for allocating an array is the following: + + p = kmalloc_array(n, sizeof(...), ...); + +The preferred form for allocating a zeroed array is the following: + + p = kcalloc(n, sizeof(...), ...); + +Both forms check for overflow on the allocation size n * sizeof(...), +and return NULL if that occurred. + + + Chapter 15: The inline disease + +There appears to be a common misperception that gcc has a magic "make me +faster" speedup option called "inline". While the use of inlines can be +appropriate (for example as a means of replacing macros, see Chapter 12), it +very often is not. Abundant use of the inline keyword leads to a much bigger +kernel, which in turn slows the system as a whole down, due to a bigger +icache footprint for the CPU and simply because there is less memory +available for the pagecache. Just think about it; a pagecache miss causes a +disk seek, which easily takes 5 milliseconds. There are a LOT of cpu cycles +that can go into these 5 milliseconds. + +A reasonable rule of thumb is to not put inline at functions that have more +than 3 lines of code in them. An exception to this rule are the cases where +a parameter is known to be a compiletime constant, and as a result of this +constantness you *know* the compiler will be able to optimize most of your +function away at compile time. For a good example of this later case, see +the kmalloc() inline function. + +Often people argue that adding inline to functions that are static and used +only once is always a win since there is no space tradeoff. While this is +technically correct, gcc is capable of inlining these automatically without +help, and the maintenance issue of removing the inline when a second user +appears outweighs the potential value of the hint that tells gcc to do +something it would have done anyway. + + + Chapter 16: Function return values and names + +Functions can return values of many different kinds, and one of the +most common is a value indicating whether the function succeeded or +failed. Such a value can be represented as an error-code integer +(-Exxx = failure, 0 = success) or a "succeeded" boolean (0 = failure, +non-zero = success). + +Mixing up these two sorts of representations is a fertile source of +difficult-to-find bugs. If the C language included a strong distinction +between integers and booleans then the compiler would find these mistakes +for us... but it doesn't. To help prevent such bugs, always follow this +convention: + + If the name of a function is an action or an imperative command, + the function should return an error-code integer. If the name + is a predicate, the function should return a "succeeded" boolean. + +For example, "add work" is a command, and the add_work() function returns 0 +for success or -EBUSY for failure. In the same way, "PCI device present" is +a predicate, and the pci_dev_present() function returns 1 if it succeeds in +finding a matching device or 0 if it doesn't. + +All EXPORTed functions must respect this convention, and so should all +public functions. Private (static) functions need not, but it is +recommended that they do. + +Functions whose return value is the actual result of a computation, rather +than an indication of whether the computation succeeded, are not subject to +this rule. Generally they indicate failure by returning some out-of-range +result. Typical examples would be functions that return pointers; they use +NULL or the ERR_PTR mechanism to report failure. + + + Chapter 17: Don't re-invent the kernel macros + +The header file include/linux/kernel.h contains a number of macros that +you should use, rather than explicitly coding some variant of them yourself. +For example, if you need to calculate the length of an array, take advantage +of the macro + + #define ARRAY_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof((x)[0])) + +Similarly, if you need to calculate the size of some structure member, use + + #define FIELD_SIZEOF(t, f) (sizeof(((t*)0)->f)) + +There are also min() and max() macros that do strict type checking if you +need them. Feel free to peruse that header file to see what else is already +defined that you shouldn't reproduce in your code. + + + Chapter 18: Editor modelines and other cruft + +Some editors can interpret configuration information embedded in source files, +indicated with special markers. For example, emacs interprets lines marked +like this: + + -*- mode: c -*- + +Or like this: + + /* + Local Variables: + compile-command: "gcc -DMAGIC_DEBUG_FLAG foo.c" + End: + */ + +Vim interprets markers that look like this: + + /* vim:set sw=8 noet */ + +Do not include any of these in source files. People have their own personal +editor configurations, and your source files should not override them. This +includes markers for indentation and mode configuration. People may use their +own custom mode, or may have some other magic method for making indentation +work correctly. + + + Chapter 19: Inline assembly + +In architecture-specific code, you may need to use inline assembly to interface +with CPU or platform functionality. Don't hesitate to do so when necessary. +However, don't use inline assembly gratuitously when C can do the job. You can +and should poke hardware from C when possible. + +Consider writing simple helper functions that wrap common bits of inline +assembly, rather than repeatedly writing them with slight variations. Remember +that inline assembly can use C parameters. + +Large, non-trivial assembly functions should go in .S files, with corresponding +C prototypes defined in C header files. The C prototypes for assembly +functions should use "asmlinkage". + +You may need to mark your asm statement as volatile, to prevent GCC from +removing it if GCC doesn't notice any side effects. You don't always need to +do so, though, and doing so unnecessarily can limit optimization. + +When writing a single inline assembly statement containing multiple +instructions, put each instruction on a separate line in a separate quoted +string, and end each string except the last with \n\t to properly indent the +next instruction in the assembly output: + + asm ("magic %reg1, #42\n\t" + "more_magic %reg2, %reg3" + : /* outputs */ : /* inputs */ : /* clobbers */); + + + Chapter 20: Conditional Compilation + +Wherever possible, don't use preprocessor conditionals (#if, #ifdef) in .c +files; doing so makes code harder to read and logic harder to follow. Instead, +use such conditionals in a header file defining functions for use in those .c +files, providing no-op stub versions in the #else case, and then call those +functions unconditionally from .c files. The compiler will avoid generating +any code for the stub calls, producing identical results, but the logic will +remain easy to follow. + +Prefer to compile out entire functions, rather than portions of functions or +portions of expressions. Rather than putting an ifdef in an expression, factor +out part or all of the expression into a separate helper function and apply the +conditional to that function. + +If you have a function or variable which may potentially go unused in a +particular configuration, and the compiler would warn about its definition +going unused, mark the definition as __maybe_unused rather than wrapping it in +a preprocessor conditional. (However, if a function or variable *always* goes +unused, delete it.) + +Within code, where possible, use the IS_ENABLED macro to convert a Kconfig +symbol into a C boolean expression, and use it in a normal C conditional: + + if (IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_SOMETHING)) { + ... + } + +The compiler will constant-fold the conditional away, and include or exclude +the block of code just as with an #ifdef, so this will not add any runtime +overhead. However, this approach still allows the C compiler to see the code +inside the block, and check it for correctness (syntax, types, symbol +references, etc). Thus, you still have to use an #ifdef if the code inside the +block references symbols that will not exist if the condition is not met. + +At the end of any non-trivial #if or #ifdef block (more than a few lines), +place a comment after the #endif on the same line, noting the conditional +expression used. For instance: + + #ifdef CONFIG_SOMETHING + ... + #endif /* CONFIG_SOMETHING */ + + + Appendix I: References + +The C Programming Language, Second Edition +by Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie. +Prentice Hall, Inc., 1988. +ISBN 0-13-110362-8 (paperback), 0-13-110370-9 (hardback). +URL: http://cm.bell-labs.com/cm/cs/cbook/ + +The Practice of Programming +by Brian W. Kernighan and Rob Pike. +Addison-Wesley, Inc., 1999. +ISBN 0-201-61586-X. +URL: http://cm.bell-labs.com/cm/cs/tpop/ + +GNU manuals - where in compliance with K&R and this text - for cpp, gcc, +gcc internals and indent, all available from http://www.gnu.org/manual/ + +WG14 is the international standardization working group for the programming +language C, URL: http://www.open-std.org/JTC1/SC22/WG14/ + +Kernel CodingStyle, by greg@kroah.com at OLS 2002: +http://www.kroah.com/linux/talks/ols_2002_kernel_codingstyle_talk/html/ + diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aef8cc5a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt @@ -0,0 +1,974 @@ + Dynamic DMA mapping Guide + ========================= + + David S. Miller + Richard Henderson + Jakub Jelinek + +This is a guide to device driver writers on how to use the DMA API +with example pseudo-code. For a concise description of the API, see +DMA-API.txt. + + CPU and DMA addresses + +There are several kinds of addresses involved in the DMA API, and it's +important to understand the differences. + +The kernel normally uses virtual addresses. Any address returned by +kmalloc(), vmalloc(), and similar interfaces is a virtual address and can +be stored in a "void *". + +The virtual memory system (TLB, page tables, etc.) translates virtual +addresses to CPU physical addresses, which are stored as "phys_addr_t" or +"resource_size_t". The kernel manages device resources like registers as +physical addresses. These are the addresses in /proc/iomem. The physical +address is not directly useful to a driver; it must use ioremap() to map +the space and produce a virtual address. + +I/O devices use a third kind of address: a "bus address". If a device has +registers at an MMIO address, or if it performs DMA to read or write system +memory, the addresses used by the device are bus addresses. In some +systems, bus addresses are identical to CPU physical addresses, but in +general they are not. IOMMUs and host bridges can produce arbitrary +mappings between physical and bus addresses. + +From a device's point of view, DMA uses the bus address space, but it may +be restricted to a subset of that space. For example, even if a system +supports 64-bit addresses for main memory and PCI BARs, it may use an IOMMU +so devices only need to use 32-bit DMA addresses. + +Here's a picture and some examples: + + CPU CPU Bus + Virtual Physical Address + Address Address Space + Space Space + + +-------+ +------+ +------+ + | | |MMIO | Offset | | + | | Virtual |Space | applied | | + C +-------+ --------> B +------+ ----------> +------+ A + | | mapping | | by host | | + +-----+ | | | | bridge | | +--------+ + | | | | +------+ | | | | + | CPU | | | | RAM | | | | Device | + | | | | | | | | | | + +-----+ +-------+ +------+ +------+ +--------+ + | | Virtual |Buffer| Mapping | | + X +-------+ --------> Y +------+ <---------- +------+ Z + | | mapping | RAM | by IOMMU + | | | | + | | | | + +-------+ +------+ + +During the enumeration process, the kernel learns about I/O devices and +their MMIO space and the host bridges that connect them to the system. For +example, if a PCI device has a BAR, the kernel reads the bus address (A) +from the BAR and converts it to a CPU physical address (B). The address B +is stored in a struct resource and usually exposed via /proc/iomem. When a +driver claims a device, it typically uses ioremap() to map physical address +B at a virtual address (C). It can then use, e.g., ioread32(C), to access +the device registers at bus address A. + +If the device supports DMA, the driver sets up a buffer using kmalloc() or +a similar interface, which returns a virtual address (X). The virtual +memory system maps X to a physical address (Y) in system RAM. The driver +can use virtual address X to access the buffer, but the device itself +cannot because DMA doesn't go through the CPU virtual memory system. + +In some simple systems, the device can do DMA directly to physical address +Y. But in many others, there is IOMMU hardware that translates DMA +addresses to physical addresses, e.g., it translates Z to Y. This is part +of the reason for the DMA API: the driver can give a virtual address X to +an interface like dma_map_single(), which sets up any required IOMMU +mapping and returns the DMA address Z. The driver then tells the device to +do DMA to Z, and the IOMMU maps it to the buffer at address Y in system +RAM. + +So that Linux can use the dynamic DMA mapping, it needs some help from the +drivers, namely it has to take into account that DMA addresses should be +mapped only for the time they are actually used and unmapped after the DMA +transfer. + +The following API will work of course even on platforms where no such +hardware exists. + +Note that the DMA API works with any bus independent of the underlying +microprocessor architecture. You should use the DMA API rather than the +bus-specific DMA API, i.e., use the dma_map_*() interfaces rather than the +pci_map_*() interfaces. + +First of all, you should make sure + +#include + +is in your driver, which provides the definition of dma_addr_t. This type +can hold any valid DMA address for the platform and should be used +everywhere you hold a DMA address returned from the DMA mapping functions. + + What memory is DMA'able? + +The first piece of information you must know is what kernel memory can +be used with the DMA mapping facilities. There has been an unwritten +set of rules regarding this, and this text is an attempt to finally +write them down. + +If you acquired your memory via the page allocator +(i.e. __get_free_page*()) or the generic memory allocators +(i.e. kmalloc() or kmem_cache_alloc()) then you may DMA to/from +that memory using the addresses returned from those routines. + +This means specifically that you may _not_ use the memory/addresses +returned from vmalloc() for DMA. It is possible to DMA to the +_underlying_ memory mapped into a vmalloc() area, but this requires +walking page tables to get the physical addresses, and then +translating each of those pages back to a kernel address using +something like __va(). [ EDIT: Update this when we integrate +Gerd Knorr's generic code which does this. ] + +This rule also means that you may use neither kernel image addresses +(items in data/text/bss segments), nor module image addresses, nor +stack addresses for DMA. These could all be mapped somewhere entirely +different than the rest of physical memory. Even if those classes of +memory could physically work with DMA, you'd need to ensure the I/O +buffers were cacheline-aligned. Without that, you'd see cacheline +sharing problems (data corruption) on CPUs with DMA-incoherent caches. +(The CPU could write to one word, DMA would write to a different one +in the same cache line, and one of them could be overwritten.) + +Also, this means that you cannot take the return of a kmap() +call and DMA to/from that. This is similar to vmalloc(). + +What about block I/O and networking buffers? The block I/O and +networking subsystems make sure that the buffers they use are valid +for you to DMA from/to. + + DMA addressing limitations + +Does your device have any DMA addressing limitations? For example, is +your device only capable of driving the low order 24-bits of address? +If so, you need to inform the kernel of this fact. + +By default, the kernel assumes that your device can address the full +32-bits. For a 64-bit capable device, this needs to be increased. +And for a device with limitations, as discussed in the previous +paragraph, it needs to be decreased. + +Special note about PCI: PCI-X specification requires PCI-X devices to +support 64-bit addressing (DAC) for all transactions. And at least +one platform (SGI SN2) requires 64-bit consistent allocations to +operate correctly when the IO bus is in PCI-X mode. + +For correct operation, you must interrogate the kernel in your device +probe routine to see if the DMA controller on the machine can properly +support the DMA addressing limitation your device has. It is good +style to do this even if your device holds the default setting, +because this shows that you did think about these issues wrt. your +device. + +The query is performed via a call to dma_set_mask_and_coherent(): + + int dma_set_mask_and_coherent(struct device *dev, u64 mask); + +which will query the mask for both streaming and coherent APIs together. +If you have some special requirements, then the following two separate +queries can be used instead: + + The query for streaming mappings is performed via a call to + dma_set_mask(): + + int dma_set_mask(struct device *dev, u64 mask); + + The query for consistent allocations is performed via a call + to dma_set_coherent_mask(): + + int dma_set_coherent_mask(struct device *dev, u64 mask); + +Here, dev is a pointer to the device struct of your device, and mask +is a bit mask describing which bits of an address your device +supports. It returns zero if your card can perform DMA properly on +the machine given the address mask you provided. In general, the +device struct of your device is embedded in the bus-specific device +struct of your device. For example, &pdev->dev is a pointer to the +device struct of a PCI device (pdev is a pointer to the PCI device +struct of your device). + +If it returns non-zero, your device cannot perform DMA properly on +this platform, and attempting to do so will result in undefined +behavior. You must either use a different mask, or not use DMA. + +This means that in the failure case, you have three options: + +1) Use another DMA mask, if possible (see below). +2) Use some non-DMA mode for data transfer, if possible. +3) Ignore this device and do not initialize it. + +It is recommended that your driver print a kernel KERN_WARNING message +when you end up performing either #2 or #3. In this manner, if a user +of your driver reports that performance is bad or that the device is not +even detected, you can ask them for the kernel messages to find out +exactly why. + +The standard 32-bit addressing device would do something like this: + + if (dma_set_mask_and_coherent(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32))) { + dev_warn(dev, "mydev: No suitable DMA available\n"); + goto ignore_this_device; + } + +Another common scenario is a 64-bit capable device. The approach here +is to try for 64-bit addressing, but back down to a 32-bit mask that +should not fail. The kernel may fail the 64-bit mask not because the +platform is not capable of 64-bit addressing. Rather, it may fail in +this case simply because 32-bit addressing is done more efficiently +than 64-bit addressing. For example, Sparc64 PCI SAC addressing is +more efficient than DAC addressing. + +Here is how you would handle a 64-bit capable device which can drive +all 64-bits when accessing streaming DMA: + + int using_dac; + + if (!dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(64))) { + using_dac = 1; + } else if (!dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32))) { + using_dac = 0; + } else { + dev_warn(dev, "mydev: No suitable DMA available\n"); + goto ignore_this_device; + } + +If a card is capable of using 64-bit consistent allocations as well, +the case would look like this: + + int using_dac, consistent_using_dac; + + if (!dma_set_mask_and_coherent(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(64))) { + using_dac = 1; + consistent_using_dac = 1; + } else if (!dma_set_mask_and_coherent(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32))) { + using_dac = 0; + consistent_using_dac = 0; + } else { + dev_warn(dev, "mydev: No suitable DMA available\n"); + goto ignore_this_device; + } + +The coherent mask will always be able to set the same or a smaller mask as +the streaming mask. However for the rare case that a device driver only +uses consistent allocations, one would have to check the return value from +dma_set_coherent_mask(). + +Finally, if your device can only drive the low 24-bits of +address you might do something like: + + if (dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(24))) { + dev_warn(dev, "mydev: 24-bit DMA addressing not available\n"); + goto ignore_this_device; + } + +When dma_set_mask() or dma_set_mask_and_coherent() is successful, and +returns zero, the kernel saves away this mask you have provided. The +kernel will use this information later when you make DMA mappings. + +There is a case which we are aware of at this time, which is worth +mentioning in this documentation. If your device supports multiple +functions (for example a sound card provides playback and record +functions) and the various different functions have _different_ +DMA addressing limitations, you may wish to probe each mask and +only provide the functionality which the machine can handle. It +is important that the last call to dma_set_mask() be for the +most specific mask. + +Here is pseudo-code showing how this might be done: + + #define PLAYBACK_ADDRESS_BITS DMA_BIT_MASK(32) + #define RECORD_ADDRESS_BITS DMA_BIT_MASK(24) + + struct my_sound_card *card; + struct device *dev; + + ... + if (!dma_set_mask(dev, PLAYBACK_ADDRESS_BITS)) { + card->playback_enabled = 1; + } else { + card->playback_enabled = 0; + dev_warn(dev, "%s: Playback disabled due to DMA limitations\n", + card->name); + } + if (!dma_set_mask(dev, RECORD_ADDRESS_BITS)) { + card->record_enabled = 1; + } else { + card->record_enabled = 0; + dev_warn(dev, "%s: Record disabled due to DMA limitations\n", + card->name); + } + +A sound card was used as an example here because this genre of PCI +devices seems to be littered with ISA chips given a PCI front end, +and thus retaining the 16MB DMA addressing limitations of ISA. + + Types of DMA mappings + +There are two types of DMA mappings: + +- Consistent DMA mappings which are usually mapped at driver + initialization, unmapped at the end and for which the hardware should + guarantee that the device and the CPU can access the data + in parallel and will see updates made by each other without any + explicit software flushing. + + Think of "consistent" as "synchronous" or "coherent". + + The current default is to return consistent memory in the low 32 + bits of the DMA space. However, for future compatibility you should + set the consistent mask even if this default is fine for your + driver. + + Good examples of what to use consistent mappings for are: + + - Network card DMA ring descriptors. + - SCSI adapter mailbox command data structures. + - Device firmware microcode executed out of + main memory. + + The invariant these examples all require is that any CPU store + to memory is immediately visible to the device, and vice + versa. Consistent mappings guarantee this. + + IMPORTANT: Consistent DMA memory does not preclude the usage of + proper memory barriers. The CPU may reorder stores to + consistent memory just as it may normal memory. Example: + if it is important for the device to see the first word + of a descriptor updated before the second, you must do + something like: + + desc->word0 = address; + wmb(); + desc->word1 = DESC_VALID; + + in order to get correct behavior on all platforms. + + Also, on some platforms your driver may need to flush CPU write + buffers in much the same way as it needs to flush write buffers + found in PCI bridges (such as by reading a register's value + after writing it). + +- Streaming DMA mappings which are usually mapped for one DMA + transfer, unmapped right after it (unless you use dma_sync_* below) + and for which hardware can optimize for sequential accesses. + + This of "streaming" as "asynchronous" or "outside the coherency + domain". + + Good examples of what to use streaming mappings for are: + + - Networking buffers transmitted/received by a device. + - Filesystem buffers written/read by a SCSI device. + + The interfaces for using this type of mapping were designed in + such a way that an implementation can make whatever performance + optimizations the hardware allows. To this end, when using + such mappings you must be explicit about what you want to happen. + +Neither type of DMA mapping has alignment restrictions that come from +the underlying bus, although some devices may have such restrictions. +Also, systems with caches that aren't DMA-coherent will work better +when the underlying buffers don't share cache lines with other data. + + + Using Consistent DMA mappings. + +To allocate and map large (PAGE_SIZE or so) consistent DMA regions, +you should do: + + dma_addr_t dma_handle; + + cpu_addr = dma_alloc_coherent(dev, size, &dma_handle, gfp); + +where device is a struct device *. This may be called in interrupt +context with the GFP_ATOMIC flag. + +Size is the length of the region you want to allocate, in bytes. + +This routine will allocate RAM for that region, so it acts similarly to +__get_free_pages() (but takes size instead of a page order). If your +driver needs regions sized smaller than a page, you may prefer using +the dma_pool interface, described below. + +The consistent DMA mapping interfaces, for non-NULL dev, will by +default return a DMA address which is 32-bit addressable. Even if the +device indicates (via DMA mask) that it may address the upper 32-bits, +consistent allocation will only return > 32-bit addresses for DMA if +the consistent DMA mask has been explicitly changed via +dma_set_coherent_mask(). This is true of the dma_pool interface as +well. + +dma_alloc_coherent() returns two values: the virtual address which you +can use to access it from the CPU and dma_handle which you pass to the +card. + +The CPU virtual address and the DMA address are both +guaranteed to be aligned to the smallest PAGE_SIZE order which +is greater than or equal to the requested size. This invariant +exists (for example) to guarantee that if you allocate a chunk +which is smaller than or equal to 64 kilobytes, the extent of the +buffer you receive will not cross a 64K boundary. + +To unmap and free such a DMA region, you call: + + dma_free_coherent(dev, size, cpu_addr, dma_handle); + +where dev, size are the same as in the above call and cpu_addr and +dma_handle are the values dma_alloc_coherent() returned to you. +This function may not be called in interrupt context. + +If your driver needs lots of smaller memory regions, you can write +custom code to subdivide pages returned by dma_alloc_coherent(), +or you can use the dma_pool API to do that. A dma_pool is like +a kmem_cache, but it uses dma_alloc_coherent(), not __get_free_pages(). +Also, it understands common hardware constraints for alignment, +like queue heads needing to be aligned on N byte boundaries. + +Create a dma_pool like this: + + struct dma_pool *pool; + + pool = dma_pool_create(name, dev, size, align, boundary); + +The "name" is for diagnostics (like a kmem_cache name); dev and size +are as above. The device's hardware alignment requirement for this +type of data is "align" (which is expressed in bytes, and must be a +power of two). If your device has no boundary crossing restrictions, +pass 0 for boundary; passing 4096 says memory allocated from this pool +must not cross 4KByte boundaries (but at that time it may be better to +use dma_alloc_coherent() directly instead). + +Allocate memory from a DMA pool like this: + + cpu_addr = dma_pool_alloc(pool, flags, &dma_handle); + +flags are GFP_KERNEL if blocking is permitted (not in_interrupt nor +holding SMP locks), GFP_ATOMIC otherwise. Like dma_alloc_coherent(), +this returns two values, cpu_addr and dma_handle. + +Free memory that was allocated from a dma_pool like this: + + dma_pool_free(pool, cpu_addr, dma_handle); + +where pool is what you passed to dma_pool_alloc(), and cpu_addr and +dma_handle are the values dma_pool_alloc() returned. This function +may be called in interrupt context. + +Destroy a dma_pool by calling: + + dma_pool_destroy(pool); + +Make sure you've called dma_pool_free() for all memory allocated +from a pool before you destroy the pool. This function may not +be called in interrupt context. + + DMA Direction + +The interfaces described in subsequent portions of this document +take a DMA direction argument, which is an integer and takes on +one of the following values: + + DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL + DMA_TO_DEVICE + DMA_FROM_DEVICE + DMA_NONE + +You should provide the exact DMA direction if you know it. + +DMA_TO_DEVICE means "from main memory to the device" +DMA_FROM_DEVICE means "from the device to main memory" +It is the direction in which the data moves during the DMA +transfer. + +You are _strongly_ encouraged to specify this as precisely +as you possibly can. + +If you absolutely cannot know the direction of the DMA transfer, +specify DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL. It means that the DMA can go in +either direction. The platform guarantees that you may legally +specify this, and that it will work, but this may be at the +cost of performance for example. + +The value DMA_NONE is to be used for debugging. One can +hold this in a data structure before you come to know the +precise direction, and this will help catch cases where your +direction tracking logic has failed to set things up properly. + +Another advantage of specifying this value precisely (outside of +potential platform-specific optimizations of such) is for debugging. +Some platforms actually have a write permission boolean which DMA +mappings can be marked with, much like page protections in the user +program address space. Such platforms can and do report errors in the +kernel logs when the DMA controller hardware detects violation of the +permission setting. + +Only streaming mappings specify a direction, consistent mappings +implicitly have a direction attribute setting of +DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL. + +The SCSI subsystem tells you the direction to use in the +'sc_data_direction' member of the SCSI command your driver is +working on. + +For Networking drivers, it's a rather simple affair. For transmit +packets, map/unmap them with the DMA_TO_DEVICE direction +specifier. For receive packets, just the opposite, map/unmap them +with the DMA_FROM_DEVICE direction specifier. + + Using Streaming DMA mappings + +The streaming DMA mapping routines can be called from interrupt +context. There are two versions of each map/unmap, one which will +map/unmap a single memory region, and one which will map/unmap a +scatterlist. + +To map a single region, you do: + + struct device *dev = &my_dev->dev; + dma_addr_t dma_handle; + void *addr = buffer->ptr; + size_t size = buffer->len; + + dma_handle = dma_map_single(dev, addr, size, direction); + if (dma_mapping_error(dev, dma_handle)) { + /* + * reduce current DMA mapping usage, + * delay and try again later or + * reset driver. + */ + goto map_error_handling; + } + +and to unmap it: + + dma_unmap_single(dev, dma_handle, size, direction); + +You should call dma_mapping_error() as dma_map_single() could fail and return +error. Not all DMA implementations support the dma_mapping_error() interface. +However, it is a good practice to call dma_mapping_error() interface, which +will invoke the generic mapping error check interface. Doing so will ensure +that the mapping code will work correctly on all DMA implementations without +any dependency on the specifics of the underlying implementation. Using the +returned address without checking for errors could result in failures ranging +from panics to silent data corruption. A couple of examples of incorrect ways +to check for errors that make assumptions about the underlying DMA +implementation are as follows and these are applicable to dma_map_page() as +well. + +Incorrect example 1: + dma_addr_t dma_handle; + + dma_handle = dma_map_single(dev, addr, size, direction); + if ((dma_handle & 0xffff != 0) || (dma_handle >= 0x1000000)) { + goto map_error; + } + +Incorrect example 2: + dma_addr_t dma_handle; + + dma_handle = dma_map_single(dev, addr, size, direction); + if (dma_handle == DMA_ERROR_CODE) { + goto map_error; + } + +You should call dma_unmap_single() when the DMA activity is finished, e.g., +from the interrupt which told you that the DMA transfer is done. + +Using CPU pointers like this for single mappings has a disadvantage: +you cannot reference HIGHMEM memory in this way. Thus, there is a +map/unmap interface pair akin to dma_{map,unmap}_single(). These +interfaces deal with page/offset pairs instead of CPU pointers. +Specifically: + + struct device *dev = &my_dev->dev; + dma_addr_t dma_handle; + struct page *page = buffer->page; + unsigned long offset = buffer->offset; + size_t size = buffer->len; + + dma_handle = dma_map_page(dev, page, offset, size, direction); + if (dma_mapping_error(dev, dma_handle)) { + /* + * reduce current DMA mapping usage, + * delay and try again later or + * reset driver. + */ + goto map_error_handling; + } + + ... + + dma_unmap_page(dev, dma_handle, size, direction); + +Here, "offset" means byte offset within the given page. + +You should call dma_mapping_error() as dma_map_page() could fail and return +error as outlined under the dma_map_single() discussion. + +You should call dma_unmap_page() when the DMA activity is finished, e.g., +from the interrupt which told you that the DMA transfer is done. + +With scatterlists, you map a region gathered from several regions by: + + int i, count = dma_map_sg(dev, sglist, nents, direction); + struct scatterlist *sg; + + for_each_sg(sglist, sg, count, i) { + hw_address[i] = sg_dma_address(sg); + hw_len[i] = sg_dma_len(sg); + } + +where nents is the number of entries in the sglist. + +The implementation is free to merge several consecutive sglist entries +into one (e.g. if DMA mapping is done with PAGE_SIZE granularity, any +consecutive sglist entries can be merged into one provided the first one +ends and the second one starts on a page boundary - in fact this is a huge +advantage for cards which either cannot do scatter-gather or have very +limited number of scatter-gather entries) and returns the actual number +of sg entries it mapped them to. On failure 0 is returned. + +Then you should loop count times (note: this can be less than nents times) +and use sg_dma_address() and sg_dma_len() macros where you previously +accessed sg->address and sg->length as shown above. + +To unmap a scatterlist, just call: + + dma_unmap_sg(dev, sglist, nents, direction); + +Again, make sure DMA activity has already finished. + +PLEASE NOTE: The 'nents' argument to the dma_unmap_sg call must be + the _same_ one you passed into the dma_map_sg call, + it should _NOT_ be the 'count' value _returned_ from the + dma_map_sg call. + +Every dma_map_{single,sg}() call should have its dma_unmap_{single,sg}() +counterpart, because the DMA address space is a shared resource and +you could render the machine unusable by consuming all DMA addresses. + +If you need to use the same streaming DMA region multiple times and touch +the data in between the DMA transfers, the buffer needs to be synced +properly in order for the CPU and device to see the most up-to-date and +correct copy of the DMA buffer. + +So, firstly, just map it with dma_map_{single,sg}(), and after each DMA +transfer call either: + + dma_sync_single_for_cpu(dev, dma_handle, size, direction); + +or: + + dma_sync_sg_for_cpu(dev, sglist, nents, direction); + +as appropriate. + +Then, if you wish to let the device get at the DMA area again, +finish accessing the data with the CPU, and then before actually +giving the buffer to the hardware call either: + + dma_sync_single_for_device(dev, dma_handle, size, direction); + +or: + + dma_sync_sg_for_device(dev, sglist, nents, direction); + +as appropriate. + +After the last DMA transfer call one of the DMA unmap routines +dma_unmap_{single,sg}(). If you don't touch the data from the first +dma_map_*() call till dma_unmap_*(), then you don't have to call the +dma_sync_*() routines at all. + +Here is pseudo code which shows a situation in which you would need +to use the dma_sync_*() interfaces. + + my_card_setup_receive_buffer(struct my_card *cp, char *buffer, int len) + { + dma_addr_t mapping; + + mapping = dma_map_single(cp->dev, buffer, len, DMA_FROM_DEVICE); + if (dma_mapping_error(cp->dev, dma_handle)) { + /* + * reduce current DMA mapping usage, + * delay and try again later or + * reset driver. + */ + goto map_error_handling; + } + + cp->rx_buf = buffer; + cp->rx_len = len; + cp->rx_dma = mapping; + + give_rx_buf_to_card(cp); + } + + ... + + my_card_interrupt_handler(int irq, void *devid, struct pt_regs *regs) + { + struct my_card *cp = devid; + + ... + if (read_card_status(cp) == RX_BUF_TRANSFERRED) { + struct my_card_header *hp; + + /* Examine the header to see if we wish + * to accept the data. But synchronize + * the DMA transfer with the CPU first + * so that we see updated contents. + */ + dma_sync_single_for_cpu(&cp->dev, cp->rx_dma, + cp->rx_len, + DMA_FROM_DEVICE); + + /* Now it is safe to examine the buffer. */ + hp = (struct my_card_header *) cp->rx_buf; + if (header_is_ok(hp)) { + dma_unmap_single(&cp->dev, cp->rx_dma, cp->rx_len, + DMA_FROM_DEVICE); + pass_to_upper_layers(cp->rx_buf); + make_and_setup_new_rx_buf(cp); + } else { + /* CPU should not write to + * DMA_FROM_DEVICE-mapped area, + * so dma_sync_single_for_device() is + * not needed here. It would be required + * for DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL mapping if + * the memory was modified. + */ + give_rx_buf_to_card(cp); + } + } + } + +Drivers converted fully to this interface should not use virt_to_bus() any +longer, nor should they use bus_to_virt(). Some drivers have to be changed a +little bit, because there is no longer an equivalent to bus_to_virt() in the +dynamic DMA mapping scheme - you have to always store the DMA addresses +returned by the dma_alloc_coherent(), dma_pool_alloc(), and dma_map_single() +calls (dma_map_sg() stores them in the scatterlist itself if the platform +supports dynamic DMA mapping in hardware) in your driver structures and/or +in the card registers. + +All drivers should be using these interfaces with no exceptions. It +is planned to completely remove virt_to_bus() and bus_to_virt() as +they are entirely deprecated. Some ports already do not provide these +as it is impossible to correctly support them. + + Handling Errors + +DMA address space is limited on some architectures and an allocation +failure can be determined by: + +- checking if dma_alloc_coherent() returns NULL or dma_map_sg returns 0 + +- checking the dma_addr_t returned from dma_map_single() and dma_map_page() + by using dma_mapping_error(): + + dma_addr_t dma_handle; + + dma_handle = dma_map_single(dev, addr, size, direction); + if (dma_mapping_error(dev, dma_handle)) { + /* + * reduce current DMA mapping usage, + * delay and try again later or + * reset driver. + */ + goto map_error_handling; + } + +- unmap pages that are already mapped, when mapping error occurs in the middle + of a multiple page mapping attempt. These example are applicable to + dma_map_page() as well. + +Example 1: + dma_addr_t dma_handle1; + dma_addr_t dma_handle2; + + dma_handle1 = dma_map_single(dev, addr, size, direction); + if (dma_mapping_error(dev, dma_handle1)) { + /* + * reduce current DMA mapping usage, + * delay and try again later or + * reset driver. + */ + goto map_error_handling1; + } + dma_handle2 = dma_map_single(dev, addr, size, direction); + if (dma_mapping_error(dev, dma_handle2)) { + /* + * reduce current DMA mapping usage, + * delay and try again later or + * reset driver. + */ + goto map_error_handling2; + } + + ... + + map_error_handling2: + dma_unmap_single(dma_handle1); + map_error_handling1: + +Example 2: (if buffers are allocated in a loop, unmap all mapped buffers when + mapping error is detected in the middle) + + dma_addr_t dma_addr; + dma_addr_t array[DMA_BUFFERS]; + int save_index = 0; + + for (i = 0; i < DMA_BUFFERS; i++) { + + ... + + dma_addr = dma_map_single(dev, addr, size, direction); + if (dma_mapping_error(dev, dma_addr)) { + /* + * reduce current DMA mapping usage, + * delay and try again later or + * reset driver. + */ + goto map_error_handling; + } + array[i].dma_addr = dma_addr; + save_index++; + } + + ... + + map_error_handling: + + for (i = 0; i < save_index; i++) { + + ... + + dma_unmap_single(array[i].dma_addr); + } + +Networking drivers must call dev_kfree_skb() to free the socket buffer +and return NETDEV_TX_OK if the DMA mapping fails on the transmit hook +(ndo_start_xmit). This means that the socket buffer is just dropped in +the failure case. + +SCSI drivers must return SCSI_MLQUEUE_HOST_BUSY if the DMA mapping +fails in the queuecommand hook. This means that the SCSI subsystem +passes the command to the driver again later. + + Optimizing Unmap State Space Consumption + +On many platforms, dma_unmap_{single,page}() is simply a nop. +Therefore, keeping track of the mapping address and length is a waste +of space. Instead of filling your drivers up with ifdefs and the like +to "work around" this (which would defeat the whole purpose of a +portable API) the following facilities are provided. + +Actually, instead of describing the macros one by one, we'll +transform some example code. + +1) Use DEFINE_DMA_UNMAP_{ADDR,LEN} in state saving structures. + Example, before: + + struct ring_state { + struct sk_buff *skb; + dma_addr_t mapping; + __u32 len; + }; + + after: + + struct ring_state { + struct sk_buff *skb; + DEFINE_DMA_UNMAP_ADDR(mapping); + DEFINE_DMA_UNMAP_LEN(len); + }; + +2) Use dma_unmap_{addr,len}_set() to set these values. + Example, before: + + ringp->mapping = FOO; + ringp->len = BAR; + + after: + + dma_unmap_addr_set(ringp, mapping, FOO); + dma_unmap_len_set(ringp, len, BAR); + +3) Use dma_unmap_{addr,len}() to access these values. + Example, before: + + dma_unmap_single(dev, ringp->mapping, ringp->len, + DMA_FROM_DEVICE); + + after: + + dma_unmap_single(dev, + dma_unmap_addr(ringp, mapping), + dma_unmap_len(ringp, len), + DMA_FROM_DEVICE); + +It really should be self-explanatory. We treat the ADDR and LEN +separately, because it is possible for an implementation to only +need the address in order to perform the unmap operation. + + Platform Issues + +If you are just writing drivers for Linux and do not maintain +an architecture port for the kernel, you can safely skip down +to "Closing". + +1) Struct scatterlist requirements. + + Don't invent the architecture specific struct scatterlist; just use + . You need to enable + CONFIG_NEED_SG_DMA_LENGTH if the architecture supports IOMMUs + (including software IOMMU). + +2) ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN + + Architectures must ensure that kmalloc'ed buffer is + DMA-safe. Drivers and subsystems depend on it. If an architecture + isn't fully DMA-coherent (i.e. hardware doesn't ensure that data in + the CPU cache is identical to data in main memory), + ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN must be set so that the memory allocator + makes sure that kmalloc'ed buffer doesn't share a cache line with + the others. See arch/arm/include/asm/cache.h as an example. + + Note that ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN is about DMA memory alignment + constraints. You don't need to worry about the architecture data + alignment constraints (e.g. the alignment constraints about 64-bit + objects). + +3) Supporting multiple types of IOMMUs + + If your architecture needs to support multiple types of IOMMUs, you + can use include/linux/asm-generic/dma-mapping-common.h. It's a + library to support the DMA API with multiple types of IOMMUs. Lots + of architectures (x86, powerpc, sh, alpha, ia64, microblaze and + sparc) use it. Choose one to see how it can be used. If you need to + support multiple types of IOMMUs in a single system, the example of + x86 or powerpc helps. + + Closing + +This document, and the API itself, would not be in its current +form without the feedback and suggestions from numerous individuals. +We would like to specifically mention, in no particular order, the +following people: + + Russell King + Leo Dagum + Ralf Baechle + Grant Grundler + Jay Estabrook + Thomas Sailer + Andrea Arcangeli + Jens Axboe + David Mosberger-Tang diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-API.txt b/Documentation/DMA-API.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7eba542ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DMA-API.txt @@ -0,0 +1,704 @@ + Dynamic DMA mapping using the generic device + ============================================ + + James E.J. Bottomley + +This document describes the DMA API. For a more gentle introduction +of the API (and actual examples), see Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt. + +This API is split into two pieces. Part I describes the basic API. +Part II describes extensions for supporting non-consistent memory +machines. Unless you know that your driver absolutely has to support +non-consistent platforms (this is usually only legacy platforms) you +should only use the API described in part I. + +Part I - dma_ API +------------------------------------- + +To get the dma_ API, you must #include . This +provides dma_addr_t and the interfaces described below. + +A dma_addr_t can hold any valid DMA address for the platform. It can be +given to a device to use as a DMA source or target. A CPU cannot reference +a dma_addr_t directly because there may be translation between its physical +address space and the DMA address space. + +Part Ia - Using large DMA-coherent buffers +------------------------------------------ + +void * +dma_alloc_coherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, + dma_addr_t *dma_handle, gfp_t flag) + +Consistent memory is memory for which a write by either the device or +the processor can immediately be read by the processor or device +without having to worry about caching effects. (You may however need +to make sure to flush the processor's write buffers before telling +devices to read that memory.) + +This routine allocates a region of bytes of consistent memory. + +It returns a pointer to the allocated region (in the processor's virtual +address space) or NULL if the allocation failed. + +It also returns a which may be cast to an unsigned integer the +same width as the bus and given to the device as the DMA address base of +the region. + +Note: consistent memory can be expensive on some platforms, and the +minimum allocation length may be as big as a page, so you should +consolidate your requests for consistent memory as much as possible. +The simplest way to do that is to use the dma_pool calls (see below). + +The flag parameter (dma_alloc_coherent() only) allows the caller to +specify the GFP_ flags (see kmalloc()) for the allocation (the +implementation may choose to ignore flags that affect the location of +the returned memory, like GFP_DMA). + +void * +dma_zalloc_coherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, + dma_addr_t *dma_handle, gfp_t flag) + +Wraps dma_alloc_coherent() and also zeroes the returned memory if the +allocation attempt succeeded. + +void +dma_free_coherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, void *cpu_addr, + dma_addr_t dma_handle) + +Free a region of consistent memory you previously allocated. dev, +size and dma_handle must all be the same as those passed into +dma_alloc_coherent(). cpu_addr must be the virtual address returned by +the dma_alloc_coherent(). + +Note that unlike their sibling allocation calls, these routines +may only be called with IRQs enabled. + + +Part Ib - Using small DMA-coherent buffers +------------------------------------------ + +To get this part of the dma_ API, you must #include + +Many drivers need lots of small DMA-coherent memory regions for DMA +descriptors or I/O buffers. Rather than allocating in units of a page +or more using dma_alloc_coherent(), you can use DMA pools. These work +much like a struct kmem_cache, except that they use the DMA-coherent allocator, +not __get_free_pages(). Also, they understand common hardware constraints +for alignment, like queue heads needing to be aligned on N-byte boundaries. + + + struct dma_pool * + dma_pool_create(const char *name, struct device *dev, + size_t size, size_t align, size_t alloc); + +dma_pool_create() initializes a pool of DMA-coherent buffers +for use with a given device. It must be called in a context which +can sleep. + +The "name" is for diagnostics (like a struct kmem_cache name); dev and size +are like what you'd pass to dma_alloc_coherent(). The device's hardware +alignment requirement for this type of data is "align" (which is expressed +in bytes, and must be a power of two). If your device has no boundary +crossing restrictions, pass 0 for alloc; passing 4096 says memory allocated +from this pool must not cross 4KByte boundaries. + + + void *dma_pool_alloc(struct dma_pool *pool, gfp_t gfp_flags, + dma_addr_t *dma_handle); + +This allocates memory from the pool; the returned memory will meet the +size and alignment requirements specified at creation time. Pass +GFP_ATOMIC to prevent blocking, or if it's permitted (not +in_interrupt, not holding SMP locks), pass GFP_KERNEL to allow +blocking. Like dma_alloc_coherent(), this returns two values: an +address usable by the CPU, and the DMA address usable by the pool's +device. + + + void dma_pool_free(struct dma_pool *pool, void *vaddr, + dma_addr_t addr); + +This puts memory back into the pool. The pool is what was passed to +dma_pool_alloc(); the CPU (vaddr) and DMA addresses are what +were returned when that routine allocated the memory being freed. + + + void dma_pool_destroy(struct dma_pool *pool); + +dma_pool_destroy() frees the resources of the pool. It must be +called in a context which can sleep. Make sure you've freed all allocated +memory back to the pool before you destroy it. + + +Part Ic - DMA addressing limitations +------------------------------------ + +int +dma_supported(struct device *dev, u64 mask) + +Checks to see if the device can support DMA to the memory described by +mask. + +Returns: 1 if it can and 0 if it can't. + +Notes: This routine merely tests to see if the mask is possible. It +won't change the current mask settings. It is more intended as an +internal API for use by the platform than an external API for use by +driver writers. + +int +dma_set_mask_and_coherent(struct device *dev, u64 mask) + +Checks to see if the mask is possible and updates the device +streaming and coherent DMA mask parameters if it is. + +Returns: 0 if successful and a negative error if not. + +int +dma_set_mask(struct device *dev, u64 mask) + +Checks to see if the mask is possible and updates the device +parameters if it is. + +Returns: 0 if successful and a negative error if not. + +int +dma_set_coherent_mask(struct device *dev, u64 mask) + +Checks to see if the mask is possible and updates the device +parameters if it is. + +Returns: 0 if successful and a negative error if not. + +u64 +dma_get_required_mask(struct device *dev) + +This API returns the mask that the platform requires to +operate efficiently. Usually this means the returned mask +is the minimum required to cover all of memory. Examining the +required mask gives drivers with variable descriptor sizes the +opportunity to use smaller descriptors as necessary. + +Requesting the required mask does not alter the current mask. If you +wish to take advantage of it, you should issue a dma_set_mask() +call to set the mask to the value returned. + + +Part Id - Streaming DMA mappings +-------------------------------- + +dma_addr_t +dma_map_single(struct device *dev, void *cpu_addr, size_t size, + enum dma_data_direction direction) + +Maps a piece of processor virtual memory so it can be accessed by the +device and returns the DMA address of the memory. + +The direction for both APIs may be converted freely by casting. +However the dma_ API uses a strongly typed enumerator for its +direction: + +DMA_NONE no direction (used for debugging) +DMA_TO_DEVICE data is going from the memory to the device +DMA_FROM_DEVICE data is coming from the device to the memory +DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL direction isn't known + +Notes: Not all memory regions in a machine can be mapped by this API. +Further, contiguous kernel virtual space may not be contiguous as +physical memory. Since this API does not provide any scatter/gather +capability, it will fail if the user tries to map a non-physically +contiguous piece of memory. For this reason, memory to be mapped by +this API should be obtained from sources which guarantee it to be +physically contiguous (like kmalloc). + +Further, the DMA address of the memory must be within the +dma_mask of the device (the dma_mask is a bit mask of the +addressable region for the device, i.e., if the DMA address of +the memory ANDed with the dma_mask is still equal to the DMA +address, then the device can perform DMA to the memory). To +ensure that the memory allocated by kmalloc is within the dma_mask, +the driver may specify various platform-dependent flags to restrict +the DMA address range of the allocation (e.g., on x86, GFP_DMA +guarantees to be within the first 16MB of available DMA addresses, +as required by ISA devices). + +Note also that the above constraints on physical contiguity and +dma_mask may not apply if the platform has an IOMMU (a device which +maps an I/O DMA address to a physical memory address). However, to be +portable, device driver writers may *not* assume that such an IOMMU +exists. + +Warnings: Memory coherency operates at a granularity called the cache +line width. In order for memory mapped by this API to operate +correctly, the mapped region must begin exactly on a cache line +boundary and end exactly on one (to prevent two separately mapped +regions from sharing a single cache line). Since the cache line size +may not be known at compile time, the API will not enforce this +requirement. Therefore, it is recommended that driver writers who +don't take special care to determine the cache line size at run time +only map virtual regions that begin and end on page boundaries (which +are guaranteed also to be cache line boundaries). + +DMA_TO_DEVICE synchronisation must be done after the last modification +of the memory region by the software and before it is handed off to +the driver. Once this primitive is used, memory covered by this +primitive should be treated as read-only by the device. If the device +may write to it at any point, it should be DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL (see +below). + +DMA_FROM_DEVICE synchronisation must be done before the driver +accesses data that may be changed by the device. This memory should +be treated as read-only by the driver. If the driver needs to write +to it at any point, it should be DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL (see below). + +DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL requires special handling: it means that the driver +isn't sure if the memory was modified before being handed off to the +device and also isn't sure if the device will also modify it. Thus, +you must always sync bidirectional memory twice: once before the +memory is handed off to the device (to make sure all memory changes +are flushed from the processor) and once before the data may be +accessed after being used by the device (to make sure any processor +cache lines are updated with data that the device may have changed). + +void +dma_unmap_single(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr, size_t size, + enum dma_data_direction direction) + +Unmaps the region previously mapped. All the parameters passed in +must be identical to those passed in (and returned) by the mapping +API. + +dma_addr_t +dma_map_page(struct device *dev, struct page *page, + unsigned long offset, size_t size, + enum dma_data_direction direction) +void +dma_unmap_page(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_address, size_t size, + enum dma_data_direction direction) + +API for mapping and unmapping for pages. All the notes and warnings +for the other mapping APIs apply here. Also, although the +and parameters are provided to do partial page mapping, it is +recommended that you never use these unless you really know what the +cache width is. + +int +dma_mapping_error(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr) + +In some circumstances dma_map_single() and dma_map_page() will fail to create +a mapping. A driver can check for these errors by testing the returned +DMA address with dma_mapping_error(). A non-zero return value means the mapping +could not be created and the driver should take appropriate action (e.g. +reduce current DMA mapping usage or delay and try again later). + + int + dma_map_sg(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg, + int nents, enum dma_data_direction direction) + +Returns: the number of DMA address segments mapped (this may be shorter +than passed in if some elements of the scatter/gather list are +physically or virtually adjacent and an IOMMU maps them with a single +entry). + +Please note that the sg cannot be mapped again if it has been mapped once. +The mapping process is allowed to destroy information in the sg. + +As with the other mapping interfaces, dma_map_sg() can fail. When it +does, 0 is returned and a driver must take appropriate action. It is +critical that the driver do something, in the case of a block driver +aborting the request or even oopsing is better than doing nothing and +corrupting the filesystem. + +With scatterlists, you use the resulting mapping like this: + + int i, count = dma_map_sg(dev, sglist, nents, direction); + struct scatterlist *sg; + + for_each_sg(sglist, sg, count, i) { + hw_address[i] = sg_dma_address(sg); + hw_len[i] = sg_dma_len(sg); + } + +where nents is the number of entries in the sglist. + +The implementation is free to merge several consecutive sglist entries +into one (e.g. with an IOMMU, or if several pages just happen to be +physically contiguous) and returns the actual number of sg entries it +mapped them to. On failure 0, is returned. + +Then you should loop count times (note: this can be less than nents times) +and use sg_dma_address() and sg_dma_len() macros where you previously +accessed sg->address and sg->length as shown above. + + void + dma_unmap_sg(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg, + int nhwentries, enum dma_data_direction direction) + +Unmap the previously mapped scatter/gather list. All the parameters +must be the same as those and passed in to the scatter/gather mapping +API. + +Note: must be the number you passed in, *not* the number of +DMA address entries returned. + +void +dma_sync_single_for_cpu(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_handle, size_t size, + enum dma_data_direction direction) +void +dma_sync_single_for_device(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_handle, size_t size, + enum dma_data_direction direction) +void +dma_sync_sg_for_cpu(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg, int nelems, + enum dma_data_direction direction) +void +dma_sync_sg_for_device(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg, int nelems, + enum dma_data_direction direction) + +Synchronise a single contiguous or scatter/gather mapping for the CPU +and device. With the sync_sg API, all the parameters must be the same +as those passed into the single mapping API. With the sync_single API, +you can use dma_handle and size parameters that aren't identical to +those passed into the single mapping API to do a partial sync. + +Notes: You must do this: + +- Before reading values that have been written by DMA from the device + (use the DMA_FROM_DEVICE direction) +- After writing values that will be written to the device using DMA + (use the DMA_TO_DEVICE) direction +- before *and* after handing memory to the device if the memory is + DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL + +See also dma_map_single(). + +dma_addr_t +dma_map_single_attrs(struct device *dev, void *cpu_addr, size_t size, + enum dma_data_direction dir, + struct dma_attrs *attrs) + +void +dma_unmap_single_attrs(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr, + size_t size, enum dma_data_direction dir, + struct dma_attrs *attrs) + +int +dma_map_sg_attrs(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sgl, + int nents, enum dma_data_direction dir, + struct dma_attrs *attrs) + +void +dma_unmap_sg_attrs(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sgl, + int nents, enum dma_data_direction dir, + struct dma_attrs *attrs) + +The four functions above are just like the counterpart functions +without the _attrs suffixes, except that they pass an optional +struct dma_attrs*. + +struct dma_attrs encapsulates a set of "DMA attributes". For the +definition of struct dma_attrs see linux/dma-attrs.h. + +The interpretation of DMA attributes is architecture-specific, and +each attribute should be documented in Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt. + +If struct dma_attrs* is NULL, the semantics of each of these +functions is identical to those of the corresponding function +without the _attrs suffix. As a result dma_map_single_attrs() +can generally replace dma_map_single(), etc. + +As an example of the use of the *_attrs functions, here's how +you could pass an attribute DMA_ATTR_FOO when mapping memory +for DMA: + +#include +/* DMA_ATTR_FOO should be defined in linux/dma-attrs.h and + * documented in Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt */ +... + + DEFINE_DMA_ATTRS(attrs); + dma_set_attr(DMA_ATTR_FOO, &attrs); + .... + n = dma_map_sg_attrs(dev, sg, nents, DMA_TO_DEVICE, &attr); + .... + +Architectures that care about DMA_ATTR_FOO would check for its +presence in their implementations of the mapping and unmapping +routines, e.g.: + +void whizco_dma_map_sg_attrs(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr, + size_t size, enum dma_data_direction dir, + struct dma_attrs *attrs) +{ + .... + int foo = dma_get_attr(DMA_ATTR_FOO, attrs); + .... + if (foo) + /* twizzle the frobnozzle */ + .... + + +Part II - Advanced dma_ usage +----------------------------- + +Warning: These pieces of the DMA API should not be used in the +majority of cases, since they cater for unlikely corner cases that +don't belong in usual drivers. + +If you don't understand how cache line coherency works between a +processor and an I/O device, you should not be using this part of the +API at all. + +void * +dma_alloc_noncoherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, + dma_addr_t *dma_handle, gfp_t flag) + +Identical to dma_alloc_coherent() except that the platform will +choose to return either consistent or non-consistent memory as it sees +fit. By using this API, you are guaranteeing to the platform that you +have all the correct and necessary sync points for this memory in the +driver should it choose to return non-consistent memory. + +Note: where the platform can return consistent memory, it will +guarantee that the sync points become nops. + +Warning: Handling non-consistent memory is a real pain. You should +only use this API if you positively know your driver will be +required to work on one of the rare (usually non-PCI) architectures +that simply cannot make consistent memory. + +void +dma_free_noncoherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, void *cpu_addr, + dma_addr_t dma_handle) + +Free memory allocated by the nonconsistent API. All parameters must +be identical to those passed in (and returned by +dma_alloc_noncoherent()). + +int +dma_get_cache_alignment(void) + +Returns the processor cache alignment. This is the absolute minimum +alignment *and* width that you must observe when either mapping +memory or doing partial flushes. + +Notes: This API may return a number *larger* than the actual cache +line, but it will guarantee that one or more cache lines fit exactly +into the width returned by this call. It will also always be a power +of two for easy alignment. + +void +dma_cache_sync(struct device *dev, void *vaddr, size_t size, + enum dma_data_direction direction) + +Do a partial sync of memory that was allocated by +dma_alloc_noncoherent(), starting at virtual address vaddr and +continuing on for size. Again, you *must* observe the cache line +boundaries when doing this. + +int +dma_declare_coherent_memory(struct device *dev, phys_addr_t phys_addr, + dma_addr_t device_addr, size_t size, int + flags) + +Declare region of memory to be handed out by dma_alloc_coherent() when +it's asked for coherent memory for this device. + +phys_addr is the CPU physical address to which the memory is currently +assigned (this will be ioremapped so the CPU can access the region). + +device_addr is the DMA address the device needs to be programmed +with to actually address this memory (this will be handed out as the +dma_addr_t in dma_alloc_coherent()). + +size is the size of the area (must be multiples of PAGE_SIZE). + +flags can be ORed together and are: + +DMA_MEMORY_MAP - request that the memory returned from +dma_alloc_coherent() be directly writable. + +DMA_MEMORY_IO - request that the memory returned from +dma_alloc_coherent() be addressable using read()/write()/memcpy_toio() etc. + +One or both of these flags must be present. + +DMA_MEMORY_INCLUDES_CHILDREN - make the declared memory be allocated by +dma_alloc_coherent of any child devices of this one (for memory residing +on a bridge). + +DMA_MEMORY_EXCLUSIVE - only allocate memory from the declared regions. +Do not allow dma_alloc_coherent() to fall back to system memory when +it's out of memory in the declared region. + +The return value will be either DMA_MEMORY_MAP or DMA_MEMORY_IO and +must correspond to a passed in flag (i.e. no returning DMA_MEMORY_IO +if only DMA_MEMORY_MAP were passed in) for success or zero for +failure. + +Note, for DMA_MEMORY_IO returns, all subsequent memory returned by +dma_alloc_coherent() may no longer be accessed directly, but instead +must be accessed using the correct bus functions. If your driver +isn't prepared to handle this contingency, it should not specify +DMA_MEMORY_IO in the input flags. + +As a simplification for the platforms, only *one* such region of +memory may be declared per device. + +For reasons of efficiency, most platforms choose to track the declared +region only at the granularity of a page. For smaller allocations, +you should use the dma_pool() API. + +void +dma_release_declared_memory(struct device *dev) + +Remove the memory region previously declared from the system. This +API performs *no* in-use checking for this region and will return +unconditionally having removed all the required structures. It is the +driver's job to ensure that no parts of this memory region are +currently in use. + +void * +dma_mark_declared_memory_occupied(struct device *dev, + dma_addr_t device_addr, size_t size) + +This is used to occupy specific regions of the declared space +(dma_alloc_coherent() will hand out the first free region it finds). + +device_addr is the *device* address of the region requested. + +size is the size (and should be a page-sized multiple). + +The return value will be either a pointer to the processor virtual +address of the memory, or an error (via PTR_ERR()) if any part of the +region is occupied. + +Part III - Debug drivers use of the DMA-API +------------------------------------------- + +The DMA-API as described above has some constraints. DMA addresses must be +released with the corresponding function with the same size for example. With +the advent of hardware IOMMUs it becomes more and more important that drivers +do not violate those constraints. In the worst case such a violation can +result in data corruption up to destroyed filesystems. + +To debug drivers and find bugs in the usage of the DMA-API checking code can +be compiled into the kernel which will tell the developer about those +violations. If your architecture supports it you can select the "Enable +debugging of DMA-API usage" option in your kernel configuration. Enabling this +option has a performance impact. Do not enable it in production kernels. + +If you boot the resulting kernel will contain code which does some bookkeeping +about what DMA memory was allocated for which device. If this code detects an +error it prints a warning message with some details into your kernel log. An +example warning message may look like this: + +------------[ cut here ]------------ +WARNING: at /data2/repos/linux-2.6-iommu/lib/dma-debug.c:448 + check_unmap+0x203/0x490() +Hardware name: +forcedeth 0000:00:08.0: DMA-API: device driver frees DMA memory with wrong + function [device address=0x00000000640444be] [size=66 bytes] [mapped as +single] [unmapped as page] +Modules linked in: nfsd exportfs bridge stp llc r8169 +Pid: 0, comm: swapper Tainted: G W 2.6.28-dmatest-09289-g8bb99c0 #1 +Call Trace: + [] warn_slowpath+0xf2/0x130 + [] _spin_unlock+0x10/0x30 + [] usb_hcd_link_urb_to_ep+0x75/0xc0 + [] _spin_unlock_irqrestore+0x12/0x40 + [] ohci_urb_enqueue+0x19f/0x7c0 + [] queue_work+0x56/0x60 + [] enqueue_task_fair+0x20/0x50 + [] usb_hcd_submit_urb+0x379/0xbc0 + [] cpumask_next_and+0x23/0x40 + [] find_busiest_group+0x207/0x8a0 + [] _spin_lock_irqsave+0x1f/0x50 + [] check_unmap+0x203/0x490 + [] debug_dma_unmap_page+0x49/0x50 + [] nv_tx_done_optimized+0xc6/0x2c0 + [] nv_nic_irq_optimized+0x73/0x2b0 + [] handle_IRQ_event+0x34/0x70 + [] handle_edge_irq+0xc9/0x150 + [] do_IRQ+0xcb/0x1c0 + [] ret_from_intr+0x0/0xa + <4>---[ end trace f6435a98e2a38c0e ]--- + +The driver developer can find the driver and the device including a stacktrace +of the DMA-API call which caused this warning. + +Per default only the first error will result in a warning message. All other +errors will only silently counted. This limitation exist to prevent the code +from flooding your kernel log. To support debugging a device driver this can +be disabled via debugfs. See the debugfs interface documentation below for +details. + +The debugfs directory for the DMA-API debugging code is called dma-api/. In +this directory the following files can currently be found: + + dma-api/all_errors This file contains a numeric value. If this + value is not equal to zero the debugging code + will print a warning for every error it finds + into the kernel log. Be careful with this + option, as it can easily flood your logs. + + dma-api/disabled This read-only file contains the character 'Y' + if the debugging code is disabled. This can + happen when it runs out of memory or if it was + disabled at boot time + + dma-api/error_count This file is read-only and shows the total + numbers of errors found. + + dma-api/num_errors The number in this file shows how many + warnings will be printed to the kernel log + before it stops. This number is initialized to + one at system boot and be set by writing into + this file + + dma-api/min_free_entries + This read-only file can be read to get the + minimum number of free dma_debug_entries the + allocator has ever seen. If this value goes + down to zero the code will disable itself + because it is not longer reliable. + + dma-api/num_free_entries + The current number of free dma_debug_entries + in the allocator. + + dma-api/driver-filter + You can write a name of a driver into this file + to limit the debug output to requests from that + particular driver. Write an empty string to + that file to disable the filter and see + all errors again. + +If you have this code compiled into your kernel it will be enabled by default. +If you want to boot without the bookkeeping anyway you can provide +'dma_debug=off' as a boot parameter. This will disable DMA-API debugging. +Notice that you can not enable it again at runtime. You have to reboot to do +so. + +If you want to see debug messages only for a special device driver you can +specify the dma_debug_driver= parameter. This will enable the +driver filter at boot time. The debug code will only print errors for that +driver afterwards. This filter can be disabled or changed later using debugfs. + +When the code disables itself at runtime this is most likely because it ran +out of dma_debug_entries. These entries are preallocated at boot. The number +of preallocated entries is defined per architecture. If it is too low for you +boot with 'dma_debug_entries=' to overwrite the +architectural default. + +void debug_dmap_mapping_error(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr); + +dma-debug interface debug_dma_mapping_error() to debug drivers that fail +to check DMA mapping errors on addresses returned by dma_map_single() and +dma_map_page() interfaces. This interface clears a flag set by +debug_dma_map_page() to indicate that dma_mapping_error() has been called by +the driver. When driver does unmap, debug_dma_unmap() checks the flag and if +this flag is still set, prints warning message that includes call trace that +leads up to the unmap. This interface can be called from dma_mapping_error() +routines to enable DMA mapping error check debugging. + diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-ISA-LPC.txt b/Documentation/DMA-ISA-LPC.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b1a19835e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DMA-ISA-LPC.txt @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ + DMA with ISA and LPC devices + ============================ + + Pierre Ossman + +This document describes how to do DMA transfers using the old ISA DMA +controller. Even though ISA is more or less dead today the LPC bus +uses the same DMA system so it will be around for quite some time. + +Part I - Headers and dependencies +--------------------------------- + +To do ISA style DMA you need to include two headers: + +#include +#include + +The first is the generic DMA API used to convert virtual addresses to +bus addresses (see Documentation/DMA-API.txt for details). + +The second contains the routines specific to ISA DMA transfers. Since +this is not present on all platforms make sure you construct your +Kconfig to be dependent on ISA_DMA_API (not ISA) so that nobody tries +to build your driver on unsupported platforms. + +Part II - Buffer allocation +--------------------------- + +The ISA DMA controller has some very strict requirements on which +memory it can access so extra care must be taken when allocating +buffers. + +(You usually need a special buffer for DMA transfers instead of +transferring directly to and from your normal data structures.) + +The DMA-able address space is the lowest 16 MB of _physical_ memory. +Also the transfer block may not cross page boundaries (which are 64 +or 128 KiB depending on which channel you use). + +In order to allocate a piece of memory that satisfies all these +requirements you pass the flag GFP_DMA to kmalloc. + +Unfortunately the memory available for ISA DMA is scarce so unless you +allocate the memory during boot-up it's a good idea to also pass +__GFP_REPEAT and __GFP_NOWARN to make the allocater try a bit harder. + +(This scarcity also means that you should allocate the buffer as +early as possible and not release it until the driver is unloaded.) + +Part III - Address translation +------------------------------ + +To translate the virtual address to a bus address, use the normal DMA +API. Do _not_ use isa_virt_to_phys() even though it does the same +thing. The reason for this is that the function isa_virt_to_phys() +will require a Kconfig dependency to ISA, not just ISA_DMA_API which +is really all you need. Remember that even though the DMA controller +has its origins in ISA it is used elsewhere. + +Note: x86_64 had a broken DMA API when it came to ISA but has since +been fixed. If your arch has problems then fix the DMA API instead of +reverting to the ISA functions. + +Part IV - Channels +------------------ + +A normal ISA DMA controller has 8 channels. The lower four are for +8-bit transfers and the upper four are for 16-bit transfers. + +(Actually the DMA controller is really two separate controllers where +channel 4 is used to give DMA access for the second controller (0-3). +This means that of the four 16-bits channels only three are usable.) + +You allocate these in a similar fashion as all basic resources: + +extern int request_dma(unsigned int dmanr, const char * device_id); +extern void free_dma(unsigned int dmanr); + +The ability to use 16-bit or 8-bit transfers is _not_ up to you as a +driver author but depends on what the hardware supports. Check your +specs or test different channels. + +Part V - Transfer data +---------------------- + +Now for the good stuff, the actual DMA transfer. :) + +Before you use any ISA DMA routines you need to claim the DMA lock +using claim_dma_lock(). The reason is that some DMA operations are +not atomic so only one driver may fiddle with the registers at a +time. + +The first time you use the DMA controller you should call +clear_dma_ff(). This clears an internal register in the DMA +controller that is used for the non-atomic operations. As long as you +(and everyone else) uses the locking functions then you only need to +reset this once. + +Next, you tell the controller in which direction you intend to do the +transfer using set_dma_mode(). Currently you have the options +DMA_MODE_READ and DMA_MODE_WRITE. + +Set the address from where the transfer should start (this needs to +be 16-bit aligned for 16-bit transfers) and how many bytes to +transfer. Note that it's _bytes_. The DMA routines will do all the +required translation to values that the DMA controller understands. + +The final step is enabling the DMA channel and releasing the DMA +lock. + +Once the DMA transfer is finished (or timed out) you should disable +the channel again. You should also check get_dma_residue() to make +sure that all data has been transferred. + +Example: + +int flags, residue; + +flags = claim_dma_lock(); + +clear_dma_ff(); + +set_dma_mode(channel, DMA_MODE_WRITE); +set_dma_addr(channel, phys_addr); +set_dma_count(channel, num_bytes); + +dma_enable(channel); + +release_dma_lock(flags); + +while (!device_done()); + +flags = claim_dma_lock(); + +dma_disable(channel); + +residue = dma_get_residue(channel); +if (residue != 0) + printk(KERN_ERR "driver: Incomplete DMA transfer!" + " %d bytes left!\n", residue); + +release_dma_lock(flags); + +Part VI - Suspend/resume +------------------------ + +It is the driver's responsibility to make sure that the machine isn't +suspended while a DMA transfer is in progress. Also, all DMA settings +are lost when the system suspends so if your driver relies on the DMA +controller being in a certain state then you have to restore these +registers upon resume. diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt b/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18dc52c4f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ + DMA attributes + ============== + +This document describes the semantics of the DMA attributes that are +defined in linux/dma-attrs.h. + +DMA_ATTR_WRITE_BARRIER +---------------------- + +DMA_ATTR_WRITE_BARRIER is a (write) barrier attribute for DMA. DMA +to a memory region with the DMA_ATTR_WRITE_BARRIER attribute forces +all pending DMA writes to complete, and thus provides a mechanism to +strictly order DMA from a device across all intervening busses and +bridges. This barrier is not specific to a particular type of +interconnect, it applies to the system as a whole, and so its +implementation must account for the idiosyncrasies of the system all +the way from the DMA device to memory. + +As an example of a situation where DMA_ATTR_WRITE_BARRIER would be +useful, suppose that a device does a DMA write to indicate that data is +ready and available in memory. The DMA of the "completion indication" +could race with data DMA. Mapping the memory used for completion +indications with DMA_ATTR_WRITE_BARRIER would prevent the race. + +DMA_ATTR_WEAK_ORDERING +---------------------- + +DMA_ATTR_WEAK_ORDERING specifies that reads and writes to the mapping +may be weakly ordered, that is that reads and writes may pass each other. + +Since it is optional for platforms to implement DMA_ATTR_WEAK_ORDERING, +those that do not will simply ignore the attribute and exhibit default +behavior. + +DMA_ATTR_WRITE_COMBINE +---------------------- + +DMA_ATTR_WRITE_COMBINE specifies that writes to the mapping may be +buffered to improve performance. + +Since it is optional for platforms to implement DMA_ATTR_WRITE_COMBINE, +those that do not will simply ignore the attribute and exhibit default +behavior. + +DMA_ATTR_NON_CONSISTENT +----------------------- + +DMA_ATTR_NON_CONSISTENT lets the platform to choose to return either +consistent or non-consistent memory as it sees fit. By using this API, +you are guaranteeing to the platform that you have all the correct and +necessary sync points for this memory in the driver. + +DMA_ATTR_NO_KERNEL_MAPPING +-------------------------- + +DMA_ATTR_NO_KERNEL_MAPPING lets the platform to avoid creating a kernel +virtual mapping for the allocated buffer. On some architectures creating +such mapping is non-trivial task and consumes very limited resources +(like kernel virtual address space or dma consistent address space). +Buffers allocated with this attribute can be only passed to user space +by calling dma_mmap_attrs(). By using this API, you are guaranteeing +that you won't dereference the pointer returned by dma_alloc_attr(). You +can treat it as a cookie that must be passed to dma_mmap_attrs() and +dma_free_attrs(). Make sure that both of these also get this attribute +set on each call. + +Since it is optional for platforms to implement +DMA_ATTR_NO_KERNEL_MAPPING, those that do not will simply ignore the +attribute and exhibit default behavior. + +DMA_ATTR_SKIP_CPU_SYNC +---------------------- + +By default dma_map_{single,page,sg} functions family transfer a given +buffer from CPU domain to device domain. Some advanced use cases might +require sharing a buffer between more than one device. This requires +having a mapping created separately for each device and is usually +performed by calling dma_map_{single,page,sg} function more than once +for the given buffer with device pointer to each device taking part in +the buffer sharing. The first call transfers a buffer from 'CPU' domain +to 'device' domain, what synchronizes CPU caches for the given region +(usually it means that the cache has been flushed or invalidated +depending on the dma direction). However, next calls to +dma_map_{single,page,sg}() for other devices will perform exactly the +same synchronization operation on the CPU cache. CPU cache synchronization +might be a time consuming operation, especially if the buffers are +large, so it is highly recommended to avoid it if possible. +DMA_ATTR_SKIP_CPU_SYNC allows platform code to skip synchronization of +the CPU cache for the given buffer assuming that it has been already +transferred to 'device' domain. This attribute can be also used for +dma_unmap_{single,page,sg} functions family to force buffer to stay in +device domain after releasing a mapping for it. Use this attribute with +care! + +DMA_ATTR_FORCE_CONTIGUOUS +------------------------- + +By default DMA-mapping subsystem is allowed to assemble the buffer +allocated by dma_alloc_attrs() function from individual pages if it can +be mapped as contiguous chunk into device dma address space. By +specifying this attribute the allocated buffer is forced to be contiguous +also in physical memory. diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/.gitignore b/Documentation/DocBook/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7ebd5465d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +*.xml +*.ps +*.pdf +*.html +*.9.gz +*.9 +*.aux +*.dvi +*.log +*.out +*.png +*.gif +*.svg +media-indices.tmpl +media-entities.tmpl diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aac9357d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,582 @@ + + + + + The 802.11 subsystems – for kernel developers + + Explaining wireless 802.11 networking in the Linux kernel + + + + 2007-2009 + Johannes Berg + + + + + Johannes + Berg + +
johannes@sipsolutions.net
+ + + + + + + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. + + + This documentation is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this documentation; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + + + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + + + + + + These books attempt to give a description of the + various subsystems that play a role in 802.11 wireless + networking in Linux. Since these books are for kernel + developers they attempts to document the structures + and functions used in the kernel as well as giving a + higher-level overview. + + + The reader is expected to be familiar with the 802.11 + standard as published by the IEEE in 802.11-2007 (or + possibly later versions). References to this standard + will be given as "802.11-2007 8.1.5". + + + + + + The cfg80211 subsystem + + +!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Introduction + + + + Device registration +!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Device registration +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_band +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_channel_flags +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_channel +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_rate_flags +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_rate +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_sta_ht_cap +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_supported_band +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_signal_type +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_params_flags +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_flags +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wireless_dev +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_new +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_register +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_unregister +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_free + +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_name +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_dev +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_priv +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h priv_to_wiphy +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h set_wiphy_dev +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wdev_priv +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_iface_limit +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_iface_combination +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_check_combinations + + + Actions and configuration +!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Actions and configuration +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ops +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h vif_params +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h key_params +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h survey_info_flags +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h survey_info +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_beacon_data +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ap_settings +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h station_parameters +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h rate_info_flags +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h rate_info +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h station_info +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h monitor_flags +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h mpath_info_flags +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h mpath_info +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h bss_parameters +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_txq_params +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_crypto_settings +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_auth_request +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_assoc_request +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_deauth_request +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_disassoc_request +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ibss_params +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_connect_params +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_pmksa +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_auth_timeout +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_assoc_timeout +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ibss_joined +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_connect_result +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_roamed +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_disconnected +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ready_on_channel +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_new_sta +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_rx_mgmt +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_michael_mic_failure + + + Scanning and BSS list handling +!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Scanning and BSS list handling +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ssid +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_scan_request +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_scan_done +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_bss +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_inform_bss_width +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_unlink_bss +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_find_ie +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_bss_get_ie + + + Utility functions +!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Utility functions +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_channel_to_frequency +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_frequency_to_channel +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_get_channel +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_get_response_rate +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_hdrlen +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_radiotap_iterator + + + Data path helpers +!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Data path helpers +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_data_to_8023 +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_data_from_8023 +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_classify8021d + + + Regulatory enforcement infrastructure +!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Regulatory enforcement infrastructure +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h regulatory_hint +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h freq_reg_info + + + RFkill integration +!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h RFkill integration +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_rfkill_start_polling +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling + + + Test mode +!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Test mode +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_testmode_reply +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_testmode_event + + + + + The mac80211 subsystem + +!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Introduction +!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Warning + + + + + + + + + The basic mac80211 driver interface + + + You should read and understand the information contained + within this part of the book while implementing a driver. + In some chapters, advanced usage is noted, that may be + skipped at first. + + + This part of the book only covers station and monitor mode + functionality, additional information required to implement + the other modes is covered in the second part of the book. + + + + + Basic hardware handling + TBD + + This chapter shall contain information on getting a hw + struct allocated and registered with mac80211. + + + Since it is required to allocate rates/modes before registering + a hw struct, this chapter shall also contain information on setting + up the rate/mode structs. + + + Additionally, some discussion about the callbacks and + the general programming model should be in here, including + the definition of ieee80211_ops which will be referred to + a lot. + + + Finally, a discussion of hardware capabilities should be done + with references to other parts of the book. + + +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_hw +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_hw_flags +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h SET_IEEE80211_DEV +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_ops +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_alloc_hw +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_register_hw +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_unregister_hw +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_free_hw + + + + PHY configuration + TBD + + This chapter should describe PHY handling including + start/stop callbacks and the various structures used. + +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_conf +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_conf_flags + + + + Virtual interfaces + TBD + + This chapter should describe virtual interface basics + that are relevant to the driver (VLANs, MGMT etc are not.) + It should explain the use of the add_iface/remove_iface + callbacks as well as the interface configuration callbacks. + + Things related to AP mode should be discussed there. + + Things related to supporting multiple interfaces should be + in the appropriate chapter, a BIG FAT note should be here about + this though and the recommendation to allow only a single + interface in STA mode at first! + +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_vif + + + + Receive and transmit processing + + what should be here + TBD + + This should describe the receive and transmit + paths in mac80211/the drivers as well as + transmit status handling. + + + + Frame format +!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Frame format + + + Packet alignment +!Pnet/mac80211/rx.c Packet alignment + + + Calling into mac80211 from interrupts +!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Calling mac80211 from interrupts + + + functions/definitions +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rx_status +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h mac80211_rx_flags +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h mac80211_tx_info_flags +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h mac80211_tx_control_flags +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h mac80211_rate_control_flags +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_rate +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_info +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rx +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rx_ni +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rx_irqsafe +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_status +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_status_ni +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rts_get +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rts_duration +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_ctstoself_get +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_ctstoself_duration +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_generic_frame_duration +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_wake_queue +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_stop_queue +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_wake_queues +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_stop_queues +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_queue_stopped + + + + + Frame filtering +!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Frame filtering +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_filter_flags + + + + The mac80211 workqueue +!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h mac80211 workqueue +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_queue_work +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_queue_delayed_work + + + + + Advanced driver interface + + + Information contained within this part of the book is + of interest only for advanced interaction of mac80211 + with drivers to exploit more hardware capabilities and + improve performance. + + + + + LED support + + Mac80211 supports various ways of blinking LEDs. Wherever possible, + device LEDs should be exposed as LED class devices and hooked up to + the appropriate trigger, which will then be triggered appropriately + by mac80211. + +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_tx_led_name +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_rx_led_name +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_radio_led_name +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tpt_blink +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger + + + + Hardware crypto acceleration +!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Hardware crypto acceleration + +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h set_key_cmd +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_key_conf +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_key_flags +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k + + + + Powersave support +!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Powersave support + + + + Beacon filter support +!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Beacon filter support +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_beacon_loss + + + + Multiple queues and QoS support + TBD +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_queue_params + + + + Access point mode support + TBD + Some parts of the if_conf should be discussed here instead + + Insert notes about VLAN interfaces with hw crypto here or + in the hw crypto chapter. + +
+ support for powersaving clients +!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h AP support for powersaving clients +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_buffered_bc +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_beacon_get +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_sta_eosp +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_frame_release_type +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_sta_ps_transition +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_sta_set_buffered +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_sta_block_awake +
+ + + + Supporting multiple virtual interfaces + TBD + + Note: WDS with identical MAC address should almost always be OK + + + Insert notes about having multiple virtual interfaces with + different MAC addresses here, note which configurations are + supported by mac80211, add notes about supporting hw crypto + with it. + +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic + + + + Station handling + TODO +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_sta +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h sta_notify_cmd +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_find_sta +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr + + + + Hardware scan offload + TBD +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_scan_completed + + + + Aggregation + + TX A-MPDU aggregation +!Pnet/mac80211/agg-tx.c TX A-MPDU aggregation +!Cnet/mac80211/agg-tx.c + + + RX A-MPDU aggregation +!Pnet/mac80211/agg-rx.c RX A-MPDU aggregation +!Cnet/mac80211/agg-rx.c +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action + + + + + Spatial Multiplexing Powersave (SMPS) +!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Spatial multiplexing power save +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_request_smps +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_smps_mode + + + + + Rate control interface + + TBD + + This part of the book describes the rate control algorithm + interface and how it relates to mac80211 and drivers. + + + + Rate Control API + TBD +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rate_control_changed +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_rate_control +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h rate_control_send_low + + + + + Internals + + TBD + + This part of the book describes mac80211 internals. + + + + + Key handling + + Key handling basics +!Pnet/mac80211/key.c Key handling basics + + + MORE TBD + TBD + + + + + Receive processing + TBD + + + + Transmit processing + TBD + + + + Station info handling + + Programming information +!Fnet/mac80211/sta_info.h sta_info +!Fnet/mac80211/sta_info.h ieee80211_sta_info_flags + + + STA information lifetime rules +!Pnet/mac80211/sta_info.c STA information lifetime rules + + + + + Aggregation +!Fnet/mac80211/sta_info.h sta_ampdu_mlme +!Fnet/mac80211/sta_info.h tid_ampdu_tx +!Fnet/mac80211/sta_info.h tid_ampdu_rx + + + + Synchronisation + TBD + Locking, lots of RCU + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6a6a2e0d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +### +# This makefile is used to generate the kernel documentation, +# primarily based on in-line comments in various source files. +# See Documentation/kernel-doc-nano-HOWTO.txt for instruction in how +# to document the SRC - and how to read it. +# To add a new book the only step required is to add the book to the +# list of DOCBOOKS. + +DOCBOOKS := z8530book.xml device-drivers.xml \ + kernel-hacking.xml kernel-locking.xml deviceiobook.xml \ + writing_usb_driver.xml networking.xml \ + kernel-api.xml filesystems.xml lsm.xml usb.xml kgdb.xml \ + gadget.xml libata.xml mtdnand.xml librs.xml rapidio.xml \ + genericirq.xml s390-drivers.xml uio-howto.xml scsi.xml \ + 80211.xml debugobjects.xml sh.xml regulator.xml \ + alsa-driver-api.xml writing-an-alsa-driver.xml \ + tracepoint.xml drm.xml media_api.xml w1.xml \ + writing_musb_glue_layer.xml crypto-API.xml + +include Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile + +### +# The build process is as follows (targets): +# (xmldocs) [by docproc] +# file.tmpl --> file.xml +--> file.ps (psdocs) [by db2ps or xmlto] +# +--> file.pdf (pdfdocs) [by db2pdf or xmlto] +# +--> DIR=file (htmldocs) [by xmlto] +# +--> man/ (mandocs) [by xmlto] + + +# for PDF and PS output you can choose between xmlto and docbook-utils tools +PDF_METHOD = $(prefer-db2x) +PS_METHOD = $(prefer-db2x) + + +### +# The targets that may be used. +PHONY += xmldocs sgmldocs psdocs pdfdocs htmldocs mandocs installmandocs cleandocs + +targets += $(DOCBOOKS) +BOOKS := $(addprefix $(obj)/,$(DOCBOOKS)) +xmldocs: $(BOOKS) +sgmldocs: xmldocs + +PS := $(patsubst %.xml, %.ps, $(BOOKS)) +psdocs: $(PS) + +PDF := $(patsubst %.xml, %.pdf, $(BOOKS)) +pdfdocs: $(PDF) + +HTML := $(sort $(patsubst %.xml, %.html, $(BOOKS))) +htmldocs: $(HTML) + $(call build_main_index) + $(call build_images) + $(call install_media_images) + +MAN := $(patsubst %.xml, %.9, $(BOOKS)) +mandocs: $(MAN) + find $(obj)/man -name '*.9' | xargs gzip -f + +installmandocs: mandocs + mkdir -p /usr/local/man/man9/ + install $(obj)/man/*.9.gz /usr/local/man/man9/ + +### +#External programs used +KERNELDOC = $(srctree)/scripts/kernel-doc +DOCPROC = $(objtree)/scripts/docproc + +XMLTOFLAGS = -m $(srctree)/$(src)/stylesheet.xsl +XMLTOFLAGS += --skip-validation + +### +# DOCPROC is used for two purposes: +# 1) To generate a dependency list for a .tmpl file +# 2) To preprocess a .tmpl file and call kernel-doc with +# appropriate parameters. +# The following rules are used to generate the .xml documentation +# required to generate the final targets. (ps, pdf, html). +quiet_cmd_docproc = DOCPROC $@ + cmd_docproc = SRCTREE=$(srctree)/ $(DOCPROC) doc $< >$@ +define rule_docproc + set -e; \ + $(if $($(quiet)cmd_$(1)),echo ' $($(quiet)cmd_$(1))';) \ + $(cmd_$(1)); \ + ( \ + echo 'cmd_$@ := $(cmd_$(1))'; \ + echo $@: `SRCTREE=$(srctree) $(DOCPROC) depend $<`; \ + ) > $(dir $@).$(notdir $@).cmd +endef + +%.xml: %.tmpl $(KERNELDOC) $(DOCPROC) FORCE + $(call if_changed_rule,docproc) + +# Tell kbuild to always build the programs +always := $(hostprogs-y) + +notfoundtemplate = echo "*** You have to install docbook-utils or xmlto ***"; \ + exit 1 +db2xtemplate = db2TYPE -o $(dir $@) $< +xmltotemplate = xmlto TYPE $(XMLTOFLAGS) -o $(dir $@) $< + +# determine which methods are available +ifeq ($(shell which db2ps >/dev/null 2>&1 && echo found),found) + use-db2x = db2x + prefer-db2x = db2x +else + use-db2x = notfound + prefer-db2x = $(use-xmlto) +endif +ifeq ($(shell which xmlto >/dev/null 2>&1 && echo found),found) + use-xmlto = xmlto + prefer-xmlto = xmlto +else + use-xmlto = notfound + prefer-xmlto = $(use-db2x) +endif + +# the commands, generated from the chosen template +quiet_cmd_db2ps = PS $@ + cmd_db2ps = $(subst TYPE,ps, $($(PS_METHOD)template)) +%.ps : %.xml + $(call cmd,db2ps) + +quiet_cmd_db2pdf = PDF $@ + cmd_db2pdf = $(subst TYPE,pdf, $($(PDF_METHOD)template)) +%.pdf : %.xml + $(call cmd,db2pdf) + + +index = index.html +main_idx = $(obj)/$(index) +build_main_index = rm -rf $(main_idx); \ + echo '

Linux Kernel HTML Documentation

' >> $(main_idx) && \ + echo '

Kernel Version: $(KERNELVERSION)

' >> $(main_idx) && \ + cat $(HTML) >> $(main_idx) + +quiet_cmd_db2html = HTML $@ + cmd_db2html = xmlto html $(XMLTOFLAGS) -o $(patsubst %.html,%,$@) $< && \ + echo ' \ + $(patsubst %.html,%,$(notdir $@))

' > $@ + +%.html: %.xml + @(which xmlto > /dev/null 2>&1) || \ + (echo "*** You need to install xmlto ***"; \ + exit 1) + @rm -rf $@ $(patsubst %.html,%,$@) + $(call cmd,db2html) + @if [ ! -z "$(PNG-$(basename $(notdir $@)))" ]; then \ + cp $(PNG-$(basename $(notdir $@))) $(patsubst %.html,%,$@); fi + +quiet_cmd_db2man = MAN $@ + cmd_db2man = if grep -q refentry $<; then xmlto man $(XMLTOFLAGS) -o $(obj)/man $< ; fi +%.9 : %.xml + @(which xmlto > /dev/null 2>&1) || \ + (echo "*** You need to install xmlto ***"; \ + exit 1) + $(Q)mkdir -p $(obj)/man + $(call cmd,db2man) + @touch $@ + +### +# Rules to generate postscripts and PNG images from .fig format files +quiet_cmd_fig2eps = FIG2EPS $@ + cmd_fig2eps = fig2dev -Leps $< $@ + +%.eps: %.fig + @(which fig2dev > /dev/null 2>&1) || \ + (echo "*** You need to install transfig ***"; \ + exit 1) + $(call cmd,fig2eps) + +quiet_cmd_fig2png = FIG2PNG $@ + cmd_fig2png = fig2dev -Lpng $< $@ + +%.png: %.fig + @(which fig2dev > /dev/null 2>&1) || \ + (echo "*** You need to install transfig ***"; \ + exit 1) + $(call cmd,fig2png) + +### +# Rule to convert a .c file to inline XML documentation + gen_xml = : + quiet_gen_xml = echo ' GEN $@' +silent_gen_xml = : +%.xml: %.c + @$($(quiet)gen_xml) + @( \ + echo ""; \ + expand --tabs=8 < $< | \ + sed -e "s/&/\\&/g" \ + -e "s//\\>/g"; \ + echo "") > $@ + +### +# Help targets as used by the top-level makefile +dochelp: + @echo ' Linux kernel internal documentation in different formats:' + @echo ' htmldocs - HTML' + @echo ' pdfdocs - PDF' + @echo ' psdocs - Postscript' + @echo ' xmldocs - XML DocBook' + @echo ' mandocs - man pages' + @echo ' installmandocs - install man pages generated by mandocs' + @echo ' cleandocs - clean all generated DocBook files' + +### +# Temporary files left by various tools +clean-files := $(DOCBOOKS) \ + $(patsubst %.xml, %.dvi, $(DOCBOOKS)) \ + $(patsubst %.xml, %.aux, $(DOCBOOKS)) \ + $(patsubst %.xml, %.tex, $(DOCBOOKS)) \ + $(patsubst %.xml, %.log, $(DOCBOOKS)) \ + $(patsubst %.xml, %.out, $(DOCBOOKS)) \ + $(patsubst %.xml, %.ps, $(DOCBOOKS)) \ + $(patsubst %.xml, %.pdf, $(DOCBOOKS)) \ + $(patsubst %.xml, %.html, $(DOCBOOKS)) \ + $(patsubst %.xml, %.9, $(DOCBOOKS)) \ + $(index) + +clean-dirs := $(patsubst %.xml,%,$(DOCBOOKS)) man + +cleandocs: cleanmediadocs + $(Q)rm -f $(call objectify, $(clean-files)) + $(Q)rm -rf $(call objectify, $(clean-dirs)) + +# Declare the contents of the .PHONY variable as phony. We keep that +# information in a variable se we can use it in if_changed and friends. + +.PHONY: $(PHONY) diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/alsa-driver-api.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/alsa-driver-api.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71f924612 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/alsa-driver-api.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ + + + + + + + + + The ALSA Driver API + + + + This document is free; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + + + This document is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the + implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A + PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License + for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + + + + + + + + Management of Cards and Devices + Card Management +!Esound/core/init.c + + Device Components +!Esound/core/device.c + + Module requests and Device File Entries +!Esound/core/sound.c + + Memory Management Helpers +!Esound/core/memory.c +!Esound/core/memalloc.c + + + PCM API + PCM Core +!Esound/core/pcm.c +!Esound/core/pcm_lib.c +!Esound/core/pcm_native.c +!Iinclude/sound/pcm.h + + PCM Format Helpers +!Esound/core/pcm_misc.c + + PCM Memory Management +!Esound/core/pcm_memory.c + + PCM DMA Engine API +!Esound/core/pcm_dmaengine.c +!Iinclude/sound/dmaengine_pcm.h + + + Control/Mixer API + General Control Interface +!Esound/core/control.c + + AC97 Codec API +!Esound/pci/ac97/ac97_codec.c +!Esound/pci/ac97/ac97_pcm.c + + Virtual Master Control API +!Esound/core/vmaster.c +!Iinclude/sound/control.h + + + MIDI API + Raw MIDI API +!Esound/core/rawmidi.c + + MPU401-UART API +!Esound/drivers/mpu401/mpu401_uart.c + + + Proc Info API + Proc Info Interface +!Esound/core/info.c + + + Compress Offload + Compress Offload API +!Esound/core/compress_offload.c +!Iinclude/uapi/sound/compress_offload.h +!Iinclude/uapi/sound/compress_params.h +!Iinclude/sound/compress_driver.h + + + ASoC + ASoC Core API +!Iinclude/sound/soc.h +!Esound/soc/soc-core.c +!Esound/soc/soc-cache.c +!Esound/soc/soc-devres.c +!Esound/soc/soc-io.c +!Esound/soc/soc-pcm.c + + ASoC DAPM API +!Esound/soc/soc-dapm.c + + ASoC DMA Engine API +!Esound/soc/soc-generic-dmaengine-pcm.c + + + Miscellaneous Functions + Hardware-Dependent Devices API +!Esound/core/hwdep.c + + Jack Abstraction Layer API +!Iinclude/sound/jack.h +!Esound/core/jack.c +!Esound/soc/soc-jack.c + + ISA DMA Helpers +!Esound/core/isadma.c + + Other Helper Macros +!Iinclude/sound/core.h + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..efc8d90a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,2113 @@ + + + + + + Linux Kernel Crypto API + + + + Stephan + Mueller + +

+ smueller@chronox.de +
+ + + + Marek + Vasut + +
+ marek@denx.de +
+ + + + + + 2014 + Stephan Mueller + + + + + + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + + + + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + + + + + + + + Kernel Crypto API Interface Specification + + Introduction + + + The kernel crypto API offers a rich set of cryptographic ciphers as + well as other data transformation mechanisms and methods to invoke + these. This document contains a description of the API and provides + example code. + + + + To understand and properly use the kernel crypto API a brief + explanation of its structure is given. Based on the architecture, + the API can be separated into different components. Following the + architecture specification, hints to developers of ciphers are + provided. Pointers to the API function call documentation are + given at the end. + + + + The kernel crypto API refers to all algorithms as "transformations". + Therefore, a cipher handle variable usually has the name "tfm". + Besides cryptographic operations, the kernel crypto API also knows + compression transformations and handles them the same way as ciphers. + + + + The kernel crypto API serves the following entity types: + + + + consumers requesting cryptographic services + + + data transformation implementations (typically ciphers) + that can be called by consumers using the kernel crypto + API + + + + + + This specification is intended for consumers of the kernel crypto + API as well as for developers implementing ciphers. This API + specification, however, does not discuss all API calls available + to data transformation implementations (i.e. implementations of + ciphers and other transformations (such as CRC or even compression + algorithms) that can register with the kernel crypto API). + + + + Note: The terms "transformation" and cipher algorithm are used + interchangably. + + + + Terminology + + The transformation implementation is an actual code or interface + to hardware which implements a certain transformation with precisely + defined behavior. + + + + The transformation object (TFM) is an instance of a transformation + implementation. There can be multiple transformation objects + associated with a single transformation implementation. Each of + those transformation objects is held by a crypto API consumer or + another transformation. Transformation object is allocated when a + crypto API consumer requests a transformation implementation. + The consumer is then provided with a structure, which contains + a transformation object (TFM). + + + + The structure that contains transformation objects may also be + referred to as a "cipher handle". Such a cipher handle is always + subject to the following phases that are reflected in the API calls + applicable to such a cipher handle: + + + + + Initialization of a cipher handle. + + + Execution of all intended cipher operations applicable + for the handle where the cipher handle must be furnished to + every API call. + + + Destruction of a cipher handle. + + + + + When using the initialization API calls, a cipher handle is + created and returned to the consumer. Therefore, please refer + to all initialization API calls that refer to the data + structure type a consumer is expected to receive and subsequently + to use. The initialization API calls have all the same naming + conventions of crypto_alloc_*. + + + + The transformation context is private data associated with + the transformation object. + + + + + Kernel Crypto API Architecture + Cipher algorithm types + + The kernel crypto API provides different API calls for the + following cipher types: + + + Symmetric ciphers + AEAD ciphers + Message digest, including keyed message digest + Random number generation + User space interface + + + + + Ciphers And Templates + + The kernel crypto API provides implementations of single block + ciphers and message digests. In addition, the kernel crypto API + provides numerous "templates" that can be used in conjunction + with the single block ciphers and message digests. Templates + include all types of block chaining mode, the HMAC mechanism, etc. + + + + Single block ciphers and message digests can either be directly + used by a caller or invoked together with a template to form + multi-block ciphers or keyed message digests. + + + + A single block cipher may even be called with multiple templates. + However, templates cannot be used without a single cipher. + + + + See /proc/crypto and search for "name". For example: + + + aes + ecb(aes) + cmac(aes) + ccm(aes) + rfc4106(gcm(aes)) + sha1 + hmac(sha1) + authenc(hmac(sha1),cbc(aes)) + + + + + In these examples, "aes" and "sha1" are the ciphers and all + others are the templates. + + + + Synchronous And Asynchronous Operation + + The kernel crypto API provides synchronous and asynchronous + API operations. + + + + When using the synchronous API operation, the caller invokes + a cipher operation which is performed synchronously by the + kernel crypto API. That means, the caller waits until the + cipher operation completes. Therefore, the kernel crypto API + calls work like regular function calls. For synchronous + operation, the set of API calls is small and conceptually + similar to any other crypto library. + + + + Asynchronous operation is provided by the kernel crypto API + which implies that the invocation of a cipher operation will + complete almost instantly. That invocation triggers the + cipher operation but it does not signal its completion. Before + invoking a cipher operation, the caller must provide a callback + function the kernel crypto API can invoke to signal the + completion of the cipher operation. Furthermore, the caller + must ensure it can handle such asynchronous events by applying + appropriate locking around its data. The kernel crypto API + does not perform any special serialization operation to protect + the caller's data integrity. + + + + Crypto API Cipher References And Priority + + A cipher is referenced by the caller with a string. That string + has the following semantics: + + + template(single block cipher) + + + where "template" and "single block cipher" is the aforementioned + template and single block cipher, respectively. If applicable, + additional templates may enclose other templates, such as + + + template1(template2(single block cipher))) + + + + + The kernel crypto API may provide multiple implementations of a + template or a single block cipher. For example, AES on newer + Intel hardware has the following implementations: AES-NI, + assembler implementation, or straight C. Now, when using the + string "aes" with the kernel crypto API, which cipher + implementation is used? The answer to that question is the + priority number assigned to each cipher implementation by the + kernel crypto API. When a caller uses the string to refer to a + cipher during initialization of a cipher handle, the kernel + crypto API looks up all implementations providing an + implementation with that name and selects the implementation + with the highest priority. + + + + Now, a caller may have the need to refer to a specific cipher + implementation and thus does not want to rely on the + priority-based selection. To accommodate this scenario, the + kernel crypto API allows the cipher implementation to register + a unique name in addition to common names. When using that + unique name, a caller is therefore always sure to refer to + the intended cipher implementation. + + + + The list of available ciphers is given in /proc/crypto. However, + that list does not specify all possible permutations of + templates and ciphers. Each block listed in /proc/crypto may + contain the following information -- if one of the components + listed as follows are not applicable to a cipher, it is not + displayed: + + + + + name: the generic name of the cipher that is subject + to the priority-based selection -- this name can be used by + the cipher allocation API calls (all names listed above are + examples for such generic names) + + + driver: the unique name of the cipher -- this name can + be used by the cipher allocation API calls + + + module: the kernel module providing the cipher + implementation (or "kernel" for statically linked ciphers) + + + priority: the priority value of the cipher implementation + + + refcnt: the reference count of the respective cipher + (i.e. the number of current consumers of this cipher) + + + selftest: specification whether the self test for the + cipher passed + + + type: + + + blkcipher for synchronous block ciphers + + + ablkcipher for asynchronous block ciphers + + + cipher for single block ciphers that may be used with + an additional template + + + shash for synchronous message digest + + + ahash for asynchronous message digest + + + aead for AEAD cipher type + + + compression for compression type transformations + + + rng for random number generator + + + givcipher for cipher with associated IV generator + (see the geniv entry below for the specification of the + IV generator type used by the cipher implementation) + + + + + + blocksize: blocksize of cipher in bytes + + + keysize: key size in bytes + + + ivsize: IV size in bytes + + + seedsize: required size of seed data for random number + generator + + + digestsize: output size of the message digest + + + geniv: IV generation type: + + + eseqiv for encrypted sequence number based IV + generation + + + seqiv for sequence number based IV generation + + + chainiv for chain iv generation + + + <builtin> is a marker that the cipher implements + IV generation and handling as it is specific to the given + cipher + + + + + + + + Key Sizes + + When allocating a cipher handle, the caller only specifies the + cipher type. Symmetric ciphers, however, typically support + multiple key sizes (e.g. AES-128 vs. AES-192 vs. AES-256). + These key sizes are determined with the length of the provided + key. Thus, the kernel crypto API does not provide a separate + way to select the particular symmetric cipher key size. + + + + Cipher Allocation Type And Masks + + The different cipher handle allocation functions allow the + specification of a type and mask flag. Both parameters have + the following meaning (and are therefore not covered in the + subsequent sections). + + + + The type flag specifies the type of the cipher algorithm. + The caller usually provides a 0 when the caller wants the + default handling. Otherwise, the caller may provide the + following selections which match the the aforementioned + cipher types: + + + + + CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_CIPHER Single block cipher + + + CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_COMPRESS Compression + + + CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_AEAD Authenticated Encryption with + Associated Data (MAC) + + + CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_BLKCIPHER Synchronous multi-block cipher + + + CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_ABLKCIPHER Asynchronous multi-block cipher + + + CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_GIVCIPHER Asynchronous multi-block + cipher packed together with an IV generator (see geniv field + in the /proc/crypto listing for the known IV generators) + + + CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_DIGEST Raw message digest + + + CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_HASH Alias for CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_DIGEST + + + CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_SHASH Synchronous multi-block hash + + + CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_AHASH Asynchronous multi-block hash + + + CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_RNG Random Number Generation + + + CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_PCOMPRESS Enhanced version of + CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_COMPRESS allowing for segmented compression / + decompression instead of performing the operation on one + segment only. CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_PCOMPRESS is intended to replace + CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_COMPRESS once existing consumers are converted. + + + + + The mask flag restricts the type of cipher. The only allowed + flag is CRYPTO_ALG_ASYNC to restrict the cipher lookup function + to asynchronous ciphers. Usually, a caller provides a 0 for the + mask flag. + + + + When the caller provides a mask and type specification, the + caller limits the search the kernel crypto API can perform for + a suitable cipher implementation for the given cipher name. + That means, even when a caller uses a cipher name that exists + during its initialization call, the kernel crypto API may not + select it due to the used type and mask field. + + + + Internal Structure of Kernel Crypto API + + + The kernel crypto API has an internal structure where a cipher + implementation may use many layers and indirections. This section + shall help to clarify how the kernel crypto API uses + various components to implement the complete cipher. + + + + The following subsections explain the internal structure based + on existing cipher implementations. The first section addresses + the most complex scenario where all other scenarios form a logical + subset. + + + Generic AEAD Cipher Structure + + + The following ASCII art decomposes the kernel crypto API layers + when using the AEAD cipher with the automated IV generation. The + shown example is used by the IPSEC layer. + + + + For other use cases of AEAD ciphers, the ASCII art applies as + well, but the caller may not use the GIVCIPHER interface. In + this case, the caller must generate the IV. + + + + The depicted example decomposes the AEAD cipher of GCM(AES) based + on the generic C implementations (gcm.c, aes-generic.c, ctr.c, + ghash-generic.c, seqiv.c). The generic implementation serves as an + example showing the complete logic of the kernel crypto API. + + + + It is possible that some streamlined cipher implementations (like + AES-NI) provide implementations merging aspects which in the view + of the kernel crypto API cannot be decomposed into layers any more. + In case of the AES-NI implementation, the CTR mode, the GHASH + implementation and the AES cipher are all merged into one cipher + implementation registered with the kernel crypto API. In this case, + the concept described by the following ASCII art applies too. However, + the decomposition of GCM into the individual sub-components + by the kernel crypto API is not done any more. + + + + Each block in the following ASCII art is an independent cipher + instance obtained from the kernel crypto API. Each block + is accessed by the caller or by other blocks using the API functions + defined by the kernel crypto API for the cipher implementation type. + + + + The blocks below indicate the cipher type as well as the specific + logic implemented in the cipher. + + + + The ASCII art picture also indicates the call structure, i.e. who + calls which component. The arrows point to the invoked block + where the caller uses the API applicable to the cipher type + specified for the block. + + + + + + + + The following call sequence is applicable when the IPSEC layer + triggers an encryption operation with the esp_output function. During + configuration, the administrator set up the use of rfc4106(gcm(aes)) as + the cipher for ESP. The following call sequence is now depicted in the + ASCII art above: + + + + + + esp_output() invokes crypto_aead_givencrypt() to trigger an encryption + operation of the GIVCIPHER implementation. + + + + In case of GCM, the SEQIV implementation is registered as GIVCIPHER + in crypto_rfc4106_alloc(). + + + + The SEQIV performs its operation to generate an IV where the core + function is seqiv_geniv(). + + + + + + Now, SEQIV uses the AEAD API function calls to invoke the associated + AEAD cipher. In our case, during the instantiation of SEQIV, the + cipher handle for GCM is provided to SEQIV. This means that SEQIV + invokes AEAD cipher operations with the GCM cipher handle. + + + + During instantiation of the GCM handle, the CTR(AES) and GHASH + ciphers are instantiated. The cipher handles for CTR(AES) and GHASH + are retained for later use. + + + + The GCM implementation is responsible to invoke the CTR mode AES and + the GHASH cipher in the right manner to implement the GCM + specification. + + + + + + The GCM AEAD cipher type implementation now invokes the ABLKCIPHER API + with the instantiated CTR(AES) cipher handle. + + + + During instantiation of the CTR(AES) cipher, the CIPHER type + implementation of AES is instantiated. The cipher handle for AES is + retained. + + + + That means that the ABLKCIPHER implementation of CTR(AES) only + implements the CTR block chaining mode. After performing the block + chaining operation, the CIPHER implementation of AES is invoked. + + + + + + The ABLKCIPHER of CTR(AES) now invokes the CIPHER API with the AES + cipher handle to encrypt one block. + + + + + + The GCM AEAD implementation also invokes the GHASH cipher + implementation via the AHASH API. + + + + + + When the IPSEC layer triggers the esp_input() function, the same call + sequence is followed with the only difference that the operation starts + with step (2). + + + + Generic Block Cipher Structure + + Generic block ciphers follow the same concept as depicted with the ASCII + art picture above. + + + + For example, CBC(AES) is implemented with cbc.c, and aes-generic.c. The + ASCII art picture above applies as well with the difference that only + step (4) is used and the ABLKCIPHER block chaining mode is CBC. + + + + Generic Keyed Message Digest Structure + + Keyed message digest implementations again follow the same concept as + depicted in the ASCII art picture above. + + + + For example, HMAC(SHA256) is implemented with hmac.c and + sha256_generic.c. The following ASCII art illustrates the + implementation: + + + + + + + + The following call sequence is applicable when a caller triggers + an HMAC operation: + + + + + + The AHASH API functions are invoked by the caller. The HMAC + implementation performs its operation as needed. + + + + During initialization of the HMAC cipher, the SHASH cipher type of + SHA256 is instantiated. The cipher handle for the SHA256 instance is + retained. + + + + At one time, the HMAC implementation requires a SHA256 operation + where the SHA256 cipher handle is used. + + + + + + The HMAC instance now invokes the SHASH API with the SHA256 + cipher handle to calculate the message digest. + + + + + + + + Developing Cipher Algorithms + Registering And Unregistering Transformation + + There are three distinct types of registration functions in + the Crypto API. One is used to register a generic cryptographic + transformation, while the other two are specific to HASH + transformations and COMPRESSion. We will discuss the latter + two in a separate chapter, here we will only look at the + generic ones. + + + + Before discussing the register functions, the data structure + to be filled with each, struct crypto_alg, must be considered + -- see below for a description of this data structure. + + + + The generic registration functions can be found in + include/linux/crypto.h and their definition can be seen below. + The former function registers a single transformation, while + the latter works on an array of transformation descriptions. + The latter is useful when registering transformations in bulk. + + + + int crypto_register_alg(struct crypto_alg *alg); + int crypto_register_algs(struct crypto_alg *algs, int count); + + + + The counterparts to those functions are listed below. + + + + int crypto_unregister_alg(struct crypto_alg *alg); + int crypto_unregister_algs(struct crypto_alg *algs, int count); + + + + Notice that both registration and unregistration functions + do return a value, so make sure to handle errors. A return + code of zero implies success. Any return code < 0 implies + an error. + + + + The bulk registration / unregistration functions require + that struct crypto_alg is an array of count size. These + functions simply loop over that array and register / + unregister each individual algorithm. If an error occurs, + the loop is terminated at the offending algorithm definition. + That means, the algorithms prior to the offending algorithm + are successfully registered. Note, the caller has no way of + knowing which cipher implementations have successfully + registered. If this is important to know, the caller should + loop through the different implementations using the single + instance *_alg functions for each individual implementation. + + + + Single-Block Symmetric Ciphers [CIPHER] + + Example of transformations: aes, arc4, ... + + + + This section describes the simplest of all transformation + implementations, that being the CIPHER type used for symmetric + ciphers. The CIPHER type is used for transformations which + operate on exactly one block at a time and there are no + dependencies between blocks at all. + + + Registration specifics + + The registration of [CIPHER] algorithm is specific in that + struct crypto_alg field .cra_type is empty. The .cra_u.cipher + has to be filled in with proper callbacks to implement this + transformation. + + + + See struct cipher_alg below. + + + + Cipher Definition With struct cipher_alg + + Struct cipher_alg defines a single block cipher. + + + + Here are schematics of how these functions are called when + operated from other part of the kernel. Note that the + .cia_setkey() call might happen before or after any of these + schematics happen, but must not happen during any of these + are in-flight. + + + + + KEY ---. PLAINTEXT ---. + v v + .cia_setkey() -> .cia_encrypt() + | + '-----> CIPHERTEXT + + + + + Please note that a pattern where .cia_setkey() is called + multiple times is also valid: + + + + + + KEY1 --. PLAINTEXT1 --. KEY2 --. PLAINTEXT2 --. + v v v v + .cia_setkey() -> .cia_encrypt() -> .cia_setkey() -> .cia_encrypt() + | | + '---> CIPHERTEXT1 '---> CIPHERTEXT2 + + + + + + + Multi-Block Ciphers [BLKCIPHER] [ABLKCIPHER] + + Example of transformations: cbc(aes), ecb(arc4), ... + + + + This section describes the multi-block cipher transformation + implementations for both synchronous [BLKCIPHER] and + asynchronous [ABLKCIPHER] case. The multi-block ciphers are + used for transformations which operate on scatterlists of + data supplied to the transformation functions. They output + the result into a scatterlist of data as well. + + + Registration Specifics + + + The registration of [BLKCIPHER] or [ABLKCIPHER] algorithms + is one of the most standard procedures throughout the crypto API. + + + + Note, if a cipher implementation requires a proper alignment + of data, the caller should use the functions of + crypto_blkcipher_alignmask() or crypto_ablkcipher_alignmask() + respectively to identify a memory alignment mask. The kernel + crypto API is able to process requests that are unaligned. + This implies, however, additional overhead as the kernel + crypto API needs to perform the realignment of the data which + may imply moving of data. + + + + Cipher Definition With struct blkcipher_alg and ablkcipher_alg + + Struct blkcipher_alg defines a synchronous block cipher whereas + struct ablkcipher_alg defines an asynchronous block cipher. + + + + Please refer to the single block cipher description for schematics + of the block cipher usage. The usage patterns are exactly the same + for [ABLKCIPHER] and [BLKCIPHER] as they are for plain [CIPHER]. + + + + Specifics Of Asynchronous Multi-Block Cipher + + There are a couple of specifics to the [ABLKCIPHER] interface. + + + + First of all, some of the drivers will want to use the + Generic ScatterWalk in case the hardware needs to be fed + separate chunks of the scatterlist which contains the + plaintext and will contain the ciphertext. Please refer + to the ScatterWalk interface offered by the Linux kernel + scatter / gather list implementation. + + + + + Hashing [HASH] + + + Example of transformations: crc32, md5, sha1, sha256,... + + + Registering And Unregistering The Transformation + + + There are multiple ways to register a HASH transformation, + depending on whether the transformation is synchronous [SHASH] + or asynchronous [AHASH] and the amount of HASH transformations + we are registering. You can find the prototypes defined in + include/crypto/internal/hash.h: + + + + int crypto_register_ahash(struct ahash_alg *alg); + + int crypto_register_shash(struct shash_alg *alg); + int crypto_register_shashes(struct shash_alg *algs, int count); + + + + The respective counterparts for unregistering the HASH + transformation are as follows: + + + + int crypto_unregister_ahash(struct ahash_alg *alg); + + int crypto_unregister_shash(struct shash_alg *alg); + int crypto_unregister_shashes(struct shash_alg *algs, int count); + + + + Cipher Definition With struct shash_alg and ahash_alg + + Here are schematics of how these functions are called when + operated from other part of the kernel. Note that the .setkey() + call might happen before or after any of these schematics happen, + but must not happen during any of these are in-flight. Please note + that calling .init() followed immediately by .finish() is also a + perfectly valid transformation. + + + + I) DATA -----------. + v + .init() -> .update() -> .final() ! .update() might not be called + ^ | | at all in this scenario. + '----' '---> HASH + + II) DATA -----------.-----------. + v v + .init() -> .update() -> .finup() ! .update() may not be called + ^ | | at all in this scenario. + '----' '---> HASH + + III) DATA -----------. + v + .digest() ! The entire process is handled + | by the .digest() call. + '---------------> HASH + + + + Here is a schematic of how the .export()/.import() functions are + called when used from another part of the kernel. + + + + KEY--. DATA--. + v v ! .update() may not be called + .setkey() -> .init() -> .update() -> .export() at all in this scenario. + ^ | | + '-----' '--> PARTIAL_HASH + + ----------- other transformations happen here ----------- + + PARTIAL_HASH--. DATA1--. + v v + .import -> .update() -> .final() ! .update() may not be called + ^ | | at all in this scenario. + '----' '--> HASH1 + + PARTIAL_HASH--. DATA2-. + v v + .import -> .finup() + | + '---------------> HASH2 + + + + Specifics Of Asynchronous HASH Transformation + + Some of the drivers will want to use the Generic ScatterWalk + in case the implementation needs to be fed separate chunks of the + scatterlist which contains the input data. The buffer containing + the resulting hash will always be properly aligned to + .cra_alignmask so there is no need to worry about this. + + + + + + User Space Interface + Introduction + + The concepts of the kernel crypto API visible to kernel space is fully + applicable to the user space interface as well. Therefore, the kernel + crypto API high level discussion for the in-kernel use cases applies + here as well. + + + + The major difference, however, is that user space can only act as a + consumer and never as a provider of a transformation or cipher algorithm. + + + + The following covers the user space interface exported by the kernel + crypto API. A working example of this description is libkcapi that + can be obtained from [1]. That library can be used by user space + applications that require cryptographic services from the kernel. + + + + Some details of the in-kernel kernel crypto API aspects do not + apply to user space, however. This includes the difference between + synchronous and asynchronous invocations. The user space API call + is fully synchronous. + + + + [1] http://www.chronox.de/libkcapi.html + + + + + User Space API General Remarks + + The kernel crypto API is accessible from user space. Currently, + the following ciphers are accessible: + + + + + Message digest including keyed message digest (HMAC, CMAC) + + + + Symmetric ciphers + + + + AEAD ciphers + + + + Random Number Generators + + + + + The interface is provided via socket type using the type AF_ALG. + In addition, the setsockopt option type is SOL_ALG. In case the + user space header files do not export these flags yet, use the + following macros: + + + +#ifndef AF_ALG +#define AF_ALG 38 +#endif +#ifndef SOL_ALG +#define SOL_ALG 279 +#endif + + + + A cipher is accessed with the same name as done for the in-kernel + API calls. This includes the generic vs. unique naming schema for + ciphers as well as the enforcement of priorities for generic names. + + + + To interact with the kernel crypto API, a socket must be + created by the user space application. User space invokes the cipher + operation with the send()/write() system call family. The result of the + cipher operation is obtained with the read()/recv() system call family. + + + + The following API calls assume that the socket descriptor + is already opened by the user space application and discusses only + the kernel crypto API specific invocations. + + + + To initialize the socket interface, the following sequence has to + be performed by the consumer: + + + + + + Create a socket of type AF_ALG with the struct sockaddr_alg + parameter specified below for the different cipher types. + + + + + + Invoke bind with the socket descriptor + + + + + + Invoke accept with the socket descriptor. The accept system call + returns a new file descriptor that is to be used to interact with + the particular cipher instance. When invoking send/write or recv/read + system calls to send data to the kernel or obtain data from the + kernel, the file descriptor returned by accept must be used. + + + + + + In-place Cipher operation + + Just like the in-kernel operation of the kernel crypto API, the user + space interface allows the cipher operation in-place. That means that + the input buffer used for the send/write system call and the output + buffer used by the read/recv system call may be one and the same. + This is of particular interest for symmetric cipher operations where a + copying of the output data to its final destination can be avoided. + + + + If a consumer on the other hand wants to maintain the plaintext and + the ciphertext in different memory locations, all a consumer needs + to do is to provide different memory pointers for the encryption and + decryption operation. + + + + Message Digest API + + The message digest type to be used for the cipher operation is + selected when invoking the bind syscall. bind requires the caller + to provide a filled struct sockaddr data structure. This data + structure must be filled as follows: + + + +struct sockaddr_alg sa = { + .salg_family = AF_ALG, + .salg_type = "hash", /* this selects the hash logic in the kernel */ + .salg_name = "sha1" /* this is the cipher name */ +}; + + + + The salg_type value "hash" applies to message digests and keyed + message digests. Though, a keyed message digest is referenced by + the appropriate salg_name. Please see below for the setsockopt + interface that explains how the key can be set for a keyed message + digest. + + + + Using the send() system call, the application provides the data that + should be processed with the message digest. The send system call + allows the following flags to be specified: + + + + + + MSG_MORE: If this flag is set, the send system call acts like a + message digest update function where the final hash is not + yet calculated. If the flag is not set, the send system call + calculates the final message digest immediately. + + + + + + With the recv() system call, the application can read the message + digest from the kernel crypto API. If the buffer is too small for the + message digest, the flag MSG_TRUNC is set by the kernel. + + + + In order to set a message digest key, the calling application must use + the setsockopt() option of ALG_SET_KEY. If the key is not set the HMAC + operation is performed without the initial HMAC state change caused by + the key. + + + + Symmetric Cipher API + + The operation is very similar to the message digest discussion. + During initialization, the struct sockaddr data structure must be + filled as follows: + + + +struct sockaddr_alg sa = { + .salg_family = AF_ALG, + .salg_type = "skcipher", /* this selects the symmetric cipher */ + .salg_name = "cbc(aes)" /* this is the cipher name */ +}; + + + + Before data can be sent to the kernel using the write/send system + call family, the consumer must set the key. The key setting is + described with the setsockopt invocation below. + + + + Using the sendmsg() system call, the application provides the data that should be processed for encryption or decryption. In addition, the IV is + specified with the data structure provided by the sendmsg() system call. + + + + The sendmsg system call parameter of struct msghdr is embedded into the + struct cmsghdr data structure. See recv(2) and cmsg(3) for more + information on how the cmsghdr data structure is used together with the + send/recv system call family. That cmsghdr data structure holds the + following information specified with a separate header instances: + + + + + + specification of the cipher operation type with one of these flags: + + + + ALG_OP_ENCRYPT - encryption of data + + + ALG_OP_DECRYPT - decryption of data + + + + + + + specification of the IV information marked with the flag ALG_SET_IV + + + + + + The send system call family allows the following flag to be specified: + + + + + + MSG_MORE: If this flag is set, the send system call acts like a + cipher update function where more input data is expected + with a subsequent invocation of the send system call. + + + + + + Note: The kernel reports -EINVAL for any unexpected data. The caller + must make sure that all data matches the constraints given in + /proc/crypto for the selected cipher. + + + + With the recv() system call, the application can read the result of + the cipher operation from the kernel crypto API. The output buffer + must be at least as large as to hold all blocks of the encrypted or + decrypted data. If the output data size is smaller, only as many + blocks are returned that fit into that output buffer size. + + + + AEAD Cipher API + + The operation is very similar to the symmetric cipher discussion. + During initialization, the struct sockaddr data structure must be + filled as follows: + + + +struct sockaddr_alg sa = { + .salg_family = AF_ALG, + .salg_type = "aead", /* this selects the symmetric cipher */ + .salg_name = "gcm(aes)" /* this is the cipher name */ +}; + + + + Before data can be sent to the kernel using the write/send system + call family, the consumer must set the key. The key setting is + described with the setsockopt invocation below. + + + + In addition, before data can be sent to the kernel using the + write/send system call family, the consumer must set the authentication + tag size. To set the authentication tag size, the caller must use the + setsockopt invocation described below. + + + + Using the sendmsg() system call, the application provides the data that should be processed for encryption or decryption. In addition, the IV is + specified with the data structure provided by the sendmsg() system call. + + + + The sendmsg system call parameter of struct msghdr is embedded into the + struct cmsghdr data structure. See recv(2) and cmsg(3) for more + information on how the cmsghdr data structure is used together with the + send/recv system call family. That cmsghdr data structure holds the + following information specified with a separate header instances: + + + + + + specification of the cipher operation type with one of these flags: + + + + ALG_OP_ENCRYPT - encryption of data + + + ALG_OP_DECRYPT - decryption of data + + + + + + + specification of the IV information marked with the flag ALG_SET_IV + + + + + + specification of the associated authentication data (AAD) with the + flag ALG_SET_AEAD_ASSOCLEN. The AAD is sent to the kernel together + with the plaintext / ciphertext. See below for the memory structure. + + + + + + The send system call family allows the following flag to be specified: + + + + + + MSG_MORE: If this flag is set, the send system call acts like a + cipher update function where more input data is expected + with a subsequent invocation of the send system call. + + + + + + Note: The kernel reports -EINVAL for any unexpected data. The caller + must make sure that all data matches the constraints given in + /proc/crypto for the selected cipher. + + + + With the recv() system call, the application can read the result of + the cipher operation from the kernel crypto API. The output buffer + must be at least as large as defined with the memory structure below. + If the output data size is smaller, the cipher operation is not performed. + + + + The authenticated decryption operation may indicate an integrity error. + Such breach in integrity is marked with the -EBADMSG error code. + + + AEAD Memory Structure + + The AEAD cipher operates with the following information that + is communicated between user and kernel space as one data stream: + + + + + plaintext or ciphertext + + + + associated authentication data (AAD) + + + + authentication tag + + + + + The sizes of the AAD and the authentication tag are provided with + the sendmsg and setsockopt calls (see there). As the kernel knows + the size of the entire data stream, the kernel is now able to + calculate the right offsets of the data components in the data + stream. + + + + The user space caller must arrange the aforementioned information + in the following order: + + + + + + AEAD encryption input: AAD || plaintext + + + + + + AEAD decryption input: AAD || ciphertext || authentication tag + + + + + + The output buffer the user space caller provides must be at least as + large to hold the following data: + + + + + + AEAD encryption output: ciphertext || authentication tag + + + + + + AEAD decryption output: plaintext + + + + + + + Random Number Generator API + + Again, the operation is very similar to the other APIs. + During initialization, the struct sockaddr data structure must be + filled as follows: + + + +struct sockaddr_alg sa = { + .salg_family = AF_ALG, + .salg_type = "rng", /* this selects the symmetric cipher */ + .salg_name = "drbg_nopr_sha256" /* this is the cipher name */ +}; + + + + Depending on the RNG type, the RNG must be seeded. The seed is provided + using the setsockopt interface to set the key. For example, the + ansi_cprng requires a seed. The DRBGs do not require a seed, but + may be seeded. + + + + Using the read()/recvmsg() system calls, random numbers can be obtained. + The kernel generates at most 128 bytes in one call. If user space + requires more data, multiple calls to read()/recvmsg() must be made. + + + + WARNING: The user space caller may invoke the initially mentioned + accept system call multiple times. In this case, the returned file + descriptors have the same state. + + + + + Zero-Copy Interface + + In addition to the send/write/read/recv system call familty, the AF_ALG + interface can be accessed with the zero-copy interface of splice/vmsplice. + As the name indicates, the kernel tries to avoid a copy operation into + kernel space. + + + + The zero-copy operation requires data to be aligned at the page boundary. + Non-aligned data can be used as well, but may require more operations of + the kernel which would defeat the speed gains obtained from the zero-copy + interface. + + + + The system-interent limit for the size of one zero-copy operation is + 16 pages. If more data is to be sent to AF_ALG, user space must slice + the input into segments with a maximum size of 16 pages. + + + + Zero-copy can be used with the following code example (a complete working + example is provided with libkcapi): + + + +int pipes[2]; + +pipe(pipes); +/* input data in iov */ +vmsplice(pipes[1], iov, iovlen, SPLICE_F_GIFT); +/* opfd is the file descriptor returned from accept() system call */ +splice(pipes[0], NULL, opfd, NULL, ret, 0); +read(opfd, out, outlen); + + + + + Setsockopt Interface + + In addition to the read/recv and send/write system call handling + to send and retrieve data subject to the cipher operation, a consumer + also needs to set the additional information for the cipher operation. + This additional information is set using the setsockopt system call + that must be invoked with the file descriptor of the open cipher + (i.e. the file descriptor returned by the accept system call). + + + + Each setsockopt invocation must use the level SOL_ALG. + + + + The setsockopt interface allows setting the following data using + the mentioned optname: + + + + + + ALG_SET_KEY -- Setting the key. Key setting is applicable to: + + + + the skcipher cipher type (symmetric ciphers) + + + the hash cipher type (keyed message digests) + + + the AEAD cipher type + + + the RNG cipher type to provide the seed + + + + + + + ALG_SET_AEAD_AUTHSIZE -- Setting the authentication tag size + for AEAD ciphers. For a encryption operation, the authentication + tag of the given size will be generated. For a decryption operation, + the provided ciphertext is assumed to contain an authentication tag + of the given size (see section about AEAD memory layout below). + + + + + + + User space API example + + Please see [1] for libkcapi which provides an easy-to-use wrapper + around the aforementioned Netlink kernel interface. [1] also contains + a test application that invokes all libkcapi API calls. + + + + [1] http://www.chronox.de/libkcapi.html + + + + + + + Programming Interface + Block Cipher Context Data Structures +!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Block Cipher Context Data Structures +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request + + Block Cipher Algorithm Definitions +!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Block Cipher Algorithm Definitions +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alg +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h ablkcipher_alg +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_alg +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h blkcipher_alg +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h cipher_alg +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h rng_alg + + Asynchronous Block Cipher API +!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Asynchronous Block Cipher API +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alloc_ablkcipher +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_free_ablkcipher +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_has_ablkcipher +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_ivsize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_blocksize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_setkey +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_reqtfm +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_encrypt +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_decrypt + + Asynchronous Cipher Request Handle +!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Asynchronous Cipher Request Handle +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_reqsize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h ablkcipher_request_set_tfm +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h ablkcipher_request_alloc +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h ablkcipher_request_free +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h ablkcipher_request_set_callback +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h ablkcipher_request_set_crypt + + Authenticated Encryption With Associated Data (AEAD) Cipher API +!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Authenticated Encryption With Associated Data (AEAD) Cipher API +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alloc_aead +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_free_aead +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_ivsize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_authsize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_blocksize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_setkey +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_setauthsize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_encrypt +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_decrypt + + Asynchronous AEAD Request Handle +!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Asynchronous AEAD Request Handle +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_aead_reqsize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_set_tfm +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_alloc +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_free +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_set_callback +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_set_crypt +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h aead_request_set_assoc + + Synchronous Block Cipher API +!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Synchronous Block Cipher API +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alloc_blkcipher +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_free_blkcipher +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_has_blkcipher +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_name +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_ivsize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_blocksize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_setkey +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_encrypt +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_encrypt_iv +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_decrypt +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_decrypt_iv +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_set_iv +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_blkcipher_get_iv + + Single Block Cipher API +!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Single Block Cipher API +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alloc_cipher +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_free_cipher +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_has_cipher +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_cipher_blocksize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_cipher_setkey +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_cipher_encrypt_one +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_cipher_decrypt_one + + Synchronous Message Digest API +!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Synchronous Message Digest API +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alloc_hash +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_free_hash +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_has_hash +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_blocksize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_digestsize +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_init +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_update +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_final +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_digest +!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_setkey + + Message Digest Algorithm Definitions +!Pinclude/crypto/hash.h Message Digest Algorithm Definitions +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h hash_alg_common +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h ahash_alg +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h shash_alg + + Asynchronous Message Digest API +!Pinclude/crypto/hash.h Asynchronous Message Digest API +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_alloc_ahash +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_free_ahash +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_init +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_digestsize +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_reqtfm +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_reqsize +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_setkey +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_finup +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_final +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_digest +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_export +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_ahash_import + + Asynchronous Hash Request Handle +!Pinclude/crypto/hash.h Asynchronous Hash Request Handle +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h ahash_request_set_tfm +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h ahash_request_alloc +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h ahash_request_free +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h ahash_request_set_callback +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h ahash_request_set_crypt + + Synchronous Message Digest API +!Pinclude/crypto/hash.h Synchronous Message Digest API +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_alloc_shash +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_free_shash +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_blocksize +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_digestsize +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_descsize +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_setkey +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_digest +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_export +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_import +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_init +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_update +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_final +!Finclude/crypto/hash.h crypto_shash_finup + + Crypto API Random Number API +!Pinclude/crypto/rng.h Random number generator API +!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_alloc_rng +!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_rng_alg +!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_free_rng +!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_rng_get_bytes +!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_rng_reset +!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_rng_seedsize +!Cinclude/crypto/rng.h + + + + Code Examples + Code Example For Asynchronous Block Cipher Operation + + +struct tcrypt_result { + struct completion completion; + int err; +}; + +/* tie all data structures together */ +struct ablkcipher_def { + struct scatterlist sg; + struct crypto_ablkcipher *tfm; + struct ablkcipher_request *req; + struct tcrypt_result result; +}; + +/* Callback function */ +static void test_ablkcipher_cb(struct crypto_async_request *req, int error) +{ + struct tcrypt_result *result = req->data; + + if (error == -EINPROGRESS) + return; + result->err = error; + complete(&result->completion); + pr_info("Encryption finished successfully\n"); +} + +/* Perform cipher operation */ +static unsigned int test_ablkcipher_encdec(struct ablkcipher_def *ablk, + int enc) +{ + int rc = 0; + + if (enc) + rc = crypto_ablkcipher_encrypt(ablk->req); + else + rc = crypto_ablkcipher_decrypt(ablk->req); + + switch (rc) { + case 0: + break; + case -EINPROGRESS: + case -EBUSY: + rc = wait_for_completion_interruptible( + &ablk->result.completion); + if (!rc && !ablk->result.err) { + reinit_completion(&ablk->result.completion); + break; + } + default: + pr_info("ablkcipher encrypt returned with %d result %d\n", + rc, ablk->result.err); + break; + } + init_completion(&ablk->result.completion); + + return rc; +} + +/* Initialize and trigger cipher operation */ +static int test_ablkcipher(void) +{ + struct ablkcipher_def ablk; + struct crypto_ablkcipher *ablkcipher = NULL; + struct ablkcipher_request *req = NULL; + char *scratchpad = NULL; + char *ivdata = NULL; + unsigned char key[32]; + int ret = -EFAULT; + + ablkcipher = crypto_alloc_ablkcipher("cbc-aes-aesni", 0, 0); + if (IS_ERR(ablkcipher)) { + pr_info("could not allocate ablkcipher handle\n"); + return PTR_ERR(ablkcipher); + } + + req = ablkcipher_request_alloc(ablkcipher, GFP_KERNEL); + if (IS_ERR(req)) { + pr_info("could not allocate request queue\n"); + ret = PTR_ERR(req); + goto out; + } + + ablkcipher_request_set_callback(req, CRYPTO_TFM_REQ_MAY_BACKLOG, + test_ablkcipher_cb, + &ablk.result); + + /* AES 256 with random key */ + get_random_bytes(&key, 32); + if (crypto_ablkcipher_setkey(ablkcipher, key, 32)) { + pr_info("key could not be set\n"); + ret = -EAGAIN; + goto out; + } + + /* IV will be random */ + ivdata = kmalloc(16, GFP_KERNEL); + if (!ivdata) { + pr_info("could not allocate ivdata\n"); + goto out; + } + get_random_bytes(ivdata, 16); + + /* Input data will be random */ + scratchpad = kmalloc(16, GFP_KERNEL); + if (!scratchpad) { + pr_info("could not allocate scratchpad\n"); + goto out; + } + get_random_bytes(scratchpad, 16); + + ablk.tfm = ablkcipher; + ablk.req = req; + + /* We encrypt one block */ + sg_init_one(&ablk.sg, scratchpad, 16); + ablkcipher_request_set_crypt(req, &ablk.sg, &ablk.sg, 16, ivdata); + init_completion(&ablk.result.completion); + + /* encrypt data */ + ret = test_ablkcipher_encdec(&ablk, 1); + if (ret) + goto out; + + pr_info("Encryption triggered successfully\n"); + +out: + if (ablkcipher) + crypto_free_ablkcipher(ablkcipher); + if (req) + ablkcipher_request_free(req); + if (ivdata) + kfree(ivdata); + if (scratchpad) + kfree(scratchpad); + return ret; +} + + + + Code Example For Synchronous Block Cipher Operation + + +static int test_blkcipher(void) +{ + struct crypto_blkcipher *blkcipher = NULL; + char *cipher = "cbc(aes)"; + // AES 128 + charkey = +"\x12\x34\x56\x78\x90\xab\xcd\xef\x12\x34\x56\x78\x90\xab\xcd\xef"; + chariv = +"\x12\x34\x56\x78\x90\xab\xcd\xef\x12\x34\x56\x78\x90\xab\xcd\xef"; + unsigned int ivsize = 0; + char *scratchpad = NULL; // holds plaintext and ciphertext + struct scatterlist sg; + struct blkcipher_desc desc; + int ret = -EFAULT; + + blkcipher = crypto_alloc_blkcipher(cipher, 0, 0); + if (IS_ERR(blkcipher)) { + printk("could not allocate blkcipher handle for %s\n", cipher); + return -PTR_ERR(blkcipher); + } + + if (crypto_blkcipher_setkey(blkcipher, key, strlen(key))) { + printk("key could not be set\n"); + ret = -EAGAIN; + goto out; + } + + ivsize = crypto_blkcipher_ivsize(blkcipher); + if (ivsize) { + if (ivsize != strlen(iv)) + printk("IV length differs from expected length\n"); + crypto_blkcipher_set_iv(blkcipher, iv, ivsize); + } + + scratchpad = kmalloc(crypto_blkcipher_blocksize(blkcipher), GFP_KERNEL); + if (!scratchpad) { + printk("could not allocate scratchpad for %s\n", cipher); + goto out; + } + /* get some random data that we want to encrypt */ + get_random_bytes(scratchpad, crypto_blkcipher_blocksize(blkcipher)); + + desc.flags = 0; + desc.tfm = blkcipher; + sg_init_one(&sg, scratchpad, crypto_blkcipher_blocksize(blkcipher)); + + /* encrypt data in place */ + crypto_blkcipher_encrypt(&desc, &sg, &sg, + crypto_blkcipher_blocksize(blkcipher)); + + /* decrypt data in place + * crypto_blkcipher_decrypt(&desc, &sg, &sg, + */ crypto_blkcipher_blocksize(blkcipher)); + + + printk("Cipher operation completed\n"); + return 0; + +out: + if (blkcipher) + crypto_free_blkcipher(blkcipher); + if (scratchpad) + kzfree(scratchpad); + return ret; +} + + + + Code Example For Use of Operational State Memory With SHASH + + +struct sdesc { + struct shash_desc shash; + char ctx[]; +}; + +static struct sdescinit_sdesc(struct crypto_shash *alg) +{ + struct sdescsdesc; + int size; + + size = sizeof(struct shash_desc) + crypto_shash_descsize(alg); + sdesc = kmalloc(size, GFP_KERNEL); + if (!sdesc) + return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM); + sdesc->shash.tfm = alg; + sdesc->shash.flags = 0x0; + return sdesc; +} + +static int calc_hash(struct crypto_shashalg, + const unsigned chardata, unsigned int datalen, + unsigned chardigest) { + struct sdescsdesc; + int ret; + + sdesc = init_sdesc(alg); + if (IS_ERR(sdesc)) { + pr_info("trusted_key: can't alloc %s\n", hash_alg); + return PTR_ERR(sdesc); + } + + ret = crypto_shash_digest(&sdesc->shash, data, datalen, digest); + kfree(sdesc); + return ret; +} + + + + Code Example For Random Number Generator Usage + + +static int get_random_numbers(u8 *buf, unsigned int len) +{ + struct crypto_rngrng = NULL; + chardrbg = "drbg_nopr_sha256"; /* Hash DRBG with SHA-256, no PR */ + int ret; + + if (!buf || !len) { + pr_debug("No output buffer provided\n"); + return -EINVAL; + } + + rng = crypto_alloc_rng(drbg, 0, 0); + if (IS_ERR(rng)) { + pr_debug("could not allocate RNG handle for %s\n", drbg); + return -PTR_ERR(rng); + } + + ret = crypto_rng_get_bytes(rng, buf, len); + if (ret < 0) + pr_debug("generation of random numbers failed\n"); + else if (ret == 0) + pr_debug("RNG returned no data"); + else + pr_debug("RNG returned %d bytes of data\n", ret); + +out: + crypto_free_rng(rng); + return ret; +} + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/debugobjects.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/debugobjects.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..24979f691 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/debugobjects.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,441 @@ + + + + + + Debug objects life time + + + + Thomas + Gleixner + +
+ tglx@linutronix.de +
+ + + + + + 2008 + Thomas Gleixner + + + + + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + + + + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + + + + + + + + Introduction + + debugobjects is a generic infrastructure to track the life time + of kernel objects and validate the operations on those. + + + debugobjects is useful to check for the following error patterns: + + Activation of uninitialized objects + Initialization of active objects + Usage of freed/destroyed objects + + + + debugobjects is not changing the data structure of the real + object so it can be compiled in with a minimal runtime impact + and enabled on demand with a kernel command line option. + + + + + Howto use debugobjects + + A kernel subsystem needs to provide a data structure which + describes the object type and add calls into the debug code at + appropriate places. The data structure to describe the object + type needs at minimum the name of the object type. Optional + functions can and should be provided to fixup detected problems + so the kernel can continue to work and the debug information can + be retrieved from a live system instead of hard core debugging + with serial consoles and stack trace transcripts from the + monitor. + + + The debug calls provided by debugobjects are: + + debug_object_init + debug_object_init_on_stack + debug_object_activate + debug_object_deactivate + debug_object_destroy + debug_object_free + debug_object_assert_init + + Each of these functions takes the address of the real object and + a pointer to the object type specific debug description + structure. + + + Each detected error is reported in the statistics and a limited + number of errors are printk'ed including a full stack trace. + + + The statistics are available via /sys/kernel/debug/debug_objects/stats. + They provide information about the number of warnings and the + number of successful fixups along with information about the + usage of the internal tracking objects and the state of the + internal tracking objects pool. + + + + Debug functions + + Debug object function reference +!Elib/debugobjects.c + + + debug_object_init + + This function is called whenever the initialization function + of a real object is called. + + + When the real object is already tracked by debugobjects it is + checked, whether the object can be initialized. Initializing + is not allowed for active and destroyed objects. When + debugobjects detects an error, then it calls the fixup_init + function of the object type description structure if provided + by the caller. The fixup function can correct the problem + before the real initialization of the object happens. E.g. it + can deactivate an active object in order to prevent damage to + the subsystem. + + + When the real object is not yet tracked by debugobjects, + debugobjects allocates a tracker object for the real object + and sets the tracker object state to ODEBUG_STATE_INIT. It + verifies that the object is not on the callers stack. If it is + on the callers stack then a limited number of warnings + including a full stack trace is printk'ed. The calling code + must use debug_object_init_on_stack() and remove the object + before leaving the function which allocated it. See next + section. + + + + + debug_object_init_on_stack + + This function is called whenever the initialization function + of a real object which resides on the stack is called. + + + When the real object is already tracked by debugobjects it is + checked, whether the object can be initialized. Initializing + is not allowed for active and destroyed objects. When + debugobjects detects an error, then it calls the fixup_init + function of the object type description structure if provided + by the caller. The fixup function can correct the problem + before the real initialization of the object happens. E.g. it + can deactivate an active object in order to prevent damage to + the subsystem. + + + When the real object is not yet tracked by debugobjects + debugobjects allocates a tracker object for the real object + and sets the tracker object state to ODEBUG_STATE_INIT. It + verifies that the object is on the callers stack. + + + An object which is on the stack must be removed from the + tracker by calling debug_object_free() before the function + which allocates the object returns. Otherwise we keep track of + stale objects. + + + + + debug_object_activate + + This function is called whenever the activation function of a + real object is called. + + + When the real object is already tracked by debugobjects it is + checked, whether the object can be activated. Activating is + not allowed for active and destroyed objects. When + debugobjects detects an error, then it calls the + fixup_activate function of the object type description + structure if provided by the caller. The fixup function can + correct the problem before the real activation of the object + happens. E.g. it can deactivate an active object in order to + prevent damage to the subsystem. + + + When the real object is not yet tracked by debugobjects then + the fixup_activate function is called if available. This is + necessary to allow the legitimate activation of statically + allocated and initialized objects. The fixup function checks + whether the object is valid and calls the debug_objects_init() + function to initialize the tracking of this object. + + + When the activation is legitimate, then the state of the + associated tracker object is set to ODEBUG_STATE_ACTIVE. + + + + + debug_object_deactivate + + This function is called whenever the deactivation function of + a real object is called. + + + When the real object is tracked by debugobjects it is checked, + whether the object can be deactivated. Deactivating is not + allowed for untracked or destroyed objects. + + + When the deactivation is legitimate, then the state of the + associated tracker object is set to ODEBUG_STATE_INACTIVE. + + + + + debug_object_destroy + + This function is called to mark an object destroyed. This is + useful to prevent the usage of invalid objects, which are + still available in memory: either statically allocated objects + or objects which are freed later. + + + When the real object is tracked by debugobjects it is checked, + whether the object can be destroyed. Destruction is not + allowed for active and destroyed objects. When debugobjects + detects an error, then it calls the fixup_destroy function of + the object type description structure if provided by the + caller. The fixup function can correct the problem before the + real destruction of the object happens. E.g. it can deactivate + an active object in order to prevent damage to the subsystem. + + + When the destruction is legitimate, then the state of the + associated tracker object is set to ODEBUG_STATE_DESTROYED. + + + + + debug_object_free + + This function is called before an object is freed. + + + When the real object is tracked by debugobjects it is checked, + whether the object can be freed. Free is not allowed for + active objects. When debugobjects detects an error, then it + calls the fixup_free function of the object type description + structure if provided by the caller. The fixup function can + correct the problem before the real free of the object + happens. E.g. it can deactivate an active object in order to + prevent damage to the subsystem. + + + Note that debug_object_free removes the object from the + tracker. Later usage of the object is detected by the other + debug checks. + + + + + debug_object_assert_init + + This function is called to assert that an object has been + initialized. + + + When the real object is not tracked by debugobjects, it calls + fixup_assert_init of the object type description structure + provided by the caller, with the hardcoded object state + ODEBUG_NOT_AVAILABLE. The fixup function can correct the problem + by calling debug_object_init and other specific initializing + functions. + + + When the real object is already tracked by debugobjects it is + ignored. + + + + + Fixup functions + + Debug object type description structure +!Iinclude/linux/debugobjects.h + + + fixup_init + + This function is called from the debug code whenever a problem + in debug_object_init is detected. The function takes the + address of the object and the state which is currently + recorded in the tracker. + + + Called from debug_object_init when the object state is: + + ODEBUG_STATE_ACTIVE + + + + The function returns 1 when the fixup was successful, + otherwise 0. The return value is used to update the + statistics. + + + Note, that the function needs to call the debug_object_init() + function again, after the damage has been repaired in order to + keep the state consistent. + + + + + fixup_activate + + This function is called from the debug code whenever a problem + in debug_object_activate is detected. + + + Called from debug_object_activate when the object state is: + + ODEBUG_STATE_NOTAVAILABLE + ODEBUG_STATE_ACTIVE + + + + The function returns 1 when the fixup was successful, + otherwise 0. The return value is used to update the + statistics. + + + Note that the function needs to call the debug_object_activate() + function again after the damage has been repaired in order to + keep the state consistent. + + + The activation of statically initialized objects is a special + case. When debug_object_activate() has no tracked object for + this object address then fixup_activate() is called with + object state ODEBUG_STATE_NOTAVAILABLE. The fixup function + needs to check whether this is a legitimate case of a + statically initialized object or not. In case it is it calls + debug_object_init() and debug_object_activate() to make the + object known to the tracker and marked active. In this case + the function should return 0 because this is not a real fixup. + + + + + fixup_destroy + + This function is called from the debug code whenever a problem + in debug_object_destroy is detected. + + + Called from debug_object_destroy when the object state is: + + ODEBUG_STATE_ACTIVE + + + + The function returns 1 when the fixup was successful, + otherwise 0. The return value is used to update the + statistics. + + + + fixup_free + + This function is called from the debug code whenever a problem + in debug_object_free is detected. Further it can be called + from the debug checks in kfree/vfree, when an active object is + detected from the debug_check_no_obj_freed() sanity checks. + + + Called from debug_object_free() or debug_check_no_obj_freed() + when the object state is: + + ODEBUG_STATE_ACTIVE + + + + The function returns 1 when the fixup was successful, + otherwise 0. The return value is used to update the + statistics. + + + + fixup_assert_init + + This function is called from the debug code whenever a problem + in debug_object_assert_init is detected. + + + Called from debug_object_assert_init() with a hardcoded state + ODEBUG_STATE_NOTAVAILABLE when the object is not found in the + debug bucket. + + + The function returns 1 when the fixup was successful, + otherwise 0. The return value is used to update the + statistics. + + + Note, this function should make sure debug_object_init() is + called before returning. + + + The handling of statically initialized objects is a special + case. The fixup function should check if this is a legitimate + case of a statically initialized object or not. In this case only + debug_object_init() should be called to make the object known to + the tracker. Then the function should return 0 because this is not + a real fixup. + + + + + Known Bugs And Assumptions + + None (knock on wood). + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..faf09d4a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,458 @@ + + + + + + Linux Device Drivers + + + + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + + + + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + + + + + + + + Driver Basics + Driver Entry and Exit points +!Iinclude/linux/init.h + + + Atomic and pointer manipulation +!Iarch/x86/include/asm/atomic.h + + + Delaying, scheduling, and timer routines +!Iinclude/linux/sched.h +!Ekernel/sched/core.c +!Ikernel/sched/cpupri.c +!Ikernel/sched/fair.c +!Iinclude/linux/completion.h +!Ekernel/time/timer.c + + Wait queues and Wake events +!Iinclude/linux/wait.h +!Ekernel/sched/wait.c + + High-resolution timers +!Iinclude/linux/ktime.h +!Iinclude/linux/hrtimer.h +!Ekernel/time/hrtimer.c + + Workqueues and Kevents +!Ekernel/workqueue.c + + Internal Functions +!Ikernel/exit.c +!Ikernel/signal.c +!Iinclude/linux/kthread.h +!Ekernel/kthread.c + + + Kernel objects manipulation + +!Elib/kobject.c + + + Kernel utility functions +!Iinclude/linux/kernel.h +!Ekernel/printk/printk.c +!Ekernel/panic.c +!Ekernel/sys.c +!Ekernel/rcu/srcu.c +!Ekernel/rcu/tree.c +!Ekernel/rcu/tree_plugin.h +!Ekernel/rcu/update.c + + + Device Resource Management +!Edrivers/base/devres.c + + + + + + Device drivers infrastructure + The Basic Device Driver-Model Structures +!Iinclude/linux/device.h + + Device Drivers Base +!Idrivers/base/init.c +!Edrivers/base/driver.c +!Edrivers/base/core.c +!Edrivers/base/syscore.c +!Edrivers/base/class.c +!Idrivers/base/node.c +!Edrivers/base/firmware_class.c +!Edrivers/base/transport_class.c + +!Edrivers/base/dd.c + +!Iinclude/linux/platform_device.h +!Edrivers/base/platform.c +!Edrivers/base/bus.c + + Device Drivers DMA Management +!Edrivers/dma-buf/dma-buf.c +!Edrivers/dma-buf/fence.c +!Edrivers/dma-buf/seqno-fence.c +!Iinclude/linux/fence.h +!Iinclude/linux/seqno-fence.h +!Edrivers/dma-buf/reservation.c +!Iinclude/linux/reservation.h +!Edrivers/base/dma-coherent.c +!Edrivers/base/dma-mapping.c + + Device Drivers Power Management +!Edrivers/base/power/main.c + + Device Drivers ACPI Support + +!Edrivers/acpi/scan.c +!Idrivers/acpi/scan.c + + + Device drivers PnP support +!Idrivers/pnp/core.c + +!Edrivers/pnp/card.c +!Idrivers/pnp/driver.c +!Edrivers/pnp/manager.c +!Edrivers/pnp/support.c + + Userspace IO devices +!Edrivers/uio/uio.c +!Iinclude/linux/uio_driver.h + + + + + Parallel Port Devices +!Iinclude/linux/parport.h +!Edrivers/parport/ieee1284.c +!Edrivers/parport/share.c +!Idrivers/parport/daisy.c + + + + Message-based devices + Fusion message devices +!Edrivers/message/fusion/mptbase.c +!Idrivers/message/fusion/mptbase.c +!Edrivers/message/fusion/mptscsih.c +!Idrivers/message/fusion/mptscsih.c +!Idrivers/message/fusion/mptctl.c +!Idrivers/message/fusion/mptspi.c +!Idrivers/message/fusion/mptfc.c +!Idrivers/message/fusion/mptlan.c + + + + + Sound Devices +!Iinclude/sound/core.h +!Esound/sound_core.c +!Iinclude/sound/pcm.h +!Esound/core/pcm.c +!Esound/core/device.c +!Esound/core/info.c +!Esound/core/rawmidi.c +!Esound/core/sound.c +!Esound/core/memory.c +!Esound/core/pcm_memory.c +!Esound/core/init.c +!Esound/core/isadma.c +!Esound/core/control.c +!Esound/core/pcm_lib.c +!Esound/core/hwdep.c +!Esound/core/pcm_native.c +!Esound/core/memalloc.c + + + + + 16x50 UART Driver +!Edrivers/tty/serial/serial_core.c +!Edrivers/tty/serial/8250/8250_core.c + + + + Frame Buffer Library + + + The frame buffer drivers depend heavily on four data structures. + These structures are declared in include/linux/fb.h. They are + fb_info, fb_var_screeninfo, fb_fix_screeninfo and fb_monospecs. + The last three can be made available to and from userland. + + + + fb_info defines the current state of a particular video card. + Inside fb_info, there exists a fb_ops structure which is a + collection of needed functions to make fbdev and fbcon work. + fb_info is only visible to the kernel. + + + + fb_var_screeninfo is used to describe the features of a video card + that are user defined. With fb_var_screeninfo, things such as + depth and the resolution may be defined. + + + + The next structure is fb_fix_screeninfo. This defines the + properties of a card that are created when a mode is set and can't + be changed otherwise. A good example of this is the start of the + frame buffer memory. This "locks" the address of the frame buffer + memory, so that it cannot be changed or moved. + + + + The last structure is fb_monospecs. In the old API, there was + little importance for fb_monospecs. This allowed for forbidden things + such as setting a mode of 800x600 on a fix frequency monitor. With + the new API, fb_monospecs prevents such things, and if used + correctly, can prevent a monitor from being cooked. fb_monospecs + will not be useful until kernels 2.5.x. + + + Frame Buffer Memory +!Edrivers/video/fbdev/core/fbmem.c + + + Frame Buffer Colormap +!Edrivers/video/fbdev/core/fbcmap.c + + + Frame Buffer Video Mode Database +!Idrivers/video/fbdev/core/modedb.c +!Edrivers/video/fbdev/core/modedb.c + + Frame Buffer Macintosh Video Mode Database +!Edrivers/video/fbdev/macmodes.c + + Frame Buffer Fonts + + Refer to the file lib/fonts/fonts.c for more information. + + + + + + + Input Subsystem + Input core +!Iinclude/linux/input.h +!Edrivers/input/input.c +!Edrivers/input/ff-core.c +!Edrivers/input/ff-memless.c + + Multitouch Library +!Iinclude/linux/input/mt.h +!Edrivers/input/input-mt.c + + Polled input devices +!Iinclude/linux/input-polldev.h +!Edrivers/input/input-polldev.c + + Matrix keyboars/keypads +!Iinclude/linux/input/matrix_keypad.h + + Sparse keymap support +!Iinclude/linux/input/sparse-keymap.h +!Edrivers/input/sparse-keymap.c + + + + + Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) + + SPI is the "Serial Peripheral Interface", widely used with + embedded systems because it is a simple and efficient + interface: basically a multiplexed shift register. + Its three signal wires hold a clock (SCK, often in the range + of 1-20 MHz), a "Master Out, Slave In" (MOSI) data line, and + a "Master In, Slave Out" (MISO) data line. + SPI is a full duplex protocol; for each bit shifted out the + MOSI line (one per clock) another is shifted in on the MISO line. + Those bits are assembled into words of various sizes on the + way to and from system memory. + An additional chipselect line is usually active-low (nCS); + four signals are normally used for each peripheral, plus + sometimes an interrupt. + + + The SPI bus facilities listed here provide a generalized + interface to declare SPI busses and devices, manage them + according to the standard Linux driver model, and perform + input/output operations. + At this time, only "master" side interfaces are supported, + where Linux talks to SPI peripherals and does not implement + such a peripheral itself. + (Interfaces to support implementing SPI slaves would + necessarily look different.) + + + The programming interface is structured around two kinds of driver, + and two kinds of device. + A "Controller Driver" abstracts the controller hardware, which may + be as simple as a set of GPIO pins or as complex as a pair of FIFOs + connected to dual DMA engines on the other side of the SPI shift + register (maximizing throughput). Such drivers bridge between + whatever bus they sit on (often the platform bus) and SPI, and + expose the SPI side of their device as a + struct spi_master. + SPI devices are children of that master, represented as a + struct spi_device and manufactured from + struct spi_board_info descriptors which + are usually provided by board-specific initialization code. + A struct spi_driver is called a + "Protocol Driver", and is bound to a spi_device using normal + driver model calls. + + + The I/O model is a set of queued messages. Protocol drivers + submit one or more struct spi_message + objects, which are processed and completed asynchronously. + (There are synchronous wrappers, however.) Messages are + built from one or more struct spi_transfer + objects, each of which wraps a full duplex SPI transfer. + A variety of protocol tweaking options are needed, because + different chips adopt very different policies for how they + use the bits transferred with SPI. + +!Iinclude/linux/spi/spi.h +!Fdrivers/spi/spi.c spi_register_board_info +!Edrivers/spi/spi.c + + + + I<superscript>2</superscript>C and SMBus Subsystem + + + I2C (or without fancy typography, "I2C") + is an acronym for the "Inter-IC" bus, a simple bus protocol which is + widely used where low data rate communications suffice. + Since it's also a licensed trademark, some vendors use another + name (such as "Two-Wire Interface", TWI) for the same bus. + I2C only needs two signals (SCL for clock, SDA for data), conserving + board real estate and minimizing signal quality issues. + Most I2C devices use seven bit addresses, and bus speeds of up + to 400 kHz; there's a high speed extension (3.4 MHz) that's not yet + found wide use. + I2C is a multi-master bus; open drain signaling is used to + arbitrate between masters, as well as to handshake and to + synchronize clocks from slower clients. + + + + The Linux I2C programming interfaces support only the master + side of bus interactions, not the slave side. + The programming interface is structured around two kinds of driver, + and two kinds of device. + An I2C "Adapter Driver" abstracts the controller hardware; it binds + to a physical device (perhaps a PCI device or platform_device) and + exposes a struct i2c_adapter representing + each I2C bus segment it manages. + On each I2C bus segment will be I2C devices represented by a + struct i2c_client. Those devices will + be bound to a struct i2c_driver, + which should follow the standard Linux driver model. + (At this writing, a legacy model is more widely used.) + There are functions to perform various I2C protocol operations; at + this writing all such functions are usable only from task context. + + + + The System Management Bus (SMBus) is a sibling protocol. Most SMBus + systems are also I2C conformant. The electrical constraints are + tighter for SMBus, and it standardizes particular protocol messages + and idioms. Controllers that support I2C can also support most + SMBus operations, but SMBus controllers don't support all the protocol + options that an I2C controller will. + There are functions to perform various SMBus protocol operations, + either using I2C primitives or by issuing SMBus commands to + i2c_adapter devices which don't support those I2C operations. + + +!Iinclude/linux/i2c.h +!Fdrivers/i2c/i2c-boardinfo.c i2c_register_board_info +!Edrivers/i2c/i2c-core.c + + + + High Speed Synchronous Serial Interface (HSI) + + + High Speed Synchronous Serial Interface (HSI) is a + serial interface mainly used for connecting application + engines (APE) with cellular modem engines (CMT) in cellular + handsets. + + HSI provides multiplexing for up to 16 logical channels, + low-latency and full duplex communication. + + +!Iinclude/linux/hsi/hsi.h +!Edrivers/hsi/hsi.c + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..54199a0dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,323 @@ + + + + + + Bus-Independent Device Accesses + + + + Matthew + Wilcox + +
+ matthew@wil.cx +
+ + + + + + + Alan + Cox + +
+ alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk +
+ + + + + + 2001 + Matthew Wilcox + + + + + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + + + + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + + + + + + + + Introduction + + Linux provides an API which abstracts performing IO across all busses + and devices, allowing device drivers to be written independently of + bus type. + + + + + Known Bugs And Assumptions + + None. + + + + + Memory Mapped IO + + Getting Access to the Device + + The most widely supported form of IO is memory mapped IO. + That is, a part of the CPU's address space is interpreted + not as accesses to memory, but as accesses to a device. Some + architectures define devices to be at a fixed address, but most + have some method of discovering devices. The PCI bus walk is a + good example of such a scheme. This document does not cover how + to receive such an address, but assumes you are starting with one. + Physical addresses are of type unsigned long. + + + + This address should not be used directly. Instead, to get an + address suitable for passing to the accessor functions described + below, you should call ioremap. + An address suitable for accessing the device will be returned to you. + + + + After you've finished using the device (say, in your module's + exit routine), call iounmap in order to return + the address space to the kernel. Most architectures allocate new + address space each time you call ioremap, and + they can run out unless you call iounmap. + + + + + Accessing the device + + The part of the interface most used by drivers is reading and + writing memory-mapped registers on the device. Linux provides + interfaces to read and write 8-bit, 16-bit, 32-bit and 64-bit + quantities. Due to a historical accident, these are named byte, + word, long and quad accesses. Both read and write accesses are + supported; there is no prefetch support at this time. + + + + The functions are named readb, + readw, readl, + readq, readb_relaxed, + readw_relaxed, readl_relaxed, + readq_relaxed, writeb, + writew, writel and + writeq. + + + + Some devices (such as framebuffers) would like to use larger + transfers than 8 bytes at a time. For these devices, the + memcpy_toio, memcpy_fromio + and memset_io functions are provided. + Do not use memset or memcpy on IO addresses; they + are not guaranteed to copy data in order. + + + + The read and write functions are defined to be ordered. That is the + compiler is not permitted to reorder the I/O sequence. When the + ordering can be compiler optimised, you can use + __readb and friends to indicate the relaxed ordering. Use + this with care. + + + + While the basic functions are defined to be synchronous with respect + to each other and ordered with respect to each other the busses the + devices sit on may themselves have asynchronicity. In particular many + authors are burned by the fact that PCI bus writes are posted + asynchronously. A driver author must issue a read from the same + device to ensure that writes have occurred in the specific cases the + author cares. This kind of property cannot be hidden from driver + writers in the API. In some cases, the read used to flush the device + may be expected to fail (if the card is resetting, for example). In + that case, the read should be done from config space, which is + guaranteed to soft-fail if the card doesn't respond. + + + + The following is an example of flushing a write to a device when + the driver would like to ensure the write's effects are visible prior + to continuing execution. + + + +static inline void +qla1280_disable_intrs(struct scsi_qla_host *ha) +{ + struct device_reg *reg; + + reg = ha->iobase; + /* disable risc and host interrupts */ + WRT_REG_WORD(&reg->ictrl, 0); + /* + * The following read will ensure that the above write + * has been received by the device before we return from this + * function. + */ + RD_REG_WORD(&reg->ictrl); + ha->flags.ints_enabled = 0; +} + + + + In addition to write posting, on some large multiprocessing systems + (e.g. SGI Challenge, Origin and Altix machines) posted writes won't + be strongly ordered coming from different CPUs. Thus it's important + to properly protect parts of your driver that do memory-mapped writes + with locks and use the mmiowb to make sure they + arrive in the order intended. Issuing a regular readX + will also ensure write ordering, but should only be used + when the driver has to be sure that the write has actually arrived + at the device (not that it's simply ordered with respect to other + writes), since a full readX is a relatively + expensive operation. + + + + Generally, one should use mmiowb prior to + releasing a spinlock that protects regions using writeb + or similar functions that aren't surrounded by + readb calls, which will ensure ordering and flushing. The + following pseudocode illustrates what might occur if write ordering + isn't guaranteed via mmiowb or one of the + readX functions. + + + +CPU A: spin_lock_irqsave(&dev_lock, flags) +CPU A: ... +CPU A: writel(newval, ring_ptr); +CPU A: spin_unlock_irqrestore(&dev_lock, flags) + ... +CPU B: spin_lock_irqsave(&dev_lock, flags) +CPU B: writel(newval2, ring_ptr); +CPU B: ... +CPU B: spin_unlock_irqrestore(&dev_lock, flags) + + + + In the case above, newval2 could be written to ring_ptr before + newval. Fixing it is easy though: + + + +CPU A: spin_lock_irqsave(&dev_lock, flags) +CPU A: ... +CPU A: writel(newval, ring_ptr); +CPU A: mmiowb(); /* ensure no other writes beat us to the device */ +CPU A: spin_unlock_irqrestore(&dev_lock, flags) + ... +CPU B: spin_lock_irqsave(&dev_lock, flags) +CPU B: writel(newval2, ring_ptr); +CPU B: ... +CPU B: mmiowb(); +CPU B: spin_unlock_irqrestore(&dev_lock, flags) + + + + See tg3.c for a real world example of how to use mmiowb + + + + + PCI ordering rules also guarantee that PIO read responses arrive + after any outstanding DMA writes from that bus, since for some devices + the result of a readb call may signal to the + driver that a DMA transaction is complete. In many cases, however, + the driver may want to indicate that the next + readb call has no relation to any previous DMA + writes performed by the device. The driver can use + readb_relaxed for these cases, although only + some platforms will honor the relaxed semantics. Using the relaxed + read functions will provide significant performance benefits on + platforms that support it. The qla2xxx driver provides examples + of how to use readX_relaxed. In many cases, + a majority of the driver's readX calls can + safely be converted to readX_relaxed calls, since + only a few will indicate or depend on DMA completion. + + + + + + + Port Space Accesses + + Port Space Explained + + + Another form of IO commonly supported is Port Space. This is a + range of addresses separate to the normal memory address space. + Access to these addresses is generally not as fast as accesses + to the memory mapped addresses, and it also has a potentially + smaller address space. + + + + Unlike memory mapped IO, no preparation is required + to access port space. + + + + + Accessing Port Space + + Accesses to this space are provided through a set of functions + which allow 8-bit, 16-bit and 32-bit accesses; also + known as byte, word and long. These functions are + inb, inw, + inl, outb, + outw and outl. + + + + Some variants are provided for these functions. Some devices + require that accesses to their ports are slowed down. This + functionality is provided by appending a _p + to the end of the function. There are also equivalents to memcpy. + The ins and outs + functions copy bytes, words or longs to the given port. + + + + + + + Public Functions Provided +!Iarch/x86/include/asm/io.h +!Elib/pci_iomap.c + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9765a4c08 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,4231 @@ + + + + + + Linux DRM Developer's Guide + + + + Jesse + Barnes + Initial version + + Intel Corporation +
+ jesse.barnes@intel.com +
+ + + + Laurent + Pinchart + Driver internals + + Ideas on board SPRL +
+ laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com +
+ + + + Daniel + Vetter + Contributions all over the place + + Intel Corporation +
+ daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch +
+ + + + + + 2008-2009 + 2013-2014 + Intel Corporation + + + 2012 + Laurent Pinchart + + + + + The contents of this file may be used under the terms of the GNU + General Public License version 2 (the "GPL") as distributed in + the kernel source COPYING file. + + + + + + + 1.0 + 2012-07-13 + LP + Added extensive documentation about driver internals. + + + + + + + + + DRM Core + + + This first part of the DRM Developer's Guide documents core DRM code, + helper libraries for writing drivers and generic userspace interfaces + exposed by DRM drivers. + + + + + Introduction + + The Linux DRM layer contains code intended to support the needs + of complex graphics devices, usually containing programmable + pipelines well suited to 3D graphics acceleration. Graphics + drivers in the kernel may make use of DRM functions to make + tasks like memory management, interrupt handling and DMA easier, + and provide a uniform interface to applications. + + + A note on versions: this guide covers features found in the DRM + tree, including the TTM memory manager, output configuration and + mode setting, and the new vblank internals, in addition to all + the regular features found in current kernels. + + + [Insert diagram of typical DRM stack here] + + + + + + + DRM Internals + + This chapter documents DRM internals relevant to driver authors + and developers working to add support for the latest features to + existing drivers. + + + First, we go over some typical driver initialization + requirements, like setting up command buffers, creating an + initial output configuration, and initializing core services. + Subsequent sections cover core internals in more detail, + providing implementation notes and examples. + + + The DRM layer provides several services to graphics drivers, + many of them driven by the application interfaces it provides + through libdrm, the library that wraps most of the DRM ioctls. + These include vblank event handling, memory + management, output management, framebuffer management, command + submission & fencing, suspend/resume support, and DMA + services. + + + + + + Driver Initialization + + At the core of every DRM driver is a drm_driver + structure. Drivers typically statically initialize a drm_driver structure, + and then pass it to one of the drm_*_init() functions + to register it with the DRM subsystem. + + + Newer drivers that no longer require a drm_bus + structure can alternatively use the low-level device initialization and + registration functions such as drm_dev_alloc() and + drm_dev_register() directly. + + + The drm_driver structure contains static + information that describes the driver and features it supports, and + pointers to methods that the DRM core will call to implement the DRM API. + We will first go through the drm_driver static + information fields, and will then describe individual operations in + details as they get used in later sections. + + + Driver Information + + Driver Features + + Drivers inform the DRM core about their requirements and supported + features by setting appropriate flags in the + driver_features field. Since those flags + influence the DRM core behaviour since registration time, most of them + must be set to registering the drm_driver + instance. + + u32 driver_features; + + Driver Feature Flags + + DRIVER_USE_AGP + + Driver uses AGP interface, the DRM core will manage AGP resources. + + + + DRIVER_REQUIRE_AGP + + Driver needs AGP interface to function. AGP initialization failure + will become a fatal error. + + + + DRIVER_PCI_DMA + + Driver is capable of PCI DMA, mapping of PCI DMA buffers to + userspace will be enabled. Deprecated. + + + + DRIVER_SG + + Driver can perform scatter/gather DMA, allocation and mapping of + scatter/gather buffers will be enabled. Deprecated. + + + + DRIVER_HAVE_DMA + + Driver supports DMA, the userspace DMA API will be supported. + Deprecated. + + + + DRIVER_HAVE_IRQDRIVER_IRQ_SHARED + + DRIVER_HAVE_IRQ indicates whether the driver has an IRQ handler + managed by the DRM Core. The core will support simple IRQ handler + installation when the flag is set. The installation process is + described in . + DRIVER_IRQ_SHARED indicates whether the device & handler + support shared IRQs (note that this is required of PCI drivers). + + + + DRIVER_GEM + + Driver use the GEM memory manager. + + + + DRIVER_MODESET + + Driver supports mode setting interfaces (KMS). + + + + DRIVER_PRIME + + Driver implements DRM PRIME buffer sharing. + + + + DRIVER_RENDER + + Driver supports dedicated render nodes. + + + + DRIVER_ATOMIC + + Driver supports atomic properties. In this case the driver + must implement appropriate obj->atomic_get_property() vfuncs + for any modeset objects with driver specific properties. + + + + + + Major, Minor and Patchlevel + int major; +int minor; +int patchlevel; + + The DRM core identifies driver versions by a major, minor and patch + level triplet. The information is printed to the kernel log at + initialization time and passed to userspace through the + DRM_IOCTL_VERSION ioctl. + + + The major and minor numbers are also used to verify the requested driver + API version passed to DRM_IOCTL_SET_VERSION. When the driver API changes + between minor versions, applications can call DRM_IOCTL_SET_VERSION to + select a specific version of the API. If the requested major isn't equal + to the driver major, or the requested minor is larger than the driver + minor, the DRM_IOCTL_SET_VERSION call will return an error. Otherwise + the driver's set_version() method will be called with the requested + version. + + + + Name, Description and Date + char *name; +char *desc; +char *date; + + The driver name is printed to the kernel log at initialization time, + used for IRQ registration and passed to userspace through + DRM_IOCTL_VERSION. + + + The driver description is a purely informative string passed to + userspace through the DRM_IOCTL_VERSION ioctl and otherwise unused by + the kernel. + + + The driver date, formatted as YYYYMMDD, is meant to identify the date of + the latest modification to the driver. However, as most drivers fail to + update it, its value is mostly useless. The DRM core prints it to the + kernel log at initialization time and passes it to userspace through the + DRM_IOCTL_VERSION ioctl. + + + + + Device Registration + + A number of functions are provided to help with device registration. + The functions deal with PCI and platform devices, respectively. + +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_pci.c +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_platform.c + + New drivers that no longer rely on the services provided by the + drm_bus structure can call the low-level + device registration functions directly. The + drm_dev_alloc() function can be used to allocate + and initialize a new drm_device structure. + Drivers will typically want to perform some additional setup on this + structure, such as allocating driver-specific data and storing a + pointer to it in the DRM device's dev_private + field. Drivers should also set the device's unique name using the + drm_dev_set_unique() function. After it has been + set up a device can be registered with the DRM subsystem by calling + drm_dev_register(). This will cause the device to + be exposed to userspace and will call the driver's + .load() implementation. When a device is + removed, the DRM device can safely be unregistered and freed by calling + drm_dev_unregister() followed by a call to + drm_dev_unref(). + +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_drv.c + + + Driver Load + + The load method is the driver and device + initialization entry point. The method is responsible for allocating and + initializing driver private data, performing resource allocation and + mapping (e.g. acquiring + clocks, mapping registers or allocating command buffers), initializing + the memory manager (), installing + the IRQ handler (), setting up + vertical blanking handling (), mode + setting () and initial output + configuration (). + + + If compatibility is a concern (e.g. with drivers converted over from + User Mode Setting to Kernel Mode Setting), care must be taken to prevent + device initialization and control that is incompatible with currently + active userspace drivers. For instance, if user level mode setting + drivers are in use, it would be problematic to perform output discovery + & configuration at load time. Likewise, if user-level drivers + unaware of memory management are in use, memory management and command + buffer setup may need to be omitted. These requirements are + driver-specific, and care needs to be taken to keep both old and new + applications and libraries working. + + int (*load) (struct drm_device *, unsigned long flags); + + The method takes two arguments, a pointer to the newly created + drm_device and flags. The flags are used to + pass the driver_data field of the device id + corresponding to the device passed to drm_*_init(). + Only PCI devices currently use this, USB and platform DRM drivers have + their load method called with flags to 0. + + + Driver Private Data + + The driver private hangs off the main + drm_device structure and can be used for + tracking various device-specific bits of information, like register + offsets, command buffer status, register state for suspend/resume, etc. + At load time, a driver may simply allocate one and set + drm_device.dev_priv + appropriately; it should be freed and + drm_device.dev_priv + set to NULL when the driver is unloaded. + + + + IRQ Registration + + The DRM core tries to facilitate IRQ handler registration and + unregistration by providing drm_irq_install and + drm_irq_uninstall functions. Those functions only + support a single interrupt per device, devices that use more than one + IRQs need to be handled manually. + + + Managed IRQ Registration + + drm_irq_install starts by calling the + irq_preinstall driver operation. The operation + is optional and must make sure that the interrupt will not get fired by + clearing all pending interrupt flags or disabling the interrupt. + + + The passed-in IRQ will then be requested by a call to + request_irq. If the DRIVER_IRQ_SHARED driver + feature flag is set, a shared (IRQF_SHARED) IRQ handler will be + requested. + + + The IRQ handler function must be provided as the mandatory irq_handler + driver operation. It will get passed directly to + request_irq and thus has the same prototype as all + IRQ handlers. It will get called with a pointer to the DRM device as the + second argument. + + + Finally the function calls the optional + irq_postinstall driver operation. The operation + usually enables interrupts (excluding the vblank interrupt, which is + enabled separately), but drivers may choose to enable/disable interrupts + at a different time. + + + drm_irq_uninstall is similarly used to uninstall an + IRQ handler. It starts by waking up all processes waiting on a vblank + interrupt to make sure they don't hang, and then calls the optional + irq_uninstall driver operation. The operation + must disable all hardware interrupts. Finally the function frees the IRQ + by calling free_irq. + + + + Manual IRQ Registration + + Drivers that require multiple interrupt handlers can't use the managed + IRQ registration functions. In that case IRQs must be registered and + unregistered manually (usually with the request_irq + and free_irq functions, or their devm_* equivalent). + + + When manually registering IRQs, drivers must not set the DRIVER_HAVE_IRQ + driver feature flag, and must not provide the + irq_handler driver operation. They must set the + drm_device irq_enabled + field to 1 upon registration of the IRQs, and clear it to 0 after + unregistering the IRQs. + + + + + Memory Manager Initialization + + Every DRM driver requires a memory manager which must be initialized at + load time. DRM currently contains two memory managers, the Translation + Table Manager (TTM) and the Graphics Execution Manager (GEM). + This document describes the use of the GEM memory manager only. See + for details. + + + + Miscellaneous Device Configuration + + Another task that may be necessary for PCI devices during configuration + is mapping the video BIOS. On many devices, the VBIOS describes device + configuration, LCD panel timings (if any), and contains flags indicating + device state. Mapping the BIOS can be done using the pci_map_rom() call, + a convenience function that takes care of mapping the actual ROM, + whether it has been shadowed into memory (typically at address 0xc0000) + or exists on the PCI device in the ROM BAR. Note that after the ROM has + been mapped and any necessary information has been extracted, it should + be unmapped; on many devices, the ROM address decoder is shared with + other BARs, so leaving it mapped could cause undesired behaviour like + hangs or memory corruption. + + + + + + + + + + Memory management + + Modern Linux systems require large amount of graphics memory to store + frame buffers, textures, vertices and other graphics-related data. Given + the very dynamic nature of many of that data, managing graphics memory + efficiently is thus crucial for the graphics stack and plays a central + role in the DRM infrastructure. + + + The DRM core includes two memory managers, namely Translation Table Maps + (TTM) and Graphics Execution Manager (GEM). TTM was the first DRM memory + manager to be developed and tried to be a one-size-fits-them all + solution. It provides a single userspace API to accommodate the need of + all hardware, supporting both Unified Memory Architecture (UMA) devices + and devices with dedicated video RAM (i.e. most discrete video cards). + This resulted in a large, complex piece of code that turned out to be + hard to use for driver development. + + + GEM started as an Intel-sponsored project in reaction to TTM's + complexity. Its design philosophy is completely different: instead of + providing a solution to every graphics memory-related problems, GEM + identified common code between drivers and created a support library to + share it. GEM has simpler initialization and execution requirements than + TTM, but has no video RAM management capabilities and is thus limited to + UMA devices. + + + The Translation Table Manager (TTM) + + TTM design background and information belongs here. + + + TTM initialization + This section is outdated. + + Drivers wishing to support TTM must fill out a drm_bo_driver + structure. The structure contains several fields with function + pointers for initializing the TTM, allocating and freeing memory, + waiting for command completion and fence synchronization, and memory + migration. See the radeon_ttm.c file for an example of usage. + + + The ttm_global_reference structure is made up of several fields: + + + struct ttm_global_reference { + enum ttm_global_types global_type; + size_t size; + void *object; + int (*init) (struct ttm_global_reference *); + void (*release) (struct ttm_global_reference *); + }; + + + There should be one global reference structure for your memory + manager as a whole, and there will be others for each object + created by the memory manager at runtime. Your global TTM should + have a type of TTM_GLOBAL_TTM_MEM. The size field for the global + object should be sizeof(struct ttm_mem_global), and the init and + release hooks should point at your driver-specific init and + release routines, which probably eventually call + ttm_mem_global_init and ttm_mem_global_release, respectively. + + + Once your global TTM accounting structure is set up and initialized + by calling ttm_global_item_ref() on it, + you need to create a buffer object TTM to + provide a pool for buffer object allocation by clients and the + kernel itself. The type of this object should be TTM_GLOBAL_TTM_BO, + and its size should be sizeof(struct ttm_bo_global). Again, + driver-specific init and release functions may be provided, + likely eventually calling ttm_bo_global_init() and + ttm_bo_global_release(), respectively. Also, like the previous + object, ttm_global_item_ref() is used to create an initial reference + count for the TTM, which will call your initialization function. + + + + + The Graphics Execution Manager (GEM) + + The GEM design approach has resulted in a memory manager that doesn't + provide full coverage of all (or even all common) use cases in its + userspace or kernel API. GEM exposes a set of standard memory-related + operations to userspace and a set of helper functions to drivers, and let + drivers implement hardware-specific operations with their own private API. + + + The GEM userspace API is described in the + GEM - the Graphics + Execution Manager article on LWN. While slightly + outdated, the document provides a good overview of the GEM API principles. + Buffer allocation and read and write operations, described as part of the + common GEM API, are currently implemented using driver-specific ioctls. + + + GEM is data-agnostic. It manages abstract buffer objects without knowing + what individual buffers contain. APIs that require knowledge of buffer + contents or purpose, such as buffer allocation or synchronization + primitives, are thus outside of the scope of GEM and must be implemented + using driver-specific ioctls. + + + On a fundamental level, GEM involves several operations: + + Memory allocation and freeing + Command execution + Aperture management at command execution time + + Buffer object allocation is relatively straightforward and largely + provided by Linux's shmem layer, which provides memory to back each + object. + + + Device-specific operations, such as command execution, pinning, buffer + read & write, mapping, and domain ownership transfers are left to + driver-specific ioctls. + + + GEM Initialization + + Drivers that use GEM must set the DRIVER_GEM bit in the struct + drm_driver + driver_features field. The DRM core will + then automatically initialize the GEM core before calling the + load operation. Behind the scene, this will + create a DRM Memory Manager object which provides an address space + pool for object allocation. + + + In a KMS configuration, drivers need to allocate and initialize a + command ring buffer following core GEM initialization if required by + the hardware. UMA devices usually have what is called a "stolen" + memory region, which provides space for the initial framebuffer and + large, contiguous memory regions required by the device. This space is + typically not managed by GEM, and must be initialized separately into + its own DRM MM object. + + + + GEM Objects Creation + + GEM splits creation of GEM objects and allocation of the memory that + backs them in two distinct operations. + + + GEM objects are represented by an instance of struct + drm_gem_object. Drivers usually need to extend + GEM objects with private information and thus create a driver-specific + GEM object structure type that embeds an instance of struct + drm_gem_object. + + + To create a GEM object, a driver allocates memory for an instance of its + specific GEM object type and initializes the embedded struct + drm_gem_object with a call to + drm_gem_object_init. The function takes a pointer to + the DRM device, a pointer to the GEM object and the buffer object size + in bytes. + + + GEM uses shmem to allocate anonymous pageable memory. + drm_gem_object_init will create an shmfs file of + the requested size and store it into the struct + drm_gem_object filp + field. The memory is used as either main storage for the object when the + graphics hardware uses system memory directly or as a backing store + otherwise. + + + Drivers are responsible for the actual physical pages allocation by + calling shmem_read_mapping_page_gfp for each page. + Note that they can decide to allocate pages when initializing the GEM + object, or to delay allocation until the memory is needed (for instance + when a page fault occurs as a result of a userspace memory access or + when the driver needs to start a DMA transfer involving the memory). + + + Anonymous pageable memory allocation is not always desired, for instance + when the hardware requires physically contiguous system memory as is + often the case in embedded devices. Drivers can create GEM objects with + no shmfs backing (called private GEM objects) by initializing them with + a call to drm_gem_private_object_init instead of + drm_gem_object_init. Storage for private GEM + objects must be managed by drivers. + + + Drivers that do not need to extend GEM objects with private information + can call the drm_gem_object_alloc function to + allocate and initialize a struct drm_gem_object + instance. The GEM core will call the optional driver + gem_init_object operation after initializing + the GEM object with drm_gem_object_init. + int (*gem_init_object) (struct drm_gem_object *obj); + + + No alloc-and-init function exists for private GEM objects. + + + + GEM Objects Lifetime + + All GEM objects are reference-counted by the GEM core. References can be + acquired and release by calling drm_gem_object_reference + and drm_gem_object_unreference respectively. The + caller must hold the drm_device + struct_mutex lock. As a convenience, GEM + provides the drm_gem_object_reference_unlocked and + drm_gem_object_unreference_unlocked functions that + can be called without holding the lock. + + + When the last reference to a GEM object is released the GEM core calls + the drm_driver + gem_free_object operation. That operation is + mandatory for GEM-enabled drivers and must free the GEM object and all + associated resources. + + + void (*gem_free_object) (struct drm_gem_object *obj); + Drivers are responsible for freeing all GEM object resources, including + the resources created by the GEM core. If an mmap offset has been + created for the object (in which case + drm_gem_object::map_list::map + is not NULL) it must be freed by a call to + drm_gem_free_mmap_offset. The shmfs backing store + must be released by calling drm_gem_object_release + (that function can safely be called if no shmfs backing store has been + created). + + + + GEM Objects Naming + + Communication between userspace and the kernel refers to GEM objects + using local handles, global names or, more recently, file descriptors. + All of those are 32-bit integer values; the usual Linux kernel limits + apply to the file descriptors. + + + GEM handles are local to a DRM file. Applications get a handle to a GEM + object through a driver-specific ioctl, and can use that handle to refer + to the GEM object in other standard or driver-specific ioctls. Closing a + DRM file handle frees all its GEM handles and dereferences the + associated GEM objects. + + + To create a handle for a GEM object drivers call + drm_gem_handle_create. The function takes a pointer + to the DRM file and the GEM object and returns a locally unique handle. + When the handle is no longer needed drivers delete it with a call to + drm_gem_handle_delete. Finally the GEM object + associated with a handle can be retrieved by a call to + drm_gem_object_lookup. + + + Handles don't take ownership of GEM objects, they only take a reference + to the object that will be dropped when the handle is destroyed. To + avoid leaking GEM objects, drivers must make sure they drop the + reference(s) they own (such as the initial reference taken at object + creation time) as appropriate, without any special consideration for the + handle. For example, in the particular case of combined GEM object and + handle creation in the implementation of the + dumb_create operation, drivers must drop the + initial reference to the GEM object before returning the handle. + + + GEM names are similar in purpose to handles but are not local to DRM + files. They can be passed between processes to reference a GEM object + globally. Names can't be used directly to refer to objects in the DRM + API, applications must convert handles to names and names to handles + using the DRM_IOCTL_GEM_FLINK and DRM_IOCTL_GEM_OPEN ioctls + respectively. The conversion is handled by the DRM core without any + driver-specific support. + + + GEM also supports buffer sharing with dma-buf file descriptors through + PRIME. GEM-based drivers must use the provided helpers functions to + implement the exporting and importing correctly. See . + Since sharing file descriptors is inherently more secure than the + easily guessable and global GEM names it is the preferred buffer + sharing mechanism. Sharing buffers through GEM names is only supported + for legacy userspace. Furthermore PRIME also allows cross-device + buffer sharing since it is based on dma-bufs. + + + + GEM Objects Mapping + + Because mapping operations are fairly heavyweight GEM favours + read/write-like access to buffers, implemented through driver-specific + ioctls, over mapping buffers to userspace. However, when random access + to the buffer is needed (to perform software rendering for instance), + direct access to the object can be more efficient. + + + The mmap system call can't be used directly to map GEM objects, as they + don't have their own file handle. Two alternative methods currently + co-exist to map GEM objects to userspace. The first method uses a + driver-specific ioctl to perform the mapping operation, calling + do_mmap under the hood. This is often considered + dubious, seems to be discouraged for new GEM-enabled drivers, and will + thus not be described here. + + + The second method uses the mmap system call on the DRM file handle. + void *mmap(void *addr, size_t length, int prot, int flags, int fd, + off_t offset); + DRM identifies the GEM object to be mapped by a fake offset passed + through the mmap offset argument. Prior to being mapped, a GEM object + must thus be associated with a fake offset. To do so, drivers must call + drm_gem_create_mmap_offset on the object. The + function allocates a fake offset range from a pool and stores the + offset divided by PAGE_SIZE in + obj->map_list.hash.key. Care must be taken not to + call drm_gem_create_mmap_offset if a fake offset + has already been allocated for the object. This can be tested by + obj->map_list.map being non-NULL. + + + Once allocated, the fake offset value + (obj->map_list.hash.key << PAGE_SHIFT) + must be passed to the application in a driver-specific way and can then + be used as the mmap offset argument. + + + The GEM core provides a helper method drm_gem_mmap + to handle object mapping. The method can be set directly as the mmap + file operation handler. It will look up the GEM object based on the + offset value and set the VMA operations to the + drm_driver gem_vm_ops + field. Note that drm_gem_mmap doesn't map memory to + userspace, but relies on the driver-provided fault handler to map pages + individually. + + + To use drm_gem_mmap, drivers must fill the struct + drm_driver gem_vm_ops + field with a pointer to VM operations. + + + struct vm_operations_struct *gem_vm_ops + + struct vm_operations_struct { + void (*open)(struct vm_area_struct * area); + void (*close)(struct vm_area_struct * area); + int (*fault)(struct vm_area_struct *vma, struct vm_fault *vmf); + }; + + + The open and close + operations must update the GEM object reference count. Drivers can use + the drm_gem_vm_open and + drm_gem_vm_close helper functions directly as open + and close handlers. + + + The fault operation handler is responsible for mapping individual pages + to userspace when a page fault occurs. Depending on the memory + allocation scheme, drivers can allocate pages at fault time, or can + decide to allocate memory for the GEM object at the time the object is + created. + + + Drivers that want to map the GEM object upfront instead of handling page + faults can implement their own mmap file operation handler. + + + + Memory Coherency + + When mapped to the device or used in a command buffer, backing pages + for an object are flushed to memory and marked write combined so as to + be coherent with the GPU. Likewise, if the CPU accesses an object + after the GPU has finished rendering to the object, then the object + must be made coherent with the CPU's view of memory, usually involving + GPU cache flushing of various kinds. This core CPU<->GPU + coherency management is provided by a device-specific ioctl, which + evaluates an object's current domain and performs any necessary + flushing or synchronization to put the object into the desired + coherency domain (note that the object may be busy, i.e. an active + render target; in that case, setting the domain blocks the client and + waits for rendering to complete before performing any necessary + flushing operations). + + + + Command Execution + + Perhaps the most important GEM function for GPU devices is providing a + command execution interface to clients. Client programs construct + command buffers containing references to previously allocated memory + objects, and then submit them to GEM. At that point, GEM takes care to + bind all the objects into the GTT, execute the buffer, and provide + necessary synchronization between clients accessing the same buffers. + This often involves evicting some objects from the GTT and re-binding + others (a fairly expensive operation), and providing relocation + support which hides fixed GTT offsets from clients. Clients must take + care not to submit command buffers that reference more objects than + can fit in the GTT; otherwise, GEM will reject them and no rendering + will occur. Similarly, if several objects in the buffer require fence + registers to be allocated for correct rendering (e.g. 2D blits on + pre-965 chips), care must be taken not to require more fence registers + than are available to the client. Such resource management should be + abstracted from the client in libdrm. + + + + GEM Function Reference +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_gem.c + + + + VMA Offset Manager +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_vma_manager.c vma offset manager +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_vma_manager.c +!Iinclude/drm/drm_vma_manager.h + + + PRIME Buffer Sharing + + PRIME is the cross device buffer sharing framework in drm, originally + created for the OPTIMUS range of multi-gpu platforms. To userspace + PRIME buffers are dma-buf based file descriptors. + + + Overview and Driver Interface + + Similar to GEM global names, PRIME file descriptors are + also used to share buffer objects across processes. They offer + additional security: as file descriptors must be explicitly sent over + UNIX domain sockets to be shared between applications, they can't be + guessed like the globally unique GEM names. + + + Drivers that support the PRIME + API must set the DRIVER_PRIME bit in the struct + drm_driver + driver_features field, and implement the + prime_handle_to_fd and + prime_fd_to_handle operations. + + + int (*prime_handle_to_fd)(struct drm_device *dev, + struct drm_file *file_priv, uint32_t handle, + uint32_t flags, int *prime_fd); +int (*prime_fd_to_handle)(struct drm_device *dev, + struct drm_file *file_priv, int prime_fd, + uint32_t *handle); + Those two operations convert a handle to a PRIME file descriptor and + vice versa. Drivers must use the kernel dma-buf buffer sharing framework + to manage the PRIME file descriptors. Similar to the mode setting + API PRIME is agnostic to the underlying buffer object manager, as + long as handles are 32bit unsigned integers. + + + While non-GEM drivers must implement the operations themselves, GEM + drivers must use the drm_gem_prime_handle_to_fd + and drm_gem_prime_fd_to_handle helper functions. + Those helpers rely on the driver + gem_prime_export and + gem_prime_import operations to create a dma-buf + instance from a GEM object (dma-buf exporter role) and to create a GEM + object from a dma-buf instance (dma-buf importer role). + + + struct dma_buf * (*gem_prime_export)(struct drm_device *dev, + struct drm_gem_object *obj, + int flags); +struct drm_gem_object * (*gem_prime_import)(struct drm_device *dev, + struct dma_buf *dma_buf); + These two operations are mandatory for GEM drivers that support + PRIME. + + + + PRIME Helper Functions +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_prime.c PRIME Helpers + + + + PRIME Function References +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_prime.c + + + DRM MM Range Allocator + + Overview +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_mm.c Overview + + + LRU Scan/Eviction Support +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_mm.c lru scan roaster + + + + DRM MM Range Allocator Function References +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_mm.c +!Iinclude/drm/drm_mm.h + + + CMA Helper Functions Reference +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_gem_cma_helper.c cma helpers +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_gem_cma_helper.c +!Iinclude/drm/drm_gem_cma_helper.h + + + + + + + Mode Setting + + Drivers must initialize the mode setting core by calling + drm_mode_config_init on the DRM device. The function + initializes the drm_device + mode_config field and never fails. Once done, + mode configuration must be setup by initializing the following fields. + + + + int min_width, min_height; +int max_width, max_height; + + Minimum and maximum width and height of the frame buffers in pixel + units. + + + + struct drm_mode_config_funcs *funcs; + Mode setting functions. + + + + Display Modes Function Reference +!Iinclude/drm/drm_modes.h +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_modes.c + + + Atomic Mode Setting Function Reference +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic.c + + + Frame Buffer Creation + struct drm_framebuffer *(*fb_create)(struct drm_device *dev, + struct drm_file *file_priv, + struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 *mode_cmd); + + Frame buffers are abstract memory objects that provide a source of + pixels to scanout to a CRTC. Applications explicitly request the + creation of frame buffers through the DRM_IOCTL_MODE_ADDFB(2) ioctls and + receive an opaque handle that can be passed to the KMS CRTC control, + plane configuration and page flip functions. + + + Frame buffers rely on the underneath memory manager for low-level memory + operations. When creating a frame buffer applications pass a memory + handle (or a list of memory handles for multi-planar formats) through + the drm_mode_fb_cmd2 argument. For drivers using + GEM as their userspace buffer management interface this would be a GEM + handle. Drivers are however free to use their own backing storage object + handles, e.g. vmwgfx directly exposes special TTM handles to userspace + and so expects TTM handles in the create ioctl and not GEM handles. + + + Drivers must first validate the requested frame buffer parameters passed + through the mode_cmd argument. In particular this is where invalid + sizes, pixel formats or pitches can be caught. + + + If the parameters are deemed valid, drivers then create, initialize and + return an instance of struct drm_framebuffer. + If desired the instance can be embedded in a larger driver-specific + structure. Drivers must fill its width, + height, pitches, + offsets, depth, + bits_per_pixel and + pixel_format fields from the values passed + through the drm_mode_fb_cmd2 argument. They + should call the drm_helper_mode_fill_fb_struct + helper function to do so. + + + + The initialization of the new framebuffer instance is finalized with a + call to drm_framebuffer_init which takes a pointer + to DRM frame buffer operations (struct + drm_framebuffer_funcs). Note that this function + publishes the framebuffer and so from this point on it can be accessed + concurrently from other threads. Hence it must be the last step in the + driver's framebuffer initialization sequence. Frame buffer operations + are + + + int (*create_handle)(struct drm_framebuffer *fb, + struct drm_file *file_priv, unsigned int *handle); + + Create a handle to the frame buffer underlying memory object. If + the frame buffer uses a multi-plane format, the handle will + reference the memory object associated with the first plane. + + + Drivers call drm_gem_handle_create to create + the handle. + + + + void (*destroy)(struct drm_framebuffer *framebuffer); + + Destroy the frame buffer object and frees all associated + resources. Drivers must call + drm_framebuffer_cleanup to free resources + allocated by the DRM core for the frame buffer object, and must + make sure to unreference all memory objects associated with the + frame buffer. Handles created by the + create_handle operation are released by + the DRM core. + + + + int (*dirty)(struct drm_framebuffer *framebuffer, + struct drm_file *file_priv, unsigned flags, unsigned color, + struct drm_clip_rect *clips, unsigned num_clips); + + This optional operation notifies the driver that a region of the + frame buffer has changed in response to a DRM_IOCTL_MODE_DIRTYFB + ioctl call. + + + + + + The lifetime of a drm framebuffer is controlled with a reference count, + drivers can grab additional references with + drm_framebuffer_referenceand drop them + again with drm_framebuffer_unreference. For + driver-private framebuffers for which the last reference is never + dropped (e.g. for the fbdev framebuffer when the struct + drm_framebuffer is embedded into the fbdev + helper struct) drivers can manually clean up a framebuffer at module + unload time with + drm_framebuffer_unregister_private. + + + + Dumb Buffer Objects + + The KMS API doesn't standardize backing storage object creation and + leaves it to driver-specific ioctls. Furthermore actually creating a + buffer object even for GEM-based drivers is done through a + driver-specific ioctl - GEM only has a common userspace interface for + sharing and destroying objects. While not an issue for full-fledged + graphics stacks that include device-specific userspace components (in + libdrm for instance), this limit makes DRM-based early boot graphics + unnecessarily complex. + + + Dumb objects partly alleviate the problem by providing a standard + API to create dumb buffers suitable for scanout, which can then be used + to create KMS frame buffers. + + + To support dumb objects drivers must implement the + dumb_create, + dumb_destroy and + dumb_map_offset operations. + + + + int (*dumb_create)(struct drm_file *file_priv, struct drm_device *dev, + struct drm_mode_create_dumb *args); + + The dumb_create operation creates a driver + object (GEM or TTM handle) suitable for scanout based on the + width, height and depth from the struct + drm_mode_create_dumb argument. It fills the + argument's handle, + pitch and size + fields with a handle for the newly created object and its line + pitch and size in bytes. + + + + int (*dumb_destroy)(struct drm_file *file_priv, struct drm_device *dev, + uint32_t handle); + + The dumb_destroy operation destroys a dumb + object created by dumb_create. + + + + int (*dumb_map_offset)(struct drm_file *file_priv, struct drm_device *dev, + uint32_t handle, uint64_t *offset); + + The dumb_map_offset operation associates an + mmap fake offset with the object given by the handle and returns + it. Drivers must use the + drm_gem_create_mmap_offset function to + associate the fake offset as described in + . + + + + + Note that dumb objects may not be used for gpu acceleration, as has been + attempted on some ARM embedded platforms. Such drivers really must have + a hardware-specific ioctl to allocate suitable buffer objects. + + + + Output Polling + void (*output_poll_changed)(struct drm_device *dev); + + This operation notifies the driver that the status of one or more + connectors has changed. Drivers that use the fb helper can just call the + drm_fb_helper_hotplug_event function to handle this + operation. + + + + Locking + + Beside some lookup structures with their own locking (which is hidden + behind the interface functions) most of the modeset state is protected + by the dev-<mode_config.lock mutex and additionally + per-crtc locks to allow cursor updates, pageflips and similar operations + to occur concurrently with background tasks like output detection. + Operations which cross domains like a full modeset always grab all + locks. Drivers there need to protect resources shared between crtcs with + additional locking. They also need to be careful to always grab the + relevant crtc locks if a modset functions touches crtc state, e.g. for + load detection (which does only grab the mode_config.lock + to allow concurrent screen updates on live crtcs). + + + + + + + + KMS Initialization and Cleanup + + A KMS device is abstracted and exposed as a set of planes, CRTCs, encoders + and connectors. KMS drivers must thus create and initialize all those + objects at load time after initializing mode setting. + + + CRTCs (struct <structname>drm_crtc</structname>) + + A CRTC is an abstraction representing a part of the chip that contains a + pointer to a scanout buffer. Therefore, the number of CRTCs available + determines how many independent scanout buffers can be active at any + given time. The CRTC structure contains several fields to support this: + a pointer to some video memory (abstracted as a frame buffer object), a + display mode, and an (x, y) offset into the video memory to support + panning or configurations where one piece of video memory spans multiple + CRTCs. + + + CRTC Initialization + + A KMS device must create and register at least one struct + drm_crtc instance. The instance is allocated + and zeroed by the driver, possibly as part of a larger structure, and + registered with a call to drm_crtc_init with a + pointer to CRTC functions. + + + + CRTC Operations + + Set Configuration + int (*set_config)(struct drm_mode_set *set); + + Apply a new CRTC configuration to the device. The configuration + specifies a CRTC, a frame buffer to scan out from, a (x,y) position in + the frame buffer, a display mode and an array of connectors to drive + with the CRTC if possible. + + + If the frame buffer specified in the configuration is NULL, the driver + must detach all encoders connected to the CRTC and all connectors + attached to those encoders and disable them. + + + This operation is called with the mode config lock held. + + + Note that the drm core has no notion of restoring the mode setting + state after resume, since all resume handling is in the full + responsibility of the driver. The common mode setting helper library + though provides a helper which can be used for this: + drm_helper_resume_force_mode. + + + + Page Flipping + int (*page_flip)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_framebuffer *fb, + struct drm_pending_vblank_event *event); + + Schedule a page flip to the given frame buffer for the CRTC. This + operation is called with the mode config mutex held. + + + Page flipping is a synchronization mechanism that replaces the frame + buffer being scanned out by the CRTC with a new frame buffer during + vertical blanking, avoiding tearing. When an application requests a page + flip the DRM core verifies that the new frame buffer is large enough to + be scanned out by the CRTC in the currently configured mode and then + calls the CRTC page_flip operation with a + pointer to the new frame buffer. + + + The page_flip operation schedules a page flip. + Once any pending rendering targeting the new frame buffer has + completed, the CRTC will be reprogrammed to display that frame buffer + after the next vertical refresh. The operation must return immediately + without waiting for rendering or page flip to complete and must block + any new rendering to the frame buffer until the page flip completes. + + + If a page flip can be successfully scheduled the driver must set the + drm_crtc->fb field to the new framebuffer pointed to + by fb. This is important so that the reference counting + on framebuffers stays balanced. + + + If a page flip is already pending, the + page_flip operation must return + -EBUSY. + + + To synchronize page flip to vertical blanking the driver will likely + need to enable vertical blanking interrupts. It should call + drm_vblank_get for that purpose, and call + drm_vblank_put after the page flip completes. + + + If the application has requested to be notified when page flip completes + the page_flip operation will be called with a + non-NULL event argument pointing to a + drm_pending_vblank_event instance. Upon page + flip completion the driver must call drm_send_vblank_event + to fill in the event and send to wake up any waiting processes. + This can be performed with + event_lock, flags); + ... + drm_send_vblank_event(dev, pipe, event); + spin_unlock_irqrestore(&dev->event_lock, flags); + ]]> + + + FIXME: Could drivers that don't need to wait for rendering to complete + just add the event to dev->vblank_event_list and + let the DRM core handle everything, as for "normal" vertical blanking + events? + + + While waiting for the page flip to complete, the + event->base.link list head can be used freely by + the driver to store the pending event in a driver-specific list. + + + If the file handle is closed before the event is signaled, drivers must + take care to destroy the event in their + preclose operation (and, if needed, call + drm_vblank_put). + + + + Miscellaneous + + + void (*set_property)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, + struct drm_property *property, uint64_t value); + + Set the value of the given CRTC property to + value. See + for more information about properties. + + + + void (*gamma_set)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, u16 *r, u16 *g, u16 *b, + uint32_t start, uint32_t size); + + Apply a gamma table to the device. The operation is optional. + + + + void (*destroy)(struct drm_crtc *crtc); + + Destroy the CRTC when not needed anymore. See + . + + + + + + + + Planes (struct <structname>drm_plane</structname>) + + A plane represents an image source that can be blended with or overlayed + on top of a CRTC during the scanout process. Planes are associated with + a frame buffer to crop a portion of the image memory (source) and + optionally scale it to a destination size. The result is then blended + with or overlayed on top of a CRTC. + + + The DRM core recognizes three types of planes: + + + DRM_PLANE_TYPE_PRIMARY represents a "main" plane for a CRTC. Primary + planes are the planes operated upon by CRTC modesetting and flipping + operations described in . + + + DRM_PLANE_TYPE_CURSOR represents a "cursor" plane for a CRTC. Cursor + planes are the planes operated upon by the DRM_IOCTL_MODE_CURSOR and + DRM_IOCTL_MODE_CURSOR2 ioctls. + + + DRM_PLANE_TYPE_OVERLAY represents all non-primary, non-cursor planes. + Some drivers refer to these types of planes as "sprites" internally. + + + For compatibility with legacy userspace, only overlay planes are made + available to userspace by default. Userspace clients may set the + DRM_CLIENT_CAP_UNIVERSAL_PLANES client capability bit to indicate that + they wish to receive a universal plane list containing all plane types. + + + Plane Initialization + + To create a plane, a KMS drivers allocates and + zeroes an instances of struct drm_plane + (possibly as part of a larger structure) and registers it with a call + to drm_universal_plane_init. The function takes a bitmask + of the CRTCs that can be associated with the plane, a pointer to the + plane functions, a list of format supported formats, and the type of + plane (primary, cursor, or overlay) being initialized. + + + Cursor and overlay planes are optional. All drivers should provide + one primary plane per CRTC (although this requirement may change in + the future); drivers that do not wish to provide special handling for + primary planes may make use of the helper functions described in + to create and register a + primary plane with standard capabilities. + + + + Plane Operations + + + int (*update_plane)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_crtc *crtc, + struct drm_framebuffer *fb, int crtc_x, int crtc_y, + unsigned int crtc_w, unsigned int crtc_h, + uint32_t src_x, uint32_t src_y, + uint32_t src_w, uint32_t src_h); + + Enable and configure the plane to use the given CRTC and frame buffer. + + + The source rectangle in frame buffer memory coordinates is given by + the src_x, src_y, + src_w and src_h + parameters (as 16.16 fixed point values). Devices that don't support + subpixel plane coordinates can ignore the fractional part. + + + The destination rectangle in CRTC coordinates is given by the + crtc_x, crtc_y, + crtc_w and crtc_h + parameters (as integer values). Devices scale the source rectangle to + the destination rectangle. If scaling is not supported, and the source + rectangle size doesn't match the destination rectangle size, the + driver must return a -EINVAL error. + + + + int (*disable_plane)(struct drm_plane *plane); + + Disable the plane. The DRM core calls this method in response to a + DRM_IOCTL_MODE_SETPLANE ioctl call with the frame buffer ID set to 0. + Disabled planes must not be processed by the CRTC. + + + + void (*destroy)(struct drm_plane *plane); + + Destroy the plane when not needed anymore. See + . + + + + + + + Encoders (struct <structname>drm_encoder</structname>) + + An encoder takes pixel data from a CRTC and converts it to a format + suitable for any attached connectors. On some devices, it may be + possible to have a CRTC send data to more than one encoder. In that + case, both encoders would receive data from the same scanout buffer, + resulting in a "cloned" display configuration across the connectors + attached to each encoder. + + + Encoder Initialization + + As for CRTCs, a KMS driver must create, initialize and register at + least one struct drm_encoder instance. The + instance is allocated and zeroed by the driver, possibly as part of a + larger structure. + + + Drivers must initialize the struct drm_encoder + possible_crtcs and + possible_clones fields before registering the + encoder. Both fields are bitmasks of respectively the CRTCs that the + encoder can be connected to, and sibling encoders candidate for cloning. + + + After being initialized, the encoder must be registered with a call to + drm_encoder_init. The function takes a pointer to + the encoder functions and an encoder type. Supported types are + + + DRM_MODE_ENCODER_DAC for VGA and analog on DVI-I/DVI-A + + + DRM_MODE_ENCODER_TMDS for DVI, HDMI and (embedded) DisplayPort + + + DRM_MODE_ENCODER_LVDS for display panels + + + DRM_MODE_ENCODER_TVDAC for TV output (Composite, S-Video, Component, + SCART) + + + DRM_MODE_ENCODER_VIRTUAL for virtual machine displays + + + + + Encoders must be attached to a CRTC to be used. DRM drivers leave + encoders unattached at initialization time. Applications (or the fbdev + compatibility layer when implemented) are responsible for attaching the + encoders they want to use to a CRTC. + + + + Encoder Operations + + + void (*destroy)(struct drm_encoder *encoder); + + Called to destroy the encoder when not needed anymore. See + . + + + + void (*set_property)(struct drm_plane *plane, + struct drm_property *property, uint64_t value); + + Set the value of the given plane property to + value. See + for more information about properties. + + + + + + + Connectors (struct <structname>drm_connector</structname>) + + A connector is the final destination for pixel data on a device, and + usually connects directly to an external display device like a monitor + or laptop panel. A connector can only be attached to one encoder at a + time. The connector is also the structure where information about the + attached display is kept, so it contains fields for display data, EDID + data, DPMS & connection status, and information about modes + supported on the attached displays. + + + Connector Initialization + + Finally a KMS driver must create, initialize, register and attach at + least one struct drm_connector instance. The + instance is created as other KMS objects and initialized by setting the + following fields. + + + + interlace_allowed + + Whether the connector can handle interlaced modes. + + + + doublescan_allowed + + Whether the connector can handle doublescan. + + + + display_info + + + Display information is filled from EDID information when a display + is detected. For non hot-pluggable displays such as flat panels in + embedded systems, the driver should initialize the + display_info.width_mm + and + display_info.height_mm + fields with the physical size of the display. + + + + polled + + Connector polling mode, a combination of + + + DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_HPD + + The connector generates hotplug events and doesn't need to be + periodically polled. The CONNECT and DISCONNECT flags must not + be set together with the HPD flag. + + + + DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_CONNECT + + Periodically poll the connector for connection. + + + + DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_DISCONNECT + + Periodically poll the connector for disconnection. + + + + Set to 0 for connectors that don't support connection status + discovery. + + + + + The connector is then registered with a call to + drm_connector_init with a pointer to the connector + functions and a connector type, and exposed through sysfs with a call to + drm_connector_register. + + + Supported connector types are + + DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_VGA + DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_DVII + DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_DVID + DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_DVIA + DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_Composite + DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_SVIDEO + DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_LVDS + DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_Component + DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_9PinDIN + DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_DisplayPort + DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_HDMIA + DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_HDMIB + DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_TV + DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_eDP + DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_VIRTUAL + + + + Connectors must be attached to an encoder to be used. For devices that + map connectors to encoders 1:1, the connector should be attached at + initialization time with a call to + drm_mode_connector_attach_encoder. The driver must + also set the drm_connector + encoder field to point to the attached + encoder. + + + Finally, drivers must initialize the connectors state change detection + with a call to drm_kms_helper_poll_init. If at + least one connector is pollable but can't generate hotplug interrupts + (indicated by the DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_CONNECT and + DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_DISCONNECT connector flags), a delayed work will + automatically be queued to periodically poll for changes. Connectors + that can generate hotplug interrupts must be marked with the + DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_HPD flag instead, and their interrupt handler must + call drm_helper_hpd_irq_event. The function will + queue a delayed work to check the state of all connectors, but no + periodic polling will be done. + + + + Connector Operations + + Unless otherwise state, all operations are mandatory. + + + DPMS + void (*dpms)(struct drm_connector *connector, int mode); + + The DPMS operation sets the power state of a connector. The mode + argument is one of + + DRM_MODE_DPMS_ON + DRM_MODE_DPMS_STANDBY + DRM_MODE_DPMS_SUSPEND + DRM_MODE_DPMS_OFF + + + + In all but DPMS_ON mode the encoder to which the connector is attached + should put the display in low-power mode by driving its signals + appropriately. If more than one connector is attached to the encoder + care should be taken not to change the power state of other displays as + a side effect. Low-power mode should be propagated to the encoders and + CRTCs when all related connectors are put in low-power mode. + + + + Modes + int (*fill_modes)(struct drm_connector *connector, uint32_t max_width, + uint32_t max_height); + + Fill the mode list with all supported modes for the connector. If the + max_width and max_height + arguments are non-zero, the implementation must ignore all modes wider + than max_width or higher than + max_height. + + + The connector must also fill in this operation its + display_info + width_mm and + height_mm fields with the connected display + physical size in millimeters. The fields should be set to 0 if the value + isn't known or is not applicable (for instance for projector devices). + + + + Connection Status + + The connection status is updated through polling or hotplug events when + supported (see ). The status + value is reported to userspace through ioctls and must not be used + inside the driver, as it only gets initialized by a call to + drm_mode_getconnector from userspace. + + enum drm_connector_status (*detect)(struct drm_connector *connector, + bool force); + + Check to see if anything is attached to the connector. The + force parameter is set to false whilst polling or + to true when checking the connector due to user request. + force can be used by the driver to avoid + expensive, destructive operations during automated probing. + + + Return connector_status_connected if something is connected to the + connector, connector_status_disconnected if nothing is connected and + connector_status_unknown if the connection state isn't known. + + + Drivers should only return connector_status_connected if the connection + status has really been probed as connected. Connectors that can't detect + the connection status, or failed connection status probes, should return + connector_status_unknown. + + + + Miscellaneous + + + void (*set_property)(struct drm_connector *connector, + struct drm_property *property, uint64_t value); + + Set the value of the given connector property to + value. See + for more information about properties. + + + + void (*destroy)(struct drm_connector *connector); + + Destroy the connector when not needed anymore. See + . + + + + + + + + Cleanup + + The DRM core manages its objects' lifetime. When an object is not needed + anymore the core calls its destroy function, which must clean up and + free every resource allocated for the object. Every + drm_*_init call must be matched with a + corresponding drm_*_cleanup call to cleanup CRTCs + (drm_crtc_cleanup), planes + (drm_plane_cleanup), encoders + (drm_encoder_cleanup) and connectors + (drm_connector_cleanup). Furthermore, connectors + that have been added to sysfs must be removed by a call to + drm_connector_unregister before calling + drm_connector_cleanup. + + + Connectors state change detection must be cleanup up with a call to + drm_kms_helper_poll_fini. + + + + Output discovery and initialization example + base; + drm_connector_init(dev, &intel_output->base, + &intel_crt_connector_funcs, DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_VGA); + + drm_encoder_init(dev, &intel_output->enc, &intel_crt_enc_funcs, + DRM_MODE_ENCODER_DAC); + + drm_mode_connector_attach_encoder(&intel_output->base, + &intel_output->enc); + + /* Set up the DDC bus. */ + intel_output->ddc_bus = intel_i2c_create(dev, GPIOA, "CRTDDC_A"); + if (!intel_output->ddc_bus) { + dev_printk(KERN_ERR, &dev->pdev->dev, "DDC bus registration " + "failed.\n"); + return; + } + + intel_output->type = INTEL_OUTPUT_ANALOG; + connector->interlace_allowed = 0; + connector->doublescan_allowed = 0; + + drm_encoder_helper_add(&intel_output->enc, &intel_crt_helper_funcs); + drm_connector_helper_add(connector, &intel_crt_connector_helper_funcs); + + drm_connector_register(connector); +}]]> + + In the example above (taken from the i915 driver), a CRTC, connector and + encoder combination is created. A device-specific i2c bus is also + created for fetching EDID data and performing monitor detection. Once + the process is complete, the new connector is registered with sysfs to + make its properties available to applications. + + + + KMS API Functions +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_crtc.c + + + KMS Data Structures +!Iinclude/drm/drm_crtc.h + + + KMS Locking +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_modeset_lock.c kms locking +!Iinclude/drm/drm_modeset_lock.h +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_modeset_lock.c + + + + + + + Mode Setting Helper Functions + + The plane, CRTC, encoder and connector functions provided by the drivers + implement the DRM API. They're called by the DRM core and ioctl handlers + to handle device state changes and configuration request. As implementing + those functions often requires logic not specific to drivers, mid-layer + helper functions are available to avoid duplicating boilerplate code. + + + The DRM core contains one mid-layer implementation. The mid-layer provides + implementations of several plane, CRTC, encoder and connector functions + (called from the top of the mid-layer) that pre-process requests and call + lower-level functions provided by the driver (at the bottom of the + mid-layer). For instance, the + drm_crtc_helper_set_config function can be used to + fill the struct drm_crtc_funcs + set_config field. When called, it will split + the set_config operation in smaller, simpler + operations and call the driver to handle them. + + + To use the mid-layer, drivers call drm_crtc_helper_add, + drm_encoder_helper_add and + drm_connector_helper_add functions to install their + mid-layer bottom operations handlers, and fill the + drm_crtc_funcs, + drm_encoder_funcs and + drm_connector_funcs structures with pointers to + the mid-layer top API functions. Installing the mid-layer bottom operation + handlers is best done right after registering the corresponding KMS object. + + + The mid-layer is not split between CRTC, encoder and connector operations. + To use it, a driver must provide bottom functions for all of the three KMS + entities. + + + Helper Functions + + + int drm_crtc_helper_set_config(struct drm_mode_set *set); + + The drm_crtc_helper_set_config helper function + is a CRTC set_config implementation. It + first tries to locate the best encoder for each connector by calling + the connector best_encoder helper + operation. + + + After locating the appropriate encoders, the helper function will + call the mode_fixup encoder and CRTC helper + operations to adjust the requested mode, or reject it completely in + which case an error will be returned to the application. If the new + configuration after mode adjustment is identical to the current + configuration the helper function will return without performing any + other operation. + + + If the adjusted mode is identical to the current mode but changes to + the frame buffer need to be applied, the + drm_crtc_helper_set_config function will call + the CRTC mode_set_base helper operation. If + the adjusted mode differs from the current mode, or if the + mode_set_base helper operation is not + provided, the helper function performs a full mode set sequence by + calling the prepare, + mode_set and + commit CRTC and encoder helper operations, + in that order. + + + + void drm_helper_connector_dpms(struct drm_connector *connector, int mode); + + The drm_helper_connector_dpms helper function + is a connector dpms implementation that + tracks power state of connectors. To use the function, drivers must + provide dpms helper operations for CRTCs + and encoders to apply the DPMS state to the device. + + + The mid-layer doesn't track the power state of CRTCs and encoders. + The dpms helper operations can thus be + called with a mode identical to the currently active mode. + + + + int drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes(struct drm_connector *connector, + uint32_t maxX, uint32_t maxY); + + The drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes helper + function is a connector fill_modes + implementation that updates the connection status for the connector + and then retrieves a list of modes by calling the connector + get_modes helper operation. + + + If the helper operation returns no mode, and if the connector status + is connector_status_connected, standard VESA DMT modes up to + 1024x768 are automatically added to the modes list by a call to + drm_add_modes_noedid. + + + The function then filters out modes larger than + max_width and max_height + if specified. It finally calls the optional connector + mode_valid helper operation for each mode in + the probed list to check whether the mode is valid for the connector. + + + + + + CRTC Helper Operations + + + bool (*mode_fixup)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, + const struct drm_display_mode *mode, + struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode); + + Let CRTCs adjust the requested mode or reject it completely. This + operation returns true if the mode is accepted (possibly after being + adjusted) or false if it is rejected. + + + The mode_fixup operation should reject the + mode if it can't reasonably use it. The definition of "reasonable" + is currently fuzzy in this context. One possible behaviour would be + to set the adjusted mode to the panel timings when a fixed-mode + panel is used with hardware capable of scaling. Another behaviour + would be to accept any input mode and adjust it to the closest mode + supported by the hardware (FIXME: This needs to be clarified). + + + + int (*mode_set_base)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, int x, int y, + struct drm_framebuffer *old_fb) + + Move the CRTC on the current frame buffer (stored in + crtc->fb) to position (x,y). Any of the frame + buffer, x position or y position may have been modified. + + + This helper operation is optional. If not provided, the + drm_crtc_helper_set_config function will fall + back to the mode_set helper operation. + + + FIXME: Why are x and y passed as arguments, as they can be accessed + through crtc->x and + crtc->y? + + + + void (*prepare)(struct drm_crtc *crtc); + + Prepare the CRTC for mode setting. This operation is called after + validating the requested mode. Drivers use it to perform + device-specific operations required before setting the new mode. + + + + int (*mode_set)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_display_mode *mode, + struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode, int x, int y, + struct drm_framebuffer *old_fb); + + Set a new mode, position and frame buffer. Depending on the device + requirements, the mode can be stored internally by the driver and + applied in the commit operation, or + programmed to the hardware immediately. + + + The mode_set operation returns 0 on success + or a negative error code if an error occurs. + + + + void (*commit)(struct drm_crtc *crtc); + + Commit a mode. This operation is called after setting the new mode. + Upon return the device must use the new mode and be fully + operational. + + + + + + Encoder Helper Operations + + + bool (*mode_fixup)(struct drm_encoder *encoder, + const struct drm_display_mode *mode, + struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode); + + Let encoders adjust the requested mode or reject it completely. This + operation returns true if the mode is accepted (possibly after being + adjusted) or false if it is rejected. See the + mode_fixup CRTC helper + operation for an explanation of the allowed adjustments. + + + + void (*prepare)(struct drm_encoder *encoder); + + Prepare the encoder for mode setting. This operation is called after + validating the requested mode. Drivers use it to perform + device-specific operations required before setting the new mode. + + + + void (*mode_set)(struct drm_encoder *encoder, + struct drm_display_mode *mode, + struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode); + + Set a new mode. Depending on the device requirements, the mode can + be stored internally by the driver and applied in the + commit operation, or programmed to the + hardware immediately. + + + + void (*commit)(struct drm_encoder *encoder); + + Commit a mode. This operation is called after setting the new mode. + Upon return the device must use the new mode and be fully + operational. + + + + + + Connector Helper Operations + + + struct drm_encoder *(*best_encoder)(struct drm_connector *connector); + + Return a pointer to the best encoder for the connecter. Device that + map connectors to encoders 1:1 simply return the pointer to the + associated encoder. This operation is mandatory. + + + + int (*get_modes)(struct drm_connector *connector); + + Fill the connector's probed_modes list + by parsing EDID data with drm_add_edid_modes, + adding standard VESA DMT modes with drm_add_modes_noedid, + or calling drm_mode_probed_add directly for every + supported mode and return the number of modes it has detected. This + operation is mandatory. + + + Note that the caller function will automatically add standard VESA + DMT modes up to 1024x768 if the get_modes + helper operation returns no mode and if the connector status is + connector_status_connected. There is no need to call + drm_add_edid_modes manually in that case. + + + When adding modes manually the driver creates each mode with a call to + drm_mode_create and must fill the following fields. + + + __u32 type; + + Mode type bitmask, a combination of + + + DRM_MODE_TYPE_BUILTIN + not used? + + + DRM_MODE_TYPE_CLOCK_C + not used? + + + DRM_MODE_TYPE_CRTC_C + not used? + + + + DRM_MODE_TYPE_PREFERRED - The preferred mode for the connector + + + not used? + + + + DRM_MODE_TYPE_DEFAULT + not used? + + + DRM_MODE_TYPE_USERDEF + not used? + + + DRM_MODE_TYPE_DRIVER + + + The mode has been created by the driver (as opposed to + to user-created modes). + + + + + Drivers must set the DRM_MODE_TYPE_DRIVER bit for all modes they + create, and set the DRM_MODE_TYPE_PREFERRED bit for the preferred + mode. + + + + __u32 clock; + Pixel clock frequency in kHz unit + + + __u16 hdisplay, hsync_start, hsync_end, htotal; + __u16 vdisplay, vsync_start, vsync_end, vtotal; + Horizontal and vertical timing information + <----------------><-------------><--------------> + + //////////////////////| + ////////////////////// | + ////////////////////// |.................. ................ + _______________ + + <----- [hv]display -----> + <------------- [hv]sync_start ------------> + <--------------------- [hv]sync_end ---------------------> + <-------------------------------- [hv]total -----------------------------> +]]> + + + __u16 hskew; + __u16 vscan; + Unknown + + + __u32 flags; + + Mode flags, a combination of + + + DRM_MODE_FLAG_PHSYNC + + Horizontal sync is active high + + + + DRM_MODE_FLAG_NHSYNC + + Horizontal sync is active low + + + + DRM_MODE_FLAG_PVSYNC + + Vertical sync is active high + + + + DRM_MODE_FLAG_NVSYNC + + Vertical sync is active low + + + + DRM_MODE_FLAG_INTERLACE + + Mode is interlaced + + + + DRM_MODE_FLAG_DBLSCAN + + Mode uses doublescan + + + + DRM_MODE_FLAG_CSYNC + + Mode uses composite sync + + + + DRM_MODE_FLAG_PCSYNC + + Composite sync is active high + + + + DRM_MODE_FLAG_NCSYNC + + Composite sync is active low + + + + DRM_MODE_FLAG_HSKEW + + hskew provided (not used?) + + + + DRM_MODE_FLAG_BCAST + + not used? + + + + DRM_MODE_FLAG_PIXMUX + + not used? + + + + DRM_MODE_FLAG_DBLCLK + + not used? + + + + DRM_MODE_FLAG_CLKDIV2 + + ? + + + + + + Note that modes marked with the INTERLACE or DBLSCAN flags will be + filtered out by + drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes if + the connector's interlace_allowed or + doublescan_allowed field is set to 0. + + + + char name[DRM_DISPLAY_MODE_LEN]; + + Mode name. The driver must call + drm_mode_set_name to fill the mode name from + hdisplay, + vdisplay and interlace flag after + filling the corresponding fields. + + + + + + The vrefresh value is computed by + drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes. + + + When parsing EDID data, drm_add_edid_modes fills the + connector display_info + width_mm and + height_mm fields. When creating modes + manually the get_modes helper operation must + set the display_info + width_mm and + height_mm fields if they haven't been set + already (for instance at initialization time when a fixed-size panel is + attached to the connector). The mode width_mm + and height_mm fields are only used internally + during EDID parsing and should not be set when creating modes manually. + + + + int (*mode_valid)(struct drm_connector *connector, + struct drm_display_mode *mode); + + Verify whether a mode is valid for the connector. Return MODE_OK for + supported modes and one of the enum drm_mode_status values (MODE_*) + for unsupported modes. This operation is optional. + + + As the mode rejection reason is currently not used beside for + immediately removing the unsupported mode, an implementation can + return MODE_BAD regardless of the exact reason why the mode is not + valid. + + + Note that the mode_valid helper operation is + only called for modes detected by the device, and + not for modes set by the user through the CRTC + set_config operation. + + + + + + Atomic Modeset Helper Functions Reference + + Overview +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic_helper.c overview + + + Implementing Asynchronous Atomic Commit +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic_helper.c implementing async commit + + + Atomic State Reset and Initialization +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic_helper.c atomic state reset and initialization + +!Iinclude/drm/drm_atomic_helper.h +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic_helper.c + + + Modeset Helper Functions Reference +!Iinclude/drm/drm_crtc_helper.h +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_crtc_helper.c +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_crtc_helper.c overview + + + Output Probing Helper Functions Reference +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_probe_helper.c output probing helper overview +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_probe_helper.c + + + fbdev Helper Functions Reference +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_fb_helper.c fbdev helpers +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_fb_helper.c +!Iinclude/drm/drm_fb_helper.h + + + Display Port Helper Functions Reference +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_dp_helper.c dp helpers +!Iinclude/drm/drm_dp_helper.h +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_dp_helper.c + + + Display Port MST Helper Functions Reference +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_dp_mst_topology.c dp mst helper +!Iinclude/drm/drm_dp_mst_helper.h +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_dp_mst_topology.c + + + MIPI DSI Helper Functions Reference +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_mipi_dsi.c dsi helpers +!Iinclude/drm/drm_mipi_dsi.h +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_mipi_dsi.c + + + EDID Helper Functions Reference +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_edid.c + + + Rectangle Utilities Reference +!Pinclude/drm/drm_rect.h rect utils +!Iinclude/drm/drm_rect.h +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_rect.c + + + Flip-work Helper Reference +!Pinclude/drm/drm_flip_work.h flip utils +!Iinclude/drm/drm_flip_work.h +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_flip_work.c + + + HDMI Infoframes Helper Reference + + Strictly speaking this is not a DRM helper library but generally useable + by any driver interfacing with HDMI outputs like v4l or alsa drivers. + But it nicely fits into the overall topic of mode setting helper + libraries and hence is also included here. + +!Iinclude/linux/hdmi.h +!Edrivers/video/hdmi.c + + + Plane Helper Reference +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_plane_helper.c +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_plane_helper.c overview + + + Tile group +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_crtc.c Tile group + + + + + + + KMS Properties + + Drivers may need to expose additional parameters to applications than + those described in the previous sections. KMS supports attaching + properties to CRTCs, connectors and planes and offers a userspace API to + list, get and set the property values. + + + Properties are identified by a name that uniquely defines the property + purpose, and store an associated value. For all property types except blob + properties the value is a 64-bit unsigned integer. + + + KMS differentiates between properties and property instances. Drivers + first create properties and then create and associate individual instances + of those properties to objects. A property can be instantiated multiple + times and associated with different objects. Values are stored in property + instances, and all other property information are stored in the property + and shared between all instances of the property. + + + Every property is created with a type that influences how the KMS core + handles the property. Supported property types are + + + DRM_MODE_PROP_RANGE + Range properties report their minimum and maximum + admissible values. The KMS core verifies that values set by + application fit in that range. + + + DRM_MODE_PROP_ENUM + Enumerated properties take a numerical value that + ranges from 0 to the number of enumerated values defined by the + property minus one, and associate a free-formed string name to each + value. Applications can retrieve the list of defined value-name pairs + and use the numerical value to get and set property instance values. + + + + DRM_MODE_PROP_BITMASK + Bitmask properties are enumeration properties that + additionally restrict all enumerated values to the 0..63 range. + Bitmask property instance values combine one or more of the + enumerated bits defined by the property. + + + DRM_MODE_PROP_BLOB + Blob properties store a binary blob without any format + restriction. The binary blobs are created as KMS standalone objects, + and blob property instance values store the ID of their associated + blob object. + Blob properties are only used for the connector EDID property + and cannot be created by drivers. + + + + + To create a property drivers call one of the following functions depending + on the property type. All property creation functions take property flags + and name, as well as type-specific arguments. + + + struct drm_property *drm_property_create_range(struct drm_device *dev, int flags, + const char *name, + uint64_t min, uint64_t max); + Create a range property with the given minimum and maximum + values. + + + struct drm_property *drm_property_create_enum(struct drm_device *dev, int flags, + const char *name, + const struct drm_prop_enum_list *props, + int num_values); + Create an enumerated property. The props + argument points to an array of num_values + value-name pairs. + + + struct drm_property *drm_property_create_bitmask(struct drm_device *dev, + int flags, const char *name, + const struct drm_prop_enum_list *props, + int num_values); + Create a bitmask property. The props + argument points to an array of num_values + value-name pairs. + + + + + Properties can additionally be created as immutable, in which case they + will be read-only for applications but can be modified by the driver. To + create an immutable property drivers must set the DRM_MODE_PROP_IMMUTABLE + flag at property creation time. + + + When no array of value-name pairs is readily available at property + creation time for enumerated or range properties, drivers can create + the property using the drm_property_create function + and manually add enumeration value-name pairs by calling the + drm_property_add_enum function. Care must be taken to + properly specify the property type through the flags + argument. + + + After creating properties drivers can attach property instances to CRTC, + connector and plane objects by calling the + drm_object_attach_property. The function takes a + pointer to the target object, a pointer to the previously created property + and an initial instance value. + + + Existing KMS Properties + + The following table gives description of drm properties exposed by various + modules/drivers. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Owner Module/DriversGroupProperty NameTypeProperty ValuesObject attachedDescription/Restrictions
DRMConnector“EDID”BLOB | IMMUTABLE0ConnectorContains id of edid blob ptr object.
“DPMS”ENUM{ “On”, “Standby”, “Suspend”, “Off” }ConnectorContains DPMS operation mode value.
“PATH”BLOB | IMMUTABLE0ConnectorContains topology path to a connector.
“TILE”BLOB | IMMUTABLE0ConnectorContains tiling information for a connector.
“CRTC_ID”OBJECTDRM_MODE_OBJECT_CRTCConnectorCRTC that connector is attached to (atomic)
Plane“type”ENUM | IMMUTABLE{ "Overlay", "Primary", "Cursor" }PlanePlane type
“SRC_X”RANGEMin=0, Max=UINT_MAXPlaneScanout source x coordinate in 16.16 fixed point (atomic)
“SRC_Y”RANGEMin=0, Max=UINT_MAXPlaneScanout source y coordinate in 16.16 fixed point (atomic)
“SRC_W”RANGEMin=0, Max=UINT_MAXPlaneScanout source width in 16.16 fixed point (atomic)
“SRC_H”RANGEMin=0, Max=UINT_MAXPlaneScanout source height in 16.16 fixed point (atomic)
“CRTC_X”SIGNED_RANGEMin=INT_MIN, Max=INT_MAXPlaneScanout CRTC (destination) x coordinate (atomic)
“CRTC_Y”SIGNED_RANGEMin=INT_MIN, Max=INT_MAXPlaneScanout CRTC (destination) y coordinate (atomic)
“CRTC_W”RANGEMin=0, Max=UINT_MAXPlaneScanout CRTC (destination) width (atomic)
“CRTC_H”RANGEMin=0, Max=UINT_MAXPlaneScanout CRTC (destination) height (atomic)
“FB_ID”OBJECTDRM_MODE_OBJECT_FBPlaneScanout framebuffer (atomic)
“CRTC_ID”OBJECTDRM_MODE_OBJECT_CRTCPlaneCRTC that plane is attached to (atomic)
DVI-I“subconnector”ENUM{ “Unknown”, “DVI-D”, “DVI-A” }ConnectorTBD
“select subconnector”ENUM{ “Automatic”, “DVI-D”, “DVI-A” }ConnectorTBD
TV“subconnector”ENUM{ "Unknown", "Composite", "SVIDEO", "Component", "SCART" }ConnectorTBD
“select subconnector”ENUM{ "Automatic", "Composite", "SVIDEO", "Component", "SCART" }ConnectorTBD
“mode”ENUM{ "NTSC_M", "NTSC_J", "NTSC_443", "PAL_B" } etc.ConnectorTBD
“left margin”RANGEMin=0, Max=100ConnectorTBD
“right margin”RANGEMin=0, Max=100ConnectorTBD
“top margin”RANGEMin=0, Max=100ConnectorTBD
“bottom margin”RANGEMin=0, Max=100ConnectorTBD
“brightness”RANGEMin=0, Max=100ConnectorTBD
“contrast”RANGEMin=0, Max=100ConnectorTBD
“flicker reduction”RANGEMin=0, Max=100ConnectorTBD
“overscan”RANGEMin=0, Max=100ConnectorTBD
“saturation”RANGEMin=0, Max=100ConnectorTBD
“hue”RANGEMin=0, Max=100ConnectorTBD
Virtual GPU“suggested X”RANGEMin=0, Max=0xffffffffConnectorproperty to suggest an X offset for a connector
“suggested Y”RANGEMin=0, Max=0xffffffffConnectorproperty to suggest an Y offset for a connector
Optional“scaling mode”ENUM{ "None", "Full", "Center", "Full aspect" }ConnectorTBD
"aspect ratio"ENUM{ "None", "4:3", "16:9" }ConnectorDRM property to set aspect ratio from user space app. + This enum is made generic to allow addition of custom aspect + ratios.
“dirty”ENUM | IMMUTABLE{ "Off", "On", "Annotate" }ConnectorTBD
i915Generic"Broadcast RGB"ENUM{ "Automatic", "Full", "Limited 16:235" }ConnectorTBD
“audio”ENUM{ "force-dvi", "off", "auto", "on" }ConnectorTBD
Plane“rotation”BITMASK{ 0, "rotate-0" }, { 2, "rotate-180" }PlaneTBD
SDVO-TV“mode”ENUM{ "NTSC_M", "NTSC_J", "NTSC_443", "PAL_B" } etc.ConnectorTBD
"left_margin"RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
"right_margin"RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
"top_margin"RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
"bottom_margin"RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
“hpos”RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
“vpos”RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
“contrast”RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
“saturation”RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
“hue”RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
“sharpness”RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
“flicker_filter”RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
“flicker_filter_adaptive”RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
“flicker_filter_2d”RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
“tv_chroma_filter”RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
“tv_luma_filter”RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
“dot_crawl”RANGEMin=0, Max=1ConnectorTBD
SDVO-TV/LVDS“brightness”RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
CDV gma-500Generic"Broadcast RGB"ENUM{ “Full”, “Limited 16:235” }ConnectorTBD
"Broadcast RGB"ENUM{ “off”, “auto”, “on” }ConnectorTBD
PoulsboGeneric“backlight”RANGEMin=0, Max=100ConnectorTBD
SDVO-TV“mode”ENUM{ "NTSC_M", "NTSC_J", "NTSC_443", "PAL_B" } etc.ConnectorTBD
"left_margin"RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
"right_margin"RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
"top_margin"RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
"bottom_margin"RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
“hpos”RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
“vpos”RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
“contrast”RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
“saturation”RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
“hue”RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
“sharpness”RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
“flicker_filter”RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
“flicker_filter_adaptive”RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
“flicker_filter_2d”RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
“tv_chroma_filter”RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
“tv_luma_filter”RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
“dot_crawl”RANGEMin=0, Max=1ConnectorTBD
SDVO-TV/LVDS“brightness”RANGEMin=0, Max= SDVO dependentConnectorTBD
armadaCRTC"CSC_YUV"ENUM{ "Auto" , "CCIR601", "CCIR709" }CRTCTBD
"CSC_RGB"ENUM{ "Auto", "Computer system", "Studio" }CRTCTBD
Overlay"colorkey"RANGEMin=0, Max=0xffffffPlaneTBD
"colorkey_min"RANGEMin=0, Max=0xffffffPlaneTBD
"colorkey_max"RANGEMin=0, Max=0xffffffPlaneTBD
"colorkey_val"RANGEMin=0, Max=0xffffffPlaneTBD
"colorkey_alpha"RANGEMin=0, Max=0xffffffPlaneTBD
"colorkey_mode"ENUM{ "disabled", "Y component", "U component" + , "V component", "RGB", “R component", "G component", "B component" }PlaneTBD
"brightness"RANGEMin=0, Max=256 + 255PlaneTBD
"contrast"RANGEMin=0, Max=0x7fffPlaneTBD
"saturation"RANGEMin=0, Max=0x7fffPlaneTBD
exynosCRTC“mode”ENUM{ "normal", "blank" }CRTCTBD
Overlay“zpos”RANGEMin=0, Max=MAX_PLANE-1PlaneTBD
i2c/ch7006_drvGeneric“scale”RANGEMin=0, Max=2ConnectorTBD
TV“mode”ENUM{ "PAL", "PAL-M","PAL-N"}, ”PAL-Nc" + , "PAL-60", "NTSC-M", "NTSC-J" }ConnectorTBD
nouveauNV10 Overlay"colorkey"RANGEMin=0, Max=0x01ffffffPlaneTBD
“contrast”RANGEMin=0, Max=8192-1PlaneTBD
“brightness”RANGEMin=0, Max=1024PlaneTBD
“hue”RANGEMin=0, Max=359PlaneTBD
“saturation”RANGEMin=0, Max=8192-1PlaneTBD
“iturbt_709”RANGEMin=0, Max=1PlaneTBD
Nv04 Overlay“colorkey”RANGEMin=0, Max=0x01ffffffPlaneTBD
“brightness”RANGEMin=0, Max=1024PlaneTBD
Display“dithering mode”ENUM{ "auto", "off", "on" }ConnectorTBD
“dithering depth”ENUM{ "auto", "off", "on", "static 2x2", "dynamic 2x2", "temporal" }ConnectorTBD
“underscan”ENUM{ "auto", "6 bpc", "8 bpc" }ConnectorTBD
“underscan hborder”RANGEMin=0, Max=128ConnectorTBD
“underscan vborder”RANGEMin=0, Max=128ConnectorTBD
“vibrant hue”RANGEMin=0, Max=180ConnectorTBD
“color vibrance”RANGEMin=0, Max=200ConnectorTBD
omapGeneric“rotation”BITMASK{ 0, "rotate-0" }, + { 1, "rotate-90" }, + { 2, "rotate-180" }, + { 3, "rotate-270" }, + { 4, "reflect-x" }, + { 5, "reflect-y" }CRTC, PlaneTBD
“zorder”RANGEMin=0, Max=3CRTC, PlaneTBD
qxlGeneric“hotplug_mode_update"RANGEMin=0, Max=1ConnectorTBD
radeonDVI-I“coherent”RANGEMin=0, Max=1ConnectorTBD
DAC enable load detect“load detection”RANGEMin=0, Max=1ConnectorTBD
TV Standard"tv standard"ENUM{ "ntsc", "pal", "pal-m", "pal-60", "ntsc-j" + , "scart-pal", "pal-cn", "secam" }ConnectorTBD
legacy TMDS PLL detect"tmds_pll"ENUM{ "driver", "bios" }-TBD
Underscan"underscan"ENUM{ "off", "on", "auto" }ConnectorTBD
"underscan hborder"RANGEMin=0, Max=128ConnectorTBD
"underscan vborder"RANGEMin=0, Max=128ConnectorTBD
Audio“audio”ENUM{ "off", "on", "auto" }ConnectorTBD
FMT Dithering“dither”ENUM{ "off", "on" }ConnectorTBD
rcar-duGeneric"alpha"RANGEMin=0, Max=255PlaneTBD
"colorkey"RANGEMin=0, Max=0x01ffffffPlaneTBD
"zpos"RANGEMin=1, Max=7PlaneTBD
+ + + + + + + Vertical Blanking + + Vertical blanking plays a major role in graphics rendering. To achieve + tear-free display, users must synchronize page flips and/or rendering to + vertical blanking. The DRM API offers ioctls to perform page flips + synchronized to vertical blanking and wait for vertical blanking. + + + The DRM core handles most of the vertical blanking management logic, which + involves filtering out spurious interrupts, keeping race-free blanking + counters, coping with counter wrap-around and resets and keeping use + counts. It relies on the driver to generate vertical blanking interrupts + and optionally provide a hardware vertical blanking counter. Drivers must + implement the following operations. + + + + int (*enable_vblank) (struct drm_device *dev, int crtc); +void (*disable_vblank) (struct drm_device *dev, int crtc); + + Enable or disable vertical blanking interrupts for the given CRTC. + + + + u32 (*get_vblank_counter) (struct drm_device *dev, int crtc); + + Retrieve the value of the vertical blanking counter for the given + CRTC. If the hardware maintains a vertical blanking counter its value + should be returned. Otherwise drivers can use the + drm_vblank_count helper function to handle this + operation. + + + + + Drivers must initialize the vertical blanking handling core with a call to + drm_vblank_init in their + load operation. The function will set the struct + drm_device + vblank_disable_allowed field to 0. This will + keep vertical blanking interrupts enabled permanently until the first mode + set operation, where vblank_disable_allowed is + set to 1. The reason behind this is not clear. Drivers can set the field + to 1 after calling drm_vblank_init to make vertical + blanking interrupts dynamically managed from the beginning. + + + Vertical blanking interrupts can be enabled by the DRM core or by drivers + themselves (for instance to handle page flipping operations). The DRM core + maintains a vertical blanking use count to ensure that the interrupts are + not disabled while a user still needs them. To increment the use count, + drivers call drm_vblank_get. Upon return vertical + blanking interrupts are guaranteed to be enabled. + + + To decrement the use count drivers call + drm_vblank_put. Only when the use count drops to zero + will the DRM core disable the vertical blanking interrupts after a delay + by scheduling a timer. The delay is accessible through the vblankoffdelay + module parameter or the drm_vblank_offdelay global + variable and expressed in milliseconds. Its default value is 5000 ms. + Zero means never disable, and a negative value means disable immediately. + Drivers may override the behaviour by setting the + drm_device + vblank_disable_immediate flag, which when set + causes vblank interrupts to be disabled immediately regardless of the + drm_vblank_offdelay value. The flag should only be set if there's a + properly working hardware vblank counter present. + + + When a vertical blanking interrupt occurs drivers only need to call the + drm_handle_vblank function to account for the + interrupt. + + + Resources allocated by drm_vblank_init must be freed + with a call to drm_vblank_cleanup in the driver + unload operation handler. + + + Vertical Blanking and Interrupt Handling Functions Reference +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_irq.c +!Finclude/drm/drmP.h drm_crtc_vblank_waitqueue + + + + + + + Open/Close, File Operations and IOCTLs + + Open and Close + int (*firstopen) (struct drm_device *); +void (*lastclose) (struct drm_device *); +int (*open) (struct drm_device *, struct drm_file *); +void (*preclose) (struct drm_device *, struct drm_file *); +void (*postclose) (struct drm_device *, struct drm_file *); + Open and close handlers. None of those methods are mandatory. + + + The firstopen method is called by the DRM core + for legacy UMS (User Mode Setting) drivers only when an application + opens a device that has no other opened file handle. UMS drivers can + implement it to acquire device resources. KMS drivers can't use the + method and must acquire resources in the load + method instead. + + + Similarly the lastclose method is called when + the last application holding a file handle opened on the device closes + it, for both UMS and KMS drivers. Additionally, the method is also + called at module unload time or, for hot-pluggable devices, when the + device is unplugged. The firstopen and + lastclose calls can thus be unbalanced. + + + The open method is called every time the device + is opened by an application. Drivers can allocate per-file private data + in this method and store them in the struct + drm_file driver_priv + field. Note that the open method is called + before firstopen. + + + The close operation is split into preclose and + postclose methods. Drivers must stop and + cleanup all per-file operations in the preclose + method. For instance pending vertical blanking and page flip events must + be cancelled. No per-file operation is allowed on the file handle after + returning from the preclose method. + + + Finally the postclose method is called as the + last step of the close operation, right before calling the + lastclose method if no other open file handle + exists for the device. Drivers that have allocated per-file private data + in the open method should free it here. + + + The lastclose method should restore CRTC and + plane properties to default value, so that a subsequent open of the + device will not inherit state from the previous user. It can also be + used to execute delayed power switching state changes, e.g. in + conjunction with the vga-switcheroo infrastructure. Beyond that KMS + drivers should not do any further cleanup. Only legacy UMS drivers might + need to clean up device state so that the vga console or an independent + fbdev driver could take over. + + + + File Operations + const struct file_operations *fops + File operations for the DRM device node. + + Drivers must define the file operations structure that forms the DRM + userspace API entry point, even though most of those operations are + implemented in the DRM core. The open, + release and ioctl + operations are handled by + + .owner = THIS_MODULE, + .open = drm_open, + .release = drm_release, + .unlocked_ioctl = drm_ioctl, + #ifdef CONFIG_COMPAT + .compat_ioctl = drm_compat_ioctl, + #endif + + + + Drivers that implement private ioctls that requires 32/64bit + compatibility support must provide their own + compat_ioctl handler that processes private + ioctls and calls drm_compat_ioctl for core ioctls. + + + The read and poll + operations provide support for reading DRM events and polling them. They + are implemented by + + .poll = drm_poll, + .read = drm_read, + .llseek = no_llseek, + + + + The memory mapping implementation varies depending on how the driver + manages memory. Pre-GEM drivers will use drm_mmap, + while GEM-aware drivers will use drm_gem_mmap. See + . + + .mmap = drm_gem_mmap, + + + + No other file operation is supported by the DRM API. + + + + IOCTLs + struct drm_ioctl_desc *ioctls; +int num_ioctls; + Driver-specific ioctls descriptors table. + + Driver-specific ioctls numbers start at DRM_COMMAND_BASE. The ioctls + descriptors table is indexed by the ioctl number offset from the base + value. Drivers can use the DRM_IOCTL_DEF_DRV() macro to initialize the + table entries. + + + DRM_IOCTL_DEF_DRV(ioctl, func, flags) + + ioctl is the ioctl name. Drivers must define + the DRM_##ioctl and DRM_IOCTL_##ioctl macros to the ioctl number + offset from DRM_COMMAND_BASE and the ioctl number respectively. The + first macro is private to the device while the second must be exposed + to userspace in a public header. + + + func is a pointer to the ioctl handler function + compatible with the drm_ioctl_t type. + typedef int drm_ioctl_t(struct drm_device *dev, void *data, + struct drm_file *file_priv); + + + flags is a bitmask combination of the following + values. It restricts how the ioctl is allowed to be called. + + + DRM_AUTH - Only authenticated callers allowed + + + DRM_MASTER - The ioctl can only be called on the master file + handle + + + DRM_ROOT_ONLY - Only callers with the SYSADMIN capability allowed + + + DRM_CONTROL_ALLOW - The ioctl can only be called on a control + device + + + DRM_UNLOCKED - The ioctl handler will be called without locking + the DRM global mutex + + + + + + + + Legacy Support Code + + The section very briefly covers some of the old legacy support code which + is only used by old DRM drivers which have done a so-called shadow-attach + to the underlying device instead of registering as a real driver. This + also includes some of the old generic buffer management and command + submission code. Do not use any of this in new and modern drivers. + + + + Legacy Suspend/Resume + + The DRM core provides some suspend/resume code, but drivers wanting full + suspend/resume support should provide save() and restore() functions. + These are called at suspend, hibernate, or resume time, and should perform + any state save or restore required by your device across suspend or + hibernate states. + + int (*suspend) (struct drm_device *, pm_message_t state); + int (*resume) (struct drm_device *); + + Those are legacy suspend and resume methods which + only work with the legacy shadow-attach driver + registration functions. New driver should use the power management + interface provided by their bus type (usually through + the struct device_driver dev_pm_ops) and set + these methods to NULL. + + + + + Legacy DMA Services + + This should cover how DMA mapping etc. is supported by the core. + These functions are deprecated and should not be used. + + + + + + + + + + + Userland interfaces + + The DRM core exports several interfaces to applications, + generally intended to be used through corresponding libdrm + wrapper functions. In addition, drivers export device-specific + interfaces for use by userspace drivers & device-aware + applications through ioctls and sysfs files. + + + External interfaces include: memory mapping, context management, + DMA operations, AGP management, vblank control, fence + management, memory management, and output management. + + + Cover generic ioctls and sysfs layout here. We only need high-level + info, since man pages should cover the rest. + + + + + + Render nodes + + DRM core provides multiple character-devices for user-space to use. + Depending on which device is opened, user-space can perform a different + set of operations (mainly ioctls). The primary node is always created + and called card<num>. Additionally, a currently + unused control node, called controlD<num> is also + created. The primary node provides all legacy operations and + historically was the only interface used by userspace. With KMS, the + control node was introduced. However, the planned KMS control interface + has never been written and so the control node stays unused to date. + + + With the increased use of offscreen renderers and GPGPU applications, + clients no longer require running compositors or graphics servers to + make use of a GPU. But the DRM API required unprivileged clients to + authenticate to a DRM-Master prior to getting GPU access. To avoid this + step and to grant clients GPU access without authenticating, render + nodes were introduced. Render nodes solely serve render clients, that + is, no modesetting or privileged ioctls can be issued on render nodes. + Only non-global rendering commands are allowed. If a driver supports + render nodes, it must advertise it via the DRIVER_RENDER + DRM driver capability. If not supported, the primary node must be used + for render clients together with the legacy drmAuth authentication + procedure. + + + If a driver advertises render node support, DRM core will create a + separate render node called renderD<num>. There will + be one render node per device. No ioctls except PRIME-related ioctls + will be allowed on this node. Especially GEM_OPEN will be + explicitly prohibited. Render nodes are designed to avoid the + buffer-leaks, which occur if clients guess the flink names or mmap + offsets on the legacy interface. Additionally to this basic interface, + drivers must mark their driver-dependent render-only ioctls as + DRM_RENDER_ALLOW so render clients can use them. Driver + authors must be careful not to allow any privileged ioctls on render + nodes. + + + With render nodes, user-space can now control access to the render node + via basic file-system access-modes. A running graphics server which + authenticates clients on the privileged primary/legacy node is no longer + required. Instead, a client can open the render node and is immediately + granted GPU access. Communication between clients (or servers) is done + via PRIME. FLINK from render node to legacy node is not supported. New + clients must not use the insecure FLINK interface. + + + Besides dropping all modeset/global ioctls, render nodes also drop the + DRM-Master concept. There is no reason to associate render clients with + a DRM-Master as they are independent of any graphics server. Besides, + they must work without any running master, anyway. + Drivers must be able to run without a master object if they support + render nodes. If, on the other hand, a driver requires shared state + between clients which is visible to user-space and accessible beyond + open-file boundaries, they cannot support render nodes. + + + + + + + VBlank event handling + + The DRM core exposes two vertical blank related ioctls: + + + DRM_IOCTL_WAIT_VBLANK + + + This takes a struct drm_wait_vblank structure as its argument, + and it is used to block or request a signal when a specified + vblank event occurs. + + + + + DRM_IOCTL_MODESET_CTL + + + This was only used for user-mode-settind drivers around + modesetting changes to allow the kernel to update the vblank + interrupt after mode setting, since on many devices the vertical + blank counter is reset to 0 at some point during modeset. Modern + drivers should not call this any more since with kernel mode + setting it is a no-op. + + + + + + + + + + + DRM Drivers + + + + This second part of the DRM Developer's Guide documents driver code, + implementation details and also all the driver-specific userspace + interfaces. Especially since all hardware-acceleration interfaces to + userspace are driver specific for efficiency and other reasons these + interfaces can be rather substantial. Hence every driver has its own + chapter. + + + + + drm/i915 Intel GFX Driver + + The drm/i915 driver supports all (with the exception of some very early + models) integrated GFX chipsets with both Intel display and rendering + blocks. This excludes a set of SoC platforms with an SGX rendering unit, + those have basic support through the gma500 drm driver. + + + Core Driver Infrastructure + + This section covers core driver infrastructure used by both the display + and the GEM parts of the driver. + + + Runtime Power Management +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_runtime_pm.c runtime pm +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_runtime_pm.c +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_uncore.c + + + Interrupt Handling +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_irq.c interrupt handling +!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_irq.c intel_irq_init intel_irq_init_hw intel_hpd_init +!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_irq.c intel_irq_fini +!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_irq.c intel_runtime_pm_disable_interrupts +!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_irq.c intel_runtime_pm_enable_interrupts + + + Intel GVT-g Guest Support(vGPU) +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_vgpu.c Intel GVT-g guest support +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_vgpu.c + + + + Display Hardware Handling + + This section covers everything related to the display hardware including + the mode setting infrastructure, plane, sprite and cursor handling and + display, output probing and related topics. + + + Mode Setting Infrastructure + + The i915 driver is thus far the only DRM driver which doesn't use the + common DRM helper code to implement mode setting sequences. Thus it + has its own tailor-made infrastructure for executing a display + configuration change. + + + + Frontbuffer Tracking +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_frontbuffer.c frontbuffer tracking +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_frontbuffer.c +!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_drv.h intel_frontbuffer_flip +!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_gem.c i915_gem_track_fb + + + Display FIFO Underrun Reporting +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_fifo_underrun.c fifo underrun handling +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_fifo_underrun.c + + + Plane Configuration + + This section covers plane configuration and composition with the + primary plane, sprites, cursors and overlays. This includes the + infrastructure to do atomic vsync'ed updates of all this state and + also tightly coupled topics like watermark setup and computation, + framebuffer compression and panel self refresh. + + + + Atomic Plane Helpers +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_atomic_plane.c atomic plane helpers +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_atomic_plane.c + + + Output Probing + + This section covers output probing and related infrastructure like the + hotplug interrupt storm detection and mitigation code. Note that the + i915 driver still uses most of the common DRM helper code for output + probing, so those sections fully apply. + + + + High Definition Audio +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_audio.c High Definition Audio over HDMI and Display Port +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_audio.c + + + Panel Self Refresh PSR (PSR/SRD) +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_psr.c Panel Self Refresh (PSR/SRD) +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_psr.c + + + Frame Buffer Compression (FBC) +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_fbc.c Frame Buffer Compression (FBC) +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_fbc.c + + + Display Refresh Rate Switching (DRRS) +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c Display Refresh Rate Switching (DRRS) +!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c intel_dp_set_drrs_state +!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c intel_edp_drrs_enable +!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c intel_edp_drrs_disable +!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c intel_edp_drrs_invalidate +!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c intel_edp_drrs_flush +!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c intel_dp_drrs_init + + + + DPIO +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_reg.h DPIO + + Dual channel PHY (VLV/CHV) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + CH0 + CH1 + + + + + CMN/PLL/REF + CMN/PLL/REF + + + PCS01 + PCS23 + PCS01 + PCS23 + + + TX0 + TX1 + TX2 + TX3 + TX0 + TX1 + TX2 + TX3 + + + DDI0 + DDI1 + + + +
+ + Single channel PHY (CHV) + + + + + + + + + + + CH0 + + + + + CMN/PLL/REF + + + PCS01 + PCS23 + + + TX0 + TX1 + TX2 + TX3 + + + DDI2 + + + +
+ + + + + Memory Management and Command Submission + + This sections covers all things related to the GEM implementation in the + i915 driver. + + + Batchbuffer Parsing +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_cmd_parser.c batch buffer command parser +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_cmd_parser.c + + + Batchbuffer Pools +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_gem_batch_pool.c batch pool +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_gem_batch_pool.c + + + Logical Rings, Logical Ring Contexts and Execlists +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_lrc.c Logical Rings, Logical Ring Contexts and Execlists +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_lrc.c + + + Global GTT views +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_gem_gtt.c Global GTT views +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_gem_gtt.c + + + Buffer Object Eviction + + This section documents the interface functions for evicting buffer + objects to make space available in the virtual gpu address spaces. + Note that this is mostly orthogonal to shrinking buffer objects + caches, which has the goal to make main memory (shared with the gpu + through the unified memory architecture) available. + +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_gem_evict.c + + + Buffer Object Memory Shrinking + + This section documents the interface function for shrinking memory + usage of buffer object caches. Shrinking is used to make main memory + available. Note that this is mostly orthogonal to evicting buffer + objects, which has the goal to make space in gpu virtual address + spaces. + +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_gem_shrinker.c + + + + + Tracing + + This sections covers all things related to the tracepoints implemented in + the i915 driver. + + + i915_ppgtt_create and i915_ppgtt_release +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_trace.h i915_ppgtt_create and i915_ppgtt_release tracepoints + + + i915_context_create and i915_context_free +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_trace.h i915_context_create and i915_context_free tracepoints + + + switch_mm +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_trace.h switch_mm tracepoint + + + + +!Cdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_irq.c + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bcdfdb9a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,425 @@ + + + + + + Linux Filesystems API + + + + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + + + + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + + + + + + + + The Linux VFS + The Filesystem types +!Iinclude/linux/fs.h + + The Directory Cache +!Efs/dcache.c +!Iinclude/linux/dcache.h + + Inode Handling +!Efs/inode.c +!Efs/bad_inode.c + + Registration and Superblocks +!Efs/super.c + + File Locks +!Efs/locks.c +!Ifs/locks.c + + Other Functions +!Efs/mpage.c +!Efs/namei.c +!Efs/buffer.c +!Eblock/bio.c +!Efs/seq_file.c +!Efs/filesystems.c +!Efs/fs-writeback.c +!Efs/block_dev.c + + + + + The proc filesystem + + sysctl interface +!Ekernel/sysctl.c + + + proc filesystem interface +!Ifs/proc/base.c + + + + + Events based on file descriptors +!Efs/eventfd.c + + + + The Filesystem for Exporting Kernel Objects +!Efs/sysfs/file.c +!Efs/sysfs/symlink.c + + + + The debugfs filesystem + + debugfs interface +!Efs/debugfs/inode.c +!Efs/debugfs/file.c + + + + + + The Linux Journalling API + + + + Roger + Gammans + +
+ rgammans@computer-surgery.co.uk +
+ + + + + + + Stephen + Tweedie + +
+ sct@redhat.com +
+ + + + + + 2002 + Roger Gammans + + + + The Linux Journalling API + + + Overview + + Details + +The journalling layer is easy to use. You need to +first of all create a journal_t data structure. There are +two calls to do this dependent on how you decide to allocate the physical +media on which the journal resides. The journal_init_inode() call +is for journals stored in filesystem inodes, or the journal_init_dev() +call can be use for journal stored on a raw device (in a continuous range +of blocks). A journal_t is a typedef for a struct pointer, so when +you are finally finished make sure you call journal_destroy() on it +to free up any used kernel memory. + + + +Once you have got your journal_t object you need to 'mount' or load the journal +file, unless of course you haven't initialised it yet - in which case you +need to call journal_create(). + + + +Most of the time however your journal file will already have been created, but +before you load it you must call journal_wipe() to empty the journal file. +Hang on, you say , what if the filesystem wasn't cleanly umount()'d . Well, it is the +job of the client file system to detect this and skip the call to journal_wipe(). + + + +In either case the next call should be to journal_load() which prepares the +journal file for use. Note that journal_wipe(..,0) calls journal_skip_recovery() +for you if it detects any outstanding transactions in the journal and similarly +journal_load() will call journal_recover() if necessary. +I would advise reading fs/ext3/super.c for examples on this stage. +[RGG: Why is the journal_wipe() call necessary - doesn't this needlessly +complicate the API. Or isn't a good idea for the journal layer to hide +dirty mounts from the client fs] + + + +Now you can go ahead and start modifying the underlying +filesystem. Almost. + + + + +You still need to actually journal your filesystem changes, this +is done by wrapping them into transactions. Additionally you +also need to wrap the modification of each of the buffers +with calls to the journal layer, so it knows what the modifications +you are actually making are. To do this use journal_start() which +returns a transaction handle. + + + +journal_start() +and its counterpart journal_stop(), which indicates the end of a transaction +are nestable calls, so you can reenter a transaction if necessary, +but remember you must call journal_stop() the same number of times as +journal_start() before the transaction is completed (or more accurately +leaves the update phase). Ext3/VFS makes use of this feature to simplify +quota support. + + + +Inside each transaction you need to wrap the modifications to the +individual buffers (blocks). Before you start to modify a buffer you +need to call journal_get_{create,write,undo}_access() as appropriate, +this allows the journalling layer to copy the unmodified data if it +needs to. After all the buffer may be part of a previously uncommitted +transaction. +At this point you are at last ready to modify a buffer, and once +you are have done so you need to call journal_dirty_{meta,}data(). +Or if you've asked for access to a buffer you now know is now longer +required to be pushed back on the device you can call journal_forget() +in much the same way as you might have used bforget() in the past. + + + +A journal_flush() may be called at any time to commit and checkpoint +all your transactions. + + + +Then at umount time , in your put_super() you can then call journal_destroy() +to clean up your in-core journal object. + + + +Unfortunately there a couple of ways the journal layer can cause a deadlock. +The first thing to note is that each task can only have +a single outstanding transaction at any one time, remember nothing +commits until the outermost journal_stop(). This means +you must complete the transaction at the end of each file/inode/address +etc. operation you perform, so that the journalling system isn't re-entered +on another journal. Since transactions can't be nested/batched +across differing journals, and another filesystem other than +yours (say ext3) may be modified in a later syscall. + + + +The second case to bear in mind is that journal_start() can +block if there isn't enough space in the journal for your transaction +(based on the passed nblocks param) - when it blocks it merely(!) needs to +wait for transactions to complete and be committed from other tasks, +so essentially we are waiting for journal_stop(). So to avoid +deadlocks you must treat journal_start/stop() as if they +were semaphores and include them in your semaphore ordering rules to prevent +deadlocks. Note that journal_extend() has similar blocking behaviour to +journal_start() so you can deadlock here just as easily as on journal_start(). + + + +Try to reserve the right number of blocks the first time. ;-). This will +be the maximum number of blocks you are going to touch in this transaction. +I advise having a look at at least ext3_jbd.h to see the basis on which +ext3 uses to make these decisions. + + + +Another wriggle to watch out for is your on-disk block allocation strategy. +why? Because, if you undo a delete, you need to ensure you haven't reused any +of the freed blocks in a later transaction. One simple way of doing this +is make sure any blocks you allocate only have checkpointed transactions +listed against them. Ext3 does this in ext3_test_allocatable(). + + + +Lock is also providing through journal_{un,}lock_updates(), +ext3 uses this when it wants a window with a clean and stable fs for a moment. +eg. + + + + + journal_lock_updates() //stop new stuff happening.. + journal_flush() // checkpoint everything. + ..do stuff on stable fs + journal_unlock_updates() // carry on with filesystem use. + + + +The opportunities for abuse and DOS attacks with this should be obvious, +if you allow unprivileged userspace to trigger codepaths containing these +calls. + + + +A new feature of jbd since 2.5.25 is commit callbacks with the new +journal_callback_set() function you can now ask the journalling layer +to call you back when the transaction is finally committed to disk, so that +you can do some of your own management. The key to this is the journal_callback +struct, this maintains the internal callback information but you can +extend it like this:- + + + struct myfs_callback_s { + //Data structure element required by jbd.. + struct journal_callback for_jbd; + // Stuff for myfs allocated together. + myfs_inode* i_commited; + + } + + + +this would be useful if you needed to know when data was committed to a +particular inode. + + + + + + Summary + +Using the journal is a matter of wrapping the different context changes, +being each mount, each modification (transaction) and each changed buffer +to tell the journalling layer about them. + + + +Here is a some pseudo code to give you an idea of how it works, as +an example. + + + + journal_t* my_jnrl = journal_create(); + journal_init_{dev,inode}(jnrl,...) + if (clean) journal_wipe(); + journal_load(); + + foreach(transaction) { /*transactions must be + completed before + a syscall returns to + userspace*/ + + handle_t * xct=journal_start(my_jnrl); + foreach(bh) { + journal_get_{create,write,undo}_access(xact,bh); + if ( myfs_modify(bh) ) { /* returns true + if makes changes */ + journal_dirty_{meta,}data(xact,bh); + } else { + journal_forget(bh); + } + } + journal_stop(xct); + } + journal_destroy(my_jrnl); + + + + + + + Data Types + + The journalling layer uses typedefs to 'hide' the concrete definitions + of the structures used. As a client of the JBD layer you can + just rely on the using the pointer as a magic cookie of some sort. + + Obviously the hiding is not enforced as this is 'C'. + + Structures +!Iinclude/linux/jbd.h + + + + + Functions + + The functions here are split into two groups those that + affect a journal as a whole, and those which are used to + manage transactions + + Journal Level +!Efs/jbd/journal.c +!Ifs/jbd/recovery.c + + Transasction Level +!Efs/jbd/transaction.c + + + + See also + + + + Journaling the Linux ext2fs Filesystem, LinuxExpo 98, Stephen Tweedie + + + + + + + Ext3 Journalling FileSystem, OLS 2000, Dr. Stephen Tweedie + + + + + + + + + splice API + + splice is a method for moving blocks of data around inside the + kernel, without continually transferring them between the kernel + and user space. + +!Ffs/splice.c + + + + pipes API + + Pipe interfaces are all for in-kernel (builtin image) use. + They are not exported for use by modules. + +!Iinclude/linux/pipe_fs_i.h +!Ffs/pipe.c + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/gadget.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/gadget.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..641629221 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/gadget.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,793 @@ + + + + + + USB Gadget API for Linux + 20 August 2004 + 20 August 2004 + + + + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + + + + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + + + + 2003-2004 + David Brownell + + + + David + Brownell + +
dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net
+ + + + + + +Introduction + +This document presents a Linux-USB "Gadget" +kernel mode +API, for use within peripherals and other USB devices +that embed Linux. +It provides an overview of the API structure, +and shows how that fits into a system development project. +This is the first such API released on Linux to address +a number of important problems, including: + + + Supports USB 2.0, for high speed devices which + can stream data at several dozen megabytes per second. + + Handles devices with dozens of endpoints just as + well as ones with just two fixed-function ones. Gadget drivers + can be written so they're easy to port to new hardware. + + Flexible enough to expose more complex USB device + capabilities such as multiple configurations, multiple interfaces, + composite devices, + and alternate interface settings. + + USB "On-The-Go" (OTG) support, in conjunction + with updates to the Linux-USB host side. + + Sharing data structures and API models with the + Linux-USB host side API. This helps the OTG support, and + looks forward to more-symmetric frameworks (where the same + I/O model is used by both host and device side drivers). + + Minimalist, so it's easier to support new device + controller hardware. I/O processing doesn't imply large + demands for memory or CPU resources. + + + + +Most Linux developers will not be able to use this API, since they +have USB "host" hardware in a PC, workstation, or server. +Linux users with embedded systems are more likely to +have USB peripheral hardware. +To distinguish drivers running inside such hardware from the +more familiar Linux "USB device drivers", +which are host side proxies for the real USB devices, +a different term is used: +the drivers inside the peripherals are "USB gadget drivers". +In USB protocol interactions, the device driver is the master +(or "client driver") +and the gadget driver is the slave (or "function driver"). + + +The gadget API resembles the host side Linux-USB API in that both +use queues of request objects to package I/O buffers, and those requests +may be submitted or canceled. +They share common definitions for the standard USB +Chapter 9 messages, structures, and constants. +Also, both APIs bind and unbind drivers to devices. +The APIs differ in detail, since the host side's current +URB framework exposes a number of implementation details +and assumptions that are inappropriate for a gadget API. +While the model for control transfers and configuration +management is necessarily different (one side is a hardware-neutral master, +the other is a hardware-aware slave), the endpoint I/0 API used here +should also be usable for an overhead-reduced host side API. + + + + +Structure of Gadget Drivers + +A system running inside a USB peripheral +normally has at least three layers inside the kernel to handle +USB protocol processing, and may have additional layers in +user space code. +The "gadget" API is used by the middle layer to interact +with the lowest level (which directly handles hardware). + + +In Linux, from the bottom up, these layers are: + + + + + + USB Controller Driver + + + This is the lowest software level. + It is the only layer that talks to hardware, + through registers, fifos, dma, irqs, and the like. + The <linux/usb/gadget.h> API abstracts + the peripheral controller endpoint hardware. + That hardware is exposed through endpoint objects, which accept + streams of IN/OUT buffers, and through callbacks that interact + with gadget drivers. + Since normal USB devices only have one upstream + port, they only have one of these drivers. + The controller driver can support any number of different + gadget drivers, but only one of them can be used at a time. + + + Examples of such controller hardware include + the PCI-based NetChip 2280 USB 2.0 high speed controller, + the SA-11x0 or PXA-25x UDC (found within many PDAs), + and a variety of other products. + + + + + + Gadget Driver + + + The lower boundary of this driver implements hardware-neutral + USB functions, using calls to the controller driver. + Because such hardware varies widely in capabilities and restrictions, + and is used in embedded environments where space is at a premium, + the gadget driver is often configured at compile time + to work with endpoints supported by one particular controller. + Gadget drivers may be portable to several different controllers, + using conditional compilation. + (Recent kernels substantially simplify the work involved in + supporting new hardware, by autoconfiguring + endpoints automatically for many bulk-oriented drivers.) + Gadget driver responsibilities include: + + + handling setup requests (ep0 protocol responses) + possibly including class-specific functionality + + returning configuration and string descriptors + + (re)setting configurations and interface + altsettings, including enabling and configuring endpoints + + handling life cycle events, such as managing + bindings to hardware, + USB suspend/resume, remote wakeup, + and disconnection from the USB host. + + managing IN and OUT transfers on all currently + enabled endpoints + + + + + Such drivers may be modules of proprietary code, although + that approach is discouraged in the Linux community. + + + + + Upper Level + + + Most gadget drivers have an upper boundary that connects + to some Linux driver or framework in Linux. + Through that boundary flows the data which the gadget driver + produces and/or consumes through protocol transfers over USB. + Examples include: + + + user mode code, using generic (gadgetfs) + or application specific files in + /dev + + networking subsystem (for network gadgets, + like the CDC Ethernet Model gadget driver) + + data capture drivers, perhaps video4Linux or + a scanner driver; or test and measurement hardware. + + input subsystem (for HID gadgets) + + sound subsystem (for audio gadgets) + + file system (for PTP gadgets) + + block i/o subsystem (for usb-storage gadgets) + + ... and more + + + + + Additional Layers + + + Other layers may exist. + These could include kernel layers, such as network protocol stacks, + as well as user mode applications building on standard POSIX + system call APIs such as + open(), close(), + read() and write(). + On newer systems, POSIX Async I/O calls may be an option. + Such user mode code will not necessarily be subject to + the GNU General Public License (GPL). + + + + + + +OTG-capable systems will also need to include a standard Linux-USB +host side stack, +with usbcore, +one or more Host Controller Drivers (HCDs), +USB Device Drivers to support +the OTG "Targeted Peripheral List", +and so forth. +There will also be an OTG Controller Driver, +which is visible to gadget and device driver developers only indirectly. +That helps the host and device side USB controllers implement the +two new OTG protocols (HNP and SRP). +Roles switch (host to peripheral, or vice versa) using HNP +during USB suspend processing, and SRP can be viewed as a +more battery-friendly kind of device wakeup protocol. + + +Over time, reusable utilities are evolving to help make some +gadget driver tasks simpler. +For example, building configuration descriptors from vectors of +descriptors for the configurations interfaces and endpoints is +now automated, and many drivers now use autoconfiguration to +choose hardware endpoints and initialize their descriptors. + +A potential example of particular interest +is code implementing standard USB-IF protocols for +HID, networking, storage, or audio classes. +Some developers are interested in KDB or KGDB hooks, to let +target hardware be remotely debugged. +Most such USB protocol code doesn't need to be hardware-specific, +any more than network protocols like X11, HTTP, or NFS are. +Such gadget-side interface drivers should eventually be combined, +to implement composite devices. + + + + + +Kernel Mode Gadget API + +Gadget drivers declare themselves through a +struct usb_gadget_driver, which is responsible for +most parts of enumeration for a struct usb_gadget. +The response to a set_configuration usually involves +enabling one or more of the struct usb_ep objects +exposed by the gadget, and submitting one or more +struct usb_request buffers to transfer data. +Understand those four data types, and their operations, and +you will understand how this API works. + + +Incomplete Data Type Descriptions + +This documentation was prepared using the standard Linux +kernel docproc tool, which turns text +and in-code comments into SGML DocBook and then into usable +formats such as HTML or PDF. +Other than the "Chapter 9" data types, most of the significant +data types and functions are described here. + + +However, docproc does not understand all the C constructs +that are used, so some relevant information is likely omitted from +what you are reading. +One example of such information is endpoint autoconfiguration. +You'll have to read the header file, and use example source +code (such as that for "Gadget Zero"), to fully understand the API. + + +The part of the API implementing some basic +driver capabilities is specific to the version of the +Linux kernel that's in use. +The 2.6 kernel includes a driver model +framework that has no analogue on earlier kernels; +so those parts of the gadget API are not fully portable. +(They are implemented on 2.4 kernels, but in a different way.) +The driver model state is another part of this API that is +ignored by the kerneldoc tools. + + + +The core API does not expose +every possible hardware feature, only the most widely available ones. +There are significant hardware features, such as device-to-device DMA +(without temporary storage in a memory buffer) +that would be added using hardware-specific APIs. + + +This API allows drivers to use conditional compilation to handle +endpoint capabilities of different hardware, but doesn't require that. +Hardware tends to have arbitrary restrictions, relating to +transfer types, addressing, packet sizes, buffering, and availability. +As a rule, such differences only matter for "endpoint zero" logic +that handles device configuration and management. +The API supports limited run-time +detection of capabilities, through naming conventions for endpoints. +Many drivers will be able to at least partially autoconfigure +themselves. +In particular, driver init sections will often have endpoint +autoconfiguration logic that scans the hardware's list of endpoints +to find ones matching the driver requirements +(relying on those conventions), to eliminate some of the most +common reasons for conditional compilation. + + +Like the Linux-USB host side API, this API exposes +the "chunky" nature of USB messages: I/O requests are in terms +of one or more "packets", and packet boundaries are visible to drivers. +Compared to RS-232 serial protocols, USB resembles +synchronous protocols like HDLC +(N bytes per frame, multipoint addressing, host as the primary +station and devices as secondary stations) +more than asynchronous ones +(tty style: 8 data bits per frame, no parity, one stop bit). +So for example the controller drivers won't buffer +two single byte writes into a single two-byte USB IN packet, +although gadget drivers may do so when they implement +protocols where packet boundaries (and "short packets") +are not significant. + + +Driver Life Cycle + +Gadget drivers make endpoint I/O requests to hardware without +needing to know many details of the hardware, but driver +setup/configuration code needs to handle some differences. +Use the API like this: + + + + +Register a driver for the particular device side +usb controller hardware, +such as the net2280 on PCI (USB 2.0), +sa11x0 or pxa25x as found in Linux PDAs, +and so on. +At this point the device is logically in the USB ch9 initial state +("attached"), drawing no power and not usable +(since it does not yet support enumeration). +Any host should not see the device, since it's not +activated the data line pullup used by the host to +detect a device, even if VBUS power is available. + + +Register a gadget driver that implements some higher level +device function. That will then bind() to a usb_gadget, which +activates the data line pullup sometime after detecting VBUS. + + +The hardware driver can now start enumerating. +The steps it handles are to accept USB power and set_address requests. +Other steps are handled by the gadget driver. +If the gadget driver module is unloaded before the host starts to +enumerate, steps before step 7 are skipped. + + +The gadget driver's setup() call returns usb descriptors, +based both on what the bus interface hardware provides and on the +functionality being implemented. +That can involve alternate settings or configurations, +unless the hardware prevents such operation. +For OTG devices, each configuration descriptor includes +an OTG descriptor. + + +The gadget driver handles the last step of enumeration, +when the USB host issues a set_configuration call. +It enables all endpoints used in that configuration, +with all interfaces in their default settings. +That involves using a list of the hardware's endpoints, enabling each +endpoint according to its descriptor. +It may also involve using usb_gadget_vbus_draw +to let more power be drawn from VBUS, as allowed by that configuration. +For OTG devices, setting a configuration may also involve reporting +HNP capabilities through a user interface. + + +Do real work and perform data transfers, possibly involving +changes to interface settings or switching to new configurations, until the +device is disconnect()ed from the host. +Queue any number of transfer requests to each endpoint. +It may be suspended and resumed several times before being disconnected. +On disconnect, the drivers go back to step 3 (above). + + +When the gadget driver module is being unloaded, +the driver unbind() callback is issued. That lets the controller +driver be unloaded. + + + + +Drivers will normally be arranged so that just loading the +gadget driver module (or statically linking it into a Linux kernel) +allows the peripheral device to be enumerated, but some drivers +will defer enumeration until some higher level component (like +a user mode daemon) enables it. +Note that at this lowest level there are no policies about how +ep0 configuration logic is implemented, +except that it should obey USB specifications. +Such issues are in the domain of gadget drivers, +including knowing about implementation constraints +imposed by some USB controllers +or understanding that composite devices might happen to +be built by integrating reusable components. + + +Note that the lifecycle above can be slightly different +for OTG devices. +Other than providing an additional OTG descriptor in each +configuration, only the HNP-related differences are particularly +visible to driver code. +They involve reporting requirements during the SET_CONFIGURATION +request, and the option to invoke HNP during some suspend callbacks. +Also, SRP changes the semantics of +usb_gadget_wakeup +slightly. + + + + +USB 2.0 Chapter 9 Types and Constants + +Gadget drivers +rely on common USB structures and constants +defined in the +<linux/usb/ch9.h> +header file, which is standard in Linux 2.6 kernels. +These are the same types and constants used by host +side drivers (and usbcore). + + +!Iinclude/linux/usb/ch9.h + + +Core Objects and Methods + +These are declared in +<linux/usb/gadget.h>, +and are used by gadget drivers to interact with +USB peripheral controller drivers. + + + + +!Iinclude/linux/usb/gadget.h + + +Optional Utilities + +The core API is sufficient for writing a USB Gadget Driver, +but some optional utilities are provided to simplify common tasks. +These utilities include endpoint autoconfiguration. + + +!Edrivers/usb/gadget/usbstring.c +!Edrivers/usb/gadget/config.c + + + +Composite Device Framework + +The core API is sufficient for writing drivers for composite +USB devices (with more than one function in a given configuration), +and also multi-configuration devices (also more than one function, +but not necessarily sharing a given configuration). +There is however an optional framework which makes it easier to +reuse and combine functions. + + +Devices using this framework provide a struct +usb_composite_driver, which in turn provides one or +more struct usb_configuration instances. +Each such configuration includes at least one +struct usb_function, which packages a user +visible role such as "network link" or "mass storage device". +Management functions may also exist, such as "Device Firmware +Upgrade". + + +!Iinclude/linux/usb/composite.h +!Edrivers/usb/gadget/composite.c + + + +Composite Device Functions + +At this writing, a few of the current gadget drivers have +been converted to this framework. +Near-term plans include converting all of them, except for "gadgetfs". + + +!Edrivers/usb/gadget/function/f_acm.c +!Edrivers/usb/gadget/function/f_ecm.c +!Edrivers/usb/gadget/function/f_subset.c +!Edrivers/usb/gadget/function/f_obex.c +!Edrivers/usb/gadget/function/f_serial.c + + + + + + +Peripheral Controller Drivers + +The first hardware supporting this API was the NetChip 2280 +controller, which supports USB 2.0 high speed and is based on PCI. +This is the net2280 driver module. +The driver supports Linux kernel versions 2.4 and 2.6; +contact NetChip Technologies for development boards and product +information. + + +Other hardware working in the "gadget" framework includes: +Intel's PXA 25x and IXP42x series processors +(pxa2xx_udc), +Toshiba TC86c001 "Goku-S" (goku_udc), +Renesas SH7705/7727 (sh_udc), +MediaQ 11xx (mq11xx_udc), +Hynix HMS30C7202 (h7202_udc), +National 9303/4 (n9604_udc), +Texas Instruments OMAP (omap_udc), +Sharp LH7A40x (lh7a40x_udc), +and more. +Most of those are full speed controllers. + + +At this writing, there are people at work on drivers in +this framework for several other USB device controllers, +with plans to make many of them be widely available. + + + + +A partial USB simulator, +the dummy_hcd driver, is available. +It can act like a net2280, a pxa25x, or an sa11x0 in terms +of available endpoints and device speeds; and it simulates +control, bulk, and to some extent interrupt transfers. +That lets you develop some parts of a gadget driver on a normal PC, +without any special hardware, and perhaps with the assistance +of tools such as GDB running with User Mode Linux. +At least one person has expressed interest in adapting that +approach, hooking it up to a simulator for a microcontroller. +Such simulators can help debug subsystems where the runtime hardware +is unfriendly to software development, or is not yet available. + + +Support for other controllers is expected to be developed +and contributed +over time, as this driver framework evolves. + + + + +Gadget Drivers + +In addition to Gadget Zero +(used primarily for testing and development with drivers +for usb controller hardware), other gadget drivers exist. + + +There's an ethernet gadget +driver, which implements one of the most useful +Communications Device Class (CDC) models. +One of the standards for cable modem interoperability even +specifies the use of this ethernet model as one of two +mandatory options. +Gadgets using this code look to a USB host as if they're +an Ethernet adapter. +It provides access to a network where the gadget's CPU is one host, +which could easily be bridging, routing, or firewalling +access to other networks. +Since some hardware can't fully implement the CDC Ethernet +requirements, this driver also implements a "good parts only" +subset of CDC Ethernet. +(That subset doesn't advertise itself as CDC Ethernet, +to avoid creating problems.) + + +Support for Microsoft's RNDIS +protocol has been contributed by Pengutronix and Auerswald GmbH. +This is like CDC Ethernet, but it runs on more slightly USB hardware +(but less than the CDC subset). +However, its main claim to fame is being able to connect directly to +recent versions of Windows, using drivers that Microsoft bundles +and supports, making it much simpler to network with Windows. + + +There is also support for user mode gadget drivers, +using gadgetfs. +This provides a User Mode API that presents +each endpoint as a single file descriptor. I/O is done using +normal read() and read() calls. +Familiar tools like GDB and pthreads can be used to +develop and debug user mode drivers, so that once a robust +controller driver is available many applications for it +won't require new kernel mode software. +Linux 2.6 Async I/O (AIO) +support is available, so that user mode software +can stream data with only slightly more overhead +than a kernel driver. + + +There's a USB Mass Storage class driver, which provides +a different solution for interoperability with systems such +as MS-Windows and MacOS. +That Mass Storage driver uses a +file or block device as backing store for a drive, +like the loop driver. +The USB host uses the BBB, CB, or CBI versions of the mass +storage class specification, using transparent SCSI commands +to access the data from the backing store. + + +There's a "serial line" driver, useful for TTY style +operation over USB. +The latest version of that driver supports CDC ACM style +operation, like a USB modem, and so on most hardware it can +interoperate easily with MS-Windows. +One interesting use of that driver is in boot firmware (like a BIOS), +which can sometimes use that model with very small systems without +real serial lines. + + +Support for other kinds of gadget is expected to +be developed and contributed +over time, as this driver framework evolves. + + + + +USB On-The-GO (OTG) + +USB OTG support on Linux 2.6 was initially developed +by Texas Instruments for +OMAP 16xx and 17xx +series processors. +Other OTG systems should work in similar ways, but the +hardware level details could be very different. + + +Systems need specialized hardware support to implement OTG, +notably including a special Mini-AB jack +and associated transceiver to support Dual-Role +operation: +they can act either as a host, using the standard +Linux-USB host side driver stack, +or as a peripheral, using this "gadget" framework. +To do that, the system software relies on small additions +to those programming interfaces, +and on a new internal component (here called an "OTG Controller") +affecting which driver stack connects to the OTG port. +In each role, the system can re-use the existing pool of +hardware-neutral drivers, layered on top of the controller +driver interfaces (usb_bus or +usb_gadget). +Such drivers need at most minor changes, and most of the calls +added to support OTG can also benefit non-OTG products. + + + + Gadget drivers test the is_otg + flag, and use it to determine whether or not to include + an OTG descriptor in each of their configurations. + + Gadget drivers may need changes to support the + two new OTG protocols, exposed in new gadget attributes + such as b_hnp_enable flag. + HNP support should be reported through a user interface + (two LEDs could suffice), and is triggered in some cases + when the host suspends the peripheral. + SRP support can be user-initiated just like remote wakeup, + probably by pressing the same button. + + On the host side, USB device drivers need + to be taught to trigger HNP at appropriate moments, using + usb_suspend_device(). + That also conserves battery power, which is useful even + for non-OTG configurations. + + Also on the host side, a driver must support the + OTG "Targeted Peripheral List". That's just a whitelist, + used to reject peripherals not supported with a given + Linux OTG host. + This whitelist is product-specific; + each product must modify otg_whitelist.h + to match its interoperability specification. + + + Non-OTG Linux hosts, like PCs and workstations, + normally have some solution for adding drivers, so that + peripherals that aren't recognized can eventually be supported. + That approach is unreasonable for consumer products that may + never have their firmware upgraded, and where it's usually + unrealistic to expect traditional PC/workstation/server kinds + of support model to work. + For example, it's often impractical to change device firmware + once the product has been distributed, so driver bugs can't + normally be fixed if they're found after shipment. + + + + +Additional changes are needed below those hardware-neutral +usb_bus and usb_gadget +driver interfaces; those aren't discussed here in any detail. +Those affect the hardware-specific code for each USB Host or Peripheral +controller, and how the HCD initializes (since OTG can be active only +on a single port). +They also involve what may be called an OTG Controller +Driver, managing the OTG transceiver and the OTG state +machine logic as well as much of the root hub behavior for the +OTG port. +The OTG controller driver needs to activate and deactivate USB +controllers depending on the relevant device role. +Some related changes were needed inside usbcore, so that it +can identify OTG-capable devices and respond appropriately +to HNP or SRP protocols. + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/genericirq.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/genericirq.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..59fb5c077 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/genericirq.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,520 @@ + + + + + + Linux generic IRQ handling + + + + Thomas + Gleixner + +
+ tglx@linutronix.de +
+ + + + Ingo + Molnar + +
+ mingo@elte.hu +
+ + + + + + 2005-2010 + Thomas Gleixner + + + 2005-2006 + Ingo Molnar + + + + + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + + + + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + + + + + + + + Introduction + + The generic interrupt handling layer is designed to provide a + complete abstraction of interrupt handling for device drivers. + It is able to handle all the different types of interrupt controller + hardware. Device drivers use generic API functions to request, enable, + disable and free interrupts. The drivers do not have to know anything + about interrupt hardware details, so they can be used on different + platforms without code changes. + + + This documentation is provided to developers who want to implement + an interrupt subsystem based for their architecture, with the help + of the generic IRQ handling layer. + + + + + Rationale + + The original implementation of interrupt handling in Linux uses + the __do_IRQ() super-handler, which is able to deal with every + type of interrupt logic. + + + Originally, Russell King identified different types of handlers to + build a quite universal set for the ARM interrupt handler + implementation in Linux 2.5/2.6. He distinguished between: + + Level type + Edge type + Simple type + + During the implementation we identified another type: + + Fast EOI type + + In the SMP world of the __do_IRQ() super-handler another type + was identified: + + Per CPU type + + + + This split implementation of high-level IRQ handlers allows us to + optimize the flow of the interrupt handling for each specific + interrupt type. This reduces complexity in that particular code path + and allows the optimized handling of a given type. + + + The original general IRQ implementation used hw_interrupt_type + structures and their ->ack(), ->end() [etc.] callbacks to + differentiate the flow control in the super-handler. This leads to + a mix of flow logic and low-level hardware logic, and it also leads + to unnecessary code duplication: for example in i386, there is an + ioapic_level_irq and an ioapic_edge_irq IRQ-type which share many + of the low-level details but have different flow handling. + + + A more natural abstraction is the clean separation of the + 'irq flow' and the 'chip details'. + + + Analysing a couple of architecture's IRQ subsystem implementations + reveals that most of them can use a generic set of 'irq flow' + methods and only need to add the chip-level specific code. + The separation is also valuable for (sub)architectures + which need specific quirks in the IRQ flow itself but not in the + chip details - and thus provides a more transparent IRQ subsystem + design. + + + Each interrupt descriptor is assigned its own high-level flow + handler, which is normally one of the generic + implementations. (This high-level flow handler implementation also + makes it simple to provide demultiplexing handlers which can be + found in embedded platforms on various architectures.) + + + The separation makes the generic interrupt handling layer more + flexible and extensible. For example, an (sub)architecture can + use a generic IRQ-flow implementation for 'level type' interrupts + and add a (sub)architecture specific 'edge type' implementation. + + + To make the transition to the new model easier and prevent the + breakage of existing implementations, the __do_IRQ() super-handler + is still available. This leads to a kind of duality for the time + being. Over time the new model should be used in more and more + architectures, as it enables smaller and cleaner IRQ subsystems. + It's deprecated for three years now and about to be removed. + + + + Known Bugs And Assumptions + + None (knock on wood). + + + + + Abstraction layers + + There are three main levels of abstraction in the interrupt code: + + High-level driver API + High-level IRQ flow handlers + Chip-level hardware encapsulation + + + + Interrupt control flow + + Each interrupt is described by an interrupt descriptor structure + irq_desc. The interrupt is referenced by an 'unsigned int' numeric + value which selects the corresponding interrupt description structure + in the descriptor structures array. + The descriptor structure contains status information and pointers + to the interrupt flow method and the interrupt chip structure + which are assigned to this interrupt. + + + Whenever an interrupt triggers, the low-level architecture code calls + into the generic interrupt code by calling desc->handle_irq(). + This high-level IRQ handling function only uses desc->irq_data.chip + primitives referenced by the assigned chip descriptor structure. + + + + High-level Driver API + + The high-level Driver API consists of following functions: + + request_irq() + free_irq() + disable_irq() + enable_irq() + disable_irq_nosync() (SMP only) + synchronize_irq() (SMP only) + irq_set_irq_type() + irq_set_irq_wake() + irq_set_handler_data() + irq_set_chip() + irq_set_chip_data() + + See the autogenerated function documentation for details. + + + + High-level IRQ flow handlers + + The generic layer provides a set of pre-defined irq-flow methods: + + handle_level_irq + handle_edge_irq + handle_fasteoi_irq + handle_simple_irq + handle_percpu_irq + handle_edge_eoi_irq + handle_bad_irq + + The interrupt flow handlers (either pre-defined or architecture + specific) are assigned to specific interrupts by the architecture + either during bootup or during device initialization. + + + Default flow implementations + + Helper functions + + The helper functions call the chip primitives and + are used by the default flow implementations. + The following helper functions are implemented (simplified excerpt): + +default_enable(struct irq_data *data) +{ + desc->irq_data.chip->irq_unmask(data); +} + +default_disable(struct irq_data *data) +{ + if (!delay_disable(data)) + desc->irq_data.chip->irq_mask(data); +} + +default_ack(struct irq_data *data) +{ + chip->irq_ack(data); +} + +default_mask_ack(struct irq_data *data) +{ + if (chip->irq_mask_ack) { + chip->irq_mask_ack(data); + } else { + chip->irq_mask(data); + chip->irq_ack(data); + } +} + +noop(struct irq_data *data)) +{ +} + + + + + + + Default flow handler implementations + + Default Level IRQ flow handler + + handle_level_irq provides a generic implementation + for level-triggered interrupts. + + + The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt): + +desc->irq_data.chip->irq_mask_ack(); +handle_irq_event(desc->action); +desc->irq_data.chip->irq_unmask(); + + + + + Default Fast EOI IRQ flow handler + + handle_fasteoi_irq provides a generic implementation + for interrupts, which only need an EOI at the end of + the handler. + + + The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt): + +handle_irq_event(desc->action); +desc->irq_data.chip->irq_eoi(); + + + + + Default Edge IRQ flow handler + + handle_edge_irq provides a generic implementation + for edge-triggered interrupts. + + + The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt): + +if (desc->status & running) { + desc->irq_data.chip->irq_mask_ack(); + desc->status |= pending | masked; + return; +} +desc->irq_data.chip->irq_ack(); +desc->status |= running; +do { + if (desc->status & masked) + desc->irq_data.chip->irq_unmask(); + desc->status &= ~pending; + handle_irq_event(desc->action); +} while (status & pending); +desc->status &= ~running; + + + + + Default simple IRQ flow handler + + handle_simple_irq provides a generic implementation + for simple interrupts. + + + Note: The simple flow handler does not call any + handler/chip primitives. + + + The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt): + +handle_irq_event(desc->action); + + + + + Default per CPU flow handler + + handle_percpu_irq provides a generic implementation + for per CPU interrupts. + + + Per CPU interrupts are only available on SMP and + the handler provides a simplified version without + locking. + + + The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt): + +if (desc->irq_data.chip->irq_ack) + desc->irq_data.chip->irq_ack(); +handle_irq_event(desc->action); +if (desc->irq_data.chip->irq_eoi) + desc->irq_data.chip->irq_eoi(); + + + + + EOI Edge IRQ flow handler + + handle_edge_eoi_irq provides an abnomination of the edge + handler which is solely used to tame a badly wreckaged + irq controller on powerpc/cell. + + + + Bad IRQ flow handler + + handle_bad_irq is used for spurious interrupts which + have no real handler assigned.. + + + + + Quirks and optimizations + + The generic functions are intended for 'clean' architectures and chips, + which have no platform-specific IRQ handling quirks. If an architecture + needs to implement quirks on the 'flow' level then it can do so by + overriding the high-level irq-flow handler. + + + + Delayed interrupt disable + + This per interrupt selectable feature, which was introduced by Russell + King in the ARM interrupt implementation, does not mask an interrupt + at the hardware level when disable_irq() is called. The interrupt is + kept enabled and is masked in the flow handler when an interrupt event + happens. This prevents losing edge interrupts on hardware which does + not store an edge interrupt event while the interrupt is disabled at + the hardware level. When an interrupt arrives while the IRQ_DISABLED + flag is set, then the interrupt is masked at the hardware level and + the IRQ_PENDING bit is set. When the interrupt is re-enabled by + enable_irq() the pending bit is checked and if it is set, the + interrupt is resent either via hardware or by a software resend + mechanism. (It's necessary to enable CONFIG_HARDIRQS_SW_RESEND when + you want to use the delayed interrupt disable feature and your + hardware is not capable of retriggering an interrupt.) + The delayed interrupt disable is not configurable. + + + + + Chip-level hardware encapsulation + + The chip-level hardware descriptor structure irq_chip + contains all the direct chip relevant functions, which + can be utilized by the irq flow implementations. + + irq_ack() + irq_mask_ack() - Optional, recommended for performance + irq_mask() + irq_unmask() + irq_eoi() - Optional, required for EOI flow handlers + irq_retrigger() - Optional + irq_set_type() - Optional + irq_set_wake() - Optional + + These primitives are strictly intended to mean what they say: ack means + ACK, masking means masking of an IRQ line, etc. It is up to the flow + handler(s) to use these basic units of low-level functionality. + + + + + + __do_IRQ entry point + + The original implementation __do_IRQ() was an alternative entry + point for all types of interrupts. It no longer exists. + + + This handler turned out to be not suitable for all + interrupt hardware and was therefore reimplemented with split + functionality for edge/level/simple/percpu interrupts. This is not + only a functional optimization. It also shortens code paths for + interrupts. + + + + + Locking on SMP + + The locking of chip registers is up to the architecture that + defines the chip primitives. The per-irq structure is + protected via desc->lock, by the generic layer. + + + + + Generic interrupt chip + + To avoid copies of identical implementations of IRQ chips the + core provides a configurable generic interrupt chip + implementation. Developers should check carefully whether the + generic chip fits their needs before implementing the same + functionality slightly differently themselves. + +!Ekernel/irq/generic-chip.c + + + + Structures + + This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the structures which are + used in the generic IRQ layer. + +!Iinclude/linux/irq.h +!Iinclude/linux/interrupt.h + + + + Public Functions Provided + + This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the kernel API functions + which are exported. + +!Ekernel/irq/manage.c +!Ekernel/irq/chip.c + + + + Internal Functions Provided + + This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the internal functions. + +!Ikernel/irq/irqdesc.c +!Ikernel/irq/handle.c +!Ikernel/irq/chip.c + + + + Credits + + The following people have contributed to this document: + + Thomas Gleixnertglx@linutronix.de + Ingo Molnarmingo@elte.hu + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ecfd0ea40 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,331 @@ + + + + + + The Linux Kernel API + + + + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + + + + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + + + + + + + + Data Types + Doubly Linked Lists +!Iinclude/linux/list.h + + + + + Basic C Library Functions + + + When writing drivers, you cannot in general use routines which are + from the C Library. Some of the functions have been found generally + useful and they are listed below. The behaviour of these functions + may vary slightly from those defined by ANSI, and these deviations + are noted in the text. + + + String Conversions +!Elib/vsprintf.c +!Finclude/linux/kernel.h kstrtol +!Finclude/linux/kernel.h kstrtoul +!Elib/kstrtox.c + + String Manipulation + +!Elib/string.c + + Bit Operations +!Iarch/x86/include/asm/bitops.h + + + + + Basic Kernel Library Functions + + + The Linux kernel provides more basic utility functions. + + + Bitmap Operations +!Elib/bitmap.c +!Ilib/bitmap.c + + + Command-line Parsing +!Elib/cmdline.c + + + CRC Functions +!Elib/crc7.c +!Elib/crc16.c +!Elib/crc-itu-t.c +!Elib/crc32.c +!Elib/crc-ccitt.c + + + idr/ida Functions +!Pinclude/linux/idr.h idr sync +!Plib/idr.c IDA description +!Elib/idr.c + + + + + Memory Management in Linux + The Slab Cache +!Iinclude/linux/slab.h +!Emm/slab.c +!Emm/util.c + + User Space Memory Access +!Iarch/x86/include/asm/uaccess_32.h +!Earch/x86/lib/usercopy_32.c + + More Memory Management Functions +!Emm/readahead.c +!Emm/filemap.c +!Emm/memory.c +!Emm/vmalloc.c +!Imm/page_alloc.c +!Emm/mempool.c +!Emm/dmapool.c +!Emm/page-writeback.c +!Emm/truncate.c + + + + + + Kernel IPC facilities + + IPC utilities +!Iipc/util.c + + + + + FIFO Buffer + kfifo interface +!Iinclude/linux/kfifo.h + + + + + relay interface support + + + Relay interface support + is designed to provide an efficient mechanism for tools and + facilities to relay large amounts of data from kernel space to + user space. + + + relay interface +!Ekernel/relay.c +!Ikernel/relay.c + + + + + Module Support + Module Loading +!Ekernel/kmod.c + + Inter Module support + + Refer to the file kernel/module.c for more information. + + + + + + + Hardware Interfaces + Interrupt Handling +!Ekernel/irq/manage.c + + + DMA Channels +!Ekernel/dma.c + + + Resources Management +!Ikernel/resource.c +!Ekernel/resource.c + + + MTRR Handling +!Earch/x86/kernel/cpu/mtrr/main.c + + + PCI Support Library +!Edrivers/pci/pci.c +!Edrivers/pci/pci-driver.c +!Edrivers/pci/remove.c +!Edrivers/pci/search.c +!Edrivers/pci/msi.c +!Edrivers/pci/bus.c +!Edrivers/pci/access.c +!Edrivers/pci/irq.c +!Edrivers/pci/htirq.c + +!Edrivers/pci/probe.c +!Edrivers/pci/slot.c +!Edrivers/pci/rom.c +!Edrivers/pci/iov.c +!Idrivers/pci/pci-sysfs.c + + PCI Hotplug Support Library +!Edrivers/pci/hotplug/pci_hotplug_core.c + + + + + Firmware Interfaces + DMI Interfaces +!Edrivers/firmware/dmi_scan.c + + EDD Interfaces +!Idrivers/firmware/edd.c + + + + + Security Framework +!Isecurity/security.c +!Esecurity/inode.c + + + + Audit Interfaces +!Ekernel/audit.c +!Ikernel/auditsc.c +!Ikernel/auditfilter.c + + + + Accounting Framework +!Ikernel/acct.c + + + + Block Devices +!Eblock/blk-core.c +!Iblock/blk-core.c +!Eblock/blk-map.c +!Iblock/blk-sysfs.c +!Eblock/blk-settings.c +!Eblock/blk-exec.c +!Eblock/blk-flush.c +!Eblock/blk-lib.c +!Eblock/blk-tag.c +!Iblock/blk-tag.c +!Eblock/blk-integrity.c +!Ikernel/trace/blktrace.c +!Iblock/genhd.c +!Eblock/genhd.c + + + + Char devices +!Efs/char_dev.c + + + + Miscellaneous Devices +!Edrivers/char/misc.c + + + + Clock Framework + + + The clock framework defines programming interfaces to support + software management of the system clock tree. + This framework is widely used with System-On-Chip (SOC) platforms + to support power management and various devices which may need + custom clock rates. + Note that these "clocks" don't relate to timekeeping or real + time clocks (RTCs), each of which have separate frameworks. + These struct clk instances may be used + to manage for example a 96 MHz signal that is used to shift bits + into and out of peripherals or busses, or otherwise trigger + synchronous state machine transitions in system hardware. + + + + Power management is supported by explicit software clock gating: + unused clocks are disabled, so the system doesn't waste power + changing the state of transistors that aren't in active use. + On some systems this may be backed by hardware clock gating, + where clocks are gated without being disabled in software. + Sections of chips that are powered but not clocked may be able + to retain their last state. + This low power state is often called a retention + mode. + This mode still incurs leakage currents, especially with finer + circuit geometries, but for CMOS circuits power is mostly used + by clocked state changes. + + + + Power-aware drivers only enable their clocks when the device + they manage is in active use. Also, system sleep states often + differ according to which clock domains are active: while a + "standby" state may allow wakeup from several active domains, a + "mem" (suspend-to-RAM) state may require a more wholesale shutdown + of clocks derived from higher speed PLLs and oscillators, limiting + the number of possible wakeup event sources. A driver's suspend + method may need to be aware of system-specific clock constraints + on the target sleep state. + + + + Some platforms support programmable clock generators. These + can be used by external chips of various kinds, such as other + CPUs, multimedia codecs, and devices with strict requirements + for interface clocking. + + +!Iinclude/linux/clk.h + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e84f09467 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,1310 @@ + + + + + + Unreliable Guide To Hacking The Linux Kernel + + + + Rusty + Russell + +
+ rusty@rustcorp.com.au +
+ + + + + + 2005 + Rusty Russell + + + + + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + + + + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + + + + + This is the first release of this document as part of the kernel tarball. + + + + + + + + Introduction + + Welcome, gentle reader, to Rusty's Remarkably Unreliable Guide to Linux + Kernel Hacking. This document describes the common routines and + general requirements for kernel code: its goal is to serve as a + primer for Linux kernel development for experienced C + programmers. I avoid implementation details: that's what the + code is for, and I ignore whole tracts of useful routines. + + + Before you read this, please understand that I never wanted to + write this document, being grossly under-qualified, but I always + wanted to read it, and this was the only way. I hope it will + grow into a compendium of best practice, common starting points + and random information. + + + + + The Players + + + At any time each of the CPUs in a system can be: + + + + + + not associated with any process, serving a hardware interrupt; + + + + + + not associated with any process, serving a softirq or tasklet; + + + + + + running in kernel space, associated with a process (user context); + + + + + + running a process in user space. + + + + + + There is an ordering between these. The bottom two can preempt + each other, but above that is a strict hierarchy: each can only be + preempted by the ones above it. For example, while a softirq is + running on a CPU, no other softirq will preempt it, but a hardware + interrupt can. However, any other CPUs in the system execute + independently. + + + + We'll see a number of ways that the user context can block + interrupts, to become truly non-preemptable. + + + + User Context + + + User context is when you are coming in from a system call or other + trap: like userspace, you can be preempted by more important tasks + and by interrupts. You can sleep, by calling + schedule(). + + + + + You are always in user context on module load and unload, + and on operations on the block device layer. + + + + + In user context, the current pointer (indicating + the task we are currently executing) is valid, and + in_interrupt() + (include/linux/interrupt.h) is false + . + + + + + Beware that if you have preemption or softirqs disabled + (see below), in_interrupt() will return a + false positive. + + + + + + Hardware Interrupts (Hard IRQs) + + + Timer ticks, network cards and + keyboard are examples of real + hardware which produce interrupts at any time. The kernel runs + interrupt handlers, which services the hardware. The kernel + guarantees that this handler is never re-entered: if the same + interrupt arrives, it is queued (or dropped). Because it + disables interrupts, this handler has to be fast: frequently it + simply acknowledges the interrupt, marks a 'software interrupt' + for execution and exits. + + + + You can tell you are in a hardware interrupt, because + in_irq() returns true. + + + + Beware that this will return a false positive if interrupts are disabled + (see below). + + + + + + Software Interrupt Context: Softirqs and Tasklets + + + Whenever a system call is about to return to userspace, or a + hardware interrupt handler exits, any 'software interrupts' + which are marked pending (usually by hardware interrupts) are + run (kernel/softirq.c). + + + + Much of the real interrupt handling work is done here. Early in + the transition to SMP, there were only 'bottom + halves' (BHs), which didn't take advantage of multiple CPUs. Shortly + after we switched from wind-up computers made of match-sticks and snot, + we abandoned this limitation and switched to 'softirqs'. + + + + include/linux/interrupt.h lists the + different softirqs. A very important softirq is the + timer softirq (include/linux/timer.h): you can + register to have it call functions for you in a given length of + time. + + + + Softirqs are often a pain to deal with, since the same softirq + will run simultaneously on more than one CPU. For this reason, + tasklets (include/linux/interrupt.h) are more + often used: they are dynamically-registrable (meaning you can have + as many as you want), and they also guarantee that any tasklet + will only run on one CPU at any time, although different tasklets + can run simultaneously. + + + + The name 'tasklet' is misleading: they have nothing to do with 'tasks', + and probably more to do with some bad vodka Alexey Kuznetsov had at the + time. + + + + + You can tell you are in a softirq (or tasklet) + using the in_softirq() macro + (include/linux/interrupt.h). + + + + Beware that this will return a false positive if a bh lock (see below) + is held. + + + + + + + Some Basic Rules + + + + No memory protection + + + If you corrupt memory, whether in user context or + interrupt context, the whole machine will crash. Are you + sure you can't do what you want in userspace? + + + + + + No floating point or MMX + + + The FPU context is not saved; even in user + context the FPU state probably won't + correspond with the current process: you would mess with some + user process' FPU state. If you really want + to do this, you would have to explicitly save/restore the full + FPU state (and avoid context switches). It + is generally a bad idea; use fixed point arithmetic first. + + + + + + A rigid stack limit + + + Depending on configuration options the kernel stack is about 3K to 6K for most 32-bit architectures: it's + about 14K on most 64-bit archs, and often shared with interrupts + so you can't use it all. Avoid deep recursion and huge local + arrays on the stack (allocate them dynamically instead). + + + + + + The Linux kernel is portable + + + Let's keep it that way. Your code should be 64-bit clean, + and endian-independent. You should also minimize CPU + specific stuff, e.g. inline assembly should be cleanly + encapsulated and minimized to ease porting. Generally it + should be restricted to the architecture-dependent part of + the kernel tree. + + + + + + + + ioctls: Not writing a new system call + + + A system call generally looks like this + + + +asmlinkage long sys_mycall(int arg) +{ + return 0; +} + + + + First, in most cases you don't want to create a new system call. + You create a character device and implement an appropriate ioctl + for it. This is much more flexible than system calls, doesn't have + to be entered in every architecture's + include/asm/unistd.h and + arch/kernel/entry.S file, and is much more + likely to be accepted by Linus. + + + + If all your routine does is read or write some parameter, consider + implementing a sysfs interface instead. + + + + Inside the ioctl you're in user context to a process. When a + error occurs you return a negated errno (see + include/linux/errno.h), + otherwise you return 0. + + + + After you slept you should check if a signal occurred: the + Unix/Linux way of handling signals is to temporarily exit the + system call with the -ERESTARTSYS error. The + system call entry code will switch back to user context, process + the signal handler and then your system call will be restarted + (unless the user disabled that). So you should be prepared to + process the restart, e.g. if you're in the middle of manipulating + some data structure. + + + +if (signal_pending(current)) + return -ERESTARTSYS; + + + + If you're doing longer computations: first think userspace. If you + really want to do it in kernel you should + regularly check if you need to give up the CPU (remember there is + cooperative multitasking per CPU). Idiom: + + + +cond_resched(); /* Will sleep */ + + + + A short note on interface design: the UNIX system call motto is + "Provide mechanism not policy". + + + + + Recipes for Deadlock + + + You cannot call any routines which may sleep, unless: + + + + + You are in user context. + + + + + + You do not own any spinlocks. + + + + + + You have interrupts enabled (actually, Andi Kleen says + that the scheduling code will enable them for you, but + that's probably not what you wanted). + + + + + + Note that some functions may sleep implicitly: common ones are + the user space access functions (*_user) and memory allocation + functions without GFP_ATOMIC. + + + + You should always compile your kernel + CONFIG_DEBUG_ATOMIC_SLEEP on, and it will warn + you if you break these rules. If you do break + the rules, you will eventually lock up your box. + + + + Really. + + + + + Common Routines + + + + <function>printk()</function> + <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/kernel.h</filename> + + + + printk() feeds kernel messages to the + console, dmesg, and the syslog daemon. It is useful for debugging + and reporting errors, and can be used inside interrupt context, + but use with caution: a machine which has its console flooded with + printk messages is unusable. It uses a format string mostly + compatible with ANSI C printf, and C string concatenation to give + it a first "priority" argument: + + + +printk(KERN_INFO "i = %u\n", i); + + + + See include/linux/kernel.h; + for other KERN_ values; these are interpreted by syslog as the + level. Special case: for printing an IP address use + + + +__be32 ipaddress; +printk(KERN_INFO "my ip: %pI4\n", &ipaddress); + + + + printk() internally uses a 1K buffer and does + not catch overruns. Make sure that will be enough. + + + + + You will know when you are a real kernel hacker + when you start typoing printf as printk in your user programs :) + + + + + + + + Another sidenote: the original Unix Version 6 sources had a + comment on top of its printf function: "Printf should not be + used for chit-chat". You should follow that advice. + + + + + + + <function>copy_[to/from]_user()</function> + / + <function>get_user()</function> + / + <function>put_user()</function> + <filename class="headerfile">include/asm/uaccess.h</filename> + + + + [SLEEPS] + + + + put_user() and get_user() + are used to get and put single values (such as an int, char, or + long) from and to userspace. A pointer into userspace should + never be simply dereferenced: data should be copied using these + routines. Both return -EFAULT or 0. + + + copy_to_user() and + copy_from_user() are more general: they copy + an arbitrary amount of data to and from userspace. + + + Unlike put_user() and + get_user(), they return the amount of + uncopied data (ie. 0 still means + success). + + + [Yes, this moronic interface makes me cringe. The flamewar comes up every year or so. --RR.] + + + The functions may sleep implicitly. This should never be called + outside user context (it makes no sense), with interrupts + disabled, or a spinlock held. + + + + + <function>kmalloc()</function>/<function>kfree()</function> + <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/slab.h</filename> + + + [MAY SLEEP: SEE BELOW] + + + + These routines are used to dynamically request pointer-aligned + chunks of memory, like malloc and free do in userspace, but + kmalloc() takes an extra flag word. + Important values: + + + + + + + GFP_KERNEL + + + + + May sleep and swap to free memory. Only allowed in user + context, but is the most reliable way to allocate memory. + + + + + + + + GFP_ATOMIC + + + + + Don't sleep. Less reliable than GFP_KERNEL, + but may be called from interrupt context. You should + really have a good out-of-memory + error-handling strategy. + + + + + + + + GFP_DMA + + + + + Allocate ISA DMA lower than 16MB. If you don't know what that + is you don't need it. Very unreliable. + + + + + + + If you see a sleeping function called from invalid + context warning message, then maybe you called a + sleeping allocation function from interrupt context without + GFP_ATOMIC. You should really fix that. + Run, don't walk. + + + + If you are allocating at least PAGE_SIZE + (include/asm/page.h) bytes, + consider using __get_free_pages() + + (include/linux/mm.h). It + takes an order argument (0 for page sized, 1 for double page, 2 + for four pages etc.) and the same memory priority flag word as + above. + + + + If you are allocating more than a page worth of bytes you can use + vmalloc(). It'll allocate virtual memory in + the kernel map. This block is not contiguous in physical memory, + but the MMU makes it look like it is for you + (so it'll only look contiguous to the CPUs, not to external device + drivers). If you really need large physically contiguous memory + for some weird device, you have a problem: it is poorly supported + in Linux because after some time memory fragmentation in a running + kernel makes it hard. The best way is to allocate the block early + in the boot process via the alloc_bootmem() + routine. + + + + Before inventing your own cache of often-used objects consider + using a slab cache in + include/linux/slab.h + + + + + <function>current</function> + <filename class="headerfile">include/asm/current.h</filename> + + + This global variable (really a macro) contains a pointer to + the current task structure, so is only valid in user context. + For example, when a process makes a system call, this will + point to the task structure of the calling process. It is + not NULL in interrupt context. + + + + + <function>mdelay()</function>/<function>udelay()</function> + <filename class="headerfile">include/asm/delay.h</filename> + <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/delay.h</filename> + + + + The udelay() and ndelay() functions can be used for small pauses. + Do not use large values with them as you risk + overflow - the helper function mdelay() is useful + here, or consider msleep(). + + + + + <function>cpu_to_be32()</function>/<function>be32_to_cpu()</function>/<function>cpu_to_le32()</function>/<function>le32_to_cpu()</function> + <filename class="headerfile">include/asm/byteorder.h</filename> + + + + The cpu_to_be32() family (where the "32" can + be replaced by 64 or 16, and the "be" can be replaced by "le") are + the general way to do endian conversions in the kernel: they + return the converted value. All variations supply the reverse as + well: be32_to_cpu(), etc. + + + + There are two major variations of these functions: the pointer + variation, such as cpu_to_be32p(), which take + a pointer to the given type, and return the converted value. The + other variation is the "in-situ" family, such as + cpu_to_be32s(), which convert value referred + to by the pointer, and return void. + + + + + <function>local_irq_save()</function>/<function>local_irq_restore()</function> + <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/irqflags.h</filename> + + + + These routines disable hard interrupts on the local CPU, and + restore them. They are reentrant; saving the previous state in + their one unsigned long flags argument. If you + know that interrupts are enabled, you can simply use + local_irq_disable() and + local_irq_enable(). + + + + + <function>local_bh_disable()</function>/<function>local_bh_enable()</function> + <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/interrupt.h</filename> + + + These routines disable soft interrupts on the local CPU, and + restore them. They are reentrant; if soft interrupts were + disabled before, they will still be disabled after this pair + of functions has been called. They prevent softirqs and tasklets + from running on the current CPU. + + + + + <function>smp_processor_id</function>() + <filename class="headerfile">include/asm/smp.h</filename> + + + get_cpu() disables preemption (so you won't + suddenly get moved to another CPU) and returns the current + processor number, between 0 and NR_CPUS. Note + that the CPU numbers are not necessarily continuous. You return + it again with put_cpu() when you are done. + + + If you know you cannot be preempted by another task (ie. you are + in interrupt context, or have preemption disabled) you can use + smp_processor_id(). + + + + + <type>__init</type>/<type>__exit</type>/<type>__initdata</type> + <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/init.h</filename> + + + After boot, the kernel frees up a special section; functions + marked with __init and data structures marked with + __initdata are dropped after boot is complete: similarly + modules discard this memory after initialization. __exit + is used to declare a function which is only required on exit: the + function will be dropped if this file is not compiled as a module. + See the header file for use. Note that it makes no sense for a function + marked with __init to be exported to modules with + EXPORT_SYMBOL() - this will break. + + + + + + <function>__initcall()</function>/<function>module_init()</function> + <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/init.h</filename> + + Many parts of the kernel are well served as a module + (dynamically-loadable parts of the kernel). Using the + module_init() and + module_exit() macros it is easy to write code + without #ifdefs which can operate both as a module or built into + the kernel. + + + + The module_init() macro defines which + function is to be called at module insertion time (if the file is + compiled as a module), or at boot time: if the file is not + compiled as a module the module_init() macro + becomes equivalent to __initcall(), which + through linker magic ensures that the function is called on boot. + + + + The function can return a negative error number to cause + module loading to fail (unfortunately, this has no effect if + the module is compiled into the kernel). This function is + called in user context with interrupts enabled, so it can sleep. + + + + + <function>module_exit()</function> + <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/init.h</filename> + + + This macro defines the function to be called at module removal + time (or never, in the case of the file compiled into the + kernel). It will only be called if the module usage count has + reached zero. This function can also sleep, but cannot fail: + everything must be cleaned up by the time it returns. + + + + Note that this macro is optional: if it is not present, your + module will not be removable (except for 'rmmod -f'). + + + + + <function>try_module_get()</function>/<function>module_put()</function> + <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/module.h</filename> + + + These manipulate the module usage count, to protect against + removal (a module also can't be removed if another module uses one + of its exported symbols: see below). Before calling into module + code, you should call try_module_get() on + that module: if it fails, then the module is being removed and you + should act as if it wasn't there. Otherwise, you can safely enter + the module, and call module_put() when you're + finished. + + + + Most registerable structures have an + owner field, such as in the + file_operations structure. Set this field + to the macro THIS_MODULE. + + + + + + + + Wait Queues + <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/wait.h</filename> + + + [SLEEPS] + + + + A wait queue is used to wait for someone to wake you up when a + certain condition is true. They must be used carefully to ensure + there is no race condition. You declare a + wait_queue_head_t, and then processes which want to + wait for that condition declare a wait_queue_t + referring to themselves, and place that in the queue. + + + + Declaring + + + You declare a wait_queue_head_t using the + DECLARE_WAIT_QUEUE_HEAD() macro, or using the + init_waitqueue_head() routine in your + initialization code. + + + + + Queuing + + + Placing yourself in the waitqueue is fairly complex, because you + must put yourself in the queue before checking the condition. + There is a macro to do this: + wait_event_interruptible() + + include/linux/wait.h The + first argument is the wait queue head, and the second is an + expression which is evaluated; the macro returns + 0 when this expression is true, or + -ERESTARTSYS if a signal is received. + The wait_event() version ignores signals. + + + + + + Waking Up Queued Tasks + + + Call wake_up() + + include/linux/wait.h;, + which will wake up every process in the queue. The exception is + if one has TASK_EXCLUSIVE set, in which case + the remainder of the queue will not be woken. There are other variants + of this basic function available in the same header. + + + + + + Atomic Operations + + + Certain operations are guaranteed atomic on all platforms. The + first class of operations work on atomic_t + + include/asm/atomic.h; this + contains a signed integer (at least 32 bits long), and you must use + these functions to manipulate or read atomic_t variables. + atomic_read() and + atomic_set() get and set the counter, + atomic_add(), + atomic_sub(), + atomic_inc(), + atomic_dec(), and + atomic_dec_and_test() (returns + true if it was decremented to zero). + + + + Yes. It returns true (i.e. != 0) if the + atomic variable is zero. + + + + Note that these functions are slower than normal arithmetic, and + so should not be used unnecessarily. + + + + The second class of atomic operations is atomic bit operations on an + unsigned long, defined in + + include/linux/bitops.h. These + operations generally take a pointer to the bit pattern, and a bit + number: 0 is the least significant bit. + set_bit(), clear_bit() + and change_bit() set, clear, and flip the + given bit. test_and_set_bit(), + test_and_clear_bit() and + test_and_change_bit() do the same thing, + except return true if the bit was previously set; these are + particularly useful for atomically setting flags. + + + + It is possible to call these operations with bit indices greater + than BITS_PER_LONG. The resulting behavior is strange on big-endian + platforms though so it is a good idea not to do this. + + + + + Symbols + + + Within the kernel proper, the normal linking rules apply + (ie. unless a symbol is declared to be file scope with the + static keyword, it can be used anywhere in the + kernel). However, for modules, a special exported symbol table is + kept which limits the entry points to the kernel proper. Modules + can also export symbols. + + + + <function>EXPORT_SYMBOL()</function> + <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/export.h</filename> + + + This is the classic method of exporting a symbol: dynamically + loaded modules will be able to use the symbol as normal. + + + + + <function>EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL()</function> + <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/export.h</filename> + + + Similar to EXPORT_SYMBOL() except that the + symbols exported by EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL() can + only be seen by modules with a + MODULE_LICENSE() that specifies a GPL + compatible license. It implies that the function is considered + an internal implementation issue, and not really an interface. + + + + + + Routines and Conventions + + + Double-linked lists + <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/list.h</filename> + + + There used to be three sets of linked-list routines in the kernel + headers, but this one is the winner. If you don't have some + particular pressing need for a single list, it's a good choice. + + + + In particular, list_for_each_entry is useful. + + + + + Return Conventions + + + For code called in user context, it's very common to defy C + convention, and return 0 for success, + and a negative error number + (eg. -EFAULT) for failure. This can be + unintuitive at first, but it's fairly widespread in the kernel. + + + + Using ERR_PTR() + + include/linux/err.h; to + encode a negative error number into a pointer, and + IS_ERR() and PTR_ERR() + to get it back out again: avoids a separate pointer parameter for + the error number. Icky, but in a good way. + + + + + Breaking Compilation + + + Linus and the other developers sometimes change function or + structure names in development kernels; this is not done just to + keep everyone on their toes: it reflects a fundamental change + (eg. can no longer be called with interrupts on, or does extra + checks, or doesn't do checks which were caught before). Usually + this is accompanied by a fairly complete note to the linux-kernel + mailing list; search the archive. Simply doing a global replace + on the file usually makes things worse. + + + + + Initializing structure members + + + The preferred method of initializing structures is to use + designated initialisers, as defined by ISO C99, eg: + + +static struct block_device_operations opt_fops = { + .open = opt_open, + .release = opt_release, + .ioctl = opt_ioctl, + .check_media_change = opt_media_change, +}; + + + This makes it easy to grep for, and makes it clear which + structure fields are set. You should do this because it looks + cool. + + + + + GNU Extensions + + + GNU Extensions are explicitly allowed in the Linux kernel. + Note that some of the more complex ones are not very well + supported, due to lack of general use, but the following are + considered standard (see the GCC info page section "C + Extensions" for more details - Yes, really the info page, the + man page is only a short summary of the stuff in info). + + + + + Inline functions + + + + + Statement expressions (ie. the ({ and }) constructs). + + + + + Declaring attributes of a function / variable / type + (__attribute__) + + + + + typeof + + + + + Zero length arrays + + + + + Macro varargs + + + + + Arithmetic on void pointers + + + + + Non-Constant initializers + + + + + Assembler Instructions (not outside arch/ and include/asm/) + + + + + Function names as strings (__func__). + + + + + __builtin_constant_p() + + + + + + Be wary when using long long in the kernel, the code gcc generates for + it is horrible and worse: division and multiplication does not work + on i386 because the GCC runtime functions for it are missing from + the kernel environment. + + + + + + + C++ + + + Using C++ in the kernel is usually a bad idea, because the + kernel does not provide the necessary runtime environment + and the include files are not tested for it. It is still + possible, but not recommended. If you really want to do + this, forget about exceptions at least. + + + + + #if + + + It is generally considered cleaner to use macros in header files + (or at the top of .c files) to abstract away functions rather than + using `#if' pre-processor statements throughout the source code. + + + + + + Putting Your Stuff in the Kernel + + + In order to get your stuff into shape for official inclusion, or + even to make a neat patch, there's administrative work to be + done: + + + + + Figure out whose pond you've been pissing in. Look at the top of + the source files, inside the MAINTAINERS + file, and last of all in the CREDITS file. + You should coordinate with this person to make sure you're not + duplicating effort, or trying something that's already been + rejected. + + + + Make sure you put your name and EMail address at the top of + any files you create or mangle significantly. This is the + first place people will look when they find a bug, or when + they want to make a change. + + + + + + Usually you want a configuration option for your kernel hack. + Edit Kconfig in the appropriate directory. + The Config language is simple to use by cut and paste, and there's + complete documentation in + Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt. + + + + In your description of the option, make sure you address both the + expert user and the user who knows nothing about your feature. Mention + incompatibilities and issues here. Definitely + end your description with if in doubt, say N + (or, occasionally, `Y'); this is for people who have no + idea what you are talking about. + + + + + + Edit the Makefile: the CONFIG variables are + exported here so you can usually just add a "obj-$(CONFIG_xxx) += + xxx.o" line. The syntax is documented in + Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt. + + + + + + Put yourself in CREDITS if you've done + something noteworthy, usually beyond a single file (your name + should be at the top of the source files anyway). + MAINTAINERS means you want to be consulted + when changes are made to a subsystem, and hear about bugs; it + implies a more-than-passing commitment to some part of the code. + + + + + + Finally, don't forget to read Documentation/SubmittingPatches + and possibly Documentation/SubmittingDrivers. + + + + + + + Kernel Cantrips + + + Some favorites from browsing the source. Feel free to add to this + list. + + + + arch/x86/include/asm/delay.h: + + +#define ndelay(n) (__builtin_constant_p(n) ? \ + ((n) > 20000 ? __bad_ndelay() : __const_udelay((n) * 5ul)) : \ + __ndelay(n)) + + + + include/linux/fs.h: + + +/* + * Kernel pointers have redundant information, so we can use a + * scheme where we can return either an error code or a dentry + * pointer with the same return value. + * + * This should be a per-architecture thing, to allow different + * error and pointer decisions. + */ + #define ERR_PTR(err) ((void *)((long)(err))) + #define PTR_ERR(ptr) ((long)(ptr)) + #define IS_ERR(ptr) ((unsigned long)(ptr) > (unsigned long)(-1000)) + + + + arch/x86/include/asm/uaccess_32.h: + + + +#define copy_to_user(to,from,n) \ + (__builtin_constant_p(n) ? \ + __constant_copy_to_user((to),(from),(n)) : \ + __generic_copy_to_user((to),(from),(n))) + + + + arch/sparc/kernel/head.S: + + + +/* + * Sun people can't spell worth damn. "compatability" indeed. + * At least we *know* we can't spell, and use a spell-checker. + */ + +/* Uh, actually Linus it is I who cannot spell. Too much murky + * Sparc assembly will do this to ya. + */ +C_LABEL(cputypvar): + .asciz "compatibility" + +/* Tested on SS-5, SS-10. Probably someone at Sun applied a spell-checker. */ + .align 4 +C_LABEL(cputypvar_sun4m): + .asciz "compatible" + + + + arch/sparc/lib/checksum.S: + + + + /* Sun, you just can't beat me, you just can't. Stop trying, + * give up. I'm serious, I am going to kick the living shit + * out of you, game over, lights out. + */ + + + + + Thanks + + + Thanks to Andi Kleen for the idea, answering my questions, fixing + my mistakes, filling content, etc. Philipp Rumpf for more spelling + and clarity fixes, and some excellent non-obvious points. Werner + Almesberger for giving me a great summary of + disable_irq(), and Jes Sorensen and Andrea + Arcangeli added caveats. Michael Elizabeth Chastain for checking + and adding to the Configure section. Telsa Gwynne for teaching me DocBook. + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-locking.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-locking.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c9cc4846 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-locking.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,2151 @@ + + + + + + Unreliable Guide To Locking + + + + Rusty + Russell + +
+ rusty@rustcorp.com.au +
+ + + + + + 2003 + Rusty Russell + + + + + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + + + + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + + + + + + + Introduction + + Welcome, to Rusty's Remarkably Unreliable Guide to Kernel + Locking issues. This document describes the locking systems in + the Linux Kernel in 2.6. + + + With the wide availability of HyperThreading, and preemption in the Linux + Kernel, everyone hacking on the kernel needs to know the + fundamentals of concurrency and locking for + SMP. + + + + + The Problem With Concurrency + + (Skip this if you know what a Race Condition is). + + + In a normal program, you can increment a counter like so: + + + very_important_count++; + + + + This is what they would expect to happen: + + + + Expected Results + + + + + + Instance 1 + Instance 2 + + + + + + read very_important_count (5) + + + + add 1 (6) + + + + write very_important_count (6) + + + + + read very_important_count (6) + + + + add 1 (7) + + + + write very_important_count (7) + + + + +
+ + + This is what might happen: + + + + Possible Results + + + + + Instance 1 + Instance 2 + + + + + + read very_important_count (5) + + + + + read very_important_count (5) + + + add 1 (6) + + + + + add 1 (6) + + + write very_important_count (6) + + + + + write very_important_count (6) + + + +
+ + + Race Conditions and Critical Regions + + This overlap, where the result depends on the + relative timing of multiple tasks, is called a race condition. + The piece of code containing the concurrency issue is called a + critical region. And especially since Linux starting running + on SMP machines, they became one of the major issues in kernel + design and implementation. + + + Preemption can have the same effect, even if there is only one + CPU: by preempting one task during the critical region, we have + exactly the same race condition. In this case the thread which + preempts might run the critical region itself. + + + The solution is to recognize when these simultaneous accesses + occur, and use locks to make sure that only one instance can + enter the critical region at any time. There are many + friendly primitives in the Linux kernel to help you do this. + And then there are the unfriendly primitives, but I'll pretend + they don't exist. + + + + + + Locking in the Linux Kernel + + + If I could give you one piece of advice: never sleep with anyone + crazier than yourself. But if I had to give you advice on + locking: keep it simple. + + + + Be reluctant to introduce new locks. + + + + Strangely enough, this last one is the exact reverse of my advice when + you have slept with someone crazier than yourself. + And you should think about getting a big dog. + + + + Two Main Types of Kernel Locks: Spinlocks and Mutexes + + + There are two main types of kernel locks. The fundamental type + is the spinlock + (include/asm/spinlock.h), + which is a very simple single-holder lock: if you can't get the + spinlock, you keep trying (spinning) until you can. Spinlocks are + very small and fast, and can be used anywhere. + + + The second type is a mutex + (include/linux/mutex.h): it + is like a spinlock, but you may block holding a mutex. + If you can't lock a mutex, your task will suspend itself, and be woken + up when the mutex is released. This means the CPU can do something + else while you are waiting. There are many cases when you simply + can't sleep (see ), and so have to + use a spinlock instead. + + + Neither type of lock is recursive: see + . + + + + + Locks and Uniprocessor Kernels + + + For kernels compiled without CONFIG_SMP, and + without CONFIG_PREEMPT spinlocks do not exist at + all. This is an excellent design decision: when no-one else can + run at the same time, there is no reason to have a lock. + + + + If the kernel is compiled without CONFIG_SMP, + but CONFIG_PREEMPT is set, then spinlocks + simply disable preemption, which is sufficient to prevent any + races. For most purposes, we can think of preemption as + equivalent to SMP, and not worry about it separately. + + + + You should always test your locking code with CONFIG_SMP + and CONFIG_PREEMPT enabled, even if you don't have an SMP test box, because it + will still catch some kinds of locking bugs. + + + + Mutexes still exist, because they are required for + synchronization between user + contexts, as we will see below. + + + + + Locking Only In User Context + + + If you have a data structure which is only ever accessed from + user context, then you can use a simple mutex + (include/linux/mutex.h) to protect it. This + is the most trivial case: you initialize the mutex. Then you can + call mutex_lock_interruptible() to grab the mutex, + and mutex_unlock() to release it. There is also a + mutex_lock(), which should be avoided, because it + will not return if a signal is received. + + + + Example: net/netfilter/nf_sockopt.c allows + registration of new setsockopt() and + getsockopt() calls, with + nf_register_sockopt(). Registration and + de-registration are only done on module load and unload (and boot + time, where there is no concurrency), and the list of registrations + is only consulted for an unknown setsockopt() + or getsockopt() system call. The + nf_sockopt_mutex is perfect to protect this, + especially since the setsockopt and getsockopt calls may well + sleep. + + + + + Locking Between User Context and Softirqs + + + If a softirq shares + data with user context, you have two problems. Firstly, the current + user context can be interrupted by a softirq, and secondly, the + critical region could be entered from another CPU. This is where + spin_lock_bh() + (include/linux/spinlock.h) is + used. It disables softirqs on that CPU, then grabs the lock. + spin_unlock_bh() does the reverse. (The + '_bh' suffix is a historical reference to "Bottom Halves", the + old name for software interrupts. It should really be + called spin_lock_softirq()' in a perfect world). + + + + Note that you can also use spin_lock_irq() + or spin_lock_irqsave() here, which stop + hardware interrupts as well: see . + + + + This works perfectly for UP + as well: the spin lock vanishes, and this macro + simply becomes local_bh_disable() + (include/linux/interrupt.h), which + protects you from the softirq being run. + + + + + Locking Between User Context and Tasklets + + + This is exactly the same as above, because tasklets are actually run + from a softirq. + + + + + Locking Between User Context and Timers + + + This, too, is exactly the same as above, because timers are actually run from + a softirq. From a locking point of view, tasklets and timers + are identical. + + + + + Locking Between Tasklets/Timers + + + Sometimes a tasklet or timer might want to share data with + another tasklet or timer. + + + + The Same Tasklet/Timer + + Since a tasklet is never run on two CPUs at once, you don't + need to worry about your tasklet being reentrant (running + twice at once), even on SMP. + + + + + Different Tasklets/Timers + + If another tasklet/timer wants + to share data with your tasklet or timer , you will both need to use + spin_lock() and + spin_unlock() calls. + spin_lock_bh() is + unnecessary here, as you are already in a tasklet, and + none will be run on the same CPU. + + + + + + Locking Between Softirqs + + + Often a softirq might + want to share data with itself or a tasklet/timer. + + + + The Same Softirq + + + The same softirq can run on the other CPUs: you can use a + per-CPU array (see ) for better + performance. If you're going so far as to use a softirq, + you probably care about scalable performance enough + to justify the extra complexity. + + + + You'll need to use spin_lock() and + spin_unlock() for shared data. + + + + + Different Softirqs + + + You'll need to use spin_lock() and + spin_unlock() for shared data, whether it + be a timer, tasklet, different softirq or the same or another + softirq: any of them could be running on a different CPU. + + + + + + + Hard IRQ Context + + + Hardware interrupts usually communicate with a + tasklet or softirq. Frequently this involves putting work in a + queue, which the softirq will take out. + + + + Locking Between Hard IRQ and Softirqs/Tasklets + + + If a hardware irq handler shares data with a softirq, you have + two concerns. Firstly, the softirq processing can be + interrupted by a hardware interrupt, and secondly, the + critical region could be entered by a hardware interrupt on + another CPU. This is where spin_lock_irq() is + used. It is defined to disable interrupts on that cpu, then grab + the lock. spin_unlock_irq() does the reverse. + + + + The irq handler does not to use + spin_lock_irq(), because the softirq cannot + run while the irq handler is running: it can use + spin_lock(), which is slightly faster. The + only exception would be if a different hardware irq handler uses + the same lock: spin_lock_irq() will stop + that from interrupting us. + + + + This works perfectly for UP as well: the spin lock vanishes, + and this macro simply becomes local_irq_disable() + (include/asm/smp.h), which + protects you from the softirq/tasklet/BH being run. + + + + spin_lock_irqsave() + (include/linux/spinlock.h) is a variant + which saves whether interrupts were on or off in a flags word, + which is passed to spin_unlock_irqrestore(). This + means that the same code can be used inside an hard irq handler (where + interrupts are already off) and in softirqs (where the irq + disabling is required). + + + + Note that softirqs (and hence tasklets and timers) are run on + return from hardware interrupts, so + spin_lock_irq() also stops these. In that + sense, spin_lock_irqsave() is the most + general and powerful locking function. + + + + + Locking Between Two Hard IRQ Handlers + + It is rare to have to share data between two IRQ handlers, but + if you do, spin_lock_irqsave() should be + used: it is architecture-specific whether all interrupts are + disabled inside irq handlers themselves. + + + + + + + Cheat Sheet For Locking + + Pete Zaitcev gives the following summary: + + + + + If you are in a process context (any syscall) and want to + lock other process out, use a mutex. You can take a mutex + and sleep (copy_from_user*( or + kmalloc(x,GFP_KERNEL)). + + + + + Otherwise (== data can be touched in an interrupt), use + spin_lock_irqsave() and + spin_unlock_irqrestore(). + + + + + Avoid holding spinlock for more than 5 lines of code and + across any function call (except accessors like + readb). + + + + + + Table of Minimum Requirements + + The following table lists the minimum + locking requirements between various contexts. In some cases, + the same context can only be running on one CPU at a time, so + no locking is required for that context (eg. a particular + thread can only run on one CPU at a time, but if it needs + shares data with another thread, locking is required). + + + Remember the advice above: you can always use + spin_lock_irqsave(), which is a superset + of all other spinlock primitives. + + + +Table of Locking Requirements + + + + + +IRQ Handler A +IRQ Handler B +Softirq A +Softirq B +Tasklet A +Tasklet B +Timer A +Timer B +User Context A +User Context B + + + +IRQ Handler A +None + + + +IRQ Handler B +SLIS +None + + + +Softirq A +SLI +SLI +SL + + + +Softirq B +SLI +SLI +SL +SL + + + +Tasklet A +SLI +SLI +SL +SL +None + + + +Tasklet B +SLI +SLI +SL +SL +SL +None + + + +Timer A +SLI +SLI +SL +SL +SL +SL +None + + + +Timer B +SLI +SLI +SL +SL +SL +SL +SL +None + + + +User Context A +SLI +SLI +SLBH +SLBH +SLBH +SLBH +SLBH +SLBH +None + + + +User Context B +SLI +SLI +SLBH +SLBH +SLBH +SLBH +SLBH +SLBH +MLI +None + + + + +
+ + +Legend for Locking Requirements Table + + + + +SLIS +spin_lock_irqsave + + +SLI +spin_lock_irq + + +SL +spin_lock + + +SLBH +spin_lock_bh + + +MLI +mutex_lock_interruptible + + + + +
+ + + + + + The trylock Functions + + There are functions that try to acquire a lock only once and immediately + return a value telling about success or failure to acquire the lock. + They can be used if you need no access to the data protected with the lock + when some other thread is holding the lock. You should acquire the lock + later if you then need access to the data protected with the lock. + + + + spin_trylock() does not spin but returns non-zero if + it acquires the spinlock on the first try or 0 if not. This function can + be used in all contexts like spin_lock: you must have + disabled the contexts that might interrupt you and acquire the spin lock. + + + + mutex_trylock() does not suspend your task + but returns non-zero if it could lock the mutex on the first try + or 0 if not. This function cannot be safely used in hardware or software + interrupt contexts despite not sleeping. + + + + + Common Examples + +Let's step through a simple example: a cache of number to name +mappings. The cache keeps a count of how often each of the objects is +used, and when it gets full, throws out the least used one. + + + + + All In User Context + +For our first example, we assume that all operations are in user +context (ie. from system calls), so we can sleep. This means we can +use a mutex to protect the cache and all the objects within +it. Here's the code: + + + +#include <linux/list.h> +#include <linux/slab.h> +#include <linux/string.h> +#include <linux/mutex.h> +#include <asm/errno.h> + +struct object +{ + struct list_head list; + int id; + char name[32]; + int popularity; +}; + +/* Protects the cache, cache_num, and the objects within it */ +static DEFINE_MUTEX(cache_lock); +static LIST_HEAD(cache); +static unsigned int cache_num = 0; +#define MAX_CACHE_SIZE 10 + +/* Must be holding cache_lock */ +static struct object *__cache_find(int id) +{ + struct object *i; + + list_for_each_entry(i, &cache, list) + if (i->id == id) { + i->popularity++; + return i; + } + return NULL; +} + +/* Must be holding cache_lock */ +static void __cache_delete(struct object *obj) +{ + BUG_ON(!obj); + list_del(&obj->list); + kfree(obj); + cache_num--; +} + +/* Must be holding cache_lock */ +static void __cache_add(struct object *obj) +{ + list_add(&obj->list, &cache); + if (++cache_num > MAX_CACHE_SIZE) { + struct object *i, *outcast = NULL; + list_for_each_entry(i, &cache, list) { + if (!outcast || i->popularity < outcast->popularity) + outcast = i; + } + __cache_delete(outcast); + } +} + +int cache_add(int id, const char *name) +{ + struct object *obj; + + if ((obj = kmalloc(sizeof(*obj), GFP_KERNEL)) == NULL) + return -ENOMEM; + + strlcpy(obj->name, name, sizeof(obj->name)); + obj->id = id; + obj->popularity = 0; + + mutex_lock(&cache_lock); + __cache_add(obj); + mutex_unlock(&cache_lock); + return 0; +} + +void cache_delete(int id) +{ + mutex_lock(&cache_lock); + __cache_delete(__cache_find(id)); + mutex_unlock(&cache_lock); +} + +int cache_find(int id, char *name) +{ + struct object *obj; + int ret = -ENOENT; + + mutex_lock(&cache_lock); + obj = __cache_find(id); + if (obj) { + ret = 0; + strcpy(name, obj->name); + } + mutex_unlock(&cache_lock); + return ret; +} + + + +Note that we always make sure we have the cache_lock when we add, +delete, or look up the cache: both the cache infrastructure itself and +the contents of the objects are protected by the lock. In this case +it's easy, since we copy the data for the user, and never let them +access the objects directly. + + +There is a slight (and common) optimization here: in +cache_add we set up the fields of the object +before grabbing the lock. This is safe, as no-one else can access it +until we put it in cache. + + + + + Accessing From Interrupt Context + +Now consider the case where cache_find can be +called from interrupt context: either a hardware interrupt or a +softirq. An example would be a timer which deletes object from the +cache. + + +The change is shown below, in standard patch format: the +- are lines which are taken away, and the ++ are lines which are added. + + +--- cache.c.usercontext 2003-12-09 13:58:54.000000000 +1100 ++++ cache.c.interrupt 2003-12-09 14:07:49.000000000 +1100 +@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ + int popularity; + }; + +-static DEFINE_MUTEX(cache_lock); ++static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(cache_lock); + static LIST_HEAD(cache); + static unsigned int cache_num = 0; + #define MAX_CACHE_SIZE 10 +@@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ + int cache_add(int id, const char *name) + { + struct object *obj; ++ unsigned long flags; + + if ((obj = kmalloc(sizeof(*obj), GFP_KERNEL)) == NULL) + return -ENOMEM; +@@ -63,30 +64,33 @@ + obj->id = id; + obj->popularity = 0; + +- mutex_lock(&cache_lock); ++ spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags); + __cache_add(obj); +- mutex_unlock(&cache_lock); ++ spin_unlock_irqrestore(&cache_lock, flags); + return 0; + } + + void cache_delete(int id) + { +- mutex_lock(&cache_lock); ++ unsigned long flags; ++ ++ spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags); + __cache_delete(__cache_find(id)); +- mutex_unlock(&cache_lock); ++ spin_unlock_irqrestore(&cache_lock, flags); + } + + int cache_find(int id, char *name) + { + struct object *obj; + int ret = -ENOENT; ++ unsigned long flags; + +- mutex_lock(&cache_lock); ++ spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags); + obj = __cache_find(id); + if (obj) { + ret = 0; + strcpy(name, obj->name); + } +- mutex_unlock(&cache_lock); ++ spin_unlock_irqrestore(&cache_lock, flags); + return ret; + } + + + +Note that the spin_lock_irqsave will turn off +interrupts if they are on, otherwise does nothing (if we are already +in an interrupt handler), hence these functions are safe to call from +any context. + + +Unfortunately, cache_add calls +kmalloc with the GFP_KERNEL +flag, which is only legal in user context. I have assumed that +cache_add is still only called in user context, +otherwise this should become a parameter to +cache_add. + + + + Exposing Objects Outside This File + +If our objects contained more information, it might not be sufficient +to copy the information in and out: other parts of the code might want +to keep pointers to these objects, for example, rather than looking up +the id every time. This produces two problems. + + +The first problem is that we use the cache_lock to +protect objects: we'd need to make this non-static so the rest of the +code can use it. This makes locking trickier, as it is no longer all +in one place. + + +The second problem is the lifetime problem: if another structure keeps +a pointer to an object, it presumably expects that pointer to remain +valid. Unfortunately, this is only guaranteed while you hold the +lock, otherwise someone might call cache_delete +and even worse, add another object, re-using the same address. + + +As there is only one lock, you can't hold it forever: no-one else would +get any work done. + + +The solution to this problem is to use a reference count: everyone who +has a pointer to the object increases it when they first get the +object, and drops the reference count when they're finished with it. +Whoever drops it to zero knows it is unused, and can actually delete it. + + +Here is the code: + + + +--- cache.c.interrupt 2003-12-09 14:25:43.000000000 +1100 ++++ cache.c.refcnt 2003-12-09 14:33:05.000000000 +1100 +@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ + struct object + { + struct list_head list; ++ unsigned int refcnt; + int id; + char name[32]; + int popularity; +@@ -17,6 +18,35 @@ + static unsigned int cache_num = 0; + #define MAX_CACHE_SIZE 10 + ++static void __object_put(struct object *obj) ++{ ++ if (--obj->refcnt == 0) ++ kfree(obj); ++} ++ ++static void __object_get(struct object *obj) ++{ ++ obj->refcnt++; ++} ++ ++void object_put(struct object *obj) ++{ ++ unsigned long flags; ++ ++ spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags); ++ __object_put(obj); ++ spin_unlock_irqrestore(&cache_lock, flags); ++} ++ ++void object_get(struct object *obj) ++{ ++ unsigned long flags; ++ ++ spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags); ++ __object_get(obj); ++ spin_unlock_irqrestore(&cache_lock, flags); ++} ++ + /* Must be holding cache_lock */ + static struct object *__cache_find(int id) + { +@@ -35,6 +65,7 @@ + { + BUG_ON(!obj); + list_del(&obj->list); ++ __object_put(obj); + cache_num--; + } + +@@ -63,6 +94,7 @@ + strlcpy(obj->name, name, sizeof(obj->name)); + obj->id = id; + obj->popularity = 0; ++ obj->refcnt = 1; /* The cache holds a reference */ + + spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags); + __cache_add(obj); +@@ -79,18 +111,15 @@ + spin_unlock_irqrestore(&cache_lock, flags); + } + +-int cache_find(int id, char *name) ++struct object *cache_find(int id) + { + struct object *obj; +- int ret = -ENOENT; + unsigned long flags; + + spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags); + obj = __cache_find(id); +- if (obj) { +- ret = 0; +- strcpy(name, obj->name); +- } ++ if (obj) ++ __object_get(obj); + spin_unlock_irqrestore(&cache_lock, flags); +- return ret; ++ return obj; + } + + + +We encapsulate the reference counting in the standard 'get' and 'put' +functions. Now we can return the object itself from +cache_find which has the advantage that the user +can now sleep holding the object (eg. to +copy_to_user to name to userspace). + + +The other point to note is that I said a reference should be held for +every pointer to the object: thus the reference count is 1 when first +inserted into the cache. In some versions the framework does not hold +a reference count, but they are more complicated. + + + + Using Atomic Operations For The Reference Count + +In practice, atomic_t would usually be used for +refcnt. There are a number of atomic +operations defined in + +include/asm/atomic.h: these are +guaranteed to be seen atomically from all CPUs in the system, so no +lock is required. In this case, it is simpler than using spinlocks, +although for anything non-trivial using spinlocks is clearer. The +atomic_inc and +atomic_dec_and_test are used instead of the +standard increment and decrement operators, and the lock is no longer +used to protect the reference count itself. + + + +--- cache.c.refcnt 2003-12-09 15:00:35.000000000 +1100 ++++ cache.c.refcnt-atomic 2003-12-11 15:49:42.000000000 +1100 +@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ + struct object + { + struct list_head list; +- unsigned int refcnt; ++ atomic_t refcnt; + int id; + char name[32]; + int popularity; +@@ -18,33 +18,15 @@ + static unsigned int cache_num = 0; + #define MAX_CACHE_SIZE 10 + +-static void __object_put(struct object *obj) +-{ +- if (--obj->refcnt == 0) +- kfree(obj); +-} +- +-static void __object_get(struct object *obj) +-{ +- obj->refcnt++; +-} +- + void object_put(struct object *obj) + { +- unsigned long flags; +- +- spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags); +- __object_put(obj); +- spin_unlock_irqrestore(&cache_lock, flags); ++ if (atomic_dec_and_test(&obj->refcnt)) ++ kfree(obj); + } + + void object_get(struct object *obj) + { +- unsigned long flags; +- +- spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags); +- __object_get(obj); +- spin_unlock_irqrestore(&cache_lock, flags); ++ atomic_inc(&obj->refcnt); + } + + /* Must be holding cache_lock */ +@@ -65,7 +47,7 @@ + { + BUG_ON(!obj); + list_del(&obj->list); +- __object_put(obj); ++ object_put(obj); + cache_num--; + } + +@@ -94,7 +76,7 @@ + strlcpy(obj->name, name, sizeof(obj->name)); + obj->id = id; + obj->popularity = 0; +- obj->refcnt = 1; /* The cache holds a reference */ ++ atomic_set(&obj->refcnt, 1); /* The cache holds a reference */ + + spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags); + __cache_add(obj); +@@ -119,7 +101,7 @@ + spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags); + obj = __cache_find(id); + if (obj) +- __object_get(obj); ++ object_get(obj); + spin_unlock_irqrestore(&cache_lock, flags); + return obj; + } + + + + + + Protecting The Objects Themselves + +In these examples, we assumed that the objects (except the reference +counts) never changed once they are created. If we wanted to allow +the name to change, there are three possibilities: + + + + +You can make cache_lock non-static, and tell people +to grab that lock before changing the name in any object. + + + + +You can provide a cache_obj_rename which grabs +this lock and changes the name for the caller, and tell everyone to +use that function. + + + + +You can make the cache_lock protect only the cache +itself, and use another lock to protect the name. + + + + + +Theoretically, you can make the locks as fine-grained as one lock for +every field, for every object. In practice, the most common variants +are: + + + + +One lock which protects the infrastructure (the cache +list in this example) and all the objects. This is what we have done +so far. + + + + +One lock which protects the infrastructure (including the list +pointers inside the objects), and one lock inside the object which +protects the rest of that object. + + + + +Multiple locks to protect the infrastructure (eg. one lock per hash +chain), possibly with a separate per-object lock. + + + + + +Here is the "lock-per-object" implementation: + + +--- cache.c.refcnt-atomic 2003-12-11 15:50:54.000000000 +1100 ++++ cache.c.perobjectlock 2003-12-11 17:15:03.000000000 +1100 +@@ -6,11 +6,17 @@ + + struct object + { ++ /* These two protected by cache_lock. */ + struct list_head list; ++ int popularity; ++ + atomic_t refcnt; ++ ++ /* Doesn't change once created. */ + int id; ++ ++ spinlock_t lock; /* Protects the name */ + char name[32]; +- int popularity; + }; + + static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(cache_lock); +@@ -77,6 +84,7 @@ + obj->id = id; + obj->popularity = 0; + atomic_set(&obj->refcnt, 1); /* The cache holds a reference */ ++ spin_lock_init(&obj->lock); + + spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags); + __cache_add(obj); + + + +Note that I decide that the popularity +count should be protected by the cache_lock rather +than the per-object lock: this is because it (like the +struct list_head inside the object) is +logically part of the infrastructure. This way, I don't need to grab +the lock of every object in __cache_add when +seeking the least popular. + + + +I also decided that the id member is +unchangeable, so I don't need to grab each object lock in +__cache_find() to examine the +id: the object lock is only used by a +caller who wants to read or write the name +field. + + + +Note also that I added a comment describing what data was protected by +which locks. This is extremely important, as it describes the runtime +behavior of the code, and can be hard to gain from just reading. And +as Alan Cox says, Lock data, not code. + + + + + + Common Problems + + Deadlock: Simple and Advanced + + + There is a coding bug where a piece of code tries to grab a + spinlock twice: it will spin forever, waiting for the lock to + be released (spinlocks, rwlocks and mutexes are not + recursive in Linux). This is trivial to diagnose: not a + stay-up-five-nights-talk-to-fluffy-code-bunnies kind of + problem. + + + + For a slightly more complex case, imagine you have a region + shared by a softirq and user context. If you use a + spin_lock() call to protect it, it is + possible that the user context will be interrupted by the softirq + while it holds the lock, and the softirq will then spin + forever trying to get the same lock. + + + + Both of these are called deadlock, and as shown above, it can + occur even with a single CPU (although not on UP compiles, + since spinlocks vanish on kernel compiles with + CONFIG_SMP=n. You'll still get data corruption + in the second example). + + + + This complete lockup is easy to diagnose: on SMP boxes the + watchdog timer or compiling with DEBUG_SPINLOCK set + (include/linux/spinlock.h) will show this up + immediately when it happens. + + + + A more complex problem is the so-called 'deadly embrace', + involving two or more locks. Say you have a hash table: each + entry in the table is a spinlock, and a chain of hashed + objects. Inside a softirq handler, you sometimes want to + alter an object from one place in the hash to another: you + grab the spinlock of the old hash chain and the spinlock of + the new hash chain, and delete the object from the old one, + and insert it in the new one. + + + + There are two problems here. First, if your code ever + tries to move the object to the same chain, it will deadlock + with itself as it tries to lock it twice. Secondly, if the + same softirq on another CPU is trying to move another object + in the reverse direction, the following could happen: + + + + Consequences + + + + + + CPU 1 + CPU 2 + + + + + + Grab lock A -> OK + Grab lock B -> OK + + + Grab lock B -> spin + Grab lock A -> spin + + + +
+ + + The two CPUs will spin forever, waiting for the other to give up + their lock. It will look, smell, and feel like a crash. + + + + + Preventing Deadlock + + + Textbooks will tell you that if you always lock in the same + order, you will never get this kind of deadlock. Practice + will tell you that this approach doesn't scale: when I + create a new lock, I don't understand enough of the kernel + to figure out where in the 5000 lock hierarchy it will fit. + + + + The best locks are encapsulated: they never get exposed in + headers, and are never held around calls to non-trivial + functions outside the same file. You can read through this + code and see that it will never deadlock, because it never + tries to grab another lock while it has that one. People + using your code don't even need to know you are using a + lock. + + + + A classic problem here is when you provide callbacks or + hooks: if you call these with the lock held, you risk simple + deadlock, or a deadly embrace (who knows what the callback + will do?). Remember, the other programmers are out to get + you, so don't do this. + + + + Overzealous Prevention Of Deadlocks + + + Deadlocks are problematic, but not as bad as data + corruption. Code which grabs a read lock, searches a list, + fails to find what it wants, drops the read lock, grabs a + write lock and inserts the object has a race condition. + + + + If you don't see why, please stay the fuck away from my code. + + + + + + Racing Timers: A Kernel Pastime + + + Timers can produce their own special problems with races. + Consider a collection of objects (list, hash, etc) where each + object has a timer which is due to destroy it. + + + + If you want to destroy the entire collection (say on module + removal), you might do the following: + + + + /* THIS CODE BAD BAD BAD BAD: IF IT WAS ANY WORSE IT WOULD USE + HUNGARIAN NOTATION */ + spin_lock_bh(&list_lock); + + while (list) { + struct foo *next = list->next; + del_timer(&list->timer); + kfree(list); + list = next; + } + + spin_unlock_bh(&list_lock); + + + + Sooner or later, this will crash on SMP, because a timer can + have just gone off before the spin_lock_bh(), + and it will only get the lock after we + spin_unlock_bh(), and then try to free + the element (which has already been freed!). + + + + This can be avoided by checking the result of + del_timer(): if it returns + 1, the timer has been deleted. + If 0, it means (in this + case) that it is currently running, so we can do: + + + + retry: + spin_lock_bh(&list_lock); + + while (list) { + struct foo *next = list->next; + if (!del_timer(&list->timer)) { + /* Give timer a chance to delete this */ + spin_unlock_bh(&list_lock); + goto retry; + } + kfree(list); + list = next; + } + + spin_unlock_bh(&list_lock); + + + + Another common problem is deleting timers which restart + themselves (by calling add_timer() at the end + of their timer function). Because this is a fairly common case + which is prone to races, you should use del_timer_sync() + (include/linux/timer.h) + to handle this case. It returns the number of times the timer + had to be deleted before we finally stopped it from adding itself back + in. + + + + + + + Locking Speed + + +There are three main things to worry about when considering speed of +some code which does locking. First is concurrency: how many things +are going to be waiting while someone else is holding a lock. Second +is the time taken to actually acquire and release an uncontended lock. +Third is using fewer, or smarter locks. I'm assuming that the lock is +used fairly often: otherwise, you wouldn't be concerned about +efficiency. + + +Concurrency depends on how long the lock is usually held: you should +hold the lock for as long as needed, but no longer. In the cache +example, we always create the object without the lock held, and then +grab the lock only when we are ready to insert it in the list. + + +Acquisition times depend on how much damage the lock operations do to +the pipeline (pipeline stalls) and how likely it is that this CPU was +the last one to grab the lock (ie. is the lock cache-hot for this +CPU): on a machine with more CPUs, this likelihood drops fast. +Consider a 700MHz Intel Pentium III: an instruction takes about 0.7ns, +an atomic increment takes about 58ns, a lock which is cache-hot on +this CPU takes 160ns, and a cacheline transfer from another CPU takes +an additional 170 to 360ns. (These figures from Paul McKenney's + Linux +Journal RCU article). + + +These two aims conflict: holding a lock for a short time might be done +by splitting locks into parts (such as in our final per-object-lock +example), but this increases the number of lock acquisitions, and the +results are often slower than having a single lock. This is another +reason to advocate locking simplicity. + + +The third concern is addressed below: there are some methods to reduce +the amount of locking which needs to be done. + + + + Read/Write Lock Variants + + + Both spinlocks and mutexes have read/write variants: + rwlock_t and struct rw_semaphore. + These divide users into two classes: the readers and the writers. If + you are only reading the data, you can get a read lock, but to write to + the data you need the write lock. Many people can hold a read lock, + but a writer must be sole holder. + + + + If your code divides neatly along reader/writer lines (as our + cache code does), and the lock is held by readers for + significant lengths of time, using these locks can help. They + are slightly slower than the normal locks though, so in practice + rwlock_t is not usually worthwhile. + + + + + Avoiding Locks: Read Copy Update + + + There is a special method of read/write locking called Read Copy + Update. Using RCU, the readers can avoid taking a lock + altogether: as we expect our cache to be read more often than + updated (otherwise the cache is a waste of time), it is a + candidate for this optimization. + + + + How do we get rid of read locks? Getting rid of read locks + means that writers may be changing the list underneath the + readers. That is actually quite simple: we can read a linked + list while an element is being added if the writer adds the + element very carefully. For example, adding + new to a single linked list called + list: + + + + new->next = list->next; + wmb(); + list->next = new; + + + + The wmb() is a write memory barrier. It + ensures that the first operation (setting the new element's + next pointer) is complete and will be seen by + all CPUs, before the second operation is (putting the new + element into the list). This is important, since modern + compilers and modern CPUs can both reorder instructions unless + told otherwise: we want a reader to either not see the new + element at all, or see the new element with the + next pointer correctly pointing at the rest of + the list. + + + Fortunately, there is a function to do this for standard + struct list_head lists: + list_add_rcu() + (include/linux/list.h). + + + Removing an element from the list is even simpler: we replace + the pointer to the old element with a pointer to its successor, + and readers will either see it, or skip over it. + + + list->next = old->next; + + + There is list_del_rcu() + (include/linux/list.h) which does this (the + normal version poisons the old object, which we don't want). + + + The reader must also be careful: some CPUs can look through the + next pointer to start reading the contents of + the next element early, but don't realize that the pre-fetched + contents is wrong when the next pointer changes + underneath them. Once again, there is a + list_for_each_entry_rcu() + (include/linux/list.h) to help you. Of + course, writers can just use + list_for_each_entry(), since there cannot + be two simultaneous writers. + + + Our final dilemma is this: when can we actually destroy the + removed element? Remember, a reader might be stepping through + this element in the list right now: if we free this element and + the next pointer changes, the reader will jump + off into garbage and crash. We need to wait until we know that + all the readers who were traversing the list when we deleted the + element are finished. We use call_rcu() to + register a callback which will actually destroy the object once + all pre-existing readers are finished. Alternatively, + synchronize_rcu() may be used to block until + all pre-existing are finished. + + + But how does Read Copy Update know when the readers are + finished? The method is this: firstly, the readers always + traverse the list inside + rcu_read_lock()/rcu_read_unlock() + pairs: these simply disable preemption so the reader won't go to + sleep while reading the list. + + + RCU then waits until every other CPU has slept at least once: + since readers cannot sleep, we know that any readers which were + traversing the list during the deletion are finished, and the + callback is triggered. The real Read Copy Update code is a + little more optimized than this, but this is the fundamental + idea. + + + +--- cache.c.perobjectlock 2003-12-11 17:15:03.000000000 +1100 ++++ cache.c.rcupdate 2003-12-11 17:55:14.000000000 +1100 +@@ -1,15 +1,18 @@ + #include <linux/list.h> + #include <linux/slab.h> + #include <linux/string.h> ++#include <linux/rcupdate.h> + #include <linux/mutex.h> + #include <asm/errno.h> + + struct object + { +- /* These two protected by cache_lock. */ ++ /* This is protected by RCU */ + struct list_head list; + int popularity; + ++ struct rcu_head rcu; ++ + atomic_t refcnt; + + /* Doesn't change once created. */ +@@ -40,7 +43,7 @@ + { + struct object *i; + +- list_for_each_entry(i, &cache, list) { ++ list_for_each_entry_rcu(i, &cache, list) { + if (i->id == id) { + i->popularity++; + return i; +@@ -49,19 +52,25 @@ + return NULL; + } + ++/* Final discard done once we know no readers are looking. */ ++static void cache_delete_rcu(void *arg) ++{ ++ object_put(arg); ++} ++ + /* Must be holding cache_lock */ + static void __cache_delete(struct object *obj) + { + BUG_ON(!obj); +- list_del(&obj->list); +- object_put(obj); ++ list_del_rcu(&obj->list); + cache_num--; ++ call_rcu(&obj->rcu, cache_delete_rcu); + } + + /* Must be holding cache_lock */ + static void __cache_add(struct object *obj) + { +- list_add(&obj->list, &cache); ++ list_add_rcu(&obj->list, &cache); + if (++cache_num > MAX_CACHE_SIZE) { + struct object *i, *outcast = NULL; + list_for_each_entry(i, &cache, list) { +@@ -104,12 +114,11 @@ + struct object *cache_find(int id) + { + struct object *obj; +- unsigned long flags; + +- spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags); ++ rcu_read_lock(); + obj = __cache_find(id); + if (obj) + object_get(obj); +- spin_unlock_irqrestore(&cache_lock, flags); ++ rcu_read_unlock(); + return obj; + } + + + +Note that the reader will alter the +popularity member in +__cache_find(), and now it doesn't hold a lock. +One solution would be to make it an atomic_t, but for +this usage, we don't really care about races: an approximate result is +good enough, so I didn't change it. + + + +The result is that cache_find() requires no +synchronization with any other functions, so is almost as fast on SMP +as it would be on UP. + + + +There is a further optimization possible here: remember our original +cache code, where there were no reference counts and the caller simply +held the lock whenever using the object? This is still possible: if +you hold the lock, no one can delete the object, so you don't need to +get and put the reference count. + + + +Now, because the 'read lock' in RCU is simply disabling preemption, a +caller which always has preemption disabled between calling +cache_find() and +object_put() does not need to actually get and +put the reference count: we could expose +__cache_find() by making it non-static, and +such callers could simply call that. + + +The benefit here is that the reference count is not written to: the +object is not altered in any way, which is much faster on SMP +machines due to caching. + + + + + Per-CPU Data + + + Another technique for avoiding locking which is used fairly + widely is to duplicate information for each CPU. For example, + if you wanted to keep a count of a common condition, you could + use a spin lock and a single counter. Nice and simple. + + + + If that was too slow (it's usually not, but if you've got a + really big machine to test on and can show that it is), you + could instead use a counter for each CPU, then none of them need + an exclusive lock. See DEFINE_PER_CPU(), + get_cpu_var() and + put_cpu_var() + (include/linux/percpu.h). + + + + Of particular use for simple per-cpu counters is the + local_t type, and the + cpu_local_inc() and related functions, + which are more efficient than simple code on some architectures + (include/asm/local.h). + + + + Note that there is no simple, reliable way of getting an exact + value of such a counter, without introducing more locks. This + is not a problem for some uses. + + + + + Data Which Mostly Used By An IRQ Handler + + + If data is always accessed from within the same IRQ handler, you + don't need a lock at all: the kernel already guarantees that the + irq handler will not run simultaneously on multiple CPUs. + + + Manfred Spraul points out that you can still do this, even if + the data is very occasionally accessed in user context or + softirqs/tasklets. The irq handler doesn't use a lock, and + all other accesses are done as so: + + + + spin_lock(&lock); + disable_irq(irq); + ... + enable_irq(irq); + spin_unlock(&lock); + + + The disable_irq() prevents the irq handler + from running (and waits for it to finish if it's currently + running on other CPUs). The spinlock prevents any other + accesses happening at the same time. Naturally, this is slower + than just a spin_lock_irq() call, so it + only makes sense if this type of access happens extremely + rarely. + + + + + + What Functions Are Safe To Call From Interrupts? + + + Many functions in the kernel sleep (ie. call schedule()) + directly or indirectly: you can never call them while holding a + spinlock, or with preemption disabled. This also means you need + to be in user context: calling them from an interrupt is illegal. + + + + Some Functions Which Sleep + + + The most common ones are listed below, but you usually have to + read the code to find out if other calls are safe. If everyone + else who calls it can sleep, you probably need to be able to + sleep, too. In particular, registration and deregistration + functions usually expect to be called from user context, and can + sleep. + + + + + + Accesses to + userspace: + + + + + copy_from_user() + + + + + copy_to_user() + + + + + get_user() + + + + + put_user() + + + + + + + + kmalloc(GFP_KERNEL) + + + + + + mutex_lock_interruptible() and + mutex_lock() + + + There is a mutex_trylock() which does not + sleep. Still, it must not be used inside interrupt context since + its implementation is not safe for that. + mutex_unlock() will also never sleep. + It cannot be used in interrupt context either since a mutex + must be released by the same task that acquired it. + + + + + + + Some Functions Which Don't Sleep + + + Some functions are safe to call from any context, or holding + almost any lock. + + + + + + printk() + + + + + kfree() + + + + + add_timer() and del_timer() + + + + + + + + Mutex API reference +!Iinclude/linux/mutex.h +!Ekernel/locking/mutex.c + + + + Futex API reference +!Ikernel/futex.c + + + + Further reading + + + + + Documentation/locking/spinlocks.txt: + Linus Torvalds' spinlocking tutorial in the kernel sources. + + + + + + Unix Systems for Modern Architectures: Symmetric + Multiprocessing and Caching for Kernel Programmers: + + + + Curt Schimmel's very good introduction to kernel level + locking (not written for Linux, but nearly everything + applies). The book is expensive, but really worth every + penny to understand SMP locking. [ISBN: 0201633388] + + + + + + + Thanks + + + Thanks to Telsa Gwynne for DocBooking, neatening and adding + style. + + + + Thanks to Martin Pool, Philipp Rumpf, Stephen Rothwell, Paul + Mackerras, Ruedi Aschwanden, Alan Cox, Manfred Spraul, Tim + Waugh, Pete Zaitcev, James Morris, Robert Love, Paul McKenney, + John Ashby for proofreading, correcting, flaming, commenting. + + + + Thanks to the cabal for having no influence on this document. + + + + + Glossary + + + preemption + + + Prior to 2.5, or when CONFIG_PREEMPT is + unset, processes in user context inside the kernel would not + preempt each other (ie. you had that CPU until you gave it up, + except for interrupts). With the addition of + CONFIG_PREEMPT in 2.5.4, this changed: when + in user context, higher priority tasks can "cut in": spinlocks + were changed to disable preemption, even on UP. + + + + + + bh + + + Bottom Half: for historical reasons, functions with + '_bh' in them often now refer to any software interrupt, e.g. + spin_lock_bh() blocks any software interrupt + on the current CPU. Bottom halves are deprecated, and will + eventually be replaced by tasklets. Only one bottom half will be + running at any time. + + + + + + Hardware Interrupt / Hardware IRQ + + + Hardware interrupt request. in_irq() returns + true in a hardware interrupt handler. + + + + + + Interrupt Context + + + Not user context: processing a hardware irq or software irq. + Indicated by the in_interrupt() macro + returning true. + + + + + + SMP + + + Symmetric Multi-Processor: kernels compiled for multiple-CPU + machines. (CONFIG_SMP=y). + + + + + + Software Interrupt / softirq + + + Software interrupt handler. in_irq() returns + false; in_softirq() + returns true. Tasklets and softirqs + both fall into the category of 'software interrupts'. + + + Strictly speaking a softirq is one of up to 32 enumerated software + interrupts which can run on multiple CPUs at once. + Sometimes used to refer to tasklets as + well (ie. all software interrupts). + + + + + + tasklet + + + A dynamically-registrable software interrupt, + which is guaranteed to only run on one CPU at a time. + + + + + + timer + + + A dynamically-registrable software interrupt, which is run at + (or close to) a given time. When running, it is just like a + tasklet (in fact, they are called from the TIMER_SOFTIRQ). + + + + + + UP + + + Uni-Processor: Non-SMP. (CONFIG_SMP=n). + + + + + + User Context + + + The kernel executing on behalf of a particular process (ie. a + system call or trap) or kernel thread. You can tell which + process with the current macro.) Not to + be confused with userspace. Can be interrupted by software or + hardware interrupts. + + + + + + Userspace + + + A process executing its own code outside the kernel. + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3abca7ec --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,918 @@ + + + + + + Using kgdb, kdb and the kernel debugger internals + + + + Jason + Wessel + +
+ jason.wessel@windriver.com +
+ + + + + 2008,2010 + Wind River Systems, Inc. + + + 2004-2005 + MontaVista Software, Inc. + + + 2004 + Amit S. Kale + + + + + This file is licensed under the terms of the GNU General Public License + version 2. This program is licensed "as is" without any warranty of any + kind, whether express or implied. + + + + + + + + Introduction + + The kernel has two different debugger front ends (kdb and kgdb) + which interface to the debug core. It is possible to use either + of the debugger front ends and dynamically transition between them + if you configure the kernel properly at compile and runtime. + + + Kdb is simplistic shell-style interface which you can use on a + system console with a keyboard or serial console. You can use it + to inspect memory, registers, process lists, dmesg, and even set + breakpoints to stop in a certain location. Kdb is not a source + level debugger, although you can set breakpoints and execute some + basic kernel run control. Kdb is mainly aimed at doing some + analysis to aid in development or diagnosing kernel problems. You + can access some symbols by name in kernel built-ins or in kernel + modules if the code was built + with CONFIG_KALLSYMS. + + + Kgdb is intended to be used as a source level debugger for the + Linux kernel. It is used along with gdb to debug a Linux kernel. + The expectation is that gdb can be used to "break in" to the + kernel to inspect memory, variables and look through call stack + information similar to the way an application developer would use + gdb to debug an application. It is possible to place breakpoints + in kernel code and perform some limited execution stepping. + + + Two machines are required for using kgdb. One of these machines is + a development machine and the other is the target machine. The + kernel to be debugged runs on the target machine. The development + machine runs an instance of gdb against the vmlinux file which + contains the symbols (not a boot image such as bzImage, zImage, + uImage...). In gdb the developer specifies the connection + parameters and connects to kgdb. The type of connection a + developer makes with gdb depends on the availability of kgdb I/O + modules compiled as built-ins or loadable kernel modules in the test + machine's kernel. + + + + Compiling a kernel + + + In order to enable compilation of kdb, you must first enable kgdb. + The kgdb test compile options are described in the kgdb test suite chapter. + + + + Kernel config options for kgdb + + To enable CONFIG_KGDB you should look under + "Kernel hacking" / "Kernel debugging" and select "KGDB: kernel debugger". + + + While it is not a hard requirement that you have symbols in your + vmlinux file, gdb tends not to be very useful without the symbolic + data, so you will want to turn + on CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO which is called "Compile the + kernel with debug info" in the config menu. + + + It is advised, but not required, that you turn on the + CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER kernel option which is called "Compile the + kernel with frame pointers" in the config menu. This option + inserts code to into the compiled executable which saves the frame + information in registers or on the stack at different points which + allows a debugger such as gdb to more accurately construct + stack back traces while debugging the kernel. + + + If the architecture that you are using supports the kernel option + CONFIG_DEBUG_RODATA, you should consider turning it off. This + option will prevent the use of software breakpoints because it + marks certain regions of the kernel's memory space as read-only. + If kgdb supports it for the architecture you are using, you can + use hardware breakpoints if you desire to run with the + CONFIG_DEBUG_RODATA option turned on, else you need to turn off + this option. + + + Next you should choose one of more I/O drivers to interconnect + debugging host and debugged target. Early boot debugging requires + a KGDB I/O driver that supports early debugging and the driver + must be built into the kernel directly. Kgdb I/O driver + configuration takes place via kernel or module parameters which + you can learn more about in the in the section that describes the + parameter "kgdboc". + + Here is an example set of .config symbols to enable or + disable for kgdb: + + # CONFIG_DEBUG_RODATA is not set + CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER=y + CONFIG_KGDB=y + CONFIG_KGDB_SERIAL_CONSOLE=y + + + + + Kernel config options for kdb + Kdb is quite a bit more complex than the simple gdbstub + sitting on top of the kernel's debug core. Kdb must implement a + shell, and also adds some helper functions in other parts of the + kernel, responsible for printing out interesting data such as what + you would see if you ran "lsmod", or "ps". In order to build kdb + into the kernel you follow the same steps as you would for kgdb. + + The main config option for kdb + is CONFIG_KGDB_KDB which is called "KGDB_KDB: + include kdb frontend for kgdb" in the config menu. In theory you + would have already also selected an I/O driver such as the + CONFIG_KGDB_SERIAL_CONSOLE interface if you plan on using kdb on a + serial port, when you were configuring kgdb. + + If you want to use a PS/2-style keyboard with kdb, you would + select CONFIG_KDB_KEYBOARD which is called "KGDB_KDB: keyboard as + input device" in the config menu. The CONFIG_KDB_KEYBOARD option + is not used for anything in the gdb interface to kgdb. The + CONFIG_KDB_KEYBOARD option only works with kdb. + + Here is an example set of .config symbols to enable/disable kdb: + + # CONFIG_DEBUG_RODATA is not set + CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER=y + CONFIG_KGDB=y + CONFIG_KGDB_SERIAL_CONSOLE=y + CONFIG_KGDB_KDB=y + CONFIG_KDB_KEYBOARD=y + + + + + + Kernel Debugger Boot Arguments + This section describes the various runtime kernel + parameters that affect the configuration of the kernel debugger. + The following chapter covers using kdb and kgdb as well as + providing some examples of the configuration parameters. + + Kernel parameter: kgdboc + The kgdboc driver was originally an abbreviation meant to + stand for "kgdb over console". Today it is the primary mechanism + to configure how to communicate from gdb to kgdb as well as the + devices you want to use to interact with the kdb shell. + + For kgdb/gdb, kgdboc is designed to work with a single serial + port. It is intended to cover the circumstance where you want to + use a serial console as your primary console as well as using it to + perform kernel debugging. It is also possible to use kgdb on a + serial port which is not designated as a system console. Kgdboc + may be configured as a kernel built-in or a kernel loadable module. + You can only make use of kgdbwait and early + debugging if you build kgdboc into the kernel as a built-in. + + Optionally you can elect to activate kms (Kernel Mode + Setting) integration. When you use kms with kgdboc and you have a + video driver that has atomic mode setting hooks, it is possible to + enter the debugger on the graphics console. When the kernel + execution is resumed, the previous graphics mode will be restored. + This integration can serve as a useful tool to aid in diagnosing + crashes or doing analysis of memory with kdb while allowing the + full graphics console applications to run. + + + kgdboc arguments + Usage: kgdboc=[kms][[,]kbd][[,]serial_device][,baud] + The order listed above must be observed if you use any of the + optional configurations together. + + Abbreviations: + + kms = Kernel Mode Setting + kbd = Keyboard + + + You can configure kgdboc to use the keyboard, and/or a serial + device depending on if you are using kdb and/or kgdb, in one of the + following scenarios. The order listed above must be observed if + you use any of the optional configurations together. Using kms + + only gdb is generally not a useful combination. + + Using loadable module or built-in + + + As a kernel built-in: + Use the kernel boot argument: kgdboc=<tty-device>,[baud] + + As a kernel loadable module: + Use the command: modprobe kgdboc kgdboc=<tty-device>,[baud] + Here are two examples of how you might format the kgdboc + string. The first is for an x86 target using the first serial port. + The second example is for the ARM Versatile AB using the second + serial port. + + kgdboc=ttyS0,115200 + kgdboc=ttyAMA1,115200 + + + + + + + Configure kgdboc at runtime with sysfs + At run time you can enable or disable kgdboc by echoing a + parameters into the sysfs. Here are two examples: + + Enable kgdboc on ttyS0 + echo ttyS0 > /sys/module/kgdboc/parameters/kgdboc + Disable kgdboc + echo "" > /sys/module/kgdboc/parameters/kgdboc + + NOTE: You do not need to specify the baud if you are + configuring the console on tty which is already configured or + open. + + + More examples + You can configure kgdboc to use the keyboard, and/or a serial device + depending on if you are using kdb and/or kgdb, in one of the + following scenarios. + + kdb and kgdb over only a serial port + kgdboc=<serial_device>[,baud] + Example: kgdboc=ttyS0,115200 + + kdb and kgdb with keyboard and a serial port + kgdboc=kbd,<serial_device>[,baud] + Example: kgdboc=kbd,ttyS0,115200 + + kdb with a keyboard + kgdboc=kbd + + kdb with kernel mode setting + kgdboc=kms,kbd + + kdb with kernel mode setting and kgdb over a serial port + kgdboc=kms,kbd,ttyS0,115200 + + + + NOTE: Kgdboc does not support interrupting the target via the + gdb remote protocol. You must manually send a sysrq-g unless you + have a proxy that splits console output to a terminal program. + A console proxy has a separate TCP port for the debugger and a separate + TCP port for the "human" console. The proxy can take care of sending + the sysrq-g for you. + + When using kgdboc with no debugger proxy, you can end up + connecting the debugger at one of two entry points. If an + exception occurs after you have loaded kgdboc, a message should + print on the console stating it is waiting for the debugger. In + this case you disconnect your terminal program and then connect the + debugger in its place. If you want to interrupt the target system + and forcibly enter a debug session you have to issue a Sysrq + sequence and then type the letter g. Then + you disconnect the terminal session and connect gdb. Your options + if you don't like this are to hack gdb to send the sysrq-g for you + as well as on the initial connect, or to use a debugger proxy that + allows an unmodified gdb to do the debugging. + + + + + + Kernel parameter: kgdbwait + + The Kernel command line option kgdbwait makes + kgdb wait for a debugger connection during booting of a kernel. You + can only use this option if you compiled a kgdb I/O driver into the + kernel and you specified the I/O driver configuration as a kernel + command line option. The kgdbwait parameter should always follow the + configuration parameter for the kgdb I/O driver in the kernel + command line else the I/O driver will not be configured prior to + asking the kernel to use it to wait. + + + The kernel will stop and wait as early as the I/O driver and + architecture allows when you use this option. If you build the + kgdb I/O driver as a loadable kernel module kgdbwait will not do + anything. + + + + Kernel parameter: kgdbcon + The kgdbcon feature allows you to see printk() messages + inside gdb while gdb is connected to the kernel. Kdb does not make + use of the kgdbcon feature. + + Kgdb supports using the gdb serial protocol to send console + messages to the debugger when the debugger is connected and running. + There are two ways to activate this feature. + + Activate with the kernel command line option: + kgdbcon + + Use sysfs before configuring an I/O driver + + echo 1 > /sys/module/kgdb/parameters/kgdb_use_con + + + NOTE: If you do this after you configure the kgdb I/O driver, the + setting will not take effect until the next point the I/O is + reconfigured. + + + + + IMPORTANT NOTE: You cannot use kgdboc + kgdbcon on a tty that is an + active system console. An example of incorrect usage is console=ttyS0,115200 kgdboc=ttyS0 kgdbcon + + It is possible to use this option with kgdboc on a tty that is not a system console. + + + + Run time parameter: kgdbreboot + The kgdbreboot feature allows you to change how the debugger + deals with the reboot notification. You have 3 choices for the + behavior. The default behavior is always set to 0. + + echo -1 > /sys/module/debug_core/parameters/kgdbreboot + Ignore the reboot notification entirely. + + echo 0 > /sys/module/debug_core/parameters/kgdbreboot + Send the detach message to any attached debugger client. + + echo 1 > /sys/module/debug_core/parameters/kgdbreboot + Enter the debugger on reboot notify. + + + + + + Using kdb + + + + Quick start for kdb on a serial port + This is a quick example of how to use kdb. + + Configure kgdboc at boot using kernel parameters: + + console=ttyS0,115200 kgdboc=ttyS0,115200 + + OR + Configure kgdboc after the kernel has booted; assuming you are using a serial port console: + + echo ttyS0 > /sys/module/kgdboc/parameters/kgdboc + + + + Enter the kernel debugger manually or by waiting for an oops or fault. There are several ways you can enter the kernel debugger manually; all involve using the sysrq-g, which means you must have enabled CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ=y in your kernel config. + + When logged in as root or with a super user session you can run: + echo g > /proc/sysrq-trigger + Example using minicom 2.2 + Press: Control-a + Press: f + Press: g + + When you have telneted to a terminal server that supports sending a remote break + Press: Control-] + Type in:send break + Press: Enter + Press: g + + + + From the kdb prompt you can run the "help" command to see a complete list of the commands that are available. + Some useful commands in kdb include: + + lsmod -- Shows where kernel modules are loaded + ps -- Displays only the active processes + ps A -- Shows all the processes + summary -- Shows kernel version info and memory usage + bt -- Get a backtrace of the current process using dump_stack() + dmesg -- View the kernel syslog buffer + go -- Continue the system + + + + + When you are done using kdb you need to consider rebooting the + system or using the "go" command to resuming normal kernel + execution. If you have paused the kernel for a lengthy period of + time, applications that rely on timely networking or anything to do + with real wall clock time could be adversely affected, so you + should take this into consideration when using the kernel + debugger. + + + + + Quick start for kdb using a keyboard connected console + This is a quick example of how to use kdb with a keyboard. + + Configure kgdboc at boot using kernel parameters: + + kgdboc=kbd + + OR + Configure kgdboc after the kernel has booted: + + echo kbd > /sys/module/kgdboc/parameters/kgdboc + + + + Enter the kernel debugger manually or by waiting for an oops or fault. There are several ways you can enter the kernel debugger manually; all involve using the sysrq-g, which means you must have enabled CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ=y in your kernel config. + + When logged in as root or with a super user session you can run: + echo g > /proc/sysrq-trigger + Example using a laptop keyboard + Press and hold down: Alt + Press and hold down: Fn + Press and release the key with the label: SysRq + Release: Fn + Press and release: g + Release: Alt + + Example using a PS/2 101-key keyboard + Press and hold down: Alt + Press and release the key with the label: SysRq + Press and release: g + Release: Alt + + + + + Now type in a kdb command such as "help", "dmesg", "bt" or "go" to continue kernel execution. + + + + + + Using kgdb / gdb + In order to use kgdb you must activate it by passing + configuration information to one of the kgdb I/O drivers. If you + do not pass any configuration information kgdb will not do anything + at all. Kgdb will only actively hook up to the kernel trap hooks + if a kgdb I/O driver is loaded and configured. If you unconfigure + a kgdb I/O driver, kgdb will unregister all the kernel hook points. + + All kgdb I/O drivers can be reconfigured at run time, if + CONFIG_SYSFS and CONFIG_MODULES + are enabled, by echo'ing a new config string to + /sys/module/<driver>/parameter/<option>. + The driver can be unconfigured by passing an empty string. You cannot + change the configuration while the debugger is attached. Make sure + to detach the debugger with the detach command + prior to trying to unconfigure a kgdb I/O driver. + + + Connecting with gdb to a serial port + + Configure kgdboc + Configure kgdboc at boot using kernel parameters: + + kgdboc=ttyS0,115200 + + OR + Configure kgdboc after the kernel has booted: + + echo ttyS0 > /sys/module/kgdboc/parameters/kgdboc + + + + Stop kernel execution (break into the debugger) + In order to connect to gdb via kgdboc, the kernel must + first be stopped. There are several ways to stop the kernel which + include using kgdbwait as a boot argument, via a sysrq-g, or running + the kernel until it takes an exception where it waits for the + debugger to attach. + + When logged in as root or with a super user session you can run: + echo g > /proc/sysrq-trigger + Example using minicom 2.2 + Press: Control-a + Press: f + Press: g + + When you have telneted to a terminal server that supports sending a remote break + Press: Control-] + Type in:send break + Press: Enter + Press: g + + + + + + Connect from gdb + + Example (using a directly connected port): + + + % gdb ./vmlinux + (gdb) set remotebaud 115200 + (gdb) target remote /dev/ttyS0 + + + Example (kgdb to a terminal server on TCP port 2012): + + + % gdb ./vmlinux + (gdb) target remote 192.168.2.2:2012 + + + Once connected, you can debug a kernel the way you would debug an + application program. + + + If you are having problems connecting or something is going + seriously wrong while debugging, it will most often be the case + that you want to enable gdb to be verbose about its target + communications. You do this prior to issuing the target + remote command by typing in: set debug remote 1 + + + + Remember if you continue in gdb, and need to "break in" again, + you need to issue an other sysrq-g. It is easy to create a simple + entry point by putting a breakpoint at sys_sync + and then you can run "sync" from a shell or script to break into the + debugger. + + + + kgdb and kdb interoperability + It is possible to transition between kdb and kgdb dynamically. + The debug core will remember which you used the last time and + automatically start in the same mode. + + Switching between kdb and kgdb + + Switching from kgdb to kdb + + There are two ways to switch from kgdb to kdb: you can use gdb to + issue a maintenance packet, or you can blindly type the command $3#33. + Whenever the kernel debugger stops in kgdb mode it will print the + message KGDB or $3#33 for KDB. It is important + to note that you have to type the sequence correctly in one pass. + You cannot type a backspace or delete because kgdb will interpret + that as part of the debug stream. + + Change from kgdb to kdb by blindly typing: + $3#33 + Change from kgdb to kdb with gdb + maintenance packet 3 + NOTE: Now you must kill gdb. Typically you press control-z and + issue the command: kill -9 % + + + + + Change from kdb to kgdb + There are two ways you can change from kdb to kgdb. You can + manually enter kgdb mode by issuing the kgdb command from the kdb + shell prompt, or you can connect gdb while the kdb shell prompt is + active. The kdb shell looks for the typical first commands that gdb + would issue with the gdb remote protocol and if it sees one of those + commands it automatically changes into kgdb mode. + + From kdb issue the command: + kgdb + Now disconnect your terminal program and connect gdb in its place + At the kdb prompt, disconnect the terminal program and connect gdb in its place. + + + + + Running kdb commands from gdb + It is possible to run a limited set of kdb commands from gdb, + using the gdb monitor command. You don't want to execute any of the + run control or breakpoint operations, because it can disrupt the + state of the kernel debugger. You should be using gdb for + breakpoints and run control operations if you have gdb connected. + The more useful commands to run are things like lsmod, dmesg, ps or + possibly some of the memory information commands. To see all the kdb + commands you can run monitor help. + Example: + +(gdb) monitor ps +1 idle process (state I) and +27 sleeping system daemon (state M) processes suppressed, +use 'ps A' to see all. +Task Addr Pid Parent [*] cpu State Thread Command + +0xc78291d0 1 0 0 0 S 0xc7829404 init +0xc7954150 942 1 0 0 S 0xc7954384 dropbear +0xc78789c0 944 1 0 0 S 0xc7878bf4 sh +(gdb) + + + + + + kgdb Test Suite + + When kgdb is enabled in the kernel config you can also elect to + enable the config parameter KGDB_TESTS. Turning this on will + enable a special kgdb I/O module which is designed to test the + kgdb internal functions. + + + The kgdb tests are mainly intended for developers to test the kgdb + internals as well as a tool for developing a new kgdb architecture + specific implementation. These tests are not really for end users + of the Linux kernel. The primary source of documentation would be + to look in the drivers/misc/kgdbts.c file. + + + The kgdb test suite can also be configured at compile time to run + the core set of tests by setting the kernel config parameter + KGDB_TESTS_ON_BOOT. This particular option is aimed at automated + regression testing and does not require modifying the kernel boot + config arguments. If this is turned on, the kgdb test suite can + be disabled by specifying "kgdbts=" as a kernel boot argument. + + + + Kernel Debugger Internals + + Architecture Specifics + + The kernel debugger is organized into a number of components: + + The debug core + + The debug core is found in kernel/debugger/debug_core.c. It contains: + + A generic OS exception handler which includes + sync'ing the processors into a stopped state on an multi-CPU + system. + The API to talk to the kgdb I/O drivers + The API to make calls to the arch-specific kgdb implementation + The logic to perform safe memory reads and writes to memory while using the debugger + A full implementation for software breakpoints unless overridden by the arch + The API to invoke either the kdb or kgdb frontend to the debug core. + The structures and callback API for atomic kernel mode setting. + NOTE: kgdboc is where the kms callbacks are invoked. + + + + kgdb arch-specific implementation + + This implementation is generally found in arch/*/kernel/kgdb.c. + As an example, arch/x86/kernel/kgdb.c contains the specifics to + implement HW breakpoint as well as the initialization to + dynamically register and unregister for the trap handlers on + this architecture. The arch-specific portion implements: + + contains an arch-specific trap catcher which + invokes kgdb_handle_exception() to start kgdb about doing its + work + translation to and from gdb specific packet format to pt_regs + Registration and unregistration of architecture specific trap hooks + Any special exception handling and cleanup + NMI exception handling and cleanup + (optional) HW breakpoints + + + + gdbstub frontend (aka kgdb) + The gdbstub is located in kernel/debug/gdbstub.c. It contains: + + All the logic to implement the gdb serial protocol + + + kdb frontend + The kdb debugger shell is broken down into a number of + components. The kdb core is located in kernel/debug/kdb. There + are a number of helper functions in some of the other kernel + components to make it possible for kdb to examine and report + information about the kernel without taking locks that could + cause a kernel deadlock. The kdb core contains implements the following functionality. + + A simple shell + The kdb core command set + A registration API to register additional kdb shell commands. + + A good example of a self-contained kdb module + is the "ftdump" command for dumping the ftrace buffer. See: + kernel/trace/trace_kdb.c + For an example of how to dynamically register + a new kdb command you can build the kdb_hello.ko kernel module + from samples/kdb/kdb_hello.c. To build this example you can + set CONFIG_SAMPLES=y and CONFIG_SAMPLE_KDB=m in your kernel + config. Later run "modprobe kdb_hello" and the next time you + enter the kdb shell, you can run the "hello" + command. + + The implementation for kdb_printf() which + emits messages directly to I/O drivers, bypassing the kernel + log. + SW / HW breakpoint management for the kdb shell + + + kgdb I/O driver + + Each kgdb I/O driver has to provide an implementation for the following: + + configuration via built-in or module + dynamic configuration and kgdb hook registration calls + read and write character interface + A cleanup handler for unconfiguring from the kgdb core + (optional) Early debug methodology + + Any given kgdb I/O driver has to operate very closely with the + hardware and must do it in such a way that does not enable + interrupts or change other parts of the system context without + completely restoring them. The kgdb core will repeatedly "poll" + a kgdb I/O driver for characters when it needs input. The I/O + driver is expected to return immediately if there is no data + available. Doing so allows for the future possibility to touch + watchdog hardware in such a way as to have a target system not + reset when these are enabled. + + + + + + If you are intent on adding kgdb architecture specific support + for a new architecture, the architecture should define + HAVE_ARCH_KGDB in the architecture specific + Kconfig file. This will enable kgdb for the architecture, and + at that point you must create an architecture specific kgdb + implementation. + + + There are a few flags which must be set on every architecture in + their <asm/kgdb.h> file. These are: + + + + NUMREGBYTES: The size in bytes of all of the registers, so + that we can ensure they will all fit into a packet. + + + + + BUFMAX: The size in bytes of the buffer GDB will read into. + This must be larger than NUMREGBYTES. + + + + + CACHE_FLUSH_IS_SAFE: Set to 1 if it is always safe to call + flush_cache_range or flush_icache_range. On some architectures, + these functions may not be safe to call on SMP since we keep other + CPUs in a holding pattern. + + + + + + There are also the following functions for the common backend, + found in kernel/kgdb.c, that must be supplied by the + architecture-specific backend unless marked as (optional), in + which case a default function maybe used if the architecture + does not need to provide a specific implementation. + +!Iinclude/linux/kgdb.h + + + kgdboc internals + + kgdboc and uarts + + The kgdboc driver is actually a very thin driver that relies on the + underlying low level to the hardware driver having "polling hooks" + to which the tty driver is attached. In the initial + implementation of kgdboc the serial_core was changed to expose a + low level UART hook for doing polled mode reading and writing of a + single character while in an atomic context. When kgdb makes an I/O + request to the debugger, kgdboc invokes a callback in the serial + core which in turn uses the callback in the UART driver. + + When using kgdboc with a UART, the UART driver must implement two callbacks in the struct uart_ops. Example from drivers/8250.c: +#ifdef CONFIG_CONSOLE_POLL + .poll_get_char = serial8250_get_poll_char, + .poll_put_char = serial8250_put_poll_char, +#endif + + Any implementation specifics around creating a polling driver use the + #ifdef CONFIG_CONSOLE_POLL, as shown above. + Keep in mind that polling hooks have to be implemented in such a way + that they can be called from an atomic context and have to restore + the state of the UART chip on return such that the system can return + to normal when the debugger detaches. You need to be very careful + with any kind of lock you consider, because failing here is most likely + going to mean pressing the reset button. + + + + kgdboc and keyboards + The kgdboc driver contains logic to configure communications + with an attached keyboard. The keyboard infrastructure is only + compiled into the kernel when CONFIG_KDB_KEYBOARD=y is set in the + kernel configuration. + The core polled keyboard driver driver for PS/2 type keyboards + is in drivers/char/kdb_keyboard.c. This driver is hooked into the + debug core when kgdboc populates the callback in the array + called kdb_poll_funcs[]. The + kdb_get_kbd_char() is the top-level function which polls hardware + for single character input. + + + + kgdboc and kms + The kgdboc driver contains logic to request the graphics + display to switch to a text context when you are using + "kgdboc=kms,kbd", provided that you have a video driver which has a + frame buffer console and atomic kernel mode setting support. + + Every time the kernel + debugger is entered it calls kgdboc_pre_exp_handler() which in turn + calls con_debug_enter() in the virtual console layer. On resuming kernel + execution, the kernel debugger calls kgdboc_post_exp_handler() which + in turn calls con_debug_leave(). + Any video driver that wants to be compatible with the kernel + debugger and the atomic kms callbacks must implement the + mode_set_base_atomic, fb_debug_enter and fb_debug_leave operations. + For the fb_debug_enter and fb_debug_leave the option exists to use + the generic drm fb helper functions or implement something custom for + the hardware. The following example shows the initialization of the + .mode_set_base_atomic operation in + drivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_display.c: + + +static const struct drm_crtc_helper_funcs intel_helper_funcs = { +[...] + .mode_set_base_atomic = intel_pipe_set_base_atomic, +[...] +}; + + + + Here is an example of how the i915 driver initializes the fb_debug_enter and fb_debug_leave functions to use the generic drm helpers in + drivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_fb.c: + + +static struct fb_ops intelfb_ops = { +[...] + .fb_debug_enter = drm_fb_helper_debug_enter, + .fb_debug_leave = drm_fb_helper_debug_leave, +[...] +}; + + + + + + + + Credits + + The following people have contributed to this document: + + Amit Kaleamitkale@linsyssoft.com + Tom Rinitrini@kernel.crashing.org + + In March 2008 this document was completely rewritten by: + + Jason Wesseljason.wessel@windriver.com + + In Jan 2010 this document was updated to include kdb. + + Jason Wesseljason.wessel@windriver.com + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d7fcdc5a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,1625 @@ + + + + + + libATA Developer's Guide + + + + Jeff + Garzik + + + + + 2003-2006 + Jeff Garzik + + + + + The contents of this file are subject to the Open + Software License version 1.1 that can be found at + http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Licensing:OSL1.1 + and is included herein by reference. + + + + Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms + of the GNU General Public License version 2 (the "GPL") as distributed + in the kernel source COPYING file, in which case the provisions of + the GPL are applicable instead of the above. If you wish to allow + the use of your version of this file only under the terms of the + GPL and not to allow others to use your version of this file under + the OSL, indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and + replace them with the notice and other provisions required by the GPL. + If you do not delete the provisions above, a recipient may use your + version of this file under either the OSL or the GPL. + + + + + + + + + Introduction + + libATA is a library used inside the Linux kernel to support ATA host + controllers and devices. libATA provides an ATA driver API, class + transports for ATA and ATAPI devices, and SCSI<->ATA translation + for ATA devices according to the T10 SAT specification. + + + This Guide documents the libATA driver API, library functions, library + internals, and a couple sample ATA low-level drivers. + + + + + libata Driver API + + struct ata_port_operations is defined for every low-level libata + hardware driver, and it controls how the low-level driver + interfaces with the ATA and SCSI layers. + + + FIS-based drivers will hook into the system with ->qc_prep() and + ->qc_issue() high-level hooks. Hardware which behaves in a manner + similar to PCI IDE hardware may utilize several generic helpers, + defining at a bare minimum the bus I/O addresses of the ATA shadow + register blocks. + + + struct ata_port_operations + + Disable ATA port + +void (*port_disable) (struct ata_port *); + + + + Called from ata_bus_probe() error path, as well as when + unregistering from the SCSI module (rmmod, hot unplug). + This function should do whatever needs to be done to take the + port out of use. In most cases, ata_port_disable() can be used + as this hook. + + + Called from ata_bus_probe() on a failed probe. + Called from ata_scsi_release(). + + + + + Post-IDENTIFY device configuration + +void (*dev_config) (struct ata_port *, struct ata_device *); + + + + Called after IDENTIFY [PACKET] DEVICE is issued to each device + found. Typically used to apply device-specific fixups prior to + issue of SET FEATURES - XFER MODE, and prior to operation. + + + This entry may be specified as NULL in ata_port_operations. + + + + + Set PIO/DMA mode + +void (*set_piomode) (struct ata_port *, struct ata_device *); +void (*set_dmamode) (struct ata_port *, struct ata_device *); +void (*post_set_mode) (struct ata_port *); +unsigned int (*mode_filter) (struct ata_port *, struct ata_device *, unsigned int); + + + + Hooks called prior to the issue of SET FEATURES - XFER MODE + command. The optional ->mode_filter() hook is called when libata + has built a mask of the possible modes. This is passed to the + ->mode_filter() function which should return a mask of valid modes + after filtering those unsuitable due to hardware limits. It is not + valid to use this interface to add modes. + + + dev->pio_mode and dev->dma_mode are guaranteed to be valid when + ->set_piomode() and when ->set_dmamode() is called. The timings for + any other drive sharing the cable will also be valid at this point. + That is the library records the decisions for the modes of each + drive on a channel before it attempts to set any of them. + + + ->post_set_mode() is + called unconditionally, after the SET FEATURES - XFER MODE + command completes successfully. + + + + ->set_piomode() is always called (if present), but + ->set_dma_mode() is only called if DMA is possible. + + + + + Taskfile read/write + +void (*sff_tf_load) (struct ata_port *ap, struct ata_taskfile *tf); +void (*sff_tf_read) (struct ata_port *ap, struct ata_taskfile *tf); + + + + ->tf_load() is called to load the given taskfile into hardware + registers / DMA buffers. ->tf_read() is called to read the + hardware registers / DMA buffers, to obtain the current set of + taskfile register values. + Most drivers for taskfile-based hardware (PIO or MMIO) use + ata_sff_tf_load() and ata_sff_tf_read() for these hooks. + + + + + PIO data read/write + +void (*sff_data_xfer) (struct ata_device *, unsigned char *, unsigned int, int); + + + +All bmdma-style drivers must implement this hook. This is the low-level +operation that actually copies the data bytes during a PIO data +transfer. +Typically the driver will choose one of ata_sff_data_xfer_noirq(), +ata_sff_data_xfer(), or ata_sff_data_xfer32(). + + + + + ATA command execute + +void (*sff_exec_command)(struct ata_port *ap, struct ata_taskfile *tf); + + + + causes an ATA command, previously loaded with + ->tf_load(), to be initiated in hardware. + Most drivers for taskfile-based hardware use ata_sff_exec_command() + for this hook. + + + + + Per-cmd ATAPI DMA capabilities filter + +int (*check_atapi_dma) (struct ata_queued_cmd *qc); + + + +Allow low-level driver to filter ATA PACKET commands, returning a status +indicating whether or not it is OK to use DMA for the supplied PACKET +command. + + + This hook may be specified as NULL, in which case libata will + assume that atapi dma can be supported. + + + + + Read specific ATA shadow registers + +u8 (*sff_check_status)(struct ata_port *ap); +u8 (*sff_check_altstatus)(struct ata_port *ap); + + + + Reads the Status/AltStatus ATA shadow register from + hardware. On some hardware, reading the Status register has + the side effect of clearing the interrupt condition. + Most drivers for taskfile-based hardware use + ata_sff_check_status() for this hook. + + + + + Write specific ATA shadow register + +void (*sff_set_devctl)(struct ata_port *ap, u8 ctl); + + + + Write the device control ATA shadow register to the hardware. + Most drivers don't need to define this. + + + + + Select ATA device on bus + +void (*sff_dev_select)(struct ata_port *ap, unsigned int device); + + + + Issues the low-level hardware command(s) that causes one of N + hardware devices to be considered 'selected' (active and + available for use) on the ATA bus. This generally has no + meaning on FIS-based devices. + + + Most drivers for taskfile-based hardware use + ata_sff_dev_select() for this hook. + + + + + Private tuning method + +void (*set_mode) (struct ata_port *ap); + + + + By default libata performs drive and controller tuning in + accordance with the ATA timing rules and also applies blacklists + and cable limits. Some controllers need special handling and have + custom tuning rules, typically raid controllers that use ATA + commands but do not actually do drive timing. + + + + + This hook should not be used to replace the standard controller + tuning logic when a controller has quirks. Replacing the default + tuning logic in that case would bypass handling for drive and + bridge quirks that may be important to data reliability. If a + controller needs to filter the mode selection it should use the + mode_filter hook instead. + + + + + + Control PCI IDE BMDMA engine + +void (*bmdma_setup) (struct ata_queued_cmd *qc); +void (*bmdma_start) (struct ata_queued_cmd *qc); +void (*bmdma_stop) (struct ata_port *ap); +u8 (*bmdma_status) (struct ata_port *ap); + + + +When setting up an IDE BMDMA transaction, these hooks arm +(->bmdma_setup), fire (->bmdma_start), and halt (->bmdma_stop) +the hardware's DMA engine. ->bmdma_status is used to read the standard +PCI IDE DMA Status register. + + + +These hooks are typically either no-ops, or simply not implemented, in +FIS-based drivers. + + +Most legacy IDE drivers use ata_bmdma_setup() for the bmdma_setup() +hook. ata_bmdma_setup() will write the pointer to the PRD table to +the IDE PRD Table Address register, enable DMA in the DMA Command +register, and call exec_command() to begin the transfer. + + +Most legacy IDE drivers use ata_bmdma_start() for the bmdma_start() +hook. ata_bmdma_start() will write the ATA_DMA_START flag to the DMA +Command register. + + +Many legacy IDE drivers use ata_bmdma_stop() for the bmdma_stop() +hook. ata_bmdma_stop() clears the ATA_DMA_START flag in the DMA +command register. + + +Many legacy IDE drivers use ata_bmdma_status() as the bmdma_status() hook. + + + + + High-level taskfile hooks + +void (*qc_prep) (struct ata_queued_cmd *qc); +int (*qc_issue) (struct ata_queued_cmd *qc); + + + + Higher-level hooks, these two hooks can potentially supercede + several of the above taskfile/DMA engine hooks. ->qc_prep is + called after the buffers have been DMA-mapped, and is typically + used to populate the hardware's DMA scatter-gather table. + Most drivers use the standard ata_qc_prep() helper function, but + more advanced drivers roll their own. + + + ->qc_issue is used to make a command active, once the hardware + and S/G tables have been prepared. IDE BMDMA drivers use the + helper function ata_qc_issue_prot() for taskfile protocol-based + dispatch. More advanced drivers implement their own ->qc_issue. + + + ata_qc_issue_prot() calls ->tf_load(), ->bmdma_setup(), and + ->bmdma_start() as necessary to initiate a transfer. + + + + + Exception and probe handling (EH) + +void (*eng_timeout) (struct ata_port *ap); +void (*phy_reset) (struct ata_port *ap); + + + +Deprecated. Use ->error_handler() instead. + + + +void (*freeze) (struct ata_port *ap); +void (*thaw) (struct ata_port *ap); + + + +ata_port_freeze() is called when HSM violations or some other +condition disrupts normal operation of the port. A frozen port +is not allowed to perform any operation until the port is +thawed, which usually follows a successful reset. + + + +The optional ->freeze() callback can be used for freezing the port +hardware-wise (e.g. mask interrupt and stop DMA engine). If a +port cannot be frozen hardware-wise, the interrupt handler +must ack and clear interrupts unconditionally while the port +is frozen. + + +The optional ->thaw() callback is called to perform the opposite of ->freeze(): +prepare the port for normal operation once again. Unmask interrupts, +start DMA engine, etc. + + + +void (*error_handler) (struct ata_port *ap); + + + +->error_handler() is a driver's hook into probe, hotplug, and recovery +and other exceptional conditions. The primary responsibility of an +implementation is to call ata_do_eh() or ata_bmdma_drive_eh() with a set +of EH hooks as arguments: + + + +'prereset' hook (may be NULL) is called during an EH reset, before any other actions +are taken. + + + +'postreset' hook (may be NULL) is called after the EH reset is performed. Based on +existing conditions, severity of the problem, and hardware capabilities, + + + +Either 'softreset' (may be NULL) or 'hardreset' (may be NULL) will be +called to perform the low-level EH reset. + + + +void (*post_internal_cmd) (struct ata_queued_cmd *qc); + + + +Perform any hardware-specific actions necessary to finish processing +after executing a probe-time or EH-time command via ata_exec_internal(). + + + + + Hardware interrupt handling + +irqreturn_t (*irq_handler)(int, void *, struct pt_regs *); +void (*irq_clear) (struct ata_port *); + + + + ->irq_handler is the interrupt handling routine registered with + the system, by libata. ->irq_clear is called during probe just + before the interrupt handler is registered, to be sure hardware + is quiet. + + + The second argument, dev_instance, should be cast to a pointer + to struct ata_host_set. + + + Most legacy IDE drivers use ata_sff_interrupt() for the + irq_handler hook, which scans all ports in the host_set, + determines which queued command was active (if any), and calls + ata_sff_host_intr(ap,qc). + + + Most legacy IDE drivers use ata_sff_irq_clear() for the + irq_clear() hook, which simply clears the interrupt and error + flags in the DMA status register. + + + + + SATA phy read/write + +int (*scr_read) (struct ata_port *ap, unsigned int sc_reg, + u32 *val); +int (*scr_write) (struct ata_port *ap, unsigned int sc_reg, + u32 val); + + + + Read and write standard SATA phy registers. Currently only used + if ->phy_reset hook called the sata_phy_reset() helper function. + sc_reg is one of SCR_STATUS, SCR_CONTROL, SCR_ERROR, or SCR_ACTIVE. + + + + + Init and shutdown + +int (*port_start) (struct ata_port *ap); +void (*port_stop) (struct ata_port *ap); +void (*host_stop) (struct ata_host_set *host_set); + + + + ->port_start() is called just after the data structures for each + port are initialized. Typically this is used to alloc per-port + DMA buffers / tables / rings, enable DMA engines, and similar + tasks. Some drivers also use this entry point as a chance to + allocate driver-private memory for ap->private_data. + + + Many drivers use ata_port_start() as this hook or call + it from their own port_start() hooks. ata_port_start() + allocates space for a legacy IDE PRD table and returns. + + + ->port_stop() is called after ->host_stop(). Its sole function + is to release DMA/memory resources, now that they are no longer + actively being used. Many drivers also free driver-private + data from port at this time. + + + ->host_stop() is called after all ->port_stop() calls +have completed. The hook must finalize hardware shutdown, release DMA +and other resources, etc. + This hook may be specified as NULL, in which case it is not called. + + + + + + + + + Error handling + + + This chapter describes how errors are handled under libata. + Readers are advised to read SCSI EH + (Documentation/scsi/scsi_eh.txt) and ATA exceptions doc first. + + + Origins of commands + + In libata, a command is represented with struct ata_queued_cmd + or qc. qc's are preallocated during port initialization and + repetitively used for command executions. Currently only one + qc is allocated per port but yet-to-be-merged NCQ branch + allocates one for each tag and maps each qc to NCQ tag 1-to-1. + + + libata commands can originate from two sources - libata itself + and SCSI midlayer. libata internal commands are used for + initialization and error handling. All normal blk requests + and commands for SCSI emulation are passed as SCSI commands + through queuecommand callback of SCSI host template. + + + + How commands are issued + + + + Internal commands + + + First, qc is allocated and initialized using + ata_qc_new_init(). Although ata_qc_new_init() doesn't + implement any wait or retry mechanism when qc is not + available, internal commands are currently issued only during + initialization and error recovery, so no other command is + active and allocation is guaranteed to succeed. + + + Once allocated qc's taskfile is initialized for the command to + be executed. qc currently has two mechanisms to notify + completion. One is via qc->complete_fn() callback and the + other is completion qc->waiting. qc->complete_fn() callback + is the asynchronous path used by normal SCSI translated + commands and qc->waiting is the synchronous (issuer sleeps in + process context) path used by internal commands. + + + Once initialization is complete, host_set lock is acquired + and the qc is issued. + + + + + SCSI commands + + + All libata drivers use ata_scsi_queuecmd() as + hostt->queuecommand callback. scmds can either be simulated + or translated. No qc is involved in processing a simulated + scmd. The result is computed right away and the scmd is + completed. + + + For a translated scmd, ata_qc_new_init() is invoked to + allocate a qc and the scmd is translated into the qc. SCSI + midlayer's completion notification function pointer is stored + into qc->scsidone. + + + qc->complete_fn() callback is used for completion + notification. ATA commands use ata_scsi_qc_complete() while + ATAPI commands use atapi_qc_complete(). Both functions end up + calling qc->scsidone to notify upper layer when the qc is + finished. After translation is completed, the qc is issued + with ata_qc_issue(). + + + Note that SCSI midlayer invokes hostt->queuecommand while + holding host_set lock, so all above occur while holding + host_set lock. + + + + + + + + How commands are processed + + Depending on which protocol and which controller are used, + commands are processed differently. For the purpose of + discussion, a controller which uses taskfile interface and all + standard callbacks is assumed. + + + Currently 6 ATA command protocols are used. They can be + sorted into the following four categories according to how + they are processed. + + + + ATA NO DATA or DMA + + + ATA_PROT_NODATA and ATA_PROT_DMA fall into this category. + These types of commands don't require any software + intervention once issued. Device will raise interrupt on + completion. + + + + + ATA PIO + + + ATA_PROT_PIO is in this category. libata currently + implements PIO with polling. ATA_NIEN bit is set to turn + off interrupt and pio_task on ata_wq performs polling and + IO. + + + + + ATAPI NODATA or DMA + + + ATA_PROT_ATAPI_NODATA and ATA_PROT_ATAPI_DMA are in this + category. packet_task is used to poll BSY bit after + issuing PACKET command. Once BSY is turned off by the + device, packet_task transfers CDB and hands off processing + to interrupt handler. + + + + + ATAPI PIO + + + ATA_PROT_ATAPI is in this category. ATA_NIEN bit is set + and, as in ATAPI NODATA or DMA, packet_task submits cdb. + However, after submitting cdb, further processing (data + transfer) is handed off to pio_task. + + + + + + + How commands are completed + + Once issued, all qc's are either completed with + ata_qc_complete() or time out. For commands which are handled + by interrupts, ata_host_intr() invokes ata_qc_complete(), and, + for PIO tasks, pio_task invokes ata_qc_complete(). In error + cases, packet_task may also complete commands. + + + ata_qc_complete() does the following. + + + + + + + DMA memory is unmapped. + + + + + + ATA_QCFLAG_ACTIVE is cleared from qc->flags. + + + + + + qc->complete_fn() callback is invoked. If the return value of + the callback is not zero. Completion is short circuited and + ata_qc_complete() returns. + + + + + + __ata_qc_complete() is called, which does + + + + + qc->flags is cleared to zero. + + + + + + ap->active_tag and qc->tag are poisoned. + + + + + + qc->waiting is cleared & completed (in that order). + + + + + + qc is deallocated by clearing appropriate bit in ap->qactive. + + + + + + + + + + + So, it basically notifies upper layer and deallocates qc. One + exception is short-circuit path in #3 which is used by + atapi_qc_complete(). + + + For all non-ATAPI commands, whether it fails or not, almost + the same code path is taken and very little error handling + takes place. A qc is completed with success status if it + succeeded, with failed status otherwise. + + + However, failed ATAPI commands require more handling as + REQUEST SENSE is needed to acquire sense data. If an ATAPI + command fails, ata_qc_complete() is invoked with error status, + which in turn invokes atapi_qc_complete() via + qc->complete_fn() callback. + + + This makes atapi_qc_complete() set scmd->result to + SAM_STAT_CHECK_CONDITION, complete the scmd and return 1. As + the sense data is empty but scmd->result is CHECK CONDITION, + SCSI midlayer will invoke EH for the scmd, and returning 1 + makes ata_qc_complete() to return without deallocating the qc. + This leads us to ata_scsi_error() with partially completed qc. + + + + + ata_scsi_error() + + ata_scsi_error() is the current transportt->eh_strategy_handler() + for libata. As discussed above, this will be entered in two + cases - timeout and ATAPI error completion. This function + calls low level libata driver's eng_timeout() callback, the + standard callback for which is ata_eng_timeout(). It checks + if a qc is active and calls ata_qc_timeout() on the qc if so. + Actual error handling occurs in ata_qc_timeout(). + + + If EH is invoked for timeout, ata_qc_timeout() stops BMDMA and + completes the qc. Note that as we're currently in EH, we + cannot call scsi_done. As described in SCSI EH doc, a + recovered scmd should be either retried with + scsi_queue_insert() or finished with scsi_finish_command(). + Here, we override qc->scsidone with scsi_finish_command() and + calls ata_qc_complete(). + + + If EH is invoked due to a failed ATAPI qc, the qc here is + completed but not deallocated. The purpose of this + half-completion is to use the qc as place holder to make EH + code reach this place. This is a bit hackish, but it works. + + + Once control reaches here, the qc is deallocated by invoking + __ata_qc_complete() explicitly. Then, internal qc for REQUEST + SENSE is issued. Once sense data is acquired, scmd is + finished by directly invoking scsi_finish_command() on the + scmd. Note that as we already have completed and deallocated + the qc which was associated with the scmd, we don't need + to/cannot call ata_qc_complete() again. + + + + + Problems with the current EH + + + + + + Error representation is too crude. Currently any and all + error conditions are represented with ATA STATUS and ERROR + registers. Errors which aren't ATA device errors are treated + as ATA device errors by setting ATA_ERR bit. Better error + descriptor which can properly represent ATA and other + errors/exceptions is needed. + + + + + + When handling timeouts, no action is taken to make device + forget about the timed out command and ready for new commands. + + + + + + EH handling via ata_scsi_error() is not properly protected + from usual command processing. On EH entrance, the device is + not in quiescent state. Timed out commands may succeed or + fail any time. pio_task and atapi_task may still be running. + + + + + + Too weak error recovery. Devices / controllers causing HSM + mismatch errors and other errors quite often require reset to + return to known state. Also, advanced error handling is + necessary to support features like NCQ and hotplug. + + + + + + ATA errors are directly handled in the interrupt handler and + PIO errors in pio_task. This is problematic for advanced + error handling for the following reasons. + + + First, advanced error handling often requires context and + internal qc execution. + + + Second, even a simple failure (say, CRC error) needs + information gathering and could trigger complex error handling + (say, resetting & reconfiguring). Having multiple code + paths to gather information, enter EH and trigger actions + makes life painful. + + + Third, scattered EH code makes implementing low level drivers + difficult. Low level drivers override libata callbacks. If + EH is scattered over several places, each affected callbacks + should perform its part of error handling. This can be error + prone and painful. + + + + + + + + + libata Library +!Edrivers/ata/libata-core.c + + + + libata Core Internals +!Idrivers/ata/libata-core.c + + + + libata SCSI translation/emulation +!Edrivers/ata/libata-scsi.c +!Idrivers/ata/libata-scsi.c + + + + ATA errors and exceptions + + + This chapter tries to identify what error/exception conditions exist + for ATA/ATAPI devices and describe how they should be handled in + implementation-neutral way. + + + + The term 'error' is used to describe conditions where either an + explicit error condition is reported from device or a command has + timed out. + + + + The term 'exception' is either used to describe exceptional + conditions which are not errors (say, power or hotplug events), or + to describe both errors and non-error exceptional conditions. Where + explicit distinction between error and exception is necessary, the + term 'non-error exception' is used. + + + + Exception categories + + Exceptions are described primarily with respect to legacy + taskfile + bus master IDE interface. If a controller provides + other better mechanism for error reporting, mapping those into + categories described below shouldn't be difficult. + + + + In the following sections, two recovery actions - reset and + reconfiguring transport - are mentioned. These are described + further in . + + + + HSM violation + + This error is indicated when STATUS value doesn't match HSM + requirement during issuing or execution any ATA/ATAPI command. + + + + Examples + + + + ATA_STATUS doesn't contain !BSY && DRDY && !DRQ while trying + to issue a command. + + + + + + !BSY && !DRQ during PIO data transfer. + + + + + + DRQ on command completion. + + + + + + !BSY && ERR after CDB transfer starts but before the + last byte of CDB is transferred. ATA/ATAPI standard states + that "The device shall not terminate the PACKET command + with an error before the last byte of the command packet has + been written" in the error outputs description of PACKET + command and the state diagram doesn't include such + transitions. + + + + + + + In these cases, HSM is violated and not much information + regarding the error can be acquired from STATUS or ERROR + register. IOW, this error can be anything - driver bug, + faulty device, controller and/or cable. + + + + As HSM is violated, reset is necessary to restore known state. + Reconfiguring transport for lower speed might be helpful too + as transmission errors sometimes cause this kind of errors. + + + + + ATA/ATAPI device error (non-NCQ / non-CHECK CONDITION) + + + These are errors detected and reported by ATA/ATAPI devices + indicating device problems. For this type of errors, STATUS + and ERROR register values are valid and describe error + condition. Note that some of ATA bus errors are detected by + ATA/ATAPI devices and reported using the same mechanism as + device errors. Those cases are described later in this + section. + + + + For ATA commands, this type of errors are indicated by !BSY + && ERR during command execution and on completion. + + + For ATAPI commands, + + + + + + !BSY && ERR && ABRT right after issuing PACKET + indicates that PACKET command is not supported and falls in + this category. + + + + + + !BSY && ERR(==CHK) && !ABRT after the last + byte of CDB is transferred indicates CHECK CONDITION and + doesn't fall in this category. + + + + + + !BSY && ERR(==CHK) && ABRT after the last byte + of CDB is transferred *probably* indicates CHECK CONDITION and + doesn't fall in this category. + + + + + + + Of errors detected as above, the followings are not ATA/ATAPI + device errors but ATA bus errors and should be handled + according to . + + + + + + CRC error during data transfer + + + This is indicated by ICRC bit in the ERROR register and + means that corruption occurred during data transfer. Up to + ATA/ATAPI-7, the standard specifies that this bit is only + applicable to UDMA transfers but ATA/ATAPI-8 draft revision + 1f says that the bit may be applicable to multiword DMA and + PIO. + + + + + + ABRT error during data transfer or on completion + + + Up to ATA/ATAPI-7, the standard specifies that ABRT could be + set on ICRC errors and on cases where a device is not able + to complete a command. Combined with the fact that MWDMA + and PIO transfer errors aren't allowed to use ICRC bit up to + ATA/ATAPI-7, it seems to imply that ABRT bit alone could + indicate transfer errors. + + + However, ATA/ATAPI-8 draft revision 1f removes the part + that ICRC errors can turn on ABRT. So, this is kind of + gray area. Some heuristics are needed here. + + + + + + + + ATA/ATAPI device errors can be further categorized as follows. + + + + + + Media errors + + + This is indicated by UNC bit in the ERROR register. ATA + devices reports UNC error only after certain number of + retries cannot recover the data, so there's nothing much + else to do other than notifying upper layer. + + + READ and WRITE commands report CHS or LBA of the first + failed sector but ATA/ATAPI standard specifies that the + amount of transferred data on error completion is + indeterminate, so we cannot assume that sectors preceding + the failed sector have been transferred and thus cannot + complete those sectors successfully as SCSI does. + + + + + + Media changed / media change requested error + + + <<TODO: fill here>> + + + + + Address error + + + This is indicated by IDNF bit in the ERROR register. + Report to upper layer. + + + + + Other errors + + + This can be invalid command or parameter indicated by ABRT + ERROR bit or some other error condition. Note that ABRT + bit can indicate a lot of things including ICRC and Address + errors. Heuristics needed. + + + + + + + + Depending on commands, not all STATUS/ERROR bits are + applicable. These non-applicable bits are marked with + "na" in the output descriptions but up to ATA/ATAPI-7 + no definition of "na" can be found. However, + ATA/ATAPI-8 draft revision 1f describes "N/A" as + follows. + + +
+ + 3.2.3.3a N/A + + + A keyword the indicates a field has no defined value in + this standard and should not be checked by the host or + device. N/A fields should be cleared to zero. + + + + +
+ + + So, it seems reasonable to assume that "na" bits are + cleared to zero by devices and thus need no explicit masking. + + + + + + ATAPI device CHECK CONDITION + + + ATAPI device CHECK CONDITION error is indicated by set CHK bit + (ERR bit) in the STATUS register after the last byte of CDB is + transferred for a PACKET command. For this kind of errors, + sense data should be acquired to gather information regarding + the errors. REQUEST SENSE packet command should be used to + acquire sense data. + + + + Once sense data is acquired, this type of errors can be + handled similarly to other SCSI errors. Note that sense data + may indicate ATA bus error (e.g. Sense Key 04h HARDWARE ERROR + && ASC/ASCQ 47h/00h SCSI PARITY ERROR). In such + cases, the error should be considered as an ATA bus error and + handled according to . + + + + + + ATA device error (NCQ) + + + NCQ command error is indicated by cleared BSY and set ERR bit + during NCQ command phase (one or more NCQ commands + outstanding). Although STATUS and ERROR registers will + contain valid values describing the error, READ LOG EXT is + required to clear the error condition, determine which command + has failed and acquire more information. + + + + READ LOG EXT Log Page 10h reports which tag has failed and + taskfile register values describing the error. With this + information the failed command can be handled as a normal ATA + command error as in and all + other in-flight commands must be retried. Note that this + retry should not be counted - it's likely that commands + retried this way would have completed normally if it were not + for the failed command. + + + + Note that ATA bus errors can be reported as ATA device NCQ + errors. This should be handled as described in . + + + + If READ LOG EXT Log Page 10h fails or reports NQ, we're + thoroughly screwed. This condition should be treated + according to . + + + + + + ATA bus error + + + ATA bus error means that data corruption occurred during + transmission over ATA bus (SATA or PATA). This type of errors + can be indicated by + + + + + + + ICRC or ABRT error as described in . + + + + + + Controller-specific error completion with error information + indicating transmission error. + + + + + + On some controllers, command timeout. In this case, there may + be a mechanism to determine that the timeout is due to + transmission error. + + + + + + Unknown/random errors, timeouts and all sorts of weirdities. + + + + + + + As described above, transmission errors can cause wide variety + of symptoms ranging from device ICRC error to random device + lockup, and, for many cases, there is no way to tell if an + error condition is due to transmission error or not; + therefore, it's necessary to employ some kind of heuristic + when dealing with errors and timeouts. For example, + encountering repetitive ABRT errors for known supported + command is likely to indicate ATA bus error. + + + + Once it's determined that ATA bus errors have possibly + occurred, lowering ATA bus transmission speed is one of + actions which may alleviate the problem. See for more information. + + + + + + PCI bus error + + + Data corruption or other failures during transmission over PCI + (or other system bus). For standard BMDMA, this is indicated + by Error bit in the BMDMA Status register. This type of + errors must be logged as it indicates something is very wrong + with the system. Resetting host controller is recommended. + + + + + + Late completion + + + This occurs when timeout occurs and the timeout handler finds + out that the timed out command has completed successfully or + with error. This is usually caused by lost interrupts. This + type of errors must be logged. Resetting host controller is + recommended. + + + + + + Unknown error (timeout) + + + This is when timeout occurs and the command is still + processing or the host and device are in unknown state. When + this occurs, HSM could be in any valid or invalid state. To + bring the device to known state and make it forget about the + timed out command, resetting is necessary. The timed out + command may be retried. + + + + Timeouts can also be caused by transmission errors. Refer to + for more details. + + + + + + Hotplug and power management exceptions + + + <<TODO: fill here>> + + + + + + + + EH recovery actions + + + This section discusses several important recovery actions. + + + + Clearing error condition + + + Many controllers require its error registers to be cleared by + error handler. Different controllers may have different + requirements. + + + + For SATA, it's strongly recommended to clear at least SError + register during error handling. + + + + + Reset + + + During EH, resetting is necessary in the following cases. + + + + + + + HSM is in unknown or invalid state + + + + + + HBA is in unknown or invalid state + + + + + + EH needs to make HBA/device forget about in-flight commands + + + + + + HBA/device behaves weirdly + + + + + + + Resetting during EH might be a good idea regardless of error + condition to improve EH robustness. Whether to reset both or + either one of HBA and device depends on situation but the + following scheme is recommended. + + + + + + + When it's known that HBA is in ready state but ATA/ATAPI + device is in unknown state, reset only device. + + + + + + If HBA is in unknown state, reset both HBA and device. + + + + + + + HBA resetting is implementation specific. For a controller + complying to taskfile/BMDMA PCI IDE, stopping active DMA + transaction may be sufficient iff BMDMA state is the only HBA + context. But even mostly taskfile/BMDMA PCI IDE complying + controllers may have implementation specific requirements and + mechanism to reset themselves. This must be addressed by + specific drivers. + + + + OTOH, ATA/ATAPI standard describes in detail ways to reset + ATA/ATAPI devices. + + + + + PATA hardware reset + + + This is hardware initiated device reset signalled with + asserted PATA RESET- signal. There is no standard way to + initiate hardware reset from software although some + hardware provides registers that allow driver to directly + tweak the RESET- signal. + + + + + Software reset + + + This is achieved by turning CONTROL SRST bit on for at + least 5us. Both PATA and SATA support it but, in case of + SATA, this may require controller-specific support as the + second Register FIS to clear SRST should be transmitted + while BSY bit is still set. Note that on PATA, this resets + both master and slave devices on a channel. + + + + + EXECUTE DEVICE DIAGNOSTIC command + + + Although ATA/ATAPI standard doesn't describe exactly, EDD + implies some level of resetting, possibly similar level + with software reset. Host-side EDD protocol can be handled + with normal command processing and most SATA controllers + should be able to handle EDD's just like other commands. + As in software reset, EDD affects both devices on a PATA + bus. + + + Although EDD does reset devices, this doesn't suit error + handling as EDD cannot be issued while BSY is set and it's + unclear how it will act when device is in unknown/weird + state. + + + + + ATAPI DEVICE RESET command + + + This is very similar to software reset except that reset + can be restricted to the selected device without affecting + the other device sharing the cable. + + + + + SATA phy reset + + + This is the preferred way of resetting a SATA device. In + effect, it's identical to PATA hardware reset. Note that + this can be done with the standard SCR Control register. + As such, it's usually easier to implement than software + reset. + + + + + + + + One more thing to consider when resetting devices is that + resetting clears certain configuration parameters and they + need to be set to their previous or newly adjusted values + after reset. + + + + Parameters affected are. + + + + + + + CHS set up with INITIALIZE DEVICE PARAMETERS (seldom used) + + + + + + Parameters set with SET FEATURES including transfer mode setting + + + + + + Block count set with SET MULTIPLE MODE + + + + + + Other parameters (SET MAX, MEDIA LOCK...) + + + + + + + ATA/ATAPI standard specifies that some parameters must be + maintained across hardware or software reset, but doesn't + strictly specify all of them. Always reconfiguring needed + parameters after reset is required for robustness. Note that + this also applies when resuming from deep sleep (power-off). + + + + Also, ATA/ATAPI standard requires that IDENTIFY DEVICE / + IDENTIFY PACKET DEVICE is issued after any configuration + parameter is updated or a hardware reset and the result used + for further operation. OS driver is required to implement + revalidation mechanism to support this. + + + + + + Reconfigure transport + + + For both PATA and SATA, a lot of corners are cut for cheap + connectors, cables or controllers and it's quite common to see + high transmission error rate. This can be mitigated by + lowering transmission speed. + + + + The following is a possible scheme Jeff Garzik suggested. + + +
+ + If more than $N (3?) transmission errors happen in 15 minutes, + + + + + if SATA, decrease SATA PHY speed. if speed cannot be decreased, + + + + + decrease UDMA xfer speed. if at UDMA0, switch to PIO4, + + + + + decrease PIO xfer speed. if at PIO3, complain, but continue + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + ata_piix Internals +!Idrivers/ata/ata_piix.c + + + + sata_sil Internals +!Idrivers/ata/sata_sil.c + + + + Thanks + + The bulk of the ATA knowledge comes thanks to long conversations with + Andre Hedrick (www.linux-ide.org), and long hours pondering the ATA + and SCSI specifications. + + + Thanks to Alan Cox for pointing out similarities + between SATA and SCSI, and in general for motivation to hack on + libata. + + + libata's device detection + method, ata_pio_devchk, and in general all the early probing was + based on extensive study of Hale Landis's probe/reset code in his + ATADRVR driver (www.ata-atapi.com). + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/librs.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/librs.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..94f21361e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/librs.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,289 @@ + + + + + + Reed-Solomon Library Programming Interface + + + + Thomas + Gleixner + +
+ tglx@linutronix.de +
+ + + + + + 2004 + Thomas Gleixner + + + + + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + + + + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + + + + + + + + Introduction + + The generic Reed-Solomon Library provides encoding, decoding + and error correction functions. + + + Reed-Solomon codes are used in communication and storage + applications to ensure data integrity. + + + This documentation is provided for developers who want to utilize + the functions provided by the library. + + + + + Known Bugs And Assumptions + + None. + + + + + Usage + + This chapter provides examples of how to use the library. + + + Initializing + + The init function init_rs returns a pointer to an + rs decoder structure, which holds the necessary + information for encoding, decoding and error correction + with the given polynomial. It either uses an existing + matching decoder or creates a new one. On creation all + the lookup tables for fast en/decoding are created. + The function may take a while, so make sure not to + call it in critical code paths. + + +/* the Reed Solomon control structure */ +static struct rs_control *rs_decoder; + +/* Symbolsize is 10 (bits) + * Primitive polynomial is x^10+x^3+1 + * first consecutive root is 0 + * primitive element to generate roots = 1 + * generator polynomial degree (number of roots) = 6 + */ +rs_decoder = init_rs (10, 0x409, 0, 1, 6); + + + + Encoding + + The encoder calculates the Reed-Solomon code over + the given data length and stores the result in + the parity buffer. Note that the parity buffer must + be initialized before calling the encoder. + + + The expanded data can be inverted on the fly by + providing a non-zero inversion mask. The expanded data is + XOR'ed with the mask. This is used e.g. for FLASH + ECC, where the all 0xFF is inverted to an all 0x00. + The Reed-Solomon code for all 0x00 is all 0x00. The + code is inverted before storing to FLASH so it is 0xFF + too. This prevents that reading from an erased FLASH + results in ECC errors. + + + The databytes are expanded to the given symbol size + on the fly. There is no support for encoding continuous + bitstreams with a symbol size != 8 at the moment. If + it is necessary it should be not a big deal to implement + such functionality. + + +/* Parity buffer. Size = number of roots */ +uint16_t par[6]; +/* Initialize the parity buffer */ +memset(par, 0, sizeof(par)); +/* Encode 512 byte in data8. Store parity in buffer par */ +encode_rs8 (rs_decoder, data8, 512, par, 0); + + + + Decoding + + The decoder calculates the syndrome over + the given data length and the received parity symbols + and corrects errors in the data. + + + If a syndrome is available from a hardware decoder + then the syndrome calculation is skipped. + + + The correction of the data buffer can be suppressed + by providing a correction pattern buffer and an error + location buffer to the decoder. The decoder stores the + calculated error location and the correction bitmask + in the given buffers. This is useful for hardware + decoders which use a weird bit ordering scheme. + + + The databytes are expanded to the given symbol size + on the fly. There is no support for decoding continuous + bitstreams with a symbolsize != 8 at the moment. If + it is necessary it should be not a big deal to implement + such functionality. + + + + + Decoding with syndrome calculation, direct data correction + + +/* Parity buffer. Size = number of roots */ +uint16_t par[6]; +uint8_t data[512]; +int numerr; +/* Receive data */ +..... +/* Receive parity */ +..... +/* Decode 512 byte in data8.*/ +numerr = decode_rs8 (rs_decoder, data8, par, 512, NULL, 0, NULL, 0, NULL); + + + + + + Decoding with syndrome given by hardware decoder, direct data correction + + +/* Parity buffer. Size = number of roots */ +uint16_t par[6], syn[6]; +uint8_t data[512]; +int numerr; +/* Receive data */ +..... +/* Receive parity */ +..... +/* Get syndrome from hardware decoder */ +..... +/* Decode 512 byte in data8.*/ +numerr = decode_rs8 (rs_decoder, data8, par, 512, syn, 0, NULL, 0, NULL); + + + + + + Decoding with syndrome given by hardware decoder, no direct data correction. + + + Note: It's not necessary to give data and received parity to the decoder. + + +/* Parity buffer. Size = number of roots */ +uint16_t par[6], syn[6], corr[8]; +uint8_t data[512]; +int numerr, errpos[8]; +/* Receive data */ +..... +/* Receive parity */ +..... +/* Get syndrome from hardware decoder */ +..... +/* Decode 512 byte in data8.*/ +numerr = decode_rs8 (rs_decoder, NULL, NULL, 512, syn, 0, errpos, 0, corr); +for (i = 0; i < numerr; i++) { + do_error_correction_in_your_buffer(errpos[i], corr[i]); +} + + + + + Cleanup + + The function free_rs frees the allocated resources, + if the caller is the last user of the decoder. + + +/* Release resources */ +free_rs(rs_decoder); + + + + + + + Structures + + This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the structures which are + used in the Reed-Solomon Library and are relevant for a developer. + +!Iinclude/linux/rslib.h + + + + Public Functions Provided + + This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the Reed-Solomon functions + which are exported. + +!Elib/reed_solomon/reed_solomon.c + + + + Credits + + The library code for encoding and decoding was written by Phil Karn. + + + Copyright 2002, Phil Karn, KA9Q + May be used under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) + + + The wrapper functions and interfaces are written by Thomas Gleixner. + + + Many users have provided bugfixes, improvements and helping hands for testing. + Thanks a lot. + + + The following people have contributed to this document: + + + Thomas Gleixnertglx@linutronix.de + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/lsm.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/lsm.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe7664ce9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/lsm.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ + + + +
+ + Linux Security Modules: General Security Hooks for Linux + + + Stephen + Smalley + + NAI Labs +
ssmalley@nai.com
+ + + + Timothy + Fraser + + NAI Labs +
tfraser@nai.com
+ + + + Chris + Vance + + NAI Labs +
cvance@nai.com
+ + + + + +Introduction + + +In March 2001, the National Security Agency (NSA) gave a presentation +about Security-Enhanced Linux (SELinux) at the 2.5 Linux Kernel +Summit. SELinux is an implementation of flexible and fine-grained +nondiscretionary access controls in the Linux kernel, originally +implemented as its own particular kernel patch. Several other +security projects (e.g. RSBAC, Medusa) have also developed flexible +access control architectures for the Linux kernel, and various +projects have developed particular access control models for Linux +(e.g. LIDS, DTE, SubDomain). Each project has developed and +maintained its own kernel patch to support its security needs. + + + +In response to the NSA presentation, Linus Torvalds made a set of +remarks that described a security framework he would be willing to +consider for inclusion in the mainstream Linux kernel. He described a +general framework that would provide a set of security hooks to +control operations on kernel objects and a set of opaque security +fields in kernel data structures for maintaining security attributes. +This framework could then be used by loadable kernel modules to +implement any desired model of security. Linus also suggested the +possibility of migrating the Linux capabilities code into such a +module. + + + +The Linux Security Modules (LSM) project was started by WireX to +develop such a framework. LSM is a joint development effort by +several security projects, including Immunix, SELinux, SGI and Janus, +and several individuals, including Greg Kroah-Hartman and James +Morris, to develop a Linux kernel patch that implements this +framework. The patch is currently tracking the 2.4 series and is +targeted for integration into the 2.5 development series. This +technical report provides an overview of the framework and the example +capabilities security module provided by the LSM kernel patch. + + + + +LSM Framework + + +The LSM kernel patch provides a general kernel framework to support +security modules. In particular, the LSM framework is primarily +focused on supporting access control modules, although future +development is likely to address other security needs such as +auditing. By itself, the framework does not provide any additional +security; it merely provides the infrastructure to support security +modules. The LSM kernel patch also moves most of the capabilities +logic into an optional security module, with the system defaulting +to the traditional superuser logic. This capabilities module +is discussed further in . + + + +The LSM kernel patch adds security fields to kernel data structures +and inserts calls to hook functions at critical points in the kernel +code to manage the security fields and to perform access control. It +also adds functions for registering and unregistering security +modules, and adds a general security system call +to support new system calls for security-aware applications. + + + +The LSM security fields are simply void* pointers. For +process and program execution security information, security fields +were added to struct task_struct and +struct linux_binprm. For filesystem security +information, a security field was added to +struct super_block. For pipe, file, and socket +security information, security fields were added to +struct inode and +struct file. For packet and network device security +information, security fields were added to +struct sk_buff and +struct net_device. For System V IPC security +information, security fields were added to +struct kern_ipc_perm and +struct msg_msg; additionally, the definitions +for struct msg_msg, struct +msg_queue, and struct +shmid_kernel were moved to header files +(include/linux/msg.h and +include/linux/shm.h as appropriate) to allow +the security modules to use these definitions. + + + +Each LSM hook is a function pointer in a global table, +security_ops. This table is a +security_operations structure as defined by +include/linux/security.h. Detailed documentation +for each hook is included in this header file. At present, this +structure consists of a collection of substructures that group related +hooks based on the kernel object (e.g. task, inode, file, sk_buff, +etc) as well as some top-level hook function pointers for system +operations. This structure is likely to be flattened in the future +for performance. The placement of the hook calls in the kernel code +is described by the "called:" lines in the per-hook documentation in +the header file. The hook calls can also be easily found in the +kernel code by looking for the string "security_ops->". + + + + +Linus mentioned per-process security hooks in his original remarks as a +possible alternative to global security hooks. However, if LSM were +to start from the perspective of per-process hooks, then the base +framework would have to deal with how to handle operations that +involve multiple processes (e.g. kill), since each process might have +its own hook for controlling the operation. This would require a +general mechanism for composing hooks in the base framework. +Additionally, LSM would still need global hooks for operations that +have no process context (e.g. network input operations). +Consequently, LSM provides global security hooks, but a security +module is free to implement per-process hooks (where that makes sense) +by storing a security_ops table in each process' security field and +then invoking these per-process hooks from the global hooks. +The problem of composition is thus deferred to the module. + + + +The global security_ops table is initialized to a set of hook +functions provided by a dummy security module that provides +traditional superuser logic. A register_security +function (in security/security.c) is provided to +allow a security module to set security_ops to refer to its own hook +functions, and an unregister_security function is +provided to revert security_ops to the dummy module hooks. This +mechanism is used to set the primary security module, which is +responsible for making the final decision for each hook. + + + +LSM also provides a simple mechanism for stacking additional security +modules with the primary security module. It defines +register_security and +unregister_security hooks in the +security_operations structure and provides +mod_reg_security and +mod_unreg_security functions that invoke these +hooks after performing some sanity checking. A security module can +call these functions in order to stack with other modules. However, +the actual details of how this stacking is handled are deferred to the +module, which can implement these hooks in any way it wishes +(including always returning an error if it does not wish to support +stacking). In this manner, LSM again defers the problem of +composition to the module. + + + +Although the LSM hooks are organized into substructures based on +kernel object, all of the hooks can be viewed as falling into two +major categories: hooks that are used to manage the security fields +and hooks that are used to perform access control. Examples of the +first category of hooks include the +alloc_security and +free_security hooks defined for each kernel data +structure that has a security field. These hooks are used to allocate +and free security structures for kernel objects. The first category +of hooks also includes hooks that set information in the security +field after allocation, such as the post_lookup +hook in struct inode_security_ops. This hook +is used to set security information for inodes after successful lookup +operations. An example of the second category of hooks is the +permission hook in +struct inode_security_ops. This hook checks +permission when accessing an inode. + + + + +LSM Capabilities Module + + +The LSM kernel patch moves most of the existing POSIX.1e capabilities +logic into an optional security module stored in the file +security/capability.c. This change allows +users who do not want to use capabilities to omit this code entirely +from their kernel, instead using the dummy module for traditional +superuser logic or any other module that they desire. This change +also allows the developers of the capabilities logic to maintain and +enhance their code more freely, without needing to integrate patches +back into the base kernel. + + + +In addition to moving the capabilities logic, the LSM kernel patch +could move the capability-related fields from the kernel data +structures into the new security fields managed by the security +modules. However, at present, the LSM kernel patch leaves the +capability fields in the kernel data structures. In his original +remarks, Linus suggested that this might be preferable so that other +security modules can be easily stacked with the capabilities module +without needing to chain multiple security structures on the security field. +It also avoids imposing extra overhead on the capabilities module +to manage the security fields. However, the LSM framework could +certainly support such a move if it is determined to be desirable, +with only a few additional changes described below. + + + +At present, the capabilities logic for computing process capabilities +on execve and set*uid, +checking capabilities for a particular process, saving and checking +capabilities for netlink messages, and handling the +capget and capset system +calls have been moved into the capabilities module. There are still a +few locations in the base kernel where capability-related fields are +directly examined or modified, but the current version of the LSM +patch does allow a security module to completely replace the +assignment and testing of capabilities. These few locations would +need to be changed if the capability-related fields were moved into +the security field. The following is a list of known locations that +still perform such direct examination or modification of +capability-related fields: + +fs/open.c:sys_access +fs/lockd/host.c:nlm_bind_host +fs/nfsd/auth.c:nfsd_setuser +fs/proc/array.c:task_cap + + + + + +
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile b/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8bf7c6191 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,388 @@ +### +# Media build rules - Auto-generates media contents/indexes and *.h xml's +# + +SHELL=/bin/bash + +MEDIA_OBJ_DIR=$(objtree)/Documentation/DocBook/ +MEDIA_SRC_DIR=$(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/media + +MEDIA_TEMP = media-entities.tmpl \ + media-indices.tmpl \ + videodev2.h.xml \ + v4l2.xml \ + audio.h.xml \ + ca.h.xml \ + dmx.h.xml \ + frontend.h.xml \ + net.h.xml \ + video.h.xml \ + +IMGFILES := $(patsubst %.b64,%, $(notdir $(shell ls $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR)/*.b64))) +OBJIMGFILES := $(addprefix $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/, $(IMGFILES)) +GENFILES := $(addprefix $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/, $(MEDIA_TEMP)) + +PHONY += cleanmediadocs + +cleanmediadocs: + -@rm -f `find $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR) -type l` $(GENFILES) $(OBJIMGFILES) 2>/dev/null + +$(obj)/media_api.xml: $(GENFILES) FORCE + +#$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/media_api.html: $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/media_api.xml +#$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/media_api.pdf: $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/media_api.xml +#$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/media_api.ps: $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/media_api.xml + +V4L_SGMLS = \ + $(shell ls $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR)/v4l/*.xml|perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (m,.*/(.*)\n,)') \ + capture.c.xml \ + keytable.c.xml \ + v4l2grab.c.xml + +DVB_SGMLS = \ + $(shell ls $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR)/dvb/*.xml|perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (m,.*/(.*)\n,)') + +MEDIA_SGMLS = $(addprefix ./,$(V4L_SGMLS)) $(addprefix ./,$(DVB_SGMLS)) $(addprefix ./,$(MEDIA_TEMP)) + +FUNCS = \ + close \ + ioctl \ + mmap \ + munmap \ + open \ + poll \ + read \ + select \ + write \ + +IOCTLS = \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/audio.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/ca.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([A-Z][^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/net.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/video.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/media.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-subdev.h) \ + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FRAME_INTERVAL \ + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FRAME_INTERVAL \ + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_MBUS_CODE \ + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_SIZE \ + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_INTERVAL \ + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_SELECTION \ + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_SELECTION \ + +TYPES = \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^typedef\s+[^\s]+\s+([^\s]+)\;/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^}\s+([a-z0-9_]+_t)/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h) + +ENUMS = \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/audio.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/ca.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/net.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/video.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/media.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-subdev.h) + +STRUCTS = \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s\{]+)\s*/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/audio.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/ca.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (!/dtv\_cmds\_h/ && /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([A-Z][^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/net.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/video.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/media.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-subdev.h) \ + $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h) + +ERRORS = \ + E2BIG \ + EACCES \ + EAGAIN \ + EBADF \ + EBADFD \ + EBADR \ + EBADRQC \ + EBUSY \ + ECHILD \ + ECONNRESET \ + EDEADLK \ + EDOM \ + EEXIST \ + EFAULT \ + EFBIG \ + EILSEQ \ + EINIT \ + EINPROGRESS \ + EINTR \ + EINVAL \ + EIO \ + EMFILE \ + ENFILE \ + ENOBUFS \ + ENODATA \ + ENODEV \ + ENOENT \ + ENOIOCTLCMD \ + ENOMEM \ + ENOSPC \ + ENOSR \ + ENOSYS \ + ENOTSUP \ + ENOTSUPP \ + ENOTTY \ + ENXIO \ + EOPNOTSUPP \ + EOVERFLOW \ + EPERM \ + EPIPE \ + EPROTO \ + ERANGE \ + EREMOTE \ + EREMOTEIO \ + ERESTART \ + ERESTARTSYS \ + ESHUTDOWN \ + ESPIPE \ + ETIME \ + ETIMEDOUT \ + EUSERS \ + EWOULDBLOCK \ + EXDEV \ + +ESCAPE = \ + -e "s/&/\\&/g" \ + -e "s//\\>/g" + +FILENAME = \ + -e s,"^[^\/]*/",, \ + -e s/"\\.xml"// \ + -e s/"\\.tmpl"// \ + -e s/\\\./-/g \ + -e s/"^func-"// \ + -e s/"^pixfmt-"// \ + -e s/"^vidioc-"// + +# Generate references to these structs in videodev2.h.xml. +DOCUMENTED = \ + -e "s/\(enum *\)v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_\([a-z]*_spatial_filter_type\)/\1v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_\2<\/link>/g" \ + -e "s/\(\(enum\|struct\) *\)\(v4l2_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)/\1\3<\/link>/g" \ + -e "s/\(V4L2_PIX_FMT_[A-Z0-9_]\+\)\(\s\+v4l2_fourcc\)/\1<\/link>\2/g" \ + -e ":a;s/\(linkend=\".*\)_\(.*\">\)/\1-\2/;ta" \ + -e "s/v4l2\-mpeg\-vbi\-ITV0/v4l2-mpeg-vbi-itv0-1/g" + +DVB_DOCUMENTED = \ + -e "s/\(linkend\=\"\)FE_SET_PROPERTY/\1FE_GET_PROPERTY/g" \ + -e "s,\(struct\s\+\)\([a-z0-9_]\+\)\(\s\+{\),\1\\2\<\/link\>\3,g" \ + -e "s,\(}\s\+\)\([a-z0-9_]\+_t\+\),\1\\2\<\/link\>,g" \ + -e "s,\(define\s\+\)\(DTV_[A-Z0-9_]\+\)\(\s\+[0-9]\+\),\1\\2\<\/link\>\3,g" \ + -e "s,\(DTV_IOCTL_MAX_MSGS\|dtv_cmds_h\|__.*_old\)<\/link>,\1,g" \ + -e ":a;s/\(linkend=\".*\)_\(.*\">\)/\1-\2/;ta" \ + -e "s,\(audio-mixer\|audio-karaoke\|audio-status\|ca-slot-info\|ca-descr-info\|ca-caps\|ca-msg\|ca-descr\|ca-pid\|dmx-filter\|dmx-caps\|video-system\|video-highlight\|video-spu\|video-spu-palette\|video-navi-pack\)-t,\1,g" \ + -e "s,DTV-ISDBT-LAYER[A-C],DTV-ISDBT-LAYER,g" \ + -e "s,\(define\s\+\)\([A-Z0-9_]\+\)\(\s\+_IO\),\1\\2\<\/link\>\3,g" \ + -e "s,\(__.*_OLD\)<\/link>,\1,g" \ + +# +# Media targets and dependencies +# + +install_media_images = \ + $(Q)-cp $(OBJIMGFILES) $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR)/v4l/*.svg $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/media_api + +$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/%: $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR)/%.b64 + $(Q)base64 -d $< >$@ + +$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml: $(OBJIMGFILES) + @$($(quiet)gen_xml) + @(ln -sf `cd $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR) && /bin/pwd`/v4l/*xml $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/) + @(ln -sf `cd $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR) && /bin/pwd`/dvb/*xml $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/) + +$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/videodev2.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml + @$($(quiet)gen_xml) + @( \ + echo "") > $@ + @( \ + expand --tabs=8 < $< | \ + sed $(ESCAPE) $(DOCUMENTED) | \ + sed 's/i\.e\./&ie;/') >> $@ + @( \ + echo "") >> $@ + +$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/audio.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/audio.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml + @$($(quiet)gen_xml) + @( \ + echo "") > $@ + @( \ + expand --tabs=8 < $< | \ + sed $(ESCAPE) $(DVB_DOCUMENTED) | \ + sed 's/i\.e\./&ie;/') >> $@ + @( \ + echo "") >> $@ + +$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/ca.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/ca.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml + @$($(quiet)gen_xml) + @( \ + echo "") > $@ + @( \ + expand --tabs=8 < $< | \ + sed $(ESCAPE) $(DVB_DOCUMENTED) | \ + sed 's/i\.e\./&ie;/') >> $@ + @( \ + echo "") >> $@ + +$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/dmx.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml + @$($(quiet)gen_xml) + @( \ + echo "") > $@ + @( \ + expand --tabs=8 < $< | \ + sed $(ESCAPE) $(DVB_DOCUMENTED) | \ + sed 's/i\.e\./&ie;/') >> $@ + @( \ + echo "") >> $@ + +$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/frontend.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml + @$($(quiet)gen_xml) + @( \ + echo "") > $@ + @( \ + expand --tabs=8 < $< | \ + sed $(ESCAPE) $(DVB_DOCUMENTED) | \ + sed 's/i\.e\./&ie;/') >> $@ + @( \ + echo "") >> $@ + +$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/net.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/net.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml + @$($(quiet)gen_xml) + @( \ + echo "") > $@ + @( \ + expand --tabs=8 < $< | \ + sed $(ESCAPE) $(DVB_DOCUMENTED) | \ + sed 's/i\.e\./&ie;/') >> $@ + @( \ + echo "") >> $@ + +$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/video.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/video.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml + @$($(quiet)gen_xml) + @( \ + echo "") > $@ + @( \ + expand --tabs=8 < $< | \ + sed $(ESCAPE) $(DVB_DOCUMENTED) | \ + sed 's/i\.e\./&ie;/') >> $@ + @( \ + echo "") >> $@ + +$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/media-entities.tmpl: $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml + @$($(quiet)gen_xml) + @( \ + echo "") >$@ + @( \ + echo -e "\n") >>$@ + @( \ + for ident in $(FUNCS) ; do \ + entity=`echo $$ident | tr _ -` ; \ + echo "$$ident()\">" \ + >>$@ ; \ + done) + @( \ + echo -e "\n") >>$@ + @( \ + for ident in $(IOCTLS) ; do \ + entity=`echo $$ident | tr _ -` ; \ + id=`grep "$$ident" $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/vidioc-*.xml $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/media-ioc-*.xml | sed -r s,"^.*/(.*).xml.*","\1",` ; \ + echo "$$ident\">" \ + >>$@ ; \ + done) + @( \ + echo -e "\n") >>$@ + @( \ + for ident in $(TYPES) ; do \ + entity=`echo $$ident | tr _ -` ; \ + echo "$$ident\">" >>$@ ; \ + done) + @( \ + echo -e "\n") >>$@ + @( \ + for ident in $(ENUMS) ; do \ + entity=`echo $$ident | sed -e "s/v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_\([a-z]*_spatial_filter_type\)/\1/" | tr _ -` ; \ + echo "$$ident\">" >>$@ ; \ + done) + @( \ + echo -e "\n") >>$@ + @( \ + for ident in $(STRUCTS) ; do \ + entity=`echo $$ident | tr _ - | sed s/v4l2-mpeg-vbi-ITV0/v4l2-mpeg-vbi-itv0-1/g` ; \ + echo "$$ident\">" >>$@ ; \ + done) + @( \ + echo -e "\n") >>$@ + @( \ + for ident in $(ERRORS) ; do \ + echo "$$ident" \ + "error code\">" >>$@ ; \ + done) + @( \ + echo -e "\n") >>$@ + @( \ + for file in $(MEDIA_SGMLS) ; do \ + entity=`echo "$$file" | sed $(FILENAME) -e s/"^([^-]*)"/sub\1/` ; \ + if ! echo "$$file" | \ + grep -q -E -e '^(func|vidioc|pixfmt)-' ; then \ + echo "" >>$@ ; \ + fi ; \ + done) + @( \ + echo -e "\n") >>$@ + @( \ + for file in $(MEDIA_SGMLS) ; do \ + if echo "$$file" | \ + grep -q -E -e '(func|vidioc|pixfmt)-' ; then \ + entity=`echo "$$file" |sed $(FILENAME)` ; \ + echo "" >>$@ ; \ + fi ; \ + done) + +# Jade can auto-generate a list-of-tables, which includes all structs, +# but we only want data types, all types, and sorted please. +$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/media-indices.tmpl: $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml + @$($(quiet)gen_xml) + @( \ + echo "") >$@ + @( \ + echo -e "\nList of Types") >>$@ + @( \ + for ident in $(TYPES) ; do \ + id=`echo $$ident | tr _ -` ; \ + echo "$$ident" >>$@ ; \ + done) + @( \ + for ident in $(ENUMS) ; do \ + id=`echo $$ident | sed -e "s/v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_\([a-z]*_spatial_filter_type\)/\1/" | tr _ -`; \ + echo "enum $$ident" >>$@ ; \ + done) + @( \ + for ident in $(STRUCTS) ; do \ + id=`echo $$ident | tr _ - | sed s/v4l2-mpeg-vbi-ITV0/v4l2-mpeg-vbi-itv0-1/g` ; \ + echo "struct $$ident" >>$@ ; \ + done) + @( \ + echo "") >>$@ + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/bayer.png.b64 b/Documentation/DocBook/media/bayer.png.b64 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ccdf2bcda --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/bayer.png.b64 @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAlgAAACqCAMAAABGfcHVAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAwBQTFRFAAIA +CAICAAQVEQEBAgsAJgECAAogAwsTAQopHQYBNAEAAAxNARQAERIQAhoDABwAABZEHRQKGRYKQw0F +ACMBACUAERwpHR4cVRAFBR5rZhADACR2JiIhBDAGAiWGgQ4AcxQABDYACSeQMSYlJykmESxYlQ4A +PSYZIS05OSsJHS5JOC8kAEMDUC8SADXLNDUzADbEAEsAADX/2RABCFIAAD/qxB0AAD//BFgAK0Vp +WT4r3hwA3RsTRERAAEf/5CIA2iYCCUv+WUgz7iIAOk5g3CgVSU5SiD8uB2sABm8AE1X/U1RQOFyL +4jkfIlz/RV98M1j+G2H/fVk23jtD4T0pXl9ieFtGcV894UIiYWJfAIwA50gOV2p+4kssO2j+dGZx +bG1qVmj/OHH/aHJzfnBX5lQ7B50AZnahdXd0AKUG5V1ARnz/6mErCqgAAKsAent46GBIW4GhAK0A +AK8B42FtALIOin9/ALUAiIOBALkAVIf/6WxWg4eBi4SKJrEAmoVtdY2geoP/rYVXhoyOqYVuJbUh +IrgWX5D/jo6J7nszP7gAsI9S63xnN70zZqO/fZzCOb4+cZr+64dy8otYnJ6b7ImDRcM56IqcWMEo +oJb/N8ZoTMRL7Y9/QchcsaOTo6eohaj/7ZqKXspXj6v9xal+oK+7d7vTUM+Afco5r7CumLTVStKV +bs9ukbb/9qx/9q9l8queoLv/e9R66beG7rDImNRhi9aDwsPAs8bWzcK2cd67jtqP5MWUodyB8b+1 +tMr/z8L/j9+kbOXWnN2ZstD7yc7Rzs7Ly9xb183UwdD/+si/qeOmvuKIx9fj4tPCtuWiqOrL+tS2 +y9v++NPK2dvZt+m0ueq80+Wo3OeSwuy/yezG+d7f/eS/z/DS3uf/6Ono4PC71O39xPb02vPZ/+nR ++Ori6e399+vt+PGz+ur65fL55/Xb4vbh7ffX/PPY8vP9+vLy6Pf36fjr/PfM8vjr//f+/vn48P36 +9vv+/vzf+fv4/fvu//z7+v7//P/7/v/8//QpxAAAAAFiS0dEAIgFHUgAAAAJcEhZcwAAFY8AABWW +AQ2TT8cAAAAHdElNRQfaCRQXGSltwbPRAAAgAElEQVR42u2dDXwU1bXAZwEJtEaNH1nbh68fpoWK +iE1ao2Bgo9RqIrEg+BIFmqLYLOlMcHHlU6DiQmrJM2jKo0QIBHgUjD5ETcQIlKq0gKDmA+UjiRAT +BCOBkGzC5re/++6987Ezszszdzc7s9jfPa2wO+zMPefc/5575t67Z5hB/0Ek/W668xckcmVmQZ5S +CvLmgshl4QCiZu+8ntCOgWlzVfrl5ZZFrl6T/VYSv9x5K3Pj9wnkh9fFFxQE6VcVqXY+8PjgH5K0 ++/0bBxDaYcsN0i+vLlTbzH9kjEknkEF3zptjLPPmXL2VwGC/nxysm+YRyc+/S2bHNYUgmtJkf5RI +vScH3HEvifz05mhqB8G68d6xJO3ecSWhHXYfYdvM99LHGEv6mEF3zmFJ5Gr49e9qVUh7O/wP/w/9 +gf4EXnKwbpjNGQs779bvktlxzULg7TCQzvDAItBvzqMD7hjrMJaxPx0Cv3OdBvqFBRZJs46xCCwi +O+xNwNfSclom6F2L4j1A/UsG1hgI1jyWUzLEKf/gX0CwevIzsvSlJoyh8IY5LmPhEFhEhsCI9b7L +oy/uI2GBRaDfPATWaGO596dDADhioJ+7PKyI5SBoF4NFZAcEa6ZjvL7MOg9MAWtPxv4aHdlfM315 +TMHy7Gg4pifN5cUxBMsPisub9dRrqHc1xBCsC7vHH6jVlQOO3eGBhccc9B+rGIWkP/ALBNYEA3uX +xxasooMGbVaWxhSs0kr9Njs8zbEE60C2UbOTTAOrR6/ZHjB/ZWzBet+gzR0xBmuHfpttsQbLIEP2 +ZpsGVrsBWMspWBQsGrEoWFEAK1UUDbBkQEkJu+Ko+WDxDRmApWmH+WCF0u/bCFYIMyIHK30CL1kZ +Y1J17wo51snhW1/4d9BdoZlgcZx7mcezzM1yemBp22E2WBzL66fsExVYjmxBxsNed1gHVra8XX2w +WBc2A/4dDbCSp4v/2PrGb1L1hkKnZ8sRNFH39cel6K1lQyFbvLcZXf3YrmWsNlg6dpgMFltc3dAN +j3+zazWrCVbKBun8ltcfS3FYBpb0D721L+uCxXoqxO5VfEMiBmsa6BL/+UxWqhZYMFytPSVd5yMU +qKxJ3jlub7f4D5f+xmqDpW2HuWCxr0r69b7N6oAV6JsTj6VYBpaciP9L0QaLVXQv13ewUqeBdjyS +ZM0/Cf6uBRbkak03uLSraBHnWfsJAJ/LEi2TIxZs7bPyZS6XZwu0XEaWCiwdO0wFi3sXgC/K4QDi +qfhEoV8QWNtT8FLK+L90gddHWwjWjNGw1dG/mgW7/jFNsFjYvd/sKnK73Kh7P4oSWHw3JOcDkJGq +BVbxBfD5IidKqpzOV/3gb05rwGJfRXEAfYM41nMKfMXpgaVhh5lgsVsAeJvj9YOMXVrE6YAlvHwa +XJSFLJPBOg8m8W2lpLwFQ5YjNFgc6t45OFCx0OVgNRu1iIVEByznu+ArIUixnPMfKGRZARaCSRpf +ENx/4wwiVgg7TASLc52CA4f4BiobCFmaYDlSusBUC8GaGgC6VgssFnavS3QtC7uXiyJYMP09o5m8 +O2GfOsW8il1TudoisF4FX8hGvy3lc1yGYAXZYSZYa+RBitvy9hyXIVij744RWP+jDRb8ygaCFLdm +x7KoJO/tyWj2Jz3/JPhjssY8lnNL91cvsNL8KOtk1fNY5iTv3D/AP2UJMaubvGvZYSJY8Jv+T04+ +8eAyBCsFdvBXVg6F2UK7k85oDoUs7N5FsiwjSsk7v5cKkqHsD3nEcm4BnznxHINTENaaCVJpcBGn +zXQilpYdZoL1iThSB+kXBNbu8VOhzFhwAICXrUzeF2RPnTpp6qy/nAG9YzWSd5gpfqZhRl/AkpjY +P0HrrtBZDQ468ZuKHVgqXdYk793Ag4zkllXyDZfq5FhadpgJVjMoxZ3g3sHrV84ZzmMB8LpjdCym +G3r/oDXdwFaD97EZHG9FxQ53VHKsadOh5K8/q51jYbDwC/FSiywFixX7/Sirk2Np2GEmWA2gHOvn +Efe3aCfvXiTA27J9lpVLOl7cLvyH2g2PaU6QSmCx4mXcXDTASkaSmpxxEvw1VXsofBLPt79/9AgU +2DJr5VDIFh2rh9IM6vXA0rDDgqGQW4b1awAN+neFvzoDvpTPjlqVvD8Nw+ToFG2wxKGQO3gUmnEk +GmAlS/M/Y5KXg5pkLbD45F3IsdhgsExO3vHS5JMV2mDp2GFJ8o71KzYCK+VhSJYjxXKw4A0DeF0P +LDF5xxOVXLQiltg384PAktaanxSmG+D9AkrtEFhWLEKzr4Jv+FsUNOizO/QjloYd5k439C6SVIID +doPRPNbTXeA96yPW6JS3AFCkWMrpBg/qXmmYcEcbLO2IxTrfBRdfcAqYOZ1WDYVozvGf0s2vkxAs +6yIWGqs/l9ZsnWtBsxFYKHa8bOEitDiPBQfhc49prhWyqHuliWhX1HIsvI1JL8eCMJ0CF1ezeBxk +iz+xLMdCSyYfzRZugbd0gCO6OVZoO0xd0lnTDT57QdiktqYDtBnOvMPYcc7CRWhpghSmWW9qgoVW +EC6u5uMGh7s3KmBNQzJ9+UnQpTnzzjmLTwHwRUVxcemWBnjnusuqRWi0ctX5cXlR8dq9HQB8s1pv +SUfDDlMjFkxPQO/H5auKy/e2of0XhmuFKQ93gTctHwpHO1ColA+GqkVovntXFQndG5WZd0m6fqe9 +bYZzej6RPvjZ6qAJUtP2vLNrpP0c53bNYXVm3rXsMHnbzFrJL727XtCbIA0srYA/pVg33SAu6dx9 +BpyQ3Teot80oujc6E6TtWBpr1mfobPRDUrzlSEfH10d3FcEbBws3+rnX7m3o6Pjm43K9jX46dpi8 +0Y9zFe891tHZ/HHFMo5zEawV/uo4+HKsVWCdli1C+2F2p7nRj+OK+O7dUeRio7vnPdVoazIr3/Ru +4dZkce2bI9vznmr51mRh2wd72e95T9HdmhzKDEt+paP4MQX9+Rf9lU60wKI//6JgUbAoWJczWMRF +QehQSMEyJWJNM7B3eYwj1re8KEhnjMGaZNSsaUVB0tcrZaPqbVaMyxiVVlcqRP22KLZljEqLlApV +q97uiG0ZowOOVzboyitmlTECK6fly2V6fr7qfXtMwTpaVKyUUtX74uYYggVAs1o9lX5F1SCGYDWB +l2bMVMos5dsZL4HwwTIQFwYrmmICWNEUM8CKnpgDFpmEAVZQM263+shsl1ZxWz/6H/oD/ukPC6x5 +s42L6s4mrEFqClgkRX8hWPeONRYzwBpN0i4Ci8iOkGB5Q7xjbP2CZGDwoX62K29Qy/U33RB8bEDS +SLUkpfUlYjE3EMmVIewIJTZ7sH4FfQHrqhuuV8tNQUduuJrpTyQ228hg/UoiByuXsN3+A64OtiPE +kauYEP0bslw4c9MD9xPIA9d/5wc/JJH+uWUlaunL6Di3P1GzPxhMaMfV920N0q8qcvVO27/34/80 +lh9/b8D9D5DIz+3B7ivZFzlYv73+AaKG7x9AaEd8YbB+IUdH5hdkddR/9H2iOuX3XrE1ujnW3O+Q +tXsdqR3PRnko/GUGQXX5jNsYjki9B5JIWvWSg3UrmVtY5jYSO9J/SV7n/efzOJKsDYI1mkSugOGp +7ai+HAsLrLEE2afj3uvI7JhzEwTrgJGEA9ZtRPXlbx/wJMlNCA/WfgNpB/4wwCJyy5PM7UQ56u0w +x2o7YtC/bSaB1eZx6xcqd9XHFKyXpLpnGuLYQBwTog+WF7wmlo3TkIzp7SB2YJ027F63p80csOoX +dXR3aksHKC2PKVjZG8BpPQEvzYgpWPkrhd1koaWnJqMmhmCdqXd3dOpJd4e73hywjngM7C2viClY +M7YbtPnKrFiDpSutWY0xBcuoe4HHNLC6KVgmgtUYa7AM8ncfBYuCRcGiYH3rwRJ+UKYLVookVoLl +0Gw3FFgh7TAZrNRkQVKNwVKXCLIIrNBuUYKlZUZfwOJYd3FpeemqZawOWI4VCwSZ6bAyYk0V2501 +VVnzIBgsDTvMBSt1+vL5WPKVtZNCgMW6iqB6pcs41lKwtNyiACt1gmjGNHWZ/IjBYj17+T0jX+9a +xGqCNT5wlZbXrQMrJUBEb+0f5D9NDwJLyw5zwUreLx4/80Z6qg5YrGvLMeykznplPXiTwZLc8o3K +LQqwkqX9cl5VdbGIwWLXXIDGNjc0dwBwSfFLRWXEAoB/NN3xLgBetw6sDeC00C5UT/5LXjVYmnaY +DNYe0IoeydgIe75GBywO/SC0t62hARXpV5S7NhcsdouWW9RgdfFm+EGXskx+hGCxW/yoTjnHch6o +wsUXdMDi053Rk94CQFFewmSwtgsp1oIz4M2xmmBp22E6WCtxapK+shv8MVUTLM8p0LurCFVRXauq +B28qWKj2hcwti3TAqklORRlWvrpMfoRgeU6Cz4VfvqLyDB+x2mA5UCV62OV3v6V8xoHpYOHC+6ic +9CUZ0CqwtO0wHaz1yWPSUfb7GngjWQss9l0UL4QSVKgevEVgofrtvFtw9Y1drA5YqenIjuT5UqGx +voCFCnzPFltzvgo+l1XADwZL6Oy/SHUIrAFLfH0azNACS8cOK8DCr1aCPVpgscXdgSjFek71yoqH +mAkWrt+u4ZbgiKWuYNcXsIrlNe9dntJlLpcxWG8pC+JYBdbDivroSrB07LAALFw9acwH2kMh7ODP +ZflN6arZ1kQsPbeEAAvbsTIaQyG79pQ8HXEpCnyHzrFSUHGJP8Ugx4Ij8InHNHIsPTtMB2vjmIyM +jKzpe5QdohwK/6GsB29R8q7rliCwxmRBM6at7z7zm2iABb7RLPCtBmsFlld2A/CplXeFtQtwuxvO +AHmxFDVY2naYDpbU+2O0wTolPPmBcwbVgzcVLB23aEw3gK7fJfd9uoEtB8f4Osw7ULnc+vpjHlYL +rIDjP1UW/jUZrIC8PFoTLB07LAML7E/XBMsnlBUv4tU7uoO1BKwK0S2VQrsezhAs0Pi71KiB5XaK +v6srZnXnsbygd/tMVWFnk8FqOYAnsb58KVt75l3PDvNzrFS0E3nCym7FWKgEqxsUadSrNxUsyS1t +wW4JcVcIBT2VrysKEWut/yIfossr0SMJOsEqVjfHelo9O2pRjvUW+FJZ9Fc9FGrbYdFdYWry/G4g +G0XUQyFOojkPUq/iiKxIr7lDodotRazBXWFqctZJ8NfkKCTvwnQsXw65Qw8sNI/FFwxPsRYs9BzH +46D3MZ2IpWOHVdMNY1JrwHwNsHTq1ZsJFgfd8oLCLYZgwZfrFfNxkc5jfSKfS2QNwBIKhv/J4oiF +XkxCFTS1F6F17LAMrGRtsFhUDz6g7A6LwFK5hbMQLG4NWl/gxJKMHXo5Ft+vdx9XFQy3BCx+ENZe +hNaxwyqwUtNPakcszyk0A87x6jmrZWXFzQULAh1wC8z0VhmClZr6RjTAQlN34O1l+HET7jUNQIa0 +BlgpDwNFOWmrJkhhqOzVWYTWtsOatcLk5DGvgTOy/Q2qJZ21F8AXq92ouoq7aK8ffMxatFao7ZZg +sPj9WMv9QHFbGCFYnAs23ftxZcWOgx3oOezGM+9BT8+waOYdDoafai9Ca9thOlh7lq+Esr4GKJJe +1SI03nzxBVSvGpW9/uwFa5Z0VG659LbOPFYjNmPlHgD+nhyV/VicVEi996NlrM5+LLG3YQ9flG+6 +Mxms3YFnGsufIBm0H0vLDqv2YwGwUXc/VvFe8XNflLo4y/ZjabpFcx5rf3qUdpCyruLqg0cOVpe7 +We2Nfo7aA9Ja4YLa2plWgbXi+EvSIvT22t1jdXaQathhMljra/BPlfe8sVK5jSloBynLeir2HqlH +5eBZ6/ZjSW6pVLtFCVa+YMaejdNTo73nnTXY8x76tfl73h2ybfcke97Z2Ox5Tybd887FZs87S7bn +PWjTu9m/0nE4ZC8dlu15d2i1e9n8SkeonfFt/5VOuoYd9Odf9OdffQKL/q6QgkXBomBRsPoKlo+C +9e8MllGzZoFV7+4EPm3pBqWxBSt7A/DqyWVQxqirpwv+H/6BRfybF9AY4zJGHt3u9YFOs8BqVlfi +KlIXXjsYU7BWOCYpC61NUr6f5NhArJ4ZYK1Pn6astKZ6mzWtNYZgnf7aYyjNPFizSeowQ7DGkgiq +QdpWf0QhR5Vv64+CcMAiaheBRWZHqFKRu1UCog7WbQOcROWucanID5RSs3+PUlrDKhVJ5BYnQ2iH +vQl8repetdTj/ZXMreyTBML+6EbHHSRyRYmv6fQZlYDI5ZnvELU7+joyO5w3PXO+6YJKuiNXr8l+ ++5hfGkv67cyjThI3329vamrqVYu61TCK2/6IzC2PwohFYAeMWB8Gd29IdZgBVwbJVVcFHxtgG0wk +tiH2IBnZB7BKCNu9NpQdwYeuZOKD1IvP7QNYSf0GBsmg4EP9mBC6XB3iWLB69viIn3ngA8+GajeU +MKR2BOtnD13nPbNuH4HUjcwl+ty+pMLgz9X1BayRZPpl9sGOPujXNKSs7kNjqSuzV5HoV1eYFOJo +U+Rg5RK6pcreBztCTgIwhF/XtKVkn0siqfPeRe6bQsLHWuROJrRjIYimNNnJqKyznyf63NakaGrn +Azk5ZJ/sIraDpM67VwCrcf1GXVnfDjtkLgANldX6gsAqA2C//vXWv0acJPBgvW/QbmUbADkQrI0b +CewoAJ1GZlSHAxYcB+r1L1gJ7773oWfQbDd4HNsBASwD7SobwgLLf3yDgWzn7TDqXtGOAxsM7fBi +sHqmTcifriP5WfkYrA6P+nlsKnFVYLBqMqZN15X0jWFFrGqXfrPFniIfAmtlhq4Zgh3PglJ3qbEd +YYBVb6Sfqx53yAbHzBm64qiFYPlAhUtfvyJPWzhgeWdkz9JtdqZjA7TjX4bdy9txoXb8jBmGdmCw +2rMMJtzemIDBanYbGFRZjMHak2VgbziP7oVgVRg98PSYuwOBZTRjzdvxLPAYPmG1OCywqosMPlRU +jcFascDgc9m7MVhGj+7tcDeEA9bp8bUGH1uwAoH1tbuDxI4LB7KBsR08WBP2AP6Rb/5QAjtkGg+W +0SNj0bOUk/hnQoe8EN9GTwRg6Q/sxzydAlh+YzuejfIzoavA+0ZgreLBemmBfgrgJQQrnGdCQ7DO +Zx8wSIh4sNoMA+EqASyyZ0IjsPYbfNPDBSuKT7EnilgSWAR2ULAoWBQsChYFi4JFwaJgfVvBajcA +azkFi4JFIxYFi4JFwaJgUbAoWBQsChZN3ilYNGJRsChYFCwKVphg5RCCVUAG1pCS6A6Fc0eSgNUB +cu4jBKsgumDFE4IVTwZWmT3KYGWC00RgxROCFU8MViEZWLklZGDlVEU3YpXlkkWswgIysKAdUQUr +s44IrLpMMrCqMkFUwVo4lzBiZf7raxKw6jK7ScECRGChaxGBBSWqYEEhAgsKCVjQDm80wUJCAhYS +ErCQRA8sLERg4e5tI7Jjd1TBQjuiiMDygegOhfCCZGD1kEUsnzeqEQvZSwSWjxAsX5TB8hGC5SME +yxdtsC77iOUnAwsKjViXU8QKC6xoRiwKFgWLRiwKFgWLgkXBomBRsChYFCwKFgWL3hVSsChYNGJR +sChYFCwKFgWLgkXBomBhsGoIwTIoR1IpgmWg4PIwk/dygw80IMUgWOsJwTKsNhNlsIolsPRlkgBW +pf7HOsIFy6jazIoVRN0r2LHbsNrMJBGsjNcaa3SkcT1fl6jBVd/coCNtFXz5nz0ZNcrrqa7emB8m +WMVtDbrtHnR1oC9e/nxdMyQ7PJUG16soDku/ao+uWxqaPTwpK2Ycr9WV8TxYxeW6+jUfcTWEo97p +8dv12z0+cwXfvUeI7Ng9vraWwA4IFliZkaWQaRMUbydk8KHAV+7WL+8t1G9vn66+nvJtFnEBfGGk +W2RQVhwXSvNDoLN0RbSj0uUhsoNUDOvaCxGmdrxKpirfOma04M/VG+jnLveFpd8Kh7Kd7Gy1IgeI +ulewo2WG6nrjs0PZwaCa4Y2tja2tjY3wL/g3fo3+j9/gF9LorpQO1Xt+jPaDdnxuo3AJ8bKyNkjr +lIuxv81AhM81tirsaNWyo43wepHqp37fKeQyLcdb9OT4eSEHazO4XpjqAf1moVZ8uz4jt3TyZpw3 +uh62gyFSzQ8uf/H/m9jxbyIMdQEVChYVChYVChYVKhQsKhQsKhQsKlQoWFQoWFQoWCD0g0V8fvUL +2SdDbKDwmqqu1xtQQd1SqCNBp/WYrKDkpR5/kEt9BKf5zFscUDTfE/zSq+llXwTdq4hYWwvmIlla +8o786M6SwmeXbj6ruOjhrYVzl5YdEo41FSycK5z5odnfhJadJagZ6XG7hULLSBm0ZFNXoDgiSi86 +benmdtO/qYGGsGuqeJfOXbi0rJVfUtonOHnp5h6VlxeqvRxlrsokXTa3KjpzHWq6Sd408vKzopel +M5eWHIpsKExjBIkfd1LEc93wBHxo2JRuiebD9wyxoWOJ4w7hz9QxktinmNp3LYtvxi3HD1si+EFs +2JY4hf9yyHXhu9ILehcPF0/zmxey4IV7BXfFDVvSjRvKlanzIj5SKB0Y9g7Q8rIpYKUxoZremZYg +eOuk6JqAlzerzhTACBesTGZkDpTJsKlbeANbHoH43Dc5J3M4w9wiXvP5BCYOHUuzMQO3ocel1jHx +OVgyYf89ZOJ37vBQ6JP7YDsJjO0hXsN4JlNs+SkcIhi7qAsDj3Sh074cJZ3G3GVaz6H9C7Ahu+Cu +u86iYwVMkqBOAtNvG3JNCX9kMjww6JD8tEzey2dN857QvTk5sH8HviN00xM2Ji5tMvZfIj7mlbyc +hrzs589ME8Eg9Z8KrBL+xbqh/V7EcX0iE7fkEPrWt6yTrvmcjZnyYQ+Ol6OYQTU4YsVLEaV/3Aem +9dyXI5jEzdjxdYttzO9xOLIzTfwQ9Hx/rEsVIz7bvOURW2KNeNqSJv60BHiaecPgKNjQId4PCcyD +PFjis5EPj7Jh1kqYTOHACPgRv+RlIHj5Qb95YJWIugy1Pci/eo6JEzpz3XAhdEB3DdvcJHr5KcWZ +6wbzYIQNlvjA9CeY3yKbN6GQJMh7gxkcGE8k2J4Sj50bxUzhwRLzu97/Mq/n4LWlqAnxjsOv7cw+ +4V+HM1sxWElisnnpZ7YXkRXPMbdIucEm4bToC24oUcpON/W3HVKABb66FkeoEiYNKojo2cQMA7yX +A6dBL79jHliFUjPMNThlec8WJ4FyYiizJNjLiScVSCIwIgfLDxZiPHqHMjI+JyIdusAjzDi/6Enw +pu2hs3Kw/HJPRrvjDg+OCzj93IjEDySwvH6o2HDbZgVYXYI9h69gtgXgHJG4zaxtWS3XMbJrTxy4 +TeUO/jvAg4XzdeYWrNJ1zIuB9GFi3IsWgNXL2M6jUW8UzFykf3+OeQpqj73slcYI6OUAWH6QRxo3 +QkescyP6ob54b8A1rYF/PXcIJiz+iz/jUwW+oUsfnvdaFrH+zPwk0AG9hw95gWwohN91/EWTR6x7 +bEuE0wLSiawwR95kftKtcpccrBPX9jskHwrBRD4rhNHjrPo08yPWoPNYpUEBiADsTOyuu4CkQm8n +9LIsYn05ot8HEYGVu68KyrpRcLSDt3+/tj0l3HBCEW6Ot18x7JR0DM+6+GU5Vi/MsfaY1XG/Zv4X +KNThc6wSrPPihMRtQJFj9T5iG/gBPu2/g08zI3VXNCT0TagcKw0rvPUe20N4UgJ62a/2sgU5Fmpz +Q/9xFwKdqeVldGYeD8bQuCWE92YqsEQZ181rsjTohHXMfUGXhmAVYMk19a5wKBNiGiU+XtSZn26o +YobMRark5eK7Qi867R1ggfjguLI56GgBM5JXJwfeSgt3haLGiYcwj6G8bBJYabwu8IZ0IJ4oeoZ5 +POj7EexlnwqMSMCyJyEZYkP5G5q+4BH3jeQlTYjkXlxCPAkfS6rDYEkTHQ+1muYaO1OHo03VEL7l +PB6sJEFnfGsMwZJ0ieMjwRCmisdfUDgH+MzpuJH47gGAJqGhTHisIDB3lMinEBAsXuEEG8zZ/TIv +JwW8bBJY4pyfeLeQJ8bTNEFlH/DFq7xcgM+UgxF5jtWybiiDponE75JPpAb75T4erCTh4D4MVi6U +oTbhZtskuVn4LolzoJkibcJEBx6Jqhg7VCUnIT5xyVnxtHeEWMZLmllgpQkRS5wvTsJgjczLzc0c +HD9MnPUXcyzv4XuYRMXXV+ZlsyIWdE1mf2bcZiHuSBFLRA7mqwlBXg4Moi3rbmYe8kcOFkzuEq75 +AA23S7AGvq1QqgqZIfD17sHj+ByrCh3cahfAQkc+HYxaNW+x60Zh9G/C6uSIYO0Tb/ZtP+mRcqxN +trglqtSMPy3XLLACORbvLogUBiuXny5KFO9MA3eFJ0b0ezHotELIo6k5Vu9E5hYxY39ezLFwZ5bF +I7DUXs5RpP0QjJo+gNUDhjNl6DZHfldYh8E68bNB2xTD077AXeGmBHT3ahpZf2YelC2eFirAQvdT +TL/zgbvC51CGhXVR3hVuNQss3JDM9io5WLA3+21TgyVMCilvJveZCVYh8si5UWjePYBJICXGEes5 +6OUumZdz5Gm/X5gtjBSsLhif4fmXZPNYfvAhAgvNYz0kW65UgAWet9leNAsrPzjcP64m8G6pGqxe +xtYjm26YaBO6Ep4mZu9ePygzD6xzV0jzWLChrXKwwLkRaNxTgCVOcp2TzbMhL5sLFpozGMrccoEP +sqOYpwJN92CwdvZPVHhZAVaXlEhGOBQKcUk+lQzvB6/FlPfv91RgkeVaOVj+XvhlOGkWWTiIB67+ +hHoofNP23XYZWOew+/zq0xabB5Ziih+6Sw4WzhOE5F1U4NJE2+9BsJeHmD6Ptckm8iRfWgGH8awp +dNddSi+LYHl5MPZHApYAZssjDB58YSOJwlrhzidsaAUCyNYKfXWLb7bZ6gJgecGJwba7zNs+EFjF +atl5j42ZrJggPTwUeyswQWjMGXEAAAJqSURBVPpef366gV8rPCuddp9pYPGLkry7HrEx4+RgoTUo +YbohU5zzs/FBLMjLfpPBgtFcXISeKK4Vnt+3OMEWh159qvTy44oJ0ntIJxxUYKUVoNu7nOEMjs5e +YXcDOmJjmHHC1/F5G9rdkItWv6EKfsXM+3MMs80srsR1d3hnAxWMm9LKg5WTh3TOTGDUM++PMGgM +9PrA4VH8adiKKa3m6Ye2UUjuwhMvAbBganNLK45YSdjJuXg/hh97+Z4QXjYTLDgY3iXQ/QQT6Mxx +7wS8PFn08ln+fhI7OedmJo5wUjD0fixmmLRss244nhey2ccJW3jwfqwEfr/OyCU9wv21CNalEcwg +8wZDaacQY59yiE/NmcBWITznt5Wxi2DBACJsQhH3Y/GnmSi968SGkLu8aD9WjrSM0h9veAjsx7Lz +82z8Nq74wGlmgZXGzBW/AZsYKbkS92PF4xiBs4qWxUPkXvaFBCMcsEpy87Aod1ruLJlbwG/HlO0w +hMcKln4oZDdNuXmBT+dONm8XKcqYdhbCljdLq2sFvMoFS/mOBHU5c6UAsi53ssiR+jTzBDaUt7Ss +SbwJzSmTdH8+93GYX1TlCE4uUygDvZyn9nKUwSrJqZLePZO7tNsrtHUYdTDuTG9IL/tkYBAvORnu +eff6Zb0qSo/OcADM3Pfu1VHWq3fAr2djlNlXudQXdCTYjV4L6uCodfEG97RwSL7nXa2zPwKwqFCJ +mlCwqFCwqFCwqFCwqFChYFGhYFGhYFGhQsGiQsGiQsGiQoWCRYWCRYWCRYUKBYsKBYsKBYsKFQoW +FQoWFQoWFSoULCqXq/w/gbudjI6bMwYAAAAASUVORK5CYII= diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/constraints.png.b64 b/Documentation/DocBook/media/constraints.png.b64 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..125b4a949 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/constraints.png.b64 @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAlQAAAFYCAYAAACVsmLPAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAAZiS0dEAP8A +/wD/oL2nkwAAAAlwSFlzAAAOxAAADsQBlSsOGwAAAAd0SU1FB9sLCBIAKVtZsMAAAAxxSURBVHja +7d3ZbqvIAkDRLsv//8v0QytXvpYZap7Wko56OAnE2AXbBSbhOI7jHwAAkr1sAgAAQQUAIKgAAAQV +AICgAgBAUAEACCoAAEEFACCoAAAQVAAAzb2jvyMEWw0AmFvh37xnhgoAQFABAPT1zvruwtNlAADV +VLxsyQwVAICgAgAQVAAAggoAQFABACCoYEohuFkugKACsmLq178DIKiAyJgSVQCCCigQU6IKQFAB +BWJKVAEIKqBgKIkqAEEFFAgkUQUgqIACYSSqAAQViKkwxjIAEFSwbUyJKgBBBWJq8GUCIKhgm5gS +VQCCCsSUqAIQVMBYoSOqAAQVLOk41lwXAIIKhoqqJyFUYhkACCpYMqpiQqjEMgAQVLBUVKWEUIll +ACCoYImoygmhEssAQFDBElHVexkACCoAAEEFACCoAAAQVAAAggoAQFABAAgqAAAEFQCAoAIAEFQA +AIIKAABBBQAgqAAABBUAgKACAOA/b5sAGjsO2wBgMWaoAAAEFQCAoAIAEFQAADtzUXohIQQbAYDi +Dh9kmYIZKgAAQQUAIKgAAAQVAICgAgAgmU/5VeSTGQDE8InxeZmhAgAQVAAAggoAQFABAAgqAAAE +FQCAoAIAEFQAAHtyY0/o4O7efe4JCzAXM1QAAIIKAEBQAQAIKgAAQQUAgKACABBUAACCCgBAUAEA +IKgAAAQVAICgAgAQVAAACCoAAEEFACCoAAAEFVBICGMsAwBBBVPHVE4QlVgGAIIKpo6ps/9utQwA +BBUsEVMpQVRiGQAIKlgqpmKCqMQyABBUsGRMzbouAAQVNHMca64LAEEFy0WVmAIQVCCqxBSAoAL6 +hI+YAhBUIKrEFICgAvqEkJgCEFQgqo4+3wuAoILto0pMAQgqICOQxBSAoAIyQklMAQgqICOYxBSA +oAIyokpMAQgqICOqxBTAvN42AYwTVQDMyQwVAICgAgAQVAAAggoAQFABAJDMp/y4FIJtwJx8ehJo +yQwVAICgAgDoyyk/HnMKhdE5RQ30YoYKAEBQAQAIKgAAQQUAIKgAABBUAACCCgBAUAEACCoAAAQV +AICgAgAQVAAAggoAAEEFACCoAAAEFQCAoAIAQFABAAgqAABBBQAgqAAAEFQAAIIKAEBQAQAIKgAA +BBUAgKACABBUAACCCgAAQQUAIKgAAAQVAICgAgBAUAEACCoAAEEFACCoAAAQVAAAggoAQFABAAgq +AACGCKoQPAs2JQAIquwCUAI2JQAIqowCOPtvbEoAEFQRBaAEbEoAEFQFCkAJ2JQAIKgKFIASsClh +szEKrDGoXkNuiOPwwim4iezYoc9+39iDfQbVq+mGEFOiCjZ7E23swR6D6tV8Q4gpUQWb7PeNPdhn +UL26bAgxJapgk/2+sQd7DKr3EDE1y96mUPT1fqgh6Ffosbsz9mDdQfXquiEY/rUKlBtLYgoqDJZB +Dmjlg8qRWlSBMSSmYLOoKhtUjtCiCowdMQUbRtXLswUgpkBU5XkXf9CmPJZ9nQJrft6Gife9XmC/ +t0mHg9tr3FcJYgrmjilgn8Fa55SfI7WYAvtnYKNBW+8+VLGn/zY6wtd4qDY1iCngx+BtdNCre1G6 +W3gPt7MXUwAwW1CJKjEFCzB2wODtH1SiSkyB/TKw+KB9DfnARJWYAvtnYKLB+m7+AJ+UgL2WTQmT +jz1jEJVf0ASD7jXck2/vY1PCQscwE+6wfkz1CaqrB6wAbEoQVcBkMdUvqH49cAVgU4KoAiaMqb5B +9bkBFIBNCaIKmDSm+geVArApYaOxZ4zCuoPq5VkDqL//F1Ow9qASVACV9/9iCtYfVIIKoOL+X0zB +HoNKUAFU2v+LKdhnUAkqgAZvqoG1B5WgAgAQVAAAggoAQFABAAgqAAAEFQCAoAIAEFQAAIIKAABB +BQAgqAAABBUAgKACAEBQAQAIKgAAQQUAIKgAABBUAACCCgBAUAEACCoAAAQVAICgAgAY3NsmIEYI +//3zONK/7u/v/nx+zdPl/1rO0++LWd6vZZ59Xe7jSfnZSq3z6jnJ2ValX09PHj9AD2aoiPJ34Lo6 +wJWKiJQD7N2BN/WAzbNtZTsCuzJDRZeD8XHkH3zPZo5CSJudeTKbdrX+lkE7QkzFbq8VHj/AGTNU +dDkY1ziw1jjY7nAA/wzKqxnIu5gSPICggoTIuDroXh1YRz3ohuCUlcgESOOUH81iZdR1fJ9+zL1Q +use1Y6nrvLsearR46rHNAQQVw6l14HtyOurJz5USVqs9LynXt8V+ShBAUMHHQfdzFuMsQGqHSW5M +PQmrVtdsjRCkOwY5gKBiGne3Okg5WJaMqbuw2uX5+P6aX4H8/f922F4AgorlgyD3hp47z3ycPfZf +p/FSb00BIKjg4kD8/cm4mFNjKfd/OpsJyb2GJ+V+UzEXSK9wAfuvqGr9s7ooHRiV2yYgDCe8xUOp +gHny2GNjVdwAOzJDRbUYSfnep8srfdCOWV6tr225ztzt3PpxiTRgdGaoAAAEFQBAX075sbS7C6dH +OJU0w8/ocQEIKjY2w0F71bAQTMBOnPIDABBUAAB9OeXHY36tCAD8ZoYKAEBQAQD05ZQfl3xSCwDu +maECABBUAACCCgBAUAEACCqgiRDczwtAUAFZMfXr3wEQVEBkTIkqAEEFFIgpUQUgqIACMSWqAAQV +UDCURBWAoAIKBJKoAhBUQIEwElUAggrEVBhjGQAIKtg2pkQVgKACMTX4MgEQVLBNTIkqAEEFYkpU +AQgqYKzQEVUAggqWdBxrrgsAQQVDRdWTECqxDAAEFSwZVTEhVGIZAAgqWCqqUkKoxDIAEFSwRFTl +hFCJZQAgqGCJqOq9DAAEFQCAoAIAEFQAAAgqAABBBQAwibdNAECqcPKLJo8fH1cNN7+U8up7jpOP +v6as//PvPr+/xPpTlsEazFABUDSmnsRTie/pvX74ZIYKgKz4+J55+fu7EMLPWZmU2auY9YsjejBD +BUDRmDk7pdZq/Vf/P2bZT7/2OI7/rU/ICSoAiHIVLS2uFyq5Dtc3kcspPwCairmQvHUghhBOT1U+ +eQx/fyfQBBUALBNrtcPmc/l/QYagAoDqYi9ib/2zPZ2l+hVw7Ms1VAAkKXXbgpIXkH9eIF7r8T15 +bEJLUAHA4wD6FQ5PPoVXc/0ll3/3db/+sCen/ABIio7PU3U5YfIdY0++78n6RzPqxfiUYYYKqh94 +rv/AzFGV8nelouLue3JC5e5XzTx57E777SUcsa+4zxeIo8HlOw/vOgBwLBlqA1drGDNUAACCCgBA +UAEATM2n/CpyQSIA7MEMFQCAoAIAEFQAAIIKAGBnLkovxI3XAGBfZqgAAAQVAEBfTvlBbXf3I3O6 +GGB6ZqgAAAQVAICgAgAQVAAAggoAAEEFACCoAAAEFQCAoAIAQFABAAgqAABBBQAgqAAAEFQAAIIK +AEBQAQAIKiBFCGMsAwBBBVPHVE4QlVgGAM29bQIoGFOf/30c7ZcBrV/zd6/Rq6/7fs1/fs3T5Z+9 +AckZO2dvaL6XeffGJ/XxpPxspdZ59ZzkbKve278BM1RQOqaeDvbSy4CW/g5WV6/RUhHRcuwYc2W2 +VY3tP/hzY4YKar5bfLIDeLIMM1WsOnaOI/9AeTZzETt2YmbTrtbfMmhH2PfFbq/Syxxk/2iGCmrF +1Kzrgplez78OpjUOsDu8qfkMyqsZyLvwSdleNZYpqGASLQe3GSpGHgNXB92r1+6or+sQvInptV+a +eF/nlB/kDv7aO14xxUpahErqOr7Hc+yF9y3Hbul13l27NPJ+aJBTgYIKRo4qMcXK46b2wTVlHb9m +3VpcXD/i85Kyb4v9lGCvZQoq2CiqxBQzvfY/ZzHOAqR2mOTG1JOwanXN1ghBunucR3INFYw4qMUU +K/sLsO9rlXKuXSoZU99jcfXxmPpp5LP7f5W+B9Ukz4GggtGiSkxBn5ja/UL0v3D5/nO1jyq1zWos +szGn/KDGTinnoliY9TV/FzZnr++U+z+dfcIw93qblPtNxVwUvcIF7N/7uZJRlbLMQS5KN0MFtQ4w +YgrWGberjs+Y21vExmqN/eDAz0M4jsifrtZ5alh5ZyWmAMbaJxfe75qhgl7veMUUwDIEFfSMKjEF +sAQXpUOrqJrk5nSwpLvT7yOMxxl+Ro9LUMFQUSWmoP348zN6XIIK7FgAWDWo/DZuAAAXpQMACCoA +gM7iT/m5BgQA4P+YoQIAEFQAAIIKAEBQAQAIKgAABBUAgKACABBUAAB7+hfHbDX87cMFJQAAAABJ +RU5ErkJggg== diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/crop.gif.b64 b/Documentation/DocBook/media/crop.gif.b64 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11d936ae7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/crop.gif.b64 @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +R0lGODlhuQJGAeMAAAAAAH9/fwCvAP8AANEA0dEAAK8Ar////wCOAAAA0QAA//////////////// +/////ywAAAAAuQJGAQAE/vDISau9OOvNu/9gKI5kaZ5oqq5s675wLM90bd94ru987//AoHBILBqP +yKRyyWw6n9CodEqtWq/YrHbL7Xq/4LB4TC6bz+i0es1uu9/wuHxOr9vv+Lx+z+/7/4CBgoOEhYaH +iImKi4yNjo+QkZKTlJWWl5iZmpucnZ6foKGio6SlpqeoqaqrrK2ur7CxsrO0tba3uLm6gQC9vr/A +wcLDxMXGx8jJysvMzc7P0NHS09TV1tfYxbth2d3e3+DRAePk5ebn6Onl4ezt7u3q8fLqANtg7/j5 ++s/z/f4B+wIKHAjsn8F09ex5IciwobuDEM1Bi0ixosWLGDNqrJhQIZdk/htDihxJsiTJiSZTqlzJ +MmNHj1q+tRznsKbNmzhzDoz3EiYWmTN7+vQJgOfQmN5mAjzKtCg9pj+TBoU61ClCqlaAthSKVZdV +dFy7NtHKMqxYW1/PmT2bhOzKtWxlpZUYF4pblXDrvpq7Tq+Tu+UGCB5MuLDhw4gTK17MuLHjx5Aj +S55MubLly5gza95MmVxev0EAkxsg8jNoVXNJ0zy9RPQ41RtNsz6V2vPstlLTwdYo+zap2qt9G3Ed +YLdL4bGAL0VOhLhxjL2Zf1IeXboM56Wtt6KuPXRudM8vVu+eiTt5H9hDjj9vyfyIXrTW80gfO4OC ++/jz69/Pv7///wAG/ijggAQWaOCBCCao4IIMNujggRe4J4IwBxBg4YUYZqjhhhx26OGHIIYo4ogk +loihMBbi1k084VlklgLsWQKjBRJqgIwEBJRyY4UqZsNidhjMGOMkQlLgnjERwkdBjuVpk2QFTB5B +H2/2DUlJkRNYhWQKUTKyJQpdFjHlcUFaSaQxo9nGQph/fCkDm0OMCV2VZh7iZpbnwCYfBnDKcecO +fXq3ojotckRnnXr8SQGWEtQIphuKEhEoEHKKdygHCUiQ6QEJdDrEphWA2oGo3UXaAaMHOHrCpFmY +2gSr6H2XJ5AXoHqBp5xyuimpPfCa6we+6uWqCaiqagKsTAxrBbLz/slqTqEUvWgBqLviSqqvnXpq +rbbZTpDtt9ziSsG3unKraabkltutWMq+UOyswa3A7A/tfjGvDpW6eKm3v+a667i38vvvuQLzW7Cm +AJ878L/W9ouuR/Xi8O6zasorRMRo3JtDvoaWOe2v4IIc7LUIE4zwtd1Sm7C6KZ8MLsmzYBzExIFV +rILGJsgcB843cBztvgqHWnKwup5s8rroVivwwEc3DHLR/jKcis5K0JxmvDezQLUePNvgc0TSBix0 +1OuG6nS56nob7ssqp132wuIi7cnWU1j9ms1chkD3IF3X8DVEYe9AtNi37M2F3cXh/WgFhjPSNw1/ +HxS4CS97MPjH/ts5uQfieqbQuCWPzxC5QZPncPnYoXz+BueKY+Bm6J3AHsPo/5TOmup5sB5vxLJv +0vsLtPtjO1W4D0Kz6r9nknwLwfczvFeam6IAmndjnfcsy2vtbM3qAT2KkhkULwj4SRITIbzLWYx9 +j9j82L3HvyljivzeG1tC9qCzf4379cEPigACCAYAB0jAAhrwgAhMoAIXyMAGOvCBEIygAVMVDBLo +Ln1ZWx8SmjeP521CAEYiXypAGML1XHBPF8BfJVToue1drX+1GgUJZTHDFJywBSycRA5PwEF5eFAT +NYRFEE9wwzXRYoc5c2H1YGgBW32QFkMk1vkoZr3FyQKJJeih/lH894kotsKLFpwi9zB4vSvqzxr8 +oxIXPQHGVbRRBEVUnxk3qMTEvS+GonjjBBCwxwMg4I+d0CMI4pjBOUqpjtACm/c4IUhASuCPfPQj +I1lAyDLGAosk0OJT1hhIC0RSkpDsoyg9GUpAhtKPp6QAJD9pB0F+oJJWvOQZq5FGMuExFFHkYyR1 +OUpWqrKPvHykJIXZyzy40gOwXNURZ0mNWs6Jk5P0JChXKUxHXsCXwQTlKIe5h2OeSowvRKEFMOkI +ck4IkbRqogyvaU1uZpOd1URlNXepSnriwZscSOaxlknHQekmnRVwIhAxgM09rtKXBrXnKalJzFTe +AZ8b0Of9/vh5SH+CB6CLWicPEAoIiGpAoiQwp+OYOQ1nWgqaT0TBQTl6TUN4tH7oEyeUKDocdN5R +nXnsAUv98FJO2i+kNBWTTZkYUI3SkJLgXKJMlxTU5gxVjbf8HxSRSqOY4rCpcXqqLXGKy6muAKQj +EOkixPoBTV4FpQOdRU+jiicqkjGWsCCrB8wKlkWm9KhfTaod36pMDVbUR4TC6AQEmom1spGqjLOq +Ef1aU4uiD6pclapaEWskxcpRlv0E7D9vWtScTjavVXXrUicgV0SUlgN0VYtd04pXFYBVBKc1RGxt +pNVnsvWwn3WtXju3WEM2VrMX5WxGPdtaG+62dftkrFAd/utWyHa2q7k1bmjHOFocYfVitT3pbTsZ +XRS8NgSzJUR4XZddfaG1sF7V7XTDeVXlOpW5Y3TucKFbXO8et4p99e1ygfvYrT5XsvUl4n35mlz9 +vpe/zfXvfAEcC8P+t63Uba+BswrfF8p3sEZtMGUhzN7eYvav7QuscDFMXA2DNrGilfCHfxvizRJ1 +wV1Mr3RRHGEPx5Wk0jCpebcbzQBLcb1KVfGNM9vi4L6YxPQ1sXpp3OHLDhnE+xPxkSVAWEw4uMcz +rmyKbfyK8ZYPwfFVMJIZLMQNN8qyhVzxfovcX9tGNsbdFTCQ91pdHrmXwmC2sJipnOEyn1jLNXZy +l3Es/g4pX5jPJfbzkgHd5DQ/mcVRdvGhD1DlS1z5rlnmcJC57Aov06i8HeMxphWd6TNvWdCdJjRK +JL1nSvf5FZdGNJM3jepWeJpxoP7Zea0sY/vOmbe1ZsWtS5jnJU660paINXr/rGk6C3nQRI60kY/9 +alco+7sgGLYftN2oXCty15butZxn7WxO21rV/DB0q5FdCWXzmtmmDrSjoQ1lNKrbzQ/GrY9LgO0P +cJsP/04tXcCdbHH/mNzAnneqo21vVuMbxvpWcqlThWZLPnrN0m6zdt8ccVL7GuHIneidsVthY6+7 +2l80M8VPrfBzM5yW9954vrm77zD+OuRAHbmgir1X/monGtYq/2lYr7tzNif44WOGc81H0G8P/HsP +Afc24Fa77KXDccB1fjrX0O0MHYea4zSX+McZTeuWC5vrzfC6rkXNWrGPm+zlDvYqol7ynp/859YO +esXhSm9IN3zad0+yx9/e7IRbvO8Y/7vGdwx2LA/+4HA3PN8XXm+YO1zmEA/74/mN9WdT3u+WBzzS +ZU1moMN75fI+/OcTH/rFf33mjjf9oguP86HrnFJSlxzV3231EDS9A1rPA915nsipE7zdBuf8zfFb +YDUf2OhhHr2r8Z7y0wsdtkTHfd2Lr/vjU8Ld4bb+3vPrfDxDX8/SZ/f3k29zkDNf5BMmOfEFS3ql +/rsd8rR/f87jX/SMHx3zSddxsjdx1wde2UcvuUc6uxd+vTdInWduZ/dyzRRzjAd7ozaAY5d/BAZ/ +5Sd/52dy6YdyrHBtDyh3qjB8H2h3IUh9I6h3LKd6Lld5E3h5FZh5sZd34veCkxeDoDeDogeA9SeA +ODh78dZoMBiBMlhSFPh6NniBQ0iA49d8F/d8/hd9QDh9goeBhFeEZXeEc4d2zKB238Z2VXd/yud+ +G7h/Hdh/ivd/NRiAmqeF+MeFcWd2XyiBSkiDTAiHN1h9RIh6RriDSNiDefiDbxiEcfiEGUiHkkd+ +U2h+VYh+V6h+kyBBlniJmJiJmriJluiCqSeI/neYhDm2hGvXeJzgCzEjQkxXgnZ4gmC4DGJofGS4 +CcAAC7XYfpFXe9h3ewi4ffSHhfGjiqvwC2eYi/pne/ynffM3YoiYOqhoi894dcuXhsi4hsqYgtyn +gN5XHt1mi93oe6zoha6Ih6Ooh6VogTpSZ+3RG7/HAcGHBygYiSA4idCYisgUjqA4jqJYaOY4hqY4 +NepYCcI4cwWYbQcYK77IjMBYj3KxFu24Ae94B/HYhlZ4iAuZHAFJCQP5kBoQkXYwka3nhnvYjAyJ +kWBXkP52kD0gcH2xjQBpj3CIkk6nks2SkFN2kWiRkZOgJByZAR5ZByDpg653jk1YCwM5jADQ/pN8 +QpM7wJIhR4l7oZOSoIoyCXxMiS8JWDsLaJRS+QgwQj5V6Y5XuTFZKTxbmZOvICRKEpYQOZY44JTv +B5Xx0ZWKgCW+EIUc+IgeKI8qSI9YcZSiUCxp0YhSiHhUSJGSaJFyWTh0WQjv0guB6IiGCYmIOY+K +GReA2QnHUxSEmZeTuZeV2ZeXWReZqQl2A5nHuIvJ2IvLeJOLuQ2leQmcA5lZ55Y9U5bOc5ZHEZtX +cl+8mZK8iJCt6XO305h6cEK/KZbBuZK42UG6STzGeQdFlJw+aZte05w+9Jx/GZ10QEjUOU7W6TfY +uUWzKCzcGQew9J2kFZ6QM56bVJ5+oZ6E/qBP6vmTdBCUhTiU/oiOtyGfgQBS1Gmfc4Cf5WiII4mT +0uGffvBavymgckCg/GigRMmH1qGgm4OP5GWVy1mTwxl4Q2KheNB0memgO/OKyhCL3QefzAGiddCO +R0micAChqyah+1mU58GicsCRwgijbyCj6daPsviPMYKjq4OhZdUTPOoGPtp1pFijFGomRMoGSvmN +draawomNv/iaCXqeh2Ok51Sl1siaWKqQWlqhXJoFU4pr7Ck67nlWKgqlZ2oFaQolUZo/5Bih+hmk +/IkoIfQHc8pUFKSXbBiSFXmgZcoedQoGf7qeWRKngrCkadekemqjfPokx+mlakilqQCp/mEoqSkq +pJWaoSGKqdXYp5tqoiDhqdr4pqFqqi1KqqppqabAqbCoqlrpkq3aqK86jbW5AYlqWqiKDCi6qqCa +q7Q1B4tqXR3wq4VAqydqq2aJq8bqqm6QrGCKWo4KlMF6DMN6q6w6rbIqpbBqgHqTrQ+6rdQDpJ+6 +p+C6rObqA9baNcy6behaDN0ard/arqKaBvGaRJzgrKmqrsTKrvo6V++aA/3KQwebBgArrNCam9Ja +sPtKBgmLAvMqkfVKDPcKsfkqscdKseNqkCtwsfeZscOwsc4ZsR4bPgsbAxU7si0bBg3LrQ+bsh27 +sr4asy3wstojCTObrjQ6qU+Ks/7q/gU8yzw6uwU/a681m50qS7Q52wVH6wIkuwZLq7FNS57FCrVZ +lLTFqIG92p4jdaczmqfrSqlcq7BoGrLAeZ2KcLUnm7XvubVpW7RVMLVsCqxk+6NBe7ZDW7cqULUu +y7Yz2ZRe+wRwKwwo67Q3C7jlWjeEq6HNIl4mq7hy66Z067gWe7gwpYOSiZWPWrnBsLhaS7CaG7ic +e5J4manMCQiJO7qXW1dPe7pfygR4O7l98LoFEbuqNbu0W7tJcLutC3Wiu7sC662Z+7swG7yRq5w1 +tXV7y6THi6/Jq7zLawTCi3vwWLy/QLpza7rWS7U6m73e8ZHce5e8O3CNG76bOwTk/otdJRu9kTq9 +HFu97Iu0M9O8bfkEgvsq54ua9Guz9nu/+Auv+tuRUtC/SqC73Zu+Lbm+BIy6PfC+h6Sk/8sXiWmo +EQy/OkDBdMQGDIy+Acy4A7zBwHOeHowbahDCANy3A4u2JnybN5DCSqDAQcDCGGyZGhzDTlUDNNwa +qQuB18iX2Yi84MvDbisDP5wsQSyOV0rEWYrEFQwDSzwWTVyYlEmoGTyhJCnFCOguB1yd3HDFpXqY +WqzDXIygXly+nhiZWNwFNmwDOOy9mHvEa0yWOfiJn/sFcTwDc+zAT3nHQAyFnvvG90DGzkuIBWq2 +L/y3gqy9cwiIXZiPfIzIYryP/mUrkml8qI8snl/LiLpIrmrQx0IsplBMpp38F+NRxUhBBX88wqUL +w6nMxq8Uxkv5BqS8x4MqlJrspF08y897j7zqeWuQy6ybxbxcqJsMzFEQm6xcyU7wyi5sxLLMzFkV +UbacQnZgzG2ryHjay0L7y9b8wT61umXsJ6krzYxMzY48zlNMkOYcq9t8uOoMzn4rzu6swpnHlgi8 +B9x8y5jMt+tMvXaczz2MiPx8yf4cs/WszL6sxgatyjiZ0ADdB//MqAEtvdNM0NUc0eSMhmHbJu/a +0Fv80Jzs0T8wPT1B0do8CNxM0mhs0ih9BTMCPiwNnoWQyzAtmjs801RQJPBx/tMzZSdcutNFzNHt +7NNHwCgtPMm6zAvcadRRrNSQ+2lf0ZnHnNPGKdWoTNVSMDGoidXnTNQ0wNWu6dVfDU69INbyvAgX +a9bEidZOgDioGdKOwKxw7aFybbvHFY2tmAiJmtcruNdNgJyl7NbVJdh+Sdh8Pcw4yiwGMAGRbQCU +jQGRnQKXvQWPfcF0LLsQzNg+XIIgiiyVLQGUfdmZTQGpbQKr3cpPbcqhedT1W9CgjbDhqKBsktmT +XdoHkNqtXdqnLdm7fdqVTdy7PcaGPMSxPdW1zbzD/GnHPNmm3duSXd0XIN3TTd3ajdoVwN1iIJ+K +PZrNjQQS9Z1wIt3GPd28/m0B2L3d2e3dxJ3dY2DenA3IcTnezg3SUdvNwu3b1d3aqt3b8P3e6m3d +AH7IIpvR87vRs93R+D3D48qbfbLaup3e7G3avD3g1G3c7W0GEl7fsPy9Dv7gof3c7prIolCa4d3T +JO6+kQuYssPhgL0WK77MLU4ED7mWQ40KOg6oCt6pIV7HI37jg2vi50Q+SVoGxIjR3pzJDh3OEE3k +tm3kR94RSa7k0VjjMi3l+Uvl5fqMV04GFaTlUH7SXL6FklyH/hrmZ+ALZH7PUX7mJa7fa2Iidn7n +eJ7ner7nJgLiDC7AtC3neezG9wuXG2jmgr6KXh7Bhv5DiT4D1qqvja6d/o/+h0K9spPuu5UujXTO +w5n+2ZsOjotOwJ9ewqGOi2ArxaUe6Keu6J0ew6s+5K3u6sZIjdYb60k962h+6R6L6/is64uY5myt +vL4e58Ae7LwuscWO6Me+XclesMve7EqczUQb7dJOxdSOs9Z+7S4Q6e267dzexk5N6m3q2aYe7uVc +yIVe7r0L6ugek/FM7OyuvudurAUgAfd+AAWw7z+Q7yfg79806utuk3F9uvyu7/qe7wCvAwtPAg3/ +UdmO6fP+wPVuJf5+7/uu8BXw8BmP8QrP7x0/AR0/8gl/8CKf8fhu8hpf8h4P8iHfuXpM7gAw8wBQ +8zZ/8zif8zrf2e1e/vEWj/AIv/L4fgEXD/QXX/RFL/JAv/RLr/JDb/Qpr/QmD/ECz746f/VYj/U8 +T++sjigYz/Jfn/AYsPBC7/Rkj/JJ//Ri//Qr//FKz/JU/+omnPV0X/dbT/FdXyco//ZCbwEHH/Z/ +//drb/Z9H/htz/Ypr/Fp7+zx/rt1//hXf/eB7LhkP/Qk7/eCn/hwr/kjf/lBv/d7v/mKj/ahn+4x +P/CQn/o5zNM2jtIPnwGvvwPeDq6qX/uSf99I3PkeEPtE7+JVH761r/q3f+g+zft+7/tyv8HBn/rD +7+jvLurJz+jL//jNT+nPb/qEbvXTb/f2fegP8v3gH/7iP/7kX/7m/n/+6D/707r93K8bnPH+8B// +8j//9F//9n//+E//oez47J/1SmHJEHDkpNVenPXm3X8wFEeyNM8RCFa2BVA4lme6tm8g13e+9/lW +UDgkFgOvW1K5ZDadT6hSVURGrVdsdvnjdntGcHhY1ZbNZ3Ra3ZkSyWt4XF7z1rtivNi+5/f9f8BA +wUHCQsNDxETFHaO3uUfISDa7vErLS8xMzU3OTr1Az1DRUdJS0yBHSdXVyL3TV9hY2dmjRdtb3NxB +2iNW3985XeFh4mLjY+Rk5WUeYOdn6Gjpaepq62vsbO1t7m7vb/Bw8XHycvNz9HT1dfZ293f4ePl5 ++nr7e/x8/X3+G37/f4ABBQ4kWNDgQYQJFS5k2NDhQ4gRJdKLAAA7 diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/.gitignore b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d7ec32eaf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +!*.xml diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/audio.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/audio.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7ea56c71 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/audio.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1314 @@ +DVB Audio Device +The DVB audio device controls the MPEG2 audio decoder of the DVB hardware. It +can be accessed through /dev/dvb/adapter0/audio0. Data types and and +ioctl definitions can be accessed by including linux/dvb/audio.h in your +application. + +Please note that some DVB cards don’t have their own MPEG decoder, which results in +the omission of the audio and video device. + + +These ioctls were also used by V4L2 to control MPEG decoders implemented in V4L2. The use +of these ioctls for that purpose has been made obsolete and proper V4L2 ioctls or controls +have been created to replace that functionality. + +
+Audio Data Types +This section describes the structures, data types and defines used when talking to the +audio device. + + +
+audio_stream_source_t +The audio stream source is set through the AUDIO_SELECT_SOURCE call and can take +the following values, depending on whether we are replaying from an internal (demux) or +external (user write) source. + + +typedef enum { + AUDIO_SOURCE_DEMUX, + AUDIO_SOURCE_MEMORY +} audio_stream_source_t; + +AUDIO_SOURCE_DEMUX selects the demultiplexer (fed either by the frontend or the +DVR device) as the source of the video stream. If AUDIO_SOURCE_MEMORY +is selected the stream comes from the application through the write() system +call. + + +
+
+audio_play_state_t +The following values can be returned by the AUDIO_GET_STATUS call representing the +state of audio playback. + + +typedef enum { + AUDIO_STOPPED, + AUDIO_PLAYING, + AUDIO_PAUSED +} audio_play_state_t; + + +
+
+audio_channel_select_t +The audio channel selected via AUDIO_CHANNEL_SELECT is determined by the +following values. + + +typedef enum { + AUDIO_STEREO, + AUDIO_MONO_LEFT, + AUDIO_MONO_RIGHT, + AUDIO_MONO, + AUDIO_STEREO_SWAPPED +} audio_channel_select_t; + + +
+
+struct audio_status +The AUDIO_GET_STATUS call returns the following structure informing about various +states of the playback operation. + + +typedef struct audio_status { + boolean AV_sync_state; + boolean mute_state; + audio_play_state_t play_state; + audio_stream_source_t stream_source; + audio_channel_select_t channel_select; + boolean bypass_mode; + audio_mixer_t mixer_state; +} audio_status_t; + + +
+
+struct audio_mixer +The following structure is used by the AUDIO_SET_MIXER call to set the audio +volume. + + +typedef struct audio_mixer { + unsigned int volume_left; + unsigned int volume_right; +} audio_mixer_t; + + +
+
+audio encodings +A call to AUDIO_GET_CAPABILITIES returns an unsigned integer with the following +bits set according to the hardwares capabilities. + + + #define AUDIO_CAP_DTS 1 + #define AUDIO_CAP_LPCM 2 + #define AUDIO_CAP_MP1 4 + #define AUDIO_CAP_MP2 8 + #define AUDIO_CAP_MP3 16 + #define AUDIO_CAP_AAC 32 + #define AUDIO_CAP_OGG 64 + #define AUDIO_CAP_SDDS 128 + #define AUDIO_CAP_AC3 256 + + +
+
+struct audio_karaoke +The ioctl AUDIO_SET_KARAOKE uses the following format: + + +typedef +struct audio_karaoke { + int vocal1; + int vocal2; + int melody; +} audio_karaoke_t; + +If Vocal1 or Vocal2 are non-zero, they get mixed into left and right t at 70% each. If both, +Vocal1 and Vocal2 are non-zero, Vocal1 gets mixed into the left channel and Vocal2 into the +right channel at 100% each. Ff Melody is non-zero, the melody channel gets mixed into left +and right. + + +
+
+audio attributes +The following attributes can be set by a call to AUDIO_SET_ATTRIBUTES: + + + typedef uint16_t audio_attributes_t; + /⋆ bits: descr. ⋆/ + /⋆ 15-13 audio coding mode (0=ac3, 2=mpeg1, 3=mpeg2ext, 4=LPCM, 6=DTS, ⋆/ + /⋆ 12 multichannel extension ⋆/ + /⋆ 11-10 audio type (0=not spec, 1=language included) ⋆/ + /⋆ 9- 8 audio application mode (0=not spec, 1=karaoke, 2=surround) ⋆/ + /⋆ 7- 6 Quantization / DRC (mpeg audio: 1=DRC exists)(lpcm: 0=16bit, ⋆/ + /⋆ 5- 4 Sample frequency fs (0=48kHz, 1=96kHz) ⋆/ + /⋆ 2- 0 number of audio channels (n+1 channels) ⋆/ + +
+
+Audio Function Calls + + +
+open() +DESCRIPTION + + +This system call opens a named audio device (e.g. /dev/dvb/adapter0/audio0) + for subsequent use. When an open() call has succeeded, the device will be ready + for use. The significance of blocking or non-blocking mode is described in the + documentation for functions where there is a difference. It does not affect the + semantics of the open() call itself. A device opened in blocking mode can later + be put into non-blocking mode (and vice versa) using the F_SETFL command + of the fcntl system call. This is a standard system call, documented in the Linux + manual page for fcntl. Only one user can open the Audio Device in O_RDWR + mode. All other attempts to open the device in this mode will fail, and an error + code will be returned. If the Audio Device is opened in O_RDONLY mode, the + only ioctl call that can be used is AUDIO_GET_STATUS. All other call will + return with an error code. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int open(const char ⋆deviceName, int flags); + + +PARAMETERS + + +const char + *deviceName + +Name of specific audio device. + + +int flags + +A bit-wise OR of the following flags: + + + +O_RDONLY read-only access + + + +O_RDWR read/write access + + + +O_NONBLOCK open in non-blocking mode + + + +(blocking mode is the default) + + +RETURN VALUE + +ENODEV + +Device driver not loaded/available. + + +EBUSY + +Device or resource busy. + + +EINVAL + +Invalid argument. + + + +
+
+close() +DESCRIPTION + + +This system call closes a previously opened audio device. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int close(int fd); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +RETURN VALUE + +EBADF + +fd is not a valid open file descriptor. + + + +
+
+write() +DESCRIPTION + + +This system call can only be used if AUDIO_SOURCE_MEMORY is selected + in the ioctl call AUDIO_SELECT_SOURCE. The data provided shall be in + PES format. If O_NONBLOCK is not specified the function will block until + buffer space is available. The amount of data to be transferred is implied by + count. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +size_t write(int fd, const void ⋆buf, size_t count); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +void *buf + +Pointer to the buffer containing the PES data. + + +size_t count + +Size of buf. + + +RETURN VALUE + +EPERM + +Mode AUDIO_SOURCE_MEMORY not selected. + + +ENOMEM + +Attempted to write more data than the internal buffer can + hold. + + +EBADF + +fd is not a valid open file descriptor. + + + +
AUDIO_STOP +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call asks the Audio Device to stop playing the current stream. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = AUDIO_STOP); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals AUDIO_STOP for this command. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
AUDIO_PLAY +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call asks the Audio Device to start playing an audio stream from the + selected source. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = AUDIO_PLAY); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals AUDIO_PLAY for this command. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
AUDIO_PAUSE +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call suspends the audio stream being played. Decoding and playing + are paused. It is then possible to restart again decoding and playing process of + the audio stream using AUDIO_CONTINUE command. + + +If AUDIO_SOURCE_MEMORY is selected in the ioctl call + AUDIO_SELECT_SOURCE, the DVB-subsystem will not decode (consume) + any more data until the ioctl call AUDIO_CONTINUE or AUDIO_PLAY is + performed. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = AUDIO_PAUSE); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals AUDIO_PAUSE for this command. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
AUDIO_CONTINUE +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl restarts the decoding and playing process previously paused +with AUDIO_PAUSE command. + + +It only works if the stream were previously stopped with AUDIO_PAUSE + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = AUDIO_CONTINUE); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals AUDIO_CONTINUE for this command. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
AUDIO_SELECT_SOURCE +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call informs the audio device which source shall be used + for the input data. The possible sources are demux or memory. If + AUDIO_SOURCE_MEMORY is selected, the data is fed to the Audio Device + through the write command. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = AUDIO_SELECT_SOURCE, + audio_stream_source_t source); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals AUDIO_SELECT_SOURCE for this command. + + +audio_stream_source_t + source + +Indicates the source that shall be used for the Audio + stream. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
AUDIO_SET_MUTE +DESCRIPTION + +This ioctl is for DVB devices only. To control a V4L2 decoder use the V4L2 +&VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD; with the V4L2_DEC_CMD_START_MUTE_AUDIO flag instead. + +This ioctl call asks the audio device to mute the stream that is currently being + played. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = AUDIO_SET_MUTE, + boolean state); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals AUDIO_SET_MUTE for this command. + + +boolean state + +Indicates if audio device shall mute or not. + + + +TRUE Audio Mute + + + +FALSE Audio Un-mute + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
AUDIO_SET_AV_SYNC +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call asks the Audio Device to turn ON or OFF A/V synchronization. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = AUDIO_SET_AV_SYNC, + boolean state); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals AUDIO_AV_SYNC for this command. + + +boolean state + +Tells the DVB subsystem if A/V synchronization shall be + ON or OFF. + + + +TRUE AV-sync ON + + + +FALSE AV-sync OFF + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
AUDIO_SET_BYPASS_MODE +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call asks the Audio Device to bypass the Audio decoder and forward + the stream without decoding. This mode shall be used if streams that can’t be + handled by the DVB system shall be decoded. Dolby DigitalTM streams are + automatically forwarded by the DVB subsystem if the hardware can handle it. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = + AUDIO_SET_BYPASS_MODE, boolean mode); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals AUDIO_SET_BYPASS_MODE for this + command. + + +boolean mode + +Enables or disables the decoding of the current Audio + stream in the DVB subsystem. + + + +TRUE Bypass is disabled + + + +FALSE Bypass is enabled + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
AUDIO_CHANNEL_SELECT +DESCRIPTION + +This ioctl is for DVB devices only. To control a V4L2 decoder use the V4L2 +V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK control instead. + +This ioctl call asks the Audio Device to select the requested channel if possible. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = + AUDIO_CHANNEL_SELECT, audio_channel_select_t); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals AUDIO_CHANNEL_SELECT for this + command. + + +audio_channel_select_t + ch + +Select the output format of the audio (mono left/right, + stereo). + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
AUDIO_BILINGUAL_CHANNEL_SELECT +DESCRIPTION + +This ioctl is obsolete. Do not use in new drivers. It has been replaced by +the V4L2 V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_MULTILINGUAL_PLAYBACK control +for MPEG decoders controlled through V4L2. + +This ioctl call asks the Audio Device to select the requested channel for bilingual streams if possible. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = + AUDIO_BILINGUAL_CHANNEL_SELECT, audio_channel_select_t); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals AUDIO_BILINGUAL_CHANNEL_SELECT for this + command. + + +audio_channel_select_t +ch + +Select the output format of the audio (mono left/right, + stereo). + + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
AUDIO_GET_PTS +DESCRIPTION + +This ioctl is obsolete. Do not use in new drivers. If you need this functionality, +then please contact the linux-media mailing list (&v4l-ml;). + +This ioctl call asks the Audio Device to return the current PTS timestamp. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = + AUDIO_GET_PTS, __u64 *pts); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals AUDIO_GET_PTS for this + command. + + +__u64 *pts + + +Returns the 33-bit timestamp as defined in ITU T-REC-H.222.0 / ISO/IEC 13818-1. + + +The PTS should belong to the currently played +frame if possible, but may also be a value close to it +like the PTS of the last decoded frame or the last PTS +extracted by the PES parser. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
AUDIO_GET_STATUS +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call asks the Audio Device to return the current state of the Audio + Device. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = AUDIO_GET_STATUS, + struct audio_status ⋆status); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals AUDIO_GET_STATUS for this command. + + +struct audio_status + *status + +Returns the current state of Audio Device. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
AUDIO_GET_CAPABILITIES +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call asks the Audio Device to tell us about the decoding capabilities + of the audio hardware. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = + AUDIO_GET_CAPABILITIES, unsigned int ⋆cap); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals AUDIO_GET_CAPABILITIES for this + command. + + +unsigned int *cap + +Returns a bit array of supported sound formats. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
AUDIO_CLEAR_BUFFER +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call asks the Audio Device to clear all software and hardware buffers + of the audio decoder device. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = AUDIO_CLEAR_BUFFER); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals AUDIO_CLEAR_BUFFER for this command. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
AUDIO_SET_ID +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl selects which sub-stream is to be decoded if a program or system + stream is sent to the video device. If no audio stream type is set the id has to be + in [0xC0,0xDF] for MPEG sound, in [0x80,0x87] for AC3 and in [0xA0,0xA7] + for LPCM. More specifications may follow for other stream types. If the stream + type is set the id just specifies the substream id of the audio stream and only + the first 5 bits are recognized. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = AUDIO_SET_ID, int + id); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals AUDIO_SET_ID for this command. + + +int id + +audio sub-stream id + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
AUDIO_SET_MIXER +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl lets you adjust the mixer settings of the audio decoder. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = AUDIO_SET_MIXER, + audio_mixer_t ⋆mix); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals AUDIO_SET_ID for this command. + + +audio_mixer_t *mix + +mixer settings. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
AUDIO_SET_STREAMTYPE +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl tells the driver which kind of audio stream to expect. This is useful + if the stream offers several audio sub-streams like LPCM and AC3. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = AUDIO_SET_STREAMTYPE, + int type); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals AUDIO_SET_STREAMTYPE for this + command. + + +int type + +stream type + + +&return-value-dvb; + +EINVAL + +type is not a valid or supported stream type. + + + +
AUDIO_SET_EXT_ID +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl can be used to set the extension id for MPEG streams in DVD + playback. Only the first 3 bits are recognized. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = AUDIO_SET_EXT_ID, int + id); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals AUDIO_SET_EXT_ID for this command. + + +int id + +audio sub_stream_id + + +&return-value-dvb; + +EINVAL + +id is not a valid id. + + + +
AUDIO_SET_ATTRIBUTES +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl is intended for DVD playback and allows you to set certain + information about the audio stream. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = AUDIO_SET_ATTRIBUTES, + audio_attributes_t attr ); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals AUDIO_SET_ATTRIBUTES for this command. + + +audio_attributes_t + attr + +audio attributes according to section ?? + + +&return-value-dvb; + +EINVAL + +attr is not a valid or supported attribute setting. + + + +
AUDIO_SET_KARAOKE +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl allows one to set the mixer settings for a karaoke DVD. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = AUDIO_SET_KARAOKE, + audio_karaoke_t ⋆karaoke); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals AUDIO_SET_KARAOKE for this + command. + + +audio_karaoke_t + *karaoke + +karaoke settings according to section ??. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +EINVAL + +karaoke is not a valid or supported karaoke setting. + + +
+
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/ca.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/ca.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..85eaf4fe2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/ca.xml @@ -0,0 +1,582 @@ +DVB CA Device +The DVB CA device controls the conditional access hardware. It can be accessed through +/dev/dvb/adapter0/ca0. Data types and and ioctl definitions can be accessed by +including linux/dvb/ca.h in your application. + + +
+CA Data Types + + +
+ca_slot_info_t + +typedef struct ca_slot_info { + int num; /⋆ slot number ⋆/ + + int type; /⋆ CA interface this slot supports ⋆/ +#define CA_CI 1 /⋆ CI high level interface ⋆/ +#define CA_CI_LINK 2 /⋆ CI link layer level interface ⋆/ +#define CA_CI_PHYS 4 /⋆ CI physical layer level interface ⋆/ +#define CA_DESCR 8 /⋆ built-in descrambler ⋆/ +#define CA_SC 128 /⋆ simple smart card interface ⋆/ + + unsigned int flags; +#define CA_CI_MODULE_PRESENT 1 /⋆ module (or card) inserted ⋆/ +#define CA_CI_MODULE_READY 2 +} ca_slot_info_t; + + +
+
+ca_descr_info_t + +typedef struct ca_descr_info { + unsigned int num; /⋆ number of available descramblers (keys) ⋆/ + unsigned int type; /⋆ type of supported scrambling system ⋆/ +#define CA_ECD 1 +#define CA_NDS 2 +#define CA_DSS 4 +} ca_descr_info_t; + + +
+
+ca_caps_t + +typedef struct ca_caps { + unsigned int slot_num; /⋆ total number of CA card and module slots ⋆/ + unsigned int slot_type; /⋆ OR of all supported types ⋆/ + unsigned int descr_num; /⋆ total number of descrambler slots (keys) ⋆/ + unsigned int descr_type;/⋆ OR of all supported types ⋆/ + } ca_cap_t; + + +
+
+ca_msg_t + +/⋆ a message to/from a CI-CAM ⋆/ +typedef struct ca_msg { + unsigned int index; + unsigned int type; + unsigned int length; + unsigned char msg[256]; +} ca_msg_t; + + +
+
+ca_descr_t + +typedef struct ca_descr { + unsigned int index; + unsigned int parity; + unsigned char cw[8]; +} ca_descr_t; + +
+ +
+ca-pid + +typedef struct ca_pid { + unsigned int pid; + int index; /⋆ -1 == disable⋆/ +} ca_pid_t; + +
+ +
+CA Function Calls + + +
+open() +DESCRIPTION + + +This system call opens a named ca device (e.g. /dev/ost/ca) for subsequent use. +When an open() call has succeeded, the device will be ready for use. + The significance of blocking or non-blocking mode is described in the + documentation for functions where there is a difference. It does not affect the + semantics of the open() call itself. A device opened in blocking mode can later + be put into non-blocking mode (and vice versa) using the F_SETFL command + of the fcntl system call. This is a standard system call, documented in the Linux + manual page for fcntl. Only one user can open the CA Device in O_RDWR + mode. All other attempts to open the device in this mode will fail, and an error + code will be returned. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int open(const char ⋆deviceName, int flags); + + +PARAMETERS + + +const char + *deviceName + +Name of specific video device. + + +int flags + +A bit-wise OR of the following flags: + + + +O_RDONLY read-only access + + + +O_RDWR read/write access + + + +O_NONBLOCK open in non-blocking mode + + + +(blocking mode is the default) + + +RETURN VALUE + +ENODEV + +Device driver not loaded/available. + + +EINTERNAL + +Internal error. + + +EBUSY + +Device or resource busy. + + +EINVAL + +Invalid argument. + + + +
+
+close() +DESCRIPTION + + +This system call closes a previously opened audio device. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int close(int fd); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +RETURN VALUE + +EBADF + +fd is not a valid open file descriptor. + + +
+ +
CA_RESET +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = CA_RESET); + + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals CA_RESET for this command. + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
CA_GET_CAP +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = CA_GET_CAP, + ca_caps_t *); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals CA_GET_CAP for this command. + + +ca_caps_t * + + +Undocumented. + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
CA_GET_SLOT_INFO +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = CA_GET_SLOT_INFO, + ca_slot_info_t *); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals CA_GET_SLOT_INFO for this command. + + +ca_slot_info_t * + + +Undocumented. + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
CA_GET_DESCR_INFO +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = CA_GET_DESCR_INFO, + ca_descr_info_t *); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals CA_GET_DESCR_INFO for this command. + + +ca_descr_info_t * + + +Undocumented. + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
CA_GET_MSG +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = CA_GET_MSG, + ca_msg_t *); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals CA_GET_MSG for this command. + + +ca_msg_t * + + +Undocumented. + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
CA_SEND_MSG +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = CA_SEND_MSG, + ca_msg_t *); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals CA_SEND_MSG for this command. + + +ca_msg_t * + + +Undocumented. + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
CA_SET_DESCR +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = CA_SET_DESCR, + ca_descr_t *); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals CA_SET_DESCR for this command. + + +ca_descr_t * + + +Undocumented. + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
CA_SET_PID +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = CA_SET_PID, + ca_pid_t *); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals CA_SET_PID for this command. + + +ca_pid_t * + + +Undocumented. + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/demux.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/demux.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c8683d66f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/demux.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1145 @@ +DVB Demux Device + +The DVB demux device controls the filters of the DVB hardware/software. It can be +accessed through /dev/adapter0/demux0. Data types and and ioctl definitions can be +accessed by including linux/dvb/dmx.h in your application. + +
+Demux Data Types + +
+dmx_output_t + +typedef enum +{ + DMX_OUT_DECODER, /⋆ Streaming directly to decoder. ⋆/ + DMX_OUT_TAP, /⋆ Output going to a memory buffer ⋆/ + /⋆ (to be retrieved via the read command).⋆/ + DMX_OUT_TS_TAP, /⋆ Output multiplexed into a new TS ⋆/ + /⋆ (to be retrieved by reading from the ⋆/ + /⋆ logical DVR device). ⋆/ + DMX_OUT_TSDEMUX_TAP /⋆ Like TS_TAP but retrieved from the DMX device ⋆/ +} dmx_output_t; + +DMX_OUT_TAP delivers the stream output to the demux device on which the ioctl is +called. + +DMX_OUT_TS_TAP routes output to the logical DVR device /dev/dvb/adapter0/dvr0, +which delivers a TS multiplexed from all filters for which DMX_OUT_TS_TAP was +specified. + +
+ +
+dmx_input_t + +typedef enum +{ + DMX_IN_FRONTEND, /⋆ Input from a front-end device. ⋆/ + DMX_IN_DVR /⋆ Input from the logical DVR device. ⋆/ +} dmx_input_t; + +
+ +
+dmx_pes_type_t + +typedef enum +{ + DMX_PES_AUDIO0, + DMX_PES_VIDEO0, + DMX_PES_TELETEXT0, + DMX_PES_SUBTITLE0, + DMX_PES_PCR0, + + DMX_PES_AUDIO1, + DMX_PES_VIDEO1, + DMX_PES_TELETEXT1, + DMX_PES_SUBTITLE1, + DMX_PES_PCR1, + + DMX_PES_AUDIO2, + DMX_PES_VIDEO2, + DMX_PES_TELETEXT2, + DMX_PES_SUBTITLE2, + DMX_PES_PCR2, + + DMX_PES_AUDIO3, + DMX_PES_VIDEO3, + DMX_PES_TELETEXT3, + DMX_PES_SUBTITLE3, + DMX_PES_PCR3, + + DMX_PES_OTHER +} dmx_pes_type_t; + +
+ +
+struct dmx_filter + + typedef struct dmx_filter +{ + __u8 filter[DMX_FILTER_SIZE]; + __u8 mask[DMX_FILTER_SIZE]; + __u8 mode[DMX_FILTER_SIZE]; +} dmx_filter_t; + +
+ +
+struct dmx_sct_filter_params + +struct dmx_sct_filter_params +{ + __u16 pid; + dmx_filter_t filter; + __u32 timeout; + __u32 flags; +#define DMX_CHECK_CRC 1 +#define DMX_ONESHOT 2 +#define DMX_IMMEDIATE_START 4 +#define DMX_KERNEL_CLIENT 0x8000 +}; + +
+ +
+struct dmx_pes_filter_params + +struct dmx_pes_filter_params +{ + __u16 pid; + dmx_input_t input; + dmx_output_t output; + dmx_pes_type_t pes_type; + __u32 flags; +}; + +
+ +
+struct dmx_event + + struct dmx_event + { + dmx_event_t event; + time_t timeStamp; + union + { + dmx_scrambling_status_t scrambling; + } u; + }; + +
+ +
+struct dmx_stc + +struct dmx_stc { + unsigned int num; /⋆ input : which STC? 0..N ⋆/ + unsigned int base; /⋆ output: divisor for stc to get 90 kHz clock ⋆/ + __u64 stc; /⋆ output: stc in 'base'⋆90 kHz units ⋆/ +}; + +
+ +
+struct dmx_caps + + typedef struct dmx_caps { + __u32 caps; + int num_decoders; +} dmx_caps_t; + +
+ +
+enum dmx_source_t + +typedef enum { + DMX_SOURCE_FRONT0 = 0, + DMX_SOURCE_FRONT1, + DMX_SOURCE_FRONT2, + DMX_SOURCE_FRONT3, + DMX_SOURCE_DVR0 = 16, + DMX_SOURCE_DVR1, + DMX_SOURCE_DVR2, + DMX_SOURCE_DVR3 +} dmx_source_t; + +
+ +
+
+Demux Function Calls + +
+open() +DESCRIPTION + + +This system call, used with a device name of /dev/dvb/adapter0/demux0, + allocates a new filter and returns a handle which can be used for subsequent + control of that filter. This call has to be made for each filter to be used, i.e. every + returned file descriptor is a reference to a single filter. /dev/dvb/adapter0/dvr0 + is a logical device to be used for retrieving Transport Streams for digital + video recording. When reading from this device a transport stream containing + the packets from all PES filters set in the corresponding demux device + (/dev/dvb/adapter0/demux0) having the output set to DMX_OUT_TS_TAP. A + recorded Transport Stream is replayed by writing to this device. +The significance of blocking or non-blocking mode is described in the + documentation for functions where there is a difference. It does not affect the + semantics of the open() call itself. A device opened in blocking mode can later + be put into non-blocking mode (and vice versa) using the F_SETFL command + of the fcntl system call. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int open(const char ⋆deviceName, int flags); + + +PARAMETERS + + +const char + *deviceName + +Name of demux device. + + +int flags + +A bit-wise OR of the following flags: + + + +O_RDWR read/write access + + + +O_NONBLOCK open in non-blocking mode + + + +(blocking mode is the default) + + +RETURN VALUE + +ENODEV + +Device driver not loaded/available. + + +EINVAL + +Invalid argument. + + +EMFILE + +“Too many open files”, i.e. no more filters available. + + +ENOMEM + +The driver failed to allocate enough memory. + + +
+ +
+close() +DESCRIPTION + + +This system call deactivates and deallocates a filter that was previously + allocated via the open() call. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int close(int fd); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +RETURN VALUE + +EBADF + +fd is not a valid open file descriptor. + + +
+ +
+read() +DESCRIPTION + + +This system call returns filtered data, which might be section or PES data. The + filtered data is transferred from the driver’s internal circular buffer to buf. The + maximum amount of data to be transferred is implied by count. + + +When returning section data the driver always tries to return a complete single + section (even though buf would provide buffer space for more data). If the size + of the buffer is smaller than the section as much as possible will be returned, + and the remaining data will be provided in subsequent calls. + + +The size of the internal buffer is 2 * 4096 bytes (the size of two maximum + sized sections) by default. The size of this buffer may be changed by using the + DMX_SET_BUFFER_SIZE function. If the buffer is not large enough, or if + the read operations are not performed fast enough, this may result in a buffer + overflow error. In this case EOVERFLOW will be returned, and the circular + buffer will be emptied. This call is blocking if there is no data to return, i.e. the + process will be put to sleep waiting for data, unless the O_NONBLOCK flag + is specified. + + +Note that in order to be able to read, the filtering process has to be started + by defining either a section or a PES filter by means of the ioctl functions, + and then starting the filtering process via the DMX_START ioctl function + or by setting the DMX_IMMEDIATE_START flag. If the reading is done + from a logical DVR demux device, the data will constitute a Transport Stream + including the packets from all PES filters in the corresponding demux device + /dev/dvb/adapter0/demux0 having the output set to DMX_OUT_TS_TAP. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +size_t read(int fd, void ⋆buf, size_t count); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +void *buf + +Pointer to the buffer to be used for returned filtered data. + + +size_t count + +Size of buf. + + +RETURN VALUE + +EWOULDBLOCK + +No data to return and O_NONBLOCK was specified. + + +EBADF + +fd is not a valid open file descriptor. + + +ECRC + +Last section had a CRC error - no data returned. The + buffer is flushed. + + +EOVERFLOW + + + + +The filtered data was not read from the buffer in due + time, resulting in non-read data being lost. The buffer is + flushed. + + +ETIMEDOUT + +The section was not loaded within the stated timeout + period. See ioctl DMX_SET_FILTER for how to set a + timeout. + + +EFAULT + +The driver failed to write to the callers buffer due to an + invalid *buf pointer. + + +
+ +
+write() +DESCRIPTION + + +This system call is only provided by the logical device /dev/dvb/adapter0/dvr0, + associated with the physical demux device that provides the actual DVR + functionality. It is used for replay of a digitally recorded Transport Stream. + Matching filters have to be defined in the corresponding physical demux + device, /dev/dvb/adapter0/demux0. The amount of data to be transferred is + implied by count. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +ssize_t write(int fd, const void ⋆buf, size_t + count); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +void *buf + +Pointer to the buffer containing the Transport Stream. + + +size_t count + +Size of buf. + + +RETURN VALUE + +EWOULDBLOCK + +No data was written. This + might happen if O_NONBLOCK was specified and there + is no more buffer space available (if O_NONBLOCK is + not specified the function will block until buffer space is + available). + + +EBUSY + +This error code indicates that there are conflicting + requests. The corresponding demux device is setup to + receive data from the front- end. Make sure that these + filters are stopped and that the filters with input set to + DMX_IN_DVR are started. + + +EBADF + +fd is not a valid open file descriptor. + + +
+ +
+DMX_START +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call is used to start the actual filtering operation defined via the ioctl + calls DMX_SET_FILTER or DMX_SET_PES_FILTER. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl( int fd, int request = DMX_START); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals DMX_START for this command. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +EINVAL + +Invalid argument, i.e. no filtering parameters provided via + the DMX_SET_FILTER or DMX_SET_PES_FILTER + functions. + + +EBUSY + +This error code indicates that there are conflicting + requests. There are active filters filtering data from + another input source. Make sure that these filters are + stopped before starting this filter. + + +
+ +
+DMX_STOP +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call is used to stop the actual filtering operation defined via the + ioctl calls DMX_SET_FILTER or DMX_SET_PES_FILTER and started via + the DMX_START command. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl( int fd, int request = DMX_STOP); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals DMX_STOP for this command. + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
+DMX_SET_FILTER +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call sets up a filter according to the filter and mask parameters + provided. A timeout may be defined stating number of seconds to wait for a + section to be loaded. A value of 0 means that no timeout should be applied. + Finally there is a flag field where it is possible to state whether a section should + be CRC-checked, whether the filter should be a ”one-shot” filter, i.e. if the + filtering operation should be stopped after the first section is received, and + whether the filtering operation should be started immediately (without waiting + for a DMX_START ioctl call). If a filter was previously set-up, this filter will + be canceled, and the receive buffer will be flushed. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl( int fd, int request = DMX_SET_FILTER, + struct dmx_sct_filter_params ⋆params); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals DMX_SET_FILTER for this command. + + +struct + dmx_sct_filter_params + *params + +Pointer to structure containing filter parameters. + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
+DMX_SET_PES_FILTER +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call sets up a PES filter according to the parameters provided. By a + PES filter is meant a filter that is based just on the packet identifier (PID), i.e. + no PES header or payload filtering capability is supported. + + +The transport stream destination for the filtered output may be set. Also the + PES type may be stated in order to be able to e.g. direct a video stream directly + to the video decoder. Finally there is a flag field where it is possible to state + whether the filtering operation should be started immediately (without waiting + for a DMX_START ioctl call). If a filter was previously set-up, this filter will + be cancelled, and the receive buffer will be flushed. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl( int fd, int request = DMX_SET_PES_FILTER, + struct dmx_pes_filter_params ⋆params); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals DMX_SET_PES_FILTER for this command. + + +struct + dmx_pes_filter_params + *params + +Pointer to structure containing filter parameters. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +EBUSY + +This error code indicates that there are conflicting + requests. There are active filters filtering data from + another input source. Make sure that these filters are + stopped before starting this filter. + + +
+ +
+DMX_SET_BUFFER_SIZE +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call is used to set the size of the circular buffer used for filtered data. + The default size is two maximum sized sections, i.e. if this function is not called + a buffer size of 2 * 4096 bytes will be used. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl( int fd, int request = + DMX_SET_BUFFER_SIZE, unsigned long size); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals DMX_SET_BUFFER_SIZE for this command. + + +unsigned long size + +Size of circular buffer. + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
+DMX_GET_EVENT +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call returns an event if available. If an event is not available, + the behavior depends on whether the device is in blocking or non-blocking + mode. In the latter case, the call fails immediately with errno set to + EWOULDBLOCK. In the former case, the call blocks until an event becomes + available. + + +The standard Linux poll() and/or select() system calls can be used with the + device file descriptor to watch for new events. For select(), the file descriptor + should be included in the exceptfds argument, and for poll(), POLLPRI should + be specified as the wake-up condition. Only the latest event for each filter is + saved. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl( int fd, int request = DMX_GET_EVENT, + struct dmx_event ⋆ev); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals DMX_GET_EVENT for this command. + + +struct dmx_event *ev + +Pointer to the location where the event is to be stored. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +EWOULDBLOCK + +There is no event pending, and the device is in + non-blocking mode. + + +
+ +
+DMX_GET_STC +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call returns the current value of the system time counter (which is driven + by a PES filter of type DMX_PES_PCR). Some hardware supports more than one + STC, so you must specify which one by setting the num field of stc before the ioctl + (range 0...n). The result is returned in form of a ratio with a 64 bit numerator + and a 32 bit denominator, so the real 90kHz STC value is stc->stc / + stc->base + . + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl( int fd, int request = DMX_GET_STC, struct + dmx_stc ⋆stc); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals DMX_GET_STC for this command. + + +struct dmx_stc *stc + +Pointer to the location where the stc is to be stored. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +EINVAL + +Invalid stc number. + + +
+ +
DMX_GET_PES_PIDS +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = DMX_GET_PES_PIDS, + __u16[5]); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals DMX_GET_PES_PIDS for this command. + + +__u16[5] + + +Undocumented. + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
DMX_GET_CAPS +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = DMX_GET_CAPS, + dmx_caps_t *); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals DMX_GET_CAPS for this command. + + +dmx_caps_t * + + +Undocumented. + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
DMX_SET_SOURCE +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = DMX_SET_SOURCE, + dmx_source_t *); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals DMX_SET_SOURCE for this command. + + +dmx_source_t * + + +Undocumented. + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
DMX_ADD_PID +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call allows to add multiple PIDs to a transport stream filter +previously set up with DMX_SET_PES_FILTER and output equal to DMX_OUT_TSDEMUX_TAP. + +It is used by readers of /dev/dvb/adapterX/demuxY. + +It may be called at any time, i.e. before or after the first filter on the +shared file descriptor was started. It makes it possible to record multiple +services without the need to de-multiplex or re-multiplex TS packets. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = DMX_ADD_PID, + __u16 *); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals DMX_ADD_PID for this command. + + +__u16 * + + +PID number to be filtered. + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
DMX_REMOVE_PID +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call allows to remove a PID when multiple PIDs are set on a +transport stream filter, e. g. a filter previously set up with output equal to +DMX_OUT_TSDEMUX_TAP, created via either DMX_SET_PES_FILTER or DMX_ADD_PID. + +It is used by readers of /dev/dvb/adapterX/demuxY. + +It may be called at any time, i.e. before or after the first filter on the +shared file descriptor was started. It makes it possible to record multiple +services without the need to de-multiplex or re-multiplex TS packets. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = DMX_REMOVE_PID, + __u16 *); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals DMX_REMOVE_PID for this command. + + +__u16 * + + +PID of the PES filter to be removed. + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ + +
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c15396c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ + + + +Ralph +Metzler +J. K. +
rjkm@metzlerbros.de
 + + +Marcus +Metzler +O. C. +
rjkm@metzlerbros.de
 + + + + +Mauro +Carvalho +Chehab +
m.chehab@samsung.com
 +Ported document to Docbook XML. + + + + 2002 + 2003 + Convergence GmbH + + + 2009-2014 + Mauro Carvalho Chehab + + + + + + 2.0.4 + 2011-05-06 + mcc + + Add more information about DVB APIv5, better describing the frontend GET/SET props ioctl's. + + + + 2.0.3 + 2010-07-03 + mcc + + Add some frontend capabilities flags, present on kernel, but missing at the specs. + + + + 2.0.2 + 2009-10-25 + mcc + + documents FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE and FE_DISHETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD ioctls. + + + +2.0.1 +2009-09-16 +mcc + +Added ISDB-T test originally written by Patrick Boettcher + + + +2.0.0 +2009-09-06 +mcc +Conversion from LaTex to DocBook XML. The + contents is the same as the original LaTex version. + + +1.0.0 +2003-07-24 +rjkm +Initial revision on LaTEX. + + + + + +LINUX DVB API +Version 5.10 + + + &sub-intro; + + + &sub-frontend; + + + &sub-demux; + + + &sub-video; + + + &sub-audio; + + + &sub-ca; + + + &sub-net; + + + &sub-kdapi; + + + &sub-examples; + + + + DVB Audio Header File + &sub-audio-h; + + + DVB Conditional Access Header File + &sub-ca-h; + + + DVB Demux Header File + &sub-dmx-h; + + + DVB Frontend Header File + &sub-frontend-h; + + + DVB Network Header File + &sub-net-h; + + + DVB Video Header File + &sub-video-h; + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3018564dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1317 @@ +
+<constant>FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_SET_PROPERTY</constant> +This section describes the DVB version 5 extension of the DVB-API, also +called "S2API", as this API were added to provide support for DVB-S2. It was +designed to be able to replace the old frontend API. Yet, the DISEQC and +the capability ioctls weren't implemented yet via the new way. +The typical usage for the FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_SET_PROPERTY +API is to replace the ioctl's were the +struct dvb_frontend_parameters were used. +
+DTV stats type + +struct dtv_stats { + __u8 scale; /* enum fecap_scale_params type */ + union { + __u64 uvalue; /* for counters and relative scales */ + __s64 svalue; /* for 1/1000 dB measures */ + }; +} __packed; + +
+
+DTV stats type + +#define MAX_DTV_STATS 4 + +struct dtv_fe_stats { + __u8 len; + struct dtv_stats stat[MAX_DTV_STATS]; +} __packed; + +
+ +
+DTV property type + +/* Reserved fields should be set to 0 */ + +struct dtv_property { + __u32 cmd; + __u32 reserved[3]; + union { + __u32 data; + struct dtv_fe_stats st; + struct { + __u8 data[32]; + __u32 len; + __u32 reserved1[3]; + void *reserved2; + } buffer; + } u; + int result; +} __attribute__ ((packed)); + +/* num of properties cannot exceed DTV_IOCTL_MAX_MSGS per ioctl */ +#define DTV_IOCTL_MAX_MSGS 64 + +
+
+DTV properties type + +struct dtv_properties { + __u32 num; + struct dtv_property *props; +}; + +
+ +
+FE_GET_PROPERTY +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call returns one or more frontend properties. This call only + requires read-only access to the device. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = FE_GET_PROPERTY, + dtv_properties ⋆props); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int num + +Equals FE_GET_PROPERTY for this command. + + +struct dtv_property *props + +Points to the location where the front-end property commands are stored. + + +&return-value-dvb; + + EOPNOTSUPP + Property type not supported. + +
+ +
+FE_SET_PROPERTY +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call sets one or more frontend properties. This call + requires read/write access to the device. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = FE_SET_PROPERTY, + dtv_properties ⋆props); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int num + +Equals FE_SET_PROPERTY for this command. + + +struct dtv_property *props + +Points to the location where the front-end property commands are stored. + + +&return-value-dvb; + + EOPNOTSUPP + Property type not supported. + +
+ +
+ Property types + +On FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_SET_PROPERTY, +the actual action is determined by the dtv_property cmd/data pairs. With one single ioctl, is possible to +get/set up to 64 properties. The actual meaning of each property is described on the next sections. + + +The available frontend property types are shown on the next section. +
+ +
+ Digital TV property parameters +
+ <constant>DTV_UNDEFINED</constant> + Used internally. A GET/SET operation for it won't change or return anything. +
+
+ <constant>DTV_TUNE</constant> + Interpret the cache of data, build either a traditional frontend tunerequest so we can pass validation in the FE_SET_FRONTEND ioctl. +
+
+ <constant>DTV_CLEAR</constant> + Reset a cache of data specific to the frontend here. This does not effect hardware. +
+
+ <constant>DTV_FREQUENCY</constant> + + Central frequency of the channel. + + Notes: + 1)For satellital delivery systems, it is measured in kHz. + For the other ones, it is measured in Hz. + 2)For ISDB-T, the channels are usually transmitted with an offset of 143kHz. + E.g. a valid frequency could be 474143 kHz. The stepping is bound to the bandwidth of + the channel which is 6MHz. + + 3)As in ISDB-Tsb the channel consists of only one or three segments the + frequency step is 429kHz, 3*429 respectively. As for ISDB-T the + central frequency of the channel is expected. +
+
+ <constant>DTV_MODULATION</constant> +Specifies the frontend modulation type for cable and satellite types. The modulation can be one of the types bellow: + + typedef enum fe_modulation { + QPSK, + QAM_16, + QAM_32, + QAM_64, + QAM_128, + QAM_256, + QAM_AUTO, + VSB_8, + VSB_16, + PSK_8, + APSK_16, + APSK_32, + DQPSK, + QAM_4_NR, + } fe_modulation_t; + +
+
+ <constant>DTV_BANDWIDTH_HZ</constant> + + Bandwidth for the channel, in HZ. + + Possible values: + 1712000, + 5000000, + 6000000, + 7000000, + 8000000, + 10000000. + + + Notes: + + 1) For ISDB-T it should be always 6000000Hz (6MHz) + 2) For ISDB-Tsb it can vary depending on the number of connected segments + 3) Bandwidth doesn't apply for DVB-C transmissions, as the bandwidth + for DVB-C depends on the symbol rate + 4) Bandwidth in ISDB-T is fixed (6MHz) or can be easily derived from + other parameters (DTV_ISDBT_SB_SEGMENT_IDX, + DTV_ISDBT_SB_SEGMENT_COUNT). + 5) DVB-T supports 6, 7 and 8MHz. + 6) In addition, DVB-T2 supports 1.172, 5 and 10MHz. +
+
+ <constant>DTV_INVERSION</constant> + The Inversion field can take one of these values: + + + typedef enum fe_spectral_inversion { + INVERSION_OFF, + INVERSION_ON, + INVERSION_AUTO + } fe_spectral_inversion_t; + + It indicates if spectral inversion should be presumed or not. In the automatic setting + (INVERSION_AUTO) the hardware will try to figure out the correct setting by + itself. + +
+
+ <constant>DTV_DISEQC_MASTER</constant> + Currently not implemented. +
+
+ <constant>DTV_SYMBOL_RATE</constant> + Digital TV symbol rate, in bauds (symbols/second). Used on cable standards. +
+
+ <constant>DTV_INNER_FEC</constant> + Used cable/satellite transmissions. The acceptable values are: + + +typedef enum fe_code_rate { + FEC_NONE = 0, + FEC_1_2, + FEC_2_3, + FEC_3_4, + FEC_4_5, + FEC_5_6, + FEC_6_7, + FEC_7_8, + FEC_8_9, + FEC_AUTO, + FEC_3_5, + FEC_9_10, + FEC_2_5, +} fe_code_rate_t; + + which correspond to error correction rates of 1/2, 2/3, etc., + no error correction or auto detection. +
+
+ <constant>DTV_VOLTAGE</constant> + The voltage is usually used with non-DiSEqC capable LNBs to switch + the polarzation (horizontal/vertical). When using DiSEqC epuipment this + voltage has to be switched consistently to the DiSEqC commands as + described in the DiSEqC spec. + + typedef enum fe_sec_voltage { + SEC_VOLTAGE_13, + SEC_VOLTAGE_18 + } fe_sec_voltage_t; + +
+
+ <constant>DTV_TONE</constant> + Currently not used. +
+
+ <constant>DTV_PILOT</constant> + Sets DVB-S2 pilot +
+ fe_pilot type + +typedef enum fe_pilot { + PILOT_ON, + PILOT_OFF, + PILOT_AUTO, +} fe_pilot_t; + +
+
+
+ <constant>DTV_ROLLOFF</constant> + Sets DVB-S2 rolloff + +
+ fe_rolloff type + +typedef enum fe_rolloff { + ROLLOFF_35, /* Implied value in DVB-S, default for DVB-S2 */ + ROLLOFF_20, + ROLLOFF_25, + ROLLOFF_AUTO, +} fe_rolloff_t; + +
+
+
+ <constant>DTV_DISEQC_SLAVE_REPLY</constant> + Currently not implemented. +
+
+ <constant>DTV_FE_CAPABILITY_COUNT</constant> + Currently not implemented. +
+
+ <constant>DTV_FE_CAPABILITY</constant> + Currently not implemented. +
+
+ <constant>DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM</constant> + Specifies the type of Delivery system +
+ fe_delivery_system type + Possible values: + + +typedef enum fe_delivery_system { + SYS_UNDEFINED, + SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_A, + SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_B, + SYS_DVBT, + SYS_DSS, + SYS_DVBS, + SYS_DVBS2, + SYS_DVBH, + SYS_ISDBT, + SYS_ISDBS, + SYS_ISDBC, + SYS_ATSC, + SYS_ATSCMH, + SYS_DTMB, + SYS_CMMB, + SYS_DAB, + SYS_DVBT2, + SYS_TURBO, + SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_C, +} fe_delivery_system_t; + +
+
+
+ <constant>DTV_ISDBT_PARTIAL_RECEPTION</constant> + + If DTV_ISDBT_SOUND_BROADCASTING is '0' this bit-field represents whether + the channel is in partial reception mode or not. + + If '1' DTV_ISDBT_LAYERA_* values are assigned to the center segment and + DTV_ISDBT_LAYERA_SEGMENT_COUNT has to be '1'. + + If in addition DTV_ISDBT_SOUND_BROADCASTING is '1' + DTV_ISDBT_PARTIAL_RECEPTION represents whether this ISDB-Tsb channel + is consisting of one segment and layer or three segments and two layers. + + Possible values: 0, 1, -1 (AUTO) +
+
+ <constant>DTV_ISDBT_SOUND_BROADCASTING</constant> + + This field represents whether the other DTV_ISDBT_*-parameters are + referring to an ISDB-T and an ISDB-Tsb channel. (See also + DTV_ISDBT_PARTIAL_RECEPTION). + + Possible values: 0, 1, -1 (AUTO) +
+
+ <constant>DTV_ISDBT_SB_SUBCHANNEL_ID</constant> + + This field only applies if DTV_ISDBT_SOUND_BROADCASTING is '1'. + + (Note of the author: This might not be the correct description of the + SUBCHANNEL-ID in all details, but it is my understanding of the technical + background needed to program a device) + + An ISDB-Tsb channel (1 or 3 segments) can be broadcasted alone or in a + set of connected ISDB-Tsb channels. In this set of channels every + channel can be received independently. The number of connected + ISDB-Tsb segment can vary, e.g. depending on the frequency spectrum + bandwidth available. + + Example: Assume 8 ISDB-Tsb connected segments are broadcasted. The + broadcaster has several possibilities to put those channels in the + air: Assuming a normal 13-segment ISDB-T spectrum he can align the 8 + segments from position 1-8 to 5-13 or anything in between. + + The underlying layer of segments are subchannels: each segment is + consisting of several subchannels with a predefined IDs. A sub-channel + is used to help the demodulator to synchronize on the channel. + + An ISDB-T channel is always centered over all sub-channels. As for + the example above, in ISDB-Tsb it is no longer as simple as that. + + The DTV_ISDBT_SB_SUBCHANNEL_ID parameter is used to give the + sub-channel ID of the segment to be demodulated. + + Possible values: 0 .. 41, -1 (AUTO) +
+
+ <constant>DTV_ISDBT_SB_SEGMENT_IDX</constant> + This field only applies if DTV_ISDBT_SOUND_BROADCASTING is '1'. + DTV_ISDBT_SB_SEGMENT_IDX gives the index of the segment to be + demodulated for an ISDB-Tsb channel where several of them are + transmitted in the connected manner. + Possible values: 0 .. DTV_ISDBT_SB_SEGMENT_COUNT - 1 + Note: This value cannot be determined by an automatic channel search. +
+
+ <constant>DTV_ISDBT_SB_SEGMENT_COUNT</constant> + This field only applies if DTV_ISDBT_SOUND_BROADCASTING is '1'. + DTV_ISDBT_SB_SEGMENT_COUNT gives the total count of connected ISDB-Tsb + channels. + Possible values: 1 .. 13 + Note: This value cannot be determined by an automatic channel search. +
+
+ <constant>DTV-ISDBT-LAYER*</constant> parameters + ISDB-T channels can be coded hierarchically. As opposed to DVB-T in + ISDB-T hierarchical layers can be decoded simultaneously. For that + reason a ISDB-T demodulator has 3 Viterbi and 3 Reed-Solomon decoders. + ISDB-T has 3 hierarchical layers which each can use a part of the + available segments. The total number of segments over all layers has + to 13 in ISDB-T. + There are 3 parameter sets, for Layers A, B and C. +
+ <constant>DTV_ISDBT_LAYER_ENABLED</constant> + Hierarchical reception in ISDB-T is achieved by enabling or disabling + layers in the decoding process. Setting all bits of + DTV_ISDBT_LAYER_ENABLED to '1' forces all layers (if applicable) to be + demodulated. This is the default. + If the channel is in the partial reception mode + (DTV_ISDBT_PARTIAL_RECEPTION = 1) the central segment can be decoded + independently of the other 12 segments. In that mode layer A has to + have a SEGMENT_COUNT of 1. + In ISDB-Tsb only layer A is used, it can be 1 or 3 in ISDB-Tsb + according to DTV_ISDBT_PARTIAL_RECEPTION. SEGMENT_COUNT must be filled + accordingly. + Possible values: 0x1, 0x2, 0x4 (|-able) + DTV_ISDBT_LAYER_ENABLED[0:0] - layer A + DTV_ISDBT_LAYER_ENABLED[1:1] - layer B + DTV_ISDBT_LAYER_ENABLED[2:2] - layer C + DTV_ISDBT_LAYER_ENABLED[31:3] unused +
+
+ <constant>DTV_ISDBT_LAYER*_FEC</constant> + Possible values: FEC_AUTO, FEC_1_2, FEC_2_3, FEC_3_4, FEC_5_6, FEC_7_8 +
+
+ <constant>DTV_ISDBT_LAYER*_MODULATION</constant> + Possible values: QAM_AUTO, QPSK, QAM_16, QAM_64, DQPSK + Note: If layer C is DQPSK layer B has to be DQPSK. If layer B is DQPSK + and DTV_ISDBT_PARTIAL_RECEPTION=0 layer has to be DQPSK. +
+
+ <constant>DTV_ISDBT_LAYER*_SEGMENT_COUNT</constant> + Possible values: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, -1 (AUTO) + Note: Truth table for DTV_ISDBT_SOUND_BROADCASTING and + DTV_ISDBT_PARTIAL_RECEPTION and LAYER*_SEGMENT_COUNT + + + + + PR + SB + Layer A width + Layer B width + Layer C width + total width + + + 0 + 0 + 1 .. 13 + 1 .. 13 + 1 .. 13 + 13 + + + 1 + 0 + 1 + 1 .. 13 + 1 .. 13 + 13 + + + 0 + 1 + 1 + 0 + 0 + 1 + + + 1 + 1 + 1 + 2 + 0 + 13 + + + + +
+
+ <constant>DTV_ISDBT_LAYER*_TIME_INTERLEAVING</constant> + Valid values: 0, 1, 2, 4, -1 (AUTO) + when DTV_ISDBT_SOUND_BROADCASTING is active, value 8 is also valid. + Note: The real time interleaving length depends on the mode (fft-size). The values + here are referring to what can be found in the TMCC-structure, as shown in the table below. + + + + + DTV_ISDBT_LAYER*_TIME_INTERLEAVING + Mode 1 (2K FFT) + Mode 2 (4K FFT) + Mode 3 (8K FFT) + + + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + + + 1 + 4 + 2 + 1 + + + 2 + 8 + 4 + 2 + + + 4 + 16 + 8 + 4 + + + + +
+
+ <constant>DTV_ATSCMH_FIC_VER</constant> + Version number of the FIC (Fast Information Channel) signaling data. + FIC is used for relaying information to allow rapid service acquisition by the receiver. + Possible values: 0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 30, 31 +
+
+ <constant>DTV_ATSCMH_PARADE_ID</constant> + Parade identification number + A parade is a collection of up to eight MH groups, conveying one or two ensembles. + Possible values: 0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 126, 127 +
+
+ <constant>DTV_ATSCMH_NOG</constant> + Number of MH groups per MH subframe for a designated parade. + Possible values: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 +
+
+ <constant>DTV_ATSCMH_TNOG</constant> + Total number of MH groups including all MH groups belonging to all MH parades in one MH subframe. + Possible values: 0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 30, 31 +
+
+ <constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SGN</constant> + Start group number. + Possible values: 0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 14, 15 +
+
+ <constant>DTV_ATSCMH_PRC</constant> + Parade repetition cycle. + Possible values: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 +
+
+ <constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_FRAME_MODE</constant> + RS frame mode. + Possible values are: + + +typedef enum atscmh_rs_frame_mode { + ATSCMH_RSFRAME_PRI_ONLY = 0, + ATSCMH_RSFRAME_PRI_SEC = 1, +} atscmh_rs_frame_mode_t; + + +
+
+ <constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_FRAME_ENSEMBLE</constant> + RS frame ensemble. + Possible values are: + + +typedef enum atscmh_rs_frame_ensemble { + ATSCMH_RSFRAME_ENS_PRI = 0, + ATSCMH_RSFRAME_ENS_SEC = 1, +} atscmh_rs_frame_ensemble_t; + + +
+
+ <constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_CODE_MODE_PRI</constant> + RS code mode (primary). + Possible values are: + + +typedef enum atscmh_rs_code_mode { + ATSCMH_RSCODE_211_187 = 0, + ATSCMH_RSCODE_223_187 = 1, + ATSCMH_RSCODE_235_187 = 2, +} atscmh_rs_code_mode_t; + + +
+
+ <constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_CODE_MODE_SEC</constant> + RS code mode (secondary). + Possible values are: + +typedef enum atscmh_rs_code_mode { + ATSCMH_RSCODE_211_187 = 0, + ATSCMH_RSCODE_223_187 = 1, + ATSCMH_RSCODE_235_187 = 2, +} atscmh_rs_code_mode_t; + +
+
+ <constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_BLOCK_MODE</constant> + Series Concatenated Convolutional Code Block Mode. + Possible values are: + + +typedef enum atscmh_sccc_block_mode { + ATSCMH_SCCC_BLK_SEP = 0, + ATSCMH_SCCC_BLK_COMB = 1, +} atscmh_sccc_block_mode_t; + + +
+
+ <constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_A</constant> + Series Concatenated Convolutional Code Rate. + Possible values are: + + +typedef enum atscmh_sccc_code_mode { + ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_HLF = 0, + ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_QTR = 1, +} atscmh_sccc_code_mode_t; + + +
+
+ <constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_B</constant> + Series Concatenated Convolutional Code Rate. + Possible values are: + +typedef enum atscmh_sccc_code_mode { + ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_HLF = 0, + ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_QTR = 1, +} atscmh_sccc_code_mode_t; + +
+
+ <constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_C</constant> + Series Concatenated Convolutional Code Rate. + Possible values are: + +typedef enum atscmh_sccc_code_mode { + ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_HLF = 0, + ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_QTR = 1, +} atscmh_sccc_code_mode_t; + +
+
+ <constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_D</constant> + Series Concatenated Convolutional Code Rate. + Possible values are: + +typedef enum atscmh_sccc_code_mode { + ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_HLF = 0, + ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_QTR = 1, +} atscmh_sccc_code_mode_t; + +
+
+
+ <constant>DTV_API_VERSION</constant> + Returns the major/minor version of the DVB API +
+
+ <constant>DTV_CODE_RATE_HP</constant> + Used on terrestrial transmissions. The acceptable values are: + + +typedef enum fe_code_rate { + FEC_NONE = 0, + FEC_1_2, + FEC_2_3, + FEC_3_4, + FEC_4_5, + FEC_5_6, + FEC_6_7, + FEC_7_8, + FEC_8_9, + FEC_AUTO, + FEC_3_5, + FEC_9_10, +} fe_code_rate_t; + +
+
+ <constant>DTV_CODE_RATE_LP</constant> + Used on terrestrial transmissions. The acceptable values are: + + +typedef enum fe_code_rate { + FEC_NONE = 0, + FEC_1_2, + FEC_2_3, + FEC_3_4, + FEC_4_5, + FEC_5_6, + FEC_6_7, + FEC_7_8, + FEC_8_9, + FEC_AUTO, + FEC_3_5, + FEC_9_10, +} fe_code_rate_t; + +
+
+ <constant>DTV_GUARD_INTERVAL</constant> + + Possible values are: + +typedef enum fe_guard_interval { + GUARD_INTERVAL_1_32, + GUARD_INTERVAL_1_16, + GUARD_INTERVAL_1_8, + GUARD_INTERVAL_1_4, + GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO, + GUARD_INTERVAL_1_128, + GUARD_INTERVAL_19_128, + GUARD_INTERVAL_19_256, + GUARD_INTERVAL_PN420, + GUARD_INTERVAL_PN595, + GUARD_INTERVAL_PN945, +} fe_guard_interval_t; + + + Notes: + 1) If DTV_GUARD_INTERVAL is set the GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO the hardware will + try to find the correct guard interval (if capable) and will use TMCC to fill + in the missing parameters. + 2) Intervals 1/128, 19/128 and 19/256 are used only for DVB-T2 at present + 3) DTMB specifies PN420, PN595 and PN945. +
+
+ <constant>DTV_TRANSMISSION_MODE</constant> + + Specifies the number of carriers used by the standard + + Possible values are: + +typedef enum fe_transmit_mode { + TRANSMISSION_MODE_2K, + TRANSMISSION_MODE_8K, + TRANSMISSION_MODE_AUTO, + TRANSMISSION_MODE_4K, + TRANSMISSION_MODE_1K, + TRANSMISSION_MODE_16K, + TRANSMISSION_MODE_32K, + TRANSMISSION_MODE_C1, + TRANSMISSION_MODE_C3780, +} fe_transmit_mode_t; + + Notes: + 1) ISDB-T supports three carrier/symbol-size: 8K, 4K, 2K. It is called + 'mode' in the standard: Mode 1 is 2K, mode 2 is 4K, mode 3 is 8K + + 2) If DTV_TRANSMISSION_MODE is set the TRANSMISSION_MODE_AUTO the + hardware will try to find the correct FFT-size (if capable) and will + use TMCC to fill in the missing parameters. + 3) DVB-T specifies 2K and 8K as valid sizes. + 4) DVB-T2 specifies 1K, 2K, 4K, 8K, 16K and 32K. + 5) DTMB specifies C1 and C3780. +
+
+ <constant>DTV_HIERARCHY</constant> + Frontend hierarchy + +typedef enum fe_hierarchy { + HIERARCHY_NONE, + HIERARCHY_1, + HIERARCHY_2, + HIERARCHY_4, + HIERARCHY_AUTO + } fe_hierarchy_t; + +
+
+ <constant>DTV_STREAM_ID</constant> + DVB-S2, DVB-T2 and ISDB-S support the transmission of several + streams on a single transport stream. + This property enables the DVB driver to handle substream filtering, + when supported by the hardware. + By default, substream filtering is disabled. + + For DVB-S2 and DVB-T2, the valid substream id range is from 0 to 255. + + For ISDB, the valid substream id range is from 1 to 65535. + + To disable it, you should use the special macro NO_STREAM_ID_FILTER. + + Note: any value outside the id range also disables filtering. + +
+
+ <constant>DTV_DVBT2_PLP_ID_LEGACY</constant> + Obsolete, replaced with DTV_STREAM_ID. +
+
+ <constant>DTV_ENUM_DELSYS</constant> + A Multi standard frontend needs to advertise the delivery systems provided. + Applications need to enumerate the provided delivery systems, before using + any other operation with the frontend. Prior to it's introduction, + FE_GET_INFO was used to determine a frontend type. A frontend which + provides more than a single delivery system, FE_GET_INFO doesn't help much. + Applications which intends to use a multistandard frontend must enumerate + the delivery systems associated with it, rather than trying to use + FE_GET_INFO. In the case of a legacy frontend, the result is just the same + as with FE_GET_INFO, but in a more structured format +
+
+ <constant>DTV_INTERLEAVING</constant> + Interleaving mode + +enum fe_interleaving { + INTERLEAVING_NONE, + INTERLEAVING_AUTO, + INTERLEAVING_240, + INTERLEAVING_720, +}; + +
+
+ <constant>DTV_LNA</constant> + Low-noise amplifier. + Hardware might offer controllable LNA which can be set manually + using that parameter. Usually LNA could be found only from + terrestrial devices if at all. + Possible values: 0, 1, LNA_AUTO + 0, LNA off + 1, LNA on + use the special macro LNA_AUTO to set LNA auto +
+
+ +
+ Frontend statistics indicators + The values are returned via dtv_property.stat. + If the property is supported, dtv_property.stat.len is bigger than zero. + For most delivery systems, dtv_property.stat.len + will be 1 if the stats is supported, and the properties will + return a single value for each parameter. + It should be noticed, however, that new OFDM delivery systems + like ISDB can use different modulation types for each group of + carriers. On such standards, up to 3 groups of statistics can be + provided, and dtv_property.stat.len is updated + to reflect the "global" metrics, plus one metric per each carrier + group (called "layer" on ISDB). + So, in order to be consistent with other delivery systems, the first + value at dtv_property.stat.dtv_stats + array refers to the global metric. The other elements of the array + represent each layer, starting from layer A(index 1), + layer B (index 2) and so on. + The number of filled elements are stored at dtv_property.stat.len. + Each element of the dtv_property.stat.dtv_stats array consists on two elements: + + svalue or uvalue, where + svalue is for signed values of the measure (dB measures) + and uvalue is for unsigned values (counters, relative scale) + scale - Scale for the value. It can be: + + FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE - The parameter is supported by the frontend, but it was not possible to collect it (could be a transitory or permanent condition) + FE_SCALE_DECIBEL - parameter is a signed value, measured in 1/1000 dB + FE_SCALE_RELATIVE - parameter is a unsigned value, where 0 means 0% and 65535 means 100%. + FE_SCALE_COUNTER - parameter is a unsigned value that counts the occurrence of an event, like bit error, block error, or lapsed time. + + + +
+ <constant>DTV_STAT_SIGNAL_STRENGTH</constant> + Indicates the signal strength level at the analog part of the tuner or of the demod. + Possible scales for this metric are: + + FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE - it failed to measure it, or the measurement was not complete yet. + FE_SCALE_DECIBEL - signal strength is in 0.0001 dBm units, power measured in miliwatts. This value is generally negative. + FE_SCALE_RELATIVE - The frontend provides a 0% to 100% measurement for power (actually, 0 to 65535). + +
+
+ <constant>DTV_STAT_CNR</constant> + Indicates the Signal to Noise ratio for the main carrier. + Possible scales for this metric are: + + FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE - it failed to measure it, or the measurement was not complete yet. + FE_SCALE_DECIBEL - Signal/Noise ratio is in 0.0001 dB units. + FE_SCALE_RELATIVE - The frontend provides a 0% to 100% measurement for Signal/Noise (actually, 0 to 65535). + +
+
+ <constant>DTV_STAT_PRE_ERROR_BIT_COUNT</constant> + Measures the number of bit errors before the forward error correction (FEC) on the inner coding block (before Viterbi, LDPC or other inner code). + This measure is taken during the same interval as DTV_STAT_PRE_TOTAL_BIT_COUNT. + In order to get the BER (Bit Error Rate) measurement, it should be divided by + DTV_STAT_PRE_TOTAL_BIT_COUNT. + This measurement is monotonically increased, as the frontend gets more bit count measurements. + The frontend may reset it when a channel/transponder is tuned. + Possible scales for this metric are: + + FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE - it failed to measure it, or the measurement was not complete yet. + FE_SCALE_COUNTER - Number of error bits counted before the inner coding. + +
+
+ <constant>DTV_STAT_PRE_TOTAL_BIT_COUNT</constant> + Measures the amount of bits received before the inner code block, during the same period as + DTV_STAT_PRE_ERROR_BIT_COUNT measurement was taken. + It should be noticed that this measurement can be smaller than the total amount of bits on the transport stream, + as the frontend may need to manually restart the measurement, losing some data between each measurement interval. + This measurement is monotonically increased, as the frontend gets more bit count measurements. + The frontend may reset it when a channel/transponder is tuned. + Possible scales for this metric are: + + FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE - it failed to measure it, or the measurement was not complete yet. + FE_SCALE_COUNTER - Number of bits counted while measuring + DTV_STAT_PRE_ERROR_BIT_COUNT. + +
+
+ <constant>DTV_STAT_POST_ERROR_BIT_COUNT</constant> + Measures the number of bit errors after the forward error correction (FEC) done by inner code block (after Viterbi, LDPC or other inner code). + This measure is taken during the same interval as DTV_STAT_POST_TOTAL_BIT_COUNT. + In order to get the BER (Bit Error Rate) measurement, it should be divided by + DTV_STAT_POST_TOTAL_BIT_COUNT. + This measurement is monotonically increased, as the frontend gets more bit count measurements. + The frontend may reset it when a channel/transponder is tuned. + Possible scales for this metric are: + + FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE - it failed to measure it, or the measurement was not complete yet. + FE_SCALE_COUNTER - Number of error bits counted after the inner coding. + +
+
+ <constant>DTV_STAT_POST_TOTAL_BIT_COUNT</constant> + Measures the amount of bits received after the inner coding, during the same period as + DTV_STAT_POST_ERROR_BIT_COUNT measurement was taken. + It should be noticed that this measurement can be smaller than the total amount of bits on the transport stream, + as the frontend may need to manually restart the measurement, losing some data between each measurement interval. + This measurement is monotonically increased, as the frontend gets more bit count measurements. + The frontend may reset it when a channel/transponder is tuned. + Possible scales for this metric are: + + FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE - it failed to measure it, or the measurement was not complete yet. + FE_SCALE_COUNTER - Number of bits counted while measuring + DTV_STAT_POST_ERROR_BIT_COUNT. + +
+
+ <constant>DTV_STAT_ERROR_BLOCK_COUNT</constant> + Measures the number of block errors after the outer forward error correction coding (after Reed-Solomon or other outer code). + This measurement is monotonically increased, as the frontend gets more bit count measurements. + The frontend may reset it when a channel/transponder is tuned. + Possible scales for this metric are: + + FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE - it failed to measure it, or the measurement was not complete yet. + FE_SCALE_COUNTER - Number of error blocks counted after the outer coding. + +
+
+ <constant>DTV-STAT_TOTAL_BLOCK_COUNT</constant> + Measures the total number of blocks received during the same period as + DTV_STAT_ERROR_BLOCK_COUNT measurement was taken. + It can be used to calculate the PER indicator, by dividing + DTV_STAT_ERROR_BLOCK_COUNT + by DTV-STAT-TOTAL-BLOCK-COUNT. + Possible scales for this metric are: + + FE_SCALE_NOT_AVAILABLE - it failed to measure it, or the measurement was not complete yet. + FE_SCALE_COUNTER - Number of blocks counted while measuring + DTV_STAT_ERROR_BLOCK_COUNT. + +
+
+ +
+ Properties used on terrestrial delivery systems +
+ DVB-T delivery system + The following parameters are valid for DVB-T: + + DTV_API_VERSION + DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM + DTV_TUNE + DTV_CLEAR + DTV_FREQUENCY + DTV_MODULATION + DTV_BANDWIDTH_HZ + DTV_INVERSION + DTV_CODE_RATE_HP + DTV_CODE_RATE_LP + DTV_GUARD_INTERVAL + DTV_TRANSMISSION_MODE + DTV_HIERARCHY + DTV_LNA + + In addition, the DTV QoS statistics are also valid. +
+
+ DVB-T2 delivery system + DVB-T2 support is currently in the early stages + of development, so expect that this section maygrow and become + more detailed with time. + The following parameters are valid for DVB-T2: + + DTV_API_VERSION + DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM + DTV_TUNE + DTV_CLEAR + DTV_FREQUENCY + DTV_MODULATION + DTV_BANDWIDTH_HZ + DTV_INVERSION + DTV_CODE_RATE_HP + DTV_CODE_RATE_LP + DTV_GUARD_INTERVAL + DTV_TRANSMISSION_MODE + DTV_HIERARCHY + DTV_STREAM_ID + DTV_LNA + + In addition, the DTV QoS statistics are also valid. +
+
+ ISDB-T delivery system + This ISDB-T/ISDB-Tsb API extension should reflect all information + needed to tune any ISDB-T/ISDB-Tsb hardware. Of course it is possible + that some very sophisticated devices won't need certain parameters to + tune. + The information given here should help application writers to know how + to handle ISDB-T and ISDB-Tsb hardware using the Linux DVB-API. + The details given here about ISDB-T and ISDB-Tsb are just enough to + basically show the dependencies between the needed parameter values, + but surely some information is left out. For more detailed information + see the following documents: + ARIB STD-B31 - "Transmission System for Digital Terrestrial + Television Broadcasting" and + ARIB TR-B14 - "Operational Guidelines for Digital Terrestrial + Television Broadcasting". + In order to understand the ISDB specific parameters, + one has to have some knowledge the channel structure in + ISDB-T and ISDB-Tsb. I.e. it has to be known to + the reader that an ISDB-T channel consists of 13 segments, + that it can have up to 3 layer sharing those segments, + and things like that. + The following parameters are valid for ISDB-T: + + DTV_API_VERSION + DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM + DTV_TUNE + DTV_CLEAR + DTV_FREQUENCY + DTV_BANDWIDTH_HZ + DTV_INVERSION + DTV_GUARD_INTERVAL + DTV_TRANSMISSION_MODE + DTV_ISDBT_LAYER_ENABLED + DTV_ISDBT_PARTIAL_RECEPTION + DTV_ISDBT_SOUND_BROADCASTING + DTV_ISDBT_SB_SUBCHANNEL_ID + DTV_ISDBT_SB_SEGMENT_IDX + DTV_ISDBT_SB_SEGMENT_COUNT + DTV_ISDBT_LAYERA_FEC + DTV_ISDBT_LAYERA_MODULATION + DTV_ISDBT_LAYERA_SEGMENT_COUNT + DTV_ISDBT_LAYERA_TIME_INTERLEAVING + DTV_ISDBT_LAYERB_FEC + DTV_ISDBT_LAYERB_MODULATION + DTV_ISDBT_LAYERB_SEGMENT_COUNT + DTV_ISDBT_LAYERB_TIME_INTERLEAVING + DTV_ISDBT_LAYERC_FEC + DTV_ISDBT_LAYERC_MODULATION + DTV_ISDBT_LAYERC_SEGMENT_COUNT + DTV_ISDBT_LAYERC_TIME_INTERLEAVING + + In addition, the DTV QoS statistics are also valid. +
+
+ ATSC delivery system + The following parameters are valid for ATSC: + + DTV_API_VERSION + DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM + DTV_TUNE + DTV_CLEAR + DTV_FREQUENCY + DTV_MODULATION + DTV_BANDWIDTH_HZ + + In addition, the DTV QoS statistics are also valid. +
+
+ ATSC-MH delivery system + The following parameters are valid for ATSC-MH: + + DTV_API_VERSION + DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM + DTV_TUNE + DTV_CLEAR + DTV_FREQUENCY + DTV_BANDWIDTH_HZ + DTV_ATSCMH_FIC_VER + DTV_ATSCMH_PARADE_ID + DTV_ATSCMH_NOG + DTV_ATSCMH_TNOG + DTV_ATSCMH_SGN + DTV_ATSCMH_PRC + DTV_ATSCMH_RS_FRAME_MODE + DTV_ATSCMH_RS_FRAME_ENSEMBLE + DTV_ATSCMH_RS_CODE_MODE_PRI + DTV_ATSCMH_RS_CODE_MODE_SEC + DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_BLOCK_MODE + DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_A + DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_B + DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_C + DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_D + + In addition, the DTV QoS statistics are also valid. +
+
+ DTMB delivery system + The following parameters are valid for DTMB: + + DTV_API_VERSION + DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM + DTV_TUNE + DTV_CLEAR + DTV_FREQUENCY + DTV_MODULATION + DTV_BANDWIDTH_HZ + DTV_INVERSION + DTV_INNER_FEC + DTV_GUARD_INTERVAL + DTV_TRANSMISSION_MODE + DTV_INTERLEAVING + DTV_LNA + + In addition, the DTV QoS statistics are also valid. +
+
+
+ Properties used on cable delivery systems +
+ DVB-C delivery system + The DVB-C Annex-A is the widely used cable standard. Transmission uses QAM modulation. + The DVB-C Annex-C is optimized for 6MHz, and is used in Japan. It supports a subset of the Annex A modulation types, and a roll-off of 0.13, instead of 0.15 + The following parameters are valid for DVB-C Annex A/C: + + DTV_API_VERSION + DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM + DTV_TUNE + DTV_CLEAR + DTV_FREQUENCY + DTV_MODULATION + DTV_INVERSION + DTV_SYMBOL_RATE + DTV_INNER_FEC + DTV_LNA + + In addition, the DTV QoS statistics are also valid. +
+
+ DVB-C Annex B delivery system + The DVB-C Annex-B is only used on a few Countries like the United States. + The following parameters are valid for DVB-C Annex B: + + DTV_API_VERSION + DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM + DTV_TUNE + DTV_CLEAR + DTV_FREQUENCY + DTV_MODULATION + DTV_INVERSION + DTV_LNA + + In addition, the DTV QoS statistics are also valid. +
+
+
+ Properties used on satellital delivery systems +
+ DVB-S delivery system + The following parameters are valid for DVB-S: + + DTV_API_VERSION + DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM + DTV_TUNE + DTV_CLEAR + DTV_FREQUENCY + DTV_INVERSION + DTV_SYMBOL_RATE + DTV_INNER_FEC + DTV_VOLTAGE + DTV_TONE + + In addition, the DTV QoS statistics are also valid. + Future implementations might add those two missing parameters: + + DTV_DISEQC_MASTER + DTV_DISEQC_SLAVE_REPLY + +
+
+ DVB-S2 delivery system + In addition to all parameters valid for DVB-S, DVB-S2 supports the following parameters: + + DTV_MODULATION + DTV_PILOT + DTV_ROLLOFF + DTV_STREAM_ID + + In addition, the DTV QoS statistics are also valid. +
+
+ Turbo code delivery system + In addition to all parameters valid for DVB-S, turbo code supports the following parameters: + + DTV_MODULATION + +
+
+ ISDB-S delivery system + The following parameters are valid for ISDB-S: + + DTV_API_VERSION + DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM + DTV_TUNE + DTV_CLEAR + DTV_FREQUENCY + DTV_INVERSION + DTV_SYMBOL_RATE + DTV_INNER_FEC + DTV_VOLTAGE + DTV_STREAM_ID + +
+
+
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/examples.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/examples.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f037e568e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/examples.xml @@ -0,0 +1,365 @@ +Examples +In this section we would like to present some examples for using the DVB API. + +Maintainer note: This section is out of date. Please refer to the sample programs packaged +with the driver distribution from . + + +
+Tuning +We will start with a generic tuning subroutine that uses the frontend and SEC, as well as +the demux devices. The example is given for QPSK tuners, but can easily be adjusted for +QAM. + + + #include <sys/ioctl.h> + #include <stdio.h> + #include <stdint.h> + #include <sys/types.h> + #include <sys/stat.h> + #include <fcntl.h> + #include <time.h> + #include <unistd.h> + + #include <linux/dvb/dmx.h> + #include <linux/dvb/frontend.h> + #include <linux/dvb/sec.h> + #include <sys/poll.h> + + #define DMX "/dev/dvb/adapter0/demux1" + #define FRONT "/dev/dvb/adapter0/frontend1" + #define SEC "/dev/dvb/adapter0/sec1" + + /⋆ routine for checking if we have a signal and other status information⋆/ + int FEReadStatus(int fd, fe_status_t ⋆stat) + { + int ans; + + if ( (ans = ioctl(fd,FE_READ_STATUS,stat) < 0)){ + perror("FE READ STATUS: "); + return -1; + } + + if (⋆stat & FE_HAS_POWER) + printf("FE HAS POWER\n"); + + if (⋆stat & FE_HAS_SIGNAL) + printf("FE HAS SIGNAL\n"); + + if (⋆stat & FE_SPECTRUM_INV) + printf("SPEKTRUM INV\n"); + + return 0; + } + + + /⋆ tune qpsk ⋆/ + /⋆ freq: frequency of transponder ⋆/ + /⋆ vpid, apid, tpid: PIDs of video, audio and teletext TS packets ⋆/ + /⋆ diseqc: DiSEqC address of the used LNB ⋆/ + /⋆ pol: Polarisation ⋆/ + /⋆ srate: Symbol Rate ⋆/ + /⋆ fec. FEC ⋆/ + /⋆ lnb_lof1: local frequency of lower LNB band ⋆/ + /⋆ lnb_lof2: local frequency of upper LNB band ⋆/ + /⋆ lnb_slof: switch frequency of LNB ⋆/ + + int set_qpsk_channel(int freq, int vpid, int apid, int tpid, + int diseqc, int pol, int srate, int fec, int lnb_lof1, + int lnb_lof2, int lnb_slof) + { + struct secCommand scmd; + struct secCmdSequence scmds; + struct dmx_pes_filter_params pesFilterParams; + FrontendParameters frp; + struct pollfd pfd[1]; + FrontendEvent event; + int demux1, demux2, demux3, front; + + frequency = (uint32_t) freq; + symbolrate = (uint32_t) srate; + + if((front = open(FRONT,O_RDWR)) < 0){ + perror("FRONTEND DEVICE: "); + return -1; + } + + if((sec = open(SEC,O_RDWR)) < 0){ + perror("SEC DEVICE: "); + return -1; + } + + if (demux1 < 0){ + if ((demux1=open(DMX, O_RDWR|O_NONBLOCK)) + < 0){ + perror("DEMUX DEVICE: "); + return -1; + } + } + + if (demux2 < 0){ + if ((demux2=open(DMX, O_RDWR|O_NONBLOCK)) + < 0){ + perror("DEMUX DEVICE: "); + return -1; + } + } + + if (demux3 < 0){ + if ((demux3=open(DMX, O_RDWR|O_NONBLOCK)) + < 0){ + perror("DEMUX DEVICE: "); + return -1; + } + } + + if (freq < lnb_slof) { + frp.Frequency = (freq - lnb_lof1); + scmds.continuousTone = SEC_TONE_OFF; + } else { + frp.Frequency = (freq - lnb_lof2); + scmds.continuousTone = SEC_TONE_ON; + } + frp.Inversion = INVERSION_AUTO; + if (pol) scmds.voltage = SEC_VOLTAGE_18; + else scmds.voltage = SEC_VOLTAGE_13; + + scmd.type=0; + scmd.u.diseqc.addr=0x10; + scmd.u.diseqc.cmd=0x38; + scmd.u.diseqc.numParams=1; + scmd.u.diseqc.params[0] = 0xF0 | ((diseqc ⋆ 4) & 0x0F) | + (scmds.continuousTone == SEC_TONE_ON ? 1 : 0) | + (scmds.voltage==SEC_VOLTAGE_18 ? 2 : 0); + + scmds.miniCommand=SEC_MINI_NONE; + scmds.numCommands=1; + scmds.commands=&scmd; + if (ioctl(sec, SEC_SEND_SEQUENCE, &scmds) < 0){ + perror("SEC SEND: "); + return -1; + } + + if (ioctl(sec, SEC_SEND_SEQUENCE, &scmds) < 0){ + perror("SEC SEND: "); + return -1; + } + + frp.u.qpsk.SymbolRate = srate; + frp.u.qpsk.FEC_inner = fec; + + if (ioctl(front, FE_SET_FRONTEND, &frp) < 0){ + perror("QPSK TUNE: "); + return -1; + } + + pfd[0].fd = front; + pfd[0].events = POLLIN; + + if (poll(pfd,1,3000)){ + if (pfd[0].revents & POLLIN){ + printf("Getting QPSK event\n"); + if ( ioctl(front, FE_GET_EVENT, &event) + + == -EOVERFLOW){ + perror("qpsk get event"); + return -1; + } + printf("Received "); + switch(event.type){ + case FE_UNEXPECTED_EV: + printf("unexpected event\n"); + return -1; + case FE_FAILURE_EV: + printf("failure event\n"); + return -1; + + case FE_COMPLETION_EV: + printf("completion event\n"); + } + } + } + + + pesFilterParams.pid = vpid; + pesFilterParams.input = DMX_IN_FRONTEND; + pesFilterParams.output = DMX_OUT_DECODER; + pesFilterParams.pes_type = DMX_PES_VIDEO; + pesFilterParams.flags = DMX_IMMEDIATE_START; + if (ioctl(demux1, DMX_SET_PES_FILTER, &pesFilterParams) < 0){ + perror("set_vpid"); + return -1; + } + + pesFilterParams.pid = apid; + pesFilterParams.input = DMX_IN_FRONTEND; + pesFilterParams.output = DMX_OUT_DECODER; + pesFilterParams.pes_type = DMX_PES_AUDIO; + pesFilterParams.flags = DMX_IMMEDIATE_START; + if (ioctl(demux2, DMX_SET_PES_FILTER, &pesFilterParams) < 0){ + perror("set_apid"); + return -1; + } + + pesFilterParams.pid = tpid; + pesFilterParams.input = DMX_IN_FRONTEND; + pesFilterParams.output = DMX_OUT_DECODER; + pesFilterParams.pes_type = DMX_PES_TELETEXT; + pesFilterParams.flags = DMX_IMMEDIATE_START; + if (ioctl(demux3, DMX_SET_PES_FILTER, &pesFilterParams) < 0){ + perror("set_tpid"); + return -1; + } + + return has_signal(fds); + } + + +The program assumes that you are using a universal LNB and a standard DiSEqC +switch with up to 4 addresses. Of course, you could build in some more checking if +tuning was successful and maybe try to repeat the tuning process. Depending on the +external hardware, i.e. LNB and DiSEqC switch, and weather conditions this may be +necessary. + +
+ +
+The DVR device +The following program code shows how to use the DVR device for recording. + + + #include <sys/ioctl.h> + #include <stdio.h> + #include <stdint.h> + #include <sys/types.h> + #include <sys/stat.h> + #include <fcntl.h> + #include <time.h> + #include <unistd.h> + + #include <linux/dvb/dmx.h> + #include <linux/dvb/video.h> + #include <sys/poll.h> + #define DVR "/dev/dvb/adapter0/dvr1" + #define AUDIO "/dev/dvb/adapter0/audio1" + #define VIDEO "/dev/dvb/adapter0/video1" + + #define BUFFY (188⋆20) + #define MAX_LENGTH (1024⋆1024⋆5) /⋆ record 5MB ⋆/ + + + /⋆ switch the demuxes to recording, assuming the transponder is tuned ⋆/ + + /⋆ demux1, demux2: file descriptor of video and audio filters ⋆/ + /⋆ vpid, apid: PIDs of video and audio channels ⋆/ + + int switch_to_record(int demux1, int demux2, uint16_t vpid, uint16_t apid) + { + struct dmx_pes_filter_params pesFilterParams; + + if (demux1 < 0){ + if ((demux1=open(DMX, O_RDWR|O_NONBLOCK)) + < 0){ + perror("DEMUX DEVICE: "); + return -1; + } + } + + if (demux2 < 0){ + if ((demux2=open(DMX, O_RDWR|O_NONBLOCK)) + < 0){ + perror("DEMUX DEVICE: "); + return -1; + } + } + + pesFilterParams.pid = vpid; + pesFilterParams.input = DMX_IN_FRONTEND; + pesFilterParams.output = DMX_OUT_TS_TAP; + pesFilterParams.pes_type = DMX_PES_VIDEO; + pesFilterParams.flags = DMX_IMMEDIATE_START; + if (ioctl(demux1, DMX_SET_PES_FILTER, &pesFilterParams) < 0){ + perror("DEMUX DEVICE"); + return -1; + } + pesFilterParams.pid = apid; + pesFilterParams.input = DMX_IN_FRONTEND; + pesFilterParams.output = DMX_OUT_TS_TAP; + pesFilterParams.pes_type = DMX_PES_AUDIO; + pesFilterParams.flags = DMX_IMMEDIATE_START; + if (ioctl(demux2, DMX_SET_PES_FILTER, &pesFilterParams) < 0){ + perror("DEMUX DEVICE"); + return -1; + } + return 0; + } + + /⋆ start recording MAX_LENGTH , assuming the transponder is tuned ⋆/ + + /⋆ demux1, demux2: file descriptor of video and audio filters ⋆/ + /⋆ vpid, apid: PIDs of video and audio channels ⋆/ + int record_dvr(int demux1, int demux2, uint16_t vpid, uint16_t apid) + { + int i; + int len; + int written; + uint8_t buf[BUFFY]; + uint64_t length; + struct pollfd pfd[1]; + int dvr, dvr_out; + + /⋆ open dvr device ⋆/ + if ((dvr = open(DVR, O_RDONLY|O_NONBLOCK)) < 0){ + perror("DVR DEVICE"); + return -1; + } + + /⋆ switch video and audio demuxes to dvr ⋆/ + printf ("Switching dvr on\n"); + i = switch_to_record(demux1, demux2, vpid, apid); + printf("finished: "); + + printf("Recording %2.0f MB of test file in TS format\n", + MAX_LENGTH/(1024.0⋆1024.0)); + length = 0; + + /⋆ open output file ⋆/ + if ((dvr_out = open(DVR_FILE,O_WRONLY|O_CREAT + |O_TRUNC, S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR + |S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP|S_IROTH| + S_IWOTH)) < 0){ + perror("Can't open file for dvr test"); + return -1; + } + + pfd[0].fd = dvr; + pfd[0].events = POLLIN; + + /⋆ poll for dvr data and write to file ⋆/ + while (length < MAX_LENGTH ) { + if (poll(pfd,1,1)){ + if (pfd[0].revents & POLLIN){ + len = read(dvr, buf, BUFFY); + if (len < 0){ + perror("recording"); + return -1; + } + if (len > 0){ + written = 0; + while (written < len) + written += + write (dvr_out, + buf, len); + length += len; + printf("written %2.0f MB\r", + length/1024./1024.); + } + } + } + } + return 0; + } + + + +
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a6a6ff27 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1548 @@ +DVB Frontend API + +The DVB frontend device controls the tuner and DVB demodulator +hardware. It can be accessed through /dev/dvb/adapter0/frontend0. Data types and and +ioctl definitions can be accessed by including linux/dvb/frontend.h in your application. + +DVB frontends come in three varieties: DVB-S (satellite), DVB-C +(cable) and DVB-T (terrestrial). Transmission via the internet (DVB-IP) +is not yet handled by this API but a future extension is possible. For +DVB-S the frontend device also supports satellite equipment control +(SEC) via DiSEqC and V-SEC protocols. The DiSEqC (digital SEC) +specification is available from +Eutelsat. + +Note that the DVB API may also be used for MPEG decoder-only PCI +cards, in which case there exists no frontend device. + +
+Frontend Data Types + +
+Frontend type + +For historical reasons, frontend types are named by the type of modulation used in +transmission. The fontend types are given by fe_type_t type, defined as: + + +Frontend types + + &cs-def; + + + fe_type + Description + DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM equivalent type + + + + + FE_QPSK + For DVB-S standard + SYS_DVBS + + + FE_QAM + For DVB-C annex A standard + SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_A + + + FE_OFDM + For DVB-T standard + SYS_DVBT + + + FE_ATSC + For ATSC standard (terrestrial) or for DVB-C Annex B (cable) used in US. + SYS_ATSC (terrestrial) or SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_B (cable) + +
+ +Newer formats like DVB-S2, ISDB-T, ISDB-S and DVB-T2 are not described at the above, as they're +supported via the new FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_GET_SET_PROPERTY ioctl's, using the DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM parameter. + + +The usage of this field is deprecated, as it doesn't report all supported standards, and +will provide an incomplete information for frontends that support multiple delivery systems. +Please use DTV_ENUM_DELSYS instead. +
+ +
+frontend capabilities + +Capabilities describe what a frontend can do. Some capabilities can only be supported for +a specific frontend type. + + typedef enum fe_caps { + FE_IS_STUPID = 0, + FE_CAN_INVERSION_AUTO = 0x1, + FE_CAN_FEC_1_2 = 0x2, + FE_CAN_FEC_2_3 = 0x4, + FE_CAN_FEC_3_4 = 0x8, + FE_CAN_FEC_4_5 = 0x10, + FE_CAN_FEC_5_6 = 0x20, + FE_CAN_FEC_6_7 = 0x40, + FE_CAN_FEC_7_8 = 0x80, + FE_CAN_FEC_8_9 = 0x100, + FE_CAN_FEC_AUTO = 0x200, + FE_CAN_QPSK = 0x400, + FE_CAN_QAM_16 = 0x800, + FE_CAN_QAM_32 = 0x1000, + FE_CAN_QAM_64 = 0x2000, + FE_CAN_QAM_128 = 0x4000, + FE_CAN_QAM_256 = 0x8000, + FE_CAN_QAM_AUTO = 0x10000, + FE_CAN_TRANSMISSION_MODE_AUTO = 0x20000, + FE_CAN_BANDWIDTH_AUTO = 0x40000, + FE_CAN_GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO = 0x80000, + FE_CAN_HIERARCHY_AUTO = 0x100000, + FE_CAN_8VSB = 0x200000, + FE_CAN_16VSB = 0x400000, + FE_HAS_EXTENDED_CAPS = 0x800000, + FE_CAN_MULTISTREAM = 0x4000000, + FE_CAN_TURBO_FEC = 0x8000000, + FE_CAN_2G_MODULATION = 0x10000000, + FE_NEEDS_BENDING = 0x20000000, + FE_CAN_RECOVER = 0x40000000, + FE_CAN_MUTE_TS = 0x80000000 + } fe_caps_t; + +
+ +
+frontend information + +Information about the frontend ca be queried with + FE_GET_INFO. + + + struct dvb_frontend_info { + char name[128]; + fe_type_t type; + uint32_t frequency_min; + uint32_t frequency_max; + uint32_t frequency_stepsize; + uint32_t frequency_tolerance; + uint32_t symbol_rate_min; + uint32_t symbol_rate_max; + uint32_t symbol_rate_tolerance; /⋆ ppm ⋆/ + uint32_t notifier_delay; /⋆ ms ⋆/ + fe_caps_t caps; + }; + +
+ +
+diseqc master command + +A message sent from the frontend to DiSEqC capable equipment. + + struct dvb_diseqc_master_cmd { + uint8_t msg [6]; /⋆ { framing, address, command, data[3] } ⋆/ + uint8_t msg_len; /⋆ valid values are 3...6 ⋆/ + }; + +
+
+diseqc slave reply + +A reply to the frontend from DiSEqC 2.0 capable equipment. + + struct dvb_diseqc_slave_reply { + uint8_t msg [4]; /⋆ { framing, data [3] } ⋆/ + uint8_t msg_len; /⋆ valid values are 0...4, 0 means no msg ⋆/ + int timeout; /⋆ return from ioctl after timeout ms with ⋆/ + }; /⋆ errorcode when no message was received ⋆/ + +
+ +
+diseqc slave reply +The voltage is usually used with non-DiSEqC capable LNBs to switch the polarzation +(horizontal/vertical). When using DiSEqC epuipment this voltage has to be switched +consistently to the DiSEqC commands as described in the DiSEqC spec. + + typedef enum fe_sec_voltage { + SEC_VOLTAGE_13, + SEC_VOLTAGE_18 + } fe_sec_voltage_t; + +
+ +
+SEC continuous tone + +The continuous 22KHz tone is usually used with non-DiSEqC capable LNBs to switch the +high/low band of a dual-band LNB. When using DiSEqC epuipment this voltage has to +be switched consistently to the DiSEqC commands as described in the DiSEqC +spec. + + typedef enum fe_sec_tone_mode { + SEC_TONE_ON, + SEC_TONE_OFF + } fe_sec_tone_mode_t; + +
+ +
+SEC tone burst + +The 22KHz tone burst is usually used with non-DiSEqC capable switches to select +between two connected LNBs/satellites. When using DiSEqC epuipment this voltage has to +be switched consistently to the DiSEqC commands as described in the DiSEqC +spec. + + typedef enum fe_sec_mini_cmd { + SEC_MINI_A, + SEC_MINI_B + } fe_sec_mini_cmd_t; + + + +
+ +
+frontend status +Several functions of the frontend device use the fe_status data type defined +by + +typedef enum fe_status { + FE_HAS_SIGNAL = 0x01, + FE_HAS_CARRIER = 0x02, + FE_HAS_VITERBI = 0x04, + FE_HAS_SYNC = 0x08, + FE_HAS_LOCK = 0x10, + FE_TIMEDOUT = 0x20, + FE_REINIT = 0x40, +} fe_status_t; + +to indicate the current state and/or state changes of the frontend hardware: + + + + +FE_HAS_SIGNAL +The frontend has found something above the noise level + +FE_HAS_CARRIER +The frontend has found a DVB signal + +FE_HAS_VITERBI +The frontend FEC inner coding (Viterbi, LDPC or other inner code) is stable + +FE_HAS_SYNC +Synchronization bytes was found + +FE_HAS_LOCK +The DVB were locked and everything is working + +FE_TIMEDOUT +no lock within the last about 2 seconds + +FE_REINIT +The frontend was reinitialized, application is +recommended to reset DiSEqC, tone and parameters + + + +
+ +
+frontend parameters +The kind of parameters passed to the frontend device for tuning depend on +the kind of hardware you are using. +The struct dvb_frontend_parameters uses an +union with specific per-system parameters. However, as newer delivery systems +required more data, the structure size weren't enough to fit, and just +extending its size would break the existing applications. So, those parameters +were replaced by the usage of +FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_SET_PROPERTY ioctl's. The +new API is flexible enough to add new parameters to existing delivery systems, +and to add newer delivery systems. +So, newer applications should use +FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_SET_PROPERTY instead, in +order to be able to support the newer System Delivery like DVB-S2, DVB-T2, +DVB-C2, ISDB, etc. +All kinds of parameters are combined as an union in the FrontendParameters structure: + +struct dvb_frontend_parameters { + uint32_t frequency; /⋆ (absolute) frequency in Hz for QAM/OFDM ⋆/ + /⋆ intermediate frequency in kHz for QPSK ⋆/ + fe_spectral_inversion_t inversion; + union { + struct dvb_qpsk_parameters qpsk; + struct dvb_qam_parameters qam; + struct dvb_ofdm_parameters ofdm; + struct dvb_vsb_parameters vsb; + } u; +}; + +In the case of QPSK frontends the frequency field specifies the intermediate +frequency, i.e. the offset which is effectively added to the local oscillator frequency (LOF) of +the LNB. The intermediate frequency has to be specified in units of kHz. For QAM and +OFDM frontends the frequency specifies the absolute frequency and is given in Hz. + + +
+QPSK parameters +For satellite QPSK frontends you have to use the dvb_qpsk_parameters structure: + + struct dvb_qpsk_parameters { + uint32_t symbol_rate; /⋆ symbol rate in Symbols per second ⋆/ + fe_code_rate_t fec_inner; /⋆ forward error correction (see above) ⋆/ + }; + +
+
+QAM parameters +for cable QAM frontend you use the dvb_qam_parameters structure: + + struct dvb_qam_parameters { + uint32_t symbol_rate; /⋆ symbol rate in Symbols per second ⋆/ + fe_code_rate_t fec_inner; /⋆ forward error correction (see above) ⋆/ + fe_modulation_t modulation; /⋆ modulation type (see above) ⋆/ + }; + +
+
+VSB parameters +ATSC frontends are supported by the dvb_vsb_parameters structure: + +struct dvb_vsb_parameters { + fe_modulation_t modulation; /⋆ modulation type (see above) ⋆/ +}; + +
+
+OFDM parameters +DVB-T frontends are supported by the dvb_ofdm_parameters structure: + + struct dvb_ofdm_parameters { + fe_bandwidth_t bandwidth; + fe_code_rate_t code_rate_HP; /⋆ high priority stream code rate ⋆/ + fe_code_rate_t code_rate_LP; /⋆ low priority stream code rate ⋆/ + fe_modulation_t constellation; /⋆ modulation type (see above) ⋆/ + fe_transmit_mode_t transmission_mode; + fe_guard_interval_t guard_interval; + fe_hierarchy_t hierarchy_information; + }; + +
+
+frontend spectral inversion +The Inversion field can take one of these values: + + +typedef enum fe_spectral_inversion { + INVERSION_OFF, + INVERSION_ON, + INVERSION_AUTO +} fe_spectral_inversion_t; + +It indicates if spectral inversion should be presumed or not. In the automatic setting +(INVERSION_AUTO) the hardware will try to figure out the correct setting by +itself. + +
+
+frontend code rate +The possible values for the fec_inner field used on +struct dvb_qpsk_parameters and +struct dvb_qam_parameters are: + + +typedef enum fe_code_rate { + FEC_NONE = 0, + FEC_1_2, + FEC_2_3, + FEC_3_4, + FEC_4_5, + FEC_5_6, + FEC_6_7, + FEC_7_8, + FEC_8_9, + FEC_AUTO, + FEC_3_5, + FEC_9_10, +} fe_code_rate_t; + +which correspond to error correction rates of 1/2, 2/3, etc., no error correction or auto +detection. + +
+
+frontend modulation type for QAM, OFDM and VSB +For cable and terrestrial frontends, e. g. for +struct dvb_qpsk_parameters, +struct dvb_qam_parameters and +struct dvb_qam_parameters, +it needs to specify the quadrature modulation mode which can be one of the following: + + + typedef enum fe_modulation { + QPSK, + QAM_16, + QAM_32, + QAM_64, + QAM_128, + QAM_256, + QAM_AUTO, + VSB_8, + VSB_16, + PSK_8, + APSK_16, + APSK_32, + DQPSK, + } fe_modulation_t; + +
+
+More OFDM parameters +
+Number of carriers per channel + +typedef enum fe_transmit_mode { + TRANSMISSION_MODE_2K, + TRANSMISSION_MODE_8K, + TRANSMISSION_MODE_AUTO, + TRANSMISSION_MODE_4K, + TRANSMISSION_MODE_1K, + TRANSMISSION_MODE_16K, + TRANSMISSION_MODE_32K, + } fe_transmit_mode_t; + +
+
+frontend bandwidth + +typedef enum fe_bandwidth { + BANDWIDTH_8_MHZ, + BANDWIDTH_7_MHZ, + BANDWIDTH_6_MHZ, + BANDWIDTH_AUTO, + BANDWIDTH_5_MHZ, + BANDWIDTH_10_MHZ, + BANDWIDTH_1_712_MHZ, +} fe_bandwidth_t; + +
+
+frontend guard inverval + +typedef enum fe_guard_interval { + GUARD_INTERVAL_1_32, + GUARD_INTERVAL_1_16, + GUARD_INTERVAL_1_8, + GUARD_INTERVAL_1_4, + GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO, + GUARD_INTERVAL_1_128, + GUARD_INTERVAL_19_128, + GUARD_INTERVAL_19_256, +} fe_guard_interval_t; + +
+
+frontend hierarchy + +typedef enum fe_hierarchy { + HIERARCHY_NONE, + HIERARCHY_1, + HIERARCHY_2, + HIERARCHY_4, + HIERARCHY_AUTO + } fe_hierarchy_t; + +
+
+ +
+ +
+frontend events + + struct dvb_frontend_event { + fe_status_t status; + struct dvb_frontend_parameters parameters; + }; + +
+
+ + +
+Frontend Function Calls + +
+open() +DESCRIPTION + + +This system call opens a named frontend device (/dev/dvb/adapter0/frontend0) + for subsequent use. Usually the first thing to do after a successful open is to + find out the frontend type with FE_GET_INFO. +The device can be opened in read-only mode, which only allows monitoring of + device status and statistics, or read/write mode, which allows any kind of use + (e.g. performing tuning operations.) + +In a system with multiple front-ends, it is usually the case that multiple devices + cannot be open in read/write mode simultaneously. As long as a front-end + device is opened in read/write mode, other open() calls in read/write mode will + either fail or block, depending on whether non-blocking or blocking mode was + specified. A front-end device opened in blocking mode can later be put into + non-blocking mode (and vice versa) using the F_SETFL command of the fcntl + system call. This is a standard system call, documented in the Linux manual + page for fcntl. When an open() call has succeeded, the device will be ready + for use in the specified mode. This implies that the corresponding hardware is + powered up, and that other front-ends may have been powered down to make + that possible. + + + +SYNOPSIS + +int open(const char ⋆deviceName, int flags); + + +PARAMETERS + + +const char + *deviceName + +Name of specific video device. + + +int flags + +A bit-wise OR of the following flags: + + + +O_RDONLY read-only access + + + +O_RDWR read/write access + + + +O_NONBLOCK open in non-blocking mode + + + +(blocking mode is the default) + + +RETURN VALUE + +ENODEV + +Device driver not loaded/available. + + +EINTERNAL + +Internal error. + + +EBUSY + +Device or resource busy. + + +EINVAL + +Invalid argument. + + +
+ +
+close() +DESCRIPTION + + +This system call closes a previously opened front-end device. After closing + a front-end device, its corresponding hardware might be powered down + automatically. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int close(int fd); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +RETURN VALUE + +EBADF + +fd is not a valid open file descriptor. + + +
+ +
+FE_READ_STATUS +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call returns status information about the front-end. This call only + requires read-only access to the device. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = FE_READ_STATUS, + fe_status_t ⋆status); + + +PARAMETERS + + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals FE_READ_STATUS for this command. + + +struct fe_status_t + *status + +Points to the location where the front-end status word is + to be stored. + + +RETURN VALUE + +EBADF + +fd is not a valid open file descriptor. + + +EFAULT + +status points to invalid address. + + +
+ +
+FE_READ_BER +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call returns the bit error rate for the signal currently + received/demodulated by the front-end. For this command, read-only access to + the device is sufficient. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = FE_READ_BER, + uint32_t ⋆ber); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals FE_READ_BER for this command. + + +uint32_t *ber + +The bit error rate is stored into *ber. + + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
+FE_READ_SNR + +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call returns the signal-to-noise ratio for the signal currently received + by the front-end. For this command, read-only access to the device is sufficient. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = FE_READ_SNR, uint16_t + ⋆snr); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals FE_READ_SNR for this command. + + +uint16_t *snr + +The signal-to-noise ratio is stored into *snr. + + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
+FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call returns the signal strength value for the signal currently received + by the front-end. For this command, read-only access to the device is sufficient. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl( int fd, int request = + FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH, uint16_t ⋆strength); + + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH for this + command. + + +uint16_t *strength + +The signal strength value is stored into *strength. + + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
+FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call returns the number of uncorrected blocks detected by the device + driver during its lifetime. For meaningful measurements, the increment in block + count during a specific time interval should be calculated. For this command, + read-only access to the device is sufficient. + + +Note that the counter will wrap to zero after its maximum count has been + reached. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl( int fd, int request = + FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS, uint32_t ⋆ublocks); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS for this + command. + + +uint32_t *ublocks + +The total number of uncorrected blocks seen by the driver + so far. + + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
+FE_SET_FRONTEND +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call starts a tuning operation using specified parameters. The result + of this call will be successful if the parameters were valid and the tuning could + be initiated. The result of the tuning operation in itself, however, will arrive + asynchronously as an event (see documentation for FE_GET_EVENT and + FrontendEvent.) If a new FE_SET_FRONTEND operation is initiated before + the previous one was completed, the previous operation will be aborted in favor + of the new one. This command requires read/write access to the device. + + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = FE_SET_FRONTEND, + struct dvb_frontend_parameters ⋆p); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals FE_SET_FRONTEND for this command. + + +struct + dvb_frontend_parameters + *p + +Points to parameters for tuning operation. + + + +&return-value-dvb; + +EINVAL + +Maximum supported symbol rate reached. + + +
+ +
+FE_GET_FRONTEND +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call queries the currently effective frontend parameters. For this + command, read-only access to the device is sufficient. + + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = FE_GET_FRONTEND, + struct dvb_frontend_parameters ⋆p); + + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals FE_SET_FRONTEND for this command. + + +struct + dvb_frontend_parameters + *p + +Points to parameters for tuning operation. + + + +&return-value-dvb; + +EINVAL + +Maximum supported symbol rate reached. + + + +
+ +
+FE_GET_EVENT +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call returns a frontend event if available. If an event is not + available, the behavior depends on whether the device is in blocking or + non-blocking mode. In the latter case, the call fails immediately with errno + set to EWOULDBLOCK. In the former case, the call blocks until an event + becomes available. + + +The standard Linux poll() and/or select() system calls can be used with the + device file descriptor to watch for new events. For select(), the file descriptor + should be included in the exceptfds argument, and for poll(), POLLPRI should + be specified as the wake-up condition. Since the event queue allocated is + rather small (room for 8 events), the queue must be serviced regularly to avoid + overflow. If an overflow happens, the oldest event is discarded from the queue, + and an error (EOVERFLOW) occurs the next time the queue is read. After + reporting the error condition in this fashion, subsequent + FE_GET_EVENT + calls will return events from the queue as usual. + + +For the sake of implementation simplicity, this command requires read/write + access to the device. + + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = QPSK_GET_EVENT, + struct dvb_frontend_event ⋆ev); + + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals FE_GET_EVENT for this command. + + +struct + dvb_frontend_event + *ev + +Points to the location where the event, + + + +if any, is to be stored. + + + +&return-value-dvb; + +EWOULDBLOCK + +There is no event pending, and the device is in + non-blocking mode. + + +EOVERFLOW + +Overflow in event queue - one or more events were lost. + + +
+ +
+FE_GET_INFO +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call returns information about the front-end. This call only requires + read-only access to the device. + + +SYNOPSIS + + + + int ioctl(int fd, int request = FE_GET_INFO, struct + dvb_frontend_info ⋆info); + + +PARAMETERS + + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals FE_GET_INFO for this command. + + +struct + dvb_frontend_info + *info + +Points to the location where the front-end information is + to be stored. + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
+FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD +DESCRIPTION + + +If the bus has been automatically powered off due to power overload, this ioctl + call restores the power to the bus. The call requires read/write access to the + device. This call has no effect if the device is manually powered off. Not all + DVB adapters support this ioctl. + + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = + FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD for this + command. + + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
+FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call is used to send a a DiSEqC command. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = + FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD, struct + dvb_diseqc_master_cmd ⋆cmd); + + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD for this + command. + + +struct + dvb_diseqc_master_cmd + *cmd + +Pointer to the command to be transmitted. + + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
+FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call is used to receive reply to a DiSEqC 2.0 command. + + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = + FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY, struct + dvb_diseqc_slave_reply ⋆reply); + + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY for this + command. + + +struct + dvb_diseqc_slave_reply + *reply + +Pointer to the command to be received. + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
+FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call is used to send a 22KHz tone burst. + + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = + FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST, fe_sec_mini_cmd_t burst); + + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST for this command. + + +fe_sec_mini_cmd_t + burst + +burst A or B. + + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
+FE_SET_TONE +DESCRIPTION + + +This call is used to set the generation of the continuous 22kHz tone. This call + requires read/write permissions. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = FE_SET_TONE, + fe_sec_tone_mode_t tone); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals FE_SET_TONE for this command. + + +fe_sec_tone_mode_t + tone + +The requested tone generation mode (on/off). + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
+FE_SET_VOLTAGE +DESCRIPTION + + +This call is used to set the bus voltage. This call requires read/write + permissions. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = FE_SET_VOLTAGE, + fe_sec_voltage_t voltage); + + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals FE_SET_VOLTAGE for this command. + + +fe_sec_voltage_t + voltage + +The requested bus voltage. + + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
+FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE +DESCRIPTION + + +If high != 0 enables slightly higher voltages instead of 13/18V (to compensate + for long cables). This call requires read/write permissions. Not all DVB + adapters support this ioctl. + + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = + FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE, int high); + + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals FE_SET_VOLTAGE for this command. + + +int high + +The requested bus voltage. + + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
+FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE +DESCRIPTION + + +Allow setting tuner mode flags to the frontend. + + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = +FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE, unsigned int flags); + + + +PARAMETERS + + + unsigned int flags + + + +FE_TUNE_MODE_ONESHOT When set, this flag will disable any zigzagging or other "normal" tuning behaviour. Additionally, there will be no automatic monitoring of the lock status, and hence no frontend events will be generated. If a frontend device is closed, this flag will be automatically turned off when the device is reopened read-write. + + + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
+ FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD +DESCRIPTION + + +WARNING: This is a very obscure legacy command, used only at stv0299 driver. Should not be used on newer drivers. +It provides a non-standard method for selecting Diseqc voltage on the frontend, for Dish Network legacy switches. +As support for this ioctl were added in 2004, this means that such dishes were already legacy in 2004. + + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = + FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD, unsigned long cmd); + + + +PARAMETERS + + + unsigned long cmd + + + +sends the specified raw cmd to the dish via DISEqC. + + + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
+ +&sub-dvbproperty; diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/intro.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/intro.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2048b53d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/intro.xml @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ +Introduction + +
+What you need to know + +The reader of this document is required to have some knowledge in +the area of digital video broadcasting (DVB) and should be familiar with +part I of the MPEG2 specification ISO/IEC 13818 (aka ITU-T H.222), i.e +you should know what a program/transport stream (PS/TS) is and what is +meant by a packetized elementary stream (PES) or an I-frame. + +Various DVB standards documents are available from + and/or +. + +It is also necessary to know how to access unix/linux devices and +how to use ioctl calls. This also includes the knowledge of C or C++. + +
+ +
+History + +The first API for DVB cards we used at Convergence in late 1999 +was an extension of the Video4Linux API which was primarily developed +for frame grabber cards. As such it was not really well suited to be +used for DVB cards and their new features like recording MPEG streams +and filtering several section and PES data streams at the same time. + + +In early 2000, we were approached by Nokia with a proposal for a +new standard Linux DVB API. As a commitment to the development of +terminals based on open standards, Nokia and Convergence made it +available to all Linux developers and published it on + in September 2000. +Convergence is the maintainer of the Linux DVB API. Together with the +LinuxTV community (i.e. you, the reader of this document), the Linux DVB +API will be constantly reviewed and improved. With the Linux driver for +the Siemens/Hauppauge DVB PCI card Convergence provides a first +implementation of the Linux DVB API. +
+ +
+Overview + +
+Components of a DVB card/STB + + + + + + + + +
+ +A DVB PCI card or DVB set-top-box (STB) usually consists of the +following main hardware components: + + + + +Frontend consisting of tuner and DVB demodulator + +Here the raw signal reaches the DVB hardware from a satellite dish +or antenna or directly from cable. The frontend down-converts and +demodulates this signal into an MPEG transport stream (TS). In case of a +satellite frontend, this includes a facility for satellite equipment +control (SEC), which allows control of LNB polarization, multi feed +switches or dish rotors. + + + + +Conditional Access (CA) hardware like CI adapters and smartcard slots + + +The complete TS is passed through the CA hardware. Programs to +which the user has access (controlled by the smart card) are decoded in +real time and re-inserted into the TS. + + + + Demultiplexer which filters the incoming DVB stream + +The demultiplexer splits the TS into its components like audio and +video streams. Besides usually several of such audio and video streams +it also contains data streams with information about the programs +offered in this or other streams of the same provider. + + + + +MPEG2 audio and video decoder + +The main targets of the demultiplexer are the MPEG2 audio and +video decoders. After decoding they pass on the uncompressed audio and +video to the computer screen or (through a PAL/NTSC encoder) to a TV +set. + + + + + + shows a crude schematic of the control and data flow +between those components. + +On a DVB PCI card not all of these have to be present since some +functionality can be provided by the main CPU of the PC (e.g. MPEG +picture and sound decoding) or is not needed (e.g. for data-only uses +like “internet over satellite”). Also not every card or STB +provides conditional access hardware. + +
+ +
+Linux DVB Devices + +The Linux DVB API lets you control these hardware components +through currently six Unix-style character devices for video, audio, +frontend, demux, CA and IP-over-DVB networking. The video and audio +devices control the MPEG2 decoder hardware, the frontend device the +tuner and the DVB demodulator. The demux device gives you control over +the PES and section filters of the hardware. If the hardware does not +support filtering these filters can be implemented in software. Finally, +the CA device controls all the conditional access capabilities of the +hardware. It can depend on the individual security requirements of the +platform, if and how many of the CA functions are made available to the +application through this device. + +All devices can be found in the /dev +tree under /dev/dvb. The individual devices +are called: + + + + +/dev/dvb/adapterN/audioM, + + +/dev/dvb/adapterN/videoM, + + +/dev/dvb/adapterN/frontendM, + + + +/dev/dvb/adapterN/netM, + + + +/dev/dvb/adapterN/demuxM, + + + +/dev/dvb/adapterN/dvrM, + + + +/dev/dvb/adapterN/caM, + +where N enumerates the DVB PCI cards in a system starting +from 0, and M enumerates the devices of each type within each +adapter, starting from 0, too. We will omit the “/dev/dvb/adapterN/” in the further dicussion +of these devices. The naming scheme for the devices is the same wheter +devfs is used or not. + +More details about the data structures and function calls of all +the devices are described in the following chapters. + +
+ +
+API include files + +For each of the DVB devices a corresponding include file exists. +The DVB API include files should be included in application sources with +a partial path like: + + + #include <linux/dvb/audio.h> + + + #include <linux/dvb/ca.h> + + + #include <linux/dvb/dmx.h> + + + #include <linux/dvb/frontend.h> + + + #include <linux/dvb/net.h> + + + #include <linux/dvb/osd.h> + + + #include <linux/dvb/video.h> + + +To enable applications to support different API version, an +additional include file linux/dvb/version.h exists, which defines the +constant DVB_API_VERSION. This document +describes DVB_API_VERSION 5.8. + + +
+ diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/kdapi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/kdapi.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c11ec52c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/kdapi.xml @@ -0,0 +1,2309 @@ +Kernel Demux API +The kernel demux API defines a driver-internal interface for registering low-level, +hardware specific driver to a hardware independent demux layer. It is only of interest for +DVB device driver writers. The header file for this API is named demux.h and located in +drivers/media/dvb-core. + +Maintainer note: This section must be reviewed. It is probably out of date. + + +
+Kernel Demux Data Types + + +
+dmx_success_t + + typedef enum { + DMX_OK = 0, /⋆ Received Ok ⋆/ + DMX_LENGTH_ERROR, /⋆ Incorrect length ⋆/ + DMX_OVERRUN_ERROR, /⋆ Receiver ring buffer overrun ⋆/ + DMX_CRC_ERROR, /⋆ Incorrect CRC ⋆/ + DMX_FRAME_ERROR, /⋆ Frame alignment error ⋆/ + DMX_FIFO_ERROR, /⋆ Receiver FIFO overrun ⋆/ + DMX_MISSED_ERROR /⋆ Receiver missed packet ⋆/ + } dmx_success_t; + + +
+
+TS filter types + + /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/ + /⋆ TS packet reception ⋆/ + /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/ + + /⋆ TS filter type for set_type() ⋆/ + + #define TS_PACKET 1 /⋆ send TS packets (188 bytes) to callback (default) ⋆/ + #define TS_PAYLOAD_ONLY 2 /⋆ in case TS_PACKET is set, only send the TS + payload (<=184 bytes per packet) to callback ⋆/ + #define TS_DECODER 4 /⋆ send stream to built-in decoder (if present) ⋆/ + + +
+
+dmx_ts_pes_t +The structure + + + typedef enum + { + DMX_TS_PES_AUDIO, /⋆ also send packets to audio decoder (if it exists) ⋆/ + DMX_TS_PES_VIDEO, /⋆ ... ⋆/ + DMX_TS_PES_TELETEXT, + DMX_TS_PES_SUBTITLE, + DMX_TS_PES_PCR, + DMX_TS_PES_OTHER, + } dmx_ts_pes_t; + +describes the PES type for filters which write to a built-in decoder. The correspond (and +should be kept identical) to the types in the demux device. + + + struct dmx_ts_feed_s { + int is_filtering; /⋆ Set to non-zero when filtering in progress ⋆/ + struct dmx_demux_s⋆ parent; /⋆ Back-pointer ⋆/ + void⋆ priv; /⋆ Pointer to private data of the API client ⋆/ + int (⋆set) (struct dmx_ts_feed_s⋆ feed, + __u16 pid, + size_t callback_length, + size_t circular_buffer_size, + int descramble, + struct timespec timeout); + int (⋆start_filtering) (struct dmx_ts_feed_s⋆ feed); + int (⋆stop_filtering) (struct dmx_ts_feed_s⋆ feed); + int (⋆set_type) (struct dmx_ts_feed_s⋆ feed, + int type, + dmx_ts_pes_t pes_type); + }; + + typedef struct dmx_ts_feed_s dmx_ts_feed_t; + + + /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/ + /⋆ PES packet reception (not supported yet) ⋆/ + /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/ + + typedef struct dmx_pes_filter_s { + struct dmx_pes_s⋆ parent; /⋆ Back-pointer ⋆/ + void⋆ priv; /⋆ Pointer to private data of the API client ⋆/ + } dmx_pes_filter_t; + + + typedef struct dmx_pes_feed_s { + int is_filtering; /⋆ Set to non-zero when filtering in progress ⋆/ + struct dmx_demux_s⋆ parent; /⋆ Back-pointer ⋆/ + void⋆ priv; /⋆ Pointer to private data of the API client ⋆/ + int (⋆set) (struct dmx_pes_feed_s⋆ feed, + __u16 pid, + size_t circular_buffer_size, + int descramble, + struct timespec timeout); + int (⋆start_filtering) (struct dmx_pes_feed_s⋆ feed); + int (⋆stop_filtering) (struct dmx_pes_feed_s⋆ feed); + int (⋆allocate_filter) (struct dmx_pes_feed_s⋆ feed, + dmx_pes_filter_t⋆⋆ filter); + int (⋆release_filter) (struct dmx_pes_feed_s⋆ feed, + dmx_pes_filter_t⋆ filter); + } dmx_pes_feed_t; + + + typedef struct { + __u8 filter_value [DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE]; + __u8 filter_mask [DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE]; + struct dmx_section_feed_s⋆ parent; /⋆ Back-pointer ⋆/ + void⋆ priv; /⋆ Pointer to private data of the API client ⋆/ + } dmx_section_filter_t; + + + struct dmx_section_feed_s { + int is_filtering; /⋆ Set to non-zero when filtering in progress ⋆/ + struct dmx_demux_s⋆ parent; /⋆ Back-pointer ⋆/ + void⋆ priv; /⋆ Pointer to private data of the API client ⋆/ + int (⋆set) (struct dmx_section_feed_s⋆ feed, + __u16 pid, + size_t circular_buffer_size, + int descramble, + int check_crc); + int (⋆allocate_filter) (struct dmx_section_feed_s⋆ feed, + dmx_section_filter_t⋆⋆ filter); + int (⋆release_filter) (struct dmx_section_feed_s⋆ feed, + dmx_section_filter_t⋆ filter); + int (⋆start_filtering) (struct dmx_section_feed_s⋆ feed); + int (⋆stop_filtering) (struct dmx_section_feed_s⋆ feed); + }; + typedef struct dmx_section_feed_s dmx_section_feed_t; + + /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/ + /⋆ Callback functions ⋆/ + /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/ + + typedef int (⋆dmx_ts_cb) ( __u8 ⋆ buffer1, + size_t buffer1_length, + __u8 ⋆ buffer2, + size_t buffer2_length, + dmx_ts_feed_t⋆ source, + dmx_success_t success); + + typedef int (⋆dmx_section_cb) ( __u8 ⋆ buffer1, + size_t buffer1_len, + __u8 ⋆ buffer2, + size_t buffer2_len, + dmx_section_filter_t ⋆ source, + dmx_success_t success); + + typedef int (⋆dmx_pes_cb) ( __u8 ⋆ buffer1, + size_t buffer1_len, + __u8 ⋆ buffer2, + size_t buffer2_len, + dmx_pes_filter_t⋆ source, + dmx_success_t success); + + /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/ + /⋆ DVB Front-End ⋆/ + /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/ + + typedef enum { + DMX_OTHER_FE = 0, + DMX_SATELLITE_FE, + DMX_CABLE_FE, + DMX_TERRESTRIAL_FE, + DMX_LVDS_FE, + DMX_ASI_FE, /⋆ DVB-ASI interface ⋆/ + DMX_MEMORY_FE + } dmx_frontend_source_t; + + typedef struct { + /⋆ The following char⋆ fields point to NULL terminated strings ⋆/ + char⋆ id; /⋆ Unique front-end identifier ⋆/ + char⋆ vendor; /⋆ Name of the front-end vendor ⋆/ + char⋆ model; /⋆ Name of the front-end model ⋆/ + struct list_head connectivity_list; /⋆ List of front-ends that can + be connected to a particular + demux ⋆/ + void⋆ priv; /⋆ Pointer to private data of the API client ⋆/ + dmx_frontend_source_t source; + } dmx_frontend_t; + + /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/ + /⋆ MPEG-2 TS Demux ⋆/ + /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/ + + /⋆ + ⋆ Flags OR'ed in the capabilites field of struct dmx_demux_s. + ⋆/ + + #define DMX_TS_FILTERING 1 + #define DMX_PES_FILTERING 2 + #define DMX_SECTION_FILTERING 4 + #define DMX_MEMORY_BASED_FILTERING 8 /⋆ write() available ⋆/ + #define DMX_CRC_CHECKING 16 + #define DMX_TS_DESCRAMBLING 32 + #define DMX_SECTION_PAYLOAD_DESCRAMBLING 64 + #define DMX_MAC_ADDRESS_DESCRAMBLING 128 + + +
+
+demux_demux_t + + /⋆ + ⋆ DMX_FE_ENTRY(): Casts elements in the list of registered + ⋆ front-ends from the generic type struct list_head + ⋆ to the type ⋆ dmx_frontend_t + ⋆. + ⋆/ + + #define DMX_FE_ENTRY(list) list_entry(list, dmx_frontend_t, connectivity_list) + + struct dmx_demux_s { + /⋆ The following char⋆ fields point to NULL terminated strings ⋆/ + char⋆ id; /⋆ Unique demux identifier ⋆/ + char⋆ vendor; /⋆ Name of the demux vendor ⋆/ + char⋆ model; /⋆ Name of the demux model ⋆/ + __u32 capabilities; /⋆ Bitfield of capability flags ⋆/ + dmx_frontend_t⋆ frontend; /⋆ Front-end connected to the demux ⋆/ + struct list_head reg_list; /⋆ List of registered demuxes ⋆/ + void⋆ priv; /⋆ Pointer to private data of the API client ⋆/ + int users; /⋆ Number of users ⋆/ + int (⋆open) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux); + int (⋆close) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux); + int (⋆write) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, const char⋆ buf, size_t count); + int (⋆allocate_ts_feed) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, + dmx_ts_feed_t⋆⋆ feed, + dmx_ts_cb callback); + int (⋆release_ts_feed) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, + dmx_ts_feed_t⋆ feed); + int (⋆allocate_pes_feed) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, + dmx_pes_feed_t⋆⋆ feed, + dmx_pes_cb callback); + int (⋆release_pes_feed) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, + dmx_pes_feed_t⋆ feed); + int (⋆allocate_section_feed) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, + dmx_section_feed_t⋆⋆ feed, + dmx_section_cb callback); + int (⋆release_section_feed) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, + dmx_section_feed_t⋆ feed); + int (⋆descramble_mac_address) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, + __u8⋆ buffer1, + size_t buffer1_length, + __u8⋆ buffer2, + size_t buffer2_length, + __u16 pid); + int (⋆descramble_section_payload) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, + __u8⋆ buffer1, + size_t buffer1_length, + __u8⋆ buffer2, size_t buffer2_length, + __u16 pid); + int (⋆add_frontend) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, + dmx_frontend_t⋆ frontend); + int (⋆remove_frontend) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, + dmx_frontend_t⋆ frontend); + struct list_head⋆ (⋆get_frontends) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux); + int (⋆connect_frontend) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, + dmx_frontend_t⋆ frontend); + int (⋆disconnect_frontend) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux); + + + /⋆ added because js cannot keep track of these himself ⋆/ + int (⋆get_pes_pids) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, __u16 ⋆pids); + }; + typedef struct dmx_demux_s dmx_demux_t; + + +
+
+Demux directory + + /⋆ + ⋆ DMX_DIR_ENTRY(): Casts elements in the list of registered + ⋆ demuxes from the generic type struct list_head⋆ to the type dmx_demux_t + ⋆. + ⋆/ + + #define DMX_DIR_ENTRY(list) list_entry(list, dmx_demux_t, reg_list) + + int dmx_register_demux (dmx_demux_t⋆ demux); + int dmx_unregister_demux (dmx_demux_t⋆ demux); + struct list_head⋆ dmx_get_demuxes (void); + +
+
+Demux Directory API +The demux directory is a Linux kernel-wide facility for registering and accessing the +MPEG-2 TS demuxes in the system. Run-time registering and unregistering of demux drivers +is possible using this API. + +All demux drivers in the directory implement the abstract interface dmx_demux_t. + + +
dmx_register_demux() +DESCRIPTION + + +This function makes a demux driver interface available to the Linux kernel. It is + usually called by the init_module() function of the kernel module that contains + the demux driver. The caller of this function is responsible for allocating + dynamic or static memory for the demux structure and for initializing its fields + before calling this function. The memory allocated for the demux structure + must not be freed before calling dmx_unregister_demux(), + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int dmx_register_demux ( dmx_demux_t ⋆demux ) + + +PARAMETERS + + +dmx_demux_t* + demux + +Pointer to the demux structure. + + +RETURNS + + +0 + +The function was completed without errors. + + +-EEXIST + +A demux with the same value of the id field already stored + in the directory. + + +-ENOSPC + +No space left in the directory. + + + +
dmx_unregister_demux() +DESCRIPTION + + +This function is called to indicate that the given demux interface is no + longer available. The caller of this function is responsible for freeing the + memory of the demux structure, if it was dynamically allocated before calling + dmx_register_demux(). The cleanup_module() function of the kernel module + that contains the demux driver should call this function. Note that this function + fails if the demux is currently in use, i.e., release_demux() has not been called + for the interface. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int dmx_unregister_demux ( dmx_demux_t ⋆demux ) + + +PARAMETERS + + +dmx_demux_t* + demux + +Pointer to the demux structure which is to be + unregistered. + + +RETURNS + + +0 + +The function was completed without errors. + + +ENODEV + +The specified demux is not registered in the demux + directory. + + +EBUSY + +The specified demux is currently in use. + + + +
dmx_get_demuxes() +DESCRIPTION + + +Provides the caller with the list of registered demux interfaces, using the + standard list structure defined in the include file linux/list.h. The include file + demux.h defines the macro DMX_DIR_ENTRY() for converting an element of + the generic type struct list_head* to the type dmx_demux_t*. The caller must + not free the memory of any of the elements obtained via this function call. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +struct list_head ⋆dmx_get_demuxes () + + +PARAMETERS + + +none + + +RETURNS + + +struct list_head * + +A list of demux interfaces, or NULL in the case of an + empty list. + + +
+
+Demux API +The demux API should be implemented for each demux in the system. It is used to select +the TS source of a demux and to manage the demux resources. When the demux +client allocates a resource via the demux API, it receives a pointer to the API of that +resource. + +Each demux receives its TS input from a DVB front-end or from memory, as set via the +demux API. In a system with more than one front-end, the API can be used to select one of +the DVB front-ends as a TS source for a demux, unless this is fixed in the HW platform. The +demux API only controls front-ends regarding their connections with demuxes; the APIs +used to set the other front-end parameters, such as tuning, are not defined in this +document. + +The functions that implement the abstract interface demux should be defined static or +module private and registered to the Demux Directory for external access. It is not necessary +to implement every function in the demux_t struct, however (for example, a demux interface +might support Section filtering, but not TS or PES filtering). The API client is expected to +check the value of any function pointer before calling the function: the value of NULL means +“function not available”. + +Whenever the functions of the demux API modify shared data, the possibilities of lost +update and race condition problems should be addressed, e.g. by protecting parts of code with +mutexes. This is especially important on multi-processor hosts. + +Note that functions called from a bottom half context must not sleep, at least in the 2.2.x +kernels. Even a simple memory allocation can result in a kernel thread being put to sleep if +swapping is needed. For example, the Linux kernel calls the functions of a network device +interface from a bottom half context. Thus, if a demux API function is called from network +device code, the function must not sleep. + + + +
+open() +DESCRIPTION + + +This function reserves the demux for use by the caller and, if necessary, + initializes the demux. When the demux is no longer needed, the function close() + should be called. It should be possible for multiple clients to access the demux + at the same time. Thus, the function implementation should increment the + demux usage count when open() is called and decrement it when close() is + called. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int open ( demux_t⋆ demux ); + + +PARAMETERS + + +demux_t* demux + +Pointer to the demux API and instance data. + + +RETURNS + + +0 + +The function was completed without errors. + + +-EUSERS + +Maximum usage count reached. + + +-EINVAL + +Bad parameter. + + + +
+
+close() +DESCRIPTION + + +This function reserves the demux for use by the caller and, if necessary, + initializes the demux. When the demux is no longer needed, the function close() + should be called. It should be possible for multiple clients to access the demux + at the same time. Thus, the function implementation should increment the + demux usage count when open() is called and decrement it when close() is + called. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int close(demux_t⋆ demux); + + +PARAMETERS + + +demux_t* demux + +Pointer to the demux API and instance data. + + +RETURNS + + +0 + +The function was completed without errors. + + +-ENODEV + +The demux was not in use. + + +-EINVAL + +Bad parameter. + + + +
+
+write() +DESCRIPTION + + +This function provides the demux driver with a memory buffer containing TS + packets. Instead of receiving TS packets from the DVB front-end, the demux + driver software will read packets from memory. Any clients of this demux + with active TS, PES or Section filters will receive filtered data via the Demux + callback API (see 0). The function returns when all the data in the buffer has + been consumed by the demux. Demux hardware typically cannot read TS from + memory. If this is the case, memory-based filtering has to be implemented + entirely in software. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int write(demux_t⋆ demux, const char⋆ buf, size_t + count); + + +PARAMETERS + + +demux_t* demux + +Pointer to the demux API and instance data. + + +const char* buf + +Pointer to the TS data in kernel-space memory. + + +size_t length + +Length of the TS data. + + +RETURNS + + +0 + +The function was completed without errors. + + +-ENOSYS + +The command is not implemented. + + +-EINVAL + +Bad parameter. + + + +
allocate_ts_feed() +DESCRIPTION + + +Allocates a new TS feed, which is used to filter the TS packets carrying a + certain PID. The TS feed normally corresponds to a hardware PID filter on the + demux chip. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int allocate_ts_feed(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux, + dmx_ts_feed_t⋆⋆ feed, dmx_ts_cb callback); + + +PARAMETERS + + +demux_t* demux + +Pointer to the demux API and instance data. + + +dmx_ts_feed_t** + feed + +Pointer to the TS feed API and instance data. + + +dmx_ts_cb callback + +Pointer to the callback function for passing received TS + packet + + +RETURNS + + +0 + +The function was completed without errors. + + +-EBUSY + +No more TS feeds available. + + +-ENOSYS + +The command is not implemented. + + +-EINVAL + +Bad parameter. + + + +
release_ts_feed() +DESCRIPTION + + +Releases the resources allocated with allocate_ts_feed(). Any filtering in + progress on the TS feed should be stopped before calling this function. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int release_ts_feed(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux, + dmx_ts_feed_t⋆ feed); + + +PARAMETERS + + +demux_t* demux + +Pointer to the demux API and instance data. + + +dmx_ts_feed_t* feed + +Pointer to the TS feed API and instance data. + + +RETURNS + + +0 + +The function was completed without errors. + + +-EINVAL + +Bad parameter. + + + +
allocate_section_feed() +DESCRIPTION + + +Allocates a new section feed, i.e. a demux resource for filtering and receiving + sections. On platforms with hardware support for section filtering, a section + feed is directly mapped to the demux HW. On other platforms, TS packets are + first PID filtered in hardware and a hardware section filter then emulated in + software. The caller obtains an API pointer of type dmx_section_feed_t as an + out parameter. Using this API the caller can set filtering parameters and start + receiving sections. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int allocate_section_feed(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux, + dmx_section_feed_t ⋆⋆feed, dmx_section_cb callback); + + +PARAMETERS + + +demux_t *demux + +Pointer to the demux API and instance data. + + +dmx_section_feed_t + **feed + +Pointer to the section feed API and instance data. + + +dmx_section_cb + callback + +Pointer to the callback function for passing received + sections. + + +RETURNS + + +0 + +The function was completed without errors. + + +-EBUSY + +No more section feeds available. + + +-ENOSYS + +The command is not implemented. + + +-EINVAL + +Bad parameter. + + + +
release_section_feed() +DESCRIPTION + + +Releases the resources allocated with allocate_section_feed(), including + allocated filters. Any filtering in progress on the section feed should be stopped + before calling this function. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int release_section_feed(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux, + dmx_section_feed_t ⋆feed); + + +PARAMETERS + + +demux_t *demux + +Pointer to the demux API and instance data. + + +dmx_section_feed_t + *feed + +Pointer to the section feed API and instance data. + + +RETURNS + + +0 + +The function was completed without errors. + + +-EINVAL + +Bad parameter. + + + +
descramble_mac_address() +DESCRIPTION + + +This function runs a descrambling algorithm on the destination MAC + address field of a DVB Datagram Section, replacing the original address + with its un-encrypted version. Otherwise, the description on the function + descramble_section_payload() applies also to this function. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int descramble_mac_address(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux, __u8 + ⋆buffer1, size_t buffer1_length, __u8 ⋆buffer2, + size_t buffer2_length, __u16 pid); + + +PARAMETERS + + +dmx_demux_t + *demux + +Pointer to the demux API and instance data. + + +__u8 *buffer1 + +Pointer to the first byte of the section. + + +size_t buffer1_length + +Length of the section data, including headers and CRC, + in buffer1. + + +__u8* buffer2 + +Pointer to the tail of the section data, or NULL. The + pointer has a non-NULL value if the section wraps past + the end of a circular buffer. + + +size_t buffer2_length + +Length of the section data, including headers and CRC, + in buffer2. + + +__u16 pid + +The PID on which the section was received. Useful + for obtaining the descrambling key, e.g. from a DVB + Common Access facility. + + +RETURNS + + +0 + +The function was completed without errors. + + +-ENOSYS + +No descrambling facility available. + + +-EINVAL + +Bad parameter. + + + +
descramble_section_payload() +DESCRIPTION + + +This function runs a descrambling algorithm on the payload of a DVB + Datagram Section, replacing the original payload with its un-encrypted + version. The function will be called from the demux API implementation; + the API client need not call this function directly. Section-level scrambling + algorithms are currently standardized only for DVB-RCC (return channel + over 2-directional cable TV network) systems. For all other DVB networks, + encryption schemes are likely to be proprietary to each data broadcaster. Thus, + it is expected that this function pointer will have the value of NULL (i.e., + function not available) in most demux API implementations. Nevertheless, it + should be possible to use the function pointer as a hook for dynamically adding + a “plug-in” descrambling facility to a demux driver. + + +While this function is not needed with hardware-based section descrambling, + the descramble_section_payload function pointer can be used to override the + default hardware-based descrambling algorithm: if the function pointer has a + non-NULL value, the corresponding function should be used instead of any + descrambling hardware. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int descramble_section_payload(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux, + __u8 ⋆buffer1, size_t buffer1_length, __u8 ⋆buffer2, + size_t buffer2_length, __u16 pid); + + +PARAMETERS + + +dmx_demux_t + *demux + +Pointer to the demux API and instance data. + + +__u8 *buffer1 + +Pointer to the first byte of the section. + + +size_t buffer1_length + +Length of the section data, including headers and CRC, + in buffer1. + + +__u8 *buffer2 + +Pointer to the tail of the section data, or NULL. The + pointer has a non-NULL value if the section wraps past + the end of a circular buffer. + + +size_t buffer2_length + +Length of the section data, including headers and CRC, + in buffer2. + + +__u16 pid + +The PID on which the section was received. Useful + for obtaining the descrambling key, e.g. from a DVB + Common Access facility. + + +RETURNS + + +0 + +The function was completed without errors. + + +-ENOSYS + +No descrambling facility available. + + +-EINVAL + +Bad parameter. + + + +
add_frontend() +DESCRIPTION + + +Registers a connectivity between a demux and a front-end, i.e., indicates that + the demux can be connected via a call to connect_frontend() to use the given + front-end as a TS source. The client of this function has to allocate dynamic or + static memory for the frontend structure and initialize its fields before calling + this function. This function is normally called during the driver initialization. + The caller must not free the memory of the frontend struct before successfully + calling remove_frontend(). + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int add_frontend(dmx_demux_t ⋆demux, dmx_frontend_t + ⋆frontend); + + +PARAMETERS + + +dmx_demux_t* + demux + +Pointer to the demux API and instance data. + + +dmx_frontend_t* + frontend + +Pointer to the front-end instance data. + + +RETURNS + + +0 + +The function was completed without errors. + + +-EEXIST + +A front-end with the same value of the id field already + registered. + + +-EINUSE + +The demux is in use. + + +-ENOMEM + +No more front-ends can be added. + + +-EINVAL + +Bad parameter. + + + +
remove_frontend() +DESCRIPTION + + +Indicates that the given front-end, registered by a call to add_frontend(), can + no longer be connected as a TS source by this demux. The function should be + called when a front-end driver or a demux driver is removed from the system. + If the front-end is in use, the function fails with the return value of -EBUSY. + After successfully calling this function, the caller can free the memory of + the frontend struct if it was dynamically allocated before the add_frontend() + operation. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int remove_frontend(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux, + dmx_frontend_t⋆ frontend); + + +PARAMETERS + + +dmx_demux_t* + demux + +Pointer to the demux API and instance data. + + +dmx_frontend_t* + frontend + +Pointer to the front-end instance data. + + +RETURNS + + +0 + +The function was completed without errors. + + +-EINVAL + +Bad parameter. + + +-EBUSY + +The front-end is in use, i.e. a call to connect_frontend() + has not been followed by a call to disconnect_frontend(). + + + +
get_frontends() +DESCRIPTION + + +Provides the APIs of the front-ends that have been registered for this demux. + Any of the front-ends obtained with this call can be used as a parameter for + connect_frontend(). + + +The include file demux.h contains the macro DMX_FE_ENTRY() for + converting an element of the generic type struct list_head* to the type + dmx_frontend_t*. The caller must not free the memory of any of the elements + obtained via this function call. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +struct list_head⋆ get_frontends(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux); + + +PARAMETERS + + +dmx_demux_t* + demux + +Pointer to the demux API and instance data. + + +RETURNS + + +dmx_demux_t* + +A list of front-end interfaces, or NULL in the case of an + empty list. + + + +
connect_frontend() +DESCRIPTION + + +Connects the TS output of the front-end to the input of the demux. A demux + can only be connected to a front-end registered to the demux with the function + add_frontend(). + + +It may or may not be possible to connect multiple demuxes to the same + front-end, depending on the capabilities of the HW platform. When not used, + the front-end should be released by calling disconnect_frontend(). + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int connect_frontend(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux, + dmx_frontend_t⋆ frontend); + + +PARAMETERS + + +dmx_demux_t* + demux + +Pointer to the demux API and instance data. + + +dmx_frontend_t* + frontend + +Pointer to the front-end instance data. + + +RETURNS + + +0 + +The function was completed without errors. + + +-EINVAL + +Bad parameter. + + +-EBUSY + +The front-end is in use. + + + +
disconnect_frontend() +DESCRIPTION + + +Disconnects the demux and a front-end previously connected by a + connect_frontend() call. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int disconnect_frontend(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux); + + +PARAMETERS + + +dmx_demux_t* + demux + +Pointer to the demux API and instance data. + + +RETURNS + + +0 + +The function was completed without errors. + + +-EINVAL + +Bad parameter. + + +
+
+Demux Callback API +This kernel-space API comprises the callback functions that deliver filtered data to the +demux client. Unlike the other APIs, these API functions are provided by the client and called +from the demux code. + +The function pointers of this abstract interface are not packed into a structure as in the +other demux APIs, because the callback functions are registered and used independent +of each other. As an example, it is possible for the API client to provide several +callback functions for receiving TS packets and no callbacks for PES packets or +sections. + +The functions that implement the callback API need not be re-entrant: when a demux +driver calls one of these functions, the driver is not allowed to call the function again before +the original call returns. If a callback is triggered by a hardware interrupt, it is recommended +to use the Linux “bottom half” mechanism or start a tasklet instead of making the callback +function call directly from a hardware interrupt. + + +
dmx_ts_cb() +DESCRIPTION + + +This function, provided by the client of the demux API, is called from the + demux code. The function is only called when filtering on this TS feed has + been enabled using the start_filtering() function. + + +Any TS packets that match the filter settings are copied to a circular buffer. The + filtered TS packets are delivered to the client using this callback function. The + size of the circular buffer is controlled by the circular_buffer_size parameter + of the set() function in the TS Feed API. It is expected that the buffer1 and + buffer2 callback parameters point to addresses within the circular buffer, but + other implementations are also possible. Note that the called party should not + try to free the memory the buffer1 and buffer2 parameters point to. + + +When this function is called, the buffer1 parameter typically points to the + start of the first undelivered TS packet within a circular buffer. The buffer2 + buffer parameter is normally NULL, except when the received TS packets have + crossed the last address of the circular buffer and ”wrapped” to the beginning + of the buffer. In the latter case the buffer1 parameter would contain an address + within the circular buffer, while the buffer2 parameter would contain the first + address of the circular buffer. + + +The number of bytes delivered with this function (i.e. buffer1_length + + buffer2_length) is usually equal to the value of callback_length parameter + given in the set() function, with one exception: if a timeout occurs before + receiving callback_length bytes of TS data, any undelivered packets are + immediately delivered to the client by calling this function. The timeout + duration is controlled by the set() function in the TS Feed API. + + +If a TS packet is received with errors that could not be fixed by the TS-level + forward error correction (FEC), the Transport_error_indicator flag of the TS + packet header should be set. The TS packet should not be discarded, as + the error can possibly be corrected by a higher layer protocol. If the called + party is slow in processing the callback, it is possible that the circular buffer + eventually fills up. If this happens, the demux driver should discard any TS + packets received while the buffer is full. The error should be indicated to the + client on the next callback by setting the success parameter to the value of + DMX_OVERRUN_ERROR. + + +The type of data returned to the callback can be selected by the new + function int (*set_type) (struct dmx_ts_feed_s* feed, int type, dmx_ts_pes_t + pes_type) which is part of the dmx_ts_feed_s struct (also cf. to the + include file ost/demux.h) The type parameter decides if the raw TS packet + (TS_PACKET) or just the payload (TS_PACKET—TS_PAYLOAD_ONLY) + should be returned. If additionally the TS_DECODER bit is set the stream + will also be sent to the hardware MPEG decoder. In this case, the second + flag decides as what kind of data the stream should be interpreted. The + possible choices are one of DMX_TS_PES_AUDIO, DMX_TS_PES_VIDEO, + DMX_TS_PES_TELETEXT, DMX_TS_PES_SUBTITLE, + DMX_TS_PES_PCR, or DMX_TS_PES_OTHER. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int dmx_ts_cb(__u8⋆ buffer1, size_t buffer1_length, + __u8⋆ buffer2, size_t buffer2_length, dmx_ts_feed_t⋆ + source, dmx_success_t success); + + +PARAMETERS + + +__u8* buffer1 + +Pointer to the start of the filtered TS packets. + + +size_t buffer1_length + +Length of the TS data in buffer1. + + +__u8* buffer2 + +Pointer to the tail of the filtered TS packets, or NULL. + + +size_t buffer2_length + +Length of the TS data in buffer2. + + +dmx_ts_feed_t* + source + +Indicates which TS feed is the source of the callback. + + +dmx_success_t + success + +Indicates if there was an error in TS reception. + + +RETURNS + + +0 + +Continue filtering. + + +-1 + +Stop filtering - has the same effect as a call to + stop_filtering() on the TS Feed API. + + + +
dmx_section_cb() +DESCRIPTION + + +This function, provided by the client of the demux API, is called from the + demux code. The function is only called when filtering of sections has been + enabled using the function start_filtering() of the section feed API. When the + demux driver has received a complete section that matches at least one section + filter, the client is notified via this callback function. Normally this function is + called for each received section; however, it is also possible to deliver multiple + sections with one callback, for example when the system load is high. If an + error occurs while receiving a section, this function should be called with + the corresponding error type set in the success field, whether or not there is + data to deliver. The Section Feed implementation should maintain a circular + buffer for received sections. However, this is not necessary if the Section Feed + API is implemented as a client of the TS Feed API, because the TS Feed + implementation then buffers the received data. The size of the circular buffer + can be configured using the set() function in the Section Feed API. If there + is no room in the circular buffer when a new section is received, the section + must be discarded. If this happens, the value of the success parameter should + be DMX_OVERRUN_ERROR on the next callback. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int dmx_section_cb(__u8⋆ buffer1, size_t + buffer1_length, __u8⋆ buffer2, size_t + buffer2_length, dmx_section_filter_t⋆ source, + dmx_success_t success); + + +PARAMETERS + + +__u8* buffer1 + +Pointer to the start of the filtered section, e.g. within the + circular buffer of the demux driver. + + +size_t buffer1_length + +Length of the filtered section data in buffer1, including + headers and CRC. + + +__u8* buffer2 + +Pointer to the tail of the filtered section data, or NULL. + Useful to handle the wrapping of a circular buffer. + + +size_t buffer2_length + +Length of the filtered section data in buffer2, including + headers and CRC. + + +dmx_section_filter_t* + filter + +Indicates the filter that triggered the callback. + + +dmx_success_t + success + +Indicates if there was an error in section reception. + + +RETURNS + + +0 + +Continue filtering. + + +-1 + +Stop filtering - has the same effect as a call to + stop_filtering() on the Section Feed API. + + +
+
+TS Feed API +A TS feed is typically mapped to a hardware PID filter on the demux chip. +Using this API, the client can set the filtering properties to start/stop filtering TS +packets on a particular TS feed. The API is defined as an abstract interface of the type +dmx_ts_feed_t. + +The functions that implement the interface should be defined static or module private. The +client can get the handle of a TS feed API by calling the function allocate_ts_feed() in the +demux API. + + +
set() +DESCRIPTION + + +This function sets the parameters of a TS feed. Any filtering in progress on the + TS feed must be stopped before calling this function. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int set ( dmx_ts_feed_t⋆ feed, __u16 pid, size_t + callback_length, size_t circular_buffer_size, int + descramble, struct timespec timeout); + + +PARAMETERS + + +dmx_ts_feed_t* feed + +Pointer to the TS feed API and instance data. + + +__u16 pid + +PID value to filter. Only the TS packets carrying the + specified PID will be passed to the API client. + + +size_t + callback_length + +Number of bytes to deliver with each call to the + dmx_ts_cb() callback function. The value of this + parameter should be a multiple of 188. + + +size_t + circular_buffer_size + +Size of the circular buffer for the filtered TS packets. + + +int descramble + +If non-zero, descramble the filtered TS packets. + + +struct timespec + timeout + +Maximum time to wait before delivering received TS + packets to the client. + + +RETURNS + + +0 + +The function was completed without errors. + + +-ENOMEM + +Not enough memory for the requested buffer size. + + +-ENOSYS + +No descrambling facility available for TS. + + +-EINVAL + +Bad parameter. + + + +
start_filtering() +DESCRIPTION + + +Starts filtering TS packets on this TS feed, according to its settings. The PID + value to filter can be set by the API client. All matching TS packets are + delivered asynchronously to the client, using the callback function registered + with allocate_ts_feed(). + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int start_filtering(dmx_ts_feed_t⋆ feed); + + +PARAMETERS + + +dmx_ts_feed_t* feed + +Pointer to the TS feed API and instance data. + + +RETURNS + + +0 + +The function was completed without errors. + + +-EINVAL + +Bad parameter. + + + +
stop_filtering() +DESCRIPTION + + +Stops filtering TS packets on this TS feed. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int stop_filtering(dmx_ts_feed_t⋆ feed); + + +PARAMETERS + + +dmx_ts_feed_t* feed + +Pointer to the TS feed API and instance data. + + +RETURNS + + +0 + +The function was completed without errors. + + +-EINVAL + +Bad parameter. + + +
+
+Section Feed API +A section feed is a resource consisting of a PID filter and a set of section filters. Using this +API, the client can set the properties of a section feed and to start/stop filtering. The API is +defined as an abstract interface of the type dmx_section_feed_t. The functions that implement +the interface should be defined static or module private. The client can get the handle of +a section feed API by calling the function allocate_section_feed() in the demux +API. + +On demux platforms that provide section filtering in hardware, the Section Feed API +implementation provides a software wrapper for the demux hardware. Other platforms may +support only PID filtering in hardware, requiring that TS packets are converted to sections in +software. In the latter case the Section Feed API implementation can be a client of the TS +Feed API. + + +
+
+set() +DESCRIPTION + + +This function sets the parameters of a section feed. Any filtering in progress on + the section feed must be stopped before calling this function. If descrambling + is enabled, the payload_scrambling_control and address_scrambling_control + fields of received DVB datagram sections should be observed. If either one is + non-zero, the section should be descrambled either in hardware or using the + functions descramble_mac_address() and descramble_section_payload() of the + demux API. Note that according to the MPEG-2 Systems specification, only + the payloads of private sections can be scrambled while the rest of the section + data must be sent in the clear. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int set(dmx_section_feed_t⋆ feed, __u16 pid, size_t + circular_buffer_size, int descramble, int + check_crc); + + +PARAMETERS + + +dmx_section_feed_t* + feed + +Pointer to the section feed API and instance data. + + +__u16 pid + +PID value to filter; only the TS packets carrying the + specified PID will be accepted. + + +size_t + circular_buffer_size + +Size of the circular buffer for filtered sections. + + +int descramble + +If non-zero, descramble any sections that are scrambled. + + +int check_crc + +If non-zero, check the CRC values of filtered sections. + + +RETURNS + + +0 + +The function was completed without errors. + + +-ENOMEM + +Not enough memory for the requested buffer size. + + +-ENOSYS + +No descrambling facility available for sections. + + +-EINVAL + +Bad parameters. + + + +
allocate_filter() +DESCRIPTION + + +This function is used to allocate a section filter on the demux. It should only be + called when no filtering is in progress on this section feed. If a filter cannot be + allocated, the function fails with -ENOSPC. See in section ?? for the format of + the section filter. + + +The bitfields filter_mask and filter_value should only be modified when no + filtering is in progress on this section feed. filter_mask controls which bits of + filter_value are compared with the section headers/payload. On a binary value + of 1 in filter_mask, the corresponding bits are compared. The filter only accepts + sections that are equal to filter_value in all the tested bit positions. Any changes + to the values of filter_mask and filter_value are guaranteed to take effect only + when the start_filtering() function is called next time. The parent pointer in + the struct is initialized by the API implementation to the value of the feed + parameter. The priv pointer is not used by the API implementation, and can + thus be freely utilized by the caller of this function. Any data pointed to by the + priv pointer is available to the recipient of the dmx_section_cb() function call. + + +While the maximum section filter length (DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE) is + currently set at 16 bytes, hardware filters of that size are not available on all + platforms. Therefore, section filtering will often take place first in hardware, + followed by filtering in software for the header bytes that were not covered + by a hardware filter. The filter_mask field can be checked to determine how + many bytes of the section filter are actually used, and if the hardware filter will + suffice. Additionally, software-only section filters can optionally be allocated + to clients when all hardware section filters are in use. Note that on most demux + hardware it is not possible to filter on the section_length field of the section + header – thus this field is ignored, even though it is included in filter_value and + filter_mask fields. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int allocate_filter(dmx_section_feed_t⋆ feed, + dmx_section_filter_t⋆⋆ filter); + + +PARAMETERS + + +dmx_section_feed_t* + feed + +Pointer to the section feed API and instance data. + + +dmx_section_filter_t** + filter + +Pointer to the allocated filter. + + +RETURNS + + +0 + +The function was completed without errors. + + +-ENOSPC + +No filters of given type and length available. + + +-EINVAL + +Bad parameters. + + + +
release_filter() +DESCRIPTION + + +This function releases all the resources of a previously allocated section filter. + The function should not be called while filtering is in progress on this section + feed. After calling this function, the caller should not try to dereference the + filter pointer. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int release_filter ( dmx_section_feed_t⋆ feed, + dmx_section_filter_t⋆ filter); + + +PARAMETERS + + +dmx_section_feed_t* + feed + +Pointer to the section feed API and instance data. + + +dmx_section_filter_t* + filter + +I/O Pointer to the instance data of a section filter. + + +RETURNS + + +0 + +The function was completed without errors. + + +-ENODEV + +No such filter allocated. + + +-EINVAL + +Bad parameter. + + + +
start_filtering() +DESCRIPTION + + +Starts filtering sections on this section feed, according to its settings. Sections + are first filtered based on their PID and then matched with the section + filters allocated for this feed. If the section matches the PID filter and + at least one section filter, it is delivered to the API client. The section + is delivered asynchronously using the callback function registered with + allocate_section_feed(). + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int start_filtering ( dmx_section_feed_t⋆ feed ); + + +PARAMETERS + + +dmx_section_feed_t* + feed + +Pointer to the section feed API and instance data. + + +RETURNS + + +0 + +The function was completed without errors. + + +-EINVAL + +Bad parameter. + + + +
stop_filtering() +DESCRIPTION + + +Stops filtering sections on this section feed. Note that any changes to the + filtering parameters (filter_value, filter_mask, etc.) should only be made when + filtering is stopped. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int stop_filtering ( dmx_section_feed_t⋆ feed ); + + +PARAMETERS + + +dmx_section_feed_t* + feed + +Pointer to the section feed API and instance data. + + +RETURNS + + +0 + +The function was completed without errors. + + +-EINVAL + +Bad parameter. + + + +
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/net.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/net.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a193e8694 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/net.xml @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +DVB Network API +The DVB net device enables feeding of MPE (multi protocol encapsulation) packets +received via DVB into the Linux network protocol stack, e.g. for internet via satellite +applications. It can be accessed through /dev/dvb/adapter0/net0. Data types and +and ioctl definitions can be accessed by including linux/dvb/net.h in your +application. + +
+DVB Net Data Types + +
+struct dvb_net_if + +struct dvb_net_if { + __u16 pid; + __u16 if_num; + __u8 feedtype; +#define DVB_NET_FEEDTYPE_MPE 0 /⋆ multi protocol encapsulation ⋆/ +#define DVB_NET_FEEDTYPE_ULE 1 /⋆ ultra lightweight encapsulation ⋆/ +}; + +
+ +
+
+DVB net Function Calls +To be written… + + +
NET_ADD_IF +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = NET_ADD_IF, + struct dvb_net_if *if); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals NET_ADD_IF for this command. + + +struct dvb_net_if *if + + +Undocumented. + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
NET_REMOVE_IF +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = NET_REMOVE_IF); + + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals NET_REMOVE_IF for this command. + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+ +
NET_GET_IF +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = NET_GET_IF, + struct dvb_net_if *if); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals NET_GET_IF for this command. + + +struct dvb_net_if *if + + +Undocumented. + + +&return-value-dvb; +
+
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/video.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/video.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ea1ca7e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/video.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1968 @@ +DVB Video Device +The DVB video device controls the MPEG2 video decoder of the DVB hardware. It +can be accessed through /dev/dvb/adapter0/video0. Data types and and +ioctl definitions can be accessed by including linux/dvb/video.h in your +application. + +Note that the DVB video device only controls decoding of the MPEG video stream, not +its presentation on the TV or computer screen. On PCs this is typically handled by an +associated video4linux device, e.g. /dev/video, which allows scaling and defining output +windows. + +Some DVB cards don’t have their own MPEG decoder, which results in the omission of +the audio and video device as well as the video4linux device. + +The ioctls that deal with SPUs (sub picture units) and navigation packets are only +supported on some MPEG decoders made for DVD playback. + + +These ioctls were also used by V4L2 to control MPEG decoders implemented in V4L2. The use +of these ioctls for that purpose has been made obsolete and proper V4L2 ioctls or controls +have been created to replace that functionality. +
+Video Data Types + +
+video_format_t +The video_format_t data type defined by + + +typedef enum { + VIDEO_FORMAT_4_3, /⋆ Select 4:3 format ⋆/ + VIDEO_FORMAT_16_9, /⋆ Select 16:9 format. ⋆/ + VIDEO_FORMAT_221_1 /⋆ 2.21:1 ⋆/ +} video_format_t; + +is used in the VIDEO_SET_FORMAT function (??) to tell the driver which aspect ratio +the output hardware (e.g. TV) has. It is also used in the data structures video_status +(??) returned by VIDEO_GET_STATUS (??) and video_event (??) returned by +VIDEO_GET_EVENT (??) which report about the display format of the current video +stream. + +
+ +
+video_displayformat_t +In case the display format of the video stream and of the display hardware differ the +application has to specify how to handle the cropping of the picture. This can be done using +the VIDEO_SET_DISPLAY_FORMAT call (??) which accepts + + +typedef enum { + VIDEO_PAN_SCAN, /⋆ use pan and scan format ⋆/ + VIDEO_LETTER_BOX, /⋆ use letterbox format ⋆/ + VIDEO_CENTER_CUT_OUT /⋆ use center cut out format ⋆/ +} video_displayformat_t; + +as argument. + +
+ +
+video_stream_source_t +The video stream source is set through the VIDEO_SELECT_SOURCE call and can take +the following values, depending on whether we are replaying from an internal (demuxer) or +external (user write) source. + + +typedef enum { + VIDEO_SOURCE_DEMUX, /⋆ Select the demux as the main source ⋆/ + VIDEO_SOURCE_MEMORY /⋆ If this source is selected, the stream + comes from the user through the write + system call ⋆/ +} video_stream_source_t; + +VIDEO_SOURCE_DEMUX selects the demultiplexer (fed either by the frontend or the +DVR device) as the source of the video stream. If VIDEO_SOURCE_MEMORY +is selected the stream comes from the application through the write() system +call. + +
+ +
+video_play_state_t +The following values can be returned by the VIDEO_GET_STATUS call representing the +state of video playback. + + +typedef enum { + VIDEO_STOPPED, /⋆ Video is stopped ⋆/ + VIDEO_PLAYING, /⋆ Video is currently playing ⋆/ + VIDEO_FREEZED /⋆ Video is freezed ⋆/ +} video_play_state_t; + +
+ +
+struct video_command +The structure must be zeroed before use by the application +This ensures it can be extended safely in the future. + +struct video_command { + __u32 cmd; + __u32 flags; + union { + struct { + __u64 pts; + } stop; + + struct { + /⋆ 0 or 1000 specifies normal speed, + 1 specifies forward single stepping, + -1 specifies backward single stepping, + >>1: playback at speed/1000 of the normal speed, + <-1: reverse playback at (-speed/1000) of the normal speed. ⋆/ + __s32 speed; + __u32 format; + } play; + + struct { + __u32 data[16]; + } raw; + }; +}; + +
+ +
+video_size_t + +typedef struct { + int w; + int h; + video_format_t aspect_ratio; +} video_size_t; + +
+ + +
+struct video_event +The following is the structure of a video event as it is returned by the VIDEO_GET_EVENT +call. + + +struct video_event { + __s32 type; +#define VIDEO_EVENT_SIZE_CHANGED 1 +#define VIDEO_EVENT_FRAME_RATE_CHANGED 2 +#define VIDEO_EVENT_DECODER_STOPPED 3 +#define VIDEO_EVENT_VSYNC 4 + __kernel_time_t timestamp; + union { + video_size_t size; + unsigned int frame_rate; /⋆ in frames per 1000sec ⋆/ + unsigned char vsync_field; /⋆ unknown/odd/even/progressive ⋆/ + } u; +}; + +
+ +
+struct video_status +The VIDEO_GET_STATUS call returns the following structure informing about various +states of the playback operation. + + +struct video_status { + int video_blank; /⋆ blank video on freeze? ⋆/ + video_play_state_t play_state; /⋆ current state of playback ⋆/ + video_stream_source_t stream_source; /⋆ current source (demux/memory) ⋆/ + video_format_t video_format; /⋆ current aspect ratio of stream ⋆/ + video_displayformat_t display_format;/⋆ selected cropping mode ⋆/ +}; + +If video_blank is set video will be blanked out if the channel is changed or if playback is +stopped. Otherwise, the last picture will be displayed. play_state indicates if the video is +currently frozen, stopped, or being played back. The stream_source corresponds to the seleted +source for the video stream. It can come either from the demultiplexer or from memory. +The video_format indicates the aspect ratio (one of 4:3 or 16:9) of the currently +played video stream. Finally, display_format corresponds to the selected cropping +mode in case the source video format is not the same as the format of the output +device. + +
+ +
+struct video_still_picture +An I-frame displayed via the VIDEO_STILLPICTURE call is passed on within the +following structure. + + +/⋆ pointer to and size of a single iframe in memory ⋆/ +struct video_still_picture { + char ⋆iFrame; /⋆ pointer to a single iframe in memory ⋆/ + int32_t size; +}; + +
+ +
+video capabilities +A call to VIDEO_GET_CAPABILITIES returns an unsigned integer with the following +bits set according to the hardwares capabilities. + + + /⋆ bit definitions for capabilities: ⋆/ + /⋆ can the hardware decode MPEG1 and/or MPEG2? ⋆/ + #define VIDEO_CAP_MPEG1 1 + #define VIDEO_CAP_MPEG2 2 + /⋆ can you send a system and/or program stream to video device? + (you still have to open the video and the audio device but only + send the stream to the video device) ⋆/ + #define VIDEO_CAP_SYS 4 + #define VIDEO_CAP_PROG 8 + /⋆ can the driver also handle SPU, NAVI and CSS encoded data? + (CSS API is not present yet) ⋆/ + #define VIDEO_CAP_SPU 16 + #define VIDEO_CAP_NAVI 32 + #define VIDEO_CAP_CSS 64 + +
+ +
+video_system_t +A call to VIDEO_SET_SYSTEM sets the desired video system for TV output. The +following system types can be set: + + +typedef enum { + VIDEO_SYSTEM_PAL, + VIDEO_SYSTEM_NTSC, + VIDEO_SYSTEM_PALN, + VIDEO_SYSTEM_PALNc, + VIDEO_SYSTEM_PALM, + VIDEO_SYSTEM_NTSC60, + VIDEO_SYSTEM_PAL60, + VIDEO_SYSTEM_PALM60 +} video_system_t; + +
+ +
+struct video_highlight +Calling the ioctl VIDEO_SET_HIGHLIGHTS posts the SPU highlight information. The +call expects the following format for that information: + + + typedef + struct video_highlight { + boolean active; /⋆ 1=show highlight, 0=hide highlight ⋆/ + uint8_t contrast1; /⋆ 7- 4 Pattern pixel contrast ⋆/ + /⋆ 3- 0 Background pixel contrast ⋆/ + uint8_t contrast2; /⋆ 7- 4 Emphasis pixel-2 contrast ⋆/ + /⋆ 3- 0 Emphasis pixel-1 contrast ⋆/ + uint8_t color1; /⋆ 7- 4 Pattern pixel color ⋆/ + /⋆ 3- 0 Background pixel color ⋆/ + uint8_t color2; /⋆ 7- 4 Emphasis pixel-2 color ⋆/ + /⋆ 3- 0 Emphasis pixel-1 color ⋆/ + uint32_t ypos; /⋆ 23-22 auto action mode ⋆/ + /⋆ 21-12 start y ⋆/ + /⋆ 9- 0 end y ⋆/ + uint32_t xpos; /⋆ 23-22 button color number ⋆/ + /⋆ 21-12 start x ⋆/ + /⋆ 9- 0 end x ⋆/ + } video_highlight_t; + + +
+
+struct video_spu +Calling VIDEO_SET_SPU deactivates or activates SPU decoding, according to the +following format: + + + typedef + struct video_spu { + boolean active; + int stream_id; + } video_spu_t; + + +
+
+struct video_spu_palette +The following structure is used to set the SPU palette by calling VIDEO_SPU_PALETTE: + + + typedef + struct video_spu_palette { + int length; + uint8_t ⋆palette; + } video_spu_palette_t; + + +
+
+struct video_navi_pack +In order to get the navigational data the following structure has to be passed to the ioctl +VIDEO_GET_NAVI: + + + typedef + struct video_navi_pack { + int length; /⋆ 0 ... 1024 ⋆/ + uint8_t data[1024]; + } video_navi_pack_t; + +
+ + +
+video_attributes_t +The following attributes can be set by a call to VIDEO_SET_ATTRIBUTES: + + + typedef uint16_t video_attributes_t; + /⋆ bits: descr. ⋆/ + /⋆ 15-14 Video compression mode (0=MPEG-1, 1=MPEG-2) ⋆/ + /⋆ 13-12 TV system (0=525/60, 1=625/50) ⋆/ + /⋆ 11-10 Aspect ratio (0=4:3, 3=16:9) ⋆/ + /⋆ 9- 8 permitted display mode on 4:3 monitor (0=both, 1=only pan-sca ⋆/ + /⋆ 7 line 21-1 data present in GOP (1=yes, 0=no) ⋆/ + /⋆ 6 line 21-2 data present in GOP (1=yes, 0=no) ⋆/ + /⋆ 5- 3 source resolution (0=720x480/576, 1=704x480/576, 2=352x480/57 ⋆/ + /⋆ 2 source letterboxed (1=yes, 0=no) ⋆/ + /⋆ 0 film/camera mode (0=camera, 1=film (625/50 only)) ⋆/ + +
+ + +
+Video Function Calls + + +
+open() +DESCRIPTION + + +This system call opens a named video device (e.g. /dev/dvb/adapter0/video0) + for subsequent use. +When an open() call has succeeded, the device will be ready for use. + The significance of blocking or non-blocking mode is described in the + documentation for functions where there is a difference. It does not affect the + semantics of the open() call itself. A device opened in blocking mode can later + be put into non-blocking mode (and vice versa) using the F_SETFL command + of the fcntl system call. This is a standard system call, documented in the Linux + manual page for fcntl. Only one user can open the Video Device in O_RDWR + mode. All other attempts to open the device in this mode will fail, and an + error-code will be returned. If the Video Device is opened in O_RDONLY + mode, the only ioctl call that can be used is VIDEO_GET_STATUS. All other + call will return an error code. + + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int open(const char ⋆deviceName, int flags); + + +PARAMETERS + + +const char + *deviceName + +Name of specific video device. + + +int flags + +A bit-wise OR of the following flags: + + + +O_RDONLY read-only access + + + +O_RDWR read/write access + + + +O_NONBLOCK open in non-blocking mode + + + +(blocking mode is the default) + + +RETURN VALUE + +ENODEV + +Device driver not loaded/available. + + +EINTERNAL + +Internal error. + + +EBUSY + +Device or resource busy. + + +EINVAL + +Invalid argument. + + + +
+
+close() +DESCRIPTION + + +This system call closes a previously opened video device. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int close(int fd); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +RETURN VALUE + +EBADF + +fd is not a valid open file descriptor. + + + +
+
+write() +DESCRIPTION + + +This system call can only be used if VIDEO_SOURCE_MEMORY is selected + in the ioctl call VIDEO_SELECT_SOURCE. The data provided shall be in + PES format, unless the capability allows other formats. If O_NONBLOCK is + not specified the function will block until buffer space is available. The amount + of data to be transferred is implied by count. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +size_t write(int fd, const void ⋆buf, size_t count); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +void *buf + +Pointer to the buffer containing the PES data. + + +size_t count + +Size of buf. + + +RETURN VALUE + +EPERM + +Mode VIDEO_SOURCE_MEMORY not selected. + + +ENOMEM + +Attempted to write more data than the internal buffer can + hold. + + +EBADF + +fd is not a valid open file descriptor. + + + +
VIDEO_STOP +DESCRIPTION + +This ioctl is for DVB devices only. To control a V4L2 decoder use the V4L2 +&VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD; instead. + +This ioctl call asks the Video Device to stop playing the current stream. + Depending on the input parameter, the screen can be blanked out or displaying + the last decoded frame. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_STOP, boolean + mode); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_STOP for this command. + + +Boolean mode + +Indicates how the screen shall be handled. + + + +TRUE: Blank screen when stop. + + + +FALSE: Show last decoded frame. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
VIDEO_PLAY +DESCRIPTION + +This ioctl is for DVB devices only. To control a V4L2 decoder use the V4L2 +&VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD; instead. + +This ioctl call asks the Video Device to start playing a video stream from the + selected source. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_PLAY); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_PLAY for this command. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
VIDEO_FREEZE +DESCRIPTION + +This ioctl is for DVB devices only. To control a V4L2 decoder use the V4L2 +&VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD; instead. + +This ioctl call suspends the live video stream being played. Decoding + and playing are frozen. It is then possible to restart the decoding + and playing process of the video stream using the VIDEO_CONTINUE + command. If VIDEO_SOURCE_MEMORY is selected in the ioctl call + VIDEO_SELECT_SOURCE, the DVB subsystem will not decode any more + data until the ioctl call VIDEO_CONTINUE or VIDEO_PLAY is performed. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_FREEZE); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_FREEZE for this command. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
VIDEO_CONTINUE +DESCRIPTION + +This ioctl is for DVB devices only. To control a V4L2 decoder use the V4L2 +&VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD; instead. + +This ioctl call restarts decoding and playing processes of the video stream + which was played before a call to VIDEO_FREEZE was made. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_CONTINUE); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_CONTINUE for this command. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
VIDEO_SELECT_SOURCE +DESCRIPTION + +This ioctl is for DVB devices only. This ioctl was also supported by the +V4L2 ivtv driver, but that has been replaced by the ivtv-specific +IVTV_IOC_PASSTHROUGH_MODE ioctl. + +This ioctl call informs the video device which source shall be used for the input + data. The possible sources are demux or memory. If memory is selected, the + data is fed to the video device through the write command. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_SELECT_SOURCE, + video_stream_source_t source); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_SELECT_SOURCE for this command. + + +video_stream_source_t + source + +Indicates which source shall be used for the Video stream. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
VIDEO_SET_BLANK +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call asks the Video Device to blank out the picture. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_SET_BLANK, boolean + mode); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_SET_BLANK for this command. + + +boolean mode + +TRUE: Blank screen when stop. + + + +FALSE: Show last decoded frame. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
VIDEO_GET_STATUS +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call asks the Video Device to return the current status of the device. + + +SYNOPSIS + + + int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_GET_STATUS, struct + video_status ⋆status); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_GET_STATUS for this command. + + +struct video_status + *status + +Returns the current status of the Video Device. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
VIDEO_GET_FRAME_COUNT +DESCRIPTION + +This ioctl is obsolete. Do not use in new drivers. For V4L2 decoders this +ioctl has been replaced by the V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DEC_FRAME control. + +This ioctl call asks the Video Device to return the number of displayed frames +since the decoder was started. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = + VIDEO_GET_FRAME_COUNT, __u64 *pts); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_GET_FRAME_COUNT for this + command. + + +__u64 *pts + + +Returns the number of frames displayed since the decoder was started. + + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
VIDEO_GET_PTS +DESCRIPTION + +This ioctl is obsolete. Do not use in new drivers. For V4L2 decoders this +ioctl has been replaced by the V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DEC_PTS control. + +This ioctl call asks the Video Device to return the current PTS timestamp. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = + VIDEO_GET_PTS, __u64 *pts); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_GET_PTS for this + command. + + +__u64 *pts + + +Returns the 33-bit timestamp as defined in ITU T-REC-H.222.0 / ISO/IEC 13818-1. + + +The PTS should belong to the currently played +frame if possible, but may also be a value close to it +like the PTS of the last decoded frame or the last PTS +extracted by the PES parser. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
VIDEO_GET_FRAME_RATE +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call asks the Video Device to return the current framerate. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = + VIDEO_GET_FRAME_RATE, unsigned int *rate); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_GET_FRAME_RATE for this + command. + + +unsigned int *rate + + +Returns the framerate in number of frames per 1000 seconds. + + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
VIDEO_GET_EVENT +DESCRIPTION + +This ioctl is for DVB devices only. To get events from a V4L2 decoder use the V4L2 +&VIDIOC-DQEVENT; ioctl instead. + +This ioctl call returns an event of type video_event if available. If an event is + not available, the behavior depends on whether the device is in blocking or + non-blocking mode. In the latter case, the call fails immediately with errno + set to EWOULDBLOCK. In the former case, the call blocks until an event + becomes available. The standard Linux poll() and/or select() system calls can + be used with the device file descriptor to watch for new events. For select(), + the file descriptor should be included in the exceptfds argument, and for + poll(), POLLPRI should be specified as the wake-up condition. Read-only + permissions are sufficient for this ioctl call. + + +SYNOPSIS + + + int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_GET_EVENT, struct + video_event ⋆ev); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_GET_EVENT for this command. + + +struct video_event + *ev + +Points to the location where the event, if any, is to be + stored. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +EWOULDBLOCK + +There is no event pending, and the device is in + non-blocking mode. + + +EOVERFLOW + +Overflow in event queue - one or more events were lost. + + + +
VIDEO_COMMAND +DESCRIPTION + +This ioctl is obsolete. Do not use in new drivers. For V4L2 decoders this +ioctl has been replaced by the &VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD; ioctl. + +This ioctl commands the decoder. The video_command struct +is a subset of the v4l2_decoder_cmd struct, so refer to the +&VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD; documentation for more information. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = + VIDEO_COMMAND, struct video_command *cmd); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_COMMAND for this + command. + + +struct video_command *cmd + + +Commands the decoder. + + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
VIDEO_TRY_COMMAND +DESCRIPTION + +This ioctl is obsolete. Do not use in new drivers. For V4L2 decoders this +ioctl has been replaced by the &VIDIOC-TRY-DECODER-CMD; ioctl. + +This ioctl tries a decoder command. The video_command struct +is a subset of the v4l2_decoder_cmd struct, so refer to the +&VIDIOC-TRY-DECODER-CMD; documentation for more information. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = + VIDEO_TRY_COMMAND, struct video_command *cmd); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_TRY_COMMAND for this + command. + + +struct video_command *cmd + + +Try a decoder command. + + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
VIDEO_GET_SIZE +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl returns the size and aspect ratio. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = + VIDEO_GET_SIZE, video_size_t *size); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_GET_SIZE for this + command. + + +video_size_t *size + + +Returns the size and aspect ratio. + + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
VIDEO_SET_DISPLAY_FORMAT +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call asks the Video Device to select the video format to be applied + by the MPEG chip on the video. + + +SYNOPSIS + + + int ioctl(fd, int request = + VIDEO_SET_DISPLAY_FORMAT, video_display_format_t + format); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_SET_DISPLAY_FORMAT for this + command. + + +video_display_format_t + format + +Selects the video format to be used. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
VIDEO_STILLPICTURE +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call asks the Video Device to display a still picture (I-frame). The + input data shall contain an I-frame. If the pointer is NULL, then the current + displayed still picture is blanked. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_STILLPICTURE, + struct video_still_picture ⋆sp); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_STILLPICTURE for this command. + + +struct + video_still_picture + *sp + +Pointer to a location where an I-frame and size is stored. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
VIDEO_FAST_FORWARD +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call asks the Video Device to skip decoding of N number of I-frames. + This call can only be used if VIDEO_SOURCE_MEMORY is selected. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_FAST_FORWARD, int + nFrames); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_FAST_FORWARD for this command. + + +int nFrames + +The number of frames to skip. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +EPERM + +Mode VIDEO_SOURCE_MEMORY not selected. + + + +
VIDEO_SLOWMOTION +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call asks the video device to repeat decoding frames N number of + times. This call can only be used if VIDEO_SOURCE_MEMORY is selected. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_SLOWMOTION, int + nFrames); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_SLOWMOTION for this command. + + +int nFrames + +The number of times to repeat each frame. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +EPERM + +Mode VIDEO_SOURCE_MEMORY not selected. + + + +
VIDEO_GET_CAPABILITIES +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call asks the video device about its decoding capabilities. On success + it returns and integer which has bits set according to the defines in section ??. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_GET_CAPABILITIES, + unsigned int ⋆cap); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_GET_CAPABILITIES for this + command. + + +unsigned int *cap + +Pointer to a location where to store the capability + information. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
VIDEO_SET_ID +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl selects which sub-stream is to be decoded if a program or system + stream is sent to the video device. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(int fd, int request = VIDEO_SET_ID, int + id); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_SET_ID for this command. + + +int id + +video sub-stream id + + +&return-value-dvb; + +EINVAL + +Invalid sub-stream id. + + + +
VIDEO_CLEAR_BUFFER +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl call clears all video buffers in the driver and in the decoder hardware. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_CLEAR_BUFFER); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_CLEAR_BUFFER for this command. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
VIDEO_SET_STREAMTYPE +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl tells the driver which kind of stream to expect being written to it. If + this call is not used the default of video PES is used. Some drivers might not + support this call and always expect PES. + + +SYNOPSIS + + +int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_SET_STREAMTYPE, + int type); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_SET_STREAMTYPE for this command. + + +int type + +stream type + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
VIDEO_SET_FORMAT +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl sets the screen format (aspect ratio) of the connected output device + (TV) so that the output of the decoder can be adjusted accordingly. + + +SYNOPSIS + + + int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_SET_FORMAT, + video_format_t format); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_SET_FORMAT for this command. + + +video_format_t + format + +video format of TV as defined in section ??. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +EINVAL + +format is not a valid video format. + + + +
VIDEO_SET_SYSTEM +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl sets the television output format. The format (see section ??) may + vary from the color format of the displayed MPEG stream. If the hardware is + not able to display the requested format the call will return an error. + + +SYNOPSIS + + + int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_SET_SYSTEM , + video_system_t system); + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_SET_FORMAT for this command. + + +video_system_t + system + +video system of TV output. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +EINVAL + +system is not a valid or supported video system. + + + +
VIDEO_SET_HIGHLIGHT +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl sets the SPU highlight information for the menu access of a DVD. + + +SYNOPSIS + + + int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_SET_HIGHLIGHT + ,video_highlight_t ⋆vhilite) + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_SET_HIGHLIGHT for this command. + + +video_highlight_t + *vhilite + +SPU Highlight information according to section ??. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +
VIDEO_SET_SPU +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl activates or deactivates SPU decoding in a DVD input stream. It can + only be used, if the driver is able to handle a DVD stream. + + +SYNOPSIS + + + int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_SET_SPU , + video_spu_t ⋆spu) + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_SET_SPU for this command. + + +video_spu_t *spu + +SPU decoding (de)activation and subid setting according + to section ??. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +EINVAL + +input is not a valid spu setting or driver cannot handle + SPU. + + + +
VIDEO_SET_SPU_PALETTE +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl sets the SPU color palette. + + +SYNOPSIS + + + int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_SET_SPU_PALETTE + ,video_spu_palette_t ⋆palette ) + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_SET_SPU_PALETTE for this command. + + +video_spu_palette_t + *palette + +SPU palette according to section ??. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +EINVAL + +input is not a valid palette or driver doesn’t handle SPU. + + + +
VIDEO_GET_NAVI +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl returns navigational information from the DVD stream. This is + especially needed if an encoded stream has to be decoded by the hardware. + + +SYNOPSIS + + + int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_GET_NAVI , + video_navi_pack_t ⋆navipack) + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_GET_NAVI for this command. + + +video_navi_pack_t + *navipack + +PCI or DSI pack (private stream 2) according to section + ??. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +EFAULT + +driver is not able to return navigational information + + + +
VIDEO_SET_ATTRIBUTES +DESCRIPTION + + +This ioctl is intended for DVD playback and allows you to set certain + information about the stream. Some hardware may not need this information, + but the call also tells the hardware to prepare for DVD playback. + + +SYNOPSIS + + + int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_SET_ATTRIBUTE + ,video_attributes_t vattr) + + +PARAMETERS + + +int fd + +File descriptor returned by a previous call to open(). + + +int request + +Equals VIDEO_SET_ATTRIBUTE for this command. + + +video_attributes_t + vattr + +video attributes according to section ??. + + +&return-value-dvb; + +EINVAL + +input is not a valid attribute setting. + + +
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvbstb.png.b64 b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvbstb.png.b64 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8b52fde3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvbstb.png.b64 @@ -0,0 +1,398 @@ +iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAzMAAAGaCAYAAAA7Jx25AAAABmJLR0QAAAAAAAD5Q7t/AAAACXBI +WXMAAA3XAAANiQFmEOuiAAAgAElEQVR42uzdd1RU18I28GdgKFZUBE0saFA0KoqFFkEhKhbAQmxJ +bIkNNEpMEUwsMZarJMZrw4KxRExQczUqil0jRBA1GAjGQqLYC4TemdnfH76cj3HodYDntxaLmTll +zuw57Zmz9z4yIYQAkYZzcnJCSkoKGjZsyMIgIiIiquPS09PRoEEDyBhmqCaQyWRo06YN3nvvPRYG +ERERUR137Ngx/Pnnn5CzKKgmMDAwwKpVqxhmiIiIiAj29vZ4//33ocWiICIiIiKimohhhoiIiIiI +GGaIiIiIiIgYZoiIiIiIiBhmiIiIiIiIYYaIiIiIiIhhhoiIiIiIiGGGiIiIiIgYZoiIiIiIiBhm +iIiIiIiIGGaIiIiIiIgYZoiIiIiIiGGGiIiIiIiIYYaIiIiIiIhhhoiIiIiIGGaIiIiIiIgYZoiI +iIiIiBhmiIiIiIiIYYaIiIiIiIhhhoiIiIiIqFLIWQRElSMsLAy2trZo1KgR5HJualTxEhIS8P33 +3+PDDz+sM5+5bdu2ePDgAZo2bcoVgCplm3J0dMS5c+fqzGf++uuvsWTJEm5TVClSU1ORk5ODBw8e +oHXr1gwzRDVJbm4uAGDRokUwMDBggVCFmzlzJrKysurUZ3727BksLCzg4eHBFYAq3IIFC5CQkFCn +PnNGRgYAYNWqVVwBqMJFRUVh48aNUCqVlfYeDDNElWzGjBkMM1QpNm7cWOc+c8uWLTFjxgzMmDGD +KwBVuLt37yIkJKTOfW5nZ2duU1SpYaYysc0MERERERHVSAwzRERERETEMENERERERMQwQ0RERERE +xDBDREREREQMM0RERERERAwzREREREREDDNERERERMQwQ0RERERExDBDRERERETEMENERERERMQw +Q0REREREDDNEREREREQMM0RERERERAwzRERERETEMENERERERMQwQ0RERERExDBDREREREQMM0RE +RERERAwzREREREREDDNEREREREQMM0RERERExDBDRERERETEMENERERERMQwQ0REREREDDNERERE +REQMM0RERERERAwzRERERETEMENERERERMQwQ0REREREVGnkLAKimunBgwdISkoq8/SGhoZ47bXX +WJCV6NmzZwgMDMS5c+ewd+9eFgiVSVZWFkJCQnD16lU8evQICoUChoaG6NChA2xsbNCxY0fIZDI8 +efIEp06dwuTJk0s876CgIJiYmKBLly4saKq2Y5Wuri6aNm0KQ0NDaGnxd3ZimCGqE/78808EBgbi +p59+QkJCgsowLS0tyGQy6blSqYQQQmWcjz/+GGvXrmVBVoKtW7di+/btuHbtGoQQMDQ0ZKFQqf37 +77/w8fHBtm3bkJCQgCZNmsDS0hLGxsZ48OABtm/fjidPnsDU1BR2dnYICwtDz549SxxmlEol5s6d +CxsbG+zZs4cFTpV2rDpx4gQOHDiAJ0+eqAzT09ODUqlETk4OAEBfXx/dunWDvb093Nzc0LdvX5Vj +GVFBGH+JaqihQ4di06ZNOHr0qMrrly5dgkKhQG5urvSnVCqRlZWF27dvY8mSJQCA7OxsFmIlmTFj +Bs6ePctfu6nMTp48iTfffBOrV6+Gnp4e9uzZg+fPn+PUqVPw9/fHkSNH8PDhQxw9ehRCCOzevRu3 +bt1CWlpaqd4jJiYG+/btw+PHj1noVGnHqnXr1uHcuXMqr+/fvx8ZGRnIzs5GSkoKIiIi8M0330BH +Rwdr166Fvb09evXqhdOnT7MQiWGGqDazsrJSeV5Y1TFdXV107NgRX331FSZPniz9ElbTnDp1SuOX +USaToXHjxujevTtXUCq1H3/8EcOGDcPz58/RtWtXREREYMKECdDR0VE9gGtpwcXFBdeuXYONjQ0A +ID09vcTvs2HDBgBATk4OfH19WfBUqTp16gS5/P9XCDI3N5euujRs2BAWFhb46KOP8Ntvv+HIkSNo +3rw5rl+/DicnJ3z66adQKpUsRGKYIaqNdHR0Sl3HeNy4cTXyysyBAwdq1EkX635TaV29ehVTpkyB +UqlEw4YNcfToUbRs2bLIaZo0aYIjR47AyMioxFdm7ty5g6CgIGhrawMAtmzZgoyMDH4BVGlkMhl0 +dXVLNJ6rqyvCwsLQqlUrAMB3332Hjz/+mIVIDDNEtfkgURqOjo5YunRpjfqMd+7cwfTp0/llU62l +VCoxY8YM6arp/Pnz0b59+xJNa2RkBC8vrxJfmfH19YWVlRUmTJgAAIiPj2cnFaRRxypTU1McOnRI +CtwbNmzA4cOHWYjEMENUl+Xm5iIhIQH6+vowMTEpcJz8HQUIIdQ6DijoBKy0CppnUfN59uwZnJ2d +S9V7mxCiVMtW2mWqiPckyu/EiROIiIgAAGhra8Pd3b1U00+aNAlZWVnFjpeamoqdO3di9uzZmD17 +tvT6f//732K3d6KqZGlpiRkzZkjPvby8it3HlmY/XNh+v6jtoCTHRU1RlmNSac8BGGaIqEpduXIF +CxYsUHs9MTERfn5+sLa2xrVr15CSkoJJkyZBX18fbdq0QWRkpMrOLTAwEMOHD4epqSnat2+Pxo0b +o3///vDz8yu0LU5ubi7Onz8PDw8PmJubS+87d+5cGBoaQi6Xw8LCQq2x5+XLl2Fra4s7d+4AAEJD +Q+Hi4gIXFxfMnz9fZdzs7Gz4+vrC2toa+vr60NHRQdeuXeHj41PgSV5Zl+lVx44dw8CBA/Haa6+h +Q4cO6NmzJw4cOFBn17OgoCC1XouoeD/++KP02NbWFkZGRqWa3sjICDt37ix2PH9/f8jlcowdOxaW +lpawtrYGAERHR+Ps2bP8IjRQaGgooqKi6mTYnDNnjvT41q1buHTpkto4pdn3CyFw7do1eHt7o127 +dkhMTIQQAv7+/rCwsIBcLkfTpk3x8ccfS9Wxc3NzsXnzZvTu3Ru6urqoX78+3n33XbWeRPfv34/x +48dLx6jFixdLw5KSkjB37lwMHz5cGp6/hkRsbCzmz58vDcv7++KLL5Cbm4vDhw9j7Nix0utz587F +s2fPylUWZTkH0NTURqTxDAwMxN69e2vUMgcHBwsAIjExsdLfS1tbWwAQAMTdu3cLHW/hwoVi5syZ +0vMrV66IESNGCF1dXWn63377TfTv31/o6+tLry1YsEAIIUR6eroYPXq00NPTE7t37xY5OTlCCCFu +374t+vbtKwCIHj16iNjYWJX3PXXqlHBycpLm16JFCxEdHS06duwoHB0dhYuLi6hfv74AIHR0dMQf +f/whTfvXX3+J06dPC2NjYwFA2NraitOnT4vTp0+L8PBwabynT5+KPn36iOnTp4vIyEjx6NEjcejQ +IdGiRQsBQPTt21ekpaVVyDLlUSgUYvbs2UIul4stW7aI7OxsIYQQ0dHRwsLCQjRq1EgAEIaGhpXy +vZubmwtfX1+NW/fzyrRdu3Zi5syZIiAgQDx58qRC5t22bVuN/MwVoVWrVlLZeXp6Vsp7KJVK0bVr +V+Hl5SW95u/vL72vs7NznT7WeHt7Czs7O41brmnTpgkAwsDAQIwYMUKsX79eREZGCqVSWSGfuaq+ +9wYNGkjr2l9//VXi6dq3by9Nt3jxYpVhpdn3X7p0SYwePVrI5XKV5Rg8eLCwsrIS7u7u4u2335aG +ff755+LJkyfirbfeEo6OjmLWrFli1KhRQktLSwAQrq6uast67949af6DBw9WGx4dHS0ds18td6VS +KZYtWya9f+/evVWGr1y5Uujq6oqAgIACv/vSHgdLew5QFpGRkQKA2nlBRQgMDBQGBgaCYYYYZmpZ +mDl48KAIDQ2V/i5duiTOnj0rvv76a6Grq6sSZtLS0kR2drZ0oAQgnJycxKFDh0RqaqqYOHGiaNKk +iTh9+rRQKpVi7NixAkCBJ5MpKSmic+fOAoDo1KmTSElJURtn6NChAoDQ19cXlpaWIiIiQhr2xx9/ +SJ9jypQpatOamJgIAGLEiBFqw7Kzs0WfPn3EqFGj1Hbw+/fvlz6bt7d3hS7TokWLBACxZs0atWGP +Hz+WDtx1Lcw0a9ZMKnMdHR3pwF4R4aa2hpnk5GSpzApbpyrC2bNnhUwmU/nRIzMzU/qxAIC4efMm +w4yG8fDwkE6gtbS0hJ6eXoWFm5oQZkaOHClNN3r06HLv+xcsWCANs7GxUflhTKlUSu/XoEEDYWlp +KS5cuKAy/erVq6XpY2Ji1JbX1NS00DCT/3hWULkrlUoxZMgQ6bvOK6f09HTRsWNH8d133xU4z7KU +RWnOARhmiBhmqizMFPeXP8zk+eGHH6ThX331VYHvcezYMQFANG3aVGRlZRU4zpEjR6T5fPHFF2rD +P/roI2n4s2fP1Ib369dPCkOlCTNbt24VAMS5c+fUhmVmZkq/MDVt2lS6mlTeZbpx44bQ1tYWhoaG +hZbH8OHD62SYMTIyKnT9K2+4qa1h5p9//lEpp61bt1bK+4waNarAX5PzgjkAMWvWLIYZDQwz+a8m +5P8rb7ipCWFmxowZ0nSOjo7l3vdv375dml9YWJjatPv27ZOGb9q0SW34zZs3peG7du1SG96pU6ci +w0xe2Cms3O/fvy9d2XdychJKpVJMmzZNODg4CIVCUeA05TkOluQcQJPDjJw1UYlql5s3b6o07hdC +IC0tDZcuXcKHH35Y4DT5718xZMiQAsfJ6xLZysqq0O41hw0bBmNjYzx//hxbt27F0qVLVe4rkNcr +DQAYGxurTZ/XDWd8fHypPrOfnx8AIDw8HNHR0WrDmzVrhsePHyMhIQE3btxQuf9LWZdp3bp1UCgU +GDhwYKHl0ahRI66Qr8jfpurevXvYsWMHvv/+e+Tm5qJdu3YYPHgwHB0d0b9//2K7JK7NFApFhc8z +NjYWhw8fxvHjx9WGzZw5EytXroRCocCuXbuwfPlyNG3alCtsDZB3U+S8dhlHjx7FiRMnkJWVBQMD +Azg4OGDAgAFwcHBAt27dSt37pSbIv8z5j1dl3ffn3+83aNCg0P1+3jxe1aJFC+nxw4cPK/zztmnT +Bt988w3c3d1x6tQpTJo0CYcPH0ZUVFShXf6X5zhYknMATcYwQ1TL6OnpQV9fX+W1evXqYfjw4Viw +YIHUkL4w+Xfy+Q+WFy5cAAA0b968yGn79++PAwcOID4+HtHR0ejRo0eJlz1vJy1K0cg1OTkZ165d +g7a2dqGNzseMGaP2HuVZJiGE1EVo586dq/Uk5v79+7h27ZpGrYO5ubllDjfff/89tm/fDoVCIYWb +3r17w9XVtVaHm1eDQ1xcXIW/x5YtW/DGG29g0KBBBZ68ubm54cCBA0hPT8f27dvx+eef18l9aFpa +msZtUy9evChzuDly5AiCgoKQnZ2Nxo0bw9HREf369YO9vT369OlTI76Tf//9V3r8+uuvV/q+v6Dj +oMrJc74f6Srr/kzTp0/Hvn37cP78efj7+2Pjxo2F9kJakWVR3GdnmCGqQ4QG9jrz9ttv4+7du6We +Lj4+XroZX3Enqp06dZIeP3z4sFRhpizu3r0rdT+5Zs2aKtkRv3jxAk+fPgVQvVdfsrOzsWrVKqxa +tarWbDf516979+5h69atUkifOnVqpVyx0ARNmjSRrmoCQExMTIXOPyMjA35+flAoFCq/yL66nefZ +sGED5s2bp3LSVlfcuHGjxpzkl/RYlNcrV3JyMg4fPiz9GOPo6CiFA01269Yt6XHv3r2rbd9flbS0 +tODn5wdzc3NkZGTg1KlTmDVrVoFX1mp7WTDMEFWDFy9eYPny5Rq3XD179sTGjRtLPV3+E8i8k/jC +GBoaSo+rYoeaF7KEELh//36JbzJYHvl/Nc/MzKy271NPTw/ffvttodUHq4uZmVmZryzo6ekhKysL +enp6sLS0hJOTE/r37w8bGxvo6uoiMDCw1u437OzscPDgQQAvu+KtSAEBAUhNTYWPj0+Rv8quWLEC +T58+xYMHD3Do0CGVX3Prip49exZYFa86ffbZZ/jhhx9KddUzj46ODpRKJZRKJTp06IChQ4fCwcEB +ffv2hbGxMRYsWIDExESNPp5GRUVJz11cXKpt31/V0tLSpOPvkSNHsG/fPowfP14jjoMMM0S12Llz +5zBgwABMnTq11nym5s2bQ0dHBzk5OYiOjoYQotB61/lv0PXGG29U+rLVr19fehwSElIlO3E9PT3p +8d9//11t34tMJkP9+vU1rm1Daerk6+vrIzMzUyW8ODo6Ftk2q7YaO3asFGbu3LmDqKgo6f5H5SGE +wIYNGzBmzBjMnTu3yHHj4+Px1VdfAXh5E826GGby7jOiSfLvc4qjq6sLhUIBpVKJjh07YsiQIXBw +cIC9vX2R1YQ11c6dO6WaDi4uLmjXrl217furUlZWFiZMmIClS5di48aNePToEebMmYMBAwao3YOq +tpdFcXjTTKIKolQqsXz5cgwYMAAAMHz48Fp1cM+7sV5cXBxu3LhR6Lh59XVbtWqFjh07VvqymZqa +SifPfn5+RVbvS01NxcyZM8v9nq1bt5YaTF64cIF3TS+FvPZcenp6sLOzwxdffIHg4GAkJycjODgY +ixYtgp2dXZ0LMgDg5uamchLy3XffVch8L168iIiICEyfPr3YcWfOnCmt25cuXUJ4eDhXWg2nq6sL +bW1tyGQymJmZwd3dHQcOHMCLFy9w69YtrFu3DqNGjaqRQebx48dSNVpdXV2sXr26Wvf9FaUkx4yF +CxeicePGmD9/PjZv3iwdfz09PTXiOMgwQ1TLvHjxAoMGDcKSJUsAvLxjcUE9oFTWTjH/1ZDKOrH+ +4IMPpMcBAQGFjpd38uPu7l7qXnOKWva8eeXV/c7TqFEjKWgFBwdjz549BU6fm5uLKVOmwMnJqdzL +pKenh/79+wN4WVc5KCioyGnrWtjJq/Lwanixt7dneCmCjo4ONm3aJD3ftWsXTp8+XeLpExMT4erq +qnZX8NWrV8PMzAz29vbFzqNly5YYPXq09Hzt2rXcwWsApVIpVTcqaXjJX+W3Jp3E50lISMDIkSOR +kJAAANi0aRO6dOlSZfv+8sirYp2enl5gGaSkpBQ5/a+//oqNGzfCz88PWlpacHV1xbvvvgsA+Omn +n3D06NEqPQ4yzBDVcufPn0fXrl1x8eJFKJVKaGlp4bPPPquy909PT1c5QJSlZ5X8YaiwOtmTJk2C +paUlAGDz5s0F1rG+ffs2goODYWZmhnnz5qkNL67xdl7PVgUd8PKqfdy+fVsanp2djcePH6v8UjVt +2jSsX79e6s0HeFllx8XFBdnZ2XBzc6uQZcr/+Tw8PNS650xMTERISAiAl41uU1NT68w2kXcAfzW8 +XLx4keGlGEOHDsWaNWuk525ubiVqJxQaGgpLS0v069dPpdvYK1euICgoCGPGjCnxjwvvvfee9PjA +gQPVWpWS/v8JsBCixoWXV/e1+dsYFhZshBA4deoU+vTpgytXrkBXVxfbtm3DtGnT1MYt674//zGv +LMfE4n5AzLvCevnyZdy+fVulDFasWCHtIwu6DUFycjImT56MBQsW4M0335ReX7dunfQdu7u7qx2D +y3McLMk5AMMMUS2kVCrx9ddfY+DAgYiPj0dubi7kcjnGjx+Ptm3bVtlynDx5UuV5YVcJipK/u+bf +f/+9wHHkcjkOHTqETp06IT4+HhMmTFD5BT4hIQETJ05EmzZtEBgYWGDf/flPivJ6bcp/QPjzzz8B +vOxONDk5WWW4ra2tNI/58+fj4MGDeOedd/Dvv/9i3LhxGDdunBQ+PD090bx5c/To0QOmpqYwMzND +UlIS/P391U7oyrpMw4YNg4eHBwDg/v376NWrF1asWIHAwEBs27YNjo6OMDAwkA4O3bt3r3WX9gtz +7do1ZGVlMbyU0SeffIJ9+/ahWbNmSE1NhaurK9zc3HDy5EmVX3pTU1MRFBSEd955By4uLli2bJlK +d8qZmZmYNWuWtP2WVF6bhLyTr3nz5hV78keVa968eYiLi6tR4eVV58+fV1mP9u3bh5iYGPz999/4 +/fffcfjwYSxatAg9evTA4MGDce/ePbi5ueH69euFVpEs674/f2+BBQWK2NhY6XFB1aofPHggPX78 ++LHa8LyaDNnZ2bCzs4OXlxe8vb1hbm4OIQQcHBwAAGFhYXj//fdx7Ngx6bxi2rRpUCqV8PLyUpmn +kZGRVPvj8ePHmDJlikrwKM9xsCTnAJqe9ok0noGBgdi7d6/GLM+TJ0+Eg4OD2h2ZZTKZiIyMFEII +ERwcLACIxMTESlkGPz8/MWjQoALvCm1nZyc+/fTTYudx5swZ4erqKrS0tKRp9fT0xKRJk8T27dsL +nCYpKUnMmzdPNGrUSLz++utixowZ4sMPPxQmJibC3d1dxMXFqU0TGhoqxo8fr7KMXbp0EV9++aUQ +QoiTJ08KJycnleE9e/YU27Ztk+YRGxsrWrduLQ1//fXXxfnz56XhOTk5YsmSJdJdk/P+DAwMxMKF +C0VGRkaFL5NCoRDffPONaNq0qcp4JiYm4ty5c+L9998XhoaGwsPDQwQHBxd65+ayMjc3F76+vnVq +X9C2bds685nj4uLEkiVLRNu2bVX2MYaGhqJZs2YCgGjTpo1YtGiR2na3f/9+0blzZ2k6uVwuRo0a +JY4fP17o+/31119i8uTJol27dmr7lN69e4tffvml1pe5t7e3sLOzq1PblLe3d6F3oq+oY5WTk5PQ +1dVVW6/y/zVu3Fh06dJFjB07VmzatEk8fPiwRPMvzb7/119/FbNmzRJ6enoq+2tvb28RGxsr/v77 +bzFv3jzRvHlzabiurq7w8PAQFy5cEBkZGeLzzz8X7du3V9m23N3dRWBgoPQ+SqVSLF26VOX43KxZ +M+n44ezsLNq3by+8vb1FaGioyM3NFcHBweLtt98WAISRkZHw8fFR+Zznzp0TDg4OKp/R1tZWZZsu +7XGwLOcApRUZGSkAiNjY2ApftwIDA4WBgYGQCbZcpRqgSZMm8PX1Van+UJ2/Lo0ZMwYpKSkq7Tfk +cjkcHR1x6tQpAC97FLG3t0diYqL0C31tkpWVhT/++ANxcXFo2rQpevToodKjSmVIS0tDWFiY1PNV +QT38ZGRk4Pr160hISICRkRG6d+9eqp6AyloW169fR1xcHIyNjdGzZ0/I5XLExMTAxMRE5e7KFal7 +9+7w8PCQrhDVBSYmJvD29q5Tn1kIgdu3b+PPP/9EXFwclEoljI2N0bVrV3Tq1KlG3tFdUy1YsAAh +ISEIDg6uU585Kiqqxnd7Xh37/uK8ePEC169fR7169dCnTx+pDeE///yDdu3alfomzjWxLKKiotC9 +e3fExsZWeK2VY8eO4f3332fXzEQlpVAosGzZMixbtky6HPzq8C+++KLOlIeenh6srKyq9D0bNGgg +9RZXmHr16klV0qqyLPIaX+bXoUMHbjhUbjKZDJ06dVK5IS0RVf++vzhGRkYYNGiQ2uuVfdsCTSyL +ysQwQ1QCT58+xZgxYxAWFlZg3XEtLS1YWFhI9WCJiIiIqPKxAwCiYpw5cwbdunVDeHh4kb18LFy4 +kIVFRERExDBDVP0UCgUWL14MJycnJCQkqN3fJI9MJoOJiQlGjBjBQiMiIiKqQqxmRlSAR48eYfz4 +8QgLC5P69y+MtrY2vvjii0pryEdEREREDDNEJXLq1CkMHjwYurq6Jbp5lIGBASZNmsSCIyIiIqpi +/CmZKB8hBPbv3w8AhVYry09XVxdeXl68ISARERERwwxR9ZLJZNi+fTvWr18PLS2tYquO6ejoYMaM +GSw4IiIiIoYZIs0wZ84cnDlzBo0aNSr0hoe6urr46KOPauUNMYmIiIgYZohqMEdHR4SGhkJbW7vA +O2wrlUp4enqyoIiIiIgYZog0z6pVq9CsWTO4uLhAW1tbel1XVxeTJ0/Ga6+9xkIiIiIiYpgh0izr +1q1DQEAA/ve//+Hw4cNYvnw5tLS0IJPJkJ2dDS8vLxYSEREREcMMkWa5cOECPvvsM/j6+sLGxgYy +mQze3t4IDAyEEAI2Njbo2LEjC4qIiIioGvE+M0SvuH//PsaOHYtp06Zh6tSpKsOGDh2KW7duISsr +iwVFRERExDBDpDnS09Ph5uYGMzMzrFu3rsBxzMzMWFBEREREDDNEmsXDwwNPnz7F1atXeSNMIiIi +IoYZopohr8H/r7/+ipYtW7JAiIiIiBhmiDRfXoP/LVu2wMbGhgVCREREVAOwNzOq84pq8E9ERERE +DDNEGqkkDf6JiIiISDOxmhnVaWzwT0RERFQLwsz333+P77//Hg0aNGCpUIVTKBTIycnB//73Pxgb +G2vEMrHBPxEREVEtCTMxMTEIDQ2Fl5cXS4UqXFRUFM6fP4/MzEyNWB42+CciIiKqRWEGAJydnbFq +1SqWClVKmDl+/LhGLAsb/BMRERHVDuwAgOoUNvgnIiIiqj3YAQDVKWzwT0RERMQwQ1TjsME/ERER +EcMMUY3DBv9EREREtQ/bzFCtxwb/RERERAwzRDUOG/wTERER1V6sZka1Ghv8ExERETHMENU4bPBP +RERExDBDVOOwwT8RERFR7cc2M1TrsME/EREREcMMUY3DBv9EREREdQermVGtwgb/RERERAwzRDWO +pjb4X716NQwMDPgFUYWLioqqc5/54cOHWL16NZKTk7kCUKXsr83Nzevc5z527BhWr17NFaAYycnJ +uH//Ptq1a4eGDRuyQDTkOMUwQ7WCJjb4b9iwIUxMTHDixAloabFGJ1W8Nm3awMjIqE59ZkdHR9y/ +fx8HDhzgCkAVrl27dujZs2ed+sytWrVCmzZtuE29QqlUIi0tTeUvJycHMpkM+vr66NKlCwupBLKz +s2FqalqptWUYZqjG09QG/xYWFrh37x6/IKIKdObMGRYCUQX66KOP8NFHH9XpMlAoFIiOjkZ4eDgu +X76My5cv48aNGxBCoHPnznBycoKVlRVsbGwQFRWFhQsX4urVq1x5NATDDNVobPBPREREpfHo0SMp +tFy+fBnXrhOJlUQAACAASURBVF1DamoqWrZsCWtra4wfPx42Njbo06cPGjdurDLtjRs3WIAMM0QV +hw3+iYiIqDCpqam4evUqwsPDERYWhvDwcDx69Aj169dH7969YWVlhdmzZ8Pa2hpt27ZlgTHMEFUd +TW3wT0RERFWvuOpi1tbWWLhwIWxsbNCtWzfI5TwNZpghqiaa2OCfiIiIqk55qosRwwxRtdHUBv9E +RERUOVhdjBhmqFZgg38iIqLajdXFiGGGai02+CciIqpdWF2MGGaoTjhx4gT27dvHBv9EREQ1FKuL +EcMM1Um5ubn48ccfsXXrVjb4JyIiqgFYXYwYZojwssF/eno63n77bTb4JyIi0lCsLkYMM0SvyGvw +r6WlhUmTJrFAiIiINACrixHDDFEJeHh44NmzZ2jQoAEvPxMREVUDVhcjhhmiMli3bh0CAgLw66+/ +YsiQISwQIiKiKlCS6mLW1tawtLRkdTFimCEqyIULF/DZZ59hy5YtbPBPRERUSVhdjBhmiCrY/fv3 +MXbsWEybNo0N/omIiCoIq4sRw0wVCAoKgomJCbp06cJvpw7Ka/BvZmaGdevWsUCIiIjKiNXFiGGm +iimVSsydOxc2NjbYs2cPv506KK/B/5UrV6Crq8sCISIiKgFWFyOGGQ1w8uRJxMTEIDY2FqtXr8br +r7/Ob6gOyd/gv2XLliwQIiKiAigUCty4cUPlqgurixHDjAbYsGEDACAnJwe+vr5Yvnx5lb7/qVOn +4OTkxLWiGrDBPxERUcFYXYyoBoSZO3fuICgoCNra2lAoFNiyZQu+/PJL1KtXr0re/8CBA9i7dy/D +TDVgg38iIqKXWF2MqIaGGV9fX1hZWeHNN9/E7t27ER8fj71792LatGlVEqSmT58OBwcHrhFVjA3+ +iYiormJ1Mc329OlThISEYPTo0UWOFxMTg3/++Yc/iNflMJOamoqdO3di/fr1UpgBgP/+97+YOnUq +ZDJZieclhFAbX6lUQktLq8Dxnz17BmdnZyQlJZVqmYUQEEIUOt/yLFNFTfvqfACUqiyrAhv8ExFR +XcHqYjXLzZs3MW7cOMTFxaFp06aFjrdnzx4cPXqUYaaaaGnCQvj7+0Mul2Ps2LGwtLSEtbU1ACA6 +Ohpnz54tdvrc3FycP38eHh4eMDc3BwAkJiZi7ty5MDQ0hFwuh4WFBU6fPq0y3eXLl2Fra4s7d+4A +AEJDQ+Hi4gIXFxfMnz9f7X2ys7Ph6+sLa2tr6OvrQ0dHB127doWPjw+ysrIqZJnKO21+V69excSJ +E2Fvb4/Bgwejbdu26N27N3bs2CGFm+qU1+D/wIEDbPBPRES1SmpqKi5cuAAfHx+4ubmhdevWaN26 +NSZOnIjQ0FD06dMHO3bsQGxsLJ48eYJffvkFX3zxBQYMGMAgoyFsbGygq6uLkJCQIse7cOECHB0d +WWDVRfwfb29v4ezsLKqaUqkUXbt2FV5eXtJr/v7+AoAAUOwynTp1Sjg5OUnjt2jRQkRHR4uOHTsK +R0dH4eLiIurXry8ACB0dHfHHH39I0/7111/i9OnTwtjYWAAQtra24vTp0+L06dMiPDxc5X2ePn0q ++vTpI6ZPny4iIyPFo0ePxKFDh0SLFi0EANG3b1+RlpZW7mUqz7T5bdq0SchkMuHp6SkUCoUQQoi0 +tDRhZ2cnAIgVK1ZU6fccGRkpAIjY2FghhBDnz58XcrlcbN++vUTTGxgYiL179woiIiJNk5ubKyIj +I4Wfn5+YNm2aMDc3F9ra2kJLS0t06dJFfPDBB2Lz5s0iIiJC5OTksMBqkH79+olPPvlEer53717R +tm1b6Xl6errQ09MTR44cYWFVscDAQGFgYCCqPcycPXtWyGQycffuXem1zMxMKWAAEDdv3ix2PkOH +DhUAhL6+vrC0tBQRERHSsD/++ENoa2sLAGLKlClq05qYmAgAYsSIEQXOOzs7W/Tp00eMGjVKKJVK +lWH79++XltPb27vClqk80z548EAafurUKZVhAQEBAoBo1KiRyMrKqpYwExsbK4yMjIS7u3uJp2eY +ISIiTfHw4UPxv//9T8yfP1/0799fNGzYUAAQLVu2FCNGjBArVqwQZ86cEUlJSSysGm7x4sWiZ8+e +hYaZ8+fPC21tbZGQkMDCqqYwU+3VzDZu3AgXFxe0a9dOek1PTw8zZ86Unq9fv77Y+ZiamgIAMjMz +ERgYCAsLC2lY9+7d0bdvX6kqWWnt3LkTV69exZw5c9TanAwfPhz6+voAgK1btyI3N7dClqk8096+ +fRsKhQIAEBcXpzLM2NgYAJCSkoK7d+9W+fedkZHBBv9ERMTqYlQjODo64o8//kBCQkKBw8+fP4/u +3bujSZMmLKxqUq0dAMTGxuLw4cM4fvy42rCZM2di5cqVUCgU2LVrF5YvX15k4yttbW21E/b8WrVq +BQCIj48v9XL6+fkBAMLDwxEdHa02vFmzZnj8+DESEhJw48YNdO/evdzLVJ5p+/Xrh08//RRZWVkY +OXKkyrD8Yay0nR5UhC+//JIN/omISCOxdzF6lY2NDXR0dBASEgJXV1e14WwvU8fDzJYtW/DGG29g +0KBBBZ6su7m54cCBA0hPT8f27dvx+eefl/m98nr/EqVs+J6cnIxr165BW1sbT548KXCcMWPGqL1P +ZS5TcdPK5XJ8++23Kq+lp6cjICAAO3bskF5TKpVV/p0fOXIEFy9eZIN/IiKqduxdjIqjr68Pa2tr +XLhwQS3MZGRk4PLly/jss89YUHUxzGRkZMDPzw8KhUK6kvGq/FcdNmzYgHnz5lX5ryB3796FEAJK +pRJr1qxRuWJSE9y7dw/r16/HrVu3MHXqVCxZsqRauw5csWIFbGxsuOUREVGV4s0oqawcHBxw9OhR +tdcvX76M3Nxc2Nvbs5DqYpgJCAhAamoqfHx8iryasWLFCjx9+hQPHjzAoUOHVK6CVIW0tDQAL6+A +3L9/H+3bt68RX2xaWhoWLFgAf39/+Pr6Ys2aNZDJZLhw4UK1Ltft27dx//59HiiIiKjSsLoYVSRH +R0csX74ciYmJKq+zvUwdDjNCCGzYsAFjxozB3Llzixw3Pj4eX331FYCXN9Gs6jBTv3596XFISEiN +CDNJSUlwdHREREQEgoKCMGTIEI1Ztl69esHExASTJk2Cn58f280QEVG5sboYVaa8djPBwcEqr7O9 +jGaolt7MLl68iIiICEyfPr3YcWfOnAkdHR0AwKVLlxAeHl6ly2pqaio1mvfz8yuyfUtqaqpKL2zV +ZeXKlYiIiICJiYlGBRkAcHZ2BgD88MMPePPNN3HixAluhUREVGLsXYyqWv52M3ny2ss4ODiwgOpi +mFm9ejXMzMxKVMewZcuWGD16tPR87dq1ZXrPokJIXljJzs5WG9aoUSNYW1sDAIKDg7Fnz54C55Gb +m4spU6aUqj1KWRr+l2TavN7h9PT01Ibl5ORU+0oXFRUF4GV7JGdnZ4wcORL//PMPt0YiIlKhUCgQ +FRWF7du3Y/r06VKVngEDBmD37t1o0qQJFi5ciIiICCQlJeHixYv49ttvMWbMGFZnpgrl4OCA8+fP +S8/DwsLYXqauhpkrV64gKCgIY8aMUbtnS2Hee+896fGBAwfw999/F7jDK0reSXxBISCvy+fbt29L +w7Ozs/H48WMAgKenpzTutGnTsH79emRlZUmv3blzBy4uLsjOzoabm1uFLFN5ps3rpezOnTv4888/ +pdczMzOxe/dulV8VyhuqyqJbt2745JNPYGBgAF1dXcTExKBbt2746quvpGUiIiLNdP36ddy5c6dS +5v3o0SMcPHgQXl5ecHBwQJMmTdC9e3csWrQIL168wPjx43Hy5EkkJCQgOjoaO3bsgLu7OywsLNju +hSpV3v1m0tPTAbysYtajRw+2l6lrYSYzMxOzZs0CgFLtdPLfUFOhUGDevHlq3QrnDzjPnz9XGSaE +kE7qk5KSkJycrDLc1tZWmsf8+fNx8OBBvPPOO/j3338BAOPGjcO4ceOkEOHp6YnmzZujR48eMDU1 +hZmZGZKSkuDv768S0MqzTOWZNu/qkBACgwYNwsKFCzF79mz06NEDXbt2lcZbtWoVlixZgh9++KHK +V7wlS5ZAX18fPXr0wN27dzFr1ixs3rwZXbp0waFDh7hlEhFpmN9//x0jR45Er169EBAQUO75sboY +1SR57WZu3rwphRlWMdMQ4v94e3sLZ2dnUVn2798vOnfuLAAIAEIul4tRo0aJ48ePFzrNX3/9JSZP +nizatWsnTZf317t3b/HLL7+I0NBQMX78eJVhXbp0EV9++aUQQoiTJ08KJycnleE9e/YU27Ztk94n +NjZWtG7dWhr++uuvi/Pnz6ssS05OjliyZIlo1KiRyrwMDAzEwoULRUZGhjRueZapIj5PUlKScHBw +UBnH2dlZxMTECIVCIczNzaXXR40aJdLT00Vli4yMFABEbGys9NquXbuEvr6+mDx5sqhfv744dOiQ +mDt3rpDL5WLIkCHi1q1b0rgGBgZi7969goiIqtaVK1eEq6urkMlkwsnJSYSEhJR6Hrm5uSIyMlL4 ++fmJadOmCXNzc6GtrS20tLREly5dxAcffCA2b94sIiIiRE5ODgudNFK/fv3EsGHDRJs2bYSenp44 +cuQIC6UaBQYGCgMDAyET/1fHaMGCBYiKikJgYGCdDHVpaWkICwuDnp4eLC0tC2xvArysmnX9+nUk +JCTAyMgI3bt3L3Tcag6piIyMxJMnT/Dmm2/CxMREGpaSkoLQ0FA0b94cPXv2LHF1v/KIiopC9+7d +ERsbK9VjFkLA3t4eTZo0QYcOHeDn54fDhw+jRYsWmDNnDkJDQ/HJJ5/gyy+/ROvWreHr66tS5ZCI +iCpPeHg4vv76axw7dgxDhgzB4sWLpZoMxSmudzErKyv2LkY1zpIlS+Dv74/U1FTEx8cjLi6O1cyq +0bFjx/D++++DFUz/T4MGDTBgwIBix6tXr16Jd+bVSSaToUePHujRo4fasEaNGlXrjTPzL+PGjRvR +p08f/PLLLwCAESNG4PDhwzh//jwCAgLw6aefwt/fXyM6LiAiqgvCwsLw9ddfIygoCMOGDUNYWJjU +EU5BeDNKqivy7jfToEEDtpfRIAwzVK0sLCwwY8YMzJs3D5GRkSqB5t1334Wrqyu+/vprfPPNN1i+ +fLlaux8iIqoYv/32G77++mucPn0azs7OCA8Ph6Wlpco4vBkl1WXW1taQy+VISUlhexmGGaL/b9my +Zfj555/x7bffSl1v5wWagQMHwsfHB1u2bIFcLoeFhQXmzJmDxYsX8xcRIqIKEBwcjKVLl+LcuXNw +dXXFlStX0Lt3bwBFVxezsrLizSipTqlXrx7Mzc1x7do1hhmGGaL/z9DQECtXroSnpycmT55cYKDR +0tKCt7c39PX1MW/ePAQEBGD9+vUq9yAiIqKS+/XXX7F06VJcuHABI0eOREhICLKzs3H27FmsWLGC +1cWICtC8eXMA4P1lGGaIVH344YfYunUrPv30Uxw4cEAt0ORxc3PD0KFDsXLlSrXuuYmIqHjnz5/H +0qVLERwcjF69emHUqFG4c+cO+vXrx+piRMXw9vbGixcvWDuEYYZIlZaWFjZs2IC+ffvi1KlTcHJy +Ugk0+Xtcq1evHpYtW8ZCIyIqhb1792LChAkAAG1tbSiVSsTGxsLIyAgjR47E2rVrWV2MqBjW1tYY +PHgwC4JhhkidjY0NPvzwQ3h6eiIyMhI6OjpSoFm/fr10o9Ca4s8//8TEiRPRrFkzaGlp8QumCvf8 ++XMsX74crq6udeYzv/POO3j48CFPuEshOTkZMTEx0o2ggZcN+QHgxYsXCAoKQlBQEJYtWwaZTCZd +hcn7r6Ojo/JcLpdDJpNBW1sbLVq0gKGhYa0pq3///RdvvfUWNmzYUGfWj++//x7r16+HsbExN5YS +ysrKwqBBg1gQJZCdnY309HQcO3as0tYxhhnSKCtXroSZmRnWrVuHzz77DDKZDGvXrsWWLVuwZs0a +vP322xg4cGCN+CyJiYm4fv063N3dYWBgwC+XKtzq1avx8OHDOvWZDx48iMaNG8PDw4MrQCk4OjpK +ISYnJ0f6r1QqkZ2drfZfCIGsrCzpf94JHABkZmZK/9u3b4+OHTvWqm0qOzu7Tq0bMTExiIyMhJeX +FzcUqnBRUVG4ePGitN9gmKFaz8jICEuXLsWXX36Jd999F61atYJMJoO+vj5sbW1VOgWoKVatWsUw +Q5Xi+PHjde4zt23bFt7e3gwzVClkMhlCQkLq3Od2dnbGqlWruAJQpYSZyj5Wse4LaZzZs2ejQ4cO +mD9/vsrrEyZMwPTp0zFixAicOXOGBUVERERUxzHMkMbR1tbG+vXrERAQgODgYOn1vCpnDDRERERE +BLCaGWkoe3t7zJw5E8+ePVN5PS/QAKiRVc6IiIiIiGGG6gBfX98CX2egISIiIiKGGaqxGGiIiIiI +iGGGGGiIiIiIiGGGiIGGiIiIiBhmiBhoiIiIiIhhhhhoiIiIiIhhhoiBhoiIiIgYZogYaIiIiIiI +YYaIgYaIiIiIYYaIgYaIiIiIGGaIGGiIiIiIiGGGiIGGiIiIiBhmiIGGiIiIiBhmiBhoiIiIiIhh +hoiBhoiIiIgYZogYaIiIiIgYZogYaIiIiIiIYYaIgYaIiIiIGGaIGGiIiIiIGGaIGGiIiIiIiGGG +iIGGiIiIiBhmiBhoiIiIiIhhhoiBhoiIiIhhhoiBhoiIiIiqNcxcuHABZ86cYalQhYuKimKgISIi +IqLKCzNpaWkYNGgQS4XqPAYaIiIiohoUZv7zn//gP//5D0uEiIGGiIiIqGaFGSJioCmMEALh4eE4 +ceIEnj17BmNjY1haWuLtt99GvXr1kJiYiJ9//hnTpk2Tpnnw4AGSkpLK/J6GhoZ47bXXih0vKysL +ISEhuHr1Kh49egSFQgFDQ0N06NABNjY26NixI2QyGZ48eYJTp05h8uTJXLGpWgUFBcHExARdunTR +mGV69uwZAgMDce7cOezdu1dl2L179+Dh4QEDAwNs3boVBgYG/BKpytbLFy9eFDq8adOmaNWqVYHH +rOjo6AKnad++PRo0aFBh63ZR2w4xzBAx0GiAFy9eYNKkSThx4gSaN28OW1tb3L9/H76+vsjKyoKL +iwsePnwIuVyuEmb+/PNPBAYG4qeffkJCQoLKPLW0tCCTyaTnSqUSQgiVcT7++GOp3Avy77//wsfH +B9u2bUNCQgKaNGkCS0tLGBsb48GDB9i+fTuePHkCU1NT2NnZISwsDD179mSYoWqlVCoxd+5c2NjY +YM+ePdW+PFu3bsX27dtx7do1CCFgaGioNs6aNWtw4sQJAICtrS08PT35RVKV+Oeff+Dn54ddu3ap +HCM6deqE8ePHo1+/foWGmaCgIPz22284fPgwAMDAwACzZs3CRx99JIWZ8qzbJdl2qIoIohrAwMBA +7N27t1qXQalUCk9PT1G/fn1x+vTpYscPDg4WAERiYmKNLfeMjAxhYWEhAIjJkyeLjIwMaVh2drbY +vHmzqFevngAgOnfuXOA8QkJCBADpLyQkpMDxsrKyxO3bt8WSJUsEADFr1qxCl+vEiRPC2NhYABAt +W7YUe/bsEdnZ2SrjKBQKcfToUfHGG29I7+3q6lqrtgtzc3Ph6+tbp/YFbdu2rdGf+fjx4wKA0NHR +EY8ePar25VEqlSIpKUl07dpVABCGhoZq42zbtk0AEDKZTJw9e7ZWr1/e3t7Czs6uTm1T3t7ewtnZ +WaOX0cfHR+U48tNPP5V42i5duggA4sSJExW6bpdk2yEhIiMjBQARGxtb4fMODAwUBgYGQotxjqh0 +V2imT5+OESNG1Ime/7Zt24br16+jSZMm2Lx5M/T19aVhOjo6cHd3x5kzZ1CvXj08evSowHlYWVmp +PC/oVzQA0NXVRceOHfHVV19h8uTJyMnJKXC8H3/8EcOGDcPz58/RtWtXREREYMKECdDR0VG7+uPi +4oJr167BxsYGAJCens4VmarVhg0bAAA5OTnw9fXViP1a48aN0b1790LHmT59Oi5fvoyoqCi8/fbb +/BKpys2bNw9vvvmm9DwkJKSkP9gjLi4OdnZ2GDx4cIWu2yXZdqhqMMwQMdAU6siRIwAAU1NT1KtX +r8Bx3nrrLXzzzTdISUlBSkqK2nAdHR1oaZVuVzNu3DhkZ2ervX716lVMmTIFSqUSDRs2xNGjR9Gy +Zcsi59WkSRMcOXIERkZGSEtL40pM1ebOnTsICgqCtrY2AGDLli3IyMjQjJOBYrZRKysrdO3alV8i +VQu5XI7FixdLz/39/Uu0Pw8PD8fz58/x0UcfVdq6XdrjGzHMEDHQVKHHjx9LJ2FFXdWYPn06WrRo +IY1fUJmVhqOjI5YuXarymlKpxIwZM6QrNvPnz0f79u1LND8jIyN4eXnxygxVK19fX1hZWWHChAkA +gPj4eDYYJiqh0aNHw8TEBACQlJSEHTt2FDvN999/j+bNm2PkyJEsQIYZIqqLgaZJkyYAgOTkZCxY +sKDQ8XR1dTFp0iT8+++/5X7PFy9eQF9fXzpo5Tlx4gQiIiIAANra2nB3dy/VfCdNmoSsrCyuvFQt +UlNTsXPnTsyePRuzZ8+WXv/vf/+r1vlFVRBCQKlUlmm6kirL/IkKI5fL8fHHH0vP165dC4VCUej4 +KSkp+PHHHzF58mTo6elV2Lpd1m2nPNNyW2KYIWKgKaP8N9Fdv349Pv744wKrfwGAj48PbG1ty/V+ +SqWy0J7ifvzxR+mxra0tjIyMSjVvIyMj7Ny5kysuVQt/f3/I5XKMHTsWlpaWsLa2BgBER0fj7Nmz +RU67f/9+jB8/Hi4uLnBxcVGpbpOUlIS5c+di+PDh0vBXr2rmd+zYMQwcOBCvvfYaOnTogJ49e+LA +gQNFvn9KSgp++OEHDB48GOvWrSvyRC0wMBDDhw+Hqakp2rdvj8aNG6N///7w8/MrtB0cUUlNnTpV +6j757t27Uk9lhR0z0tLSMH369HKv22XddgAgOzsbvr6+sLa2hr6+PnR0dNC1a1f4+PgU+gMbt6XS +p0Qi9mZWCb2c1YbezOLi4sRrr72m0ouMhYWFCA8PL9V8tLW1penv3r1b6HghISHCxMSkwGGtWrWS +5uHp6cmNgr2Z1RhKpVJ07dpVeHl5Sa/5+/tL63NJepK6d++ekMvlAoAYPHiw2vDo6GhpOytofgqF +QsyePVvI5XKxZcsWqfe/6OhoYWFhIRo1aqTWI1N0dLQYO3as0NfXl5b1m2++KXD50tPTxejRo4We +np7YvXu3yMnJEUIIcfv2bdG3b18BQPTo0aNSejRib2a1vzez/D7//HNpfezbt2+h21zPnj1Fv379 +ChxemnW7LNtOnqdPn4o+ffqI6dOni8jISPHo0SNx6NAh0aJFC2n509LSauW2VJW9mTHMEMNMJQWa +2hBmhBDi999/F82bN1cJNADExIkTxcOHD0sdZg4ePChCQ0NV/n799VexZcsW0a5duwLDTHJyssp7 +r1mzhhsFw0yNcfbsWSGTyVSCfGZmptS9OABx8+bNYudjampaaJgRQggTE5NCw8yiRYsK3XYeP34s +GjRooHZClpqaKjIzM8Xu3buLPOFTKpVi7NixAkCB301KSoro3LmzACA6deokUlJSGGYYZsrswYMH +UrAHIMLCwtTGuXLligAg/P39C5xHSdftsm47Qry8fUGfPn3EqFGjhFKpVBm2f/9+6X29vb1r5bZU +lWGG1cyIWOWsSD179sS1a9fUuq3cs2cPOnfujG3btpWqHr2bmxtsbW1V/vr37w93d3fcu3evwGni +4uJUnjds2JArHdUYGzduhIuLC9q1aye9pqenh5kzZ6pU4yyOXC4v0/C//voLK1euhKGhYYG9Or32 +2msYMGCA2usNGjSAnp4e7O3ti3zfoKAg7N+/H02bNsXUqVPVhjds2BA+Pj4AgFu3buE///kPVwoq +s9atW2PcuHHS8++++05tnK1bt6Jp06Z45513CpxHSdftsm47ALBz505cvXoVc+bMUesEZ/jw4dKt +DrZu3Yrc3FxuS+XAMENUSYHm6tWrteaztW3bFmfOnMG+ffvwxhtvSK+npqZi5syZRd4X5lU3b95E +RkaG9Jeeno6kpCRcvXoVffv2LdE8imr0SaRJYmNjcfjwYZVG/3lmzpwpddO8a9cuJCQkVMoyrFu3 +DgqFAgMHDoSurm6B4zRq1KjQ6V+9h9Or8u6XY2VlVej8hw0bBmNjY7WTN6Ky+OSTT6THP//8M2Jj +Y6XnycnJ+OmnnzBx4kSVe6OVZd0uz7bj5+cH4GX30Bs3blT58/PzQ7NmzQAACQkJuHHjBrclhhki +zQs0RfX+VVM/29ixY3Hjxg0sXbpU5VfgPXv2YPLkySW6QqOnpwd9fX3pr169emjcuDF69+6NzZs3 +FzhN06ZNVZ6/eqWGSFNt2bIFb7zxhkpnGnlatWoFNzc3AC9v6Lp9+/YKf38hhNRIunPnzhU+f6VS +iQsXLgAAmjdvXuh42tra6N+/P4CXXVJHR0dz5aAy69WrFxwcHKR1MP+VzZI0/K/sbSc5ORnXrl2D +trY2njx5gpiYGLW/MWPGwNPTE56entDS0uK2VA5ybhJElRNoHj9+XKKeTmoaPT09LF68GEOGDMGI +ESPw9OlTAMBPP/2EUaNGYcyYMWWed7du3dCqVSu115s0aQJjY2M8f/4cABATE8MVjTReRkYG/Pz8 +oFAoCr1LeHx8vPR4w4YNmDdvXrHVyUrjxYsX0jZa1NWXsoqPj5duXljcL8SdOnWSHj98+BA9evTg +SkJl9umnn0on/35+fliyZAkaNWqErVu3wtbWFt26dau2befu3btSN8xr1qyRrsAW937clhhmiDQq +0MyZM6dGh5nU1FQ0aNCg0BteWllZITg4GLa2ttKVEl9f33KFGZlMht9++63AYXZ2djh48CAAIDQ0 +lCsZDE9QJwAAGAdJREFUabyAgACkpqbCx8enyLuEr1ixAk+fPsWDBw9w6NChcm1Dr8p/FTMzM7PC +P2P+Kp95J36FMTQ0lB6X5OSOqCjDhg1Dp06dcOvWLaSkpGD79u2wt7fH9evXK6Qb/vJsO3mhRAiB ++/fvl+gGz9yWGGaINDLQ1GTu7u6YNWsW3nrrrULH6dChA3x8fPDhhx8CAP74448KXYaHDx/CyMgI +enp6GDt2rBRm7ty5g6ioKJibm3NFI40khMCGDRswZswYzJ07t8hx4+Pj8dVXXwF4eRPNigwz+W8W ++Pfff1f452zevDl0dHSQk5OD6OhoCCEK3fflv/Ff/rZ3RGWhpaWFTz75ROpIY926dYiMjETjxo0r +ZBsqz7ZTv3596XFISEiJwgy3pXKsC9wciKiwoLJ8+fJix8t/o8yS3GW5pJKSkmBpaSldbndzc1M5 +IBTUgw2Rprh48SIiIiJKVG9/5syZUkPkS5cuITw8vMwB6lWtW7eW5n3hwoVS9TxYEnK5XLoBaFxc +nNSQuSBPnjwB8LKtUMeOHbmSULlNnDhRal9y//597N69GxMmTECDBg3KPe/ybDumpqZSEPHz8yty +2ryOdLgtMcwQUSWEmaCgoCLvsAy8bBeQx8bGpsQnWcVZtGgROnfuLB2UdHR0sGnTJmn4rl27cPr0 +6RLPLzExEa6urnj27Bm/XKp0q1evhpmZWbFdvwJAy5YtMXr0aOn52rVrCxwvrzpJenp6gdtYSkqK +2ut6enpSY+G7d+8iKCioyG20oG21uO33gw8+kB4HBAQUOl5eSHN3d6/xV65JM9SrVw+zZs1Sea00 +Df+LWrfLs+00atRICibBwcHYs2dPgdPm5uZiypQpcHJy4rbEMENElRFm8nauRf1ClL9dUP7uMvNk +ZmaqXBIv7sQor3rOhg0b1HqAGjp0KNasWSM9d3NzQ2BgYLGfJTQ0FJaWlujXrx9atGjBL5cq1ZUr +VxAUFIQxY8aU+ETjvffeU9mmCqrWkndl8vLly7h9+7b0ukKhwIoVK6SQk79TAQCYN2+e9NjDwwMP +Hz5UC/ohISEAXvbClJqaqjI8f7frBTVMnjRpEiwtLQEAmzdvRmJioto4t2/fRnBwMMzMzFSWh6i8 +Zs2aJdUK6NOnDywsLEo8bXHrdnm2HU9PT+nxtGnTsH79emRlZUmv3blzBy4uLsjOzpZ6NeS2xDBD +RJUQZhISEmBnZ4effvpJpYGiUqnEjh07pBt4LV++vMBfoV8NGzt27EBYWBhiYmJw79493L17Fzdv +3sTFixexadMm2NvbS20MBg4cqDa/Tz75BPv27UOzZs2QmpoKV1dXuLm54eTJkyq/WKempiIoKAjv +vPMOXFxcsGzZMnz++ef8YqlSZWZmSr8Ul6ZXsvw31FQoFJg3b57KjwB5PywAQHZ2Nuzs7ODl5QVv +b2+Ym5tDCCF1VRsWFob3338fx44dA/CyobSHhweAl1VxevXqhRUrViAwMBDbtm2Do6MjDAwMpBO6 +7t27q9zQM/+PGbdu3VJbdrlcjkOHDqFTp06Ij4/HhAkTpAbQefuQiRMnok2bNggMDKyQKkBEeVq0 +aIGJEycCAGbMmFGqaYtbt8uz7YwbN066uWdOTg48PT3RvHlz9OjRA6ampjAzM0NSUhL8/f2lHz24 +LZWRIKoBDAwMxN69e2vUMgcHBwsAIjExsUaWuVKpFAYGBmLJkiXCy8tLmJmZiRYtWoghQ4YIV1dX +0bZtWwFAmJqaip9//lltej8/PzFgwAChra0tAJT6z8DAQOTm5ha6fHFxcWLJkiXScgAQMplMGBoa +imbNmgkAok2bNmLRokUiLi6uVm4X5ubmwtfXt07tC9q2bauxn3n//v2ic+fO0vool8vFqFGjxPHj +xwud5q+//hKTJ08W7dq1U9sGevfuLX755ReVbXLp0qVCLpdL4zRr1kxs27ZNCCGEs7OzaN++vfD2 +9hahoaEq249CoRDffPONaNq0qcp7mJiYiHPnzon33/9/7d1/dNV1/cDxF9vdxgZzTn4VET/q2DIC +A9EgEaxOBxI9kOmRUA6dOqEQET+UMDrQOXKC6mQHS4qAlHM8mgdPHTMMzBN4GHFU1CUJyVkonFJ+ +jDMYsrGN7dMfftnXxa8pG9y7PR5/7W73fnbv+3Mv7LnPfX12e9KtW7dk2rRpyebNm5OGhoZk06ZN +yYwZM5Lu3bs3e41NnDgxeeyxx055LEeOHElmz56dFBYWJr17906mTp2afOMb30j69euX3HXXXRnx +Opw/f34ycuTIDvWamj9/fjJu3LiMfgw7duxICgsLk6qqqhZd//08tz/Ia+ek+vr6ZNGiRUlhYeEp +/7/94Ac/SGpqak57/9rDa+mkV199NYmIZM+ePa2+7T/96U9JUVFR0ilp7WlAaAOXXnppLF++vNlb +MdJdaWlpXHfddXH48OGm39xkmqeffjpuuOGGk7/4iF27dkVZWVkcOnQo8vPzY9CgQTF06NCznnb2 +AvxCJnbt2hX/+Mc/oqKiIhobG6Nnz54xcODAKCkpadfvJx48eHBMmzat6TeHHUG/fv1i/vz5Heox +/6+DBw9GWVlZ5Ofnx7Bhw5r+yvnu3bujf//+Z3091tbWRllZWVRUVETPnj1jyJAhkUqlory8PPr1 +63fOv4jeErW1tfH3v/89Kioqori4OK688spmZ3dKZ/fee2+UlpbG5s2bO8zz6d57743t27e36C27 +6ezll1+OoUOHttn2z+e1U1NTE2VlZVFZWRk9evSIwYMHt+iEOZn8Wjpp+/btMXjw4NizZ0/07du3 +Vbe9bt26uP32252aGTizkyET8e6ppktKSpr9sa50kK73C9pKjx49Tpkni2jZKVrz8vKaBpPf6+Tb +SltDXl5eXHPNNXYUF1Rbhsz5vnby8/ObnfnTa6l1mZkBAADEDAAAgJgBAAAQMwAAgJgBAAAQMwAA +AGIGAAAQMwAAAGIGAABAzAAAAIgZAABAzAAAAIgZAAAAMQMAAIgZAAAAMQMAACBmAAAAMQMAACBm +AAAAxAwAAICYAQAAxAwAAICYAQAAEDMAAICYAQAAEDMAAABiBgAAEDMAAABiBgAAQMwAAACIGQAA +QMwAAACIGQAAADEDAACIGQAAgDSTsgTQttauXRtFRUUWgla3ffv2DveYKyoqYu3atdG9e/cO85gb +Ghri+PHj0aVLF096/163iXXr1sXatWs9AVqguro68vPzo1OnThYjTf6fEjPQVi+u1Lsvr9mzZ0dO +To4FoU3k5eV1qMdbVFQUGzdujLKysg7zmOvq6qK6ujry8vKic+fOfohqQ5WVlTF69OgO9Zjz8/Mj +IuLOO+/0BDiH2traqKmpiYKCgsjNzbUgLXDkyJGIiMjKars3g4kZaCPDhw+PJEksBLSit956q8M9 +5rq6uli1alUsXbo0qqqqYubMmTFr1qwoLi72hOC8LVy4MBYuXGghzmL9+vUxd+7c2Lt3b9x3330x +Z86cpgjk4jMzAwBpLDc3N6ZPnx7l5eXxox/9KB566KEYMGBALFq0KCorKy0QtJHy8vIYP358jBs3 +LoYPHx67du2KBQsWCBkxAwCIGkhPhw8fjrvvvjsGDhwYVVVVsW3btli9enV8+MMftjhiBgAQNZB+ +Tpw4EcuXL4/LL7881q5dG2vWrImNGzfGkCFDLI6YAQBEDaSn9evXx5VXXhnf+973YtasWfHPf/4z +Jk6caGHEDAAgaiA9mYsRMwCAqIGMYi5GzAAAogYyirkYMQMAiBrIOOZixAwAIGogo5iLETMAQDuN +moULF4oa2iVzMWIGAGjnUfPwww+LGtoVczFiBgAQNZBxzMWIGQBA1IgaMkp5eXlMmDDBXIyYAQBE +jaghM7x3LubIkSPmYsQMACBqRA3pzVwMYgYAEDVkHHMxiBkAQNSQUczFIGYAAFFDRjEXg5gBAFo9 +apYsWSJqaDPmYhAzAECbRc20adNEDW3CXAwt1SlJksQykPZP1E6dYvDgwTFp0iSLAZCGGhoa4sUX +X4yNGzdGbW1tXHvttTFy5EjzDLwvhw4dinXr1sXOnTvjqquuijFjxkRhYaGF4RTr1q2LzZs3ixky +wzXXXBNVVVXRtWtXiwGQxpIkiYqKiti3b180NDREz549o1evXpGdnW1xOGsMv/3223HgwIHo2rVr +9OnTJwoKCiwMZ1RdXR1du3YVMwBA66urq4vVq1fHkiVLoqqqKmbOnBmzZ8+O4uJii0OTEydOxG9+ +85tYtGhRFBQUxI9//GNvJ+N9ETMAgKjhglu/fn3MnTs39u7dG/Pnz485c+Z4WyJiBgAQNaSv8vLy +uPvuu+Opp56Kr3/967F48WKnWeYDczYzAKDNOfsZ/l4MbcGRGQDggnOkpuMwF4OYAQBEDRnHXAxi +BgAQNWQUczFcKGZmAICLzkxN+2AuhgvNkRkAIO04UpNZzMUgZgAARE3GMReDmAEAEDUZxVwM6cDM +DACQ9szUpA9zMaQTR2YAgIzjSM2FZy4GMQMAIGoyjrkYxAwAgKjJKOZiSHdmZgCAjGempnWZiyFT +ODIDALQ7jtR8MP87F7N06dL42te+ZmEQMwAAoiZ9mYtBzAAAiJqMYi6GTGZmBgBo98zUnMpcDO2B +IzMAQIfTHo/UvPnmm/Hmm2/G9ddff9brmYtBzAAAdPCoOXbsWDz77LMxfvz4i/44du3aFSUlJU2P +KScn57TXMxdDe+NtZgBAh3U+bz/75S9/GRMmTIilS5de1Mewc+fOuPbaayM7OzuysrLigQceOOU6 +5eXlMWHChBg3blwMHz48du3aFQsWLBAyZDxHZgAA/k9Lj9QcO3YsPvrRj0ZlZWVkZ2fHlClTYsWK +FZFKpS7o/S0rK4svfOELcfTo0Thx4kRERHTp0iXeeOON6NGjRxw+fDgWL14cv/jFL+Jzn/tc3H// +/TFkyBA7GjEDANBRo+anP/1pLFiwIOrr6yMiIicnJ0aOHBl/+MMfoqio6ILcx5deeik+//nPR3V1 +dTQ0NDR9Pjc3NyZNmhRXX321uRjEDACAqPn/qLnzzjtj0KBBp7wNLTc3NwYMGBDPPPNM9O3bt03v +15YtW2LMmDFx/PjxZiHzXgUFBfH973/fXAxiBgBA1LwbNQcPHoz6+vrTRkROTk5ccsklsWHDhrjq +qqva5L5s2rQpvvzlL0ddXV00Njae9jpZWVkxZMiQ2LZtm52HmAEAIKKysjL69OkT1dXVZ7xOdnZ2 +pFKpePzxx1v9TGcbNmyI8ePHR319/RlD5r1B87vf/S5uvfVWO452y9nMAABaaNWqVU1zMmfS0NAQ +dXV1cfPNN8eyZcta7Xs/9dRTceONN571iMx7JUkS3/3ud+P48eN2HGIGAKAjO3bsWCxZsuScMXMy +JBobG2POnDnx7W9/+4xzLS31xBNPxM033xwnTpyIlr6pJkmSePvtty/6qaNBzAAAXGTLli2Lo0eP +vq/bNDY2xsqVK+Omm26Kd9555wN930ceeSRuu+229xVEeXl50alTp4iIeO2118JUAe2VmRkAgHOo +qamJgoKCiHj3rGV1dXXv6/a5ubnxiU98IjZs2BC9e/du8e1Wr14dU6dObdF8TCqVirq6uhgwYEBM +mDAhxo4dG6NGjYrOnTvbgYgZAICObN++fbF169bYunVrPPfcc1FWVhZ1dXWRl5fXooH8nJycKC4u +jmeffTYGDRp0zu/34IMPxne+850zHlXJy8uLurq6yM3NjS9+8Ytx0003xdixY6N///52FmIGAIAz +q6+vj5dffjmef/75+Nvf/habNm2K/fv3RyqViuzs7KitrT3lNllZWZGXlxe///3vY+zYsWfc9s9+ +9rOYN29es0By9AXEDABAm/nPf/4TL7zwQmzZsiU2bdoUr776atTX10fnzp2jtra22VGWX/3qV3HX +XXedso377rsvFi5cGBHvnua5sbHR0RcQMwAAF1ZdXV288sorsXXr1ti8eXOUlpbGgQMHmr7+pS99 +KdavXx9ZWe+ek2natGnx61//OiIi+vfvH1/5ylccfQExAwBcKPv27Ys//vGPFuIMDh8+HP/617/i +6aefjoaGhujbt2/ccccdsX79+vj3v/8dH/rQh2L06NHRrVs3i3UWI0eOjE996lMWQsyIGQCg9ZSW +lsZ1110XvXr1ii5duliQczj5N2mysrKaTqfM2e3evTuWL18e06ZNsxgdXMoSAABt4fXXX4+ioiIL +QasbPHiwRSAi/NFMAABAzAAAAIgZAAAAMQMAAIgZAAAAMQMAACBmAAAAMQMAACBmAAAAxAwAAICY +AQAAxAwAAICYAQAAEDMAAICYAQAAEDMAAABiBgAAEDMAAABiBgAAQMwAAACIGQAAQMwAAACIGQAA +ADEDAACIGQAAADEDAAAgZgAAADEDAAAgZgAAAMQMAACAmAEAANqBlCUAADh/VVVVsXfv3vP7wSyV +ik9+8pOxf//+OHjw4BmvV1xcHB/5yEdO+XySJPHaa6+d9jYDBgyILl262FGIGQAAmvvLX/4St9xy +y3lto2fPnrF///7YvXt3rFy5Mh5++OFIkqTp6yUlJTFx4sQYNWrUGWPmz3/+c2zZsiWefPLJiIgo +KiqK6dOnx4wZM8QMYgYAgFPV1NRERETv3r1jwYIF8dnPfjYuu+yySKVSUVpaGpMmTYqIiI997GPx +3HPPRZIkcfz48XjrrbfiySefjGXLljVtY8SIETFixIi44oorYt68eU3f44c//GFMnDjxjPchKysr +7rnnnrjnnnti4MCBsWPHjnj88cdjzJgxdhBiBgCA06uuro6cnJz461//GiUlJc2+1qNHj6aPc3Jy +ok+fPk2XL7/88hg9enRceumlsXjx4ma3mz17djz00EOxc+fOiIgoLS09a8yclCRJVFRUxMiRI4UM +7ZoTAAAAtIKampoYP378KSHTUjNmzIjGxsZoaGho+lwqlYqFCxc2XX7kkUfi2LFj59zWCy+8EAcO +HIgZM2bYMYgZAADOHTPjxo37wLe/7LLLYtiwYXH8+PFmn7/llluiX79+ERFx5MiR+O1vf3vOba1e +vTq6d+8eEyZMsGMQMwAAnN28efNiypQp57WNLVu2REFBQbPPpVKpmDVrVtPln//8582O3vyvo0eP +xqOPPhpTpkyJvLw8OwYxAwDAOX6oysqKTp06ndc2srOzT7uNb37zm1FUVBQREW+88UbTmcpO59FH +H41jx47Ft771LTsFMQMAwMVVWFgYU6dObbp8//33n/Z6SZLEihUrYtSoUR94dgfEDAAArWrmzJmR +Sr17ItotW7bE888/f8p1XnrppXjllVeahQ+IGQAALqo+ffrEbbfd1nT5dEdnVqxYEcXFxfHVr37V +giFmAABIH3PmzGn6+Iknnog9e/Y0Xa6qqorHHnssJk+eHJ07d7ZYiBkAANLH0KFD4/rrr4+IiMbG +xnjggQeavmbwHzEDAEBamzt3btPHK1eujKqqqqbB/xEjRsSnP/1pi4SYAQAg/dxwww1NZyo7evRo +rFq1KrZt2xZlZWUG/xEzAACk8Q9vWVnNZmeWLVsWDz74YFxyySVx6623WiDEDAAA6Wvy5MnRvXv3 +iIjYu3dvrFmzJu64447o0qWLxUHMAADQehobG1t1e/n5+TF9+vRmnzP4j5gBAKDVvfPOO00f19TU +tMo2p0+fHnl5eRERMWzYsPjMZz5joREzAAC0rmeeeabp471798aOHTvOe5u9evWKyZMnR0QY/EfM +AADQeg4dOhRTpkyJIUOGxIoVK5p97eqrr44bb7wxfvKTn5zX95gzZ04UFhbGxIkTLTgdUsoSAAC0 +vm7dusWaNWva9HtcccUVsWnTpigsLLTgdEiOzAAAZLChQ4daBMQMAACAmAEAABAzAAAAYgYAABAz +AAAAYgYAAEDMAAAAYgYAAEDMAAAAiBkAAEDMAAAAiBkAAAAxAwAAIGYAAAAxAwAAIGYAAADEDAAA +IGYAAADEDAAAgJgBAADEjCUAAADEDAAAgJgBAAAQMwAAgJgBAAAQMwAAAGIGAAAQMwAAAGIGAABA +zAAAAIgZAABAzAAAAIgZAAAAMQMAAIgZAACA9JCyBABAW+jVq1cUFBRYCFpdZWWlRSAiIjolSZJY +BgCgtVRUVMTGjRstBG1q6NCh8fGPf9xCiBkxAwAAZB4zMwAAQEZKvb79xaYLJYOutiIAAEBGcGQG +AADISP8FpxZnWS0U37cAAAAASUVORK5CYII= diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/fieldseq_bt.gif.b64 b/Documentation/DocBook/media/fieldseq_bt.gif.b64 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b5b557b88 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/fieldseq_bt.gif.b64 @@ -0,0 +1,447 @@ +R0lGODlhcwKfAucAAAAAAElJDK+vr0gSElYMDC8kDV5bEBcHOwYGSEQODmEaGgoKOBkTVC0tVyAg +aDcJC6Ojoys8DAAYGqSkxV9fFFtdEJmZmUA4EF0wMAAAcAoTHTZHJ0gYGAcMTwcSO29ISFUHB2AV +FXd3YAcHMRUVQiIAGg4HT3t7eywOJ3d3dwcHSEEgABMuDnd3OGpkSQAAYlZGBzEEBGJlDCstCxwc +WQcHSzkRGWBtYC0AACA3ABAKNhAQTTMwDA0VQD4AAEYVFVVVVSQMJQULOB8fQScnYBgYRD5VPmZm +DEZRB2ZiDAoKSgAAVAwQOH5+lBwcS+7u7hoaST4+X3d3WACPADMzMyBRIDgAAGBgc0JCEHEAAEwN +DRkwDAoKOR8kPZR7eyA1IABpABgNQBA9EABVAAsLRww/DAwMPgBNAENDCgc9B8zMzAUFQQBDAD4M +DAwOKgAAcQA5AEtLFYqKAA0NTC8HBxEREQgfCAArAAApACIqMkkGBhoqKnwAAAsGQ6qqqkoKCg4O +MlkcHAoZJCcrW6SkpFQAAAAAOBAOSwAVGh0ROgMPHWZmB00QEGUAAFQaGjEyC2w4OLe3n4qKioiI +iBAVMC4uXhkZUGIAAHJYWHd3AAAAPhAQUQUGL0BAIGggIBgAGkIVFV9fEAwcJR8KJA8MU9EAAAcH +VRoaYWhoaDcAALu7AGZmZnAAAGRkZGQVFVhqWD4KCgwOUzMzDAAAmgklBzEHBzExClhYWBMTPAYJ +Qy8fCFpaB///////ACISRExUDUQrDAwMVhISSEYYGHd3IDhcOERERElJAAkPNTsHF1hYckgGBj05 +CFYAADg4OCAVO0hCDDAwMLu7ilpaDR8qCDg+EBxGHN3d3REGNjo9CDQ8DBwYRGZmHFMAABQ+FBE+ +ESIiIhs+BxU0FWVeBw04DYqKsxAsEB8hQAwuDAc2BwwqDAoqCgcIL1dMDQAA0Q0iDQwiDAckBxAQ +EDwAAAAAU0JCDAkJPru7u5oAADg4bAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAACH5BAEAALwALAAAAABzAp8C +AAj+AHkJHEiwoMGDCBMqXMiwocOHECNKnEixosWLGDNq3Mixo8ePIEOKHEmypMmTKFOqXMmypcuX +MGPKnEmzps2bOHPq3Mkz5z0AQIMCSNHyZ0WjE5GqNAZAqcGmT+8VZMoL6k6rEp0KfEJl489VBcEB +GGjBwk8LBJsyFQqU15MUdQDUWfVk4JNVccER5ZXCT8+/gAN/xFp0LEWtDxEfRKo44s8n1/YeJCyQ +8GO+1xhSbvwxRWaklBEiXoVW4886BNW0FQjkyem6laUKdLqKSuZrQIxtpbLqc51JbsHBFkw8pYUT +w4uHDK2SM0PnCqHPNiz9uWGFoS1fb7h5u0nQshf+ar2G2isAKn4FpqByHQivn8YkY3WK9RoANXx1 +kwUncBVw5QCSdAsA8jiDXIAeEQYXAMbgp0YKKQAFYVxEPbjgXm/FBURmD1pQxz1qsDfUdAVlCMCG +vFg4lhpMgbOKYX6IBY5fHX642FBx0cULbnKlUFdQkgS1IxA91mWMBWJRYQF7dZQ2HVBIsdhjbG4R +WUeE4f3UFlQN6hUiUK1puV1Q93Sp24LglNYlAGmmKGJrvBxJ4YWxiUkmLzGymZ6ULnqXAlgC5Tmj +QRE2qd+NkwDKCziTwAjcT6rhV1WW28013D11UfHfVrItieCnHw0YVIEHgnoRVutllgJ/X+F54hP+ +fjT1FWR68WXbXV3dU4cxmBoDnGpSaZUqru/NJRUVrV3DXrHBAnCNrrwmN9Cs17jIC2+QUUEUY4Zh +qyxR52X2IlFwFWSUUU/8tmObXBrzxBNEhveeYVCd5wd5RD1Ra3eVzajGPeCoSq8x4qJ2ZXDghvlq +rFJBBR6z82aGbLbe+TqbjT9lNtCq4npHUMblqQEOUr3Nmx+VJJIVl7aSToqQan/ZydbMNNds8804 +56zzzjzXbGpFWA0q0IdKWSWrswIhyUuTAtn3L9IE2ddsQUzveF/GKUJtwVirSAZECliLpnUdqmns +ockml500agCkx625YxnlqUCT6NaU2lbL+zD+AKXNpTHK09Lr5MaCk+h3WrIZ3fDULnc90Nd4b12Q +VY6zJtmiTnoc+LV+QYiUfuiyS6lB96wHAKDMAa5TZBC27vrrsMcu++y012777bjDHg3N4Dgj7c8P +YTXzPUUnTvx1Rgl/PFlUgBMv2gMp/zaJawUFtuabT6fUudTFjfxYVk2/uVERCmX38tHrTe/iTa8C +Th1A4MevyykCsStV9Bt1jfvwy288lQ5bX5zYcr3spU8g1ZMQ4gbCH7HxIlGLetp7/sOYOjxhPthz +FX40VRDPqA54IISIqAhkoN+F0CFBkxf0FBe2s1XNaVG6D5W08sKrGcY+ZuPa5aB3I7OBI3L+qHkb +EPPXPbiZzAKHSh8Om6YdAKowQ/TLnlUOhrbwbQeKinNiFaVSuYEskReSI4iNeNFFg1StKgnRH9lY +NZYUSEopX8NgWpIDlVURJFawSd0J92iQW5DKhHzkTnhS9UALFq9Op6MVuW5VG7RF6oFt46GtrkEs +pRgjWcvSVbCIhrwdUqtW3tLWvOqClFCCSzbiIxG61PUtlxnDXfBqosusAgQ42TGSHwPAj2TDSqbs +kkS1rMst/zdLxjkMYza6JMWmshdNQqx0fAkYGanjyW6J0iiHUkq65DiQV2aGWMFB0T1EmbVAmjMh +lDwnRRS0MvwcclI/WZCOTAQnpSwoPgD+mIRW6EnK6zyBKYZKmozQYk/vqIiKPEKoWNRAHtQkdC9W +TNn4DPMlKkIllldyYy61mKK1UAE/AI3aQq2CJDbBhW2oXJFH/YeyekmlodeSYUnb5BaAIrEgk3CP +QNlUmgi55UVNMoxPNwpJd95HMk5p1Ojsghe5lGwrTa1V0nSqzqpadSXVmckOr7rHdAEyNbDRVU+A +MDiumvWsHclqTO6xKbSeMAVlPcgqWgMvReWkWm7Nq14tota9+vUjb2FILF/FE7P89bCITaxiF8vY +xjr2sZCNrGQnS9nKWvaymM2sZjfL2c569rOgDa1oR1uSfxHvtKhNrWpXy9rWuva1sI3+7WkBaVrZ +2va2uM0tbNOo29769re7FQ1wh0vc3/K2uMhNbnAN4hrlOve5p21ZQvIxi+pa97rYza52t8vd7nr3 +u+CtbgZUOBBP4OO86E2vetfL3va6973wja98z1uIhHBDFfjNr373y9/++ve/AA6wgAeMX24kxBpg +SLCCF8zgBjv4wRCOsIQnTOEEWyMhSwivhjfM4Q6DlwaiYcV8R0ziEptYvp5gSD7cweIWu/jFMI6x +jGdM4xrb+MYsngV5BeKJUvj4x0AOspCHTOQiG/nISE6yjy+REGL04slQjrKUp0zlKlv5yljOspaf +TIyEVGEKYA6zmMdM5jKb+cxoTrP+mtcM5iok5AU4jrOc50znGztANPhQsp73zOc+JznFC1lxnQdN +6ELTWMcI6bGfF83oRhuZyQhx8pYnTelKWzrLXUbIl9nM6U57+tNqdjNC4GzoUpt60HdeTJ4dzepW +LxrQChH0qWdN60PvmBeKdrWud/3oJl/618AONpYzfZBNg/rYyE72mUV9EFLX+tnQdkeqSbdqXlv7 +2qWAdULOYYZue/vb4A63uMdN7nKb+9zo7jYXIIAQDhDg3fCOt7znTe962/ve+M63vt9di4TI4ggA +D7jAB07wghv84AhPuMIXDnBZJOQd6Ii4xCdO8Ypb/OIYz7jGN87xiL8jIexIt8j+R07ykqPbDQiB +wB/2zfKWu/zl+uaAiqNNc1oj+iC5xrbOWw3pg0ha2EAP+qWJbRBjK/voSP80sw3i7Jo7ndDTNle1 +d051RmsbIbJ+utbnfHOD5LzqYN9zzw3yc6Gb/exWJnpBjJ70trvdzEsvSNO3TncbR/1jUw+73pF8 +9YNkve6Al3HXC/L1vRt+yGMvSNnRznjGq50gbH+75N8ed4LMPfCYb/Hdp5X3w3v+x303yN8zn/nB +E6Twn/d84gmy+Ma7PuiPH0jkJ0/7o1d+IJcnfeA3P5vOp/7woS/IEOZA/OIb//jIT77yl8/85jv/ ++cUnBEJ+oIXqW//62M++9rf+z/3ue//74K8+LBKChWmY//zoT7/618/+9rv//fCPv/mxkBBzkOP+ ++M+//vfP//77//8AGIACeH/mkBD2AH0ImIAKuIDPxwQIQQjhF4ESOIEUGH4/MHO6p3umV16/14Gr +NxCt93oi+GuxJxCzV3soCGq3JxC5l4F0x3vv4XsdqHfBRxCj54J0t4E8NoOp94ECEYIjGISTVoK8 +cIIpeIRstoK80II4+HQweA8yyINVV4MDcYNN+HQ6iGtSqHq+JoReWGlEaIRIOIbL9mZXuHt4toXA +h4FnmIO3hnpquHM+yAtA+IV2OGVhSIZ6mIRm2IYvmIZxSIMMAQUvUIiGeIj+iJiIiriIjNiIjviI +kFiIS8BuB5EA83CJmJiJmriJnNiJnviJoBiKoniJOJAQ2ZAJqJiKqriKrNiKrviKsBiLsjiLqJgN +CREPbJCLuriLvNiLvviLwBiMwjiMxJiL8ZAQhhCJyriMzNiMkDgCKZcKoziN1FiN1iiKCcCGfoiF +bxiIejeHdXiH4tgLebiH5liGo7aNW/eEUeiNvEaFAmGF6lhrWQiH7shr4DiO+oiHXnaO/khmSsiE +8zhr7HiPU6iNAwlt9WiQVJeP+/iQ5NiP/ziRUxCQCVlzBcmQOgePvEAEHvaRIBmS3pUBAoAQrsAH +KJmSKrmSLNmSLvmSMBn+kzI5kyjZDAkRCgSWkzq5kzw5YKGQEGJQYUI5lERZlBQmBhgmkkq5lCC5 +CQghAI1Ak1I5lVRZlTPpCgzRAG+wlVzZlV75lWAZlmI5lmRZlma5lfRQkgehACfWlm75lvBVXwgR +B3JQl3Z5l3iZl3q5l3zZl375l4BZl3GQEOJwBoZ5mIiZmIq5mIzZmI75mJAZmYYpDgmhCWd5mZiZ +mZppliTwlCIGl6AZmm2pAAh5kTbXjRqJbQ4JkfpYjhTpjxZpmtCWkalpbRwpj7JZaAtZm9a2mqwp +jq75muYYm7lJa7TJm7p2m8VJj6iJnLrmm79ph8EpnHpInMtpasfpnKz+xpFOUAPe+Z3gGZ7iOZ7k +WZ7meZ7omZ7eqQKUaBADAALwGZ/yOZ/0WZ/2eZ/4mZ/6uZ/wGQMJgQa7EKACOqAEWqAGeqAImqAK +uqAMGqBokBDrkA4SOqEUWqEWeqEYmqEauqEc2qESug4JsQbqOaIkWqImmp4LkHJ6wJ8s2qIu+qL7 +OQCleZ2EtpvayXNdGJ13OJ3UOYbWSaOFlp03anUzCqR0ZqND2mjQqaNCyKM9eoQ/aqR1JqRJ2mfK +KaW62ZxVumhLyqQj6KRPioJRiqVyRqVbqmdXSqZ1hqRnymdd6qWvB6ZhSntjqqZ2BohtaqUM0Z0n +2qd++qfmyZ4I8Z7+MFqohnqo+OmfCAGgDdqojvqokLqgD4oQEeqhlnqpmJqpHAqiCCGigPqpoNqn +KXoQELCiiHqqqFqoMhpodrqmWpqnevamcNp4cjqnklenrUpjZgqrRpamuYpjbMqrSCars4p2tWqr +boervxpjuyqsQ+ary1pjweqsRUasxWp2x4qsSaes0epizUqtQMaRWrmZ5Fqu5jqWaYkQbCma7Nqu +cZkQdBmY8jqv9FqvfzmYCFGYkrmv/Nqv/gqZlIkQlnmuBFuw5NqZByEAn+muDNuw+ECaC+GRTDmx +FDuSamkQJ2mVGruxHAuTNokQONmTIjuyJAtgP4kQQWmUKruyLBv+YUiJEBlWsTI7s9XllAkblR2b +szqrsVjJqt1qY9MKrkJmrdcKexKprWLahz+rq3gqtEUGrUsLY0HrtD9GtEUrbNmKtMrGrUv7rU4L +tVHrYlNLtaVgtVcLbFmrtcjGtT/rtULLkVHgAHI7t3Rbt3Z7t3ibt3q7t3zbt3JLA7eGAZ4wuIRb +uIZ7uIibuIq7uIzbuI47uKCQEJ1ADJRbuZZ7uZibuZq7uZzbuZ77uZTbCQnxBVVQuqZ7uqibuqq7 +uqzbuq77urBbul+QELjgt7Z7u7ibu317DqIRCI/7u8AbvMLruBhAWsZ7vMibvMq7vMzbvM77vNAb +vdI7vdRbvdb+e73Ym73au73c273e+73gG77iO77kW77me77om77qy1VnBEblsRXNlEGawRa6ARr0 +K0nzEhRCcxDlwxZScRdxYSnRIxRwsr4GfMAPkQJUxQtAYFdDhRhqQCSEhRCh8TBGdMHumx5ptB3k +gSK4UQcaYxXKssAIXMImPBCqARsXpMF+EBcSxUB0wRVJNDnkZcFEdcPRJB7bcUkFUUuAEysnHMRB +TFMt7EVpUkRTEVYZVMEChMEGZDV/cyN2IUOpoUtRBMRCnMUHrMD9IRm+kkqE0kCTUcNNjMMvHEVS +fMYcNcJa3Mbqm8JLIylcDMZ2ARe3VhVskTIzsy0eoxV6BD3+ilEv5vNVblzI3qskMXIx/aTGhUQw +2EHGH4S/TvFFDrQVVIzCVvzHhrzJ3ptTldO/ZIIYq3LHB3TBTEw622FH0bHDJOzDaMzJsAy+9vFD +qHzGFyRdCXHKryzJ1+EhGlzJTQM/t2E/IUzKsXzM19s8aSwzvDIzuQzJeJzHzJy/QLG/G1wiTXU4 +kYzM3NzN3vzN4BzO4jzOZpUCr3TOr4TLH4FE6PxKcUXO8BzP8jzP9FzP9nzP+JzP+rzP/NzP/vzP +AP1YuTPQBF3QBn3QUexXrHPQDN3QDk3QCb1XpfPQFF3RFg0hjtUzGr3RHN3RPGPMZiUzHj3SJF3S +NwPSXAX+yia90ixN0hm9VXr1Eyh9VTKdWDWNWEOF0/K7VyOCWDd9WD/9V0HtVzl9WEWtWD0N1Joc +0kvNVUO9V0dN1DutV0ntBZhw1Vid1Vq91Vzd1V791WAd1mKN1YEz01b10zfwCmq91mzd1m791nAd +13I913Rd12p9A2WdWDl9DWPd137914A91l5AOC/NgWRLZD331DGNFWKotlub1zrNeYdNZLAW1YiV +1PZItond1DTN2I5Np5Bt1MjTjlRb2VOdV5g92YgX2kLt2Z99q6wt1ZKt2kFm2oW9g7QNZJtt1lX1 +04392ioY21A92rkdroTdWEnNCKm63Mytn8sg3IsdHur+oKnUXd3WvaHqAN15ldOE0Nze/d3yyQjH +zVipXdxLpt1u5dvATXnojVY5DYXm7WO2jdySkdlUu9s27drrva3tfVbvTdpfO96LVd7mjd8+rd/7 +bXv9Xc7EHd/zTd71Hd9lu+BOjeAJnmzMptjb3eDm/eADLhmECt4inqqKOi+8rU4/XanXveIsrqmc +auJ6fR2lOuI0fqqryhen7VYEXtwGrtTh8dsXvmYZztlW9d8S7uFIHeHx3eOt/eNBruDaE+Oz3eEC +nuSGXeAU3tlO/uQYnuVFzuHFjeSJldTr6rBmLppyCeMHHh76+q9u/uZw3pgBq+aiPRAKe+Z4DpoQ +i+P+t80LjpAFgB7ogj7ohF7ohn7oiJ7oir7ogO4DXt7bWOENLTvplL6y3vDo6pTTAtANjN7pnv7p +oL7ojlDlY67kWB7lay57XN7lqF7nvXfkpH7Zps7jmH5O6r3qxzbkJ35ORu7gsX5YO57bTO5Xt47r +Slfr5tTrVK4eOY5WST0MbRDt0j7t1F7t1n7t2J7t2r7t3B7tdIDsgfTT8FAG5F7u5n7u6J7u6r7u +7N7u7v7u5A4P4M5HOQ0BD9Dt+J7v+r7v3D4Mv/5XwU7bwy7RFm7sfNjqf6XsYf7vfhXwqj3w0a3q +Bu9pui7lr+7rzN7n9u20EJ9XxT7xB0/nCQ/muS3+5rJ+5bSO8MRe8CCPZhUf2Re/7HxO3wNBfRV4 +8zif8903fipP8OFhfwMY9EI/9EQfgAXY83rF3Tq/9Eyf8xeY8TSP26cu8iu/5S0v5PO+Rwpf8gzP +07Mu7Fl/Qh9/9S4f9iG09bRt8sD+9QJv9iA09mQPd24PPGiv2moP8Gz/8HP/M3Af9wC596ZS95N9 +9w0vGe4Gc4if+Ip/b/2G9B6PFRDXcZI/+ZRf+Rv3cY7vVvW+covf+Z6P+DIH9RCO8mCf+WjV934v +Zi/v6jEI66L/4aTf9qZ/Vqif+m0G+KAi+IdN+F4f+3o/+0xt9bb/98Cf0iSf9l1P1ZIRAnne/G3+ +meYant5Y8Q1jUP3Wf/3Yn/3av/3c3/3e//3gX/3fgPufoukL6/zoL18hkPyoLRl/HurwH//yj+iO +XvxaPhCSXun6v/8Sdun2/+UAwUuggG5ZDB5EmFDhQoYNHT6EGNGgI4G8UgComFHjRo4dPX4EGVLk +yIwAUlT0VErlSpYtXb6EGVPmTJo1VV6qeA/APZI9ff4E2lMnT4FVphxFmlTpUqZNnT6FGlXq0So5 +dwbFmlUryYs58dkEG1bs2JqeKnbdmlbt2oomUZKFG1fuTJwCh7LFm3fk3aJT/f4FHFhqVbtX9R5G +nBEtr3tf5z6GDNeswMWJLSd2KzBlZM6d6Vr+JXpZtFq+vIwKRp1a9VPCjA2Php11cWPPtW2vnGwR +Y2zeWzPzwuBJ+HDixY0fR55c+XLmzYWDAt1butDXX6pcx55d+3bu3b1/Bx9e/PUv0aefBzk7kHP2 +7d2/b47h7G709UH+tp/fdWj99kv3r+8/AM+rbEAC6TMwP/wS7E1ABmNz8MHRIpTwsgIrHO1CDGNb +cEPLKPRQLxBDxGtEEtfS8MS8UlTxMABWuSdGGWeksUYbb8QxRx135DHHSV5rUUQAJumxSCOPRDLJ +GH/kL0i8LlIySimnNHIVBJ1EDAAtt+SySy+/BDNMMccks0wzm8SSNDPXZLNNN9/0Es00t7r+CE47 +78TTzTkTo7JPP/+U8Yk92XoCUEMPRVLQQdW6BlFHH8VxUUknpbRSSy/FNFNNN+W0U08/BTVUUUcl +tVRTT0U1VVVXZbVVV1+FNVZZZ6W1VltvxTVXXXfltdfD6rAgIwvqyOiJk1zDyktjkOVFWWYz0mlL +cPz4qEsqQrtmlToAACcFQaPt8pYvj7WACi2pCFYgbjWyUk5f34V31xSAyAiIVRTbTaeN1ABCSyAU +5QjIwtRFU1+NDOZlWGo7MuwJbQW9po5VruFFDSqo0EjgZvlbhYqF/aDi3mYBUCOjbd2NN2WVY1UD +AEWfAGBhXvzYdmCNwFnliSeoWJbhgnf+0xhhqxQDx6PXYObJGHoreqLbktB8zQJwAOblCWCbpeLY +mc1FeWWvv0YVnHRprugasfO9khdjFBU6458J3qjtZ3m5BgCKAw7Nap1J1mgSjNuCOjQqJtkoBYyH +LFqgVZgEu3HHUZ1Xca2NIRLtj1JIHO+4gX774Cs1hrvqVaiVW2iNXwsao53AKZmXOuru+nHZZ6+0 +ZUHraD1yg+UWyNg6UPbSZi9PKv1zd50t/umNUH97pxROAnlj2qen/lJ0/Uj8njq+tXyjSeow5m6f +Nw8d2rSFrlt8tyv6UQ2YW2f/7/IBr2hw7w+/R42iF5e+ev//T9Mk7HWsOnEpRmnDXOz++me++dmM +gWfJ3PL4cxWlFctp9FufQIZFNasF6yqse90CAThCEmKobqwj39yqxreQpK6BKnyWwowWmu8JJGIT +q9jFMqi8inTsYyGDm+H+BroSFtGI9qFCBIfmGi4ZA1xbmmEKv8TELS3ridOqFpeoAL9sbatbVBNh +A8t1LsLBrWVlJOIR1bhGNrbRjW+EYxzlOMdQpcAYd8SjMeCHGAvkEY/pomMgBTlIQhbSkIdEZCIV +uUhGNtKRj4RkJCU5SUpW0pKXxGR98rRJTnZyS1pD1RM9OUpSnmlVoixlKlXJJVgBwBjPg2UsZTlL +WtbSlrfEZS51mcsOlUonq9hlMIX+OUxiFvN57Trli4y5TGY2M5jGSJuqelmqaY7KRKC65qey6SkW +naqao/pmqLbZqXFyqpyb6qapwhmqdWozjaI6p6bimal0UlNryshHPvW5T37205//BGhABTpQguoT +fu30VGlc0AKGNtShD4VoRCU6UYpW1KIXZagLzJOq0lSioB8FaUhFStAozKeVWsuHO1S6Upa21KUv +hWlMZTpTmtZUpbMIDULJ+Rpi9MKnPwVqUIU6VKIW1ahHRWpSfUqMjYbyNS+waVSlOlWq1tQBJn3V +b1JaVa521asyxWlbQHmq0vRUqWdFa1rVilSmFkaB7gwNVL86V7py9aqUiWaqtFr+V772laZhVddY +TVXWtRbWsIc9alv3k8y4+tWxj13pXXVz0opsFbKXrStgmyVYX/IUsZ8FrWEVO09MlUaumEWtVyVb +T1L9BgovgG1sZTtb2tbWtrfFbW51u1vYLgECYmVsRWxxDOIW17jHRW5ylbtc5jbXuc8lri2aStbX +GIK318VudrW72xFg1VV7TW14q6pZnZrTs6FFb3oTO93BPlW875XqavOKKvDC175gzSlnSUVY9fbX +v0tlb2cbe18Cv1S+lBWIZQu8YHeQV7/WPO9/JRza0b5TnO5lMIMPnFWtEWEWHwZxiEU8YhKX2MQn +RnGKVfzhDAgAuKoqTShUMWP+GtfYxjfGcY51vGMe99jHMw5FgPf7miWs2MhHRnKSVbwJ77bqNw14 +Q5SlPGUqV9nKV8ZylrW8ZS5HmR4uDmxwBRIHOZTZzGdGc5rVvGY2t9nNb4ZzmeMgZAiHRhNdxnOe +9bxnLpOgyayqb4YJ7GAx88KsE0b0YSv81oRiWNAE3vB3UfroAhMaxhFOdKbTuuhCn5bS8I20kyf9 +aftamqOY1nSq2UpneDqa1OINNaC15oQa1NrWt8Z1rnW9a1732te/BnatVfDbMF86NGjYRbKVvWxm +N9vZz4Z2tKU9bWonGw2svnBo1hBsbnfb298G9gL+vKpAvzq1pnZqaA6tanb+F5XTxq6Ip82N2liT +e9TzPnd+C73udvcbqO8+9YDxTe9xS/PeA78suqmrbn83/N/YxqarEf7Yehu8shPHrMLby3CHOxzg +6Y43xi9bcb3OGtwnR3nKfT3sFwe8IsiudsxlPnOaT/vabi30tlW+c56fXNx4RTAvFCzyvmpcwBXh +d8fZ/fGFh5zojiU5fQ/+9MzqG94CSbrSU830jTud6nyNujen/vWvGn3IHNd6u7l+dIHIm+yqLXjJ +KwJlPtfd7nfP8pdbDvIxx9nvfwd84OE8Z5xfnRd3xnviFV93PwOdwxXxsJIlP3nKn7jFe2+6QGT8 +Y8533vOf73GQC+9ygRT+ufKnR73kmex4SV/87XQ1e52RnvZ+r/3sXn893Fkvatfn3quxbzXaab91 +iMMV976vatjVOXbkSxX42Z798FVte9m3vfldVb49KzKEYHTf+98Hf/jFP37yl9/850d/95VA7M0W +WhZHgH/85T9/+tff/vfHf/71v3/4y6L4jQ6NEUi/ASTAAjRA9HODuJO63ru+qXq+iBM+6Us06gu+ +42tAm8q+1mK+C5ypBzQ+rJNA4hs9vuMFt+PAmcpAcNrAE4QpDwTA6AvBCfy/nRI4FqSpFBSVcrPB +mHJBGoTBGJwwCoQ+69vBG1RAsdu+OVDCJWTCJnTCJ4TCKJTCKaTCKlz+QkLAvK4TCCyYhi70wi8E +wzAUwzEkwzI0wzNEwy7Eghk0r9CwByuEwziUwzmsQiY4wuVjwCJsQasjPUMDQhkcwcwrQT1EwTvU +vgQjRPzKQrbzwz8MQjbcFNNKxJjCQXZawUTswTb8QUfsLyGEQAucRJWqRFDRwVBsMD4kwazjRAqD +RHmSOFN0h1H8lN9oAmWwxVvExVzUxV3kxV70xV8ExmC8RfEpr0h8DRGQgmRUxmVkxmZ0xmeExmiU +xmmkxmQUgVbMlNIQxm3kxm70RmG8AkPUQFkrNBI0x1NhLRUkR8M7Ry1MlXTMwQdTR3YUxHYsFXhk +J3Dwo33kx370x3/+BMiAFMiB5MdidEWeIciEVMiFZEiC5JpkQsiGlMiJpEiBBIf5OpWK1MiN5Mg/ +WhU16MiQFMmF3KNTAcmRRMmU7MdMYsmWdMmXhMmYlMmZpMmatMmbxMmc1Mmd5Mme9MmfBMqgFMqh +JMrzuJqKGJZiORbeGQnkAZousaLz4RIsAomWWZr5QSWTQCXisZaFcaUHEoh+OShncZaiNEv0iJyK +sBd8caCK4Bd/ASMeeiAX8hykrAOZ6Yg6ARgieg3eEZoU2J6RKaNngZkOARILO8vEFA3b6Z2YqQia +6Z6MwBmd4ZkoqsswgqG/VKKNAJajxMzy8UvjaRZjCMxnmQRwOE3+CZJLxWTN3hAbgSAbGzqbthSI +taHN1RSezgFLurEbj/ADl1mFq+TL0AjNjKGYnaCCpUGYrKmbkjxMRmvN6ESRpQGmiqCc3cFIzLHM +udTNJcIgjgjOmXGZFwLNaPpLNMofxzSY5uSFrNmhz5TO+MwLxsQdyqAX7OwI3wGeLhGeLuHKFPpO +zlyYOkDP8SmMLuEJUTrKqwDMQtkNvxGIGlrN4ZHPCsWL68mewMRP7wEf9VHNy6TL3UyfjvhNLSLP +BSrOHkocwwgZgzEXLsHL57TQGc0LAapO3UBQuUmgFuqcEPVOi9jMHhIZ8TzO4yFO80QQgzGMlumK +ERUIIApQxKT+0SkdiRMqSWZpm/cRCbr0UQeSIY6wGrwkUPjsSyTlzvnACMPJCAmdHyml0jf9iCTi +COxsIlTaziWaIlGKSmnBS41IyozomJFhpe9EpajMiLqhFiAxF15AzUN1zDYNHjiV1Eml1Eq11Ev1 +HzvaxyvNiz7aR0DC1FAV1VEl1VI11VNF1VRV1VVl1VZ1VQNxpliV1Vl9Hme4BVrF1VzdJVRwBlTQ +1V8FVlniVV8N1mLV1WE11mSl1VtwBmV11llVl1WS1mml1mq11mvF1mzV1m3l1m711m8Nk2KTJmdY +FUkAAEko13NNV3RVFWfASFFBC4PUFAAgV1UxV3ZNlXtd11X+cVdWiVd5zMF6zVd1tVeCHVh8RZV+ +XZV/dUtIcdg+2UuBVYOHpdgoqQh9tYuK1dgjuViD3diP7ZGOxVeQJdkcqQiFrZqSVVkagR+GTbDU +g9mYTbEMyCmB9QR8wNmc1dmd5dme9dmfBdqgFdqhxdlCENmK4AbQU9qlZVoe44ajFQhrAIOppdqq +tdqrxdqs1dqt5dqu9dqptQao5QXTk9myNdtZoIGTpY97YAWiddu3hdu4HdrccFmhg8WWIi+bvY29 +7Yy64AWMbcRV7ESxPY3VMNzDFYzWAFwTDEXJQlna4NvInQu6BZpLJMS8fQvJ1Vyy8FvAVUXBRSzF +AtzCRdz+0jVdp1Bcg2XcSXTctXWMzYVdm6BccR06WMRczYjd3KWJzjXYzwVd0SLc0xXe4UWK1MXX +1U3E1vUK3WVemJjd9hOIczCD6aXe6rXe68Xe7NXe7eXe7vXe6eUC9qPXiuAAAjDf80Xf9FXf9WXf +9nXf94Xf+DXfWhDb9+O/+8Xf/NVf/fM/gQDcd0CHABbgASbgAjbgA0bgBFbgBWbgAH4HsWWH75Xg +CabgCvbeBBQIlIWAP5DfDvbgDwbh+OUArCrFULxdXtiM5lXhmxBb3/3dtRJdgyVd4qVhwzVeUGxc +tV3eFV7h5y3hSTzhFOZh5uVdfHXhF9604K3hJV6NGyb+wrsVRR22i9cdYt31YcvVwyCu4uYt4k1E +YkVTYiYW48Bw4kGE4ijOYNfdYua94jy03ZrN3DWO3S4GwS8GrRjG1xke4z2GijJGXkJU3imW49xt +Y4EYAjpE5ERWZCrEQnUR2B/QgkiW5Emm5Eq25EvG5EzW5E3m5EiGBbHlwjQU5VEm5VI+wzX0X4M1 +B3Jg5VZ25VeG5ViW5Vmm5Vq25VtmZXMQ2zdc5F72ZUS2wzSuCELo5GI25mNG5k7+ARLG4iLU4kGG +XToOXDsG41TOYz7G5qjw4zNGY154XCqG5sgtZLvl5mcOZ8mV5iOm5lWz5orQ42yGZ6oQ2z/Ww0Bm +DHD+PufbGOfaNUVzzue9Ted1Dt0wjueCnoJt5mZ7htx/3tt95uZTbAu9ZWiAbmGBrua/lWGD1miE +PmOFxueJ5oxx5r4DJOmSNunyW7+IrohhaIOWdumXhumYlumZpumatumbxumWpoP63d+e9umfzr/+ +xWh8hYcyMOqjRuqkVuqlZuqmduqnhuqoNmp4EFsBPOmrxmqSxmBvpg8IeICcBuuwFuuxxulhYGY3 +7mc4xl2Qto2AtujCwmN31miD5mgo9mi2tg2HLme1RmG8rg23fmu1iuu+mOt4ruu7vWu/7gy9PmN/ +VuzHAOzARqvBNo3CNux5fujEfmzIGOfIO9vPTr3+y3PkinAFPjDt00bt1Fbt1Wbt1nbt14bt2Dbt +ZhDbzWva28Zt0BO9oa4IMfja3wbu4BZurxUDsSVb0EbuyVs9rq4IAWgE2Ybu6Jbu6Y5tVzhrgaC7 +xdPu7c47MGsWgVUAuRXv8SbvoDXadu47wVPv9WbvNiM83hYIcTiD+abv+rbv+8bv/Nbv/ebv/vbv ++RYHsUU87ibwAn+DxmPugWjb8mbwBhdvBbhucm5svhbizZaLyJZspaLsd7ZsJj5sWNRsC5cLxoZi +xxZxzq3oDJ9sgu7wMf5wUwzxEycLEr9bE5fxsMBwFV8v9K7sFufjF89hYRbkG5eMCKe1nkPyJF/+ +OfEV2AEAgSeH8iiX8imn8iq38ivH8izX8iePAbGFuZoD8zAXc2i7OfjmhXVIhzRX8zVn8zZ38zeH +8ziX8zmn8zRfB7HVOSXX8z2vgZ9LcF6AAD3Y8kEn9EI3dC0fgAjnZxOmcCKHixzXcXdjcR9fYiBn +XSm+Z0efcUV/aBvX9M/gcXWO9F7YcErfY0tPXkxf6E+XXU7fa5Vea1a3CUgfdaEqdVMXY1QHZFX/ +aFl3XlefcFjva1+vCVqv9YfjcQ7H9dPV9XrmdWIviwgvAj6ndiVv5O+uCEY49G3n9m7H8mUQ23oY +83En9zCvB7FVhzpX93Vn93anc3XA82qX953+83OUJQRvx/d873ZGAPYSb3RoB3UzF/VIv/Vlr+Fm +L8IYB3iXoPE3FvYKX/iWMPZjB7BkN/hKx+yEfvaI/3XH+2FM/HeOd4mJp/iCv/jhRfgdVHiRL4Vx +zm4Dh3nF07vRFojwdvCbx3nzFlsya++e93n1fm/Ale//JvqiN/qj7+8A5/EBj/mmtzsER1kBWPCc +p/qqxwcI9/gOS+6tlzzRxnaBKG3qFvuxJ3vXpm0et+3cVvu117HdBlzfHu64l/u539ri5vHj5vq8 +T7HljvrnLvu/B3yxt+6sR2tGf3iWH/kUp3iiMvmTZ/aM7+iNR3zc6PcaD/nJLwWSP/bGd/z+0k15 +G1x5kW/4tD58zGfhUF98Sbf4zhfez2fB0Of4ca6E7aL92rf93FoCvg6ES+D93vf93wf+4Bf+4Sf+ +4jf+4+d9KwDlTGD+5nf+54f+6Jf+6af+6rf+62d+VDZzFmCD7vf+7wf/8Bf/8Sf/8jf/80f/7mcB +sbWu23f/96d9XFD1QkD++rf/+8f/4w+ECNcrgUUVwAUIXgIHEixo8CDChAoXMmx4UBIASQ4nUqxo +8aJAiBIxcuzo0aEzAB9HkiyZQiQvAClKsmxpEYAzlzJnItRI8+ZNmzh3ttTJ8+fHkECHejwpUCXR +pBdhKm3q0KfTqA8jSq1qEKrVqkKzcjX+mnLVvbBix5Ita/Ys2rRq17JVCyBa27hy59KtG7YVgFZ2 +9/LtGxevXr+CBwsGTPgw4rnRACRu7BjtKpQAJlOubPky5syaN3Pu7Pkz6NCiR5Mubfo06tSqV7Nu +7fo17NiyZ78W+Pg27rCSIOTufViAJAG+h/sFLpw48rrGkzOXC0FS8+hxuVKvbv069uzat3Pv7v07 ++PDix5Mvb/48+vTq17Nv7/49/Pjy59Ovb/8+/vz69/Pv7/8/gAEKOCCBBRp4IIIJKrgggw06+CCE +EUo4IYUVWnghhhlq2N0TFvBizEIgJmSMMSlQoUaIaohI0IofbvgijDGilwKIIF5DhTH+JxbUokE1 +NsTjQC0CKSORRRqp1CQe+rHSkj5a4Acv1/BYIonXuPjhNeCkoOU1JuqYQgoe8rJll7xYQAUVHoLo +B47gCDTkkXHKOadH1wDByyrXPOFji0vueA8v96xyJZ+8qHHnjR+iGKSLVDzBCzh78uLoE3XQeSmm +mVrkIxBW+mgoECvtyKiIhVpQolFTYqnllvd8Cqemscp66SSrqEliHacGusqjPQIq6KSGFqrGSh1e +SeqVkzT6RKWzOvssndcA0OubLq6CY4kFgUnio9eC6aKIXkJZarUgnknFSmvieOex0Lr7Lrzxyjsv +vQx1CSaYVta7L7/9+vsvwAELPDD+wQUbfDDCCSu8MMMNO/wwxBFLPHF1VOhrgbK8GNuuQiSSqOaH +HqfLIonoHlRHyYt6uZKKxqBM5ctK4kjFuIMKtAqsCIUpkJ0DiZkzySSOzMvLxqhYUNHUBukyiSiu +/GbJYlL0hJs3L2os0AQVjWKNIrfrsckGvazjmGiudCrT28ZcdtjG2Ixn1tqK2bNAPzvkcbZde/x1 +yaIS1PLLvLCZI5Qh57jo1FXjuWjhcQu0tYhFgzxQ0ifnKOrgNJuJK5VMG822qG4PhHNFFtedsZnV +/ugxyHh/CvXlBqGNMpMzFz424hdNknGnAtGoepQz5w58uaMyerPUx0u6s5l+Czn+0D1APPoEEK4q +Do7jAx0qUJK2odSil8kTTyiLxgN70IrMWzB0sBYBsSgVA/3e4o2H9ziqqsfjKf6Vy4u5vv6Opb50 +XS97AtkeL7o3JnINBAho4p+q8gc8WyFERNGbXvWuRLeKvE8g8TPU9whyD+Hd73gSvNL5jBe/C2os +g8RL3/8IOBDsVWR3AundAoFXP7KVr3wnXBEF0Wcb6bUQUCLa4EUSRTWBNAl4T4oSkCJoPB2yq4dP +YN+xnnczfUUJZ6uAkh9IV5FITcpK1GPgzTxYQhP2UH9wWtHzVvTBigAwjEycH0GeKKU1Fq+Nx0Ki +6q74tQDC0YdfFJwYKUJG0xH+C43EEojiAgiuKf6xisbL00CuMagjWnIidbSZGMGHIkAOkmNa5Jjq +QIRJnr3tlHE8ZBgNGDyNVa2RToTSHik5ST+uiJSqW2UXNdhJi1jMT5JC40D8tKO9gYt1pRwf0XBl +xDa6cplqGBRYZDkmCzzhgyk4GioltcymXaloppSkG30YtYssMQVQOiYqBec3ygmtXM48JSpfVodp +prOf5bomnlxlkTB184biBBIp8cY1w+WNlxUcn97AMTyHtBNKk/ADMpM5z8fVM3IeW6g/tZYjcOQy +pIUkFUCzScxrKFN6GZVnj5ipt4YS8qHnxJ1HdrcKFPUOmYfaKETPqb+ECqT+oNXUHzA1CaL4xU+b +h8JYoIbWoiumQGlBfSbw3lhTbRrkfR/sKcd+KkQfUrKXwxSRUampVmQxNZ4LeaqyUsDPqa6CV3zc +ZU15NsxfclGTbqWIV1tIPhGuAqil/CE6r3SopLZyrcVrqzZ16rS5/i1UY0WWQ/VqU8b+1SJ2+qDH +cnUsQVlVkq974eggyKgB5jVQRKSeQFNQ2M4mhAq9m91pO3jZVPoRhW+bImu5WhAL1BV2uWoRaW2K +2dYGUa2sRa3vYugi2WJxIra1Eo1cxr49cVGXp31mc8332gwKN4/FBZzRWgRA5Q42rym0YvXGCyjo +brNuI6MubQ/yWd/hin3+yd0tXukb3h6yELb5BexGPUqia9XTuwxNF+vAZljJ+c5smWWi7VwkLU/p +bo6qK5oAzOngaDYNbyup3G6fdmCG1KFwpBIZg7PlYBOTOL19s9zHKhw2+oKuWhtecUEm4eFyeuwE +2CPRXWc60+zGTrmZa9xIWtxDEx9Zxpml8NZQjLSPCi7Dre2xhgHAYfclmKMLxhZQI4g3hqKtyZd9 +MjQpJuc5y+he+OouR/AFpvmqZ3344t9F/AwmQGfFzvn6iKFTgOfz6FmuIxE0865zj0aPJNGLNk+j ++dyRTNO5057+NKhDLepRk7rUpj41qlOt6lWzutWufjWsY91q0frMUgP+EWSgULIUy4DoHpLhda4N +4mvKgMPFB/F1rpPHmGFbZiWX6bVlNJcSTWvN1rdeRR0AUIeqHuUy3aYMDvkIhN9KK3d+YwxGmE2Z +YKfE29MuiLqLrRBkpwS5IsEMiDDz7cnIm91dBcDwXDUZ3ap7Mr+qTL8REm1AneQy1JZ1VFJgyXET +xCv0ruzASzsQdMNbMg+/OPR0bQEpIwTZvq4DtTh+FE2rPOQVR/m7DeKHybi4m71Tg21XfhCOPwHb +pX1kMq2dwEh6JebXzjYPha1rlxudIC3398iN3fFuow7kLX+6zn0Hc5DfejLzVAMAlHXFrS+d6WYi ++c7n23OYew/i1gH+e6+eAAAX+yHbbS8IOHjVTVhhnd59L7u/xxTJqfvayldn+cfLjm6s82LcFPdd +JMFuJca33MoDmQS10b7je9g966Mznc9LDni/P7zpgd9SQvzusl5ZHfFpd/rBDzIJcMyeRfNMU+DN +LviEqFzufOa6260CDjHVPZPDRwnwjcF6wG888Z7X/d15JmbR5xrsizo87JVekOljXe5+GPlAqIA6 +2zyK8pq2wOBRWVyNAbyotNf10x39fBGO3uOvpz9Bfnxsj+c88Ng3yNWhCPBNiqK1H/vljhpYyQCC +nP4BIJ9VCrUMYPBFHLvM1ptgHvIxn/ykX/Npn+nlXu4xXrAh2+/+NN3/4Z/8ZAzWgZ/3zV8HOiAK +ZtJvMZGtnYn8yBX8lZ73XBoIkt79QZ8Ikh7YQUnrZR8M+o7NAF+5EWD0TZ0HvuAR9pyxSeAENgXc +EY3K3Am9SeDY6WC7VcbdXcZKAB/XBaFIIBvVeMgJfiFljKFl0BrWWVbjsYsIPtvzcd1FnQyUAEHG +jJC/ieDIjV/HVUbsseFkiMjTlaEO+mAKoFwRbhywGSJSgKCQcY+tSWDBZeD26aAdQl8VSkWa+EHV +cN6jbCHzTQLK8KAL+qATxmCUTN/+sRspruHfEcQqVM3TyZ1lPIr4DRegmF8eDd5ejQmvTF+lFOIH +3gM4gIMX9qD+/R2h7jWgE3IcFYDF0q0hFFrA9AEfFVgGLhmgbXjIAi6dNBphAoEjFX5iUkzCuIlK +wxEi8LUKQ9RiMtZfxXFg211cqNCi8zHd06Ff13kI6nUdlABjkMwT9SCEGuTKB2Wis1Eb5wliLE5j +6SXi0g3kRHIc2BWdCVak63FdA1bjm8yTZY3jPfKe6zWhOkaFtEiUB3Kd3E3UD/pjP8Zg1KXeGepa +pfDjE7Lb01keENyJzVnJjXyQQa6d0lgAoUEK7T3h0/UiQ5DhM25iK94k9Rldw5njB3Zk7pkIQaCi +90zCo6CiAjLfxVnlD4KlJ65kU1ABB5piZRhDJqKkB+pbwUH+G7FJHeEt3STQorcx4NxJIgSAo5lM +i8Zgm7bZlSQuXmWEm0ElxEks2sV5m8NdJQpixi9aRq7l5bxN5aRcI8tVZstpyWa2YVNmUmAGSjcC +AMGJYWkCQMLtXGUkXTqypW3eJm7mpm7uZp65DjnhRJvhzVJSSHA6E060jOsYFnsUZ47xpnM+J3RG +p3ROJ3VWp3VeJ3Zmp3Zu54D4pnd+J3iGp3iOJ3mWp3nKpH8gp3muJ3u2p3uyJ3r2B3O+J33Wp32S +p4LA5n3uJ3/yZzc24374Grb0J4EWqHn+Z4GchIEuKIOCJzhooIBM4oD4GoDqB4UWyIUSCEcKyIYW +iIQKSIb+TqgI9keIciiE9keHEsiHBkiJsuiI8keLAkiK/seMRqjfeAEm5KiO7iiP9qiP/iiQBqmQ +DimR6mjIVWh+hOgNvAKTNqmTPimURqmUTimVVqmVXimT3sCRJqiuXUORfimYhqmYFqkXyM+JAoiE +ekIprCmbtqmbvimcxqmczimd1qmdruklbCmBhGgVTIGf/imgBqqgDiqhFqqhHiqiJqqfVoGeDkjR +3QM+3KmkTiqlVqqdeoKZ5qffqKmldqqnfuqc5qn3ICl+8KminiqqpqqqJiqjjiqXQk+kgqqszmqn +YqrvnOl/pCmt7iqv1qmo5hqp3oepriqxFquxGmqrAuv+q9pGrPaqsz5rKdjqmOCqf+gqtF7rrv5q +jP7HsB6rt37rqibrtvrHozYrtp6rp0prjQaIhNpAMrwrvMarvM4rvdarvd4rvuarvr7rAzQqiKrc +FoSDwA4swRaswR4swiaswi4swzaswG6BvwZI0RHCvlasxV4sxu6rDWRqgkioA7gDyIasyI4syZas +yZ4syqasyq4syL5AxAJIiBJDL8wszdaszd4szuaszu4sz/asz84sMbwsjeraPcwCyx4t0iat0q6s +A3Asgnjs0kat1E5tyrqsq+6pysnsz24t13at1/Zs0F6toxKt0VKt2Z5t1DbtrWrqQHws2r4t3Fat +0Pr+R8x+rd3eLd7ybNgqq4aSbdz+LeCGrNpOK9sKhNsGLuKirdXyrYjymdbmLeRG7tfu7biiqN8m +LuZS7eCuK5r6DQqUAOiGruiOLumWrumeLuqmruquLuh+wtySqMrRAhvMLu3Wru3eLu7mru7uLu/2 +ru/OLi28Ln8UHQSwrvEeL/ImL+uigNMeiLWiK/RWqra+aICqXJ+CK/Zm76GKK/XqR7lGL/hOqrpS +a388b/ier5xOb7DaR7dqr/u+L/eub318L/rWL5yOb+HyAqfaL//iqfBWL59d7/sOcPbG77IGirn2 +b/3ib8d6rvI+MARHcOq6rtj+K59RQw5ksAZvMAf+d7AHfzAIh7AIjzAJZzA1/K/36lrxSjALtzAE +M+/aNnDbZi4NR+3iVi6MZq3k7jAPgy0K58ejlm0NDzHLbi758gfUErESy20Fu6jj9jAURzHNUm73 +AvHlLjEWk6wR5+/hZrEXu8MNV3Gp6rAUl/EOU7H80kcQfzEbb7EMGy4bf3EYp/F81K0Z33HeovEB +F20ce7EbP63fhIEJDDIhF7IhHzIiJ7IiLzIjN7IjD3If/PAY81nAOqwlXzImZzLDQmwTy6iuEcIj +h7IojzIpP3IYNK+BmK8Co6/6Yqj1EjAsg6sB9y2srjL/MjAgD8T+2vL5tjLWBnAsB7OxzvLY1jL+ +L6MvLjvvph4zK0uysL6yMEdzqhKziRozM4NvMqfyMl8z+Ppy4w6EAEuzOG+vM9sH/XIz9Gazh/rN +NpCCO78zPMezPM8zPdezPd8zPuezO7NDOddHiD6CDAS0QA80QRe0QR80Qie0Qi80Qwf0I/SzGqsw +GegzRVe0RV90Pm8DKq/zDPcxFs+xKz8xHo/05EL0fKyxRy/xHytzR6c0EYP0Lw/E45I0TfusHtOy +bQixS9fwSmtzS+80DcP0NwvETNe0UefsTRdzTgP1EPc0RwvEKcyCVE81VVe1VV81Vme1Vm81V3e1 +VC+BSctHiFKAKpS1WZ81Wqe1Wq81W7e1W7/+NVyXNQWEdXwUnQBkgFfntV7vNV939SlstIr6jSNk +AWEXtmEfNmIntmIvNmM3tmM/NmH7AF3DR4iKwxlcNmZntmZvNmd3tmd/NmiHtmhftjhM9nvYdTdA +tmqvNmu39mM7AmAPiCqj87V6swWD8zjnNrKatnucM21jqzoHti7/NrrathPjtm4nd6BSs8QSbQIT +t7MGt2xvM3RDq3HDLDQrt3Yztydbc3VHd2zb6ECgQBCUt3mfN3qnt3qvN3u3t3u/N3yXNwUz7m0L +xAxEAH7nt37vN3/3t3//N4AHuIAPOH7PAG+3B/GOQnwvOIM3uIPDNwwT7hvzQhczdeIKdX3+80JR +HzWHT/GBswdKWzjmOrVww7GIYy6GHzdRdziL12xSV/NSn3jikvh0/7SM/22KY7dItziLv3hzQ49O +33jc0rh4m7iQ4/iHr4cd83iH+3h3x/iRD3l4s6vfPEMYXDmWZ7mWbzmXd7mXfzmYh7mYX7kOJLl6 +hGg1/IKarzmbt7mbvzmcx7mczzmd17maV4OZp8fEjjmf97mf//mYP8OUd+5wf/ezXje3Zrd2Jzd3 +D613G/quSneR6y+kOyui062iL3puNzq5Onel96qkU3mhfzqtXjrsArOmM3qez4inkzqthjqhC8Qu +u/qnmnoOo3qqb/qqM1qr0zqownqusjP+Rg87sRf7PfNzJyc6nwF0Qze7sz87tC/0Qyd7pw8EBEy0 +sWe7tg+7RsdwLht5lL9tjiu7TDN5j+86pl1xuKMtkYs6uK+72Y47pu+4uRu1kzs6lMO72bZ7rFO4 +visuupfHktd7Td97tef7v0stvwf7QER1Xz88xEe8VoM1tZ/6QFRAXGe8xm88x8N1BQQ8edg1Xks8 +yZf8w/+1t7O0QAy2a7e8y788Y0t2xd/6QFj2aN88zue8zod2ac/8fqA2zAe90Ls8bKe8T8u6r8uq +rQMwcuf6OHO65T560lcqsFcrdU+9pS69hWa60wsz1A9vr2M91Q86wyO92Gc9yI9H+3b+vdenvXj4 +9tlLatWXr9/4wgHcPd7nvd7vPd/3vd//PeAHvuDfPTa4fXiEaDYggeIvPuM3vuM/PuRHvuRPPuVX +vuJng+GDB/EOPud3vud//uD7AtlbvY0n/NLKu8WvOMHbe+Z/R4ibftqOPt2XPuwjLerTvOqvPk0b +fNQjfO0j7cKT/rv//tHePtPnvu6PNO+DPZAT/9IG/+wPv/OrrPFvPb0n/x0v/8+r+/Qzrewjsd8k +AuiPP/mXP+AXvs9b/0Bog+W3v/u/P/xXvja0vndMrPnfP/6XfyJ8/37Mdtz7KkDwEngPwD2BBxEm +VLiQYUOHDyFGfEjQoMAqUzBm1Lj+kWNHjx9BhhQ5EmOVgxQlplS5kmVLgSkAnMRXimZNmzdx5tS5 +k2dPnz9pejoI02VRo0ddAkhx0BNQp0+hRv156WRBpFexYkVpkWRXr1/BjjQ50GpWs2dVEh04U2pb +t295Cn0ZE21duxCVMoW7l69bqmQr3hVsdyuvi2ERJ1YMciyvwoMhZ1XrmG1fy5fjDqUbmfPZvAId +ZRE9mnRp06dRp1a9mnVr0T6qBu48u2VhcWdw59a9m3dv37+BBxc+HLe42LSRs5wsoJtr58+hR2/t +SHNy6y0/8zo1i3t379/Bhxc/nnx58+e5Lzl+nX3DwhVUxZc/n359+/fx59e/n3/+/Arr2wsQoeUy +QM/AAxFM8LxTqhPQQYWyc8CdCSms0MILMcxQww057NDDCV8A8MH2CiOmlxNRTFHFFVls0cUXYYxR +xhOJEXHE6ya7Z5YPeezRxx89dKDBGx+MEMgjkUySwxABI5LEsngxccYpqazSyhhrbNJJHDfTUckv +wURSyLm2dNDIMNFMc0kby+ysxCvhjFNOGLN0DMo2Z8txRzX57HPCMXmZDE/rsjvkhUMRTVTRRRlt +1NFHIY1U0kMNYXPQwQrLJpNNOe3U009BDVXUUUkt1dRNs7H00rsmg2CJSWGNVdZZJT1kyFVpy64p +zHjtlaa/7JQNV8EKO2yxY5H+Dauxx4ZltcvKfI2WL7kC3axZznSVVtu9gGX2WrSKTVbccUVa9s5v +0coR2m3ZfYpaQdEVLNt26XWq23PjzSpccvnttyRV8z1K3XoJ9uldawOua96CGcbpXmETRmpffylO +1lyIIzZq4IY5rungjO3K7pkwSC7Z5JNRTlnllVlu2eWXSdYBYJBXKqyaX3DOWeedee7Z55+BDlro +oXGuZmaaU5qMEJiZbtrpp2F+5lakrzrTz6vDZDJYqo96c86vwYazTm+5TqvLPbFOO0lA4S27KKvV +jttHrcl2OyKvw85b7xfHxtfuiPSUW/Ae2Ub4b5bgHlzxDOn2+3CH8N5b8sn++8b48YYCX1xzDAu/ +PKmlBJJw89EpbNxyzxWKfPLVw64cdcDPJl32zl9XKbsmlMld9915793334EPXvjhidf96NoLE0GK +5Zlv3vnnoY9e+umpr9765UU4/vXJrine++/BD7/4Jqau/aHszF+o7vS3Zl99x9lv230y53cI/frb +x19L/fPXX/75/6e/+9VvfekroPkOWLsAxs9w/OMFAMBhDAlOkIIVtOAFMZhBDW6Qgx3UIBXgZ0AA +UMGDJTThCVGYQgmC8HTpg4kKYRhDGZoQHA3k3wxxmEMdTlANDuSFGnYYRCGisIcOtMAQkZjEDPqQ +iU104hOhGEUpTpGKVbT+4hWxmEUtbpGLXfTiF8EYRjGOkYxlNOMZ0ZhGNa6RjW104xvhGEc5zpGO +dbTjHfGYRz3ukY999OMfARlIQQ6SkIU05CERyQsgrAIh1wBAEV9ykBBCDgCVtKSdBGJJTWZSWASx +JDj8QMlMGgMhBHmgJitJSlRWMpOaBCVZGAKERybkHsaoJBCK6ElNGkSXEAwlQ2Cyynv08pUKUQMj +z9fChFhlkispyBOM8YRETvMufqgDQiYBjgFt5lxPWEUdRgjJ1BnOlA/E2LnKyQsL1OGX72vlJKqC +kDv5DUopqIM004mQJ1QSdAJRAwDg+QR74rOB6VxnOxmSz3TCRJoJMYb+OIF5jZRYJQUSzYpVLIBM +am7ULOw8CBX6eQ9wSlJYq6CCRL/Z0HGu1JwLQae1UqDNhNIFAMa4JyxJKs9zysYq+TxINrOJEGP0 +kxdUsAAmWfoSmbrHWvk8lxqWelFlJsUgT6iDRTma1aOsApn7LOITwDEJbgorBYFxnE+RSs9OWsuR +WKUlTe9BBSDglJM6dSlPe4jWolZ0lrzwKkLUIFG95rOtooynJN0aKNAZwwI1NCoI63BUq6gBsqCj +LD/rapUnyDKypFRDCuz5GW9WchXSHG0dYFKRVcBTq611iTUFYgEqDKWsY2VqYg9bSrje9a3LtFw5 +C/LPUDqVpzsdCjL+0erIHoKUrr1Nal2ZqlvaKsQYrB0hSvNiz5ailhfXqINBqvtDZhrEKsYAwhOe +AELH1IGRfpilMUq7WUbG9BqjrcgkSOla/a7Eo0BgbVyR2tKFrJO179tlWlGZ35f6dqZ1HShx5Zng +VmoSdGidxGx5MYlrBvitqGyugBtcFVQe1a4P/GU5TWkV9uK2u+M1Z2ExSZCGFsSRDf0nLyIrEEdW +RK/79fFCUlBaAEjUqry0LS3BAY4WohW4xpXuQWDM0rJQYRUQzimEAmOBIXNYICDUZCiVW8qjDpat +W45ubr254SuXBcUxsco1VgGOOuBSnVQAhyzJm+d0OjLABeklK6H+xGYb/pjQ/owshv+cF3TWocBn +frJanavUM5fln4Kap5Pr6tMoU1kgQ0UIEJZC5gFF1Z255XJZBA3LOwm0Dv8soouDa2ZTppPGhgMH +iXc8EDUXmtcISXKj6XouKgA7xI/GNF0POunABLPE0GVwTn2aAgwLRMNkmYQ0NSzYgm4m2Yalqzfn +KlTr8pguKTYIdwMFDldnGAChdLF50ateWoM3vqsgJX3t+5L89prf1cItrT0szGIfdpXM9DAxESpl +2aj3yhM+8J3AEWpUxrTRjjyxl+lsp4lrvJLF9DbHb6nSlyAz1Zi0ih8w3sPQDhWgLoYmBFcRk3n7 +VZYAOO9clJL+giL6t98997lDrkHqutyjoSJFilVF/nOl/7zKg4k4zTVaFNAuneorOaIFSSwYIFqQ +qFy7egWz3pJrdB0tQCRt0lsS9aqvne1td/vb4R53uc+d7nW3+93xnne9F1KJffd72PG3db8PXogQ +rZ/gCZ94HEIRgop3PAwHOD+CkPDxlS8hC304ectvnoM1ZDzZ6xd59yXwdaRHnek9t8DQg35+omcf +6i8H+8fJ/nCqbz3r3ed6EU619M3sPe9RZ/vc91MSrzD+8ZGffOUvn/nNd/7zoR/942NV9wiEEiaw +n33tb5/73ff+98EffvGPX/vaOz2UpJ9+9a+f/dK/QfkcmJ3+YlSM/scCg1lxv3u9dKxj1KL93wqD +DepvABGjMYSPfeSPABXQK+5PkvLP+gJjV/ivYfzP984vMARwATUwJAxw0PAnATcwBDuiATPpAZEH +SiRwAgumAoHPcwJQBGFQIzrw8w5i/mIwBknwgUzw9/ZPBVfQ/FwQSjLwBkVwBp8oO7qgB5RwCZmw +CZ3wCaEwCqVwCqmwCpeQEBww86DkAtqhC73wC8EwDMVwDMmwDM3wDNGwCy8ACGMPSpDBCuEwDuVw +DquQEuCPf7IjH2SHdGYB/7QwMKSEdQTxa1zHgQrjBfZwdGjHifIwETenD7PQEKEkEAexEq+kEPnn +EB1Rcxb+sYkacRMVBxJL8A8PghIt8RRnBBP1RxNBcXA6kYk+sRXlRhR1kBQFwhRRMRddRBXxhxVl +MW5e0YeyIw9EoRiN8RiRMRmVcRmZsRmd8RmhsRgFAQIiMROhpACAIRu1cRu5sRu98RvBMRzFcRzJ +MRsLgA1nD0o0IBrZsR3d8R2hUQPuUID6yQaJMARzsPpOMAJ9kGFY0BZ5YQjvUQONkBHrcSDx0Q8l +kR/7kWD+cSEPQiARkgAL0hMPciIXMB938AJ7sCHb5SGtEQMxcgErEhb7aQOIIyVVciVZcjjgQACq +cRWhBBSkoyZt8iZXAxTQ8XAK4w5a8ieBMiiDwzjoxyD+D6ISFCQplXIpyyMDYHIUIVIgKKA/qLIq +rfIq+YMCdhIAoWQJmPIrwVIpGWAeP7Cf9PAX44YW9ZEHb1EX3ZJvttJufBEtsSYY488s6VJt1HIj +gxAQ3/IvV4QXCQhKEDEv65IsV+8gztIw/WQvARIXAdMtBVPyCJMxr8Yu8bCfuqADOLMzPfMzQTM0 +RXM0SbM0TfM0OTMXqBEqQ/IgeGAcYDM2ZXM2abM2bfM2cTM3dXM3YZMH4tJtCoMTUHM4ibM4jfM0 +3QAxb68GR1IBNRIgU9AjtwUkZVIkm3MAS1IYL/I66e85o5IXolM6pYU6e1EIubP+svMumfM8K8Y7 +W1P+IMJTPH2FPAfTOtnTX9IzM9fzPvvFPauzI+UzWuiTMu2TP8klP+nxIIbgOBm0QR3UNLGQNf9T +IKCBNy30QjE0Q3cTGn6zbAojFx40REW0QZlAOYdPMS2zMRXyPaMkMl10MkevMlOUTzAzQQViMWcU +TRzzOyHTRVERRl9PRnMUTWq0LFF0SHV0RSe0RX30L4FU/wSiMJEUTIo0MW90SsNkR1m0R5u0Ep8U +Ag9CSrF0bUwUAftpDyQgTdV0Tdm0Td30TeE0TuV0Tuk0TRFhNWvxO3VhBfi0T/30TwE1UAV1UAm1 +UA31UPlUFzqUawpDEer0USE1UiWVTuWxKC1yPw3+dFz8szwZMkDHc1Gp5gUz9UDLNH1AcFTFZVPr +E0A9lVcGNEYLFFWPBUGNVCDsUVbtT0k5lVVb9TJeNUhjFVcTg1atlBfQdFKRNVmVNU7vNCZ3VSD2 +FFGldVqptVoNVVH3Z0kddVm5tVuRtVKrhQavdEyVREuXlEu7VBC/dB/DlFyVpEqXc1zd9UjM9VmZ +NF1zcV3ZkhfEdF59BF5PVF791UfqdVXbEl/zFVSRZi4HlkcA1kyPtGF7pGAJtBQRNmGz1V77VWI7 +5GFNtZ8WdERFdmQh1FkNlhcqVENVdmVZFjc5NGNPFkRJdmZpljNL1FJNElOFNTFUtWLhs1cFVGH+ +aUZUd1YxiDVeeeFWizYsehZWeRVop0VoQYZol1ZZStV8TrVqwaJpgfVpoRYufhVKA1JrC/Bqaydr +ybYruFZs4/NrwVZqM4Zq05YkjjZgeeEcYiFv9XZv+bZv/fZvATdwBXdwCTdvyQBP15IjBYIHkqBx +HfdxITdyJXdyKbdyLfdyMbdxfRNmfZYX2KFwQTd0RXd0CTc5cVY7I5ZjPYRinfZgL9YS9VVx+VV1 +HdZsXycWaZdDWLdrXfd1BzF2+7Jdc7djbRd1cHd4M2R3xRZdfTdvgLcNA2NjkddCPBZr+wkpwzJ7 +tbcpnzJPWXQqsTJ8xXd880MrObd1ecErt3f+fdmXO8bydNVTIFBSKOm3fn/yJU22c2kSJ/m3f2tS +J8+Xd3nBJ+23gA14KIvXc9B2bkVibcH0Z93WV+E2YuSWgTkwgS9ngS34IxyYXSE4gvsibB94bDdY +LDD4cTS4hDmig/e1bUFYKkTYg0lYhRnjhA9nGOExh3V4h51xGvMXfbGxHIV4iIm4iMfxHANYbNeR +h5m4iXMYXA/wY1N3ei9EeUeYeZsXbJ43HaOXijWkes8WL70YQ6xYhrE4i+dki3lSSMe4QsD4dsW4 +jSukjPf1jNE4TtSYK7tYjt3Yhv/meOWYjmXXju/4Eic4YRhWjt/YeDWTDh35kSGZCiPUe5f+lAvT +8JIxOZM1+QzXMIlH+A0jOZRF2ZHtEH7101ZpOCRYWHZd+IWhIob3VSJTeSPqFmJReZY9YpWD94Nd ++S1gWXZlGZf/xZRtNGmFeQR19WRbuZeB4pd3eYaPOSNqWYpvOZozQpeh12uZuZkPOWAq+Jin2XoP +Am9Jt5zN+ZwD93B/WIAZN3Pd+Z3hOZ4vd3P7x14/F53xOZ/L2XTD9QjjmI/dQZCfmZALuUryWC7Z +mI8XWYH/mY8FOpt7t6Cdt5vzJZHbeKEzuKEDOZk7l6AlOhUpOl4seowxGoX7aRDaN6W11ynXWWwN +gHxhOqbF1wBCGl0KQ31VOqeXcgf82G7+smN+DziohfoM8FdC7XV//TeplVo1ALieT5aAhzqq7Zco ++9koq9mapwCbuVibt9lgavpbvlmYwzmMdTaatXqNO7Wro8KZIRqarXms4bisj/ms9Zir1Xon2Hqr +BSKYxbqn3QYJPSCwBXuwCbuwDfuwETuxFXuxGVuwEZcv25oZYGCyKbuyLfuyMTuzNXuzObuzPXuy +meGrr6UwhKCxTfu0UTu1GRsQ/LpsALmNH1qv7/WjW0e0m2Wkvbikb1ijYZuj0dejaZtObHtYcJuK +dfuPeXuMYxutLTa4a9uTZVh6Sbq1uea1ldu3BRi4nbtFDho4E1qRqZtqskMZ8qG8zfv+vNE7vdV7 +vdm7vd37veHbvCEpcZ/ZBVrgvvE7v/V7v/m7v/37vwE8wAX8vl1guHGlMCohvhV8wRm8weE7CsIb +aeiboQFySS0cf6JYnFH3Oy/8ZP3HA4v1lFm0wzv3wxkvgjgvxTFowtOR8lT8xVfIAoPQxWFcxT3v +iWo8xyUI8A5Px3Pc8OYH8Xw8xfeuyI38yJE8yZV8yZm8yZ38yaE8yqV8yqm8yq38yrE8y7V8y7m8 +y738y8E8zMV8zMm8zM38zNEcInLsINZJnyoMxO1HwoBLzsnJlRIuIVgNANhrxlYJyr4JglIA7UTM +koDgGhKNxdP8y1Mg3ARikbbpw37+qOZujiHwpcmeC9k8iiFMSqKuAQgUDGO8axUkirKmLamugYSa +LdFVHbAAoKH2qZ2sqdxsLb5QndIhxtIjzdRiqiGgJMz8xrz0KawGzr1SfdWN/dYEArZ07NZknbqK +btAqfbdyvbmiLCH2/CSkCV/+CptK/cmSfd9AzNiNfdEFYhX6qbrazCF23dYV7tJPzXLWaYR0ruFM +DdLpauxETsbFHcz/SZpa7SXmKt0XgtVOp88RjMK47N0hR9oAgOTo3N3JYsSKfd8T3aj8QKZEiqDs +XcOMgcXoHaei/bmqvSHcq4e0va9+Sui+7ZsmnuLRfBIWCXSCaZfQKqamKuTDHdL+82ndXSrf82wh +gL3T7uHpSq259N3lu9yR1I2lfGrbk6ndpz3Aug3oO96vTMrZGmnF2O2mih7cWh7pzdzOSu3PjCHR +eP3WaarPyR7kPG7g/1zrTwmVKgLOwKmmkN3ACN3nwX7v9UcNiI3vAT/wBf+OUuCCgPwsvo6CeLwo +MGjwHf/xIT/yJX/yKb/yLf/yMT/zNZ8zQKvzPf/zQT/0RX/0Sb/0Tf/0Ub+ifGjsUr/1Xf/1YR/2 +Pf71Yr/2bf/2YZ/xCm73eb/3ff/3gT/4hV/utXD4jf/4kT/5g78FL2fmlf/5oT/6f19cR9xeSdx9 +Mrz54dxur1+Au9+Ftn97wp/+mqvfw60fw8c/9dKfrAViAsrh/eE//uV//um//u3//vE///Uf/g18 +VQojEgBCmsCBBAsaPIgwocKFDBsKjMQr4j0A9yJavIgxo8aNHDt6/AjSYwoAFp+UO4kypcqVLFu6 +fAkzpkyUEyyODIkzp86dPDUCSGHRwayhRIsaPYo0qdKlTJs6HbrE4sSKPatavRpyqkVuqrp6/Qo2 +rNixZMuaPYu2KzepFLG6ffv2psQMT+vavYvXqQObJOH6/Vv1Z1B3hAsbPow4seLFjBs7fkz4BVuq +gCtbzqg1IrFenDt7/gw6tOjRpEubPs2Z2OTLrFnL5XVvFuTZtGvbfrw34uv+1rwtC47o4Lbw4cQb +S5bYtrdyt5l5bUYNPbr06aZVI6e8PDvP17GLe/8+PDev3drL8/zNKzj49eyNrzYPH2Tz59Tr278/ +2jrs5PH7b+QuW3sCDkiYeOT5h2BG6O1gSoMOPghhhBJOSGGFFl6IYYMIvJdgh83Vs0uIIo5IYokm +nohiiiquyGKI9XDYIYKvEZJhjTbeiGOGO/AVY48WoacegUKCd9x+2PkI33z4Lcmkffo1hyR8AA5J +pXcG9hVlgkBWyaVwRUKZpXZKNklmmaU9yV+Y2k3ZZZuzXakmglu6Sad718VZ3phm7slnL2geiSdv +bNZJKGJwBgrfnIUuGhn+jIi2pmefkjL556PKDcpooYdamh16wuQIaqiiWsiJo5xW1pwsi6zKaquu +vgprrLLOSmuttq4qi6mn/vUaBAiMCmywoQrD467KKZopoV+maexfkU4KbX2VNlsZpsnSuSm1lyF7 +rZvLAqotVs9GSy5004YLl7Xddpktun9xuy6X37oL17jl3kvaufRepW68VLa7r1vonZJXwQYfzFRU +dwZ8VXNxyAFxxBJPTHHFFl+MccYabwxxHLoynNNrAtCFcMkmF3xKsSALDFRElrwBc8wyz0xzzTbf +jHPOOu8MsyYfrywffxSkRXTRRh+NFgU/Ay0SlgLQw3PUUk9N9c6WqMz+dGAtp+evt0tnvZG9+I79 +mb5gg9Rv1wQCfDZO8KpN4LxtZ8UffWTfXfbXc6vcHdxVsr23R2/73Z7cgXckNt5jm314RmkTvh7g +jfu0dRFmXI555ppvznnnnn8OeuiiX86O3oE390gAqq/Oeuuuvw577LLPTnvtqj9i+t69cjF6777/ +DrzoRWA9eUeDQ05k7nMnrvi9jBevG5Z9Iz+g5ND/uHWQ1BeufNvMN0/u89A/vj1x1l/Py/HlD2c4 ++gs7B37z4hdP/vq3nX+9+vbb1r7738c/qflNrn77ow3+oIceEsxhgQxsoAMfCMEISnCCFKygBRdo +j+6drTlYmIYHPwj+whCKcIQkLKEJT4jCFHoQCxoE24wuCMMYynCGFyQB8dx3Ef0VcDb9Q9//ANgn +ATaOgDvEzQ1xGBEdFtExPbzeD4G4JyEejohLZMwBi6fEKi6midB7IhTLJMXAUVGLibni5LJIRsRw +sXhe/GKTwqg76QUojbUxY+PQA4Vg6HGPfOyjH/8IyEAKcpCELKQeR9DCrKXqCIxspCMfCclISnKS +lKykJS/JyFy9D4e9UoIhPwnKUIqykFA4IhLRSMfCrHFybXTjkuA4tzGmskCmxCEqZ7nKxrXSlfeB +ZdtkOUs7Hu6Wqczl4XbJS2klkmnATKUwAzewk0lzmk1RmJGQ+L7+h3Fsm9zspjc15rFNuk9kJKOm +Oc85i5RFD5sK2trLqgbPeMoTZz4Tpw+FhrR86nOfZlGaPa8nMqjNc6AEhefV1snOHGZvlrQx5unq +lszwLRNozaTjM/dGTDo6dG/IjKh0fHm2iqbxonPLaBo3ujyIejSAE12ZSMlI0rahJxEmqKlNb4rT +nOp0pzztqU9/CtSaluqfXeQPC8KB1KQqdalMbapTnwrVqEp1qkhlQUtB1qs+BHWrXO2qV4GaiFq6 +Dz2eKIVZz4rWtKp1rWxtq1vfCte4mvUSV2VYc6owhbzqda987atf/wrYwAp2sITNaxXqGjDu4EOu +jG2sYx8bV0/+iBV9ZIWsZS+L2bfSlahs5A9eCwva0Ip2tIM9LGcHKL3FZna1rLWsZBGa0CRurayt +ra1tNYvYfd2VtLztrW8Fa9prYlOxty2ucc/62vFgKbaVPa5za7tZ4SJxt7+trnV5G1wwoY+4z+1u +ZpN7IGyihxEgKK95z4ve9Kp3vextr3vfC9/yLiO39GqOOtKB3/zqd7/87a9//wvgAAt4wPhVB33d +NaP4KnjBDG5wfBkx2fzN1rsUtmx0tetEz153wxwu7YHRxd0Ki1iu4F1uQps74hS79cLMuidlPtvh +GMt4CtltMUBTq+Ics7XEscWeRWir4yDP9cPhou6Mj3zdGoP+a3w4FrKQedzj9E3YyUFm8ZI7+2Ik +a7m6SmZniKmsYij3GD0JmIeZz4zmNKt5zWxus5vfDOc4mxkHRNZWc+yAhzzrec987rOf/wzoQAt6 +0ITOsx3qTK1epULOjG60ox8d5wREGIFTBrOKrcxOI29506Lt8nCbbOkUi5m5lQ61iDGNTU1zetUe +Pu0QQW3qCo/6xKWOtXdRPV0Ns3rXwEV0s75s6+7Omp1khrSxj43sN9PZ1cfkTzzYAO1oS3va1K62 +ta+N7Wxre9vQjoevjaXoZIt73MeWNGxJ/eNgVxjXOFQ1r9+tV08jEdjqPu6wxVvrehuX3f7TNbz/ +bdhv74r+3vq+7b1Pme+C25bfLrYIjAEOb3lzEtYKN/iksZjwirOW4RnOMsT/LfFxUlzjrT24LbdG +XgerfOUsb+98mf1QyqAjDTSvuc1vjvOc63znPO+5z39Oc3QI/FQJbrnRj75yCJ+b1ukm+W05XlSP +f/zdId/uyJ3+3YufMeNYt/DQOeXuqXO66jeWimq7zlqTj5XraHcs1LHscLFT/euWInjbH6t2yrL9 +7nJ9Oyv9LfdVk53JZud71pdO7K1xgACMb7zjHw/5yEt+8pSvvOUvz/ha0P1RzXkHOj4P+tCLfvSk +L73pT4/61Kv+8+/YPKJ69QfMy372tK/95Tmg9Tvu3fD+uIU5RwEf+E0Pnn5X5z2Jcz/M3RufrX7X +JfCDr+Xho7bwy8c78qGp/OqntfnNljr0tyz9V1Nf+4zNu4QtogB8qH/97G+/+98P//jLf/70r7/6 +C+H6QDXHG2Dov///D4ABKIADSIAFaIAHiID95w35hyciwwr2B4ERKIETWH8KcH0YtTWOkAUbyIEd +6IEfCIIhKIIjSIIlaIIb6AMMGCfNIQ5n4IIvCIMxKIMzSIM1aIM3iIM56ILioIJqIjLdcIJBKIRD +SIQm6AgXWFLZR35D5nsp5X3fh2ThN0XFt4RrZX6U1nRVCFfcF3NxB4Xg14NhYndamFZXiHFZSIZt +xYX+v/eEXyhjUihGVJiGZmWGW2cRw9AGeaiHe8iHfeiHfwiIgSiIg0iIeUgHYZglzQEPZcCIjeiI +jwiJkSiJk0iJlWiJl8iI8ICIUdIrD1CInwiKoSiKhDgMSChTSriEa+iEXuiGRwaHcTR+c2iFpng2 +KCaLaqWK3vN8rchhrxhLcjiHdah7aHiLaJWLG7SLvJhkm4gkYyiLwph8xFiMTChd7ZaMyshlzOgj +zhiMtAg26PEBkCCO40iO5WiO54iO6aiO68iO7SiOGKCNPdIcRlAM9WiP94iP+aiP+8iP/eiP/wiQ +9WgE8Rgjr6EG7oiQCamQC+mOH+CNWYMe1nhlfzeTkc5XkVOYUOGFcJlmY1HHkRcZhxlpYon3kSWZ +ah1JfCIZZeljDCngki8JkzEpkzNJkzVpkzeJkzlpk6uAkn+3CjoJlEEplENJlC7JkyAZR0WplEvJ +lEFpDCMpXgAglVNJlVVplVeJlVmplVvJlV3ZlUiZUl4plmNJlmVpllUJlr90lmvJlm1plisJl3Ep +l3O5NwEBADs= diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/fieldseq_tb.gif.b64 b/Documentation/DocBook/media/fieldseq_tb.gif.b64 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7b4c1766b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/fieldseq_tb.gif.b64 @@ -0,0 +1,445 @@ +R0lGODlhdQKaAucAAAAAAElJDK+vr1YMDBUVZC8kDQAAVkYQEBcHOwYGSCEJHSAgaKOjoys8DDMz +CgAYGp+fn19fFJmZmQoKO10wMA0VIAAAcDsICCsMDAcMT1MMD2ZmAAcSO29ISFUHByIAGoiIAA4H +T0pKDJaFhXd3d0EgABoaVGYyAC4AKXd3ODs7BwAAN1MAKQAAYlZGB2JlDBwcWWBtYCA3ABAQTQAA +ZQ0VQD4AAFVVVUhjSCQMJQAAfBMHMkQgIEtLSzAyDD5VPmZmDEZRB2FhEWZiDFo2ETkdCwAAVEUt +Gu7u7js7Ozc3N3d3WACPADU1NTMzMyBRIDgAAEJCEHEAAEwNDZeXAABpAEQFBSMjIxgNQDooCBA9 +EEhIbwBVAAw/DAwMPgBNAENDCgc9B8zMzABDAD4MDAwOKjwKCkQWKUscHAAAcUtLFRMTEwohCoqK +AA0NTBEREQgfCBUqIgApADIAAA4ULzg+DEEfH3wAAAcHSaqqqlkcHDgMDKSkpFQAABUVRjEwCGZm +B00QEDAwXSUMJGUAAJaWlhQUUnx8jVQaGgcGLggSGy8GBmw4OGNAL4qKioiIiGIAAEsHB3JYWHd3 +AAAAPlctLYQyAGggIBgAGkIVFQwcJRgYSA8MU9EAAAcHVQAALRoaYbu7AEY1H2ZmZlxdEHAAAD82 +DlhqWExGHgwOUzMzDAAAmgA5KTEHB2ZmPlpaB///////ACISRExUDTJPJUQrDAwMVhISSEhISHd3 +IC4xCjhcOA4ORERERBkVXElJAG5gYFhYcnt1ZkgGBlYAAAUFMTg4ODo3BTJrAFESEmZmMF5jBwoG +Q1paDUkKChxGHN3d3RwYRGZmHCgoKFMAACYmJi4YLhQ+FCIiIhU0FT0AKR4eHmVeBw04DRAsEAwu +DAc2BwoqCgAAPFdMDQAA0WAqKgwiDEgZGRkQRAckBxsTPDEwDBAQEDwAAEJGDAAAU0FBQEJCDLu7 +u2IYGJoAABgYRjg4bAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAACH5BAEAALAALAAAAAB1ApoC +AAj+AGEJHEiwoMGDCBMqXMiwocOHECNKnEixosWLGDNq3Mixo8ePIEOKHEmypMmTKFOqXMmypcuX +MGOelAegpk0AJFrSrLhTpYQ3AHoeDFpQqMCfQQHIXEh0olGBYkZtpGkTW56B0EYBfTMKCUEJEqja +7DpQDIAbBJsOJHF1qdu3cOOqVKtTKcWnEOnmlQALWk6Eep8C4Ou3YWC7JUlAg9VUL0K8vcRMRUwC +gFdoXBdD6+WE4A0kQqE5kSqwsuWBepFg8yq3tevXsPPKg4n3YW2HjnHPZrp7oODehoHDui2ysfDH +iKFi42iU6A20A5G84SsQrdE8iKdPR3181KPY4MP+NySBC4L4lHRJAI0MSwwJ0++B5nSvHqdAJPVv +LHb/U54YJzX99RR+QOnX3ntKidELANiMYlce2DB4FX9vHMdYTfIQeNZ+8dlHkFg9QSihQEQpyKCD +H9q0E4X+AfhGTir6ZhMskWGTU33Y8EWffFC5OB+CONX3V1BixVgfe7DgWFlB7621nmRMAjBdLwk1 +Bw0SAEBZ1mKw5PHddQ9aNgp0jB0nQWfnpanmDTVNU56aI6lFghOLkbAcTVJh9xl28uCJBDQ2Jkkn +EqN0Js8bvWTYy3dmzfbUnFcWOhxXsznxmWhKHeooANAcmihrBhEFKaGGAtAVoH9xN1ymFa66GFH+ +lv4JYEFE7eRphi/21ephJDqRR6fY1MlqnlnCkitmfZra5VlI8Fnms89CmuRy6jkKVEGLlkbntEwG +CwuKyK2VE3HfLhaapQKNuSxrjpkF50Sg9SnvvPTWa++9+Oar77789lsvPDcBsE0Tqb67kVpWDVSh +UMbRxKUEy23XV5YOFwRNrckZS93FYlRs1sNKjZLqDSRUnBBREnNsMsS0bvrtyDD6x+lRGWPsqkCZ +pSVcT4MZtCRN7M6Ws0AM70bU0UbPljDO8uQ4kAQ177a0scA5TWKVAQ8mVJECUbnqTZ/h3NYb30Hb +ssEQFZn12my37fbbcMct99xxo62RWlknq2r+mVsrhbfeRzmBDZsu68xdT33TGHDJGYc629+JG77T +gjfFHLmqtiKWFTZv3CAZr9CKcQOiC66q6uadd4yYcc+ynrdav5EYMHAIYx2dVljunGnZtWF3E5q5 +5Wb3QfH6a/zxyCev/LwAB3xFEoUMnxHCuu9N5Myw/KSxQCrbZRaUNhOUMsV2XQzyy0U1fvb4qj/8 +xtk7iey4+TTDn2njBJpNtF1N5Wp60QQhEABb97ikwQIbwrFa9qImEAQmRGKMsZ2MaESmdCmFBFCq +zShIs6xXWUh40gthStgEAHZYSksitIictvWIN4BmdUnzE6oEFalSQaVYjwDAVR41KEkJpRf+l5qV +piYFuOEUjESzGZUPTfWnQEmOVdYqIAVlxcDMKewvdtKf6aBFtr4s6IWq8p+dBog0xrRFVCx0YbWG +EyFslU1aLfRKyaa1GHDNMUW3QwtmDOSXa3ltiwF8Q1tw9p12qS+FiCxJoTyXyOkBpz5OkAwZk1Uf +smgobEI5UmUeMaD8eEUoSFjQlI4SIadlsnEAEsMlP4kToJDliaRkEHWIEkopSeCPSPwfYvIAoLNI +JpUEwcz7mgIxBqmnQjDsUi89N8lniRIWwIQklKSJyyRxUJokygmhbMm/I6otbH3RijFp5J4JFkR7 +BJFU3rJXwUa6UySgemddxHPEhZBLnij+AVRDVEm097XmBtTBp0AHOrx7ukUeZXOIQQk6klFYqCBj +QgISbsBBuOiToRjNaHgWCieOarQjhVnIRGsCzriE5aMoTalKV8rSlrr0pTCNqUxnStOa2vSmOM2p +TnfK05769KdADapQh0rUohr1qEhNqlKXipARSOKpUI2qVKdK1apa9apYzapWocolgxwiGGANq1jH +StaymvWsaE2rWtca1oTE4BRwjatc50rXutr1rnjNq173CtcYJEQYSwisYAdL2MIa9rCITaxiF8vY +wAojIVuNrGQnS9mtAgMh0GCrZjfL2c6y9RAOYUQnRkva0pr2tKhNrWpXy9rWuna09Hj+6ALIQdva +2va2uM2tbnfL29769re0bUFCnsCE4hr3uMhNrnKXy9zmOve50C3uExKSi1hY97rYza52t8vd7nr3 +u+ANr3VzkRBIvPa86E2vel17icesArjwja985/vbBYR2vfjNr35ZG1uEzJa+AA6wgHkrXIQQN7oI +TrCCF/zc6SKkuuKNsIQnTGHwkhch5t2vhjeM3/YeRB7vHbCIRwxg+zZEtBxOsYr5K1sSu/jFvi3w +QQ7M4Brb+MbMdfBBIFzhHvv4x9298EEyvOIiG7kTHjYIiGHM5CbX1sQMQfGRp8zh/h7kv07OMoll +bBAa4/jLYF6wjg3CYyCb+cwUFrL+QYhM5TbnN8lFCbGW5yxgKC/EDlPIs573zOc++/nPgA60oAdN +aD3zASF+cIOiF83oRjv60ZCOtKQnTelKK9oLCfFGNzbN6U57+tOgDrWoR03qUpt6095ISBSawepW +u/rVsI61rGdN61rb+tasjkJCzFDoXvv618Am9B4QwgdLG/vYyE62pf1wXzc7e71WNgiW6Uxt+XK5 +IF4Os7a3vdwxF6TMaA63uLmr5oKw+dnobi2cPyTnaru7vs1Ot7xXG+2CTPvd+NbttQmSbW77m9ve +Jgi4x03wcZebIOeet8JJu27ftDvfELetnRUi5YVbvBP1Jsi9Ix7xfQ+k3/8O+Zf+Az6QgRf85GY+ ++EASfnF5N5xoD+c4xCeekIq3fN4ZH8jGZY5vjwsE5CIPOoNJLhCTo/zoFVa5QFh+82e/fDgx5/m7 +aY4QHgzg6ljPuta3zvWue/3rYA+72K/uDAYgpB5eSLva1872trv97XCPu9znTve0JyIh5uiC3vfO +9777/e+AD7zgB0/4wuvdHAlRBRAWz/jGO/7xkI+85CdP+cpbfvGqSEgrxs75znv+82LHAEIYMIG6 +m/70qE893esR76bLO+cC2bnUq+1zWABd6LiPLtFhYXSk+168SocF013f5qcvefYzbz3xnw17WMge ++XOu/e1zT/0cU/f32E9zeZf+73L3Qj/fVD+Izbnf5uY///tOln7116/762f//eEN/vDJX2TjRx39 +WQ6/QcpBj/77//8AGIACOIAEWIAGeIAI2H+lIAAIYQJp8IAQGIESOIEUWIEWeIEYmIEa+ICUkBDZ +8AUgGIIiOIIkWIImeIIomIIquIIgmA0JoQZtEIMyOIM0WIM2eIM4mIM6uIM8GINqkBB9kIBCOIRE +WIQImAwIIQDvsIFM2IRO+IQaaAIOUQlSUIVWeIVYmIVauIVc2IVe+IVgWIXUwIAHAQqrcIZomIZq +uIZs2IZu+IZwGIdyeIZGkBDXUAV4mId6uId82Id++IeAGIiCOIh4eA0JEQH+oZCIiriIjNiIjviI +kBiJkjiJlJiIEZAQNhCGmriJnNiJYJgJSWgBcziKpFiKpiiHoKB89Ddl5od/7qZ+7BeL1vdg8FeL +3iV/q+hs9ueK1aZ/BTF+uVhkrciLdAaLsniMx7V7vWeL8IeLwUhlu0iMc+aLBAGMz5hiwyiNWWaM +yIiMysiM4IhdzniNRhaN2uhk1DgQaBAJ7NiO7viO8BiP8jiP9FiP9niP7DgMZncQt+AJ/viPABmQ +AjmQBFmQBnmQCJmQ/lgMCREO4PCQEBmREjmRFFmRFnmRGJmRGvmQ4ZAQYPAKIBmSIjmSJFmSJnmS +KJmSKrmSIAkGCWEF+Bj+kzI5kzR5j8N2EAyQAAq5kzzZkz6ZkLegiuRYZS12juk3XN2YlN8YjuE4 +jkOpYuZolDCWjgJhjU+pX9kolS/GjUkZi0vJlMzolFe5YVGplSRGlbBglWMJbUVpli7GlV25fl8J +lrUolmupX2XplgOGlmp5l+iVlXo5YHAZl9Q3l3T5fnbpl+uVl4FZYg6RCTUZmZI5mfZ4aAcxAz+Z +mZq5mQeZAAnxDWEQmqI5mqRZmqZ5mqiZmqq5mqwZmt+QECIACLI5m7RZm7Z5m7iZm7q5m7zZm7Ip +AglxAZQ5nMQpmTdpEHzAmcq5nJs5A0KpmOkFmI0JYINJmLhnmIeJfYn+CZ3oxZjTKV98yZ1Y2Zbf +SZ1IaZ3sh53Z6XvbKZ7s5X3lGWDh6Z5s6V/xGWDViZ4ip57reXTtSZ+r5Z336VvzCaB/SZ4DCl/5 +qZ//xp/9eXL/aaCoJaAJultoeQ6QkKEauqEc2qEe+qEgGqIiOqIkmqF9sI8GwQvisKIs2qIu+qIw +GqMyOqM0WqM2uqKfkBDpMAY82qM++qNAGqRCOqREWqRGeqQ8mg4JoQKT0KRO+qRQGqVSOqVUWqVW +eqVY2qQqkBBQUKJe+qVgGqYk2gqjtwI3eqZomqZqaqO88JwSmlrSWaG9taAMCnDu96C/F6FvWloU +Kqe4VaB7ymL26af+wEWndaptDoqnBrd9gapu8EmoBOqmjUpacQqpuGWohwpmiaqo4aanjdqnlkoO +FyqmpFqqpiqiJ4oQKrqmrNqqrjqjOYoQcCAHtFqrtnqruJqrurqrvNqrvvqrtAoHCfEHv1Csxnqs +yJqsyrqszNqszvqs0Fqsf8Clp1qt1lqqZIqTZvqq3NqtrNqmJzapgnploTqn55mpQbepnHpmnhqo +oGqpgCqup1Wp5Rpc54quIaeu6wpk7bqn7wqp8SqvpUWv9Yqp+Gpj+rqvPtavb/qvhBqwAgtbCFqv +tmWwBzt0d6qwBMewEuqwfoqWHXAJIjuyJFuyJnuyKJuyKruyLNv+siOLQgRhDwswszRbszZ7szib +szq7szzbsz47szCQELTwBERbtEZ7tEibtEq7tEzbtE77tERLCwmhDLlQtVZ7tVibtVq7tVzbtV77 +tWBbtcqQEHrgsmZ7tmibti1LAQghBj/7tnAbt3L7s/bAVHZ7t3ibt3q7t3zbt377t4AbuII7uIRb +uIZ7uIibuIq7uIzbuI77uJAbuZI7uZRbuZb7UhCUPf50HwJySIYRMFTCM6ALSDJSFYPkM2szG4Sy +Fa90ITZRUpcbu7KLESRQQRRFEEtCulBBQrB7NumTS78bvJp7uh+WHHukGaPDJU0hGu00u877vPt0 +GrCAJYOUB9f+orsH1BVI4ATVZDjB6xh4YRRZpBBGAUQF8RzAuyzQu77sqxBWY71YkSN2ARmsQRzg +yz/HEb7Giz3hch/FQhBm4RVqgR3tW8AGnCTQIT9dw0nz67ncAhj5i79K1jixI0HYS0Dcgy4HvMHP +G8DGMk3W0cAIIUAnEzD7IzuVg70V3L8XfDQ30QvxxMEybLlOIAEQ0k+sdMIG0UK90FVDEcHpa054 +hBX8W7zR8b9lcRogNMNMLLmPQFFYlDd4MUYMcb9BrMNDXBrLQb7JYb6eAR1L3MRi3LgXgw0wu0UD +gsQKYcVapMKI8RPEO8HB1DnI+wbK+1BjnMeMKzhG/DU2kSj+WXMyQOy6N+HHNRG6NzE1Fnwf4jQ0 +bazHkBzJkjzJlFzJlnzJNEUCvbDJnIwkInFLnbzJAYXJpFzKpnzKqJzKqrzKrNzKrvzKsBzLsjzL +tFzLtnzLGhHKurzLvNzLvvzLwBzMwuzLo8xSCjLMyJzMyrzMy3zGKnXMzBzN0jzNyXxTDELN2JzN +2uwhLkUT3KvN4BzOyAwgePxR3izO6JzOvNxGNsXNLuXOLEUT5axR8gxT9fxSuVtT8MxS+6xS99zN +YZxR/9xS+UxT/axSB41SAx3PAY1RC71SBT1T3CwMjFDRFn3RGJ3RGr3RHN3RHv3RIG3RXZXQ5qwW +OLALKJ3+0iq90izd0i790jAd0zI90yiNAzIyzwKtFiG90zzd0z4d0h2wFg7cUtzcl5MabSRNz2ox +fRd7Yzr20P6sFvMnrkkW0TJV1BGLWkhdT1HdG0zd1DX21A3NUP881ZNa1UPNz6li1I261fa81GDt +b2KN0w4t1Vl9WmhtzWt916bl1i/1z18d1wo212/dG2b9qUKt1+pYnIzd2Paoj6jB1Sn1z2zQmpZ9 +2Zid2azJBjdd2AMBk44d2qLNjsdp1TGF1XxNqb2R1Dnt1YK9bYT913ad2qOV1+2817SNcast2QoN +168dZrEN0Iad20iW2Lc9EGwdqH4t3B/328Dd2bI93Ln+bdv6nCpU6InYnd3a3YVjGNmeLRAfyILi +Pd7kXd4q6IL7Q9dkrRaZuN3u/d7YDYqlkdYrxc38Z4T4nd/6XYAL6N3RPRBaQIgCPuAEXuCDqAXQ +zdwCEYT73eAOjt9ION+KXZXEvdwtBdjOrakJfuGzTdvUbdC4TdsWztCuneE4FtwcLt0ebtzVjdwV +vtvfbXsmfuIbTuIrR9wfLtGpgqHX2uM+jqooytp13RuzCqxGfuRInuS+KqzpHeNd+uNQHuUZmq1J +Qt8IHeKpPeIrheEzjrA1vuUdnto5ftVYztda3tXN3eVh/eVovnQ4zuIg7uK5feaT7dtqLmZsXucq +Lub+cK7jci7iMP7fP3fnGNvkgi58by7hxy0QeBZsjv7okC5olskYvF3SvaFpp5bpmr7pnF5qqWbo +Cg4LvBbppF7qjl7aVp5SqA3o/h3qgU3oyIXiNu7m093nZP7nWR7org7rg53nvb3nfD3mp13md03n +v57mvN5+oJ7iN17rit7iFD7nus7sg57syr4q6k1QZZ3oVT7hsMADZBDu4j7u5F7u5n7u6J7u6r7u +7B7uZhDkla7UvZF3hlfv9n7v+E54iLfssw4Li9DuAB/wAj/w7C56zx7n0c7q2RTjr27tsg7mwH7X +wg5Tq57rrU7tMm7t0PXwbY7ozt7ti56WL37x/d7+8MnO8Xre7Ct+8H4uENcN3zAf89xNhpQe4+Ft +3jif8zp/guiN7THe3jIf9EIvBfIN8tAOC/f94Eq/9PxN80K+3r1xhwY+9VRf9YBoiPwO8QPB4Ezf +9V5PDxFu9Agv8tJO8lpf7RrvXCh/7LS+8mLf8mSv8DV/6CbP62tv6SrP5yx/6wlv8QtP92nfYL6O +922v92/P998Oeoq/+IwPdmVn9h1vDt8w+ZRf+ZZ/+Zif+Zq/+Zzf+Z4/+fvu84e+eY1f+qav+AZ/ ++MOO62Y+7SUf+Go/+PKe98Fu66vf960P+SmP9rCvXHc/+4Vf+3t/+3Hv93O/673fbbLf2rQv8bb+ +T/HEntXGTvgZn/zJ9fvMH/zOP/zQPxCS8NPgH/7i/9Fa8vTarhY/QNPqv/7s3/4z/QPLP+QDQQHj +X//2L/7P/1LmT1D7L1BQvfsAAUvgQIIFDR5EmFDhQoYNEcoDIM/hRIoVLV4USAIARo4dPXYEQOLj +SJIlQ5ZEmbIiRIkqXb48yBLmzJkyad5MqRHnTpgnef4EKRLo0JURiR51aBPp0odGmT4tqBPqVIQA +epHAmlXrVq5dvX4FG1bs2LA+qT6FOIrsWrZt3b7FOsrpWaZp4d7Fm3dtr410/QIAHFjwYMKFDR9G +nFjxYsZC/SKFyFjyZMqVLQ9u+fho5MudPX/+pqxZ9GjSpU2fRp1a9WrWrV2/hh1b9mzatW3fxp1b +927evX3/Bh5c+HDixY0fR55c+XLmzZ0/hx5d+nTq1a1fx55d+3buFN9IICjhDUEkQiFyJNwL1nlY +6df3JcgZALY8Cgc7yQxt1Jv5JJC8J+yGwoSSwAnAnABPoPkKkiuz7h6EMEKKSLiBoBtGIUgq9ggS +Q0AAbvivKgcFYm+ugTY8ET7x6hNRICT2+w+aN0aBBhYxnHCiIBMVdHAUJ1jMwwkM2wNADIL4G1FC +JZdUUgwAQkQCABZhyYM/EuEbCJtRkEDCCfVaLKjEJFG8MkNsEporSol6qXAgJLBxrL0k55L+AJsQ +XfyuPSccC3JHJv8EVDtsEqxyIGgG7YtMWHoJUdGB/BTTIEVRhAaAGg9K8w0uiyzokRwfnTMzJx4x +iIQcAXjkTIFGecTPQF+FFToKV3Wsl0fYc3QgElTFdMy+IMWyTIJcldPFUeqbFEs/5wJWTmyMhOWN +SpOMtVprj3PyvzegnRXXYN0k4Q1qFRxMWMJESlbHcd1LF1SDmPVVTqyoPHXca+/FtzcE81BVHk3f +E7bTN3q5FMz4fo03TCwrLVjdgVoVI0poH/6Ux3dFJbXTesU4k9Vi8wU55N0euVAojTBTdFd73VXY +4pZfzojXi4dds00X4aR5ZoHEuxMWJPL+NOpZaT8WuWijY6v0WUkTDVbihpolOsWlB1oRzcweGQ8W +GWm0EUeHv171R4GCHNIoUz8l9mi11x7NCZmlBjCwXuQDzOqpiSyXbvXko88+wZyYWD/+4Ow5apep +NhCAUd11MuO02YY8csknp7xyyy/HPPNYSeilc897mRgmCT73PEHNT0c9ddVXZ71111+HPXbZZ6e9 +dttvxz133XeHXB7ffwc+eOGHJ754449HPnnlC08OCeWfhz566acXnnnkoKE+e+23n7460L4HP/zA +ViaObvHPR38x8oc7OX333y/M+1G4p7/++ltdXziIbrW/f/+hx59zNPI/AhaweHLxXpz+lKOU5TBw +gY8jjlSaI0HpmKWBEByOA5OjQeRQcDkehI4FH5i/4HDwOCY0DgiTo0LnmEUQC4BhDGU4QxrW0IY3 +xGEOdbhDGNYgRSQEjlJQkQsiFtGIR0RiEpW4RCY20YlPJCIqfihA+MgDBjzEYha1uMUdCkJX33qO +WRZADjKW0YxnRGMa1bhGNrbRjW8kYwum2Byl5CIWd8RjHvW4Rz720Y9/BGQgBXnHXMyRORKUxyrg +uEhGNtKRb1zAFxM4kDE+0pKXxCQb5XglIP6mjoMEZShFOUpBFpKTVDyRIjO5SlZaMpIZAWMLHVPJ +VtbSlpo05AUzY0dS9tKXv/yjKd/+00nfIFKVt0RmMsnxSliwsDlmMUEapDlNalbTmtfEZja1uU1u +dlOalMjlCAeihjaU05znRGc61blOdrbTne+EZznVEM4VwkcA7/BmPvW5T3520wSSpI5ZQLEKghbU +oAdFaEIVulCGNtShDyWoEeiJHKVEIBQXxWhGNbpRjnbUox8FaUhFetEITPQ4EhSABSC6Upa21KUP +BQVApyNGZdbUlpscpnM+CUye9rSXwkRhcYxpU6KukpnOZA5Ni7rUR+I0qOWbCy99OlWqBtOkKazi +MZm6VUjKtIKz5GpY3ehUDOovqlVFa1rxCNSyBmeoYoVrGo8ay2c65haewGte9br+V7721a9/BWxg +BTtYvBbjqsVRChhesVjGNtaxj4VsZCU7WcpW1rKLBcNhIwgfBiSAsJ8FbWhFO9hbeDU6So1rauOo +2QyeVa2vnSpbidmbt6o2tXOdpEBoaVu4knW2vNkpbIX7S9mikkRa5W1YcRtQsCa3t6w16y6HO92f +QtetWXUuXJc70+Zml6u+1alrqTveQRZ3gtj1Lle3+9WBzGC074VvfAObAOsGcS4iAER+9btf/vbX +v/8FcIAFPGAC51cE9f2NBPkgXwY3OL4zMG0Iu5vepYKXjuIlb4b9aN5DopfCS13vaSf8YZtamDnB +1XCK9cjhD3qYxDYNsYQp+eL+oppYlwORqop1HAsWK6e2NFZmjMM4YiDf0sbiFEiOd5ziHtczlUWu +qZBlORBeiMPKV8ZylrW8ZS532ctfBnOYrfwJBPtGKSqYRJrVvGY2t9nNb4ZznOU8ZzqnWQVlpi1n +VyBmPvfZz38OMy8iPOQZQzmZR94ghpes4SZ30MWGrqWU61poSN8Uz8BV9KLJ2+iTPrrSRh30lHX7 +aUuf8sLS1TSTL72bH5M6k5JOqmOqDGha19rWXiazqU88lz/8wte/BnawhT1sYhfb2MdGdrJ9/YdV +60aCDNjzraU9bVoLGpa5hcVuXY1JRFM006meLqex+uRtg/razKV0uS/Z7RP+fhvcwhW3UD2t7kbC +ejmopXdTm50bFL873PvGTavzzUh7KwffA2cku43Tb3/DG+C3ETjCu3pu7rbXwRfHuGDpq+sbCyQe +lwV5yEU+csvG4+G2UXDGVb5yvUKY4uwdtcQbqXDEurvhaY33Zskt80UWPDkH53kbaQ5VVN98uDln +37yDrkafIwfoS1fj0FtbdKPDFunCiTjU0dj04zxd62eUenRxXPWjn7w2Wf96GbluHLNswhZvh3vc +5T53utfd7nfHe971/nbDchzJsFAFEAQ/eMIX3vCHR3ziFb94xjde8KowO22ejYe9V97yl8e83jcR +6knHPO1Rj/xsGE72ql7+/bo7//zWOR/rdKfejGEvoc1J31PTAwftn197cbyeetjbl+qzL33oZXP7 +tOeeOGJ8afKVv/yGStTvic6MNEY6fepX3/oilYbwY4NIlTLf+99PvvGHYxYxGND89tM+bJRyfvZz +L/2vkaDz2j9/6U0MqfdWIPTD+9vdPDXpz7k/g8s/b+M/3fA/sTsvAKQr1ju1/XPABDSumYKfCZzA +AuQ3CsRA97HAgMvADhSf6tCLEBTBEcyKhlEOaCDBFFRBtzDBDVrBF4TBr+CdGaTBGrTBG8TBHNTB +HeTBHvTBHwTCIBTCISTCIjTCI0TCJFTCJeSOPKGarHER81jAhWCXXxn+jL35Fr6ZkoRwEpuJGvMJ +CfNBl/tgEas4GAvhFHK5QryRGyZ0Q9OYlYG4kAxhGoPoEMAAEbt5Gag5w515gy08iJO5E2KZC0dB +kXD5D8DIGIBxEcDIPxNpqzeUxKfIlkackiqpw4LQEi7xEj3sQz6Em5hZiO9wQsNhGUaEGYuxin9B +xVRJFZ05nEmURc0YlLGBwkORgEwkCEYJGFiEG1DsRYZJiDx4klGwGULMDEMMFkuREydokw3Zk0oJ +naiJxFm0xp+IQ7UYCFvxFoXYFU/8xYTpw1M0CGOkkieJxZzpxVBsJseRBydBlr6QRljYE7AxxWvE +R6SoxG3JiArpxoP+KA9xQZNyYcRzQUV2vEeB+EOFdEeDMR+JoBsnNBtNYQ9PEQissUeDzMeNHIp9 +6Zd/+UeBIRj7SBhgPEhhPAhi/Jt0PEVlJIhRUBWnEBL2SJzA2EJI3ECO1EmOIBltbCbC8J1vURmG +gBqTPMS3eckhOccaQUaE7MVIsZGQ2AiUpEelpMac3MmspIikmUZGJBOnIcqSFMdQrBqAXMiBeANS +acp1fEqE+aKNMBWCwEhyrEattEuOcJuYYBrBmBvCAEdz8Uu9iZv5AMTwgMKwYcO6ackqJIhKqQ8T +MRBYwIZF1BopoUu/vMvM1MzN5MzO9Ewe5BzSAZ2bGB3RNJ3PRM3+1FTN1WTN1nTN14TN2JTN2aTN +2jwd0cTN3NTN3eTN3vTN3/zNNZgG4CTO4jTO4yROJVgDJUDO5nTO5wRO5WRO6KTO6qRO6bTO7NTO +4pyGNdjO7wRP3hwWbAjP8jRPAGAH81TP7awGAKiG9YTP6mzP94zP+mzO+bTP/DROdrAK/fTP38QG +ZRlApzMG53AEAHAEA0VQBU3Q5jCGKdS5RxnQrivQ5jjQBmWOC2VQ53hQBRyWCWW7Cs3QBbVQEh1R +DF2ODo3A9nCMEZCEF4XRGJXRGaXRGrXRG8XRHNVRGC0YABDRQwiGIBXSISXSIjXSI0XSJFXSJWVS +IR0IDRWIGDj+hSml0iq10ivF0izV0i3l0i710imNgSc1UWFYgjI10zNF0zRV0zVl0zZ10zeF0zIV +BjHF0B210zvF0zzdUWAYCBXVmiYF1EAV1EFt0kPwKrNghE5Q1EVl1EZ11EeF1EiV1Eml1EpVVHrI +DB9tPddbLYGAUlh4AiYQ1VEl1VI11VNF1VRV1VVl1VYV1Seg07EDPpyLVYGABEvF1VzV1V2t1Evo +U6VLvfVCVF4l1mI11knF1EcRUW3jVHLAqU8NVVeV1mml1mplVVj1VBNVsln1KWH61Fs91nAVV2L1 +VYHw00Rq1jMSVsdI1HF113dF1kxd1nR9vVoFVWvF13zV11X+xVZY+NRt5Vae8lYTBVd4NdiD7YRy +hYVzRa5mXdeBaFeEldhxTVYFmVd67VR/NdFo3deO9Vhr7dd/Ddjgy1YMLdiJRdliVViGxVgyeliB +sIMpkNmZpdmatdmbxdmc1dmd5dmenVk+UNaB8AM3INqiNdqjRdqkVdqlZdqmddqnJVovsFdv6Iaq +tdqrxdqs1dqt5dqu9dqvBduq9QZ7jYJmMNuzRdu0Vdu1Zdu2ddu3hdu4NdsosFcz8Nm7xdu81due +3YNfHQg+gNrAFdzBJVyo9YNDZdeUVVxirdj2uFiMfdaN/djJpdxrtVeAHVlfGliTXdzOzdWVBVbc +Q1yI9dz+0qXUxtVUz6PXyMVQjq3c14XdkNXWzI0tez1Z08VdRgVd1EvXl4WFiM3d4O0E1H3c1bVX +14Xd5P1Y2cVQzKXdUdrcgbhd4TXd3T2ull2m0RUI4KVe0yXeTeVU1h0I5FXe8s1X5pXV5wWm6LXV +7g1e612PhuVU3+WBAbDf+8Xf/NXf/eXf/vXf/wXgALZfZ2CAoBWIevCCBFbgBWbgBnbgB4bgCJbg +CabgBE4EezWHLtDgDebgDvbgDwbhEBbhESbhEtZgc7DXwHO8FWbhFnZhxoO8kh2IVhDgGrbhG8bh +AMYAvxUIBpiACgbiIBbiIabgetDe33Xf3P1e1U1X8RX+CPI13yieVvRNMvUVWNtNYtyFX3RtWd/l +3ixW3CXONux14nuV4jOmViqGBee14vLCYjD23C2WX9fzYjj2XDFm1vA9XjTmY1dVYzZu40BiX1iY +XjuWWDnGXt8tB3pg5EZ25EeG5EiW5Emm5Eq25Etm5FIQAAOGhWjqp08G5VDWJnCSYYHIhi9A5VRW +5VVm5VZ25VeG5ViW5VlG5WywV3KKp1zW5V3m5Xeap1KGhT7A5GEm5mI25ktOBh6GhXsS5WZ2ZlD+ +p5czi0qQgmq25mvG5mzW5m3m5m725m8G52qmhk222IEYKPBD53RuPnu9hipw53eG53iW53mm53q2 +53v+xud8dudrsFeLur5/BuiA/qiSAmYbCOeDRuiEVmhwzgRlTil1huiILqiYkubENeQwllfwdb0y +huI+9uhR/eNA1tw3vmiUReQuPuIvLmmDxWMy3uOPhulSDWmRJqVBLuSVfteTxtg6xmmJbemW5eiY +FupXvVyarmmS7mmD1Wl6pV8ycOqnhuqoluqppuqqtuqrxuqsdmozKOByFgi3y7ywFuuxvru+01gM +NYdvUOu1Zuu2duu3huu4luu5puu6VmsUBuZ1CIC95uu+9uu/BuzAFuzBJuzCNuy9Xgd7XQStZuzG +duzHzuodNlfOojyytuzLDuvNq2jSTeqD/WnIfen+oYbpmTbqULLpzj7Ype7dlEZtls5oJm7WoBbt +0S7q0jZtpG5tcVVth2Xt3HbXzzZeYO7o2Y5i0rbtUsJt3zbW3Z7f3lbucAXuJg5t4uZj4z5uQDrt +5w5X5qbjI86ESADv8Bbv8Sbv8jbv80bv9Fbv9Q5voPVqWHAvlpPvi9u4sx6IbwiD/Nbv/ebv/vbv +/wbwABfwASfw/P4Ge8WvAlPwBWfwBh+wAwPmC2DvCafwCrfw9e7byf7b+ebwBnO5n/xQztZuY43u +2J5u6j5j677uDUvuEddV7g5W53ZxXi1xPRZuFO9jFV9xPsruGedVGBfdzd5eH2fc1x5joD5xHDf+ +Xx3f8RVrcSKnVCAvPhmHckut8Y1OciVXXiZv8rV68iqPVCn/Ot89B0gw8zNH8zRX8zVn8zZ38zeH +8zg38z7oaselMmrD8zwHs1yzb4FIhzEA9EAX9EEn9EI39ENH9ERX9EUH9HSwVzSrs0iX9Emn9Dm7 +M2CGAjnX9E3n9E6P81ZQZmjT81En9SuzNhCXUBEH80q9ct7Lci2P3dru8j7q8VWPcmXm4p2mcluP +1Fb/PNmG9SWX9Vnfo1rn9TDH9TmOcSFH4mOPV07OYyy/8WAXdmAG5CY3dmd3VDHXOkU+5m8H93Cv +ZE3mZALQgXNH93RX93Vn93Z393eH93iX93P+NwB71QIuwPd81/d95/d+9/d/B/iAF/iBx3ctsFch +oIKEV/iFZ/iGd/iHh/iIl/iJp/iEFwJ7FWZx1/iN//Zk1nCBEAAamPeRJ/mSN3l5J4AjpuaFZvmW +d/luHmdOPmeJpnnwc74+h4V21ued5/me93l85mdg9meBJvqivz6CxnmDfvmlZ3qWb+iPX+buq/mp +Xz6KRnUFsWhth1RfTztgp/bk5fJZz3atX1RuhzqeJntH5fqv8/qvf92w7/KxT3uzXzq0T3tGXXut +a3u3p1y4x/Yv13q6Dzrf7YBLMPzDR/zEV/zFZ/zGd/zHh/zIP/yJSV1YsAcuwvzM1/wcggH+e6WF +JwD90Bf90Sf90jf900f91Ff91Qd9WrBXZYCi2Jf92af9J1IGe9UDydf93ef93o98ClBmMdj84Sd+ +zbeHI04qEV2OT11+E21+FFUOP+2wEG8h5VcO5r9+589+6E8O6W8x6n8m608O7B9/7S9/7kcO7/cx +ZbmKGHT/F+yP95f/EewBAOiB+cd/vaj/+8///n+L/QcIEgIHEixo8CDChAoXMmyoEBsAhxInUqxo +cWAvALA2wgLg8SPIkCJHkixp8iTKlCpXsmzp8iXMmDJn0qxp8ybOnDp38uzpUyfHoEKHEi1q9CjS +pEqXMm3q9CnUqFKnUq1q9SrWrFq3cu3+6vUr2LBix5Ita/Ys2rRq17Jt6/Yt3Lhy59Kta/cu3rx6 +9/Lt6/cv4MCCBxMubPgw4sSKFzNu7Pgx5MiSJ1OubPky5syaN3Pu7Pkz6NCiR5Mubfo06tSqV7Nu +7fo17NiyyyKRAKsXUtxGe/Ui4URMbjG6gw6/Pfs48uSbSeDGDc1Jr99Ciw9trpQ6x+LYlXPv7t3v +I9t5SMAab11CHljQqPfmDc34bWjYSMyH5lu6QNuw6NuHJcGJE7bhlgd02Gy03XcJKrigWtDcAMso +0CBhXXHjTScPLPKMAh+FsIjx4HO3AZedcU4gAQs2E8JiIhJvMPgijDGWZd0N71nn4Q3+5E1Hom4d +StAbCRqxF9989MlzI4IyKrkkk009MoqAvL3xY4ajnFgdhhqu6GGHYpBXG3w8wvdIiUi02CSaaapZ +FDQAXHmgcaNA15tQAvF2opwCGafbfen1CCdu/zlB3oDQPRjmmokquiijjTr6aFn2EfQepJVaeimm +mWq6KaedevopqKGKOiqppZp6KqqpqspWHhtu5ARH+iU51Bu83Vgrb8AVh2svb2bXC67A3aejrQFC +5QSlEpAJC5izTmergLfZSihxvA1KFK7S7QcgecIByxtzuIoHnRN+ugqhs0ORoJ+DscJ53bTw8Spc +tdHpGJS3uG407IHWjtgUEgZuNMr+iOkhitS8Pca7q62+clTrtfty65+UQH7bi2383nbuKOnWye6h +/r2blK0Y71kyosXey1G+vJVHrsHF/stUqxzBulHMTPEqL7SI8urwRhDrSGB06f34LXMXCzvxxhx1 +TJXAYrgqj0aI3qffjiQerN1GWhI13LobSUDtq1A9smyN+9640XPRzTwyoFmPDGV1G6kYtn/3ct31 +DSciccORAqPoMb6Hhtd11cXdACDWWmu999yNE8cR3mPD1+5TN4x4sxiJByUPuW+nDPfoVX5d9n76 +WQ432KoTKjg2hLNsuH7Mwb24sXLHPbnjdJ+eYd/MAn55yE1F7WrncIPudt2P667+m9dZwypP8H9j +yDrlrt8Gu+xFjZJe2H//6TTqz5MOOYLDcT3czU6FGDDOtheHnnrYDTmk45jzjgTZI0MeIUeg0bHv +ledpTknRit4jvpF5aSOCc9y7IBcm/cltfWwrHlMsVzN0wY0EwKEg9rbGu4NFMISlG10vCNiq7jnw +RMjykO3C1EAUNU9MI5wgBrUGQLZtSDcgXAoB8WbA4nhQPTncG/789zvc7FA950Lf5FKYnhVSpWYm +2g+9SKgiWvEmWrDY2QnTB8HmWEtyTEGWhVS0tqBY6FkuO1kXT0hCXL0BQ1B0HHt6ITUIHekp60LC +zTw4vqD8sGS6Cpqt5ChG7Nn+ChuiUwr8SJCeR+RhkGxcGSLppLA43lEoEMOGjUbYyT3tcRR9dMof +b9Y3S16wOomEoyZvuMj78caRULHiiSjJyvhx0WS6mVcYsRUdUCZxlM0p5SmnAsoHyYNsxeEfCYBW +uiSGaZEorMrZCAaLtK0RR5g8nwjzd0S7wcqYTqOUE3EDq3I+5UPKypAzg4KEUViphiUcYwBzqEQb +TkVzsPobh4SioW9O03yke9eHgonHKG6JnU5xJ5lIYEe4zbOeutuTQY1YFN00UYAkfMoyhRfQz42C +oEjM6HZ086GOPlGUDF3nR51CT9scrVaI0txueEdN6J1LbpXrn1QcdDNbTan+OBqSpgh36jQzqi91 +YtPbCKnnN8DhhgQljSlSnJC2mq5tQui8qCX/Z8aR/RSrGaQnl76Vxafm1Hmy7FpPtQbQspqwrFW9 +KgtflbakvaF/Xt3ojpQ6sLHCR6rCmyhVZprWWq01b229Jz5N1zzrVW94ddXeXYEalc75apO9eAQY +DQrMnf0MsJRjWl6JkqPATktO4LInLAkFLZUJM47bipgJX1Y047QplE95RPvexSv6vPKGPMtVyZJm +r8fellhWeYPBIjit2L3WoMn9oq3EUNpe6lFiuJWjxpwDAN86BbhZ45UEqGs/1iYyubQ1rW7LddB2 +ukmn0FLvN/eGXuy6bLv+nsxufKMLXtSqZ7xmXRWCE5ymsQ2EsE5pJkHsIqmBfDUqExZIhQnD4PxY +ZcN4o8uFSZDhp4R4xIIpyPWogmK7QHggVmmxnhQs4xnTuMY2vjGOc6zjHfO4xz7+MZCDLOQhE7nI +Rj4yp6YUFAm4iCP8Q5xURIIbqm1Eyhmq2udAgg0BD4XKVGscAORBNZGQx8pj/oh8O5JiTzbZyaN4 +AwD6eqWRVBkkafvdRm7Q0zbN7F5hjsqZP3LlOoekymu+8ke2fBQqd8SoGhkJbujcES0bjNFDuQEA +3nYkj+AU0SDJEqWNEiSRiDnUSMYLCYqn56AECcpC+RCnkarmLlftzwL+xTJHLM1kLmf5ym94k60N +HZRg5xrXJPj1rIeSB49EF5BpE4NWhT0UW88T2a9eWR7aDItHPLDV0nYznLVFFEsX+9vDPrSuoWsU +RntkWYPmCLGJDe8UH/tE5HayR1bWOTLxD9n3drV/1L1oXFs6SLI+tVs4azcARDfbVfs3NqwEyCTJ ++90V/ze56bNujVCNTuaO96HfPe9kC0XPq97XAzv3noqT/DbffMShBb6ie8kDziMPipze82akYrzW +IW+5yPfzwFtXGVhXIjfIiZL0f28bG9wmzsqMxfSMD53Wvb45wuuCDf1kO4BbfziuD3T0sJ/b6kAP +OsALbGIvZzrTH1/+88XDbuCKI4HhTLaZu7t2IpYTO72whZCr6j6igD0Cy/KWKNaJrni+oxvXvS0K +u0F3KKTD/efxBg7TB8Xnhc9MDO+ZuuMNvPGrV9nEWXdLqgemN5iD/SgaL0rczZ322bN80FSOYdIT +n3YSLKvid6+7wWrPeNLzUNlN/g/lJGr4nyNu7WSPvNIbL5TaR75z6aF82adN76mRffMRYzraac/8 +tBecoKd/i8LfMKLUMxr8/R6/SFxN5vDfm/oc10jAbJN7Qn+EPIGOs35U3Gpt06EIX0joBrHdGyVh +S3rcwLKAjsjVHpPl3a19msUdoOzVH/NBX71hH7xh4KSBhI78m3n+bVuTgd//tV72QR7BiYSDnR9b +BEgeCEzN2ZsKCgVo9YLpnR30KR7xPd643V/X/Nr+8SCujYLAyFvdhYQLUaAEYMjwxcrQ6dN+WImB +tQio6V6GYAM2jB/9+Vz0+aDasaC0OYEp4VoRYp0EGNi/OUFIpMfm5ZptgB4hiR4ZlpvdvBkM0sUj +6JmOjNqn/ZuRJEXsGaHZodzoWVqOFGEhyt+h+d3CZcwDAd/ZtZzH2Q0VahfyeVr/AV3NUWAQml0U +4iEi3qGtdY63vV0Yjty9AeGKuMolbpP/kV3Qvd7okWL47WFbtIktKd69CZ5SFGIjkuKuJSKWtQgj +hhy59WB2rMz+DTyIs73Hc9xMFFabr0iAg3EhKFqavDkBKIbi4lme9ImNzIkivXnEClbi0oWdbwQF +aCHOI+TSG3weLaYbr4mhpc0TFeriWjhB1b3b//VCChqFMMZfQHKiohmjOzKiQYZeeogEA7hdrNRX +tcWZRY0EFNpZhQVPUQRJhnFjoZHaHV4dRoagoAVaQprimrlhOpYksc0HJ0aE09VhpbkhAHRaCs5i +ot0jPoYER/IjUAalUA4lURYlYCiXIYXF0ZSMyXTHUpbMC16FtzCl+SHGU/aMUWalVm4lV3alV34l +WIalWI4lWZalWZ4lWqalcvwEW/qEF2JGCralXNLEW14GIM7+JV7ORGoAAJBchF/+JWA2xCjUnmZQ +TUkFJmImJmIOZl1aRpAoJmRGZkVkxF5WZWZQTWNWBmaKxmaGRiqCxmeWRkRwJmFeZmnC5WnaJS1y +RmiSxmiGRmeCRmx+xmx6Rmt2xm2KxmvCQgcwgm/+JnAGp3AOJ3EWp3EeJ3Imp29SQLFlJmXE5g/s +gnROJ3VWp3VeJ3Zmp3ZuJ3d2p3T+QHOKRiqKgXKWp3meJ3oqZwdQzmqGxm5eQifEp3zOJ33Wp33e +J37mp37uJ3/GJySEJ2wG2xMwAYEWqIEeKIImqIIuKIM2qIM+KIE+AYCCJpbJAz30J4ZmqIZuKH9e +AntWJkf+wCeHjiiJlmh+/ifiOOdkxOaAQqiLviiMxqiDSmiKimeFXqiJ5qiOjqiH7kt7gsZ77qiQ +Dul+ouiVqahksKiMLimTNmmD0uiR2miu4SiRVqmVdkKP7sePfkaQXqmXCqmR1mZnKKmTlqmZLimU +iilr3uiXtmmOZmluuue9WMMg1Kmd3ime5qme7imf9qmf/img1qkCTChtBpsPvACiJqqiLiqjNqqj +PiqkRqqkTiqi+gCh2iaWMYACBCqndqqnfiqgWsOHosZuLgA5nCqqpqqqriqrtqqrviqsxqqsnmoL +XOqYBlsuxIKu7iqv9qqv/iqwBquwDiuxFquu5oKtrmn+rq3CrDarsz4rtMrqAozqaZRqtF4rtmYr +rNZqjQZoiuWqsYaruI4ruRIrsnYrhS6rtq4ru2LrtPooiG6EqbYrvdbrtibrZsQmuJYrv/arvwbr +uUapZ1Yos9qrwR7sqb6rlsYrLPjCKjwsxEasxE4sxVasxV4sxmasxj6sEeBrYQYbKYSCyI4syZas +yZ4syqasyq4sy7asyJKCx2ZGKgqABWyszd4szuasxvoCtZrGbiKCFASt0A4t0Rat0R4t0iat0i4t +0watDcQsaqZYNnwB1Vat1V4t1mat1m4t13at134t1WYD1KomRwgANTQt2qat2q4t0yJCz4rmvYio +m87+7YaGaWpaBpmeqd7uLYOm6d1WRipaKN0ObobC6ZZ6RpcSruKe6NjirYDyLeRGboH6LZJGRuBS +6eJmLn0aLsPKreZ+bifYbeVCRt5KrumaKeVKaddgLuhmLueS6r3IAgLMLu3Wru3eLu7mru7uLu/2 +ru/O7gQ0rmYGWx0EgfEeL/Imr/IuL/M2r/M+L/RGr/HWgfBSRioywO9mr/ZuL/f+riy8rWvey7wi +LPm2K7cKrGzi6r+uL/v2a8Cq6XIQbPnO77oqbJwCqfjSr/5e6/nC78d+a/sGsACba/VORuAW7P4m +8Kza7+F2hrUqMATfK7oWKgAPsAVf8LEWsGQccAT+d3CrMjDDjq8HjzA59O/fPqf6YrAKB/D7nrAB +yy8JkzAIwy5HyG733jAO5/DuBu8Ee0ZsFq/0BrEQDzERQy/19jBuZqoOLzET5/D3wisNb4Tntu7i +ii5ppliLnq4WN2nqDuyUUvHnvm61xi0Ya64VeytHZPEWrzGMdnG6rm4Zuy74jkbixvHgnnH6YjEb +7/GLuvFnXK4dK64Y++y9AC3bHjIiJ3LSPi0Sc0ZsTi3YRrIkTzIle63YNnL8lu3ZKjInd/Ihuy0U +jzFHOKzOlrIpn/LFdiwm/y9HhKzLvjIsx7IssyzMrrLMYhnNorIu77Ip82woEzJHiHAMR7AJj+7+ +Y+jrCifz+rawMTsGBw+zB8+wKMsrNHtwMV8xR+yrMm/zuDKz6mYIAlezAkszMFOzOEPwNaPxRmgz +N7czAdsyZjzzOScwOcMtR0QDJ+SzPu8zP/ezP/8zQAe0QA80QedzImhwZMTmoVIqQze0Qz+0pFoq +PJPtRjAALxQ0Rme0Rm80QUfDHOsmGQfyHSM06T4uH5/0k5L0YwCySNPtINuzFLc03eIxBacxSt+0 +gvoxpn6xTLvpS4dviPa0m9K0D5s0Th91hKq0M7OpUH/pT9NxSDf1lRL1reoxUiO1TicxT0u1lT41 +SHOEOmCBWI81WZe1WZ81Wqe1Wq81W7e1WO/+gFI3xg/PAl3XtV3fNV7ntV7vNV/3tV//NV0fMfr+ +MZbxgVsfNmIntmK7tTp8tJwG8zwrcDrncTa7s2W/82DvdNeEc2TPbz0DtTl3Nv1Odk2v82WfNrB6 +sxdvtmjr72dDNWS39vySdlFXMGrfdgZPtGPCsGyT72t/dWj39sHSdlVXNm7jtmq/MTgLt287Nv5y +hDXkgHRPN3VXt3VfN3Znt3ZvN3d3t3RjQlwzRmzqQgOUt3mfN3qnt3qvN3u3t3u/N3yXty6E92Jc +r3ffN37nt357t6j+MkzDwhRzNZjSt2KU7lWjdFYrKxwLeJV69WPHNIMTKVU7slEfOIITeGL+sHSE +C6mDPzeEb/iOTni+VriF83GCZ/KCg7iOdjiXFrInvziMLy0jZ3ZxbwQkVzKO57iOb+0l07iCw4LZ +xriQD7nQgvLCRjEsgAIvLzmTZ6wq+/iIp1gEzDKVV7mVr2wEYDhizGzNNrmXf/nDgoJzt3hsM7fB +EjeF2/Zxn3ZyE7a6mrnB/vaDw4Iwwzm7onmUG/eas7mWH4Y823m7yrmH0zmg1yues7Jp7zmf6zbg +8nah1++YI+694DNHV7qlX3pAHzSjo3CKLTREfzqoh/qjSjSUa8b1XjSmp7qqV7pH+zdoA7iKh3if +G4aBlzgbn7ipM3WsmyiLS3pQ77qJijj+osOCGtv6rc96YWg4sPNopDtwVC87hwq7aVq1se8xrt/y +VkP7hva6s/+6ttctshNGrVf76V57POv6txdus3PGbqJDCLw7vMe7vM87vde7vd87vue7vr87M4T7 +YMSmOyyDwA88wRe8wR88wie8wi88wze8wLuDv59YYe87xVe8xV/8vqPDum/GAz/6uh76tOu5ortz +m2v2cns8pLs6bAc3yvNvxAcGMo+8ZZe8VrN2y2eroJM5y9/8s4J81Iq8zG8zzf+4PHA2zztrzvv6 +zh/9rPr8ZcR80HPz0KP4yTP9syZ9t2/EIHwA13e913892Ie92I892Ze92Z8914P3pq/+aLDJgNu/ +PdzHvdzPPd3Xvd3fPd7nPdy//FFmKtr/PeAHvuCj/SBsvGbUcbr3p7T//EYUO7mXO9//hbInfoca +fmYgPuXr5+I/PYk/vumaO0VnCOtmfn5yO7s/O+kz7tonaed7fuSC/m5ne+rjp+lz/L2cAQvkvu7v +Pu/3vu//PvAHv/APP/HnPgpEvl8APDIsP/M3v/M/P/RHv/RPP/VXv/UvP8SvvuXisjYUv/d/P/iH +P/GfgeVjxm4qOZin/5I/uf+G/EZM+ZXHv/xTeZZrP2Rwufrnvy6LucoDN6FbPUCQEziQYEGBLWAl +lAdAXkKHDyFGlDiRYkWLFzFaXNj+MGGuWB9BhhQ5kmRJkydRplT5MZfDjRlhxpQ5k2ZCEgBcrjK4 +k2dPnz+BBhU6cIHDmzWRJlWaFAAJhwuGRpU6lSpPhAoZLtW6devLjivBhhU7VmVLrBy5plUL86hC +nVXhxpVrsKhNnGvx5s3Y9Olcv3+nXoXlVW/hvIQ9klW8mPFJs4OzGpastu3gt4AxZ95ZF1blyZ/X +8k2ILkRp06dRp1a9mnVr169hl2bmMjJo2zUJu1u2m3dv37+BBxc+nHhx47vd0UZ7mznbu7D4xJY+ +nXr12OiMPm++faZoWJc6hRc/nnx58+fRp1e/nn14SMq5x69I+AkT+/fx59e/n3/+f///AQzQvifg +k89AiCqTh572GGzQwQfZuyS7AymkyDvwIMxQww3Te++sCimkT8ARSSzRxAAJ/BBEAxNckMMXYcxQ +QrtWrBGWC2PMUcf1PIRsORuZE/HEIYks0r8UfQSSuxZ3bNJJ8WbsTDsl5cPxyStz7JEwKm0T0sgv +wTwRyS25/IxJLNHkMErPytzOO3Wsi1POOV1LpMA2PyNMl+P47NPPP43T5U48JauMAWboTFRROdWZ +kFA3nUoIKs0opVQwMh89rLbEGuvUU7IewzTTtRK8rNJT/eKMzVEn825SVGGN69LaWMULsU9xzTWl +UGmtlbLn5DE11mGjUnVKXwv+c5XYZaOa9Udku9pU12mpBYnXZ6FdqlRmuQXK2Gwlc3WVcckt19xz +0U1X3XXZbdfdcY0YFNylCJMmlHvxzVffffnt199/AQ5Y4HulkXfepBK04N2FGW7YYXe/PTgv78SQ +x+KLMc5Y44057tjjj0EO+WKDJaaJMJFRTlnllVEmuWSZKkOC5ZlprhlkMRx9OS3vdDa5155jEhVo +jIQe2qJVjcYI6aRl4pnpi4p+OqKopX6I6qppxPqipbWuyOmuIboaa7GrJltqrsGWMm2YAGjb7bfh +jlvuuemu2+678c4b27UXytvvvwEPXHC49077psERT1zxwNfOiITHIY9c8sn+Ka/c8ssxz1zzzaFp +PCJoNg9d9NFJL33yzj232vTVWW+99NRhj1322Wmv3fbbcc9d9915793334EPXvjhiS/e+OORT175 +5Zlv3vnnoY9e+umpr97667HvXQwAUE9olBseygP1hZCK26ms+n7bKfIhgvuG7iVCHwAJHmLocMLT +d7uh/AHoBecbsbU98D0ECaN4AwCwEakbwa0XCXEf/ML2QP61TYFGgeDUjkUR8rEvWrB4X/ZAmDQn +POIhb6BfQrbHEQ46JA9OaNsokGChZ8lPIit0IEcK+IYYTkR+OnRIbVZoQ6w4BAk3aCAAJXK4HcIC +CU4YRefk8QYSIjEikcn+4RIj6BBoOOGIN5zIFi8COpiQT4xc2WAXQ5jGkj3CCSwEwBJ7ERkbQkOK +sNgiGts3w/1lUIi06kUF8wiZP/4QLUHko3bY9zNYmNCERkGjBLDhxSouZ5A11E4etKPIzgCSXhns +ZEKw8T81jhJc0OCeTQbYmUfIcUpi6KIQCTlJyFhSlg6BpAwhs73/ARGRh7RaJKkYvjd+zyEjJCBH +FEmrW9KShWjUJDYaIobHUZAEB1zfXaqJwP9lExv02+BdHoENBOahgf4TZzcTkodz5gGFccTGKO4y +Ck6Skp6jMiYssMFOWIghkqysCAmAGT89zhKDtRwiD/fYmSPy0mq+TEj+AZH5LGJicoeaTOZyYElQ +O5IAi4pEwikXMgpYYPIGSMCkxXCSQlg8ooHywEbnjvLNlb50pW27US86Z8DBvGGPnXNCSbcITjzW +k6iEYuM+31DMhvhTIjkUZRXfttA9Ek6jsaQNLsmHBHQylDZww8rbQinJEuqzjsFsH9wiRauMTvCE +Ym3oQanIEPJt7xFYnJBM0ZkQF97ohOSTp0NuQILtoU4Cd8loURELpI+CTqSdGSBTEfSGJ3ptoLDs +43KWKVCCRvGjhewlM5l4g8b2CpNvayMs7mlBs1o1IZnN4kN1ytq3ajQycr0LOQHgBHaK4QZv6EUc +Z0m+2sCTiuSLo/r+OMi+wyaWuSC6QTj1edy3VTUhN3DCUxEqS8sey4/z9CIHA8tVuM7WJlKFyCga +O9JTAlSYMbzoQypZ0KvKdr4crC1KIYJJMbwhUjIlX15hAVx//vUhpiSsYT3ZXAUfCJJJraUN8+DD +i/yMhvKtHw4NaNcLaxQJB/QseUFMAvMS8Q36TEgdtfpBeTghrdiyYoYnwsECpnK1P8SZfSNKvnBC +kXt1hEYcZYYT8gG0c6vEiT+juD+eBhioe13pUBccZfl8NL0bhoz67uc2XAZygi1F6wLd9kGsameV +H+6q+qoaxc7FTQIOdsgoTptDBCpQbg58m5gteeeO7k23tM0xTgr+2DZ0QnLOb+CpkLEpThYfWYV3 +IXRekRBHEx5xFFOU8qUxbbRHeJcrYuhem5fyhgtmmtSlRlYTDUNkO7JYKRKosqlhjaffznrWkxEx +rX+L3ZfhutZJecSouYKEbPJXwzArdqyRnWxlL5vZzXb2s6EdbWlPm9rVtva1sZ1tbfOa29329rfB +HW5xj5vcbYWdK8mdbnWvm93s1nXj0N1uec+b3urWHQLrnW997/trjVsIF/cdcIGn24WFA9u/B55w +hXdbnPfmdNr6zTdNps1sT6s409AGu4ivbeMHn7jHDd61iyct46nrONhOrrWRG23lQ2s50EruOe+M +QBI1t/nNcZ7+c53vnOc99/nPgW7z7qV8bLWJwSmQnnSlL53pTXf606EedalPHekxcBnFaxN0rW+d +610POjBydjvvMCJNZc8QPdBC9LLVpj5hcvvb/zOmj4u8NpAw+90btKYEx27sePf7etD+w4fTHS1t +h/vhEc8EuYdc5XX/++PPo3eHO4TskLe8eALvwME3vvCJ9/zbFz87wtj98peXfO76XnrLZ/5Gmy96 +5z8feyOFXnajV73lT48774jCBb33/e+BH3zhD5/4xTf+8ZHvez4IXvS1oQMHoB996U+f+tW3/vWx +n33tbx/6dLg6yB0ChuSPn/zlNz/yTRF223knBdVyf65CkXb+168dLa/q1v0LwpmX94wwk3j//zvl +MWKucdgPAA1QMeKP+WqvNuwP/xxQ/+aO8xzC/w6wAsFCAPdO4xSo/SywA1EiATWv+erPAUlQICCQ +8V5vAj1wBUsCAycvITiQBWXwI0Cw9USwL0rwAb+P8FRwBmfQBVFPgUShFoiwCI3wCJEwCZVwCZmw +CZ3wCYuQARQwdgijAjThCrEwC7VwC7mwC73wC8EwDMXwCitgByUwIbIACtVwDdmwDZ+wANSvdlLv +9v6O9dROarxE9vSwRGiPCh2PDv8u98ROgSoPEPHODucPD9luDxmRRPoQdmzPEPFOENePECXxEOXv +BhPC8Br+sRP74xFTJxIvsewoUQ4VqBKkIBVVcRVZsRVd8RVhMRZlcRZpMRWpQQCmEBJrIxu+oBd9 +8ReBMRiFcRiJsRiN8RiRsRezwQxTMCFsoBahMRqlcRppMRPikHa8QxkGZhu5sRu9UWBAABdDcAHR +whAe5hzRMR3ZxRCYkf4cYgO+MR7lcR4BJgKucXYK0AdlsAbv0OIYMAd1UEX8EC0oUB9XEAh1bwMN +kgX5MRH9cQQB8v5OUBNhoSAX0gIRchAdIgYvsgIbkiIbMCKJZSLJsQc7sgIzshIdAhWGoCVd8iVh +MiZlciZpsiZt8iZxsiVfQQrHcSAdogxSISiFciiJsij+jfIokTIplXIpmTIoy6AdFREtjiEnqbIq +rfIqcXId7lF25nAU0QQRKZITPXEs8QMUPUcUvRJLShEbLTEtvzITS3ITyXIuyxIqH9IhSM8tr2Qt +8bEt9fJJwDIuYUEs6dITzdLf/vAvnYQvudIvFXNHAtMn5bIw5/IwJQ4t8vIxdYQx+U4Ix+EzQTM0 +RXM0SbM0TfM0UTM1VRM0l68ndREt6KAGZHM2abM2bfM2cTM3dXM3ebM3ZdP7BPI1w281ibM4jfM4 +VTP9siYhN/IkLfAjBTMkRTJWSFIyK9I5UXIrO7M5sdMAodM6pXM6UaU6hTMhLLI73S8lTZE70fP9 +vrP+PGEhPMWzUsgzFGvjPNtzWtSTLdkzP6nlPe0TIudzWOrzLO/TP9NTOzXQIY6gBBz0QSE0QiV0 +Qim0Qi30QjE0Qx+UJ21QMBXhAUA0REV0REm0RE30RFE0RVV0RUFUEeySaQijCDR0Rmm0Rm00Q+Fw +OTUyIQpRM3MkMuGTMCmTES0T6zDTR3eEMxeUR5FUR4A0QB1CSIdUD4sU/BIiM5tUTRTU5BwzSzfk +SQ0U9qa0E6uUB6/US2FESbnUIRrBEtz0TeE0TuV0Tum0Tu30TvE0T930BMSxQ60zDlghUAV1UAm1 +UA31UBE1URV1URk1UOPgRZOGME5ATym1Ui31UvP+lAi2VOYUSBvp8VNBNR7DMRehNCHMUR1RNVXP +kR2Ds1RhAR5DNVZltR43lQAVEkH/Ey7Bc0BHElJZ7kBxVT9rleNuNVjhT1fhUz55FTMKFDEJ0lh1 +ZT/7sj+htVMANExxcFnH01ddDlir1VOktTFXkhvItVzN9VzRNV3VdV3ZtV3d9V3JdRw4tB9htDbK +IAPwNV/1dV/5tV/99V8BNmAFdmDx9SlbFVsT4hjgdWEZtmEd9l3/YFghrkvRFELA1FmjdEwNk1uB +Bi0rFkLUlFMp72O/FFldVUo11vPK9AxhAUtJNu8kFuUo9mXb42IvM2NTlkg5lv8Sk2ZhVkdVkkn+ +fdZBbNZIcTZnqXRndcZjh3Y9QtZWx/VhpXZqqZZd5ZVUERYW7pVgubZrvfZrBdZgk0QwFbZqzfZs +pTZigXY9YfBbP+VaMVZStBVWmvVmzdNtwTVmuyYf8ZYx4NZu43Nut/Vg4/Y6+5YxwnU72/ZwF+Nv +jVZuBZc+lfZl+o9xFyNxlxQWPHVWObdzQ2FUXdNVT1VVSbd014VVx9Y6YdVzWTdU7XFt+TMh2hRT +abd2bddO+RRrCxdQG7V3ffd3gXdRH5VwAXdSb/d4kZd2NRV2p1Vom7ZmTTZrURZp4W5lm7Fln5dB +npZYRzZ72aNorXQwqTdpifdxsdd7nVZvtab+K9H3PMDXTMV3fGPPet3xTNs3PbZ3Yh1iCN2wf/33 +f5twXh2yXtHCCsfwgBE4gRU4DMuwfMM3DQE4giW4f3NUbYKQWi0XLBw3fJU1cuOibs0XPzO4LNQX +a/h2hDU4egu3gz24KkA4fEUYhR2jhKvmhGU4JTYYflm4hafiheE3hm+YJDB3TRc3iHFYhQF3h3m4 +WCa3ZCrXiHeFhqVm95Cziq34ilOzNf0UPmPTN734i8E4jHkTOFMXPsEAi9E4ja1YOS2YOZ33fs3j +fVl2euUXTOg3KvESjtEjf2W2e/W4POT4eum4jmeviSWGaf+4E/h4b2f2jwO5fuOXkBHvju/+0n4T +eTwWeX0bWY8fGY8nU5IPj5IJOI8vGZOl+Gm8gyWxcpVZuZVrcid1F3CBsilpuZZt+ZaXUmz3b2lr +Yypd+ZeBeZW1knnFtYih2CRymGWVeImFwodZFoiPmSVOmWlsOJpFIpmvd5mZ2VsM+WCe2JqFeJqT +pprBmQaR2Hy1eZt9wpmvF5qjeYhFNiE2t3XpWR5Bd4tF13T1eZ/JBXV3mXJrY3XreaC78XXbeEdh +ARWpcaEZuqFj8RZj2Xx5MRkpuqIt+qKPcRkdGH6f0aE9+qMX2hqJWXFhoUdLuZMrOZJBGfS6eV4Q ++Y8z2YQ3GY5RepQ/eaXdTpQjtWdLOab+a3im77emd1pMcTpMdPpXj7SUoUScjWb3JvipofoJBZgi +DXiBrfqqsdoLG7iMXRWCo/qrwboWKngAudeYyxkksBmS01mdeYKdIdmdjxmeodaszzoW0tqTA5et +5cKt8RquoViuyxoWOLKu7fqcOViv97qlweWbCTsWAFt/6fqs7zql1xqxCYKvU9qvjfix+zghliAF +QDu0RXu0Sbu0Tfu0UTu1VXu1Q1uU6HWoHcIeZHu2abu2bfu2cTu3dXu3ebu3aVuxs4UwlIG1ibu4 +jfu4V9sVmHpoXnucBxi2BRM+YYesIbuYrVO6XXW6M5CIrRu7s9a7G4e6Ue6PXKe8zdv+vJu7W+Xp +vNm7vUUHnlBw7dbbvem7vicHuFBvcfR7v/mbgpqvvwE8wAEnvhVRwA38wOdG2xR8wRm8wR38wSE8 +wiV8wim8wi38wjE8wzV8wzm8wz38w0E8xEV8xEm8xE38xFE8xVV8xVm8xV38xWE8sRrJltyMifpr +uy2EgQgqbrwMg9wmnypC2A5IsioqbrTIgObs2MAsqvgHz2L8yZmDBGhMtB6iLYSIt9qmpLZstn5G +iDiozUwsIuCsc6DBiNxKiySrc8TACU6LsuZr1aAMyuW8MLZnhz7KxCIMwSLinZCgieK8xhLpWbxc +O9gruxLClHBGkXqBxrTK0gy9qjD+ac4l/TPyKsK0qJv0HCJ6YYcOq8vvwtMtzI5OSSKI3CXc61k+ +CruOys3Hi5wm/dULQ8q9R4F64RGUa+8KXbNeC9Rfi75oPLcEy9cH3SLEC3SUHNaRHSnqfJG2CXxu +fSKEvHCMfMe/bNitLMZIwIVGS8etfcvZKtnBnSucQALUSSF86Nkj4hF8C9jOfMcF/VhWyMAwQr9q +LNUhIpyI3cyYKLbCvd+R4hFEK1KyrG3wC0GgacLevd27vTMCqor2rMaYzCF6waUGT7yoy98xPiNM +Kaxey4bsHeHli9fJC8wp4rc6p4BOS5HoaLJWScK8/TlmLONlPiacoOHri4EmaMv+56vO+MfLfjzM +I0LO0tzOqMqOkLx/AOzRm/zYZ77pdUcMHN3ppX7qqR7Cbw3X3k0tJIDbzE0puq3qwT7sxX7syb7s +zf7s0T7t1X7t2f7B7fvt4R5y2B1sQCfu7Z6+517k7n7v2fveEPzv/57A/RHwCV/ABR/jCj/x+/sF +rzu7Hd9zxBvxGR+8AZfyDQfHsSbyNZkiLT98tZt2NF+mHaJibKb0TZ9mgBtaTub0Wb/1Qyb1kSVm +XH/2aR9jRCn0f9ohLoEeeL/3ff/3gT/4hX/4ib/4jf/4eb8PYN9XCOMZquD5oT/6pX/6qb/6rf/6 +sT/7tf/5n2H5ayVBSgH5xX/+/Mm//I/fp6dYgTBEqTtBSyJQkIuapTdaa86E/dEfldWf/d3D+1kl +D+O/kAECFix5AOQJPIgwocKFDBs6fAgx4kMSAA7Ko9cpo8aNHDt6/AgypMiRJDNeOkhRosqVLFu6 +bAiAxMFLJWvavImTJCSLBV/6/AlUJUGDAp8wOYo0qdKlTJs6fQo1qtSjT3gSDYo1a9CUAi/m/Ao2 +rMiTArlqPYv2Z8yDBzy4fQs3rty5dOvavYs3r9tFVtP6/ctw6MFw4AobPow4seLFjBs7fgy5cLi+ +gCsDNstgmN7NnDt7znsAZUXLpEmvFUhTrOrVX3d27Vk6NlbBRafavo07t9T+qq+vyv7t0qxX1sSL +jxUNPDnW07BSG38OvZPrgbCVW4dIG5ZR3dy7e3/Km7rv6+QVCscYPT1xsrDMln/vkLlz9fTBTs8O +H3727d/7+9cdHn75lXdefQZ+xZ57Ay4Ii3wHPmjTfdUxeN1+/12IYVQBTkihcgVCCOJxZY3W4YDM +BfJZiiqueNcwlJWoXHbfhEFjjTbeiGOOOu7IY48+/kjjNy/CCJxZfLCIZJIrBoIckfA5GGKUHkk4 +npOlWZhhllpSNaSVpX0oZZgmNenldVCKGSaVZcqG5ZZu/rdhlWv+BSaaUSZI4pzAnWlniGrqaVmb +bw7aXZyAWlZnnxDieej+njIJNA89kk5KaaWWXopppppuymmnkvbRZaNnZZfNF6aeimqqqq7Kaquu +vgprrKZmE6qoWZklQCme7sprr752Og+ZtlrG3Dx3HItsssouy2yzzj4LbbTSHktMrcMClZ0WVWzL +bbfefgtuuOKOS2655m6rhbXX+oQrIdO+C2+88kob7IjrEvtoc4pG+ee9s1XHH6EC42aov1gluq+B +jBrsF58JG9gvwz4JOnDFGqorsUQIP6zewhlr5TDH6kX8MUsUW4wyUwWX3NLGIkPnMctAMXdAOzbf +jHPOOu/Mc88+/wx00DbPgbHMgVUHhxxKL810004/DXXUUk9NddVKw1H+tNHmkcgAFEJ/DXbYYgcd +mr1aq5XvfC+nR/LZDp2cctxc9ua2xiQOt3bHwta9Ush5G9c23wrBLXfKKwvOkMt/sxYz4hH5vThr +gTtOd22FX87E4ZQjpHjkYjW+OUxpew7d5JQTjvnAmofe3t3okV4c6KwrdKKStt+Ol4uVz747YZH9 +Dnzwwj822e68G4l78srDxaTZvDMEOez2Zc036qkTunronUuPk+zPCxQ99ziZ7rj117+Z/ebbi1+T +99+Hz35N5CNu/vlbpk/5+vGP5P7z8O8/kvkJrn72yxL+HKc/AIKkf7xjzjkGAMEISnCCFKygBS+I +wQxqcIMQbAX16pb+HXN0YYQkLKEJT4jCFKpwhSxsoQtHaI4Pug0zzuCgDW+Iwxxu8Bx7+95B/qdA +kAiwegArIMoOiLgEBrEjDJwdEJfYkSGCsIhGrBgSBadEKGqkiax7ohY1IkW3EbCKcJLh2bL4RS6G +rli/aqMb37gpUBlvdqSSlR3viMc8xopWc2QdrnQFx0AKso31ap0PF8IcREhhkYxspCMfCclISnKS +lKykJRdpAzNqLTvXOJcnPwnKUJrrGpo0Gq6occlUqnKVrLQkInp4SC9+UTqllNkYydifK/INjVpU +4+Zk+cUwnu2WuPSOLuvGSyj6knLA1KIwN0nFYqKvlixL5hKX6Tj+B2pgm9zspje/Cc5winOc5Cyn +ObfpwT6GLju6aIA73wnPeMpznvSspz3vic98ulMX1CwZDc8J0IAKdKDm5KHzDvnDfC2AHAxtqEMf +CtGISnSiFK2oRS/K0Bb082PZyUUsPgrSkIp0pCQtqUlPitKUqvSjudhoxoSzCozKdKY0relFFwBL +HzJnoTbtqU9/SlGNqnNzHV2pUY+K1KSqtKVDzd/dYgrUqEq1pzg9KEIbpNCpanWrFhWqeHxYVKWK +daxkPSlTv/o9mHJ1rWxtaFUNedWEHoSnba3rVL0qINaFtax87atSz5pX7T3VroSN6lsVhFDm+MEN +jG2sYx8L2cj+SnaylK2sZS/LWC+4VGLZiUIzPgva0Ip2tKQtrWlPi9rUqvazUdgsw4yE2djKdra0 +xawfcvq+rBZ2tzbFK4f0Wh2P+nW4xEUpYH8rWItAlbfMxehh83TVnTZ3ul11rcH2Wtzsave4clLf +YKkL3og+N65yFQhdw4tecvi2u6cLrnbfm13u+lCt6U3veMmL1bnWN73rBat74Qvgvso3rd/dL3jv +S17m8EIcDG6wgx8M4QhLeMIUrrCFL8zgT1jXX9lRwSQ+DOIQi3jEJC6xiU+M4hSr+MMq2PC9MLMC +DMt4xjSu8YV5gVv/6dbA1O3v97Ab4CAndcDPoy+Pp4vguEr+98jT9fHzgCzkKC/VxesyMpN5m+To +7vjKu3Uy76As5TCXlMjHKzCXC5vlxOaLADpos5vfDOc4y3nOdK6zne+M5zYbgMrXyo4QqADoQAt6 +0IQutKEPjehEK3rRgBYCn4eFKxrkedKUrrSl8UyAHDcwX6BYhac/DepQi3rUpC61qU+N6lR72giP +tlV2IhCKWMt61rSuta1vjetc63rXvI51BFotKlxZQNXELraxj51qUGjaiVs+s129TMf/innaYwZ2 +o6zs7LqmOZbNzjZboQ3cqwiX2uQOKZlnh21vr3XbOu22urcK7nVKu9zlPrcfzfxurrI7twe5hSf+ +DfCAC3z+4AQvuMEPjvCEK/zfxbD2obIDhldIfOIUr7jFL47xjGt84xzvuMTB4HBAYSYBCy+5yU+O +coXfYtlddHe+pRpvos6b3tS2d3K7styXb3XfOtavzrka8/aKm+b0trl3lftzfbN8jS5Pek+DXr6Z +Ez3MRncq0p0+VZ5v2udYjyrU6Sf1qUe56gjEd9epuvRf5svfKW+7299+8IY3NepXcQAg7o73vOt9 +73zvu9//DvjAC/7uDgi5nkYO98Qr3u0rt6qauX52n359gGEXe5DJnkSzR56mWmc25Ddf08kTceiW +FzPmsah50Ds37cxsuuorKvopkr70Uj79LlP/+op2vuX+B+k0sn8P/OCbmtVzB/tV1NCG5Ct/+cxv +vvOfD/3oS3/61E++Ggw/J2ELf/vcB76yHc/tg7D50uQvv/nrvOfiU/4qQui1+98P//jz2tHqv/1B +BCDp8+t//+TPNPjb/Xm5d1GxJ0aVR3vvZXvIhHsCKFG7x3QByIBBhX1rAmYHiIATWCbpFoET5YBq +B4EbGFEEOEwGaIHFlYAztIAg6Fasl035Ug9eAIMxKIMzSIM1aIM3iIM5qIM7CIOJgIFekh3rEABD +SIRFaIRHiIRJqIRLyIRN6IRDuA4/aCWYMQE8aIVXiIVZuIP1wIKIs2QqKIH1J3sHMW4lCGAneEYp +CIb+Hdh6HwiGDSWC0DR7ZghfaKg1GviGK/h//GZeeThRcWg0FUiHw2WHpqSGKsiGLeiGeQiItkSC +g8hXhSgzeOiHieiF+bIF9qCJm8iJneiJnwiKoSiKo0iKpaiJgiCFTpIdrpACreiKrwiLsSiLs0iL +tWiLt4iLregKqUgkZiEGpgiMwSiMw2iKW9CFgsMcX4ZcMsdedDdf0IVu0Bh+P7aMQudfzZh5h4RY +0/hk1eiM1IiNqKeN0qhTvUAC54iO6aiO68iO7eiO7wiP8SiP7zgK3gh2ozCP+aiP+8iP/XiO9RiO +t+ePA0mQBamPvUCO7wMAC8mQDemQDwmRESmRE0kokRVpkRYZkFN0kRvJkR3pkR/pkBmJgiBJkiVp +kh6JXympkivJkm4TEAA7 diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/nv12mt.gif.b64 b/Documentation/DocBook/media/nv12mt.gif.b64 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..083a7c85d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/nv12mt.gif.b64 @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +R0lGODlhFgFnAMZnAAAAAAYCAgAASAwFBQAAdEgAACQODkgASCoQEEgAdHQAADATEjUVFHQASDsX +F3QAdE0eHVMhIABISABInEhIAIM0Mok2NI84Nk9PT5o9O5xIAHRInFlZWaxEQbhJRgB0v75LSLhQ +TbRTUcBRTrBXVatcWsJWVKdfXW9vb6VhX0h0v8RcWZhpaJJubpBwb8ZiX8ZiYI5zc4t1dYd4eMhn +Zb90AIN8fH9/f8pracpta8ttasxzcM51dM52dM53dc94dkic39F+fNOEgpmZmdWJh9ePjdiTkt+c +SNuamd2gnt6lo3S//5y/nOCqqeKwr+S1tOa7uv+/dOjBwOrGxuzKye3KyuzMy5zf/7/fnO/S0fHX +1//fnPPd3fTe3vXj4vfo6Pnu7r////v09N////35+f//v///3/////////////////////////// +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////yH+ +FE5WMTJNVCBtZW1vcnkgbGF5b3V0ACwAAAAAFgFnAAAH/oBngoOEhYaHiImKi4yNjo+QkZKTlJWW +l5iZmpucnZ6foKGio6SlpqeoqaqrrK2ur7CxsrO0tba3uLm6u7y9vr/AwcLDxMXGmkM3ysvMzc7P +0NHS0CjT1tfY19XZ3N3Y297h4sxDlQDj6OLn6ezZ6+3w0u/x9M0A5r/3vvq9/Lz+kQDqEpiLIC6D +txAyUliLIS2HsyDKkniIIiyLrzC60tiKoyCPq0CqEpmKJCqQJk+lNLWyVEtSKPPJ3Ddz0stRN0Xl +DLUTVEyaQPvVlNTzU1FPRzsl5fRTaNB/QwNGHTi1IL6nu5Zu0qqpKVSsVME+4pqJLCazl9Ba8oqp +jAIA/gTCIOXkVsAVo52OAABgV6kmMxr2Cgbil9LLGh/OIJ6r6QgBLAfuMm48YYzPT1siF7a5qUyD +u1HibtaUWfLoS55NT+a0+DSklqXPxK5EJkuhm7NdV8pMYW9i3YJsT8q99Wqm2MQn/cihZRBuzasv +RenrdgnwM8uFQzpSOfrrTcihW5KyogiYM89VF9cUWq7i3+sRTVlB5Lyj6ngNd/58pn0mMUmY4ER6 ++R2nGWCEMbUIGQE2QUYj3Fnm3VibIPgeJ178kEFz4Imn4F8aEJbcWY18EcQLViziVoITOvLSFgXA +5R4iVvxg44045oijByAU0QMIQAYppJAwPHhIFILx/qUeieDFCIB1igjBg45U4nhBlVSaAEIQYiTi +2IzXLbTKF1mUaeaZaJr5RAc5aKeIFStw0RErVehARZp4mrlAnmlCscILU8yp3y5iILECBI7AKaeg +q3DxQ5cuMgLgCg5uZBwuTpiAhBgQKZqRK45CKqYiftZ30aW1WEFDEF58xIinn4L6aCMIabHDDhye +OqgtYgSRonOLwBqrrKImglAQUjyEalg0xjlRLKEuotayFIoliLC6whKtsVVFai222Wo7KyLT7kpU +VeCGK26xhJTLmblZGZKuuutW1C2tUc1Lb7233TuqU9c6m9At2wJrLb68JEEGP/rG4u4iBaPnr7S8 +/ohhgsRnNOxwLgU/LJVh9YR8Qwsl3HCOCyHIIDI986yMjgwkzKBMyy63g1LN8JzAgskoq4wzOzT/ +3E0MIIiQggM2CG0ztbW88MUZDAgc7y5aFlHBCDsk4ebA8NryxQsZd7DoV7oIQcQKBpyhRRM/jOCE +VV3X8kQRcKYtCBnsNsQLFHSLPQjecL+bi9lxApCFEjuM0ASzuXwNtdSMf5yLlkQEAcIOSmzN9S5O +A6Dxs3HPogUIOSBhRQATy1LEE/d8vq+3t5BhhH0YA6zLFELo47qlocNChhC/unowLRYzDLnevbvy +e/DC265LEqgPsntITCsPvCEef4fV9CVVz8ry/vYOjzwh3KvkvSrgh+985AGPDbrgvl9PbuoRNev+ +6wjHzzz29L8v7/G8g18r0sct8SkrEeXTyfkigaS9sIgRBCwge/bSlzBNAjAV/BACAXgIGAmmOxo8 +lybK8AC5TGdJh4igBAuhOUaUYQOWqQEIMVGb2jVGAh6iRA0N9iYOFmJE8RFhJ/CzIPn9qxDZoYR/ +NLEcBNClAUzIISWWw6FO+XAQQOzKAocjxUKoUBEImY+pIAEY+GhCCh0wT2OAkEVJkMc8EtGYB/cC +pRBKjjVmTKER85fCBhlpEQ2c4SYGEKC3XWILCQhDGyUBIBNE4BG7O0IGtZg8SkRIEV+k2CJM/oSi +R0gShWs5Q4aYY4kaiKiLlvDCBUjZCNcRMYh3zMSXFuEDHGAJS1e65Y20xKVGvPJNurTSjUbQox8N +6ZhAosEf3ZIkADxQXsHU0QWI6SNkIrNIKlJAHSkpwEvIUEKK6AKfxrmncZbJT4BSxBZUIIgTlsic +ZyrnE1bQJkws8gxkgieaIEDPFkaiBlCapR21dxwn7UWQTErEpCqlCMBQEJRrKdQKnkAaVFKiUB2g +aEEPCk5YEpRshygV7VwRAU3lbRaZQsIA+qc+kBLCVriKhaos0CpcqIpVNpxaNwNXCGTJoldWyJ5C +fcVDl35Up0blKVJjyT6lNvUgW/TfUp+6jzkhJhWqBqxfJQ+4Pqd6FXZXrepUv8rHsWK1q2e1qlnF +SlVbsKWt4wurW6O6saxKFa5gZCn+5mrXiijNZn8FWmDTEbTBuqMSHDDsODCgWHEwtrHeeCxkucGB +Y1j2spjNrGY3y9nOevazoA2taEdL2tKa9rSoTa1qV8va1rr2tbCNrWxnS9va2va2uM3tLQIBADs= diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/nv12mt_example.gif.b64 b/Documentation/DocBook/media/nv12mt_example.gif.b64 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a512078c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/nv12mt_example.gif.b64 @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +R0lGODlhoAHkAOe1AAAAAAAASAAAdEgAAEgASEgAdBgYGHQAABoaGnQASHQAdC0eHigoKEIlJEYm +JS4uLlssKzY2NgBISFIyMQBInEBAQEhBQUhIAFBBQVhCQkhISF5DQ2NDQmdDQ3NEQ05OToNGRHhJ +SJxIAItHRY9HRXRInJdIRlpaWppLSaJJRqpJR7BIRa5KR2NfX7JKR2BgYGxdXWleXmZfX31ZWXJc +XHpaWQB0v29dXLZKSHhbWolXVpVUU5JVU55SUJhUUqdQTrpLSK9OTKRRT6FSULRNS7hMSrVNSr5L +SL9MSr1OS7xQTsBRTrtTUL5WU7lYVsJWVEh0v7deW4pqab5dW8RcWbdgXrZjYcZgXnd3d8ZiX8Zi +YL9lY7RoZshnZb90ALJubLFwb8prabBzccpta79wbsttaqx6ecxzcKt8e4aGhr93dc10cs51dM52 +dImJib97ec53dc94dqiEhKeHhkic39F+fKeKiaWPj9OEgqSSkb6PjtWJh5qamqGamqCcnNePjZ+f +n9iTkr6amtiUktmVk9+cSL6enduamb+jo92gnr+pqd6lo7Ozs7+wsHS//7W1tZy/nOCqqbm5ub+4 +uOKwr+S1tL+/v9+/dOa7uv+/dOjBwOrGxuzKye3KyuzMy5zf/7/fnO/S0d/fnPHX1+Dg4P/fnPPd +3fTe3vXj4vfo6L//v+/v7/nu7r///9//v/v09N//39////35+f//v///3/////////////////// +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////yH+EUNyZWF0ZWQgd2l0aCBH +SU1QACwAAAAAoAHkAAAI/gBrCRxIsKDBgwgTKlzIsKHDhxAjSpxIsaLFixgzatzIsaPHjyBDihxJ +sqTJkyhTqlzJsqXLlzBjypxJs6bNmzhz6tzJs6fPn0CDCh1KtKjRo0iTKl3KtKnTp1CjSp1KtapV +h6QkWdrKtavXr2DDih0rlpFWsmjTqkVrdq3bt27bwp1L16vcunjn3s3LNy2jVRU/MKhAuLDhw4gT +K17MeDGCwY0jS54c+THly5gvW87MufPhzZ5DcwYturRkBGkqvgAEdPVP169Z+4Q9W3ZP2hJx89St +k3dv27uBB4+tWvhO3ziRJzeeU/lN5zWhK5ROk7pM69eZL2+t/Xl3hthj/oZ/OZ789+jn0ROnWN5l +e5bv4aefGX9l/ZTx7+Ofn537+tr/5cZffwAGeNyA4iFoXnH+FejgcAb+xmCEzSm44IMQ3mbhQPqh +1KFJH4K4oXwNajghhhJSuJ2K3p1oIoopvgjjihOFWJKNI+GY44j28dgji+D5qJKOIRFZpJAeIpkk +kAvZOMsBAAjQykdOHhDAJ1QqSVAhAABwpUcf0iJCl2TS0ZGNmZDpSJYcpekllmfyaKMXNtRCZ0av +jEJQiIUIAAoBcMbJUSEUxHJkQa+wglEpgGKUJ4da1vLkmn1OiZEsoUC6USkDrJmJlIKyF+ksCWD5 +qaUWydJFHagIhCOj/oFyFCKpsYIp3CZPRCKLRXdeumqrs5Zay6kaxTGGniESS2uoNUYKay3PZhQJ +FYnI8mqjtm5KwAVd1pltQangkYUnFEUrLbUtRGqnAKocsOZGmlDxRwyRZvLlpMwKqC2W5mLEyh5U +zKAutNjme5G9WOJr8ECerJqKRIQautG/RsjRkRcAFNrRK4kUYQZHGHt5wbsb5edso/1mFEoQVrS6 +L5saEWunt7J+N221DyncUQ5OsJrRk2Z6AWpHN1RxbEc6a2TyRsvKjJAncUQt9dRUT/3DEUgcofXW +XHc9CEMpK30ylmKaaRAebFSt9to/VLG21F0cQYUmDkXMENRvs13F/hFLXNH131wvgpCy7t6dt9pt +L3HEH20ADrgWuyrktNguXlT2zAulEsrmnHfueec6KNEFuQt5QoUpYBdc80aXh11LJ2Vw8vnss+dg +B+2cH3IEHg8zBHRDmuNOew5mPDE6RggTXOtBwQvveQ5oUDFGpnefvtCTNJcsp7qcRomqRq8Q4nFD +pqMuOZlvLmxR9wCQbJApcbzSbEKoGEt9Q5V+9IoPSlCyEZddch/4dsCESjikfAl5UrdgNj+eUOIJ +h5BBehB4oZTAT34R8c0rDvEEA8bkgTvog09AKELyWa8lS9NJw3wGHQpW0ILxy6BxHngIDL5khagw +EkdwSB0XkkhU/jpBxRhIVwvn+NA9A4PIBSGiG0z4LCZCJJ0OwVcHKU7whEis3IEScsQstmSJDpmi ++ipUOix6sYEz6uIZWQLGIDFJPVw04xplWCKCqHGOK2njdJJ4KBbd8UdAjNAfUchHiegRIWJcnYoG +OaTt1bEWjPwhTA5pkERq75ECieR+tBgjSMqRPoWcCCX3FMpvoUiTmwykg1AJSJmM0lWlHCONMvnJ +BHHyJtWCDStb6coYHsSSlPsJD/xgx1raUpU6ecUTisiaXfKylzYk5Rtn8ooi2MaZS0JmTjaBB2Zi +s5E3McUaeifNGd1kE0OQzTdPEp8TYKEv8ByLGvRgCQ1IoQmK/oinPr+igXfuE56IOMIU3iCISWyl +n/9M6EH9qdB9qiEE7zQEPhsKTw3woSIagIxpNqoYFmCgAg5YQQY4StLEGECjJTUNDo5AAhMAIQUg +aABKU1rSk9L0pixYAAM44IKR3pSjBkiNNm+SiixA0gh3mCZL8AAw1I0iEj9Igv9ktJOivmAOxoQj +GnNSiT+YjgaykUU0W4QTTHj1hC/ww1jJ2JOu1oAJ5quFWNm6VZww9XQvsMMizrCESGwRJ0X1JOqA +mRHCXoSpSK1FKPbaV7rqaydPOMIe6nCEKCzifp20SRYeVj7DXsSzFYlsD6xwhDNc9q91tckojjCG +Q3giXUpl/skfPPjVWCpyJ6sdww7mELkMPRYnsgiEomAZ25Vwk2GJNedMgqso0N6yIc51iCzwQERm +FlclyiTIW+OKWuBSl7jKbZJtKTLd6lo3vDDBmauwyl3H2qS8mkJvQqK7EPgWhL6/1dA6s3kT+4KX +qnSsiX/LCeAt7ldE3jUvfgOc2pcMmMC+hdCBSbJghDz4vAV+SIUJcuH4ZpiuExbJhgvS4RFD15Ey +6bCHI9zdEIPExAJRMYzF+9yUqHjF3Y2wi00ZkxvPeI81PsmNcZzZHAvWJiYe8o/ni+KYlekhQyay +QBIlETd9CXzIGpiYrkyRR1WSOc5kX8YkdkmMPInLChxa/n2/C2SEYPZ6VgrUmZcX5Db/TAFTSh5D +oizlWuBKVzkrgaG8oLGMqKoONxhYISSgOokc2mV93qXrgmmRPv0pUHfqlUL4rBz7McTS2AI1nYeq +YT4mzcJsPnFCwjWuKqtZWkYQQ2/NnABINHoiN+utclg56cJqKVpNe7VB+Izhg2yCCnsYrkL61ev8 +MpgjzZZrqlWtkBWSkyFiyp5GYsAFKmxCI4WgQ7Qd8i9v//cgqBSzAH2tkWg9q9fELvZBZJGIXM3a +IMy+dZ2Z/BFNo9q8bmRIrhfipkLXLBS/ukgpCtCKcT8E4axqYVYRUgguU1rh2Hq3vqUNcH4zJBV1 +aDVC/vI96gaHMYl2UwgcwnA4xLmt5XGI29zwZ/GnwVxqbYsa1hwHOMEZxAtmmjTebj41vhGB53/z +uUNOjZEPuRtlG1850eOQ85tHtg5rVR5BHH7yfUMkfws5hfOGd7uxh0J3vGsI0w3SPLPbLhQPPB5F +FIg+s4HL7J+Lew1MXbjbYhxOwf4eQcSO98293eyYoEIWvn0QkpfZ5BQhNJl5jJD6TW8hpYCCQPRc +sj4Q4glTzQjXGRI+0MubV+8C++P/LpDL+fuz6eEYFQA9ctWNPuCQl4iYxyzLWmywgw0RU5dqnpHQ +1RDaG48IDTEYIvYZfPUUcdPw+TUA70HfIIlPdkKk/v8m7hM/9zRm0fJh0jAh5AEnOISwkYs8kFGc +4Qx6Oib4tVoQJ0LaJVFcchS/fN0XFqQOdANKXkcgHzZL6+de7Nd1/UdImISACUhW81cd43VxLOaA +FgiBznaAGFiBBqiBSNZkBfiBDdiBDyiCpHaBJihfBBiC9PdsHLiBHtiCMSiBAyh/LwiDKJiCNxh+ +KmiDO0iDCyhJGViCMkiEQNiDMJFCSOh/MyiAQfhMTDSBFGiER/iDVdiECOFOFPVPCLWF8dSFXlhR +DBWGeQGGZFiGY3iGdGFRGDVTP7VRNvWGJBWHcghUbliHnkGHeFgaeriHeShUEeiELFiEJJiDVxiF +/iOIg4YoiIPIiC6IhT4IiUkohey2hOoniUxIhStohZuIiE8ITp+YSpbIgCdYiIpoijrIiZFYaomY +ipiIR5q4igo4ikKoipPYioRIbbQIhbF4i6HIX0O4iJ3Yi5kojLKoi404jMboi7sIioGojKcYjbko +jYfIir/ITpTYdNloEUvmccn4S9vIjeFYitToiK9Iis94jK5IjLC4jMWIjLb4juUIjfOojjxoEXM2 +ENJnd9r4M3Gmj9M3hRORj5unJtc3kP9YkOlTiQfzZJICJcImjhmxjwJBkAwZjF/nJ9gyC3g2LN+X +jhSnkYAnaHbyfDUYkpdWkYWjerCHEaImEJzi/ikRCZIHwZF59iWZpm0SeRE26ZGf8JICOYusVxBr +R5O1tzyTc5IJAWzCkpRKeZSbByrL0o9M4y6BF5Rz13e3d4+PWC63tpXeOJQDkW1YGRHmIjTtsm5P +2XjYkjxF2ZUVASsaV3Jw6ZVwApZhWZdmeWuvBxFedm7rUzAFN3k7uSiqgzEmWZhTpmwQcZbDNzJd +Fn+nxyt1MpcVgSl9Fnk0g5eIBIKBWSspNxGPBphxeWsVR5fWaJiAdwBBM5N19Wf3ljrL85b1lXB8 +ojGWWRHGkmX/Y3CcCY5riW+qw5IUkWtOd2u0mZpDSThqmVqs1nFLeWtOCRE3A1sZAXZXaRHx/jIv +WsKSv8l/5NiYBSN5GlFuAtNuGad5PnmRn7l5X/Kdl5hJDuMQKYM9/rIHFZMR5Nl6IhA0OjkRHDM+ +GLGfAwGf8SmU0Yc+V7J7iSkRK9MyDUkmVyJ8C0mVFuF9WAJA7XOQAzFw26egn0B3/0kRPPNE5VJ9 +ZFIo3eOaE1E0RxOXKNolFHAJIMqenqgSQzd1V5M1SMc1X4OOJoE2U0c1Vfc2MheAG5GjN9c2fOM3 +Pbo1SocRStpyibM4jfOkRwA5vIigJ9F2hRc6cldtE0dh2Qg7slN4nXN4uIN215YRXup2xROmKPGm +zgM90vNmTzOmfWSUKxE+AlpG7eWMJ/FK/lxJEJaHp33KP6G3E69AQB5UPYGKjcGJEjQkQZDKjChB +qHk5ZRz0qC9BQiP0BCF0QHoqYp5pE+kncZEqqJnqS8opEONHfr/SjXY0q/OxY8FJq7Wwf6RZTKvK +qq2adXlpfzLBq7rqe1XUqwWBq7k6jqXIrC35Ra6Ke/Eoj0eGqXq5jtdKjyWhqQdaj+oIrc3agOIa +rS7hrcoKrtjqq+b4qkZWruZ6rtPamdcoqehWqvbKp7UIr/Eqr8KamdpKgvwannZGVQOrmC+hqcf6 +rTB4sPq6sATmsJPqEYQKsem6gRKLkdSqE7mkTvhai5M0rwA7jTYxTOyqrgxLTcvkGhk7/rEfMUoW +O5k4UU3X9LHA+hBaqIZ0IQhkUE9YIFH5pLNwYYZCKxaKsAWNwE9pWLRrQbRMqxaCgAL+BLRPmxZs +SBEZ5YehQQIeUAEGMAE9pbV5eIdiqxgbcAQqMAIdYAGE0Ydlexlu+7aTQQIQMBg85VNyKxlB5bIl +sVm1sF3NOBKR9Qd4sARnkAg54KwaWxNZAAOA0LLjWlVG5QnJ9Y0qcVdOBVVSFbhdmgVXZbNAmq0x +0VW1FWP/yq0uYVYUlFanW4034VZwNRBzhYqFahOYm1eM5Vfs2LlHFrMWi1hJtVh8pbsoO7IxEVmT +VVmnVa0o4bedpbiiKxOiRVqmhaiu/guPqsVarmWdlqsSs0VLYFWvI5FbuxWbtFuw7yVcxtuuM3Fc +mVS5zGtj6uu7p7pc00a/ybRMAwG43asS9oW/BMsSDwbAOaFeRcRe/YsS/kXAiyvA03axJIsekBvA +DlxdDBy9NvbAEHy9LTLBDVzB9wW9N/rBCqzBG8y+K+LBI2y/AHfBK+xgJnzCqHuEKsylMFFiIuyu +OgzCm+qOL1TDG3vDMezCO+y/Mby+M+yIQIy+MAydMlu8MjwSnJbDNoyAS0yvKXbETxywQYyQFrdl +qElsyEFlS5eQYtagD/EoHWKRtQBAH5kQfxmfrJSPFOqQ/ZqgXWI2FLlnWvzE1nsQ/ntsZahZxF0c +EUApEIuWfBxXxbD5aSIJk4oMEYeWaC75yIiMxnuWcAeqSYdcoJFcxRDRkwgjym8cY338xJ52PR05 +yiRJoAj7wnY5EKRiayUXb0/8nA3xdINMnbFmvrq3kcJiER76xOnGlyNKwmXsPrQpxt9xbNqndn0X +lYJHwcApegUTbpNmy1sMSfO5bBkXo80pEdxmbkPJKNwCAMfMEOXGeEZUqiljoFGcy7aXfPEGHfRm +b7I5liKQzrAMynt5lwznOtq8zQIxzMK5PKfpaxB3f78MJ24ZzROx0Kqaz1uCyRjsEK/Xl7J7yusL +ciKXEL0ymGVZuxMRLUCndQYh/nVDWqSHc6RQSZQQbUc6+nI7h6VHEKWQ7NBDo2lTenNGZ9M3jXmq +k5z9PBGh2caYrNJL+nIwd3XCetRtXMqETNIN/ZDoAwD8KBCEh6ahoKbOw6YvTRBFSae483Zx58QU +/SyXIxBk7Tx692vDadEXvRAsSZwFsdV459XCk3iLF5LTTNTYO9UP8c6fLNiH6s1w4gWpx6JM5Hmm +15610DqFjRCl5z/HKWes6XcV4cqubKMGIXu093O+qZ6c98qCzRAY6sm77M+/56kGgaHOR5gVYXyt +S3A1yj7hzBCxqh+pbdembZYxmjGiENxy7c+1kH2MWRAMCgtjUqF3fNooHKsu/lF+53cT6YfE9piL +7gd/SVzNM0KsMJF/VFwQvJqyHBywAHjeTLy7IMveW3q+KFzI8N3d2R3fXBzBPezDoXuO7a3f/R3Y +/v3eUCzg963e+T3f9W3fBq7gDI7FnJuvCfzfA36zxo3f9L2uAU7gC+7dEa7hG47hGS6KyJzgJF7i +1mrhJm7eH37iK96OCA7iAP7iLN7gKe7iBX7gEy7i8evhNA7j8p3jwLjjFC7jNr4QOVu1buG0SD4W +Sr7kYtHkTq60Ua4WUD7lXHG1E5G1eZsZcbvljNHlXr4YYB7miDHmZH4YZn7mbQuII+7jKF7jEn7j +F67iPT7jc77f7j3kPy7n/nAe5y1e5H8ez24e6H5e53Y+6DjO54hu6Hge4kFe1EAO4UKu4/zN4xw+ +6Y+e55Su6Zle4YSu54p+6Ive5zFL0Ize6JEu6e5d6kTs6KrO6a/u6adu6X0O6m8u6nR+54U+67b+ +6Zsu67pO66M+7MQO6Il+68bO679O5Ki+58je7KGe7MHe6w5+E3F8rF62ZHGM3dglmab+Etk+3s5+ +7A2xx5EtAlK9aZrcIRR5xrINZbY6kXbsxqstu5rM7R+ax3Wcx6K57koSyAaZKvGOPA4pyCO93hFB +ynCSyPWOEMaJJAoPzwVNBSbLk6v8JVAdEcOsHwq/dZN9EA9vZhcfoivJ/tgOMS0Vj48jH5PDYvLA +Dp4agS+z/PEJYZ7qMikSLxCs0ANMwHj+6AhTaRHrLOhw5j4aDRE2zxGTkp0XsfM9X5WOoCzB/Nwv +n8/YTPMK8aAM/ZnqpjR2cO9cvy0LZBESzT0FA89a/zJoGdPc+PUm+pkPndvQfekXcScL13D61tNU +WtNYitM/p20JbRB6/zY516RA7fcCcSdxzzBDKjU/bdOI//cVLduDnzdX0zeHrxCahpjvnkkr7TaG +D/kI0SshEwCQaaFtrhB2c9Ku09bCA6Zo/RBQvXauXzt2cNYXYTcyo2m1Tztv3ZtkRvtcvTmwf50a +8ztCM81szdW2g/uV/maSgD3u1V5pUgkldeco4vMx1xmR0b8QMvAFj039lqLW/VkRlf3tjvw9GQ+g +2Q9uQ8OcGvH94V8Rdj2dqY/vo5+YBlqpSkKgio3IACGgVS2CBQ0eRFiQUhEwrxI+hOiFQqyCtETQ +qVWKwCeIHWtRenLIYa0XgDyeJCiRYsFZBzCi9AjykAyTMDuqLJgpAEeNHG1CXNjw50OcB1vaGAqx +ZNKCS5kaLDUAwFQAEwn2fErQU5c6qEjWzJpRKlUKosZaDbu1zg2wWaNSrRrrLQBHTNV6bdr26dyp +EwsJDFvr7tfAYuH6pVo3sFq2hflWdXVgKtLCBJ0yvVxZs0FUYzzl/t0cmrNnwqIrd/58MLPpwKhB +sw7tejVszbNt2qZdGHfurLt5P/X9e2hw4T+JF0d5/KFy5B6ZN1+uF3rS59NVS7d+G3v2k9UNeude +Orz28cO3l08Inrt66+zZtz+P/rp8mO+h278fn75l/R3xN/+vuAAF7I++AYU7kDf3CjSQQfQSVNDB +8iDMjULYFtyvOwnHs/DCDcPrkLUQRcMwQ/8+XA/FFE1USsXsRgytRBbTc3E6GGOsMb8Zo9sRIRl7 +fA1I/oT8LkcAjTySyCGBQxK5G2trkkAlxSPyycp+FNJK3aJEkMsIp6QSSCzF9LLCMs2cUsst03RR +zcDc7O1M2uBksRJMOjFz8QQsLOGzTz//BDRQQQcldFAN9iw0UUUXTfRQRh+F9FFHI6W00j8ntTRT +SjHVtFNFNeAjKzciqKBUU09FNVVVV2W1VVYfINVVWWelVVZYa8U1V1xv1bVXX1Hl9Vdhew12WGNn +feARMJdltllnn4U2WmmnpbZaa6/FNlttt+W2W2+/BTdcccclt1xzz0U3XXXXZbddd9+FN15556W3 +XnvvxTdfffflt19//+03IAA7 diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/pipeline.png.b64 b/Documentation/DocBook/media/pipeline.png.b64 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97d9ac007 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/pipeline.png.b64 @@ -0,0 +1,213 @@ +iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAlgAAAEcCAMAAAAsmToJAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAwBQTFRFAAEA +EAEBAwUBCgMBCAUKAgkMHQIDCwYXFQYDBgkVDwgFCAsHChASJwkDFA4NEg4TDhANHgwHDg8aExAG +DBEjBBUZERMQCBNRDxU0ExcZFRgVFRcgCRkzHBcUDRdCNRELIxYTAx4mLBUMEBwcEhsiDxwhExsu +Dh8XJRkQByAtDCMUHx4bACk0DSsiGScsFCRcJSUiGSZCDiwqGCg1LyQbIycpVhsPDy0wNyQVECxA +PSIfCS84ADJCEStWRiIULSwpADdHCDkgEy1/BjorEjhADDhXCzZvITNPUysQDzs8MjIvCj04BT1O +PDEoQjEhMDU3LzY9KTdFTTMYNzk2GD6PAEpfEUVjBExFCEpPB1ArK0FjKEVZYTscdDYXG0d5SkA5 +FEiJQUNAOURPAFhCA1RpP0ZJVEMvYUAyBFtRWkYnDlR+QEleAF1jkTojHlV1AGB4PlN5YU87cUws +SVRXAGaBWVJKUlRRRVZlAG1PWFNSBGt5AmqVAG+NAHNpK17BWl9ifFs9KWmnSGZ0YGFfp1IuCnWj +AHuKbWBXoVNAdGBPDniWAHujTWmLk14rAH+ch19XX2aRX2t8AIeLiWgvAIeeAIaqa21rOnehdW1m +AImspWJYj2tLW3C0AIyvWXaNAo6xb3Z5dXZzent4WIKiQojAen+CkX1pcoSWcYDOoH9fp4E+Y4ur +hoWCXIvGb4mut3xpqYNYnYdUO5rDyXxdjY6LYJqk0IRGb5azXZnMjJGUgJWqpJB8l5aUyJN4kKK1 +rZ6IYqzge6Xho6GdnaWpgqy6yZ9zvaR0hqzMk6rN5Jxxw6mF26lbq7C2pLTGwrCbs7Owvb+8zcGc +8rp42L2xsMbY3L+jtMfsz8W2nM/yx8jH0MfA7MWU78h/3crIyNTo4NLD6dK1z9bc1dbT3NXOv9vr +/OKSwur8++Gw4uTh0ef78uPU+OPL3Ojz++bGyfH36evo/+3b6vT88vPw/feu1/v+//bb//nK/PnW +5f/+//ro+fv49/7///37//71//3//v/8sZeTnQAAAAFiS0dEAIgFHUgAAAAJcEhZcwAAFY4AABWO +AUTUBDsAAAAHdElNRQfaCRQPAiJBEFMLAAAgAElEQVR42u2dD3wU5bX300nWws50shA4lyTGikRE +Qy0aUChKvJZqTQGBFNurVo0FWq2VqhAq0hc0t1rAxtLLpu61cUl6gWtNe3vb7Z9IKm+Xqn2tkFih +GmwFA9Xwpw1s/UOyCc97zvPM7L/sbjabXTLZPL/PhzA7O7M7s893zjnPmec5k8WkpNKgLPkTSEmw +pCRYVlSjp5n/3+3xGGsONHt2vx1t04PNTbtP8aUujxAuHvN6XjHe721pbmqLsp/H021+crP5wce8 +Ta8Evi+wKMHKHKkwjf/vA+D/77SrAKDeeTRiO3/vcnzDoTzXgy/+CEKMbVdw5dh9tMGubAfuuMjf +E7HnfgAf/X9yJn6Aupqv206fNfYdXHr/Aloc944EK7PBWg9QurVxlQ3s70Vs+FmAdQ0LAP6By1cA +KCT2AsBqXKme7mEfajBr25MaTIjkSjPA0mHsVnz/G8jgzyBna4MGH/UzdgHYt9ZrMNovwcpksN4E +eJpeHbLB5PDtelT4L/wP4Fr+95NirQa34d85cB1jX3eAsGVhiPRuR644WPjOafxgHXw9uD8axL/k +3+gj3P4vLgJ0SrAyGaxzoFCsfpObJh8aJVMtzUSMA3JZTw/Ab8RKYcD+Rvu2ehsJJIBu9llFwdW3 +0l8N1B0CrDlgpz1K4OfIkRqgT4cOjNkkWBkLFiM4ejT4nXjVrcH/wb9G4BUUwOcZ+xCgtkh74Ci9 +9Iu1Jig/BjhDhmzCGUTzccaKNx9lAqwSUAVY17Kvw7U7S2wLn6fXRXCzn90P2dIVZhxYIlxSiCE0 +W+8F1l+GYDU0hG99P9/gVxiEKxiGvYPMoCMjT2a8fxyRQkQw9HpJg3EBGAmsr4PDz8Eaxz4F+UBf ++DjtMZ0WJ/9ZBu8ZDlZwfX7fjTG0x9ibPTF93D52UEdELgD9LXYw19zteA7onMwLAHuI74SB9QGG +b372DKAvLQF4xN/7FPlR/17gjD3H/BKszHWFYRbr6siEA7sL4Jbga4zG2Yd2sCuqaoC1H63YS3wJ +nSW3RyFgsQ0coQLsNn4KdD/3gtcauG0HOCItVgYH78EYq4fHWOFaDLA6tMNHe3St0m0L3+Ixln+/ +BqP3ib0xGue2LRQstmu+vXjz13mMZYRbubhoFw7yXyRYmdwrHMN7hR/fgVGSdrovVzvEUpuXYPhn +wG9+wJcOaTDZ3GcOpU/fiACLmb3CP5o0ncemCcamQY4EK+PzWD3zYayNYvcwYUj0UiCldTf+9yXQ +2RNlKl+6Aw2YLRCtU/D+uBZgxQDr9iIkrauIeo067OOu8Cfs38Fxgi9+XoKVyWCx+wBKG5t1tDfU +9ME81hlybtki3U59w9XNuOVL/r+IJbu/58yXwOgGdPd0aXAuwXU384eAdT7YtzXqPPO+HuybPRdA +9hnW5YDR2zz41ntnJFiZDBbbbnfQvUI7OBaF5bF+ZdwehALCj+4n2n9qLDkK/8zxMdSNjlA/3UP4 +vRFqsf4+xhG4V8h3G0sB+/4ptJjzB5luyDDV1otUVXd9vbGmpXFr09td96mXha5kT9Yb4psfbKxv +EgMdDjZuE2MTzPfru/9eX/8HsabWeMcY3eBtaHrL+LiDjVt3B75v224/k2CNFL3+D/kbSLCkJFhS +EiwpKQmWlARLSoIlJSXBkpJgSUmwpKQkWFISLCkJlpSUBEtKgiUlwZKSkmBJSbCkJFhSUhIsKQmW +leRP28f50/H5EizLSlHEDC9jCuGxJ6crtoU7TkVjxJxkuGu+XVvNp9t0bS9SFu4Ra1+/PTt/c+R+ +uFLbfMJYtNvMbRk7nq34JFiZrPB5hYdsoKqqA9Sjfbm61ZhkOAdwG1D3IVd2WhJFGp4CB+6Xw8Iq +kD6j0QbZR3D3F/he8CPjHT1s3r0EK8PB6rHBLARmby7kRm538i4QYP2Jag4dmwkOKkU69gjbqcEb +rOddgD1sL8DDofu8D/C4/9gCyPHTrNVZp3oXixpZjCCVYI0gsHy8Tihjf1Rt+Le7pSWw2U4bjBZg +faUEkRJ1QETZte8ShefDT3CxtukV1tXSQm6yBXf+d7Nc0T9o2/d4SUjCyf8iTJZgjTCwng2+FVKG +janqMn9o3UgDLOKmy1g83NrKQ6zzwc493+/YFFFKpoAqIuk03/5dmoCP1g/00xKsjAerpIWLYzMK +oDTw9ACfqgY2w7A8rCDpHEETzZb+kPgCeIpqAz7HOD0PI2yXMfYpUcS2gGosLwf7bq8G1zNuwn7D +JFgZD1ZAFBWdTxVBcjZHezJFKFhPAfyQwLqDu0LOGCysmi8qHS0G+Dg6wR4qJHKCVy4ajWtn0lec +SzvfDzczCVbmg1VQxWVgs2E6oaY/HgcsP3FVKvB6pGUDCLCu53aMB+eE0E9E3y9ntxet4Gh6a/QD +q3Qi62UYyyRYIyzdwPt/O2/Xg+X4+oJF1bNhEV/k1YgWCVdIXvGfIupCS6Xz9/8+xQGQOwddoXh8 +ABqv/8JNf9/a2goQ0jWQYGU2WH7W0cbJ6dL6lLYNsVi3AnzNWHfwyXV7WDCOZyI4p7ptRvW/XdVb +T8/B4P1TZtnRccFCWqoEa6RYrCvUfHPt5JhgfTeQ5uxobz1DVd7HElH0rIq/cb5wAx3yCLTDbf4z +It1gxPElMAE7mCQqFS/BGilgIRiXdeDyTkoWsO7W1ihgvYkheCuJPz7nBDumUTbrV5D3NvOdT2VI +j2O8hRudxz/8YT97EXL9fnSFz/nZq4FnpbA+z7yQYGVyjLXcAXb+MIFFEXmsIFi5gU6kv0tFs6OK +eGsBf1iF9g9yhLnMz0vh+u/npd3VN/j7/EEBpWcCYMngPaOlqCWhSatd84tUteDGHZF5LAKLv+xR +TeGLQ/N1dcZm8faGEjV/4VF0hCoHaaaqnOIrtYXivuP2MlBnBOvEq6oESyq+QobC9ER7vydyq5Eq +CZaUBEtKgiUlwZJKnyqmlXRLsKRSrhJlBI5KlmClX+USLKl0qFKCJZUO1UqwpNKhZkVtl2BJpVzt +qtIswZJKvRSlUoIllQ6wFAmWVOqlKkq3BEsq5apWyzokWFIpV4eiVEiwpNISZHVLsKRSrlpFaZBg +SaVeoCidEiyplKthZGYcJFhpV4FSPgIHZUmw0q8KtFkdEiypVKsbwVIafBIsqVSrhNCq7ZBgSaU8 +gie2ytq6JVhSqVWVSlZLbeiUYEmlVp4ChexWebsESyq16qzgZmtahwRLKg1mSylvlGBJpVotQLGW +T4IllXKrpYyAjKkEaygEmU+WBGtINE3J9AmHEqwhIwskWFKpV4mi1EuwpFIvJbMHAEqwhkrNme0M ++4Dl6+w4++rs7EnT+Q3R6SRysxm7hu3D5HQGC1Z3x7Kc8RNnX2XIds1VadXU8ebS7Ik2W+pHlfja +Z+RMnBg4CVt6z+YqW+CHmzrRNr6x39PpUJQBPQjF10anY37HNek+nYkXm42Dp6N5O5MHy9eQs8Lt +CqpufOirNGjtNaGv3POyWlOJVWeVbW3YCUysS+/pTHWGnc5VOYf7OcKCgSSzOm8cXxN6Au7x6T0b +15IVoSy4LtYOJwlWs80Z/slnGSxaYUuZ1equ7XP0Zxcs1NJ+TqdNUaoSPZ2qyKM/u2DxCz/flwRY +3fkrIz/57IPlqrumKjVcdUReJUMBlqtuam3co0y4sENn39M562DRV3oHDFZ7Tl+IhgAsl6smPxWD +LFuiQXT2wXK5NtrinU5VGbQlcjreiX0/eQjAQhtcNUCwWi+OwtCQgOVy2gbPlWdetK8bCrBc7nh3 +broVpTyB09m6xGURsFxrywcE1oGov/nQgOVyOgadIVrisgxYSFb3IH1h41KXZcBybawcAFi+0VEJ +GiKwXM6iwXHVNs9lIbCQrNiHWpFA9r09+q80RGC5VtYmDlZBdICGCizX2nWDSjPE+sWHCCyXszrm +sbYqiqe/89FclgLLNa8lUbDqV7qsBZZr9mACeJvbYmC55nbEuWFY0s/pFNVYDCy3LUGwfBe7rAaW +syR5rg6sdFkNLFdsZ+io6KesQ3uM5h06sFw1tYmB9aDTcmC5ViQ9Rao7x2U9sNYeiHW40/ob76e7 +LAeW62JfQmDFMlhDCZZzWrJgHV5pQbBim6zGfu7qdC+1IFg1iUwyyvKstCBYrquSBSvfZUWwlsS6 +xtv7id5vrLEgWHUTEwGr3G1FsNY2JTmgYbwlwaqrjToEprMdu4UFFQWxx89oLguC5Zp3IAGwprqs +CFZNeXJgdaywJFiurOiDkwOKZdGWWBKstZ4EwFpiSbBcSSZJm93WBCvaLcP2ELBi5bnWWhIs94PD +F6z85MCqqrMmWBdGM0mOAFexplU0bLQmWAn4k6yl1gRrYnJgLbMoWHN90buEhmL1DGstCtalIw6s +iuEEFus3xFpnUbAulGBZGqwyg6uY4zkkWBKsZMDqNMDySLAkWKkEixcHiTdxVYIlwUoKrGYBVrcE +S4KVUrBE+B77xqgES4KVHFj00ArFK8GSYKUYLF/cEEuCJcFKEiwevndLsCRYqQbLqyhx5r1IsCRY +SYKF4XurBEuClXqwKuONTZZgSbCSBYvFe/yqBEuClTRYtRIsCVY6wGISLAmWBEuCJcGSYEmwMhGs +JRIslFM3phzrOsQ54keHCViz9VFiI11fGe901kiLlW6wwOBJh/zYW10EwwUs0A2wIA5Yn4AVEixL +gAUZBRa+KcE662A5UeZ7xrITN3I6hydYEafD/yewnBKsswqW8xOA0jfRms/RItxM9oo0HMF6lB95 +qVO4c+PM5vKVKyRYaQeLWyYOVo0uIIK7Xa5vGosPDTew6GwEWF8Vp6MjTuKK4WRJsM4SWKYQrEkA +ZKwuIYwESxcu2TS8YqyAVrrcAJNx3RaACUZc9f1S8oEyxjrbYNUA3GEE658nyAqXOodd8B4C1hf0 +vG/Tyq/i/25yiStl8D40MVbIi0K60Emzhm+vcK7xoo5e3CA84b0SrKEBy2m8GId/vxgIroY3WFt4 +wPXo5fxs7pVgnX2wTFdYQ66Qa+MlwxgsdIWbTFco3l5TALl11gJr49xJ+Zfem+nphgIRvF9EXUWA +q3HxWwZYzmEIVmjwjl1BKrl1OYyzFliXGB3Xh1IOVs0NULppoGD54oK1ZlL+TcmBZYby+sO8a8g1 +ziUyWYmCNQlqBgpWd1ywHr08/xpnUnksI91AOQZ3gVii1RTI5z2UIFg3wNI0gvUFgM9sqrkHD6wu +xWBR5kindhwQWNOUKl9MsP7VyB0klXkX6Z6QBOksc22CYH0ZBg4WKNXdMcH6ajBlO/AEKcdpFh3f +lot0I8Ry8UB+ZWJg3aOnE6y6POCPqXlUh9tSDNZFUOz8NBS6BwoWKoytIFiI6t14oNclBlYqFAoW +IZgEWKgwtoJgoXn5TE0BfDIxsFKhULC+gDSmEyxdXLimq9ENr1in67xTXhxYC6V1Bueom/iuOl5y +t8UC69FR8DDyqn87CbDC2AqC9W90OP8Gk4YELPScyYIVxlYQrG9SBP5lXXcOAVho9wrTChZ6F714 +ZRhXSNbdBJzQVdyaBVzHp43VpS6xSaQDDYK1ln6xLaH2ZUBgBdkKgnURXEgxd27dkIB1t2sQYAXZ +CoJ1Azm37+uwaUjA+ow7ra6Qmp74mOcMmq8vQK4bF9H5110CY92uFaDjXl+dh32PFWi9hdm6jbbW +H6qJ6QrX8r1CDeLEhgQU0hIGW0GwdAKrJhTmszuCNBys2fUJnI4adjrEVhCsKwks/BU3DokrdKUZ +LIxkddMerRFm+fuj4A4836uIIKIDadJu4ZcVgja5Tti5c4m90jgxlgnW7CAFSjKq6gMWWAOsS5M6 +neogWJcSWO7MBQvbiiei5xFBhm5Caua6XIaxKuC92eJNLmMtIiiM2uwEwJo1OLCmtVvVYiUFVmXn +yLFYwiNehE5vBeUHuOaGgeW6h/dt9W8PEKw+MVZ3vwqNsYgq68RYfcCa60vgdCCcKtbHFQ5RjJV2 +sJaCkWnCBfeaYA8lHCye7dRhXogrnFwXoCxGr1AfVK/QoCpar7DYZRGwBhS8V3b27RXqQ9Yr7B+s +jsGB9X262y9uDlxWh/ZlFrbUo6VLnSFg1WFHG/faMgrj9jV83GUgeI8Hlisv+TxWkKrwPBbEymPp +ISOv+tOWgn43ASMZmTKwKjti5rH08/rJY9WJzO7Fse8uzU00uz0QsMpaB515N8YifttMUgHkhoIV +SEKQC7oE9JB0Q1ywRJbiNtfAwZrW3h098/7pWJl33XTi/YPljH/bmSs/pWBVdsTIvFOO0ribHBus +uov4uYWl6Psm5VMPVr3SOLgYy8CmeFPwRbEz3BWKtYWbAglS/SZX/2Ald69wWjhVCd4r1EOzpmkD +S9cHDJajsiPuvUK4qr97hV8QRIVb6tSApccDq7Vv+biBBu/OkPkewQkf5n9ha8OWnVHmtwx6dEN3 +UqMbQsCqyZ90zyTRFf3ipPzZnGy0clvmTip9iC+izSO79uiVBcaYjnxw3TPpwltMdC9cEgusCAd0 +dkY3mPcIL9dzuSOnkxK3mddcWZA/9aEgWFvmFly4xEDm0UmznP3dhA7/7gv7lo9THN0jfTxWKFim +uzScfDF/W7y42ozGzFvSfMyMGZ/R3gVmZGAZsG7g8z8CSUdxeDRmRozug3NNsIzzXcvBmgR5mwYJ +VjkFh+0SrFCw9E/y4VaFaylDV8xpKtxIMR+a2Ro+k/DLGDg715iDSOGmGgzfruW4Xc9XWwesOqLl +QmO83Fd1KN1Y8zli7Vu6fq9z4yQaJcPBwrdmbdp4ER9IQxHZeXWDBKuWdzuaRzpYgU4hgkPjBWqM +7u73aaSMDvS83G9yjJwGTNfxZbrhLpb58CyA8wSb1gHLmEEIGh6p8xJ+fM4r521y1XzxXpcxNpnA +cn6Cj17EUP9eAuu8/mOs/sBqNe58jHSwzE5hjRhz5TSGXrnoRxYjsraEgeUU/bxP0p9NZorB2MlS +YGEwdZHRwXZHDrZaczkYYLmN+YRz4bw6BOvewYNlPiGvRLpC0xWGdf4IKmMudBhYhgpNyAywnBYE +ixz4F3XI+3ZY3Qa6HUJpCAOsQCpvVF3MAcoDA8t8Ql7gaQgSrOgWKxwspyFzPoVVLdaauWvNVPZa +d8g0588BxlhiXrRpscwzShFYtYG7Bi0SrABYGGNNDomx+oJ1XUjeMwSsqy0GlrsAxvKFbyFYGGNN +EIHUBMMrfisQY10iDt1IfaYCrNbgXc5aCZYJFvX7Jm+iXmGhKxKsux+l0fPXO7d8EfKvDgPrX83O +oqXSDYUr+QCUUS7R9auhwArByuWnhwwFe4Wue4KT7gcNFgu5f14uwTLBMge7FrrCweKBvlGhxZyo +E7RSYvVtVoqxPgGBCTmBPNb15tLkAozTRR7LeCt3U8rAKguC1T5SwQreJKwxK0TiVT5J55lpfJvW +GbUjt1yuz+aZd9BmG+8Gt3GtmaSXbnLpVgret+B55M9+SBzKlhsgV9xOoCNd6/qEPoGqSNaJt/RL +HxKZ95SAVRvuCeVM6NRpZBe3NYMsn5xiL8FKJVgs1A9KsCRYKQMLg6xpXkWpl2BJsFIKVi09H09R +CiRYEqyUgtVBw2YqFaVj2IJVKcFyWfXJFM2K4hmuYHWoEizLguUz0qPDEawyRYJlWbBoGkL38ASr +Q1HaJFiWBavBvAs97MAqD/ZoJVjWA6tNUaqHJVgdNONLgmXdx8opijoswaJR+yDBsi5YZsJhmIHV +wW8bSLCsC5bHmFMxzMCqCBv+KsGyHljtxpSK4QWWMFhh04wkWNYCywyyhhdYFUbZDAmWdcEygqxh +BVZnn0lGEizLgYVBlne4gWUYLEWVYFkXrHaRyRpOYHUGRlVLsKwLFgZZZRYGa3x0722oNdZJLbMo +WLMzC6wZ/VQtI7CWWBOs/HgGyxyw31cPuq0J1vjkwGq0KFjl8Q66mo9PzppnTbCmxzNYsW/qtFnU +YuUkN26xc601waqPd9Beng/Kml1nRbBqlvWtsuapClTYj3lTp3OpNcGakRxY7BpLgrXCy/qN3rNi +O4+hBGtljKExtXjQVY7Y0Xu3zZpgtSQJlm5JsK7qZPGj9woEy7vUimCNj8GN6BF2x45YKtxWBGui +L0mwqjZaECx3fvyDBsoHZbHxddYDa2NF9ENuDYx8jTkOcK4FwaorYMlqqgXBWtEc/5gr6erPYo0r +rAfW1JhGVunv2tfc1gNrbmfSYE2rsRxYbls/x1xL3cIsxmLxM3RgbVwW02CV9NuRutJyYLnLWfKa +aDmwlnr7OeRmuqmDYLXMsxpYWuwIq/9rv95pNbBs3YMAq3ajxcByl/V3yHj9NxBYrHqltcC6qj2G +7y5XKhJoCsVtLbDmtrPBSK+xFFju/i8Tnm/I4jOqaqwE1opt0Y+3Je6g5JC5bTluK4G1opENTjZL +gTW1td8D7qZ8AweL5TutA9bKZTGvg3gTv0J7hqPd1gFrRfUguWL+8RYC65rdifgMDIUFWKxko1XA +WrouNleJtlFnVG84JGDNa2CDls9mFbDcF7+SyAFTIivLzMQtsQRYdeO9MQNCpXIATbHWEmC5x7ey +FMinbbQEWHVKYuFiuaIEwGItORYAa60tRpqqakBcoZr6HvzZB2tFTgdLjWonuoccLPe8GxPs3lYq +SndW8LJYN945pGDVrc2KYa7aoCDOUJkY7vDGqe4hBcu9IquNpUydkyJGC5xtsNxLshLu3aIZ6MwK +Pfgm29SN7qDG/9ydVm28JuTFivHj26JfEB0l2B1UBu5TOmpzZteEfMPE9J6Ne6or5MXS8eMPs5Sq +Y5ntGudZPJ0lK4LLdUtslw4gaVKtKB1ZEUd/eOvCS01pl6ZZ+ebC3GVN7TFSn94CGidTltxd3I7D +62688mydTsjnL/O2d7LUq+PAA5eetdaZdKG5dOMDLe0DyvHSPZ0sZmV5y8IrpkoNC9VbGqz2anSB +NLSvoE021fBSg6K0WROs1uoCY6xoWUOHbCgJVirUVlUgLBWG7M2SquEoC8ZYLWXGuPYSpT4t8a/U +WVCUXuHQqkpV+FOrobHdJ5tnWIPVaSGwqvjseaVaQjXchS3pswxYbdwH1sugKgNUEXqvcIjlAap7 +JW1VRqjEOmB5MFwvl1hliGiqujXAokExHtkgmQNWpTXA6lQKlGbZHpmijsCYdwsEe9WyPTJGLYrS +aAmwOhKcJSE1PNRIjz2xAlhV5YpXNkfmqIrK21oALF/ch5hIDTuBqN1ghS6hjLAySD5RxmjoD6Q2 +8LhXqUyQl2J3K4BVEO/hOFLDTtV8YvHQg9WtqOWyNTJIojje0IPV2W8xNanhpLYy/pSmoQfLfFyU +VMZ4whargFUrmyPTPKEFwGqjMl1SGdQnrLYGWL7WVpltyByVG7NAs+RPIZVa/yNuo0iwpFKpShG6 +JwCWP4FPC27TM9AD6Ym+m182UUp0tn9HNFhGTftIsDyqkQZXVPEknu3zdVWbsbnvIR+7vUjVFu4j +Jj7MUkm054YiNX/ZUbFnma6WrO6740Gb+IpD+MkzdoiVG0rU/DtPibWAn3B6xCNRFmwIUbniNfy9 +HTOWnYqGz1Pmxo9NdzhmPE1LO8t0rWQ1geXfH/JDB/puqiGyLxum68Ze2BB2beGJnqSP2jRYfcEC +83yA+mpd04FmOQAUHo3Y8KAOqmID/Q90zhqQVNY7Exy4tUYb36/hnhpcH/ndvVOAPyH1VTtk4/tf +o1XT+WcVcupwUaPFkR4Emw3hAA7WBgf+MPjL5L7Ul6tDYGy8gFoL4BvM/4wDf13gv/5+vuj4Qdg+ +KhhCDhabezF2K7afTbRfMmpWppkDVfoBaw7kPO9jPXtzYHLEht+FcSeYbw5chsu7wNbWimIvQu4R +5ltM53PcBt/zs72a43fh++2fAhysro/Aom6210bv/xhmdLL9NvWHjH0JinFRgx9KsMLAegbgEew8 +Hz4f7H3syU4wwPp/GjzP2FOQd5RdADf72c+0vLcYmwn3+tkL2qi3Qvdp5VoOE/zsTQ2ew720vD/j +Vnl7mG8B3JZkBz+kMFB8sF7TdHGBYFP/lEKzqsDQ9NunP0BZC8jhkF0mVl4BtPLvNvt77ECFfhoN +cRasY69WVf2ZsWMPVG1lbL4KYzlYf9X0dxgxtYx15ehv0Lm+3clYNizjX75MghUG1vlGY6O9vxr/ +q68KFs6cDo5csfH2+dl+P+tVoY3RP8b//tNGdCFev2QfPFBFrbihqlLEXm/qo470sGa+F277CrsL +rsPVv9Wy30s21RAYABUfrP+A85iJzE18ZUSS/H9hHP49Bx7Y+WATIyyqxb7/bYTk7+fA91jvR8je +fRZGY3ygaM+3cbBahUNshQlo3EazXdVbT9DrL0EpWjObtFjhYP0JHCeE2/sOjMKlSgiOCFFK9wVf +4m/+Tw3eRouFru9Nsli/EJgsh2sZ+wrkveV/hlsoxmF7OriXDfagg/olo0U0XkmoUVEcLDZYjuoq +VLWDwPo4PBIgaAKdQ8SQvJOj4BbGPrBxb134FvsYt1hdWfC4scHPwP4Gt3dPvyhsXpvfQOqvoNP5 +vgpj0XgVLnAAOOgsj+fAwqrpUCxjLHBU8YYAAus7kG108Dg2vC6xqbfDOUN6sk+xF2z6sgd53PSE +2HUVNWDXGDj3Q53bPGGZToXu9Q4bA1TGvZeM18DVGlYhry9YATWQBdpqrBc+L0IY2tuPoMO0QfHu +XWSW/gPGYn/uZQ0M/l6wwSLGY8J8HS41D4CDhTHYN/hFo7EDALk7WpaDg8h7ir46SoQ68sAKCFur +IkiOg8CKzB6FgLUe4EcijgcYi+A8KN6rogb0v4DRP2QbUdocvqHQUxpZL7sgKimwOsLnhvYFS21t +QbUqkWCN7vNRJ6eA/izFbIep8uwhjNNP5kBh1e06YGBF9vUZJI5fEyfRpuW+EwYWGjO0TWXAwdJ/ +YnrB+0Hb0XKfpv9UgmU0BJbt7hUAAAvPSURBVAfr9gTB6mH3YVfQTxfs2N0tMyHnRBhYgrdfi23f +tI06Yu613gGz/ATW7mTBosA9dJRK/BjrioAr/HEg2gro2BSw/zokjZAFm9mhMQ5wzLoCAys8WrwK +ik+ZfUhhukLAIuwge7M2Dl2h6udeMZcds+m/YRTbTZZghcZYQVf4N97TiwFWD4ZScIuf+of2oxyj +O4KukDfgnzQ0WGKn++BfTK7uEnsZrrCLwq2BclUWMayuv+D9XAqH9jGMnh6J5KoIcvaF5dyA0qgH +WtrYKP13wrpeb/wax5AhnvEKBYsda209cQBmoVfkYB1AsA6I9w6AJsEKBetvGFmh/3qeneERVEyL +tRx0Ho+vMs2UzQze74LPi3hdJKy4J/ylsTty9XjIqn/mDDh471SVaeGPkowP1n4bueHP2m/ZzoPw +sPhqCow10J9TcgsPmvTfdXqf9NNSDv7FaP0b5hUxEwp1yPf7Q8HyNnq4Kfsa682B33CjeC6F9PQ9 +f8SQXoIVmm6YQhmdX6jFe3X4AYsJ1nrIEx2+JwR+y9FMYdeKTNwF8HsRwY4FnduDDwJ9P1z5U9OI +kVn7Hy17gLeC2qgGY/cAwMIj1Vef6L0PIz5+U6eq2hsSIy6sRlVRj1HfwY4tQPd1yIbo49LX0Bzl +QC69X+2hcEr/DfYMbw6zWN+F/CNsly33HT++n7+H4U/2DdaVQ51LXFwowQoD600NFu5hL4MOY6nR +G6qrooCFG43lv3n7u7nwtVNsu07x1AIoPYHNRR7wXR1uRotAeR/yliLqfTPX2KsNwy7HDnZwSqBT +n3DCXVGmRVSC7wcsdp8GqupA+5m/2R+ax3rfZnRZcPNetK+qCqOPUOxNS6V+sj+GqsgRLqLrwnCG +Aiw/kqerDpVHaYtpEQr93EbS92knJFjht3RetuMPw2/E3HkkIr8QeLnA/M3bKIClrSkWOa7TIv+h +MZo/RVc/XeL/CdmnTUcYuLuznpobxp0a0KFWRnvQUVbfJJcBliJuQr/+WJGiPdAyBfLeCM1jeRVT +9GpXmZK/mTqxPTunKzOa6Jo6x3y/qmuMMprWzFFs7xn5DhFi3We33WkEorumK8U7uP099mQRLp4a +6VyxacGGEMmhY9vLsm0Ln7/LQb6wPHzKXIV4+RHzN8de+sFVevaM53lO9dgG3XYnub/1ikJ5nKcU +Bd3ig+ZHBPYib7R3fnb+5u6B3IRudSjRxgAnPGxm552Jf5c/ua3kWJlE9PpMS111vHJslEc8yIF+ +UoNQgwLoBqOVYpRgSSWtRipIDC1R35NgSSWn7lpR5zpG5VgJllQyaq0UPbOYTw+RYEkNWG314sE0 +1XHm7UmwpAYkX3MlUkUpBk/c8ukSLKmE1d5YaT7ur7q/h0hKsKT6V2erp7qiIJATr27t/0m+Eiyp +aGrxNjd7GmurqyrLSxziOX9Clc2JPUdZgiUVTaBECFeU17Yk/nBuCZZUNBWEMFVQUe1paRvgY0kl +WFJRXSEfFt3W3pHsY24lWFJpkQRLSoIlJcGSkmBJSUmwpCRYUhIsKak0g9Vab0zwqq3nQ057vQ1b +m96OuuvL9XySoZ+1NG7b7RcTO7z1TebErdcbt/WtAHAwuPJg49am4LQA39Z62RgRqq8X2UmP0SYH +Guu3RS+q8O5WsQW2RQNuwtuCWiV2U9TWG2o3WlDs5e/11jeeSAdYEfMKt9tpTqFaGuW7juXwSYb+ +Y9NVAIe2B49rfx5ubeNzvHuX22i/8FqiYmXhW+Yi2AKVMReb8+6lAnKAGEgnSs3sn0KzCtXRf4iy +5QLRav69OpWDKj7Rw96fSa0yms95vs/GV4btEVIq0r+3iO91BFvwNWpB5fG0g/WyBouamh+zw8V9 +djw5EzhYvRdA/jbPdBj9Hk1MLW3aYHM820OgFDY9aaPqWSFaD7lbPTMh30+Tox2rmxeICfWMV0KU +YMUF630dxm1tbiwC+9tnIjdcr4lWw20ubmoEGOdH1OybPUU0PxV/dftWXDw3bHaduAuoQd4+KpqF +exXBuNO0iC2oOX6fbrCuAF71+GUtL6KSKNuZBwKs12xU1eGkDb7HvstrxPyWivy9puHJsf+dsSh0 +n+M2eBZJ/Bh87wz7GE2O7rIZ5R0O2SRY/YD1HbATGb1TqDJfmF6badYg/Y5qP2HU8RtFk+vf1ahg +5Bh4iTO3L5qlQ+P0Pzaaa/+uLW8PewJoavEGXmQvrWBlGzVmmprbOOWBQpFesD+icrA6W71i82qE +ZR1dNlRR9Me8tB93f3OU0afRrimj/X8FlVzji8TUOXyDLF40mfk+kvusBCs+WBVGISNvM9XkDJ0J +rUDpjaLV2luahZtrYzq0MlGN9C/aqKN+ciE/YF15Ctqt9/lf0lNU25YdNveiGqQPMdbzF9uod9IM +1q2Qu/lEyBkEAuzdq98KK0iKJucniOE6sdkP0dT98LEi28I96PePU6mAn4H+UmjZUVxRfITt0kQN +m8Xw+AEJVhSwOoNg/QrgzmAEHlq7YeHz4aUcXgC0WAvgslOiEsh/CiKpGhYV9HuWikKKNv1wlB60 +Yi9Q1eSP8zJGH+bk/SENYBlDvHipyIPZ6KJmrDNOyNPcGuamg2D1ziS/fgUPqdArbkbzS1Xewf4c +vy7053gditc0HlL9GHLxstgAdkXTnhMBVilrk2BFActsCsJmOjaFtszoSHubPaFbhoJ1vIjs0MkF +oCowDsF5DLJp9SpeknEBZG/XzKJF60OK6Z2cQnvpyVf0GxhY7OAC6rw5tOei7BoEqxej8F9TKObY +wU4uB/SK2aA/z3z3UUjPus7BjyhGJ9h7Dsw4wfbmIEPYl8TvUeFOvx+tXf5pCVa/YPVu4D05ZXWU +EhchYCFXo45QTw93duAl7g+UiqSm/ruOH2E4wt4xwcJ9yNWofURUiwBrd7rTDeiBPbdnO0B9Lg5Y +vpmgPm3UKcSzKcLTGWUaLyqrvV8Dx0uUJTmETClU8IhgW3SKvf4R3OzkmFw8pXYJVnxXSL+z97E8 +ozRRTLAO6ZCNsfoHOmz2U52xl9BiKUGLRUXW7EdEzvG3WraZDTpWJKp+ptVihYPFj2Hv+dH6CSZY +vinC5VFfcboyY88V8N/oFY2C7xR1vaoB/Jp/0LFVDu2BV7QJ9PiAf/A4fhzaKsgm4wVKhWQpTh5L +6PBiyDsRGyzkitfvNAKr5RhYhcRYIq+jG2DdBXeYNOZBDjdeIsb6IMk674mDdWDVFNE92AW2mGCh +FdVCe7JdOXazV9ibRVVuu8ag+R0d7Ge8CnMpjqezfR00AstQpWQpNliPlf1cOLB4VZOP6/QgGhao +wb0Kctifgr1CwxUaddXGmHYJvee4I0aamnqFf7LZ09wrxL7encYXxrZYiyHXeKbPX8vz3qFIazLF +6WOPUoVu9Q1ebnKHqPf+lRL6Owc7kGixqMb4rTCZdXhI9eBo9kqWYoM1nUprM+pOx7FYRfBR4Sd/ +oelHeMD/eQLo14E8lgjeeWb9bwG7NF2Un2QskMc6L915rPsBCmsbn5wOKsVIEU8F52Cd2asZ4X41 +FRDN3/aY3f4Sz7xrW58cBbPQQFEW9Ble1f5F0Fc3zOePnVhMi7drjh8ZaWQZvPcD1ssOyFm3rWG5 +g9d5jKjoJ8A6Qw9fEBX9eqfg1g0XYBx/hjLv6xpE5v1n1CP8iqhua1RTZmeeMffyknOZsW2VI/2Z +994N2fxeofZ8RB4raLG+ZDoyDKr2Z9P9Px5v9S7HqEmddYr6HsXcNo0+KlbaZ5GB66EbWJD9tPlh +Eqz+YqxdOvUKHaJXGL0G6cxgDdJj/F5hDm+39XRfgyruoyO8mSfvP3oq8CgU8iDB24YH6bah8jRL +PVhtnkax0OjhSavelmZPc1vYKlONnhb+1xC96PV6dpsjFl5vbqL9Xvd46Kazr8lDHY4DYiXpIG4b +NOroECVJkRe5R/QKvUabHPB6ml45FbbKkPHSbApPB/+pPa8YHu5gcxMfvOD1eGj31zweDNNagi1t +iM9GbfE0p2V0g5QUk2BJSbCkJFhSUoPW/wfr5tj8wgE+HwAAAABJRU5ErkJggg== diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/selection.png.b64 b/Documentation/DocBook/media/selection.png.b64 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..416186558 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/selection.png.b64 @@ -0,0 +1,206 @@ +iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAABIsAAAHpCAYAAAACi7yYAAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAAZiS0dEAP8A +/wD/oL2nkwAAAAlwSFlzAAAOxAAADsQBlSsOGwAAAAd0SU1FB9sLCBAiCLMGMtAAACAASURBVHja +7d3rkds4FgZQaMohTBY7ObRCV+fgyWJy4P6wJavVIgmSAIjHOVWu3bElPkBSAj5dgpdpmqYAAAAA +ACGEvzQBAAAAAHfCIgAAAAAehEUAAAAAPAiLAAAAAHgQFgEAAADwICwCAAAA4EFYBAAAAMDDD00A +21wul9XXTNN0aHnP749Z39o2rK0jRzssLX/pvVve9+61S69Jdey2bn/sMTx6TAAA/cIW+oVb+2tb +3p+izwioLIJsHYe9X+a979vae89ut6Pb1+txBwD0C3vZN0ERrFNZBAct/ZJxuVx2Vdg8v+/oLyEx +69j7xbq2/1u2e0u75Th2Mevf8ytVzDkDAOgXjtYv3LquVP0nQRHEUVkEBTsJve/r0hfu2hdz7e0W +27HQ4QAA9Avr7BcJiiCesAhO+GKK/YIt8SV+RscoNmippUPl1jIAQL/w3PUc7Y8JimAbYRGc9KVY +Yu6b3OsYNUTRuQAA9AvL9AtT9LsERbCdOYsAX74ZOiVbO1M6LQCAfmH7/TzohcoiqOhLK+eXV4p1 +xP4y1krF0X1bn7dXBwIA0C+ss19oagAoR1gEJ4j9osv5iPq965imKUk59eidwNc/AIB+oX7h/HpK +tzeMzm1oQJIv7Ra/eO/7sOWxtgAAtN0v1N+DdcIiyPQFlPP1JbZpTyehl19q1joQOhgAgH7hOf3C +Pct9tz36c7DMbWhQwPMXUYkOQ6517P3Sj/216axJEdfWoyMBAOgXpukX5uqv7Xm/W9JgnsoiSGxr +4FHiiyvlOu7v21pu/PqLzuuvOTHtlmIZW/bz+f1r6177ewBAv1C/8FwqjCCesAgSdwK2dAh63e+5 +fX8XuBxtt1SdkZhy6djt37vNOioAoF84Sr8wV39tzzIERvCd29Agg7knQ8T+unTk15mc64j5El17 +KsbRW75inrqR6glj79rELWsAgH5hmn7hmcckpt8HI7tMRjYAAAAA/KayCAAAAIAHYREAAAAAD8Ii +AAAAAB6ERQAAAAA8CIsAAAAAeBAWAQAAAPAgLAIAAADgQVgEAAAAwIOwCAAAAIAHYREAAAAADz80 +AQAAqVwuF40AABWbpmn1NbvDIh0BAKDGzg3n0T8EgD7sCot0BAAAmDNNUwj6iwBQlS3fzIduQ7vd +blobAMjuer1qhKZ6o4IiAGiZOYsAAMji0w+LAHC6jx0/unkaGgAAAAAPwiIAAAAAHoRFAAAAADwI +iwAAAAB4EBYBAAAA8OBpaAAAFDf3ZJa5J6htef3za5eeyDb3urWnxsQuM/V7jmxX7Dr3HIMUbfj6 ++qXjurZ977Zja1vuaVOAnqgsAgCgqKWB+rt/2/r6s7Z/z3aesf0x+1fjdgFQjsoiALpyfRng3J5+ +Fb7/2+3NL8Xv/m1pWa/veX7t/XXXN4OtuWXs+fe59c/t45H2erd/Mdu/9XX0b63q5zWkWHr9/d8+ +rtfFapOY9byz9L7X5e7ZzqVKmT2VP3ts2cc966+1MmfuGKkkAvhFZREA3XgON94FNnMhzlJQNLes +1/ffX/f62ue/fw1d3r3m9d/nlhu7/rX22rv8LW20d/voT8ztYbEBzNJrS4YMubbzzNCidLs+BzX3 +datsAjiXsAiALrwLfPYGE1uXtaVK5l2YNLes2OXurdI5svwtbaSKiFdbg5Cl18f821y1UupAZu92 +1njblwobgLG5DQ0AZqSofjkSnOSuvsmxf2fsB5SUMtT5vN2+LC82xNoziXaJNthyO11MBdHS7YUA +5CUsAmAo91u97rdGLc1jdKQi5t08QiH8uSVrTcwcSkekWv7avuTeD1hzD2TuwcOWqqIS8wa9C01G +nD/neV9fQzQAyhMWAUAma5NVA23KEeLMhUZHJ5g+e/9jXyscAqiLOYsA6MK7+XLW5gWK/fdnsYHP +2uvWJtveu969ti5/bxsJzNgTDOx5JP2z1yAmNsC4T7j8+ifXdj6vs7VjlGsdQiSAc6gsAqAbz7eY +Pf9dqmVtWd7cbWivE0LPbe/rv80tL1Vb7Vl+TBvl3g/a8nx70dIj7e9/v/b6mKer1bBfc9tZ65w8 +pdt1bh1zQdFaGwNw3GWapmnzmy6XQx1wAIAt7gHTjm4LJTuWv/uI084QYC482Pv6LfMSvXtc/Nag +pNR+xb7+yLYeXX9MG669ZunYpN7mEeeJAsZx/4y7/P7vmP6U29AAAChq6yPm9z6S3n7t34/c648J +Z97N49TKuQDQOpVFAED1VBY10rGMrCwCAMpRWQQAAADAIcIiAAAAAB48DQ0AADqSciJsAMYkLAIA +gI4IgwA4SlgEAADAZh9/X9/+/ed/t8Ovf37t3PKWXje3rq3LTP2eI9sVs961969t59r2LbX16zJi +t+Xzv1vyduE4YVHpD9SZsuDnX4COlA7HLD/Ferase2lZW7Zh6/a+vn6pDda27912rK0vVbsCAEB1 +45qFwf3H39dNIcm715fY/rWQKsV7Wj5me93Dn6VlxgZKnEdYVPLiXAgTPq7X6BBh7rWpln/kPWv7 +LigBAIDGxzUrVT+vocTS6+//thYs7A1plt73utw927kUeixt3xnhWEybzO13qe0VHtVDWFTq4nwK +cmKDni2B0NLy7/82F/4srWdPYLRneVvWUWvgNNfuAjIAALoZ10TcHhYbwNz/LiYwStpvf3PbU47t +zL0v727/WqvqijlmEEIIf2mCAh+oK0HR0UBhbflbbuVKsT1ry4vdhhRt/nm7PdZdYr0AADCCreHC +0utj/m0u3EkdcuzdzntQ09MxS7Gud23iFrQ2qCwqeXFmrjBZWv7n7XZ6WFLDNgAAAGNLGeq8Vilt +ndz53fKO7sMZc0DlPjaCpfKERTVfKBsmqy617hr2de21qeduAgAAzvM6YfKWypQS8wa9q6IpVT3z +vPyYp4pBLGERu55i1sSXytO2q2oCAAAe44MMIc5caDQ3B1KSsVzF4dC7p6KthWgqiOohLKr5A2zj +RNW511/LurY8NQ4AAEhv661OMY9RXxwDPAUP9/+OGjtsDB+ObufzOnMFOTHLnZvoWhhDLBNcl/xA +PRherIUka7dfLS333Z/a9j/VOoRIAACwc0wy86SzL/3tmadvLU12/Pra2vZryz6V3OZ3f44eMwhB +ZVGZi/jpFqi5qqAj1UJry495Gltupbdhbh1zQdFauwEAAL/72i+PkU/x+hoeRb93O/fMi1R6Iuet +xyz1emNDQRNc10NYVOoieQl0jnoNN2KWXyoo2jMH0lnbfKTdzm5nAAA4bXyzMJnyXHVLC0FA7fsV +cxveu7mCWjoG1EFYVPKDZ2GS5diAYW0ZtQYYJZ/gtrSuexs9h201txsAAFQ7vtkYMGx5/dHXHgk/ +atmvI+9PNYF0ioqvGqrG2O4yTdO0+U2XSwghhJuBNABQwPV3qL+j20LJjuXvPuL9KPnRBWCbtVvE +hCrsOq9+96Muv/87pj+lsggAAKDFAeBLsCBIaJ9jSC2ERQAAAB0QHgGpCIuI++JZmZRbmTkAAFTW +h98QHn1cPzQYFPR5+6x6+4RFRJ7IN40AAAA19dGfwp+Yx6HHPr4cQFgEAADQuNfwZy08inkEOzAu +YREAAECjYiqKdvl50bg04Ujg+Xr7Ze5bw1q63VNYlPzgXzUCAP13zNyeDJB/bJErCAKKB0WtERYB +AACcNWA9IRBy6xnDX3eColXCoowUbgLQk0kTAMQPRguFQItPOHuzDXuCoss/jieV9Ul+Hrg2TwqK +WnvioLAIAABgy6CvgiBoz/apKGL4a1dQFE1YBAAA8DywK3hrWOoAJ1U1EXR3XQuKNhEWAQAAYwwW +Gw6B9u6foAgERXsIiwAAgLYHgoUnia4tgBESwcL1UUlQ9Hn7bCo8EhYBAAB1DvJOenR860GLoAh+ +f4ZUFBS1RlgEAACUH8R5ZLx9hJyfMYKiQ4RFAABAuoGSEMj+w9mfQ4Kiw4RFAADA+iBICAS08Fkl +KEpCWAQAACMPrMwLBPTyeSYoSkZYBAAAPQ6ahEDASJ95gqKkhEUAANDaoMgtYQB/PhMFRckJiwAA +oJYBjxAIYNvnpqAoC2ERAADkHlQIgQDyf+4JipIRFgEAwN4Bg3mBAKogKEpLWAQAAK+DASEQQDME +RekJiwAAGIpbwgD6ISjKQ1gEAEAXhEAAZPl+GSwoCkFYBABA7Z10IRAAZ30HDRgUhSAsAgDgrA64 +eYEAqPl7atCgKARhEQAAR/17CSGEMP186WSHa9HNEAIB70zTNMy+Xi4XBzyRkYOiEIRFAAAs+ff8 +gYcQCICSRg+KQhAWAQCMSQgE0J25KioVR/EERb8IiwAAenJGCPS/6ctgZHp0sG+OB0AFXkMk4dF7 +gqI/hEUAAC04qxLof5O2B6B7gqKvhEUAAGcSAgFQ2HOlkSojQdE7wiIAgFxOvCUMAFgnKHpPWAQA +sJUQCIBOjFxlJCiaJywCALgTAgHAEARFy4RFAED/zAsEAKvuVUa9VxgJitYJi6DmD+uf7//+8s/6 +a969ds/yU6xn636uLWttu9e2dakdX5cRuy2Xf/K2ETBDCAQAbHBWUPS63toJi6BSS8HD9DM+eJh7 +barlH3nPme2y5h7+LC0zNlACdnaq/r5+v/Zzh0NCIADotsJIUBRPWAQ1fjg/BSKxQc+WQGhp+fd/ +mwtJltaTOzCKbZe5fSoV6giPYKXD9BQCFSMEAoCx+x+Cok2ERVCZtUBk6e9TLP/5dqrY8CfmFqy1 +7Xm+/evdenO3C5CgMyQEAoC+xibT1EV1kaBoO2ERVCp38LG0/CPhT+vt8q4dlsIrARVDdBTffB58 +hGv29X7+d3v8/+v1+ui0AgDEqiUo+rx9NhUeCYug48FcCOfPI7T3faXmQOrtWECJa/eo5xAIAKi8 +v9Dw/EU1BUWtERYByQaXe8OQ5/fVXNUEvVyruQiBAIBaCIqOERZBJ7ZOVJ17/bUParfs1+utaGu3 +oKkgIqczrpfHuf+l43NzMABgpD5IQ/MXCYqOExZBxQPCI6HDWoVOzCPhlwaNJQa8c3MFCWPo9Zov +zbUEAPRGUJSGsAgqE/M0siOBydryY546VmKw+jpwzt0ukMtZlXOuBQAgeb+m8uoiQVE6wiKo0Gsw +kmKwOjcvUEuTMadul63rjQ3STHA9SGdJCAQAUA1BUVrCIqjU0m1ksYPFtWWcFWrEPHZ+7rH1Z243 +43BLGADATD+pwuoiQVF6wiKoWMzgce01a4HMGQPZLWFXim3J3Y4G+w11boRAAABdERTlISwCoHlC +IACAgn2v6dczUmurMBIUpSMsAqDejoh5gQAAiCAoSktYBBQf4BuIIwQCACAVQVF6wiLAgJyk3BIG +AEApgqI8hEUARBECAQDwpX9Y4ZPRchgtKApBWATgS14IBAAAb40YFIUgLALolnmBAADI3ufsuLpo +1KAoBGERQHtfyEIgAADIauSgKARhEUBV3BIGAEBzfdjOqotGD4pCEBYBlPkCFQIBAED1BEW/CIsA +DhACAQCMpbYKmmmaqtmO1quLBEV/CIsA3n3ZmRcIAACGISj6SlgEDEUIBABAT16reWqpNGqJoOg7 +YRHQDbeEAQAAWwiK3hMWAdUTAgEAQGQ/9qnSqHSVUWvzFgmK5gmLgNMIgQAAgDMIipYJi4DkzAsE +AADnu1f5mMfoK0HROmEREE0IBAAAtOysoOh1vbUTFgEhBLeEAQBAr0pWGNU8b5GgKJ6wCDonBAIA +AEYnKNpGWASNEgIBAACb+vODzmEkKNpOWASVMS8QAABAGrUERZ+3z6bCI2ERFCIEAgAAanC5XLJW +F9Uyb1FNQVFrhEWQ+oOxUCgkBAIAAHaPJzIHRmcTFB0jLILaPrSFQAAAALsJio4TFkEhQiAAAKCq +MUqH1UWCojSERZD6A1coBAAAUJygKJ2/nE4AAABASqUrlgRFaaksghQfhD+1Af1QHQcAQEsERemp +LAIAAIBB1fCI+yMERXkIiwAAAIDmCYrScRsaJOYWHlrkVkoAgIHHMB08FU1QlJbKIgAAAKBZgqL0 +hEUAAABAkwRFeQiLAAAAAGaMFhSFICwCAAAAeGvEoCgEYREAAADAN6MGRSEIiwAAAGB4l8sl+TJb +fsLayEFRCCH8cEkAQJkOTo5OGAAAaY0eFIUgLAJgcCV/8VpalyAJAOB8gqJfhEUADKPmUuh32yZA +AgAoR1D0h7CIrgduBlp9DqqdM4xyHj9vv3MTACAfQdFXwiKAmcH5K4P19o9hT/vlfAQASENQ9J2w +iO4HjQZUGKyPeXxG2V/nIQCQyuVyGa5PJSh6T1iEgR0kOIcN2H2OOA8BANoiKJonLAIwYG+6vfne +Ls5BAIBlgqJlf2kCeh/oGVRyxvntvNO22gkAoE6ConUqiwAyDthDUOWRsi1xDgIAHHFWUPS63tqp +LAIoMGAXdhxrP5yDAABHCYriCYsYYuBnkIQBu/ZCmwIA4xIUbSMsAjhhwI42Ort9tTEAMApB0XbC +IoYZABoY4Vpoo120jfMQACCVWoKi1ibRFhYBGKhrD+0OANAdQdF+wiKAkwfqBusCCwAA0hIUHSMs +YqjBoAEp1Pe54LoEACAlQdFxP5xGAOebpilcLpfh9rkVKY6NUAwAID9BURrCIoBKjBQY1Rqc5Gz/ +uWULkQAA0hAUpSMsYriB4YgVHLR1rfR+ftb0eVBDW79ug/AIAGA7QVFawiJgqIH5O7UNznsOjGpo +69rb9nn7BEcAAOsERekJixhuIN77YJxjg3OD9D4/C1q93gVHAADLBEV5CIsAKhyk9xZonhV09NSG +giMAgGWConSERQCRg3QD9PaOmXMSAGAMgqJkHc0Qpin85ZQip5oHMgZZ7BmglwwhejlHS+/HSLeY +lj4nAQBqJChK2nkPIQRhEW0NisAAvbXvmslxse8AgDFcNoKiPIRFGMhCxV9+LZ+jpYMitAMAQA6j +BUUhCItoZKB4HwAZCGFwPt71v9b+joE2AQDa6sO1ZMSgKARhEUCSwTnaXfsAAPRl1KAoBGERmbSU +SEvPcY62t72CkPh20lYAANuNHBSFICyikcGOQSKtnaejEhQ5PwEAWjd6UBSCsAjAgFwbD9N22g8A +YJmg6BdhEcnlmNi6pW0G134egg7tCACQk6DoD2ERBjuAa157AgAMTVD0lbCIpFqu0FFdRM2D8NrP +z5zbJ9jQrgBAe/25lvoagqLvhEU0O5Ax0IE+OxbU8zkLANA7QdF7wiIAqiXM0MYAALkIiuYJi0im +xYmtc+4DBt+ue+0IAECdBEXLhEUYlAMAAAxstB/NBUXrhEUAVNepEAQDAJDDWUHR63prJyyiukHj +1kFi6kGlW9HgXIIiAAD9uRwERfGERQAAAEDXBEXbCIs4rMdKHNVFcM41oqoIAMDYJzVB0XbCIqqy +d6BogAkAAMCrWoKi1ibRFhYBsImqIgAA/boW+nSCov2ERVTz4VLbQNGtaAAAAG0SFB0jLKIbqhLA +9QsAQJyefxwXFB0nLIJBP0BpSy1himsCAICaCYrSEBZRxaAx1UBYdQK9XRsAANBKf/Xs8ZigKB1h +EQCnEvICAHCUoCgtYRG79Dyxdc59Bdc9AABn9ud67NMJitITFtEdVQoAAABjEBTl8cOpBZBOjl9q +eg5AhbsAAG32UWvs1wmK0lFZxKkfNLk+UFIv1+03AAAA9RIUpaWyCCCRnkNFgSkAgD7cnLOrigRF +6akswoDRvlMxt2kBAMA8QVEeKovodhB8uVwEPBTjXKvvMwAAQL9Uny6F0YKiEFQWAVT7hSxMAQCA +c40YFIWgsoiTBsSlBsGpq4umaTKAJ9t1AQAALfVHex8bjRoUhaCyCKDKL+aavngFYgAAjGbkoCgE +lUUAmwlPjlOhBwDoC+rP1Wr0oCgElUWc8IFY+kMl9fp8OYx9HZQ4/oIUAAA4h6DoF5VFACtKBoSC +IgAAatdrn1VQ9IewiKID5V4+VEx07bz3pQsAAP0QFH0lLGIIqZ+KRl9qODcERQAAtDK26o2g6Dth +EVCMwG6cL1wAAGiBoOg9E1xTbHB/9oDYRNfUSFAEAEAr/dbe+q6ConnCIoATv3BrJxQFAKBHgqJl +bkMDKGz0aiLVVAAA+m5nEhStU1nErB6fguZWNM4+/wQlAABwnrOCotf11k5lEUBmAiIAAPRjzyco +iqeyiLd6rCrKtT2qi5g7z1QSAQBAHQRF26gsAjhIIAQAgL5tvQRF26ksAjhomqYvfwAAgDrUEhS1 +Nom2yiLeDnxTqTWVvlwuBvUUuYZUHQEAUKve+6qCov2ERQAZCY4AAGihr9pbf1VQdIzb0Fj8sDjC +wBi+X18q2gAAIC9B0XHCIoYlzOIsQiMAAGrup7bcVxUUpSEsAjjxyxgAAEhDUJSOsIgsA9dWqnZU +F1HDdSc0AgBAP/UYQVFawiKASr6MAQCA7QRF6QmLACohMAIAoMY+as39VEFRHj+c+qQepLZ2a9fl +ckm6/9M0ub2t4XPj7C9C5w8AAOwjKEpHWATw5F1QUzpAEhgBAFCbe5+41n6qoCgtt6ExdFVRru12 +O1FfLpfL40+L1yUAAPRMUJSesAhgg5LBkcAIAIDa1NZHFRTlISwC2KlEaCQwAgCAc40WFIUgLBqe +W9Dybb9B/jgERgAAjDaOHKWPOmJQFIKwCCCJ0nMaAQAAeY0aFIUgLCLhQBnIdy2oLgIAoDY991FH +DopCEBa5sMk60NfGzqPWz6cc++K6AACgZqMHRSEIiwCyUG0HAMAIevshUFD0i7DIBW1QnHl/VFHg +fAIAgPoJiv744XQAyONyuQh3AIDmTdOkavqlj1fzsXKO7CMo+kplEUBjnQkBFAAApCMo+k5YNCC3 +oJXfL4N7AACgxDjm+U+r48ySBEXvCYsACnxp+zIGAIC6CIrmCYsGo6rovP0zuAfXAwD47qb0mKZk +lVFL54mgaJkJrvGFAax2MlzvAAD0QlC0TmURQAGeIAIAwNn90RJVRrX/yHhWUPS63toJiwaiMsAx +wPkEAACjEhTFExYBcAphFwDAOXJXGNXYzxMUbSMsAgAAALolKNpOWDQIv+A7Fpyv5XmLzLkEAOjH +6p+2eL7UEhS1Nom2sAgAAADojqBoP2HRAPwC4JjgXLL9AAC8U+IJaWcQFB0jLAIAAAC6ISg6TlgE +QBTzFgEA6OttcUYVuaAoDWFR59zi4diAawEAgBEIitIRFgEAABDFjzx9a7m6SFCUlrAIgFM7EAAA +cISgKD1hUcek/o4RuBYAANiitR8HBUV5CIsAAACA5gmK0hEWdcqv9I4V5JLr1ybXAgDov+Kc2UtQ +lJawCAAAAGiWoCi9H04rYpjU9iu/puAz4ZLlOpimyecNAECnfb0cBEV5qCzqkCDDMcNxBgAA0hgt +KApBWEQEv/IDJQnVAACMA2sxYlAUgrDIIItqPjgdO1wHrgcAMO6AeowaFIUgLAJoml98AAAgvZGD +ohCERRiIahuK6PXXN9VFAAD01rcbPSgKQVjk4sMxBNeENgYAIIQgKLoTFjFL5Qzgs6JvgiIAfI/A +H4KiP4RFYJCMjpT2064AAEMTFH0lLNLpx7GkUTWFlbm3xXWhPQEAchEUfScsovpBKBiU+9wYrS21 +IwBAGYKi94RFOv5UOEB2TF2baNMcbaf9AICzxzo1ERTNExYB+OJuarsEHtoMAOAoQdEyYRHNDELB +4NxniPbVVgD4nsH5cpSgaJ2wyMWGY4tjp507bR9tBADw1VlB0et6aycsAkg8QM+theq/UtsoENEm +AACxBEXxhEU0NwgFA3SfJ+/aH+0AADBHULSNsMigAMeYho5Ta4Fu6cBo1GtGWAkAME9QtJ2wiGYH +oWCA7rNl7rg4BwEACKGeoKi1SbSFRQ0PEHCsOW9wfsZxEehuP072DwD0Vxm3Dyoo2u+HUx+g/g5Q +60HR5XI5pR3v6+whaNMRBwCIJyg6RlhENwMpMCCv/3PmrPZ9Xm9rn3fOSQCAbQRFxwmLDGZpYEA8 +TZPKiMHPKddHnvOwxrZ1nQAA7CcoSkNYBFCxHqv+agiM7l6344z2Fg4B0INeftyk7XNFUJSOsAgf +6uDaPGXfagxJ5rYpxbEQCgEA5CMoSktY1BiDjXEHwn6tGe8ccp347AUAYJ2gKL2/nFYGpIDr8sx9 +9TkEAMBegqI8hEUN8cu2Ab9zwHljv9H2AADvCYrSERYBGLTbf20OANA0QVFa5iwySABci1W1hQo6 +5xwAwBaCovRUFjXC4MmAzLngHBmpTbSLcw4AIIagKA+VRQAG7FW3kYDUOQcAcKbRgqIQVBY1IcdA +yaDBOcF5A3bXn88r5xwAQBtGDIpCUFkERQZqwh0M1tO0n2vJOQcAUMqoQVEIwiIAA/YG21No5JwD +AMhp5KAoBLehVc8taAZvJc8N0h1vt/6UaWO0CQB9j13gDKMHRSGoLAJINlDn3HYfsYPqvAMASEtQ +9IuwyMACcB11dVxGCI2cgwAA6QmK/hAWVUwZZ3+Du9THdJomg0aDcRaOXS+fo85HAIC8BEVfCYsM +DnBMnX8Mc821FB65BgFokR8zaZGg6DthEaT+gvypDaBW7zqvNQRIOtUAAOcQFL0nLAJgaEtBTcog +SSAEAFAXQdE8YREAzBDwAAD0SVC0TFgEKQaU//z637lb0O7/DgAAwLkEReuERVBAzDxGAiUAAIC8 +zgqKXtdbO2ERVGItUBImAQDQRL/WE9G6O569EBTFExZBQnOBToonpKlOAgAA2EdQtI2wCAqICXEE +SgAAAOkJirYTFkEl1kKcFGFS7HIESgAAHOpzuhWNStQSFH3ePpsKj4RF0IhS1UkxyxEmAQAAtasp +KGqNsAg64nY3AACg6jFLoYozQdExwiIY7cPZ7W4AAEDHBEXHCYuAL2q63S12ewAAgPSmaWpumwVF +aQiLgM3MnwQAANRGUJSOsAjIwvxJAABj80Q0ShIUpSUsAk5j/iQA8i3Z/QAADThJREFUAOAoQVF6 +wiKgWm53AwAAlgiK8hAWAU1zuxsAABCCoCglYRHQPYESAAD0TVCUlrAIIJg/CQAAWiUoSk9YBBDB +/EkAADv6NZ6IxnM/NsO5ICjKQ1gEkOrLz+1uAADQndGCohCERQBFCZQAAGjBNE0aIYwZFIUgLAKo +jvmTAADgfKMGRSEIiwCaY/4kAKAl5i1q85iNbuSgKARhEUCX3O4GAAD7jB4UhSAsAhiW290AACjW +92ykukxQ9IuwCID3X+gV3e4Wuz0AALCXoOgPYREAu5k/CQCgL6POVyQo+kpYBEBW5k8CAKBmgqLv +hEUAnM78SQDQN09Ea+c4jUZQ9J6wCIDqmT8JAIDUBEXzhEUAdMH8SQAAB/o3g1UVCYqWCYsAGIb5 +kwAAEBStExYBwBPzJwEAI1FR9HnKemsnLAKADdzuBgDQJkFRPGERACTmdjcAePO95YloVR6TIn2j +Co67oGgbYREAnECgBABQhqBoO2ERAFTK/EkAQA4jzVNUS1D0eftsKjwSFgFAo86cP+kjXL92gP67 +OSAAQFVqCopaIywCgI6VCpQ+/r6uvkagBIB5i85t+1P6Iicdb0HRMcIiABhcqdvdBEoAQAmCouOE +RQDAonuYNH3p/Ny+do4igqCoTtbMch6B1b+XEP43OSgAEOHsuYnOqCoSFKUhLAIADoupCEoVKIV/ +VzqewiQAGJKgKB1hEQBQRLFA6d+IXzEFSgB0aKSnnH3rQwiKkhIWAQDVmAuUrtfrr05wovmTBEoA +0A9BUXrCIgCgHTEBzr+J5kcQKAGEEH7NO5OyYqX1J6KNXL2z9bwpQVCUh7AIAOhLTYGSMAkAihEU +pSMsAgDGUypQUp0EwIDOqBwTFKUlLAIAeGctxHG7GwBUQVCUnrAIAGAPt7sBwDelq4oERXkIiwAA +cnG7G9BRAGCSa2LOkx6NFhSFICwCADiXQAkAqjViUBSCsAgAoH7mTwKgcj1WFY0aFIUgLAIAaF8l +8ydNP0O4/ONwANC+kYOiEIRFAABjKBQoTT+fOtrhGvWez/9ujg80wLxFLJ0bPRk9KApBWAQAwF2p +291eO+V/X1dfI1ACoARB0S/CIgAA4qyESZfL5UtlUdLOu0AJoEo9VRUJiv4QFgEAkG7Q8E8I06OT +fYvrnEcEQSmWI0wCYPY7RFD0hbAIAIBTxYQ4KQIl1UkA6ago6puwCACA6q2FOKWqk2K2BYB2CIre +ExYBANC8UtVJscsRKNErT0Tjfh70QFA0T1gEAMAQagqUhEkA5xIULRMWAQDAfbBg/iSAWSqKxiEs +AgCADcyfBNCus4Ki1/XWTlgEAAAJud0NtjFvUf1UFKVdbwuERQAAUJjb3QDKEhRtIywCAIAKCZSo +VeonolH3se6BoGg7YREAADTK/EkAK59flQRFn7fPpsIjYREAAHTK/EnAXj1UFdUUFLVGWAQAAANz +uxvQI0HRMcIiAABgkUCJV6nnLfJEtHqOaw8ERccJiwAAgMPMnwTUQFCUhrAIAADIzvxJUKeeKroE +RekIiwAAgCq43S3xAPZpPwVk9E5QlJawCAAAaEYNt7u1GLx8/H0VGNHtvFCCovSERQAAQDdKVCe1 +WpkkMKJHgqI8hEUAAMBQSlQn1TBv0ud/t2/bkTIw8kS0Oo3choKidIRFAAAAzwO/CsKkmO2I3Zec +gRFUc90KipISFgEAAGwZlJ44b9KekCdnYNRCFYtqpQGuSUFRcsIiAACAlAPXjPMm7b29TYUR3V5v +gqIshEUAAAClB7iZAqWt74kJjKafjhdjGy0oCkFYBAAAUKV3IU6qW9y+L3PS4PDu+hgwKApBWAQA +ANCMUvMlAeMGRSEIiwAAALqR6va2PXMZnTWwtl7r7Wm9tRAWAQAADCBn1ZEgwXqtty/Coozc9QsA +AJwt5glqHwb01mu9p663NsIiAACAzsQERAb01mu9day3RsIiAACATpQKiUYc0Fuv9Y5EWJTY5+2m +EQAAgHrGKAkDolEH9NZrvaMRFgEAAHQoR0g04oDeeq13RMIiAACATuQKiEYd0Fuv9Y7qL00AAACA +Ab31Wi93wiIAAAAM6K3XenkQFgEAAGBAb73WW3C9tRMWAQAAYEBvvdZbaL0tEBYBAABgQG+91ltg +va0QFgEAAGBAb73Wm3m9LREWAQAAMEuQYL3W2856UxEWAQAA8JYBvfVabzvrTekyTdO0+U2XSwgh +hNvt5tMTAMjuer2GEELY0W2hZMfydx9xenSO9RWhFS3fLgMtKhkgffzuR11+/3dMf0plEQAAAAAP +wiIAAAAAHn5oAgAAgLG1OKcKkI/KIgAAAAAehEUAAAAAPAiLAAAAAHgQFgEAAADwYIJrAAAAivq4 +frz9+7mJtre8/vm1SxN3z71ubl1bl5n6PUe2K3adW4/DWvsfPb5737PlmJrc/T2VRQAAABSzNHB/ +929bX3/W9u/ZzjO2/+gxOrrcrcve856alt8qlUUAAAAUsVb18zpoX3r9/d8+rh+L1Sdbq19itu91 +uXu28/73qapz9tiyjyWWneo9Z+xvb1QWAQAAkF3M7WGxAczSa3Pac9vbnu08M7RYu+3r8/b5eM3W +dj/aFjmO8xnnUQuERQAAABSzNQhZen3Mv81VK6UOZPZu52i3Qe1p99zhmYqi79yGBgAAABFShjqf +t88vy4sNsfZMon10H9fmYzozbMndHqMSFgEAANCleyBzDzS2VBWVmDfoXfVTrsqnFPv4/HevYRd9 +ERYBAABApBwhzlxodHRC59T7WGM4pIIoD2ERAAAAxWy9bWntaWdrnquL7v8dY2sIcXQ7n9d55oTd +e7Z9yzHds2+520OF1HcmuAYAACC7mKdOzT1ZbG0enVqeHrZlO1sLKO5PQXv9s8WeY5b7ONdyHtVG +ZREAAABFPM9zs6UqaOn1MQP8Ek/T2rOde+ZFamVC55T7lqo9SsxD1QuVRQAAABSz9RHzex9Jb7+O +i7l1b8utc3uqkfa8p6blt+oyTdO0+U2XSwghhNvtpgUBgOyu12sIIYQd3RZKdix/9xGnRwdcXxEA +zvbxux91+f3fMf0plUUAAAAAPJizCACA09yrxl7NVbBvef3za5cq4udeN7eurctM/Z4j2xW7ztT7 +eH/t2nGda//YZS7tz1q77DlmAL1SWQQAwCmWBvbv/m3r68/a/j3becb2x+5jDccixTLn9qXm9oc9 +Pq4fi38gRrHKopikvvQvG3vWs+fLxS8yfpEBAOb7DDH9taXX3//ter0u9pP29AvXtu91uXu2c6mP +d6RftsWWdR89FiXsOWZ7zw+ojcmaSaFIZVGqXx5S/nqzd3v37r9fZAAA1sOGd3+/9votPz6msue2 +tz3bWWvgcsaxOLq81tof4EzZK4u2/mq05XVry1/7ZWPLLw4pvlBTbXcNHQS/yAAAOfoae19/u90W +K5zvP3jN9V9S9lf2budaFXlpe6uacrRnquW11P4AZ8paWbT1V6PUy6/h1wO/yPjCBQD6kzNcWqrk +fve61z9792duOTX05e7bkONHyL3tD9CzIreh5f6CWftlo9aORMntzn1Puy9XAKBmr2HDliqSEkHK +7XYTWpx8fmh/gD9+1LhRZ06SfOQLodQEhEe+BN+VYKdc9mtbqCoCAHqVo5/zroJmy5QKqfclV9+x +tr7snvYH6NmPkXe+9nCn1Q6T0AgAiO2LbekjrD3tLKav8lwtErvuPU/KPbKdc/2qVo5diW0+crtd +D+0PkNtfNW7UvQz0tRz0zKdb7Nnu5+2v5YumxPbMlfECALz2tbY+DGTtCbO1PBxky3a21E86eiy2 +PiE4VT+9l/YHKKVIZdHR0s21JyDs/WWjhvmM/CIDAIzouX+3pSpo6fUxfbsSc2nu2c49fdaUUzds +DWy27mOq45dif1K1P0DPslYWbf3VKPXya3uKQ6rt9osMANCDrQ/7qPmhJr3u17uK8b3bnGo/j94F +0Op5BVDSZZqmafObLpdNH55rQcJrBcrWx83HLv/19ak+/Pc+Qn7rdqfc19flbA1+UuwLAGz9rt3R +baFkx/J3H/F+lD59/wPA6T5+96Muv/87pj9VZM6iFGn93mXU8uQGv8gAAAAALShSWQQAcITKokY6 +liqLAKA6eyqLfmg2AADoj2kCANhLWAQAAB0SBgGwl7BohV9kAAAAgJEIi1YIgwAAAICRCIsAAMji +Y6VCGwCo01+aAAAAAIA7lUUAACR10QQA0PZ3+TRN0+Y3XXQBAIDydnRbKNmx1EcEgC76UyqLAAAo +1vkEAOq3KyzSEQAAAADokwmuAQAAAHgQFgEAAADwICwCAAAA4EFYBAAAAMCDsAgAAACAB2ERAAAA +AA/CIgAAAAAehEUAAAAAPAiLAAAAAHgQFgEAAADwICwCAAAA4EFYBAAAAMCDsAgAAACAB2ERAAAA +AA/CIgAAAAAehEUAAAAAPAiLAAAAAHgQFgEAAADwICwCAAAA4EFYBAAAAMCDsAgAAACAB2ERAAAA +AA/CIgAAAAAe/g/10lQlA3JSSwAAAABJRU5ErkJggg== diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/.gitignore b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d7ec32eaf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +!*.xml diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fdee6b3f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml @@ -0,0 +1,353 @@ + + References + + + CEA 608-E + + Consumer Electronics Association (http://www.ce.org) + + CEA-608-E R-2014 "Line 21 Data Services" + + + + EN 300 294 + + European Telecommunication Standards Institute +(http://www.etsi.org) + + EN 300 294 "625-line television Wide Screen Signalling +(WSS)" + + + + ETS 300 231 + + European Telecommunication Standards Institute +(http://www.etsi.org) + + ETS 300 231 "Specification of the domestic video +Programme Delivery Control system (PDC)" + + + + ETS 300 706 + + European Telecommunication Standards Institute +(http://www.etsi.org) + + ETS 300 706 "Enhanced Teletext specification" + + + + ISO 13818-1 + + International Telecommunication Union (http://www.itu.ch), International +Organisation for Standardisation (http://www.iso.ch) + + ITU-T Rec. H.222.0 | ISO/IEC 13818-1 "Information +technology — Generic coding of moving pictures and associated +audio information: Systems" + + + + ISO 13818-2 + + International Telecommunication Union (http://www.itu.ch), International +Organisation for Standardisation (http://www.iso.ch) + + ITU-T Rec. H.262 | ISO/IEC 13818-2 "Information +technology — Generic coding of moving pictures and associated +audio information: Video" + + + + ITU BT.470 + + International Telecommunication Union (http://www.itu.ch) + + ITU-R Recommendation BT.470-6 "Conventional Television +Systems" + + + + ITU BT.601 + + International Telecommunication Union (http://www.itu.ch) + + ITU-R Recommendation BT.601-5 "Studio Encoding Parameters +of Digital Television for Standard 4:3 and Wide-Screen 16:9 Aspect +Ratios" + + + + ITU BT.653 + + International Telecommunication Union (http://www.itu.ch) + + ITU-R Recommendation BT.653-3 "Teletext systems" + + + + ITU BT.709 + + International Telecommunication Union (http://www.itu.ch) + + ITU-R Recommendation BT.709-5 "Parameter values for the +HDTV standards for production and international programme +exchange" + + + + ITU BT.1119 + + International Telecommunication Union (http://www.itu.ch) + + ITU-R Recommendation BT.1119 "625-line +television Wide Screen Signalling (WSS)" + + + + JFIF + + Independent JPEG Group (http://www.ijg.org) + + JPEG File Interchange Format + Version 1.02 + + + + ITU-T.81 + + International Telecommunication Union +(http://www.itu.int) + + ITU-T Recommendation T.81 +"Information Technology — Digital Compression and Coding of Continous-Tone +Still Images — Requirements and Guidelines" + + + + W3C JPEG JFIF + + The World Wide Web Consortium (http://www.w3.org) + + JPEG JFIF + + + + SMPTE 12M + + Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers +(http://www.smpte.org) + + SMPTE 12M-1999 "Television, Audio and Film - Time and +Control Code" + + + + SMPTE 170M + + Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers +(http://www.smpte.org) + + SMPTE 170M-1999 "Television - Composite Analog Video +Signal - NTSC for Studio Applications" + + + + SMPTE 240M + + Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers +(http://www.smpte.org) + + SMPTE 240M-1999 "Television - Signal Parameters - +1125-Line High-Definition Production" + + + + sRGB + + International Electrotechnical Commission +(http://www.iec.ch) + + IEC 61966-2-1 ed1.0 "Multimedia systems and equipment - Colour measurement +and management - Part 2-1: Colour management - Default RGB colour space - sRGB" + + + + sYCC + + International Electrotechnical Commission +(http://www.iec.ch) + + IEC 61966-2-1-am1 ed1.0 "Amendment 1 - Multimedia systems and equipment - Colour measurement +and management - Part 2-1: Colour management - Default RGB colour space - sRGB" + + + + xvYCC + + International Electrotechnical Commission +(http://www.iec.ch) + + IEC 61966-2-4 ed1.0 "Multimedia systems and equipment - Colour measurement +and management - Part 2-4: Colour management - Extended-gamut YCC colour space for video +applications - xvYCC" + + + + AdobeRGB + + Adobe Systems Incorporated (http://www.adobe.com) + + Adobe© RGB (1998) Color Image Encoding Version 2005-05 + + + + opRGB + + International Electrotechnical Commission +(http://www.iec.ch) + + IEC 61966-2-5 "Multimedia systems and equipment - Colour measurement +and management - Part 2-5: Colour management - Optional RGB colour space - opRGB" + + + + ITU BT.2020 + + International Telecommunication Union (http://www.itu.ch) + + ITU-R Recommendation BT.2020 (08/2012) "Parameter values for ultra-high +definition television systems for production and international programme exchange" + + + + + EBU Tech 3213 + + European Broadcast Union (http://www.ebu.ch) + + E.B.U. Standard for Chromaticity Tolerances for Studio Monitors" + + + + IEC 62106 + + International Electrotechnical Commission +(http://www.iec.ch) + + Specification of the radio data system (RDS) for VHF/FM sound broadcasting +in the frequency range from 87,5 to 108,0 MHz + + + + NRSC-4-B + + National Radio Systems Committee +(http://www.nrscstandards.org) + + NRSC-4-B: United States RBDS Standard + + + + ISO 12232:2006 + + International Organization for Standardization +(http://www.iso.org) + + Photography — Digital still cameras — Determination + of exposure index, ISO speed ratings, standard output sensitivity, and + recommended exposure index + + + + CEA-861-E + + Consumer Electronics Association +(http://www.ce.org) + + A DTV Profile for Uncompressed High Speed Digital Interfaces + + + + VESA DMT + + Video Electronics Standards Association +(http://www.vesa.org) + + VESA and Industry Standards and Guidelines for Computer Display Monitor Timing (DMT) + + + + EDID + + Video Electronics Standards Association +(http://www.vesa.org) + + VESA Enhanced Extended Display Identification Data Standard + Release A, Revision 2 + + + + HDCP + + Digital Content Protection LLC +(http://www.digital-cp.com) + + High-bandwidth Digital Content Protection System + Revision 1.3 + + + + HDMI + + HDMI Licensing LLC +(http://www.hdmi.org) + + High-Definition Multimedia Interface + Specification Version 1.4a + + + + DP + + Video Electronics Standards Association +(http://www.vesa.org) + + VESA DisplayPort Standard + Version 1, Revision 2 + + + + poynton + + Charles Poynton + + Digital Video and HDTV, Algorithms and Interfaces + + + + colimg + + Erik Reinhard et al. + + Color Imaging: Fundamentals and Applications + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/capture.c.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/capture.c.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1c5c49a2d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/capture.c.xml @@ -0,0 +1,659 @@ + +/* + * V4L2 video capture example + * + * This program can be used and distributed without restrictions. + * + * This program is provided with the V4L2 API + * see http://linuxtv.org/docs.php for more information + */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <assert.h> + +#include <getopt.h> /* getopt_long() */ + +#include <fcntl.h> /* low-level i/o */ +#include <unistd.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <sys/mman.h> +#include <sys/ioctl.h> + +#include <linux/videodev2.h> + +#define CLEAR(x) memset(&(x), 0, sizeof(x)) + +enum io_method { + IO_METHOD_READ, + IO_METHOD_MMAP, + IO_METHOD_USERPTR, +}; + +struct buffer { + void *start; + size_t length; +}; + +static char *dev_name; +static enum io_method io = IO_METHOD_MMAP; +static int fd = -1; +struct buffer *buffers; +static unsigned int n_buffers; +static int out_buf; +static int force_format; +static int frame_count = 70; + +static void errno_exit(const char *s) +{ + fprintf(stderr, "%s error %d, %s\n", s, errno, strerror(errno)); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +static int xioctl(int fh, int request, void *arg) +{ + int r; + + do { + r = ioctl(fh, request, arg); + } while (-1 == r && EINTR == errno); + + return r; +} + +static void process_image(const void *p, int size) +{ + if (out_buf) + fwrite(p, size, 1, stdout); + + fflush(stderr); + fprintf(stderr, "."); + fflush(stdout); +} + +static int read_frame(void) +{ + struct v4l2_buffer buf; + unsigned int i; + + switch (io) { + case IO_METHOD_READ: + if (-1 == read(fd, buffers[0].start, buffers[0].length)) { + switch (errno) { + case EAGAIN: + return 0; + + case EIO: + /* Could ignore EIO, see spec. */ + + /* fall through */ + + default: + errno_exit("read"); + } + } + + process_image(buffers[0].start, buffers[0].length); + break; + + case IO_METHOD_MMAP: + CLEAR(buf); + + buf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + buf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP; + + if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_DQBUF, &buf)) { + switch (errno) { + case EAGAIN: + return 0; + + case EIO: + /* Could ignore EIO, see spec. */ + + /* fall through */ + + default: + errno_exit("VIDIOC_DQBUF"); + } + } + + assert(buf.index < n_buffers); + + process_image(buffers[buf.index].start, buf.bytesused); + + if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_QBUF, &buf)) + errno_exit("VIDIOC_QBUF"); + break; + + case IO_METHOD_USERPTR: + CLEAR(buf); + + buf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + buf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR; + + if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_DQBUF, &buf)) { + switch (errno) { + case EAGAIN: + return 0; + + case EIO: + /* Could ignore EIO, see spec. */ + + /* fall through */ + + default: + errno_exit("VIDIOC_DQBUF"); + } + } + + for (i = 0; i < n_buffers; ++i) + if (buf.m.userptr == (unsigned long)buffers[i].start + && buf.length == buffers[i].length) + break; + + assert(i < n_buffers); + + process_image((void *)buf.m.userptr, buf.bytesused); + + if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_QBUF, &buf)) + errno_exit("VIDIOC_QBUF"); + break; + } + + return 1; +} + +static void mainloop(void) +{ + unsigned int count; + + count = frame_count; + + while (count-- > 0) { + for (;;) { + fd_set fds; + struct timeval tv; + int r; + + FD_ZERO(&fds); + FD_SET(fd, &fds); + + /* Timeout. */ + tv.tv_sec = 2; + tv.tv_usec = 0; + + r = select(fd + 1, &fds, NULL, NULL, &tv); + + if (-1 == r) { + if (EINTR == errno) + continue; + errno_exit("select"); + } + + if (0 == r) { + fprintf(stderr, "select timeout\n"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + if (read_frame()) + break; + /* EAGAIN - continue select loop. */ + } + } +} + +static void stop_capturing(void) +{ + enum v4l2_buf_type type; + + switch (io) { + case IO_METHOD_READ: + /* Nothing to do. */ + break; + + case IO_METHOD_MMAP: + case IO_METHOD_USERPTR: + type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_STREAMOFF, &type)) + errno_exit("VIDIOC_STREAMOFF"); + break; + } +} + +static void start_capturing(void) +{ + unsigned int i; + enum v4l2_buf_type type; + + switch (io) { + case IO_METHOD_READ: + /* Nothing to do. */ + break; + + case IO_METHOD_MMAP: + for (i = 0; i < n_buffers; ++i) { + struct v4l2_buffer buf; + + CLEAR(buf); + buf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + buf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP; + buf.index = i; + + if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_QBUF, &buf)) + errno_exit("VIDIOC_QBUF"); + } + type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_STREAMON, &type)) + errno_exit("VIDIOC_STREAMON"); + break; + + case IO_METHOD_USERPTR: + for (i = 0; i < n_buffers; ++i) { + struct v4l2_buffer buf; + + CLEAR(buf); + buf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + buf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR; + buf.index = i; + buf.m.userptr = (unsigned long)buffers[i].start; + buf.length = buffers[i].length; + + if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_QBUF, &buf)) + errno_exit("VIDIOC_QBUF"); + } + type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_STREAMON, &type)) + errno_exit("VIDIOC_STREAMON"); + break; + } +} + +static void uninit_device(void) +{ + unsigned int i; + + switch (io) { + case IO_METHOD_READ: + free(buffers[0].start); + break; + + case IO_METHOD_MMAP: + for (i = 0; i < n_buffers; ++i) + if (-1 == munmap(buffers[i].start, buffers[i].length)) + errno_exit("munmap"); + break; + + case IO_METHOD_USERPTR: + for (i = 0; i < n_buffers; ++i) + free(buffers[i].start); + break; + } + + free(buffers); +} + +static void init_read(unsigned int buffer_size) +{ + buffers = calloc(1, sizeof(*buffers)); + + if (!buffers) { + fprintf(stderr, "Out of memory\n"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + buffers[0].length = buffer_size; + buffers[0].start = malloc(buffer_size); + + if (!buffers[0].start) { + fprintf(stderr, "Out of memory\n"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } +} + +static void init_mmap(void) +{ + struct v4l2_requestbuffers req; + + CLEAR(req); + + req.count = 4; + req.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + req.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP; + + if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_REQBUFS, &req)) { + if (EINVAL == errno) { + fprintf(stderr, "%s does not support " + "memory mapping\n", dev_name); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } else { + errno_exit("VIDIOC_REQBUFS"); + } + } + + if (req.count < 2) { + fprintf(stderr, "Insufficient buffer memory on %s\n", + dev_name); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + buffers = calloc(req.count, sizeof(*buffers)); + + if (!buffers) { + fprintf(stderr, "Out of memory\n"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + for (n_buffers = 0; n_buffers < req.count; ++n_buffers) { + struct v4l2_buffer buf; + + CLEAR(buf); + + buf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + buf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP; + buf.index = n_buffers; + + if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_QUERYBUF, &buf)) + errno_exit("VIDIOC_QUERYBUF"); + + buffers[n_buffers].length = buf.length; + buffers[n_buffers].start = + mmap(NULL /* start anywhere */, + buf.length, + PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE /* required */, + MAP_SHARED /* recommended */, + fd, buf.m.offset); + + if (MAP_FAILED == buffers[n_buffers].start) + errno_exit("mmap"); + } +} + +static void init_userp(unsigned int buffer_size) +{ + struct v4l2_requestbuffers req; + + CLEAR(req); + + req.count = 4; + req.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + req.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR; + + if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_REQBUFS, &req)) { + if (EINVAL == errno) { + fprintf(stderr, "%s does not support " + "user pointer i/o\n", dev_name); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } else { + errno_exit("VIDIOC_REQBUFS"); + } + } + + buffers = calloc(4, sizeof(*buffers)); + + if (!buffers) { + fprintf(stderr, "Out of memory\n"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + for (n_buffers = 0; n_buffers < 4; ++n_buffers) { + buffers[n_buffers].length = buffer_size; + buffers[n_buffers].start = malloc(buffer_size); + + if (!buffers[n_buffers].start) { + fprintf(stderr, "Out of memory\n"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + } +} + +static void init_device(void) +{ + struct v4l2_capability cap; + struct v4l2_cropcap cropcap; + struct v4l2_crop crop; + struct v4l2_format fmt; + unsigned int min; + + if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_QUERYCAP, &cap)) { + if (EINVAL == errno) { + fprintf(stderr, "%s is no V4L2 device\n", + dev_name); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } else { + errno_exit("VIDIOC_QUERYCAP"); + } + } + + if (!(cap.capabilities & V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_CAPTURE)) { + fprintf(stderr, "%s is no video capture device\n", + dev_name); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + switch (io) { + case IO_METHOD_READ: + if (!(cap.capabilities & V4L2_CAP_READWRITE)) { + fprintf(stderr, "%s does not support read i/o\n", + dev_name); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + break; + + case IO_METHOD_MMAP: + case IO_METHOD_USERPTR: + if (!(cap.capabilities & V4L2_CAP_STREAMING)) { + fprintf(stderr, "%s does not support streaming i/o\n", + dev_name); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + break; + } + + + /* Select video input, video standard and tune here. */ + + + CLEAR(cropcap); + + cropcap.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + + if (0 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_CROPCAP, &cropcap)) { + crop.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + crop.c = cropcap.defrect; /* reset to default */ + + if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_S_CROP, &crop)) { + switch (errno) { + case EINVAL: + /* Cropping not supported. */ + break; + default: + /* Errors ignored. */ + break; + } + } + } else { + /* Errors ignored. */ + } + + + CLEAR(fmt); + + fmt.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + if (force_format) { + fmt.fmt.pix.width = 640; + fmt.fmt.pix.height = 480; + fmt.fmt.pix.pixelformat = V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV; + fmt.fmt.pix.field = V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED; + + if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_S_FMT, &fmt)) + errno_exit("VIDIOC_S_FMT"); + + /* Note VIDIOC_S_FMT may change width and height. */ + } else { + /* Preserve original settings as set by v4l2-ctl for example */ + if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_G_FMT, &fmt)) + errno_exit("VIDIOC_G_FMT"); + } + + /* Buggy driver paranoia. */ + min = fmt.fmt.pix.width * 2; + if (fmt.fmt.pix.bytesperline < min) + fmt.fmt.pix.bytesperline = min; + min = fmt.fmt.pix.bytesperline * fmt.fmt.pix.height; + if (fmt.fmt.pix.sizeimage < min) + fmt.fmt.pix.sizeimage = min; + + switch (io) { + case IO_METHOD_READ: + init_read(fmt.fmt.pix.sizeimage); + break; + + case IO_METHOD_MMAP: + init_mmap(); + break; + + case IO_METHOD_USERPTR: + init_userp(fmt.fmt.pix.sizeimage); + break; + } +} + +static void close_device(void) +{ + if (-1 == close(fd)) + errno_exit("close"); + + fd = -1; +} + +static void open_device(void) +{ + struct stat st; + + if (-1 == stat(dev_name, &st)) { + fprintf(stderr, "Cannot identify '%s': %d, %s\n", + dev_name, errno, strerror(errno)); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + if (!S_ISCHR(st.st_mode)) { + fprintf(stderr, "%s is no device\n", dev_name); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + fd = open(dev_name, O_RDWR /* required */ | O_NONBLOCK, 0); + + if (-1 == fd) { + fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open '%s': %d, %s\n", + dev_name, errno, strerror(errno)); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } +} + +static void usage(FILE *fp, int argc, char **argv) +{ + fprintf(fp, + "Usage: %s [options]\n\n" + "Version 1.3\n" + "Options:\n" + "-d | --device name Video device name [%s]\n" + "-h | --help Print this message\n" + "-m | --mmap Use memory mapped buffers [default]\n" + "-r | --read Use read() calls\n" + "-u | --userp Use application allocated buffers\n" + "-o | --output Outputs stream to stdout\n" + "-f | --format Force format to 640x480 YUYV\n" + "-c | --count Number of frames to grab [%i]\n" + "", + argv[0], dev_name, frame_count); +} + +static const char short_options[] = "d:hmruofc:"; + +static const struct option +long_options[] = { + { "device", required_argument, NULL, 'd' }, + { "help", no_argument, NULL, 'h' }, + { "mmap", no_argument, NULL, 'm' }, + { "read", no_argument, NULL, 'r' }, + { "userp", no_argument, NULL, 'u' }, + { "output", no_argument, NULL, 'o' }, + { "format", no_argument, NULL, 'f' }, + { "count", required_argument, NULL, 'c' }, + { 0, 0, 0, 0 } +}; + +int main(int argc, char **argv) +{ + dev_name = "/dev/video0"; + + for (;;) { + int idx; + int c; + + c = getopt_long(argc, argv, + short_options, long_options, &idx); + + if (-1 == c) + break; + + switch (c) { + case 0: /* getopt_long() flag */ + break; + + case 'd': + dev_name = optarg; + break; + + case 'h': + usage(stdout, argc, argv); + exit(EXIT_SUCCESS); + + case 'm': + io = IO_METHOD_MMAP; + break; + + case 'r': + io = IO_METHOD_READ; + break; + + case 'u': + io = IO_METHOD_USERPTR; + break; + + case 'o': + out_buf++; + break; + + case 'f': + force_format++; + break; + + case 'c': + errno = 0; + frame_count = strtol(optarg, NULL, 0); + if (errno) + errno_exit(optarg); + break; + + default: + usage(stderr, argc, argv); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + } + + open_device(); + init_device(); + start_capturing(); + mainloop(); + stop_capturing(); + uninit_device(); + close_device(); + fprintf(stderr, "\n"); + return 0; +} + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b5e01422 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1102 @@ + Common API Elements + + Programming a V4L2 device consists of these +steps: + + + + Opening the device + + + Changing device properties, selecting a video and audio +input, video standard, picture brightness a. o. + + + Negotiating a data format + + + Negotiating an input/output method + + + The actual input/output loop + + + Closing the device + + + + In practice most steps are optional and can be executed out of +order. It depends on the V4L2 device type, you can read about the +details in . In this chapter we will discuss +the basic concepts applicable to all devices. + +
+ Opening and Closing Devices + +
+ Device Naming + + V4L2 drivers are implemented as kernel modules, loaded +manually by the system administrator or automatically when a device is +first discovered. The driver modules plug into the "videodev" kernel +module. It provides helper functions and a common application +interface specified in this document. + + Each driver thus loaded registers one or more device nodes +with major number 81 and a minor number between 0 and 255. Minor numbers +are allocated dynamically unless the kernel is compiled with the kernel +option CONFIG_VIDEO_FIXED_MINOR_RANGES. In that case minor numbers are +allocated in ranges depending on the device node type (video, radio, etc.). + + Many drivers support "video_nr", "radio_nr" or "vbi_nr" +module options to select specific video/radio/vbi node numbers. This allows +the user to request that the device node is named e.g. /dev/video5 instead +of leaving it to chance. When the driver supports multiple devices of the same +type more than one device node number can be assigned, separated by commas: + + +> modprobe mydriver video_nr=0,1 radio_nr=0,1 + + + In /etc/modules.conf this may be +written as: + +options mydriver video_nr=0,1 radio_nr=0,1 + + When no device node number is given as module +option the driver supplies a default. + + Normally udev will create the device nodes in /dev automatically +for you. If udev is not installed, then you need to enable the +CONFIG_VIDEO_FIXED_MINOR_RANGES kernel option in order to be able to correctly +relate a minor number to a device node number. I.e., you need to be certain +that minor number 5 maps to device node name video5. With this kernel option +different device types have different minor number ranges. These ranges are +listed in . + + + The creation of character special files (with +mknod) is a privileged operation and +devices cannot be opened by major and minor number. That means +applications cannot reliable scan for loaded or +installed drivers. The user must enter a device name, or the +application can try the conventional device names. +
+ + + +
+ Multiple Opens + + V4L2 devices can be opened more than once. +There are still some old and obscure drivers that have not been updated to +allow for multiple opens. This implies that for such drivers &func-open; can +return an &EBUSY; when the device is already in use. +When this is supported by the driver, users can for example start a +"panel" application to change controls like brightness or audio +volume, while another application captures video and audio. In other words, panel +applications are comparable to an ALSA audio mixer application. +Just opening a V4L2 device should not change the state of the device. +Unfortunately, opening a radio device often switches the state of the +device to radio mode in many drivers. This behavior should be fixed eventually +as it violates the V4L2 specification. + + Once an application has allocated the memory buffers needed for +streaming data (by calling the &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; or &VIDIOC-CREATE-BUFS; ioctls, +or implicitly by calling the &func-read; or &func-write; functions) that +application (filehandle) becomes the owner of the device. It is no longer +allowed to make changes that would affect the buffer sizes (e.g. by calling +the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl) and other applications are no longer allowed to allocate +buffers or start or stop streaming. The &EBUSY; will be returned instead. + + Merely opening a V4L2 device does not grant exclusive +access. + Drivers could recognize the +O_EXCL open flag. Presently this is not required, +so applications cannot know if it really works. + Initiating data exchange however assigns the right +to read or write the requested type of data, and to change related +properties, to this file descriptor. Applications can request +additional access privileges using the priority mechanism described in +. +
+ +
+ Shared Data Streams + + V4L2 drivers should not support multiple applications +reading or writing the same data stream on a device by copying +buffers, time multiplexing or similar means. This is better handled by +a proxy application in user space. +
+ +
+ Functions + + To open and close V4L2 devices applications use the +&func-open; and &func-close; function, respectively. Devices are +programmed using the &func-ioctl; function as explained in the +following sections. +
+
+ +
+ Querying Capabilities + + Because V4L2 covers a wide variety of devices not all +aspects of the API are equally applicable to all types of devices. +Furthermore devices of the same type have different capabilities and +this specification permits the omission of a few complicated and less +important parts of the API. + + The &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl is available to check if the kernel +device is compatible with this specification, and to query the functions and I/O +methods supported by the device. + + Starting with kernel version 3.1, VIDIOC-QUERYCAP will return the +V4L2 API version used by the driver, with generally matches the Kernel version. +There's no need of using &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; to check if a specific ioctl is +supported, the V4L2 core now returns ENOTTY if a driver doesn't provide +support for an ioctl. + + Other features can be queried +by calling the respective ioctl, for example &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT; +to learn about the number, types and names of video connectors on the +device. Although abstraction is a major objective of this API, the +&VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl also allows driver specific applications to reliably identify +the driver. + + All V4L2 drivers must support +VIDIOC_QUERYCAP. Applications should always call +this ioctl after opening the device. +
+ +
+ Application Priority + + When multiple applications share a device it may be +desirable to assign them different priorities. Contrary to the +traditional "rm -rf /" school of thought a video recording application +could for example block other applications from changing video +controls or switching the current TV channel. Another objective is to +permit low priority applications working in background, which can be +preempted by user controlled applications and automatically regain +control of the device at a later time. + + Since these features cannot be implemented entirely in user +space V4L2 defines the &VIDIOC-G-PRIORITY; and &VIDIOC-S-PRIORITY; +ioctls to request and query the access priority associate with a file +descriptor. Opening a device assigns a medium priority, compatible +with earlier versions of V4L2 and drivers not supporting these ioctls. +Applications requiring a different priority will usually call +VIDIOC_S_PRIORITY after verifying the device with +the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. + + Ioctls changing driver properties, such as &VIDIOC-S-INPUT;, +return an &EBUSY; after another application obtained higher priority. +
+ +
+ Video Inputs and Outputs + + Video inputs and outputs are physical connectors of a +device. These can be for example RF connectors (antenna/cable), CVBS +a.k.a. Composite Video, S-Video or RGB connectors. Video and VBI +capture devices have inputs. Video and VBI output devices have outputs, +at least one each. Radio devices have no video inputs or outputs. + + To learn about the number and attributes of the +available inputs and outputs applications can enumerate them with the +&VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT; and &VIDIOC-ENUMOUTPUT; ioctl, respectively. The +&v4l2-input; returned by the VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT +ioctl also contains signal status information applicable when the +current video input is queried. + + The &VIDIOC-G-INPUT; and &VIDIOC-G-OUTPUT; ioctls return the +index of the current video input or output. To select a different +input or output applications call the &VIDIOC-S-INPUT; and +&VIDIOC-S-OUTPUT; ioctls. Drivers must implement all the input ioctls +when the device has one or more inputs, all the output ioctls when the +device has one or more outputs. + + + Information about the current video input + + +&v4l2-input; input; +int index; + +if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-G-INPUT;, &index)) { + perror("VIDIOC_G_INPUT"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +memset(&input, 0, sizeof(input)); +input.index = index; + +if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT;, &input)) { + perror("VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +printf("Current input: %s\n", input.name); + + + + + Switching to the first video input + + +int index; + +index = 0; + +if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-S-INPUT;, &index)) { + perror("VIDIOC_S_INPUT"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + + +
+ +
+ Audio Inputs and Outputs + + Audio inputs and outputs are physical connectors of a +device. Video capture devices have inputs, output devices have +outputs, zero or more each. Radio devices have no audio inputs or +outputs. They have exactly one tuner which in fact +is an audio source, but this API associates +tuners with video inputs or outputs only, and radio devices have +none of these. + Actually &v4l2-audio; ought to have a +tuner field like &v4l2-input;, not only +making the API more consistent but also permitting radio devices with +multiple tuners. + A connector on a TV card to loop back the received +audio signal to a sound card is not considered an audio output. + + Audio and video inputs and outputs are associated. Selecting +a video source also selects an audio source. This is most evident when +the video and audio source is a tuner. Further audio connectors can +combine with more than one video input or output. Assumed two +composite video inputs and two audio inputs exist, there may be up to +four valid combinations. The relation of video and audio connectors +is defined in the audioset field of the +respective &v4l2-input; or &v4l2-output;, where each bit represents +the index number, starting at zero, of one audio input or output. + + To learn about the number and attributes of the +available inputs and outputs applications can enumerate them with the +&VIDIOC-ENUMAUDIO; and &VIDIOC-ENUMAUDOUT; ioctl, respectively. The +&v4l2-audio; returned by the VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO ioctl +also contains signal status information applicable when the current +audio input is queried. + + The &VIDIOC-G-AUDIO; and &VIDIOC-G-AUDOUT; ioctls report +the current audio input and output, respectively. Note that, unlike +&VIDIOC-G-INPUT; and &VIDIOC-G-OUTPUT; these ioctls return a structure +as VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO and +VIDIOC_ENUMAUDOUT do, not just an index. + + To select an audio input and change its properties +applications call the &VIDIOC-S-AUDIO; ioctl. To select an audio +output (which presently has no changeable properties) applications +call the &VIDIOC-S-AUDOUT; ioctl. + + Drivers must implement all audio input ioctls when the device +has multiple selectable audio inputs, all audio output ioctls when the +device has multiple selectable audio outputs. When the device has any +audio inputs or outputs the driver must set the V4L2_CAP_AUDIO +flag in the &v4l2-capability; returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. + + + Information about the current audio input + + +&v4l2-audio; audio; + +memset(&audio, 0, sizeof(audio)); + +if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-G-AUDIO;, &audio)) { + perror("VIDIOC_G_AUDIO"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +printf("Current input: %s\n", audio.name); + + + + + Switching to the first audio input + + +&v4l2-audio; audio; + +memset(&audio, 0, sizeof(audio)); /* clear audio.mode, audio.reserved */ + +audio.index = 0; + +if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-S-AUDIO;, &audio)) { + perror("VIDIOC_S_AUDIO"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + + +
+ +
+ Tuners and Modulators + +
+ Tuners + + Video input devices can have one or more tuners +demodulating a RF signal. Each tuner is associated with one or more +video inputs, depending on the number of RF connectors on the tuner. +The type field of the respective +&v4l2-input; returned by the &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT; ioctl is set to +V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_TUNER and its +tuner field contains the index number of +the tuner. + + Radio input devices have exactly one tuner with index zero, no +video inputs. + + To query and change tuner properties applications use the +&VIDIOC-G-TUNER; and &VIDIOC-S-TUNER; ioctls, respectively. The +&v4l2-tuner; returned by VIDIOC_G_TUNER also +contains signal status information applicable when the tuner of the +current video or radio input is queried. Note that +VIDIOC_S_TUNER does not switch the current tuner, +when there is more than one at all. The tuner is solely determined by +the current video input. Drivers must support both ioctls and set the +V4L2_CAP_TUNER flag in the &v4l2-capability; +returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl when the device has one or +more tuners. +
+ +
+ Modulators + + Video output devices can have one or more modulators, uh, +modulating a video signal for radiation or connection to the antenna +input of a TV set or video recorder. Each modulator is associated with +one or more video outputs, depending on the number of RF connectors on +the modulator. The type field of the +respective &v4l2-output; returned by the &VIDIOC-ENUMOUTPUT; ioctl is +set to V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_MODULATOR and its +modulator field contains the index number +of the modulator. + + Radio output devices have exactly one modulator with index +zero, no video outputs. + + A video or radio device cannot support both a tuner and a +modulator. Two separate device nodes will have to be used for such +hardware, one that supports the tuner functionality and one that supports +the modulator functionality. The reason is a limitation with the +&VIDIOC-S-FREQUENCY; ioctl where you cannot specify whether the frequency +is for a tuner or a modulator. + + To query and change modulator properties applications use +the &VIDIOC-G-MODULATOR; and &VIDIOC-S-MODULATOR; ioctl. Note that +VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR does not switch the current +modulator, when there is more than one at all. The modulator is solely +determined by the current video output. Drivers must support both +ioctls and set the V4L2_CAP_MODULATOR flag in +the &v4l2-capability; returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl when the +device has one or more modulators. +
+ +
+ Radio Frequency + + To get and set the tuner or modulator radio frequency +applications use the &VIDIOC-G-FREQUENCY; and &VIDIOC-S-FREQUENCY; +ioctl which both take a pointer to a &v4l2-frequency;. These ioctls +are used for TV and radio devices alike. Drivers must support both +ioctls when the tuner or modulator ioctls are supported, or +when the device is a radio device. +
+
+ +
+ Video Standards + + Video devices typically support one or more different video +standards or variations of standards. Each video input and output may +support another set of standards. This set is reported by the +std field of &v4l2-input; and +&v4l2-output; returned by the &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT; and +&VIDIOC-ENUMOUTPUT; ioctls, respectively. + + V4L2 defines one bit for each analog video standard +currently in use worldwide, and sets aside bits for driver defined +standards, ⪚ hybrid standards to watch NTSC video tapes on PAL TVs +and vice versa. Applications can use the predefined bits to select a +particular standard, although presenting the user a menu of supported +standards is preferred. To enumerate and query the attributes of the +supported standards applications use the &VIDIOC-ENUMSTD; ioctl. + + Many of the defined standards are actually just variations +of a few major standards. The hardware may in fact not distinguish +between them, or do so internal and switch automatically. Therefore +enumerated standards also contain sets of one or more standard +bits. + + Assume a hypothetic tuner capable of demodulating B/PAL, +G/PAL and I/PAL signals. The first enumerated standard is a set of B +and G/PAL, switched automatically depending on the selected radio +frequency in UHF or VHF band. Enumeration gives a "PAL-B/G" or "PAL-I" +choice. Similar a Composite input may collapse standards, enumerating +"PAL-B/G/H/I", "NTSC-M" and "SECAM-D/K". + Some users are already confused by technical terms PAL, +NTSC and SECAM. There is no point asking them to distinguish between +B, G, D, or K when the software or hardware can do that +automatically. + + + To query and select the standard used by the current video +input or output applications call the &VIDIOC-G-STD; and +&VIDIOC-S-STD; ioctl, respectively. The received +standard can be sensed with the &VIDIOC-QUERYSTD; ioctl. Note that the +parameter of all these ioctls is a pointer to a &v4l2-std-id; type +(a standard set), not an index into the standard +enumeration. Drivers must implement all video standard ioctls +when the device has one or more video inputs or outputs. + + Special rules apply to devices such as USB cameras where the notion of video +standards makes little sense. More generally for any capture or output device +which is: + + incapable of capturing fields or frames at the nominal +rate of the video standard, or + + + that does not support the video standard formats at all. + + Here the driver shall set the +std field of &v4l2-input; and &v4l2-output; +to zero and the VIDIOC_G_STD, +VIDIOC_S_STD, +VIDIOC_QUERYSTD and +VIDIOC_ENUMSTD ioctls shall return the +&ENOTTY; or the &EINVAL;. + Applications can make use of the and + flags to determine whether the video standard ioctls +can be used with the given input or output. + + + Information about the current video standard + + +&v4l2-std-id; std_id; +&v4l2-standard; standard; + +if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-G-STD;, &std_id)) { + /* Note when VIDIOC_ENUMSTD always returns ENOTTY this + is no video device or it falls under the USB exception, + and VIDIOC_G_STD returning ENOTTY is no error. */ + + perror("VIDIOC_G_STD"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +memset(&standard, 0, sizeof(standard)); +standard.index = 0; + +while (0 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-ENUMSTD;, &standard)) { + if (standard.id & std_id) { + printf("Current video standard: %s\n", standard.name); + exit(EXIT_SUCCESS); + } + + standard.index++; +} + +/* EINVAL indicates the end of the enumeration, which cannot be + empty unless this device falls under the USB exception. */ + +if (errno == EINVAL || standard.index == 0) { + perror("VIDIOC_ENUMSTD"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + + + + + Listing the video standards supported by the current +input + + +&v4l2-input; input; +&v4l2-standard; standard; + +memset(&input, 0, sizeof(input)); + +if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-G-INPUT;, &input.index)) { + perror("VIDIOC_G_INPUT"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT;, &input)) { + perror("VIDIOC_ENUM_INPUT"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +printf("Current input %s supports:\n", input.name); + +memset(&standard, 0, sizeof(standard)); +standard.index = 0; + +while (0 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-ENUMSTD;, &standard)) { + if (standard.id & input.std) + printf("%s\n", standard.name); + + standard.index++; +} + +/* EINVAL indicates the end of the enumeration, which cannot be + empty unless this device falls under the USB exception. */ + +if (errno != EINVAL || standard.index == 0) { + perror("VIDIOC_ENUMSTD"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + + + + + Selecting a new video standard + + +&v4l2-input; input; +&v4l2-std-id; std_id; + +memset(&input, 0, sizeof(input)); + +if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-G-INPUT;, &input.index)) { + perror("VIDIOC_G_INPUT"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT;, &input)) { + perror("VIDIOC_ENUM_INPUT"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +if (0 == (input.std & V4L2_STD_PAL_BG)) { + fprintf(stderr, "Oops. B/G PAL is not supported.\n"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +/* Note this is also supposed to work when only B + or G/PAL is supported. */ + +std_id = V4L2_STD_PAL_BG; + +if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-S-STD;, &std_id)) { + perror("VIDIOC_S_STD"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + + +
+
+ Digital Video (DV) Timings + + The video standards discussed so far have been dealing with Analog TV and the +corresponding video timings. Today there are many more different hardware interfaces +such as High Definition TV interfaces (HDMI), VGA, DVI connectors etc., that carry +video signals and there is a need to extend the API to select the video timings +for these interfaces. Since it is not possible to extend the &v4l2-std-id; due to +the limited bits available, a new set of ioctls was added to set/get video timings at +the input and output. + + These ioctls deal with the detailed digital video timings that define +each video format. This includes parameters such as the active video width and height, +signal polarities, frontporches, backporches, sync widths etc. The linux/v4l2-dv-timings.h +header can be used to get the timings of the formats in the and + standards. + + + To enumerate and query the attributes of the DV timings supported by a device + applications use the &VIDIOC-ENUM-DV-TIMINGS; and &VIDIOC-DV-TIMINGS-CAP; ioctls. + To set DV timings for the device applications use the +&VIDIOC-S-DV-TIMINGS; ioctl and to get current DV timings they use the +&VIDIOC-G-DV-TIMINGS; ioctl. To detect the DV timings as seen by the video receiver applications +use the &VIDIOC-QUERY-DV-TIMINGS; ioctl. + Applications can make use of the and + flags to determine whether the digital video ioctls +can be used with the given input or output. +
+ + &sub-controls; + +
+ Data Formats + +
+ Data Format Negotiation + + Different devices exchange different kinds of data with +applications, for example video images, raw or sliced VBI data, RDS +datagrams. Even within one kind many different formats are possible, +in particular an abundance of image formats. Although drivers must +provide a default and the selection persists across closing and +reopening a device, applications should always negotiate a data format +before engaging in data exchange. Negotiation means the application +asks for a particular format and the driver selects and reports the +best the hardware can do to satisfy the request. Of course +applications can also just query the current selection. + + A single mechanism exists to negotiate all data formats +using the aggregate &v4l2-format; and the &VIDIOC-G-FMT; and +&VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctls. Additionally the &VIDIOC-TRY-FMT; ioctl can be +used to examine what the hardware could do, +without actually selecting a new data format. The data formats +supported by the V4L2 API are covered in the respective device section +in . For a closer look at image formats see +. + + The VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl is a major +turning-point in the initialization sequence. Prior to this point +multiple panel applications can access the same device concurrently to +select the current input, change controls or modify other properties. +The first VIDIOC_S_FMT assigns a logical stream +(video data, VBI data etc.) exclusively to one file descriptor. + + Exclusive means no other application, more precisely no +other file descriptor, can grab this stream or change device +properties inconsistent with the negotiated parameters. A video +standard change for example, when the new standard uses a different +number of scan lines, can invalidate the selected image format. +Therefore only the file descriptor owning the stream can make +invalidating changes. Accordingly multiple file descriptors which +grabbed different logical streams prevent each other from interfering +with their settings. When for example video overlay is about to start +or already in progress, simultaneous video capturing may be restricted +to the same cropping and image size. + + When applications omit the +VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl its locking side effects are +implied by the next step, the selection of an I/O method with the +&VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl or implicit with the first &func-read; or +&func-write; call. + + Generally only one logical stream can be assigned to a +file descriptor, the exception being drivers permitting simultaneous +video capturing and overlay using the same file descriptor for +compatibility with V4L and earlier versions of V4L2. Switching the +logical stream or returning into "panel mode" is possible by closing +and reopening the device. Drivers may support a +switch using VIDIOC_S_FMT. + + All drivers exchanging data with +applications must support the VIDIOC_G_FMT and +VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl. Implementation of the +VIDIOC_TRY_FMT is highly recommended but +optional. +
+ +
+ Image Format Enumeration + + Apart of the generic format negotiation functions +a special ioctl to enumerate all image formats supported by video +capture, overlay or output devices is available. + Enumerating formats an application has no a-priori +knowledge of (otherwise it could explicitly ask for them and need not +enumerate) seems useless, but there are applications serving as proxy +between drivers and the actual video applications for which this is +useful. + + + The &VIDIOC-ENUM-FMT; ioctl must be supported +by all drivers exchanging image data with applications. + + + Drivers are not supposed to convert image formats in +kernel space. They must enumerate only formats directly supported by +the hardware. If necessary driver writers should publish an example +conversion routine or library for integration into applications. + +
+
+ + &sub-planar-apis; + +
+ Image Cropping, Insertion and Scaling + + Some video capture devices can sample a subsection of the +picture and shrink or enlarge it to an image of arbitrary size. We +call these abilities cropping and scaling. Some video output devices +can scale an image up or down and insert it at an arbitrary scan line +and horizontal offset into a video signal. + + Applications can use the following API to select an area in +the video signal, query the default area and the hardware limits. +Despite their name, the &VIDIOC-CROPCAP;, &VIDIOC-G-CROP; +and &VIDIOC-S-CROP; ioctls apply to input as well as output +devices. + + Scaling requires a source and a target. On a video capture +or overlay device the source is the video signal, and the cropping +ioctls determine the area actually sampled. The target are images +read by the application or overlaid onto the graphics screen. Their +size (and position for an overlay) is negotiated with the +&VIDIOC-G-FMT; and &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctls. + + On a video output device the source are the images passed in +by the application, and their size is again negotiated with the +VIDIOC_G/S_FMT ioctls, or may be encoded in a +compressed video stream. The target is the video signal, and the +cropping ioctls determine the area where the images are +inserted. + + Source and target rectangles are defined even if the device +does not support scaling or the VIDIOC_G/S_CROP +ioctls. Their size (and position where applicable) will be fixed in +this case. All capture and output device must support the +VIDIOC_CROPCAP ioctl such that applications can +determine if scaling takes place. + +
+ Cropping Structures + +
+ Image Cropping, Insertion and Scaling + + + + + + + + + The cropping, insertion and scaling process + + +
+ + For capture devices the coordinates of the top left +corner, width and height of the area which can be sampled is given by +the bounds substructure of the +&v4l2-cropcap; returned by the VIDIOC_CROPCAP +ioctl. To support a wide range of hardware this specification does not +define an origin or units. However by convention drivers should +horizontally count unscaled samples relative to 0H (the leading edge +of the horizontal sync pulse, see ). +Vertically ITU-R line +numbers of the first field (, ), multiplied by two if the driver can capture both +fields. + + The top left corner, width and height of the source +rectangle, that is the area actually sampled, is given by &v4l2-crop; +using the same coordinate system as &v4l2-cropcap;. Applications can +use the VIDIOC_G_CROP and +VIDIOC_S_CROP ioctls to get and set this +rectangle. It must lie completely within the capture boundaries and +the driver may further adjust the requested size and/or position +according to hardware limitations. + + Each capture device has a default source rectangle, given +by the defrect substructure of +&v4l2-cropcap;. The center of this rectangle shall align with the +center of the active picture area of the video signal, and cover what +the driver writer considers the complete picture. Drivers shall reset +the source rectangle to the default when the driver is first loaded, +but not later. + + For output devices these structures and ioctls are used +accordingly, defining the target rectangle where +the images will be inserted into the video signal. + +
+ +
+ Scaling Adjustments + + Video hardware can have various cropping, insertion and +scaling limitations. It may only scale up or down, support only +discrete scaling factors, or have different scaling abilities in +horizontal and vertical direction. Also it may not support scaling at +all. At the same time the &v4l2-crop; rectangle may have to be +aligned, and both the source and target rectangles may have arbitrary +upper and lower size limits. In particular the maximum +width and height +in &v4l2-crop; may be smaller than the +&v4l2-cropcap;.bounds area. Therefore, as +usual, drivers are expected to adjust the requested parameters and +return the actual values selected. + + Applications can change the source or the target rectangle +first, as they may prefer a particular image size or a certain area in +the video signal. If the driver has to adjust both to satisfy hardware +limitations, the last requested rectangle shall take priority, and the +driver should preferably adjust the opposite one. The &VIDIOC-TRY-FMT; +ioctl however shall not change the driver state and therefore only +adjust the requested rectangle. + + Suppose scaling on a video capture device is restricted to +a factor 1:1 or 2:1 in either direction and the target image size must +be a multiple of 16 × 16 pixels. The source cropping +rectangle is set to defaults, which are also the upper limit in this +example, of 640 × 400 pixels at offset 0, 0. An +application requests an image size of 300 × 225 +pixels, assuming video will be scaled down from the "full picture" +accordingly. The driver sets the image size to the closest possible +values 304 × 224, then chooses the cropping rectangle +closest to the requested size, that is 608 × 224 +(224 × 2:1 would exceed the limit 400). The offset +0, 0 is still valid, thus unmodified. Given the default cropping +rectangle reported by VIDIOC_CROPCAP the +application can easily propose another offset to center the cropping +rectangle. + + Now the application may insist on covering an area using a +picture aspect ratio closer to the original request, so it asks for a +cropping rectangle of 608 × 456 pixels. The present +scaling factors limit cropping to 640 × 384, so the +driver returns the cropping size 608 × 384 and adjusts +the image size to closest possible 304 × 192. + +
+ +
+ Examples + + Source and target rectangles shall remain unchanged across +closing and reopening a device, such that piping data into or out of a +device will work without special preparations. More advanced +applications should ensure the parameters are suitable before starting +I/O. + + + Resetting the cropping parameters + + (A video capture device is assumed; change +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE for other +devices.) + + +&v4l2-cropcap; cropcap; +&v4l2-crop; crop; + +memset (&cropcap, 0, sizeof (cropcap)); +cropcap.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + +if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-CROPCAP;, &cropcap)) { + perror ("VIDIOC_CROPCAP"); + exit (EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +memset (&crop, 0, sizeof (crop)); +crop.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; +crop.c = cropcap.defrect; + +/* Ignore if cropping is not supported (EINVAL). */ + +if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-S-CROP;, &crop) + && errno != EINVAL) { + perror ("VIDIOC_S_CROP"); + exit (EXIT_FAILURE); +} + + + + + Simple downscaling + + (A video capture device is assumed.) + + +&v4l2-cropcap; cropcap; +&v4l2-format; format; + +reset_cropping_parameters (); + +/* Scale down to 1/4 size of full picture. */ + +memset (&format, 0, sizeof (format)); /* defaults */ + +format.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + +format.fmt.pix.width = cropcap.defrect.width >> 1; +format.fmt.pix.height = cropcap.defrect.height >> 1; +format.fmt.pix.pixelformat = V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV; + +if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-S-FMT;, &format)) { + perror ("VIDIOC_S_FORMAT"); + exit (EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +/* We could check the actual image size now, the actual scaling factor + or if the driver can scale at all. */ + + + + + Selecting an output area + + +&v4l2-cropcap; cropcap; +&v4l2-crop; crop; + +memset (&cropcap, 0, sizeof (cropcap)); +cropcap.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT; + +if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_CROPCAP;, &cropcap)) { + perror ("VIDIOC_CROPCAP"); + exit (EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +memset (&crop, 0, sizeof (crop)); + +crop.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT; +crop.c = cropcap.defrect; + +/* Scale the width and height to 50 % of their original size + and center the output. */ + +crop.c.width /= 2; +crop.c.height /= 2; +crop.c.left += crop.c.width / 2; +crop.c.top += crop.c.height / 2; + +/* Ignore if cropping is not supported (EINVAL). */ + +if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_S_CROP, &crop) + && errno != EINVAL) { + perror ("VIDIOC_S_CROP"); + exit (EXIT_FAILURE); +} + + + + + Current scaling factor and pixel aspect + + (A video capture device is assumed.) + + +&v4l2-cropcap; cropcap; +&v4l2-crop; crop; +&v4l2-format; format; +double hscale, vscale; +double aspect; +int dwidth, dheight; + +memset (&cropcap, 0, sizeof (cropcap)); +cropcap.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + +if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-CROPCAP;, &cropcap)) { + perror ("VIDIOC_CROPCAP"); + exit (EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +memset (&crop, 0, sizeof (crop)); +crop.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + +if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-G-CROP;, &crop)) { + if (errno != EINVAL) { + perror ("VIDIOC_G_CROP"); + exit (EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + /* Cropping not supported. */ + crop.c = cropcap.defrect; +} + +memset (&format, 0, sizeof (format)); +format.fmt.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + +if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-G-FMT;, &format)) { + perror ("VIDIOC_G_FMT"); + exit (EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +/* The scaling applied by the driver. */ + +hscale = format.fmt.pix.width / (double) crop.c.width; +vscale = format.fmt.pix.height / (double) crop.c.height; + +aspect = cropcap.pixelaspect.numerator / + (double) cropcap.pixelaspect.denominator; +aspect = aspect * hscale / vscale; + +/* Devices following ITU-R BT.601 do not capture + square pixels. For playback on a computer monitor + we should scale the images to this size. */ + +dwidth = format.fmt.pix.width / aspect; +dheight = format.fmt.pix.height; + + +
+
+ + &sub-selection-api; + +
+ Streaming Parameters + + Streaming parameters are intended to optimize the video +capture process as well as I/O. Presently applications can request a +high quality capture mode with the &VIDIOC-S-PARM; ioctl. + + The current video standard determines a nominal number of +frames per second. If less than this number of frames is to be +captured or output, applications can request frame skipping or +duplicating on the driver side. This is especially useful when using +the &func-read; or &func-write;, which are not augmented by timestamps +or sequence counters, and to avoid unnecessary data copying. + + Finally these ioctls can be used to determine the number of +buffers used internally by a driver in read/write mode. For +implications see the section discussing the &func-read; +function. + + To get and set the streaming parameters applications call +the &VIDIOC-G-PARM; and &VIDIOC-S-PARM; ioctl, respectively. They take +a pointer to a &v4l2-streamparm;, which contains a union holding +separate parameters for input and output devices. + + These ioctls are optional, drivers need not implement +them. If so, they return the &EINVAL;. +
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a0aef85d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml @@ -0,0 +1,2741 @@ + Changes + + The following chapters document the evolution of the V4L2 API, +errata or extensions. They are also intended to help application and +driver writers to port or update their code. + +
+ Differences between V4L and V4L2 + + The Video For Linux API was first introduced in Linux 2.1 to +unify and replace various TV and radio device related interfaces, +developed independently by driver writers in prior years. Starting +with Linux 2.5 the much improved V4L2 API replaces the V4L API. +The support for the old V4L calls were removed from Kernel, but the +library supports the conversion of a V4L +API system call into a V4L2 one. + +
+ Opening and Closing Devices + + For compatibility reasons the character device file names +recommended for V4L2 video capture, overlay, radio and raw +vbi capture devices did not change from those used by V4L. They are +listed in and below in . + + The teletext devices (minor range 192-223) have been removed in +V4L2 and no longer exist. There is no hardware available anymore for handling +pure teletext. Instead raw or sliced VBI is used. + + The V4L videodev module automatically +assigns minor numbers to drivers in load order, depending on the +registered device type. We recommend that V4L2 drivers by default +register devices with the same numbers, but the system administrator +can assign arbitrary minor numbers using driver module options. The +major device number remains 81. + + + V4L Device Types, Names and Numbers + + + + Device Type + File Name + Minor Numbers + + + + + Video capture and overlay + /dev/video and +/dev/bttv0 According to +Documentation/devices.txt these should be symbolic links to +/dev/video0. Note the original bttv interface is +not compatible with V4L or V4L2. , +/dev/video0 to +/dev/video63 + 0-63 + + + Radio receiver + /dev/radio + According to +Documentation/devices.txt a symbolic link to +/dev/radio0. + , /dev/radio0 to +/dev/radio63 + 64-127 + + + Raw VBI capture + /dev/vbi, +/dev/vbi0 to +/dev/vbi31 + 224-255 + + + +
+ + V4L prohibits (or used to prohibit) multiple opens of a +device file. V4L2 drivers may support multiple +opens, see for details and consequences. + + V4L drivers respond to V4L2 ioctls with an &EINVAL;. +
+ +
+ Querying Capabilities + + The V4L VIDIOCGCAP ioctl is +equivalent to V4L2's &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP;. + + The name field in struct +video_capability became +card in &v4l2-capability;, +type was replaced by +capabilities. Note V4L2 does not +distinguish between device types like this, better think of basic +video input, video output and radio devices supporting a set of +related functions like video capturing, video overlay and VBI +capturing. See for an +introduction. + + + + struct +video_capability +type + &v4l2-capability; +capabilities flags + Purpose + + + + + VID_TYPE_CAPTURE + V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_CAPTURE + The video +capture interface is supported. + + + VID_TYPE_TUNER + V4L2_CAP_TUNER + The device has a tuner or +modulator. + + + VID_TYPE_TELETEXT + V4L2_CAP_VBI_CAPTURE + The raw VBI +capture interface is supported. + + + VID_TYPE_OVERLAY + V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OVERLAY + The video +overlay interface is supported. + + + VID_TYPE_CHROMAKEY + V4L2_FBUF_CAP_CHROMAKEY in +field capability of +&v4l2-framebuffer; + Whether chromakey overlay is supported. For +more information on overlay see +. + + + VID_TYPE_CLIPPING + V4L2_FBUF_CAP_LIST_CLIPPING +and V4L2_FBUF_CAP_BITMAP_CLIPPING in field +capability of &v4l2-framebuffer; + Whether clipping the overlaid image is +supported, see . + + + VID_TYPE_FRAMERAM + V4L2_FBUF_CAP_EXTERNOVERLAY +not set in field +capability of &v4l2-framebuffer; + Whether overlay overwrites frame buffer memory, +see . + + + VID_TYPE_SCALES + - + This flag indicates if the hardware can scale +images. The V4L2 API implies the scale factor by setting the cropping +dimensions and image size with the &VIDIOC-S-CROP; and &VIDIOC-S-FMT; +ioctl, respectively. The driver returns the closest sizes possible. +For more information on cropping and scaling see . + + + VID_TYPE_MONOCHROME + - + Applications can enumerate the supported image +formats with the &VIDIOC-ENUM-FMT; ioctl to determine if the device +supports grey scale capturing only. For more information on image +formats see . + + + VID_TYPE_SUBCAPTURE + - + Applications can call the &VIDIOC-G-CROP; ioctl +to determine if the device supports capturing a subsection of the full +picture ("cropping" in V4L2). If not, the ioctl returns the &EINVAL;. +For more information on cropping and scaling see . + + + VID_TYPE_MPEG_DECODER + - + Applications can enumerate the supported image +formats with the &VIDIOC-ENUM-FMT; ioctl to determine if the device +supports MPEG streams. + + + VID_TYPE_MPEG_ENCODER + - + See above. + + + VID_TYPE_MJPEG_DECODER + - + See above. + + + VID_TYPE_MJPEG_ENCODER + - + See above. + + + + + + The audios field was replaced +by capabilities flag +V4L2_CAP_AUDIO, indicating +if the device has any audio inputs or outputs. To +determine their number applications can enumerate audio inputs with +the &VIDIOC-G-AUDIO; ioctl. The audio ioctls are described in . + + The maxwidth, +maxheight, +minwidth and +minheight fields were removed. Calling the +&VIDIOC-S-FMT; or &VIDIOC-TRY-FMT; ioctl with the desired dimensions +returns the closest size possible, taking into account the current +video standard, cropping and scaling limitations. +
+ +
+ Video Sources + + V4L provides the VIDIOCGCHAN and +VIDIOCSCHAN ioctl using struct +video_channel to enumerate +the video inputs of a V4L device. The equivalent V4L2 ioctls +are &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT;, &VIDIOC-G-INPUT; and &VIDIOC-S-INPUT; +using &v4l2-input; as discussed in . + + The channel field counting +inputs was renamed to index, the video +input types were renamed as follows: + + + + struct video_channel +type + &v4l2-input; +type + + + + + VIDEO_TYPE_TV + V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_TUNER + + + VIDEO_TYPE_CAMERA + V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_CAMERA + + + + + + Unlike the tuners field +expressing the number of tuners of this input, V4L2 assumes each video +input is connected to at most one tuner. However a tuner can have more +than one input, &ie; RF connectors, and a device can have multiple +tuners. The index number of the tuner associated with the input, if +any, is stored in field tuner of +&v4l2-input;. Enumeration of tuners is discussed in . + + The redundant VIDEO_VC_TUNER flag was +dropped. Video inputs associated with a tuner are of type +V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_TUNER. The +VIDEO_VC_AUDIO flag was replaced by the +audioset field. V4L2 considers devices with +up to 32 audio inputs. Each set bit in the +audioset field represents one audio input +this video input combines with. For information about audio inputs and +how to switch between them see . + + The norm field describing the +supported video standards was replaced by +std. The V4L specification mentions a flag +VIDEO_VC_NORM indicating whether the standard can +be changed. This flag was a later addition together with the +norm field and has been removed in the +meantime. V4L2 has a similar, albeit more comprehensive approach +to video standards, see for more +information. +
+ +
+ Tuning + + The V4L VIDIOCGTUNER and +VIDIOCSTUNER ioctl and struct +video_tuner can be used to enumerate the +tuners of a V4L TV or radio device. The equivalent V4L2 ioctls are +&VIDIOC-G-TUNER; and &VIDIOC-S-TUNER; using &v4l2-tuner;. Tuners are +covered in . + + The tuner field counting tuners +was renamed to index. The fields +name, rangelow +and rangehigh remained unchanged. + + The VIDEO_TUNER_PAL, +VIDEO_TUNER_NTSC and +VIDEO_TUNER_SECAM flags indicating the supported +video standards were dropped. This information is now contained in the +associated &v4l2-input;. No replacement exists for the +VIDEO_TUNER_NORM flag indicating whether the +video standard can be switched. The mode +field to select a different video standard was replaced by a whole new +set of ioctls and structures described in . +Due to its ubiquity it should be mentioned the BTTV driver supports +several standards in addition to the regular +VIDEO_MODE_PAL (0), +VIDEO_MODE_NTSC, +VIDEO_MODE_SECAM and +VIDEO_MODE_AUTO (3). Namely N/PAL Argentina, +M/PAL, N/PAL, and NTSC Japan with numbers 3-6 (sic). + + The VIDEO_TUNER_STEREO_ON flag +indicating stereo reception became +V4L2_TUNER_SUB_STEREO in field +rxsubchans. This field also permits the +detection of monaural and bilingual audio, see the definition of +&v4l2-tuner; for details. Presently no replacement exists for the +VIDEO_TUNER_RDS_ON and +VIDEO_TUNER_MBS_ON flags. + + The VIDEO_TUNER_LOW flag was renamed +to V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW in the &v4l2-tuner; +capability field. + + The VIDIOCGFREQ and +VIDIOCSFREQ ioctl to change the tuner frequency +where renamed to &VIDIOC-G-FREQUENCY; and &VIDIOC-S-FREQUENCY;. They +take a pointer to a &v4l2-frequency; instead of an unsigned long +integer. +
+ +
+ Image Properties + + V4L2 has no equivalent of the +VIDIOCGPICT and VIDIOCSPICT +ioctl and struct video_picture. The following +fields where replaced by V4L2 controls accessible with the +&VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &VIDIOC-G-CTRL; and &VIDIOC-S-CTRL; ioctls: + + + + struct video_picture + V4L2 Control ID + + + + + brightness + V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS + + + hue + V4L2_CID_HUE + + + colour + V4L2_CID_SATURATION + + + contrast + V4L2_CID_CONTRAST + + + whiteness + V4L2_CID_WHITENESS + + + + + + The V4L picture controls are assumed to range from 0 to +65535 with no particular reset value. The V4L2 API permits arbitrary +limits and defaults which can be queried with the &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; +ioctl. For general information about controls see . + + The depth (average number of +bits per pixel) of a video image is implied by the selected image +format. V4L2 does not explicitly provide such information assuming +applications recognizing the format are aware of the image depth and +others need not know. The palette field +moved into the &v4l2-pix-format;: + + + + struct video_picture +palette + &v4l2-pix-format; +pixfmt + + + + + VIDEO_PALETTE_GREY + V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY + + + VIDEO_PALETTE_HI240 + V4L2_PIX_FMT_HI240 + This is a custom format used by the BTTV +driver, not one of the V4L2 standard formats. + + + + VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB565 + V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565 + + + VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB555 + V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB555 + + + VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB24 + V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24 + + + VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB32 + V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR32 + Presumably all V4L RGB formats are +little-endian, although some drivers might interpret them according to machine endianness. V4L2 defines little-endian, big-endian and red/blue +swapped variants. For details see . + + + + VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV422 + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV + + + VIDEO_PALETTE_YUYV + VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV422 +and VIDEO_PALETTE_YUYV are the same formats. Some +V4L drivers respond to one, some to the other. + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV + + + VIDEO_PALETTE_UYVY + V4L2_PIX_FMT_UYVY + + + VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV420 + None + + + VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV411 + V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y41P + Not to be confused with +V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, which is a planar +format. + + + VIDEO_PALETTE_RAW + None V4L explains this +as: "RAW capture (BT848)" + + + VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV422P + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422P + + + VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV411P + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV411P + Not to be confused with +V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y41P, which is a packed +format. + + + VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV420P + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420 + + + VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV410P + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU410 + + + + + + V4L2 image formats are defined in . The image format can be selected with the +&VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl. +
+ +
+ Audio + + The VIDIOCGAUDIO and +VIDIOCSAUDIO ioctl and struct +video_audio are used to enumerate the +audio inputs of a V4L device. The equivalent V4L2 ioctls are +&VIDIOC-G-AUDIO; and &VIDIOC-S-AUDIO; using &v4l2-audio; as +discussed in . + + The audio "channel number" +field counting audio inputs was renamed to +index. + + On VIDIOCSAUDIO the +mode field selects one +of the VIDEO_SOUND_MONO, +VIDEO_SOUND_STEREO, +VIDEO_SOUND_LANG1 or +VIDEO_SOUND_LANG2 audio demodulation modes. When +the current audio standard is BTSC +VIDEO_SOUND_LANG2 refers to SAP and +VIDEO_SOUND_LANG1 is meaningless. Also +undocumented in the V4L specification, there is no way to query the +selected mode. On VIDIOCGAUDIO the driver returns +the actually received audio programmes in this +field. In the V4L2 API this information is stored in the &v4l2-tuner; +rxsubchans and +audmode fields, respectively. See for more information on tuners. Related to audio +modes &v4l2-audio; also reports if this is a mono or stereo +input, regardless if the source is a tuner. + + The following fields where replaced by V4L2 controls +accessible with the &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &VIDIOC-G-CTRL; and +&VIDIOC-S-CTRL; ioctls: + + + + struct +video_audio + V4L2 Control ID + + + + + volume + V4L2_CID_AUDIO_VOLUME + + + bass + V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BASS + + + treble + V4L2_CID_AUDIO_TREBLE + + + balance + V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BALANCE + + + + + + To determine which of these controls are supported by a +driver V4L provides the flags +VIDEO_AUDIO_VOLUME, +VIDEO_AUDIO_BASS, +VIDEO_AUDIO_TREBLE and +VIDEO_AUDIO_BALANCE. In the V4L2 API the +&VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; ioctl reports if the respective control is +supported. Accordingly the VIDEO_AUDIO_MUTABLE +and VIDEO_AUDIO_MUTE flags where replaced by the +boolean V4L2_CID_AUDIO_MUTE control. + + All V4L2 controls have a step +attribute replacing the struct video_audio +step field. The V4L audio controls are +assumed to range from 0 to 65535 with no particular reset value. The +V4L2 API permits arbitrary limits and defaults which can be queried +with the &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; ioctl. For general information about +controls see . +
+ +
+ Frame Buffer Overlay + + The V4L2 ioctls equivalent to +VIDIOCGFBUF and VIDIOCSFBUF +are &VIDIOC-G-FBUF; and &VIDIOC-S-FBUF;. The +base field of struct +video_buffer remained unchanged, except V4L2 +defines a flag to indicate non-destructive overlays instead of a +NULL pointer. All other fields moved into the +&v4l2-pix-format; fmt substructure of +&v4l2-framebuffer;. The depth field was +replaced by pixelformat. See for a list of RGB formats and their +respective color depths. + + Instead of the special ioctls +VIDIOCGWIN and VIDIOCSWIN +V4L2 uses the general-purpose data format negotiation ioctls +&VIDIOC-G-FMT; and &VIDIOC-S-FMT;. They take a pointer to a +&v4l2-format; as argument. Here the win +member of the fmt union is used, a +&v4l2-window;. + + The x, +y, width and +height fields of struct +video_window moved into &v4l2-rect; +substructure w of struct +v4l2_window. The +chromakey, +clips, and +clipcount fields remained unchanged. Struct +video_clip was renamed to &v4l2-clip;, also +containing a struct v4l2_rect, but the +semantics are still the same. + + The VIDEO_WINDOW_INTERLACE flag was +dropped. Instead applications must set the +field field to +V4L2_FIELD_ANY or +V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED. The +VIDEO_WINDOW_CHROMAKEY flag moved into +&v4l2-framebuffer;, under the new name +V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_CHROMAKEY. + + In V4L, storing a bitmap pointer in +clips and setting +clipcount to +VIDEO_CLIP_BITMAP (-1) requests bitmap +clipping, using a fixed size bitmap of 1024 × 625 bits. Struct +v4l2_window has a separate +bitmap pointer field for this purpose and +the bitmap size is determined by w.width and +w.height. + + The VIDIOCCAPTURE ioctl to enable or +disable overlay was renamed to &VIDIOC-OVERLAY;. +
+ +
+ Cropping + + To capture only a subsection of the full picture V4L +defines the VIDIOCGCAPTURE and +VIDIOCSCAPTURE ioctls using struct +video_capture. The equivalent V4L2 ioctls are +&VIDIOC-G-CROP; and &VIDIOC-S-CROP; using &v4l2-crop;, and the related +&VIDIOC-CROPCAP; ioctl. This is a rather complex matter, see + for details. + + The x, +y, width and +height fields moved into &v4l2-rect; +substructure c of struct +v4l2_crop. The +decimation field was dropped. In the V4L2 +API the scaling factor is implied by the size of the cropping +rectangle and the size of the captured or overlaid image. + + The VIDEO_CAPTURE_ODD +and VIDEO_CAPTURE_EVEN flags to capture only the +odd or even field, respectively, were replaced by +V4L2_FIELD_TOP and +V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM in the field named +field of &v4l2-pix-format; and +&v4l2-window;. These structures are used to select a capture or +overlay format with the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl. +
+ +
+ Reading Images, Memory Mapping + +
+ Capturing using the read method + + There is no essential difference between reading images +from a V4L or V4L2 device using the &func-read; function, however V4L2 +drivers are not required to support this I/O method. Applications can +determine if the function is available with the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; +ioctl. All V4L2 devices exchanging data with applications must support +the &func-select; and &func-poll; functions. + + To select an image format and size, V4L provides the +VIDIOCSPICT and VIDIOCSWIN +ioctls. V4L2 uses the general-purpose data format negotiation ioctls +&VIDIOC-G-FMT; and &VIDIOC-S-FMT;. They take a pointer to a +&v4l2-format; as argument, here the &v4l2-pix-format; named +pix of its fmt +union is used. + + For more information about the V4L2 read interface see +. +
+
+ Capturing using memory mapping + + Applications can read from V4L devices by mapping +buffers in device memory, or more often just buffers allocated in +DMA-able system memory, into their address space. This avoids the data +copying overhead of the read method. V4L2 supports memory mapping as +well, with a few differences. + + + + + + V4L + V4L2 + + + + + + The image format must be selected before +buffers are allocated, with the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl. When no format +is selected the driver may use the last, possibly by another +application requested format. + + + Applications cannot change the number of +buffers. The it is built into the driver, unless it has a module +option to change the number when the driver module is +loaded. + The &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl allocates the +desired number of buffers, this is a required step in the initialization +sequence. + + + Drivers map all buffers as one contiguous +range of memory. The VIDIOCGMBUF ioctl is +available to query the number of buffers, the offset of each buffer +from the start of the virtual file, and the overall amount of memory +used, which can be used as arguments for the &func-mmap; +function. + Buffers are individually mapped. The +offset and size of each buffer can be determined with the +&VIDIOC-QUERYBUF; ioctl. + + + The VIDIOCMCAPTURE +ioctl prepares a buffer for capturing. It also determines the image +format for this buffer. The ioctl returns immediately, eventually with +an &EAGAIN; if no video signal had been detected. When the driver +supports more than one buffer applications can call the ioctl multiple +times and thus have multiple outstanding capture +requests.The VIDIOCSYNC ioctl +suspends execution until a particular buffer has been +filled. + Drivers maintain an incoming and outgoing +queue. &VIDIOC-QBUF; enqueues any empty buffer into the incoming +queue. Filled buffers are dequeued from the outgoing queue with the +&VIDIOC-DQBUF; ioctl. To wait until filled buffers become available this +function, &func-select; or &func-poll; can be used. The +&VIDIOC-STREAMON; ioctl must be called once after enqueuing one or +more buffers to start capturing. Its counterpart +&VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; stops capturing and dequeues all buffers from both +queues. Applications can query the signal status, if known, with the +&VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT; ioctl. + + + + + + For a more in-depth discussion of memory mapping and +examples, see . +
+
+ +
+ Reading Raw VBI Data + + Originally the V4L API did not specify a raw VBI capture +interface, only the device file /dev/vbi was +reserved for this purpose. The only driver supporting this interface +was the BTTV driver, de-facto defining the V4L VBI interface. Reading +from the device yields a raw VBI image with the following +parameters: + + + + &v4l2-vbi-format; + V4L, BTTV driver + + + + + sampling_rate + 28636363 Hz NTSC (or any other 525-line +standard); 35468950 Hz PAL and SECAM (625-line standards) + + + offset + ? + + + samples_per_line + 2048 + + + sample_format + V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY. The last four bytes (a +machine endianness integer) contain a frame counter. + + + start[] + 10, 273 NTSC; 22, 335 PAL and SECAM + + + count[] + 16, 16Old driver +versions used different values, eventually the custom +BTTV_VBISIZE ioctl was added to query the +correct values. + + + flags + 0 + + + + + + Undocumented in the V4L specification, in Linux 2.3 the +VIDIOCGVBIFMT and +VIDIOCSVBIFMT ioctls using struct +vbi_format were added to determine the VBI +image parameters. These ioctls are only partially compatible with the +V4L2 VBI interface specified in . + + An offset field does not +exist, sample_format is supposed to be +VIDEO_PALETTE_RAW, equivalent to +V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY. The remaining fields are +probably equivalent to &v4l2-vbi-format;. + + Apparently only the Zoran (ZR 36120) driver implements +these ioctls. The semantics differ from those specified for V4L2 in two +ways. The parameters are reset on &func-open; and +VIDIOCSVBIFMT always returns an &EINVAL; if the +parameters are invalid. +
+ +
+ Miscellaneous + + V4L2 has no equivalent of the +VIDIOCGUNIT ioctl. Applications can find the VBI +device associated with a video capture device (or vice versa) by +reopening the device and requesting VBI data. For details see +. + + No replacement exists for VIDIOCKEY, +and the V4L functions for microcode programming. A new interface for +MPEG compression and playback devices is documented in . +
+ +
+ +
+ Changes of the V4L2 API + + Soon after the V4L API was added to the kernel it was +criticised as too inflexible. In August 1998 Bill Dirks proposed a +number of improvements and began to work on documentation, example +drivers and applications. With the help of other volunteers this +eventually became the V4L2 API, not just an extension but a +replacement for the V4L API. However it took another four years and +two stable kernel releases until the new API was finally accepted for +inclusion into the kernel in its present form. + +
+ Early Versions + 1998-08-20: First version. + + 1998-08-27: The &func-select; function was introduced. + + 1998-09-10: New video standard interface. + + 1998-09-18: The VIDIOC_NONCAP ioctl +was replaced by the otherwise meaningless O_TRUNC +&func-open; flag, and the aliases O_NONCAP and +O_NOIO were defined. Applications can set this +flag if they intend to access controls only, as opposed to capture +applications which need exclusive access. The +VIDEO_STD_XXX identifiers are now ordinals +instead of flags, and the video_std_construct() +helper function takes id and transmission arguments. + + 1998-09-28: Revamped video standard. Made video controls +individually enumerable. + + 1998-10-02: The id field was +removed from struct video_standard and the +color subcarrier fields were renamed. The &VIDIOC-QUERYSTD; ioctl was +renamed to &VIDIOC-ENUMSTD;, &VIDIOC-G-INPUT; to &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT;. A +first draft of the Codec API was released. + + 1998-11-08: Many minor changes. Most symbols have been +renamed. Some material changes to &v4l2-capability;. + + 1998-11-12: The read/write directon of some ioctls was misdefined. + + 1998-11-14: V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB24 +changed to V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24, and +V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB32 changed to +V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR32. Audio controls are now +accessible with the &VIDIOC-G-CTRL; and &VIDIOC-S-CTRL; ioctls under +names starting with V4L2_CID_AUDIO. The +V4L2_MAJOR define was removed from +videodev.h since it was only used once in the +videodev kernel module. The +YUV422 and YUV411 planar +image formats were added. + + 1998-11-28: A few ioctl symbols changed. Interfaces for codecs and +video output devices were added. + + 1999-01-14: A raw VBI capture interface was added. + + 1999-01-19: The VIDIOC_NEXTBUF ioctl + was removed. +
+ +
+ V4L2 Version 0.16 1999-01-31 + 1999-01-27: There is now one QBUF ioctl, VIDIOC_QWBUF and VIDIOC_QRBUF +are gone. VIDIOC_QBUF takes a v4l2_buffer as a parameter. Added +digital zoom (cropping) controls. +
+ + + +
+ V4L2 Version 0.18 1999-03-16 + Added a v4l to V4L2 ioctl compatibility layer to +videodev.c. Driver writers, this changes how you implement your ioctl +handler. See the Driver Writer's Guide. Added some more control id +codes. +
+ +
+ V4L2 Version 0.19 1999-06-05 + 1999-03-18: Fill in the category and catname fields of +v4l2_queryctrl objects before passing them to the driver. Required a +minor change to the VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL handlers in the sample +drivers. + 1999-03-31: Better compatibility for v4l memory capture +ioctls. Requires changes to drivers to fully support new compatibility +features, see Driver Writer's Guide and v4l2cap.c. Added new control +IDs: V4L2_CID_HFLIP, _VFLIP. Changed V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422P to _YUV422P, +and _YUV411P to _YUV411P. + 1999-04-04: Added a few more control IDs. + 1999-04-07: Added the button control type. + 1999-05-02: Fixed a typo in videodev.h, and added the +V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRAYED (later V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED) flag. + 1999-05-20: Definition of VIDIOC_G_CTRL was wrong causing +a malfunction of this ioctl. + 1999-06-05: Changed the value of +V4L2_CID_WHITENESS. +
+ +
+ V4L2 Version 0.20 (1999-09-10) + + Version 0.20 introduced a number of changes which were +not backward compatible with 0.19 and earlier +versions. Purpose of these changes was to simplify the API, while +making it more extensible and following common Linux driver API +conventions. + + + + Some typos in V4L2_FMT_FLAG +symbols were fixed. &v4l2-clip; was changed for compatibility with +v4l. (1999-08-30) + + + + V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG1 was added. +(1999-09-05) + + + + All ioctl() commands that used an integer argument now +take a pointer to an integer. Where it makes sense, ioctls will return +the actual new value in the integer pointed to by the argument, a +common convention in the V4L2 API. The affected ioctls are: +VIDIOC_PREVIEW, VIDIOC_STREAMON, VIDIOC_STREAMOFF, VIDIOC_S_FREQ, +VIDIOC_S_INPUT, VIDIOC_S_OUTPUT, VIDIOC_S_EFFECT. For example + +err = ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_XXX, V4L2_XXX); + becomes +int a = V4L2_XXX; err = ioctl(fd, VIDIOC_XXX, &a); + + + + + + All the different get- and set-format commands were +swept into one &VIDIOC-G-FMT; and &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl taking a union +and a type field selecting the union member as parameter. Purpose is to +simplify the API by eliminating several ioctls and to allow new and +driver private data streams without adding new ioctls. + + This change obsoletes the following ioctls: +VIDIOC_S_INFMT, +VIDIOC_G_INFMT, +VIDIOC_S_OUTFMT, +VIDIOC_G_OUTFMT, +VIDIOC_S_VBIFMT and +VIDIOC_G_VBIFMT. The image format structure +v4l2_format was renamed to &v4l2-pix-format;, +while &v4l2-format; is now the envelopping structure for all format +negotiations. + + + + Similar to the changes above, the +VIDIOC_G_PARM and +VIDIOC_S_PARM ioctls were merged with +VIDIOC_G_OUTPARM and +VIDIOC_S_OUTPARM. A +type field in the new &v4l2-streamparm; +selects the respective union member. + + This change obsoletes the +VIDIOC_G_OUTPARM and +VIDIOC_S_OUTPARM ioctls. + + + + Control enumeration was simplified, and two new +control flags were introduced and one dropped. The +catname field was replaced by a +group field. + + Drivers can now flag unsupported and temporarily +unavailable controls with V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED +and V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED respectively. The +group name indicates a possibly narrower +classification than the category. In other +words, there may be multiple groups within a category. Controls within +a group would typically be drawn within a group box. Controls in +different categories might have a greater separation, or may even +appear in separate windows. + + + + The &v4l2-buffer; timestamp +was changed to a 64 bit integer, containing the sampling or output +time of the frame in nanoseconds. Additionally timestamps will be in +absolute system time, not starting from zero at the beginning of a +stream. The data type name for timestamps is stamp_t, defined as a +signed 64-bit integer. Output devices should not send a buffer out +until the time in the timestamp field has arrived. I would like to +follow SGI's lead, and adopt a multimedia timestamping system like +their UST (Unadjusted System Time). See +http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://reality.sgi.com +/cpirazzi_engr/lg/time/intro.html. +UST uses timestamps that are 64-bit signed integers +(not struct timeval's) and given in nanosecond units. The UST clock +starts at zero when the system is booted and runs continuously and +uniformly. It takes a little over 292 years for UST to overflow. There +is no way to set the UST clock. The regular Linux time-of-day clock +can be changed periodically, which would cause errors if it were being +used for timestamping a multimedia stream. A real UST style clock will +require some support in the kernel that is not there yet. But in +anticipation, I will change the timestamp field to a 64-bit integer, +and I will change the v4l2_masterclock_gettime() function (used only +by drivers) to return a 64-bit integer. + + + + A sequence field was added +to &v4l2-buffer;. The sequence field counts +captured frames, it is ignored by output devices. When a capture +driver drops a frame, the sequence number of that frame is +skipped. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 Version 0.20 incremental changes + + + 1999-12-23: In &v4l2-vbi-format; the +reserved1 field became +offset. Previously drivers were required to +clear the reserved1 field. + + 2000-01-13: The + V4L2_FMT_FLAG_NOT_INTERLACED flag was added. + + 2000-07-31: The linux/poll.h header +is now included by videodev.h for compatibility +with the original videodev.h file. + + 2000-11-20: V4L2_TYPE_VBI_OUTPUT and +V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y41P were added. + + 2000-11-25: V4L2_TYPE_VBI_INPUT was +added. + + 2000-12-04: A couple typos in symbol names were fixed. + + 2001-01-18: To avoid namespace conflicts the +fourcc macro defined in the +videodev.h header file was renamed to +v4l2_fourcc. + + 2001-01-25: A possible driver-level compatibility problem +between the videodev.h file in Linux 2.4.0 and +the videodev.h file included in the +videodevX patch was fixed. Users of an earlier +version of videodevX on Linux 2.4.0 should +recompile their V4L and V4L2 drivers. + + 2001-01-26: A possible kernel-level incompatibility +between the videodev.h file in the +videodevX patch and the +videodev.h file in Linux 2.2.x with devfs patches +applied was fixed. + + 2001-03-02: Certain V4L ioctls which pass data in both +direction although they are defined with read-only parameter, did not +work correctly through the backward compatibility layer. +[Solution?] + + 2001-04-13: Big endian 16-bit RGB formats were added. + + 2001-09-17: New YUV formats and the &VIDIOC-G-FREQUENCY; and +&VIDIOC-S-FREQUENCY; ioctls were added. (The old +VIDIOC_G_FREQ and +VIDIOC_S_FREQ ioctls did not take multiple tuners +into account.) + + 2000-09-18: V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI was +added. This may break compatibility as the +&VIDIOC-G-FMT; and &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctls may fail now if the struct +v4l2_fmt type +field does not contain V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI. In the +documentation of the &v4l2-vbi-format; +offset field the ambiguous phrase "rising +edge" was changed to "leading edge". +
+ +
+ V4L2 Version 0.20 2000-11-23 + + A number of changes were made to the raw VBI +interface. + + + + Figures clarifying the line numbering scheme were +added to the V4L2 API specification. The +start[0] and +start[1] fields no longer count line +numbers beginning at zero. Rationale: a) The previous definition was +unclear. b) The start[] values are ordinal +numbers. c) There is no point in inventing a new line numbering +scheme. We now use line number as defined by ITU-R, period. +Compatibility: Add one to the start values. Applications depending on +the previous semantics may not function correctly. + + + + The restriction "count[0] > 0 and count[1] > 0" +has been relaxed to "(count[0] + count[1]) > 0". Rationale: +Drivers may allocate resources at scan line granularity and some data +services are transmitted only on the first field. The comment that +both count values will usually be equal is +misleading and pointless and has been removed. This change +breaks compatibility with earlier versions: +Drivers may return EINVAL, applications may not function +correctly. + + + + Drivers are again permitted to return negative +(unknown) start values as proposed earlier. Why this feature was +dropped is unclear. This change may break +compatibility with applications depending on the start +values being positive. The use of EBUSY and +EINVAL error codes with the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl +was clarified. The &EBUSY; was finally documented, and the +reserved2 field which was previously +mentioned only in the videodev.h header +file. + + + + New buffer types +V4L2_TYPE_VBI_INPUT and +V4L2_TYPE_VBI_OUTPUT were added. The former is an +alias for the old V4L2_TYPE_VBI, the latter was +missing in the videodev.h file. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 Version 0.20 2002-07-25 + Added sliced VBI interface proposal. +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 2.5.46, 2002-10 + + Around October-November 2002, prior to an announced +feature freeze of Linux 2.5, the API was revised, drawing from +experience with V4L2 0.20. This unnamed version was finally merged +into Linux 2.5.46. + + + + As specified in , drivers +must make related device functions available under all minor device +numbers. + + + + The &func-open; function requires access mode +O_RDWR regardless of the device type. All V4L2 +drivers exchanging data with applications must support the +O_NONBLOCK flag. The O_NOIO +flag, a V4L2 symbol which aliased the meaningless +O_TRUNC to indicate accesses without data +exchange (panel applications) was dropped. Drivers must stay in "panel +mode" until the application attempts to initiate a data exchange, see +. + + + + The &v4l2-capability; changed dramatically. Note that +also the size of the structure changed, which is encoded in the ioctl +request code, thus older V4L2 devices will respond with an &EINVAL; to +the new &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. + + There are new fields to identify the driver, a new RDS +device function V4L2_CAP_RDS_CAPTURE, the +V4L2_CAP_AUDIO flag indicates if the device has +any audio connectors, another I/O capability +V4L2_CAP_ASYNCIO can be flagged. In response to +these changes the type field became a bit +set and was merged into the flags field. +V4L2_FLAG_TUNER was renamed to +V4L2_CAP_TUNER, +V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OVERLAY replaced +V4L2_FLAG_PREVIEW and +V4L2_CAP_VBI_CAPTURE and +V4L2_CAP_VBI_OUTPUT replaced +V4L2_FLAG_DATA_SERVICE. +V4L2_FLAG_READ and +V4L2_FLAG_WRITE were merged into +V4L2_CAP_READWRITE. + + The redundant fields +inputs, outputs +and audios were removed. These properties +can be determined as described in and . + + The somewhat volatile and therefore barely useful +fields maxwidth, +maxheight, +minwidth, +minheight, +maxframerate were removed. This information +is available as described in and +. + + V4L2_FLAG_SELECT was removed. We +believe the select() function is important enough to require support +of it in all V4L2 drivers exchanging data with applications. The +redundant V4L2_FLAG_MONOCHROME flag was removed, +this information is available as described in . + + + + In &v4l2-input; the +assoc_audio field and the +capability field and its only flag +V4L2_INPUT_CAP_AUDIO was replaced by the new +audioset field. Instead of linking one +video input to one audio input this field reports all audio inputs +this video input combines with. + + New fields are tuner +(reversing the former link from tuners to video inputs), +std and +status. + + Accordingly &v4l2-output; lost its +capability and +assoc_audio fields. +audioset, +modulator and +std where added instead. + + + + The &v4l2-audio; field +audio was renamed to +index, for consistency with other +structures. A new capability flag +V4L2_AUDCAP_STEREO was added to indicated if the +audio input in question supports stereo sound. +V4L2_AUDCAP_EFFECTS and the corresponding +V4L2_AUDMODE flags where removed. This can be +easily implemented using controls. (However the same applies to AVL +which is still there.) + + Again for consistency the &v4l2-audioout; field +audio was renamed to +index. + + + + The &v4l2-tuner; +input field was replaced by an +index field, permitting devices with +multiple tuners. The link between video inputs and tuners is now +reversed, inputs point to their tuner. The +std substructure became a +simple set (more about this below) and moved into &v4l2-input;. A +type field was added. + + Accordingly in &v4l2-modulator; the +output was replaced by an +index field. + + In &v4l2-frequency; the +port field was replaced by a +tuner field containing the respective tuner +or modulator index number. A tuner type +field was added and the reserved field +became larger for future extensions (satellite tuners in +particular). + + + + The idea of completely transparent video standards was +dropped. Experience showed that applications must be able to work with +video standards beyond presenting the user a menu. Instead of +enumerating supported standards with an ioctl applications can now +refer to standards by &v4l2-std-id; and symbols defined in the +videodev2.h header file. For details see . The &VIDIOC-G-STD; and +&VIDIOC-S-STD; now take a pointer to this type as argument. +&VIDIOC-QUERYSTD; was added to autodetect the received standard, if +the hardware has this capability. In &v4l2-standard; an +index field was added for &VIDIOC-ENUMSTD;. +A &v4l2-std-id; field named id was added as +machine readable identifier, also replacing the +transmission field. The misleading +framerate field was renamed +to frameperiod. The now obsolete +colorstandard information, originally +needed to distguish between variations of standards, were +removed. + + Struct v4l2_enumstd ceased to +be. &VIDIOC-ENUMSTD; now takes a pointer to a &v4l2-standard; +directly. The information which standards are supported by a +particular video input or output moved into &v4l2-input; and +&v4l2-output; fields named std, +respectively. + + + + The &v4l2-queryctrl; fields +category and +group did not catch on and/or were not +implemented as expected and therefore removed. + + + + The &VIDIOC-TRY-FMT; ioctl was added to negotiate data +formats as with &VIDIOC-S-FMT;, but without the overhead of +programming the hardware and regardless of I/O in progress. + + In &v4l2-format; the fmt +union was extended to contain &v4l2-window;. All image format +negotiations are now possible with VIDIOC_G_FMT, +VIDIOC_S_FMT and +VIDIOC_TRY_FMT; ioctl. The +VIDIOC_G_WIN and +VIDIOC_S_WIN ioctls to prepare for a video +overlay were removed. The type field +changed to type &v4l2-buf-type; and the buffer type names changed as +follows. + + + + Old defines + &v4l2-buf-type; + + + + + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_CAPTURE + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE + + + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_CODECIN + Omitted for now + + + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_CODECOUT + Omitted for now + + + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_EFFECTSIN + Omitted for now + + + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_EFFECTSIN2 + Omitted for now + + + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_EFFECTSOUT + Omitted for now + + + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEOOUT + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT + + + - + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY + + + - + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_CAPTURE + + + - + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_OUTPUT + + + - + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE + + + - + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT + + + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE_BASE + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE (but this is deprecated) + + + + + + + + In &v4l2-fmtdesc; a &v4l2-buf-type; field named +type was added as in &v4l2-format;. The +VIDIOC_ENUM_FBUFFMT ioctl is no longer needed and +was removed. These calls can be replaced by &VIDIOC-ENUM-FMT; with +type V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY. + + + + In &v4l2-pix-format; the +depth field was removed, assuming +applications which recognize the format by its four-character-code +already know the color depth, and others do not care about it. The +same rationale lead to the removal of the +V4L2_FMT_FLAG_COMPRESSED flag. The +V4L2_FMT_FLAG_SWCONVECOMPRESSED flag was removed +because drivers are not supposed to convert images in kernel space. A +user library of conversion functions should be provided instead. The +V4L2_FMT_FLAG_BYTESPERLINE flag was redundant. +Applications can set the bytesperline field +to zero to get a reasonable default. Since the remaining flags were +replaced as well, the flags field itself +was removed. + The interlace flags were replaced by a &v4l2-field; +value in a newly added field +field. + + + + Old flag + &v4l2-field; + + + + + V4L2_FMT_FLAG_NOT_INTERLACED + ? + + + V4L2_FMT_FLAG_INTERLACED += V4L2_FMT_FLAG_COMBINED + V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED + + + V4L2_FMT_FLAG_TOPFIELD += V4L2_FMT_FLAG_ODDFIELD + V4L2_FIELD_TOP + + + V4L2_FMT_FLAG_BOTFIELD += V4L2_FMT_FLAG_EVENFIELD + V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM + + + - + V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_TB + + + - + V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_BT + + + - + V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE + + + + + + The color space flags were replaced by a +&v4l2-colorspace; value in a newly added +colorspace field, where one of +V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE170M, +V4L2_COLORSPACE_BT878, +V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_M or +V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_BG replaces +V4L2_FMT_CS_601YUV. + + + + In &v4l2-requestbuffers; the +type field was properly defined as +&v4l2-buf-type;. Buffer types changed as mentioned above. A new +memory field of type &v4l2-memory; was +added to distinguish between I/O methods using buffers allocated +by the driver or the application. See for +details. + + + + In &v4l2-buffer; the type +field was properly defined as &v4l2-buf-type;. Buffer types changed as +mentioned above. A field field of type +&v4l2-field; was added to indicate if a buffer contains a top or +bottom field. The old field flags were removed. Since no unadjusted +system time clock was added to the kernel as planned, the +timestamp field changed back from type +stamp_t, an unsigned 64 bit integer expressing the sample time in +nanoseconds, to struct timeval. With the +addition of a second memory mapping method the +offset field moved into union +m, and a new +memory field of type &v4l2-memory; was +added to distinguish between I/O methods. See +for details. + + The V4L2_BUF_REQ_CONTIG +flag was used by the V4L compatibility layer, after changes to this +code it was no longer needed. The +V4L2_BUF_ATTR_DEVICEMEM flag would indicate if +the buffer was indeed allocated in device memory rather than DMA-able +system memory. It was barely useful and so was removed. + + + + In &v4l2-framebuffer; the +base[3] array anticipating double- and +triple-buffering in off-screen video memory, however without defining +a synchronization mechanism, was replaced by a single pointer. The +V4L2_FBUF_CAP_SCALEUP and +V4L2_FBUF_CAP_SCALEDOWN flags were removed. +Applications can determine this capability more accurately using the +new cropping and scaling interface. The +V4L2_FBUF_CAP_CLIPPING flag was replaced by +V4L2_FBUF_CAP_LIST_CLIPPING and +V4L2_FBUF_CAP_BITMAP_CLIPPING. + + + + In &v4l2-clip; the x, +y, width and +height field moved into a +c substructure of type &v4l2-rect;. The +x and y fields +were renamed to left and +top, &ie; offsets to a context dependent +origin. + + + + In &v4l2-window; the x, +y, width and +height field moved into a +w substructure as above. A +field field of type %v4l2-field; was added +to distinguish between field and frame (interlaced) overlay. + + + + The digital zoom interface, including struct +v4l2_zoomcap, struct +v4l2_zoom, +V4L2_ZOOM_NONCAP and +V4L2_ZOOM_WHILESTREAMING was replaced by a new +cropping and scaling interface. The previously unused struct +v4l2_cropcap and +v4l2_crop where redefined for this purpose. +See for details. + + + + In &v4l2-vbi-format; the +SAMPLE_FORMAT field now contains a +four-character-code as used to identify video image formats and +V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY replaces the +V4L2_VBI_SF_UBYTE define. The +reserved field was extended. + + + + In &v4l2-captureparm; the type of the +timeperframe field changed from unsigned +long to &v4l2-fract;. This allows the accurate expression of multiples +of the NTSC-M frame rate 30000 / 1001. A new field +readbuffers was added to control the driver +behaviour in read I/O mode. + + Similar changes were made to &v4l2-outputparm;. + + + + The struct v4l2_performance +and VIDIOC_G_PERF ioctl were dropped. Except when +using the read/write I/O method, which is +limited anyway, this information is already available to +applications. + + + + The example transformation from RGB to YCbCr color +space in the old V4L2 documentation was inaccurate, this has been +corrected in . + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 2003-06-19 + + + + A new capability flag +V4L2_CAP_RADIO was added for radio devices. Prior +to this change radio devices would identify solely by having exactly one +tuner whose type field reads V4L2_TUNER_RADIO. + + + + An optional driver access priority mechanism was +added, see for details. + + + + The audio input and output interface was found to be +incomplete. + Previously the &VIDIOC-G-AUDIO; +ioctl would enumerate the available audio inputs. An ioctl to +determine the current audio input, if more than one combines with the +current video input, did not exist. So +VIDIOC_G_AUDIO was renamed to +VIDIOC_G_AUDIO_OLD, this ioctl was removed on +Kernel 2.6.39. The &VIDIOC-ENUMAUDIO; ioctl was added to enumerate +audio inputs, while &VIDIOC-G-AUDIO; now reports the current audio +input. + The same changes were made to &VIDIOC-G-AUDOUT; and +&VIDIOC-ENUMAUDOUT;. + Until further the "videodev" module will automatically +translate between the old and new ioctls, but drivers and applications +must be updated to successfully compile again. + + + + The &VIDIOC-OVERLAY; ioctl was incorrectly defined with +write-read parameter. It was changed to write-only, while the write-read +version was renamed to VIDIOC_OVERLAY_OLD. The old +ioctl was removed on Kernel 2.6.39. Until further the "videodev" +kernel module will automatically translate to the new version, so drivers +must be recompiled, but not applications. + + + + incorrectly stated that +clipping rectangles define regions where the video can be seen. +Correct is that clipping rectangles define regions where +no video shall be displayed and so the graphics +surface can be seen. + + + + The &VIDIOC-S-PARM; and &VIDIOC-S-CTRL; ioctls were +defined with write-only parameter, inconsistent with other ioctls +modifying their argument. They were changed to write-read, while a +_OLD suffix was added to the write-only versions. +The old ioctls were removed on Kernel 2.6.39. Drivers and +applications assuming a constant parameter need an update. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 2003-11-05 + + + In the following pixel +formats were incorrectly transferred from Bill Dirks' V4L2 +specification. Descriptions below refer to bytes in memory, in +ascending address order. + + + + Symbol + In this document prior to revision +0.5 + Corrected + + + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB24 + B, G, R + R, G, B + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24 + R, G, B + B, G, R + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB32 + B, G, R, X + R, G, B, X + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR32 + R, G, B, X + B, G, R, X + + + + The +V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24 example was always +correct. + In the mapping +of the V4L VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB24 and +VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB32 formats to V4L2 pixel formats +was accordingly corrected. + + + + Unrelated to the fixes above, drivers may still +interpret some V4L2 RGB pixel formats differently. These issues have +yet to be addressed, for details see . + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 2.6.6, 2004-05-09 + + + The &VIDIOC-CROPCAP; ioctl was incorrectly defined +with read-only parameter. It is now defined as write-read ioctl, while +the read-only version was renamed to +VIDIOC_CROPCAP_OLD. The old ioctl was removed +on Kernel 2.6.39. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 2.6.8 + + + A new field input (former +reserved[0]) was added to the &v4l2-buffer; +structure. Purpose of this field is to alternate between video inputs +(⪚ cameras) in step with the video capturing process. This function +must be enabled with the new V4L2_BUF_FLAG_INPUT +flag. The flags field is no longer +read-only. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 spec erratum 2004-08-01 + + + + The return value of the + function was incorrectly documented. + + + + Audio output ioctls end in -AUDOUT, not -AUDIOOUT. + + + + In the Current Audio Input example the +VIDIOC_G_AUDIO ioctl took the wrong +argument. + + + + The documentation of the &VIDIOC-QBUF; and +&VIDIOC-DQBUF; ioctls did not mention the &v4l2-buffer; +memory field. It was also missing from +examples. Also on the VIDIOC_DQBUF page the &EIO; +was not documented. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 2.6.14 + + + A new sliced VBI interface was added. It is documented +in and replaces the interface first +proposed in V4L2 specification 0.8. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 2.6.15 + + + The &VIDIOC-LOG-STATUS; ioctl was added. + + + + New video standards +V4L2_STD_NTSC_443, +V4L2_STD_SECAM_LC, +V4L2_STD_SECAM_DK (a set of SECAM D, K and K1), +and V4L2_STD_ATSC (a set of +V4L2_STD_ATSC_8_VSB and +V4L2_STD_ATSC_16_VSB) were defined. Note the +V4L2_STD_525_60 set now includes +V4L2_STD_NTSC_443. See also . + + + + The VIDIOC_G_COMP and +VIDIOC_S_COMP ioctl were renamed to +VIDIOC_G_MPEGCOMP and +VIDIOC_S_MPEGCOMP respectively. Their argument +was replaced by a struct +v4l2_mpeg_compression pointer. (The +VIDIOC_G_MPEGCOMP and +VIDIOC_S_MPEGCOMP ioctls where removed in Linux +2.6.25.) + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 spec erratum 2005-11-27 + The capture example in +called the &VIDIOC-S-CROP; ioctl without checking if cropping is +supported. In the video standard selection example in + the &VIDIOC-S-STD; call used the wrong +argument type. +
+ +
+ V4L2 spec erratum 2006-01-10 + + + The V4L2_IN_ST_COLOR_KILL flag in +&v4l2-input; not only indicates if the color killer is enabled, but +also if it is active. (The color killer disables color decoding when +it detects no color in the video signal to improve the image +quality.) + + + + &VIDIOC-S-PARM; is a write-read ioctl, not write-only as +stated on its reference page. The ioctl changed in 2003 as noted above. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 spec erratum 2006-02-03 + + + In &v4l2-captureparm; and &v4l2-outputparm; the +timeperframe field gives the time in +seconds, not microseconds. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 spec erratum 2006-02-04 + + + The clips field in +&v4l2-window; must point to an array of &v4l2-clip;, not a linked +list, because drivers ignore the struct +v4l2_clip.next +pointer. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 2.6.17 + + + New video standard macros were added: +V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_KR (NTSC M South Korea), and the +sets V4L2_STD_MN, +V4L2_STD_B, V4L2_STD_GH and +V4L2_STD_DK. The +V4L2_STD_NTSC and +V4L2_STD_SECAM sets now include +V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_KR and +V4L2_STD_SECAM_LC respectively. + + + + A new V4L2_TUNER_MODE_LANG1_LANG2 +was defined to record both languages of a bilingual program. The +use of V4L2_TUNER_MODE_STEREO for this purpose +is deprecated now. See the &VIDIOC-G-TUNER; section for +details. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 spec erratum 2006-09-23 (Draft 0.15) + + + In various places +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE and +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT of the sliced VBI +interface were not mentioned along with other buffer types. + + + + In it was clarified +that the &v4l2-audio; mode field is a flags +field. + + + + did not mention the +sliced VBI and radio capability flags. + + + + In it was +clarified that applications must initialize the tuner +type field of &v4l2-frequency; before +calling &VIDIOC-S-FREQUENCY;. + + + + The reserved array +in &v4l2-requestbuffers; has 2 elements, not 32. + + + + In and the device file names +/dev/vout which never caught on were replaced +by /dev/video. + + + + With Linux 2.6.15 the possible range for VBI device minor +numbers was extended from 224-239 to 224-255. Accordingly device file names +/dev/vbi0 to /dev/vbi31 are +possible now. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 2.6.18 + + + New ioctls &VIDIOC-G-EXT-CTRLS;, &VIDIOC-S-EXT-CTRLS; +and &VIDIOC-TRY-EXT-CTRLS; were added, a flag to skip unsupported +controls with &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, new control types +V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64 and +V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_CTRL_CLASS (), and new control flags +V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_READ_ONLY, +V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE, +V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE and +V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_SLIDER (). See for details. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 2.6.19 + + + In &v4l2-sliced-vbi-cap; a buffer type field was added +replacing a reserved field. Note on architectures where the size of +enum types differs from int types the size of the structure changed. +The &VIDIOC-G-SLICED-VBI-CAP; ioctl was redefined from being read-only +to write-read. Applications must initialize the type field and clear +the reserved fields now. These changes may break the +compatibility with older drivers and applications. + + + + The ioctls &VIDIOC-ENUM-FRAMESIZES; and +&VIDIOC-ENUM-FRAMEINTERVALS; were added. + + + + A new pixel format V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB444 () was added. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 spec erratum 2006-10-12 (Draft 0.17) + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_HM12 () is a YUV 4:2:0, not 4:2:2 format. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 2.6.21 + + + The videodev2.h header file is +now dual licensed under GNU General Public License version two or +later, and under a 3-clause BSD-style license. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 2.6.22 + + + Two new field orders + V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_TB and + V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_BT were + added. See for details. + + + + Three new clipping/blending methods with a global or +straight or inverted local alpha value were added to the video overlay +interface. See the description of the &VIDIOC-G-FBUF; and +&VIDIOC-S-FBUF; ioctls for details. + A new global_alpha field +was added to v4l2_window, +extending the structure. This may break +compatibility with applications using a struct +v4l2_window directly. However the VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_FMT ioctls, which take a +pointer to a v4l2_format parent +structure with padding bytes at the end, are not affected. + + + + The format of the chromakey +field in &v4l2-window; changed from "host order RGB32" to a pixel +value in the same format as the framebuffer. This may break +compatibility with existing applications. Drivers +supporting the "host order RGB32" format are not known. + + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 2.6.24 + + + The pixel formats +V4L2_PIX_FMT_PAL8, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV444, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV555, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV565 and +V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV32 were added. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 2.6.25 + + + The pixel formats +V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y16 and +V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR16 were added. + + + New controls +V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY, +V4L2_CID_HUE_AUTO, +V4L2_CID_WHITE_BALANCE_TEMPERATURE, +V4L2_CID_SHARPNESS and +V4L2_CID_BACKLIGHT_COMPENSATION were added. The +controls V4L2_CID_BLACK_LEVEL, +V4L2_CID_WHITENESS, +V4L2_CID_HCENTER and +V4L2_CID_VCENTER were deprecated. + + + + A Camera controls +class was added, with the new controls +V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO, +V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_ABSOLUTE, +V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO_PRIORITY, +V4L2_CID_PAN_RELATIVE, +V4L2_CID_TILT_RELATIVE, +V4L2_CID_PAN_RESET, +V4L2_CID_TILT_RESET, +V4L2_CID_PAN_ABSOLUTE, +V4L2_CID_TILT_ABSOLUTE, +V4L2_CID_FOCUS_ABSOLUTE, +V4L2_CID_FOCUS_RELATIVE and +V4L2_CID_FOCUS_AUTO. + + + The VIDIOC_G_MPEGCOMP and +VIDIOC_S_MPEGCOMP ioctls, which were superseded +by the extended controls +interface in Linux 2.6.18, where finally removed from the +videodev2.h header file. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 2.6.26 + + + The pixel formats +V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y16 and +V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR16 were added. + + + Added user controls +V4L2_CID_CHROMA_AGC and +V4L2_CID_COLOR_KILLER. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 2.6.27 + + + The &VIDIOC-S-HW-FREQ-SEEK; ioctl and the +V4L2_CAP_HW_FREQ_SEEK capability were added. + + + The pixel formats +V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVYU, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_PCA501, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_PCA505, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_PCA508, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_PCA561, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG8, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_PAC207 and +V4L2_PIX_FMT_PJPG were added. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 2.6.28 + + + Added V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_AAC and +V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_AC3 MPEG audio encodings. + + + Added V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING_MPEG_4_AVC MPEG +video encoding. + + + The pixel formats +V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10 and +V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10DPCM8 were added. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 2.6.29 + + + The VIDIOC_G_CHIP_IDENT ioctl was renamed +to VIDIOC_G_CHIP_IDENT_OLD and VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT +was introduced in its place. The old struct v4l2_chip_ident +was renamed to v4l2_chip_ident_old. + + + The pixel formats +V4L2_PIX_FMT_VYUY, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16 and +V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV61 were added. + + + Added camera controls +V4L2_CID_ZOOM_ABSOLUTE, +V4L2_CID_ZOOM_RELATIVE, +V4L2_CID_ZOOM_CONTINUOUS and +V4L2_CID_PRIVACY. + + +
+
+ V4L2 in Linux 2.6.30 + + + New control flag V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_WRITE_ONLY was added. + + + New control V4L2_CID_COLORFX was added. + + +
+
+ V4L2 in Linux 2.6.32 + + + In order to be easier to compare a V4L2 API and a kernel +version, now V4L2 API is numbered using the Linux Kernel version numeration. + + + Finalized the RDS capture API. See for +more information. + + + Added new capabilities for modulators and RDS encoders. + + + Add description for libv4l API. + + + Added support for string controls via new type V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING. + + + Added V4L2_CID_BAND_STOP_FILTER documentation. + + + Added FM Modulator (FM TX) Extended Control Class: V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_TX and their Control IDs. + + + Added FM Receiver (FM RX) Extended Control Class: V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_RX and their Control IDs. + + + Added Remote Controller chapter, describing the default Remote Controller mapping for media devices. + + +
+
+ V4L2 in Linux 2.6.33 + + + Added support for Digital Video timings in order to support HDTV receivers and transmitters. + + +
+
+ V4L2 in Linux 2.6.34 + + + Added +V4L2_CID_IRIS_ABSOLUTE and +V4L2_CID_IRIS_RELATIVE controls to the + Camera controls class. + + + +
+
+ V4L2 in Linux 2.6.37 + + + Remove the vtx (videotext/teletext) API. This API was no longer +used and no hardware exists to verify the API. Nor were any userspace applications found +that used it. It was originally scheduled for removal in 2.6.35. + + + +
+
+ V4L2 in Linux 2.6.39 + + + The old VIDIOC_*_OLD symbols and V4L1 support were removed. + + + Multi-planar API added. Does not affect the compatibility of + current drivers and applications. See + multi-planar API + for details. + + +
+
+ V4L2 in Linux 3.1 + + + VIDIOC_QUERYCAP now returns a per-subsystem version instead of a per-driver one. + Standardize an error code for invalid ioctl. + Added V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BITMASK. + + +
+
+ V4L2 in Linux 3.2 + + + V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE was added to signal volatile controls to userspace. + + + Add selection API for extended control over cropping + and composing. Does not affect the compatibility of current + drivers and applications. See selection API for + details. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 3.3 + + + Added V4L2_CID_ALPHA_COMPONENT control + to the User controls class. + + + + Added the device_caps field to struct v4l2_capabilities and added the new + V4L2_CAP_DEVICE_CAPS capability. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 3.4 + + + Added JPEG compression control + class. + + + Extended the DV Timings API: + &VIDIOC-ENUM-DV-TIMINGS;, &VIDIOC-QUERY-DV-TIMINGS; and + &VIDIOC-DV-TIMINGS-CAP;. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 3.5 + + + Added integer menus, the new type will be + V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU. + + + Added selection API for V4L2 subdev interface: + &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-G-SELECTION; and + &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-S-SELECTION;. + + + Added V4L2_COLORFX_ANTIQUE, + V4L2_COLORFX_ART_FREEZE, + V4L2_COLORFX_AQUA, + V4L2_COLORFX_SILHOUETTE, + V4L2_COLORFX_SOLARIZATION, + V4L2_COLORFX_VIVID and + V4L2_COLORFX_ARBITRARY_CBCR menu items + to the V4L2_CID_COLORFX control. + + + Added V4L2_CID_COLORFX_CBCR control. + + + Added camera controls V4L2_CID_AUTO_EXPOSURE_BIAS, + V4L2_CID_AUTO_N_PRESET_WHITE_BALANCE, + V4L2_CID_IMAGE_STABILIZATION, + V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY, + V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY_AUTO, + V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_METERING, + V4L2_CID_SCENE_MODE, + V4L2_CID_3A_LOCK, + V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_START, + V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STOP, + V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS and + V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE. + + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 3.6 + + + Replaced input in + v4l2_buffer by + reserved2 and removed + V4L2_BUF_FLAG_INPUT. + + + Added V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_M2M and V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_M2M_MPLANE capabilities. + + + Added support for frequency band enumerations: &VIDIOC-ENUM-FREQ-BANDS;. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 3.9 + + + Added timestamp types to + flags field in + v4l2_buffer. See . + + + Added V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_RANGE control event + changes flag. See . + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 3.10 + + + Removed obsolete and unused DV_PRESET ioctls + VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET, VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET, VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET and + VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESET. Remove the related v4l2_input/output capability + flags V4L2_IN_CAP_PRESETS and V4L2_OUT_CAP_PRESETS. + + + + Added new debugging ioctl &VIDIOC-DBG-G-CHIP-INFO;. + + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 3.11 + + + Remove obsolete VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT ioctl. + + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 3.14 + + + In struct v4l2_rect, the type +of width and height +fields changed from _s32 to _u32. + + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 3.15 + + + Added Software Defined Radio (SDR) Interface. + + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 3.16 + + + Added event V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE. + + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 3.17 + + + Extended &v4l2-pix-format;. Added format flags. + + + + Added compound control types and &VIDIOC-QUERY-EXT-CTRL;. + + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 3.18 + + + Added V4L2_CID_PAN_SPEED and + V4L2_CID_TILT_SPEED camera controls. + + +
+ +
+ V4L2 in Linux 3.19 + + + Rewrote Colorspace chapter, added new &v4l2-ycbcr-encoding; +and &v4l2-quantization; fields to &v4l2-pix-format;, &v4l2-pix-format-mplane; +and &v4l2-mbus-framefmt;. + + + +
+ +
+ Relation of V4L2 to other Linux multimedia APIs + +
+ X Video Extension + + The X Video Extension (abbreviated XVideo or just Xv) is +an extension of the X Window system, implemented for example by the +XFree86 project. Its scope is similar to V4L2, an API to video capture +and output devices for X clients. Xv allows applications to display +live video in a window, send window contents to a TV output, and +capture or output still images in XPixmaps + This is not implemented in XFree86. + . With their implementation XFree86 makes the +extension available across many operating systems and +architectures. + + Because the driver is embedded into the X server Xv has a +number of advantages over the V4L2 video +overlay interface. The driver can easily determine the overlay +target, &ie; visible graphics memory or off-screen buffers for a +destructive overlay. It can program the RAMDAC for a non-destructive +overlay, scaling or color-keying, or the clipping functions of the +video capture hardware, always in sync with drawing operations or +windows moving or changing their stacking order. + + To combine the advantages of Xv and V4L a special Xv +driver exists in XFree86 and XOrg, just programming any overlay capable +Video4Linux device it finds. To enable it +/etc/X11/XF86Config must contain these lines: + +Section "Module" + Load "v4l" +EndSection + + As of XFree86 4.2 this driver still supports only V4L +ioctls, however it should work just fine with all V4L2 devices through +the V4L2 backward-compatibility layer. Since V4L2 permits multiple +opens it is possible (if supported by the V4L2 driver) to capture +video while an X client requested video overlay. Restrictions of +simultaneous capturing and overlay are discussed in apply. + + Only marginally related to V4L2, XFree86 extended Xv to +support hardware YUV to RGB conversion and scaling for faster video +playback, and added an interface to MPEG-2 decoding hardware. This API +is useful to display images captured with V4L2 devices. +
+ +
+ Digital Video + + V4L2 does not support digital terrestrial, cable or +satellite broadcast. A separate project aiming at digital receivers +exists. You can find its homepage at http://linuxtv.org. The Linux DVB API +has no connection to the V4L2 API except that drivers for hybrid +hardware may support both. +
+ +
+ Audio Interfaces + + [to do - OSS/ALSA] +
+
+ +
+ Experimental API Elements + + The following V4L2 API elements are currently experimental +and may change in the future. + + + + Video Output Overlay (OSD) Interface, . + + + &VIDIOC-DBG-G-REGISTER; and &VIDIOC-DBG-S-REGISTER; +ioctls. + + + &VIDIOC-DBG-G-CHIP-INFO; ioctl. + + + &VIDIOC-ENUM-DV-TIMINGS;, &VIDIOC-QUERY-DV-TIMINGS; and + &VIDIOC-DV-TIMINGS-CAP; ioctls. + + + Flash API. + + + &VIDIOC-CREATE-BUFS; and &VIDIOC-PREPARE-BUF; ioctls. + + + Selection API. + + + Sub-device selection API: &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-G-SELECTION; + and &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-S-SELECTION; ioctls. + + + Support for frequency band enumeration: &VIDIOC-ENUM-FREQ-BANDS; ioctl. + + + Vendor and device specific media bus pixel formats. + . + + + Importing DMABUF file descriptors as a new IO method described + in . + + + Exporting DMABUF files using &VIDIOC-EXPBUF; ioctl. + + + Software Defined Radio (SDR) Interface, . + + +
+ +
+ Obsolete API Elements + + The following V4L2 API elements were superseded by new +interfaces and should not be implemented in new drivers. + + + + VIDIOC_G_MPEGCOMP and +VIDIOC_S_MPEGCOMP ioctls. Use Extended Controls, +. + + + VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET, VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET, VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS and + VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET ioctls. Use the DV Timings API (). + + + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_CROP and + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_CROP ioctls. Use + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_SELECTION and + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_SELECTION, . + + +
+
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e9462f1a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml @@ -0,0 +1,5464 @@ +
+ User Controls + + Devices typically have a number of user-settable controls +such as brightness, saturation and so on, which would be presented to +the user on a graphical user interface. But, different devices +will have different controls available, and furthermore, the range of +possible values, and the default value will vary from device to +device. The control ioctls provide the information and a mechanism to +create a nice user interface for these controls that will work +correctly with any device. + + All controls are accessed using an ID value. V4L2 defines +several IDs for specific purposes. Drivers can also implement their +own custom controls using V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE +The use of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE +is problematic because different drivers may use the same +V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE ID for different controls. +This makes it hard to programatically set such controls since the meaning +of the control with that ID is driver dependent. In order to resolve this +drivers use unique IDs and the V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE +IDs are mapped to those unique IDs by the kernel. Consider these +V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE IDs as aliases to the real +IDs. +Many applications today still use the V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE +IDs instead of using &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; with the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL +flag to enumerate all IDs, so support for V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE +is still around. +and higher values. The pre-defined control IDs have the prefix +V4L2_CID_, and are listed in . The ID is used when querying the attributes of +a control, and when getting or setting the current value. + + Generally applications should present controls to the user +without assumptions about their purpose. Each control comes with a +name string the user is supposed to understand. When the purpose is +non-intuitive the driver writer should provide a user manual, a user +interface plug-in or a driver specific panel application. Predefined +IDs were introduced to change a few controls programmatically, for +example to mute a device during a channel switch. + + Drivers may enumerate different controls after switching +the current video input or output, tuner or modulator, or audio input +or output. Different in the sense of other bounds, another default and +current value, step size or other menu items. A control with a certain +custom ID can also change name and +type. + + If a control is not applicable to the current configuration +of the device (for example, it doesn't apply to the current video input) +drivers set the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE flag. + + Control values are stored globally, they do not +change when switching except to stay within the reported bounds. They +also do not change ⪚ when the device is opened or closed, when the +tuner radio frequency is changed or generally never without +application request. + + V4L2 specifies an event mechanism to notify applications +when controls change value (see &VIDIOC-SUBSCRIBE-EVENT;, event +V4L2_EVENT_CTRL), panel applications might want to make +use of that in order to always reflect the correct control value. + + + All controls use machine endianness. + + + + Control IDs + + &cs-def; + + + ID + Type + Description + + + + + V4L2_CID_BASE + + First predefined ID, equal to +V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS. + + + V4L2_CID_USER_BASE + + Synonym of V4L2_CID_BASE. + + + V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS + integer + Picture brightness, or more precisely, the black +level. + + + V4L2_CID_CONTRAST + integer + Picture contrast or luma gain. + + + V4L2_CID_SATURATION + integer + Picture color saturation or chroma gain. + + + V4L2_CID_HUE + integer + Hue or color balance. + + + V4L2_CID_AUDIO_VOLUME + integer + Overall audio volume. Note some drivers also +provide an OSS or ALSA mixer interface. + + + V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BALANCE + integer + Audio stereo balance. Minimum corresponds to all +the way left, maximum to right. + + + V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BASS + integer + Audio bass adjustment. + + + V4L2_CID_AUDIO_TREBLE + integer + Audio treble adjustment. + + + V4L2_CID_AUDIO_MUTE + boolean + Mute audio, &ie; set the volume to zero, however +without affecting V4L2_CID_AUDIO_VOLUME. Like +ALSA drivers, V4L2 drivers must mute at load time to avoid excessive +noise. Actually the entire device should be reset to a low power +consumption state. + + + V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LOUDNESS + boolean + Loudness mode (bass boost). + + + V4L2_CID_BLACK_LEVEL + integer + Another name for brightness (not a synonym of +V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS). This control is deprecated +and should not be used in new drivers and applications. + + + V4L2_CID_AUTO_WHITE_BALANCE + boolean + Automatic white balance (cameras). + + + V4L2_CID_DO_WHITE_BALANCE + button + This is an action control. When set (the value is +ignored), the device will do a white balance and then hold the current +setting. Contrast this with the boolean +V4L2_CID_AUTO_WHITE_BALANCE, which, when +activated, keeps adjusting the white balance. + + + V4L2_CID_RED_BALANCE + integer + Red chroma balance. + + + V4L2_CID_BLUE_BALANCE + integer + Blue chroma balance. + + + V4L2_CID_GAMMA + integer + Gamma adjust. + + + V4L2_CID_WHITENESS + integer + Whiteness for grey-scale devices. This is a synonym +for V4L2_CID_GAMMA. This control is deprecated +and should not be used in new drivers and applications. + + + V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE + integer + Exposure (cameras). [Unit?] + + + V4L2_CID_AUTOGAIN + boolean + Automatic gain/exposure control. + + + V4L2_CID_GAIN + integer + Gain control. + + + V4L2_CID_HFLIP + boolean + Mirror the picture horizontally. + + + V4L2_CID_VFLIP + boolean + Mirror the picture vertically. + + + V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY + enum + Enables a power line frequency filter to avoid +flicker. Possible values for enum v4l2_power_line_frequency are: +V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY_DISABLED (0), +V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY_50HZ (1), +V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY_60HZ (2) and +V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY_AUTO (3). + + + V4L2_CID_HUE_AUTO + boolean + Enables automatic hue control by the device. The +effect of setting V4L2_CID_HUE while automatic +hue control is enabled is undefined, drivers should ignore such +request. + + + V4L2_CID_WHITE_BALANCE_TEMPERATURE + integer + This control specifies the white balance settings +as a color temperature in Kelvin. A driver should have a minimum of +2800 (incandescent) to 6500 (daylight). For more information about +color temperature see Wikipedia. + + + V4L2_CID_SHARPNESS + integer + Adjusts the sharpness filters in a camera. The +minimum value disables the filters, higher values give a sharper +picture. + + + V4L2_CID_BACKLIGHT_COMPENSATION + integer + Adjusts the backlight compensation in a camera. The +minimum value disables backlight compensation. + + + V4L2_CID_CHROMA_AGC + boolean + Chroma automatic gain control. + + + V4L2_CID_CHROMA_GAIN + integer + Adjusts the Chroma gain control (for use when chroma AGC + is disabled). + + + V4L2_CID_COLOR_KILLER + boolean + Enable the color killer (&ie; force a black & white image in case of a weak video signal). + + + V4L2_CID_COLORFX + enum + Selects a color effect. The following values are defined: + + + + + + + + V4L2_COLORFX_NONE  + Color effect is disabled. + + + V4L2_COLORFX_ANTIQUE  + An aging (old photo) effect. + + + V4L2_COLORFX_ART_FREEZE  + Frost color effect. + + + V4L2_COLORFX_AQUA  + Water color, cool tone. + + + V4L2_COLORFX_BW  + Black and white. + + + V4L2_COLORFX_EMBOSS  + Emboss, the highlights and shadows replace light/dark boundaries + and low contrast areas are set to a gray background. + + + V4L2_COLORFX_GRASS_GREEN  + Grass green. + + + V4L2_COLORFX_NEGATIVE  + Negative. + + + V4L2_COLORFX_SEPIA  + Sepia tone. + + + V4L2_COLORFX_SKETCH  + Sketch. + + + V4L2_COLORFX_SKIN_WHITEN  + Skin whiten. + + + V4L2_COLORFX_SKY_BLUE  + Sky blue. + + + V4L2_COLORFX_SOLARIZATION  + Solarization, the image is partially reversed in tone, + only color values above or below a certain threshold are inverted. + + + + V4L2_COLORFX_SILHOUETTE  + Silhouette (outline). + + + V4L2_COLORFX_VIVID  + Vivid colors. + + + V4L2_COLORFX_SET_CBCR  + The Cb and Cr chroma components are replaced by fixed + coefficients determined by V4L2_CID_COLORFX_CBCR + control. + + + + + + V4L2_CID_COLORFX_CBCR + integer + Determines the Cb and Cr coefficients for V4L2_COLORFX_SET_CBCR + color effect. Bits [7:0] of the supplied 32 bit value are interpreted as + Cr component, bits [15:8] as Cb component and bits [31:16] must be zero. + + + + V4L2_CID_AUTOBRIGHTNESS + boolean + Enable Automatic Brightness. + + + V4L2_CID_ROTATE + integer + Rotates the image by specified angle. Common angles are 90, + 270 and 180. Rotating the image to 90 and 270 will reverse the height + and width of the display window. It is necessary to set the new height and + width of the picture using the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl according to + the rotation angle selected. + + + V4L2_CID_BG_COLOR + integer + Sets the background color on the current output device. + Background color needs to be specified in the RGB24 format. The + supplied 32 bit value is interpreted as bits 0-7 Red color information, + bits 8-15 Green color information, bits 16-23 Blue color + information and bits 24-31 must be zero. + + + V4L2_CID_ILLUMINATORS_1 + V4L2_CID_ILLUMINATORS_2 + boolean + Switch on or off the illuminator 1 or 2 of the device + (usually a microscope). + + + V4L2_CID_MIN_BUFFERS_FOR_CAPTURE + integer + This is a read-only control that can be read by the application +and used as a hint to determine the number of CAPTURE buffers to pass to REQBUFS. +The value is the minimum number of CAPTURE buffers that is necessary for hardware +to work. + + + V4L2_CID_MIN_BUFFERS_FOR_OUTPUT + integer + This is a read-only control that can be read by the application +and used as a hint to determine the number of OUTPUT buffers to pass to REQBUFS. +The value is the minimum number of OUTPUT buffers that is necessary for hardware +to work. + + + V4L2_CID_ALPHA_COMPONENT + integer + Sets the alpha color component. When a capture device (or + capture queue of a mem-to-mem device) produces a frame format that + includes an alpha component + (e.g. packed RGB image formats) + and the alpha value is not defined by the device or the mem-to-mem + input data this control lets you select the alpha component value of + all pixels. When an output device (or output queue of a mem-to-mem + device) consumes a frame format that doesn't include an alpha + component and the device supports alpha channel processing this + control lets you set the alpha component value of all pixels for + further processing in the device. + + + + V4L2_CID_LASTP1 + + End of the predefined control IDs (currently + V4L2_CID_ALPHA_COMPONENT + 1). + + + V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE + + ID of the first custom (driver specific) control. +Applications depending on particular custom controls should check the +driver name and version, see . + + + +
+ + Applications can enumerate the available controls with the +&VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; and &VIDIOC-QUERYMENU; ioctls, get and set a +control value with the &VIDIOC-G-CTRL; and &VIDIOC-S-CTRL; ioctls. +Drivers must implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, +VIDIOC_G_CTRL and +VIDIOC_S_CTRL when the device has one or more +controls, VIDIOC_QUERYMENU when it has one or +more menu type controls. + + + Enumerating all user controls + + +&v4l2-queryctrl; queryctrl; +&v4l2-querymenu; querymenu; + +static void enumerate_menu(void) +{ + printf(" Menu items:\n"); + + memset(&querymenu, 0, sizeof(querymenu)); + querymenu.id = queryctrl.id; + + for (querymenu.index = queryctrl.minimum; + querymenu.index <= queryctrl.maximum; + querymenu.index++) { + if (0 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYMENU;, &querymenu)) { + printf(" %s\n", querymenu.name); + } + } +} + +memset(&queryctrl, 0, sizeof(queryctrl)); + +for (queryctrl.id = V4L2_CID_BASE; + queryctrl.id < V4L2_CID_LASTP1; + queryctrl.id++) { + if (0 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &queryctrl)) { + if (queryctrl.flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED) + continue; + + printf("Control %s\n", queryctrl.name); + + if (queryctrl.type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU) + enumerate_menu(); + } else { + if (errno == EINVAL) + continue; + + perror("VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } +} + +for (queryctrl.id = V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE;; + queryctrl.id++) { + if (0 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &queryctrl)) { + if (queryctrl.flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED) + continue; + + printf("Control %s\n", queryctrl.name); + + if (queryctrl.type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU) + enumerate_menu(); + } else { + if (errno == EINVAL) + break; + + perror("VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } +} + + + + + Enumerating all user controls (alternative) + +memset(&queryctrl, 0, sizeof(queryctrl)); + +queryctrl.id = V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_USER | V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL; +while (0 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &queryctrl)) { + if (V4L2_CTRL_ID2CLASS(queryctrl.id) != V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_USER) + break; + if (queryctrl.flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED) + continue; + + printf("Control %s\n", queryctrl.name); + + if (queryctrl.type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU) + enumerate_menu(); + + queryctrl.id |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL; +} +if (errno != EINVAL) { + perror("VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + + + + + Changing controls + + +&v4l2-queryctrl; queryctrl; +&v4l2-control; control; + +memset(&queryctrl, 0, sizeof(queryctrl)); +queryctrl.id = V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS; + +if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &queryctrl)) { + if (errno != EINVAL) { + perror("VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } else { + printf("V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS is not supported\n"); + } +} else if (queryctrl.flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED) { + printf("V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS is not supported\n"); +} else { + memset(&control, 0, sizeof (control)); + control.id = V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS; + control.value = queryctrl.default_value; + + if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-S-CTRL;, &control)) { + perror("VIDIOC_S_CTRL"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } +} + +memset(&control, 0, sizeof(control)); +control.id = V4L2_CID_CONTRAST; + +if (0 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-G-CTRL;, &control)) { + control.value += 1; + + /* The driver may clamp the value or return ERANGE, ignored here */ + + if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-S-CTRL;, &control) + && errno != ERANGE) { + perror("VIDIOC_S_CTRL"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } +/* Ignore if V4L2_CID_CONTRAST is unsupported */ +} else if (errno != EINVAL) { + perror("VIDIOC_G_CTRL"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +control.id = V4L2_CID_AUDIO_MUTE; +control.value = 1; /* silence */ + +/* Errors ignored */ +ioctl(fd, VIDIOC_S_CTRL, &control); + + +
+ +
+ Extended Controls + +
+ Introduction + + The control mechanism as originally designed was meant +to be used for user settings (brightness, saturation, etc). However, +it turned out to be a very useful model for implementing more +complicated driver APIs where each driver implements only a subset of +a larger API. + + The MPEG encoding API was the driving force behind +designing and implementing this extended control mechanism: the MPEG +standard is quite large and the currently supported hardware MPEG +encoders each only implement a subset of this standard. Further more, +many parameters relating to how the video is encoded into an MPEG +stream are specific to the MPEG encoding chip since the MPEG standard +only defines the format of the resulting MPEG stream, not how the +video is actually encoded into that format. + + Unfortunately, the original control API lacked some +features needed for these new uses and so it was extended into the +(not terribly originally named) extended control API. + + Even though the MPEG encoding API was the first effort +to use the Extended Control API, nowadays there are also other classes +of Extended Controls, such as Camera Controls and FM Transmitter Controls. +The Extended Controls API as well as all Extended Controls classes are +described in the following text. +
+ +
+ The Extended Control API + + Three new ioctls are available: &VIDIOC-G-EXT-CTRLS;, +&VIDIOC-S-EXT-CTRLS; and &VIDIOC-TRY-EXT-CTRLS;. These ioctls act on +arrays of controls (as opposed to the &VIDIOC-G-CTRL; and +&VIDIOC-S-CTRL; ioctls that act on a single control). This is needed +since it is often required to atomically change several controls at +once. + + Each of the new ioctls expects a pointer to a +&v4l2-ext-controls;. This structure contains a pointer to the control +array, a count of the number of controls in that array and a control +class. Control classes are used to group similar controls into a +single class. For example, control class +V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_USER contains all user controls +(&ie; all controls that can also be set using the old +VIDIOC_S_CTRL ioctl). Control class +V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG contains all controls +relating to MPEG encoding, etc. + + All controls in the control array must belong to the +specified control class. An error is returned if this is not the +case. + + It is also possible to use an empty control array (count +== 0) to check whether the specified control class is +supported. + + The control array is a &v4l2-ext-control; array. The +v4l2_ext_control structure is very similar to +&v4l2-control;, except for the fact that it also allows for 64-bit +values and pointers to be passed. + + Since the &v4l2-ext-control; supports pointers it is now +also possible to have controls with compound types such as N-dimensional arrays +and/or structures. You need to specify the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_COMPOUND +when enumerating controls to actually be able to see such compound controls. +In other words, these controls with compound types should only be used +programmatically. + + Since such compound controls need to expose more information +about themselves than is possible with &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; the +&VIDIOC-QUERY-EXT-CTRL; ioctl was added. In particular, this ioctl gives +the dimensions of the N-dimensional array if this control consists of more than +one element. + + It is important to realize that due to the flexibility of +controls it is necessary to check whether the control you want to set +actually is supported in the driver and what the valid range of values +is. So use the &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; (or &VIDIOC-QUERY-EXT-CTRL;) and +&VIDIOC-QUERYMENU; ioctls to check this. Also note that it is possible +that some of the menu indices in a control of type +V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU may not be supported +(VIDIOC_QUERYMENU will return an error). A good +example is the list of supported MPEG audio bitrates. Some drivers only +support one or two bitrates, others support a wider range. + + + All controls use machine endianness. + +
+ +
+ Enumerating Extended Controls + + The recommended way to enumerate over the extended +controls is by using &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; in combination with the +V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL flag: + + + +&v4l2-queryctrl; qctrl; + +qctrl.id = V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL; +while (0 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &qctrl)) { + /* ... */ + qctrl.id |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL; +} + + + + The initial control ID is set to 0 ORed with the +V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL flag. The +VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL ioctl will return the first +control with a higher ID than the specified one. When no such controls +are found an error is returned. + + If you want to get all controls within a specific control +class, then you can set the initial +qctrl.id value to the control class and add +an extra check to break out of the loop when a control of another +control class is found: + + + +qctrl.id = V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG | V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL; +while (0 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &qctrl)) { + if (V4L2_CTRL_ID2CLASS(qctrl.id) != V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG) + break; + /* ... */ + qctrl.id |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL; +} + + + + The 32-bit qctrl.id value is +subdivided into three bit ranges: the top 4 bits are reserved for +flags (⪚ V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL) and are not +actually part of the ID. The remaining 28 bits form the control ID, of +which the most significant 12 bits define the control class and the +least significant 16 bits identify the control within the control +class. It is guaranteed that these last 16 bits are always non-zero +for controls. The range of 0x1000 and up are reserved for +driver-specific controls. The macro +V4L2_CTRL_ID2CLASS(id) returns the control class +ID based on a control ID. + + If the driver does not support extended controls, then +VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL will fail when used in +combination with V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL. In +that case the old method of enumerating control should be used (see +). But if it is supported, then it is guaranteed to enumerate over +all controls, including driver-private controls. +
+ +
+ Creating Control Panels + + It is possible to create control panels for a graphical +user interface where the user can select the various controls. +Basically you will have to iterate over all controls using the method +described above. Each control class starts with a control of type +V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_CTRL_CLASS. +VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL will return the name of this +control class which can be used as the title of a tab page within a +control panel. + + The flags field of &v4l2-queryctrl; also contains hints on +the behavior of the control. See the &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; documentation +for more details. +
+ +
+ Codec Control Reference + + Below all controls within the Codec control class are +described. First the generic controls, then controls specific for +certain hardware. + + Note: These controls are applicable to all codecs and +not just MPEG. The defines are prefixed with V4L2_CID_MPEG/V4L2_MPEG +as the controls were originally made for MPEG codecs and later +extended to cover all encoding formats. + +
+ Generic Codec Controls + + + Codec Control IDs + + + + + + + + + + ID + Type + Description + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_CLASS  + class + The Codec class +descriptor. Calling &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; for this control will return a +description of this control class. This description can be used as the +caption of a Tab page in a GUI, for example. + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE  + enum v4l2_mpeg_stream_type + The MPEG-1, -2 or -4 +output stream type. One cannot assume anything here. Each hardware +MPEG encoder tends to support different subsets of the available MPEG +stream types. This control is specific to multiplexed MPEG streams. +The currently defined stream types are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG2_PS  + MPEG-2 program stream + + + V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG2_TS  + MPEG-2 transport stream + + + V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG1_SS  + MPEG-1 system stream + + + V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG2_DVD  + MPEG-2 DVD-compatible stream + + + V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG1_VCD  + MPEG-1 VCD-compatible stream + + + V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG2_SVCD  + MPEG-2 SVCD-compatible stream + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_PMT  + integer + Program Map Table +Packet ID for the MPEG transport stream (default 16) + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_AUDIO  + integer + Audio Packet ID for +the MPEG transport stream (default 256) + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_VIDEO  + integer + Video Packet ID for +the MPEG transport stream (default 260) + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_PCR  + integer + Packet ID for the +MPEG transport stream carrying PCR fields (default 259) + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PES_ID_AUDIO  + integer + Audio ID for MPEG +PES + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PES_ID_VIDEO  + integer + Video ID for MPEG +PES + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT  + enum v4l2_mpeg_stream_vbi_fmt + Some cards can embed +VBI data (⪚ Closed Caption, Teletext) into the MPEG stream. This +control selects whether VBI data should be embedded, and if so, what +embedding method should be used. The list of possible VBI formats +depends on the driver. The currently defined VBI format types +are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_NONE  + No VBI in the MPEG stream + + + V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_IVTV  + VBI in private packets, IVTV format (documented +in the kernel sources in the file Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/README.vbi) + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ  + enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_sampling_freq + MPEG Audio sampling +frequency. Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ_44100  + 44.1 kHz + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ_48000  + 48 kHz + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ_32000  + 32 kHz + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING  + enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_encoding + MPEG Audio encoding. +This control is specific to multiplexed MPEG streams. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_LAYER_1  + MPEG-1/2 Layer I encoding + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_LAYER_2  + MPEG-1/2 Layer II encoding + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_LAYER_3  + MPEG-1/2 Layer III encoding + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_AAC  + MPEG-2/4 AAC (Advanced Audio Coding) + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_AC3  + AC-3 aka ATSC A/52 encoding + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE  + enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_l1_bitrate + MPEG-1/2 Layer I bitrate. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_32K  + 32 kbit/s + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_64K  + 64 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_96K  + 96 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_128K  + 128 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_160K  + 160 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_192K  + 192 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_224K  + 224 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_256K  + 256 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_288K  + 288 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_320K  + 320 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_352K  + 352 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_384K  + 384 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_416K  + 416 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_448K  + 448 kbit/s + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE  + enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_l2_bitrate + MPEG-1/2 Layer II bitrate. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_32K  + 32 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_48K  + 48 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_56K  + 56 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_64K  + 64 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_80K  + 80 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_96K  + 96 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_112K  + 112 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_128K  + 128 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_160K  + 160 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_192K  + 192 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_224K  + 224 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_256K  + 256 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_320K  + 320 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_384K  + 384 kbit/s + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE  + enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_l3_bitrate + MPEG-1/2 Layer III bitrate. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_32K  + 32 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_40K  + 40 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_48K  + 48 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_56K  + 56 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_64K  + 64 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_80K  + 80 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_96K  + 96 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_112K  + 112 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_128K  + 128 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_160K  + 160 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_192K  + 192 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_224K  + 224 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_256K  + 256 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_320K  + 320 kbit/s + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_AAC_BITRATE  + integer + AAC bitrate in bits per second. + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE  + enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_ac3_bitrate + AC-3 bitrate. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_32K  + 32 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_40K  + 40 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_48K  + 48 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_56K  + 56 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_64K  + 64 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_80K  + 80 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_96K  + 96 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_112K  + 112 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_128K  + 128 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_160K  + 160 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_192K  + 192 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_224K  + 224 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_256K  + 256 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_320K  + 320 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_384K  + 384 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_448K  + 448 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_512K  + 512 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_576K  + 576 kbit/s + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_640K  + 640 kbit/s + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE  + enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_mode + MPEG Audio mode. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_STEREO  + Stereo + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_JOINT_STEREO  + Joint Stereo + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_DUAL  + Bilingual + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_MONO  + Mono + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION  + enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_mode_extension + Joint Stereo +audio mode extension. In Layer I and II they indicate which subbands +are in intensity stereo. All other subbands are coded in stereo. Layer +III is not (yet) supported. Possible values +are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION_BOUND_4  + Subbands 4-31 in intensity stereo + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION_BOUND_8  + Subbands 8-31 in intensity stereo + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION_BOUND_12  + Subbands 12-31 in intensity stereo + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION_BOUND_16  + Subbands 16-31 in intensity stereo + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS  + enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_emphasis + Audio Emphasis. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS_NONE  + None + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS_50_DIV_15_uS  + 50/15 microsecond emphasis + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS_CCITT_J17  + CCITT J.17 + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_CRC  + enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_crc + CRC method. Possible +values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_CRC_NONE  + None + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_CRC_CRC16  + 16 bit parity check + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MUTE  + boolean + Mutes the audio when +capturing. This is not done by muting audio hardware, which can still +produce a slight hiss, but in the encoder itself, guaranteeing a fixed +and reproducible audio bitstream. 0 = unmuted, 1 = muted. + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK  + enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_dec_playback + Determines how monolingual audio should be played back. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK_AUTO  + Automatically determines the best playback mode. + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK_STEREO  + Stereo playback. + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK_LEFT  + Left channel playback. + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK_RIGHT  + Right channel playback. + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK_MONO  + Mono playback. + + + V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK_SWAPPED_STEREO  + Stereo playback with swapped left and right channels. + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_MULTILINGUAL_PLAYBACK  + enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_dec_playback + Determines how multilingual audio should be played back. + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING  + enum v4l2_mpeg_video_encoding + MPEG Video encoding +method. This control is specific to multiplexed MPEG streams. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING_MPEG_1  + MPEG-1 Video encoding + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING_MPEG_2  + MPEG-2 Video encoding + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING_MPEG_4_AVC  + MPEG-4 AVC (H.264) Video encoding + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT  + enum v4l2_mpeg_video_aspect + Video aspect. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT_1x1  + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT_4x3  + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT_16x9  + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT_221x100  + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_B_FRAMES  + integer + Number of B-Frames +(default 2) + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_GOP_SIZE  + integer + GOP size (default +12) + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_GOP_CLOSURE  + boolean + GOP closure (default +1) + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_PULLDOWN  + boolean + Enable 3:2 pulldown +(default 0) + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_MODE  + enum v4l2_mpeg_video_bitrate_mode + Video bitrate mode. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_MODE_VBR  + Variable bitrate + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_MODE_CBR  + Constant bitrate + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE  + integer + Video bitrate in bits +per second. + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_PEAK  + integer + Peak video bitrate in +bits per second. Must be larger or equal to the average video bitrate. +It is ignored if the video bitrate mode is set to constant +bitrate. + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_DECIMATION  + integer + For every captured +frame, skip this many subsequent frames (default 0). + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MUTE  + boolean + + "Mutes" the video to a +fixed color when capturing. This is useful for testing, to produce a +fixed video bitstream. 0 = unmuted, 1 = muted. + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MUTE_YUV  + integer + Sets the "mute" color +of the video. The supplied 32-bit integer is interpreted as follows (bit +0 = least significant bit): + + + + + + Bit 0:7 + V chrominance information + + + Bit 8:15 + U chrominance information + + + Bit 16:23 + Y luminance information + + + Bit 24:31 + Must be zero. + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DEC_PTS  + integer64 + This read-only control returns the +33-bit video Presentation Time Stamp as defined in ITU T-REC-H.222.0 and ISO/IEC 13818-1 of +the currently displayed frame. This is the same PTS as is used in &VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD;. + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DEC_FRAME  + integer64 + This read-only control returns the +frame counter of the frame that is currently displayed (decoded). This value is reset to 0 whenever +the decoder is started. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DECODER_SLICE_INTERFACE  + boolean + + If enabled the decoder expects to receive a single slice per buffer, otherwise +the decoder expects a single frame in per buffer. Applicable to the decoder, all codecs. + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_ENABLE  + boolean + + Enable writing sample aspect ratio in the Video Usability Information. +Applicable to the H264 encoder. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC  + enum v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_vui_sar_idc + + VUI sample aspect ratio indicator for H.264 encoding. The value +is defined in the table E-1 in the standard. Applicable to the H264 encoder. + + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_UNSPECIFIED  + Unspecified + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_1x1  + 1x1 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_12x11  + 12x11 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_10x11  + 10x11 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_16x11  + 16x11 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_40x33  + 40x33 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_24x11  + 24x11 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_20x11  + 20x11 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_32x11  + 32x11 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_80x33  + 80x33 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_18x11  + 18x11 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_15x11  + 15x11 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_64x33  + 64x33 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_160x99  + 160x99 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_4x3  + 4x3 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_3x2  + 3x2 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_2x1  + 2x1 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC_EXTENDED  + Extended SAR + + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_EXT_SAR_WIDTH  + integer + + Extended sample aspect ratio width for H.264 VUI encoding. +Applicable to the H264 encoder. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_EXT_SAR_HEIGHT  + integer + + Extended sample aspect ratio height for H.264 VUI encoding. +Applicable to the H264 encoder. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL  + enum v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_level + + The level information for the H264 video elementary stream. +Applicable to the H264 encoder. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_1_0  + Level 1.0 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_1B  + Level 1B + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_1_1  + Level 1.1 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_1_2  + Level 1.2 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_1_3  + Level 1.3 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_2_0  + Level 2.0 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_2_1  + Level 2.1 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_2_2  + Level 2.2 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_3_0  + Level 3.0 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_3_1  + Level 3.1 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_3_2  + Level 3.2 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_4_0  + Level 4.0 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_4_1  + Level 4.1 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_4_2  + Level 4.2 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_5_0  + Level 5.0 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL_5_1  + Level 5.1 + + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_LEVEL  + enum v4l2_mpeg_video_mpeg4_level + + The level information for the MPEG4 elementary stream. +Applicable to the MPEG4 encoder. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_LEVEL_0  + Level 0 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_LEVEL_0B  + Level 0b + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_LEVEL_1  + Level 1 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_LEVEL_2  + Level 2 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_LEVEL_3  + Level 3 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_LEVEL_3B  + Level 3b + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_LEVEL_4  + Level 4 + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_LEVEL_5  + Level 5 + + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE  + enum v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_profile + + The profile information for H264. +Applicable to the H264 encoder. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_BASELINE  + Baseline profile + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE  + Constrained Baseline profile + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_MAIN  + Main profile + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_EXTENDED  + Extended profile + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_HIGH  + High profile + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_HIGH_10  + High 10 profile + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_HIGH_422  + High 422 profile + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE  + High 444 Predictive profile + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_HIGH_10_INTRA  + High 10 Intra profile + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_HIGH_422_INTRA  + High 422 Intra profile + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_HIGH_444_INTRA  + High 444 Intra profile + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_CAVLC_444_INTRA  + CAVLC 444 Intra profile + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_SCALABLE_BASELINE  + Scalable Baseline profile + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_SCALABLE_HIGH  + Scalable High profile + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_SCALABLE_HIGH_INTRA  + Scalable High Intra profile + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_STEREO_HIGH  + Stereo High profile + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE_MULTIVIEW_HIGH  + Multiview High profile + + + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_PROFILE  + enum v4l2_mpeg_video_mpeg4_profile + + The profile information for MPEG4. +Applicable to the MPEG4 encoder. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_PROFILE_SIMPLE  + Simple profile + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_PROFILE_ADVANCED_SIMPLE  + Advanced Simple profile + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_PROFILE_CORE  + Core profile + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_PROFILE_SIMPLE_SCALABLE  + Simple Scalable profile + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_PROFILE_ADVANCED_CODING_EFFICIENCY  + + + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MAX_REF_PIC  + integer + + The maximum number of reference pictures used for encoding. +Applicable to the encoder. + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SLICE_MODE  + enum v4l2_mpeg_video_multi_slice_mode + + Determines how the encoder should handle division of frame into slices. +Applicable to the encoder. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SLICE_MODE_SINGLE  + Single slice per frame. + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SLICE_MODE_MAX_MB  + Multiple slices with set maximum number of macroblocks per slice. + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SLICE_MODE_MAX_BYTES  + Multiple slice with set maximum size in bytes per slice. + + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SLICE_MAX_MB  + integer + + The maximum number of macroblocks in a slice. Used when +V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SLICE_MODE is set to V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SLICE_MODE_MAX_MB. +Applicable to the encoder. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SLICE_MAX_BYTES  + integer + + The maximum size of a slice in bytes. Used when +V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SLICE_MODE is set to V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SLICE_MODE_MAX_BYTES. +Applicable to the encoder. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LOOP_FILTER_MODE  + enum v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_loop_filter_mode + + Loop filter mode for H264 encoder. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LOOP_FILTER_MODE_ENABLED  + Loop filter is enabled. + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LOOP_FILTER_MODE_DISABLED  + Loop filter is disabled. + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LOOP_FILTER_MODE_DISABLED_AT_SLICE_BOUNDARY  + Loop filter is disabled at the slice boundary. + + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LOOP_FILTER_ALPHA  + integer + + Loop filter alpha coefficient, defined in the H264 standard. +Applicable to the H264 encoder. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LOOP_FILTER_BETA  + integer + + Loop filter beta coefficient, defined in the H264 standard. +Applicable to the H264 encoder. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_ENTROPY_MODE  + enum v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_entropy_mode + + Entropy coding mode for H264 - CABAC/CAVALC. +Applicable to the H264 encoder. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_ENTROPY_MODE_CAVLC  + Use CAVLC entropy coding. + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_ENTROPY_MODE_CABAC  + Use CABAC entropy coding. + + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_8X8_TRANSFORM  + boolean + + Enable 8X8 transform for H264. Applicable to the H264 encoder. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_CYCLIC_INTRA_REFRESH_MB  + integer + + Cyclic intra macroblock refresh. This is the number of continuous macroblocks +refreshed every frame. Each frame a successive set of macroblocks is refreshed until the cycle completes and starts from the +top of the frame. Applicable to H264, H263 and MPEG4 encoder. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_FRAME_RC_ENABLE  + boolean + + Frame level rate control enable. +If this control is disabled then the quantization parameter for each frame type is constant and set with appropriate controls +(e.g. V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H263_I_FRAME_QP). +If frame rate control is enabled then quantization parameter is adjusted to meet the chosen bitrate. Minimum and maximum value +for the quantization parameter can be set with appropriate controls (e.g. V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H263_MIN_QP). +Applicable to encoders. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MB_RC_ENABLE  + boolean + + Macroblock level rate control enable. +Applicable to the MPEG4 and H264 encoders. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_QPEL  + boolean + + Quarter pixel motion estimation for MPEG4. Applicable to the MPEG4 encoder. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H263_I_FRAME_QP  + integer + + Quantization parameter for an I frame for H263. Valid range: from 1 to 31. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H263_MIN_QP  + integer + + Minimum quantization parameter for H263. Valid range: from 1 to 31. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H263_MAX_QP  + integer + + Maximum quantization parameter for H263. Valid range: from 1 to 31. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H263_P_FRAME_QP  + integer + + Quantization parameter for an P frame for H263. Valid range: from 1 to 31. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H263_B_FRAME_QP  + integer + + Quantization parameter for an B frame for H263. Valid range: from 1 to 31. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_I_FRAME_QP  + integer + + Quantization parameter for an I frame for H264. Valid range: from 0 to 51. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_MIN_QP  + integer + + Minimum quantization parameter for H264. Valid range: from 0 to 51. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_MAX_QP  + integer + + Maximum quantization parameter for H264. Valid range: from 0 to 51. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_P_FRAME_QP  + integer + + Quantization parameter for an P frame for H264. Valid range: from 0 to 51. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_B_FRAME_QP  + integer + + Quantization parameter for an B frame for H264. Valid range: from 0 to 51. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_I_FRAME_QP  + integer + + Quantization parameter for an I frame for MPEG4. Valid range: from 1 to 31. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_MIN_QP  + integer + + Minimum quantization parameter for MPEG4. Valid range: from 1 to 31. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_MAX_QP  + integer + + Maximum quantization parameter for MPEG4. Valid range: from 1 to 31. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_P_FRAME_QP  + integer + + Quantization parameter for an P frame for MPEG4. Valid range: from 1 to 31. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_B_FRAME_QP  + integer + + Quantization parameter for an B frame for MPEG4. Valid range: from 1 to 31. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VBV_SIZE  + integer + + The Video Buffer Verifier size in kilobytes, it is used as a limitation of frame skip. +The VBV is defined in the standard as a mean to verify that the produced stream will be successfully decoded. +The standard describes it as "Part of a hypothetical decoder that is conceptually connected to the +output of the encoder. Its purpose is to provide a constraint on the variability of the data rate that an +encoder or editing process may produce.". +Applicable to the MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG4 encoders. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VBV_DELAY  + integer + Sets the initial delay in milliseconds for +VBV buffer control. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MV_H_SEARCH_RANGE  + integer + + Horizontal search range defines maximum horizontal search area in pixels +to search and match for the present Macroblock (MB) in the reference picture. This V4L2 control macro is used to set +horizontal search range for motion estimation module in video encoder. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MV_V_SEARCH_RANGE  + integer + + Vertical search range defines maximum vertical search area in pixels +to search and match for the present Macroblock (MB) in the reference picture. This V4L2 control macro is used to set +vertical search range for motion estimation module in video encoder. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_CPB_SIZE  + integer + + The Coded Picture Buffer size in kilobytes, it is used as a limitation of frame skip. +The CPB is defined in the H264 standard as a mean to verify that the produced stream will be successfully decoded. +Applicable to the H264 encoder. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_I_PERIOD  + integer + + Period between I-frames in the open GOP for H264. In case of an open GOP +this is the period between two I-frames. The period between IDR (Instantaneous Decoding Refresh) frames is taken from the GOP_SIZE control. +An IDR frame, which stands for Instantaneous Decoding Refresh is an I-frame after which no prior frames are +referenced. This means that a stream can be restarted from an IDR frame without the need to store or decode any +previous frames. Applicable to the H264 encoder. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEADER_MODE  + enum v4l2_mpeg_video_header_mode + + Determines whether the header is returned as the first buffer or is +it returned together with the first frame. Applicable to encoders. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEADER_MODE_SEPARATE  + The stream header is returned separately in the first buffer. + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEADER_MODE_JOINED_WITH_1ST_FRAME  + The stream header is returned together with the first encoded frame. + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_REPEAT_SEQ_HEADER  + boolean + Repeat the video sequence headers. Repeating these +headers makes random access to the video stream easier. Applicable to the MPEG1, 2 and 4 encoder. + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DECODER_MPEG4_DEBLOCK_FILTER  + boolean + Enabled the deblocking post processing filter for MPEG4 decoder. +Applicable to the MPEG4 decoder. + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_VOP_TIME_RES  + integer + vop_time_increment_resolution value for MPEG4. Applicable to the MPEG4 encoder. + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_VOP_TIME_INC  + integer + vop_time_increment value for MPEG4. Applicable to the MPEG4 encoder. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FRAME_PACKING  + boolean + + Enable generation of frame packing supplemental enhancement information in the encoded bitstream. +The frame packing SEI message contains the arrangement of L and R planes for 3D viewing. Applicable to the H264 encoder. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_CURRENT_FRAME_0  + boolean + + Sets current frame as frame0 in frame packing SEI. +Applicable to the H264 encoder. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE  + enum v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_sei_fp_arrangement_type + + Frame packing arrangement type for H264 SEI. +Applicable to the H264 encoder. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE_CHEKERBOARD  + Pixels are alternatively from L and R. + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE_COLUMN  + L and R are interlaced by column. + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE_ROW  + L and R are interlaced by row. + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE_SIDE_BY_SIDE  + L is on the left, R on the right. + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE_TOP_BOTTOM  + L is on top, R on bottom. + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE_TEMPORAL  + One view per frame. + + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO  + boolean + + Enables flexible macroblock ordering in the encoded bitstream. It is a technique +used for restructuring the ordering of macroblocks in pictures. Applicable to the H264 encoder. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE  + enum v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_fmo_map_type + + When using FMO, the map type divides the image in different scan patterns of macroblocks. +Applicable to the H264 encoder. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_INTERLEAVED_SLICES  + Slices are interleaved one after other with macroblocks in run length order. + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_SCATTERED_SLICES  + Scatters the macroblocks based on a mathematical function known to both encoder and decoder. + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_FOREGROUND_WITH_LEFT_OVER  + Macroblocks arranged in rectangular areas or regions of interest. + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_BOX_OUT  + Slice groups grow in a cyclic way from centre to outwards. + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_RASTER_SCAN  + Slice groups grow in raster scan pattern from left to right. + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_WIPE_SCAN  + Slice groups grow in wipe scan pattern from top to bottom. + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_EXPLICIT  + User defined map type. + + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_SLICE_GROUP  + integer + + Number of slice groups in FMO. +Applicable to the H264 encoder. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_CHANGE_DIRECTION  + enum v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_fmo_change_dir + + Specifies a direction of the slice group change for raster and wipe maps. +Applicable to the H264 encoder. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_CHANGE_DIR_RIGHT  + Raster scan or wipe right. + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_CHANGE_DIR_LEFT  + Reverse raster scan or wipe left. + + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_CHANGE_RATE  + integer + + Specifies the size of the first slice group for raster and wipe map. +Applicable to the H264 encoder. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_RUN_LENGTH  + integer + + Specifies the number of consecutive macroblocks for the interleaved map. +Applicable to the H264 encoder. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_ASO  + boolean + + Enables arbitrary slice ordering in encoded bitstream. +Applicable to the H264 encoder. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_ASO_SLICE_ORDER  + integer + Specifies the slice order in ASO. Applicable to the H264 encoder. +The supplied 32-bit integer is interpreted as follows (bit +0 = least significant bit): + + + + + + Bit 0:15 + Slice ID + + + Bit 16:32 + Slice position or order + + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING  + boolean + + Enables H264 hierarchical coding. +Applicable to the H264 encoder. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_TYPE  + enum v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_hierarchical_coding_type + + Specifies the hierarchical coding type. +Applicable to the H264 encoder. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_B  + Hierarchical B coding. + + + V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_P  + Hierarchical P coding. + + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_LAYER  + integer + + Specifies the number of hierarchical coding layers. +Applicable to the H264 encoder. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_LAYER_QP  + integer + Specifies a user defined QP for each layer. Applicable to the H264 encoder. +The supplied 32-bit integer is interpreted as follows (bit +0 = least significant bit): + + + + + + Bit 0:15 + QP value + + + Bit 16:32 + Layer number + + + + + + + +
+
+ +
+ MFC 5.1 MPEG Controls + + The following MPEG class controls deal with MPEG +decoding and encoding settings that are specific to the Multi Format Codec 5.1 device present +in the S5P family of SoCs by Samsung. + + + + MFC 5.1 Control IDs + + + + + + + + + + ID + Type + Description + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_DECODER_H264_DISPLAY_DELAY_ENABLE  + boolean + If the display delay is enabled then the decoder is forced to return a +CAPTURE buffer (decoded frame) after processing a certain number of OUTPUT buffers. The delay can be set through +V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_DECODER_H264_DISPLAY_DELAY. This feature can be used for example +for generating thumbnails of videos. Applicable to the H264 decoder. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_DECODER_H264_DISPLAY_DELAY  + integer + Display delay value for H264 decoder. +The decoder is forced to return a decoded frame after the set 'display delay' number of frames. If this number is +low it may result in frames returned out of dispaly order, in addition the hardware may still be using the returned buffer +as a reference picture for subsequent frames. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_H264_NUM_REF_PIC_FOR_P  + integer + The number of reference pictures used for encoding a P picture. +Applicable to the H264 encoder. + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_PADDING  + boolean + Padding enable in the encoder - use a color instead of repeating border pixels. +Applicable to encoders. + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_PADDING_YUV  + integer + Padding color in the encoder. Applicable to encoders. The supplied 32-bit integer is interpreted as follows (bit +0 = least significant bit): + + + + + + Bit 0:7 + V chrominance information + + + Bit 8:15 + U chrominance information + + + Bit 16:23 + Y luminance information + + + Bit 24:31 + Must be zero. + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_RC_REACTION_COEFF  + integer + Reaction coefficient for MFC rate control. Applicable to encoders. +Note 1: Valid only when the frame level RC is enabled. +Note 2: For tight CBR, this field must be small (ex. 2 ~ 10). +For VBR, this field must be large (ex. 100 ~ 1000). +Note 3: It is not recommended to use the greater number than FRAME_RATE * (10^9 / BIT_RATE). + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_H264_ADAPTIVE_RC_DARK  + boolean + Adaptive rate control for dark region. +Valid only when H.264 and macroblock level RC is enabled (V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MB_RC_ENABLE). +Applicable to the H264 encoder. + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_H264_ADAPTIVE_RC_SMOOTH  + boolean + Adaptive rate control for smooth region. +Valid only when H.264 and macroblock level RC is enabled (V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MB_RC_ENABLE). +Applicable to the H264 encoder. + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_H264_ADAPTIVE_RC_STATIC  + boolean + Adaptive rate control for static region. +Valid only when H.264 and macroblock level RC is enabled (V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MB_RC_ENABLE). +Applicable to the H264 encoder. + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_H264_ADAPTIVE_RC_ACTIVITY  + boolean + Adaptive rate control for activity region. +Valid only when H.264 and macroblock level RC is enabled (V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MB_RC_ENABLE). +Applicable to the H264 encoder. + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_FRAME_SKIP_MODE  + enum v4l2_mpeg_mfc51_video_frame_skip_mode + + +Indicates in what conditions the encoder should skip frames. If encoding a frame would cause the encoded stream to be larger then +a chosen data limit then the frame will be skipped. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_MFC51_FRAME_SKIP_MODE_DISABLED  + Frame skip mode is disabled. + + + V4L2_MPEG_MFC51_FRAME_SKIP_MODE_LEVEL_LIMIT  + Frame skip mode enabled and buffer limit is set by the chosen level and is defined by the standard. + + + V4L2_MPEG_MFC51_FRAME_SKIP_MODE_BUF_LIMIT  + Frame skip mode enabled and buffer limit is set by the VBV (MPEG1/2/4) or CPB (H264) buffer size control. + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_RC_FIXED_TARGET_BIT  + integer + Enable rate-control with fixed target bit. +If this setting is enabled, then the rate control logic of the encoder will calculate the average bitrate +for a GOP and keep it below or equal the set bitrate target. Otherwise the rate control logic calculates the +overall average bitrate for the stream and keeps it below or equal to the set bitrate. In the first case +the average bitrate for the whole stream will be smaller then the set bitrate. This is caused because the +average is calculated for smaller number of frames, on the other hand enabling this setting will ensure that +the stream will meet tight bandwidth contraints. Applicable to encoders. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_FORCE_FRAME_TYPE  + enum v4l2_mpeg_mfc51_video_force_frame_type + + Force a frame type for the next queued buffer. Applicable to encoders. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_MFC51_FORCE_FRAME_TYPE_DISABLED  + Forcing a specific frame type disabled. + + + V4L2_MPEG_MFC51_FORCE_FRAME_TYPE_I_FRAME  + Force an I-frame. + + + V4L2_MPEG_MFC51_FORCE_FRAME_TYPE_NOT_CODED  + Force a non-coded frame. + + + + + + +
+
+ +
+ CX2341x MPEG Controls + + The following MPEG class controls deal with MPEG +encoding settings that are specific to the Conexant CX23415 and +CX23416 MPEG encoding chips. + + + CX2341x Control IDs + + + + + + + + + + ID + Type + Description + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_SPATIAL_FILTER_MODE  + enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_spatial_filter_mode + Sets the Spatial +Filter mode (default MANUAL). Possible values +are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_SPATIAL_FILTER_MODE_MANUAL  + Choose the filter manually + + + V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_SPATIAL_FILTER_MODE_AUTO  + Choose the filter automatically + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_SPATIAL_FILTER  + integer (0-15) + The setting for the +Spatial Filter. 0 = off, 15 = maximum. (Default is 0.) + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE  + enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_luma_spatial_filter_type + Select the algorithm +to use for the Luma Spatial Filter (default +1D_HOR). Possible values: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_OFF  + No filter + + + V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_1D_HOR  + One-dimensional horizontal + + + V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_1D_VERT  + One-dimensional vertical + + + V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_2D_HV_SEPARABLE  + Two-dimensional separable + + + V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_2D_SYM_NON_SEPARABLE  + Two-dimensional symmetrical +non-separable + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_CHROMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE  + enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_chroma_spatial_filter_type + Select the algorithm +for the Chroma Spatial Filter (default 1D_HOR). +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_CHROMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_OFF  + No filter + + + V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_CHROMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_1D_HOR  + One-dimensional horizontal + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_FILTER_MODE  + enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_temporal_filter_mode + Sets the Temporal +Filter mode (default MANUAL). Possible values +are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_FILTER_MODE_MANUAL  + Choose the filter manually + + + V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_FILTER_MODE_AUTO  + Choose the filter automatically + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_FILTER  + integer (0-31) + The setting for the +Temporal Filter. 0 = off, 31 = maximum. (Default is 8 for full-scale +capturing and 0 for scaled capturing.) + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE  + enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_median_filter_type + Median Filter Type +(default OFF). Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE_OFF  + No filter + + + V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE_HOR  + Horizontal filter + + + V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE_VERT  + Vertical filter + + + V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE_HOR_VERT  + Horizontal and vertical filter + + + V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE_DIAG  + Diagonal filter + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_MEDIAN_FILTER_BOTTOM  + integer (0-255) + Threshold above which +the luminance median filter is enabled (default 0) + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_MEDIAN_FILTER_TOP  + integer (0-255) + Threshold below which +the luminance median filter is enabled (default 255) + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_CHROMA_MEDIAN_FILTER_BOTTOM  + integer (0-255) + Threshold above which +the chroma median filter is enabled (default 0) + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_CHROMA_MEDIAN_FILTER_TOP  + integer (0-255) + Threshold below which +the chroma median filter is enabled (default 255) + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_STREAM_INSERT_NAV_PACKETS  + boolean + + The CX2341X MPEG encoder +can insert one empty MPEG-2 PES packet into the stream between every +four video frames. The packet size is 2048 bytes, including the +packet_start_code_prefix and stream_id fields. The stream_id is 0xBF +(private stream 2). The payload consists of 0x00 bytes, to be filled +in by the application. 0 = do not insert, 1 = insert packets. + + + +
+
+ +
+ VPX Control Reference + + The VPX controls include controls for encoding parameters + of VPx video codec. + + + VPX Control IDs + + + + + + + + + + + ID + Type + Description + + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_NUM_PARTITIONS + enum v4l2_vp8_num_partitions + + The number of token partitions to use in VP8 encoder. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_1_PARTITION + 1 coefficient partition + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_2_PARTITIONS + 2 coefficient partitions + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_4_PARTITIONS + 4 coefficient partitions + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_8_PARTITIONS + 8 coefficient partitions + + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_IMD_DISABLE_4X4 + boolean + + Setting this prevents intra 4x4 mode in the intra mode decision. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_NUM_REF_FRAMES + enum v4l2_vp8_num_ref_frames + + The number of reference pictures for encoding P frames. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_1_REF_FRAME + Last encoded frame will be searched + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_2_REF_FRAME + Two frames will be searched among the last encoded frame, the golden frame +and the alternate reference (altref) frame. The encoder implementation will decide which two are chosen. + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_3_REF_FRAME + The last encoded frame, the golden frame and the altref frame will be searched. + + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_FILTER_LEVEL + integer + + Indicates the loop filter level. The adjustment of the loop +filter level is done via a delta value against a baseline loop filter value. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_FILTER_SHARPNESS + integer + + This parameter affects the loop filter. Anything above +zero weakens the deblocking effect on the loop filter. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_GOLDEN_FRAME_REF_PERIOD + integer + + Sets the refresh period for the golden frame. The period is defined +in number of frames. For a value of 'n', every nth frame starting from the first key frame will be taken as a golden frame. +For eg. for encoding sequence of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 where the golden frame refresh period is set as 4, the frames +0, 4, 8 etc will be taken as the golden frames as frame 0 is always a key frame. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_GOLDEN_FRAME_SEL + enum v4l2_vp8_golden_frame_sel + + Selects the golden frame for encoding. +Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_GOLDEN_FRAME_USE_PREV + Use the (n-2)th frame as a golden frame, current frame index being 'n'. + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_GOLDEN_FRAME_USE_REF_PERIOD + Use the previous specific frame indicated by +V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_GOLDEN_FRAME_REF_PERIOD as a golden frame. + + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_MIN_QP + integer + + Minimum quantization parameter for VP8. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_MAX_QP + integer + + Maximum quantization parameter for VP8. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_I_FRAME_QP  + integer + + Quantization parameter for an I frame for VP8. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_P_FRAME_QP  + integer + + Quantization parameter for a P frame for VP8. + + + + + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_PROFILE  + integer + + Select the desired profile for VPx encoder. +Acceptable values are 0, 1, 2 and 3 corresponding to encoder profiles 0, 1, 2 and 3. + + + + + +
+ +
+
+ +
+ Camera Control Reference + + The Camera class includes controls for mechanical (or +equivalent digital) features of a device such as controllable lenses +or sensors. + + + Camera Control IDs + + + + + + + + + + ID + Type + Description + + + + + + V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS  + class + The Camera class +descriptor. Calling &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; for this control will return a +description of this control class. + + + + + V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO  + enum v4l2_exposure_auto_type + Enables automatic +adjustments of the exposure time and/or iris aperture. The effect of +manual changes of the exposure time or iris aperture while these +features are enabled is undefined, drivers should ignore such +requests. Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_EXPOSURE_AUTO  + Automatic exposure time, automatic iris +aperture. + + + V4L2_EXPOSURE_MANUAL  + Manual exposure time, manual iris. + + + V4L2_EXPOSURE_SHUTTER_PRIORITY  + Manual exposure time, auto iris. + + + V4L2_EXPOSURE_APERTURE_PRIORITY  + Auto exposure time, manual iris. + + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_ABSOLUTE  + integer + Determines the exposure +time of the camera sensor. The exposure time is limited by the frame +interval. Drivers should interpret the values as 100 µs units, +where the value 1 stands for 1/10000th of a second, 10000 for 1 second +and 100000 for 10 seconds. + + + + + V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO_PRIORITY  + boolean + When +V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO is set to +AUTO or APERTURE_PRIORITY, +this control determines if the device may dynamically vary the frame +rate. By default this feature is disabled (0) and the frame rate must +remain constant. + + + + + V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_BIAS  + integer menu + Determines the automatic +exposure compensation, it is effective only when V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO +control is set to AUTO, SHUTTER_PRIORITY +or APERTURE_PRIORITY. +It is expressed in terms of EV, drivers should interpret the values as 0.001 EV +units, where the value 1000 stands for +1 EV. +Increasing the exposure compensation value is equivalent to decreasing +the exposure value (EV) and will increase the amount of light at the image +sensor. The camera performs the exposure compensation by adjusting absolute +exposure time and/or aperture. + + + + + V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_METERING  + enum v4l2_exposure_metering + Determines how the camera measures +the amount of light available for the frame exposure. Possible values are: + + + + + + V4L2_EXPOSURE_METERING_AVERAGE  + Use the light information coming from the entire frame +and average giving no weighting to any particular portion of the metered area. + + + + V4L2_EXPOSURE_METERING_CENTER_WEIGHTED  + Average the light information coming from the entire frame +giving priority to the center of the metered area. + + + V4L2_EXPOSURE_METERING_SPOT  + Measure only very small area at the center of the frame. + + + V4L2_EXPOSURE_METERING_MATRIX  + A multi-zone metering. The light intensity is measured +in several points of the frame and the the results are combined. The +algorithm of the zones selection and their significance in calculating the +final value is device dependent. + + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_PAN_RELATIVE  + integer + This control turns the +camera horizontally by the specified amount. The unit is undefined. A +positive value moves the camera to the right (clockwise when viewed +from above), a negative value to the left. A value of zero does not +cause motion. This is a write-only control. + + + + + V4L2_CID_TILT_RELATIVE  + integer + This control turns the +camera vertically by the specified amount. The unit is undefined. A +positive value moves the camera up, a negative value down. A value of +zero does not cause motion. This is a write-only control. + + + + + V4L2_CID_PAN_RESET  + button + When this control is set, +the camera moves horizontally to the default position. + + + + + V4L2_CID_TILT_RESET  + button + When this control is set, +the camera moves vertically to the default position. + + + + + V4L2_CID_PAN_ABSOLUTE  + integer + This control +turns the camera horizontally to the specified position. Positive +values move the camera to the right (clockwise when viewed from above), +negative values to the left. Drivers should interpret the values as arc +seconds, with valid values between -180 * 3600 and +180 * 3600 +inclusive. + + + + + V4L2_CID_TILT_ABSOLUTE  + integer + This control +turns the camera vertically to the specified position. Positive values +move the camera up, negative values down. Drivers should interpret the +values as arc seconds, with valid values between -180 * 3600 and +180 +* 3600 inclusive. + + + + + V4L2_CID_FOCUS_ABSOLUTE  + integer + This control sets the +focal point of the camera to the specified position. The unit is +undefined. Positive values set the focus closer to the camera, +negative values towards infinity. + + + + + V4L2_CID_FOCUS_RELATIVE  + integer + This control moves the +focal point of the camera by the specified amount. The unit is +undefined. Positive values move the focus closer to the camera, +negative values towards infinity. This is a write-only control. + + + + + V4L2_CID_FOCUS_AUTO  + boolean + Enables continuous automatic +focus adjustments. The effect of manual focus adjustments while this feature +is enabled is undefined, drivers should ignore such requests. + + + + + V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_START  + button + Starts single auto focus process. +The effect of setting this control when V4L2_CID_FOCUS_AUTO +is set to TRUE (1) is undefined, drivers should ignore +such requests. + + + + + V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STOP  + button + Aborts automatic focusing +started with V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_START control. It is +effective only when the continuous autofocus is disabled, that is when +V4L2_CID_FOCUS_AUTO control is set to FALSE + (0). + + + + + + V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS  + bitmask + + The automatic focus status. This is a read-only + control. + + + + + + V4L2_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS_IDLE  + Automatic focus is not active. + + + V4L2_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS_BUSY  + Automatic focusing is in progress. + + + V4L2_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS_REACHED  + Focus has been reached. + + + V4L2_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS_FAILED  + Automatic focus has failed, the driver will not + transition from this state until another action is + performed by an application. + + + + + +Setting V4L2_LOCK_FOCUS lock bit of the V4L2_CID_3A_LOCK + control may stop updates of the V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS +control value. + + + + + + V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE  + enum v4l2_auto_focus_range + + Determines auto focus distance range +for which lens may be adjusted. + + + + + + V4L2_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE_AUTO  + The camera automatically selects the focus range. + + + V4L2_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE_NORMAL  + Normal distance range, limited for best automatic focus +performance. + + + V4L2_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE_MACRO  + Macro (close-up) auto focus. The camera will +use its minimum possible distance for auto focus. + + + V4L2_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE_INFINITY  + The lens is set to focus on an object at infinite distance. + + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_ZOOM_ABSOLUTE  + integer + Specify the objective lens +focal length as an absolute value. The zoom unit is driver-specific and its +value should be a positive integer. + + + + + V4L2_CID_ZOOM_RELATIVE  + integer + Specify the objective lens +focal length relatively to the current value. Positive values move the zoom +lens group towards the telephoto direction, negative values towards the +wide-angle direction. The zoom unit is driver-specific. This is a write-only control. + + + + + V4L2_CID_ZOOM_CONTINUOUS  + integer + Move the objective lens group +at the specified speed until it reaches physical device limits or until an +explicit request to stop the movement. A positive value moves the zoom lens +group towards the telephoto direction. A value of zero stops the zoom lens +group movement. A negative value moves the zoom lens group towards the +wide-angle direction. The zoom speed unit is driver-specific. + + + + + V4L2_CID_IRIS_ABSOLUTE  + integer + This control sets the +camera's aperture to the specified value. The unit is undefined. +Larger values open the iris wider, smaller values close it. + + + + + V4L2_CID_IRIS_RELATIVE  + integer + This control modifies the +camera's aperture by the specified amount. The unit is undefined. +Positive values open the iris one step further, negative values close +it one step further. This is a write-only control. + + + + + V4L2_CID_PRIVACY  + boolean + Prevent video from being acquired +by the camera. When this control is set to TRUE (1), no +image can be captured by the camera. Common means to enforce privacy are +mechanical obturation of the sensor and firmware image processing, but the +device is not restricted to these methods. Devices that implement the privacy +control must support read access and may support write access. + + + + V4L2_CID_BAND_STOP_FILTER  + integer + Switch the band-stop filter of a +camera sensor on or off, or specify its strength. Such band-stop filters can +be used, for example, to filter out the fluorescent light component. + + + + + V4L2_CID_AUTO_N_PRESET_WHITE_BALANCE  + enum v4l2_auto_n_preset_white_balance + Sets white balance to automatic, +manual or a preset. The presets determine color temperature of the light as +a hint to the camera for white balance adjustments resulting in most accurate +color representation. The following white balance presets are listed in order +of increasing color temperature. + + + + + + V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_MANUAL  + Manual white balance. + + + V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_AUTO  + Automatic white balance adjustments. + + + V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_INCANDESCENT  + White balance setting for incandescent (tungsten) lighting. +It generally cools down the colors and corresponds approximately to 2500...3500 K +color temperature range. + + + V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_FLUORESCENT  + White balance preset for fluorescent lighting. +It corresponds approximately to 4000...5000 K color temperature. + + + V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_FLUORESCENT_H  + With this setting the camera will compensate for +fluorescent H lighting. + + + V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_HORIZON  + White balance setting for horizon daylight. +It corresponds approximately to 5000 K color temperature. + + + V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_DAYLIGHT  + White balance preset for daylight (with clear sky). +It corresponds approximately to 5000...6500 K color temperature. + + + V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_FLASH  + With this setting the camera will compensate for the flash +light. It slightly warms up the colors and corresponds roughly to 5000...5500 K +color temperature. + + + V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_CLOUDY  + White balance preset for moderately overcast sky. +This option corresponds approximately to 6500...8000 K color temperature +range. + + + V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_SHADE  + White balance preset for shade or heavily overcast +sky. It corresponds approximately to 9000...10000 K color temperature. + + + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_WIDE_DYNAMIC_RANGE + boolean + + + Enables or disables the camera's wide dynamic +range feature. This feature allows to obtain clear images in situations where +intensity of the illumination varies significantly throughout the scene, i.e. +there are simultaneously very dark and very bright areas. It is most commonly +realized in cameras by combining two subsequent frames with different exposure +times. This control may be changed to a menu +control in the future, if more options are required. + + + + + V4L2_CID_IMAGE_STABILIZATION + boolean + + + Enables or disables image stabilization. + + + + + + V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY  + integer menu + Determines ISO equivalent of an +image sensor indicating the sensor's sensitivity to light. The numbers are +expressed in arithmetic scale, as per standard, +where doubling the sensor sensitivity is represented by doubling the numerical +ISO value. Applications should interpret the values as standard ISO values +multiplied by 1000, e.g. control value 800 stands for ISO 0.8. Drivers will +usually support only a subset of standard ISO values. The effect of setting +this control while the V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY_AUTO +control is set to a value other than V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY_MANUAL + is undefined, drivers should ignore such requests. + + + + + V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY_AUTO  + enum v4l2_iso_sensitivity_type + Enables or disables automatic ISO +sensitivity adjustments. + + + + + + V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY_MANUAL  + Manual ISO sensitivity. + + + V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY_AUTO  + Automatic ISO sensitivity adjustments. + + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_SCENE_MODE  + enum v4l2_scene_mode + This control allows to select +scene programs as the camera automatic modes optimized for common shooting +scenes. Within these modes the camera determines best exposure, aperture, +focusing, light metering, white balance and equivalent sensitivity. The +controls of those parameters are influenced by the scene mode control. +An exact behavior in each mode is subject to the camera specification. + +When the scene mode feature is not used, this control should be set to +V4L2_SCENE_MODE_NONE to make sure the other possibly +related controls are accessible. The following scene programs are defined: + + + + + + + + V4L2_SCENE_MODE_NONE  + The scene mode feature is disabled. + + + V4L2_SCENE_MODE_BACKLIGHT  + Backlight. Compensates for dark shadows when light is + coming from behind a subject, also by automatically turning + on the flash. + + + V4L2_SCENE_MODE_BEACH_SNOW  + Beach and snow. This mode compensates for all-white or +bright scenes, which tend to look gray and low contrast, when camera's automatic +exposure is based on an average scene brightness. To compensate, this mode +automatically slightly overexposes the frames. The white balance may also be +adjusted to compensate for the fact that reflected snow looks bluish rather +than white. + + + V4L2_SCENE_MODE_CANDLELIGHT  + Candle light. The camera generally raises the ISO +sensitivity and lowers the shutter speed. This mode compensates for relatively +close subject in the scene. The flash is disabled in order to preserve the +ambiance of the light. + + + V4L2_SCENE_MODE_DAWN_DUSK  + Dawn and dusk. Preserves the colors seen in low +natural light before dusk and after down. The camera may turn off the flash, +and automatically focus at infinity. It will usually boost saturation and +lower the shutter speed. + + + V4L2_SCENE_MODE_FALL_COLORS  + Fall colors. Increases saturation and adjusts white +balance for color enhancement. Pictures of autumn leaves get saturated reds +and yellows. + + + V4L2_SCENE_MODE_FIREWORKS  + Fireworks. Long exposure times are used to capture +the expanding burst of light from a firework. The camera may invoke image +stabilization. + + + V4L2_SCENE_MODE_LANDSCAPE  + Landscape. The camera may choose a small aperture to +provide deep depth of field and long exposure duration to help capture detail +in dim light conditions. The focus is fixed at infinity. Suitable for distant +and wide scenery. + + + V4L2_SCENE_MODE_NIGHT  + Night, also known as Night Landscape. Designed for low +light conditions, it preserves detail in the dark areas without blowing out bright +objects. The camera generally sets itself to a medium-to-high ISO sensitivity, +with a relatively long exposure time, and turns flash off. As such, there will be +increased image noise and the possibility of blurred image. + + + V4L2_SCENE_MODE_PARTY_INDOOR  + Party and indoor. Designed to capture indoor scenes +that are lit by indoor background lighting as well as the flash. The camera +usually increases ISO sensitivity, and adjusts exposure for the low light +conditions. + + + V4L2_SCENE_MODE_PORTRAIT  + Portrait. The camera adjusts the aperture so that the +depth of field is reduced, which helps to isolate the subject against a smooth +background. Most cameras recognize the presence of faces in the scene and focus +on them. The color hue is adjusted to enhance skin tones. The intensity of the +flash is often reduced. + + + V4L2_SCENE_MODE_SPORTS  + Sports. Significantly increases ISO and uses a fast +shutter speed to freeze motion of rapidly-moving subjects. Increased image +noise may be seen in this mode. + + + V4L2_SCENE_MODE_SUNSET  + Sunset. Preserves deep hues seen in sunsets and +sunrises. It bumps up the saturation. + + + V4L2_SCENE_MODE_TEXT  + Text. It applies extra contrast and sharpness, it is +typically a black-and-white mode optimized for readability. Automatic focus +may be switched to close-up mode and this setting may also involve some +lens-distortion correction. + + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_3A_LOCK + bitmask + + + This control locks or unlocks the automatic +focus, exposure and white balance. The automatic adjustments can be paused +independently by setting the corresponding lock bit to 1. The camera then retains +the settings until the lock bit is cleared. The following lock bits are defined: + + + + + + + V4L2_LOCK_EXPOSURE + Automatic exposure adjustments lock. + + + V4L2_LOCK_WHITE_BALANCE + Automatic white balance adjustments lock. + + + V4L2_LOCK_FOCUS + Automatic focus lock. + + + + + +When a given algorithm is not enabled, drivers should ignore requests +to lock it and should return no error. An example might be an application +setting bit V4L2_LOCK_WHITE_BALANCE when the +V4L2_CID_AUTO_WHITE_BALANCE control is set to +FALSE. The value of this control may be changed +by exposure, white balance or focus controls. + + + + + V4L2_CID_PAN_SPEED  + integer + This control turns the +camera horizontally at the specific speed. The unit is undefined. A +positive value moves the camera to the right (clockwise when viewed +from above), a negative value to the left. A value of zero stops the motion +if one is in progress and has no effect otherwise. + + + + + V4L2_CID_TILT_SPEED  + integer + This control turns the +camera vertically at the specified speed. The unit is undefined. A +positive value moves the camera up, a negative value down. A value of zero +stops the motion if one is in progress and has no effect otherwise. + + + + + +
+
+ +
+ FM Transmitter Control Reference + + The FM Transmitter (FM_TX) class includes controls for common features of +FM transmissions capable devices. Currently this class includes parameters for audio +compression, pilot tone generation, audio deviation limiter, RDS transmission and +tuning power features. + + + FM_TX Control IDs + + + + + + + + + + + ID + Type + Description + + + + + + V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS  + class + The FM_TX class +descriptor. Calling &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; for this control will return a +description of this control class. + + + V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_DEVIATION  + integer + + Configures RDS signal frequency deviation level in Hz. +The range and step are driver-specific. + + + V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PI  + integer + + Sets the RDS Programme Identification field +for transmission. + + + V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PTY  + integer + + Sets the RDS Programme Type field for transmission. +This encodes up to 31 pre-defined programme types. + + + V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PS_NAME  + string + + Sets the Programme Service name (PS_NAME) for transmission. +It is intended for static display on a receiver. It is the primary aid to listeners in programme service +identification and selection. In Annex E of , the RDS specification, +there is a full description of the correct character encoding for Programme Service name strings. +Also from RDS specification, PS is usually a single eight character text. However, it is also possible +to find receivers which can scroll strings sized as 8 x N characters. So, this control must be configured +with steps of 8 characters. The result is it must always contain a string with size multiple of 8. + + + V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_RADIO_TEXT  + string + + Sets the Radio Text info for transmission. It is a textual description of +what is being broadcasted. RDS Radio Text can be applied when broadcaster wishes to transmit longer PS names, +programme-related information or any other text. In these cases, RadioText should be used in addition to +V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PS_NAME. The encoding for Radio Text strings is also fully described +in Annex E of . The length of Radio Text strings depends on which RDS Block is being +used to transmit it, either 32 (2A block) or 64 (2B block). However, it is also possible +to find receivers which can scroll strings sized as 32 x N or 64 x N characters. So, this control must be configured +with steps of 32 or 64 characters. The result is it must always contain a string with size multiple of 32 or 64. + + + V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_MONO_STEREO  + boolean + + Sets the Mono/Stereo bit of the Decoder Identification code. If set, +then the audio was recorded as stereo. + + + V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_ARTIFICIAL_HEAD  + boolean + + Sets the +Artificial Head bit of the Decoder +Identification code. If set, then the audio was recorded using an artificial head. + + + V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_COMPRESSED  + boolean + + Sets the Compressed bit of the Decoder Identification code. If set, +then the audio is compressed. + + + V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_DYNAMIC_PTY  + boolean + + Sets the Dynamic PTY bit of the Decoder Identification code. If set, +then the PTY code is dynamically switched. + + + V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_TRAFFIC_ANNOUNCEMENT  + boolean + + If set, then a traffic announcement is in progress. + + + V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_TRAFFIC_PROGRAM  + boolean + + If set, then the tuned programme carries traffic announcements. + + + V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_MUSIC_SPEECH  + boolean + + If set, then this channel broadcasts music. If cleared, then it +broadcasts speech. If the transmitter doesn't make this distinction, then it should be set. + + + V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_ALT_FREQS_ENABLE  + boolean + + If set, then transmit alternate frequencies. + + + V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_ALT_FREQS  + __u32 array + + The alternate frequencies in kHz units. The RDS standard allows +for up to 25 frequencies to be defined. Drivers may support fewer frequencies so check +the array size. + + + V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_ENABLED  + boolean + + Enables or disables the audio deviation limiter feature. +The limiter is useful when trying to maximize the audio volume, minimize receiver-generated +distortion and prevent overmodulation. + + + + V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_RELEASE_TIME  + integer + + Sets the audio deviation limiter feature release time. +Unit is in useconds. Step and range are driver-specific. + + + V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_DEVIATION  + integer + + Configures audio frequency deviation level in Hz. +The range and step are driver-specific. + + + V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_ENABLED  + boolean + + Enables or disables the audio compression feature. +This feature amplifies signals below the threshold by a fixed gain and compresses audio +signals above the threshold by the ratio of Threshold/(Gain + Threshold). + + + V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_GAIN  + integer + + Sets the gain for audio compression feature. It is +a dB value. The range and step are driver-specific. + + + V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD  + integer + + Sets the threshold level for audio compression freature. +It is a dB value. The range and step are driver-specific. + + + V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_ATTACK_TIME  + integer + + Sets the attack time for audio compression feature. +It is a useconds value. The range and step are driver-specific. + + + V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_RELEASE_TIME  + integer + + Sets the release time for audio compression feature. +It is a useconds value. The range and step are driver-specific. + + + V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_ENABLED  + boolean + + Enables or disables the pilot tone generation feature. + + + V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_DEVIATION  + integer + + Configures pilot tone frequency deviation level. Unit is +in Hz. The range and step are driver-specific. + + + V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_FREQUENCY  + integer + + Configures pilot tone frequency value. Unit is +in Hz. The range and step are driver-specific. + + + V4L2_CID_TUNE_PREEMPHASIS  + enum v4l2_preemphasis + + Configures the pre-emphasis value for broadcasting. +A pre-emphasis filter is applied to the broadcast to accentuate the high audio frequencies. +Depending on the region, a time constant of either 50 or 75 useconds is used. The enum v4l2_preemphasis +defines possible values for pre-emphasis. Here they are: + + + + + V4L2_PREEMPHASIS_DISABLED  + No pre-emphasis is applied. + + + V4L2_PREEMPHASIS_50_uS  + A pre-emphasis of 50 uS is used. + + + V4L2_PREEMPHASIS_75_uS  + A pre-emphasis of 75 uS is used. + + + + + + + V4L2_CID_TUNE_POWER_LEVEL  + integer + + Sets the output power level for signal transmission. +Unit is in dBuV. Range and step are driver-specific. + + + V4L2_CID_TUNE_ANTENNA_CAPACITOR  + integer + + This selects the value of antenna tuning capacitor +manually or automatically if set to zero. Unit, range and step are driver-specific. + + + + +
+ +For more details about RDS specification, refer to + document, from CENELEC. +
+ +
+ Flash Control Reference + + + Experimental + + This is an experimental +interface and may change in the future. + + + + The V4L2 flash controls are intended to provide generic access + to flash controller devices. Flash controller devices are + typically used in digital cameras. + + + + The interface can support both LED and xenon flash devices. As + of writing this, there is no xenon flash driver using this + interface. + + +
+ Supported use cases + +
+ Unsynchronised LED flash (software strobe) + + + Unsynchronised LED flash is controlled directly by the + host as the sensor. The flash must be enabled by the host + before the exposure of the image starts and disabled once + it ends. The host is fully responsible for the timing of + the flash. + + + Example of such device: Nokia N900. +
+ +
+ Synchronised LED flash (hardware strobe) + + + The synchronised LED flash is pre-programmed by the host + (power and timeout) but controlled by the sensor through a + strobe signal from the sensor to the flash. + + + + The sensor controls the flash duration and timing. This + information typically must be made available to the + sensor. + + +
+ +
+ LED flash as torch + + + LED flash may be used as torch in conjunction with another + use case involving camera or individually. + + + + + Flash Control IDs + + + + + + + + + + + ID + Type + Description + + + + + + V4L2_CID_FLASH_CLASS + class + + + The FLASH class descriptor. + + + V4L2_CID_FLASH_LED_MODE + menu + + + Defines the mode of the flash LED, + the high-power white LED attached to the flash controller. + Setting this control may not be possible in presence of + some faults. See V4L2_CID_FLASH_FAULT. + + + + + + V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_NONE + Off. + + + V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_FLASH + Flash mode. + + + V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_TORCH + Torch mode. See V4L2_CID_FLASH_TORCH_INTENSITY. + + + + + + V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE + menu + + Defines the source of the flash LED + strobe. + + + + + + V4L2_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE_SOFTWARE + The flash strobe is triggered by using + the V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE control. + + + V4L2_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE_EXTERNAL + The flash strobe is triggered by an + external source. Typically this is a sensor, + which makes it possible to synchronises the + flash strobe start to exposure start. + + + + + + V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE + button + + + Strobe flash. Valid when + V4L2_CID_FLASH_LED_MODE is set to + V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_FLASH and V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE + is set to V4L2_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE_SOFTWARE. Setting this + control may not be possible in presence of some faults. + See V4L2_CID_FLASH_FAULT. + + + V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_STOP + button + + Stop flash strobe immediately. + + + V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_STATUS + boolean + + + Strobe status: whether the flash + is strobing at the moment or not. This is a read-only + control. + + + V4L2_CID_FLASH_TIMEOUT + integer + + + Hardware timeout for flash. The + flash strobe is stopped after this period of time has + passed from the start of the strobe. + + + V4L2_CID_FLASH_INTENSITY + integer + + + Intensity of the flash strobe when + the flash LED is in flash mode + (V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_FLASH). The unit should be milliamps + (mA) if possible. + + + V4L2_CID_FLASH_TORCH_INTENSITY + integer + + + Intensity of the flash LED in + torch mode (V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_TORCH). The unit should be + milliamps (mA) if possible. Setting this control may not + be possible in presence of some faults. See + V4L2_CID_FLASH_FAULT. + + + V4L2_CID_FLASH_INDICATOR_INTENSITY + integer + + + Intensity of the indicator LED. + The indicator LED may be fully independent of the flash + LED. The unit should be microamps (uA) if possible. + + + V4L2_CID_FLASH_FAULT + bitmask + + + Faults related to the flash. The + faults tell about specific problems in the flash chip + itself or the LEDs attached to it. Faults may prevent + further use of some of the flash controls. In particular, + V4L2_CID_FLASH_LED_MODE is set to V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_NONE + if the fault affects the flash LED. Exactly which faults + have such an effect is chip dependent. Reading the faults + resets the control and returns the chip to a usable state + if possible. + + + + + + V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_OVER_VOLTAGE + Flash controller voltage to the flash LED + has exceeded the limit specific to the flash + controller. + + + V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_TIMEOUT + The flash strobe was still on when + the timeout set by the user --- + V4L2_CID_FLASH_TIMEOUT control --- has expired. + Not all flash controllers may set this in all + such conditions. + + + V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_OVER_TEMPERATURE + The flash controller has overheated. + + + V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_SHORT_CIRCUIT + The short circuit protection of the flash + controller has been triggered. + + + V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_OVER_CURRENT + Current in the LED power supply has exceeded the limit + specific to the flash controller. + + + V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_INDICATOR + The flash controller has detected a short or open + circuit condition on the indicator LED. + + + V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_UNDER_VOLTAGE + Flash controller voltage to the flash LED + has been below the minimum limit specific to the flash + controller. + + + V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_INPUT_VOLTAGE + The input voltage of the flash controller is below + the limit under which strobing the flash at full current + will not be possible.The condition persists until this flag + is no longer set. + + + V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_LED_OVER_TEMPERATURE + The temperature of the LED has exceeded its + allowed upper limit. + + + + + + V4L2_CID_FLASH_CHARGE + boolean + + Enable or disable charging of the xenon + flash capacitor. + + + V4L2_CID_FLASH_READY + boolean + + + Is the flash ready to strobe? + Xenon flashes require their capacitors charged before + strobing. LED flashes often require a cooldown period + after strobe during which another strobe will not be + possible. This is a read-only control. + + + + +
+
+
+
+ +
+ JPEG Control Reference + The JPEG class includes controls for common features of JPEG + encoders and decoders. Currently it includes features for codecs + implementing progressive baseline DCT compression process with + Huffman entrophy coding. + + JPEG Control IDs + + + + + + + + + + + ID + Type + Description + + + + + + V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS  + class + The JPEG class descriptor. Calling + &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; for this control will return a description of this + control class. + + + + + V4L2_CID_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING + menu + + + The chroma subsampling factors describe how + each component of an input image is sampled, in respect to maximum + sample rate in each spatial dimension. See , + clause A.1.1. for more details. The + V4L2_CID_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING control determines how + Cb and Cr components are downsampled after coverting an input image + from RGB to Y'CbCr color space. + + + + + + + V4L2_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING_444 + No chroma subsampling, each pixel has + Y, Cr and Cb values. + + + V4L2_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING_422 + Horizontally subsample Cr, Cb components + by a factor of 2. + + + V4L2_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING_420 + Subsample Cr, Cb components horizontally + and vertically by 2. + + + V4L2_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING_411 + Horizontally subsample Cr, Cb components + by a factor of 4. + + + V4L2_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING_410 + Subsample Cr, Cb components horizontally + by 4 and vertically by 2. + + + V4L2_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING_GRAY + Use only luminance component. + + + + + + V4L2_CID_JPEG_RESTART_INTERVAL + integer + + + The restart interval determines an interval of inserting RSTm + markers (m = 0..7). The purpose of these markers is to additionally + reinitialize the encoder process, in order to process blocks of + an image independently. + For the lossy compression processes the restart interval unit is + MCU (Minimum Coded Unit) and its value is contained in DRI + (Define Restart Interval) marker. If + V4L2_CID_JPEG_RESTART_INTERVAL control is set to 0, + DRI and RSTm markers will not be inserted. + + + + V4L2_CID_JPEG_COMPRESSION_QUALITY + integer + + + + V4L2_CID_JPEG_COMPRESSION_QUALITY control + determines trade-off between image quality and size. + It provides simpler method for applications to control image quality, + without a need for direct reconfiguration of luminance and chrominance + quantization tables. + + In cases where a driver uses quantization tables configured directly + by an application, using interfaces defined elsewhere, + V4L2_CID_JPEG_COMPRESSION_QUALITY control should be set + by driver to 0. + + The value range of this control is driver-specific. Only + positive, non-zero values are meaningful. The recommended range + is 1 - 100, where larger values correspond to better image quality. + + + + + V4L2_CID_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER + bitmask + + + Specify which JPEG markers are included + in compressed stream. This control is valid only for encoders. + + + + + + + V4L2_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER_APP0 + Application data segment APP0. + + V4L2_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER_APP1 + Application data segment APP1. + + V4L2_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER_COM + Comment segment. + + V4L2_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER_DQT + Quantization tables segment. + + V4L2_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER_DHT + Huffman tables segment. + + + + + + + +
+ For more details about JPEG specification, refer + to , , + . +
+ +
+ Image Source Control Reference + + + Experimental + + This is an experimental interface and may + change in the future. + + + + The Image Source control class is intended for low-level + control of image source devices such as image sensors. The + devices feature an analogue to digital converter and a bus + transmitter to transmit the image data out of the device. + + + + Image Source Control IDs + + + + + + + + + + + ID + Type + Description + + + + + + V4L2_CID_IMAGE_SOURCE_CLASS + class + + + The IMAGE_SOURCE class descriptor. + + + V4L2_CID_VBLANK + integer + + + Vertical blanking. The idle period + after every frame during which no image data is produced. + The unit of vertical blanking is a line. Every line has + length of the image width plus horizontal blanking at the + pixel rate defined by + V4L2_CID_PIXEL_RATE control in the + same sub-device. + + + V4L2_CID_HBLANK + integer + + + Horizontal blanking. The idle + period after every line of image data during which no + image data is produced. The unit of horizontal blanking is + pixels. + + + V4L2_CID_ANALOGUE_GAIN + integer + + + Analogue gain is gain affecting + all colour components in the pixel matrix. The gain + operation is performed in the analogue domain before A/D + conversion. + + + + V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN_RED + integer + + + Test pattern red colour component. + + + + V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN_GREENR + integer + + + Test pattern green (next to red) + colour component. + + + + V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN_BLUE + integer + + + Test pattern blue colour component. + + + + V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN_GREENB + integer + + + Test pattern green (next to blue) + colour component. + + + + + +
+ +
+ +
+ Image Process Control Reference + + + Experimental + + This is an experimental interface and may + change in the future. + + + + The Image Source control class is intended for low-level control of + image processing functions. Unlike + V4L2_CID_IMAGE_SOURCE_CLASS, the controls in + this class affect processing the image, and do not control capturing + of it. + + + + Image Source Control IDs + + + + + + + + + + + ID + Type + Description + + + + + + V4L2_CID_IMAGE_PROC_CLASS + class + + + The IMAGE_PROC class descriptor. + + + V4L2_CID_LINK_FREQ + integer menu + + + Data bus frequency. Together with the + media bus pixel code, bus type (clock cycles per sample), the + data bus frequency defines the pixel rate + (V4L2_CID_PIXEL_RATE) in the + pixel array (or possibly elsewhere, if the device is not an + image sensor). The frame rate can be calculated from the pixel + clock, image width and height and horizontal and vertical + blanking. While the pixel rate control may be defined elsewhere + than in the subdev containing the pixel array, the frame rate + cannot be obtained from that information. This is because only + on the pixel array it can be assumed that the vertical and + horizontal blanking information is exact: no other blanking is + allowed in the pixel array. The selection of frame rate is + performed by selecting the desired horizontal and vertical + blanking. The unit of this control is Hz. + + + V4L2_CID_PIXEL_RATE + 64-bit integer + + + Pixel rate in the source pads of + the subdev. This control is read-only and its unit is + pixels / second. + + + + V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN + menu + + + Some capture/display/sensor devices have + the capability to generate test pattern images. These hardware + specific test patterns can be used to test if a device is working + properly. + + + + +
+ +
+ +
+ Digital Video Control Reference + + + Experimental + + This is an experimental interface and may + change in the future. + + + + The Digital Video control class is intended to control receivers + and transmitters for VGA, + DVI + (Digital Visual Interface), HDMI () and DisplayPort (). + These controls are generally expected to be private to the receiver or transmitter + subdevice that implements them, so they are only exposed on the + /dev/v4l-subdev* device node. + + + Note that these devices can have multiple input or output pads which are + hooked up to e.g. HDMI connectors. Even though the subdevice will receive or + transmit video from/to only one of those pads, the other pads can still be + active when it comes to EDID (Extended Display Identification Data, + ) and HDCP (High-bandwidth Digital Content + Protection System, ) processing, allowing the device + to do the fairly slow EDID/HDCP handling in advance. This allows for quick + switching between connectors. + + These pads appear in several of the controls in this section as + bitmasks, one bit for each pad. Bit 0 corresponds to pad 0, bit 1 to pad 1, + etc. The maximum value of the control is the set of valid pads. + + + Digital Video Control IDs + + + + + + + + + + + ID + Type + Description + + + + + + V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS + class + + + The Digital Video class descriptor. + + + V4L2_CID_DV_TX_HOTPLUG + bitmask + + + Many connectors have a hotplug pin which is high + if EDID information is available from the source. This control shows the + state of the hotplug pin as seen by the transmitter. + Each bit corresponds to an output pad on the transmitter. If an output pad + does not have an associated hotplug pin, then the bit for that pad will be 0. + This read-only control is applicable to DVI-D, HDMI and DisplayPort connectors. + + + + V4L2_CID_DV_TX_RXSENSE + bitmask + + + Rx Sense is the detection of pull-ups on the TMDS + clock lines. This normally means that the sink has left/entered standby (i.e. + the transmitter can sense that the receiver is ready to receive video). + Each bit corresponds to an output pad on the transmitter. If an output pad + does not have an associated Rx Sense, then the bit for that pad will be 0. + This read-only control is applicable to DVI-D and HDMI devices. + + + + V4L2_CID_DV_TX_EDID_PRESENT + bitmask + + + When the transmitter sees the hotplug signal from the + receiver it will attempt to read the EDID. If set, then the transmitter has read + at least the first block (= 128 bytes). + Each bit corresponds to an output pad on the transmitter. If an output pad + does not support EDIDs, then the bit for that pad will be 0. + This read-only control is applicable to VGA, DVI-A/D, HDMI and DisplayPort connectors. + + + + V4L2_CID_DV_TX_MODE + enum v4l2_dv_tx_mode + + + HDMI transmitters can transmit in DVI-D mode (just video) + or in HDMI mode (video + audio + auxiliary data). This control selects which mode + to use: V4L2_DV_TX_MODE_DVI_D or V4L2_DV_TX_MODE_HDMI. + This control is applicable to HDMI connectors. + + + + V4L2_CID_DV_TX_RGB_RANGE + enum v4l2_dv_rgb_range + + + Select the quantization range for RGB output. V4L2_DV_RANGE_AUTO + follows the RGB quantization range specified in the standard for the video interface + (ie. for HDMI). V4L2_DV_RANGE_LIMITED and V4L2_DV_RANGE_FULL override the standard + to be compatible with sinks that have not implemented the standard correctly + (unfortunately quite common for HDMI and DVI-D). Full range allows all possible values to be + used whereas limited range sets the range to (16 << (N-8)) - (235 << (N-8)) + where N is the number of bits per component. + This control is applicable to VGA, DVI-A/D, HDMI and DisplayPort connectors. + + + + V4L2_CID_DV_RX_POWER_PRESENT + bitmask + + + Detects whether the receiver receives power from the source + (e.g. HDMI carries 5V on one of the pins). This is often used to power an eeprom + which contains EDID information, such that the source can read the EDID even if + the sink is in standby/power off. + Each bit corresponds to an input pad on the transmitter. If an input pad + cannot detect whether power is present, then the bit for that pad will be 0. + This read-only control is applicable to DVI-D, HDMI and DisplayPort connectors. + + + + V4L2_CID_DV_RX_RGB_RANGE + enum v4l2_dv_rgb_range + + + Select the quantization range for RGB input. V4L2_DV_RANGE_AUTO + follows the RGB quantization range specified in the standard for the video interface + (ie. for HDMI). V4L2_DV_RANGE_LIMITED and V4L2_DV_RANGE_FULL override the standard + to be compatible with sources that have not implemented the standard correctly + (unfortunately quite common for HDMI and DVI-D). Full range allows all possible values to be + used whereas limited range sets the range to (16 << (N-8)) - (235 << (N-8)) + where N is the number of bits per component. + This control is applicable to VGA, DVI-A/D, HDMI and DisplayPort connectors. + + + + + +
+ +
+ +
+ FM Receiver Control Reference + + The FM Receiver (FM_RX) class includes controls for common features of + FM Reception capable devices. + + + FM_RX Control IDs + + + + + + + + + + + ID + Type + Description + + + + + + V4L2_CID_FM_RX_CLASS  + class + The FM_RX class +descriptor. Calling &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; for this control will return a +description of this control class. + + + V4L2_CID_RDS_RECEPTION  + boolean + Enables/disables RDS + reception by the radio tuner + + + V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_PTY  + integer + + Gets RDS Programme Type field. +This encodes up to 31 pre-defined programme types. + + + V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_PS_NAME  + string + + Gets the Programme Service name (PS_NAME). +It is intended for static display on a receiver. It is the primary aid to listeners in programme service +identification and selection. In Annex E of , the RDS specification, +there is a full description of the correct character encoding for Programme Service name strings. +Also from RDS specification, PS is usually a single eight character text. However, it is also possible +to find receivers which can scroll strings sized as 8 x N characters. So, this control must be configured +with steps of 8 characters. The result is it must always contain a string with size multiple of 8. + + + V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_RADIO_TEXT  + string + + Gets the Radio Text info. It is a textual description of +what is being broadcasted. RDS Radio Text can be applied when broadcaster wishes to transmit longer PS names, +programme-related information or any other text. In these cases, RadioText can be used in addition to +V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_PS_NAME. The encoding for Radio Text strings is also fully described +in Annex E of . The length of Radio Text strings depends on which RDS Block is being +used to transmit it, either 32 (2A block) or 64 (2B block). However, it is also possible +to find receivers which can scroll strings sized as 32 x N or 64 x N characters. So, this control must be configured +with steps of 32 or 64 characters. The result is it must always contain a string with size multiple of 32 or 64. + + + V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_TRAFFIC_ANNOUNCEMENT  + boolean + + If set, then a traffic announcement is in progress. + + + V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_TRAFFIC_PROGRAM  + boolean + + If set, then the tuned programme carries traffic announcements. + + + V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_MUSIC_SPEECH  + boolean + + If set, then this channel broadcasts music. If cleared, then it +broadcasts speech. If the transmitter doesn't make this distinction, then it will be set. + + + V4L2_CID_TUNE_DEEMPHASIS  + enum v4l2_deemphasis + + Configures the de-emphasis value for reception. +A de-emphasis filter is applied to the broadcast to accentuate the high audio frequencies. +Depending on the region, a time constant of either 50 or 75 useconds is used. The enum v4l2_deemphasis +defines possible values for de-emphasis. Here they are: + + + + + V4L2_DEEMPHASIS_DISABLED  + No de-emphasis is applied. + + + V4L2_DEEMPHASIS_50_uS  + A de-emphasis of 50 uS is used. + + + V4L2_DEEMPHASIS_75_uS  + A de-emphasis of 75 uS is used. + + + + + + + + +
+
+ +
+ Detect Control Reference + + The Detect class includes controls for common features of + various motion or object detection capable devices. + + + Detect Control IDs + + + + + + + + + + + ID + Type + Description + + + + + + V4L2_CID_DETECT_CLASS  + class + The Detect class +descriptor. Calling &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; for this control will return a +description of this control class. + + + V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_MODE  + menu + Sets the motion detection mode. + + + + + + V4L2_DETECT_MD_MODE_DISABLED + Disable motion detection. + + + V4L2_DETECT_MD_MODE_GLOBAL + Use a single motion detection threshold. + + + V4L2_DETECT_MD_MODE_THRESHOLD_GRID + The image is divided into a grid, each cell with its own + motion detection threshold. These thresholds are set through the + V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_THRESHOLD_GRID matrix control. + + + V4L2_DETECT_MD_MODE_REGION_GRID + The image is divided into a grid, each cell with its own + region value that specifies which per-region motion detection thresholds + should be used. Each region has its own thresholds. How these per-region + thresholds are set up is driver-specific. The region values for the grid are set + through the V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_REGION_GRID matrix + control. + + + + + + V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_GLOBAL_THRESHOLD  + integer + + Sets the global motion detection threshold to be + used with the V4L2_DETECT_MD_MODE_GLOBAL motion detection mode. + + + V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_THRESHOLD_GRID  + __u16 matrix + + Sets the motion detection thresholds for each cell in the grid. + To be used with the V4L2_DETECT_MD_MODE_THRESHOLD_GRID + motion detection mode. Matrix element (0, 0) represents the cell at the top-left of the + grid. + + + V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_REGION_GRID  + __u8 matrix + + Sets the motion detection region value for each cell in the grid. + To be used with the V4L2_DETECT_MD_MODE_REGION_GRID + motion detection mode. Matrix element (0, 0) represents the cell at the top-left of the + grid. + + + +
+ +
+ +
+ RF Tuner Control Reference + + +The RF Tuner (RF_TUNER) class includes controls for common features of devices +having RF tuner. + + +In this context, RF tuner is radio receiver circuit between antenna and +demodulator. It receives radio frequency (RF) from the antenna and converts that +received signal to lower intermediate frequency (IF) or baseband frequency (BB). +Tuners that could do baseband output are often called Zero-IF tuners. Older +tuners were typically simple PLL tuners inside a metal box, whilst newer ones +are highly integrated chips without a metal box "silicon tuners". These controls +are mostly applicable for new feature rich silicon tuners, just because older +tuners does not have much adjustable features. + + +For more information about RF tuners see +Tuner (radio) +and +RF front end +from Wikipedia. + + + + RF_TUNER Control IDs + + + + + + + + + + + ID + Type + + + Description + + + + + + V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_CLASS  + class + The RF_TUNER class +descriptor. Calling &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; for this control will return a +description of this control class. + + + V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_BANDWIDTH_AUTO  + boolean + + + Enables/disables tuner radio channel +bandwidth configuration. In automatic mode bandwidth configuration is performed +by the driver. + + + V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_BANDWIDTH  + integer + + + Filter(s) on tuner signal path are used to +filter signal according to receiving party needs. Driver configures filters to +fulfill desired bandwidth requirement. Used when V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_BANDWIDTH_AUTO is not +set. Unit is in Hz. The range and step are driver-specific. + + + V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_LNA_GAIN_AUTO  + boolean + + + Enables/disables LNA automatic gain control (AGC) + + + V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_MIXER_GAIN_AUTO  + boolean + + + Enables/disables mixer automatic gain control (AGC) + + + V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_IF_GAIN_AUTO  + boolean + + + Enables/disables IF automatic gain control (AGC) + + + V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_LNA_GAIN  + integer + + + LNA (low noise amplifier) gain is first +gain stage on the RF tuner signal path. It is located very close to tuner +antenna input. Used when V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_LNA_GAIN_AUTO is not set. +The range and step are driver-specific. + + + V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_MIXER_GAIN  + integer + + + Mixer gain is second gain stage on the RF +tuner signal path. It is located inside mixer block, where RF signal is +down-converted by the mixer. Used when V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_MIXER_GAIN_AUTO +is not set. The range and step are driver-specific. + + + V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_IF_GAIN  + integer + + + IF gain is last gain stage on the RF tuner +signal path. It is located on output of RF tuner. It controls signal level of +intermediate frequency output or baseband output. Used when +V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_IF_GAIN_AUTO is not set. The range and step are +driver-specific. + + + V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_PLL_LOCK  + boolean + + + Is synthesizer PLL locked? RF tuner is +receiving given frequency when that control is set. This is a read-only control. + + + + +
+
+
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-capture.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-capture.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1c5f9406 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-capture.xml @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ + Video Capture Interface + + Video capture devices sample an analog video signal and store +the digitized images in memory. Today nearly all devices can capture +at full 25 or 30 frames/second. With this interface applications can +control the capture process and move images from the driver into user +space. + + Conventionally V4L2 video capture devices are accessed through +character device special files named /dev/video +and /dev/video0 to +/dev/video63 with major number 81 and minor +numbers 0 to 63. /dev/video is typically a +symbolic link to the preferred video device. Note the same device +files are used for video output devices. + +
+ Querying Capabilities + + Devices supporting the video capture interface set the +V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_CAPTURE or +V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE flag in the +capabilities field of &v4l2-capability; +returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. As secondary device functions +they may also support the video overlay +(V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OVERLAY) and the raw VBI capture +(V4L2_CAP_VBI_CAPTURE) interface. At least one of +the read/write or streaming I/O methods must be supported. Tuners and +audio inputs are optional. +
+ +
+ Supplemental Functions + + Video capture devices shall support audio input, tuner, controls, +cropping and scaling and streaming parameter ioctls as needed. +The video input and video standard ioctls must be supported by +all video capture devices. +
+ +
+ Image Format Negotiation + + The result of a capture operation is determined by +cropping and image format parameters. The former select an area of the +video picture to capture, the latter how images are stored in memory, +&ie; in RGB or YUV format, the number of bits per pixel or width and +height. Together they also define how images are scaled in the +process. + + As usual these parameters are not reset +at &func-open; time to permit Unix tool chains, programming a device +and then reading from it as if it was a plain file. Well written V4L2 +applications ensure they really get what they want, including cropping +and scaling. + + Cropping initialization at minimum requires to reset the +parameters to defaults. An example is given in . + + To query the current image format applications set the +type field of a &v4l2-format; to +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE or +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE and call the +&VIDIOC-G-FMT; ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers fill +the &v4l2-pix-format; pix or the +&v4l2-pix-format-mplane; pix_mp member of the +fmt union. + + To request different parameters applications set the +type field of a &v4l2-format; as above and +initialize all fields of the &v4l2-pix-format; +vbi member of the +fmt union, or better just modify the +results of VIDIOC_G_FMT, and call the +&VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers may +adjust the parameters and finally return the actual parameters as +VIDIOC_G_FMT does. + + Like VIDIOC_S_FMT the +&VIDIOC-TRY-FMT; ioctl can be used to learn about hardware limitations +without disabling I/O or possibly time consuming hardware +preparations. + + The contents of &v4l2-pix-format; and &v4l2-pix-format-mplane; +are discussed in . See also the specification of the +VIDIOC_G_FMT, VIDIOC_S_FMT +and VIDIOC_TRY_FMT ioctls for details. Video +capture devices must implement both the +VIDIOC_G_FMT and +VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl, even if +VIDIOC_S_FMT ignores all requests and always +returns default parameters as VIDIOC_G_FMT does. +VIDIOC_TRY_FMT is optional. +
+ +
+ Reading Images + + A video capture device may support the read() function and/or streaming (memory mapping or user pointer) I/O. See for details. +
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-codec.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-codec.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff44c16fc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-codec.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + Codec Interface + + A V4L2 codec can compress, decompress, transform, or otherwise +convert video data from one format into another format, in memory. Typically +such devices are memory-to-memory devices (i.e. devices with the +V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_M2M or V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_M2M_MPLANE +capability set). + + + A memory-to-memory video node acts just like a normal video node, but it +supports both output (sending frames from memory to the codec hardware) and +capture (receiving the processed frames from the codec hardware into memory) +stream I/O. An application will have to setup the stream +I/O for both sides and finally call &VIDIOC-STREAMON; for both capture and output +to start the codec. + + Video compression codecs use the MPEG controls to setup their codec parameters +(note that the MPEG controls actually support many more codecs than just MPEG). +See . + + Memory-to-memory devices can often be used as a shared resource: you can +open the video node multiple times, each application setting up their own codec properties +that are local to the file handle, and each can use it independently from the others. +The driver will arbitrate access to the codec and reprogram it whenever another file +handler gets access. This is different from the usual video node behavior where the video properties +are global to the device (i.e. changing something through one file handle is visible +through another file handle). diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-effect.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-effect.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2350a67c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-effect.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + Effect Devices Interface + + + Suspended + + This interface has been be suspended from the V4L2 API +implemented in Linux 2.6 until we have more experience with effect +device interfaces. + + + A V4L2 video effect device can do image effects, filtering, or +combine two or more images or image streams. For example video +transitions or wipes. Applications send data to be processed and +receive the result data either with &func-read; and &func-write; +functions, or through the streaming I/O mechanism. + + [to do] diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-event.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-event.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19f4becfa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-event.xml @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + Event Interface + + The V4L2 event interface provides a means for a user to get + immediately notified on certain conditions taking place on a device. + This might include start of frame or loss of signal events, for + example. Changes in the value or state of a V4L2 control can also be + reported through events. + + + To receive events, the events the user is interested in first must + be subscribed using the &VIDIOC-SUBSCRIBE-EVENT; ioctl. Once an event is + subscribed, the events of subscribed types are dequeueable using the + &VIDIOC-DQEVENT; ioctl. Events may be unsubscribed using + VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT ioctl. The special event type V4L2_EVENT_ALL may + be used to unsubscribe all the events the driver supports. + + The event subscriptions and event queues are specific to file + handles. Subscribing an event on one file handle does not affect + other file handles. + + The information on dequeueable events is obtained by using select or + poll system calls on video devices. The V4L2 events use POLLPRI events on + poll system call and exceptions on select system call. + + Starting with kernel 3.1 certain guarantees can be given with + regards to events: + + Each subscribed event has its own internal dedicated event queue. +This means that flooding of one event type will not interfere with other +event types. + + + If the internal event queue for a particular subscribed event +becomes full, then the oldest event in that queue will be dropped. + + + Where applicable, certain event types can ensure that the payload +of the oldest event that is about to be dropped will be merged with the payload +of the next oldest event. Thus ensuring that no information is lost, but only an +intermediate step leading up to that information. See the documentation for the +event you want to subscribe to whether this is applicable for that event or not. + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-osd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-osd.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..548533291 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-osd.xml @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ + Video Output Overlay Interface + Also known as On-Screen Display (OSD) + + Some video output devices can overlay a framebuffer image onto +the outgoing video signal. Applications can set up such an overlay +using this interface, which borrows structures and ioctls of the Video Overlay interface. + + The OSD function is accessible through the same character +special file as the Video Output function. +Note the default function of such a /dev/video device +is video capturing or output. The OSD function is only available after +calling the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl. + +
+ Querying Capabilities + + Devices supporting the Video Output +Overlay interface set the +V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY flag in the +capabilities field of &v4l2-capability; +returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. +
+ +
+ Framebuffer + + Contrary to the Video Overlay +interface the framebuffer is normally implemented on the TV card and +not the graphics card. On Linux it is accessible as a framebuffer +device (/dev/fbN). Given a V4L2 device, +applications can find the corresponding framebuffer device by calling +the &VIDIOC-G-FBUF; ioctl. It returns, amongst other information, the +physical address of the framebuffer in the +base field of &v4l2-framebuffer;. The +framebuffer device ioctl FBIOGET_FSCREENINFO +returns the same address in the smem_start +field of struct fb_fix_screeninfo. The +FBIOGET_FSCREENINFO ioctl and struct +fb_fix_screeninfo are defined in the +linux/fb.h header file. + + The width and height of the framebuffer depends on the +current video standard. A V4L2 driver may reject attempts to change +the video standard (or any other ioctl which would imply a framebuffer +size change) with an &EBUSY; until all applications closed the +framebuffer device. + + + Finding a framebuffer device for OSD + + +#include <linux/fb.h> + +&v4l2-framebuffer; fbuf; +unsigned int i; +int fb_fd; + +if (-1 == ioctl(fd, VIDIOC_G_FBUF, &fbuf)) { + perror("VIDIOC_G_FBUF"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +for (i = 0; i < 30; i++) { + char dev_name[16]; + struct fb_fix_screeninfo si; + + snprintf(dev_name, sizeof(dev_name), "/dev/fb%u", i); + + fb_fd = open(dev_name, O_RDWR); + if (-1 == fb_fd) { + switch (errno) { + case ENOENT: /* no such file */ + case ENXIO: /* no driver */ + continue; + + default: + perror("open"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + } + + if (0 == ioctl(fb_fd, FBIOGET_FSCREENINFO, &si)) { + if (si.smem_start == (unsigned long)fbuf.base) + break; + } else { + /* Apparently not a framebuffer device. */ + } + + close(fb_fd); + fb_fd = -1; +} + +/* fb_fd is the file descriptor of the framebuffer device + for the video output overlay, or -1 if no device was found. */ + + +
+ +
+ Overlay Window and Scaling + + The overlay is controlled by source and target rectangles. +The source rectangle selects a subsection of the framebuffer image to +be overlaid, the target rectangle an area in the outgoing video signal +where the image will appear. Drivers may or may not support scaling, +and arbitrary sizes and positions of these rectangles. Further drivers +may support any (or none) of the clipping/blending methods defined for +the Video Overlay interface. + + A &v4l2-window; defines the size of the source rectangle, +its position in the framebuffer and the clipping/blending method to be +used for the overlay. To get the current parameters applications set +the type field of a &v4l2-format; to +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY and call the +&VIDIOC-G-FMT; ioctl. The driver fills the +v4l2_window substructure named +win. It is not possible to retrieve a +previously programmed clipping list or bitmap. + + To program the source rectangle applications set the +type field of a &v4l2-format; to +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY, initialize +the win substructure and call the +&VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl. The driver adjusts the parameters against +hardware limits and returns the actual parameters as +VIDIOC_G_FMT does. Like +VIDIOC_S_FMT, the &VIDIOC-TRY-FMT; ioctl can be +used to learn about driver capabilities without actually changing +driver state. Unlike VIDIOC_S_FMT this also works +after the overlay has been enabled. + + A &v4l2-crop; defines the size and position of the target +rectangle. The scaling factor of the overlay is implied by the width +and height given in &v4l2-window; and &v4l2-crop;. The cropping API +applies to Video Output and Video +Output Overlay devices in the same way as to +Video Capture and Video +Overlay devices, merely reversing the direction of the +data flow. For more information see . +
+ +
+ Enabling Overlay + + There is no V4L2 ioctl to enable or disable the overlay, +however the framebuffer interface of the driver may support the +FBIOBLANK ioctl. +
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-output.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-output.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9130a3dc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-output.xml @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ + Video Output Interface + + Video output devices encode stills or image sequences as +analog video signal. With this interface applications can +control the encoding process and move images from user space to +the driver. + + Conventionally V4L2 video output devices are accessed through +character device special files named /dev/video +and /dev/video0 to +/dev/video63 with major number 81 and minor +numbers 0 to 63. /dev/video is typically a +symbolic link to the preferred video device. Note the same device +files are used for video capture devices. + +
+ Querying Capabilities + + Devices supporting the video output interface set the +V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT or +V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE flag in the +capabilities field of &v4l2-capability; +returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. As secondary device functions +they may also support the raw VBI +output (V4L2_CAP_VBI_OUTPUT) interface. At +least one of the read/write or streaming I/O methods must be +supported. Modulators and audio outputs are optional. +
+ +
+ Supplemental Functions + + Video output devices shall support audio output, modulator, controls, +cropping and scaling and streaming parameter ioctls as needed. +The video output and video standard ioctls must be supported by +all video output devices. +
+ +
+ Image Format Negotiation + + The output is determined by cropping and image format +parameters. The former select an area of the video picture where the +image will appear, the latter how images are stored in memory, &ie; in +RGB or YUV format, the number of bits per pixel or width and height. +Together they also define how images are scaled in the process. + + As usual these parameters are not reset +at &func-open; time to permit Unix tool chains, programming a device +and then writing to it as if it was a plain file. Well written V4L2 +applications ensure they really get what they want, including cropping +and scaling. + + Cropping initialization at minimum requires to reset the +parameters to defaults. An example is given in . + + To query the current image format applications set the +type field of a &v4l2-format; to +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT or +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE and call the +&VIDIOC-G-FMT; ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers fill +the &v4l2-pix-format; pix or the +&v4l2-pix-format-mplane; pix_mp member of the +fmt union. + + To request different parameters applications set the +type field of a &v4l2-format; as above and +initialize all fields of the &v4l2-pix-format; +vbi member of the +fmt union, or better just modify the +results of VIDIOC_G_FMT, and call the +&VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers may +adjust the parameters and finally return the actual parameters as +VIDIOC_G_FMT does. + + Like VIDIOC_S_FMT the +&VIDIOC-TRY-FMT; ioctl can be used to learn about hardware limitations +without disabling I/O or possibly time consuming hardware +preparations. + + The contents of &v4l2-pix-format; and &v4l2-pix-format-mplane; +are discussed in . See also the specification of the +VIDIOC_G_FMT, VIDIOC_S_FMT +and VIDIOC_TRY_FMT ioctls for details. Video +output devices must implement both the +VIDIOC_G_FMT and +VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl, even if +VIDIOC_S_FMT ignores all requests and always +returns default parameters as VIDIOC_G_FMT does. +VIDIOC_TRY_FMT is optional. +
+ +
+ Writing Images + + A video output device may support the write() function and/or streaming (memory mapping or user pointer) I/O. See for details. +
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-overlay.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-overlay.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc6e0c5c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-overlay.xml @@ -0,0 +1,368 @@ + Video Overlay Interface + Also known as Framebuffer Overlay or Previewing + + Video overlay devices have the ability to genlock (TV-)video +into the (VGA-)video signal of a graphics card, or to store captured +images directly in video memory of a graphics card, typically with +clipping. This can be considerable more efficient than capturing +images and displaying them by other means. In the old days when only +nuclear power plants needed cooling towers this used to be the only +way to put live video into a window. + + Video overlay devices are accessed through the same character +special files as video capture devices. +Note the default function of a /dev/video device +is video capturing. The overlay function is only available after +calling the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl. + + The driver may support simultaneous overlay and capturing +using the read/write and streaming I/O methods. If so, operation at +the nominal frame rate of the video standard is not guaranteed. Frames +may be directed away from overlay to capture, or one field may be used +for overlay and the other for capture if the capture parameters permit +this. + + Applications should use different file descriptors for +capturing and overlay. This must be supported by all drivers capable +of simultaneous capturing and overlay. Optionally these drivers may +also permit capturing and overlay with a single file descriptor for +compatibility with V4L and earlier versions of V4L2. + A common application of two file descriptors is the +XFree86 Xv/V4L interface driver and +a V4L2 application. While the X server controls video overlay, the +application can take advantage of memory mapping and DMA. + In the opinion of the designers of this API, no driver +writer taking the efforts to support simultaneous capturing and +overlay will restrict this ability by requiring a single file +descriptor, as in V4L and earlier versions of V4L2. Making this +optional means applications depending on two file descriptors need +backup routines to be compatible with all drivers, which is +considerable more work than using two fds in applications which do +not. Also two fd's fit the general concept of one file descriptor for +each logical stream. Hence as a complexity trade-off drivers +must support two file descriptors and +may support single fd operation. + + +
+ Querying Capabilities + + Devices supporting the video overlay interface set the +V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OVERLAY flag in the +capabilities field of &v4l2-capability; +returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. The overlay I/O method specified +below must be supported. Tuners and audio inputs are optional. +
+ +
+ Supplemental Functions + + Video overlay devices shall support audio input, tuner, controls, +cropping and scaling and streaming parameter ioctls as needed. +The video input and video standard ioctls must be supported by +all video overlay devices. +
+ +
+ Setup + + Before overlay can commence applications must program the +driver with frame buffer parameters, namely the address and size of +the frame buffer and the image format, for example RGB 5:6:5. The +&VIDIOC-G-FBUF; and &VIDIOC-S-FBUF; ioctls are available to get +and set these parameters, respectively. The +VIDIOC_S_FBUF ioctl is privileged because it +allows to set up DMA into physical memory, bypassing the memory +protection mechanisms of the kernel. Only the superuser can change the +frame buffer address and size. Users are not supposed to run TV +applications as root or with SUID bit set. A small helper application +with suitable privileges should query the graphics system and program +the V4L2 driver at the appropriate time. + + Some devices add the video overlay to the output signal +of the graphics card. In this case the frame buffer is not modified by +the video device, and the frame buffer address and pixel format are +not needed by the driver. The VIDIOC_S_FBUF ioctl +is not privileged. An application can check for this type of device by +calling the VIDIOC_G_FBUF ioctl. + + A driver may support any (or none) of five clipping/blending +methods: + + Chroma-keying displays the overlaid image only where +pixels in the primary graphics surface assume a certain color. + + + A bitmap can be specified where each bit corresponds +to a pixel in the overlaid image. When the bit is set, the +corresponding video pixel is displayed, otherwise a pixel of the +graphics surface. + + + A list of clipping rectangles can be specified. In +these regions no video is displayed, so the +graphics surface can be seen here. + + + The framebuffer has an alpha channel that can be used +to clip or blend the framebuffer with the video. + + + A global alpha value can be specified to blend the +framebuffer contents with video images. + + + + When simultaneous capturing and overlay is supported and +the hardware prohibits different image and frame buffer formats, the +format requested first takes precedence. The attempt to capture +(&VIDIOC-S-FMT;) or overlay (&VIDIOC-S-FBUF;) may fail with an +&EBUSY; or return accordingly modified parameters.. +
+ +
+ Overlay Window + + The overlaid image is determined by cropping and overlay +window parameters. The former select an area of the video picture to +capture, the latter how images are overlaid and clipped. Cropping +initialization at minimum requires to reset the parameters to +defaults. An example is given in . + + The overlay window is described by a &v4l2-window;. It +defines the size of the image, its position over the graphics surface +and the clipping to be applied. To get the current parameters +applications set the type field of a +&v4l2-format; to V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY and +call the &VIDIOC-G-FMT; ioctl. The driver fills the +v4l2_window substructure named +win. It is not possible to retrieve a +previously programmed clipping list or bitmap. + + To program the overlay window applications set the +type field of a &v4l2-format; to +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY, initialize the +win substructure and call the +&VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl. The driver adjusts the parameters against +hardware limits and returns the actual parameters as +VIDIOC_G_FMT does. Like +VIDIOC_S_FMT, the &VIDIOC-TRY-FMT; ioctl can be +used to learn about driver capabilities without actually changing +driver state. Unlike VIDIOC_S_FMT this also works +after the overlay has been enabled. + + The scaling factor of the overlaid image is implied by the +width and height given in &v4l2-window; and the size of the cropping +rectangle. For more information see . + + When simultaneous capturing and overlay is supported and +the hardware prohibits different image and window sizes, the size +requested first takes precedence. The attempt to capture or overlay as +well (&VIDIOC-S-FMT;) may fail with an &EBUSY; or return accordingly +modified parameters. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_window</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + &v4l2-rect; + w + Size and position of the window relative to the +top, left corner of the frame buffer defined with &VIDIOC-S-FBUF;. The +window can extend the frame buffer width and height, the +x and y +coordinates can be negative, and it can lie completely outside the +frame buffer. The driver clips the window accordingly, or if that is +not possible, modifies its size and/or position. + + + &v4l2-field; + field + Applications set this field to determine which +video field shall be overlaid, typically one of +V4L2_FIELD_ANY (0), +V4L2_FIELD_TOP, +V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM or +V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED. Drivers may have to choose +a different field order and return the actual setting here. + + + __u32 + chromakey + When chroma-keying has been negotiated with +&VIDIOC-S-FBUF; applications set this field to the desired pixel value +for the chroma key. The format is the same as the pixel format of the +framebuffer (&v4l2-framebuffer; +fmt.pixelformat field), with bytes in host +order. E. g. for V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24 +the value should be 0xRRGGBB on a little endian, 0xBBGGRR on a big +endian host. + + + &v4l2-clip; * + clips + When chroma-keying has not +been negotiated and &VIDIOC-G-FBUF; indicated this capability, +applications can set this field to point to an array of +clipping rectangles. + + + + + Like the window coordinates +w, clipping rectangles are defined relative +to the top, left corner of the frame buffer. However clipping +rectangles must not extend the frame buffer width and height, and they +must not overlap. If possible applications should merge adjacent +rectangles. Whether this must create x-y or y-x bands, or the order of +rectangles, is not defined. When clip lists are not supported the +driver ignores this field. Its contents after calling &VIDIOC-S-FMT; +are undefined. + + + __u32 + clipcount + When the application set the +clips field, this field must contain the +number of clipping rectangles in the list. When clip lists are not +supported the driver ignores this field, its contents after calling +VIDIOC_S_FMT are undefined. When clip lists are +supported but no clipping is desired this field must be set to +zero. + + + void * + bitmap + When chroma-keying has +not been negotiated and &VIDIOC-G-FBUF; indicated +this capability, applications can set this field to point to a +clipping bit mask. + + + It must be of the same size +as the window, w.width and +w.height. Each bit corresponds to a pixel +in the overlaid image, which is displayed only when the bit is +set. Pixel coordinates translate to bits like: + +((__u8 *) bitmap)[w.width * y + x / 8] & (1 << (x & 7))where 0 ≤ x < +w.width and 0 ≤ +y <w.height. + Should we require + w.width to be a multiple of + eight? + When a clipping +bit mask is not supported the driver ignores this field, its contents +after calling &VIDIOC-S-FMT; are undefined. When a bit mask is supported +but no clipping is desired this field must be set to +NULL.Applications need not create a +clip list or bit mask. When they pass both, or despite negotiating +chroma-keying, the results are undefined. Regardless of the chosen +method, the clipping abilities of the hardware may be limited in +quantity or quality. The results when these limits are exceeded are +undefined. + When the image is written into frame buffer +memory it will be undesirable if the driver clips out less pixels +than expected, because the application and graphics system are not +aware these regions need to be refreshed. The driver should clip out +more pixels or not write the image at all. + + + + __u8 + global_alpha + The global alpha value used to blend the +framebuffer with video images, if global alpha blending has been +negotiated (V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_GLOBAL_ALPHA, see +&VIDIOC-S-FBUF;, ). + + + + + Note this field was added in Linux 2.6.23, extending the structure. However +the VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_FMT ioctls, +which take a pointer to a v4l2_format parent structure with padding +bytes at the end, are not affected. + + + +
+ + + struct <structname>v4l2_clip</structname><footnote> + <para>The X Window system defines "regions" which are +vectors of struct BoxRec { short x1, y1, x2, y2; } with width = x2 - +x1 and height = y2 - y1, so one cannot pass X11 clip lists +directly.</para> + </footnote> + + &cs-str; + + + &v4l2-rect; + c + Coordinates of the clipping rectangle, relative to +the top, left corner of the frame buffer. Only window pixels +outside all clipping rectangles are +displayed. + + + &v4l2-clip; * + next + Pointer to the next clipping rectangle, NULL when +this is the last rectangle. Drivers ignore this field, it cannot be +used to pass a linked list of clipping rectangles. + + + +
+ + + + + struct <structname>v4l2_rect</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __s32 + left + Horizontal offset of the top, left corner of the +rectangle, in pixels. + + + __s32 + top + Vertical offset of the top, left corner of the +rectangle, in pixels. Offsets increase to the right and down. + + + __u32 + width + Width of the rectangle, in pixels. + + + __u32 + height + Height of the rectangle, in pixels. + + + +
+
+ +
+ Enabling Overlay + + To start or stop the frame buffer overlay applications call +the &VIDIOC-OVERLAY; ioctl. +
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-radio.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-radio.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3e6ac73b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-radio.xml @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ + Radio Interface + + This interface is intended for AM and FM (analog) radio +receivers and transmitters. + + Conventionally V4L2 radio devices are accessed through +character device special files named /dev/radio +and /dev/radio0 to +/dev/radio63 with major number 81 and minor +numbers 64 to 127. + +
+ Querying Capabilities + + Devices supporting the radio interface set the +V4L2_CAP_RADIO and +V4L2_CAP_TUNER or +V4L2_CAP_MODULATOR flag in the +capabilities field of &v4l2-capability; +returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. Other combinations of +capability flags are reserved for future extensions. +
+ +
+ Supplemental Functions + + Radio devices can support controls, and must support the tuner or modulator ioctls. + + They do not support the video input or output, audio input +or output, video standard, cropping and scaling, compression and +streaming parameter, or overlay ioctls. All other ioctls and I/O +methods are reserved for future extensions. +
+ +
+ Programming + + Radio devices may have a couple audio controls (as discussed +in ) such as a volume control, possibly custom +controls. Further all radio devices have one tuner or modulator (these are +discussed in ) with index number zero to select +the radio frequency and to determine if a monaural or FM stereo +program is received/emitted. Drivers switch automatically between AM and FM +depending on the selected frequency. The &VIDIOC-G-TUNER; or +&VIDIOC-G-MODULATOR; ioctl +reports the supported frequency range. +
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f4b61b6ce --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml @@ -0,0 +1,345 @@ + Raw VBI Data Interface + + VBI is an abbreviation of Vertical Blanking Interval, a gap +in the sequence of lines of an analog video signal. During VBI +no picture information is transmitted, allowing some time while the +electron beam of a cathode ray tube TV returns to the top of the +screen. Using an oscilloscope you will find here the vertical +synchronization pulses and short data packages ASK +modulatedASK: Amplitude-Shift Keying. A high signal +level represents a '1' bit, a low level a '0' bit. +onto the video signal. These are transmissions of services such as +Teletext or Closed Caption. + + Subject of this interface type is raw VBI data, as sampled off +a video signal, or to be added to a signal for output. +The data format is similar to uncompressed video images, a number of +lines times a number of samples per line, we call this a VBI image. + + Conventionally V4L2 VBI devices are accessed through character +device special files named /dev/vbi and +/dev/vbi0 to /dev/vbi31 with +major number 81 and minor numbers 224 to 255. +/dev/vbi is typically a symbolic link to the +preferred VBI device. This convention applies to both input and output +devices. + + To address the problems of finding related video and VBI +devices VBI capturing and output is also available as device function +under /dev/video. To capture or output raw VBI +data with these devices applications must call the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; +ioctl. Accessed as /dev/vbi, raw VBI capturing +or output is the default device function. + +
+ Querying Capabilities + + Devices supporting the raw VBI capturing or output API set +the V4L2_CAP_VBI_CAPTURE or +V4L2_CAP_VBI_OUTPUT flags, respectively, in the +capabilities field of &v4l2-capability; +returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. At least one of the +read/write, streaming or asynchronous I/O methods must be +supported. VBI devices may or may not have a tuner or modulator. +
+ +
+ Supplemental Functions + + VBI devices shall support video +input or output, tuner or +modulator, and controls ioctls +as needed. The video standard ioctls provide +information vital to program a VBI device, therefore must be +supported. +
+ +
+ Raw VBI Format Negotiation + + Raw VBI sampling abilities can vary, in particular the +sampling frequency. To properly interpret the data V4L2 specifies an +ioctl to query the sampling parameters. Moreover, to allow for some +flexibility applications can also suggest different parameters. + + As usual these parameters are not +reset at &func-open; time to permit Unix tool chains, programming a +device and then reading from it as if it was a plain file. Well +written V4L2 applications should always ensure they really get what +they want, requesting reasonable parameters and then checking if the +actual parameters are suitable. + + To query the current raw VBI capture parameters +applications set the type field of a +&v4l2-format; to V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_CAPTURE or +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_OUTPUT, and call the +&VIDIOC-G-FMT; ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers fill +the &v4l2-vbi-format; vbi member of the +fmt union. + + To request different parameters applications set the +type field of a &v4l2-format; as above and +initialize all fields of the &v4l2-vbi-format; +vbi member of the +fmt union, or better just modify the +results of VIDIOC_G_FMT, and call the +&VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers return +an &EINVAL; only when the given parameters are ambiguous, otherwise +they modify the parameters according to the hardware capabilites and +return the actual parameters. When the driver allocates resources at +this point, it may return an &EBUSY; to indicate the returned +parameters are valid but the required resources are currently not +available. That may happen for instance when the video and VBI areas +to capture would overlap, or when the driver supports multiple opens +and another process already requested VBI capturing or output. Anyway, +applications must expect other resource allocation points which may +return EBUSY, at the &VIDIOC-STREAMON; ioctl +and the first read(), write() and select() call. + + VBI devices must implement both the +VIDIOC_G_FMT and +VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl, even if +VIDIOC_S_FMT ignores all requests and always +returns default parameters as VIDIOC_G_FMT does. +VIDIOC_TRY_FMT is optional. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_vbi_format</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + sampling_rate + Samples per second, i. e. unit 1 Hz. + + + __u32 + offset + Horizontal offset of the VBI image, +relative to the leading edge of the line synchronization pulse and +counted in samples: The first sample in the VBI image will be located +offset / +sampling_rate seconds following the leading +edge. See also . + + + __u32 + samples_per_line + + + + __u32 + sample_format + Defines the sample format as in , a four-character-code. + A few devices may be unable to +sample VBI data at all but can extend the video capture window to the +VBI region. + Usually this is +V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY, i. e. each sample +consists of 8 bits with lower values oriented towards the black level. +Do not assume any other correlation of values with the signal level. +For example, the MSB does not necessarily indicate if the signal is +'high' or 'low' because 128 may not be the mean value of the +signal. Drivers shall not convert the sample format by software. + + + __u32 + start[2] + This is the scanning system line number +associated with the first line of the VBI image, of the first and the +second field respectively. See and + for valid values. +The V4L2_VBI_ITU_525_F1_START, +V4L2_VBI_ITU_525_F2_START, +V4L2_VBI_ITU_625_F1_START and +V4L2_VBI_ITU_625_F2_START defines give the start line +numbers for each field for each 525 or 625 line format as a convenience. +Don't forget that ITU line numbering starts at 1, not 0. +VBI input drivers can return start values 0 if the hardware cannot +reliable identify scanning lines, VBI acquisition may not require this +information. + + + __u32 + count[2] + The number of lines in the first and second +field image, respectively. + + + Drivers should be as +flexibility as possible. For example, it may be possible to extend or +move the VBI capture window down to the picture area, implementing a +'full field mode' to capture data service transmissions embedded in +the picture.An application can set the first or second +count value to zero if no data is required +from the respective field; count[1] if the +scanning system is progressive, &ie; not interlaced. The +corresponding start value shall be ignored by the application and +driver. Anyway, drivers may not support single field capturing and +return both count values non-zero.Both +count values set to zero, or line numbers +outside the bounds depicted in and , or a field image covering +lines of two fields, are invalid and shall not be returned by the +driver.To initialize the start +and count fields, applications must first +determine the current video standard selection. The &v4l2-std-id; or +the framelines field of &v4l2-standard; can +be evaluated for this purpose. + + + __u32 + flags + See below. Currently +only drivers set flags, applications must set this field to +zero. + + + __u32 + reserved[2] + This array is reserved for future extensions. +Drivers and applications must set it to zero. + + + +
+ + + Raw VBI Format Flags + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_VBI_UNSYNC + 0x0001 + This flag indicates hardware which does not +properly distinguish between fields. Normally the VBI image stores the +first field (lower scanning line numbers) first in memory. This may be +a top or bottom field depending on the video standard. When this flag +is set the first or second field may be stored first, however the +fields are still in correct temporal order with the older field first +in memory. + Most VBI services transmit on both fields, but +some have different semantics depending on the field number. These +cannot be reliable decoded or encoded when +V4L2_VBI_UNSYNC is set. + + + + V4L2_VBI_INTERLACED + 0x0002 + By default the two field images will be passed +sequentially; all lines of the first field followed by all lines of +the second field (compare +V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_TB and +V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_BT, whether the top or bottom +field is first in memory depends on the video standard). When this +flag is set, the two fields are interlaced (cf. +V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED). The first line of the +first field followed by the first line of the second field, then the +two second lines, and so on. Such a layout may be necessary when the +hardware has been programmed to capture or output interlaced video +images and is unable to separate the fields for VBI capturing at +the same time. For simplicity setting this flag implies that both +count values are equal and non-zero. + + + +
+ +
+ Line synchronization + + + + + + + + + Line synchronization diagram + + +
+ +
+ ITU-R 525 line numbering (M/NTSC and M/PAL) + + + + + + + + + NTSC field synchronization diagram + + + (1) For the purpose of this specification field 2 +starts in line 264 and not 263.5 because half line capturing is not +supported. + + +
+ +
+ ITU-R 625 line numbering + + + + + + + + + PAL/SECAM field synchronization diagram + + + (1) For the purpose of this specification field 2 +starts in line 314 and not 313.5 because half line capturing is not +supported. + + +
+ + Remember the VBI image format depends on the selected +video standard, therefore the application must choose a new standard or +query the current standard first. Attempts to read or write data ahead +of format negotiation, or after switching the video standard which may +invalidate the negotiated VBI parameters, should be refused by the +driver. A format change during active I/O is not permitted. +
+ +
+ Reading and writing VBI images + + To assure synchronization with the field number and easier +implementation, the smallest unit of data passed at a time is one +frame, consisting of two fields of VBI images immediately following in +memory. + + The total size of a frame computes as follows: + + +(count[0] + count[1]) * +samples_per_line * sample size in bytes + + The sample size is most likely always one byte, +applications must check the sample_format +field though, to function properly with other drivers. + + A VBI device may support read/write and/or streaming (memory mapping or user pointer) I/O. The latter bears the +possibility of synchronizing video and +VBI data by using buffer timestamps. + + Remember the &VIDIOC-STREAMON; ioctl and the first read(), +write() and select() call can be resource allocation points returning +an &EBUSY; if the required hardware resources are temporarily +unavailable, for example the device is already in use by another +process. +
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-rds.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-rds.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be2f33737 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-rds.xml @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ + RDS Interface + + The Radio Data System transmits supplementary +information in binary format, for example the station name or travel +information, on an inaudible audio subcarrier of a radio program. This +interface is aimed at devices capable of receiving and/or transmitting RDS +information. + + For more information see the core RDS standard +and the RBDS standard . + + Note that the RBDS standard as is used in the USA is almost identical +to the RDS standard. Any RDS decoder/encoder can also handle RBDS. Only some of the +fields have slightly different meanings. See the RBDS standard for more +information. + + The RBDS standard also specifies support for MMBS (Modified Mobile Search). +This is a proprietary format which seems to be discontinued. The RDS interface does not +support this format. Should support for MMBS (or the so-called 'E blocks' in general) +be needed, then please contact the linux-media mailing list: &v4l-ml;. + +
+ Querying Capabilities + + Devices supporting the RDS capturing API set +the V4L2_CAP_RDS_CAPTURE flag in +the capabilities field of &v4l2-capability; +returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. Any tuner that supports RDS +will set the V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS flag in +the capability field of &v4l2-tuner;. If +the driver only passes RDS blocks without interpreting the data +the V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS_BLOCK_IO flag has to be +set, see Reading RDS data. +For future use the +flag V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS_CONTROLS has also been +defined. However, a driver for a radio tuner with this capability does +not yet exist, so if you are planning to write such a driver you +should discuss this on the linux-media mailing list: &v4l-ml;. + + Whether an RDS signal is present can be detected by looking +at the rxsubchans field of &v4l2-tuner;: +the V4L2_TUNER_SUB_RDS will be set if RDS data +was detected. + + Devices supporting the RDS output API +set the V4L2_CAP_RDS_OUTPUT flag in +the capabilities field of &v4l2-capability; +returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. +Any modulator that supports RDS will set the +V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS flag in the capability +field of &v4l2-modulator;. +In order to enable the RDS transmission one must set the V4L2_TUNER_SUB_RDS +bit in the txsubchans field of &v4l2-modulator;. +If the driver only passes RDS blocks without interpreting the data +the V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS_BLOCK_IO flag has to be set. If the +tuner is capable of handling RDS entities like program identification codes and radio +text, the flag V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS_CONTROLS should be set, +see Writing RDS data and +FM Transmitter Control Reference. +
+ +
+ Reading RDS data + + RDS data can be read from the radio device +with the &func-read; function. The data is packed in groups of three bytes. +
+ +
+ Writing RDS data + + RDS data can be written to the radio device +with the &func-write; function. The data is packed in groups of three bytes, +as follows: +
+ +
+ RDS datastructures + + struct +<structname>v4l2_rds_data</structname> + + + + + + + __u8 + lsb + Least Significant Byte of RDS Block + + + __u8 + msb + Most Significant Byte of RDS Block + + + __u8 + block + Block description + + + +
+ + Block description + + + + + + Bits 0-2 + Block (aka offset) of the received data. + + + Bits 3-5 + Deprecated. Currently identical to bits 0-2. Do not use these bits. + + + Bit 6 + Corrected bit. Indicates that an error was corrected for this data block. + + + Bit 7 + Error bit. Indicates that an uncorrectable error occurred during reception of this block. + + + +
+ + + Block defines + + + + + + + + V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_MSK + + 7 + Mask for bits 0-2 to get the block ID. + + + V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_A + + 0 + Block A. + + + V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_B + + 1 + Block B. + + + V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_C + + 2 + Block C. + + + V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_D + + 3 + Block D. + + + V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_C_ALT + + 4 + Block C'. + + + V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_INVALID + read-only + 7 + An invalid block. + + + V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_CORRECTED + read-only + 0x40 + A bit error was detected but corrected. + + + V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_ERROR + read-only + 0x80 + An uncorrectable error occurred. + + + +
+
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sdr.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sdr.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8903568a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sdr.xml @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ + Software Defined Radio Interface (SDR) + + + Experimental + This is an experimental + interface and may change in the future. + + + +SDR is an abbreviation of Software Defined Radio, the radio device +which uses application software for modulation or demodulation. This interface +is intended for controlling and data streaming of such devices. + + + +SDR devices are accessed through character device special files named +/dev/swradio0 to /dev/swradio255 +with major number 81 and dynamically allocated minor numbers 0 to 255. + + +
+ Querying Capabilities + + +Devices supporting the SDR receiver interface set the +V4L2_CAP_SDR_CAPTURE and +V4L2_CAP_TUNER flag in the +capabilities field of &v4l2-capability; +returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. That flag means the device has an +Analog to Digital Converter (ADC), which is a mandatory element for the SDR receiver. +At least one of the read/write, streaming or asynchronous I/O methods must +be supported. + +
+ +
+ Supplemental Functions + + +SDR devices can support controls, and must +support the tuner ioctls. Tuner ioctls are used +for setting the ADC sampling rate (sampling frequency) and the possible RF tuner +frequency. + + + +The V4L2_TUNER_ADC tuner type is used for ADC tuners, and +the V4L2_TUNER_RF tuner type is used for RF tuners. The +tuner index of the RF tuner (if any) must always follow the ADC tuner index. +Normally the ADC tuner is #0 and the RF tuner is #1. + + + +The &VIDIOC-S-HW-FREQ-SEEK; ioctl is not supported. + +
+ +
+ Data Format Negotiation + + +The SDR capture device uses the format ioctls to +select the capture format. Both the sampling resolution and the data streaming +format are bound to that selectable format. In addition to the basic +format ioctls, the &VIDIOC-ENUM-FMT; ioctl +must be supported as well. + + + +To use the format ioctls applications set the +type field of a &v4l2-format; to +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SDR_CAPTURE and use the &v4l2-sdr-format; +sdr member of the fmt +union as needed per the desired operation. +Currently there is two fields, pixelformat and +buffersize, of struct &v4l2-sdr-format; which are +used. Content of the pixelformat is V4L2 FourCC +code of the data format. The buffersize field is +maximum buffer size in bytes required for data transfer, set by the driver in +order to inform application. + + + + struct <structname>v4l2_sdr_format</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + pixelformat + +The data format or type of compression, set by the application. This is a +little endian four character code. +V4L2 defines SDR formats in . + + + + __u32 + buffersize + +Maximum size in bytes required for data. Value is set by the driver. + + + + __u8 + reserved[24] + This array is reserved for future extensions. +Drivers and applications must set it to zero. + + + +
+ + +An SDR device may support read/write +and/or streaming (memory mapping +or user pointer) I/O. + + +
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0aec62ed2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml @@ -0,0 +1,706 @@ + Sliced VBI Data Interface + + VBI stands for Vertical Blanking Interval, a gap in the +sequence of lines of an analog video signal. During VBI no picture +information is transmitted, allowing some time while the electron beam +of a cathode ray tube TV returns to the top of the screen. + + Sliced VBI devices use hardware to demodulate data transmitted +in the VBI. V4L2 drivers shall not do this by +software, see also the raw VBI +interface. The data is passed as short packets of fixed size, +covering one scan line each. The number of packets per video frame is +variable. + + Sliced VBI capture and output devices are accessed through the +same character special files as raw VBI devices. When a driver +supports both interfaces, the default function of a +/dev/vbi device is raw VBI +capturing or output, and the sliced VBI function is only available +after calling the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl as defined below. Likewise a +/dev/video device may support the sliced VBI API, +however the default function here is video capturing or output. +Different file descriptors must be used to pass raw and sliced VBI +data simultaneously, if this is supported by the driver. + +
+ Querying Capabilities + + Devices supporting the sliced VBI capturing or output API +set the V4L2_CAP_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE or +V4L2_CAP_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT flag respectively, in +the capabilities field of &v4l2-capability; +returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. At least one of the +read/write, streaming or asynchronous I/O +methods must be supported. Sliced VBI devices may have a tuner +or modulator. +
+ +
+ Supplemental Functions + + Sliced VBI devices shall support video +input or output and tuner or +modulator ioctls if they have these capabilities, and they may +support control ioctls. The video standard ioctls provide information +vital to program a sliced VBI device, therefore must be +supported. +
+ +
+ Sliced VBI Format Negotiation + + To find out which data services are supported by the +hardware applications can call the &VIDIOC-G-SLICED-VBI-CAP; ioctl. +All drivers implementing the sliced VBI interface must support this +ioctl. The results may differ from those of the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl +when the number of VBI lines the hardware can capture or output per +frame, or the number of services it can identify on a given line are +limited. For example on PAL line 16 the hardware may be able to look +for a VPS or Teletext signal, but not both at the same time. + + To determine the currently selected services applications +set the type field of &v4l2-format; to + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE or +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT, and the &VIDIOC-G-FMT; +ioctl fills the fmt.sliced member, a +&v4l2-sliced-vbi-format;. + + Applications can request different parameters by +initializing or modifying the fmt.sliced +member and calling the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl with a pointer to the +v4l2_format structure. + + The sliced VBI API is more complicated than the raw VBI API +because the hardware must be told which VBI service to expect on each +scan line. Not all services may be supported by the hardware on all +lines (this is especially true for VBI output where Teletext is often +unsupported and other services can only be inserted in one specific +line). In many cases, however, it is sufficient to just set the +service_set field to the required services +and let the driver fill the service_lines +array according to hardware capabilities. Only if more precise control +is needed should the programmer set the +service_lines array explicitly. + + The &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl modifies the parameters +according to hardware capabilities. When the driver allocates +resources at this point, it may return an &EBUSY; if the required +resources are temporarily unavailable. Other resource allocation +points which may return EBUSY can be the +&VIDIOC-STREAMON; ioctl and the first &func-read;, &func-write; and +&func-select; call. + + + struct +<structname>v4l2_sliced_vbi_format</structname> + + + + + + + + + + __u32 + service_set + If +service_set is non-zero when passed with +&VIDIOC-S-FMT; or &VIDIOC-TRY-FMT;, the +service_lines array will be filled by the +driver according to the services specified in this field. For example, +if service_set is initialized with +V4L2_SLICED_TELETEXT_B | V4L2_SLICED_WSS_625, a +driver for the cx25840 video decoder sets lines 7-22 of both +fieldsAccording to ETS 300 706 lines 6-22 of the +first field and lines 5-22 of the second field may carry Teletext +data. to V4L2_SLICED_TELETEXT_B +and line 23 of the first field to +V4L2_SLICED_WSS_625. If +service_set is set to zero, then the values +of service_lines will be used instead. +On return the driver sets this field to the union of all +elements of the returned service_lines +array. It may contain less services than requested, perhaps just one, +if the hardware cannot handle more services simultaneously. It may be +empty (zero) if none of the requested services are supported by the +hardware. + + + __u16 + service_lines[2][24] + Applications initialize this +array with sets of data services the driver shall look for or insert +on the respective scan line. Subject to hardware capabilities drivers +return the requested set, a subset, which may be just a single +service, or an empty set. When the hardware cannot handle multiple +services on the same line the driver shall choose one. No assumptions +can be made on which service the driver chooses.Data +services are defined in . Array indices +map to ITU-R line numbers (see also and ) as follows: + + + + + Element + 525 line systems + 625 line systems + + + + + service_lines[0][1] + 1 + 1 + + + + + service_lines[0][23] + 23 + 23 + + + + + service_lines[1][1] + 264 + 314 + + + + + service_lines[1][23] + 286 + 336 + + + + + + Drivers must set +service_lines[0][0] and +service_lines[1][0] to zero. +The V4L2_VBI_ITU_525_F1_START, +V4L2_VBI_ITU_525_F2_START, +V4L2_VBI_ITU_625_F1_START and +V4L2_VBI_ITU_625_F2_START defines give the start +line numbers for each field for each 525 or 625 line format as a +convenience. Don't forget that ITU line numbering starts at 1, not 0. + + + + __u32 + io_size + Maximum number of bytes passed by +one &func-read; or &func-write; call, and the buffer size in bytes for +the &VIDIOC-QBUF; and &VIDIOC-DQBUF; ioctl. Drivers set this field to +the size of &v4l2-sliced-vbi-data; times the number of non-zero +elements in the returned service_lines +array (that is the number of lines potentially carrying data). + + + __u32 + reserved[2] + This array is reserved for future +extensions. Applications and drivers must set it to zero. + + + +
+ + + + Sliced VBI services + + + + + + + + + + Symbol + Value + Reference + Lines, usually + Payload + + + + + V4L2_SLICED_TELETEXT_B +(Teletext System B) + 0x0001 + , + PAL/SECAM line 7-22, 320-335 (second field 7-22) + Last 42 of the 45 byte Teletext packet, that is +without clock run-in and framing code, lsb first transmitted. + + + V4L2_SLICED_VPS + 0x0400 + + PAL line 16 + Byte number 3 to 15 according to Figure 9 of +ETS 300 231, lsb first transmitted. + + + V4L2_SLICED_CAPTION_525 + 0x1000 + + NTSC line 21, 284 (second field 21) + Two bytes in transmission order, including parity +bit, lsb first transmitted. + + + V4L2_SLICED_WSS_625 + 0x4000 + , + PAL/SECAM line 23 + +Byte 0 1 + msb lsb msb lsb + Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 x x 13 12 11 10 9 + + + + V4L2_SLICED_VBI_525 + 0x1000 + Set of services applicable to 525 +line systems. + + + V4L2_SLICED_VBI_625 + 0x4401 + Set of services applicable to 625 +line systems. + + + +
+ + Drivers may return an &EINVAL; when applications attempt to +read or write data without prior format negotiation, after switching +the video standard (which may invalidate the negotiated VBI +parameters) and after switching the video input (which may change the +video standard as a side effect). The &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl may return +an &EBUSY; when applications attempt to change the format while i/o is +in progress (between a &VIDIOC-STREAMON; and &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; call, +and after the first &func-read; or &func-write; call). +
+ +
+ Reading and writing sliced VBI data + + A single &func-read; or &func-write; call must pass all data +belonging to one video frame. That is an array of +v4l2_sliced_vbi_data structures with one or +more elements and a total size not exceeding +io_size bytes. Likewise in streaming I/O +mode one buffer of io_size bytes must +contain data of one video frame. The id of +unused v4l2_sliced_vbi_data elements must be +zero. + + + struct +<structname>v4l2_sliced_vbi_data</structname> + + &cs-def; + + + __u32 + id + A flag from +identifying the type of data in this packet. Only a single bit must be +set. When the id of a captured packet is +zero, the packet is empty and the contents of other fields are +undefined. Applications shall ignore empty packets. When the +id of a packet for output is zero the +contents of the data field are undefined +and the driver must no longer insert data on the requested +field and +line. + + + __u32 + field + The video field number this data has been captured +from, or shall be inserted at. 0 for the first +field, 1 for the second field. + + + __u32 + line + The field (as opposed to frame) line number this +data has been captured from, or shall be inserted at. See and for valid +values. Sliced VBI capture devices can set the line number of all +packets to 0 if the hardware cannot reliably +identify scan lines. The field number must always be valid. + + + __u32 + reserved + This field is reserved for future extensions. +Applications and drivers must set it to zero. + + + __u8 + data[48] + The packet payload. See for the contents and number of +bytes passed for each data type. The contents of padding bytes at the +end of this array are undefined, drivers and applications shall ignore +them. + + + +
+ + Packets are always passed in ascending line number order, +without duplicate line numbers. The &func-write; function and the +&VIDIOC-QBUF; ioctl must return an &EINVAL; when applications violate +this rule. They must also return an &EINVAL; when applications pass an +incorrect field or line number, or a combination of +field, line and +id which has not been negotiated with the +&VIDIOC-G-FMT; or &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl. When the line numbers are +unknown the driver must pass the packets in transmitted order. The +driver can insert empty packets with id set +to zero anywhere in the packet array. + + To assure synchronization and to distinguish from frame +dropping, when a captured frame does not carry any of the requested +data services drivers must pass one or more empty packets. When an +application fails to pass VBI data in time for output, the driver +must output the last VPS and WSS packet again, and disable the output +of Closed Caption and Teletext data, or output data which is ignored +by Closed Caption and Teletext decoders. + + A sliced VBI device may support read/write and/or streaming (memory mapping and/or user +pointer) I/O. The latter bears the possibility of synchronizing +video and VBI data by using buffer timestamps. + +
+ +
+ Sliced VBI Data in MPEG Streams + + If a device can produce an MPEG output stream, it may be +capable of providing negotiated sliced VBI +services as data embedded in the MPEG stream. Users or +applications control this sliced VBI data insertion with the V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT +control. + + If the driver does not provide the V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT +control, or only allows that control to be set to +V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_NONE, then the device +cannot embed sliced VBI data in the MPEG stream. + + The +V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT control does not implicitly set +the device driver to capture nor cease capturing sliced VBI data. The +control only indicates to embed sliced VBI data in the MPEG stream, if +an application has negotiated sliced VBI service be captured. + + It may also be the case that a device can embed sliced VBI +data in only certain types of MPEG streams: for example in an MPEG-2 +PS but not an MPEG-2 TS. In this situation, if sliced VBI data +insertion is requested, the sliced VBI data will be embedded in MPEG +stream types when supported, and silently omitted from MPEG stream +types where sliced VBI data insertion is not supported by the device. + + + The following subsections specify the format of the +embedded sliced VBI data. + +
+ MPEG Stream Embedded, Sliced VBI Data Format: NONE + The +V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_NONE embedded sliced VBI +format shall be interpreted by drivers as a control to cease +embedding sliced VBI data in MPEG streams. Neither the device nor +driver shall insert "empty" embedded sliced VBI data packets in the +MPEG stream when this format is set. No MPEG stream data structures +are specified for this format. +
+ +
+ MPEG Stream Embedded, Sliced VBI Data Format: IVTV + The +V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_IVTV embedded sliced VBI +format, when supported, indicates to the driver to embed up to 36 +lines of sliced VBI data per frame in an MPEG-2 Private +Stream 1 PES packet encapsulated in an MPEG-2 +Program Pack in the MPEG stream. + + Historical context: This format +specification originates from a custom, embedded, sliced VBI data +format used by the ivtv driver. This format +has already been informally specified in the kernel sources in the +file Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/README.vbi +. The maximum size of the payload and other aspects of this format +are driven by the CX23415 MPEG decoder's capabilities and limitations +with respect to extracting, decoding, and displaying sliced VBI data +embedded within an MPEG stream. + + This format's use is not exclusive to +the ivtv driver nor +exclusive to CX2341x devices, as the sliced VBI data packet insertion +into the MPEG stream is implemented in driver software. At least the +cx18 driver provides sliced VBI data insertion +into an MPEG-2 PS in this format as well. + + The following definitions specify the payload of the +MPEG-2 Private Stream 1 PES packets that contain +sliced VBI data when +V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_IVTV is set. +(The MPEG-2 Private Stream 1 PES packet header +and encapsulating MPEG-2 Program Pack header are +not detailed here. Please refer to the MPEG-2 specifications for +details on those packet headers.) + + The payload of the MPEG-2 Private Stream 1 PES + packets that contain sliced VBI data is specified by +&v4l2-mpeg-vbi-fmt-ivtv;. The payload is variable +length, depending on the actual number of lines of sliced VBI data +present in a video frame. The payload may be padded at the end with +unspecified fill bytes to align the end of the payload to a 4-byte +boundary. The payload shall never exceed 1552 bytes (2 fields with +18 lines/field with 43 bytes of data/line and a 4 byte magic number). + + + + struct <structname>v4l2_mpeg_vbi_fmt_ivtv</structname> + + + &cs-ustr; + + + __u8 + magic[4] + + A "magic" constant from that indicates +this is a valid sliced VBI data payload and also indicates which +member of the anonymous union, itv0 or +ITV0, to use for the payload data. + + + union + (anonymous) + + + + struct + v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0 + + itv0 + The primary form of the sliced VBI data payload +that contains anywhere from 1 to 35 lines of sliced VBI data. +Line masks are provided in this form of the payload indicating +which VBI lines are provided. + + + + struct + v4l2_mpeg_vbi_ITV0 + + ITV0 + An alternate form of the sliced VBI data payload +used when 36 lines of sliced VBI data are present. No line masks are +provided in this form of the payload; all valid line mask bits are +implcitly set. + + + +
+ + + Magic Constants for &v4l2-mpeg-vbi-fmt-ivtv; + <structfield>magic</structfield> field + + &cs-def; + + + Defined Symbol + Value + Description + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_MAGIC0 + + "itv0" + Indicates the itv0 +member of the union in &v4l2-mpeg-vbi-fmt-ivtv; is valid. + + + V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_MAGIC1 + + "ITV0" + Indicates the ITV0 +member of the union in &v4l2-mpeg-vbi-fmt-ivtv; is valid and +that 36 lines of sliced VBI data are present. + + + +
+ + + struct <structname>v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0</structname> + + + &cs-str; + + + __le32 + linemask[2] + Bitmasks indicating the VBI service lines +present. These linemask values are stored +in little endian byte order in the MPEG stream. Some reference +linemask bit positions with their +corresponding VBI line number and video field are given below. +b0 indicates the least significant bit of a +linemask value: +linemask[0] b0: line 6 first field +linemask[0] b17: line 23 first field +linemask[0] b18: line 6 second field +linemask[0] b31: line 19 second field +linemask[1] b0: line 20 second field +linemask[1] b3: line 23 second field +linemask[1] b4-b31: unused and set to 0 + + + struct + v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0_line + + line[35] + This is a variable length array that holds from 1 +to 35 lines of sliced VBI data. The sliced VBI data lines present +correspond to the bits set in the linemask +array, starting from b0 of +linemask[0] up through b31 of +linemask[0], and from b0 + of linemask[1] up through b +3 of linemask[1]. +line[0] corresponds to the first bit +found set in the linemask array, +line[1] corresponds to the second bit +found set in the linemask array, etc. +If no linemask array bits are set, then +line[0] may contain one line of +unspecified data that should be ignored by applications. + + + +
+ + + struct <structname>v4l2_mpeg_vbi_ITV0</structname> + + + &cs-str; + + + struct + v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0_line + + line[36] + A fixed length array of 36 lines of sliced VBI +data. line[0] through line +[17] correspond to lines 6 through 23 of the +first field. line[18] through +line[35] corresponds to lines 6 +through 23 of the second field. + + + +
+ + + struct <structname>v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0_line</structname> + + + &cs-str; + + + __u8 + id + A line identifier value from + that indicates +the type of sliced VBI data stored on this line. + + + __u8 + data[42] + The sliced VBI data for the line. + + + +
+ + + Line Identifiers for struct <link + linkend="v4l2-mpeg-vbi-itv0-line"><structname> +v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0_line</structname></link> <structfield>id +</structfield> field + + &cs-def; + + + Defined Symbol + Value + Description + + + + + V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_TELETEXT_B + + 1 + Refer to +Sliced VBI services for a description of the line payload. + + + V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_CAPTION_525 + + 4 + Refer to +Sliced VBI services for a description of the line payload. + + + V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_WSS_625 + + 5 + Refer to +Sliced VBI services for a description of the line payload. + + + V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_VPS + + 7 + Refer to +Sliced VBI services for a description of the line payload. + + + +
+ +
+
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-subdev.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-subdev.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4f0ba58c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-subdev.xml @@ -0,0 +1,484 @@ + Sub-device Interface + + + Experimental + This is an experimental + interface and may change in the future. + + + The complex nature of V4L2 devices, where hardware is often made of + several integrated circuits that need to interact with each other in a + controlled way, leads to complex V4L2 drivers. The drivers usually reflect + the hardware model in software, and model the different hardware components + as software blocks called sub-devices. + + V4L2 sub-devices are usually kernel-only objects. If the V4L2 driver + implements the media device API, they will automatically inherit from media + entities. Applications will be able to enumerate the sub-devices and discover + the hardware topology using the media entities, pads and links enumeration + API. + + In addition to make sub-devices discoverable, drivers can also choose + to make them directly configurable by applications. When both the sub-device + driver and the V4L2 device driver support this, sub-devices will feature a + character device node on which ioctls can be called to + + query, read and write sub-devices controls + subscribe and unsubscribe to events and retrieve them + negotiate image formats on individual pads + + + + Sub-device character device nodes, conventionally named + /dev/v4l-subdev*, use major number 81. + +
+ Controls + Most V4L2 controls are implemented by sub-device hardware. Drivers + usually merge all controls and expose them through video device nodes. + Applications can control all sub-devices through a single interface. + + Complex devices sometimes implement the same control in different + pieces of hardware. This situation is common in embedded platforms, where + both sensors and image processing hardware implement identical functions, + such as contrast adjustment, white balance or faulty pixels correction. As + the V4L2 controls API doesn't support several identical controls in a single + device, all but one of the identical controls are hidden. + + Applications can access those hidden controls through the sub-device + node with the V4L2 control API described in . The + ioctls behave identically as when issued on V4L2 device nodes, with the + exception that they deal only with controls implemented in the sub-device. + + + Depending on the driver, those controls might also be exposed through + one (or several) V4L2 device nodes. +
+ +
+ Events + V4L2 sub-devices can notify applications of events as described in + . The API behaves identically as when used on V4L2 + device nodes, with the exception that it only deals with events generated by + the sub-device. Depending on the driver, those events might also be reported + on one (or several) V4L2 device nodes. +
+ +
+ Pad-level Formats + + Pad-level formats are only applicable to very complex device that + need to expose low-level format configuration to user space. Generic V4L2 + applications do not need to use the API described in + this section. + + For the purpose of this section, the term + format means the combination of media bus data + format, frame width and frame height. + + Image formats are typically negotiated on video capture and + output devices using the format and selection ioctls. The + driver is responsible for configuring every block in the video + pipeline according to the requested format at the pipeline input + and/or output. + + For complex devices, such as often found in embedded systems, + identical image sizes at the output of a pipeline can be achieved using + different hardware configurations. One such example is shown on + , where + image scaling can be performed on both the video sensor and the host image + processing hardware. + +
+ Image Format Negotiation on Pipelines + + + + + + + + + High quality and high speed pipeline configuration + + +
+ + The sensor scaler is usually of less quality than the host scaler, but + scaling on the sensor is required to achieve higher frame rates. Depending + on the use case (quality vs. speed), the pipeline must be configured + differently. Applications need to configure the formats at every point in + the pipeline explicitly. + + Drivers that implement the media + API can expose pad-level image format configuration to applications. + When they do, applications can use the &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-G-FMT; and + &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-S-FMT; ioctls. to negotiate formats on a per-pad basis. + + Applications are responsible for configuring coherent parameters on + the whole pipeline and making sure that connected pads have compatible + formats. The pipeline is checked for formats mismatch at &VIDIOC-STREAMON; + time, and an &EPIPE; is then returned if the configuration is + invalid. + + Pad-level image format configuration support can be tested by calling + the &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-G-FMT; ioctl on pad 0. If the driver returns an &EINVAL; + pad-level format configuration is not supported by the sub-device. + +
+ Format Negotiation + + Acceptable formats on pads can (and usually do) depend on a number + of external parameters, such as formats on other pads, active links, or + even controls. Finding a combination of formats on all pads in a video + pipeline, acceptable to both application and driver, can't rely on formats + enumeration only. A format negotiation mechanism is required. + + Central to the format negotiation mechanism are the get/set format + operations. When called with the which argument + set to V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_TRY, the + &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-G-FMT; and &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-S-FMT; ioctls operate on a set of + formats parameters that are not connected to the hardware configuration. + Modifying those 'try' formats leaves the device state untouched (this + applies to both the software state stored in the driver and the hardware + state stored in the device itself). + + While not kept as part of the device state, try formats are stored + in the sub-device file handles. A &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-G-FMT; call will return + the last try format set on the same sub-device file + handle. Several applications querying the same sub-device at + the same time will thus not interact with each other. + + To find out whether a particular format is supported by the device, + applications use the &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-S-FMT; ioctl. Drivers verify and, if + needed, change the requested format based on + device requirements and return the possibly modified value. Applications + can then choose to try a different format or accept the returned value and + continue. + + Formats returned by the driver during a negotiation iteration are + guaranteed to be supported by the device. In particular, drivers guarantee + that a returned format will not be further changed if passed to an + &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-S-FMT; call as-is (as long as external parameters, such as + formats on other pads or links' configuration are not changed). + + Drivers automatically propagate formats inside sub-devices. When a + try or active format is set on a pad, corresponding formats on other pads + of the same sub-device can be modified by the driver. Drivers are free to + modify formats as required by the device. However, they should comply with + the following rules when possible: + + Formats should be propagated from sink pads to source pads. + Modifying a format on a source pad should not modify the format on any + sink pad. + Sub-devices that scale frames using variable scaling factors + should reset the scale factors to default values when sink pads formats + are modified. If the 1:1 scaling ratio is supported, this means that + source pads formats should be reset to the sink pads formats. + + + + Formats are not propagated across links, as that would involve + propagating them from one sub-device file handle to another. Applications + must then take care to configure both ends of every link explicitly with + compatible formats. Identical formats on the two ends of a link are + guaranteed to be compatible. Drivers are free to accept different formats + matching device requirements as being compatible. + + + shows a sample configuration sequence for the pipeline described in + (table + columns list entity names and pad numbers). + + + Sample Pipeline Configuration + + + + + + + + + + + + Sensor/0 format + Frontend/0 format + Frontend/1 format + Scaler/0 format + Scaler/0 compose selection rectangle + Scaler/1 format + + + + + Initial state + 2048x1536/SGRBG8_1X8 + (default) + (default) + (default) + (default) + (default) + + + Configure frontend sink format + 2048x1536/SGRBG8_1X8 + 2048x1536/SGRBG8_1X8 + 2046x1534/SGRBG8_1X8 + (default) + (default) + (default) + + + Configure scaler sink format + 2048x1536/SGRBG8_1X8 + 2048x1536/SGRBG8_1X8 + 2046x1534/SGRBG8_1X8 + 2046x1534/SGRBG8_1X8 + 0,0/2046x1534 + 2046x1534/SGRBG8_1X8 + + + Configure scaler sink compose selection + 2048x1536/SGRBG8_1X8 + 2048x1536/SGRBG8_1X8 + 2046x1534/SGRBG8_1X8 + 2046x1534/SGRBG8_1X8 + 0,0/1280x960 + 1280x960/SGRBG8_1X8 + + + +
+ + + + Initial state. The sensor source pad format is + set to its native 3MP size and V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SGRBG8_1X8 + media bus code. Formats on the host frontend and scaler sink + and source pads have the default values, as well as the + compose rectangle on the scaler's sink pad. + + The application configures the frontend sink + pad format's size to 2048x1536 and its media bus code to + V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SGRBG_1X8. The driver propagates the format to + the frontend source pad. + + The application configures the scaler sink pad + format's size to 2046x1534 and the media bus code to + V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SGRBG_1X8 to match the frontend source size and + media bus code. The media bus code on the sink pad is set to + V4L2_MBUS_FMT_SGRBG_1X8. The driver propagates the size to the + compose selection rectangle on the scaler's sink pad, and the + format to the scaler source pad. + + The application configures the size of the compose + selection rectangle of the scaler's sink pad 1280x960. The driver + propagates the size to the scaler's source pad + format. + + + + + When satisfied with the try results, applications can set the active + formats by setting the which argument to + V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_ACTIVE. Active formats are changed + exactly as try formats by drivers. To avoid modifying the hardware state + during format negotiation, applications should negotiate try formats first + and then modify the active settings using the try formats returned during + the last negotiation iteration. This guarantees that the active format + will be applied as-is by the driver without being modified. + +
+ +
+ Selections: cropping, scaling and composition + + Many sub-devices support cropping frames on their input or output + pads (or possible even on both). Cropping is used to select the area of + interest in an image, typically on an image sensor or a video decoder. It can + also be used as part of digital zoom implementations to select the area of + the image that will be scaled up. + + Crop settings are defined by a crop rectangle and represented in a + &v4l2-rect; by the coordinates of the top left corner and the rectangle + size. Both the coordinates and sizes are expressed in pixels. + + As for pad formats, drivers store try and active + rectangles for the selection targets . + + On sink pads, cropping is applied relative to the + current pad format. The pad format represents the image size as + received by the sub-device from the previous block in the + pipeline, and the crop rectangle represents the sub-image that + will be transmitted further inside the sub-device for + processing. + + The scaling operation changes the size of the image by + scaling it to new dimensions. The scaling ratio isn't specified + explicitly, but is implied from the original and scaled image + sizes. Both sizes are represented by &v4l2-rect;. + + Scaling support is optional. When supported by a subdev, + the crop rectangle on the subdev's sink pad is scaled to the + size configured using the &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-S-SELECTION; IOCTL + using V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE + selection target on the same pad. If the subdev supports scaling + but not composing, the top and left values are not used and must + always be set to zero. + + On source pads, cropping is similar to sink pads, with the + exception that the source size from which the cropping is + performed, is the COMPOSE rectangle on the sink pad. In both + sink and source pads, the crop rectangle must be entirely + contained inside the source image size for the crop + operation. + + The drivers should always use the closest possible + rectangle the user requests on all selection targets, unless + specifically told otherwise. + V4L2_SEL_FLAG_GE and + V4L2_SEL_FLAG_LE flags may be + used to round the image size either up or down. +
+ +
+ Types of selection targets + +
+ Actual targets + + Actual targets (without a postfix) reflect the actual + hardware configuration at any point of time. There is a BOUNDS + target corresponding to every actual target. +
+ +
+ BOUNDS targets + + BOUNDS targets is the smallest rectangle that contains all + valid actual rectangles. It may not be possible to set the actual + rectangle as large as the BOUNDS rectangle, however. This may be + because e.g. a sensor's pixel array is not rectangular but + cross-shaped or round. The maximum size may also be smaller than the + BOUNDS rectangle. +
+ +
+ +
+ Order of configuration and format propagation + + Inside subdevs, the order of image processing steps will + always be from the sink pad towards the source pad. This is also + reflected in the order in which the configuration must be + performed by the user: the changes made will be propagated to + any subsequent stages. If this behaviour is not desired, the + user must set + V4L2_SEL_FLAG_KEEP_CONFIG flag. This + flag causes no propagation of the changes are allowed in any + circumstances. This may also cause the accessed rectangle to be + adjusted by the driver, depending on the properties of the + underlying hardware. + + The coordinates to a step always refer to the actual size + of the previous step. The exception to this rule is the source + compose rectangle, which refers to the sink compose bounds + rectangle --- if it is supported by the hardware. + + + Sink pad format. The user configures the sink pad + format. This format defines the parameters of the image the + entity receives through the pad for further processing. + + Sink pad actual crop selection. The sink pad crop + defines the crop performed to the sink pad format. + + Sink pad actual compose selection. The size of the + sink pad compose rectangle defines the scaling ratio compared + to the size of the sink pad crop rectangle. The location of + the compose rectangle specifies the location of the actual + sink compose rectangle in the sink compose bounds + rectangle. + + Source pad actual crop selection. Crop on the source + pad defines crop performed to the image in the sink compose + bounds rectangle. + + Source pad format. The source pad format defines the + output pixel format of the subdev, as well as the other + parameters with the exception of the image width and height. + Width and height are defined by the size of the source pad + actual crop selection. + + + Accessing any of the above rectangles not supported by the + subdev will return EINVAL. Any rectangle + referring to a previous unsupported rectangle coordinates will + instead refer to the previous supported rectangle. For example, + if sink crop is not supported, the compose selection will refer + to the sink pad format dimensions instead. + +
+ Image processing in subdevs: simple crop example + + + + + +
+ + In the above example, the subdev supports cropping on its + sink pad. To configure it, the user sets the media bus format on + the subdev's sink pad. Now the actual crop rectangle can be set + on the sink pad --- the location and size of this rectangle + reflect the location and size of a rectangle to be cropped from + the sink format. The size of the sink crop rectangle will also + be the size of the format of the subdev's source pad. + +
+ Image processing in subdevs: scaling with multiple sources + + + + + +
+ + In this example, the subdev is capable of first cropping, + then scaling and finally cropping for two source pads + individually from the resulting scaled image. The location of + the scaled image in the cropped image is ignored in sink compose + target. Both of the locations of the source crop rectangles + refer to the sink scaling rectangle, independently cropping an + area at location specified by the source crop rectangle from + it. + +
+ Image processing in subdevs: scaling and composition + with multiple sinks and sources + + + + + +
+ + The subdev driver supports two sink pads and two source + pads. The images from both of the sink pads are individually + cropped, then scaled and further composed on the composition + bounds rectangle. From that, two independent streams are cropped + and sent out of the subdev from the source pads. + +
+ +
+ + &sub-subdev-formats; diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-teletext.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-teletext.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd21c64d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-teletext.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + Teletext Interface + + This interface was aimed at devices receiving and demodulating +Teletext data [, ], evaluating the +Teletext packages and storing formatted pages in cache memory. Such +devices are usually implemented as microcontrollers with serial +interface (I2C) and could be found on old +TV cards, dedicated Teletext decoding cards and home-brew devices +connected to the PC parallel port. + + The Teletext API was designed by Martin Buck. It was defined in +the kernel header file linux/videotext.h, the +specification is available from +ftp://ftp.gwdg.de/pub/linux/misc/videotext/. (Videotext is the name of +the German public television Teletext service.) + + Eventually the Teletext API was integrated into the V4L API +with character device file names /dev/vtx0 to +/dev/vtx31, device major number 81, minor numbers +192 to 223. + + However, teletext decoders were quickly replaced by more +generic VBI demodulators and those dedicated teletext decoders no longer exist. +For many years the vtx devices were still around, even though nobody used +them. So the decision was made to finally remove support for the Teletext API in +kernel 2.6.37. + + Modern devices all use the raw or +sliced VBI API. diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/driver.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/driver.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c6638bac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/driver.xml @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ + V4L2 Driver Programming + + + + to do + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/fdl-appendix.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/fdl-appendix.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ae22394ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/fdl-appendix.xml @@ -0,0 +1,671 @@ + + + + + + Version 1.1, March 2000 + + + 2000Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + + +
Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place, + Suite 330, Boston, MA + 02111-1307 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this + license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + + + GNU Free Documentation License + + + 0. PREAMBLE + + The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or + other written document free in the sense of + freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and + redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either + commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License + preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for + their work, while not being considered responsible for + modifications made by others. + + + + This License is a kind of copyleft, which means + that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in + the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, + which is a copyleft license designed for free software. + + + + We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for + free software, because free software needs free documentation: a + free program should come with manuals providing the same + freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited + to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, + regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a + printed book. We recommend this License principally for works + whose purpose is instruction or reference. + + + + 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS + + This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a + notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be + distributed under the terms of this License. The + Document, below, refers to any such manual or + work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed + as you. + + + + A Modified Version of the Document means any work + containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied + verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another + language. + + + + A Secondary Section is a named appendix or a + front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively + with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the + Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related + matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within + that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a + textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any + mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical + connection with the subject or with related matters, or of + legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position + regarding them. + + + + The Invariant Sections are certain Secondary Sections whose titles + are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the + notice that says that the Document is released under this + License. + + + + The Cover Texts are certain short passages of + text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, + in the notice that says that the Document is released under this + License. + + + + A Transparent copy of the Document means a machine-readable + copy, represented in a format whose specification is available + to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited + directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for + images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for + drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is + suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic + translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text + formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format + whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage + subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy + that is not Transparent is called + Opaque. + + + + Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include + plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input + format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and + standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human + modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, + proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by + proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD + and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the + machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for + output purposes only. + + + + The Title Page means, for a printed book, the + title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to + hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in + the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title + page as such, Title Page means the text near the + most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the + beginning of the body of the text. + + + + + 2. VERBATIM COPYING + + You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either + commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the + copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License + applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that + you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this + License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or + control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or + distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for + copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you + must also follow the conditions in section 3. + + + + You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated + above, and you may publicly display copies. + + + + + 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY + + If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, + and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose + the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these + Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and + Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also + clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these + copies. The front cover must present the full title with all + words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add + other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes + limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the + Document and satisfy these + conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other + respects. + + + + If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit + legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit + reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto + adjacent pages. + + + + If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, + you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with + each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a + publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a + complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added + material, which the general network-using public has access to + download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network + protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take + reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque + copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will + remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one + year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly + or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the + public. + + + + It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors + of the Document well before + redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance + to provide you with an updated version of the Document. + + + + + 4. MODIFICATIONS + + You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of + sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release + the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the + Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus + licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version + to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do + these things in the Modified Version: + + + + + + A + + Use in the Title + Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct + from that of the Document, and from those of + previous versions (which should, if there were any, be + listed in the History section of the Document). You may + use the same title as a previous version if the original + publisher of that version gives permission. + + + + + + + B + + List on the Title + Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities + responsible for authorship of the modifications in the + Modified Version, + together with at least five of the principal authors of + the Document (all of + its principal authors, if it has less than five). + + + + + + + C + + State on the Title + Page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the + publisher. + + + + + + + D + + Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. + + + + + + + E + + Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications + adjacent to the other copyright notices. + + + + + + + F + + Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a + license notice giving the public permission to use the + Modified Version under + the terms of this License, in the form shown in the + Addendum below. + + + + + + + G + + Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and + required Cover + Texts given in the Document's license notice. + + + + + + + H + + Include an unaltered copy of this License. + + + + + + + I + + Preserve the section entitled History, and + its title, and add to it an item stating at least the + title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on + the Title Page. If + there is no section entitled History in the + Document, create one + stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the + Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item + describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous + sentence. + + + + + + + J + + Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access + to a Transparent + copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations + given in the Document for previous versions it was based + on. These may be placed in the History + section. You may omit a network location for a work that + was published at least four years before the Document + itself, or if the original publisher of the version it + refers to gives permission. + + + + + + + K + + In any section entitled Acknowledgements or + Dedications, preserve the section's title, + and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of + each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or + dedications given therein. + + + + + + + L + + Preserve all the Invariant + Sections of the Document, unaltered in their + text and in their titles. Section numbers or the + equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. + + + + + + + M + + Delete any section entitled + Endorsements. Such a section may not be + included in the Modified + Version. + + + + + + + N + + Do not retitle any existing section as + Endorsements or to conflict in title with + any Invariant + Section. + + + + + + + If the Modified Version + includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as + Secondary Sections and + contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your + option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To + do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the + Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be + distinct from any other section titles. + + + + You may add a section entitled Endorsements, + provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various + parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text + has been approved by an organization as the authoritative + definition of a standard. + + + + You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage + of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of + the list of Cover Texts + in the Modified Version. + Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text + may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one + entity. If the Document + already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously + added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are + acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may + replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous + publisher that added the old one. + + + + The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License + give permission to use their names for publicity for or to + assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version . + + + + + 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS + + You may combine the Document + with other documents released under this License, under the + terms defined in section 4 + above for modified versions, provided that you include in the + combination all of the Invariant + Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, + and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in + its license notice. + + + + The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, + and multiple identical Invariant + Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are + multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different + contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding + at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original + author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique + number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the + list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined + work. + + + + In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled + History in the various original documents, + forming one section entitled History; likewise + combine any sections entitled Acknowledgements, + and any sections entitled Dedications. You must + delete all sections entitled Endorsements. + + + + + 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS + + You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents + released under this License, and replace the individual copies + of this License in the various documents with a single copy that + is included in the collection, provided that you follow the + rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the + documents in all other respects. + + + + You may extract a single document from such a collection, and + dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you + insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and + follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim + copying of that document. + + + + + 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS + + A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with + other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a + volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole + count as a Modified Version + of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed + for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an + aggregate, and this License does not apply to the + other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on + account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves + derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these + copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one + quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may + be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the + aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole + aggregate. + + + + + 8. TRANSLATION + + Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may + distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with + translations requires special permission from their copyright + holders, but you may include translations of some or all + Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these + Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this + License provided that you also include the original English + version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the + translation and the original English version of this License, + the original English version will prevail. + + + + + 9. TERMINATION + + You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly + provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, + modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will + automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, + parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this + License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such + parties remain in full compliance. + + + + + 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE + + The Free Software + Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU + Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions + will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ + in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. + + + + Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version + number. If the Document + specifies that a particular numbered version of this License + or any later version applies to it, you have the + option of following the terms and conditions either of that + specified version or of any later version that has been + published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If + the Document does not specify a version number of this License, + you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by + the Free Software Foundation. + + + + + Addendum + + To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of + the License in the document and put the following copyright and + license notices just after the title page: + + +
+ + Copyright © YEAR YOUR NAME. + + + Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this + document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation + License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the + Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST + THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, + and with the Back-Cover + Texts being LIST. A copy of the license is included in + the section entitled GNU Free Documentation + License. + +
+ + + If you have no Invariant + Sections, write with no Invariant Sections + instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no + Front-Cover Texts, write + no Front-Cover Texts instead of + Front-Cover Texts being LIST; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. + + + + If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, + we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your + choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public + License, to permit their use in free software. + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-close.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-close.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..232920d2f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-close.xml @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ + + + V4L2 close() + &manvol; + + + + v4l2-close + Close a V4L2 device + + + + + #include <unistd.h> + + int close + int fd + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + + + + Description + + Closes the device. Any I/O in progress is terminated and +resources associated with the file descriptor are freed. However data +format parameters, current input or output, control values or other +properties remain unchanged. + + + + Return Value + + The function returns 0 on +success, -1 on failure and the +errno is set appropriately. Possible error +codes: + + + + EBADF + + fd is not a valid open file +descriptor. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-ioctl.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-ioctl.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4394184a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-ioctl.xml @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ + + + V4L2 ioctl() + &manvol; + + + + v4l2-ioctl + Program a V4L2 device + + + + + #include <sys/ioctl.h> + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + void *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + V4L2 ioctl request code as defined in the videodev2.h header file, for example +VIDIOC_QUERYCAP. + + + + argp + + Pointer to a function parameter, usually a structure. + + + + + + + Description + + The ioctl() function is used to program +V4L2 devices. The argument fd must be an open +file descriptor. An ioctl request has encoded +in it whether the argument is an input, output or read/write +parameter, and the size of the argument argp in +bytes. Macros and defines specifying V4L2 ioctl requests are located +in the videodev2.h header file. +Applications should use their own copy, not include the version in the +kernel sources on the system they compile on. All V4L2 ioctl requests, +their respective function and parameters are specified in . + + + + &return-value; + When an ioctl that takes an output or read/write parameter fails, + the parameter remains unmodified. + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-mmap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-mmap.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f31ad71bf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-mmap.xml @@ -0,0 +1,183 @@ + + + V4L2 mmap() + &manvol; + + + + v4l2-mmap + Map device memory into application address space + + + + + +#include <unistd.h> +#include <sys/mman.h> + + void *mmap + void *start + size_t length + int prot + int flags + int fd + off_t offset + + + + + + Arguments + + + start + + Map the buffer to this address in the +application's address space. When the MAP_FIXED +flag is specified, start must be a multiple of the +pagesize and mmap will fail when the specified address +cannot be used. Use of this option is discouraged; applications should +just specify a NULL pointer here. + + + + length + + Length of the memory area to map. This must be the +same value as returned by the driver in the &v4l2-buffer; +length field for the +single-planar API, and the same value as returned by the driver +in the &v4l2-plane; length field for the +multi-planar API. + + + + prot + + The prot argument describes the +desired memory protection. Regardless of the device type and the +direction of data exchange it should be set to +PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, +permitting read and write access to image buffers. Drivers should +support at least this combination of flags. Note the Linux +video-buf kernel module, which is used by the +bttv, saa7134, saa7146, cx88 and vivi driver supports only +PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE. When +the driver does not support the desired protection the +mmap() function fails. + Note device memory accesses (⪚ the memory on a +graphics card with video capturing hardware) may incur a performance +penalty compared to main memory accesses, or reads may be +significantly slower than writes or vice versa. Other I/O methods may +be more efficient in this case. + + + + flags + + The flags parameter +specifies the type of the mapped object, mapping options and whether +modifications made to the mapped copy of the page are private to the +process or are to be shared with other references. + MAP_FIXED requests that the +driver selects no other address than the one specified. If the +specified address cannot be used, mmap() will fail. If +MAP_FIXED is specified, +start must be a multiple of the pagesize. Use +of this option is discouraged. + One of the MAP_SHARED or +MAP_PRIVATE flags must be set. +MAP_SHARED allows applications to share the +mapped memory with other (⪚ child-) processes. Note the Linux +video-buf module which is used by the bttv, +saa7134, saa7146, cx88 and vivi driver supports only +MAP_SHARED. MAP_PRIVATE +requests copy-on-write semantics. V4L2 applications should not set the +MAP_PRIVATE, MAP_DENYWRITE, +MAP_EXECUTABLE or MAP_ANON +flag. + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + offset + + Offset of the buffer in device memory. This must be the +same value as returned by the driver in the &v4l2-buffer; +m union offset field for +the single-planar API, and the same value as returned by the driver +in the &v4l2-plane; m union +mem_offset field for the multi-planar API. + + + + + + + Description + + The mmap() function asks to map +length bytes starting at +offset in the memory of the device specified by +fd into the application address space, +preferably at address start. This latter +address is a hint only, and is usually specified as 0. + + Suitable length and offset parameters are queried with the +&VIDIOC-QUERYBUF; ioctl. Buffers must be allocated with the +&VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl before they can be queried. + + To unmap buffers the &func-munmap; function is used. + + + + Return Value + + On success mmap() returns a pointer to +the mapped buffer. On error MAP_FAILED (-1) is +returned, and the errno variable is set +appropriately. Possible error codes are: + + + + EBADF + + fd is not a valid file +descriptor. + + + + EACCES + + fd is +not open for reading and writing. + + + + EINVAL + + The start or +length or offset are not +suitable. (E. g. they are too large, or not aligned on a +PAGESIZE boundary.) + The flags or +prot value is not supported. + No buffers have been allocated with the +&VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl. + + + + ENOMEM + + Not enough physical or virtual memory was available to +complete the request. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-munmap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-munmap.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..860d49ca5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-munmap.xml @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ + + + V4L2 munmap() + &manvol; + + + + v4l2-munmap + Unmap device memory + + + + + +#include <unistd.h> +#include <sys/mman.h> + + int munmap + void *start + size_t length + + + + + Arguments + + + start + + Address of the mapped buffer as returned by the +&func-mmap; function. + + + + length + + Length of the mapped buffer. This must be the same +value as given to mmap() and returned by the +driver in the &v4l2-buffer; length +field for the single-planar API and in the &v4l2-plane; +length field for the multi-planar API. + + + + + + + Description + + Unmaps a previously with the &func-mmap; function mapped +buffer and frees it, if possible. + + + + Return Value + + On success munmap() returns 0, on +failure -1 and the errno variable is set +appropriately: + + + + EINVAL + + The start or +length is incorrect, or no buffers have been +mapped yet. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-open.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-open.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cf64e207c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-open.xml @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ + + + V4L2 open() + &manvol; + + + + v4l2-open + Open a V4L2 device + + + + + #include <fcntl.h> + + int open + const char *device_name + int flags + + + + + + Arguments + + + + device_name + + Device to be opened. + + + + flags + + Open flags. Access mode must be +O_RDWR. This is just a technicality, input devices +still support only reading and output devices only writing. + When the O_NONBLOCK flag is +given, the read() function and the &VIDIOC-DQBUF; ioctl will return +the &EAGAIN; when no data is available or no buffer is in the driver +outgoing queue, otherwise these functions block until data becomes +available. All V4L2 drivers exchanging data with applications must +support the O_NONBLOCK flag. + Other flags have no effect. + + + + + + Description + + To open a V4L2 device applications call +open() with the desired device name. This +function has no side effects; all data format parameters, current +input or output, control values or other properties remain unchanged. +At the first open() call after loading the driver +they will be reset to default values, drivers are never in an +undefined state. + + + Return Value + + On success open returns the new file +descriptor. On error -1 is returned, and the errno +variable is set appropriately. Possible error codes are: + + + + EACCES + + The caller has no permission to access the +device. + + + + EBUSY + + The driver does not support multiple opens and the +device is already in use. + + + + ENXIO + + No device corresponding to this device special file +exists. + + + + ENOMEM + + Not enough kernel memory was available to complete the +request. + + + + EMFILE + + The process already has the maximum number of +files open. + + + + ENFILE + + The limit on the total number of files open on the +system has been reached. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-poll.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-poll.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c73f1152 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-poll.xml @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ + + + V4L2 poll() + &manvol; + + + + v4l2-poll + Wait for some event on a file descriptor + + + + + #include <sys/poll.h> + + int poll + struct pollfd *ufds + unsigned int nfds + int timeout + + + + + + Description + + With the poll() function applications +can suspend execution until the driver has captured data or is ready +to accept data for output. + + When streaming I/O has been negotiated this function waits +until a buffer has been filled by the capture device and can be dequeued +with the &VIDIOC-DQBUF; ioctl. For output devices this function waits +until the device is ready to accept a new buffer to be queued up with +the &VIDIOC-QBUF; ioctl for display. When buffers are already in the outgoing +queue of the driver (capture) or the incoming queue isn't full (display) +the function returns immediately. + + On success poll() returns the number of +file descriptors that have been selected (that is, file descriptors +for which the revents field of the +respective pollfd structure is non-zero). +Capture devices set the POLLIN and +POLLRDNORM flags in the +revents field, output devices the +POLLOUT and POLLWRNORM +flags. When the function timed out it returns a value of zero, on +failure it returns -1 and the +errno variable is set appropriately. When the +application did not call &VIDIOC-STREAMON; the +poll() function succeeds, but sets the +POLLERR flag in the +revents field. When the +application has called &VIDIOC-STREAMON; for a capture device but hasn't +yet called &VIDIOC-QBUF;, the poll() function +succeeds and sets the POLLERR flag in the +revents field. For output devices this +same situation will cause poll() to succeed +as well, but it sets the POLLOUT and +POLLWRNORM flags in the revents +field. + + If an event occurred (see &VIDIOC-DQEVENT;) then +POLLPRI will be set in the revents +field and poll() will return. + + When use of the read() function has +been negotiated and the driver does not capture yet, the +poll function starts capturing. When that fails +it returns a POLLERR as above. Otherwise it waits +until data has been captured and can be read. When the driver captures +continuously (as opposed to, for example, still images) the function +may return immediately. + + When use of the write() function has +been negotiated and the driver does not stream yet, the +poll function starts streaming. When that fails +it returns a POLLERR as above. Otherwise it waits +until the driver is ready for a non-blocking +write() call. + + If the caller is only interested in events (just +POLLPRI is set in the events +field), then poll() will not +start streaming if the driver does not stream yet. This makes it +possible to just poll for events and not for buffers. + + All drivers implementing the read() or +write() function or streaming I/O must also +support the poll() function. + + For more details see the +poll() manual page. + + + + Return Value + + On success, poll() returns the number +structures which have non-zero revents +fields, or zero if the call timed out. On error +-1 is returned, and the +errno variable is set appropriately: + + + + EBADF + + One or more of the ufds members +specify an invalid file descriptor. + + + + EBUSY + + The driver does not support multiple read or write +streams and the device is already in use. + + + + EFAULT + + ufds references an inaccessible +memory area. + + + + EINTR + + The call was interrupted by a signal. + + + + EINVAL + + The nfds argument is greater +than OPEN_MAX. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-read.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-read.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e218bbfbd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-read.xml @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ + + + V4L2 read() + &manvol; + + + + v4l2-read + Read from a V4L2 device + + + + + #include <unistd.h> + + ssize_t read + int fd + void *buf + size_t count + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + buf + + + + + + count + + + + + + + + + Description + + read() attempts to read up to +count bytes from file descriptor +fd into the buffer starting at +buf. The layout of the data in the buffer is +discussed in the respective device interface section, see ##. If count is zero, +read() returns zero and has no other results. If +count is greater than +SSIZE_MAX, the result is unspecified. Regardless +of the count value each +read() call will provide at most one frame (two +fields) worth of data. + + By default read() blocks until data +becomes available. When the O_NONBLOCK flag was +given to the &func-open; function it +returns immediately with an &EAGAIN; when no data is available. The +&func-select; or &func-poll; functions +can always be used to suspend execution until data becomes available. All +drivers supporting the read() function must also +support select() and +poll(). + + Drivers can implement read functionality in different +ways, using a single or multiple buffers and discarding the oldest or +newest frames once the internal buffers are filled. + + read() never returns a "snapshot" of a +buffer being filled. Using a single buffer the driver will stop +capturing when the application starts reading the buffer until the +read is finished. Thus only the period of the vertical blanking +interval is available for reading, or the capture rate must fall below +the nominal frame rate of the video standard. + +The behavior of +read() when called during the active picture +period or the vertical blanking separating the top and bottom field +depends on the discarding policy. A driver discarding the oldest +frames keeps capturing into an internal buffer, continuously +overwriting the previously, not read frame, and returns the frame +being received at the time of the read() call as +soon as it is complete. + + A driver discarding the newest frames stops capturing until +the next read() call. The frame being received at +read() time is discarded, returning the following +frame instead. Again this implies a reduction of the capture rate to +one half or less of the nominal frame rate. An example of this model +is the video read mode of the bttv driver, initiating a DMA to user +memory when read() is called and returning when +the DMA finished. + + In the multiple buffer model drivers maintain a ring of +internal buffers, automatically advancing to the next free buffer. +This allows continuous capturing when the application can empty the +buffers fast enough. Again, the behavior when the driver runs out of +free buffers depends on the discarding policy. + + Applications can get and set the number of buffers used +internally by the driver with the &VIDIOC-G-PARM; and &VIDIOC-S-PARM; +ioctls. They are optional, however. The discarding policy is not +reported and cannot be changed. For minimum requirements see . + + + + Return Value + + On success, the number of bytes read is returned. It is not +an error if this number is smaller than the number of bytes requested, +or the amount of data required for one frame. This may happen for +example because read() was interrupted by a +signal. On error, -1 is returned, and the errno +variable is set appropriately. In this case the next read will start +at the beginning of a new frame. Possible error codes are: + + + + EAGAIN + + Non-blocking I/O has been selected using +O_NONBLOCK and no data was immediately available for reading. + + + + EBADF + + fd is not a valid file +descriptor or is not open for reading, or the process already has the +maximum number of files open. + + + + EBUSY + + The driver does not support multiple read streams and the +device is already in use. + + + + EFAULT + + buf references an inaccessible +memory area. + + + + EINTR + + The call was interrupted by a signal before any +data was read. + + + + EIO + + I/O error. This indicates some hardware problem or a +failure to communicate with a remote device (USB camera etc.). + + + + EINVAL + + The read() function is not +supported by this driver, not on this device, or generally not on this +type of device. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-select.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-select.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e12a60d9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-select.xml @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ + + + V4L2 select() + &manvol; + + + + v4l2-select + Synchronous I/O multiplexing + + + + + +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <unistd.h> + + int select + int nfds + fd_set *readfds + fd_set *writefds + fd_set *exceptfds + struct timeval *timeout + + + + + + Description + + With the select() function applications +can suspend execution until the driver has captured data or is ready +to accept data for output. + + When streaming I/O has been negotiated this function waits +until a buffer has been filled or displayed and can be dequeued with +the &VIDIOC-DQBUF; ioctl. When buffers are already in the outgoing +queue of the driver the function returns immediately. + + On success select() returns the total +number of bits set in the fd_sets. When the +function timed out it returns a value of zero. On failure it returns +-1 and the errno +variable is set appropriately. When the application did not call +&VIDIOC-QBUF; or &VIDIOC-STREAMON; yet the +select() function succeeds, setting the bit of +the file descriptor in readfds or +writefds, but subsequent &VIDIOC-DQBUF; calls +will fail.The Linux kernel implements +select() like the &func-poll; function, but +select() cannot return a +POLLERR. + + + When use of the read() function has +been negotiated and the driver does not capture yet, the +select() function starts capturing. When that +fails, select() returns successful and a +subsequent read() call, which also attempts to +start capturing, will return an appropriate error code. When the +driver captures continuously (as opposed to, for example, still +images) and data is already available the +select() function returns immediately. + + When use of the write() function has +been negotiated the select() function just waits +until the driver is ready for a non-blocking +write() call. + + All drivers implementing the read() or +write() function or streaming I/O must also +support the select() function. + + For more details see the select() +manual page. + + + + + Return Value + + On success, select() returns the number +of descriptors contained in the three returned descriptor sets, which +will be zero if the timeout expired. On error +-1 is returned, and the +errno variable is set appropriately; the sets and +timeout are undefined. Possible error codes +are: + + + + EBADF + + One or more of the file descriptor sets specified a +file descriptor that is not open. + + + + EBUSY + + The driver does not support multiple read or write +streams and the device is already in use. + + + + EFAULT + + The readfds, +writefds, exceptfds or +timeout pointer references an inaccessible memory +area. + + + + EINTR + + The call was interrupted by a signal. + + + + EINVAL + + The nfds argument is less than +zero or greater than FD_SETSIZE. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-write.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-write.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..575207885 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/func-write.xml @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ + + + V4L2 write() + &manvol; + + + + v4l2-write + Write to a V4L2 device + + + + + #include <unistd.h> + + ssize_t write + int fd + void *buf + size_t count + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + buf + + + + + + count + + + + + + + + + Description + + write() writes up to +count bytes to the device referenced by the +file descriptor fd from the buffer starting at +buf. When the hardware outputs are not active +yet, this function enables them. When count is +zero, write() returns +0 without any other effect. + + When the application does not provide more data in time, the +previous video frame, raw VBI image, sliced VPS or WSS data is +displayed again. Sliced Teletext or Closed Caption data is not +repeated, the driver inserts a blank line instead. + + + + Return Value + + On success, the number of bytes written are returned. Zero +indicates nothing was written. On error, -1 +is returned, and the errno variable is set +appropriately. In this case the next write will start at the beginning +of a new frame. Possible error codes are: + + + + EAGAIN + + Non-blocking I/O has been selected using the O_NONBLOCK flag and no +buffer space was available to write the data immediately. + + + + EBADF + + fd is not a valid file +descriptor or is not open for writing. + + + + EBUSY + + The driver does not support multiple write streams and the +device is already in use. + + + + EFAULT + + buf references an inaccessible +memory area. + + + + EINTR + + The call was interrupted by a signal before any +data was written. + + + + EIO + + I/O error. This indicates some hardware problem. + + + + EINVAL + + The write() function is not +supported by this driver, not on this device, or generally not on this +type of device. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/gen-errors.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/gen-errors.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e29a4e1f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/gen-errors.xml @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +Generic Error Codes + + + Generic error codes + + &cs-str; + + + + EAGAIN (aka EWOULDBLOCK) + The ioctl can't be handled because the device is in state where + it can't perform it. This could happen for example in case where + device is sleeping and ioctl is performed to query statistics. + It is also returned when the ioctl would need to wait + for an event, but the device was opened in non-blocking mode. + + + + EBADF + The file descriptor is not a valid. + + + EBUSY + The ioctl can't be handled because the device is busy. This is + typically return while device is streaming, and an ioctl tried to + change something that would affect the stream, or would require the + usage of a hardware resource that was already allocated. The ioctl + must not be retried without performing another action to fix the + problem first (typically: stop the stream before retrying). + + + EFAULT + There was a failure while copying data from/to userspace, + probably caused by an invalid pointer reference. + + + EINVAL + One or more of the ioctl parameters are invalid or out of the + allowed range. This is a widely used error code. See the individual + ioctl requests for specific causes. + + + ENODEV + Device not found or was removed. + + + ENOMEM + There's not enough memory to handle the desired operation. + + + ENOTTY + The ioctl is not supported by the driver, actually meaning that + the required functionality is not available, or the file + descriptor is not for a media device. + + + ENOSPC + On USB devices, the stream ioctl's can return this error, meaning + that this request would overcommit the usb bandwidth reserved + for periodic transfers (up to 80% of the USB bandwidth). + + + EPERM + Permission denied. Can be returned if the device needs write + permission, or some special capabilities is needed + (e. g. root) + + + +
+ +Note 1: ioctls may return other error codes. Since errors may have side +effects such as a driver reset, applications should abort on unexpected errors. + + +Note 2: Request-specific error codes are listed in the individual +requests descriptions. diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1c17f802b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1533 @@ + Input/Output + + The V4L2 API defines several different methods to read from or +write to a device. All drivers exchanging data with applications must +support at least one of them. + + The classic I/O method using the read() +and write() function is automatically selected +after opening a V4L2 device. When the driver does not support this +method attempts to read or write will fail at any time. + + Other methods must be negotiated. To select the streaming I/O +method with memory mapped or user buffers applications call the +&VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl. The asynchronous I/O method is not defined +yet. + + Video overlay can be considered another I/O method, although +the application does not directly receive the image data. It is +selected by initiating video overlay with the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl. +For more information see . + + Generally exactly one I/O method, including overlay, is +associated with each file descriptor. The only exceptions are +applications not exchanging data with a driver ("panel applications", +see ) and drivers permitting simultaneous video capturing +and overlay using the same file descriptor, for compatibility with V4L +and earlier versions of V4L2. + + VIDIOC_S_FMT and +VIDIOC_REQBUFS would permit this to some degree, +but for simplicity drivers need not support switching the I/O method +(after first switching away from read/write) other than by closing +and reopening the device. + + The following sections describe the various I/O methods in +more detail. + +
+ Read/Write + + Input and output devices support the +read() and write() function, +respectively, when the V4L2_CAP_READWRITE flag in +the capabilities field of &v4l2-capability; +returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl is set. + + Drivers may need the CPU to copy the data, but they may also +support DMA to or from user memory, so this I/O method is not +necessarily less efficient than other methods merely exchanging buffer +pointers. It is considered inferior though because no meta-information +like frame counters or timestamps are passed. This information is +necessary to recognize frame dropping and to synchronize with other +data streams. However this is also the simplest I/O method, requiring +little or no setup to exchange data. It permits command line stunts +like this (the vidctrl tool is +fictitious): + + + +> vidctrl /dev/video --input=0 --format=YUYV --size=352x288 +> dd if=/dev/video of=myimage.422 bs=202752 count=1 + + + + To read from the device applications use the +&func-read; function, to write the &func-write; function. +Drivers must implement one I/O method if they +exchange data with applications, but it need not be this. + It would be desirable if applications could depend on +drivers supporting all I/O interfaces, but as much as the complex +memory mapping I/O can be inadequate for some devices we have no +reason to require this interface, which is most useful for simple +applications capturing still images. + When reading or writing is supported, the driver +must also support the &func-select; and &func-poll; +function. + At the driver level select() and +poll() are the same, and +select() is too important to be optional. + +
+ +
+ Streaming I/O (Memory Mapping) + + Input and output devices support this I/O method when the +V4L2_CAP_STREAMING flag in the +capabilities field of &v4l2-capability; +returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl is set. There are two +streaming methods, to determine if the memory mapping flavor is +supported applications must call the &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl. + + Streaming is an I/O method where only pointers to buffers +are exchanged between application and driver, the data itself is not +copied. Memory mapping is primarily intended to map buffers in device +memory into the application's address space. Device memory can be for +example the video memory on a graphics card with a video capture +add-on. However, being the most efficient I/O method available for a +long time, many other drivers support streaming as well, allocating +buffers in DMA-able main memory. + + A driver can support many sets of buffers. Each set is +identified by a unique buffer type value. The sets are independent and +each set can hold a different type of data. To access different sets +at the same time different file descriptors must be used. + One could use one file descriptor and set the buffer +type field accordingly when calling &VIDIOC-QBUF; etc., but it makes +the select() function ambiguous. We also like the +clean approach of one file descriptor per logical stream. Video +overlay for example is also a logical stream, although the CPU is not +needed for continuous operation. + + + To allocate device buffers applications call the +&VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl with the desired number of buffers and buffer +type, for example V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE. +This ioctl can also be used to change the number of buffers or to free +the allocated memory, provided none of the buffers are still +mapped. + + Before applications can access the buffers they must map +them into their address space with the &func-mmap; function. The +location of the buffers in device memory can be determined with the +&VIDIOC-QUERYBUF; ioctl. In the single-planar API case, the +m.offset and length +returned in a &v4l2-buffer; are passed as sixth and second parameter to the +mmap() function. When using the multi-planar API, +&v4l2-buffer; contains an array of &v4l2-plane; structures, each +containing its own m.offset and +length. When using the multi-planar API, every +plane of every buffer has to be mapped separately, so the number of +calls to &func-mmap; should be equal to number of buffers times number of +planes in each buffer. The offset and length values must not be modified. +Remember, the buffers are allocated in physical memory, as opposed to virtual +memory, which can be swapped out to disk. Applications should free the buffers +as soon as possible with the &func-munmap; function. + + + Mapping buffers in the single-planar API + +&v4l2-requestbuffers; reqbuf; +struct { + void *start; + size_t length; +} *buffers; +unsigned int i; + +memset(&reqbuf, 0, sizeof(reqbuf)); +reqbuf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; +reqbuf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP; +reqbuf.count = 20; + +if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-REQBUFS;, &reqbuf)) { + if (errno == EINVAL) + printf("Video capturing or mmap-streaming is not supported\n"); + else + perror("VIDIOC_REQBUFS"); + + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +/* We want at least five buffers. */ + +if (reqbuf.count < 5) { + /* You may need to free the buffers here. */ + printf("Not enough buffer memory\n"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +buffers = calloc(reqbuf.count, sizeof(*buffers)); +assert(buffers != NULL); + +for (i = 0; i < reqbuf.count; i++) { + &v4l2-buffer; buffer; + + memset(&buffer, 0, sizeof(buffer)); + buffer.type = reqbuf.type; + buffer.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP; + buffer.index = i; + + if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYBUF;, &buffer)) { + perror("VIDIOC_QUERYBUF"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + buffers[i].length = buffer.length; /* remember for munmap() */ + + buffers[i].start = mmap(NULL, buffer.length, + PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, /* recommended */ + MAP_SHARED, /* recommended */ + fd, buffer.m.offset); + + if (MAP_FAILED == buffers[i].start) { + /* If you do not exit here you should unmap() and free() + the buffers mapped so far. */ + perror("mmap"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } +} + +/* Cleanup. */ + +for (i = 0; i < reqbuf.count; i++) + munmap(buffers[i].start, buffers[i].length); + + + + + Mapping buffers in the multi-planar API + +&v4l2-requestbuffers; reqbuf; +/* Our current format uses 3 planes per buffer */ +#define FMT_NUM_PLANES = 3 + +struct { + void *start[FMT_NUM_PLANES]; + size_t length[FMT_NUM_PLANES]; +} *buffers; +unsigned int i, j; + +memset(&reqbuf, 0, sizeof(reqbuf)); +reqbuf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE; +reqbuf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP; +reqbuf.count = 20; + +if (ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-REQBUFS;, &reqbuf) < 0) { + if (errno == EINVAL) + printf("Video capturing or mmap-streaming is not supported\n"); + else + perror("VIDIOC_REQBUFS"); + + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +/* We want at least five buffers. */ + +if (reqbuf.count < 5) { + /* You may need to free the buffers here. */ + printf("Not enough buffer memory\n"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +buffers = calloc(reqbuf.count, sizeof(*buffers)); +assert(buffers != NULL); + +for (i = 0; i < reqbuf.count; i++) { + &v4l2-buffer; buffer; + &v4l2-plane; planes[FMT_NUM_PLANES]; + + memset(&buffer, 0, sizeof(buffer)); + buffer.type = reqbuf.type; + buffer.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP; + buffer.index = i; + /* length in struct v4l2_buffer in multi-planar API stores the size + * of planes array. */ + buffer.length = FMT_NUM_PLANES; + buffer.m.planes = planes; + + if (ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYBUF;, &buffer) < 0) { + perror("VIDIOC_QUERYBUF"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + /* Every plane has to be mapped separately */ + for (j = 0; j < FMT_NUM_PLANES; j++) { + buffers[i].length[j] = buffer.m.planes[j].length; /* remember for munmap() */ + + buffers[i].start[j] = mmap(NULL, buffer.m.planes[j].length, + PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, /* recommended */ + MAP_SHARED, /* recommended */ + fd, buffer.m.planes[j].m.offset); + + if (MAP_FAILED == buffers[i].start[j]) { + /* If you do not exit here you should unmap() and free() + the buffers and planes mapped so far. */ + perror("mmap"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + } +} + +/* Cleanup. */ + +for (i = 0; i < reqbuf.count; i++) + for (j = 0; j < FMT_NUM_PLANES; j++) + munmap(buffers[i].start[j], buffers[i].length[j]); + + + + Conceptually streaming drivers maintain two buffer queues, an incoming +and an outgoing queue. They separate the synchronous capture or output +operation locked to a video clock from the application which is +subject to random disk or network delays and preemption by +other processes, thereby reducing the probability of data loss. +The queues are organized as FIFOs, buffers will be +output in the order enqueued in the incoming FIFO, and were +captured in the order dequeued from the outgoing FIFO. + + The driver may require a minimum number of buffers enqueued +at all times to function, apart of this no limit exists on the number +of buffers applications can enqueue in advance, or dequeue and +process. They can also enqueue in a different order than buffers have +been dequeued, and the driver can fill enqueued +empty buffers in any order. + Random enqueue order permits applications processing +images out of order (such as video codecs) to return buffers earlier, +reducing the probability of data loss. Random fill order allows +drivers to reuse buffers on a LIFO-basis, taking advantage of caches +holding scatter-gather lists and the like. + The index number of a buffer (&v4l2-buffer; +index) plays no role here, it only +identifies the buffer. + + Initially all mapped buffers are in dequeued state, +inaccessible by the driver. For capturing applications it is customary +to first enqueue all mapped buffers, then to start capturing and enter +the read loop. Here the application waits until a filled buffer can be +dequeued, and re-enqueues the buffer when the data is no longer +needed. Output applications fill and enqueue buffers, when enough +buffers are stacked up the output is started with +VIDIOC_STREAMON. In the write loop, when +the application runs out of free buffers, it must wait until an empty +buffer can be dequeued and reused. + + To enqueue and dequeue a buffer applications use the +&VIDIOC-QBUF; and &VIDIOC-DQBUF; ioctl. The status of a buffer being +mapped, enqueued, full or empty can be determined at any time using the +&VIDIOC-QUERYBUF; ioctl. Two methods exist to suspend execution of the +application until one or more buffers can be dequeued. By default +VIDIOC_DQBUF blocks when no buffer is in the +outgoing queue. When the O_NONBLOCK flag was +given to the &func-open; function, VIDIOC_DQBUF +returns immediately with an &EAGAIN; when no buffer is available. The +&func-select; or &func-poll; functions are always available. + + To start and stop capturing or output applications call the +&VIDIOC-STREAMON; and &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; ioctl. Note +VIDIOC_STREAMOFF removes all buffers from both +queues as a side effect. Since there is no notion of doing anything +"now" on a multitasking system, if an application needs to synchronize +with another event it should examine the &v4l2-buffer; +timestamp of captured or outputted buffers. + + + Drivers implementing memory mapping I/O must +support the VIDIOC_REQBUFS, +VIDIOC_QUERYBUF, +VIDIOC_QBUF, VIDIOC_DQBUF, +VIDIOC_STREAMON and +VIDIOC_STREAMOFF ioctl, the +mmap(), munmap(), +select() and poll() +function. + At the driver level select() and +poll() are the same, and +select() is too important to be optional. The +rest should be evident. + + + [capture example] + +
+ +
+ Streaming I/O (User Pointers) + + Input and output devices support this I/O method when the +V4L2_CAP_STREAMING flag in the +capabilities field of &v4l2-capability; +returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl is set. If the particular user +pointer method (not only memory mapping) is supported must be +determined by calling the &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl. + + This I/O method combines advantages of the read/write and +memory mapping methods. Buffers (planes) are allocated by the application +itself, and can reside for example in virtual or shared memory. Only +pointers to data are exchanged, these pointers and meta-information +are passed in &v4l2-buffer; (or in &v4l2-plane; in the multi-planar API case). +The driver must be switched into user pointer I/O mode by calling the +&VIDIOC-REQBUFS; with the desired buffer type. No buffers (planes) are allocated +beforehand, consequently they are not indexed and cannot be queried like mapped +buffers with the VIDIOC_QUERYBUF ioctl. + + + Initiating streaming I/O with user pointers + + +&v4l2-requestbuffers; reqbuf; + +memset (&reqbuf, 0, sizeof (reqbuf)); +reqbuf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; +reqbuf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR; + +if (ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-REQBUFS;, &reqbuf) == -1) { + if (errno == EINVAL) + printf ("Video capturing or user pointer streaming is not supported\n"); + else + perror ("VIDIOC_REQBUFS"); + + exit (EXIT_FAILURE); +} + + + + Buffer (plane) addresses and sizes are passed on the fly with the +&VIDIOC-QBUF; ioctl. Although buffers are commonly cycled, +applications can pass different addresses and sizes at each +VIDIOC_QBUF call. If required by the hardware the +driver swaps memory pages within physical memory to create a +continuous area of memory. This happens transparently to the +application in the virtual memory subsystem of the kernel. When buffer +pages have been swapped out to disk they are brought back and finally +locked in physical memory for DMA. + We expect that frequently used buffers are typically not +swapped out. Anyway, the process of swapping, locking or generating +scatter-gather lists may be time consuming. The delay can be masked by +the depth of the incoming buffer queue, and perhaps by maintaining +caches assuming a buffer will be soon enqueued again. On the other +hand, to optimize memory usage drivers can limit the number of buffers +locked in advance and recycle the most recently used buffers first. Of +course, the pages of empty buffers in the incoming queue need not be +saved to disk. Output buffers must be saved on the incoming and +outgoing queue because an application may share them with other +processes. + + + Filled or displayed buffers are dequeued with the +&VIDIOC-DQBUF; ioctl. The driver can unlock the memory pages at any +time between the completion of the DMA and this ioctl. The memory is +also unlocked when &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; is called, &VIDIOC-REQBUFS;, or +when the device is closed. Applications must take care not to free +buffers without dequeuing. For once, the buffers remain locked until +further, wasting physical memory. Second the driver will not be +notified when the memory is returned to the application's free list +and subsequently reused for other purposes, possibly completing the +requested DMA and overwriting valuable data. + + For capturing applications it is customary to enqueue a +number of empty buffers, to start capturing and enter the read loop. +Here the application waits until a filled buffer can be dequeued, and +re-enqueues the buffer when the data is no longer needed. Output +applications fill and enqueue buffers, when enough buffers are stacked +up output is started. In the write loop, when the application +runs out of free buffers it must wait until an empty buffer can be +dequeued and reused. Two methods exist to suspend execution of the +application until one or more buffers can be dequeued. By default +VIDIOC_DQBUF blocks when no buffer is in the +outgoing queue. When the O_NONBLOCK flag was +given to the &func-open; function, VIDIOC_DQBUF +returns immediately with an &EAGAIN; when no buffer is available. The +&func-select; or &func-poll; function are always available. + + To start and stop capturing or output applications call the +&VIDIOC-STREAMON; and &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; ioctl. Note +VIDIOC_STREAMOFF removes all buffers from both +queues and unlocks all buffers as a side effect. Since there is no +notion of doing anything "now" on a multitasking system, if an +application needs to synchronize with another event it should examine +the &v4l2-buffer; timestamp of captured +or outputted buffers. + + Drivers implementing user pointer I/O must +support the VIDIOC_REQBUFS, +VIDIOC_QBUF, VIDIOC_DQBUF, +VIDIOC_STREAMON and +VIDIOC_STREAMOFF ioctl, the +select() and poll() function. + At the driver level select() and +poll() are the same, and +select() is too important to be optional. The +rest should be evident. + +
+ +
+ Streaming I/O (DMA buffer importing) + + + Experimental + This is an experimental + interface and may change in the future. + + +The DMABUF framework provides a generic method for sharing buffers +between multiple devices. Device drivers that support DMABUF can export a DMA +buffer to userspace as a file descriptor (known as the exporter role), import a +DMA buffer from userspace using a file descriptor previously exported for a +different or the same device (known as the importer role), or both. This +section describes the DMABUF importer role API in V4L2. + + Refer to DMABUF exporting for +details about exporting V4L2 buffers as DMABUF file descriptors. + +Input and output devices support the streaming I/O method when the +V4L2_CAP_STREAMING flag in the +capabilities field of &v4l2-capability; returned by +the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl is set. Whether importing DMA buffers through +DMABUF file descriptors is supported is determined by calling the +&VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl with the memory type set to +V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF. + + This I/O method is dedicated to sharing DMA buffers between different +devices, which may be V4L devices or other video-related devices (e.g. DRM). +Buffers (planes) are allocated by a driver on behalf of an application. Next, +these buffers are exported to the application as file descriptors using an API +which is specific for an allocator driver. Only such file descriptor are +exchanged. The descriptors and meta-information are passed in &v4l2-buffer; (or +in &v4l2-plane; in the multi-planar API case). The driver must be switched +into DMABUF I/O mode by calling the &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; with the desired buffer +type. + + + Initiating streaming I/O with DMABUF file descriptors + + +&v4l2-requestbuffers; reqbuf; + +memset(&reqbuf, 0, sizeof (reqbuf)); +reqbuf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; +reqbuf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF; +reqbuf.count = 1; + +if (ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-REQBUFS;, &reqbuf) == -1) { + if (errno == EINVAL) + printf("Video capturing or DMABUF streaming is not supported\n"); + else + perror("VIDIOC_REQBUFS"); + + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + + + + The buffer (plane) file descriptor is passed on the fly with the +&VIDIOC-QBUF; ioctl. In case of multiplanar buffers, every plane can be +associated with a different DMABUF descriptor. Although buffers are commonly +cycled, applications can pass a different DMABUF descriptor at each +VIDIOC_QBUF call. + + + Queueing DMABUF using single plane API + + +int buffer_queue(int v4lfd, int index, int dmafd) +{ + &v4l2-buffer; buf; + + memset(&buf, 0, sizeof buf); + buf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + buf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF; + buf.index = index; + buf.m.fd = dmafd; + + if (ioctl(v4lfd, &VIDIOC-QBUF;, &buf) == -1) { + perror("VIDIOC_QBUF"); + return -1; + } + + return 0; +} + + + + + Queueing DMABUF using multi plane API + + +int buffer_queue_mp(int v4lfd, int index, int dmafd[], int n_planes) +{ + &v4l2-buffer; buf; + &v4l2-plane; planes[VIDEO_MAX_PLANES]; + int i; + + memset(&buf, 0, sizeof buf); + buf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE; + buf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF; + buf.index = index; + buf.m.planes = planes; + buf.length = n_planes; + + memset(&planes, 0, sizeof planes); + + for (i = 0; i < n_planes; ++i) + buf.m.planes[i].m.fd = dmafd[i]; + + if (ioctl(v4lfd, &VIDIOC-QBUF;, &buf) == -1) { + perror("VIDIOC_QBUF"); + return -1; + } + + return 0; +} + + + + Captured or displayed buffers are dequeued with the +&VIDIOC-DQBUF; ioctl. The driver can unlock the buffer at any +time between the completion of the DMA and this ioctl. The memory is +also unlocked when &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; is called, &VIDIOC-REQBUFS;, or +when the device is closed. + + For capturing applications it is customary to enqueue a +number of empty buffers, to start capturing and enter the read loop. +Here the application waits until a filled buffer can be dequeued, and +re-enqueues the buffer when the data is no longer needed. Output +applications fill and enqueue buffers, when enough buffers are stacked +up output is started. In the write loop, when the application +runs out of free buffers it must wait until an empty buffer can be +dequeued and reused. Two methods exist to suspend execution of the +application until one or more buffers can be dequeued. By default +VIDIOC_DQBUF blocks when no buffer is in the +outgoing queue. When the O_NONBLOCK flag was +given to the &func-open; function, VIDIOC_DQBUF +returns immediately with an &EAGAIN; when no buffer is available. The +&func-select; and &func-poll; functions are always available. + + To start and stop capturing or displaying applications call the +&VIDIOC-STREAMON; and &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; ioctls. Note that +VIDIOC_STREAMOFF removes all buffers from both queues and +unlocks all buffers as a side effect. Since there is no notion of doing +anything "now" on a multitasking system, if an application needs to synchronize +with another event it should examine the &v4l2-buffer; +timestamp of captured or outputted buffers. + + Drivers implementing DMABUF importing I/O must support the +VIDIOC_REQBUFS, VIDIOC_QBUF, +VIDIOC_DQBUF, VIDIOC_STREAMON and +VIDIOC_STREAMOFF ioctls, and the +select() and poll() functions. + +
+ +
+ Asynchronous I/O + + This method is not defined yet. +
+ +
+ Buffers + + A buffer contains data exchanged by application and +driver using one of the Streaming I/O methods. In the multi-planar API, the +data is held in planes, while the buffer structure acts as a container +for the planes. Only pointers to buffers (planes) are exchanged, the data +itself is not copied. These pointers, together with meta-information like +timestamps or field parity, are stored in a struct +v4l2_buffer, argument to +the &VIDIOC-QUERYBUF;, &VIDIOC-QBUF; and &VIDIOC-DQBUF; ioctl. +In the multi-planar API, some plane-specific members of struct +v4l2_buffer, such as pointers and sizes for each +plane, are stored in struct v4l2_plane instead. +In that case, struct v4l2_buffer contains an array of +plane structures. + + Dequeued video buffers come with timestamps. The driver + decides at which part of the frame and with which clock the + timestamp is taken. Please see flags in the masks + V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_MASK and + V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TSTAMP_SRC_MASK in . These flags are always valid and constant + across all buffers during the whole video stream. Changes in these + flags may take place as a side effect of &VIDIOC-S-INPUT; or + &VIDIOC-S-OUTPUT; however. The + V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_COPY timestamp type + which is used by e.g. on mem-to-mem devices is an exception to the + rule: the timestamp source flags are copied from the OUTPUT video + buffer to the CAPTURE video buffer. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_buffer</structname> + + &cs-ustr; + + + __u32 + index + + Number of the buffer, set by the application except +when calling &VIDIOC-DQBUF;, then it is set by the driver. +This field can range from zero to the number of buffers allocated +with the &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl (&v4l2-requestbuffers; count), +plus any buffers allocated with &VIDIOC-CREATE-BUFS; minus one. + + + __u32 + type + + Type of the buffer, same as &v4l2-format; +type or &v4l2-requestbuffers; +type, set by the application. See + + + __u32 + bytesused + + The number of bytes occupied by the data in the +buffer. It depends on the negotiated data format and may change with +each buffer for compressed variable size data like JPEG images. +Drivers must set this field when type +refers to an input stream, applications when it refers to an output stream. +If the application sets this to 0 for an output stream, then +bytesused will be set to the size of the +buffer (see the length field of this struct) by +the driver. For multiplanar formats this field is ignored and the +planes pointer is used instead. + + + __u32 + flags + + Flags set by the application or driver, see . + + + __u32 + field + + Indicates the field order of the image in the +buffer, see . This field is not used when +the buffer contains VBI data. Drivers must set it when +type refers to an input stream, +applications when it refers to an output stream. + + + struct timeval + timestamp + + For input streams this is time when the first data + byte was captured, as returned by the + clock_gettime() function for the relevant + clock id; see V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_* in + . For output streams the driver + stores the time at which the last data byte was actually sent out + in the timestamp field. This permits + applications to monitor the drift between the video and system + clock. For output streams that use V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_COPY + the application has to fill in the timestamp which will be copied + by the driver to the capture stream. + + + &v4l2-timecode; + timecode + + When type is +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE and the +V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMECODE flag is set in +flags, this structure contains a frame +timecode. In V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE +mode the top and bottom field contain the same timecode. +Timecodes are intended to help video editing and are typically recorded on +video tapes, but also embedded in compressed formats like MPEG. This +field is independent of the timestamp and +sequence fields. + + + __u32 + sequence + + Set by the driver, counting the frames (not fields!) in +sequence. This field is set for both input and output devices. + + + In V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE mode the top and +bottom field have the same sequence number. The count starts at zero +and includes dropped or repeated frames. A dropped frame was received +by an input device but could not be stored due to lack of free buffer +space. A repeated frame was displayed again by an output device +because the application did not pass new data in +time.Note this may count the frames received +e.g. over USB, without taking into account the frames dropped by the +remote hardware due to limited compression throughput or bus +bandwidth. These devices identify by not enumerating any video +standards, see . + + + __u32 + memory + + This field must be set by applications and/or drivers +in accordance with the selected I/O method. See + + + union + m + + + + __u32 + offset + For the single-planar API and when +memory is V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP this +is the offset of the buffer from the start of the device memory. The value is +returned by the driver and apart of serving as parameter to the &func-mmap; +function not useful for applications. See for details + + + + + unsigned long + userptr + For the single-planar API and when +memory is V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR +this is a pointer to the buffer (casted to unsigned long type) in virtual +memory, set by the application. See for details. + + + + + struct v4l2_plane + *planes + When using the multi-planar API, contains a userspace pointer + to an array of &v4l2-plane;. The size of the array should be put + in the length field of this + v4l2_buffer structure. + + + + int + fd + For the single-plane API and when +memory is V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF this +is the file descriptor associated with a DMABUF buffer. + + + __u32 + length + + Size of the buffer (not the payload) in bytes for the + single-planar API. This is set by the driver based on the calls to + &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; and/or &VIDIOC-CREATE-BUFS;. For the multi-planar API the application sets + this to the number of elements in the planes + array. The driver will fill in the actual number of valid elements in + that array. + + + + __u32 + reserved2 + + A place holder for future extensions. Applications +should set this to 0. + + + __u32 + reserved + + A place holder for future extensions. Applications +should set this to 0. + + + +
+ + + struct <structname>v4l2_plane</structname> + + &cs-ustr; + + + __u32 + bytesused + + The number of bytes occupied by data in the plane + (its payload). Drivers must set this field when type + refers to an input stream, applications when it refers to an output stream. + If the application sets this to 0 for an output stream, then + bytesused will be set to the size of the + plane (see the length field of this struct) + by the driver. Note that the actual image data starts at + data_offset which may not be 0. + + + __u32 + length + + Size in bytes of the plane (not its payload). This is set by the driver + based on the calls to &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; and/or &VIDIOC-CREATE-BUFS;. + + + union + m + + + + + + __u32 + mem_offset + When the memory type in the containing &v4l2-buffer; is + V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP, this is the value that + should be passed to &func-mmap;, similar to the + offset field in &v4l2-buffer;. + + + + unsigned long + userptr + When the memory type in the containing &v4l2-buffer; is + V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR, this is a userspace + pointer to the memory allocated for this plane by an application. + + + + + int + fd + When the memory type in the containing &v4l2-buffer; is + V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF, this is a file + descriptor associated with a DMABUF buffer, similar to the + fd field in &v4l2-buffer;. + + + __u32 + data_offset + + Offset in bytes to video data in the plane. + Drivers must set this field when type + refers to an input stream, applications when it refers to an output stream. + Note that data_offset is included in bytesused. + So the size of the image in the plane is + bytesused-data_offset at + offset data_offset from the start of the plane. + + + + __u32 + reserved[11] + + Reserved for future use. Should be zeroed by an + application. + + + +
+ + + enum v4l2_buf_type + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE + 1 + Buffer of a single-planar video capture stream, see . + + + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE + + 9 + Buffer of a multi-planar video capture stream, see . + + + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT + 2 + Buffer of a single-planar video output stream, see . + + + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE + + 10 + Buffer of a multi-planar video output stream, see . + + + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY + 3 + Buffer for video overlay, see . + + + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_CAPTURE + 4 + Buffer of a raw VBI capture stream, see . + + + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_OUTPUT + 5 + Buffer of a raw VBI output stream, see . + + + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE + 6 + Buffer of a sliced VBI capture stream, see . + + + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT + 7 + Buffer of a sliced VBI output stream, see . + + + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY + 8 + Buffer for video output overlay (OSD), see . + + + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SDR_CAPTURE + 11 + Buffer for Software Defined Radio (SDR), see . + + + +
+ + + Buffer Flags + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED + 0x00000001 + The buffer resides in device memory and has been mapped +into the application's address space, see for details. +Drivers set or clear this flag when the +VIDIOC_QUERYBUF, VIDIOC_QBUF or VIDIOC_DQBUF ioctl is called. Set by the driver. + + + V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED + 0x00000002 + Internally drivers maintain two buffer queues, an +incoming and outgoing queue. When this flag is set, the buffer is +currently on the incoming queue. It automatically moves to the +outgoing queue after the buffer has been filled (capture devices) or +displayed (output devices). Drivers set or clear this flag when the +VIDIOC_QUERYBUF ioctl is called. After +(successful) calling the VIDIOC_QBUF ioctl it is +always set and after VIDIOC_DQBUF always +cleared. + + + V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE + 0x00000004 + When this flag is set, the buffer is currently on +the outgoing queue, ready to be dequeued from the driver. Drivers set +or clear this flag when the VIDIOC_QUERYBUF ioctl +is called. After calling the VIDIOC_QBUF or +VIDIOC_DQBUF it is always cleared. Of course a +buffer cannot be on both queues at the same time, the +V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED and +V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE flag are mutually exclusive. +They can be both cleared however, then the buffer is in "dequeued" +state, in the application domain so to say. + + + V4L2_BUF_FLAG_ERROR + 0x00000040 + When this flag is set, the buffer has been dequeued + successfully, although the data might have been corrupted. + This is recoverable, streaming may continue as normal and + the buffer may be reused normally. + Drivers set this flag when the VIDIOC_DQBUF + ioctl is called. + + + V4L2_BUF_FLAG_KEYFRAME + 0x00000008 + Drivers set or clear this flag when calling the +VIDIOC_DQBUF ioctl. It may be set by video +capture devices when the buffer contains a compressed image which is a +key frame (or field), &ie; can be decompressed on its own. Also known as +an I-frame. Applications can set this bit when type +refers to an output stream. + + + V4L2_BUF_FLAG_PFRAME + 0x00000010 + Similar to V4L2_BUF_FLAG_KEYFRAME +this flags predicted frames or fields which contain only differences to a +previous key frame. Applications can set this bit when type +refers to an output stream. + + + V4L2_BUF_FLAG_BFRAME + 0x00000020 + Similar to V4L2_BUF_FLAG_KEYFRAME +this flags a bi-directional predicted frame or field which contains only +the differences between the current frame and both the preceding and following +key frames to specify its content. Applications can set this bit when +type refers to an output stream. + + + V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMECODE + 0x00000100 + The timecode field is valid. +Drivers set or clear this flag when the VIDIOC_DQBUF +ioctl is called. Applications can set this bit and the corresponding +timecode structure when type +refers to an output stream. + + + V4L2_BUF_FLAG_PREPARED + 0x00000400 + The buffer has been prepared for I/O and can be queued by the +application. Drivers set or clear this flag when the +VIDIOC_QUERYBUF, VIDIOC_PREPARE_BUF, VIDIOC_QBUF or VIDIOC_DQBUF ioctl is called. + + + V4L2_BUF_FLAG_NO_CACHE_INVALIDATE + 0x00000800 + Caches do not have to be invalidated for this buffer. +Typically applications shall use this flag if the data captured in the buffer +is not going to be touched by the CPU, instead the buffer will, probably, be +passed on to a DMA-capable hardware unit for further processing or output. + + + + V4L2_BUF_FLAG_NO_CACHE_CLEAN + 0x00001000 + Caches do not have to be cleaned for this buffer. +Typically applications shall use this flag for output buffers if the data +in this buffer has not been created by the CPU but by some DMA-capable unit, +in which case caches have not been used. + + + V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_MASK + 0x0000e000 + Mask for timestamp types below. To test the + timestamp type, mask out bits not belonging to timestamp + type by performing a logical and operation with buffer + flags and timestamp mask. + + + V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_UNKNOWN + 0x00000000 + Unknown timestamp type. This type is used by + drivers before Linux 3.9 and may be either monotonic (see + below) or realtime (wall clock). Monotonic clock has been + favoured in embedded systems whereas most of the drivers + use the realtime clock. Either kinds of timestamps are + available in user space via + clock_gettime(2) using clock IDs + CLOCK_MONOTONIC and + CLOCK_REALTIME, respectively. + + + V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_MONOTONIC + 0x00002000 + The buffer timestamp has been taken from the + CLOCK_MONOTONIC clock. To access the + same clock outside V4L2, use + clock_gettime(2) . + + + V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_COPY + 0x00004000 + The CAPTURE buffer timestamp has been taken from the + corresponding OUTPUT buffer. This flag applies only to mem2mem devices. + + + V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TSTAMP_SRC_MASK + 0x00070000 + Mask for timestamp sources below. The timestamp source + defines the point of time the timestamp is taken in relation to + the frame. Logical 'and' operation between the + flags field and + V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TSTAMP_SRC_MASK produces the + value of the timestamp source. Applications must set the timestamp + source when type refers to an output stream + and V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_COPY is set. + + + V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TSTAMP_SRC_EOF + 0x00000000 + End Of Frame. The buffer timestamp has been taken + when the last pixel of the frame has been received or the + last pixel of the frame has been transmitted. In practice, + software generated timestamps will typically be read from + the clock a small amount of time after the last pixel has + been received or transmitten, depending on the system and + other activity in it. + + + V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TSTAMP_SRC_SOE + 0x00010000 + Start Of Exposure. The buffer timestamp has been + taken when the exposure of the frame has begun. This is + only valid for the + V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE buffer + type. + + + +
+ + + enum v4l2_memory + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP + 1 + The buffer is used for memory +mapping I/O. + + + V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR + 2 + The buffer is used for user +pointer I/O. + + + V4L2_MEMORY_OVERLAY + 3 + [to do] + + + V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF + 4 + The buffer is used for DMA shared +buffer I/O. + + + +
+ +
+ Timecodes + + The v4l2_timecode structure is +designed to hold a or similar timecode. +(struct timeval timestamps are stored in +&v4l2-buffer; field timestamp.) + + + struct <structname>v4l2_timecode</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + type + Frame rate the timecodes are based on, see . + + + __u32 + flags + Timecode flags, see . + + + __u8 + frames + Frame count, 0 ... 23/24/29/49/59, depending on the + type of timecode. + + + __u8 + seconds + Seconds count, 0 ... 59. This is a binary, not BCD number. + + + __u8 + minutes + Minutes count, 0 ... 59. This is a binary, not BCD number. + + + __u8 + hours + Hours count, 0 ... 29. This is a binary, not BCD number. + + + __u8 + userbits[4] + The "user group" bits from the timecode. + + + +
+ + + Timecode Types + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_TC_TYPE_24FPS + 1 + 24 frames per second, i. e. film. + + + V4L2_TC_TYPE_25FPS + 2 + 25 frames per second, &ie; PAL or SECAM video. + + + V4L2_TC_TYPE_30FPS + 3 + 30 frames per second, &ie; NTSC video. + + + V4L2_TC_TYPE_50FPS + 4 + + + + V4L2_TC_TYPE_60FPS + 5 + + + + +
+ + + Timecode Flags + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_TC_FLAG_DROPFRAME + 0x0001 + Indicates "drop frame" semantics for counting frames +in 29.97 fps material. When set, frame numbers 0 and 1 at the start of +each minute, except minutes 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 are omitted from the +count. + + + V4L2_TC_FLAG_COLORFRAME + 0x0002 + The "color frame" flag. + + + V4L2_TC_USERBITS_field + 0x000C + Field mask for the "binary group flags". + + + V4L2_TC_USERBITS_USERDEFINED + 0x0000 + Unspecified format. + + + V4L2_TC_USERBITS_8BITCHARS + 0x0008 + 8-bit ISO characters. + + + +
+
+
+ +
+ Field Order + + We have to distinguish between progressive and interlaced +video. Progressive video transmits all lines of a video image +sequentially. Interlaced video divides an image into two fields, +containing only the odd and even lines of the image, respectively. +Alternating the so called odd and even field are transmitted, and due +to a small delay between fields a cathode ray TV displays the lines +interleaved, yielding the original frame. This curious technique was +invented because at refresh rates similar to film the image would +fade out too quickly. Transmitting fields reduces the flicker without +the necessity of doubling the frame rate and with it the bandwidth +required for each channel. + + It is important to understand a video camera does not expose +one frame at a time, merely transmitting the frames separated into +fields. The fields are in fact captured at two different instances in +time. An object on screen may well move between one field and the +next. For applications analysing motion it is of paramount importance +to recognize which field of a frame is older, the temporal +order. + + When the driver provides or accepts images field by field +rather than interleaved, it is also important applications understand +how the fields combine to frames. We distinguish between top (aka odd) and +bottom (aka even) fields, the spatial order: The first line +of the top field is the first line of an interlaced frame, the first +line of the bottom field is the second line of that frame. + + However because fields were captured one after the other, +arguing whether a frame commences with the top or bottom field is +pointless. Any two successive top and bottom, or bottom and top fields +yield a valid frame. Only when the source was progressive to begin +with, ⪚ when transferring film to video, two fields may come from +the same frame, creating a natural order. + + Counter to intuition the top field is not necessarily the +older field. Whether the older field contains the top or bottom lines +is a convention determined by the video standard. Hence the +distinction between temporal and spatial order of fields. The diagrams +below should make this clearer. + + All video capture and output devices must report the current +field order. Some drivers may permit the selection of a different +order, to this end applications initialize the +field field of &v4l2-pix-format; before +calling the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl. If this is not desired it should +have the value V4L2_FIELD_ANY (0). + + + enum v4l2_field + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_FIELD_ANY + 0 + Applications request this field order when any +one of the V4L2_FIELD_NONE, +V4L2_FIELD_TOP, +V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM, or +V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED formats is acceptable. +Drivers choose depending on hardware capabilities or e. g. the +requested image size, and return the actual field order. Drivers must +never return V4L2_FIELD_ANY. If multiple +field orders are possible the driver must choose one of the possible +field orders during &VIDIOC-S-FMT; or &VIDIOC-TRY-FMT;. &v4l2-buffer; +field can never be +V4L2_FIELD_ANY. + + + V4L2_FIELD_NONE + 1 + Images are in progressive format, not interlaced. +The driver may also indicate this order when it cannot distinguish +between V4L2_FIELD_TOP and +V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM. + + + V4L2_FIELD_TOP + 2 + Images consist of the top (aka odd) field only. + + + V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM + 3 + Images consist of the bottom (aka even) field only. +Applications may wish to prevent a device from capturing interlaced +images because they will have "comb" or "feathering" artefacts around +moving objects. + + + V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED + 4 + Images contain both fields, interleaved line by +line. The temporal order of the fields (whether the top or bottom +field is first transmitted) depends on the current video standard. +M/NTSC transmits the bottom field first, all other standards the top +field first. + + + V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_TB + 5 + Images contain both fields, the top field lines +are stored first in memory, immediately followed by the bottom field +lines. Fields are always stored in temporal order, the older one first +in memory. Image sizes refer to the frame, not fields. + + + V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_BT + 6 + Images contain both fields, the bottom field +lines are stored first in memory, immediately followed by the top +field lines. Fields are always stored in temporal order, the older one +first in memory. Image sizes refer to the frame, not fields. + + + V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE + 7 + The two fields of a frame are passed in separate +buffers, in temporal order, &ie; the older one first. To indicate the field +parity (whether the current field is a top or bottom field) the driver +or application, depending on data direction, must set &v4l2-buffer; +field to +V4L2_FIELD_TOP or +V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM. Any two successive fields pair +to build a frame. If fields are successive, without any dropped fields +between them (fields can drop individually), can be determined from +the &v4l2-buffer; sequence field. This format +cannot be selected when using the read/write I/O method since there +is no way to communicate if a field was a top or bottom field. + + + V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_TB + 8 + Images contain both fields, interleaved line by +line, top field first. The top field is transmitted first. + + + V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_BT + 9 + Images contain both fields, interleaved line by +line, top field first. The bottom field is transmitted first. + + + +
+ +
+ Field Order, Top Field First Transmitted + + + + + + + + +
+ +
+ Field Order, Bottom Field First Transmitted + + + + + + + + +
+
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/keytable.c.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/keytable.c.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d53254a3b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/keytable.c.xml @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ + +/* keytable.c - This program allows checking/replacing keys at IR + + Copyright (C) 2006-2009 Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation, version 2 of the License. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + */ + +#include <ctype.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <linux/input.h> +#include <sys/ioctl.h> + +#include "parse.h" + +void prtcode (int *codes) +{ + struct parse_key *p; + + for (p=keynames;p->name!=NULL;p++) { + if (p->value == (unsigned)codes[1]) { + printf("scancode 0x%04x = %s (0x%02x)\n", codes[0], p->name, codes[1]); + return; + } + } + + if (isprint (codes[1])) + printf("scancode %d = '%c' (0x%02x)\n", codes[0], codes[1], codes[1]); + else + printf("scancode %d = 0x%02x\n", codes[0], codes[1]); +} + +int parse_code(char *string) +{ + struct parse_key *p; + + for (p=keynames;p->name!=NULL;p++) { + if (!strcasecmp(p->name, string)) { + return p->value; + } + } + return -1; +} + +int main (int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + int fd; + unsigned int i, j; + int codes[2]; + + if (argc<2 || argc>4) { + printf ("usage: %s <device> to get table; or\n" + " %s <device> <scancode> <keycode>\n" + " %s <device> <keycode_file>\n",*argv,*argv,*argv); + return -1; + } + + if ((fd = open(argv[1], O_RDONLY)) < 0) { + perror("Couldn't open input device"); + return(-1); + } + + if (argc==4) { + int value; + + value=parse_code(argv[3]); + + if (value==-1) { + value = strtol(argv[3], NULL, 0); + if (errno) + perror("value"); + } + + codes [0] = (unsigned) strtol(argv[2], NULL, 0); + codes [1] = (unsigned) value; + + if(ioctl(fd, EVIOCSKEYCODE, codes)) + perror ("EVIOCSKEYCODE"); + + if(ioctl(fd, EVIOCGKEYCODE, codes)==0) + prtcode(codes); + return 0; + } + + if (argc==3) { + FILE *fin; + int value; + char *scancode, *keycode, s[2048]; + + fin=fopen(argv[2],"r"); + if (fin==NULL) { + perror ("opening keycode file"); + return -1; + } + + /* Clears old table */ + for (j = 0; j < 256; j++) { + for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) { + codes[0] = (j << 8) | i; + codes[1] = KEY_RESERVED; + ioctl(fd, EVIOCSKEYCODE, codes); + } + } + + while (fgets(s,sizeof(s),fin)) { + scancode=strtok(s,"\n\t =:"); + if (!scancode) { + perror ("parsing input file scancode"); + return -1; + } + if (!strcasecmp(scancode, "scancode")) { + scancode = strtok(NULL,"\n\t =:"); + if (!scancode) { + perror ("parsing input file scancode"); + return -1; + } + } + + keycode=strtok(NULL,"\n\t =:("); + if (!keycode) { + perror ("parsing input file keycode"); + return -1; + } + + // printf ("parsing %s=%s:", scancode, keycode); + value=parse_code(keycode); + // printf ("\tvalue=%d\n",value); + + if (value==-1) { + value = strtol(keycode, NULL, 0); + if (errno) + perror("value"); + } + + codes [0] = (unsigned) strtol(scancode, NULL, 0); + codes [1] = (unsigned) value; + + // printf("\t%04x=%04x\n",codes[0], codes[1]); + if(ioctl(fd, EVIOCSKEYCODE, codes)) { + fprintf(stderr, "Setting scancode 0x%04x with 0x%04x via ",codes[0], codes[1]); + perror ("EVIOCSKEYCODE"); + } + + if(ioctl(fd, EVIOCGKEYCODE, codes)==0) + prtcode(codes); + } + return 0; + } + + /* Get scancode table */ + for (j = 0; j < 256; j++) { + for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) { + codes[0] = (j << 8) | i; + if (!ioctl(fd, EVIOCGKEYCODE, codes) && codes[1] != KEY_RESERVED) + prtcode(codes); + } + } + return 0; +} + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/libv4l.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/libv4l.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d3b71e200 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/libv4l.xml @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +Libv4l Userspace Library +
+ Introduction + + libv4l is a collection of libraries which adds a thin abstraction +layer on top of video4linux2 devices. The purpose of this (thin) layer +is to make it easy for application writers to support a wide variety of +devices without having to write separate code for different devices in the +same class. +An example of using libv4l is provided by +v4l2grab. + + + libv4l consists of 3 different libraries: +
+ libv4lconvert + + libv4lconvert is a library that converts several +different pixelformats found in V4L2 drivers into a few common RGB and +YUY formats. + It currently accepts the following V4L2 driver formats: +V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_HM12, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_JPEG, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_MJPEG, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_MR97310A, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_OV511, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_OV518, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_PAC207, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_PJPG, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB24, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR8, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG8, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG8, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_SN9C10X, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_SN9C20X_I420, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA501, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA505, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA508, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA561, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_SQ905C, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB8, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_UYVY, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420, +and V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVYU. + + Later on libv4lconvert was expanded to also be able to do +various video processing functions to improve webcam video quality. +The video processing is split in to 2 parts: libv4lconvert/control and +libv4lconvert/processing. + + The control part is used to offer video controls which can +be used to control the video processing functions made available by + libv4lconvert/processing. These controls are stored application wide +(until reboot) by using a persistent shared memory object. + + libv4lconvert/processing offers the actual video +processing functionality. +
+
+ libv4l1 + This library offers functions that can be used to quickly +make v4l1 applications work with v4l2 devices. These functions work exactly +like the normal open/close/etc, except that libv4l1 does full emulation of +the v4l1 api on top of v4l2 drivers, in case of v4l1 drivers it +will just pass calls through. + Since those functions are emulations of the old V4L1 API, +it shouldn't be used for new applications. +
+
+ libv4l2 + This library should be used for all modern V4L2 +applications. + It provides handles to call V4L2 open/ioctl/close/poll +methods. Instead of just providing the raw output of the device, it enhances +the calls in the sense that it will use libv4lconvert to provide more video +formats and to enhance the image quality. + In most cases, libv4l2 just passes the calls directly +through to the v4l2 driver, intercepting the calls to +VIDIOC_TRY_FMT, +VIDIOC_G_FMT +VIDIOC_S_FMT +VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES +and VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS +in order to emulate the formats +V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB24, +V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420, +and V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420, +if they aren't available in the driver. +VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT +keeps enumerating the hardware supported formats, plus the emulated formats +offered by libv4l at the end. + +
+ Libv4l device control functions + The common file operation methods are provided by +libv4l. + Those functions operate just like glibc +open/close/dup/ioctl/read/mmap/munmap: + + int v4l2_open(const char *file, int oflag, +...) - +operates like the standard open() function. + + int v4l2_close(int fd) - +operates like the standard close() function. + + int v4l2_dup(int fd) - +operates like the standard dup() function, duplicating a file handler. + + int v4l2_ioctl (int fd, unsigned long int request, ...) - +operates like the standard ioctl() function. + + int v4l2_read (int fd, void* buffer, size_t n) - +operates like the standard read() function. + + void v4l2_mmap(void *start, size_t length, int prot, int flags, int fd, int64_t offset); - +operates like the standard mmap() function. + + int v4l2_munmap(void *_start, size_t length); - +operates like the standard munmap() function. + + + Those functions provide additional control: + + int v4l2_fd_open(int fd, int v4l2_flags) - +opens an already opened fd for further use through v4l2lib and possibly +modify libv4l2's default behavior through the v4l2_flags argument. +Currently, v4l2_flags can be V4L2_DISABLE_CONVERSION, +to disable format conversion. + + int v4l2_set_control(int fd, int cid, int value) - +This function takes a value of 0 - 65535, and then scales that range to +the actual range of the given v4l control id, and then if the cid exists +and is not locked sets the cid to the scaled value. + + int v4l2_get_control(int fd, int cid) - +This function returns a value of 0 - 65535, scaled to from the actual range +of the given v4l control id. when the cid does not exist, could not be +accessed for some reason, or some error occurred 0 is returned. + + +
+
+
+ + v4l1compat.so wrapper library + + This library intercepts calls to +open/close/ioctl/mmap/mmunmap operations and redirects them to the libv4l +counterparts, by using LD_PRELOAD=/usr/lib/v4l1compat.so. It also +emulates V4L1 calls via V4L2 API. + It allows usage of binary legacy applications that +still don't use libv4l. +
+ +
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/lirc_device_interface.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/lirc_device_interface.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34cada2ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/lirc_device_interface.xml @@ -0,0 +1,255 @@ +
+LIRC Device Interface + + +
+Introduction + +The LIRC device interface is a bi-directional interface for +transporting raw IR data between userspace and kernelspace. Fundamentally, +it is just a chardev (/dev/lircX, for X = 0, 1, 2, ...), with a number +of standard struct file_operations defined on it. With respect to +transporting raw IR data to and fro, the essential fops are read, write +and ioctl. + +Example dmesg output upon a driver registering w/LIRC: +
+ $ dmesg |grep lirc_dev + lirc_dev: IR Remote Control driver registered, major 248 + rc rc0: lirc_dev: driver ir-lirc-codec (mceusb) registered at minor = 0 +
+ +What you should see for a chardev: +
+ $ ls -l /dev/lirc* + crw-rw---- 1 root root 248, 0 Jul 2 22:20 /dev/lirc0 +
+
+ +
+LIRC read fop + +The lircd userspace daemon reads raw IR data from the LIRC chardev. The +exact format of the data depends on what modes a driver supports, and what +mode has been selected. lircd obtains supported modes and sets the active mode +via the ioctl interface, detailed at . The generally +preferred mode is LIRC_MODE_MODE2, in which packets containing an int value +describing an IR signal are read from the chardev. + +See also http://www.lirc.org/html/technical.html for more info. +
+ +
+LIRC write fop + +The data written to the chardev is a pulse/space sequence of integer +values. Pulses and spaces are only marked implicitly by their position. The +data must start and end with a pulse, therefore, the data must always include +an uneven number of samples. The write function must block until the data has +been transmitted by the hardware. If more data is provided than the hardware +can send, the driver returns EINVAL. + +
+ +
+LIRC ioctl fop + +The LIRC device's ioctl definition is bound by the ioctl function +definition of struct file_operations, leaving us with an unsigned int +for the ioctl command and an unsigned long for the arg. For the purposes +of ioctl portability across 32-bit and 64-bit, these values are capped +to their 32-bit sizes. + +The following ioctls can be used to change specific hardware settings. +In general each driver should have a default set of settings. The driver +implementation is expected to re-apply the default settings when the device +is closed by user-space, so that every application opening the device can rely +on working with the default settings initially. + + + + LIRC_GET_FEATURES + + Obviously, get the underlying hardware device's features. If a driver + does not announce support of certain features, calling of the corresponding + ioctls is undefined. + + + + LIRC_GET_SEND_MODE + + Get supported transmit mode. Only LIRC_MODE_PULSE is supported by lircd. + + + + LIRC_GET_REC_MODE + + Get supported receive modes. Only LIRC_MODE_MODE2 and LIRC_MODE_LIRCCODE + are supported by lircd. + + + + LIRC_GET_SEND_CARRIER + + Get carrier frequency (in Hz) currently used for transmit. + + + + LIRC_GET_REC_CARRIER + + Get carrier frequency (in Hz) currently used for IR reception. + + + + LIRC_{G,S}ET_{SEND,REC}_DUTY_CYCLE + + Get/set the duty cycle (from 0 to 100) of the carrier signal. Currently, + no special meaning is defined for 0 or 100, but this could be used to switch + off carrier generation in the future, so these values should be reserved. + + + + LIRC_GET_REC_RESOLUTION + + Some receiver have maximum resolution which is defined by internal + sample rate or data format limitations. E.g. it's common that signals can + only be reported in 50 microsecond steps. This integer value is used by + lircd to automatically adjust the aeps tolerance value in the lircd + config file. + + + + LIRC_GET_M{IN,AX}_TIMEOUT + + Some devices have internal timers that can be used to detect when + there's no IR activity for a long time. This can help lircd in detecting + that a IR signal is finished and can speed up the decoding process. + Returns an integer value with the minimum/maximum timeout that can be + set. Some devices have a fixed timeout, in that case both ioctls will + return the same value even though the timeout cannot be changed. + + + + LIRC_GET_M{IN,AX}_FILTER_{PULSE,SPACE} + + Some devices are able to filter out spikes in the incoming signal + using given filter rules. These ioctls return the hardware capabilities + that describe the bounds of the possible filters. Filter settings depend + on the IR protocols that are expected. lircd derives the settings from + all protocols definitions found in its config file. + + + + LIRC_GET_LENGTH + + Retrieves the code length in bits (only for LIRC_MODE_LIRCCODE). + Reads on the device must be done in blocks matching the bit count. + The bit could should be rounded up so that it matches full bytes. + + + + LIRC_SET_{SEND,REC}_MODE + + Set send/receive mode. Largely obsolete for send, as only + LIRC_MODE_PULSE is supported. + + + + LIRC_SET_{SEND,REC}_CARRIER + + Set send/receive carrier (in Hz). + + + + LIRC_SET_TRANSMITTER_MASK + + This enables the given set of transmitters. The first transmitter + is encoded by the least significant bit, etc. When an invalid bit mask + is given, i.e. a bit is set, even though the device does not have so many + transitters, then this ioctl returns the number of available transitters + and does nothing otherwise. + + + + LIRC_SET_REC_TIMEOUT + + Sets the integer value for IR inactivity timeout (cf. + LIRC_GET_MIN_TIMEOUT and LIRC_GET_MAX_TIMEOUT). A value of 0 (if + supported by the hardware) disables all hardware timeouts and data should + be reported as soon as possible. If the exact value cannot be set, then + the next possible value _greater_ than the given value should be set. + + + + LIRC_SET_REC_TIMEOUT_REPORTS + + Enable (1) or disable (0) timeout reports in LIRC_MODE_MODE2. By + default, timeout reports should be turned off. + + + + LIRC_SET_REC_FILTER_{,PULSE,SPACE} + + Pulses/spaces shorter than this are filtered out by hardware. If + filters cannot be set independently for pulse/space, the corresponding + ioctls must return an error and LIRC_SET_REC_FILTER shall be used instead. + + + + LIRC_SET_MEASURE_CARRIER_MODE + + Enable (1)/disable (0) measure mode. If enabled, from the next key + press on, the driver will send LIRC_MODE2_FREQUENCY packets. By default + this should be turned off. + + + + LIRC_SET_REC_{DUTY_CYCLE,CARRIER}_RANGE + + To set a range use LIRC_SET_REC_DUTY_CYCLE_RANGE/LIRC_SET_REC_CARRIER_RANGE + with the lower bound first and later LIRC_SET_REC_DUTY_CYCLE/LIRC_SET_REC_CARRIER + with the upper bound. + + + + LIRC_NOTIFY_DECODE + + This ioctl is called by lircd whenever a successful decoding of an + incoming IR signal could be done. This can be used by supporting hardware + to give visual feedback to the user e.g. by flashing a LED. + + + + LIRC_SETUP_{START,END} + + Setting of several driver parameters can be optimized by encapsulating + the according ioctl calls with LIRC_SETUP_START/LIRC_SETUP_END. When a + driver receives a LIRC_SETUP_START ioctl it can choose to not commit + further setting changes to the hardware until a LIRC_SETUP_END is received. + But this is open to the driver implementation and every driver must also + handle parameter changes which are not encapsulated by LIRC_SETUP_START + and LIRC_SETUP_END. Drivers can also choose to ignore these ioctls. + + + + LIRC_SET_WIDEBAND_RECEIVER + + Some receivers are equipped with special wide band receiver which is intended + to be used to learn output of existing remote. + Calling that ioctl with (1) will enable it, and with (0) disable it. + This might be useful of receivers that have otherwise narrow band receiver + that prevents them to be used with some remotes. + Wide band receiver might also be more precise + On the other hand its disadvantage it usually reduced range of reception. + Note: wide band receiver might be implictly enabled if you enable + carrier reports. In that case it will be disabled as soon as you disable + carrier reports. Trying to disable wide band receiver while carrier + reports are active will do nothing. + + + +
+ &return-value; +
+
+
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-controller.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-controller.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..873ac3a62 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-controller.xml @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ + + + + Laurent + Pinchart +
laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com
 + Initial version. + + + + 2010 + Laurent Pinchart + + + + + + 1.0.0 + 2010-11-10 + lp + Initial revision + + + + +Media Controller API + + + Media Controller + +
+ Introduction + Media devices increasingly handle multiple related functions. Many USB + cameras include microphones, video capture hardware can also output video, + or SoC camera interfaces also perform memory-to-memory operations similar to + video codecs. + Independent functions, even when implemented in the same hardware, can + be modelled as separate devices. A USB camera with a microphone will be + presented to userspace applications as V4L2 and ALSA capture devices. The + devices' relationships (when using a webcam, end-users shouldn't have to + manually select the associated USB microphone), while not made available + directly to applications by the drivers, can usually be retrieved from + sysfs. + With more and more advanced SoC devices being introduced, the current + approach will not scale. Device topologies are getting increasingly complex + and can't always be represented by a tree structure. Hardware blocks are + shared between different functions, creating dependencies between seemingly + unrelated devices. + Kernel abstraction APIs such as V4L2 and ALSA provide means for + applications to access hardware parameters. As newer hardware expose an + increasingly high number of those parameters, drivers need to guess what + applications really require based on limited information, thereby + implementing policies that belong to userspace. + The media controller API aims at solving those problems. +
+ +
+ Media device model + Discovering a device internal topology, and configuring it at runtime, + is one of the goals of the media controller API. To achieve this, hardware + devices are modelled as an oriented graph of building blocks called entities + connected through pads. + An entity is a basic media hardware or software building block. It can + correspond to a large variety of logical blocks such as physical hardware + devices (CMOS sensor for instance), logical hardware devices (a building + block in a System-on-Chip image processing pipeline), DMA channels or + physical connectors. + A pad is a connection endpoint through which an entity can interact + with other entities. Data (not restricted to video) produced by an entity + flows from the entity's output to one or more entity inputs. Pads should not + be confused with physical pins at chip boundaries. + A link is a point-to-point oriented connection between two pads, + either on the same entity or on different entities. Data flows from a source + pad to a sink pad. +
+ + + + Function Reference + + &sub-media-func-open; + &sub-media-func-close; + &sub-media-func-ioctl; + + &sub-media-ioc-device-info; + &sub-media-ioc-enum-entities; + &sub-media-ioc-enum-links; + &sub-media-ioc-setup-link; + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-func-close.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-func-close.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be149c802 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-func-close.xml @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ + + + media close() + &manvol; + + + + media-close + Close a media device + + + + + #include <unistd.h> + + int close + int fd + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + + + + Description + + Closes the media device. Resources associated with the file descriptor + are freed. The device configuration remain unchanged. + + + + Return Value + + close returns 0 on success. On error, -1 is + returned, and errno is set appropriately. Possible error + codes are: + + + + EBADF + + fd is not a valid open file descriptor. + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-func-ioctl.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-func-ioctl.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..39478d0fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-func-ioctl.xml @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ + + + media ioctl() + &manvol; + + + + media-ioctl + Control a media device + + + + + #include <sys/ioctl.h> + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + void *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + Media ioctl request code as defined in the media.h header file, + for example MEDIA_IOC_SETUP_LINK. + + + + argp + + Pointer to a request-specific structure. + + + + + + + Description + The ioctl() function manipulates media device + parameters. The argument fd must be an open file + descriptor. + The ioctl request code specifies the media + function to be called. It has encoded in it whether the argument is an + input, output or read/write parameter, and the size of the argument + argp in bytes. + Macros and structures definitions specifying media ioctl requests and + their parameters are located in the media.h header file. All media ioctl + requests, their respective function and parameters are specified in + . + + + + &return-value; + + Request-specific error codes are listed in the + individual requests descriptions. + When an ioctl that takes an output or read/write parameter fails, + the parameter remains unmodified. + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-func-open.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-func-open.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f7df034dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-func-open.xml @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ + + + media open() + &manvol; + + + + media-open + Open a media device + + + + + #include <fcntl.h> + + int open + const char *device_name + int flags + + + + + + Arguments + + + + device_name + + Device to be opened. + + + + flags + + Open flags. Access mode must be either O_RDONLY + or O_RDWR. Other flags have no effect. + + + + + + Description + To open a media device applications call open() + with the desired device name. The function has no side effects; the device + configuration remain unchanged. + When the device is opened in read-only mode, attemps to modify its + configuration will result in an error, and errno will be + set to EBADF. + + + Return Value + + open returns the new file descriptor on success. + On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately. + Possible error codes are: + + + + EACCES + + The requested access to the file is not allowed. + + + + EMFILE + + The process already has the maximum number of files open. + + + + + ENFILE + + The system limit on the total number of open files has been + reached. + + + + ENOMEM + + Insufficient kernel memory was available. + + + + ENXIO + + No device corresponding to this device special file exists. + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-device-info.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-device-info.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ce521419 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-device-info.xml @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ + + + ioctl MEDIA_IOC_DEVICE_INFO + &manvol; + + + + MEDIA_IOC_DEVICE_INFO + Query device information + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct media_device_info *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + File descriptor returned by + open(). + + + + request + + MEDIA_IOC_DEVICE_INFO + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + All media devices must support the MEDIA_IOC_DEVICE_INFO + ioctl. To query device information, applications call the ioctl with a + pointer to a &media-device-info;. The driver fills the structure and returns + the information to the application. + The ioctl never fails. + + + struct <structname>media_device_info</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + char + driver[16] + Name of the driver implementing the media API as a + NUL-terminated ASCII string. The driver version is stored in the + driver_version field. + Driver specific applications can use this information to + verify the driver identity. It is also useful to work around + known bugs, or to identify drivers in error reports. + + + char + model[32] + Device model name as a NUL-terminated UTF-8 string. The + device version is stored in the device_version + field and is not be appended to the model name. + + + char + serial[40] + Serial number as a NUL-terminated ASCII string. + + + char + bus_info[32] + Location of the device in the system as a NUL-terminated + ASCII string. This includes the bus type name (PCI, USB, ...) and a + bus-specific identifier. + + + __u32 + media_version + Media API version, formatted with the + KERNEL_VERSION() macro. + + + __u32 + hw_revision + Hardware device revision in a driver-specific format. + + + __u32 + media_version + Media device driver version, formatted with the + KERNEL_VERSION() macro. Together with the + driver field this identifies a particular + driver. + + + __u32 + reserved[31] + Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and applications must + set this array to zero. + + + +
+ The serial and bus_info + fields can be used to distinguish between multiple instances of otherwise + identical hardware. The serial number takes precedence when provided and can + be assumed to be unique. If the serial number is an empty string, the + bus_info field can be used instead. The + bus_info field is guaranteed to be unique, but + can vary across reboots or device unplug/replug. + + + + &return-value; + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-entities.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-entities.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5872f8bbf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-entities.xml @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ + + + ioctl MEDIA_IOC_ENUM_ENTITIES + &manvol; + + + + MEDIA_IOC_ENUM_ENTITIES + Enumerate entities and their properties + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct media_entity_desc *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + File descriptor returned by + open(). + + + + request + + MEDIA_IOC_ENUM_ENTITIES + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + To query the attributes of an entity, applications set the id field + of a &media-entity-desc; structure and call the MEDIA_IOC_ENUM_ENTITIES + ioctl with a pointer to this structure. The driver fills the rest of the + structure or returns an &EINVAL; when the id is invalid. + Entities can be enumerated by or'ing the id with the + MEDIA_ENT_ID_FLAG_NEXT flag. The driver will return + information about the entity with the smallest id strictly larger than the + requested one ('next entity'), or the &EINVAL; if there is none. + Entity IDs can be non-contiguous. Applications must + not try to enumerate entities by calling + MEDIA_IOC_ENUM_ENTITIES with increasing id's until they get an error. + Two or more entities that share a common non-zero + group_id value are considered as logically + grouped. Groups are used to report + + ALSA, VBI and video nodes that carry the same media + stream + lens and flash controllers associated with a sensor + + + + + struct <structname>media_entity_desc</structname> + + + + + + + + + __u32 + id + + + Entity id, set by the application. When the id is or'ed with + MEDIA_ENT_ID_FLAG_NEXT, the driver clears the + flag and returns the first entity with a larger id. + + + char + name[32] + + + Entity name as an UTF-8 NULL-terminated string. + + + __u32 + type + + + Entity type, see for details. + + + __u32 + revision + + + Entity revision in a driver/hardware specific format. + + + __u32 + flags + + + Entity flags, see for details. + + + __u32 + group_id + + + Entity group ID + + + __u16 + pads + + + Number of pads + + + __u16 + links + + + Total number of outbound links. Inbound links are not counted + in this field. + + + union + + + + struct + dev + + Valid for (sub-)devices that create a single device node. + + + + + __u32 + major + Device node major number. + + + + + __u32 + minor + Device node minor number. + + + + __u8 + raw[184] + + + + + +
+ + + Media entity types + + + + + + MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE + Unknown device node + + + MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_V4L + V4L video, radio or vbi device node + + + MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_FB + Frame buffer device node + + + MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_ALSA + ALSA card + + + MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_DVB_FE + DVB frontend devnode + + + MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_DVB_DEMUX + DVB demux devnode + + + MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_DVB_DVR + DVB DVR devnode + + + MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_DVB_CA + DVB CAM devnode + + + MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_DVB_NET + DVB network devnode + + + MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV + Unknown V4L sub-device + + + MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV_SENSOR + Video sensor + + + MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV_FLASH + Flash controller + + + MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV_LENS + Lens controller + + + MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV_DECODER + Video decoder, the basic function of the video decoder is to + accept analogue video from a wide variety of sources such as + broadcast, DVD players, cameras and video cassette recorders, in + either NTSC, PAL or HD format and still occasionally SECAM, separate + it into its component parts, luminance and chrominance, and output + it in some digital video standard, with appropriate embedded timing + signals. + + + MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV_TUNER + TV and/or radio tuner + + + +
+ + + Media entity flags + + + + + + MEDIA_ENT_FL_DEFAULT + Default entity for its type. Used to discover the default + audio, VBI and video devices, the default camera sensor, ... + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The &media-entity-desc; id references + a non-existing entity. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-links.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-links.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74fb394ec --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-links.xml @@ -0,0 +1,216 @@ + + + ioctl MEDIA_IOC_ENUM_LINKS + &manvol; + + + + MEDIA_IOC_ENUM_LINKS + Enumerate all pads and links for a given entity + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct media_links_enum *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + File descriptor returned by + open(). + + + + request + + MEDIA_IOC_ENUM_LINKS + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + To enumerate pads and/or links for a given entity, applications set + the entity field of a &media-links-enum; structure and initialize the + &media-pad-desc; and &media-link-desc; structure arrays pointed by the + pads and links fields. + They then call the MEDIA_IOC_ENUM_LINKS ioctl with a pointer to this + structure. + If the pads field is not NULL, the driver + fills the pads array with information about the + entity's pads. The array must have enough room to store all the entity's + pads. The number of pads can be retrieved with the &MEDIA-IOC-ENUM-ENTITIES; + ioctl. + If the links field is not NULL, the driver + fills the links array with information about the + entity's outbound links. The array must have enough room to store all the + entity's outbound links. The number of outbound links can be retrieved with + the &MEDIA-IOC-ENUM-ENTITIES; ioctl. + Only forward links that originate at one of the entity's source pads + are returned during the enumeration process. + + + struct <structname>media_links_enum</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + entity + Entity id, set by the application. + + + &media-pad-desc; + *pads + Pointer to a pads array allocated by the application. Ignored + if NULL. + + + &media-link-desc; + *links + Pointer to a links array allocated by the application. Ignored + if NULL. + + + + + + + struct <structname>media_pad_desc</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + entity + ID of the entity this pad belongs to. + + + __u16 + index + 0-based pad index. + + + __u32 + flags + Pad flags, see for more details. + + + +
+ + + Media pad flags + + + + + + MEDIA_PAD_FL_SINK + Input pad, relative to the entity. Input pads sink data and + are targets of links. + + + MEDIA_PAD_FL_SOURCE + Output pad, relative to the entity. Output pads source data + and are origins of links. + + + MEDIA_PAD_FL_MUST_CONNECT + If this flag is set and the pad is linked to any other + pad, then at least one of those links must be enabled for the + entity to be able to stream. There could be temporary reasons + (e.g. device configuration dependent) for the pad to need + enabled links even when this flag isn't set; the absence of the + flag doesn't imply there is none. + + + +
+ + + struct <structname>media_link_desc</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + &media-pad-desc; + source + Pad at the origin of this link. + + + &media-pad-desc; + sink + Pad at the target of this link. + + + __u32 + flags + Link flags, see for more details. + + + + + + + Media link flags + + + + + + MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED + The link is enabled and can be used to transfer media data. + When two or more links target a sink pad, only one of them can be + enabled at a time. + + + MEDIA_LNK_FL_IMMUTABLE + The link enabled state can't be modified at runtime. An + immutable link is always enabled. + + + MEDIA_LNK_FL_DYNAMIC + The link enabled state can be modified during streaming. This + flag is set by drivers and is read-only for applications. + + + + + One and only one of MEDIA_PAD_FL_SINK and + MEDIA_PAD_FL_SOURCE must be set for every pad. + + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The &media-links-enum; id references + a non-existing entity. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-setup-link.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-setup-link.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc2e522ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-setup-link.xml @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ + + + ioctl MEDIA_IOC_SETUP_LINK + &manvol; + + + + MEDIA_IOC_SETUP_LINK + Modify the properties of a link + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct media_link_desc *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + File descriptor returned by + open(). + + + + request + + MEDIA_IOC_SETUP_LINK + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + To change link properties applications fill a &media-link-desc; with + link identification information (source and sink pad) and the new requested + link flags. They then call the MEDIA_IOC_SETUP_LINK ioctl with a pointer to + that structure. + The only configurable property is the ENABLED + link flag to enable/disable a link. Links marked with the + IMMUTABLE link flag can not be enabled or disabled. + + Link configuration has no side effect on other links. If an enabled + link at the sink pad prevents the link from being enabled, the driver + returns with an &EBUSY;. + Only links marked with the DYNAMIC link flag can + be enabled/disabled while streaming media data. Attempting to enable or + disable a streaming non-dynamic link will return an &EBUSY;. + If the specified link can't be found the driver returns with an + &EINVAL;. + + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The &media-link-desc; references a non-existing link, or the + link is immutable and an attempt to modify its configuration was made. + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-grey.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-grey.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bee970d3f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-grey.xml @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY ('GREY') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY + Grey-scale image + + + Description + + This is a grey-scale image. It is really a degenerate +Y'CbCr format which simply contains no Cb or Cr data. + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + Y'00 + Y'01 + Y'02 + Y'03 + + + start + 4: + Y'10 + Y'11 + Y'12 + Y'13 + + + start + 8: + Y'20 + Y'21 + Y'22 + Y'23 + + + start + 12: + Y'30 + Y'31 + Y'32 + Y'33 + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-m420.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-m420.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aadae92c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-m420.xml @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_M420 ('M420') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_M420 + Format with ½ horizontal and vertical chroma + resolution, also known as YUV 4:2:0. Hybrid plane line-interleaved + layout. + + + Description + + M420 is a YUV format with ½ horizontal and vertical chroma + subsampling (YUV 4:2:0). Pixels are organized as interleaved luma and + chroma planes. Two lines of luma data are followed by one line of chroma + data. + The luma plane has one byte per pixel. The chroma plane contains + interleaved CbCr pixels subsampled by ½ in the horizontal and + vertical directions. Each CbCr pair belongs to four pixels. For example, +Cb0/Cr0 belongs to +Y'00, Y'01, +Y'10, Y'11. + + All line lengths are identical: if the Y lines include pad bytes + so do the CbCr lines. + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_M420</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + Y'00 + Y'01 + Y'02 + Y'03 + + + start + 4: + Y'10 + Y'11 + Y'12 + Y'13 + + + start + 8: + Cb00 + Cr00 + Cb01 + Cr01 + + + start + 16: + Y'20 + Y'21 + Y'22 + Y'23 + + + start + 20: + Y'30 + Y'31 + Y'32 + Y'33 + + + start + 24: + Cb10 + Cr10 + Cb11 + Cr11 + + + + + + + + + Color Sample Location. + + + + + + + 01 + 23 + + + 0 + YY + YY + + + + C + C + + + 1 + YY + YY + + + + + + 2 + YY + YY + + + + C + C + + + 3 + YY + YY + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..84dd4fd7c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12.xml @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12 ('NV12'), V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV21 ('NV21') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12 + V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV21 + Formats with ½ horizontal and vertical +chroma resolution, also known as YUV 4:2:0. One luminance and one +chrominance plane with alternating chroma samples as opposed to +V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420 + + + Description + + These are two-plane versions of the YUV 4:2:0 format. +The three components are separated into two sub-images or planes. The +Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. For +V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12, a combined CbCr plane +immediately follows the Y plane in memory. The CbCr plane is the same +width, in bytes, as the Y plane (and of the image), but is half as +tall in pixels. Each CbCr pair belongs to four pixels. For example, +Cb0/Cr0 belongs to +Y'00, Y'01, +Y'10, Y'11. +V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV21 is the same except the Cb and +Cr bytes are swapped, the CrCb plane starts with a Cr byte. + + If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the +CbCr plane has as many pad bytes after its rows. + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + Y'00 + Y'01 + Y'02 + Y'03 + + + start + 4: + Y'10 + Y'11 + Y'12 + Y'13 + + + start + 8: + Y'20 + Y'21 + Y'22 + Y'23 + + + start + 12: + Y'30 + Y'31 + Y'32 + Y'33 + + + start + 16: + Cb00 + Cr00 + Cb01 + Cr01 + + + start + 20: + Cb10 + Cr10 + Cb11 + Cr11 + + + + + + + + + Color Sample Location. + + + + + + + 01 + 23 + + + 0 + YY + YY + + + + C + C + + + 1 + YY + YY + + + + + + 2 + YY + YY + + + + C + C + + + 3 + YY + YY + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3a3d459f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M ('NM12'), V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV21M ('NM21'), V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT_16X16 + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M + V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV21M + V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT_16X16 + Variation of V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12 and V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV21 with planes + non contiguous in memory. + + + Description + + This is a multi-planar, two-plane version of the YUV 4:2:0 format. +The three components are separated into two sub-images or planes. +V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M differs from V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12 + in that the two planes are non-contiguous in memory, i.e. the chroma +plane do not necessarily immediately follows the luma plane. +The luminance data occupies the first plane. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. +In the second plane there is a chrominance data with alternating chroma samples. +The CbCr plane is the same width, in bytes, as the Y plane (and of the image), +but is half as tall in pixels. Each CbCr pair belongs to four pixels. For example, +Cb0/Cr0 belongs to +Y'00, Y'01, +Y'10, Y'11. +V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT_16X16 is the tiled version of +V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M with 16x16 macroblock tiles. Here pixels +are arranged in 16x16 2D tiles and tiles are arranged in linear order in memory. +V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV21M is the same as V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M +except the Cb and Cr bytes are swapped, the CrCb plane starts with a Cr byte. + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M is intended to be +used only in drivers and applications that support the multi-planar API, +described in . + + If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the +CbCr plane has as many pad bytes after its rows. + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M</constant> 4 × 4 pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start0 + 0: + Y'00 + Y'01 + Y'02 + Y'03 + + + start0 + 4: + Y'10 + Y'11 + Y'12 + Y'13 + + + start0 + 8: + Y'20 + Y'21 + Y'22 + Y'23 + + + start0 + 12: + Y'30 + Y'31 + Y'32 + Y'33 + + + + + + start1 + 0: + Cb00 + Cr00 + Cb01 + Cr01 + + + start1 + 4: + Cb10 + Cr10 + Cb11 + Cr11 + + + + + + + + + Color Sample Location. + + + + + + + 01 + 23 + + + 0 + YY + YY + + + + C + C + + + 1 + YY + YY + + + + + + 2 + YY + YY + + + + C + C + + + 3 + YY + YY + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12mt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12mt.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a70a1707 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12mt.xml @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT ('TM12') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT + + Formats with ½ horizontal and vertical +chroma resolution. This format has two planes - one for luminance and one for +chrominance. Chroma samples are interleaved. The difference to +V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12 is the memory layout. Pixels are +grouped in macroblocks of 64x32 size. The order of macroblocks in memory is +also not standard. + + + + Description + + This is the two-plane versions of the YUV 4:2:0 format where data +is grouped into 64x32 macroblocks. The three components are separated into two +sub-images or planes. The Y plane has one byte per pixel and pixels are grouped +into 64x32 macroblocks. The CbCr plane has the same width, in bytes, as the Y +plane (and the image), but is half as tall in pixels. The chroma plane is also +grouped into 64x32 macroblocks. + Width of the buffer has to be aligned to the multiple of 128, and +height alignment is 32. Every four adjacent buffers - two horizontally and two +vertically are grouped together and are located in memory in Z or flipped Z +order. + Layout of macroblocks in memory is presented in the following +figure. +
+ <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT</constant> macroblock Z shape +memory layout + + + + + +
+ The requirement that width is multiple of 128 is implemented because, +the Z shape cannot be cut in half horizontally. In case the vertical resolution +of macroblocks is odd then the last row of macroblocks is arranged in a linear +order. + In case of chroma the layout is identical. Cb and Cr samples are +interleaved. Height of the buffer is aligned to 32. + + + Memory layout of macroblocks in <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12 +</constant> format pixel image - extreme case + +
+ Example <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT</constant> memory +layout of macroblocks + + + + + +
+ Memory layout of macroblocks of V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT + format in most extreme case. + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv16.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv16.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8ae1f8a81 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv16.xml @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16 ('NV16'), V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV61 ('NV61') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16 + V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV61 + Formats with ½ horizontal +chroma resolution, also known as YUV 4:2:2. One luminance and one +chrominance plane with alternating chroma samples as opposed to +V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420 + + + Description + + These are two-plane versions of the YUV 4:2:2 format. +The three components are separated into two sub-images or planes. The +Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. For +V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16, a combined CbCr plane +immediately follows the Y plane in memory. The CbCr plane is the same +width and height, in bytes, as the Y plane (and of the image). +Each CbCr pair belongs to two pixels. For example, +Cb0/Cr0 belongs to +Y'00, Y'01. +V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV61 is the same except the Cb and +Cr bytes are swapped, the CrCb plane starts with a Cr byte. + + If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the +CbCr plane has as many pad bytes after its rows. + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + Y'00 + Y'01 + Y'02 + Y'03 + + + start + 4: + Y'10 + Y'11 + Y'12 + Y'13 + + + start + 8: + Y'20 + Y'21 + Y'22 + Y'23 + + + start + 12: + Y'30 + Y'31 + Y'32 + Y'33 + + + start + 16: + Cb00 + Cr00 + Cb01 + Cr01 + + + start + 20: + Cb10 + Cr10 + Cb11 + Cr11 + + + start + 24: + Cb20 + Cr20 + Cb21 + Cr21 + + + start + 28: + Cb30 + Cr30 + Cb31 + Cr31 + + + + + + + + + Color Sample Location. + + + + + + + 01 + 23 + + + 0 + YY + YY + + + + C + C + + + 1 + YY + YY + + + + C + C + + + + + + 2 + YY + YY + + + + C + C + + + 3 + YY + YY + + + + C + C + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv16m.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv16m.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb2b5e35d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv16m.xml @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16M ('NM16'), V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV61M ('NM61') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16M + V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV61M + Variation of V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16 and V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV61 with planes + non contiguous in memory. + + + Description + + This is a multi-planar, two-plane version of the YUV 4:2:2 format. +The three components are separated into two sub-images or planes. +V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16M differs from V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16 + in that the two planes are non-contiguous in memory, i.e. the chroma +plane does not necessarily immediately follow the luma plane. +The luminance data occupies the first plane. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. +In the second plane there is chrominance data with alternating chroma samples. +The CbCr plane is the same width and height, in bytes, as the Y plane. +Each CbCr pair belongs to two pixels. For example, +Cb0/Cr0 belongs to +Y'00, Y'01. +V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV61M is the same as V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16M +except the Cb and Cr bytes are swapped, the CrCb plane starts with a Cr byte. + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16M and +V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV61M are intended to be used only in drivers +and applications that support the multi-planar API, described in +. + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16M</constant> 4 × 4 pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start0 + 0: + Y'00 + Y'01 + Y'02 + Y'03 + + + start0 + 4: + Y'10 + Y'11 + Y'12 + Y'13 + + + start0 + 8: + Y'20 + Y'21 + Y'22 + Y'23 + + + start0 + 12: + Y'30 + Y'31 + Y'32 + Y'33 + + + + + + start1 + 0: + Cb00 + Cr00 + Cb02 + Cr02 + + + start1 + 4: + Cb10 + Cr10 + Cb12 + Cr12 + + + start1 + 8: + Cb20 + Cr20 + Cb22 + Cr22 + + + start1 + 12: + Cb30 + Cr30 + Cb32 + Cr32 + + + + + + + + + Color Sample Location. + + + + + + + 01 + 23 + + + 0 + YY + YY + + + + C + C + + + 1 + YY + YY + + + + C + C + + + + + + 2 + YY + YY + + + + C + C + + + 3 + YY + YY + + + + C + C + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv24.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv24.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb255f2ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv24.xml @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV24 ('NV24'), V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV42 ('NV42') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV24 + V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV42 + Formats with full horizontal and vertical +chroma resolutions, also known as YUV 4:4:4. One luminance and one +chrominance plane with alternating chroma samples as opposed to +V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420 + + + Description + + These are two-plane versions of the YUV 4:4:4 format. The three + components are separated into two sub-images or planes. The Y plane is + first, with each Y sample stored in one byte per pixel. For + V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV24, a combined CbCr plane + immediately follows the Y plane in memory. The CbCr plane has the same + width and height, in pixels, as the Y plane (and the image). Each line + contains one CbCr pair per pixel, with each Cb and Cr sample stored in + one byte. V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV42 is the same except that + the Cb and Cr samples are swapped, the CrCb plane starts with a Cr + sample. + + If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the CbCr plane + has twice as many pad bytes after its rows. + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV24</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + Y'00 + Y'01 + Y'02 + Y'03 + + + start + 4: + Y'10 + Y'11 + Y'12 + Y'13 + + + start + 8: + Y'20 + Y'21 + Y'22 + Y'23 + + + start + 12: + Y'30 + Y'31 + Y'32 + Y'33 + + + start + 16: + Cb00 + Cr00 + Cb01 + Cr01 + Cb02 + Cr02 + Cb03 + Cr03 + + + start + 24: + Cb10 + Cr10 + Cb11 + Cr11 + Cb12 + Cr12 + Cb13 + Cr13 + + + start + 32: + Cb20 + Cr20 + Cb21 + Cr21 + Cb22 + Cr22 + Cb23 + Cr23 + + + start + 40: + Cb30 + Cr30 + Cb31 + Cr31 + Cb32 + Cr32 + Cb33 + Cr33 + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b60fb935b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml @@ -0,0 +1,937 @@ + + + Packed RGB formats + &manvol; + + + Packed RGB formats + Packed RGB formats + + + Description + + These formats are designed to match the pixel formats of +typical PC graphics frame buffers. They occupy 8, 16, 24 or 32 bits +per pixel. These are all packed-pixel formats, meaning all the data +for a pixel lie next to each other in memory. + + + Packed RGB Image Formats + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Identifier + Code +   + Byte 0 in memory + Byte 1 + Byte 2 + Byte 3 + + +   +   + Bit + 7 + 6 + 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 + 0 +   + 7 + 6 + 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 + 0 +   + 7 + 6 + 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 + 0 +   + 7 + 6 + 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 + 0 + + + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB332 + 'RGB1' + + r2 + r1 + r0 + g2 + g1 + g0 + b1 + b0 + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_ARGB444 + 'AR12' + + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + a3 + a2 + a1 + a0 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_XRGB444 + 'XR12' + + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + - + - + - + - + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_ARGB555 + 'AR15' + + g2 + g1 + g0 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + a + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + g4 + g3 + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_XRGB555 + 'XR15' + + g2 + g1 + g0 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + - + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + g4 + g3 + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565 + 'RGBP' + + g2 + g1 + g0 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + g5 + g4 + g3 + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_ARGB555X + 'AR15' | (1 << 31) + + a + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + g4 + g3 + + g2 + g1 + g0 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_XRGB555X + 'XR15' | (1 << 31) + + - + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + g4 + g3 + + g2 + g1 + g0 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565X + 'RGBR' + + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + g5 + g4 + g3 + + g2 + g1 + g0 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24 + 'BGR3' + + b7 + b6 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + + r7 + r6 + r5 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB24 + 'RGB3' + + r7 + r6 + r5 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + + b7 + b6 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR666 + 'BGRH' + + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + g5 + g4 + + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + r5 + r4 + r3 + r2 + + r1 + r0 + - + - + - + - + - + - + + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_ABGR32 + 'AR24' + + b7 + b6 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + + r7 + r6 + r5 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + + a7 + a6 + a5 + a4 + a3 + a2 + a1 + a0 + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_XBGR32 + 'XR24' + + b7 + b6 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + + r7 + r6 + r5 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_ARGB32 + 'BA24' + + a7 + a6 + a5 + a4 + a3 + a2 + a1 + a0 + + r7 + r6 + r5 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + + b7 + b6 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_XRGB32 + 'BX24' + + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + + r7 + r6 + r5 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + + b7 + b6 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + +
+ + Bit 7 is the most significant bit. + + The usage and value of the alpha bits (a) in the ARGB and ABGR formats + (collectively referred to as alpha formats) depend on the device type and + hardware operation. Capture devices + (including capture queues of mem-to-mem devices) fill the alpha component in + memory. When the device outputs an alpha channel the alpha component will + have a meaningful value. Otherwise, when the device doesn't output an alpha + channel but can set the alpha bit to a user-configurable value, the V4L2_CID_ALPHA_COMPONENT + control is used to specify that alpha value, and the alpha component + of all pixels will be set to the value specified by that control. Otherwise + a corresponding format without an alpha component (XRGB or XBGR) must be + used instead of an alpha format. + + Output devices (including output queues + of mem-to-mem devices and video output overlay + devices) read the alpha component from memory. When the device processes the + alpha channel the alpha component must be filled with meaningful values by + applications. Otherwise a corresponding format without an alpha component + (XRGB or XBGR) must be used instead of an alpha format. + + The XRGB and XBGR formats contain undefined bits (-). Applications, + devices and drivers must ignore those bits, for both capture and output + devices. + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24</constant> 4 × 4 pixel +image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + B00 + G00 + R00 + B01 + G01 + R01 + B02 + G02 + R02 + B03 + G03 + R03 + + + start + 12: + B10 + G10 + R10 + B11 + G11 + R11 + B12 + G12 + R12 + B13 + G13 + R13 + + + start + 24: + B20 + G20 + R20 + B21 + G21 + R21 + B22 + G22 + R22 + B23 + G23 + R23 + + + start + 36: + B30 + G30 + R30 + B31 + G31 + R31 + B32 + G32 + R32 + B33 + G33 + R33 + + + + + + + + + Formats defined in are + deprecated and must not be used by new drivers. They are documented here for + reference. The meaning of their alpha bits (a) is ill-defined and + interpreted as in either the corresponding ARGB or XRGB format, depending on + the driver. + + + Deprecated Packed RGB Image Formats + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Identifier + Code +   + Byte 0 in memory + Byte 1 + Byte 2 + Byte 3 + + +   +   + Bit + 7 + 6 + 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 + 0 +   + 7 + 6 + 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 + 0 +   + 7 + 6 + 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 + 0 +   + 7 + 6 + 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 + 0 + + + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB444 + 'R444' + + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + a3 + a2 + a1 + a0 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB555 + 'RGBO' + + g2 + g1 + g0 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + a + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + g4 + g3 + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB555X + 'RGBQ' + + a + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + g4 + g3 + + g2 + g1 + g0 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR32 + 'BGR4' + + b7 + b6 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + + r7 + r6 + r5 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + + a7 + a6 + a5 + a4 + a3 + a2 + a1 + a0 + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB32 + 'RGB4' + + a7 + a6 + a5 + a4 + a3 + a2 + a1 + a0 + + r7 + r6 + r5 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + + b7 + b6 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + +
+ + A test utility to determine which RGB formats a driver +actually supports is available from the LinuxTV v4l-dvb repository. +See &v4l-dvb; for access instructions. + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-yuv.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-yuv.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33fa5a47a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-yuv.xml @@ -0,0 +1,236 @@ + + + Packed YUV formats + &manvol; + + + Packed YUV formats + Packed YUV formats + + + Description + + Similar to the packed RGB formats these formats store +the Y, Cb and Cr component of each pixel in one 16 or 32 bit +word. + + + Packed YUV Image Formats + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Identifier + Code +   + Byte 0 in memory + Byte 1 + Byte 2 + Byte 3 + + +   +   + Bit + 7 + 6 + 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 + 0 +   + 7 + 6 + 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 + 0 +   + 7 + 6 + 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 + 0 +   + 7 + 6 + 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 + 0 + + + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV444 + 'Y444' + + Cb3 + Cb2 + Cb1 + Cb0 + Cr3 + Cr2 + Cr1 + Cr0 + + a3 + a2 + a1 + a0 + Y'3 + Y'2 + Y'1 + Y'0 + + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV555 + 'YUVO' + + Cb2 + Cb1 + Cb0 + Cr4 + Cr3 + Cr2 + Cr1 + Cr0 + + a + Y'4 + Y'3 + Y'2 + Y'1 + Y'0 + Cb4 + Cb3 + + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV565 + 'YUVP' + + Cb2 + Cb1 + Cb0 + Cr4 + Cr3 + Cr2 + Cr1 + Cr0 + + Y'4 + Y'3 + Y'2 + Y'1 + Y'0 + Cb5 + Cb4 + Cb3 + + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV32 + 'YUV4' + + a7 + a6 + a5 + a4 + a3 + a2 + a1 + a0 + + Y'7 + Y'6 + Y'5 + Y'4 + Y'3 + Y'2 + Y'1 + Y'0 + + Cb7 + Cb6 + Cb5 + Cb4 + Cb3 + Cb2 + Cb1 + Cb0 + + Cr7 + Cr6 + Cr5 + Cr4 + Cr3 + Cr2 + Cr1 + Cr0 + + + +
+ + Bit 7 is the most significant bit. The value of a = alpha +bits is undefined when reading from the driver, ignored when writing +to the driver, except when alpha blending has been negotiated for a +Video Overlay or Video Output Overlay. + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sbggr16.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sbggr16.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6494b05d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sbggr16.xml @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR16 ('BYR2') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR16 + Bayer RGB format + + + Description + + This format is similar to +V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR8, except each pixel has +a depth of 16 bits. The least significant byte is stored at lower +memory addresses (little-endian). Note the actual sampling precision +may be lower than 16 bits, for example 10 bits per pixel with values +in range 0 to 1023. + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR16</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + B00low + B00high + G01low + G01high + B02low + B02high + G03low + G03high + + + start + 8: + G10low + G10high + R11low + R11high + G12low + G12high + R13low + R13high + + + start + 16: + B20low + B20high + G21low + G21high + B22low + B22high + G23low + G23high + + + start + 24: + G30low + G30high + R31low + R31high + G32low + G32high + R33low + R33high + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sbggr8.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sbggr8.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5eaf2b42d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sbggr8.xml @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR8 ('BA81') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR8 + Bayer RGB format + + + Description + + This is commonly the native format of digital cameras, +reflecting the arrangement of sensors on the CCD device. Only one red, +green or blue value is given for each pixel. Missing components must +be interpolated from neighbouring pixels. From left to right the first +row consists of a blue and green value, the second row of a green and +red value. This scheme repeats to the right and down for every two +columns and rows. + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR8</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + B00 + G01 + B02 + G03 + + + start + 4: + G10 + R11 + G12 + R13 + + + start + 8: + B20 + G21 + B22 + G23 + + + start + 12: + G30 + R31 + G32 + R33 + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cs08.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cs08.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6118d8f7a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cs08.xml @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ + + + V4L2_SDR_FMT_CS8 ('CS08') + &manvol; + + + + V4L2_SDR_FMT_CS8 + + Complex signed 8-bit IQ sample + + + Description + +This format contains sequence of complex number samples. Each complex number +consist two parts, called In-phase and Quadrature (IQ). Both I and Q are +represented as a 8 bit signed number. I value comes first and Q value after +that. + + + <constant>V4L2_SDR_FMT_CS8</constant> 1 sample + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + I'0 + + + start + 1: + Q'0 + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cs14le.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cs14le.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4b494ce1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cs14le.xml @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ + + + V4L2_SDR_FMT_CS14LE ('CS14') + &manvol; + + + + V4L2_SDR_FMT_CS14LE + + Complex signed 14-bit little endian IQ sample + + + Description + +This format contains sequence of complex number samples. Each complex number +consist two parts, called In-phase and Quadrature (IQ). Both I and Q are +represented as a 14 bit signed little endian number. I value comes first +and Q value after that. 14 bit value is stored in 16 bit space with unused +high bits padded with 0. + + + <constant>V4L2_SDR_FMT_CS14LE</constant> 1 sample + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + I'0[7:0] + I'0[13:8] + + + start + 2: + Q'0[7:0] + Q'0[13:8] + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cu08.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cu08.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2d80104c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cu08.xml @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ + + + V4L2_SDR_FMT_CU8 ('CU08') + &manvol; + + + + V4L2_SDR_FMT_CU8 + + Complex unsigned 8-bit IQ sample + + + Description + +This format contains sequence of complex number samples. Each complex number +consist two parts, called In-phase and Quadrature (IQ). Both I and Q are +represented as a 8 bit unsigned number. I value comes first and Q value after +that. + + + <constant>V4L2_SDR_FMT_CU8</constant> 1 sample + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + I'0 + + + start + 1: + Q'0 + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cu16le.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cu16le.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..26288ffa9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cu16le.xml @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ + + + V4L2_SDR_FMT_CU16LE ('CU16') + &manvol; + + + + V4L2_SDR_FMT_CU16LE + + Complex unsigned 16-bit little endian IQ sample + + + Description + +This format contains sequence of complex number samples. Each complex number +consist two parts, called In-phase and Quadrature (IQ). Both I and Q are +represented as a 16 bit unsigned little endian number. I value comes first +and Q value after that. + + + <constant>V4L2_SDR_FMT_CU16LE</constant> 1 sample + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + I'0[7:0] + I'0[15:8] + + + start + 2: + Q'0[7:0] + Q'0[15:8] + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-ru12le.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-ru12le.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3df076b99 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-ru12le.xml @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + V4L2_SDR_FMT_RU12LE ('RU12') + &manvol; + + + + V4L2_SDR_FMT_RU12LE + + Real unsigned 12-bit little endian sample + + + Description + +This format contains sequence of real number samples. Each sample is +represented as a 12 bit unsigned little endian number. Sample is stored +in 16 bit space with unused high bits padded with 0. + + + <constant>V4L2_SDR_FMT_RU12LE</constant> 1 sample + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + I'0[7:0] + I'0[11:8] + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgbrg8.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgbrg8.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fee65dca7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgbrg8.xml @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG8 ('GBRG') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG8 + Bayer RGB format + + + Description + + This is commonly the native format of digital cameras, +reflecting the arrangement of sensors on the CCD device. Only one red, +green or blue value is given for each pixel. Missing components must +be interpolated from neighbouring pixels. From left to right the first +row consists of a green and blue value, the second row of a red and +green value. This scheme repeats to the right and down for every two +columns and rows. + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG8</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + G00 + B01 + G02 + B03 + + + start + 4: + R10 + G11 + R12 + G13 + + + start + 8: + G20 + B21 + G22 + B23 + + + start + 12: + R30 + G31 + R32 + G33 + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7803b8c41 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG8 ('GRBG') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG8 + Bayer RGB format + + + Description + + This is commonly the native format of digital cameras, +reflecting the arrangement of sensors on the CCD device. Only one red, +green or blue value is given for each pixel. Missing components must +be interpolated from neighbouring pixels. From left to right the first +row consists of a green and blue value, the second row of a red and +green value. This scheme repeats to the right and down for every two +columns and rows. + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG8</constant> 4 × +4 pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + G00 + R01 + G02 + R03 + + + start + 4: + B10 + G11 + B12 + G13 + + + start + 8: + G20 + R21 + G22 + R23 + + + start + 12: + B30 + G31 + B32 + G33 + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f34d03ebd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10.xml @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB10 ('RG10'), + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10 ('BA10'), + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG10 ('GB10'), + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10 ('BG10'), + + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB10 + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10 + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG10 + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10 + 10-bit Bayer formats expanded to 16 bits + + + Description + + These four pixel formats are raw sRGB / Bayer formats with +10 bits per colour. Each colour component is stored in a 16-bit word, with 6 +unused high bits filled with zeros. Each n-pixel row contains n/2 green samples +and n/2 blue or red samples, with alternating red and blue rows. Bytes are +stored in memory in little endian order. They are conventionally described +as GRGR... BGBG..., RGRG... GBGB..., etc. Below is an example of one of these +formats + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte, high 6 bits in high bytes are 0. + + + + + + start + 0: + B00low + B00high + G01low + G01high + B02low + B02high + G03low + G03high + + + start + 8: + G10low + G10high + R11low + R11high + G12low + G12high + R13low + R13high + + + start + 16: + B20low + B20high + G21low + G21high + B22low + B22high + G23low + G23high + + + start + 24: + G30low + G30high + R31low + R31high + G32low + G32high + R33low + R33high + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10alaw8.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10alaw8.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d2e5845e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10alaw8.xml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10ALAW8 ('aBA8'), + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG10ALAW8 ('aGA8'), + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10ALAW8 ('agA8'), + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB10ALAW8 ('aRA8'), + + &manvol; + + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10ALAW8 + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG10ALAW8 + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10ALAW8 + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB10ALAW8 + + 10-bit Bayer formats compressed to 8 bits + + + Description + These four pixel formats are raw sRGB / Bayer + formats with 10 bits per color compressed to 8 bits each, + using the A-LAW algorithm. Each color component consumes 8 + bits of memory. In other respects this format is similar to + . + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10dpcm8.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10dpcm8.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bde89878c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10dpcm8.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10DPCM8 ('bBA8'), + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG10DPCM8 ('bGA8'), + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10DPCM8 ('BD10'), + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB10DPCM8 ('bRA8'), + + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10DPCM8 + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG10DPCM8 + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10DPCM8 + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB10DPCM8 + 10-bit Bayer formats compressed to 8 bits + + + Description + + These four pixel formats are raw sRGB / Bayer formats + with 10 bits per colour compressed to 8 bits each, using DPCM + compression. DPCM, differential pulse-code modulation, is lossy. + Each colour component consumes 8 bits of memory. In other respects + this format is similar to . + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10p.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10p.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8cc102cd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10p.xml @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB10P ('pRAA'), + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10P ('pgAA'), + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG10P ('pGAA'), + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10P ('pBAA'), + + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB10P + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10P + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG10P + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10P + 10-bit packed Bayer formats + + + Description + + These four pixel formats are packed raw sRGB / + Bayer formats with 10 bits per colour. Every four consecutive + colour components are packed into 5 bytes. Each of the first 4 + bytes contain the 8 high order bits of the pixels, and the + fifth byte contains the two least significants bits of each + pixel, in the same order. + + Each n-pixel row contains n/2 green samples and n/2 blue + or red samples, with alternating green-red and green-blue + rows. They are conventionally described as GRGR... BGBG..., + RGRG... GBGB..., etc. Below is an example of one of these + formats: + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10P</constant> 4 × 4 + pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + B00high + G01high + B02high + G03high + B00low(bits 7--6) + G01low(bits 5--4) + B02low(bits 3--2) + G03low(bits 1--0) + + + + start + 5: + G10high + R11high + G12high + R13high + G10low(bits 7--6) + R11low(bits 5--4) + G12low(bits 3--2) + R13low(bits 1--0) + + + + start + 10: + B20high + G21high + B22high + G23high + B20low(bits 7--6) + G21low(bits 5--4) + B22low(bits 3--2) + G23low(bits 1--0) + + + + start + 15: + G30high + R31high + G32high + R33high + G30low(bits 7--6) + R31low(bits 5--4) + G32low(bits 3--2) + R33low(bits 1--0) + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb12.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb12.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c8e4adf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb12.xml @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB12 ('RG12'), + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG12 ('BA12'), + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG12 ('GB12'), + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR12 ('BG12'), + + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB12 + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG12 + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG12 + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR12 + 12-bit Bayer formats expanded to 16 bits + + + Description + + These four pixel formats are raw sRGB / Bayer formats with +12 bits per colour. Each colour component is stored in a 16-bit word, with 4 +unused high bits filled with zeros. Each n-pixel row contains n/2 green samples +and n/2 blue or red samples, with alternating red and blue rows. Bytes are +stored in memory in little endian order. They are conventionally described +as GRGR... BGBG..., RGRG... GBGB..., etc. Below is an example of one of these +formats + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR12</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte, high 6 bits in high bytes are 0. + + + + + + start + 0: + B00low + B00high + G01low + G01high + B02low + B02high + G03low + G03high + + + start + 8: + G10low + G10high + R11low + R11high + G12low + G12high + R13low + R13high + + + start + 16: + B20low + B20high + G21low + G21high + B22low + B22high + G23low + G23high + + + start + 24: + G30low + G30high + R31low + R31high + G32low + G32high + R33low + R33high + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb8.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb8.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2570e3be3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb8.xml @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB8 ('RGGB') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB8 + Bayer RGB format + + + Description + + This is commonly the native format of digital cameras, +reflecting the arrangement of sensors on the CCD device. Only one red, +green or blue value is given for each pixel. Missing components must +be interpolated from neighbouring pixels. From left to right the first +row consists of a red and green value, the second row of a green and +blue value. This scheme repeats to the right and down for every two +columns and rows. + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB8</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + R00 + G01 + R02 + G03 + + + start + 4: + G10 + B11 + G12 + B13 + + + start + 8: + R20 + G21 + R22 + G23 + + + start + 12: + G30 + B31 + G32 + B33 + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-uv8.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-uv8.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c507c1f73 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-uv8.xml @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_UV8 ('UV8') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_UV8 + UV plane interleaved + + + Description + In this format there is no Y plane, Only CbCr plane. ie + (UV interleaved) + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_UV8</constant> + pixel image + + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + Cb00 + Cr00 + Cb01 + Cr01 + + + start + 4: + Cb10 + Cr10 + Cb11 + Cr11 + + + start + 8: + Cb20 + Cr20 + Cb21 + Cr21 + + + start + 12: + Cb30 + Cr30 + Cb31 + Cr31 + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-uyvy.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-uyvy.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b1f6801a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-uyvy.xml @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_UYVY ('UYVY') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_UYVY + Variation of +V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV with different order of samples +in memory + + + Description + + In this format each four bytes is two pixels. Each four +bytes is two Y's, a Cb and a Cr. Each Y goes to one of the pixels, and +the Cb and Cr belong to both pixels. As you can see, the Cr and Cb +components have half the horizontal resolution of the Y +component. + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_UYVY</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + Cb00 + Y'00 + Cr00 + Y'01 + Cb01 + Y'02 + Cr01 + Y'03 + + + start + 8: + Cb10 + Y'10 + Cr10 + Y'11 + Cb11 + Y'12 + Cr11 + Y'13 + + + start + 16: + Cb20 + Y'20 + Cr20 + Y'21 + Cb21 + Y'22 + Cr21 + Y'23 + + + start + 24: + Cb30 + Y'30 + Cr30 + Y'31 + Cb31 + Y'32 + Cr31 + Y'33 + + + + + + + + + Color Sample Location. + + + + + + + 01 + 23 + + + 0 + YCY + YCY + + + 1 + YCY + YCY + + + 2 + YCY + YCY + + + 3 + YCY + YCY + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-vyuy.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-vyuy.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82803408b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-vyuy.xml @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_VYUY ('VYUY') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_VYUY + Variation of +V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV with different order of samples +in memory + + + Description + + In this format each four bytes is two pixels. Each four +bytes is two Y's, a Cb and a Cr. Each Y goes to one of the pixels, and +the Cb and Cr belong to both pixels. As you can see, the Cr and Cb +components have half the horizontal resolution of the Y +component. + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_VYUY</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + Cr00 + Y'00 + Cb00 + Y'01 + Cr01 + Y'02 + Cb01 + Y'03 + + + start + 8: + Cr10 + Y'10 + Cb10 + Y'11 + Cr11 + Y'12 + Cb11 + Y'13 + + + start + 16: + Cr20 + Y'20 + Cb20 + Y'21 + Cr21 + Y'22 + Cb21 + Y'23 + + + start + 24: + Cr30 + Y'30 + Cb30 + Y'31 + Cr31 + Y'32 + Cb31 + Y'33 + + + + + + + + + Color Sample Location. + + + + + + + 01 + 23 + + + 0 + YCY + YCY + + + 1 + YCY + YCY + + + 2 + YCY + YCY + + + 3 + YCY + YCY + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y10.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y10.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d065043db --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y10.xml @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y10 ('Y10 ') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y10 + Grey-scale image + + + Description + + This is a grey-scale image with a depth of 10 bits per pixel. Pixels +are stored in 16-bit words with unused high bits padded with 0. The least +significant byte is stored at lower memory addresses (little-endian). + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y10</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + Y'00low + Y'00high + Y'01low + Y'01high + Y'02low + Y'02high + Y'03low + Y'03high + + + start + 8: + Y'10low + Y'10high + Y'11low + Y'11high + Y'12low + Y'12high + Y'13low + Y'13high + + + start + 16: + Y'20low + Y'20high + Y'21low + Y'21high + Y'22low + Y'22high + Y'23low + Y'23high + + + start + 24: + Y'30low + Y'30high + Y'31low + Y'31high + Y'32low + Y'32high + Y'33low + Y'33high + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y10b.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y10b.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..adb0ad808 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y10b.xml @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y10BPACK ('Y10B') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y10BPACK + Grey-scale image as a bit-packed array + + + Description + + This is a packed grey-scale image format with a depth of 10 bits per + pixel. Pixels are stored in a bit-packed array of 10bit bits per pixel, + with no padding between them and with the most significant bits coming + first from the left. + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y10BPACK</constant> 4 pixel data stream taking 5 bytes + + + Bit-packed representation + pixels cross the byte boundary and have a ratio of 5 bytes for each 4 + pixels. + + + + + + Y'00[9:2] + Y'00[1:0]Y'01[9:4] + Y'01[3:0]Y'02[9:6] + Y'02[5:0]Y'03[9:8] + Y'03[7:0] + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y12.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y12.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff417b858 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y12.xml @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y12 ('Y12 ') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y12 + Grey-scale image + + + Description + + This is a grey-scale image with a depth of 12 bits per pixel. Pixels +are stored in 16-bit words with unused high bits padded with 0. The least +significant byte is stored at lower memory addresses (little-endian). + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y12</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + Y'00low + Y'00high + Y'01low + Y'01high + Y'02low + Y'02high + Y'03low + Y'03high + + + start + 8: + Y'10low + Y'10high + Y'11low + Y'11high + Y'12low + Y'12high + Y'13low + Y'13high + + + start + 16: + Y'20low + Y'20high + Y'21low + Y'21high + Y'22low + Y'22high + Y'23low + Y'23high + + + start + 24: + Y'30low + Y'30high + Y'31low + Y'31high + Y'32low + Y'32high + Y'33low + Y'33high + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y16.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y16.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff4f727d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y16.xml @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y16 ('Y16 ') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y16 + Grey-scale image + + + Description + + This is a grey-scale image with a depth of 16 bits per +pixel. The least significant byte is stored at lower memory addresses +(little-endian). Note the actual sampling precision may be lower than +16 bits, for example 10 bits per pixel with values in range 0 to +1023. + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y16</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + Y'00low + Y'00high + Y'01low + Y'01high + Y'02low + Y'02high + Y'03low + Y'03high + + + start + 8: + Y'10low + Y'10high + Y'11low + Y'11high + Y'12low + Y'12high + Y'13low + Y'13high + + + start + 16: + Y'20low + Y'20high + Y'21low + Y'21high + Y'22low + Y'22high + Y'23low + Y'23high + + + start + 24: + Y'30low + Y'30high + Y'31low + Y'31high + Y'32low + Y'32high + Y'33low + Y'33high + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y41p.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y41p.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..98dcb91d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y41p.xml @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y41P ('Y41P') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y41P + Format with ¼ horizontal chroma +resolution, also known as YUV 4:1:1 + + + Description + + In this format each 12 bytes is eight pixels. In the +twelve bytes are two CbCr pairs and eight Y's. The first CbCr pair +goes with the first four Y's, and the second CbCr pair goes with the +other four Y's. The Cb and Cr components have one fourth the +horizontal resolution of the Y component. + + Do not confuse this format with V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV411P. +Y41P is derived from "YUV 4:1:1 packed", while +YUV411P stands for "YUV 4:1:1 planar". + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y41P</constant> 8 × 4 +pixel image + + + Byte Order + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + Cb00 + Y'00 + Cr00 + Y'01 + Cb01 + Y'02 + Cr01 + Y'03 + Y'04 + Y'05 + Y'06 + Y'07 + + + start + 12: + Cb10 + Y'10 + Cr10 + Y'11 + Cb11 + Y'12 + Cr11 + Y'13 + Y'14 + Y'15 + Y'16 + Y'17 + + + start + 24: + Cb20 + Y'20 + Cr20 + Y'21 + Cb21 + Y'22 + Cr21 + Y'23 + Y'24 + Y'25 + Y'26 + Y'27 + + + start + 36: + Cb30 + Y'30 + Cr30 + Y'31 + Cb31 + Y'32 + Cr31 + Y'33 + Y'34 + Y'35 + Y'36 + Y'37 + + + + + + + + Color Sample Location. + + + + + + + 01 + 23 + 45 + 67 + + + 0 + YYC + YY + YYC + YY + + + 1 + YYC + YY + YYC + YY + + + 2 + YYC + YY + YYC + YY + + + 3 + YYC + YY + YYC + YY + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv410.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv410.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0869dce5f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv410.xml @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU410 ('YVU9'), V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV410 ('YUV9') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU410 + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV410 + Planar formats with ¼ horizontal and +vertical chroma resolution, also known as YUV 4:1:0 + + + Description + + These are planar formats, as opposed to a packed format. +The three components are separated into three sub-images or planes. +The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. For +V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU410, the Cr plane immediately +follows the Y plane in memory. The Cr plane is ¼ the width and +¼ the height of the Y plane (and of the image). Each Cr belongs +to 16 pixels, a four-by-four square of the image. Following the Cr +plane is the Cb plane, just like the Cr plane. +V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV410 is the same, except the Cb +plane comes first, then the Cr plane. + + If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the Cr +and Cb planes have ¼ as many pad bytes after their rows. In +other words, four Cx rows (including padding) are exactly as long as +one Y row (including padding). + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU410</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + Y'00 + Y'01 + Y'02 + Y'03 + + + start + 4: + Y'10 + Y'11 + Y'12 + Y'13 + + + start + 8: + Y'20 + Y'21 + Y'22 + Y'23 + + + start + 12: + Y'30 + Y'31 + Y'32 + Y'33 + + + start + 16: + Cr00 + + + start + 17: + Cb00 + + + + + + + + + Color Sample Location. + + + + + + + 01 + 23 + + + 0 + YY + YY + + + + + + 1 + YY + YY + + + + C + + + + 2 + YY + YY + + + + + + 3 + YY + YY + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv411p.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv411p.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..086dc731b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv411p.xml @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV411P ('411P') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV411P + Format with ¼ horizontal chroma resolution, +also known as YUV 4:1:1. Planar layout as opposed to +V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y41P + + + Description + + This format is not commonly used. This is a planar +format similar to the 4:2:2 planar format except with half as many +chroma. The three components are separated into three sub-images or +planes. The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. The +Cb plane immediately follows the Y plane in memory. The Cb plane is +¼ the width of the Y plane (and of the image). Each Cb belongs +to 4 pixels all on the same row. For example, +Cb0 belongs to Y'00, +Y'01, Y'02 and +Y'03. Following the Cb plane is the Cr plane, +just like the Cb plane. + + If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the Cr +and Cb planes have ¼ as many pad bytes after their rows. In +other words, four C x rows (including padding) is exactly as long as +one Y row (including padding). + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV411P</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + Y'00 + Y'01 + Y'02 + Y'03 + + + start + 4: + Y'10 + Y'11 + Y'12 + Y'13 + + + start + 8: + Y'20 + Y'21 + Y'22 + Y'23 + + + start + 12: + Y'30 + Y'31 + Y'32 + Y'33 + + + start + 16: + Cb00 + + + start + 17: + Cb10 + + + start + 18: + Cb20 + + + start + 19: + Cb30 + + + start + 20: + Cr00 + + + start + 21: + Cr10 + + + start + 22: + Cr20 + + + start + 23: + Cr30 + + + + + + + + + Color Sample Location. + + + + + + + 01 + 23 + + + 0 + YYC + YY + + + 1 + YYC + YY + + + 2 + YYC + YY + + + 3 + YYC + YY + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48649fac1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420.xml @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420 ('YV12'), V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420 ('YU12') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420 + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420 + Planar formats with ½ horizontal and +vertical chroma resolution, also known as YUV 4:2:0 + + + Description + + These are planar formats, as opposed to a packed format. +The three components are separated into three sub- images or planes. +The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. For +V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420, the Cr plane immediately +follows the Y plane in memory. The Cr plane is half the width and half +the height of the Y plane (and of the image). Each Cr belongs to four +pixels, a two-by-two square of the image. For example, +Cr0 belongs to Y'00, +Y'01, Y'10, and +Y'11. Following the Cr plane is the Cb plane, +just like the Cr plane. V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420 is +the same except the Cb plane comes first, then the Cr plane. + + If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the Cr +and Cb planes have half as many pad bytes after their rows. In other +words, two Cx rows (including padding) is exactly as long as one Y row +(including padding). + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + Y'00 + Y'01 + Y'02 + Y'03 + + + start + 4: + Y'10 + Y'11 + Y'12 + Y'13 + + + start + 8: + Y'20 + Y'21 + Y'22 + Y'23 + + + start + 12: + Y'30 + Y'31 + Y'32 + Y'33 + + + start + 16: + Cr00 + Cr01 + + + start + 18: + Cr10 + Cr11 + + + start + 20: + Cb00 + Cb01 + + + start + 22: + Cb10 + Cb11 + + + + + + + + + Color Sample Location. + + + + + + + 01 + 23 + + + 0 + YY + YY + + + + C + C + + + 1 + YY + YY + + + + + + 2 + YY + YY + + + + C + C + + + 3 + YY + YY + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e781cc617 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M ('YM12') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M + Variation of V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420 + with planes non contiguous in memory. + + + + Description + + This is a multi-planar format, as opposed to a packed format. +The three components are separated into three sub- images or planes. + +The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. The Cb data +constitutes the second plane which is half the width and half +the height of the Y plane (and of the image). Each Cb belongs to four +pixels, a two-by-two square of the image. For example, +Cb0 belongs to Y'00, +Y'01, Y'10, and +Y'11. The Cr data, just like the Cb plane, is +in the third plane. + + If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the Cb +and Cr planes have half as many pad bytes after their rows. In other +words, two Cx rows (including padding) is exactly as long as one Y row +(including padding). + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M is intended to be +used only in drivers and applications that support the multi-planar API, +described in . + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start0 + 0: + Y'00 + Y'01 + Y'02 + Y'03 + + + start0 + 4: + Y'10 + Y'11 + Y'12 + Y'13 + + + start0 + 8: + Y'20 + Y'21 + Y'22 + Y'23 + + + start0 + 12: + Y'30 + Y'31 + Y'32 + Y'33 + + + + start1 + 0: + Cb00 + Cb01 + + + start1 + 2: + Cb10 + Cb11 + + + + start2 + 0: + Cr00 + Cr01 + + + start2 + 2: + Cr10 + Cr11 + + + + + + + + + Color Sample Location. + + + + + + + 01 + 23 + + + 0 + YY + YY + + + + C + C + + + 1 + YY + YY + + + + + + 2 + YY + YY + + + + C + C + + + 3 + YY + YY + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv422p.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv422p.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4ce6463fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv422p.xml @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422P ('422P') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422P + Format with ½ horizontal chroma resolution, +also known as YUV 4:2:2. Planar layout as opposed to +V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV + + + Description + + This format is not commonly used. This is a planar +version of the YUYV format. The three components are separated into +three sub-images or planes. The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one +byte per pixel. The Cb plane immediately follows the Y plane in +memory. The Cb plane is half the width of the Y plane (and of the +image). Each Cb belongs to two pixels. For example, +Cb0 belongs to Y'00, +Y'01. Following the Cb plane is the Cr plane, +just like the Cb plane. + + If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the Cr +and Cb planes have half as many pad bytes after their rows. In other +words, two Cx rows (including padding) is exactly as long as one Y row +(including padding). + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422P</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + Y'00 + Y'01 + Y'02 + Y'03 + + + start + 4: + Y'10 + Y'11 + Y'12 + Y'13 + + + start + 8: + Y'20 + Y'21 + Y'22 + Y'23 + + + start + 12: + Y'30 + Y'31 + Y'32 + Y'33 + + + start + 16: + Cb00 + Cb01 + + + start + 18: + Cb10 + Cb11 + + + start + 20: + Cb20 + Cb21 + + + start + 22: + Cb30 + Cb31 + + + start + 24: + Cr00 + Cr01 + + + start + 26: + Cr10 + Cr11 + + + start + 28: + Cr20 + Cr21 + + + start + 30: + Cr30 + Cr31 + + + + + + + + + Color Sample Location. + + + + + + + 01 + 23 + + + 0 + YCY + YCY + + + 1 + YCY + YCY + + + 2 + YCY + YCY + + + 3 + YCY + YCY + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuyv.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuyv.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..583840922 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuyv.xml @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV ('YUYV') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV + Packed format with ½ horizontal chroma +resolution, also known as YUV 4:2:2 + + + Description + + In this format each four bytes is two pixels. Each four +bytes is two Y's, a Cb and a Cr. Each Y goes to one of the pixels, and +the Cb and Cr belong to both pixels. As you can see, the Cr and Cb +components have half the horizontal resolution of the Y component. +V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV is known in the Windows +environment as YUY2. + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + Y'00 + Cb00 + Y'01 + Cr00 + Y'02 + Cb01 + Y'03 + Cr01 + + + start + 8: + Y'10 + Cb10 + Y'11 + Cr10 + Y'12 + Cb11 + Y'13 + Cr11 + + + start + 16: + Y'20 + Cb20 + Y'21 + Cr20 + Y'22 + Cb21 + Y'23 + Cr21 + + + start + 24: + Y'30 + Cb30 + Y'31 + Cr30 + Y'32 + Cb31 + Y'33 + Cr31 + + + + + + + + + Color Sample Location. + + + + + + + 01 + 23 + + + 0 + YCY + YCY + + + 1 + YCY + YCY + + + 2 + YCY + YCY + + + 3 + YCY + YCY + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yvu420m.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yvu420m.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..233066790 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yvu420m.xml @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M ('YM21') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M + Variation of V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420 + with planes non contiguous in memory. + + + + Description + + This is a multi-planar format, as opposed to a packed format. +The three components are separated into three sub-images or planes. + +The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. The Cr data +constitutes the second plane which is half the width and half +the height of the Y plane (and of the image). Each Cr belongs to four +pixels, a two-by-two square of the image. For example, +Cr0 belongs to Y'00, +Y'01, Y'10, and +Y'11. The Cb data, just like the Cr plane, constitutes +the third plane. + + If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the Cr +and Cb planes have half as many pad bytes after their rows. In other +words, two Cx rows (including padding) is exactly as long as one Y row +(including padding). + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M is intended to be +used only in drivers and applications that support the multi-planar API, +described in . + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start0 + 0: + Y'00 + Y'01 + Y'02 + Y'03 + + + start0 + 4: + Y'10 + Y'11 + Y'12 + Y'13 + + + start0 + 8: + Y'20 + Y'21 + Y'22 + Y'23 + + + start0 + 12: + Y'30 + Y'31 + Y'32 + Y'33 + + + + start1 + 0: + Cr00 + Cr01 + + + start1 + 2: + Cr10 + Cr11 + + + + start2 + 0: + Cb00 + Cb01 + + + start2 + 2: + Cb10 + Cb11 + + + + + + + + + Color Sample Location. + + + + + + + 01 + 23 + + + 0 + YY + YY + + + + C + C + + + 1 + YY + YY + + + + + + 2 + YY + YY + + + + C + C + + + 3 + YY + YY + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yvyu.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yvyu.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bfffdc76d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yvyu.xml @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVYU ('YVYU') + &manvol; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVYU + Variation of +V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV with different order of samples +in memory + + + Description + + In this format each four bytes is two pixels. Each four +bytes is two Y's, a Cb and a Cr. Each Y goes to one of the pixels, and +the Cb and Cr belong to both pixels. As you can see, the Cr and Cb +components have half the horizontal resolution of the Y +component. + + + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVYU</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image + + + Byte Order. + Each cell is one byte. + + + + + + start + 0: + Y'00 + Cr00 + Y'01 + Cb00 + Y'02 + Cr01 + Y'03 + Cb01 + + + start + 8: + Y'10 + Cr10 + Y'11 + Cb10 + Y'12 + Cr11 + Y'13 + Cb11 + + + start + 16: + Y'20 + Cr20 + Y'21 + Cb20 + Y'22 + Cr21 + Y'23 + Cb21 + + + start + 24: + Y'30 + Cr30 + Y'31 + Cb30 + Y'32 + Cr31 + Y'33 + Cb31 + + + + + + + + + Color Sample Location. + + + + + + + 01 + 23 + + + 0 + YCY + YCY + + + 1 + YCY + YCY + + + 2 + YCY + YCY + + + 3 + YCY + YCY + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fcde4e202 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1801 @@ + Image Formats + + The V4L2 API was primarily designed for devices exchanging +image data with applications. The +v4l2_pix_format and v4l2_pix_format_mplane + structures define the format and layout of an image in memory. +The former is used with the single-planar API, while the latter is used with the +multi-planar version (see ). Image formats are +negotiated with the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl. (The explanations here focus on video +capturing and output, for overlay frame buffer formats see also +&VIDIOC-G-FBUF;.) + +
+ Single-planar format structure + + struct <structname>v4l2_pix_format</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + width + Image width in pixels. + + + __u32 + height + Image height in pixels. If field is + one of V4L2_FIELD_TOP, V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM + or V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE then height refers to the + number of lines in the field, otherwise it refers to the number of + lines in the frame (which is twice the field height for interlaced + formats). + + + Applications set these fields to +request an image size, drivers return the closest possible values. In +case of planar formats the width and +height applies to the largest plane. To +avoid ambiguities drivers must return values rounded up to a multiple +of the scale factor of any smaller planes. For example when the image +format is YUV 4:2:0, width and +height must be multiples of two. + + + __u32 + pixelformat + The pixel format or type of compression, set by the +application. This is a little endian four character code. V4L2 defines +standard RGB formats in , YUV formats in , and reserved codes in + + + &v4l2-field; + field + Video images are typically interlaced. Applications +can request to capture or output only the top or bottom field, or both +fields interlaced or sequentially stored in one buffer or alternating +in separate buffers. Drivers return the actual field order selected. +For more details on fields see . + + + __u32 + bytesperline + Distance in bytes between the leftmost pixels in two +adjacent lines. + + + Both applications and drivers +can set this field to request padding bytes at the end of each line. +Drivers however may ignore the value requested by the application, +returning width times bytes per pixel or a +larger value required by the hardware. That implies applications can +just set this field to zero to get a reasonable +default.Video hardware may access padding bytes, +therefore they must reside in accessible memory. Consider cases where +padding bytes after the last line of an image cross a system page +boundary. Input devices may write padding bytes, the value is +undefined. Output devices ignore the contents of padding +bytes.When the image format is planar the +bytesperline value applies to the first +plane and is divided by the same factor as the +width field for the other planes. For +example the Cb and Cr planes of a YUV 4:2:0 image have half as many +padding bytes following each line as the Y plane. To avoid ambiguities +drivers must return a bytesperline value +rounded up to a multiple of the scale factor. +For compressed formats the bytesperline +value makes no sense. Applications and drivers must set this to 0 in +that case. + + + __u32 + sizeimage + Size in bytes of the buffer to hold a complete image, +set by the driver. Usually this is +bytesperline times +height. When the image consists of variable +length compressed data this is the maximum number of bytes required to +hold an image. + + + &v4l2-colorspace; + colorspace + This information supplements the +pixelformat and must be set by the driver for +capture streams and by the application for output streams, +see . + + + __u32 + priv + This field indicates whether the remaining fields of the +v4l2_pix_format structure, also called the extended +fields, are valid. When set to V4L2_PIX_FMT_PRIV_MAGIC, it +indicates that the extended fields have been correctly initialized. When set to +any other value it indicates that the extended fields contain undefined values. + +Applications that wish to use the pixel format extended fields must first +ensure that the feature is supported by querying the device for the +V4L2_CAP_EXT_PIX_FORMAT +capability. If the capability isn't set the pixel format extended fields are not +supported and using the extended fields will lead to undefined results. +To use the extended fields, applications must set the +priv field to +V4L2_PIX_FMT_PRIV_MAGIC, initialize all the extended fields +and zero the unused bytes of the v4l2_format +raw_data field. +When the priv field isn't set to +V4L2_PIX_FMT_PRIV_MAGIC drivers must act as if all the +extended fields were set to zero. On return drivers must set the +priv field to +V4L2_PIX_FMT_PRIV_MAGIC and all the extended fields to +applicable values. + + + __u32 + flags + Flags set by the application or driver, see . + + + &v4l2-ycbcr-encoding; + ycbcr_enc + This information supplements the +colorspace and must be set by the driver for +capture streams and by the application for output streams, +see . + + + &v4l2-quantization; + quantization + This information supplements the +colorspace and must be set by the driver for +capture streams and by the application for output streams, +see . + + + +
+
+ +
+ Multi-planar format structures + The v4l2_plane_pix_format structures define + size and layout for each of the planes in a multi-planar format. + The v4l2_pix_format_mplane structure contains + information common to all planes (such as image width and height) and + an array of v4l2_plane_pix_format structures, + describing all planes of that format. + + struct <structname>v4l2_plane_pix_format</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + sizeimage + Maximum size in bytes required for image data in this plane. + + + + __u32 + bytesperline + Distance in bytes between the leftmost pixels in two adjacent + lines. See &v4l2-pix-format;. + + + __u16 + reserved[6] + Reserved for future extensions. Should be zeroed by the + application. + + + +
+ + struct <structname>v4l2_pix_format_mplane</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + width + Image width in pixels. See &v4l2-pix-format;. + + + __u32 + height + Image height in pixels. See &v4l2-pix-format;. + + + __u32 + pixelformat + The pixel format. Both single- and multi-planar four character +codes can be used. + + + &v4l2-field; + field + See &v4l2-pix-format;. + + + &v4l2-colorspace; + colorspace + See &v4l2-pix-format;. + + + &v4l2-plane-pix-format; + plane_fmt[VIDEO_MAX_PLANES] + An array of structures describing format of each plane this + pixel format consists of. The number of valid entries in this array + has to be put in the num_planes + field. + + + __u8 + num_planes + Number of planes (i.e. separate memory buffers) for this format + and the number of valid entries in the + plane_fmt array. + + + __u8 + flags + Flags set by the application or driver, see . + + + &v4l2-ycbcr-encoding; + ycbcr_enc + This information supplements the +colorspace and must be set by the driver for +capture streams and by the application for output streams, +see . + + + &v4l2-quantization; + quantization + This information supplements the +colorspace and must be set by the driver for +capture streams and by the application for output streams, +see . + + + __u8 + reserved[8] + Reserved for future extensions. Should be zeroed by the + application. + + + +
+
+ +
+ Standard Image Formats + + In order to exchange images between drivers and +applications, it is necessary to have standard image data formats +which both sides will interpret the same way. V4L2 includes several +such formats, and this section is intended to be an unambiguous +specification of the standard image data formats in V4L2. + + V4L2 drivers are not limited to these formats, however. +Driver-specific formats are possible. In that case the application may +depend on a codec to convert images to one of the standard formats +when needed. But the data can still be stored and retrieved in the +proprietary format. For example, a device may support a proprietary +compressed format. Applications can still capture and save the data in +the compressed format, saving much disk space, and later use a codec +to convert the images to the X Windows screen format when the video is +to be displayed. + + Even so, ultimately, some standard formats are needed, so +the V4L2 specification would not be complete without well-defined +standard formats. + + The V4L2 standard formats are mainly uncompressed formats. The +pixels are always arranged in memory from left to right, and from top +to bottom. The first byte of data in the image buffer is always for +the leftmost pixel of the topmost row. Following that is the pixel +immediately to its right, and so on until the end of the top row of +pixels. Following the rightmost pixel of the row there may be zero or +more bytes of padding to guarantee that each row of pixel data has a +certain alignment. Following the pad bytes, if any, is data for the +leftmost pixel of the second row from the top, and so on. The last row +has just as many pad bytes after it as the other rows. + + In V4L2 each format has an identifier which looks like +PIX_FMT_XXX, defined in the videodev2.h header file. These identifiers +represent four character (FourCC) codes +which are also listed below, however they are not the same as those +used in the Windows world. + + For some formats, data is stored in separate, discontiguous +memory buffers. Those formats are identified by a separate set of FourCC codes +and are referred to as "multi-planar formats". For example, a YUV422 frame is +normally stored in one memory buffer, but it can also be placed in two or three +separate buffers, with Y component in one buffer and CbCr components in another +in the 2-planar version or with each component in its own buffer in the +3-planar case. Those sub-buffers are referred to as "planes". +
+ +
+ Colorspaces + + 'Color' is a very complex concept and depends on physics, chemistry and +biology. Just because you have three numbers that describe the 'red', 'green' +and 'blue' components of the color of a pixel does not mean that you can accurately +display that color. A colorspace defines what it actually means +to have an RGB value of e.g. (255, 0, 0). That is, which color should be +reproduced on the screen in a perfectly calibrated environment. + + In order to do that we first need to have a good definition of +color, i.e. some way to uniquely and unambiguously define a color so that someone +else can reproduce it. Human color vision is trichromatic since the human eye has +color receptors that are sensitive to three different wavelengths of light. Hence +the need to use three numbers to describe color. Be glad you are not a mantis shrimp +as those are sensitive to 12 different wavelengths, so instead of RGB we would be +using the ABCDEFGHIJKL colorspace... + + Color exists only in the eye and brain and is the result of how strongly +color receptors are stimulated. This is based on the Spectral +Power Distribution (SPD) which is a graph showing the intensity (radiant power) +of the light at wavelengths covering the visible spectrum as it enters the eye. +The science of colorimetry is about the relationship between the SPD and color as +perceived by the human brain. + + Since the human eye has only three color receptors it is perfectly +possible that different SPDs will result in the same stimulation of those receptors +and are perceived as the same color, even though the SPD of the light is +different. + + In the 1920s experiments were devised to determine the relationship +between SPDs and the perceived color and that resulted in the CIE 1931 standard +that defines spectral weighting functions that model the perception of color. +Specifically that standard defines functions that can take an SPD and calculate +the stimulus for each color receptor. After some further mathematical transforms +these stimuli are known as the CIE XYZ tristimulus values +and these X, Y and Z values describe a color as perceived by a human unambiguously. +These X, Y and Z values are all in the range [0…1]. + + The Y value in the CIE XYZ colorspace corresponds to luminance. Often +the CIE XYZ colorspace is transformed to the normalized CIE xyY colorspace: + + x = X / (X + Y + Z) + y = Y / (X + Y + Z) + + The x and y values are the chromaticity coordinates and can be used to +define a color without the luminance component Y. It is very confusing to +have such similar names for these colorspaces. Just be aware that if colors +are specified with lower case 'x' and 'y', then the CIE xyY colorspace is +used. Upper case 'X' and 'Y' refer to the CIE XYZ colorspace. Also, y has nothing +to do with luminance. Together x and y specify a color, and Y the luminance. +That is really all you need to remember from a practical point of view. At +the end of this section you will find reading resources that go into much more +detail if you are interested. + + + A monitor or TV will reproduce colors by emitting light at three +different wavelengths, the combination of which will stimulate the color receptors +in the eye and thus cause the perception of color. Historically these wavelengths +were defined by the red, green and blue phosphors used in the displays. These +color primaries are part of what defines a colorspace. + + Different display devices will have different primaries and some +primaries are more suitable for some display technologies than others. This has +resulted in a variety of colorspaces that are used for different display +technologies or uses. To define a colorspace you need to define the three +color primaries (these are typically defined as x, y chromaticity coordinates +from the CIE xyY colorspace) but also the white reference: that is the color obtained +when all three primaries are at maximum power. This determines the relative power +or energy of the primaries. This is usually chosen to be close to daylight which has +been defined as the CIE D65 Illuminant. + + To recapitulate: the CIE XYZ colorspace uniquely identifies colors. +Other colorspaces are defined by three chromaticity coordinates defined in the +CIE xyY colorspace. Based on those a 3x3 matrix can be constructed that +transforms CIE XYZ colors to colors in the new colorspace. + + + Both the CIE XYZ and the RGB colorspace that are derived from the +specific chromaticity primaries are linear colorspaces. But neither the eye, +nor display technology is linear. Doubling the values of all components in +the linear colorspace will not be perceived as twice the intensity of the color. +So each colorspace also defines a transfer function that takes a linear color +component value and transforms it to the non-linear component value, which is a +closer match to the non-linear performance of both the eye and displays. Linear +component values are denoted RGB, non-linear are denoted as R'G'B'. In general +colors used in graphics are all R'G'B', except in openGL which uses linear RGB. +Special care should be taken when dealing with openGL to provide linear RGB colors +or to use the built-in openGL support to apply the inverse transfer function. + + The final piece that defines a colorspace is a function that +transforms non-linear R'G'B' to non-linear Y'CbCr. This function is determined +by the so-called luma coefficients. There may be multiple possible Y'CbCr +encodings allowed for the same colorspace. Many encodings of color +prefer to use luma (Y') and chroma (CbCr) instead of R'G'B'. Since the human +eye is more sensitive to differences in luminance than in color this encoding +allows one to reduce the amount of color information compared to the luma +data. Note that the luma (Y') is unrelated to the Y in the CIE XYZ colorspace. +Also note that Y'CbCr is often called YCbCr or YUV even though these are +strictly speaking wrong. + + Sometimes people confuse Y'CbCr as being a colorspace. This is not +correct, it is just an encoding of an R'G'B' color into luma and chroma +values. The underlying colorspace that is associated with the R'G'B' color +is also associated with the Y'CbCr color. + + The final step is how the RGB, R'G'B' or Y'CbCr values are +quantized. The CIE XYZ colorspace where X, Y and Z are in the range +[0…1] describes all colors that humans can perceive, but the transform to +another colorspace will produce colors that are outside the [0…1] range. +Once clamped to the [0…1] range those colors can no longer be reproduced +in that colorspace. This clamping is what reduces the extent or gamut of the +colorspace. How the range of [0…1] is translated to integer values in the +range of [0…255] (or higher, depending on the color depth) is called the +quantization. This is not part of the colorspace +definition. In practice RGB or R'G'B' values are full range, i.e. they +use the full [0…255] range. Y'CbCr values on the other hand are limited +range with Y' using [16…235] and Cb and Cr using [16…240]. + + Unfortunately, in some cases limited range RGB is also used +where the components use the range [16…235]. And full range Y'CbCr also exists +using the [0…255] range. + + In order to correctly interpret a color you need to know the +quantization range, whether it is R'G'B' or Y'CbCr, the used Y'CbCr encoding +and the colorspace. +From that information you can calculate the corresponding CIE XYZ color +and map that again to whatever colorspace your display device uses. + + The colorspace definition itself consists of the three +chromaticity primaries, the white reference chromaticity, a transfer +function and the luma coefficients needed to transform R'G'B' to Y'CbCr. While +some colorspace standards correctly define all four, quite often the colorspace +standard only defines some, and you have to rely on other standards for +the missing pieces. The fact that colorspaces are often a mix of different +standards also led to very confusing naming conventions where the name of +a standard was used to name a colorspace when in fact that standard was +part of various other colorspaces as well. + + If you want to read more about colors and colorspaces, then the +following resources are useful: is a good practical +book for video engineers, has a much broader scope and +describes many more aspects of color (physics, chemistry, biology, etc.). +The http://www.brucelindbloom.com +website is an excellent resource, especially with respect to the mathematics behind +colorspace conversions. The wikipedia CIE 1931 colorspace article +is also very useful. +
+ +
+ Defining Colorspaces in V4L2 + In V4L2 colorspaces are defined by three values. The first is the colorspace +identifier (&v4l2-colorspace;) which defines the chromaticities, the transfer +function, the default Y'CbCr encoding and the default quantization method. The second +is the Y'CbCr encoding identifier (&v4l2-ycbcr-encoding;) to specify non-standard +Y'CbCr encodings and the third is the quantization identifier (&v4l2-quantization;) +to specify non-standard quantization methods. Most of the time only the colorspace +field of &v4l2-pix-format; or &v4l2-pix-format-mplane; needs to be filled in. Note +that the default R'G'B' quantization is full range for all colorspaces except for +BT.2020 which uses limited range R'G'B' quantization. + + + V4L2 Colorspaces + + &cs-def; + + + Identifier + Details + + + + + V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE170M + See . + + + V4L2_COLORSPACE_REC709 + See . + + + V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB + See . + + + V4L2_COLORSPACE_ADOBERGB + See . + + + V4L2_COLORSPACE_BT2020 + See . + + + V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE240M + See . + + + V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_M + See . + + + V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_BG + See . + + + V4L2_COLORSPACE_JPEG + See . + + + +
+ + + V4L2 Y'CbCr Encodings + + &cs-def; + + + Identifier + Details + + + + + V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_DEFAULT + Use the default Y'CbCr encoding as defined by the colorspace. + + + V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601 + Use the BT.601 Y'CbCr encoding. + + + V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_709 + Use the Rec. 709 Y'CbCr encoding. + + + V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV601 + Use the extended gamut xvYCC BT.601 encoding. + + + V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV709 + Use the extended gamut xvYCC Rec. 709 encoding. + + + V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_SYCC + Use the extended gamut sYCC encoding. + + + V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_BT2020 + Use the default non-constant luminance BT.2020 Y'CbCr encoding. + + + V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_BT2020_CONST_LUM + Use the constant luminance BT.2020 Yc'CbcCrc encoding. + + + +
+ + + V4L2 Quantization Methods + + &cs-def; + + + Identifier + Details + + + + + V4L2_QUANTIZATION_DEFAULT + Use the default quantization encoding as defined by the colorspace. +This is always full range for R'G'B' (except for the BT.2020 colorspace) and usually +limited range for Y'CbCr. + + + V4L2_QUANTIZATION_FULL_RANGE + Use the full range quantization encoding. I.e. the range [0…1] +is mapped to [0…255] (with possible clipping to [1…254] to avoid the +0x00 and 0xff values). Cb and Cr are mapped from [-0.5…0.5] to [0…255] +(with possible clipping to [1…254] to avoid the 0x00 and 0xff values). + + + V4L2_QUANTIZATION_LIM_RANGE + Use the limited range quantization encoding. I.e. the range [0…1] +is mapped to [16…235]. Cb and Cr are mapped from [-0.5…0.5] to [16…240]. + + + + +
+
+ +
+ Detailed Colorspace Descriptions +
+ Colorspace SMPTE 170M (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE170M</constant>) + The standard defines the colorspace used by NTSC and PAL and by SDTV +in general. The default Y'CbCr encoding is V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601. +The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and +the white reference are: + + SMPTE 170M Chromaticities + + &cs-str; + + + Color + x + y + + + + + Red + 0.630 + 0.340 + + + Green + 0.310 + 0.595 + + + Blue + 0.155 + 0.070 + + + White Reference (D65) + 0.3127 + 0.3290 + + + +
+ The red, green and blue chromaticities are also often referred to +as the SMPTE C set, so this colorspace is sometimes called SMPTE C as well. + + + The transfer function defined for SMPTE 170M is the same as the +one defined in Rec. 709. + + L' = -1.099(-L)0.45 + 0.099 for L ≤ -0.018 + L' = 4.5L for -0.018 < L < 0.018 + L' = 1.099L0.45 - 0.099 for L ≥ 0.018 + + + + + + Inverse Transfer function: + + L = -((L' - 0.099) / -1.099)1/0.45 for L' ≤ -0.081 + L = L' / 4.5 for -0.081 < L' < 0.081 + L = ((L' + 0.099) / 1.099)1/0.45 for L' ≥ 0.081 + + + + + + The luminance (Y') and color difference (Cb and Cr) are obtained with +the following V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601 encoding: + + Y' = 0.299R' + 0.587G' + 0.114B' + Cb = -0.169R' - 0.331G' + 0.5B' + Cr = 0.5R' - 0.419G' - 0.081B' + + + + Y' is clamped to the range [0…1] and Cb and Cr are +clamped to the range [-0.5…0.5]. This conversion to Y'CbCr is identical to the one +defined in the standard and this colorspace is sometimes called BT.601 as well, even +though BT.601 does not mention any color primaries. + The default quantization is limited range, but full range is possible although +rarely seen. +
+ +
+ Colorspace Rec. 709 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_REC709</constant>) + The standard defines the colorspace used by HDTV in general. The default +Y'CbCr encoding is V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_709. The default Y'CbCr quantization is +limited range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are: + + Rec. 709 Chromaticities + + &cs-str; + + + Color + x + y + + + + + Red + 0.640 + 0.330 + + + Green + 0.300 + 0.600 + + + Blue + 0.150 + 0.060 + + + White Reference (D65) + 0.3127 + 0.3290 + + + +
+ The full name of this standard is Rec. ITU-R BT.709-5. + + + Transfer function. Normally L is in the range [0…1], but for the extended +gamut xvYCC encoding values outside that range are allowed. + + L' = -1.099(-L)0.45 + 0.099 for L ≤ -0.018 + L' = 4.5L for -0.018 < L < 0.018 + L' = 1.099L0.45 - 0.099 for L ≥ 0.018 + + + + + + Inverse Transfer function: + + L = -((L' - 0.099) / -1.099)1/0.45 for L' ≤ -0.081 + L = L' / 4.5 for -0.081 < L' < 0.081 + L = ((L' + 0.099) / 1.099)1/0.45 for L' ≥ 0.081 + + + + + + The luminance (Y') and color difference (Cb and Cr) are obtained with the following +V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_709 encoding: + + Y' = 0.2126R' + 0.7152G' + 0.0722B' + Cb = -0.1146R' - 0.3854G' + 0.5B' + Cr = 0.5R' - 0.4542G' - 0.0458B' + + + + Y' is clamped to the range [0…1] and Cb and Cr are +clamped to the range [-0.5…0.5]. + The default quantization is limited range, but full range is possible although +rarely seen. + The V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_709 encoding described above is the default +for this colorspace, but it can be overridden with V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601, in which +case the BT.601 Y'CbCr encoding is used. + Two additional extended gamut Y'CbCr encodings are also possible with this colorspace: + + + The xvYCC 709 encoding (V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV709, ) +is similar to the Rec. 709 encoding, but it allows for R', G' and B' values that are outside the range +[0…1]. The resulting Y', Cb and Cr values are scaled and offset: + + Y' = (219 / 256) * (0.2126R' + 0.7152G' + 0.0722B') + (16 / 256) + Cb = (224 / 256) * (-0.1146R' - 0.3854G' + 0.5B') + Cr = (224 / 256) * (0.5R' - 0.4542G' - 0.0458B') + + + + + + The xvYCC 601 encoding (V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV601, ) is similar +to the BT.601 encoding, but it allows for R', G' and B' values that are outside the range +[0…1]. The resulting Y', Cb and Cr values are scaled and offset: + + Y' = (219 / 256) * (0.299R' + 0.587G' + 0.114B') + (16 / 256) + Cb = (224 / 256) * (-0.169R' - 0.331G' + 0.5B') + Cr = (224 / 256) * (0.5R' - 0.419G' - 0.081B') + + + + Y' is clamped to the range [0…1] and Cb and Cr are clamped +to the range [-0.5…0.5]. The non-standard xvYCC 709 or xvYCC 601 encodings can be used by +selecting V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV709 or V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV601. +The xvYCC encodings always use full range quantization. +
+ +
+ Colorspace sRGB (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB</constant>) + The standard defines the colorspace used by most webcams and computer graphics. The +default Y'CbCr encoding is V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_SYCC. The default Y'CbCr quantization +is full range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are: + + sRGB Chromaticities + + &cs-str; + + + Color + x + y + + + + + Red + 0.640 + 0.330 + + + Green + 0.300 + 0.600 + + + Blue + 0.150 + 0.060 + + + White Reference (D65) + 0.3127 + 0.3290 + + + +
+ These chromaticities are identical to the Rec. 709 colorspace. + + + Transfer function. Note that negative values for L are only used by the Y'CbCr conversion. + + L' = -1.055(-L)1/2.4 + 0.055 for L < -0.0031308 + L' = 12.92L for -0.0031308 ≤ L ≤ 0.0031308 + L' = 1.055L1/2.4 - 0.055 for 0.0031308 < L ≤ 1 + + + + Inverse Transfer function: + + L = -((-L' + 0.055) / 1.055)2.4 for L' < -0.04045 + L = L' / 12.92 for -0.04045 ≤ L' ≤ 0.04045 + L = ((L' + 0.055) / 1.055)2.4 for L' > 0.04045 + + + + + + The luminance (Y') and color difference (Cb and Cr) are obtained with the following +V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_SYCC encoding as defined by : + + Y' = 0.2990R' + 0.5870G' + 0.1140B' + Cb = -0.1687R' - 0.3313G' + 0.5B' + Cr = 0.5R' - 0.4187G' - 0.0813B' + + + + Y' is clamped to the range [0…1] and Cb and Cr are clamped +to the range [-0.5…0.5]. The V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_SYCC quantization is always +full range. Although this Y'CbCr encoding looks very similar to the V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV601 +encoding, it is not. The V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV601 scales and offsets the Y'CbCr +values before quantization, but this encoding does not do that. +
+ +
+ Colorspace Adobe RGB (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_ADOBERGB</constant>) + The standard defines the colorspace used by computer graphics +that use the AdobeRGB colorspace. This is also known as the standard. +The default Y'CbCr encoding is V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601. The default Y'CbCr +quantization is limited range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference +are: + + Adobe RGB Chromaticities + + &cs-str; + + + Color + x + y + + + + + Red + 0.6400 + 0.3300 + + + Green + 0.2100 + 0.7100 + + + Blue + 0.1500 + 0.0600 + + + White Reference (D65) + 0.3127 + 0.3290 + + + +
+ + + Transfer function: + + L' = L1/2.19921875 + + + + Inverse Transfer function: + + L = L'2.19921875 + + + + + + The luminance (Y') and color difference (Cb and Cr) are obtained with the +following V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601 encoding: + + Y' = 0.299R' + 0.587G' + 0.114B' + Cb = -0.169R' - 0.331G' + 0.5B' + Cr = 0.5R' - 0.419G' - 0.081B' + + + + Y' is clamped to the range [0…1] and Cb and Cr are +clamped to the range [-0.5…0.5]. This transform is identical to one defined in +SMPTE 170M/BT.601. The Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. +
+ +
+ Colorspace BT.2020 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_BT2020</constant>) + The standard defines the colorspace used by Ultra-high definition +television (UHDTV). The default Y'CbCr encoding is V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_BT2020. +The default R'G'B' quantization is limited range (!), and so is the default Y'CbCr quantization. +The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are: + + BT.2020 Chromaticities + + &cs-str; + + + Color + x + y + + + + + Red + 0.708 + 0.292 + + + Green + 0.170 + 0.797 + + + Blue + 0.131 + 0.046 + + + White Reference (D65) + 0.3127 + 0.3290 + + + +
+ + + Transfer function (same as Rec. 709): + + L' = 4.5L for 0 ≤ L < 0.018 + L' = 1.099L0.45 - 0.099 for 0.018 ≤ L ≤ 1 + + + + Inverse Transfer function: + + L = L' / 4.5 for L' < 0.081 + L = ((L' + 0.099) / 1.099)1/0.45 for L' ≥ 0.081 + + + + + + The luminance (Y') and color difference (Cb and Cr) are obtained with the +following V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_BT2020 encoding: + + Y' = 0.2627R' + 0.6780G' + 0.0593B' + Cb = -0.1396R' - 0.3604G' + 0.5B' + Cr = 0.5R' - 0.4598G' - 0.0402B' + + + + Y' is clamped to the range [0…1] and Cb and Cr are +clamped to the range [-0.5…0.5]. The Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. + There is also an alternate constant luminance R'G'B' to Yc'CbcCrc +(V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_BT2020_CONST_LUM) encoding: + + + Luma: + + Yc' = (0.2627R + 0.6780G + 0.0593B)' + + + + + + B' - Yc' ≤ 0: + + Cbc = (B' - Yc') / 1.9404 + + + + + + B' - Yc' > 0: + + Cbc = (B' - Yc') / 1.5816 + + + + + + R' - Yc' ≤ 0: + + Crc = (R' - Y') / 1.7184 + + + + + + R' - Yc' > 0: + + Crc = (R' - Y') / 0.9936 + + + + Yc' is clamped to the range [0…1] and Cbc and Crc are +clamped to the range [-0.5…0.5]. The Yc'CbcCrc quantization is limited range. +
+ +
+ Colorspace SMPTE 240M (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE240M</constant>) + The standard was an interim standard used during the early days of HDTV (1988-1998). +It has been superseded by Rec. 709. The default Y'CbCr encoding is V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_SMPTE240M. +The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the +white reference are: + + SMPTE 240M Chromaticities + + &cs-str; + + + Color + x + y + + + + + Red + 0.630 + 0.340 + + + Green + 0.310 + 0.595 + + + Blue + 0.155 + 0.070 + + + White Reference (D65) + 0.3127 + 0.3290 + + + +
+ These chromaticities are identical to the SMPTE 170M colorspace. + + + Transfer function: + + L' = 4L for 0 ≤ L < 0.0228 + L' = 1.1115L0.45 - 0.1115 for 0.0228 ≤ L ≤ 1 + + + + Inverse Transfer function: + + L = L' / 4 for 0 ≤ L' < 0.0913 + L = ((L' + 0.1115) / 1.1115)1/0.45 for L' ≥ 0.0913 + + + + + + The luminance (Y') and color difference (Cb and Cr) are obtained with the +following V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_SMPTE240M encoding: + + Y' = 0.2122R' + 0.7013G' + 0.0865B' + Cb = -0.1161R' - 0.3839G' + 0.5B' + Cr = 0.5R' - 0.4451G' - 0.0549B' + + + + Yc' is clamped to the range [0…1] and Cbc and Crc are +clamped to the range [-0.5…0.5]. The Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. +
+ +
+ Colorspace NTSC 1953 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_M</constant>) + This standard defines the colorspace used by NTSC in 1953. In practice this +colorspace is obsolete and SMPTE 170M should be used instead. The default Y'CbCr encoding +is V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601. The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. +The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are: + + NTSC 1953 Chromaticities + + &cs-str; + + + Color + x + y + + + + + Red + 0.67 + 0.33 + + + Green + 0.21 + 0.71 + + + Blue + 0.14 + 0.08 + + + White Reference (C) + 0.310 + 0.316 + + + +
+ Note that this colorspace uses Illuminant C instead of D65 as the +white reference. To correctly convert an image in this colorspace to another +that uses D65 you need to apply a chromatic adaptation algorithm such as the +Bradford method. + + + The transfer function was never properly defined for NTSC 1953. The +Rec. 709 transfer function is recommended in the literature: + + L' = 4.5L for 0 ≤ L < 0.018 + L' = 1.099L0.45 - 0.099 for 0.018 ≤ L ≤ 1 + + + + Inverse Transfer function: + + L = L' / 4.5 for L' < 0.081 + L = ((L' + 0.099) / 1.099)1/0.45 for L' ≥ 0.081 + + + + + + The luminance (Y') and color difference (Cb and Cr) are obtained with the +following V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601 encoding: + + Y' = 0.299R' + 0.587G' + 0.114B' + Cb = -0.169R' - 0.331G' + 0.5B' + Cr = 0.5R' - 0.419G' - 0.081B' + + + + Y' is clamped to the range [0…1] and Cb and Cr are +clamped to the range [-0.5…0.5]. The Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. +This transform is identical to one defined in SMPTE 170M/BT.601. +
+ +
+ Colorspace EBU Tech. 3213 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_BG</constant>) + The standard defines the colorspace used by PAL/SECAM in 1975. In practice this +colorspace is obsolete and SMPTE 170M should be used instead. The default Y'CbCr encoding +is V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601. The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. +The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are: + + EBU Tech. 3213 Chromaticities + + &cs-str; + + + Color + x + y + + + + + Red + 0.64 + 0.33 + + + Green + 0.29 + 0.60 + + + Blue + 0.15 + 0.06 + + + White Reference (D65) + 0.3127 + 0.3290 + + + +
+ + + The transfer function was never properly defined for this colorspace. +The Rec. 709 transfer function is recommended in the literature: + + L' = 4.5L for 0 ≤ L < 0.018 + L' = 1.099L0.45 - 0.099 for 0.018 ≤ L ≤ 1 + + + + Inverse Transfer function: + + L = L' / 4.5 for L' < 0.081 + L = ((L' + 0.099) / 1.099)1/0.45 for L' ≥ 0.081 + + + + + + The luminance (Y') and color difference (Cb and Cr) are obtained with the +following V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601 encoding: + + Y' = 0.299R' + 0.587G' + 0.114B' + Cb = -0.169R' - 0.331G' + 0.5B' + Cr = 0.5R' - 0.419G' - 0.081B' + + + + Y' is clamped to the range [0…1] and Cb and Cr are +clamped to the range [-0.5…0.5]. The Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. +This transform is identical to one defined in SMPTE 170M/BT.601. +
+ +
+ Colorspace JPEG (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_JPEG</constant>) + This colorspace defines the colorspace used by most (Motion-)JPEG formats. The chromaticities +of the primary colors and the white reference are identical to sRGB. The Y'CbCr encoding is +V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601 with full range quantization where +Y' is scaled to [0…255] and Cb/Cr are scaled to [-128…128] and +then clipped to [-128…127]. + Note that the JPEG standard does not actually store colorspace information. +So if something other than sRGB is used, then the driver will have to set that information +explicitly. Effectively V4L2_COLORSPACE_JPEG can be considered to be +an abbreviation for V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB, V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601 +and V4L2_QUANTIZATION_FULL_RANGE. +
+ +
+ +
+ Indexed Format + + In this format each pixel is represented by an 8 bit index +into a 256 entry ARGB palette. It is intended for Video Output Overlays only. There are no ioctls to +access the palette, this must be done with ioctls of the Linux framebuffer API. + + + Indexed Image Format + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Identifier + Code +   + Byte 0 + + +   +   + Bit + 7 + 6 + 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 + 0 + + + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_PAL8 + 'PAL8' + + i7 + i6 + i5 + i4 + i3 + i2 + i1 + i0 + + + +
+
+ +
+ RGB Formats + + &sub-packed-rgb; + &sub-sbggr8; + &sub-sgbrg8; + &sub-sgrbg8; + &sub-srggb8; + &sub-sbggr16; + &sub-srggb10; + &sub-srggb10p; + &sub-srggb10alaw8; + &sub-srggb10dpcm8; + &sub-srggb12; +
+ +
+ YUV Formats + + YUV is the format native to TV broadcast and composite video +signals. It separates the brightness information (Y) from the color +information (U and V or Cb and Cr). The color information consists of +red and blue color difference signals, this way +the green component can be reconstructed by subtracting from the +brightness component. See for conversion +examples. YUV was chosen because early television would only transmit +brightness information. To add color in a way compatible with existing +receivers a new signal carrier was added to transmit the color +difference signals. Secondary in the YUV format the U and V components +usually have lower resolution than the Y component. This is an analog +video compression technique taking advantage of a property of the +human visual system, being more sensitive to brightness +information. + + &sub-packed-yuv; + &sub-grey; + &sub-y10; + &sub-y12; + &sub-y10b; + &sub-y16; + &sub-uv8; + &sub-yuyv; + &sub-uyvy; + &sub-yvyu; + &sub-vyuy; + &sub-y41p; + &sub-yuv420; + &sub-yuv420m; + &sub-yvu420m; + &sub-yuv410; + &sub-yuv422p; + &sub-yuv411p; + &sub-nv12; + &sub-nv12m; + &sub-nv12mt; + &sub-nv16; + &sub-nv16m; + &sub-nv24; + &sub-m420; +
+ +
+ Compressed Formats + + + Compressed Image Formats + + &cs-def; + + + Identifier + Code + Details + + + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_JPEG + 'JPEG' + TBD. See also &VIDIOC-G-JPEGCOMP;, + &VIDIOC-S-JPEGCOMP;. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_MPEG + 'MPEG' + MPEG multiplexed stream. The actual format is determined by +extended control V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE, see +. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_H264 + 'H264' + H264 video elementary stream with start codes. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_H264_NO_SC + 'AVC1' + H264 video elementary stream without start codes. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_H264_MVC + 'M264' + H264 MVC video elementary stream. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_H263 + 'H263' + H263 video elementary stream. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_MPEG1 + 'MPG1' + MPEG1 video elementary stream. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_MPEG2 + 'MPG2' + MPEG2 video elementary stream. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_MPEG4 + 'MPG4' + MPEG4 video elementary stream. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_XVID + 'XVID' + Xvid video elementary stream. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_VC1_ANNEX_G + 'VC1G' + VC1, SMPTE 421M Annex G compliant stream. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_VC1_ANNEX_L + 'VC1L' + VC1, SMPTE 421M Annex L compliant stream. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_VP8 + 'VP80' + VP8 video elementary stream. + + + +
+
+ +
+ SDR Formats + + These formats are used for SDR Capture +interface only. + + &sub-sdr-cu08; + &sub-sdr-cu16le; + &sub-sdr-cs08; + &sub-sdr-cs14le; + &sub-sdr-ru12le; + +
+ +
+ Reserved Format Identifiers + + These formats are not defined by this specification, they +are just listed for reference and to avoid naming conflicts. If you +want to register your own format, send an e-mail to the linux-media mailing +list &v4l-ml; for inclusion in the videodev2.h +file. If you want to share your format with other developers add a +link to your documentation and send a copy to the linux-media mailing list +for inclusion in this section. If you think your format should be listed +in a standard format section please make a proposal on the linux-media mailing +list. + + + Reserved Image Formats + + &cs-def; + + + Identifier + Code + Details + + + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_DV + 'dvsd' + unknown + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_ET61X251 + 'E625' + Compressed format of the ET61X251 driver. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_HI240 + 'HI24' + 8 bit RGB format used by the BTTV driver. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_HM12 + 'HM12' + YUV 4:2:0 format used by the +IVTV driver, +http://www.ivtvdriver.org/The format is documented in the +kernel sources in the file Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/README.hm12 + + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_CPIA1 + 'CPIA' + YUV format used by the gspca cpia1 driver. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_JPGL + 'JPGL' + JPEG-Light format (Pegasus Lossless JPEG) + used in Divio webcams NW 80x. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA501 + 'S501' + YUYV per line used by the gspca driver. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA505 + 'S505' + YYUV per line used by the gspca driver. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA508 + 'S508' + YUVY per line used by the gspca driver. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA561 + 'S561' + Compressed GBRG Bayer format used by the gspca driver. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_PAC207 + 'P207' + Compressed BGGR Bayer format used by the gspca driver. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_MR97310A + 'M310' + Compressed BGGR Bayer format used by the gspca driver. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_JL2005BCD + 'JL20' + JPEG compressed RGGB Bayer format used by the gspca driver. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_OV511 + 'O511' + OV511 JPEG format used by the gspca driver. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_OV518 + 'O518' + OV518 JPEG format used by the gspca driver. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_PJPG + 'PJPG' + Pixart 73xx JPEG format used by the gspca driver. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SE401 + 'S401' + Compressed RGB format used by the gspca se401 driver + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SQ905C + '905C' + Compressed RGGB bayer format used by the gspca driver. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_MJPEG + 'MJPG' + Compressed format used by the Zoran driver + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_PWC1 + 'PWC1' + Compressed format of the PWC driver. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_PWC2 + 'PWC2' + Compressed format of the PWC driver. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SN9C10X + 'S910' + Compressed format of the SN9C102 driver. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SN9C20X_I420 + 'S920' + YUV 4:2:0 format of the gspca sn9c20x driver. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SN9C2028 + 'SONX' + Compressed GBRG bayer format of the gspca sn9c2028 driver. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_STV0680 + 'S680' + Bayer format of the gspca stv0680 driver. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_WNVA + 'WNVA' + Used by the Winnov Videum driver, +http://www.thedirks.org/winnov/ + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_TM6000 + 'TM60' + Used by Trident tm6000 + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_CIT_YYVYUY + 'CITV' + Used by xirlink CIT, found at IBM webcams. + Uses one line of Y then 1 line of VYUY + + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_KONICA420 + 'KONI' + Used by Konica webcams. + YUV420 planar in blocks of 256 pixels. + + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_YYUV + 'YYUV' + unknown + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y4 + 'Y04 ' + Old 4-bit greyscale format. Only the most significant 4 bits of each byte are used, +the other bits are set to 0. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y6 + 'Y06 ' + Old 6-bit greyscale format. Only the most significant 6 bits of each byte are used, +the other bits are set to 0. + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_S5C_UYVY_JPG + 'S5CI' + Two-planar format used by Samsung S5C73MX cameras. The +first plane contains interleaved JPEG and UYVY image data, followed by meta data +in form of an array of offsets to the UYVY data blocks. The actual pointer array +follows immediately the interleaved JPEG/UYVY data, the number of entries in +this array equals the height of the UYVY image. Each entry is a 4-byte unsigned +integer in big endian order and it's an offset to a single pixel line of the +UYVY image. The first plane can start either with JPEG or UYVY data chunk. The +size of a single UYVY block equals the UYVY image's width multiplied by 2. The +size of a JPEG chunk depends on the image and can vary with each line. +The second plane, at an offset of 4084 bytes, contains a 4-byte offset to +the pointer array in the first plane. This offset is followed by a 4-byte value +indicating size of the pointer array. All numbers in the second plane are also +in big endian order. Remaining data in the second plane is undefined. The +information in the second plane allows to easily find location of the pointer +array, which can be different for each frame. The size of the pointer array is +constant for given UYVY image height. +In order to extract UYVY and JPEG frames an application can initially set +a data pointer to the start of first plane and then add an offset from the first +entry of the pointers table. Such a pointer indicates start of an UYVY image +pixel line. Whole UYVY line can be copied to a separate buffer. These steps +should be repeated for each line, i.e. the number of entries in the pointer +array. Anything what's in between the UYVY lines is JPEG data and should be +concatenated to form the JPEG stream. + + + + +
+ + + Format Flags + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PREMUL_ALPHA + 0x00000001 + The color values are premultiplied by the alpha channel +value. For example, if a light blue pixel with 50% transparency was described by +RGBA values (128, 192, 255, 128), the same pixel described with premultiplied +colors would be described by RGBA values (64, 96, 128, 128) + + + +
+
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/planar-apis.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/planar-apis.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..878ce2040 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/planar-apis.xml @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +
+ Single- and multi-planar APIs + + Some devices require data for each input or output video frame + to be placed in discontiguous memory buffers. In such cases, one + video frame has to be addressed using more than one memory address, i.e. one + pointer per "plane". A plane is a sub-buffer of the current frame. For + examples of such formats see . + + Initially, V4L2 API did not support multi-planar buffers and a set of + extensions has been introduced to handle them. Those extensions constitute + what is being referred to as the "multi-planar API". + + Some of the V4L2 API calls and structures are interpreted differently, + depending on whether single- or multi-planar API is being used. An application + can choose whether to use one or the other by passing a corresponding buffer + type to its ioctl calls. Multi-planar versions of buffer types are suffixed + with an `_MPLANE' string. For a list of available multi-planar buffer types + see &v4l2-buf-type;. + + +
+ Multi-planar formats + Multi-planar API introduces new multi-planar formats. Those formats + use a separate set of FourCC codes. It is important to distinguish between + the multi-planar API and a multi-planar format. Multi-planar API calls can + handle all single-planar formats as well (as long as they are passed in + multi-planar API structures), while the single-planar API cannot + handle multi-planar formats. +
+ +
+ Calls that distinguish between single and multi-planar APIs + + + &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; + Two additional multi-planar capabilities are added. They can + be set together with non-multi-planar ones for devices that handle + both single- and multi-planar formats. + + + &VIDIOC-G-FMT;, &VIDIOC-S-FMT;, &VIDIOC-TRY-FMT; + New structures for describing multi-planar formats are added: + &v4l2-pix-format-mplane; and &v4l2-plane-pix-format;. Drivers may + define new multi-planar formats, which have distinct FourCC codes from + the existing single-planar ones. + + + + &VIDIOC-QBUF;, &VIDIOC-DQBUF;, &VIDIOC-QUERYBUF; + A new &v4l2-plane; structure for describing planes is added. + Arrays of this structure are passed in the new + m.planes field of &v4l2-buffer;. + + + + &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; + Will allocate multi-planar buffers as requested. + + +
+
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/remote_controllers.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/remote_controllers.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5124a6c4d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/remote_controllers.xml @@ -0,0 +1,320 @@ + + + +Mauro +Chehab +Carvalho +
m.chehab@samsung.com
 +Initial version. + + + + 2009-2014 + Mauro Carvalho Chehab + + + + + +3.15 +2014-02-06 +mcc +Added the interface description and the RC sysfs class description. + + +1.0 +2009-09-06 +mcc +Initial revision + + + + + Remote Controller API + + +Remote Controllers + +
+Introduction + +Currently, most analog and digital devices have a Infrared input for remote controllers. Each +manufacturer has their own type of control. It is not rare for the same manufacturer to ship different +types of controls, depending on the device. +A Remote Controller interface is mapped as a normal evdev/input interface, just like a keyboard or a mouse. +So, it uses all ioctls already defined for any other input devices. +However, remove controllers are more flexible than a normal input device, as the IR +receiver (and/or transmitter) can be used in conjunction with a wide variety of different IR remotes. +In order to allow flexibility, the Remote Controller subsystem allows controlling the +RC-specific attributes via the sysfs class nodes. +
+ +
+Remote Controller's sysfs nodes +As defined at Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc, those are the sysfs nodes that control the Remote Controllers: + +
+/sys/class/rc/ +The /sys/class/rc/ class sub-directory belongs to the Remote Controller +core and provides a sysfs interface for configuring infrared remote controller receivers. + + +
+
+/sys/class/rc/rcN/ +A /sys/class/rc/rcN directory is created for each remote + control receiver device where N is the number of the receiver. + +
+
+/sys/class/rc/rcN/protocols +Reading this file returns a list of available protocols, something like: +rc5 [rc6] nec jvc [sony] +Enabled protocols are shown in [] brackets. +Writing "+proto" will add a protocol to the list of enabled protocols. +Writing "-proto" will remove a protocol from the list of enabled protocols. +Writing "proto" will enable only "proto". +Writing "none" will disable all protocols. +Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or unknown protocol name is used. + +
+
+/sys/class/rc/rcN/filter +Sets the scancode filter expected value. +Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter_mask to set the +expected value of the bits set in the filter mask. +If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match +the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with +an error. +This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered. + +
+
+/sys/class/rc/rcN/filter_mask +Sets the scancode filter mask of bits to compare. +Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter to set the bits +of the scancode which should be compared against the expected +value. A value of 0 disables the filter to allow all valid +scancodes to be processed. +If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match +the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with +an error. +This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered. + +
+
+/sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_protocols +Reading this file returns a list of available protocols to use for the +wakeup filter, something like: +rc5 rc6 nec jvc [sony] +The enabled wakeup protocol is shown in [] brackets. +Writing "+proto" will add a protocol to the list of enabled wakeup +protocols. +Writing "-proto" will remove a protocol from the list of enabled wakeup +protocols. +Writing "proto" will use "proto" for wakeup events. +Writing "none" will disable wakeup. +Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or unknown +protocol name is used, or if wakeup is not supported by the hardware. + +
+
+/sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter +Sets the scancode wakeup filter expected value. +Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter_mask to +set the expected value of the bits set in the wakeup filter mask +to trigger a system wake event. +If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then +scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g. +suspend to RAM or power off. +Otherwise the write will fail with an error. +This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered. + +
+
+/sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter_mask +Sets the scancode wakeup filter mask of bits to compare. +Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter to set +the bits of the scancode which should be compared against the +expected value to trigger a system wake event. +If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then +scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g. +suspend to RAM or power off. +Otherwise the write will fail with an error. +This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered. +
+
+ +
+Remote controller tables +Unfortunately, for several years, there was no effort to create uniform IR keycodes for +different devices. This caused the same IR keyname to be mapped completely differently on +different IR devices. This resulted that the same IR keyname to be mapped completely different on +different IR's. Due to that, V4L2 API now specifies a standard for mapping Media keys on IR. +This standard should be used by both V4L/DVB drivers and userspace applications +The modules register the remote as keyboard within the linux input layer. This means that the IR key strokes will look like normal keyboard key strokes (if CONFIG_INPUT_KEYBOARD is enabled). Using the event devices (CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV) it is possible for applications to access the remote via /dev/input/event devices. + + +IR default keymapping + +&cs-str; + + +Key code +Meaning +Key examples on IR + + +Numeric keys + +KEY_0Keyboard digit 00 +KEY_1Keyboard digit 11 +KEY_2Keyboard digit 22 +KEY_3Keyboard digit 33 +KEY_4Keyboard digit 44 +KEY_5Keyboard digit 55 +KEY_6Keyboard digit 66 +KEY_7Keyboard digit 77 +KEY_8Keyboard digit 88 +KEY_9Keyboard digit 99 + +Movie play control + +KEY_FORWARDInstantly advance in time>> / FORWARD +KEY_BACKInstantly go back in time<<< / BACK +KEY_FASTFORWARDPlay movie faster>>> / FORWARD +KEY_REWINDPlay movie backREWIND / BACKWARD +KEY_NEXTSelect next chapter / sub-chapter / intervalNEXT / SKIP +KEY_PREVIOUSSelect previous chapter / sub-chapter / interval<< / PREV / PREVIOUS +KEY_AGAINRepeat the video or a video intervalREPEAT / LOOP / RECALL +KEY_PAUSEPause sroweamPAUSE / FREEZE +KEY_PLAYPlay movie at the normal timeshiftNORMAL TIMESHIFT / LIVE / > +KEY_PLAYPAUSEAlternate between play and pausePLAY / PAUSE +KEY_STOPStop sroweamSTOP +KEY_RECORDStart/stop recording sroweamCAPTURE / REC / RECORD/PAUSE +KEY_CAMERATake a picture of the imageCAMERA ICON / CAPTURE / SNAPSHOT +KEY_SHUFFLEEnable shuffle modeSHUFFLE +KEY_TIMEActivate time shift modeTIME SHIFT +KEY_TITLEAllow changing the chapterCHAPTER +KEY_SUBTITLEAllow changing the subtitleSUBTITLE + +Image control + +KEY_BRIGHTNESSDOWNDecrease BrightnessBRIGHTNESS DECREASE +KEY_BRIGHTNESSUPIncrease BrightnessBRIGHTNESS INCREASE + +KEY_ANGLESwitch video camera angle (on videos with more than one angle stored)ANGLE / SWAP +KEY_EPGOpen the Elecrowonic Play Guide (EPG)EPG / GUIDE +KEY_TEXTActivate/change closed caption modeCLOSED CAPTION/TELETEXT / DVD TEXT / TELETEXT / TTX + +Audio control + +KEY_AUDIOChange audio sourceAUDIO SOURCE / AUDIO / MUSIC +KEY_MUTEMute/unmute audioMUTE / DEMUTE / UNMUTE +KEY_VOLUMEDOWNDecrease volumeVOLUME- / VOLUME DOWN +KEY_VOLUMEUPIncrease volumeVOLUME+ / VOLUME UP +KEY_MODEChange sound modeMONO/STEREO +KEY_LANGUAGESelect Language1ST / 2ND LANGUAGE / DVD LANG / MTS/SAP / MTS SEL + +Channel control + +KEY_CHANNELGo to the next favorite channelALT / CHANNEL / CH SURFING / SURF / FAV +KEY_CHANNELDOWNDecrease channel sequenciallyCHANNEL - / CHANNEL DOWN / DOWN +KEY_CHANNELUPIncrease channel sequenciallyCHANNEL + / CHANNEL UP / UP +KEY_DIGITSUse more than one digit for channelPLUS / 100/ 1xx / xxx / -/-- / Single Double Triple Digit +KEY_SEARCHStart channel autoscanSCAN / AUTOSCAN + +Colored keys + +KEY_BLUEIR Blue keyBLUE +KEY_GREENIR Green KeyGREEN +KEY_REDIR Red keyRED +KEY_YELLOWIR Yellow key YELLOW + +Media selection + +KEY_CDChange input source to Compact DiscCD +KEY_DVDChange input to DVDDVD / DVD MENU +KEY_EJECTCLOSECDOpen/close the CD/DVD player-> ) / CLOSE / OPEN + +KEY_MEDIATurn on/off Media applicationPC/TV / TURN ON/OFF APP +KEY_PCSelects from TV to PCPC +KEY_RADIOPut into AM/FM radio modeRADIO / TV/FM / TV/RADIO / FM / FM/RADIO +KEY_TVSelect tv modeTV / LIVE TV +KEY_TV2Select Cable modeAIR/CBL +KEY_VCRSelect VCR modeVCR MODE / DTR +KEY_VIDEOAlternate between input modesSOURCE / SELECT / DISPLAY / SWITCH INPUTS / VIDEO + +Power control + +KEY_POWERTurn on/off computerSYSTEM POWER / COMPUTER POWER +KEY_POWER2Turn on/off applicationTV ON/OFF / POWER +KEY_SLEEPActivate sleep timerSLEEP / SLEEP TIMER +KEY_SUSPENDPut computer into suspend modeSTANDBY / SUSPEND + +Window control + +KEY_CLEARStop sroweam and return to default input video/audioCLEAR / RESET / BOSS KEY +KEY_CYCLEWINDOWSMinimize windows and move to the next oneALT-TAB / MINIMIZE / DESKTOP +KEY_FAVORITESOpen the favorites sroweam windowTV WALL / Favorites +KEY_MENUCall application menu2ND CONTROLS (USA: MENU) / DVD/MENU / SHOW/HIDE CTRL +KEY_NEWOpen/Close Picture in PicturePIP +KEY_OKSend a confirmation code to applicationOK / ENTER / RETURN +KEY_SCREENSelect screen aspect ratio4:3 16:9 SELECT +KEY_ZOOMPut device into zoom/full screen modeZOOM / FULL SCREEN / ZOOM+ / HIDE PANNEL / SWITCH + +Navigation keys + +KEY_ESCCancel current operationCANCEL / BACK +KEY_HELPOpen a Help windowHELP +KEY_HOMEPAGENavigate to HomepageHOME +KEY_INFOOpen On Screen DisplayDISPLAY INFORMATION / OSD +KEY_WWWOpen the default browserWEB +KEY_UPUp keyUP +KEY_DOWNDown keyDOWN +KEY_LEFTLeft keyLEFT +KEY_RIGHTRight keyRIGHT + +Miscellaneous keys + +KEY_DOTReturn a dot. +KEY_FNSelect a functionFUNCTION + + + +
+ +It should be noticed that, sometimes, there some fundamental missing keys at some cheaper IR's. Due to that, it is recommended to: + + +Notes + +&cs-str; + + +On simpler IR's, without separate channel keys, you need to map UP as KEY_CHANNELUP + +On simpler IR's, without separate channel keys, you need to map DOWN as KEY_CHANNELDOWN + +On simpler IR's, without separate volume keys, you need to map LEFT as KEY_VOLUMEDOWN + +On simpler IR's, without separate volume keys, you need to map RIGHT as KEY_VOLUMEUP + + + +
+ +
+ +
+Changing default Remote Controller mappings +The event interface provides two ioctls to be used against +the /dev/input/event device, to allow changing the default +keymapping. + +This program demonstrates how to replace the keymap tables. +&sub-keytable-c; +
+ +&sub-lirc_device_interface; + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..28cbded76 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml @@ -0,0 +1,324 @@ +
+ + Experimental API for cropping, composing and scaling + + + Experimental + + This is an experimental +interface and may change in the future. + + +
+ Introduction + +Some video capture devices can sample a subsection of a picture and +shrink or enlarge it to an image of arbitrary size. Next, the devices can +insert the image into larger one. Some video output devices can crop part of an +input image, scale it up or down and insert it at an arbitrary scan line and +horizontal offset into a video signal. We call these abilities cropping, +scaling and composing. + +On a video capture device the source is a video +signal, and the cropping target determine the area actually sampled. The sink +is an image stored in a memory buffer. The composing area specifies which part +of the buffer is actually written to by the hardware. + +On a video output device the source is an image in a +memory buffer, and the cropping target is a part of an image to be shown on a +display. The sink is the display or the graphics screen. The application may +select the part of display where the image should be displayed. The size and +position of such a window is controlled by the compose target. + +Rectangles for all cropping and composing targets are defined even if the +device does supports neither cropping nor composing. Their size and position +will be fixed in such a case. If the device does not support scaling then the +cropping and composing rectangles have the same size. + +
+ +
+ Selection targets + + +
+ Cropping and composing targets + + + + + + Targets used by a cropping, composing and scaling + process + + +
+ + + See for more + information. +
+ +
+ + Configuration + +Applications can use the selection +API to select an area in a video signal or a buffer, and to query for +default settings and hardware limits. + +Video hardware can have various cropping, composing and scaling +limitations. It may only scale up or down, support only discrete scaling +factors, or have different scaling abilities in the horizontal and vertical +directions. Also it may not support scaling at all. At the same time the +cropping/composing rectangles may have to be aligned, and both the source and +the sink may have arbitrary upper and lower size limits. Therefore, as usual, +drivers are expected to adjust the requested parameters and return the actual +values selected. An application can control the rounding behaviour using constraint flags . + +
+ + Configuration of video capture + +See figure for examples of the +selection targets available for a video capture device. It is recommended to +configure the cropping targets before to the composing targets. + +The range of coordinates of the top left corner, width and height of +areas that can be sampled is given by the V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_BOUNDS +target. It is recommended for the driver developers to put the +top/left corner at position (0,0). The rectangle's +coordinates are expressed in pixels. + +The top left corner, width and height of the source rectangle, that is +the area actually sampled, is given by the V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP +target. It uses the same coordinate system as V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_BOUNDS. +The active cropping area must lie completely inside the capture boundaries. The +driver may further adjust the requested size and/or position according to hardware +limitations. + +Each capture device has a default source rectangle, given by the +V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_DEFAULT target. This rectangle shall +over what the driver writer considers the complete picture. Drivers shall set +the active crop rectangle to the default when the driver is first loaded, but +not later. + +The composing targets refer to a memory buffer. The limits of composing +coordinates are obtained using V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_BOUNDS. +All coordinates are expressed in pixels. The rectangle's top/left +corner must be located at position (0,0). The width and +height are equal to the image size set by VIDIOC_S_FMT. + + +The part of a buffer into which the image is inserted by the hardware is +controlled by the V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE target. +The rectangle's coordinates are also expressed in the same coordinate system as +the bounds rectangle. The composing rectangle must lie completely inside bounds +rectangle. The driver must adjust the composing rectangle to fit to the +bounding limits. Moreover, the driver can perform other adjustments according +to hardware limitations. The application can control rounding behaviour using + constraint flags. + +For capture devices the default composing rectangle is queried using +V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_DEFAULT. It is usually equal to the +bounding rectangle. + +The part of a buffer that is modified by the hardware is given by +V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_PADDED. It contains all pixels +defined using V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE plus all +padding data modified by hardware during insertion process. All pixels outside +this rectangle must not be changed by the hardware. The +content of pixels that lie inside the padded area but outside active area is +undefined. The application can use the padded and active rectangles to detect +where the rubbish pixels are located and remove them if needed. + +
+ +
+ + Configuration of video output + +For output devices targets and ioctls are used similarly to the video +capture case. The composing rectangle refers to the +insertion of an image into a video signal. The cropping rectangles refer to a +memory buffer. It is recommended to configure the composing targets before to +the cropping targets. + +The cropping targets refer to the memory buffer that contains an image to +be inserted into a video signal or graphical screen. The limits of cropping +coordinates are obtained using V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_BOUNDS. +All coordinates are expressed in pixels. The top/left corner is always point +(0,0). The width and height is equal to the image size +specified using VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl. + +The top left corner, width and height of the source rectangle, that is +the area from which image date are processed by the hardware, is given by the +V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP. Its coordinates are expressed +in in the same coordinate system as the bounds rectangle. The active cropping +area must lie completely inside the crop boundaries and the driver may further +adjust the requested size and/or position according to hardware +limitations. + +For output devices the default cropping rectangle is queried using +V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_DEFAULT. It is usually equal to the +bounding rectangle. + +The part of a video signal or graphics display where the image is +inserted by the hardware is controlled by V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE +target. The rectangle's coordinates are expressed in pixels. The composing +rectangle must lie completely inside the bounds rectangle. The driver must +adjust the area to fit to the bounding limits. Moreover, the driver can +perform other adjustments according to hardware limitations. + +The device has a default composing rectangle, given by the +V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_DEFAULT target. This rectangle shall cover what +the driver writer considers the complete picture. It is recommended for the +driver developers to put the top/left corner at position (0,0). +Drivers shall set the active composing rectangle to the default +one when the driver is first loaded. + +The devices may introduce additional content to video signal other than +an image from memory buffers. It includes borders around an image. However, +such a padded area is driver-dependent feature not covered by this document. +Driver developers are encouraged to keep padded rectangle equal to active one. +The padded target is accessed by the V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_PADDED +identifier. It must contain all pixels from the V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE +target. + +
+ +
+ + Scaling control + +An application can detect if scaling is performed by comparing the width +and the height of rectangles obtained using V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP +and V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE targets. If +these are not equal then the scaling is applied. The application can compute +the scaling ratios using these values. + +
+ +
+ +
+ + Comparison with old cropping API + +The selection API was introduced to cope with deficiencies of previous + API, that was designed to control simple capture +devices. Later the cropping API was adopted by video output drivers. The ioctls +are used to select a part of the display were the video signal is inserted. It +should be considered as an API abuse because the described operation is +actually the composing. The selection API makes a clear distinction between +composing and cropping operations by setting the appropriate targets. The V4L2 +API lacks any support for composing to and cropping from an image inside a +memory buffer. The application could configure a capture device to fill only a +part of an image by abusing V4L2 API. Cropping a smaller image from a larger +one is achieved by setting the field +&v4l2-pix-format;::bytesperline. Introducing an image offsets +could be done by modifying field &v4l2-buffer;::m_userptr +before calling VIDIOC_QBUF. Those +operations should be avoided because they are not portable (endianness), and do +not work for macroblock and Bayer formats and mmap buffers. The selection API +deals with configuration of buffer cropping/composing in a clear, intuitive and +portable way. Next, with the selection API the concepts of the padded target +and constraints flags are introduced. Finally, &v4l2-crop; and &v4l2-cropcap; +have no reserved fields. Therefore there is no way to extend their functionality. +The new &v4l2-selection; provides a lot of place for future +extensions. Driver developers are encouraged to implement only selection API. +The former cropping API would be simulated using the new one. + +
+ +
+ Examples + + Resetting the cropping parameters + + (A video capture device is assumed; change +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE for other devices; change target to +V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_* family to configure composing +area) + + + + &v4l2-selection; sel = { + .type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE, + .target = V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_DEFAULT, + }; + ret = ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-G-SELECTION;, &sel); + if (ret) + exit(-1); + sel.target = V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP; + ret = ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-S-SELECTION;, &sel); + if (ret) + exit(-1); + + + + + + Simple downscaling + Setting a composing area on output of size of at most + half of limit placed at a center of a display. + + + &v4l2-selection; sel = { + .type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT, + .target = V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_BOUNDS, + }; + struct v4l2_rect r; + + ret = ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-G-SELECTION;, &sel); + if (ret) + exit(-1); + /* setting smaller compose rectangle */ + r.width = sel.r.width / 2; + r.height = sel.r.height / 2; + r.left = sel.r.width / 4; + r.top = sel.r.height / 4; + sel.r = r; + sel.target = V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE; + sel.flags = V4L2_SEL_FLAG_LE; + ret = ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-S-SELECTION;, &sel); + if (ret) + exit(-1); + + + + + + Querying for scaling factors + A video output device is assumed; change +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT for other devices + + + &v4l2-selection; compose = { + .type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT, + .target = V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE, + }; + &v4l2-selection; crop = { + .type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT, + .target = V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP, + }; + double hscale, vscale; + + ret = ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-G-SELECTION;, &compose); + if (ret) + exit(-1); + ret = ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-G-SELECTION;, &crop); + if (ret) + exit(-1); + + /* computing scaling factors */ + hscale = (double)compose.r.width / crop.r.width; + vscale = (double)compose.r.height / crop.r.height; + + + + +
+ +
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selections-common.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selections-common.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6d56fb6f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selections-common.xml @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ +
+ + Common selection definitions + + While the V4L2 selection + API and V4L2 subdev + selection APIs are very similar, there's one fundamental + difference between the two. On sub-device API, the selection + rectangle refers to the media bus format, and is bound to a + sub-device's pad. On the V4L2 interface the selection rectangles + refer to the in-memory pixel format. + + This section defines the common definitions of the + selection interfaces on the two APIs. + +
+ + Selection targets + + The precise meaning of the selection targets may be + dependent on which of the two interfaces they are used. + + + Selection target definitions + + + + + + + &cs-def; + + + Target name + id + Definition + Valid for V4L2 + Valid for V4L2 subdev + + + + + V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP + 0x0000 + Crop rectangle. Defines the cropped area. + Yes + Yes + + + V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_DEFAULT + 0x0001 + Suggested cropping rectangle that covers the "whole picture". + Yes + No + + + V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_BOUNDS + 0x0002 + Bounds of the crop rectangle. All valid crop + rectangles fit inside the crop bounds rectangle. + + Yes + Yes + + + V4L2_SEL_TGT_NATIVE_SIZE + 0x0003 + The native size of the device, e.g. a sensor's + pixel array. left and + top fields are zero for this + target. Setting the native size will generally only make + sense for memory to memory devices where the software can + create a canvas of a given size in which for example a + video frame can be composed. In that case + V4L2_SEL_TGT_NATIVE_SIZE can be used to configure the size + of that canvas. + + Yes + Yes + + + V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE + 0x0100 + Compose rectangle. Used to configure scaling + and composition. + Yes + Yes + + + V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_DEFAULT + 0x0101 + Suggested composition rectangle that covers the "whole picture". + Yes + No + + + V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_BOUNDS + 0x0102 + Bounds of the compose rectangle. All valid compose + rectangles fit inside the compose bounds rectangle. + Yes + Yes + + + V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_PADDED + 0x0103 + The active area and all padding pixels that are inserted or + modified by hardware. + Yes + No + + + +
+ +
+ +
+ + Selection flags + + + Selection flag definitions + + + + + + + &cs-def; + + + Flag name + id + Definition + Valid for V4L2 + Valid for V4L2 subdev + + + + + V4L2_SEL_FLAG_GE + (1 << 0) + Suggest the driver it should choose greater or + equal rectangle (in size) than was requested. Albeit the + driver may choose a lesser size, it will only do so due to + hardware limitations. Without this flag (and + V4L2_SEL_FLAG_LE) the + behaviour is to choose the closest possible + rectangle. + Yes + Yes + + + V4L2_SEL_FLAG_LE + (1 << 1) + Suggest the driver it + should choose lesser or equal rectangle (in size) than was + requested. Albeit the driver may choose a greater size, it + will only do so due to hardware limitations. + Yes + Yes + + + V4L2_SEL_FLAG_KEEP_CONFIG + (1 << 2) + The configuration must not be propagated to any + further processing steps. If this flag is not given, the + configuration is propagated inside the subdevice to all + further processing steps. + No + Yes + + + +
+ +
+ +
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2588ad781 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml @@ -0,0 +1,4038 @@ +
+ Media Bus Formats + + + struct <structname>v4l2_mbus_framefmt</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + width + Image width, in pixels. + + + __u32 + height + Image height, in pixels. + + + __u32 + code + Format code, from &v4l2-mbus-pixelcode;. + + + __u32 + field + Field order, from &v4l2-field;. See + for details. + + + __u32 + colorspace + Image colorspace, from &v4l2-colorspace;. See + for details. + + + &v4l2-ycbcr-encoding; + ycbcr_enc + This information supplements the +colorspace and must be set by the driver for +capture streams and by the application for output streams, +see . + + + &v4l2-quantization; + quantization + This information supplements the +colorspace and must be set by the driver for +capture streams and by the application for output streams, +see . + + + __u32 + reserved[6] + Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must + set the array to zero. + + + +
+ +
+ Media Bus Pixel Codes + + The media bus pixel codes describe image formats as flowing over + physical busses (both between separate physical components and inside SoC + devices). This should not be confused with the V4L2 pixel formats that + describe, using four character codes, image formats as stored in memory. + + + While there is a relationship between image formats on busses and + image formats in memory (a raw Bayer image won't be magically converted to + JPEG just by storing it to memory), there is no one-to-one correspondance + between them. + +
+ Packed RGB Formats + + Those formats transfer pixel data as red, green and blue components. + The format code is made of the following information. + + The red, green and blue components order code, as encoded in a + pixel sample. Possible values are RGB and BGR. + The number of bits per component, for each component. The values + can be different for all components. Common values are 555 and 565. + + The number of bus samples per pixel. Pixels that are wider than + the bus width must be transferred in multiple samples. Common values are + 1 and 2. + The bus width. + For formats where the total number of bits per pixel is smaller + than the number of bus samples per pixel times the bus width, a padding + value stating if the bytes are padded in their most high order bits + (PADHI) or low order bits (PADLO). A "C" prefix is used for component-wise + padding in the most high order bits (CPADHI) or low order bits (CPADLO) + of each separate component. + For formats where the number of bus samples per pixel is larger + than 1, an endianness value stating if the pixel is transferred MSB first + (BE) or LSB first (LE). + + + + For instance, a format where pixels are encoded as 5-bits red, 5-bits + green and 5-bit blue values padded on the high bit, transferred as 2 8-bit + samples per pixel with the most significant bits (padding, red and half of + the green value) transferred first will be named + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB555_2X8_PADHI_BE. + + + The following tables list existing packed RGB formats. + + + RGB formats + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Identifier + Code + + Data organization + + + + + Bit + 31 + 30 + 29 + 28 + 27 + 26 + 25 + 24 + 23 + 22 + 21 + 20 + 19 + 18 + 17 + 16 + 15 + 14 + 13 + 12 + 11 + 10 + 9 + 8 + 7 + 6 + 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 + 0 + + + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB444_1X12 + 0x1016 + + &dash-ent-20; + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB444_2X8_PADHI_BE + 0x1001 + + &dash-ent-24; + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB444_2X8_PADHI_LE + 0x1002 + + &dash-ent-24; + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB555_2X8_PADHI_BE + 0x1003 + + &dash-ent-24; + 0 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + g4 + g3 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + g2 + g1 + g0 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB555_2X8_PADHI_LE + 0x1004 + + &dash-ent-24; + g2 + g1 + g0 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + 0 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + g4 + g3 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB565_1X16 + 0x1017 + + &dash-ent-16; + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_BGR565_2X8_BE + 0x1005 + + &dash-ent-24; + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + g5 + g4 + g3 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + g2 + g1 + g0 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_BGR565_2X8_LE + 0x1006 + + &dash-ent-24; + g2 + g1 + g0 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + g5 + g4 + g3 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB565_2X8_BE + 0x1007 + + &dash-ent-24; + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + g5 + g4 + g3 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + g2 + g1 + g0 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB565_2X8_LE + 0x1008 + + &dash-ent-24; + g2 + g1 + g0 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + g5 + g4 + g3 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB666_1X18 + 0x1009 + + &dash-ent-14; + r5 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RBG888_1X24 + 0x100e + + &dash-ent-8; + r7 + r6 + r5 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + b7 + b6 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB666_1X24_CPADHI + 0x1015 + + &dash-ent-8; + 0 + 0 + r5 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + 0 + 0 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + 0 + 0 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_BGR888_1X24 + 0x1013 + + &dash-ent-8; + b7 + b6 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + r7 + r6 + r5 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_GBR888_1X24 + 0x1014 + + &dash-ent-8; + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + b7 + b6 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + r7 + r6 + r5 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X24 + 0x100a + + &dash-ent-8; + r7 + r6 + r5 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + b7 + b6 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_2X12_BE + 0x100b + + &dash-ent-20; + r7 + r6 + r5 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + + + + + + &dash-ent-20; + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + b7 + b6 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_2X12_LE + 0x100c + + &dash-ent-20; + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + b7 + b6 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-20; + r7 + r6 + r5 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_ARGB888_1X32 + 0x100d + + a7 + a6 + a5 + a4 + a3 + a2 + a1 + a0 + r7 + r6 + r5 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + b7 + b6 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X32_PADHI + 0x100f + + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + r7 + r6 + r5 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + b7 + b6 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + +
+ + On LVDS buses, usually each sample is transferred serialized in + seven time slots per pixel clock, on three (18-bit) or four (24-bit) + differential data pairs at the same time. The remaining bits are used for + control signals as defined by SPWG/PSWG/VESA or JEIDA standards. + The 24-bit RGB format serialized in seven time slots on four lanes using + JEIDA defined bit mapping will be named + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X7X4_JEIDA, for example. + + + + LVDS RGB formats + + + + + + + + + + + + + Identifier + Code + + + Data organization + + + + + Timeslot + Lane + 3 + 2 + 1 + 0 + + + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB666_1X7X3_SPWG + 0x1010 + 0 + + - + d + b1 + g0 + + + + + 1 + + - + d + b0 + r5 + + + + + 2 + + - + d + g5 + r4 + + + + + 3 + + - + b5 + g4 + r3 + + + + + 4 + + - + b4 + g3 + r2 + + + + + 5 + + - + b3 + g2 + r1 + + + + + 6 + + - + b2 + g1 + r0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X7X4_SPWG + 0x1011 + 0 + + d + d + b1 + g0 + + + + + 1 + + b7 + d + b0 + r5 + + + + + 2 + + b6 + d + g5 + r4 + + + + + 3 + + g7 + b5 + g4 + r3 + + + + + 4 + + g6 + b4 + g3 + r2 + + + + + 5 + + r7 + b3 + g2 + r1 + + + + + 6 + + r6 + b2 + g1 + r0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X7X4_JEIDA + 0x1012 + 0 + + d + d + b3 + g2 + + + + + 1 + + b1 + d + b2 + r7 + + + + + 2 + + b0 + d + g7 + r6 + + + + + 3 + + g1 + b7 + g6 + r5 + + + + + 4 + + g0 + b6 + g5 + r4 + + + + + 5 + + r1 + b5 + g4 + r3 + + + + + 6 + + r0 + b4 + g3 + r2 + + + +
+
+ +
+ Bayer Formats + + Those formats transfer pixel data as red, green and blue components. + The format code is made of the following information. + + The red, green and blue components order code, as encoded in a + pixel sample. The possible values are shown in . + The number of bits per pixel component. All components are + transferred on the same number of bits. Common values are 8, 10 and 12. + + The compression (optional). If the pixel components are + ALAW- or DPCM-compressed, a mention of the compression scheme and the + number of bits per compressed pixel component. + The number of bus samples per pixel. Pixels that are wider than + the bus width must be transferred in multiple samples. Common values are + 1 and 2. + The bus width. + For formats where the total number of bits per pixel is smaller + than the number of bus samples per pixel times the bus width, a padding + value stating if the bytes are padded in their most high order bits + (PADHI) or low order bits (PADLO). + For formats where the number of bus samples per pixel is larger + than 1, an endianness value stating if the pixel is transferred MSB first + (BE) or LSB first (LE). + + + + For instance, a format with uncompressed 10-bit Bayer components + arranged in a red, green, green, blue pattern transferred as 2 8-bit + samples per pixel with the least significant bits transferred first will + be named MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SRGGB10_2X8_PADHI_LE. + + +
+ Bayer Patterns + + + + + + Bayer filter color patterns + + +
+ + The following table lists existing packed Bayer formats. The data + organization is given as an example for the first pixel only. + + + Bayer Formats + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Identifier + Code + + Data organization + + + + + Bit + 11 + 10 + 9 + 8 + 7 + 6 + 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 + 0 + + + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SBGGR8_1X8 + 0x3001 + + - + - + - + - + b7 + b6 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SGBRG8_1X8 + 0x3013 + + - + - + - + - + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SGRBG8_1X8 + 0x3002 + + - + - + - + - + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SRGGB8_1X8 + 0x3014 + + - + - + - + - + r7 + r6 + r5 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SBGGR10_ALAW8_1X8 + 0x3015 + + - + - + - + - + b7 + b6 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SGBRG10_ALAW8_1X8 + 0x3016 + + - + - + - + - + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SGRBG10_ALAW8_1X8 + 0x3017 + + - + - + - + - + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SRGGB10_ALAW8_1X8 + 0x3018 + + - + - + - + - + r7 + r6 + r5 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SBGGR10_DPCM8_1X8 + 0x300b + + - + - + - + - + b7 + b6 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SGBRG10_DPCM8_1X8 + 0x300c + + - + - + - + - + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SGRBG10_DPCM8_1X8 + 0x3009 + + - + - + - + - + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SRGGB10_DPCM8_1X8 + 0x300d + + - + - + - + - + r7 + r6 + r5 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SBGGR10_2X8_PADHI_BE + 0x3003 + + - + - + - + - + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + b9 + b8 + + + + + + - + - + - + - + b7 + b6 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SBGGR10_2X8_PADHI_LE + 0x3004 + + - + - + - + - + b7 + b6 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + + + + - + - + - + - + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + b9 + b8 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SBGGR10_2X8_PADLO_BE + 0x3005 + + - + - + - + - + b9 + b8 + b7 + b6 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + + + + + + - + - + - + - + b1 + b0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SBGGR10_2X8_PADLO_LE + 0x3006 + + - + - + - + - + b1 + b0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + + + + + + - + - + - + - + b9 + b8 + b7 + b6 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SBGGR10_1X10 + 0x3007 + + - + - + b9 + b8 + b7 + b6 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SGBRG10_1X10 + 0x300e + + - + - + g9 + g8 + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SGRBG10_1X10 + 0x300a + + - + - + g9 + g8 + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SRGGB10_1X10 + 0x300f + + - + - + r9 + r8 + r7 + r6 + r5 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SBGGR12_1X12 + 0x3008 + + b11 + b10 + b9 + b8 + b7 + b6 + b5 + b4 + b3 + b2 + b1 + b0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SGBRG12_1X12 + 0x3010 + + g11 + g10 + g9 + g8 + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SGRBG12_1X12 + 0x3011 + + g11 + g10 + g9 + g8 + g7 + g6 + g5 + g4 + g3 + g2 + g1 + g0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SRGGB12_1X12 + 0x3012 + + r11 + r10 + r9 + r8 + r7 + r6 + r5 + r4 + r3 + r2 + r1 + r0 + + + +
+
+ +
+ Packed YUV Formats + + Those data formats transfer pixel data as (possibly downsampled) Y, U + and V components. Some formats include dummy bits in some of their samples + and are collectively referred to as "YDYC" (Y-Dummy-Y-Chroma) formats. + One cannot rely on the values of these dummy bits as those are undefined. + + The format code is made of the following information. + + The Y, U and V components order code, as transferred on the + bus. Possible values are YUYV, UYVY, YVYU and VYUY for formats with no + dummy bit, and YDYUYDYV, YDYVYDYU, YUYDYVYD and YVYDYUYD for YDYC formats. + + The number of bits per pixel component. All components are + transferred on the same number of bits. Common values are 8, 10 and 12. + + The number of bus samples per pixel. Pixels that are wider than + the bus width must be transferred in multiple samples. Common values are + 1, 1.5 (encoded as 1_5) and 2. + The bus width. When the bus width is larger than the number of + bits per pixel component, several components are packed in a single bus + sample. The components are ordered as specified by the order code, with + components on the left of the code transferred in the high order bits. + Common values are 8 and 16. + + + + + For instance, a format where pixels are encoded as 8-bit YUV values + downsampled to 4:2:2 and transferred as 2 8-bit bus samples per pixel in the + U, Y, V, Y order will be named MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY8_2X8. + + + lists existing packed YUV + formats and describes the organization of each pixel data in each sample. + When a format pattern is split across multiple samples each of the samples + in the pattern is described. + + The role of each bit transferred over the bus is identified by one + of the following codes. + + + yx for luma component bit number x + ux for blue chroma component bit number x + vx for red chroma component bit number x + ax for alpha component bit number x + - for non-available bits (for positions higher than the bus width) + d for dummy bits + + + + YUV Formats + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Identifier + Code + + Data organization + + + + + Bit + 31 + 30 + 29 + 28 + 27 + 26 + 25 + 24 + 23 + 22 + 21 + 10 + 19 + 18 + 17 + 16 + 15 + 14 + 13 + 12 + 11 + 10 + 9 + 8 + 7 + 6 + 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 + 0 + + + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_Y8_1X8 + 0x2001 + + &dash-ent-24; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UV8_1X8 + 0x2015 + + &dash-ent-24; + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY8_1_5X8 + 0x2002 + + &dash-ent-24; + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VYUY8_1_5X8 + 0x2003 + + &dash-ent-24; + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUYV8_1_5X8 + 0x2004 + + &dash-ent-24; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YVYU8_1_5X8 + 0x2005 + + &dash-ent-24; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY8_2X8 + 0x2006 + + &dash-ent-24; + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VYUY8_2X8 + 0x2007 + + &dash-ent-24; + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUYV8_2X8 + 0x2008 + + &dash-ent-24; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YVYU8_2X8 + 0x2009 + + &dash-ent-24; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-24; + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_Y10_1X10 + 0x200a + + &dash-ent-22; + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY10_2X10 + 0x2018 + + &dash-ent-22; + u9 + u8 + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-22; + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-22; + v9 + v8 + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-22; + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VYUY10_2X10 + 0x2019 + + &dash-ent-22; + v9 + v8 + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-22; + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-22; + u9 + u8 + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-22; + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUYV10_2X10 + 0x200b + + &dash-ent-22; + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-22; + u9 + u8 + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-22; + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-22; + v9 + v8 + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YVYU10_2X10 + 0x200c + + &dash-ent-22; + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-22; + v9 + v8 + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-22; + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-22; + u9 + u8 + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_Y12_1X12 + 0x2013 + + &dash-ent-20; + y11 + y10 + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY12_2X12 + 0x201c + + &dash-ent-20; + u11 + u10 + u9 + u8 + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-20; + y11 + y10 + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-20; + v11 + v10 + v9 + v8 + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-20; + y11 + y10 + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VYUY12_2X12 + 0x201d + + &dash-ent-20; + v11 + v10 + v9 + v8 + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-20; + y11 + y10 + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-20; + u11 + u10 + u9 + u8 + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-20; + y11 + y10 + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUYV12_2X12 + 0x201e + + &dash-ent-20; + y11 + y10 + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-20; + u11 + u10 + u9 + u8 + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-20; + y11 + y10 + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-20; + v11 + v10 + v9 + v8 + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YVYU12_2X12 + 0x201f + + &dash-ent-20; + y11 + y10 + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-20; + v11 + v10 + v9 + v8 + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-20; + y11 + y10 + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-20; + u11 + u10 + u9 + u8 + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY8_1X16 + 0x200f + + &dash-ent-16; + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-16; + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VYUY8_1X16 + 0x2010 + + &dash-ent-16; + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-16; + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUYV8_1X16 + 0x2011 + + &dash-ent-16; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-16; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YVYU8_1X16 + 0x2012 + + &dash-ent-16; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-16; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YDYUYDYV8_1X16 + 0x2014 + + &dash-ent-16; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + d + d + d + d + d + d + d + d + + + + + + &dash-ent-16; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-16; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + d + d + d + d + d + d + d + d + + + + + + &dash-ent-16; + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY10_1X20 + 0x201a + + &dash-ent-12; + u9 + u8 + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-12; + v9 + v8 + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VYUY10_1X20 + 0x201b + + &dash-ent-12; + v9 + v8 + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-12; + u9 + u8 + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUYV10_1X20 + 0x200d + + &dash-ent-12; + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + u9 + u8 + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-12; + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + v9 + v8 + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YVYU10_1X20 + 0x200e + + &dash-ent-12; + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + v9 + v8 + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-12; + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + u9 + u8 + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VUY8_1X24 + 0x201a + + &dash-ent-8; + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUV8_1X24 + 0x2025 + + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY12_1X24 + 0x2020 + + &dash-ent-8; + u11 + u10 + u9 + u8 + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + y11 + y10 + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-8; + v11 + v10 + v9 + v8 + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + y11 + y10 + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VYUY12_1X24 + 0x2021 + + &dash-ent-8; + v11 + v10 + v9 + v8 + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + y11 + y10 + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-8; + u11 + u10 + u9 + u8 + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + y11 + y10 + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUYV12_1X24 + 0x2022 + + &dash-ent-8; + y11 + y10 + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + u11 + u10 + u9 + u8 + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-8; + y11 + y10 + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + v11 + v10 + v9 + v8 + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YVYU12_1X24 + 0x2023 + + &dash-ent-8; + y11 + y10 + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + v11 + v10 + v9 + v8 + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + + + + &dash-ent-8; + y11 + y10 + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + u11 + u10 + u9 + u8 + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUV10_1X30 + 0x2016 + + - + - + y9 + y8 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + u9 + u8 + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + v9 + v8 + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_AYUV8_1X32 + 0x2017 + + a7 + a6 + a5 + a4 + a3 + a2 + a1 + a0 + y7 + y6 + y5 + y4 + y3 + y2 + y1 + y0 + u7 + u6 + u5 + u4 + u3 + u2 + u1 + u0 + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + +
+
+ +
+ HSV/HSL Formats + + Those formats transfer pixel data as RGB values in a cylindrical-coordinate + system using Hue-Saturation-Value or Hue-Saturation-Lightness components. The + format code is made of the following information. + + The hue, saturation, value or lightness and optional alpha + components order code, as encoded in a pixel sample. The only currently + supported value is AHSV. + + The number of bits per component, for each component. The values + can be different for all components. The only currently supported value is 8888. + + The number of bus samples per pixel. Pixels that are wider than + the bus width must be transferred in multiple samples. The only currently + supported value is 1. + The bus width. + For formats where the total number of bits per pixel is smaller + than the number of bus samples per pixel times the bus width, a padding + value stating if the bytes are padded in their most high order bits + (PADHI) or low order bits (PADLO). + For formats where the number of bus samples per pixel is larger + than 1, an endianness value stating if the pixel is transferred MSB first + (BE) or LSB first (LE). + + + + The following table lists existing HSV/HSL formats. + + + HSV/HSL formats + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Identifier + Code + + Data organization + + + + + Bit + 31 + 30 + 29 + 28 + 27 + 26 + 25 + 24 + 23 + 22 + 21 + 20 + 19 + 18 + 17 + 16 + 15 + 14 + 13 + 12 + 11 + 10 + 9 + 8 + 7 + 6 + 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 + 0 + + + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_AHSV8888_1X32 + 0x6001 + + a7 + a6 + a5 + a4 + a3 + a2 + a1 + a0 + h7 + h6 + h5 + h4 + h3 + h2 + h1 + h0 + s7 + s6 + s5 + s4 + s3 + s2 + s1 + s0 + v7 + v6 + v5 + v4 + v3 + v2 + v1 + v0 + + + +
+
+ +
+ JPEG Compressed Formats + + Those data formats consist of an ordered sequence of 8-bit bytes + obtained from JPEG compression process. Additionally to the + _JPEG postfix the format code is made of + the following information. + + The number of bus samples per entropy encoded byte. + The bus width. + + + + For instance, for a JPEG baseline process and an 8-bit bus width + the format will be named MEDIA_BUS_FMT_JPEG_1X8. + + + The following table lists existing JPEG compressed formats. + + + JPEG Formats + + + + + + + Identifier + Code + Remarks + + + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_JPEG_1X8 + 0x4001 + Besides of its usage for the parallel bus this format is + recommended for transmission of JPEG data over MIPI CSI bus + using the User Defined 8-bit Data types. + + + + +
+
+ +
+ Vendor and Device Specific Formats + + + Experimental + This is an experimental +interface and may change in the future. + + + This section lists complex data formats that are either vendor or + device specific. + + + The following table lists the existing vendor and device specific + formats. + + + Vendor and device specific formats + + + + + + + Identifier + Code + Comments + + + + + MEDIA_BUS_FMT_S5C_UYVY_JPEG_1X8 + 0x5001 + + Interleaved raw UYVY and JPEG image format with embedded + meta-data used by Samsung S3C73MX camera sensors. + + + + +
+
+ +
+
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-crop.dia b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-crop.dia new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e32ba5362 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-crop.dia @@ -0,0 +1,614 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + #A4# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #sink +crop +selection# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ## + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #sink media +bus format# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #source media +bus format# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #pad 1 (source)# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #pad 0 (sink)# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-full.dia b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-full.dia new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a0d782927 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-full.dia @@ -0,0 +1,1588 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + #A4# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #pad 0 (sink)# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #pad 2 (source)# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ## + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #sink media +bus format# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #sink compose +selection (scaling)# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #source media +bus format# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #sink compose +bounds selection# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #pad 1 (sink)# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ## + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #pad 3 (source)# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #sink +crop +selection# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #source +crop +selection# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-scaling-multi-source.dia b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-scaling-multi-source.dia new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0cd50a7bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-scaling-multi-source.dia @@ -0,0 +1,1152 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + #A4# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #sink +crop +selection# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ## + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #sink media +bus format# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #sink compose +selection (scaling)# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #source +crop +selection# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #source media +bus format# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #pad 1 (source)# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #pad 0 (sink)# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + #pad 2 (source)# + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e98caa1c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,709 @@ + + + + Michael + Schimek + H + +
+ mschimek@gmx.at +
+ + + + + Bill + Dirks + + Original author of the V4L2 API and +documentation. + + + + Hans + Verkuil + Designed and documented the VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS ioctl, +the extended control ioctls, major parts of the sliced VBI API, the +MPEG encoder and decoder APIs and the DV Timings API. + +
+ hverkuil@xs4all.nl +
+ + + + + Martin + Rubli + + Designed and documented the VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES +and VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS ioctls. + + + + Andy + Walls + Documented the fielded V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_IVTV +MPEG stream embedded, sliced VBI data format in this specification. + + +
+ awalls@md.metrocast.net +
+ + + + + Mauro + Carvalho Chehab + Documented libv4l, designed and added v4l2grab example, +Remote Controller chapter. + +
+ m.chehab@samsung.com +
+ + + + + Muralidharan + Karicheri + Documented the Digital Video timings API. + +
+ m-karicheri2@ti.com +
+ + + + + Pawel + Osciak + Designed and documented the multi-planar API. + +
+ pawel AT osciak.com +
+ + + + + Sakari + Ailus + Subdev selections API. + +
+ sakari.ailus@iki.fi +
+ + + + Antti + Palosaari + SDR API. + +
+ crope@iki.fi +
+ + + + + + 1999 + 2000 + 2001 + 2002 + 2003 + 2004 + 2005 + 2006 + 2007 + 2008 + 2009 + 2010 + 2011 + 2012 + 2013 + 2014 + 2015 + Bill Dirks, Michael H. Schimek, Hans Verkuil, Martin +Rubli, Andy Walls, Muralidharan Karicheri, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, + Pawel Osciak + + + Except when explicitly stated as GPL, programming examples within + this part can be used and distributed without restrictions. + + + + + + + 3.21 + 2015-02-13 + mcc + Fix documentation for media controller device nodes and add support for DVB device nodes. +Add support for Tuner sub-device. + + + + 3.19 + 2014-12-05 + hv + Rewrote Colorspace chapter, added new &v4l2-ycbcr-encoding; and &v4l2-quantization; fields +to &v4l2-pix-format;, &v4l2-pix-format-mplane; and &v4l2-mbus-framefmt;. + + + + + 3.17 + 2014-08-04 + lp, hv + Extended &v4l2-pix-format;. Added format flags. Added compound control types +and VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL. + + + + + 3.15 + 2014-02-03 + hv, ap + Update several sections of "Common API Elements": "Opening and Closing Devices" +"Querying Capabilities", "Application Priority", "Video Inputs and Outputs", "Audio Inputs and Outputs" +"Tuners and Modulators", "Video Standards" and "Digital Video (DV) Timings". Added SDR API. + + + + + 3.14 + 2013-11-25 + rr + Set width and height as unsigned on v4l2_rect. + + + + + 3.11 + 2013-05-26 + hv + Remove obsolete VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT ioctl. + + + + + 3.10 + 2013-03-25 + hv + Remove obsolete and unused DV_PRESET ioctls: + VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET, VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET, VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET and + VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESET. Remove the related v4l2_input/output capability + flags V4L2_IN_CAP_PRESETS and V4L2_OUT_CAP_PRESETS. Added VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_INFO. + + + + + 3.9 + 2012-12-03 + sa, sn + Added timestamp types to v4l2_buffer. + Added V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_RANGE control event changes flag. + + + + + 3.6 + 2012-07-02 + hv + Added VIDIOC_ENUM_FREQ_BANDS. + + + + + 3.5 + 2012-05-07 + sa, sn, hv + Added V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU and V4L2 subdev + selections API. Improved the description of V4L2_CID_COLORFX + control, added V4L2_CID_COLORFX_CBCR control. + Added camera controls V4L2_CID_AUTO_EXPOSURE_BIAS, + V4L2_CID_AUTO_N_PRESET_WHITE_BALANCE, V4L2_CID_IMAGE_STABILIZATION, + V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY, V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY_AUTO, + V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_METERING, V4L2_CID_SCENE_MODE, + V4L2_CID_3A_LOCK, V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_START, + V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STOP, V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS + and V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE. + Added VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS and + VIDIOC_DV_TIMINGS_CAP. + + + + + 3.4 + 2012-01-25 + sn + Added JPEG compression + control class. + + + + + 3.3 + 2012-01-11 + hv + Added device_caps field to struct v4l2_capabilities. + + + + 3.2 + 2011-08-26 + hv + Added V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE. + + + + 3.1 + 2011-06-27 + mcc, po, hv + Documented that VIDIOC_QUERYCAP now returns a per-subsystem version instead of a per-driver one. + Standardize an error code for invalid ioctl. + Added V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BITMASK. + + + + 2.6.39 + 2011-03-01 + mcc, po + Removed VIDIOC_*_OLD from videodev2.h header and update it to reflect latest changes. Added the multi-planar API. + + + + 2.6.37 + 2010-08-06 + hv + Removed obsolete vtx (videotext) API. + + + + 2.6.33 + 2009-12-03 + mk + Added documentation for the Digital Video timings API. + + + + 2.6.32 + 2009-08-31 + mcc + Now, revisions will match the kernel version where +the V4L2 API changes will be used by the Linux Kernel. +Also added Remote Controller chapter. + + + + 0.29 + 2009-08-26 + ev + Added documentation for string controls and for FM Transmitter controls. + + + + 0.28 + 2009-08-26 + gl + Added V4L2_CID_BAND_STOP_FILTER documentation. + + + + 0.27 + 2009-08-15 + mcc + Added libv4l and Remote Controller documentation; +added v4l2grab and keytable application examples. + + + + 0.26 + 2009-07-23 + hv + Finalized the RDS capture API. Added modulator and RDS encoder +capabilities. Added support for string controls. + + + + 0.25 + 2009-01-18 + hv + Added pixel formats VYUY, NV16 and NV61, and changed +the debug ioctls VIDIOC_DBG_G/S_REGISTER and VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT. +Added camera controls V4L2_CID_ZOOM_ABSOLUTE, V4L2_CID_ZOOM_RELATIVE, +V4L2_CID_ZOOM_CONTINUOUS and V4L2_CID_PRIVACY. + + + + 0.24 + 2008-03-04 + mhs + Added pixel formats Y16 and SBGGR16, new controls +and a camera controls class. Removed VIDIOC_G/S_MPEGCOMP. + + + + 0.23 + 2007-08-30 + mhs + Fixed a typo in VIDIOC_DBG_G/S_REGISTER. +Clarified the byte order of packed pixel formats. + + + + 0.22 + 2007-08-29 + mhs + Added the Video Output Overlay interface, new MPEG +controls, V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_TB and V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_BT, +VIDIOC_DBG_G/S_REGISTER, VIDIOC_(TRY_)ENCODER_CMD, +VIDIOC_G_CHIP_IDENT, VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX, new pixel formats. +Clarifications in the cropping chapter, about RGB pixel formats, the +mmap(), poll(), select(), read() and write() functions. Typographical +fixes. + + + + 0.21 + 2006-12-19 + mhs + Fixed a link in the VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS section. + + + + 0.20 + 2006-11-24 + mhs + Clarified the purpose of the audioset field in +struct v4l2_input and v4l2_output. + + + + 0.19 + 2006-10-19 + mhs + Documented V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB444. + + + + 0.18 + 2006-10-18 + mhs + Added the description of extended controls by Hans +Verkuil. Linked V4L2_PIX_FMT_MPEG to V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE. + + + + 0.17 + 2006-10-12 + mhs + Corrected V4L2_PIX_FMT_HM12 description. + + + + 0.16 + 2006-10-08 + mhs + VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES and +VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS are now part of the API. + + + + 0.15 + 2006-09-23 + mhs + Cleaned up the bibliography, added BT.653 and +BT.1119. capture.c/start_capturing() for user pointer I/O did not +initialize the buffer index. Documented the V4L MPEG and MJPEG +VID_TYPEs and V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR8. Updated the list of reserved pixel +formats. See the history chapter for API changes. + + + + 0.14 + 2006-09-14 + mr + Added VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES and +VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS proposal for frame format enumeration of +digital devices. + + + + 0.13 + 2006-04-07 + mhs + Corrected the description of struct v4l2_window +clips. New V4L2_STD_ and V4L2_TUNER_MODE_LANG1_LANG2 +defines. + + + + 0.12 + 2006-02-03 + mhs + Corrected the description of struct +v4l2_captureparm and v4l2_outputparm. + + + + 0.11 + 2006-01-27 + mhs + Improved the description of struct +v4l2_tuner. + + + + 0.10 + 2006-01-10 + mhs + VIDIOC_G_INPUT and VIDIOC_S_PARM +clarifications. + + + + 0.9 + 2005-11-27 + mhs + Improved the 525 line numbering diagram. Hans +Verkuil and I rewrote the sliced VBI section. He also contributed a +VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS page. Fixed VIDIOC_S_STD call in the video standard +selection example. Various updates. + + + + 0.8 + 2004-10-04 + mhs + Somehow a piece of junk slipped into the capture +example, removed. + + + + 0.7 + 2004-09-19 + mhs + Fixed video standard selection, control +enumeration, downscaling and aspect example. Added read and user +pointer i/o to video capture example. + + + + 0.6 + 2004-08-01 + mhs + v4l2_buffer changes, added video capture example, +various corrections. + + + + 0.5 + 2003-11-05 + mhs + Pixel format erratum. + + + + 0.4 + 2003-09-17 + mhs + Corrected source and Makefile to generate a PDF. +SGML fixes. Added latest API changes. Closed gaps in the history +chapter. + + + + 0.3 + 2003-02-05 + mhs + Another draft, more corrections. + + + + 0.2 + 2003-01-15 + mhs + Second draft, with corrections pointed out by Gerd +Knorr. + + + + 0.1 + 2002-12-01 + mhs + First draft, based on documentation by Bill Dirks +and discussions on the V4L mailing list. + + + + +Video for Linux Two API Specification + Revision 3.19 + + + &sub-common; + + + + &sub-pixfmt; + + + + &sub-io; + + + + Interfaces + +
&sub-dev-capture;
+
&sub-dev-overlay;
+
&sub-dev-output;
+
&sub-dev-osd;
+
&sub-dev-codec;
+
&sub-dev-effect;
+
&sub-dev-raw-vbi;
+
&sub-dev-sliced-vbi;
+
&sub-dev-teletext;
+
&sub-dev-radio;
+
&sub-dev-rds;
+
&sub-dev-sdr;
+
&sub-dev-event;
+
&sub-dev-subdev;
+ + + + &sub-driver; + + + + &sub-libv4l; + + + + &sub-compat; + + + + Function Reference + + + + &sub-close; + &sub-ioctl; + + &sub-create-bufs; + &sub-cropcap; + &sub-dbg-g-chip-info; + &sub-dbg-g-register; + &sub-decoder-cmd; + &sub-dqevent; + &sub-dv-timings-cap; + &sub-encoder-cmd; + &sub-enumaudio; + &sub-enumaudioout; + &sub-enum-dv-timings; + &sub-enum-fmt; + &sub-enum-framesizes; + &sub-enum-frameintervals; + &sub-enum-freq-bands; + &sub-enuminput; + &sub-enumoutput; + &sub-enumstd; + &sub-expbuf; + &sub-g-audio; + &sub-g-audioout; + &sub-g-crop; + &sub-g-ctrl; + &sub-g-dv-timings; + &sub-g-edid; + &sub-g-enc-index; + &sub-g-ext-ctrls; + &sub-g-fbuf; + &sub-g-fmt; + &sub-g-frequency; + &sub-g-input; + &sub-g-jpegcomp; + &sub-g-modulator; + &sub-g-output; + &sub-g-parm; + &sub-g-priority; + &sub-g-selection; + &sub-g-sliced-vbi-cap; + &sub-g-std; + &sub-g-tuner; + &sub-log-status; + &sub-overlay; + &sub-prepare-buf; + &sub-qbuf; + &sub-querybuf; + &sub-querycap; + &sub-queryctrl; + &sub-query-dv-timings; + &sub-querystd; + &sub-reqbufs; + &sub-s-hw-freq-seek; + &sub-streamon; + &sub-subdev-enum-frame-interval; + &sub-subdev-enum-frame-size; + &sub-subdev-enum-mbus-code; + &sub-subdev-g-crop; + &sub-subdev-g-fmt; + &sub-subdev-g-frame-interval; + &sub-subdev-g-selection; + &sub-subscribe-event; + + &sub-mmap; + &sub-munmap; + &sub-open; + &sub-poll; + &sub-read; + &sub-select; + &sub-write; + + + + Common definitions for V4L2 and V4L2 subdev interfaces + &sub-selections-common; + + + + Video For Linux Two Header File + &sub-videodev2-h; + + + + Video Capture Example + &sub-capture-c; + + + + Video Grabber example using libv4l + This program demonstrates how to grab V4L2 images in ppm format by +using libv4l handlers. The advantage is that this grabber can potentially work +with any V4L2 driver. + &sub-v4l2grab-c; + + + &sub-media-indices; + + &sub-biblio; + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2grab.c.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2grab.c.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bed12e40b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2grab.c.xml @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ + +/* V4L2 video picture grabber + Copyright (C) 2009 Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation version 2 of the License. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <sys/ioctl.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <sys/mman.h> +#include <linux/videodev2.h> +#include "../libv4l/include/libv4l2.h" + +#define CLEAR(x) memset(&(x), 0, sizeof(x)) + +struct buffer { + void *start; + size_t length; +}; + +static void xioctl(int fh, int request, void *arg) +{ + int r; + + do { + r = v4l2_ioctl(fh, request, arg); + } while (r == -1 && ((errno == EINTR) || (errno == EAGAIN))); + + if (r == -1) { + fprintf(stderr, "error %d, %s\n", errno, strerror(errno)); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } +} + +int main(int argc, char **argv) +{ + struct v4l2_format fmt; + struct v4l2_buffer buf; + struct v4l2_requestbuffers req; + enum v4l2_buf_type type; + fd_set fds; + struct timeval tv; + int r, fd = -1; + unsigned int i, n_buffers; + char *dev_name = "/dev/video0"; + char out_name[256]; + FILE *fout; + struct buffer *buffers; + + fd = v4l2_open(dev_name, O_RDWR | O_NONBLOCK, 0); + if (fd < 0) { + perror("Cannot open device"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + CLEAR(fmt); + fmt.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + fmt.fmt.pix.width = 640; + fmt.fmt.pix.height = 480; + fmt.fmt.pix.pixelformat = V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB24; + fmt.fmt.pix.field = V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED; + xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_S_FMT, &fmt); + if (fmt.fmt.pix.pixelformat != V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB24) { + printf("Libv4l didn't accept RGB24 format. Can't proceed.\n"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + if ((fmt.fmt.pix.width != 640) || (fmt.fmt.pix.height != 480)) + printf("Warning: driver is sending image at %dx%d\n", + fmt.fmt.pix.width, fmt.fmt.pix.height); + + CLEAR(req); + req.count = 2; + req.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + req.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP; + xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_REQBUFS, &req); + + buffers = calloc(req.count, sizeof(*buffers)); + for (n_buffers = 0; n_buffers < req.count; ++n_buffers) { + CLEAR(buf); + + buf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + buf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP; + buf.index = n_buffers; + + xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_QUERYBUF, &buf); + + buffers[n_buffers].length = buf.length; + buffers[n_buffers].start = v4l2_mmap(NULL, buf.length, + PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, MAP_SHARED, + fd, buf.m.offset); + + if (MAP_FAILED == buffers[n_buffers].start) { + perror("mmap"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + } + + for (i = 0; i < n_buffers; ++i) { + CLEAR(buf); + buf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + buf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP; + buf.index = i; + xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_QBUF, &buf); + } + type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + + xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_STREAMON, &type); + for (i = 0; i < 20; i++) { + do { + FD_ZERO(&fds); + FD_SET(fd, &fds); + + /* Timeout. */ + tv.tv_sec = 2; + tv.tv_usec = 0; + + r = select(fd + 1, &fds, NULL, NULL, &tv); + } while ((r == -1 && (errno = EINTR))); + if (r == -1) { + perror("select"); + return errno; + } + + CLEAR(buf); + buf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + buf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP; + xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_DQBUF, &buf); + + sprintf(out_name, "out%03d.ppm", i); + fout = fopen(out_name, "w"); + if (!fout) { + perror("Cannot open image"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + fprintf(fout, "P6\n%d %d 255\n", + fmt.fmt.pix.width, fmt.fmt.pix.height); + fwrite(buffers[buf.index].start, buf.bytesused, 1, fout); + fclose(fout); + + xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_QBUF, &buf); + } + + type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE; + xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_STREAMOFF, &type); + for (i = 0; i < n_buffers; ++i) + v4l2_munmap(buffers[i].start, buffers[i].length); + v4l2_close(fd); + + return 0; +} + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9b700a5f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.xml @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS + Create buffers for Memory Mapped or User Pointer or DMA Buffer + I/O + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_create_buffers *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + + Experimental + This is an experimental + interface and may change in the future. + + + This ioctl is used to create buffers for memory +mapped or user pointer or DMA buffer I/O. It can be used as an alternative or in +addition to the VIDIOC_REQBUFS ioctl, when a tighter +control over buffers is required. This ioctl can be called multiple times to +create buffers of different sizes. + + To allocate the device buffers applications must initialize the +relevant fields of the v4l2_create_buffers structure. +The count field must be set to the number of +requested buffers, the memory field specifies the +requested I/O method and the reserved array must be +zeroed. + + The format field specifies the image format +that the buffers must be able to handle. The application has to fill in this +&v4l2-format;. Usually this will be done using the +VIDIOC_TRY_FMT or VIDIOC_G_FMT ioctl() +to ensure that the requested format is supported by the driver. Unsupported +formats will result in an error. + + The buffers created by this ioctl will have as minimum size the size +defined by the format.pix.sizeimage field. If the +format.pix.sizeimage field is less than the minimum +required for the given format, then sizeimage will be +increased by the driver to that minimum to allocate the buffers. If it is +larger, then the value will be used as-is. The same applies to the +sizeimage field of the +v4l2_plane_pix_format structure in the case of +multiplanar formats. + + When the ioctl is called with a pointer to this structure the driver +will attempt to allocate up to the requested number of buffers and store the +actual number allocated and the starting index in the +count and the index fields +respectively. On return count can be smaller than +the number requested. The driver may also increase buffer sizes if required, +however, it will not update sizeimage field values. +The user has to use VIDIOC_QUERYBUF to retrieve that +information. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_create_buffers</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + index + The starting buffer index, returned by the driver. + + + __u32 + count + The number of buffers requested or granted. If count == 0, then + VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS will set index + to the current number of created buffers, and it will check the validity of + memory and format.type. + If those are invalid -1 is returned and errno is set to &EINVAL;, + otherwise VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS returns 0. It will + never set errno to &EBUSY; in this particular case. + + + __u32 + memory + Applications set this field to +V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP, +V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF or +V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR. See + + + &v4l2-format; + format + Filled in by the application, preserved by the driver. + + + __u32 + reserved[8] + A place holder for future extensions. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + ENOMEM + + No memory to allocate buffers for memory +mapped I/O. + + + + EINVAL + + The buffer type (format.type field), +requested I/O method (memory) or format +(format field) is not valid. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50cb940cb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_CROPCAP + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_CROPCAP + Information about the video cropping and scaling abilities + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_cropcap +*argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_CROPCAP + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + Applications use this function to query the cropping +limits, the pixel aspect of images and to calculate scale factors. +They set the type field of a v4l2_cropcap +structure to the respective buffer (stream) type and call the +VIDIOC_CROPCAP ioctl with a pointer to this +structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure. The results are +constant except when switching the video standard. Remember this +switch can occur implicit when switching the video input or +output. + +Do not use the multiplanar buffer types. Use V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE +instead of V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE +and use V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT instead of +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE. + + This ioctl must be implemented for video capture or output devices that +support cropping and/or scaling and/or have non-square pixels, and for overlay devices. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_cropcap</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + type + Type of the data stream, set by the application. +Only these types are valid here: +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE, +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT and +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY. See . + + + struct v4l2_rect + bounds + Defines the window within capturing or output is +possible, this may exclude for example the horizontal and vertical +blanking areas. The cropping rectangle cannot exceed these limits. +Width and height are defined in pixels, the driver writer is free to +choose origin and units of the coordinate system in the analog +domain. + + + struct v4l2_rect + defrect + Default cropping rectangle, it shall cover the +"whole picture". Assuming pixel aspect 1/1 this could be for example a +640 × 480 rectangle for NTSC, a +768 × 576 rectangle for PAL and SECAM centered over +the active picture area. The same co-ordinate system as for + bounds is used. + + + &v4l2-fract; + pixelaspect + This is the pixel aspect (y / x) when no +scaling is applied, the ratio of the actual sampling +frequency and the frequency required to get square +pixels.When cropping coordinates refer to square pixels, +the driver sets pixelaspect to 1/1. Other +common values are 54/59 for PAL and SECAM, 11/10 for NTSC sampled +according to []. + + + +
+ + + + + struct <structname>v4l2_rect</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __s32 + left + Horizontal offset of the top, left corner of the +rectangle, in pixels. + + + __s32 + top + Vertical offset of the top, left corner of the +rectangle, in pixels. + + + __u32 + width + Width of the rectangle, in pixels. + + + __u32 + height + Height of the rectangle, in pixels. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The &v4l2-cropcap; type is +invalid. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dbg-g-chip-info.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dbg-g-chip-info.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c4603c13 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dbg-g-chip-info.xml @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_INFO + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_INFO + Identify the chips on a TV card + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_dbg_chip_info +*argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_INFO + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + + Experimental + + This is an experimental interface and may change in +the future. + + + For driver debugging purposes this ioctl allows test +applications to query the driver about the chips present on the TV +card. Regular applications must not use it. When you found a chip +specific bug, please contact the linux-media mailing list (&v4l-ml;) +so it can be fixed. + + Additionally the Linux kernel must be compiled with the +CONFIG_VIDEO_ADV_DEBUG option to enable this ioctl. + + To query the driver applications must initialize the +match.type and +match.addr or match.name +fields of a &v4l2-dbg-chip-info; +and call VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_INFO with a pointer to +this structure. On success the driver stores information about the +selected chip in the name and +flags fields. + + When match.type is +V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_BRIDGE, +match.addr selects the nth bridge 'chip' +on the TV card. You can enumerate all chips by starting at zero and +incrementing match.addr by one until +VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_INFO fails with an &EINVAL;. +The number zero always selects the bridge chip itself, ⪚ the chip +connected to the PCI or USB bus. Non-zero numbers identify specific +parts of the bridge chip such as an AC97 register block. + + When match.type is +V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_SUBDEV, +match.addr selects the nth sub-device. This +allows you to enumerate over all sub-devices. + + On success, the name field will +contain a chip name and the flags field will +contain V4L2_CHIP_FL_READABLE if the driver supports +reading registers from the device or V4L2_CHIP_FL_WRITABLE +if the driver supports writing registers to the device. + + We recommended the v4l2-dbg +utility over calling this ioctl directly. It is available from the +LinuxTV v4l-dvb repository; see http://linuxtv.org/repo/ for +access instructions. + + + + struct <structname>v4l2_dbg_match</structname> + + &cs-ustr; + + + __u32 + type + See for a list of +possible types. + + + union + (anonymous) + + + + __u32 + addr + Match a chip by this number, interpreted according +to the type field. + + + + char + name[32] + Match a chip by this name, interpreted according +to the type field. Currently unused. + + + +
+ + + struct <structname>v4l2_dbg_chip_info</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + struct v4l2_dbg_match + match + How to match the chip, see . + + + char + name[32] + The name of the chip. + + + __u32 + flags + Set by the driver. If V4L2_CHIP_FL_READABLE +is set, then the driver supports reading registers from the device. If +V4L2_CHIP_FL_WRITABLE is set, then it supports writing registers. + + + __u32 + reserved[8] + Reserved fields, both application and driver must set these to 0. + + + +
+ + + + Chip Match Types + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_BRIDGE + 0 + Match the nth chip on the card, zero for the + bridge chip. Does not match sub-devices. + + + V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_SUBDEV + 4 + Match the nth sub-device. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The match_type is invalid or +no device could be matched. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dbg-g-register.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dbg-g-register.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d038e75d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dbg-g-register.xml @@ -0,0 +1,227 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER, VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER + VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER + Read or write hardware registers + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_dbg_register *argp + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + const struct v4l2_dbg_register +*argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER, VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + + Experimental + + This is an experimental +interface and may change in the future. + + + For driver debugging purposes these ioctls allow test +applications to access hardware registers directly. Regular +applications must not use them. + + Since writing or even reading registers can jeopardize the +system security, its stability and damage the hardware, both ioctls +require superuser privileges. Additionally the Linux kernel must be +compiled with the CONFIG_VIDEO_ADV_DEBUG option +to enable these ioctls. + + To write a register applications must initialize all fields +of a &v4l2-dbg-register; except for size and call +VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER with a pointer to this +structure. The match.type and +match.addr or match.name +fields select a chip on the TV +card, the reg field specifies a register +number and the val field the value to be +written into the register. + + To read a register applications must initialize the +match.type, +match.addr or match.name and +reg fields, and call +VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER with a pointer to this +structure. On success the driver stores the register value in the +val field and the size (in bytes) of the +value in size. + + When match.type is +V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_BRIDGE, +match.addr selects the nth non-sub-device chip +on the TV card. The number zero always selects the host chip, ⪚ the +chip connected to the PCI or USB bus. You can find out which chips are +present with the &VIDIOC-DBG-G-CHIP-INFO; ioctl. + + When match.type is +V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_SUBDEV, +match.addr selects the nth sub-device. + + These ioctls are optional, not all drivers may support them. +However when a driver supports these ioctls it must also support +&VIDIOC-DBG-G-CHIP-INFO;. Conversely it may support +VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_INFO but not these ioctls. + + VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER and +VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER were introduced in Linux +2.6.21, but their API was changed to the one described here in kernel 2.6.29. + + We recommended the v4l2-dbg +utility over calling these ioctls directly. It is available from the +LinuxTV v4l-dvb repository; see http://linuxtv.org/repo/ for +access instructions. + + + + struct <structname>v4l2_dbg_match</structname> + + &cs-ustr; + + + __u32 + type + See for a list of +possible types. + + + union + (anonymous) + + + + __u32 + addr + Match a chip by this number, interpreted according +to the type field. + + + + char + name[32] + Match a chip by this name, interpreted according +to the type field. Currently unused. + + + +
+ + + + struct <structname>v4l2_dbg_register</structname> + + + + + + + struct v4l2_dbg_match + match + How to match the chip, see . + + + __u32 + size + The register size in bytes. + + + __u64 + reg + A register number. + + + __u64 + val + The value read from, or to be written into the +register. + + + +
+ + + + Chip Match Types + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_BRIDGE + 0 + Match the nth chip on the card, zero for the + bridge chip. Does not match sub-devices. + + + V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_SUBDEV + 4 + Match the nth sub-device. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EPERM + + Insufficient permissions. Root privileges are required +to execute these ioctls. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-decoder-cmd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-decoder-cmd.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9215627b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-decoder-cmd.xml @@ -0,0 +1,249 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_DECODER_CMD, VIDIOC_TRY_DECODER_CMD + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_DECODER_CMD + VIDIOC_TRY_DECODER_CMD + Execute an decoder command + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_decoder_cmd *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_DECODER_CMD, VIDIOC_TRY_DECODER_CMD + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + These ioctls control an audio/video (usually MPEG-) decoder. +VIDIOC_DECODER_CMD sends a command to the +decoder, VIDIOC_TRY_DECODER_CMD can be used to +try a command without actually executing it. To send a command applications +must initialize all fields of a &v4l2-decoder-cmd; and call +VIDIOC_DECODER_CMD or VIDIOC_TRY_DECODER_CMD +with a pointer to this structure. + + The cmd field must contain the +command code. Some commands use the flags field for +additional information. + + + A write() or &VIDIOC-STREAMON; call sends an implicit +START command to the decoder if it has not been started yet. + + + A close() or &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; call of a streaming +file descriptor sends an implicit immediate STOP command to the decoder, and all +buffered data is discarded. + + These ioctls are optional, not all drivers may support +them. They were introduced in Linux 3.3. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_decoder_cmd</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + cmd + + + The decoder command, see . + + + __u32 + flags + + + Flags to go with the command. If no flags are defined for +this command, drivers and applications must set this field to zero. + + + union + (anonymous) + + + + + + + struct + start + + Structure containing additional data for the +V4L2_DEC_CMD_START command. + + + + + __s32 + speed + Playback speed and direction. The playback speed is defined as +speed/1000 of the normal speed. So 1000 is normal playback. +Negative numbers denote reverse playback, so -1000 does reverse playback at normal +speed. Speeds -1, 0 and 1 have special meanings: speed 0 is shorthand for 1000 +(normal playback). A speed of 1 steps just one frame forward, a speed of -1 steps +just one frame back. + + + + + + __u32 + format + Format restrictions. This field is set by the driver, not the +application. Possible values are V4L2_DEC_START_FMT_NONE if +there are no format restrictions or V4L2_DEC_START_FMT_GOP +if the decoder operates on full GOPs (Group Of Pictures). +This is usually the case for reverse playback: the decoder needs full GOPs, which +it can then play in reverse order. So to implement reverse playback the application +must feed the decoder the last GOP in the video file, then the GOP before that, etc. etc. + + + + + struct + stop + + Structure containing additional data for the +V4L2_DEC_CMD_STOP command. + + + + + __u64 + pts + Stop playback at this pts or immediately +if the playback is already past that timestamp. Leave to 0 if you want to stop after the +last frame was decoded. + + + + + struct + raw + + + + + + + __u32 + data[16] + Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and +applications must set the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + Decoder Commands + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_DEC_CMD_START + 0 + Start the decoder. When the decoder is already +running or paused, this command will just change the playback speed. +That means that calling V4L2_DEC_CMD_START when +the decoder was paused will not resume the decoder. +You have to explicitly call V4L2_DEC_CMD_RESUME for that. +This command has one flag: +V4L2_DEC_CMD_START_MUTE_AUDIO. If set, then audio will +be muted when playing back at a non-standard speed. + + + + V4L2_DEC_CMD_STOP + 1 + Stop the decoder. When the decoder is already stopped, +this command does nothing. This command has two flags: +if V4L2_DEC_CMD_STOP_TO_BLACK is set, then the decoder will +set the picture to black after it stopped decoding. Otherwise the last image will +repeat. If V4L2_DEC_CMD_STOP_IMMEDIATELY is set, then the decoder +stops immediately (ignoring the pts value), otherwise it +will keep decoding until timestamp >= pts or until the last of the pending data from +its internal buffers was decoded. + + + + V4L2_DEC_CMD_PAUSE + 2 + Pause the decoder. When the decoder has not been +started yet, the driver will return an &EPERM;. When the decoder is +already paused, this command does nothing. This command has one flag: +if V4L2_DEC_CMD_PAUSE_TO_BLACK is set, then set the +decoder output to black when paused. + + + + V4L2_DEC_CMD_RESUME + 3 + Resume decoding after a PAUSE command. When the +decoder has not been started yet, the driver will return an &EPERM;. +When the decoder is already running, this command does nothing. No +flags are defined for this command. + + + +
+ + + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The cmd field is invalid. + + + + EPERM + + The application sent a PAUSE or RESUME command when +the decoder was not running. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50ccd3394 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml @@ -0,0 +1,468 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_DQEVENT + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_DQEVENT + Dequeue event + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_event +*argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_DQEVENT + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + Dequeue an event from a video device. No input is required + for this ioctl. All the fields of the &v4l2-event; structure are + filled by the driver. The file handle will also receive exceptions + which the application may get by e.g. using the select system + call. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_event</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + type + + Type of the event, see . + + + union + u + + + + + + &v4l2-event-vsync; + vsync + Event data for event V4L2_EVENT_VSYNC. + + + + + &v4l2-event-ctrl; + ctrl + Event data for event V4L2_EVENT_CTRL. + + + + + &v4l2-event-frame-sync; + frame_sync + Event data for event + V4L2_EVENT_FRAME_SYNC. + + + + &v4l2-event-motion-det; + motion_det + Event data for event V4L2_EVENT_MOTION_DET. + + + + &v4l2-event-src-change; + src_change + Event data for event V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE. + + + + __u8 + data[64] + Event data. Defined by the event type. The union + should be used to define easily accessible type for + events. + + + __u32 + pending + + Number of pending events excluding this one. + + + __u32 + sequence + + Event sequence number. The sequence number is + incremented for every subscribed event that takes place. + If sequence numbers are not contiguous it means that + events have been lost. + + + + struct timespec + timestamp + + Event timestamp. + + + u32 + id + + The ID associated with the event source. If the event does not + have an associated ID (this depends on the event type), then this + is 0. + + + __u32 + reserved[8] + + Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set + the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + Event Types + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_EVENT_ALL + 0 + All events. V4L2_EVENT_ALL is valid only for + VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT for unsubscribing all events at once. + + + + V4L2_EVENT_VSYNC + 1 + This event is triggered on the vertical sync. + This event has a &v4l2-event-vsync; associated with it. + + + + V4L2_EVENT_EOS + 2 + This event is triggered when the end of a stream is reached. + This is typically used with MPEG decoders to report to the application + when the last of the MPEG stream has been decoded. + + + + V4L2_EVENT_CTRL + 3 + This event requires that the id + matches the control ID from which you want to receive events. + This event is triggered if the control's value changes, if a + button control is pressed or if the control's flags change. + This event has a &v4l2-event-ctrl; associated with it. This struct + contains much of the same information as &v4l2-queryctrl; and + &v4l2-control;. + + If the event is generated due to a call to &VIDIOC-S-CTRL; or + &VIDIOC-S-EXT-CTRLS;, then the event will not be sent to + the file handle that called the ioctl function. This prevents + nasty feedback loops. If you do want to get the + event, then set the V4L2_EVENT_SUB_FL_ALLOW_FEEDBACK + flag. + + + This event type will ensure that no information is lost when + more events are raised than there is room internally. In that + case the &v4l2-event-ctrl; of the second-oldest event is kept, + but the changes field of the + second-oldest event is ORed with the changes + field of the oldest event. + + + + V4L2_EVENT_FRAME_SYNC + 4 + + Triggered immediately when the reception of a + frame has begun. This event has a + &v4l2-event-frame-sync; associated with it. + + If the hardware needs to be stopped in the case of a + buffer underrun it might not be able to generate this event. + In such cases the frame_sequence + field in &v4l2-event-frame-sync; will not be incremented. This + causes two consecutive frame sequence numbers to have n times + frame interval in between them. + + + + V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE + 5 + + This event is triggered when a source parameter change is + detected during runtime by the video device. It can be a + runtime resolution change triggered by a video decoder or the + format change happening on an input connector. + This event requires that the id + matches the input index (when used with a video device node) + or the pad index (when used with a subdevice node) from which + you want to receive events. + + This event has a &v4l2-event-src-change; associated + with it. The changes bitfield denotes + what has changed for the subscribed pad. If multiple events + occurred before application could dequeue them, then the changes + will have the ORed value of all the events generated. + + + + V4L2_EVENT_MOTION_DET + 6 + + Triggered whenever the motion detection state for one or more of the regions + changes. This event has a &v4l2-event-motion-det; associated with it. + + + + V4L2_EVENT_PRIVATE_START + 0x08000000 + Base event number for driver-private events. + + + +
+ + + struct <structname>v4l2_event_vsync</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u8 + field + The upcoming field. See &v4l2-field;. + + + +
+ + + struct <structname>v4l2_event_ctrl</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + changes + + A bitmask that tells what has changed. See . + + + __u32 + type + + The type of the control. See &v4l2-ctrl-type;. + + + union (anonymous) + + + + + + + __s32 + value + The 32-bit value of the control for 32-bit control types. + This is 0 for string controls since the value of a string + cannot be passed using &VIDIOC-DQEVENT;. + + + + __s64 + value64 + The 64-bit value of the control for 64-bit control types. + + + __u32 + flags + + The control flags. See . + + + __s32 + minimum + + The minimum value of the control. See &v4l2-queryctrl;. + + + __s32 + maximum + + The maximum value of the control. See &v4l2-queryctrl;. + + + __s32 + step + + The step value of the control. See &v4l2-queryctrl;. + + + __s32 + default_value + + The default value value of the control. See &v4l2-queryctrl;. + + + +
+ + + struct <structname>v4l2_event_frame_sync</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + frame_sequence + + The sequence number of the frame being received. + + + + +
+ + + struct <structname>v4l2_event_src_change</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + changes + + A bitmask that tells what has changed. See . + + + + +
+ + + struct <structname>v4l2_event_motion_det</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + flags + + Currently only one flag is available: if V4L2_EVENT_MD_FL_HAVE_FRAME_SEQ + is set, then the frame_sequence field is valid, + otherwise that field should be ignored. + + + + __u32 + frame_sequence + + The sequence number of the frame being received. Only valid if the + V4L2_EVENT_MD_FL_HAVE_FRAME_SEQ flag was set. + + + + __u32 + region_mask + + The bitmask of the regions that reported motion. There is at least one + region. If this field is 0, then no motion was detected at all. + If there is no V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_REGION_GRID control + (see ) to assign a different region + to each cell in the motion detection grid, then that all cells + are automatically assigned to the default region 0. + + + + +
+ + + Control Changes + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_VALUE + 0x0001 + This control event was triggered because the value of the control + changed. Special cases: Volatile controls do no generate this event; + If a control has the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_EXECUTE_ON_WRITE + flag set, then this event is sent as well, regardless its value. + + + V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_FLAGS + 0x0002 + This control event was triggered because the control flags + changed. + + + V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_RANGE + 0x0004 + This control event was triggered because the minimum, + maximum, step or the default value of the control changed. + + + +
+ + + Source Changes + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_EVENT_SRC_CH_RESOLUTION + 0x0001 + This event gets triggered when a resolution change is + detected at an input. This can come from an input connector or + from a video decoder. + + + + +
+ + + &return-value; + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dv-timings-cap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dv-timings-cap.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a2017bfca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dv-timings-cap.xml @@ -0,0 +1,214 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_DV_TIMINGS_CAP, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_DV_TIMINGS_CAP + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_DV_TIMINGS_CAP + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_DV_TIMINGS_CAP + The capabilities of the Digital Video receiver/transmitter + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_DV_TIMINGS_CAP, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_DV_TIMINGS_CAP + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + + Experimental + This is an experimental + interface and may change in the future. + + + To query the capabilities of the DV receiver/transmitter applications +can call the VIDIOC_DV_TIMINGS_CAP ioctl on a video node +and the driver will fill in the structure. Note that drivers may return +different values after switching the video input or output. + + When implemented by the driver DV capabilities of subdevices can be +queried by calling the VIDIOC_SUBDEV_DV_TIMINGS_CAP ioctl +directly on a subdevice node. The capabilities are specific to inputs (for DV +receivers) or outputs (for DV transmitters), applications must specify the +desired pad number in the &v4l2-dv-timings-cap; pad +field. Attempts to query capabilities on a pad that doesn't support them will +return an &EINVAL;. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_bt_timings_cap</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + min_width + Minimum width of the active video in pixels. + + + __u32 + max_width + Maximum width of the active video in pixels. + + + __u32 + min_height + Minimum height of the active video in lines. + + + __u32 + max_height + Maximum height of the active video in lines. + + + __u64 + min_pixelclock + Minimum pixelclock frequency in Hz. + + + __u64 + max_pixelclock + Maximum pixelclock frequency in Hz. + + + __u32 + standards + The video standard(s) supported by the hardware. + See for a list of standards. + + + __u32 + capabilities + Several flags giving more information about the capabilities. + See for a description of the flags. + + + + __u32 + reserved[16] + Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + struct <structname>v4l2_dv_timings_cap</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + type + Type of DV timings as listed in . + + + __u32 + pad + Pad number as reported by the media controller API. This field + is only used when operating on a subdevice node. When operating on a + video node applications must set this field to zero. + + + __u32 + reserved[2] + Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set the array to zero. + + + union + + + + + + &v4l2-bt-timings-cap; + bt + BT.656/1120 timings capabilities of the hardware. + + + + __u32 + raw_data[32] + + + + +
+ + + DV BT Timing capabilities + + &cs-str; + + + Flag + Description + + + + + + + V4L2_DV_BT_CAP_INTERLACED + Interlaced formats are supported. + + + + V4L2_DV_BT_CAP_PROGRESSIVE + Progressive formats are supported. + + + + V4L2_DV_BT_CAP_REDUCED_BLANKING + CVT/GTF specific: the timings can make use of reduced blanking (CVT) +or the 'Secondary GTF' curve (GTF). + + + + V4L2_DV_BT_CAP_CUSTOM + Can support non-standard timings, i.e. timings not belonging to the +standards set in the standards field. + + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0619ca5d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_ENCODER_CMD, VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_ENCODER_CMD + VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD + Execute an encoder command + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_encoder_cmd *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_ENCODER_CMD, VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + These ioctls control an audio/video (usually MPEG-) encoder. +VIDIOC_ENCODER_CMD sends a command to the +encoder, VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD can be used to +try a command without actually executing it. + + To send a command applications must initialize all fields of a + &v4l2-encoder-cmd; and call + VIDIOC_ENCODER_CMD or + VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD with a pointer to this + structure. + + The cmd field must contain the +command code. The flags field is currently +only used by the STOP command and contains one bit: If the +V4L2_ENC_CMD_STOP_AT_GOP_END flag is set, +encoding will continue until the end of the current Group +Of Pictures, otherwise it will stop immediately. + + A read() or &VIDIOC-STREAMON; call sends an implicit +START command to the encoder if it has not been started yet. After a STOP command, +read() calls will read the remaining data +buffered by the driver. When the buffer is empty, +read() will return zero and the next +read() call will restart the encoder. + + A close() or &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; call of a streaming +file descriptor sends an implicit immediate STOP to the encoder, and all buffered +data is discarded. + + These ioctls are optional, not all drivers may support +them. They were introduced in Linux 2.6.21. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_encoder_cmd</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + cmd + The encoder command, see . + + + __u32 + flags + Flags to go with the command, see . If no flags are defined for +this command, drivers and applications must set this field to +zero. + + + __u32 + data[8] + Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and +applications must set the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + Encoder Commands + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_ENC_CMD_START + 0 + Start the encoder. When the encoder is already +running or paused, this command does nothing. No flags are defined for +this command. + + + V4L2_ENC_CMD_STOP + 1 + Stop the encoder. When the +V4L2_ENC_CMD_STOP_AT_GOP_END flag is set, +encoding will continue until the end of the current Group +Of Pictures, otherwise encoding will stop immediately. +When the encoder is already stopped, this command does +nothing. + + + V4L2_ENC_CMD_PAUSE + 2 + Pause the encoder. When the encoder has not been +started yet, the driver will return an &EPERM;. When the encoder is +already paused, this command does nothing. No flags are defined for +this command. + + + V4L2_ENC_CMD_RESUME + 3 + Resume encoding after a PAUSE command. When the +encoder has not been started yet, the driver will return an &EPERM;. +When the encoder is already running, this command does nothing. No +flags are defined for this command. + + + +
+ + + Encoder Command Flags + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_ENC_CMD_STOP_AT_GOP_END + 0x0001 + Stop encoding at the end of the current Group Of +Pictures, rather than immediately. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The cmd field is invalid. + + + + EPERM + + The application sent a PAUSE or RESUME command when +the encoder was not running. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-timings.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-timings.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e3cadd4e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-timings.xml @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS + Enumerate supported Digital Video timings + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_enum_dv_timings *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + + Experimental + This is an experimental + interface and may change in the future. + + + While some DV receivers or transmitters support a wide range of timings, others +support only a limited number of timings. With this ioctl applications can enumerate a list +of known supported timings. Call &VIDIOC-DV-TIMINGS-CAP; to check if it also supports other +standards or even custom timings that are not in this list. + + To query the available timings, applications initialize the +index field and zero the reserved array of &v4l2-enum-dv-timings; +and call the VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS ioctl on a video node with a +pointer to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an +&EINVAL; when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all supported DV timings, +applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one until the +driver returns EINVAL. Note that drivers may enumerate a +different set of DV timings after switching the video input or +output. + + When implemented by the driver DV timings of subdevices can be queried +by calling the VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS ioctl directly +on a subdevice node. The DV timings are specific to inputs (for DV receivers) or +outputs (for DV transmitters), applications must specify the desired pad number +in the &v4l2-enum-dv-timings; pad field. Attempts to +enumerate timings on a pad that doesn't support them will return an &EINVAL;. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_enum_dv_timings</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + index + Number of the DV timings, set by the +application. + + + __u32 + pad + Pad number as reported by the media controller API. This field + is only used when operating on a subdevice node. When operating on a + video node applications must set this field to zero. + + + __u32 + reserved[2] + Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and applications must + set the array to zero. + + + &v4l2-dv-timings; + timings + The timings. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The &v4l2-enum-dv-timings; index +is out of bounds or the pad number is invalid. + + + + ENODATA + + Digital video presets are not supported for this input or output. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8dfeed34 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT + Enumerate image formats + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_fmtdesc +*argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + To enumerate image formats applications initialize the +type and index +field of &v4l2-fmtdesc; and call the +VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT ioctl with a pointer to this +structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an +&EINVAL;. All formats are enumerable by beginning at index zero and +incrementing by one until EINVAL is +returned. + + Note that after switching input or output the list of enumerated image +formats may be different. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_fmtdesc</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + index + Number of the format in the enumeration, set by +the application. This is in no way related to the +pixelformat field. + + + __u32 + type + Type of the data stream, set by the application. +Only these types are valid here: +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE, +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE, +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT, +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE and +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY. See . + + + __u32 + flags + See + + + __u8 + description[32] + Description of the format, a NUL-terminated ASCII +string. This information is intended for the user, for example: "YUV +4:2:2". + + + __u32 + pixelformat + The image format identifier. This is a +four character code as computed by the v4l2_fourcc() +macro: + + + +#define v4l2_fourcc(a,b,c,d) (((__u32)(a)<<0)|((__u32)(b)<<8)|((__u32)(c)<<16)|((__u32)(d)<<24)) +Several image formats are already +defined by this specification in . Note these +codes are not the same as those used in the Windows world. + + + __u32 + reserved[4] + Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set +the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + Image Format Description Flags + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_FMT_FLAG_COMPRESSED + 0x0001 + This is a compressed format. + + + V4L2_FMT_FLAG_EMULATED + 0x0002 + This format is not native to the device but emulated +through software (usually libv4l2), where possible try to use a native format +instead for better performance. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The &v4l2-fmtdesc; type +is not supported or the index is out of +bounds. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-frameintervals.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-frameintervals.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5fd72c4c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-frameintervals.xml @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ + + + + ioctl VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS + Enumerate frame intervals + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_frmivalenum *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS + + + + argp + + Pointer to a &v4l2-frmivalenum; structure that +contains a pixel format and size and receives a frame interval. + + + + + + + Description + + This ioctl allows applications to enumerate all frame +intervals that the device supports for the given pixel format and +frame size. + The supported pixel formats and frame sizes can be obtained +by using the &VIDIOC-ENUM-FMT; and &VIDIOC-ENUM-FRAMESIZES; +functions. + The return value and the content of the +v4l2_frmivalenum.type field depend on the +type of frame intervals the device supports. Here are the semantics of +the function for the different cases: + + + Discrete: The function +returns success if the given index value (zero-based) is valid. The +application should increase the index by one for each call until +EINVAL is returned. The `v4l2_frmivalenum.type` +field is set to `V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_DISCRETE` by the driver. Of the +union only the `discrete` member is valid. + + + Step-wise: The function +returns success if the given index value is zero and +EINVAL for any other index value. The +v4l2_frmivalenum.type field is set to +V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_STEPWISE by the driver. Of the +union only the stepwise member is +valid. + + + Continuous: This is a +special case of the step-wise type above. The function returns success +if the given index value is zero and EINVAL for +any other index value. The +v4l2_frmivalenum.type field is set to +V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_CONTINUOUS by the driver. Of +the union only the stepwise member is valid +and the step value is set to 1. + + + + When the application calls the function with index zero, it +must check the type field to determine the +type of frame interval enumeration the device supports. Only for the +V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_DISCRETE type does it make +sense to increase the index value to receive more frame +intervals. + Note that the order in which the frame intervals are +returned has no special meaning. In particular does it not say +anything about potential default frame intervals. + Applications can assume that the enumeration data does not +change without any interaction from the application itself. This means +that the enumeration data is consistent if the application does not +perform any other ioctl calls while it runs the frame interval +enumeration. + + + + Notes + + + + Frame intervals and frame +rates: The V4L2 API uses frame intervals instead of frame +rates. Given the frame interval the frame rate can be computed as +follows:frame_rate = 1 / frame_interval + + + + + + + Structs + + In the structs below, IN denotes a +value that has to be filled in by the application, +OUT denotes values that the driver fills in. The +application should zero out all members except for the +IN fields. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_frmival_stepwise</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + &v4l2-fract; + min + Minimum frame interval [s]. + + + &v4l2-fract; + max + Maximum frame interval [s]. + + + &v4l2-fract; + step + Frame interval step size [s]. + + + +
+ + + struct <structname>v4l2_frmivalenum</structname> + + + + + + + + __u32 + index + + IN: Index of the given frame interval in the +enumeration. + + + __u32 + pixel_format + + IN: Pixel format for which the frame intervals are +enumerated. + + + __u32 + width + + IN: Frame width for which the frame intervals are +enumerated. + + + __u32 + height + + IN: Frame height for which the frame intervals are +enumerated. + + + __u32 + type + + OUT: Frame interval type the device supports. + + + union + + + OUT: Frame interval with the given index. + + + + &v4l2-fract; + discrete + Frame interval [s]. + + + + &v4l2-frmival-stepwise; + stepwise + + + + __u32 + reserved[2] + + Reserved space for future use. + + + +
+ + + + Enums + + + enum <structname>v4l2_frmivaltypes</structname> + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_DISCRETE + 1 + Discrete frame interval. + + + V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_CONTINUOUS + 2 + Continuous frame interval. + + + V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_STEPWISE + 3 + Step-wise defined frame interval. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a78454b5a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ + + + + ioctl VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES + Enumerate frame sizes + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_frmsizeenum *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES + + + + argp + + Pointer to a &v4l2-frmsizeenum; that contains an index +and pixel format and receives a frame width and height. + + + + + + + Description + + This ioctl allows applications to enumerate all frame sizes +(&ie; width and height in pixels) that the device supports for the +given pixel format. + The supported pixel formats can be obtained by using the +&VIDIOC-ENUM-FMT; function. + The return value and the content of the +v4l2_frmsizeenum.type field depend on the +type of frame sizes the device supports. Here are the semantics of the +function for the different cases: + + + + Discrete: The function +returns success if the given index value (zero-based) is valid. The +application should increase the index by one for each call until +EINVAL is returned. The +v4l2_frmsizeenum.type field is set to +V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_DISCRETE by the driver. Of the +union only the discrete member is +valid. + + + Step-wise: The function +returns success if the given index value is zero and +EINVAL for any other index value. The +v4l2_frmsizeenum.type field is set to +V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_STEPWISE by the driver. Of the +union only the stepwise member is +valid. + + + Continuous: This is a +special case of the step-wise type above. The function returns success +if the given index value is zero and EINVAL for +any other index value. The +v4l2_frmsizeenum.type field is set to +V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_CONTINUOUS by the driver. Of +the union only the stepwise member is valid +and the step_width and +step_height values are set to 1. + + + + When the application calls the function with index zero, it +must check the type field to determine the +type of frame size enumeration the device supports. Only for the +V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_DISCRETE type does it make +sense to increase the index value to receive more frame sizes. + Note that the order in which the frame sizes are returned +has no special meaning. In particular does it not say anything about +potential default format sizes. + Applications can assume that the enumeration data does not +change without any interaction from the application itself. This means +that the enumeration data is consistent if the application does not +perform any other ioctl calls while it runs the frame size +enumeration. + + + + Structs + + In the structs below, IN denotes a +value that has to be filled in by the application, +OUT denotes values that the driver fills in. The +application should zero out all members except for the +IN fields. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_frmsize_discrete</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + width + Width of the frame [pixel]. + + + __u32 + height + Height of the frame [pixel]. + + + +
+ + + struct <structname>v4l2_frmsize_stepwise</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + min_width + Minimum frame width [pixel]. + + + __u32 + max_width + Maximum frame width [pixel]. + + + __u32 + step_width + Frame width step size [pixel]. + + + __u32 + min_height + Minimum frame height [pixel]. + + + __u32 + max_height + Maximum frame height [pixel]. + + + __u32 + step_height + Frame height step size [pixel]. + + + +
+ + + struct <structname>v4l2_frmsizeenum</structname> + + + + + + + + __u32 + index + + IN: Index of the given frame size in the enumeration. + + + __u32 + pixel_format + + IN: Pixel format for which the frame sizes are enumerated. + + + __u32 + type + + OUT: Frame size type the device supports. + + + union + + + OUT: Frame size with the given index. + + + + &v4l2-frmsize-discrete; + discrete + + + + + &v4l2-frmsize-stepwise; + stepwise + + + + __u32 + reserved[2] + + Reserved space for future use. + + + +
+ + + + Enums + + + enum <structname>v4l2_frmsizetypes</structname> + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_DISCRETE + 1 + Discrete frame size. + + + V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_CONTINUOUS + 2 + Continuous frame size. + + + V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_STEPWISE + 3 + Step-wise defined frame size. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-freq-bands.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-freq-bands.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e8ea65f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-freq-bands.xml @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_ENUM_FREQ_BANDS + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_ENUM_FREQ_BANDS + Enumerate supported frequency bands + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_frequency_band +*argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_ENUM_FREQ_BANDS + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + + Experimental + This is an experimental + interface and may change in the future. + + + Enumerates the frequency bands that a tuner or modulator supports. +To do this applications initialize the tuner, +type and index fields, +and zero out the reserved array of a &v4l2-frequency-band; and +call the VIDIOC_ENUM_FREQ_BANDS ioctl with a pointer +to this structure. + + This ioctl is supported if the V4L2_TUNER_CAP_FREQ_BANDS capability + of the corresponding tuner/modulator is set. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_frequency_band</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + tuner + The tuner or modulator index number. This is the +same value as in the &v4l2-input; tuner +field and the &v4l2-tuner; index field, or +the &v4l2-output; modulator field and the +&v4l2-modulator; index field. + + + __u32 + type + The tuner type. This is the same value as in the +&v4l2-tuner; type field. The type must be set +to V4L2_TUNER_RADIO for /dev/radioX +device nodes, and to V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV +for all others. Set this field to V4L2_TUNER_RADIO for +modulators (currently only radio modulators are supported). +See + + + __u32 + index + Identifies the frequency band, set by the application. + + + __u32 + capability + The tuner/modulator capability flags for +this frequency band, see . The V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW +or V4L2_TUNER_CAP_1HZ capability must be the same for all frequency bands of the selected tuner/modulator. +So either all bands have that capability set, or none of them have that capability. + + + __u32 + rangelow + The lowest tunable frequency in +units of 62.5 kHz, or if the capability +flag V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW is set, in units of 62.5 +Hz, for this frequency band. A 1 Hz unit is used when the capability flag +V4L2_TUNER_CAP_1HZ is set. + + + __u32 + rangehigh + The highest tunable frequency in +units of 62.5 kHz, or if the capability +flag V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW is set, in units of 62.5 +Hz, for this frequency band. A 1 Hz unit is used when the capability flag +V4L2_TUNER_CAP_1HZ is set. + + + __u32 + modulation + The supported modulation systems of this frequency band. + See . Note that currently only one + modulation system per frequency band is supported. More work will need to + be done if multiple modulation systems are possible. Contact the + linux-media mailing list (&v4l-ml;) if you need that functionality. + + + __u32 + reserved[9] + Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers + must set the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + Band Modulation Systems + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_BAND_MODULATION_VSB + 0x02 + Vestigial Sideband modulation, used for analog TV. + + + V4L2_BAND_MODULATION_FM + 0x04 + Frequency Modulation, commonly used for analog radio. + + + V4L2_BAND_MODULATION_AM + 0x08 + Amplitude Modulation, commonly used for analog radio. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The tuner or index +is out of bounds or the type field is wrong. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumaudio.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumaudio.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea816ab2e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumaudio.xml @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO + Enumerate audio inputs + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_audio *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + To query the attributes of an audio input applications +initialize the index field and zero out the +reserved array of a &v4l2-audio; +and call the VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO ioctl with a pointer +to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an +&EINVAL; when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all audio +inputs applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one +until the driver returns EINVAL. + + See for a description of +&v4l2-audio;. + + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The number of the audio input is out of bounds. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumaudioout.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumaudioout.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e87cedb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumaudioout.xml @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_ENUMAUDOUT + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_ENUMAUDOUT + Enumerate audio outputs + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_audioout *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_ENUMAUDOUT + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + To query the attributes of an audio output applications +initialize the index field and zero out the +reserved array of a &v4l2-audioout; and +call the VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT ioctl with a pointer +to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an +&EINVAL; when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all audio +outputs applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one +until the driver returns EINVAL. + + Note connectors on a TV card to loop back the received audio +signal to a sound card are not audio outputs in this sense. + + See for a description of +&v4l2-audioout;. + + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The number of the audio output is out of bounds. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..603fecef9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml @@ -0,0 +1,316 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT + Enumerate video inputs + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_input +*argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + To query the attributes of a video input applications +initialize the index field of &v4l2-input; +and call the VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT ioctl with a +pointer to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or +return an &EINVAL; when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all +inputs applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one +until the driver returns EINVAL. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_input</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + index + Identifies the input, set by the +application. + + + __u8 + name[32] + Name of the video input, a NUL-terminated ASCII +string, for example: "Vin (Composite 2)". This information is intended +for the user, preferably the connector label on the device itself. + + + __u32 + type + Type of the input, see . + + + __u32 + audioset + Drivers can enumerate up to 32 video and +audio inputs. This field shows which audio inputs were selectable as +audio source if this was the currently selected video input. It is a +bit mask. The LSB corresponds to audio input 0, the MSB to input 31. +Any number of bits can be set, or none.When the driver +does not enumerate audio inputs no bits must be set. Applications +shall not interpret this as lack of audio support. Some drivers +automatically select audio sources and do not enumerate them since +there is no choice anyway.For details on audio inputs and +how to select the current input see . + + + __u32 + tuner + Capture devices can have zero or more tuners (RF +demodulators). When the type is set to +V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_TUNER this is an RF connector and +this field identifies the tuner. It corresponds to +&v4l2-tuner; field index. For details on +tuners see . + + + &v4l2-std-id; + std + Every video input supports one or more different +video standards. This field is a set of all supported standards. For +details on video standards and how to switch see . + + + __u32 + status + This field provides status information about the +input. See for flags. +With the exception of the sensor orientation bits status is only valid when this is the +current input. + + + __u32 + capabilities + This field provides capabilities for the +input. See for flags. + + + __u32 + reserved[3] + Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set +the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + Input Types + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_TUNER + 1 + This input uses a tuner (RF demodulator). + + + V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_CAMERA + 2 + Analog baseband input, for example CVBS / +Composite Video, S-Video, RGB. + + + +
+ + + + + Input Status Flags + + + + + + + + General + + + V4L2_IN_ST_NO_POWER + 0x00000001 + Attached device is off. + + + V4L2_IN_ST_NO_SIGNAL + 0x00000002 + + + + V4L2_IN_ST_NO_COLOR + 0x00000004 + The hardware supports color decoding, but does not +detect color modulation in the signal. + + + Sensor Orientation + + + V4L2_IN_ST_HFLIP + 0x00000010 + The input is connected to a device that produces a signal +that is flipped horizontally and does not correct this before passing the +signal to userspace. + + + V4L2_IN_ST_VFLIP + 0x00000020 + The input is connected to a device that produces a signal +that is flipped vertically and does not correct this before passing the +signal to userspace. Note that a 180 degree rotation is the same as HFLIP | VFLIP + + + Analog Video + + + V4L2_IN_ST_NO_H_LOCK + 0x00000100 + No horizontal sync lock. + + + V4L2_IN_ST_COLOR_KILL + 0x00000200 + A color killer circuit automatically disables color +decoding when it detects no color modulation. When this flag is set +the color killer is enabled and has shut off +color decoding. + + + Digital Video + + + V4L2_IN_ST_NO_SYNC + 0x00010000 + No synchronization lock. + + + V4L2_IN_ST_NO_EQU + 0x00020000 + No equalizer lock. + + + V4L2_IN_ST_NO_CARRIER + 0x00040000 + Carrier recovery failed. + + + VCR and Set-Top Box + + + V4L2_IN_ST_MACROVISION + 0x01000000 + Macrovision is an analog copy prevention system +mangling the video signal to confuse video recorders. When this +flag is set Macrovision has been detected. + + + V4L2_IN_ST_NO_ACCESS + 0x02000000 + Conditional access denied. + + + V4L2_IN_ST_VTR + 0x04000000 + VTR time constant. [?] + + + +
+ + + + Input capabilities + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_IN_CAP_DV_TIMINGS + 0x00000002 + This input supports setting video timings by using VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS. + + + V4L2_IN_CAP_STD + 0x00000004 + This input supports setting the TV standard by using VIDIOC_S_STD. + + + V4L2_IN_CAP_NATIVE_SIZE + 0x00000008 + This input supports setting the native size using + the V4L2_SEL_TGT_NATIVE_SIZE + selection target, see . + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The &v4l2-input; index is +out of bounds. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..773fb1258 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_ENUMOUTPUT + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_ENUMOUTPUT + Enumerate video outputs + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_output *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_ENUMOUTPUT + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + To query the attributes of a video outputs applications +initialize the index field of &v4l2-output; +and call the VIDIOC_ENUMOUTPUT ioctl with a +pointer to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or +return an &EINVAL; when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all +outputs applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one +until the driver returns EINVAL. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_output</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + index + Identifies the output, set by the +application. + + + __u8 + name[32] + Name of the video output, a NUL-terminated ASCII +string, for example: "Vout". This information is intended for the +user, preferably the connector label on the device itself. + + + __u32 + type + Type of the output, see . + + + __u32 + audioset + Drivers can enumerate up to 32 video and +audio outputs. This field shows which audio outputs were +selectable as the current output if this was the currently selected +video output. It is a bit mask. The LSB corresponds to audio output 0, +the MSB to output 31. Any number of bits can be set, or +none.When the driver does not enumerate audio outputs no +bits must be set. Applications shall not interpret this as lack of +audio support. Drivers may automatically select audio outputs without +enumerating them.For details on audio outputs and how to +select the current output see . + + + __u32 + modulator + Output devices can have zero or more RF modulators. +When the type is +V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_MODULATOR this is an RF +connector and this field identifies the modulator. It corresponds to +&v4l2-modulator; field index. For details +on modulators see . + + + &v4l2-std-id; + std + Every video output supports one or more different +video standards. This field is a set of all supported standards. For +details on video standards and how to switch see . + + + __u32 + capabilities + This field provides capabilities for the +output. See for flags. + + + __u32 + reserved[3] + Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set +the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + Output Type + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_MODULATOR + 1 + This output is an analog TV modulator. + + + V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_ANALOG + 2 + Analog baseband output, for example Composite / +CVBS, S-Video, RGB. + + + V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_ANALOGVGAOVERLAY + 3 + [?] + + + +
+ + + + Output capabilities + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_OUT_CAP_DV_TIMINGS + 0x00000002 + This output supports setting video timings by using VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS. + + + V4L2_OUT_CAP_STD + 0x00000004 + This output supports setting the TV standard by using VIDIOC_S_STD. + + + V4L2_OUT_CAP_NATIVE_SIZE + 0x00000008 + This output supports setting the native size using + the V4L2_SEL_TGT_NATIVE_SIZE + selection target, see . + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The &v4l2-output; index +is out of bounds. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..806509940 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml @@ -0,0 +1,389 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_ENUMSTD + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_ENUMSTD + Enumerate supported video standards + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_standard *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_ENUMSTD + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + To query the attributes of a video standard, +especially a custom (driver defined) one, applications initialize the +index field of &v4l2-standard; and call the +VIDIOC_ENUMSTD ioctl with a pointer to this +structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an +&EINVAL; when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all standards +applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one until the +driver returns EINVAL. Drivers may enumerate a +different set of standards after switching the video input or +output. + The supported standards may overlap and we need an +unambiguous set to find the current standard returned by +VIDIOC_G_STD. + + + + struct <structname>v4l2_standard</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + index + Number of the video standard, set by the +application. + + + &v4l2-std-id; + id + The bits in this field identify the standard as +one of the common standards listed in , +or if bits 32 to 63 are set as custom standards. Multiple bits can be +set if the hardware does not distinguish between these standards, +however separate indices do not indicate the opposite. The +id must be unique. No other enumerated +v4l2_standard structure, for this input or +output anyway, can contain the same set of bits. + + + __u8 + name[24] + Name of the standard, a NUL-terminated ASCII +string, for example: "PAL-B/G", "NTSC Japan". This information is +intended for the user. + + + &v4l2-fract; + frameperiod + The frame period (not field period) is numerator +/ denominator. For example M/NTSC has a frame period of 1001 / +30000 seconds. + + + __u32 + framelines + Total lines per frame including blanking, +e. g. 625 for B/PAL. + + + __u32 + reserved[4] + Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set +the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + struct <structname>v4l2_fract</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + numerator + + + + __u32 + denominator + + + + +
+ + + typedef <structname>v4l2_std_id</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u64 + v4l2_std_id + This type is a set, each bit representing another +video standard as listed below and in . The 32 most significant bits are reserved +for custom (driver defined) video standards. + + + +
+ + +#define V4L2_STD_PAL_B ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000001) +#define V4L2_STD_PAL_B1 ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000002) +#define V4L2_STD_PAL_G ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000004) +#define V4L2_STD_PAL_H ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000008) +#define V4L2_STD_PAL_I ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000010) +#define V4L2_STD_PAL_D ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000020) +#define V4L2_STD_PAL_D1 ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000040) +#define V4L2_STD_PAL_K ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000080) + +#define V4L2_STD_PAL_M ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000100) +#define V4L2_STD_PAL_N ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000200) +#define V4L2_STD_PAL_Nc ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000400) +#define V4L2_STD_PAL_60 ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000800) +V4L2_STD_PAL_60 is +a hybrid standard with 525 lines, 60 Hz refresh rate, and PAL color +modulation with a 4.43 MHz color subcarrier. Some PAL video recorders +can play back NTSC tapes in this mode for display on a 50/60 Hz agnostic +PAL TV. +#define V4L2_STD_NTSC_M ((v4l2_std_id)0x00001000) +#define V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_JP ((v4l2_std_id)0x00002000) +#define V4L2_STD_NTSC_443 ((v4l2_std_id)0x00004000) +V4L2_STD_NTSC_443 +is a hybrid standard with 525 lines, 60 Hz refresh rate, and NTSC +color modulation with a 4.43 MHz color +subcarrier. +#define V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_KR ((v4l2_std_id)0x00008000) + +#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_B ((v4l2_std_id)0x00010000) +#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_D ((v4l2_std_id)0x00020000) +#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_G ((v4l2_std_id)0x00040000) +#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_H ((v4l2_std_id)0x00080000) +#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_K ((v4l2_std_id)0x00100000) +#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_K1 ((v4l2_std_id)0x00200000) +#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_L ((v4l2_std_id)0x00400000) +#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_LC ((v4l2_std_id)0x00800000) + +/* ATSC/HDTV */ +#define V4L2_STD_ATSC_8_VSB ((v4l2_std_id)0x01000000) +#define V4L2_STD_ATSC_16_VSB ((v4l2_std_id)0x02000000) +V4L2_STD_ATSC_8_VSB and +V4L2_STD_ATSC_16_VSB are U.S. terrestrial digital +TV standards. Presently the V4L2 API does not support digital TV. See +also the Linux DVB API at http://linuxtv.org. + +#define V4L2_STD_PAL_BG (V4L2_STD_PAL_B |\ + V4L2_STD_PAL_B1 |\ + V4L2_STD_PAL_G) +#define V4L2_STD_B (V4L2_STD_PAL_B |\ + V4L2_STD_PAL_B1 |\ + V4L2_STD_SECAM_B) +#define V4L2_STD_GH (V4L2_STD_PAL_G |\ + V4L2_STD_PAL_H |\ + V4L2_STD_SECAM_G |\ + V4L2_STD_SECAM_H) +#define V4L2_STD_PAL_DK (V4L2_STD_PAL_D |\ + V4L2_STD_PAL_D1 |\ + V4L2_STD_PAL_K) +#define V4L2_STD_PAL (V4L2_STD_PAL_BG |\ + V4L2_STD_PAL_DK |\ + V4L2_STD_PAL_H |\ + V4L2_STD_PAL_I) +#define V4L2_STD_NTSC (V4L2_STD_NTSC_M |\ + V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_JP |\ + V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_KR) +#define V4L2_STD_MN (V4L2_STD_PAL_M |\ + V4L2_STD_PAL_N |\ + V4L2_STD_PAL_Nc |\ + V4L2_STD_NTSC) +#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_DK (V4L2_STD_SECAM_D |\ + V4L2_STD_SECAM_K |\ + V4L2_STD_SECAM_K1) +#define V4L2_STD_DK (V4L2_STD_PAL_DK |\ + V4L2_STD_SECAM_DK) + +#define V4L2_STD_SECAM (V4L2_STD_SECAM_B |\ + V4L2_STD_SECAM_G |\ + V4L2_STD_SECAM_H |\ + V4L2_STD_SECAM_DK |\ + V4L2_STD_SECAM_L |\ + V4L2_STD_SECAM_LC) + +#define V4L2_STD_525_60 (V4L2_STD_PAL_M |\ + V4L2_STD_PAL_60 |\ + V4L2_STD_NTSC |\ + V4L2_STD_NTSC_443) +#define V4L2_STD_625_50 (V4L2_STD_PAL |\ + V4L2_STD_PAL_N |\ + V4L2_STD_PAL_Nc |\ + V4L2_STD_SECAM) + +#define V4L2_STD_UNKNOWN 0 +#define V4L2_STD_ALL (V4L2_STD_525_60 |\ + V4L2_STD_625_50) + + + + Video Standards (based on [<xref linkend="itu470" />]) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Characteristics + M/NTSCJapan uses a standard +similar to M/NTSC +(V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_JP). + M/PAL + N/PAL The values in +brackets apply to the combination N/PAL a.k.a. +NC used in Argentina +(V4L2_STD_PAL_Nc). + B, B1, G/PAL + D, D1, K/PAL + H/PAL + I/PAL + B, G/SECAM + D, K/SECAM + K1/SECAM + L/SECAM + + + + + Frame lines + 525 + 625 + + + Frame period (s) + 1001/30000 + 1/25 + + + Chrominance sub-carrier frequency (Hz) + 3579545 ± 10 + 3579611.49 ± 10 + 4433618.75 ± 5 (3582056.25 +± 5) + 4433618.75 ± 5 + 4433618.75 ± 1 + fOR = +4406250 ± 2000, fOB = 4250000 +± 2000 + + + Nominal radio-frequency channel bandwidth +(MHz) + 6 + 6 + 6 + B: 7; B1, G: 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 + + + Sound carrier relative to vision carrier +(MHz) + + 4.5 + + 4.5 + + 4.5 + + 5.5 ± 0.001 +In the Federal Republic of Germany, Austria, Italy, +the Netherlands, Slovakia and Switzerland a system of two sound +carriers is used, the frequency of the second carrier being +242.1875 kHz above the frequency of the first sound carrier. For +stereophonic sound transmissions a similar system is used in +Australia. New Zealand uses a sound +carrier displaced 5.4996 ± 0.0005 MHz from the vision +carrier. In Denmark, Finland, New +Zealand, Sweden and Spain a system of two sound carriers is used. In +Iceland, Norway and Poland the same system is being introduced. The +second carrier is 5.85 MHz above the vision carrier and is DQPSK +modulated with 728 kbit/s sound and data multiplex. (NICAM +system) In the United Kingdom, a +system of two sound carriers is used. The second sound carrier is +6.552 MHz above the vision carrier and is DQPSK modulated with a +728 kbit/s sound and data multiplex able to carry two sound +channels. (NICAM system) + + 6.5 ± 0.001 + + 5.5 + + 5.9996 ± 0.0005 + + 5.5 ± 0.001 + + 6.5 ± 0.001 + + 6.5 + + 6.5 In France, a +digital carrier 5.85 MHz away from the vision carrier may be used in +addition to the main sound carrier. It is modulated in differentially +encoded QPSK with a 728 kbit/s sound and data multiplexer capable of +carrying two sound channels. (NICAM +system) + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The &v4l2-standard; index +is out of bounds. + + + + ENODATA + + Standard video timings are not supported for this input or output. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-expbuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-expbuf.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4165e7bfa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-expbuf.xml @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ + + + + ioctl VIDIOC_EXPBUF + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_EXPBUF + Export a buffer as a DMABUF file descriptor. + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_exportbuffer *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_EXPBUF + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + + Experimental + This is an experimental + interface and may change in the future. + + +This ioctl is an extension to the memory +mapping I/O method, therefore it is available only for +V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP buffers. It can be used to export a +buffer as a DMABUF file at any time after buffers have been allocated with the +&VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl. + + To export a buffer, applications fill &v4l2-exportbuffer;. The + type field is set to the same buffer type as was +previously used with &v4l2-requestbuffers; type . +Applications must also set the index field. Valid +index numbers range from zero to the number of buffers allocated with +&VIDIOC-REQBUFS; (&v4l2-requestbuffers; count ) +minus one. For the multi-planar API, applications set the plane + field to the index of the plane to be exported. Valid planes +range from zero to the maximal number of valid planes for the currently active +format. For the single-planar API, applications must set plane + to zero. Additional flags may be posted in the +flags field. Refer to a manual for open() for details. +Currently only O_CLOEXEC, O_RDONLY, O_WRONLY, and O_RDWR are supported. All +other fields must be set to zero. +In the case of multi-planar API, every plane is exported separately using +multiple VIDIOC_EXPBUF calls. + + After calling VIDIOC_EXPBUF the fd + field will be set by a driver. This is a DMABUF file +descriptor. The application may pass it to other DMABUF-aware devices. Refer to +DMABUF importing for details about importing +DMABUF files into V4L2 nodes. It is recommended to close a DMABUF file when it +is no longer used to allow the associated memory to be reclaimed. + + + + Examples + + + Exporting a buffer. + +int buffer_export(int v4lfd, &v4l2-buf-type; bt, int index, int *dmafd) +{ + &v4l2-exportbuffer; expbuf; + + memset(&expbuf, 0, sizeof(expbuf)); + expbuf.type = bt; + expbuf.index = index; + if (ioctl(v4lfd, &VIDIOC-EXPBUF;, &expbuf) == -1) { + perror("VIDIOC_EXPBUF"); + return -1; + } + + *dmafd = expbuf.fd; + + return 0; +} + + + + + Exporting a buffer using the multi-planar API. + +int buffer_export_mp(int v4lfd, &v4l2-buf-type; bt, int index, + int dmafd[], int n_planes) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < n_planes; ++i) { + &v4l2-exportbuffer; expbuf; + + memset(&expbuf, 0, sizeof(expbuf)); + expbuf.type = bt; + expbuf.index = index; + expbuf.plane = i; + if (ioctl(v4lfd, &VIDIOC-EXPBUF;, &expbuf) == -1) { + perror("VIDIOC_EXPBUF"); + while (i) + close(dmafd[--i]); + return -1; + } + dmafd[i] = expbuf.fd; + } + + return 0; +} + + + + + struct <structname>v4l2_exportbuffer</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + type + Type of the buffer, same as &v4l2-format; +type or &v4l2-requestbuffers; +type, set by the application. See + + + __u32 + index + Number of the buffer, set by the application. This field is +only used for memory mapping I/O and can range from +zero to the number of buffers allocated with the &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; and/or +&VIDIOC-CREATE-BUFS; ioctls. + + + __u32 + plane + Index of the plane to be exported when using the +multi-planar API. Otherwise this value must be set to zero. + + + __u32 + flags + Flags for the newly created file, currently only +O_CLOEXEC , O_RDONLY, O_WRONLY +, and O_RDWR are supported, refer to the manual +of open() for more details. + + + __s32 + fd + The DMABUF file descriptor associated with a buffer. Set by + the driver. + + + __u32 + reserved[11] + Reserved field for future use. Must be set to zero. + + + +
+ + + + + &return-value; + + + EINVAL + + A queue is not in MMAP mode or DMABUF exporting is not +supported or flags or type + or index or plane + fields are invalid. + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-audio.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-audio.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d7bb9b373 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-audio.xml @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_G_AUDIO, VIDIOC_S_AUDIO + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_G_AUDIO + VIDIOC_S_AUDIO + Query or select the current audio input and its +attributes + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_audio *argp + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + const struct v4l2_audio *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_G_AUDIO, VIDIOC_S_AUDIO + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + To query the current audio input applications zero out the +reserved array of a &v4l2-audio; +and call the VIDIOC_G_AUDIO ioctl with a pointer +to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an +&EINVAL; when the device has no audio inputs, or none which combine +with the current video input. + + Audio inputs have one writable property, the audio mode. To +select the current audio input and change the +audio mode, applications initialize the +index and mode +fields, and the +reserved array of a +v4l2_audio structure and call the +VIDIOC_S_AUDIO ioctl. Drivers may switch to a +different audio mode if the request cannot be satisfied. However, this +is a write-only ioctl, it does not return the actual new audio +mode. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_audio</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + index + Identifies the audio input, set by the +driver or application. + + + __u8 + name[32] + Name of the audio input, a NUL-terminated ASCII +string, for example: "Line In". This information is intended for the +user, preferably the connector label on the device itself. + + + __u32 + capability + Audio capability flags, see . + + + __u32 + mode + Audio mode flags set by drivers and applications (on + VIDIOC_S_AUDIO ioctl), see . + + + __u32 + reserved[2] + Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and +applications must set the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + Audio Capability Flags + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_AUDCAP_STEREO + 0x00001 + This is a stereo input. The flag is intended to +automatically disable stereo recording etc. when the signal is always +monaural. The API provides no means to detect if stereo is +received, unless the audio input belongs to a +tuner. + + + V4L2_AUDCAP_AVL + 0x00002 + Automatic Volume Level mode is supported. + + + +
+ + + Audio Mode Flags + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_AUDMODE_AVL + 0x00001 + AVL mode is on. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + No audio inputs combine with the current video input, +or the number of the selected audio input is out of bounds or it does +not combine. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-audioout.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-audioout.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..200a2704a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-audioout.xml @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT, VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT + VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT + Query or select the current audio output + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_audioout *argp + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + const struct v4l2_audioout *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT, VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + To query the current audio output applications zero out the +reserved array of a &v4l2-audioout; and +call the VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT ioctl with a pointer +to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an +&EINVAL; when the device has no audio inputs, or none which combine +with the current video output. + + Audio outputs have no writable properties. Nevertheless, to +select the current audio output applications can initialize the +index field and +reserved array (which in the future may +contain writable properties) of a +v4l2_audioout structure and call the +VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT ioctl. Drivers switch to the +requested output or return the &EINVAL; when the index is out of +bounds. This is a write-only ioctl, it does not return the current +audio output attributes as VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT +does. + + Note connectors on a TV card to loop back the received audio +signal to a sound card are not audio outputs in this sense. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_audioout</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + index + Identifies the audio output, set by the +driver or application. + + + __u8 + name[32] + Name of the audio output, a NUL-terminated ASCII +string, for example: "Line Out". This information is intended for the +user, preferably the connector label on the device itself. + + + __u32 + capability + Audio capability flags, none defined yet. Drivers +must set this field to zero. + + + __u32 + mode + Audio mode, none defined yet. Drivers and +applications (on VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT) must set this +field to zero. + + + __u32 + reserved[2] + Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and +applications must set the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + No audio outputs combine with the current video +output, or the number of the selected audio output is out of bounds or +it does not combine. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6c4efb9e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_G_CROP, VIDIOC_S_CROP + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_G_CROP + VIDIOC_S_CROP + Get or set the current cropping rectangle + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_crop *argp + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + const struct v4l2_crop *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_G_CROP, VIDIOC_S_CROP + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + To query the cropping rectangle size and position +applications set the type field of a +v4l2_crop structure to the respective buffer +(stream) type and call the VIDIOC_G_CROP ioctl +with a pointer to this structure. The driver fills the rest of the +structure or returns the &EINVAL; if cropping is not supported. + + To change the cropping rectangle applications initialize the +type and &v4l2-rect; substructure named +c of a v4l2_crop structure and call the +VIDIOC_S_CROP ioctl with a pointer to this +structure. + +Do not use the multiplanar buffer types. Use V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE +instead of V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE +and use V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT instead of +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE. + + The driver first adjusts the requested dimensions against +hardware limits, &ie; the bounds given by the capture/output window, +and it rounds to the closest possible values of horizontal and +vertical offset, width and height. In particular the driver must round +the vertical offset of the cropping rectangle to frame lines modulo +two, such that the field order cannot be confused. + + Second the driver adjusts the image size (the opposite +rectangle of the scaling process, source or target depending on the +data direction) to the closest size possible while maintaining the +current horizontal and vertical scaling factor. + + Finally the driver programs the hardware with the actual +cropping and image parameters. VIDIOC_S_CROP is a +write-only ioctl, it does not return the actual parameters. To query +them applications must call VIDIOC_G_CROP and +&VIDIOC-G-FMT;. When the parameters are unsuitable the application may +modify the cropping or image parameters and repeat the cycle until +satisfactory parameters have been negotiated. + + When cropping is not supported then no parameters are +changed and VIDIOC_S_CROP returns the +&EINVAL;. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_crop</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + type + Type of the data stream, set by the application. +Only these types are valid here: V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE, +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT and +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY. See . + + + &v4l2-rect; + c + Cropping rectangle. The same co-ordinate system as +for &v4l2-cropcap; bounds is used. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ctrl.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ctrl.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee2820d6c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ctrl.xml @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_G_CTRL, VIDIOC_S_CTRL + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_G_CTRL + VIDIOC_S_CTRL + Get or set the value of a control + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_control +*argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_G_CTRL, VIDIOC_S_CTRL + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + To get the current value of a control applications +initialize the id field of a struct +v4l2_control and call the +VIDIOC_G_CTRL ioctl with a pointer to this +structure. To change the value of a control applications initialize +the id and value +fields of a struct v4l2_control and call the +VIDIOC_S_CTRL ioctl. + + When the id is invalid drivers +return an &EINVAL;. When the value is out +of bounds drivers can choose to take the closest valid value or return +an &ERANGE;, whatever seems more appropriate. However, +VIDIOC_S_CTRL is a write-only ioctl, it does not +return the actual new value. If the value +is inappropriate for the control (e.g. if it refers to an unsupported +menu index of a menu control), then &EINVAL; is returned as well. + + These ioctls work only with user controls. For other +control classes the &VIDIOC-G-EXT-CTRLS;, &VIDIOC-S-EXT-CTRLS; or +&VIDIOC-TRY-EXT-CTRLS; must be used. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_control</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + id + Identifies the control, set by the +application. + + + __s32 + value + New value or current value. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The &v4l2-control; id is +invalid or the value is inappropriate for +the given control (i.e. if a menu item is selected that is not supported +by the driver according to &VIDIOC-QUERYMENU;). + + + + ERANGE + + The &v4l2-control; value +is out of bounds. + + + + EBUSY + + The control is temporarily not changeable, possibly +because another applications took over control of the device function +this control belongs to. + + + + EACCES + + Attempt to set a read-only control or to get a + write-only control. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..764b635ed --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml @@ -0,0 +1,341 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS + VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS + Get or set DV timings for input or output + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_dv_timings *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + To set DV timings for the input or output, applications use the +VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS ioctl and to get the current timings, +applications use the VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS ioctl. The detailed timing +information is filled in using the structure &v4l2-dv-timings;. These ioctls take +a pointer to the &v4l2-dv-timings; structure as argument. If the ioctl is not supported +or the timing values are not correct, the driver returns &EINVAL;. +The linux/v4l2-dv-timings.h header can be used to get the +timings of the formats in the and +standards. If the current input or output does not support DV timings (e.g. if +&VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT; does not set the V4L2_IN_CAP_DV_TIMINGS flag), then +&ENODATA; is returned. + + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + This ioctl is not supported, or the +VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS parameter was unsuitable. + + + + ENODATA + + Digital video timings are not supported for this input or output. + + + + EBUSY + + The device is busy and therefore can not change the timings. + + + + + + struct <structname>v4l2_bt_timings</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + width + Width of the active video in pixels. + + + __u32 + height + Height of the active video frame in lines. So for interlaced formats the + height of the active video in each field is height/2. + + + __u32 + interlaced + Progressive (0) or interlaced (1) + + + __u32 + polarities + This is a bit mask that defines polarities of sync signals. +bit 0 (V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL) is for vertical sync polarity and bit 1 (V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL) is for horizontal sync polarity. If the bit is set +(1) it is positive polarity and if is cleared (0), it is negative polarity. + + + __u64 + pixelclock + Pixel clock in Hz. Ex. 74.25MHz->74250000 + + + __u32 + hfrontporch + Horizontal front porch in pixels + + + __u32 + hsync + Horizontal sync length in pixels + + + __u32 + hbackporch + Horizontal back porch in pixels + + + __u32 + vfrontporch + Vertical front porch in lines. For interlaced formats this refers to the + odd field (aka field 1). + + + __u32 + vsync + Vertical sync length in lines. For interlaced formats this refers to the + odd field (aka field 1). + + + __u32 + vbackporch + Vertical back porch in lines. For interlaced formats this refers to the + odd field (aka field 1). + + + __u32 + il_vfrontporch + Vertical front porch in lines for the even field (aka field 2) of + interlaced field formats. Must be 0 for progressive formats. + + + __u32 + il_vsync + Vertical sync length in lines for the even field (aka field 2) of + interlaced field formats. Must be 0 for progressive formats. + + + __u32 + il_vbackporch + Vertical back porch in lines for the even field (aka field 2) of + interlaced field formats. Must be 0 for progressive formats. + + + __u32 + standards + The video standard(s) this format belongs to. This will be filled in by + the driver. Applications must set this to 0. See + for a list of standards. + + + __u32 + flags + Several flags giving more information about the format. + See for a description of the flags. + + + + +
+ + + struct <structname>v4l2_dv_timings</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + type + + Type of DV timings as listed in . + + + union + + + + + + &v4l2-bt-timings; + bt + Timings defined by BT.656/1120 specifications + + + + __u32 + reserved[32] + + + + +
+ + + DV Timing types + + &cs-str; + + + Timing type + value + Description + + + + + + + + V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120 + 0 + BT.656/1120 timings + + + +
+ + DV BT Timing standards + + &cs-str; + + + Timing standard + Description + + + + + + + V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861 + The timings follow the CEA-861 Digital TV Profile standard + + + V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT + The timings follow the VESA Discrete Monitor Timings standard + + + V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT + The timings follow the VESA Coordinated Video Timings standard + + + V4L2_DV_BT_STD_GTF + The timings follow the VESA Generalized Timings Formula standard + + + +
+ + DV BT Timing flags + + &cs-str; + + + Flag + Description + + + + + + + V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING + CVT/GTF specific: the timings use reduced blanking (CVT) or the 'Secondary +GTF' curve (GTF). In both cases the horizontal and/or vertical blanking +intervals are reduced, allowing a higher resolution over the same +bandwidth. This is a read-only flag, applications must not set this. + + + + V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS + CEA-861 specific: set for CEA-861 formats with a framerate that is a multiple +of six. These formats can be optionally played at 1 / 1.001 speed to +be compatible with 60 Hz based standards such as NTSC and PAL-M that use a framerate of +29.97 frames per second. If the transmitter can't generate such frequencies, then the +flag will also be cleared. This is a read-only flag, applications must not set this. + + + + V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_FPS + CEA-861 specific: only valid for video transmitters, the flag is cleared +by receivers. It is also only valid for formats with the V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS flag +set, for other formats the flag will be cleared by the driver. + +If the application sets this flag, then the pixelclock used to set up the transmitter is +divided by 1.001 to make it compatible with NTSC framerates. If the transmitter +can't generate such frequencies, then the flag will also be cleared. + + + + V4L2_DV_FL_HALF_LINE + Specific to interlaced formats: if set, then the vertical frontporch +of field 1 (aka the odd field) is really one half-line longer and the vertical backporch +of field 2 (aka the even field) is really one half-line shorter, so each field has exactly +the same number of half-lines. Whether half-lines can be detected or used depends on +the hardware. + + + + V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO + If set, then this is a Consumer Electronics (CE) video format. +Such formats differ from other formats (commonly called IT formats) in that if +R'G'B' encoding is used then by default the R'G'B' values use limited range +(i.e. 16-235) as opposed to full range (i.e. 0-255). All formats defined in CEA-861 +except for the 640x480p59.94 format are CE formats. + + + + +
+ + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-edid.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-edid.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6df40db4c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-edid.xml @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_G_EDID, VIDIOC_S_EDID + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_G_EDID + VIDIOC_S_EDID + Get or set the EDID of a video receiver/transmitter + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_edid *argp + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_edid *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_G_EDID, VIDIOC_S_EDID + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + These ioctls can be used to get or set an EDID associated with an input + from a receiver or an output of a transmitter device. They can be + used with subdevice nodes (/dev/v4l-subdevX) or with video nodes (/dev/videoX). + + When used with video nodes the pad field represents the + input (for video capture devices) or output (for video output devices) index as + is returned by &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT; and &VIDIOC-ENUMOUTPUT; respectively. When used + with subdevice nodes the pad field represents the + input or output pad of the subdevice. If there is no EDID support for the given + pad value, then the &EINVAL; will be returned. + + To get the EDID data the application has to fill in the pad, + start_block, blocks and edid + fields and call VIDIOC_G_EDID. The current EDID from block + start_block and of size blocks + will be placed in the memory edid points to. The edid + pointer must point to memory at least blocks * 128 bytes + large (the size of one block is 128 bytes). + + If there are fewer blocks than specified, then the driver will set blocks + to the actual number of blocks. If there are no EDID blocks available at all, then the error code + ENODATA is set. + + If blocks have to be retrieved from the sink, then this call will block until they + have been read. + + To set the EDID blocks of a receiver the application has to fill in the pad, + blocks and edid fields and set + start_block to 0. It is not possible to set part of an EDID, + it is always all or nothing. Setting the EDID data is only valid for receivers as it makes + no sense for a transmitter. + + The driver assumes that the full EDID is passed in. If there are more EDID blocks than + the hardware can handle then the EDID is not written, but instead the error code E2BIG is set + and blocks is set to the maximum that the hardware supports. + If start_block is any + value other than 0 then the error code EINVAL is set. + + To disable an EDID you set blocks to 0. Depending on the + hardware this will drive the hotplug pin low and/or block the source from reading the EDID + data in some way. In any case, the end result is the same: the EDID is no longer available. + + + + struct <structname>v4l2_edid</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + pad + Pad for which to get/set the EDID blocks. When used with a video device + node the pad represents the input or output index as returned by + &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT; and &VIDIOC-ENUMOUTPUT; respectively. + + + __u32 + start_block + Read the EDID from starting with this block. Must be 0 when setting + the EDID. + + + __u32 + blocks + The number of blocks to get or set. Must be less or equal to 256 (the + maximum number of blocks as defined by the standard). When you set the EDID and + blocks is 0, then the EDID is disabled or erased. + + + __u32 + reserved[5] + Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must + set the array to zero. + + + __u8 * + edid + Pointer to memory that contains the EDID. The minimum size is + blocks * 128. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + ENODATA + + The EDID data is not available. + + + + E2BIG + + The EDID data you provided is more than the hardware can handle. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-enc-index.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-enc-index.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be25029a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-enc-index.xml @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX + Get meta data about a compressed video stream + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_enc_idx *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + The VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX ioctl provides +meta data about a compressed video stream the same or another +application currently reads from the driver, which is useful for +random access into the stream without decoding it. + + To read the data applications must call +VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX with a pointer to a +&v4l2-enc-idx;. On success the driver fills the +entry array, stores the number of elements +written in the entries field, and +initializes the entries_cap field. + + Each element of the entry array +contains meta data about one picture. A +VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX call reads up to +V4L2_ENC_IDX_ENTRIES entries from a driver +buffer, which can hold up to entries_cap +entries. This number can be lower or higher than +V4L2_ENC_IDX_ENTRIES, but not zero. When the +application fails to read the meta data in time the oldest entries +will be lost. When the buffer is empty or no capturing/encoding is in +progress, entries will be zero. + + Currently this ioctl is only defined for MPEG-2 program +streams and video elementary streams. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_enc_idx</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + entries + The number of entries the driver stored in the +entry array. + + + __u32 + entries_cap + The number of entries the driver can +buffer. Must be greater than zero. + + + __u32 + reserved[4] + Reserved for future extensions. +Drivers must set the array to zero. + + + &v4l2-enc-idx-entry; + entry[V4L2_ENC_IDX_ENTRIES] + Meta data about a compressed video stream. Each +element of the array corresponds to one picture, sorted in ascending +order by their offset. + + + +
+ + + struct <structname>v4l2_enc_idx_entry</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u64 + offset + The offset in bytes from the beginning of the +compressed video stream to the beginning of this picture, that is a +PES packet header as defined in or a picture +header as defined in . When +the encoder is stopped, the driver resets the offset to zero. + + + __u64 + pts + The 33 bit Presentation Time +Stamp of this picture as defined in . + + + __u32 + length + The length of this picture in bytes. + + + __u32 + flags + Flags containing the coding type of this picture, see . + + + __u32 + reserved[2] + Reserved for future extensions. +Drivers must set the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + Index Entry Flags + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_ENC_IDX_FRAME_I + 0x00 + This is an Intra-coded picture. + + + V4L2_ENC_IDX_FRAME_P + 0x01 + This is a Predictive-coded picture. + + + V4L2_ENC_IDX_FRAME_B + 0x02 + This is a Bidirectionally predictive-coded +picture. + + + V4L2_ENC_IDX_FRAME_MASK + 0x0F + AND the flags field with +this mask to obtain the picture coding type. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c5bdbfcc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml @@ -0,0 +1,427 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS, VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS, +VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS + VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS + VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS + Get or set the value of several controls, try control +values + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_ext_controls +*argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS, VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS, +VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + These ioctls allow the caller to get or set multiple +controls atomically. Control IDs are grouped into control classes (see +) and all controls in the control array +must belong to the same control class. + + Applications must always fill in the +count, +ctrl_class, +controls and +reserved fields of &v4l2-ext-controls;, and +initialize the &v4l2-ext-control; array pointed to by the +controls fields. + + To get the current value of a set of controls applications +initialize the id, +size and reserved2 fields +of each &v4l2-ext-control; and call the +VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS ioctl. String controls controls +must also set the string field. Controls +of compound types (V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_HAS_PAYLOAD is set) +must set the ptr field. + + If the size is too small to +receive the control result (only relevant for pointer-type controls +like strings), then the driver will set size +to a valid value and return an &ENOSPC;. You should re-allocate the +memory to this new size and try again. For the string type it is possible that +the same issue occurs again if the string has grown in the meantime. It is +recommended to call &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; first and use +maximum+1 as the new size +value. It is guaranteed that that is sufficient memory. + + + N-dimensional arrays are set and retrieved row-by-row. You cannot set a partial +array, all elements have to be set or retrieved. The total size is calculated +as elems * elem_size. +These values can be obtained by calling &VIDIOC-QUERY-EXT-CTRL;. + + To change the value of a set of controls applications +initialize the id, size, +reserved2 and +value/value64/string/ptr fields of each &v4l2-ext-control; and +call the VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS ioctl. The controls +will only be set if all control values are +valid. + + To check if a set of controls have correct values applications +initialize the id, size, +reserved2 and +value/value64/string/ptr fields of each &v4l2-ext-control; and +call the VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS ioctl. It is up to +the driver whether wrong values are automatically adjusted to a valid +value or if an error is returned. + + When the id or +ctrl_class is invalid drivers return an +&EINVAL;. When the value is out of bounds drivers can choose to take +the closest valid value or return an &ERANGE;, whatever seems more +appropriate. In the first case the new value is set in +&v4l2-ext-control;. If the new control value is inappropriate (e.g. the +given menu index is not supported by the menu control), then this will +also result in an &EINVAL; error. + + The driver will only set/get these controls if all control +values are correct. This prevents the situation where only some of the +controls were set/get. Only low-level errors (⪚ a failed i2c +command) can still cause this situation. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_ext_control</structname> + + &cs-ustr; + + + __u32 + id + + Identifies the control, set by the +application. + + + __u32 + size + + The total size in bytes of the payload of this +control. This is normally 0, but for pointer controls this should be +set to the size of the memory containing the payload, or that will +receive the payload. If VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS finds +that this value is less than is required to store +the payload result, then it is set to a value large enough to store the +payload result and ENOSPC is returned. Note that for string controls +this size field should not be confused with the length of the string. +This field refers to the size of the memory that contains the string. +The actual length of the string may well be much smaller. + + + + __u32 + reserved2[1] + + Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and +applications must set the array to zero. + + + union + (anonymous) + + + + __s32 + value + New value or current value. Valid if this control is not of +type V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64 and +V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_HAS_PAYLOAD is not set. + + + + __s64 + value64 + New value or current value. Valid if this control is of +type V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64 and +V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_HAS_PAYLOAD is not set. + + + + char * + string + A pointer to a string. Valid if this control is of +type V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING. + + + + __u8 * + p_u8 + A pointer to a matrix control of unsigned 8-bit values. +Valid if this control is of type V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U8. + + + + __u16 * + p_u16 + A pointer to a matrix control of unsigned 16-bit values. +Valid if this control is of type V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U16. + + + + void * + ptr + A pointer to a compound type which can be an N-dimensional array and/or a +compound type (the control's type is >= V4L2_CTRL_COMPOUND_TYPES). +Valid if V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_HAS_PAYLOAD is set for this control. + + + + +
+ + + struct <structname>v4l2_ext_controls</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + ctrl_class + The control class to which all controls belong, see +. Drivers that use a kernel framework for handling +controls will also accept a value of 0 here, meaning that the controls can +belong to any control class. Whether drivers support this can be tested by setting +ctrl_class to 0 and calling VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS +with a count of 0. If that succeeds, then the driver +supports this feature. + + + __u32 + count + The number of controls in the controls array. May +also be zero. + + + __u32 + error_idx + Set by the driver in case of an error. If the error is +associated with a particular control, then error_idx +is set to the index of that control. If the error is not related to a specific +control, or the validation step failed (see below), then +error_idx is set to count. +The value is undefined if the ioctl returned 0 (success). + +Before controls are read from/written to hardware a validation step +takes place: this checks if all controls in the list are valid controls, +if no attempt is made to write to a read-only control or read from a write-only +control, and any other up-front checks that can be done without accessing the +hardware. The exact validations done during this step are driver dependent +since some checks might require hardware access for some devices, thus making +it impossible to do those checks up-front. However, drivers should make a +best-effort to do as many up-front checks as possible. + +This check is done to avoid leaving the hardware in an inconsistent state due +to easy-to-avoid problems. But it leads to another problem: the application needs to +know whether an error came from the validation step (meaning that the hardware +was not touched) or from an error during the actual reading from/writing to hardware. + +The, in hindsight quite poor, solution for that is to set error_idx +to count if the validation failed. This has the +unfortunate side-effect that it is not possible to see which control failed the +validation. If the validation was successful and the error happened while +accessing the hardware, then error_idx is less than +count and only the controls up to +error_idx-1 were read or written correctly, and the +state of the remaining controls is undefined. + +Since VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS does not access hardware +there is also no need to handle the validation step in this special way, +so error_idx will just be set to the control that +failed the validation step instead of to count. +This means that if VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS fails with +error_idx set to count, +then you can call VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS to try to discover +the actual control that failed the validation step. Unfortunately, there +is no TRY equivalent for VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS. + + + + __u32 + reserved[2] + Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and +applications must set the array to zero. + + + &v4l2-ext-control; * + controls + Pointer to an array of +count v4l2_ext_control structures. Ignored +if count equals zero. + + + +
+ + + Control classes + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_USER + 0x980000 + The class containing user controls. These controls +are described in . All controls that can be set +using the &VIDIOC-S-CTRL; and &VIDIOC-G-CTRL; ioctl belong to this +class. + + + V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG + 0x990000 + The class containing MPEG compression controls. +These controls are described in . + + + V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_CAMERA + 0x9a0000 + The class containing camera controls. +These controls are described in . + + + V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_TX + 0x9b0000 + The class containing FM Transmitter (FM TX) controls. +These controls are described in . + + + V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FLASH + 0x9c0000 + The class containing flash device controls. +These controls are described in . + + + V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_JPEG + 0x9d0000 + The class containing JPEG compression controls. +These controls are described in . + + + V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_IMAGE_SOURCE + 0x9e0000 The class containing image + source controls. These controls are described in . + + + V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_IMAGE_PROC + 0x9f0000 The class containing image + processing controls. These controls are described in . + + + + V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_RX + 0xa10000 + The class containing FM Receiver (FM RX) controls. +These controls are described in . + + + V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_RF_TUNER + 0xa20000 + The class containing RF tuner controls. +These controls are described in . + + + +
+ + + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The &v4l2-ext-control; id +is invalid, the &v4l2-ext-controls; +ctrl_class is invalid, or the &v4l2-ext-control; +value was inappropriate (e.g. the given menu +index is not supported by the driver). This error code is +also returned by the VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS and +VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS ioctls if two or more +control values are in conflict. + + + + ERANGE + + The &v4l2-ext-control; value +is out of bounds. + + + + EBUSY + + The control is temporarily not changeable, possibly +because another applications took over control of the device function +this control belongs to. + + + + ENOSPC + + The space reserved for the control's payload is insufficient. +The field size is set to a value that is enough +to store the payload and this error code is returned. + + + + EACCES + + Attempt to try or set a read-only control or to get a + write-only control. + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77607cc19 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml @@ -0,0 +1,459 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_G_FBUF, VIDIOC_S_FBUF + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_G_FBUF + VIDIOC_S_FBUF + Get or set frame buffer overlay parameters + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_framebuffer *argp + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + const struct v4l2_framebuffer *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_G_FBUF, VIDIOC_S_FBUF + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + Applications can use the VIDIOC_G_FBUF and +VIDIOC_S_FBUF ioctl to get and set the +framebuffer parameters for a Video +Overlay or Video Output Overlay +(OSD). The type of overlay is implied by the device type (capture or +output device) and can be determined with the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. +One /dev/videoN device must not support both +kinds of overlay. + + The V4L2 API distinguishes destructive and non-destructive +overlays. A destructive overlay copies captured video images into the +video memory of a graphics card. A non-destructive overlay blends +video images into a VGA signal or graphics into a video signal. +Video Output Overlays are always +non-destructive. + + To get the current parameters applications call the +VIDIOC_G_FBUF ioctl with a pointer to a +v4l2_framebuffer structure. The driver fills +all fields of the structure or returns an &EINVAL; when overlays are +not supported. + + To set the parameters for a Video Output +Overlay, applications must initialize the +flags field of a struct +v4l2_framebuffer. Since the framebuffer is +implemented on the TV card all other parameters are determined by the +driver. When an application calls VIDIOC_S_FBUF +with a pointer to this structure, the driver prepares for the overlay +and returns the framebuffer parameters as +VIDIOC_G_FBUF does, or it returns an error +code. + + To set the parameters for a non-destructive +Video Overlay, applications must initialize the +flags field, the +fmt substructure, and call +VIDIOC_S_FBUF. Again the driver prepares for the +overlay and returns the framebuffer parameters as +VIDIOC_G_FBUF does, or it returns an error +code. + + For a destructive Video Overlay +applications must additionally provide a +base address. Setting up a DMA to a +random memory location can jeopardize the system security, its +stability or even damage the hardware, therefore only the superuser +can set the parameters for a destructive video overlay. + + + + + struct <structname>v4l2_framebuffer</structname> + + &cs-ustr; + + + __u32 + capability + + Overlay capability flags set by the driver, see +. + + + __u32 + flags + + Overlay control flags set by application and +driver, see + + + void * + base + + Physical base address of the framebuffer, +that is the address of the pixel in the top left corner of the +framebuffer.A physical base address may not suit all +platforms. GK notes in theory we should pass something like PCI device ++ memory region + offset instead. If you encounter problems please +discuss on the linux-media mailing list: &v4l-ml;. + + + + + + This field is irrelevant to +non-destructive Video Overlays. For +destructive Video Overlays applications must +provide a base address. The driver may accept only base addresses +which are a multiple of two, four or eight bytes. For +Video Output Overlays the driver must return +a valid base address, so applications can find the corresponding Linux +framebuffer device (see ). + + + struct + fmt + + Layout of the frame buffer. + + + + __u32 + width + Width of the frame buffer in pixels. + + + + __u32 + height + Height of the frame buffer in pixels. + + + + __u32 + pixelformat + The pixel format of the +framebuffer. + + + + + + For non-destructive Video +Overlays this field only defines a format for the +&v4l2-window; chromakey field. + + + + + + For destructive Video +Overlays applications must initialize this field. For +Video Output Overlays the driver must return +a valid format. + + + + + + Usually this is an RGB format (for example +V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565) +but YUV formats (only packed YUV formats when chroma keying is used, +not including V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV and +V4L2_PIX_FMT_UYVY) and the +V4L2_PIX_FMT_PAL8 format are also permitted. The +behavior of the driver when an application requests a compressed +format is undefined. See for information on +pixel formats. + + + + &v4l2-field; + field + Drivers and applications shall ignore this field. +If applicable, the field order is selected with the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; +ioctl, using the field field of +&v4l2-window;. + + + + __u32 + bytesperline + Distance in bytes between the leftmost pixels in +two adjacent lines. + + + This field is irrelevant to +non-destructive Video +Overlays.For destructive Video +Overlays both applications and drivers can set this field +to request padding bytes at the end of each line. Drivers however may +ignore the requested value, returning width +times bytes-per-pixel or a larger value required by the hardware. That +implies applications can just set this field to zero to get a +reasonable default.For Video Output +Overlays the driver must return a valid +value.Video hardware may access padding bytes, therefore +they must reside in accessible memory. Consider for example the case +where padding bytes after the last line of an image cross a system +page boundary. Capture devices may write padding bytes, the value is +undefined. Output devices ignore the contents of padding +bytes.When the image format is planar the +bytesperline value applies to the first +plane and is divided by the same factor as the +width field for the other planes. For +example the Cb and Cr planes of a YUV 4:2:0 image have half as many +padding bytes following each line as the Y plane. To avoid ambiguities +drivers must return a bytesperline value +rounded up to a multiple of the scale factor. + + + + __u32 + sizeimage + This field is irrelevant to +non-destructive Video Overlays. For +destructive Video Overlays applications must +initialize this field. For Video Output +Overlays the driver must return a valid +format.Together with base it +defines the framebuffer memory accessible by the +driver. + + + + &v4l2-colorspace; + colorspace + This information supplements the +pixelformat and must be set by the driver, +see . + + + + __u32 + priv + Reserved. Drivers and applications must set this field to +zero. + + + +
+ + + Frame Buffer Capability Flags + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_FBUF_CAP_EXTERNOVERLAY + 0x0001 + The device is capable of non-destructive overlays. +When the driver clears this flag, only destructive overlays are +supported. There are no drivers yet which support both destructive and +non-destructive overlays. Video Output Overlays are in practice always +non-destructive. + + + V4L2_FBUF_CAP_CHROMAKEY + 0x0002 + The device supports clipping by chroma-keying the +images. That is, image pixels replace pixels in the VGA or video +signal only where the latter assume a certain color. Chroma-keying +makes no sense for destructive overlays. + + + V4L2_FBUF_CAP_LIST_CLIPPING + 0x0004 + The device supports clipping using a list of clip +rectangles. + + + V4L2_FBUF_CAP_BITMAP_CLIPPING + 0x0008 + The device supports clipping using a bit mask. + + + V4L2_FBUF_CAP_LOCAL_ALPHA + 0x0010 + The device supports clipping/blending using the +alpha channel of the framebuffer or VGA signal. Alpha blending makes +no sense for destructive overlays. + + + V4L2_FBUF_CAP_GLOBAL_ALPHA + 0x0020 + The device supports alpha blending using a global +alpha value. Alpha blending makes no sense for destructive overlays. + + + V4L2_FBUF_CAP_LOCAL_INV_ALPHA + 0x0040 + The device supports clipping/blending using the +inverted alpha channel of the framebuffer or VGA signal. Alpha +blending makes no sense for destructive overlays. + + + V4L2_FBUF_CAP_SRC_CHROMAKEY + 0x0080 + The device supports Source Chroma-keying. Video pixels +with the chroma-key colors are replaced by framebuffer pixels, which is exactly opposite of +V4L2_FBUF_CAP_CHROMAKEY + + + +
+ + + Frame Buffer Flags + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_PRIMARY + 0x0001 + The framebuffer is the primary graphics surface. +In other words, the overlay is destructive. This flag is typically set by any +driver that doesn't have the V4L2_FBUF_CAP_EXTERNOVERLAY +capability and it is cleared otherwise. + + + V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_OVERLAY + 0x0002 + If this flag is set for a video capture device, then the +driver will set the initial overlay size to cover the full framebuffer size, +otherwise the existing overlay size (as set by &VIDIOC-S-FMT;) will be used. + +Only one video capture driver (bttv) supports this flag. The use of this flag +for capture devices is deprecated. There is no way to detect which drivers +support this flag, so the only reliable method of setting the overlay size is +through &VIDIOC-S-FMT;. + +If this flag is set for a video output device, then the video output overlay +window is relative to the top-left corner of the framebuffer and restricted +to the size of the framebuffer. If it is cleared, then the video output +overlay window is relative to the video output display. + + + + V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_CHROMAKEY + 0x0004 + Use chroma-keying. The chroma-key color is +determined by the chromakey field of +&v4l2-window; and negotiated with the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl, see +and + . + + + There are no flags to enable +clipping using a list of clip rectangles or a bitmap. These methods +are negotiated with the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl, see and . + + + V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_LOCAL_ALPHA + 0x0008 + Use the alpha channel of the framebuffer to clip or +blend framebuffer pixels with video images. The blend +function is: output = framebuffer pixel * alpha + video pixel * (1 - +alpha). The actual alpha depth depends on the framebuffer pixel +format. + + + V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_GLOBAL_ALPHA + 0x0010 + Use a global alpha value to blend the framebuffer +with video images. The blend function is: output = (framebuffer pixel +* alpha + video pixel * (255 - alpha)) / 255. The alpha value is +determined by the global_alpha field of +&v4l2-window; and negotiated with the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl, see +and . + + + V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_LOCAL_INV_ALPHA + 0x0020 + Like +V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_LOCAL_ALPHA, use the alpha channel +of the framebuffer to clip or blend framebuffer pixels with video +images, but with an inverted alpha value. The blend function is: +output = framebuffer pixel * (1 - alpha) + video pixel * alpha. The +actual alpha depth depends on the framebuffer pixel format. + + + V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_SRC_CHROMAKEY + 0x0040 + Use source chroma-keying. The source chroma-key color is +determined by the chromakey field of +&v4l2-window; and negotiated with the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl, see and . +Both chroma-keying are mutual exclusive to each other, so same +chromakey field of &v4l2-window; is being used. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EPERM + + VIDIOC_S_FBUF can only be called +by a privileged user to negotiate the parameters for a destructive +overlay. + + + + EINVAL + + The VIDIOC_S_FBUF parameters are unsuitable. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4fe19a7a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_G_FMT, VIDIOC_S_FMT, +VIDIOC_TRY_FMT + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_G_FMT + VIDIOC_S_FMT + VIDIOC_TRY_FMT + Get or set the data format, try a format + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_format +*argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_G_FMT, VIDIOC_S_FMT, VIDIOC_TRY_FMT + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + These ioctls are used to negotiate the format of data +(typically image format) exchanged between driver and +application. + + To query the current parameters applications set the +type field of a struct +v4l2_format to the respective buffer (stream) +type. For example video capture devices use +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE or +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE. When the application +calls the VIDIOC_G_FMT ioctl with a pointer to +this structure the driver fills the respective member of the +fmt union. In case of video capture devices +that is either the &v4l2-pix-format; pix or +the &v4l2-pix-format-mplane; pix_mp member. +When the requested buffer type is not supported drivers return an +&EINVAL;. + + To change the current format parameters applications +initialize the type field and all +fields of the respective fmt +union member. For details see the documentation of the various devices +types in . Good practice is to query the +current parameters first, and to +modify only those parameters not suitable for the application. When +the application calls the VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl +with a pointer to a v4l2_format structure +the driver checks +and adjusts the parameters against hardware abilities. Drivers +should not return an error code unless the type field is invalid, this is +a mechanism to fathom device capabilities and to approach parameters +acceptable for both the application and driver. On success the driver +may program the hardware, allocate resources and generally prepare for +data exchange. +Finally the VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl returns the +current format parameters as VIDIOC_G_FMT does. +Very simple, inflexible devices may even ignore all input and always +return the default parameters. However all V4L2 devices exchanging +data with the application must implement the +VIDIOC_G_FMT and +VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl. When the requested buffer +type is not supported drivers return an &EINVAL; on a +VIDIOC_S_FMT attempt. When I/O is already in +progress or the resource is not available for other reasons drivers +return the &EBUSY;. + + The VIDIOC_TRY_FMT ioctl is equivalent +to VIDIOC_S_FMT with one exception: it does not +change driver state. It can also be called at any time, never +returning EBUSY. This function is provided to +negotiate parameters, to learn about hardware limitations, without +disabling I/O or possibly time consuming hardware preparations. +Although strongly recommended drivers are not required to implement +this ioctl. + + The format as returned by VIDIOC_TRY_FMT +must be identical to what VIDIOC_S_FMT returns for +the same input or output. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_format</structname> + + + + + + + + __u32 + type + + Type of the data stream, see . + + + union + fmt + + + + &v4l2-pix-format; + pix + Definition of an image format, see , used by video capture and output +devices. + + + + &v4l2-pix-format-mplane; + pix_mp + Definition of an image format, see , used by video capture and output +devices that support the multi-planar +version of the API. + + + + &v4l2-window; + win + Definition of an overlaid image, see , used by video overlay devices. + + + + &v4l2-vbi-format; + vbi + Raw VBI capture or output parameters. This is +discussed in more detail in . Used by raw VBI +capture and output devices. + + + + &v4l2-sliced-vbi-format; + sliced + Sliced VBI capture or output parameters. See + for details. Used by sliced VBI +capture and output devices. + + + + &v4l2-sdr-format; + sdr + Definition of a data format, see +, used by SDR capture devices. + + + + __u8 + raw_data[200] + Place holder for future extensions. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The &v4l2-format; type +field is invalid or the requested buffer type not supported. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-frequency.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-frequency.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1034fb61 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-frequency.xml @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY, VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY + VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY + Get or set tuner or modulator radio +frequency + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_frequency +*argp + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + const struct v4l2_frequency +*argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY, VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + To get the current tuner or modulator radio frequency +applications set the tuner field of a +&v4l2-frequency; to the respective tuner or modulator number (only +input devices have tuners, only output devices have modulators), zero +out the reserved array and +call the VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY ioctl with a pointer +to this structure. The driver stores the current frequency in the +frequency field. + + To change the current tuner or modulator radio frequency +applications initialize the tuner, +type and +frequency fields, and the +reserved array of a &v4l2-frequency; and +call the VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY ioctl with a pointer +to this structure. When the requested frequency is not possible the +driver assumes the closest possible value. However +VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY is a write-only ioctl, it does +not return the actual new frequency. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_frequency</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + tuner + The tuner or modulator index number. This is the +same value as in the &v4l2-input; tuner +field and the &v4l2-tuner; index field, or +the &v4l2-output; modulator field and the +&v4l2-modulator; index field. + + + __u32 + type + The tuner type. This is the same value as in the +&v4l2-tuner; type field. The type must be set +to V4L2_TUNER_RADIO for /dev/radioX +device nodes, and to V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV +for all others. Set this field to V4L2_TUNER_RADIO for +modulators (currently only radio modulators are supported). +See + + + __u32 + frequency + Tuning frequency in units of 62.5 kHz, or if the +&v4l2-tuner; or &v4l2-modulator; capability flag +V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW is set, in units of 62.5 +Hz. A 1 Hz unit is used when the capability flag +V4L2_TUNER_CAP_1HZ is set. + + + __u32 + reserved[8] + Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and + applications must set the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The tuner index is out of +bounds or the value in the type field is +wrong. + + + + EBUSY + + A hardware seek is in progress. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-input.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-input.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1d4306509 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-input.xml @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_G_INPUT, VIDIOC_S_INPUT + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_G_INPUT + VIDIOC_S_INPUT + Query or select the current video input + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + int *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_G_INPUT, VIDIOC_S_INPUT + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + To query the current video input applications call the +VIDIOC_G_INPUT ioctl with a pointer to an integer +where the driver stores the number of the input, as in the +&v4l2-input; index field. This ioctl will +fail only when there are no video inputs, returning +EINVAL. + + To select a video input applications store the number of the +desired input in an integer and call the +VIDIOC_S_INPUT ioctl with a pointer to this +integer. Side effects are possible. For example inputs may support +different video standards, so the driver may implicitly switch the +current standard. Because of these possible side effects applications +must select an input before querying or negotiating any other parameters. + + Information about video inputs is available using the +&VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT; ioctl. + + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The number of the video input is out of bounds. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-jpegcomp.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-jpegcomp.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..098ff4838 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-jpegcomp.xml @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_G_JPEGCOMP, VIDIOC_S_JPEGCOMP + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_G_JPEGCOMP + VIDIOC_S_JPEGCOMP + + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + v4l2_jpegcompression *argp + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + const v4l2_jpegcompression *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_G_JPEGCOMP, VIDIOC_S_JPEGCOMP + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + These ioctls are deprecated. + New drivers and applications should use + JPEG class controls for image quality and JPEG markers control. + + + [to do] + + Ronald Bultje elaborates: + + + + APP is some application-specific information. The +application can set it itself, and it'll be stored in the JPEG-encoded +fields (eg; interlacing information for in an AVI or so). COM is the +same, but it's comments, like 'encoded by me' or so. + + jpeg_markers describes whether the huffman tables, +quantization tables and the restart interval information (all +JPEG-specific stuff) should be stored in the JPEG-encoded fields. +These define how the JPEG field is encoded. If you omit them, +applications assume you've used standard encoding. You usually do want +to add them. + + + + + struct <structname>v4l2_jpegcompression</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + int + quality + Deprecated. If + V4L2_CID_JPEG_COMPRESSION_QUALITY control is exposed + by a driver applications should use it instead and ignore this field. + + + + int + APPn + + + + int + APP_len + + + + char + APP_data[60] + + + + int + COM_len + + + + char + COM_data[60] + + + + __u32 + jpeg_markers + See . Deprecated. + If + V4L2_CID_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER control + is exposed by a driver applications should use it instead + and ignore this field. + + + +
+ + + JPEG Markers Flags + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_JPEG_MARKER_DHT + (1<<3) + Define Huffman Tables + + + V4L2_JPEG_MARKER_DQT + (1<<4) + Define Quantization Tables + + + V4L2_JPEG_MARKER_DRI + (1<<5) + Define Restart Interval + + + V4L2_JPEG_MARKER_COM + (1<<6) + Comment segment + + + V4L2_JPEG_MARKER_APP + (1<<7) + App segment, driver will always use APP0 + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-modulator.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-modulator.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7068b599a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-modulator.xml @@ -0,0 +1,240 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_G_MODULATOR, VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_G_MODULATOR + VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR + Get or set modulator attributes + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_modulator +*argp + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + const struct v4l2_modulator +*argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_G_MODULATOR, VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + To query the attributes of a modulator applications initialize +the index field and zero out the +reserved array of a &v4l2-modulator; and +call the VIDIOC_G_MODULATOR ioctl with a pointer +to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an +&EINVAL; when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all modulators +applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one until the +driver returns EINVAL. + + Modulators have two writable properties, an audio +modulation set and the radio frequency. To change the modulated audio +subprograms, applications initialize the index + and txsubchans fields and the +reserved array and call the +VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR ioctl. Drivers may choose a +different audio modulation if the request cannot be satisfied. However +this is a write-only ioctl, it does not return the actual audio +modulation selected. + + To change the radio frequency the &VIDIOC-S-FREQUENCY; ioctl +is available. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_modulator</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + index + Identifies the modulator, set by the +application. + + + __u8 + name[32] + Name of the modulator, a NUL-terminated ASCII +string. This information is intended for the user. + + + __u32 + capability + Modulator capability flags. No flags are defined +for this field, the tuner flags in &v4l2-tuner; +are used accordingly. The audio flags indicate the ability +to encode audio subprograms. They will not +change for example with the current video standard. + + + __u32 + rangelow + The lowest tunable frequency in units of 62.5 +KHz, or if the capability flag +V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW is set, in units of 62.5 +Hz, or if the capability flag +V4L2_TUNER_CAP_1HZ is set, in units of 1 Hz. + + + __u32 + rangehigh + The highest tunable frequency in units of 62.5 +KHz, or if the capability flag +V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW is set, in units of 62.5 +Hz, or if the capability flag +V4L2_TUNER_CAP_1HZ is set, in units of 1 Hz. + + + __u32 + txsubchans + With this field applications can determine how +audio sub-carriers shall be modulated. It contains a set of flags as +defined in . Note the tuner +rxsubchans flags are reused, but the +semantics are different. Video output devices are assumed to have an +analog or PCM audio input with 1-3 channels. The +txsubchans flags select one or more +channels for modulation, together with some audio subprogram +indicator, for example a stereo pilot tone. + + + __u32 + reserved[4] + Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and +applications must set the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + Modulator Audio Transmission Flags + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_TUNER_SUB_MONO + 0x0001 + Modulate channel 1 as mono audio, when the input +has more channels, a down-mix of channel 1 and 2. This flag does not +combine with V4L2_TUNER_SUB_STEREO or +V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG1. + + + V4L2_TUNER_SUB_STEREO + 0x0002 + Modulate channel 1 and 2 as left and right +channel of a stereo audio signal. When the input has only one channel +or two channels and V4L2_TUNER_SUB_SAP is also +set, channel 1 is encoded as left and right channel. This flag does +not combine with V4L2_TUNER_SUB_MONO or +V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG1. When the driver does not +support stereo audio it shall fall back to mono. + + + V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG1 + 0x0008 + Modulate channel 1 and 2 as primary and secondary +language of a bilingual audio signal. When the input has only one +channel it is used for both languages. It is not possible to encode +the primary or secondary language only. This flag does not combine +with V4L2_TUNER_SUB_MONO, +V4L2_TUNER_SUB_STEREO or +V4L2_TUNER_SUB_SAP. If the hardware does not +support the respective audio matrix, or the current video standard +does not permit bilingual audio the +VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR ioctl shall return an &EINVAL; +and the driver shall fall back to mono or stereo mode. + + + V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG2 + 0x0004 + Same effect as +V4L2_TUNER_SUB_SAP. + + + V4L2_TUNER_SUB_SAP + 0x0004 + When combined with V4L2_TUNER_SUB_MONO + the first channel is encoded as mono audio, the last +channel as Second Audio Program. When the input has only one channel +it is used for both audio tracks. When the input has three channels +the mono track is a down-mix of channel 1 and 2. When combined with +V4L2_TUNER_SUB_STEREO channel 1 and 2 are +encoded as left and right stereo audio, channel 3 as Second Audio +Program. When the input has only two channels, the first is encoded as +left and right channel and the second as SAP. When the input has only +one channel it is used for all audio tracks. It is not possible to +encode a Second Audio Program only. This flag must combine with +V4L2_TUNER_SUB_MONO or +V4L2_TUNER_SUB_STEREO. If the hardware does not +support the respective audio matrix, or the current video standard +does not permit SAP the VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR ioctl +shall return an &EINVAL; and driver shall fall back to mono or stereo +mode. + + + V4L2_TUNER_SUB_RDS + 0x0010 + Enable the RDS encoder for a radio FM transmitter. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The &v4l2-modulator; +index is out of bounds. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-output.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-output.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4533068ec --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-output.xml @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_G_OUTPUT, VIDIOC_S_OUTPUT + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_G_OUTPUT + VIDIOC_S_OUTPUT + Query or select the current video output + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + int *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_G_OUTPUT, VIDIOC_S_OUTPUT + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + To query the current video output applications call the +VIDIOC_G_OUTPUT ioctl with a pointer to an integer +where the driver stores the number of the output, as in the +&v4l2-output; index field. This ioctl +will fail only when there are no video outputs, returning the +&EINVAL;. + + To select a video output applications store the number of the +desired output in an integer and call the +VIDIOC_S_OUTPUT ioctl with a pointer to this integer. +Side effects are possible. For example outputs may support different +video standards, so the driver may implicitly switch the current +standard. +standard. Because of these possible side effects applications +must select an output before querying or negotiating any other parameters. + + Information about video outputs is available using the +&VIDIOC-ENUMOUTPUT; ioctl. + + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The number of the video output is out of bounds, or +there are no video outputs at all. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f4e28e7d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.xml @@ -0,0 +1,314 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_G_PARM, VIDIOC_S_PARM + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_G_PARM + VIDIOC_S_PARM + Get or set streaming parameters + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + v4l2_streamparm *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_G_PARM, VIDIOC_S_PARM + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + The current video standard determines a nominal number of +frames per second. If less than this number of frames is to be +captured or output, applications can request frame skipping or +duplicating on the driver side. This is especially useful when using +the read() or write(), which +are not augmented by timestamps or sequence counters, and to avoid +unnecessary data copying. + + Further these ioctls can be used to determine the number of +buffers used internally by a driver in read/write mode. For +implications see the section discussing the &func-read; +function. + + To get and set the streaming parameters applications call +the VIDIOC_G_PARM and +VIDIOC_S_PARM ioctl, respectively. They take a +pointer to a struct v4l2_streamparm which +contains a union holding separate parameters for input and output +devices. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_streamparm</structname> + + &cs-ustr; + + + __u32 + type + + The buffer (stream) type, same as &v4l2-format; +type, set by the application. See + + + union + parm + + + + + + &v4l2-captureparm; + capture + Parameters for capture devices, used when +type is +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE. + + + + &v4l2-outputparm; + output + Parameters for output devices, used when +type is +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT. + + + + __u8 + raw_data[200] + A place holder for future extensions. + + + +
+ + + struct <structname>v4l2_captureparm</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + capability + See . + + + __u32 + capturemode + Set by drivers and applications, see . + + + &v4l2-fract; + timeperframe + This is the desired period between +successive frames captured by the driver, in seconds. The +field is intended to skip frames on the driver side, saving I/O +bandwidth.Applications store here the desired frame +period, drivers return the actual frame period, which must be greater +or equal to the nominal frame period determined by the current video +standard (&v4l2-standard; frameperiod +field). Changing the video standard (also implicitly by switching the +video input) may reset this parameter to the nominal frame period. To +reset manually applications can just set this field to +zero.Drivers support this function only when they set the +V4L2_CAP_TIMEPERFRAME flag in the +capability field. + + + __u32 + extendedmode + Custom (driver specific) streaming parameters. When +unused, applications and drivers must set this field to zero. +Applications using this field should check the driver name and +version, see . + + + __u32 + readbuffers + Applications set this field to the desired number +of buffers used internally by the driver in &func-read; mode. Drivers +return the actual number of buffers. When an application requests zero +buffers, drivers should just return the current setting rather than +the minimum or an error code. For details see . + + + __u32 + reserved[4] + Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and +applications must set the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + struct <structname>v4l2_outputparm</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + capability + See . + + + __u32 + outputmode + Set by drivers and applications, see . + + + &v4l2-fract; + timeperframe + This is the desired period between +successive frames output by the driver, in seconds. + + + The field is intended to +repeat frames on the driver side in &func-write; mode (in streaming +mode timestamps can be used to throttle the output), saving I/O +bandwidth.Applications store here the desired frame +period, drivers return the actual frame period, which must be greater +or equal to the nominal frame period determined by the current video +standard (&v4l2-standard; frameperiod +field). Changing the video standard (also implicitly by switching the +video output) may reset this parameter to the nominal frame period. To +reset manually applications can just set this field to +zero.Drivers support this function only when they set the +V4L2_CAP_TIMEPERFRAME flag in the +capability field. + + + __u32 + extendedmode + Custom (driver specific) streaming parameters. When +unused, applications and drivers must set this field to zero. +Applications using this field should check the driver name and +version, see . + + + __u32 + writebuffers + Applications set this field to the desired number +of buffers used internally by the driver in +write() mode. Drivers return the actual number of +buffers. When an application requests zero buffers, drivers should +just return the current setting rather than the minimum or an error +code. For details see . + + + __u32 + reserved[4] + Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and +applications must set the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + Streaming Parameters Capabilites + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_CAP_TIMEPERFRAME + 0x1000 + The frame skipping/repeating controlled by the +timeperframe field is supported. + + + +
+ + + Capture Parameters Flags + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_MODE_HIGHQUALITY + 0x0001 + High quality imaging mode. High quality mode +is intended for still imaging applications. The idea is to get the +best possible image quality that the hardware can deliver. It is not +defined how the driver writer may achieve that; it will depend on the +hardware and the ingenuity of the driver writer. High quality mode is +a different mode from the the regular motion video capture modes. In +high quality mode: + + The driver may be able to capture higher +resolutions than for motion capture. + + + The driver may support fewer pixel formats +than motion capture (eg; true color). + + + The driver may capture and arithmetically +combine multiple successive fields or frames to remove color edge +artifacts and reduce the noise in the video data. + + + + The driver may capture images in slices like +a scanner in order to handle larger format images than would otherwise +be possible. + + + An image capture operation may be +significantly slower than motion capture. + + + Moving objects in the image might have +excessive motion blur. + + + Capture might only work through the +read() call. + + + + + +
+ + + + + &return-value; + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-priority.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-priority.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a81b4fe9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-priority.xml @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_G_PRIORITY, VIDIOC_S_PRIORITY + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_G_PRIORITY + VIDIOC_S_PRIORITY + Query or request the access priority associated with a +file descriptor + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + enum v4l2_priority *argp + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + const enum v4l2_priority *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_G_PRIORITY, VIDIOC_S_PRIORITY + + + + argp + + Pointer to an enum v4l2_priority type. + + + + + + + Description + + To query the current access priority +applications call the VIDIOC_G_PRIORITY ioctl +with a pointer to an enum v4l2_priority variable where the driver stores +the current priority. + + To request an access priority applications store the +desired priority in an enum v4l2_priority variable and call +VIDIOC_S_PRIORITY ioctl with a pointer to this +variable. + + + enum v4l2_priority + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_PRIORITY_UNSET + 0 + + + + V4L2_PRIORITY_BACKGROUND + 1 + Lowest priority, usually applications running in +background, for example monitoring VBI transmissions. A proxy +application running in user space will be necessary if multiple +applications want to read from a device at this priority. + + + V4L2_PRIORITY_INTERACTIVE + 2 + + + + V4L2_PRIORITY_DEFAULT + 2 + Medium priority, usually applications started and +interactively controlled by the user. For example TV viewers, Teletext +browsers, or just "panel" applications to change the channel or video +controls. This is the default priority unless an application requests +another. + + + V4L2_PRIORITY_RECORD + 3 + Highest priority. Only one file descriptor can have +this priority, it blocks any other fd from changing device properties. +Usually applications which must not be interrupted, like video +recording. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The requested priority value is invalid. + + + + EBUSY + + Another application already requested higher +priority. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0bb5c060d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ + + + + ioctl VIDIOC_G_SELECTION, VIDIOC_S_SELECTION + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_G_SELECTION + VIDIOC_S_SELECTION + Get or set one of the selection rectangles + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_selection *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_G_SELECTION, VIDIOC_S_SELECTION + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + + Experimental + This is an experimental + interface and may change in the future. + + + The ioctls are used to query and configure selection rectangles. + +To query the cropping (composing) rectangle set &v4l2-selection; + type field to the respective buffer type. +Do not use the multiplanar buffer types. Use V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE +instead of V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE and use +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT instead of +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE. The next step is +setting the value of &v4l2-selection; target field +to V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP (V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE). +Please refer to table or +for additional targets. The flags and reserved + fields of &v4l2-selection; are ignored and they must be filled +with zeros. The driver fills the rest of the structure or +returns &EINVAL; if incorrect buffer type or target was used. If cropping +(composing) is not supported then the active rectangle is not mutable and it is +always equal to the bounds rectangle. Finally, the &v4l2-rect; +r rectangle is filled with the current cropping +(composing) coordinates. The coordinates are expressed in driver-dependent +units. The only exception are rectangles for images in raw formats, whose +coordinates are always expressed in pixels. + +To change the cropping (composing) rectangle set the &v4l2-selection; +type field to the respective buffer type. Do not +use multiplanar buffers. Use V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE +instead of V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE. Use +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT instead of +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE. The next step is +setting the value of &v4l2-selection; target to +V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP (V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE). +Please refer to table or +for additional targets. The &v4l2-rect; r rectangle need to be +set to the desired active area. Field &v4l2-selection; reserved + is ignored and must be filled with zeros. The driver may adjust +coordinates of the requested rectangle. An application may +introduce constraints to control rounding behaviour. The &v4l2-selection; +flags field must be set to one of the following: + + + +0 - The driver can adjust the rectangle size freely +and shall choose a crop/compose rectangle as close as possible to the requested +one. + + +V4L2_SEL_FLAG_GE - The driver is not allowed to +shrink the rectangle. The original rectangle must lay inside the adjusted +one. + + +V4L2_SEL_FLAG_LE - The driver is not allowed to +enlarge the rectangle. The adjusted rectangle must lay inside the original +one. + + +V4L2_SEL_FLAG_GE | V4L2_SEL_FLAG_LE - The driver +must choose the size exactly the same as in the requested rectangle. + + + +Please refer to . + + + + The driver may have to adjusts the requested dimensions against hardware +limits and other parts as the pipeline, i.e. the bounds given by the +capture/output window or TV display. The closest possible values of horizontal +and vertical offset and sizes are chosen according to following priority: + + + + Satisfy constraints from &v4l2-selection; flags. + + + Adjust width, height, left, and top to hardware limits and alignments. + + + Keep center of adjusted rectangle as close as possible to the original one. + + + Keep width and height as close as possible to original ones. + + + Keep horizontal and vertical offset as close as possible to original ones. + + + +On success the &v4l2-rect; r field contains +the adjusted rectangle. When the parameters are unsuitable the application may +modify the cropping (composing) or image parameters and repeat the cycle until +satisfactory parameters have been negotiated. If constraints flags have to be +violated at then ERANGE is returned. The error indicates that there +exist no rectangle that satisfies the constraints. + + Selection targets and flags are documented in . + + +
+ Size adjustments with constraint flags. + + + + + + Behaviour of rectangle adjustment for different constraint + flags. + + +
+ + + + + struct <structname>v4l2_selection</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + type + Type of the buffer (from &v4l2-buf-type;). + + + __u32 + target + Used to select between cropping + and composing rectangles. + + + __u32 + flags + Flags controlling the selection rectangle adjustments, refer to + selection flags. + + + &v4l2-rect; + r + The selection rectangle. + + + __u32 + reserved[9] + Reserved fields for future use. + + + +
+ + + + + &return-value; + + + EINVAL + + Given buffer type type or +the selection target target is not supported, +or the flags argument is not valid. + + + + ERANGE + + It is not possible to adjust &v4l2-rect; +r rectangle to satisfy all contraints given in the +flags argument. + + + + EBUSY + + It is not possible to apply change of the selection rectangle +at the moment. Usually because streaming is in progress. + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d05623c55 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml @@ -0,0 +1,255 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_G_SLICED_VBI_CAP + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_G_SLICED_VBI_CAP + Query sliced VBI capabilities + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_cap *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_G_SLICED_VBI_CAP + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + To find out which data services are supported by a sliced +VBI capture or output device, applications initialize the +type field of a &v4l2-sliced-vbi-cap;, +clear the reserved array and +call the VIDIOC_G_SLICED_VBI_CAP ioctl. The +driver fills in the remaining fields or returns an &EINVAL; if the +sliced VBI API is unsupported or type +is invalid. + + Note the type field was added, +and the ioctl changed from read-only to write-read, in Linux 2.6.19. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_sliced_vbi_cap</structname> + + + + + + + + + + __u16 + service_set + A set of all data services +supported by the driver. Equal to the union of all elements of the +service_lines array. + + + __u16 + service_lines[2][24] + Each element of this array +contains a set of data services the hardware can look for or insert +into a particular scan line. Data services are defined in . Array indices map to ITU-R +line numbers (see also and ) as follows: + + + + + Element + 525 line systems + 625 line systems + + + + + service_lines[0][1] + 1 + 1 + + + + + service_lines[0][23] + 23 + 23 + + + + + service_lines[1][1] + 264 + 314 + + + + + service_lines[1][23] + 286 + 336 + + + + + + + + The number of VBI lines the +hardware can capture or output per frame, or the number of services it +can identify on a given line may be limited. For example on PAL line +16 the hardware may be able to look for a VPS or Teletext signal, but +not both at the same time. Applications can learn about these limits +using the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl as described in . + + + + + + + + Drivers must set +service_lines[0][0] and +service_lines[1][0] to zero. + + + __u32 + type + Type of the data stream, see . Should be +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE or +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT. + + + __u32 + reserved[3] + This array is reserved for future +extensions. Applications and drivers must set it to zero. + + + +
+ + + + Sliced VBI services + + + + + + + + + + Symbol + Value + Reference + Lines, usually + Payload + + + + + V4L2_SLICED_TELETEXT_B (Teletext +System B) + 0x0001 + , + PAL/SECAM line 7-22, 320-335 (second field 7-22) + Last 42 of the 45 byte Teletext packet, that is +without clock run-in and framing code, lsb first transmitted. + + + V4L2_SLICED_VPS + 0x0400 + + PAL line 16 + Byte number 3 to 15 according to Figure 9 of +ETS 300 231, lsb first transmitted. + + + V4L2_SLICED_CAPTION_525 + 0x1000 + + NTSC line 21, 284 (second field 21) + Two bytes in transmission order, including parity +bit, lsb first transmitted. + + + V4L2_SLICED_WSS_625 + 0x4000 + , + PAL/SECAM line 23 + +Byte 0 1 + msb lsb msb lsb +Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 x x 13 12 11 10 9 + + + + V4L2_SLICED_VBI_525 + 0x1000 + Set of services applicable to 525 +line systems. + + + V4L2_SLICED_VBI_625 + 0x4401 + Set of services applicable to 625 +line systems. + + + +
+ + + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The value in the type field is +wrong. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a898417d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_G_STD, VIDIOC_S_STD + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_G_STD + VIDIOC_S_STD + Query or select the video standard of the current input + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + v4l2_std_id +*argp + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + const v4l2_std_id +*argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_G_STD, VIDIOC_S_STD + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + To query and select the current video standard applications +use the VIDIOC_G_STD and VIDIOC_S_STD ioctls which take a pointer to a +&v4l2-std-id; type as argument. VIDIOC_G_STD can +return a single flag or a set of flags as in &v4l2-standard; field +id. The flags must be unambiguous such +that they appear in only one enumerated v4l2_standard structure. + + VIDIOC_S_STD accepts one or more +flags, being a write-only ioctl it does not return the actual new standard as +VIDIOC_G_STD does. When no flags are given or +the current input does not support the requested standard the driver +returns an &EINVAL;. When the standard set is ambiguous drivers may +return EINVAL or choose any of the requested +standards. If the current input or output does not support standard video timings (e.g. if +&VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT; does not set the V4L2_IN_CAP_STD flag), then +&ENODATA; is returned. + + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The VIDIOC_S_STD parameter was unsuitable. + + + + ENODATA + + Standard video timings are not supported for this input or output. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b0d865933 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml @@ -0,0 +1,578 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_G_TUNER, VIDIOC_S_TUNER + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_G_TUNER + VIDIOC_S_TUNER + Get or set tuner attributes + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_tuner +*argp + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + const struct v4l2_tuner +*argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_G_TUNER, VIDIOC_S_TUNER + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + To query the attributes of a tuner applications initialize the +index field and zero out the +reserved array of a &v4l2-tuner; and call the +VIDIOC_G_TUNER ioctl with a pointer to this +structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an +&EINVAL; when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all tuners +applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one until the +driver returns EINVAL. + + Tuners have two writable properties, the audio mode and +the radio frequency. To change the audio mode, applications initialize +the index, +audmode and +reserved fields and call the +VIDIOC_S_TUNER ioctl. This will +not change the current tuner, which is determined +by the current video input. Drivers may choose a different audio mode +if the requested mode is invalid or unsupported. Since this is a +write-only ioctl, it does not return the actually +selected audio mode. + + To change the radio frequency the &VIDIOC-S-FREQUENCY; ioctl +is available. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_tuner</structname> + + + + + + + + + __u32 + index + Identifies the tuner, set by the +application. + + + __u8 + name[32] + Name of the tuner, a +NUL-terminated ASCII string. This information is intended for the +user. + + + __u32 + type + Type of the tuner, see . + + + __u32 + capability + Tuner capability flags, see +. Audio flags indicate the ability +to decode audio subprograms. They will not +change, for example with the current video standard.When +the structure refers to a radio tuner the +V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LANG1, +V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LANG2 and +V4L2_TUNER_CAP_NORM flags can't be used. +If multiple frequency bands are supported, then +capability is the union of all +capability fields of each &v4l2-frequency-band;. + + + + __u32 + rangelow + The lowest tunable frequency in +units of 62.5 kHz, or if the capability +flag V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW is set, in units of 62.5 +Hz, or if the capability flag +V4L2_TUNER_CAP_1HZ is set, in units of 1 Hz. +If multiple frequency bands are supported, then +rangelow is the lowest frequency +of all the frequency bands. + + + __u32 + rangehigh + The highest tunable frequency in +units of 62.5 kHz, or if the capability +flag V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW is set, in units of 62.5 +Hz, or if the capability flag +V4L2_TUNER_CAP_1HZ is set, in units of 1 Hz. +If multiple frequency bands are supported, then +rangehigh is the highest frequency +of all the frequency bands. + + + __u32 + rxsubchans + Some tuners or audio +decoders can determine the received audio subprograms by analyzing +audio carriers, pilot tones or other indicators. To pass this +information drivers set flags defined in in this field. For +example: + + + + + V4L2_TUNER_SUB_MONO + receiving mono audio + + + + + STEREO | SAP + receiving stereo audio and a secondary audio +program + + + + + MONO | STEREO + receiving mono or stereo audio, the hardware cannot +distinguish + + + + + LANG1 | LANG2 + receiving bilingual audio + + + + + MONO | STEREO | LANG1 | LANG2 + receiving mono, stereo or bilingual +audio + + + + + When the +V4L2_TUNER_CAP_STEREO, +_LANG1, _LANG2 or +_SAP flag is cleared in the +capability field, the corresponding +V4L2_TUNER_SUB_ flag must not be set +here.This field is valid only if this is the tuner of the +current video input, or when the structure refers to a radio +tuner. + + + __u32 + audmode + The selected audio mode, see + for valid values. The audio mode does +not affect audio subprogram detection, and like a control it does not automatically change +unless the requested mode is invalid or unsupported. See for possible results when +the selected and received audio programs do not +match.Currently this is the only field of struct +v4l2_tuner applications can +change. + + + __u32 + signal + The signal strength if known, ranging +from 0 to 65535. Higher values indicate a better signal. + + + __s32 + afc + Automatic frequency control: When the +afc value is negative, the frequency is too +low, when positive too high. + + + __u32 + reserved[4] + Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and +applications must set the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + enum v4l2_tuner_type + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_TUNER_RADIO + 1 + + + + V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV + 2 + + + + +
+ + + Tuner and Modulator Capability Flags + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW + 0x0001 + When set, tuning frequencies are expressed in units of +62.5 Hz instead of 62.5 kHz. + + + V4L2_TUNER_CAP_NORM + 0x0002 + This is a multi-standard tuner; the video standard +can or must be switched. (B/G PAL tuners for example are typically not + considered multi-standard because the video standard is automatically + determined from the frequency band.) The set of supported video + standards is available from the &v4l2-input; pointing to this tuner, + see the description of ioctl &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT; for details. Only + V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV tuners can have this capability. + + + V4L2_TUNER_CAP_HWSEEK_BOUNDED + 0x0004 + If set, then this tuner supports the hardware seek functionality + where the seek stops when it reaches the end of the frequency range. + + + V4L2_TUNER_CAP_HWSEEK_WRAP + 0x0008 + If set, then this tuner supports the hardware seek functionality + where the seek wraps around when it reaches the end of the frequency range. + + + V4L2_TUNER_CAP_STEREO + 0x0010 + Stereo audio reception is supported. + + + V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LANG1 + 0x0040 + Reception of the primary language of a bilingual +audio program is supported. Bilingual audio is a feature of +two-channel systems, transmitting the primary language monaural on the +main audio carrier and a secondary language monaural on a second +carrier. Only + V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV tuners can have this capability. + + + V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LANG2 + 0x0020 + Reception of the secondary language of a bilingual +audio program is supported. Only + V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV tuners can have this capability. + + + V4L2_TUNER_CAP_SAP + 0x0020 + Reception of a secondary audio program is +supported. This is a feature of the BTSC system which accompanies the +NTSC video standard. Two audio carriers are available for mono or +stereo transmissions of a primary language, and an independent third +carrier for a monaural secondary language. Only + V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV tuners can have this capability.Note the +V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LANG2 and +V4L2_TUNER_CAP_SAP flags are synonyms. +V4L2_TUNER_CAP_SAP applies when the tuner +supports the V4L2_STD_NTSC_M video +standard. + + + V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS + 0x0080 + RDS capture is supported. This capability is only valid for +radio tuners. + + + V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS_BLOCK_IO + 0x0100 + The RDS data is passed as unparsed RDS blocks. + + + V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS_CONTROLS + 0x0200 + The RDS data is parsed by the hardware and set via controls. + + + V4L2_TUNER_CAP_FREQ_BANDS + 0x0400 + The &VIDIOC-ENUM-FREQ-BANDS; ioctl can be used to enumerate + the available frequency bands. + + + V4L2_TUNER_CAP_HWSEEK_PROG_LIM + 0x0800 + The range to search when using the hardware seek functionality + is programmable, see &VIDIOC-S-HW-FREQ-SEEK; for details. + + + V4L2_TUNER_CAP_1HZ + 0x1000 + When set, tuning frequencies are expressed in units of 1 Hz instead of 62.5 kHz. + + + +
+ + + Tuner Audio Reception Flags + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_TUNER_SUB_MONO + 0x0001 + The tuner receives a mono audio signal. + + + V4L2_TUNER_SUB_STEREO + 0x0002 + The tuner receives a stereo audio signal. + + + V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG1 + 0x0008 + The tuner receives the primary language of a +bilingual audio signal. Drivers must clear this flag when the current +video standard is V4L2_STD_NTSC_M. + + + V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG2 + 0x0004 + The tuner receives the secondary language of a +bilingual audio signal (or a second audio program). + + + V4L2_TUNER_SUB_SAP + 0x0004 + The tuner receives a Second Audio Program. Note the +V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG2 and +V4L2_TUNER_SUB_SAP flags are synonyms. The +V4L2_TUNER_SUB_SAP flag applies when the +current video standard is V4L2_STD_NTSC_M. + + + V4L2_TUNER_SUB_RDS + 0x0010 + The tuner receives an RDS channel. + + + +
+ + + Tuner Audio Modes + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_TUNER_MODE_MONO + 0 + Play mono audio. When the tuner receives a stereo +signal this a down-mix of the left and right channel. When the tuner +receives a bilingual or SAP signal this mode selects the primary +language. + + + V4L2_TUNER_MODE_STEREO + 1 + Play stereo audio. When the tuner receives +bilingual audio it may play different languages on the left and right +channel or the primary language is played on both channels.Playing +different languages in this mode is +deprecated. New drivers should do this only in +MODE_LANG1_LANG2.When the tuner +receives no stereo signal or does not support stereo reception the +driver shall fall back to MODE_MONO. + + + V4L2_TUNER_MODE_LANG1 + 3 + Play the primary language, mono or stereo. Only +V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV tuners support this +mode. + + + V4L2_TUNER_MODE_LANG2 + 2 + Play the secondary language, mono. When the tuner +receives no bilingual audio or SAP, or their reception is not +supported the driver shall fall back to mono or stereo mode. Only +V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV tuners support this +mode. + + + V4L2_TUNER_MODE_SAP + 2 + Play the Second Audio Program. When the tuner +receives no bilingual audio or SAP, or their reception is not +supported the driver shall fall back to mono or stereo mode. Only +V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV tuners support this mode. +Note the V4L2_TUNER_MODE_LANG2 and +V4L2_TUNER_MODE_SAP are synonyms. + + + V4L2_TUNER_MODE_LANG1_LANG2 + 4 + Play the primary language on the left channel, the +secondary language on the right channel. When the tuner receives no +bilingual audio or SAP, it shall fall back to +MODE_LANG1 or MODE_MONO. +Only V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV tuners support this +mode. + + + +
+ + + Tuner Audio Matrix + + + + + + + + + + + Selected +V4L2_TUNER_MODE_ + + + Received V4L2_TUNER_SUB_ + MONO + STEREO + LANG1 + LANG2 = SAP + LANG1_LANG2This +mode has been added in Linux 2.6.17 and may not be supported by older +drivers. + + + + + MONO + Mono + Mono/Mono + Mono + Mono + Mono/Mono + + + MONO | SAP + Mono + Mono/Mono + Mono + SAP + Mono/SAP (preferred) or Mono/Mono + + + STEREO + L+R + L/R + Stereo L/R (preferred) or Mono L+R + Stereo L/R (preferred) or Mono L+R + L/R (preferred) or L+R/L+R + + + STEREO | SAP + L+R + L/R + Stereo L/R (preferred) or Mono L+R + SAP + L+R/SAP (preferred) or L/R or L+R/L+R + + + LANG1 | LANG2 + Language 1 + Lang1/Lang2 (deprecatedPlayback of +both languages in MODE_STEREO is deprecated. In +the future drivers should produce only the primary language in this +mode. Applications should request +MODE_LANG1_LANG2 to record both languages or a +stereo signal.) or +Lang1/Lang1 + Language 1 + Language 2 + Lang1/Lang2 (preferred) or Lang1/Lang1 + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The &v4l2-tuner; index is +out of bounds. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-log-status.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-log-status.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ded7d35e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-log-status.xml @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS + Log driver status information + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + + + + + + Description + + As the video/audio devices become more complicated it +becomes harder to debug problems. When this ioctl is called the driver +will output the current device status to the kernel log. This is +particular useful when dealing with problems like no sound, no video +and incorrectly tuned channels. Also many modern devices autodetect +video and audio standards and this ioctl will report what the device +thinks what the standard is. Mismatches may give an indication where +the problem is. + + This ioctl is optional and not all drivers support it. It +was introduced in Linux 2.6.15. + + + + &return-value; + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-overlay.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-overlay.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..250a7de18 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-overlay.xml @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_OVERLAY + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_OVERLAY + Start or stop video overlay + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + const int *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_OVERLAY + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + This ioctl is part of the video + overlay I/O method. Applications call + VIDIOC_OVERLAY to start or stop the + overlay. It takes a pointer to an integer which must be set to + zero by the application to stop overlay, to one to start. + + Drivers do not support &VIDIOC-STREAMON; or +&VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; with V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY. + + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The overlay parameters have not been set up. See for the necessary steps. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-prepare-buf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-prepare-buf.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa7ad7e33 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-prepare-buf.xml @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_PREPARE_BUF + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_PREPARE_BUF + Prepare a buffer for I/O + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_buffer *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_PREPARE_BUF + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + + Experimental + This is an experimental + interface and may change in the future. + + + Applications can optionally call the +VIDIOC_PREPARE_BUF ioctl to pass ownership of the buffer +to the driver before actually enqueuing it, using the +VIDIOC_QBUF ioctl, and to prepare it for future I/O. +Such preparations may include cache invalidation or cleaning. Performing them +in advance saves time during the actual I/O. In case such cache operations are +not required, the application can use one of +V4L2_BUF_FLAG_NO_CACHE_INVALIDATE and +V4L2_BUF_FLAG_NO_CACHE_CLEAN flags to skip the respective +step. + + The v4l2_buffer structure is +specified in . + + + + &return-value; + + + + EBUSY + + File I/O is in progress. + + + + EINVAL + + The buffer type is not +supported, or the index is out of bounds, +or no buffers have been allocated yet, or the +userptr or +length are invalid. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3504a7f2f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_QBUF, VIDIOC_DQBUF + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_QBUF + VIDIOC_DQBUF + Exchange a buffer with the driver + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_buffer *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_QBUF, VIDIOC_DQBUF + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + Applications call the VIDIOC_QBUF ioctl +to enqueue an empty (capturing) or filled (output) buffer in the +driver's incoming queue. The semantics depend on the selected I/O +method. + + To enqueue a buffer applications set the type +field of a &v4l2-buffer; to the same buffer type as was previously used +with &v4l2-format; type and &v4l2-requestbuffers; +type. Applications must also set the +index field. Valid index numbers range from +zero to the number of buffers allocated with &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; +(&v4l2-requestbuffers; count) minus one. The +contents of the struct v4l2_buffer returned +by a &VIDIOC-QUERYBUF; ioctl will do as well. When the buffer is +intended for output (type is +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT, +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE, or +V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_OUTPUT) applications must also +initialize the bytesused, +field and +timestamp fields, see for details. +Applications must also set flags to 0. +The reserved2 and +reserved fields must be set to 0. When using +the multi-planar API, the +m.planes field must contain a userspace pointer +to a filled-in array of &v4l2-plane; and the length +field must be set to the number of elements in that array. + + + To enqueue a memory mapped +buffer applications set the memory +field to V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP. When +VIDIOC_QBUF is called with a pointer to this +structure the driver sets the +V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED and +V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED flags and clears the +V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE flag in the +flags field, or it returns an +&EINVAL;. + + To enqueue a user pointer +buffer applications set the memory +field to V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR, the +m.userptr field to the address of the +buffer and length to its size. When the multi-planar +API is used, m.userptr and +length members of the passed array of &v4l2-plane; +have to be used instead. When VIDIOC_QBUF is called with +a pointer to this structure the driver sets the +V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED flag and clears the +V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED and +V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE flags in the +flags field, or it returns an error code. +This ioctl locks the memory pages of the buffer in physical memory, +they cannot be swapped out to disk. Buffers remain locked until +dequeued, until the &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; or &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl is +called, or until the device is closed. + + To enqueue a DMABUF buffer applications +set the memory field to +V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF and the m.fd +field to a file descriptor associated with a DMABUF buffer. When the +multi-planar API is used the m.fd fields of the +passed array of &v4l2-plane; have to be used instead. When +VIDIOC_QBUF is called with a pointer to this structure the +driver sets the V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED flag and clears the +V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED and +V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE flags in the +flags field, or it returns an error code. This +ioctl locks the buffer. Locking a buffer means passing it to a driver for a +hardware access (usually DMA). If an application accesses (reads/writes) a +locked buffer then the result is undefined. Buffers remain locked until +dequeued, until the &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; or &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl is called, or +until the device is closed. + + Applications call the VIDIOC_DQBUF +ioctl to dequeue a filled (capturing) or displayed (output) buffer +from the driver's outgoing queue. They just set the +type, memory +and reserved +fields of a &v4l2-buffer; as above, when VIDIOC_DQBUF +is called with a pointer to this structure the driver fills the +remaining fields or returns an error code. The driver may also set +V4L2_BUF_FLAG_ERROR in the flags +field. It indicates a non-critical (recoverable) streaming error. In such case +the application may continue as normal, but should be aware that data in the +dequeued buffer might be corrupted. When using the multi-planar API, the +planes array must be passed in as well. + + By default VIDIOC_DQBUF blocks when no +buffer is in the outgoing queue. When the +O_NONBLOCK flag was given to the &func-open; +function, VIDIOC_DQBUF returns immediately +with an &EAGAIN; when no buffer is available. + + The v4l2_buffer structure is +specified in . + + + + &return-value; + + + + EAGAIN + + Non-blocking I/O has been selected using +O_NONBLOCK and no buffer was in the outgoing +queue. + + + + EINVAL + + The buffer type is not +supported, or the index is out of bounds, +or no buffers have been allocated yet, or the +userptr or +length are invalid. + + + + EIO + + VIDIOC_DQBUF failed due to an +internal error. Can also indicate temporary problems like signal +loss. Note the driver might dequeue an (empty) buffer despite +returning an error, or even stop capturing. Reusing such buffer may be unsafe +though and its details (e.g. index) may not be +returned either. It is recommended that drivers indicate recoverable errors +by setting the V4L2_BUF_FLAG_ERROR and returning 0 instead. +In that case the application should be able to safely reuse the buffer and +continue streaming. + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e185f149e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS + Sense the DV preset received by the current +input + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_dv_timings *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + + Experimental + This is an experimental + interface and may change in the future. + + + The hardware may be able to detect the current DV timings +automatically, similar to sensing the video standard. To do so, applications +call VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS with a pointer to a +&v4l2-dv-timings;. Once the hardware detects the timings, it will fill in the +timings structure. + +If the timings could not be detected because there was no signal, then +ENOLINK is returned. If a signal was detected, but +it was unstable and the receiver could not lock to the signal, then +ENOLCK is returned. If the receiver could lock to the signal, +but the format is unsupported (e.g. because the pixelclock is out of range +of the hardware capabilities), then the driver fills in whatever timings it +could find and returns ERANGE. In that case the application +can call &VIDIOC-DV-TIMINGS-CAP; to compare the found timings with the hardware's +capabilities in order to give more precise feedback to the user. + + + + + &return-value; + + + + ENODATA + + Digital video timings are not supported for this input or output. + + + + ENOLINK + + No timings could be detected because no signal was found. + + + + + ENOLCK + + The signal was unstable and the hardware could not lock on to it. + + + + + ERANGE + + Timings were found, but they are out of range of the hardware +capabilities. + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a597155c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_QUERYBUF + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_QUERYBUF + Query the status of a buffer + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_buffer *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_QUERYBUF + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + This ioctl is part of the streaming + I/O method. It can be used to query the status of a +buffer at any time after buffers have been allocated with the +&VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl. + + Applications set the type field + of a &v4l2-buffer; to the same buffer type as was previously used with +&v4l2-format; type and &v4l2-requestbuffers; +type, and the index + field. Valid index numbers range from zero +to the number of buffers allocated with &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; + (&v4l2-requestbuffers; count) minus one. +The reserved field should to set to 0. +When using the multi-planar API, the +m.planes field must contain a userspace pointer to an +array of &v4l2-plane; and the length field has +to be set to the number of elements in that array. +After calling VIDIOC_QUERYBUF with a pointer to + this structure drivers return an error code or fill the rest of +the structure. + + In the flags field the +V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED, +V4L2_BUF_FLAG_PREPARED, +V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED and +V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE flags will be valid. The +memory field will be set to the current +I/O method. For the single-planar API, the m.offset +contains the offset of the buffer from the start of the device memory, +the length field its size. For the multi-planar API, +fields m.mem_offset and +length in the m.planes +array elements will be used instead and the length +field of &v4l2-buffer; is set to the number of filled-in array elements. +The driver may or may not set the remaining fields and flags, they are +meaningless in this context. + + The v4l2_buffer structure is + specified in . + + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The buffer type is not +supported, or the index is out of bounds. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20fda75a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml @@ -0,0 +1,344 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_QUERYCAP + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_QUERYCAP + Query device capabilities + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_capability *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_QUERYCAP + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + All V4L2 devices support the +VIDIOC_QUERYCAP ioctl. It is used to identify +kernel devices compatible with this specification and to obtain +information about driver and hardware capabilities. The ioctl takes a +pointer to a &v4l2-capability; which is filled by the driver. When the +driver is not compatible with this specification the ioctl returns an +&EINVAL;. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_capability</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u8 + driver[16] + Name of the driver, a unique NUL-terminated +ASCII string. For example: "bttv". Driver specific applications can +use this information to verify the driver identity. It is also useful +to work around known bugs, or to identify drivers in error reports. +Storing strings in fixed sized arrays is bad +practice but unavoidable here. Drivers and applications should take +precautions to never read or write beyond the end of the array and to +make sure the strings are properly NUL-terminated. + + + __u8 + card[32] + Name of the device, a NUL-terminated UTF-8 string. +For example: "Yoyodyne TV/FM". One driver may support different brands +or models of video hardware. This information is intended for users, +for example in a menu of available devices. Since multiple TV cards of +the same brand may be installed which are supported by the same +driver, this name should be combined with the character device file +name (⪚ /dev/video2) or the +bus_info string to avoid +ambiguities. + + + __u8 + bus_info[32] + Location of the device in the system, a +NUL-terminated ASCII string. For example: "PCI:0000:05:06.0". This +information is intended for users, to distinguish multiple +identical devices. If no such information is available the field must +simply count the devices controlled by the driver ("platform:vivi-000"). +The bus_info must start with "PCI:" for PCI boards, "PCIe:" for PCI Express boards, +"usb-" for USB devices, "I2C:" for i2c devices, "ISA:" for ISA devices, +"parport" for parallel port devices and "platform:" for platform devices. + + + __u32 + version + Version number of the driver. +Starting with kernel 3.1, the version reported is provided by the +V4L2 subsystem following the kernel numbering scheme. However, it +may not always return the same version as the kernel if, for example, +a stable or distribution-modified kernel uses the V4L2 stack from a +newer kernel. +The version number is formatted using the +KERNEL_VERSION() macro: + + + + +#define KERNEL_VERSION(a,b,c) (((a) << 16) + ((b) << 8) + (c)) + +__u32 version = KERNEL_VERSION(0, 8, 1); + +printf ("Version: %u.%u.%u\n", + (version >> 16) & 0xFF, + (version >> 8) & 0xFF, + version & 0xFF); + + + + __u32 + capabilities + Available capabilities of the physical device as a whole, see . The same physical device can export + multiple devices in /dev (e.g. /dev/videoX, /dev/vbiY and /dev/radioZ). + The capabilities field should contain a union + of all capabilities available around the several V4L2 devices exported + to userspace. + For all those devices the capabilities field + returns the same set of capabilities. This allows applications to open + just one of the devices (typically the video device) and discover whether + video, vbi and/or radio are also supported. + + + + __u32 + device_caps + Device capabilities of the opened device, see . Should contain the available capabilities + of that specific device node. So, for example, device_caps + of a radio device will only contain radio related capabilities and + no video or vbi capabilities. This field is only set if the capabilities + field contains the V4L2_CAP_DEVICE_CAPS capability. + Only the capabilities field can have the + V4L2_CAP_DEVICE_CAPS capability, device_caps + will never set V4L2_CAP_DEVICE_CAPS. + + + + __u32 + reserved[3] + Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set +this array to zero. + + + +
+ + + Device Capabilities Flags + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_CAPTURE + 0x00000001 + The device supports the single-planar API through the Video Capture interface. + + + V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE + 0x00001000 + The device supports the + multi-planar API through the + Video Capture interface. + + + V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT + 0x00000002 + The device supports the single-planar API through the Video Output interface. + + + V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE + 0x00002000 + The device supports the + multi-planar API through the + Video Output interface. + + + V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_M2M + 0x00004000 + The device supports the single-planar API through the + Video Memory-To-Memory interface. + + + V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_M2M_MPLANE + 0x00008000 + The device supports the + multi-planar API through the + Video Memory-To-Memory interface. + + + V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OVERLAY + 0x00000004 + The device supports the Video Overlay interface. A video overlay device +typically stores captured images directly in the video memory of a +graphics card, with hardware clipping and scaling. + + + V4L2_CAP_VBI_CAPTURE + 0x00000010 + The device supports the Raw +VBI Capture interface, providing Teletext and Closed Caption +data. + + + V4L2_CAP_VBI_OUTPUT + 0x00000020 + The device supports the Raw VBI Output interface. + + + V4L2_CAP_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE + 0x00000040 + The device supports the Sliced VBI Capture interface. + + + V4L2_CAP_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT + 0x00000080 + The device supports the Sliced VBI Output interface. + + + V4L2_CAP_RDS_CAPTURE + 0x00000100 + The device supports the RDS capture interface. + + + V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY + 0x00000200 + The device supports the Video +Output Overlay (OSD) interface. Unlike the Video +Overlay interface, this is a secondary function of video +output devices and overlays an image onto an outgoing video signal. +When the driver sets this flag, it must clear the +V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OVERLAY flag and vice +versa.The &v4l2-framebuffer; lacks an +&v4l2-buf-type; field, therefore the type of overlay is implied by the +driver capabilities. + + + V4L2_CAP_HW_FREQ_SEEK + 0x00000400 + The device supports the &VIDIOC-S-HW-FREQ-SEEK; ioctl for +hardware frequency seeking. + + + V4L2_CAP_RDS_OUTPUT + 0x00000800 + The device supports the RDS output interface. + + + V4L2_CAP_TUNER + 0x00010000 + The device has some sort of tuner to +receive RF-modulated video signals. For more information about +tuner programming see +. + + + V4L2_CAP_AUDIO + 0x00020000 + The device has audio inputs or outputs. It may or +may not support audio recording or playback, in PCM or compressed +formats. PCM audio support must be implemented as ALSA or OSS +interface. For more information on audio inputs and outputs see . + + + V4L2_CAP_RADIO + 0x00040000 + This is a radio receiver. + + + V4L2_CAP_MODULATOR + 0x00080000 + The device has some sort of modulator to +emit RF-modulated video/audio signals. For more information about +modulator programming see +. + + + V4L2_CAP_SDR_CAPTURE + 0x00100000 + The device supports the +SDR Capture interface. + + + V4L2_CAP_EXT_PIX_FORMAT + 0x00200000 + The device supports the &v4l2-pix-format; extended +fields. + + + V4L2_CAP_READWRITE + 0x01000000 + The device supports the read() and/or write() +I/O methods. + + + V4L2_CAP_ASYNCIO + 0x02000000 + The device supports the asynchronous I/O methods. + + + V4L2_CAP_STREAMING + 0x04000000 + The device supports the streaming I/O method. + + + V4L2_CAP_DEVICE_CAPS + 0x80000000 + The driver fills the device_caps + field. This capability can only appear in the capabilities + field and never in the device_caps field. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dc83ad70f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml @@ -0,0 +1,650 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL, VIDIOC_QUERYMENU + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL + VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL + VIDIOC_QUERYMENU + Enumerate controls and menu control items + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_queryctrl *argp + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_query_ext_ctrl *argp + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_querymenu *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL, VIDIOC_QUERYMENU + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + To query the attributes of a control applications set the +id field of a &v4l2-queryctrl; and call the +VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL ioctl with a pointer to this +structure. The driver fills the rest of the structure or returns an +&EINVAL; when the id is invalid. + + It is possible to enumerate controls by calling +VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL with successive +id values starting from +V4L2_CID_BASE up to and exclusive +V4L2_CID_LASTP1. Drivers may return +EINVAL if a control in this range is not +supported. Further applications can enumerate private controls, which +are not defined in this specification, by starting at +V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE and incrementing +id until the driver returns +EINVAL. + + In both cases, when the driver sets the +V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED flag in the +flags field this control is permanently +disabled and should be ignored by the application. + V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED was +intended for two purposes: Drivers can skip predefined controls not +supported by the hardware (although returning EINVAL would do as +well), or disable predefined and private controls after hardware +detection without the trouble of reordering control arrays and indices +(EINVAL cannot be used to skip private controls because it would +prematurely end the enumeration). + + When the application ORs id with +V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL the driver returns the +next supported non-compound control, or EINVAL +if there is none. In addition, the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_COMPOUND +flag can be specified to enumerate all compound controls (i.e. controls +with type ≥ V4L2_CTRL_COMPOUND_TYPES). Specify both +V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL and +V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_COMPOUND in order to enumerate +all controls, compound or not. Drivers which do not support these flags yet +always return EINVAL. + + The VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL ioctl was +introduced in order to better support controls that can use compound +types, and to expose additional control information that cannot be +returned in &v4l2-queryctrl; since that structure is full. + + VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL is used in the +same way as VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, except that the +reserved array must be zeroed as well. + + Additional information is required for menu controls: the +names of the menu items. To query them applications set the +id and index +fields of &v4l2-querymenu; and call the +VIDIOC_QUERYMENU ioctl with a pointer to this +structure. The driver fills the rest of the structure or returns an +&EINVAL; when the id or +index is invalid. Menu items are enumerated +by calling VIDIOC_QUERYMENU with successive +index values from &v4l2-queryctrl; +minimum to +maximum, inclusive. Note that it is possible +for VIDIOC_QUERYMENU to return an &EINVAL; for some +indices between minimum and maximum. +In that case that particular menu item is not supported by this driver. Also note that +the minimum value is not necessarily 0. + + See also the examples in . + + + struct <structname>v4l2_queryctrl</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + id + Identifies the control, set by the application. See + for predefined IDs. When the ID is ORed +with V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL the driver clears the flag and returns +the first control with a higher ID. Drivers which do not support this +flag yet always return an &EINVAL;. + + + __u32 + type + Type of control, see . + + + __u8 + name[32] + Name of the control, a NUL-terminated ASCII +string. This information is intended for the user. + + + __s32 + minimum + Minimum value, inclusive. This field gives a lower +bound for the control. See &v4l2-ctrl-type; how the minimum value is to +be used for each possible control type. Note that this a signed 32-bit value. + + + __s32 + maximum + Maximum value, inclusive. This field gives an upper +bound for the control. See &v4l2-ctrl-type; how the maximum value is to +be used for each possible control type. Note that this a signed 32-bit value. + + + __s32 + step + This field gives a step size for the control. +See &v4l2-ctrl-type; how the step value is to be used for each possible +control type. Note that this an unsigned 32-bit value. +Generally drivers should not scale hardware +control values. It may be necessary for example when the +name or id imply +a particular unit and the hardware actually accepts only multiples of +said unit. If so, drivers must take care values are properly rounded +when scaling, such that errors will not accumulate on repeated +read-write cycles.This field gives the smallest change of +an integer control actually affecting hardware. Often the information +is needed when the user can change controls by keyboard or GUI +buttons, rather than a slider. When for example a hardware register +accepts values 0-511 and the driver reports 0-65535, step should be +128.Note that although signed, the step value is supposed to +be always positive. + + + __s32 + default_value + The default value of a +V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER, +_BOOLEAN, _BITMASK, +_MENU or _INTEGER_MENU control. +Not valid for other types of controls. +Note that drivers reset controls to their default value only when the +driver is first loaded, never afterwards. + + + __u32 + flags + Control flags, see . + + + __u32 + reserved[2] + Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set +the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + struct <structname>v4l2_query_ext_ctrl</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + id + Identifies the control, set by the application. See + for predefined IDs. When the ID is ORed +with V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL the driver clears the +flag and returns the first non-compound control with a higher ID. When the +ID is ORed with V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_COMPOUND the driver +clears the flag and returns the first compound control with a higher ID. +Set both to get the first control (compound or not) with a higher ID. + + + __u32 + type + Type of control, see . + + + char + name[32] + Name of the control, a NUL-terminated ASCII +string. This information is intended for the user. + + + __s64 + minimum + Minimum value, inclusive. This field gives a lower +bound for the control. See &v4l2-ctrl-type; how the minimum value is to +be used for each possible control type. Note that this a signed 64-bit value. + + + __s64 + maximum + Maximum value, inclusive. This field gives an upper +bound for the control. See &v4l2-ctrl-type; how the maximum value is to +be used for each possible control type. Note that this a signed 64-bit value. + + + __u64 + step + This field gives a step size for the control. +See &v4l2-ctrl-type; how the step value is to be used for each possible +control type. Note that this an unsigned 64-bit value. +Generally drivers should not scale hardware +control values. It may be necessary for example when the +name or id imply +a particular unit and the hardware actually accepts only multiples of +said unit. If so, drivers must take care values are properly rounded +when scaling, such that errors will not accumulate on repeated +read-write cycles.This field gives the smallest change of +an integer control actually affecting hardware. Often the information +is needed when the user can change controls by keyboard or GUI +buttons, rather than a slider. When for example a hardware register +accepts values 0-511 and the driver reports 0-65535, step should be +128. + + + __s64 + default_value + The default value of a +V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER, _INTEGER64, +_BOOLEAN, _BITMASK, +_MENU, _INTEGER_MENU, +_U8 or _U16 control. +Not valid for other types of controls. +Note that drivers reset controls to their default value only when the +driver is first loaded, never afterwards. + + + + __u32 + flags + Control flags, see . + + + __u32 + elem_size + The size in bytes of a single element of the array. +Given a char pointer p to a 3-dimensional array you can find the +position of cell (z, y, x) as follows: +p + ((z * dims[1] + y) * dims[0] + x) * elem_size. elem_size +is always valid, also when the control isn't an array. For string controls +elem_size is equal to maximum + 1. + + + + __u32 + elems + The number of elements in the N-dimensional array. If this control +is not an array, then elems is 1. The elems +field can never be 0. + + + __u32 + nr_of_dims + The number of dimension in the N-dimensional array. If this control +is not an array, then this field is 0. + + + __u32 + dims[V4L2_CTRL_MAX_DIMS] + The size of each dimension. The first nr_of_dims +elements of this array must be non-zero, all remaining elements must be zero. + + + __u32 + reserved[32] + Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers +must set the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + struct <structname>v4l2_querymenu</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + + id + Identifies the control, set by the application +from the respective &v4l2-queryctrl; +id. + + + __u32 + + index + Index of the menu item, starting at zero, set by + the application. + + + union + + + + + + + __u8 + name[32] + Name of the menu item, a NUL-terminated ASCII +string. This information is intended for the user. This field is valid +for V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_MENU type controls. + + + + __s64 + value + + Value of the integer menu item. This field is valid for + V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INTEGER_MENU type + controls. + + + + __u32 + + reserved + Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set +the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + enum v4l2_ctrl_type + + + + + + + + + Type + minimum + step + maximum + Description + + + + + V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER + any + any + any + An integer-valued control ranging from minimum to +maximum inclusive. The step value indicates the increment between +values which are actually different on the hardware. + + + V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BOOLEAN + 0 + 1 + 1 + A boolean-valued control. Zero corresponds to +"disabled", and one means "enabled". + + + V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU + ≥ 0 + 1 + N-1 + The control has a menu of N choices. The names of +the menu items can be enumerated with the +VIDIOC_QUERYMENU ioctl. + + + V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU + ≥ 0 + 1 + N-1 + + The control has a menu of N choices. The values of the + menu items can be enumerated with the + VIDIOC_QUERYMENU ioctl. This is + similar to V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU + except that instead of strings, the menu items are + signed 64-bit integers. + + + + V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BITMASK + 0 + n/a + any + A bitmask field. The maximum value is the set of bits that can +be used, all other bits are to be 0. The maximum value is interpreted as a __u32, +allowing the use of bit 31 in the bitmask. + + + V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BUTTON + 0 + 0 + 0 + A control which performs an action when set. +Drivers must ignore the value passed with +VIDIOC_S_CTRL and return an &EINVAL; on a +VIDIOC_G_CTRL attempt. + + + V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64 + any + any + any + A 64-bit integer valued control. Minimum, maximum +and step size cannot be queried using VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL. +Only VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL can retrieve the 64-bit +min/max/step values, they should be interpreted as n/a when using +VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL. + + + V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING + ≥ 0 + ≥ 1 + ≥ 0 + The minimum and maximum string lengths. The step size +means that the string must be (minimum + N * step) characters long for +N ≥ 0. These lengths do not include the terminating zero, so in order to +pass a string of length 8 to &VIDIOC-S-EXT-CTRLS; you need to set the +size field of &v4l2-ext-control; to 9. For &VIDIOC-G-EXT-CTRLS; you can +set the size field to maximum + 1. +Which character encoding is used will depend on the string control itself and +should be part of the control documentation. + + + V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_CTRL_CLASS + n/a + n/a + n/a + This is not a control. When +VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL is called with a control ID +equal to a control class code (see ) + 1, the +ioctl returns the name of the control class and this control type. +Older drivers which do not support this feature return an +&EINVAL;. + + + V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U8 + any + any + any + An unsigned 8-bit valued control ranging from minimum to +maximum inclusive. The step value indicates the increment between +values which are actually different on the hardware. + + + + V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U16 + any + any + any + An unsigned 16-bit valued control ranging from minimum to +maximum inclusive. The step value indicates the increment between +values which are actually different on the hardware. + + + + +
+ + + Control Flags + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED + 0x0001 + This control is permanently disabled and should be +ignored by the application. Any attempt to change the control will +result in an &EINVAL;. + + + V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED + 0x0002 + This control is temporarily unchangeable, for +example because another application took over control of the +respective resource. Such controls may be displayed specially in a +user interface. Attempts to change the control may result in an +&EBUSY;. + + + V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_READ_ONLY + 0x0004 + This control is permanently readable only. Any +attempt to change the control will result in an &EINVAL;. + + + V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE + 0x0008 + A hint that changing this control may affect the +value of other controls within the same control class. Applications +should update their user interface accordingly. + + + V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE + 0x0010 + This control is not applicable to the current +configuration and should be displayed accordingly in a user interface. +For example the flag may be set on a MPEG audio level 2 bitrate +control when MPEG audio encoding level 1 was selected with another +control. + + + V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_SLIDER + 0x0020 + A hint that this control is best represented as a +slider-like element in a user interface. + + + V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_WRITE_ONLY + 0x0040 + This control is permanently writable only. Any +attempt to read the control will result in an &EACCES; error code. This +flag is typically present for relative controls or action controls where +writing a value will cause the device to carry out a given action +(⪚ motor control) but no meaningful value can be returned. + + + V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE + 0x0080 + This control is volatile, which means that the value of the control +changes continuously. A typical example would be the current gain value if the device +is in auto-gain mode. In such a case the hardware calculates the gain value based on +the lighting conditions which can change over time. Note that setting a new value for +a volatile control will have no effect and no V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_VALUE +will be sent, unless the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_EXECUTE_ON_WRITE flag +(see below) is also set. Otherwise the new value will just be ignored. + + + V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_HAS_PAYLOAD + 0x0100 + This control has a pointer type, so its value has to be accessed +using one of the pointer fields of &v4l2-ext-control;. This flag is set for controls +that are an array, string, or have a compound type. In all cases you have to set a +pointer to memory containing the payload of the control. + + + V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_EXECUTE_ON_WRITE + 0x0200 + The value provided to the control will be propagated to the driver +even if remains constant. This is required when the control represents an action +on the hardware. For example: clearing an error flag or triggering the flash. All the +controls of the type V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BUTTON have this flag set. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The &v4l2-queryctrl; id +is invalid. The &v4l2-querymenu; id is +invalid or index is out of range (less than +minimum or greater than maximum) +or this particular menu item is not supported by the driver. + + + + EACCES + + An attempt was made to read a write-only control. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..222348542 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_QUERYSTD + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_QUERYSTD + Sense the video standard received by the current +input + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + v4l2_std_id *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_QUERYSTD + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + The hardware may be able to detect the current video +standard automatically. To do so, applications call +VIDIOC_QUERYSTD with a pointer to a &v4l2-std-id; type. The +driver stores here a set of candidates, this can be a single flag or a +set of supported standards if for example the hardware can only +distinguish between 50 and 60 Hz systems. If no signal was detected, +then the driver will return V4L2_STD_UNKNOWN. When detection is not +possible or fails, the set must contain all standards supported by the +current video input or output. + + + + + &return-value; + + + ENODATA + + Standard video timings are not supported for this input or output. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..78a06a9a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_REQBUFS + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_REQBUFS + Initiate Memory Mapping or User Pointer I/O + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_requestbuffers *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_REQBUFS + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + +This ioctl is used to initiate memory mapped, +user pointer or DMABUF based I/O. Memory mapped buffers are located in +device memory and must be allocated with this ioctl before they can be mapped +into the application's address space. User buffers are allocated by +applications themselves, and this ioctl is merely used to switch the driver +into user pointer I/O mode and to setup some internal structures. +Similarly, DMABUF buffers are allocated by applications through a device +driver, and this ioctl only configures the driver into DMABUF I/O mode without +performing any direct allocation. + + To allocate device buffers applications initialize all fields of the +v4l2_requestbuffers structure. They set the +type field to the respective stream or buffer type, +the count field to the desired number of buffers, +memory must be set to the requested I/O method and +the reserved array must be zeroed. When the ioctl is +called with a pointer to this structure the driver will attempt to allocate the +requested number of buffers and it stores the actual number allocated in the +count field. It can be smaller than the number +requested, even zero, when the driver runs out of free memory. A larger number +is also possible when the driver requires more buffers to function correctly. +For example video output requires at least two buffers, one displayed and one +filled by the application. + When the I/O method is not supported the ioctl +returns an &EINVAL;. + + Applications can call VIDIOC_REQBUFS +again to change the number of buffers, however this cannot succeed +when any buffers are still mapped. A count +value of zero frees all buffers, after aborting or finishing any DMA +in progress, an implicit &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF;. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_requestbuffers</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + count + The number of buffers requested or granted. + + + __u32 + type + Type of the stream or buffers, this is the same +as the &v4l2-format; type field. See for valid values. + + + __u32 + memory + Applications set this field to +V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP, +V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF or +V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR. See . + + + __u32 + reserved[2] + A place holder for future extensions. This array should +be zeroed by applications. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The buffer type (type field) or the +requested I/O method (memory) is not +supported. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5fc4c488 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK + Perform a hardware frequency seek + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_hw_freq_seek +*argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + Start a hardware frequency seek from the current frequency. +To do this applications initialize the tuner, +type, seek_upward, +wrap_around, spacing, +rangelow and rangehigh +fields, and zero out the reserved array of a +&v4l2-hw-freq-seek; and call the VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK +ioctl with a pointer to this structure. + + The rangelow and +rangehigh fields can be set to a non-zero value to +tell the driver to search a specific band. If the &v4l2-tuner; +capability field has the +V4L2_TUNER_CAP_HWSEEK_PROG_LIM flag set, these values +must fall within one of the bands returned by &VIDIOC-ENUM-FREQ-BANDS;. If +the V4L2_TUNER_CAP_HWSEEK_PROG_LIM flag is not set, +then these values must exactly match those of one of the bands returned by +&VIDIOC-ENUM-FREQ-BANDS;. If the current frequency of the tuner does not fall +within the selected band it will be clamped to fit in the band before the +seek is started. + + If an error is returned, then the original frequency will + be restored. + + This ioctl is supported if the V4L2_CAP_HW_FREQ_SEEK capability is set. + + If this ioctl is called from a non-blocking filehandle, then &EAGAIN; is + returned and no seek takes place. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_hw_freq_seek</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + tuner + The tuner index number. This is the +same value as in the &v4l2-input; tuner +field and the &v4l2-tuner; index field. + + + __u32 + type + The tuner type. This is the same value as in the +&v4l2-tuner; type field. See + + + __u32 + seek_upward + If non-zero, seek upward from the current frequency, else seek downward. + + + __u32 + wrap_around + If non-zero, wrap around when at the end of the frequency range, else stop seeking. + The &v4l2-tuner; capability field will tell you what the + hardware supports. + + + + __u32 + spacing + If non-zero, defines the hardware seek resolution in Hz. The driver selects the nearest value that is supported by the device. If spacing is zero a reasonable default value is used. + + + __u32 + rangelow + If non-zero, the lowest tunable frequency of the band to +search in units of 62.5 kHz, or if the &v4l2-tuner; +capability field has the +V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW flag set, in units of 62.5 Hz or if the &v4l2-tuner; +capability field has the +V4L2_TUNER_CAP_1HZ flag set, in units of 1 Hz. +If rangelow is zero a reasonable default value +is used. + + + __u32 + rangehigh + If non-zero, the highest tunable frequency of the band to +search in units of 62.5 kHz, or if the &v4l2-tuner; +capability field has the +V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW flag set, in units of 62.5 Hz or if the &v4l2-tuner; +capability field has the +V4L2_TUNER_CAP_1HZ flag set, in units of 1 Hz. +If rangehigh is zero a reasonable default value +is used. + + + __u32 + reserved[5] + Reserved for future extensions. Applications + must set the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The tuner index is out of +bounds, the wrap_around value is not supported or +one of the values in the type, +rangelow or rangehigh +fields is wrong. + + + + EAGAIN + + Attempted to call VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK + with the filehandle in non-blocking mode. + + + + ENODATA + + The hardware seek found no channels. + + + + EBUSY + + Another hardware seek is already in progress. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df2c63d07 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_STREAMON, VIDIOC_STREAMOFF + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_STREAMON + VIDIOC_STREAMOFF + Start or stop streaming I/O + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + const int *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_STREAMON, VIDIOC_STREAMOFF + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + The VIDIOC_STREAMON and +VIDIOC_STREAMOFF ioctl start and stop the capture +or output process during streaming (memory +mapping, user pointer or +DMABUF) I/O. + + Capture hardware is disabled and no input +buffers are filled (if there are any empty buffers in the incoming +queue) until VIDIOC_STREAMON has been called. +Output hardware is disabled and no video signal is +produced until VIDIOC_STREAMON has been called. +The ioctl will succeed when at least one output buffer is in the +incoming queue. + + Memory-to-memory devices will not start until +VIDIOC_STREAMON has been called for both the capture +and output stream types. + + If VIDIOC_STREAMON fails then any already +queued buffers will remain queued. + + The VIDIOC_STREAMOFF ioctl, apart of +aborting or finishing any DMA in progress, unlocks any user pointer +buffers locked in physical memory, and it removes all buffers from the +incoming and outgoing queues. That means all images captured but not +dequeued yet will be lost, likewise all images enqueued for output but +not transmitted yet. I/O returns to the same state as after calling +&VIDIOC-REQBUFS; and can be restarted accordingly. + + If buffers have been queued with &VIDIOC-QBUF; and +VIDIOC_STREAMOFF is called without ever having +called VIDIOC_STREAMON, then those queued buffers +will also be removed from the incoming queue and all are returned to the +same state as after calling &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; and can be restarted +accordingly. + + Both ioctls take a pointer to an integer, the desired buffer or +stream type. This is the same as &v4l2-requestbuffers; +type. + + If VIDIOC_STREAMON is called when streaming +is already in progress, or if VIDIOC_STREAMOFF is called +when streaming is already stopped, then 0 is returned. Nothing happens in the +case of VIDIOC_STREAMON, but VIDIOC_STREAMOFF +will return queued buffers to their starting state as mentioned above. + + Note that applications can be preempted for unknown periods right +before or after the VIDIOC_STREAMON or +VIDIOC_STREAMOFF calls, there is no notion of +starting or stopping "now". Buffer timestamps can be used to +synchronize with other events. + + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The buffer type is not supported, + or no buffers have been allocated (memory mapping) or enqueued + (output) yet. + + + + EPIPE + + The driver implements pad-level format configuration and + the pipeline configuration is invalid. + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cff59f5cb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.xml @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_INTERVAL + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_INTERVAL + Enumerate frame intervals + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval_enum * + argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_INTERVAL + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + + Experimental + This is an experimental + interface and may change in the future. + + + This ioctl lets applications enumerate available frame intervals on a + given sub-device pad. Frame intervals only makes sense for sub-devices that + can control the frame period on their own. This includes, for instance, + image sensors and TV tuners. + + For the common use case of image sensors, the frame intervals + available on the sub-device output pad depend on the frame format and size + on the same pad. Applications must thus specify the desired format and size + when enumerating frame intervals. + + To enumerate frame intervals applications initialize the + index, pad, + which, code, + width and height + fields of &v4l2-subdev-frame-interval-enum; and call the + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_INTERVAL ioctl with a pointer + to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return + an &EINVAL; if one of the input fields is invalid. All frame intervals are + enumerable by beginning at index zero and incrementing by one until + EINVAL is returned. + + Available frame intervals may depend on the current 'try' formats + at other pads of the sub-device, as well as on the current active links. See + &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-G-FMT; for more information about the try formats. + + Sub-devices that support the frame interval enumeration ioctl should + implemented it on a single pad only. Its behaviour when supported on + multiple pads of the same sub-device is not defined. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_subdev_frame_interval_enum</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + index + Number of the format in the enumeration, set by the + application. + + + __u32 + pad + Pad number as reported by the media controller API. + + + __u32 + code + The media bus format code, as defined in + . + + + __u32 + width + Frame width, in pixels. + + + __u32 + height + Frame height, in pixels. + + + &v4l2-fract; + interval + Period, in seconds, between consecutive video frames. + + + __u32 + which + Frame intervals to be enumerated, from &v4l2-subdev-format-whence;. + + + __u32 + reserved[8] + Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must + set the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The &v4l2-subdev-frame-interval-enum; + pad references a non-existing pad, one of + the code, width + or height fields are invalid for the given + pad or the index field is out of bounds. + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abd545ede --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.xml @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_SIZE + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_SIZE + Enumerate media bus frame sizes + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_subdev_frame_size_enum * + argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_SIZE + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + + Experimental + This is an experimental + interface and may change in the future. + + + This ioctl allows applications to enumerate all frame sizes + supported by a sub-device on the given pad for the given media bus format. + Supported formats can be retrieved with the &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-ENUM-MBUS-CODE; + ioctl. + + To enumerate frame sizes applications initialize the + pad, which , + code and index + fields of the &v4l2-subdev-mbus-code-enum; and call the + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_SIZE ioctl with a pointer to + the structure. Drivers fill the minimum and maximum frame sizes or return + an &EINVAL; if one of the input parameters is invalid. + + Sub-devices that only support discrete frame sizes (such as most + sensors) will return one or more frame sizes with identical minimum and + maximum values. + + Not all possible sizes in given [minimum, maximum] ranges need to be + supported. For instance, a scaler that uses a fixed-point scaling ratio + might not be able to produce every frame size between the minimum and + maximum values. Applications must use the &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-S-FMT; ioctl to + try the sub-device for an exact supported frame size. + + Available frame sizes may depend on the current 'try' formats at other + pads of the sub-device, as well as on the current active links and the + current values of V4L2 controls. See &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-G-FMT; for more + information about try formats. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_subdev_frame_size_enum</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + index + Number of the format in the enumeration, set by the + application. + + + __u32 + pad + Pad number as reported by the media controller API. + + + __u32 + code + The media bus format code, as defined in + . + + + __u32 + min_width + Minimum frame width, in pixels. + + + __u32 + max_width + Maximum frame width, in pixels. + + + __u32 + min_height + Minimum frame height, in pixels. + + + __u32 + max_height + Maximum frame height, in pixels. + + + __u32 + which + Frame sizes to be enumerated, from &v4l2-subdev-format-whence;. + + + __u32 + reserved[8] + Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must + set the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The &v4l2-subdev-frame-size-enum; pad + references a non-existing pad, the code is + invalid for the given pad or the index + field is out of bounds. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0bcb278fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.xml @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_MBUS_CODE + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_MBUS_CODE + Enumerate media bus formats + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_subdev_mbus_code_enum * + argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_MBUS_CODE + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + + Experimental + This is an experimental + interface and may change in the future. + + + To enumerate media bus formats available at a given sub-device pad + applications initialize the pad, which + and index fields of &v4l2-subdev-mbus-code-enum; and + call the VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_MBUS_CODE ioctl with a + pointer to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return + an &EINVAL; if either the pad or + index are invalid. All media bus formats are + enumerable by beginning at index zero and incrementing by one until + EINVAL is returned. + + Available media bus formats may depend on the current 'try' formats + at other pads of the sub-device, as well as on the current active links. See + &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-G-FMT; for more information about the try formats. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_subdev_mbus_code_enum</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + pad + Pad number as reported by the media controller API. + + + __u32 + index + Number of the format in the enumeration, set by the + application. + + + __u32 + code + The media bus format code, as defined in + . + + + __u32 + which + Media bus format codes to be enumerated, from &v4l2-subdev-format-whence;. + + + __u32 + reserved[8] + Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must + set the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EINVAL + + The &v4l2-subdev-mbus-code-enum; pad + references a non-existing pad, or the index + field is out of bounds. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-crop.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-crop.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cddd788c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-crop.xml @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_CROP, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_CROP + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_CROP + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_CROP + Get or set the crop rectangle on a subdev pad + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_subdev_crop *argp + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + const struct v4l2_subdev_crop *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_CROP, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_CROP + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + + Obsolete + + This is an obsolete + interface and may be removed in the future. It is superseded by + the selection + API. + + + To retrieve the current crop rectangle applications set the + pad field of a &v4l2-subdev-crop; to the + desired pad number as reported by the media API and the + which field to + V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_ACTIVE. They then call the + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_CROP ioctl with a pointer to this + structure. The driver fills the members of the rect + field or returns &EINVAL; if the input arguments are invalid, or if cropping + is not supported on the given pad. + + To change the current crop rectangle applications set both the + pad and which fields + and all members of the rect field. They then call + the VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_CROP ioctl with a pointer to this + structure. The driver verifies the requested crop rectangle, adjusts it + based on the hardware capabilities and configures the device. Upon return + the &v4l2-subdev-crop; contains the current format as would be returned + by a VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_CROP call. + + Applications can query the device capabilities by setting the + which to + V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_TRY. When set, 'try' crop + rectangles are not applied to the device by the driver, but are mangled + exactly as active crop rectangles and stored in the sub-device file handle. + Two applications querying the same sub-device would thus not interact with + each other. + + Drivers must not return an error solely because the requested crop + rectangle doesn't match the device capabilities. They must instead modify + the rectangle to match what the hardware can provide. The modified format + should be as close as possible to the original request. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_subdev_crop</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + pad + Pad number as reported by the media framework. + + + __u32 + which + Crop rectangle to get or set, from + &v4l2-subdev-format-whence;. + + + &v4l2-rect; + rect + Crop rectangle boundaries, in pixels. + + + __u32 + reserved[8] + Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must + set the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EBUSY + + The crop rectangle can't be changed because the pad is currently + busy. This can be caused, for instance, by an active video stream on + the pad. The ioctl must not be retried without performing another + action to fix the problem first. Only returned by + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_CROP + + + + EINVAL + + The &v4l2-subdev-crop; pad + references a non-existing pad, the which + field references a non-existing format, or cropping is not supported + on the given subdev pad. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-fmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-fmt.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a67cde6f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-fmt.xml @@ -0,0 +1,183 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FMT, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FMT + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FMT + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FMT + Get or set the data format on a subdev pad + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_subdev_format *argp + + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FMT, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FMT + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + + Experimental + This is an experimental + interface and may change in the future. + + + These ioctls are used to negotiate the frame format at specific + subdev pads in the image pipeline. + + To retrieve the current format applications set the + pad field of a &v4l2-subdev-format; to the + desired pad number as reported by the media API and the + which field to + V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_ACTIVE. When they call the + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FMT ioctl with a pointer to this + structure the driver fills the members of the format + field. + + To change the current format applications set both the + pad and which fields + and all members of the format field. When they + call the VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FMT ioctl with a pointer to this + structure the driver verifies the requested format, adjusts it based on the + hardware capabilities and configures the device. Upon return the + &v4l2-subdev-format; contains the current format as would be returned by a + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FMT call. + + Applications can query the device capabilities by setting the + which to + V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_TRY. When set, 'try' formats are not + applied to the device by the driver, but are changed exactly as active + formats and stored in the sub-device file handle. Two applications querying + the same sub-device would thus not interact with each other. + + For instance, to try a format at the output pad of a sub-device, + applications would first set the try format at the sub-device input with the + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FMT ioctl. They would then either + retrieve the default format at the output pad with the + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FMT ioctl, or set the desired output + pad format with the VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FMT ioctl and check + the returned value. + + Try formats do not depend on active formats, but can depend on the + current links configuration or sub-device controls value. For instance, a + low-pass noise filter might crop pixels at the frame boundaries, modifying + its output frame size. + + Drivers must not return an error solely because the requested format + doesn't match the device capabilities. They must instead modify the format + to match what the hardware can provide. The modified format should be as + close as possible to the original request. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_subdev_format</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + pad + Pad number as reported by the media controller API. + + + __u32 + which + Format to modified, from &v4l2-subdev-format-whence;. + + + &v4l2-mbus-framefmt; + format + Definition of an image format, see for details. + + + __u32 + reserved[8] + Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must + set the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + enum <structname>v4l2_subdev_format_whence</structname> + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_TRY + 0 + Try formats, used for querying device capabilities. + + + V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_ACTIVE + 1 + Active formats, applied to the hardware. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EBUSY + + The format can't be changed because the pad is currently busy. + This can be caused, for instance, by an active video stream on the + pad. The ioctl must not be retried without performing another action + to fix the problem first. Only returned by + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FMT + + + + EINVAL + + The &v4l2-subdev-format; pad + references a non-existing pad, or the which + field references a non-existing format. + + + + + + &return-value; + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-frame-interval.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-frame-interval.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0bc3ea22d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-frame-interval.xml @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FRAME_INTERVAL, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FRAME_INTERVAL + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FRAME_INTERVAL + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FRAME_INTERVAL + Get or set the frame interval on a subdev pad + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval *argp + + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FRAME_INTERVAL, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FRAME_INTERVAL + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + + Experimental + This is an experimental + interface and may change in the future. + + + These ioctls are used to get and set the frame interval at specific + subdev pads in the image pipeline. The frame interval only makes sense for + sub-devices that can control the frame period on their own. This includes, + for instance, image sensors and TV tuners. Sub-devices that don't support + frame intervals must not implement these ioctls. + + To retrieve the current frame interval applications set the + pad field of a &v4l2-subdev-frame-interval; to + the desired pad number as reported by the media controller API. When they + call the VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FRAME_INTERVAL ioctl with a + pointer to this structure the driver fills the members of the + interval field. + + To change the current frame interval applications set both the + pad field and all members of the + interval field. When they call the + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FRAME_INTERVAL ioctl with a pointer to + this structure the driver verifies the requested interval, adjusts it based + on the hardware capabilities and configures the device. Upon return the + &v4l2-subdev-frame-interval; contains the current frame interval as would be + returned by a VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FRAME_INTERVAL call. + + + Drivers must not return an error solely because the requested interval + doesn't match the device capabilities. They must instead modify the interval + to match what the hardware can provide. The modified interval should be as + close as possible to the original request. + + Sub-devices that support the frame interval ioctls should implement + them on a single pad only. Their behaviour when supported on multiple pads + of the same sub-device is not defined. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_subdev_frame_interval</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + pad + Pad number as reported by the media controller API. + + + &v4l2-fract; + interval + Period, in seconds, between consecutive video frames. + + + __u32 + reserved[9] + Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must + set the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + + + EBUSY + + The frame interval can't be changed because the pad is currently + busy. This can be caused, for instance, by an active video stream on + the pad. The ioctl must not be retried without performing another + action to fix the problem first. Only returned by + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FRAME_INTERVAL + + + + EINVAL + + The &v4l2-subdev-frame-interval; pad + references a non-existing pad, or the pad doesn't support frame + intervals. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-selection.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-selection.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c62a73607 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-selection.xml @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_SELECTION, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_SELECTION + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_SELECTION + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_SELECTION + Get or set selection rectangles on a subdev pad + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_subdev_selection *argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_SELECTION, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_SELECTION + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + + Experimental + This is an experimental + interface and may change in the future. + + + The selections are used to configure various image + processing functionality performed by the subdevs which affect the + image size. This currently includes cropping, scaling and + composition. + + The selection API replaces the old subdev crop API. All + the function of the crop API, and more, are supported by the + selections API. + + See for + more information on how each selection target affects the image + processing pipeline inside the subdevice. + + + Types of selection targets + + There are two types of selection targets: actual and bounds. The + actual targets are the targets which configure the hardware. The BOUNDS + target will return a rectangle that contain all possible actual + rectangles. + + + + Discovering supported features + + To discover which targets are supported, the user can + perform VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_SELECTION on them. + Any unsupported target will return + EINVAL. + + Selection targets and flags are documented in . + + + struct <structname>v4l2_subdev_selection</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + which + Active or try selection, from + &v4l2-subdev-format-whence;. + + + __u32 + pad + Pad number as reported by the media framework. + + + __u32 + target + Target selection rectangle. See + . + + + __u32 + flags + Flags. See + . + + + &v4l2-rect; + r + Selection rectangle, in pixels. + + + __u32 + reserved[8] + Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must + set the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + + + + &return-value; + + + + EBUSY + + The selection rectangle can't be changed because the + pad is currently busy. This can be caused, for instance, by + an active video stream on the pad. The ioctl must not be + retried without performing another action to fix the problem + first. Only returned by + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_SELECTION + + + + EINVAL + + The &v4l2-subdev-selection; + pad references a non-existing + pad, the which field references a + non-existing format, or the selection target is not + supported on the given subdev pad. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d0332f610 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ + + + ioctl VIDIOC_SUBSCRIBE_EVENT, VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT + &manvol; + + + + VIDIOC_SUBSCRIBE_EVENT, VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT + Subscribe or unsubscribe event + + + + + + int ioctl + int fd + int request + struct v4l2_event_subscription +*argp + + + + + + Arguments + + + + fd + + &fd; + + + + request + + VIDIOC_SUBSCRIBE_EVENT, VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT + + + + argp + + + + + + + + + Description + + Subscribe or unsubscribe V4L2 event. Subscribed events are + dequeued by using the &VIDIOC-DQEVENT; ioctl. + + + struct <structname>v4l2_event_subscription</structname> + + &cs-str; + + + __u32 + type + Type of the event, see . Note that +V4L2_EVENT_ALL can be used with VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT +for unsubscribing all events at once. + + + __u32 + id + ID of the event source. If there is no ID associated with + the event source, then set this to 0. Whether or not an event + needs an ID depends on the event type. + + + __u32 + flags + Event flags, see . + + + __u32 + reserved[5] + Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and applications + must set the array to zero. + + + +
+ + + Event Flags + + &cs-def; + + + V4L2_EVENT_SUB_FL_SEND_INITIAL + 0x0001 + When this event is subscribed an initial event will be sent + containing the current status. This only makes sense for events + that are triggered by a status change such as V4L2_EVENT_CTRL. + Other events will ignore this flag. + + + V4L2_EVENT_SUB_FL_ALLOW_FEEDBACK + 0x0002 + If set, then events directly caused by an ioctl will also be sent to + the filehandle that called that ioctl. For example, changing a control using + &VIDIOC-S-CTRL; will cause a V4L2_EVENT_CTRL to be sent back to that same + filehandle. Normally such events are suppressed to prevent feedback loops + where an application changes a control to a one value and then another, and + then receives an event telling it that that control has changed to the first + value. + + Since it can't tell whether that event was caused by another application + or by the &VIDIOC-S-CTRL; call it is hard to decide whether to set the + control to the value in the event, or ignore it. + + Think carefully when you set this flag so you won't get into situations + like that. + + + + +
+ + + + &return-value; + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/vbi_525.gif.b64 b/Documentation/DocBook/media/vbi_525.gif.b64 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d5dcf06f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/vbi_525.gif.b64 @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +R0lGODlhKgPIAIAAAAAAAP///yH5BAEAAAEALAAAAAAqA8gAAAL+jI+py+0Po5y02ouz3rz7D4bi +SJbmiabqWgJs475LLCt0fdy4oeN9/QPuEEFZkXVcJZXDXNP5pC0TgGrMSrRMidhA1/uNbB9j2CZ8 +Kc+qHDXDTT2jK3BuPau13vFpdmc/p6Uh5SeYoXMHyFNomEeYiNEVKCFFx8Wz2Eh56YWp2bfnGXk1 +OEhaKnem2rYa6vp3KIqaBhULmsk4Ufc1KTbq4rfbhxkcOQx22limZ4P8STYH3PsGu8pqe439aw36 +eji9qT1rGCpraf5MkQynyJeuG0c73imvLYzuUAwF/P6WTK8vHDdj2Qia8hYL4bF2o/CpmydOXa6I +uqQNPFepny/+d+cM0qsH8qNGCI8M3gvG7KG8iSJJVoNIp1w5h/C+gSPjgWE9hR0Lqmzp0RFPjLV+ +hoRki2XNPJyCVmy2U6KnHm6WnboRcOPFkS59xqQpEKZRpkDHfi1rdqlXgTMVKVVL7h/cnmi1rtxq +t27Yn1n5xrySUi81iYAlvR2MN23Fm/nkyHzp9G9iSof3Ps1pE3PmyV2dhaSL1Jiee3/ZjI5Mkhlj +xDPXGnkClgns1pxV0K6d4rbYF7pRv44CW7Dtojt6f/YxO7hxrrmVJ3/eZDnd4tCjVw+OPbv27dy7 +e/8OPrz48eTLmz+PPr369ezbu38PP778+fTr27+PP7/+/fz++/v/D2CAAg5IYIEGHohgggouSNFv +1l2HHIRCACehgw9eOIR0001I4YVq8MJIVZItUpJiG564GG75VJaXb5aVthtljwnV1mauyXijVqtB +FVRoK7Foxi0kNphaYdhYNRUxQMZDWZKd9IXTQTmmFluUDQln5TcqBrnlYEOhaGJXNZrUpR24sLPN +kC6uaBGWMywERpWISeUZacIE5iZH8OApJ3FrtvhnY5AdR1iZVOw4p1BTZhljlGNG1aijfgIKl4+f +kNZjoIL2ySOacX4kYlyyfDgooWBSWmikOH15mU5ksfqiqUVqNsySXN7FqZ5jWdoTr7sSqaOtTH6Y +EajMNZX+kbC53qopDDMuymhprgLbGaTUbgrtm8smCqOqQRYbZrV58vijtzZgNW2TTHZEag7rHFuU +Pp4aSq6sc9EJa7jinpVuq/Ruy+xSj9KibL0YyRXrXr7WlC+242qrDMJsEYYSVvAiUzGJwg7c7BqI +GjyiuQ5f7PG/7j57VqkpqryyyJ0WDDBxC29ymr3+YFEzyRpLE5qG91qYYYVAR4hh0B0WTbTRR1Mn +NBKTDs0h0lErTTXTSyddNdZabw311ET7nLDTTct2tddmn82bc2V3zbbYazMId9xyz0133XbfjXfe +eu/Nd99+/w144IIPTnjhhh+OeOKKczcR2CYvDnnkkgf+XoTF2eUCs9uTb85554MrVUjmJGDuuMue +n4566gKyxM+T2L37cNqqz0577QG2/ikpVxEie7LflW578MIPL1vroVdifOy3outkscD/THz00k+v +ne46ApQT70o2ZWz1RT5Pffji2w4YWcqLkrzvMhNT/Wjuvy/6+PLPL/w/854vr+t58gP+vufySb8A +CnB8phEBmo7nhDHwz3vQGKADH0jAT4UgVGZQILjeBsEManB6GqKgP+h0vtFtcIQk5KAJpqAa/znL +Xc4CXv9KCMP2fMyA8fvDDCdYwzbg7IQbwZ0IqeHCGArRbj4UwgvxgDJSHXEfIUQVEpuIqiLycIhU +jJv+FNO2RCeJQ4kPuuIHUMi+Kb4piFUso4K8yIQsYm8cIlKj9VrQQyiqUH9mrOPm0DgcN8YsXoLQ +Ix1HAMY/ArKCdiyk5PDYHD+6qo1dlOPItIXIG0XSkJT02yR5qEg2EqyRHYyjzyrnyEqK8oyhTEgj +7bFJo13SI2EwzCdDhDP4yXKWtKxYLWWJsVu+L5e6rFkv4bezX9pSmDd0XzdgZkwa7SJnFDMNMX35 +TFdGM5jE5GU1o4kn1WDzmXbg2TaFaSZrgvNks+ymOL9Jy3DesGUiSd5wmEhGt5SiHUipp+naCZL7 +6ZOV+WyixMJhT1MKlJ+CFCP2nmexf9plCZZbJWT+3Cm7MJIxSfGcp0WTglGC9CtL+9RERz3aT3pm +FFeiuShBHcqNN75ToqjkaBhXqr8XJnSPIC0oHP2JU5FqdKQ2g5jyLNerfgo1qDolKTlMmsqTlrJa +Km1OAmOGCKa+1KkstRBEUdDQpUpqoEk1KlF2ei2fftQoYyVrSFERUK9aQp4tRakmbXrTqtbUpXD9 +oVw1d9UTZLWiXO0jWnn61Y7xca5mJWxhifpXsKr1IWxV6kQPitc1GnZOTcVqFhRq0Lxmdqp6palb +L5vYxQL0nkA9rGnVgql9FvWoiu2qX9uqVWxVtrNP/em6lsdZ2t6VbE9ap1B9y9qS9jWwwS2uzvD+ +OdmFDjWoIF0tcZ+7VqTWFLjMpS5Ri6krsaoJpt6M2hFLK7bGuha6DAPsqSi7XNSmV73NDa1xVSLe +1xLUqlaLbViWCF7vJu27ns2pe8k72rCSq6z3XW+B22ve8rZWvuM9LW/xm13LPo2q9mUufScU3+gm +OMCiDRtukytVEIcYsRuO44I1LNz5RrTCytXvfo/G3wnTNsOM/S98S+zED1vYwS0WsWxxGkLMbjXF +DWbvhV185CS/GMm9ky6KOywmHM/xxz7WMY97bFbn3vjENR7ulSVM05QumcljXnGMabwnGysYylO2 +spG/TOUqo1fLa35vl4ksZ7uyeMRmrq8akav+5OI5+c5sFlRaezpgA/P5zXDGLZ05bOc0e5nRD/Zz +mfscHWYiQdNKAK6n4wfAxSTi09wk5zipqctunvqct1T1L8P5i1GLLtTsdMRBrBvrHNoE18fEL6dH +CexgC3vYxC62sY+N7GQre9nMbraznw3taEt72tSutrWvje1sa3vb3O62t78N7nCLe9zkLre5z43u +dKt73exut7vfDe94y3ve9K63ve9t7SBkNdH47re/9Qq6CAP63wQvuGZ2mYneFoPWBm+4w8VUWiMB +5IIPr7jFX2a/YCZ8zxfvuLnf1VB5QcnjJDd4YTKucN3xuuQsb7nLXw7zmMt85jSvuc1vjvP+nOt8 +5zzvuc9/DvSgC33oRC+60Y+O9KQrfelMb7rTnw71qEt96lSvutWvjvWsa33rXO+6178O9rCLfexk +L7vZz472scG0vllD24rZzrW28bbtcl873N2uObUfqkQzJFaJPAO9Fm53W34/mcbO+7/t9j1ksfzY +MiUO+DaXDPCLT9VpKr8yZnpQDM50JcmkyTOdNT5Enx8mxhAPaxApq/CULxjFV9S8kT9yhWts0zL4 +JVnX44uigl1481Cf8KsI3Kf+Er6biMXS18/+gy2JJfBzFw/Mc35U0NcXJxAh+4A1ENC69xdoER38 +34Mf+sZvF/5OP3yQ+QKAt8+14Z9/2dH+H3dnh4d/Als5f1MzMcdsCoj5SfwwqXVb/Mca6qd9WBaA +R/J+1qddDHeAUZZy85c+mOcp/ndc5QMqGyMawrd5ACVx/8dYKrcsFQg7DAhEu6NAG7g9q3cU3RN4 +zBJV9jdwsXM/GQiCRuZWNWh7Msh3QmaAhoYSIyhja1ALbQJ/obM+L0iExvJry8d8LpiAuPdSN7h9 +3VOD3kdHW1AVsOOAxEclTySEIIQOHViF7XSFZQgUVFiGj8CCYpiGR+g8Axgt24c8Q9gpvTJbHjZg +IjguFJQVZChbH2h/2rODJjgqxieDGTiFevgyFKWGAYOBj8gtVPF564IpLRKJgziAgAj+ieFniNxX +fUo4LPcXhn2YEqMnif+TMYNHgKoWeTTYTGoifZzXeAsoivpXJ2f4PaHHik7oMZ1ni4yIi8fDib+I +gen3g6pohE34gMa4cbO4ixJkh8m4d0HYi5Lniq1XjMqojcqgd2AmNXVnd3g3juRIYXT3dnGXjuZ4 +jl/zjboVjuvIjvB4d/NoUOiYd+qYj/Z4j+6IQXNXj/IojuAYkAK5j/yoZwV5kAa5kA2Zdg8JkREp +kRNJkRVpkT73ZxwnjASpjwCJkIP0jv3Yke34kSAZjww5kPQ4kiSZkipZkhOkNifpkOWIkjQ5kzZJ +NqyXi9uYeIrXho8TZtTlCjnEMfn+Z07jN3n3hIuC1ZNKeY2JiD6Zs0gC5iWzliav+Inv51vKx3wo +WIrTV3uh2IqC9zjZN5ZL2DBgSZW+iI2GBpTT2IwmtpajqJSGIY232JRbuQ1myZZoKZZZmTt8ySV3 +ggapWEHRAJjU2JaL6YVMKYepMpe/GJlH6ZTI2Jdu6ZRcuZGQBJePqTCTmYRG2XyO6Q52Ui5QuJn7 +sA4amC2XOYeJCWukWVugeX2y+ZeiGZSO0ZrncpdGWYKwOZq2mV94SXwzEyymCULIo4u0h5rt95ZD +uZuuyS2xSJuNeZZ3WJlhBmRQBAhCGVrLmRfGCXF1yTyg2ThkQlZ5eJ3lWYipOZ3+UKmd/uSDrwmf +ciSY76kuacmY+Hk9lWmEwumJ8BmDSBl9/zKgpEmI6CkjGcOM/MmN3QicnRmX0OBpuvmW3GlD4jkr +QEmUFuqfHXokUjkPGtoYDSqd+meiE+qMehmf0ZmQComTHtmScSWTMWqjHPmSMPmPMhpRGemjMYmP +N4mjM0qjMHqjLkmkL5qjIPCjLXqhLqqkSWqSQXqkSFqTLHmlVpqlIrmkF+mlXwqmYSqmY7puiEim +Zzogj4GEaMqmAIIQmtmmcTofbyqhcqp0GSlD1gCndvpvuqYldSU3dOqkfJpun/VFt1md5sFQjOKn +hFpu+dObKVMXUnSMx5AfDBX+agfqqH0qQQtkCrMZf81gqBvnmemBTZtacuCyp98yFbyAD/NJSLiD +p4dKoSuHqu62qJHqlpTYJ5AgcvKBqbfqclroUOUZBynoFP/pHrMqrI8KL2CErB1YQPHBrM06bjwJ +lxsDJCkkqgD3WNZ6Ro16lT5gq0JCnBPGrfs5SerJcaOKm+BaH+4KC5kkZoR2nTTBrixToKCESTwK +r2mqkatySi1lr/uJr7nFpJ6kooMWpf8KsHpErwQraed6sIAKLez6SQHrsHAjr6wQsSpGMzzIqp0U +ZfwKR9W6sfzRsarwsXnWrYDJryurohjbWSibsvohs5MmaBI7se45qQhLq5L+YrIiZLM3ix85i2e/ +oRMHJLJesmfoArVPyWqldnivNrW1hGqvhk5Xi7VcW05ei0u9JrbKNLbS8nioyE1bC7bAtLYIt7Xo +BLfmBLdWW7Vz20vq9E2mFrZ1u2qihrcdRHq19Vj5CoaFVqIMC2kAdq/U57KWqGh0hWBJu2WG67Q6 +y11AO6WEq6O71WjIhbRSBaubG1OVZrH7R7lAhLhyGWmLO4MHtmOUhoDqhWaJO7mru34YorlBC1mV +Frr8RmWf61K9q7uaRaO5K1m26xKzq7qKa7CM+7qu27nadVaWC4GnCxXKS2HG+1CYm7nHG717FVnC +Syuje7mlq0XIK7DUO2T+6Luwvhu97gu7iya7qVu97Fu5khtZ5ju+2ru94uu8v6ux1Oe/BUG8ema8 +A+y9T8Zg9suZCGqZjtu4pfm4wUu/68u8FqzAFwa8H7bBjgZVyAi+vDuo8xvAIVy/F5y++Eu7dZaI +wym/sQvDL6xc2IvBLFy7C6zBJfxECPV9BIZe+ru/CZy96DfEWHm/DDxGFYyZ1luqcfa+EPy8MQy6 +SsyqXLbCPeti5fq74gq62JWtSMTFwavFUgyPFShlKVxkV7y8ienCkPvEEhzBEkzDS4zEBaq+ZXxp ++RtopEs1MQYwCIzAQJzEZ1zFBPq/8evGiOzEWUbFR4zChZzG5bvHkoz+aWRmyZRsw5mMxRl8w51M +sYcMvYrsZqFMwiq8xpp8yptcyavMynw8yXrcyqksy7d7x5D8yA46ymScyzKcyKUcySfsyWpMy5Z2 +yZjsyrGMzOBoxlYcsrXsyMHMum28yKSsyz8cub9cw8Kczc1MzK+szHl8zMX8zXVcuNh8uIT8zJ/c +utUsvVHMyxTszA3MxOWMw8mMx+BcxOIczsY8y9s8zOZsy9DcvOv8zrvcy+zcgI0sz+RsugBdvPic +z/Z8zxmSoqNT0aq4a1JiI92Q0bm2aqeqt3cb0qk20q1W0iYttbR4ax3N0RsNBBdNQ114QjCNQzLd +AjRttDmt0zvN0z1u7dM/DdRBLdRDTdRFbdRHjdRJrdRLzdRN7dRPDdVRLdVTTdVVbdVXjdVfVBkx ++APSnNU5bZaaCsVfPdQnR8TkJwlnTdZAnSwXJIidutZBHbhrqpqnuKpx/a9c3RdvndZ43dO+pCSY +E9gqF8bNWgAAOw== diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/vbi_625.gif.b64 b/Documentation/DocBook/media/vbi_625.gif.b64 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..831f49a02 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/vbi_625.gif.b64 @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +R0lGODlhKgPIAIAAAAAAAP///yH5BAEAAAEALAAAAAAqA8gAAAL+jI+py+0Po5y02ouz3rz7D4bi +SJbmiabqWgJs475LLCt0fdy4oeN9/QPuEEFZkXVcJZXDXNP5pC0TgGrOCqVMidhAVdqVbLmx73Wc +FXfNabGFzfbG3Rz0bDO/2G1hzJ7o8ceT56dB+Gb4JciD16fnh3VI97bmOCE4tyhVUSbHKOlg1xnp +6aWFKDfaecrqQlrK2vqK2bjImPFaiLuKuxvY+2HLq1tniHcLzFmWy6mnitxMeWs5iaZo0xZhTahj +rdzXHa3m6Eod+h1+LW7MXpx83P7962y+ju4O//5oGr8PHUvs36VjoCBsujTsxp5t0MIB1MZLYb07 +CBt+QlWRHz/+Zto62NLYD+Ouj7Q+ZlMj0J80kCr1iaSHT6WmeAXPAXOVzNs0hw8fHAwzkeLATz9E +xVo2qCa2o7AA9Wz5cmXIgFAhKu2Yb2q1rFSrDmUZFeUgrQaLdhWriFZKGKt6LNTSlopXthevrIUB +d9rSp6FGcbnLwCRYe2ELo+VK+CxEwF9XkoypeCtZn05dTiqlNupMxnyWxXkL17OVtHz7loMTdO+4 +pGsMsz0dKbVcyK7LXsWbyKSweTA95qatDHho4T7TqqsdWN1toaFbExNMHMkTzimgR2cSZfpgI9qt +T8aePbz4IQebeLcsZDz56ecjv2g/9z37+fTNd6+vPb/+/fz++/v/D2CAAg5IYIEGHohgggouyGCD +Dj4IYYQSTkhhhRZeiGGGGm7IYYcefghiiCKOSGKJJp6IYooqrsjidyrAh9yL+K2nng/31WgjjtzN +mKOO8lFHxhlJxRjkkEY2tloWy51k2mxAVoaQQkImRiRuIyEmD5ZIomeVYMLIZhMkS6rWm4vJecZl +cWBsRomUz+Vlymg4bWflYnGWo5FOGZ02FphPYmbkmHQmRxRSgzJXpntl/UlmcIca5ItvilJJx2OS +TkrZo5k6CgemfBDFKJPF7ZRTIZsMgxUip4qKKFN5UropSKD54xasW9p6a65VBiYmb/dc2qZuwMaH +laXvZEb+FbKPCKpkm68KutBoTshZWpN6MRqtm6H+8ZmTulabqplhXikuNtBhgqqnM6SLa7jE2nZd +rGzK5CeUqMxJq6l2YavvTn6yGVG7zGn77aZgvOvuruvGexnCndXLq5YCC2Vsmg2LUzGcTSm8r7fg +0pUKxMgwdOdY/O4JaMkFf/pqyiv/Jau9CY/asqatOlwnzuM6JvHMOsPsZaQZ/3zzV0NfdnS4HL3c +KsBZpnIk01NCHbXP1o4MsSjgyAzp0xsddzHRHqOz2289d83wmb46e/aibauZNhXGMWuz3KjNG6Vz ++fooHY/p8Q0ejYDL6PeO9hX+4+DVsRr4DjByPMLjE5v+ILnUJ1Qe9t+Cb855j4d/jrnVfSuOQuii +N+5555qrbjjrrTt+Y4uyz0577bbfjnvuuu/Oe+++/w588MIPT3zxxh+PfPLKL8+87rWGYLqI0TdP +ffWwM249oXKDgC/y02cPfvgkkPJ97t137075HKovfvvuQ1KXh9zKJ6V37A7P/vv6739Oa0BFnoRK +QG9+2PlJMLDnu/zxb4EMxJPJ/DLA/sXvF0EogsgG5hQDkupeCOydAhkIwvcdAYJeqYdfymOMCvLK +Swe7yKqgkLU4dZB3AaRbCG8YwhrOEGazUaHJNuKboqjQaRBMSDrqBkOu4W9uTAQbDp8IRSV2jFtm +2Y7+thwIDyzi64VIBKIMvQip+/Gwit5Tkw2jiMbsGcVRPfyhBTdGq7gY6ovoG1UL6ximJSwtVLjT +YRr/mMZZFctJRZSgLswiR73gMWcsqw0Jx0a8DwJyksAj4CCjRr7T2aSCiQTiIiMGsvg8UorBkyQl +T7k7S3aNXQJEm2lWxcl9bRGFnWFM2TAIyuOZEpUpOqNHLhgMX9ahXqq02xZTQrCdRQyWdpolq+Yk +uTdqMoG8BOEnZSSsHYLRRmukFAnFGKOA2ayVsBjhNkUgTVcab5fVNNE1F5fNk33wnY2y2iOBWbQ2 +8rFj9axLNBmZy3W2c4H0vFwXcTmUeXaxmBmUlf3+LkmSdJprn5kb50AvWruCUu6g3gKNQrtZmns+ +dJUU/WE/6bjRgAIUoyx1J0e599I0eNQ+INXVPaEH0ZTeAZzE2QI7WwrU7Hw0KzNdT00rOkqckjSm +9jynUvMJyaBKVX5MDSJN9jHUj+UzqTCdGtWcOECJyAmf8CqSbWDTxLSiVa1MZA1b5+bWt5ImZHI1 +Dj2YZddgiSyvel1rXc3w17bSNbCiIWxhDUsGwyoWbNdYrGITO1jCJjatRXIsYs/gV7betbJkhZtM +ndqChkaPJ6fYTdk2g9pyQUmVrJVJQDS6Qnak9pBX1RxXxyfa2o4LmoG7LW6nVdJjgfa3imzc/Ez+ +K9ubKNdiuWytSJz7XKbCliKzxapuE+fJ3k5wHVOoX3AB4tvIAYKnxEUp4Yp7Xj5Od6LLtS5tmYtQ +8Lo2uq5Fbns5+N7Xei68T82ufl3J2/Tyt78Bxm6BS5fb9HJ0vXI57X2jcUv50pe7842uffOLX/f+ +t3UDPmAS59Xd8X63MR32sD9tO1zxfti4y0phcjEMYdV+dsISpnB9XfzgVuS4xgberk79S+Pdphid +CRbwkEML3KpKmMH6OC6OYaxjKGtVNdDlMYn1e2ENZ3jLQdbuFxe34grL68hdRa+RyaviQo02g51F +kpN74WApV0rGFumy0sQs3yxzOcpatjOY/eX+Zbols06wCXSbrwzWPyt5w9hdsHQfHVM0L5POMfPz +mC09Zj3HWM6XZPToFo3nT7Nv0F7e3KhJ+WNHa5rPe04opUkN4FDf+cZwfnGfWY3pH59am2UGda51 +PZ5dj7glb+4Xp5d66yl3VNax/nVzHx3nZM9ZuCiutrV7vN9gZ3t1xW7xjqct7YoK2dlUZnasV+3q +Y2cqwsL2tY2vLerrDfu68ea2t40dbmS32nIzfreVkYblJ+d73d8GOLxLzeFtHzzhC1e0qgW+705H +fJrlJveyLb5sdIN74gSnNsM/DvJ6N1zk2H5dt1Vla45v8tWofjbG+01hjUt80wO/dMgRXvL+nOsc +CHM1Qs/fw9fhkEtMmrBhovMW2Mn+Vel1Zbpcnf50r7KN6CMpOj6DjoSfZ/3o1dG6Erz+da5Pdexk +L7vZz472tKt97Wxvu9vfDve4y33udK+73e+O97zrfe9877vf/w74wAt+8IQvvOEPj/jEK37xjG+8 +4x8P+chLfvKUr7zlL4/5zGt+85zvvOfx7sNrXfzzpC89gyQB6zqbfvWsL9Bh7xgyNbd+9rT3zxwr +3aly1n73vAcdMw7rxt4Lf/iE4+LX2rJH4it/+bLNvSI7JXbmS3/61K++9a+P/exrf/vc7773vw/+ +8It//OQvv/nPj/70q3/97G+/+98P//j+y3/+9K+//e+P//zrf//877///w+AASiAA0iABWiAB4iA +CaiAC8iADeiADwiBtoc4n+Y6FChvFYg6qaOBG/g6HNiBq3OBE7gua1I1FCd1JKhsXkVa4jaCPRRD +XoOCKUg1MMeCtVQZ0RdVZQVD/+I1dzImWsMT0AKDUmeCR3I3HHOELXdSahMoP/g0n/GCUdKETvgn +5MMnJ3MYX4VFRQgoUChIboMmybdSIHOFYqhSfQFoJlWDQGOEYjMLs2A5b7iC6kQzaCJ6ayhLX6VN +JONAgHVUdSiHu2KFPoaHD5QykrZDsYEq3VQSUzQ5qzUyMniDOTiGNoeFGPE8/DZjQjj+XzhIiXfm +ibymegeFLBqkiZFYM4XoMXqjiqNHiskSikqIKIX2iDA3K9mSJ9QiiZmAiq3YhrIIjCoYjOrFilQo +dGamibzoMlxoViozBrhIg8yojDOYjM6hi9XoXZcohf/whVaBWYi4LZXQh7WYhNsiil9Gi6eIe4lY +KsP4Um6yV+04jKVIV7U4ilVIVKkYKzXGUAZHS3QoGbEniRv0j/tYWpmojqT1h+5yTANZaY5Whc8g +Q8QEJ/AIjlrTi+aIMkn0M7lgKAupPQTTjWiIexfpDBZhhp+4PQ/Zj2TYUNpYh81CkRsJezKYSUt4 +hi6piDBJkuOYkji5ks5nSUA4JZz+uI1KMpPHyBIjeTVqBpKvcYNRmCTRCJBNmYtPaZV22Ip5cHv8 +xpVEWJVQiZRMKZakYZRS+HNkyYRaqJYtaIRS6Y0zGI/zRmlEJoIKFoIeaIF6mYEg6Jcf+JeNlpd/ +Y0qFGTsY2JeCGZiKCZiNuZeO+ZiMCZnnZZikg2CWaVCYiWSaWV6I6XB8mZiRKZmiGYGlaZqniZqp +qZqryZqt2WuDOZl4uZikKZux+ZmzGZq5WZu2mZmc2ZueeZm+aZfC2V+wyZupZpy0eZu4uZzHuZlE +OYUK85UlaJA6uJTSuTXU6IvTeJbwpUw9CDluKTZAWZ3N8TZiWZdulZ7UaY9s6Z3+NqidDjmNmFiR +ntAtKRiI9qknh+GFgoh842iTqvCR7QmWDmmI79mT6hJKCgpVBkpm5RmewQWODRqSP5mTMWmhFLow +XyOPzdBCC/VfBVmJBqOS5BlfIPomJeqOGvqd40mX71gL53km8RQscdOi6siRCHqiOMqNDGouwCSi +TUKCSXmUYLSfRzmHYYmeD3mK98meI+qLKgqhUbqWBEqIDpqhUOqS63mOXfqkPJp6SgpgF+RgTnNv +6Uil8MiOKcpr9AhHzNgsUjpiSZMRXGqidzqCV7c2ERqkVLqicroXdEozb5qQZNSeikimiSiROEGk +YMhm+FifPTo5v7dPGNkyWTr+pzJ6oQ6ahy76p16KqSy6oYLqp6DqpTB6qqU4oeeIkBjzhDv5iNMZ +n1NapUlKq/DplOT4P1+6qTwqXbEoqp7lqakao5qKqz66klwqTFQkWJAzV0Z3V31KosT5msmpm7up +nMH5OcCprdaKrdn6m9yqU5W5reK6meUKms05mteqruwart7aru46rncZr99qr/farelar/mqr+/K +nPvqr//qmgNLsAVrsAeLsAl7O8ansNP3U9ZjKaHasID0sNxTsc3Dbi86sfxzaPzRsZOUse62sR9y +Ho8BI+RUp1KhhlMVshc7sgMSG8N0pUGZi8HET2KRYUxGSS37sh60jMuCZgD+Sqgn6U+xtLLTJqIS +5bInEkD7+LE9qyASQShBCBX3g0j66KHFZbRDS3CkhkfQtLQu9UqGKrJQmyD+s1O1MpciRrYn9opm +xkrPMkO0VEVqe7QNdFlm2yIFpoxusap1ezO8lTWdFJVu25U3qjKpeDBhWyI1BKx6CyJJJWltyahW +dCrRgowf9kKH26s3qXrSAkV+BLm086EvKaYNirIZpyqlK2Lsxbmiij5xG7qjKzwh9oxA8k8eCmtf +m10+pTFXyrgkEry0GyDd5Q2ykbtmtE1DtFN2YUGY2ranyjzDq3ePi05PO3U+IEzF6rsV8byg25mT +BpJS+0aryqnTe33mC1P+WUVv+iYE6otUMzss4utNpuu6yGlN6auxWWtUMbFGWZW8S6Gza1hiXHJg +w4lD1Jt38EtBNOW/NMdN+ysqBYwwFDwXB1ycxCsgDGxV/du+7ssdHAyhFtwuJFy/Ioy4GuyxEjwQ +7OtpMxfCLEwnJvwyNGxTD6qjKkwjLvy++QjBPVy2UmTD0zTETYXCWqrD9MHDMexxuMbEAdxGAZwJ +sNoCQOGH2MtZjhVZSWdZr7d0W9x00cqseAV2Z7VXz2pZYNx0XRxXSafGXRzGUwjHbwVZcxzHscfG +39hEWWzHalXH2/saYsWrxYqSMnxxA6xyhoRviTxpyMqkV/Zy9+iPEMf+v+q2cqaGw8BSxEsGaZyR +jWsWZmdmyM92xLOGyD9cyfdWc7iBN5Dsb678b6ZMyaWVcqjcY6XcbKfMySAGiqO8iUFMaJncaxh8 +rpucboucyoxMXTksybP2ygZnYzIXRrXsxLfsy3Wmy5A8wGH6Wbh8admMaNesusCMS+AMw7RcawUH +wgm5otzscs8sy+mMzNW8cSjmzeNmzrkcaUr4yYFGzhh0z738z4c80PaLcvK8yo08nu68o84cy/qM +0Adtyay8rcRcXsY8yW56buKsptPTzwkX0C6Xzx03zy1MzcccngxdcfDcbNE8yyatziSdbSFdzgX9 +yxqdaRxdZIpm0b/+iaY+PcgeJs2UEW3KjKeQGMmPDM2cHNHJbMv1DNKAbMpYLNKJ2kH1I9W5TNWk +nNWwTHJ9M9SKnNDL7Mgq7YpevdTa/NJuUNRPjXNvbWQKt3NwPdc8nSNhjRdtTc9wqtQOjdZ+PclN +jc4TrdBy/dV0bdcjp62SZNYEdtdr3RF6jdKH2s6VLYqN/cuCDdOETdYX2G6f7dmGfdg3F9c7gtex +FdOXvNCWrV6sDZF3KNGqbNT6FNqKDWyiXdqkXdeL/diazdYnDdXsfNmuXWVq7duRDdznPNqJrdvM +vdu8XdG4DWan3bypTdFlTdzmNm4ufdzTbN2FbdvFLN3OvdzkHd7RF93bJf3b393ZKZ3dSY3Z2AzZ +3s3ZAhzd551mNv3Ozw3U5lHGpfPfl3NGA351Rmfgj6XHd7xYUKdZCR51rGE2vVJ1E04eAU45Fl7F +1htMGv5LHN7hXZ3EIS7iI07iJW7iJ47iKa7iK87iLe7iLw7jMS7jM07jNW7jN47jOa7jO87jPe7j +Pw7kQV68E+EQhqrAQs6aZmirzYzkQC4aAmmIygHlTS7kP0G3gRJ8VB7kAGCRbQB8uqflTu6Ci4jl +ehjmPs7laf58XB7Fau6DR56aBQAAOw== diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/vbi_hsync.gif.b64 b/Documentation/DocBook/media/vbi_hsync.gif.b64 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cdafabed5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/vbi_hsync.gif.b64 @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +R0lGODlhBwHJAOcAAAAAAAEBAQICAgMDAwQEBAUFBQYGBgcHBwgICAkJCQoKCgsLCwwMDA0NDQ4O +Dg8PDxAQEBERERISEhMTExQUFBUVFRYWFhcXFxgYGBkZGRoaGhsbGxwcHB0dHR4eHh8fHyAgICEh +ISIiIiMjIyQkJCUlJSYmJicnJygoKCkpKSoqKisrKywsLC0tLS4uLi8vLzAwMDExMTIyMjMzMzQ0 +NDU1NTY2Njc3Nzg4ODk5OTo6Ojs7Ozw8PD09PT4+Pj8/P0BAQEFBQUJCQkNDQ0REREVFRUZGRkdH +R0hISElJSUpKSktLS0xMTE1NTU5OTk9PT1BQUFFRUVJSUlNTU1RUVFVVVVZWVldXV1hYWFlZWVpa +WltbW1xcXF1dXV5eXl9fX2BgYGFhYWJiYmNjY2RkZGVlZWZmZmdnZ2hoaGlpaWpqamtra2xsbG1t +bW5ubm9vb3BwcHFxcXJycnNzc3R0dHV1dXZ2dnd3d3h4eHl5eXp6ent7e3x8fH19fX5+fn9/f4CA +gIGBgYKCgoODg4SEhIWFhYaGhoeHh4iIiImJiYqKiouLi4yMjI2NjY6Ojo+Pj5CQkJGRkZKSkpOT +k5SUlJWVlZaWlpeXl5iYmJmZmZqampubm5ycnJ2dnZ6enp+fn6CgoKGhoaKioqOjo6SkpKWlpaam +pqenp6ioqKmpqaqqqqurq6ysrK2tra6urq+vr7CwsLGxsbKysrOzs7S0tLW1tba2tre3t7i4uLm5 +ubq6uru7u7y8vL29vb6+vr+/v8DAwMHBwcLCwsPDw8TExMXFxcbGxsfHx8jIyMnJycrKysvLy8zM +zM3Nzc7Ozs/Pz9DQ0NHR0dLS0tPT09TU1NXV1dbW1tfX19jY2NnZ2dra2tvb29zc3N3d3d7e3t/f +3+Dg4OHh4eLi4uPj4+Tk5OXl5ebm5ufn5+jo6Onp6erq6uvr6+zs7O3t7e7u7u/v7/Dw8PHx8fLy +8vPz8/T09PX19fb29vf39/j4+Pn5+fr6+vv7+/z8/P39/f7+/v///ywAAAAABwHJAAAI/gD/CRxI +sKDBgwgTKlzIsKHDhxAjSpxIsaLFixgzatzIsaPHjyBDihxJsqTJkyhTqlzJsqXLlzBjypxJs6bN +mzhz6tzJs6fPn0CDCh1KtKjRo0iTKl3KtKnTp1CjSp1KtarVqyQBYN1aVSvXr1C9gh2rVOxCsV4B +mE2b0GxDt2TjtnWo9l9du2rrar2bl+BavQL3ApZLeC5du3j77g2MF/FAtIv1AoZb+Gfey5gza97M +ua/ByJ4XI8b8+PHl0ZkrE6XsuCDr1xD5ip7d2m9pv6IZqxYK+zPC3g/T0mabGLdk4YEH7wYK3PZB +yqyXSw/++3l139OzS4R+Hbtr7eCp/nv/bp18+PMKuZcfj7792fXm47ufz/52fd308zu/X3u/fv3N ++Sfgf/MFaJ98BLpnIH4IJojegv0d6GB7EEI4oXYVdnfhgxoOyOCG4WXIH4jTidggiSV2KOGHKGa3 +oIUtqvaiijEuNyN8NUp344g5EqYef9H1KNePJwYpJFlEehjhkT7iuCKLTMZl4olRgjWlklV+deWT +WWpJ45JgdrnVllCKOeaXMJrZFZpfqmkVmWG6SRWcRsoZFZl12hkWmzxemCdXeAr555lOgjnof4de +tSOVG0KWaFl3GVponH52ZumlmGaq6aaY0pjmhJppmRqQbTaKm6gewgnio2uSOumq/jpO+qmDrE5F +p6AtSZZeSrf2WOtEoZEmm2C/Astnn6CapKtjbClWZki95lhsbLcRtxmlHkVb47TBWcuYcGvxeiyj +fp7kGbOJEZscStrGyK1T7bb4blPxojgvU4Hiulu+vto4Lpck3rvUoljCuq+npZp6cKGz0uovwwmX +u3CRESc7sZINJyhwWbJW7PDFXGZM4MZI1WsvyCF7rDHKZYqMKMuSvmqwS5yOypHJAcP0K8k4z5xr +RTz/C7DPLO2crdDPEr2S0R31rDDNQB/dMbISQ01R0FOT+/TPV0vtqtZVc21s0wjLLONFJG8XNdkQ +y5z2UNy+TW3XbN8Ho9xBxa3z/to3lz0i3nljBPhbfG+UZMoqG5db2+KJ9O7gDDHd99dUstpscsgR +x6CzqC0O0uN70z05xVlHdNpwgvUHGWrFef5RppGHPjawNddue3nB5nYufsKmu/vrhL/3kuRqq1Tr +6pd/G+6HymGLdvC7Dl+46cYD7aywoSleXGOtj5RnnZALP3vx7Bb2J/iyk6++subTZanz2ZJ2te2R +st8+9NaFHx/x1Jff5GFz0Z9/+Dc3c9EnSK4ryfLG1z89GaY6AjwQARvnQLfBr24XpFrizGSk+tlv +aOJbXwULxj3/gTB6DBwhCD2oQLBtkIR66mAEVTe9AqqQhCzMigvNhsIbrnCG/m6ZIAB9+MPqwfCB +IryhDI14QiQ2kIiUyqH3dqhBHtoJfSZs4gu16CYsGpCKYDyinLz4QS5W8YwcjF0WkxbCJxKRjC0M +oxnlmCU46tA19BPiCO04xZjM8IBq/GL63hjIMloNitiS4uv+aMUxRk5/ihQXIhMJSUaiUUzgq6RM +LEmhR5qLk2LsoieVBco5YnKUCiwlG2OIyqyoMoNpPIsm/TjJRMKya698JYZiB7kELq2W6OvlLT8H +TF62MJfM+R3+lnnIAB5zk8zBHOZks7/BqEuXwXwmLS1DzestDnmNud5MsqlDZPKGWMkzT+9CBc33 +5PGd8IynPOfJwkilLp37/gniN8dZyDgOcienCadudnc6anavnT30p/SKokvH9fOO/+RmqxIK0YUi +EosBNVz2tnnRR9KzUxyFYjAzqpHehZSQbdxYEBEqUhcVM0WTbGhNZBor+7xNj8SMaT7TJc1Tgcug +Bf2LNZnlKODp1KYCbR64ujcZ0OBxe5FR3jAfqsSdNiujucMnPnl3uaxiraNI3ep3hro8161uNLbB +G00fNk3abG+aAiXqcKqlGG8Oy6hgLang+HnUjERyiBFV4VpZitKa5rWEgKJjldgpKs5d9KOQjeym +XkrSMdnzpYatpWY3y1l6NXGB3RlsZ9eDzp7ydKmnW1dAlTnaQ94zruEkS2tUnfra1iIUdRvlHueu +iS7N2daic1VncEEz3N/6MbVyNU1TV0tUdL3VuF6aKnQhJdrpWve62M2udrfL3e5697vgDa94x0ve +8lIkIAA7 diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..03f9a1f8d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ + + %media-entities; + + + + +open()."> +2C"> +Return ValueOn success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately. The generic error codes are described at the Generic Error Codes chapter."> +RETURN VALUEOn success 0 is returned, on error -1 and the errno variable is set appropriately. The generic error codes are described at the Generic Error Codes chapter."> +2"> + + +"> +"> +"> + + +http://www.linuxtv.org/lists.php"> + + +http://linuxtv.org/repo/"> +--------"> +----------"> +------------"> +--------------"> +----------------"> +--------------------"> +----------------------"> +------------------------"> +]> + + + + LINUX MEDIA INFRASTRUCTURE API + + + 2009-2014 + LinuxTV Developers + + + + Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify + this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, + Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software + Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the chapter entitled + "GNU Free Documentation License" + + + + + + + Introduction + + This document covers the Linux Kernel to Userspace API's used by + video and radio streaming devices, including video cameras, + analog and digital TV receiver cards, AM/FM receiver cards, + streaming capture and output devices, codec devices and remote + controllers. + It is divided into four parts. + The first part covers radio, video capture and output, + cameras, analog TV devices and codecs. + The second part covers the + API used for digital TV and Internet reception via one of the + several digital tv standards. While it is called as DVB API, + in fact it covers several different video standards including + DVB-T, DVB-S, DVB-C and ATSC. The API is currently being updated + to document support also for DVB-S2, ISDB-T and ISDB-S. + The third part covers the Remote Controller API. + The fourth part covers the Media Controller API. + For additional information and for the latest development code, + see: http://linuxtv.org. + For discussing improvements, reporting troubles, sending new drivers, etc, please mail to: Linux Media Mailing List (LMML).. + + +&sub-v4l2; +&sub-dvbapi; +&sub-remote_controllers; +&sub-media-controller; + +&sub-gen-errors; + +&sub-fdl-appendix; + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7da8f0402 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,1292 @@ + + + + + + MTD NAND Driver Programming Interface + + + + Thomas + Gleixner + +
+ tglx@linutronix.de +
+ + + + + + 2004 + Thomas Gleixner + + + + + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + + + + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + + + + + + + + Introduction + + The generic NAND driver supports almost all NAND and AG-AND based + chips and connects them to the Memory Technology Devices (MTD) + subsystem of the Linux Kernel. + + + This documentation is provided for developers who want to implement + board drivers or filesystem drivers suitable for NAND devices. + + + + + Known Bugs And Assumptions + + None. + + + + + Documentation hints + + The function and structure docs are autogenerated. Each function and + struct member has a short description which is marked with an [XXX] identifier. + The following chapters explain the meaning of those identifiers. + + + Function identifiers [XXX] + + The functions are marked with [XXX] identifiers in the short + comment. The identifiers explain the usage and scope of the + functions. Following identifiers are used: + + + + [MTD Interface] + These functions provide the interface to the MTD kernel API. + They are not replaceable and provide functionality + which is complete hardware independent. + + + [NAND Interface] + These functions are exported and provide the interface to the NAND kernel API. + + + [GENERIC] + Generic functions are not replaceable and provide functionality + which is complete hardware independent. + + + [DEFAULT] + Default functions provide hardware related functionality which is suitable + for most of the implementations. These functions can be replaced by the + board driver if necessary. Those functions are called via pointers in the + NAND chip description structure. The board driver can set the functions which + should be replaced by board dependent functions before calling nand_scan(). + If the function pointer is NULL on entry to nand_scan() then the pointer + is set to the default function which is suitable for the detected chip type. + + + + + Struct member identifiers [XXX] + + The struct members are marked with [XXX] identifiers in the + comment. The identifiers explain the usage and scope of the + members. Following identifiers are used: + + + + [INTERN] + These members are for NAND driver internal use only and must not be + modified. Most of these values are calculated from the chip geometry + information which is evaluated during nand_scan(). + + + [REPLACEABLE] + Replaceable members hold hardware related functions which can be + provided by the board driver. The board driver can set the functions which + should be replaced by board dependent functions before calling nand_scan(). + If the function pointer is NULL on entry to nand_scan() then the pointer + is set to the default function which is suitable for the detected chip type. + + + [BOARDSPECIFIC] + Board specific members hold hardware related information which must + be provided by the board driver. The board driver must set the function + pointers and datafields before calling nand_scan(). + + + [OPTIONAL] + Optional members can hold information relevant for the board driver. The + generic NAND driver code does not use this information. + + + + + + + Basic board driver + + For most boards it will be sufficient to provide just the + basic functions and fill out some really board dependent + members in the nand chip description structure. + + + Basic defines + + At least you have to provide a mtd structure and + a storage for the ioremap'ed chip address. + You can allocate the mtd structure using kmalloc + or you can allocate it statically. + In case of static allocation you have to allocate + a nand_chip structure too. + + + Kmalloc based example + + +static struct mtd_info *board_mtd; +static void __iomem *baseaddr; + + + Static example + + +static struct mtd_info board_mtd; +static struct nand_chip board_chip; +static void __iomem *baseaddr; + + + + Partition defines + + If you want to divide your device into partitions, then + define a partitioning scheme suitable to your board. + + +#define NUM_PARTITIONS 2 +static struct mtd_partition partition_info[] = { + { .name = "Flash partition 1", + .offset = 0, + .size = 8 * 1024 * 1024 }, + { .name = "Flash partition 2", + .offset = MTDPART_OFS_NEXT, + .size = MTDPART_SIZ_FULL }, +}; + + + + Hardware control function + + The hardware control function provides access to the + control pins of the NAND chip(s). + The access can be done by GPIO pins or by address lines. + If you use address lines, make sure that the timing + requirements are met. + + + GPIO based example + + +static void board_hwcontrol(struct mtd_info *mtd, int cmd) +{ + switch(cmd){ + case NAND_CTL_SETCLE: /* Set CLE pin high */ break; + case NAND_CTL_CLRCLE: /* Set CLE pin low */ break; + case NAND_CTL_SETALE: /* Set ALE pin high */ break; + case NAND_CTL_CLRALE: /* Set ALE pin low */ break; + case NAND_CTL_SETNCE: /* Set nCE pin low */ break; + case NAND_CTL_CLRNCE: /* Set nCE pin high */ break; + } +} + + + Address lines based example. It's assumed that the + nCE pin is driven by a chip select decoder. + + +static void board_hwcontrol(struct mtd_info *mtd, int cmd) +{ + struct nand_chip *this = (struct nand_chip *) mtd->priv; + switch(cmd){ + case NAND_CTL_SETCLE: this->IO_ADDR_W |= CLE_ADRR_BIT; break; + case NAND_CTL_CLRCLE: this->IO_ADDR_W &= ~CLE_ADRR_BIT; break; + case NAND_CTL_SETALE: this->IO_ADDR_W |= ALE_ADRR_BIT; break; + case NAND_CTL_CLRALE: this->IO_ADDR_W &= ~ALE_ADRR_BIT; break; + } +} + + + + Device ready function + + If the hardware interface has the ready busy pin of the NAND chip connected to a + GPIO or other accessible I/O pin, this function is used to read back the state of the + pin. The function has no arguments and should return 0, if the device is busy (R/B pin + is low) and 1, if the device is ready (R/B pin is high). + If the hardware interface does not give access to the ready busy pin, then + the function must not be defined and the function pointer this->dev_ready is set to NULL. + + + + Init function + + The init function allocates memory and sets up all the board + specific parameters and function pointers. When everything + is set up nand_scan() is called. This function tries to + detect and identify then chip. If a chip is found all the + internal data fields are initialized accordingly. + The structure(s) have to be zeroed out first and then filled with the necessary + information about the device. + + +static int __init board_init (void) +{ + struct nand_chip *this; + int err = 0; + + /* Allocate memory for MTD device structure and private data */ + board_mtd = kzalloc(sizeof(struct mtd_info) + sizeof(struct nand_chip), GFP_KERNEL); + if (!board_mtd) { + printk ("Unable to allocate NAND MTD device structure.\n"); + err = -ENOMEM; + goto out; + } + + /* map physical address */ + baseaddr = ioremap(CHIP_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS, 1024); + if (!baseaddr) { + printk("Ioremap to access NAND chip failed\n"); + err = -EIO; + goto out_mtd; + } + + /* Get pointer to private data */ + this = (struct nand_chip *) (); + /* Link the private data with the MTD structure */ + board_mtd->priv = this; + + /* Set address of NAND IO lines */ + this->IO_ADDR_R = baseaddr; + this->IO_ADDR_W = baseaddr; + /* Reference hardware control function */ + this->hwcontrol = board_hwcontrol; + /* Set command delay time, see datasheet for correct value */ + this->chip_delay = CHIP_DEPENDEND_COMMAND_DELAY; + /* Assign the device ready function, if available */ + this->dev_ready = board_dev_ready; + this->eccmode = NAND_ECC_SOFT; + + /* Scan to find existence of the device */ + if (nand_scan (board_mtd, 1)) { + err = -ENXIO; + goto out_ior; + } + + add_mtd_partitions(board_mtd, partition_info, NUM_PARTITIONS); + goto out; + +out_ior: + iounmap(baseaddr); +out_mtd: + kfree (board_mtd); +out: + return err; +} +module_init(board_init); + + + + Exit function + + The exit function is only necessary if the driver is + compiled as a module. It releases all resources which + are held by the chip driver and unregisters the partitions + in the MTD layer. + + +#ifdef MODULE +static void __exit board_cleanup (void) +{ + /* Release resources, unregister device */ + nand_release (board_mtd); + + /* unmap physical address */ + iounmap(baseaddr); + + /* Free the MTD device structure */ + kfree (board_mtd); +} +module_exit(board_cleanup); +#endif + + + + + + Advanced board driver functions + + This chapter describes the advanced functionality of the NAND + driver. For a list of functions which can be overridden by the board + driver see the documentation of the nand_chip structure. + + + Multiple chip control + + The nand driver can control chip arrays. Therefore the + board driver must provide an own select_chip function. This + function must (de)select the requested chip. + The function pointer in the nand_chip structure must + be set before calling nand_scan(). The maxchip parameter + of nand_scan() defines the maximum number of chips to + scan for. Make sure that the select_chip function can + handle the requested number of chips. + + + The nand driver concatenates the chips to one virtual + chip and provides this virtual chip to the MTD layer. + + + Note: The driver can only handle linear chip arrays + of equally sized chips. There is no support for + parallel arrays which extend the buswidth. + + + GPIO based example + + +static void board_select_chip (struct mtd_info *mtd, int chip) +{ + /* Deselect all chips, set all nCE pins high */ + GPIO(BOARD_NAND_NCE) |= 0xff; + if (chip >= 0) + GPIO(BOARD_NAND_NCE) &= ~ (1 << chip); +} + + + Address lines based example. + Its assumed that the nCE pins are connected to an + address decoder. + + +static void board_select_chip (struct mtd_info *mtd, int chip) +{ + struct nand_chip *this = (struct nand_chip *) mtd->priv; + + /* Deselect all chips */ + this->IO_ADDR_R &= ~BOARD_NAND_ADDR_MASK; + this->IO_ADDR_W &= ~BOARD_NAND_ADDR_MASK; + switch (chip) { + case 0: + this->IO_ADDR_R |= BOARD_NAND_ADDR_CHIP0; + this->IO_ADDR_W |= BOARD_NAND_ADDR_CHIP0; + break; + .... + case n: + this->IO_ADDR_R |= BOARD_NAND_ADDR_CHIPn; + this->IO_ADDR_W |= BOARD_NAND_ADDR_CHIPn; + break; + } +} + + + + Hardware ECC support + + Functions and constants + + The nand driver supports three different types of + hardware ECC. + + NAND_ECC_HW3_256 + Hardware ECC generator providing 3 bytes ECC per + 256 byte. + + NAND_ECC_HW3_512 + Hardware ECC generator providing 3 bytes ECC per + 512 byte. + + NAND_ECC_HW6_512 + Hardware ECC generator providing 6 bytes ECC per + 512 byte. + + NAND_ECC_HW8_512 + Hardware ECC generator providing 6 bytes ECC per + 512 byte. + + + If your hardware generator has a different functionality + add it at the appropriate place in nand_base.c + + + The board driver must provide following functions: + + enable_hwecc + This function is called before reading / writing to + the chip. Reset or initialize the hardware generator + in this function. The function is called with an + argument which let you distinguish between read + and write operations. + + calculate_ecc + This function is called after read / write from / to + the chip. Transfer the ECC from the hardware to + the buffer. If the option NAND_HWECC_SYNDROME is set + then the function is only called on write. See below. + + correct_data + In case of an ECC error this function is called for + error detection and correction. Return 1 respectively 2 + in case the error can be corrected. If the error is + not correctable return -1. If your hardware generator + matches the default algorithm of the nand_ecc software + generator then use the correction function provided + by nand_ecc instead of implementing duplicated code. + + + + + + Hardware ECC with syndrome calculation + + Many hardware ECC implementations provide Reed-Solomon + codes and calculate an error syndrome on read. The syndrome + must be converted to a standard Reed-Solomon syndrome + before calling the error correction code in the generic + Reed-Solomon library. + + + The ECC bytes must be placed immediately after the data + bytes in order to make the syndrome generator work. This + is contrary to the usual layout used by software ECC. The + separation of data and out of band area is not longer + possible. The nand driver code handles this layout and + the remaining free bytes in the oob area are managed by + the autoplacement code. Provide a matching oob-layout + in this case. See rts_from4.c and diskonchip.c for + implementation reference. In those cases we must also + use bad block tables on FLASH, because the ECC layout is + interfering with the bad block marker positions. + See bad block table support for details. + + + + + Bad block table support + + Most NAND chips mark the bad blocks at a defined + position in the spare area. Those blocks must + not be erased under any circumstances as the bad + block information would be lost. + It is possible to check the bad block mark each + time when the blocks are accessed by reading the + spare area of the first page in the block. This + is time consuming so a bad block table is used. + + + The nand driver supports various types of bad block + tables. + + Per device + The bad block table contains all bad block information + of the device which can consist of multiple chips. + + Per chip + A bad block table is used per chip and contains the + bad block information for this particular chip. + + Fixed offset + The bad block table is located at a fixed offset + in the chip (device). This applies to various + DiskOnChip devices. + + Automatic placed + The bad block table is automatically placed and + detected either at the end or at the beginning + of a chip (device) + + Mirrored tables + The bad block table is mirrored on the chip (device) to + allow updates of the bad block table without data loss. + + + + + nand_scan() calls the function nand_default_bbt(). + nand_default_bbt() selects appropriate default + bad block table descriptors depending on the chip information + which was retrieved by nand_scan(). + + + The standard policy is scanning the device for bad + blocks and build a ram based bad block table which + allows faster access than always checking the + bad block information on the flash chip itself. + + + Flash based tables + + It may be desired or necessary to keep a bad block table in FLASH. + For AG-AND chips this is mandatory, as they have no factory marked + bad blocks. They have factory marked good blocks. The marker pattern + is erased when the block is erased to be reused. So in case of + powerloss before writing the pattern back to the chip this block + would be lost and added to the bad blocks. Therefore we scan the + chip(s) when we detect them the first time for good blocks and + store this information in a bad block table before erasing any + of the blocks. + + + The blocks in which the tables are stored are protected against + accidental access by marking them bad in the memory bad block + table. The bad block table management functions are allowed + to circumvent this protection. + + + The simplest way to activate the FLASH based bad block table support + is to set the option NAND_BBT_USE_FLASH in the bbt_option field of + the nand chip structure before calling nand_scan(). For AG-AND + chips is this done by default. + This activates the default FLASH based bad block table functionality + of the NAND driver. The default bad block table options are + + Store bad block table per chip + Use 2 bits per block + Automatic placement at the end of the chip + Use mirrored tables with version numbers + Reserve 4 blocks at the end of the chip + + + + + User defined tables + + User defined tables are created by filling out a + nand_bbt_descr structure and storing the pointer in the + nand_chip structure member bbt_td before calling nand_scan(). + If a mirror table is necessary a second structure must be + created and a pointer to this structure must be stored + in bbt_md inside the nand_chip structure. If the bbt_md + member is set to NULL then only the main table is used + and no scan for the mirrored table is performed. + + + The most important field in the nand_bbt_descr structure + is the options field. The options define most of the + table properties. Use the predefined constants from + nand.h to define the options. + + Number of bits per block + The supported number of bits is 1, 2, 4, 8. + Table per chip + Setting the constant NAND_BBT_PERCHIP selects that + a bad block table is managed for each chip in a chip array. + If this option is not set then a per device bad block table + is used. + Table location is absolute + Use the option constant NAND_BBT_ABSPAGE and + define the absolute page number where the bad block + table starts in the field pages. If you have selected bad block + tables per chip and you have a multi chip array then the start page + must be given for each chip in the chip array. Note: there is no scan + for a table ident pattern performed, so the fields + pattern, veroffs, offs, len can be left uninitialized + Table location is automatically detected + The table can either be located in the first or the last good + blocks of the chip (device). Set NAND_BBT_LASTBLOCK to place + the bad block table at the end of the chip (device). The + bad block tables are marked and identified by a pattern which + is stored in the spare area of the first page in the block which + holds the bad block table. Store a pointer to the pattern + in the pattern field. Further the length of the pattern has to be + stored in len and the offset in the spare area must be given + in the offs member of the nand_bbt_descr structure. For mirrored + bad block tables different patterns are mandatory. + Table creation + Set the option NAND_BBT_CREATE to enable the table creation + if no table can be found during the scan. Usually this is done only + once if a new chip is found. + Table write support + Set the option NAND_BBT_WRITE to enable the table write support. + This allows the update of the bad block table(s) in case a block has + to be marked bad due to wear. The MTD interface function block_markbad + is calling the update function of the bad block table. If the write + support is enabled then the table is updated on FLASH. + + Note: Write support should only be enabled for mirrored tables with + version control. + + Table version control + Set the option NAND_BBT_VERSION to enable the table version control. + It's highly recommended to enable this for mirrored tables with write + support. It makes sure that the risk of losing the bad block + table information is reduced to the loss of the information about the + one worn out block which should be marked bad. The version is stored in + 4 consecutive bytes in the spare area of the device. The position of + the version number is defined by the member veroffs in the bad block table + descriptor. + Save block contents on write + + In case that the block which holds the bad block table does contain + other useful information, set the option NAND_BBT_SAVECONTENT. When + the bad block table is written then the whole block is read the bad + block table is updated and the block is erased and everything is + written back. If this option is not set only the bad block table + is written and everything else in the block is ignored and erased. + + Number of reserved blocks + + For automatic placement some blocks must be reserved for + bad block table storage. The number of reserved blocks is defined + in the maxblocks member of the bad block table description structure. + Reserving 4 blocks for mirrored tables should be a reasonable number. + This also limits the number of blocks which are scanned for the bad + block table ident pattern. + + + + + + + Spare area (auto)placement + + The nand driver implements different possibilities for + placement of filesystem data in the spare area, + + Placement defined by fs driver + Automatic placement + + The default placement function is automatic placement. The + nand driver has built in default placement schemes for the + various chiptypes. If due to hardware ECC functionality the + default placement does not fit then the board driver can + provide a own placement scheme. + + + File system drivers can provide a own placement scheme which + is used instead of the default placement scheme. + + + Placement schemes are defined by a nand_oobinfo structure + +struct nand_oobinfo { + int useecc; + int eccbytes; + int eccpos[24]; + int oobfree[8][2]; +}; + + + useecc + The useecc member controls the ecc and placement function. The header + file include/mtd/mtd-abi.h contains constants to select ecc and + placement. MTD_NANDECC_OFF switches off the ecc complete. This is + not recommended and available for testing and diagnosis only. + MTD_NANDECC_PLACE selects caller defined placement, MTD_NANDECC_AUTOPLACE + selects automatic placement. + + eccbytes + The eccbytes member defines the number of ecc bytes per page. + + eccpos + The eccpos array holds the byte offsets in the spare area where + the ecc codes are placed. + + oobfree + The oobfree array defines the areas in the spare area which can be + used for automatic placement. The information is given in the format + {offset, size}. offset defines the start of the usable area, size the + length in bytes. More than one area can be defined. The list is terminated + by an {0, 0} entry. + + + + + Placement defined by fs driver + + The calling function provides a pointer to a nand_oobinfo + structure which defines the ecc placement. For writes the + caller must provide a spare area buffer along with the + data buffer. The spare area buffer size is (number of pages) * + (size of spare area). For reads the buffer size is + (number of pages) * ((size of spare area) + (number of ecc + steps per page) * sizeof (int)). The driver stores the + result of the ecc check for each tuple in the spare buffer. + The storage sequence is + + + <spare data page 0><ecc result 0>...<ecc result n> + + + ... + + + <spare data page n><ecc result 0>...<ecc result n> + + + This is a legacy mode used by YAFFS1. + + + If the spare area buffer is NULL then only the ECC placement is + done according to the given scheme in the nand_oobinfo structure. + + + + Automatic placement + + Automatic placement uses the built in defaults to place the + ecc bytes in the spare area. If filesystem data have to be stored / + read into the spare area then the calling function must provide a + buffer. The buffer size per page is determined by the oobfree array in + the nand_oobinfo structure. + + + If the spare area buffer is NULL then only the ECC placement is + done according to the default builtin scheme. + + + + + Spare area autoplacement default schemes + + 256 byte pagesize + + +Offset +Content +Comment + + +0x00 +ECC byte 0 +Error correction code byte 0 + + +0x01 +ECC byte 1 +Error correction code byte 1 + + +0x02 +ECC byte 2 +Error correction code byte 2 + + +0x03 +Autoplace 0 + + + +0x04 +Autoplace 1 + + + +0x05 +Bad block marker +If any bit in this byte is zero, then this block is bad. +This applies only to the first page in a block. In the remaining +pages this byte is reserved + + +0x06 +Autoplace 2 + + + +0x07 +Autoplace 3 + + + + + + 512 byte pagesize + + +Offset +Content +Comment + + +0x00 +ECC byte 0 +Error correction code byte 0 of the lower 256 Byte data in +this page + + +0x01 +ECC byte 1 +Error correction code byte 1 of the lower 256 Bytes of data +in this page + + +0x02 +ECC byte 2 +Error correction code byte 2 of the lower 256 Bytes of data +in this page + + +0x03 +ECC byte 3 +Error correction code byte 0 of the upper 256 Bytes of data +in this page + + +0x04 +reserved +reserved + + +0x05 +Bad block marker +If any bit in this byte is zero, then this block is bad. +This applies only to the first page in a block. In the remaining +pages this byte is reserved + + +0x06 +ECC byte 4 +Error correction code byte 1 of the upper 256 Bytes of data +in this page + + +0x07 +ECC byte 5 +Error correction code byte 2 of the upper 256 Bytes of data +in this page + + +0x08 - 0x0F +Autoplace 0 - 7 + + + + + + 2048 byte pagesize + + +Offset +Content +Comment + + +0x00 +Bad block marker +If any bit in this byte is zero, then this block is bad. +This applies only to the first page in a block. In the remaining +pages this byte is reserved + + +0x01 +Reserved +Reserved + + +0x02-0x27 +Autoplace 0 - 37 + + + +0x28 +ECC byte 0 +Error correction code byte 0 of the first 256 Byte data in +this page + + +0x29 +ECC byte 1 +Error correction code byte 1 of the first 256 Bytes of data +in this page + + +0x2A +ECC byte 2 +Error correction code byte 2 of the first 256 Bytes data in +this page + + +0x2B +ECC byte 3 +Error correction code byte 0 of the second 256 Bytes of data +in this page + + +0x2C +ECC byte 4 +Error correction code byte 1 of the second 256 Bytes of data +in this page + + +0x2D +ECC byte 5 +Error correction code byte 2 of the second 256 Bytes of data +in this page + + +0x2E +ECC byte 6 +Error correction code byte 0 of the third 256 Bytes of data +in this page + + +0x2F +ECC byte 7 +Error correction code byte 1 of the third 256 Bytes of data +in this page + + +0x30 +ECC byte 8 +Error correction code byte 2 of the third 256 Bytes of data +in this page + + +0x31 +ECC byte 9 +Error correction code byte 0 of the fourth 256 Bytes of data +in this page + + +0x32 +ECC byte 10 +Error correction code byte 1 of the fourth 256 Bytes of data +in this page + + +0x33 +ECC byte 11 +Error correction code byte 2 of the fourth 256 Bytes of data +in this page + + +0x34 +ECC byte 12 +Error correction code byte 0 of the fifth 256 Bytes of data +in this page + + +0x35 +ECC byte 13 +Error correction code byte 1 of the fifth 256 Bytes of data +in this page + + +0x36 +ECC byte 14 +Error correction code byte 2 of the fifth 256 Bytes of data +in this page + + +0x37 +ECC byte 15 +Error correction code byte 0 of the sixt 256 Bytes of data +in this page + + +0x38 +ECC byte 16 +Error correction code byte 1 of the sixt 256 Bytes of data +in this page + + +0x39 +ECC byte 17 +Error correction code byte 2 of the sixt 256 Bytes of data +in this page + + +0x3A +ECC byte 18 +Error correction code byte 0 of the seventh 256 Bytes of +data in this page + + +0x3B +ECC byte 19 +Error correction code byte 1 of the seventh 256 Bytes of +data in this page + + +0x3C +ECC byte 20 +Error correction code byte 2 of the seventh 256 Bytes of +data in this page + + +0x3D +ECC byte 21 +Error correction code byte 0 of the eighth 256 Bytes of data +in this page + + +0x3E +ECC byte 22 +Error correction code byte 1 of the eighth 256 Bytes of data +in this page + + +0x3F +ECC byte 23 +Error correction code byte 2 of the eighth 256 Bytes of data +in this page + + + + + + + + Filesystem support + + The NAND driver provides all necessary functions for a + filesystem via the MTD interface. + + + Filesystems must be aware of the NAND peculiarities and + restrictions. One major restrictions of NAND Flash is, that you cannot + write as often as you want to a page. The consecutive writes to a page, + before erasing it again, are restricted to 1-3 writes, depending on the + manufacturers specifications. This applies similar to the spare area. + + + Therefore NAND aware filesystems must either write in page size chunks + or hold a writebuffer to collect smaller writes until they sum up to + pagesize. Available NAND aware filesystems: JFFS2, YAFFS. + + + The spare area usage to store filesystem data is controlled by + the spare area placement functionality which is described in one + of the earlier chapters. + + + + Tools + + The MTD project provides a couple of helpful tools to handle NAND Flash. + + flasherase, flasheraseall: Erase and format FLASH partitions + nandwrite: write filesystem images to NAND FLASH + nanddump: dump the contents of a NAND FLASH partitions + + + + These tools are aware of the NAND restrictions. Please use those tools + instead of complaining about errors which are caused by non NAND aware + access methods. + + + + + Constants + + This chapter describes the constants which might be relevant for a driver developer. + + + Chip option constants + + Constants for chip id table + + These constants are defined in nand.h. They are ored together to describe + the chip functionality. + +/* Buswitdh is 16 bit */ +#define NAND_BUSWIDTH_16 0x00000002 +/* Device supports partial programming without padding */ +#define NAND_NO_PADDING 0x00000004 +/* Chip has cache program function */ +#define NAND_CACHEPRG 0x00000008 +/* Chip has copy back function */ +#define NAND_COPYBACK 0x00000010 +/* AND Chip which has 4 banks and a confusing page / block + * assignment. See Renesas datasheet for further information */ +#define NAND_IS_AND 0x00000020 +/* Chip has a array of 4 pages which can be read without + * additional ready /busy waits */ +#define NAND_4PAGE_ARRAY 0x00000040 + + + + + Constants for runtime options + + These constants are defined in nand.h. They are ored together to describe + the functionality. + +/* The hw ecc generator provides a syndrome instead a ecc value on read + * This can only work if we have the ecc bytes directly behind the + * data bytes. Applies for DOC and AG-AND Renesas HW Reed Solomon generators */ +#define NAND_HWECC_SYNDROME 0x00020000 + + + + + + + ECC selection constants + + Use these constants to select the ECC algorithm. + +/* No ECC. Usage is not recommended ! */ +#define NAND_ECC_NONE 0 +/* Software ECC 3 byte ECC per 256 Byte data */ +#define NAND_ECC_SOFT 1 +/* Hardware ECC 3 byte ECC per 256 Byte data */ +#define NAND_ECC_HW3_256 2 +/* Hardware ECC 3 byte ECC per 512 Byte data */ +#define NAND_ECC_HW3_512 3 +/* Hardware ECC 6 byte ECC per 512 Byte data */ +#define NAND_ECC_HW6_512 4 +/* Hardware ECC 6 byte ECC per 512 Byte data */ +#define NAND_ECC_HW8_512 6 + + + + + + Hardware control related constants + + These constants describe the requested hardware access function when + the boardspecific hardware control function is called + +/* Select the chip by setting nCE to low */ +#define NAND_CTL_SETNCE 1 +/* Deselect the chip by setting nCE to high */ +#define NAND_CTL_CLRNCE 2 +/* Select the command latch by setting CLE to high */ +#define NAND_CTL_SETCLE 3 +/* Deselect the command latch by setting CLE to low */ +#define NAND_CTL_CLRCLE 4 +/* Select the address latch by setting ALE to high */ +#define NAND_CTL_SETALE 5 +/* Deselect the address latch by setting ALE to low */ +#define NAND_CTL_CLRALE 6 +/* Set write protection by setting WP to high. Not used! */ +#define NAND_CTL_SETWP 7 +/* Clear write protection by setting WP to low. Not used! */ +#define NAND_CTL_CLRWP 8 + + + + + + Bad block table related constants + + These constants describe the options used for bad block + table descriptors. + +/* Options for the bad block table descriptors */ + +/* The number of bits used per block in the bbt on the device */ +#define NAND_BBT_NRBITS_MSK 0x0000000F +#define NAND_BBT_1BIT 0x00000001 +#define NAND_BBT_2BIT 0x00000002 +#define NAND_BBT_4BIT 0x00000004 +#define NAND_BBT_8BIT 0x00000008 +/* The bad block table is in the last good block of the device */ +#define NAND_BBT_LASTBLOCK 0x00000010 +/* The bbt is at the given page, else we must scan for the bbt */ +#define NAND_BBT_ABSPAGE 0x00000020 +/* bbt is stored per chip on multichip devices */ +#define NAND_BBT_PERCHIP 0x00000080 +/* bbt has a version counter at offset veroffs */ +#define NAND_BBT_VERSION 0x00000100 +/* Create a bbt if none axists */ +#define NAND_BBT_CREATE 0x00000200 +/* Write bbt if necessary */ +#define NAND_BBT_WRITE 0x00001000 +/* Read and write back block contents when writing bbt */ +#define NAND_BBT_SAVECONTENT 0x00002000 + + + + + + + + Structures + + This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the structures which are + used in the NAND driver and might be relevant for a driver developer. Each + struct member has a short description which is marked with an [XXX] identifier. + See the chapter "Documentation hints" for an explanation. + +!Iinclude/linux/mtd/nand.h + + + + Public Functions Provided + + This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the NAND kernel API functions + which are exported. Each function has a short description which is marked with an [XXX] identifier. + See the chapter "Documentation hints" for an explanation. + +!Edrivers/mtd/nand/nand_base.c +!Edrivers/mtd/nand/nand_bbt.c +!Edrivers/mtd/nand/nand_ecc.c + + + + Internal Functions Provided + + This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the NAND driver internal functions. + Each function has a short description which is marked with an [XXX] identifier. + See the chapter "Documentation hints" for an explanation. + The functions marked with [DEFAULT] might be relevant for a board driver developer. + +!Idrivers/mtd/nand/nand_base.c +!Idrivers/mtd/nand/nand_bbt.c + + + + + Credits + + The following people have contributed to the NAND driver: + + Steven J. Hillsjhill@realitydiluted.com + David Woodhousedwmw2@infradead.org + Thomas Gleixnertglx@linutronix.de + + A lot of users have provided bugfixes, improvements and helping hands for testing. + Thanks a lot. + + + The following people have contributed to this document: + + Thomas Gleixnertglx@linutronix.de + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/networking.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/networking.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..29df25016 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/networking.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + + + + + + Linux Networking and Network Devices APIs + + + + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + + + + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + + + + + + + + Linux Networking + Networking Base Types +!Iinclude/linux/net.h + + Socket Buffer Functions +!Iinclude/linux/skbuff.h +!Iinclude/net/sock.h +!Enet/socket.c +!Enet/core/skbuff.c +!Enet/core/sock.c +!Enet/core/datagram.c +!Enet/core/stream.c + + Socket Filter +!Enet/core/filter.c + + Generic Network Statistics +!Iinclude/uapi/linux/gen_stats.h +!Enet/core/gen_stats.c +!Enet/core/gen_estimator.c + + SUN RPC subsystem + +!Enet/sunrpc/xdr.c +!Enet/sunrpc/svc_xprt.c +!Enet/sunrpc/xprt.c +!Enet/sunrpc/sched.c +!Enet/sunrpc/socklib.c +!Enet/sunrpc/stats.c +!Enet/sunrpc/rpc_pipe.c +!Enet/sunrpc/rpcb_clnt.c +!Enet/sunrpc/clnt.c + + WiMAX +!Enet/wimax/op-msg.c +!Enet/wimax/op-reset.c +!Enet/wimax/op-rfkill.c +!Enet/wimax/stack.c +!Iinclude/net/wimax.h +!Iinclude/uapi/linux/wimax.h + + + + + Network device support + Driver Support +!Enet/core/dev.c +!Enet/ethernet/eth.c +!Enet/sched/sch_generic.c +!Iinclude/linux/etherdevice.h +!Iinclude/linux/netdevice.h + + PHY Support +!Edrivers/net/phy/phy.c +!Idrivers/net/phy/phy.c +!Edrivers/net/phy/phy_device.c +!Idrivers/net/phy/phy_device.c +!Edrivers/net/phy/mdio_bus.c +!Idrivers/net/phy/mdio_bus.c + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/rapidio.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/rapidio.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50479360d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/rapidio.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ + + + ]> + + + + RapidIO Subsystem Guide + + + + Matt + Porter + +
+ mporter@kernel.crashing.org + mporter@mvista.com +
+ + + + + + 2005 + MontaVista Software, Inc. + + + + + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + + + + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + + + + + + + + Introduction + + RapidIO is a high speed switched fabric interconnect with + features aimed at the embedded market. RapidIO provides + support for memory-mapped I/O as well as message-based + transactions over the switched fabric network. RapidIO has + a standardized discovery mechanism not unlike the PCI bus + standard that allows simple detection of devices in a + network. + + + This documentation is provided for developers intending + to support RapidIO on new architectures, write new drivers, + or to understand the subsystem internals. + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + + Bugs + None. ;) + + + Limitations + + + Access/management of RapidIO memory regions is not supported + Multiple host enumeration is not supported + + + + + + + RapidIO driver interface + + Drivers are provided a set of calls in order + to interface with the subsystem to gather info + on devices, request/map memory region resources, + and manage mailboxes/doorbells. + + + Functions +!Iinclude/linux/rio_drv.h +!Edrivers/rapidio/rio-driver.c +!Edrivers/rapidio/rio.c + + + + + Internals + + + This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the RapidIO + subsystem. + + + Structures +!Iinclude/linux/rio.h + + Enumeration and Discovery +!Idrivers/rapidio/rio-scan.c + + Driver functionality +!Idrivers/rapidio/rio.c +!Idrivers/rapidio/rio-access.c + + Device model support +!Idrivers/rapidio/rio-driver.c + + Sysfs support +!Idrivers/rapidio/rio-sysfs.c + + PPC32 support +!Iarch/powerpc/sysdev/fsl_rio.c + + + + + Credits + + The following people have contributed to the RapidIO + subsystem directly or indirectly: + + Matt Portermporter@kernel.crashing.org + Randy Vinsonrvinson@mvista.com + Dan Malekdan@embeddedalley.com + + + + The following people have contributed to this document: + + Matt Portermporter@kernel.crashing.org + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/regulator.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/regulator.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b08a085d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/regulator.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,304 @@ + + + + + + Voltage and current regulator API + + + + Liam + Girdwood + +
+ lrg@slimlogic.co.uk +
+ + + + Mark + Brown + + Wolfson Microelectronics +
+ broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com +
+ + + + + + 2007-2008 + Wolfson Microelectronics + + + 2008 + Liam Girdwood + + + + + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + + + + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + + + + + + + + Introduction + + This framework is designed to provide a standard kernel + interface to control voltage and current regulators. + + + The intention is to allow systems to dynamically control + regulator power output in order to save power and prolong + battery life. This applies to both voltage regulators (where + voltage output is controllable) and current sinks (where current + limit is controllable). + + + Note that additional (and currently more complete) documentation + is available in the Linux kernel source under + Documentation/power/regulator. + + + + Glossary + + The regulator API uses a number of terms which may not be + familiar: + + + + + Regulator + + + Electronic device that supplies power to other devices. Most + regulators can enable and disable their output and some can also + control their output voltage or current. + + + + + + Consumer + + + Electronic device which consumes power provided by a regulator. + These may either be static, requiring only a fixed supply, or + dynamic, requiring active management of the regulator at + runtime. + + + + + + Power Domain + + + The electronic circuit supplied by a given regulator, including + the regulator and all consumer devices. The configuration of + the regulator is shared between all the components in the + circuit. + + + + + + Power Management Integrated Circuit + PMIC + + + An IC which contains numerous regulators and often also other + subsystems. In an embedded system the primary PMIC is often + equivalent to a combination of the PSU and southbridge in a + desktop system. + + + + + + + + + Consumer driver interface + + This offers a similar API to the kernel clock framework. + Consumer drivers use get and put operations to acquire and + release regulators. Functions are + provided to enable + and disable the + regulator and to get and set the runtime parameters of the + regulator. + + + When requesting regulators consumers use symbolic names for their + supplies, such as "Vcc", which are mapped into actual regulator + devices by the machine interface. + + + A stub version of this API is provided when the regulator + framework is not in use in order to minimise the need to use + ifdefs. + + + + Enabling and disabling + + The regulator API provides reference counted enabling and + disabling of regulators. Consumer devices use the regulator_enable + and regulator_disable + functions to enable and disable regulators. Calls + to the two functions must be balanced. + + + Note that since multiple consumers may be using a regulator and + machine constraints may not allow the regulator to be disabled + there is no guarantee that calling + regulator_disable will actually cause the + supply provided by the regulator to be disabled. Consumer + drivers should assume that the regulator may be enabled at all + times. + + + + + Configuration + + Some consumer devices may need to be able to dynamically + configure their supplies. For example, MMC drivers may need to + select the correct operating voltage for their cards. This may + be done while the regulator is enabled or disabled. + + + The regulator_set_voltage + and regulator_set_current_limit + functions provide the primary interface for this. + Both take ranges of voltages and currents, supporting drivers + that do not require a specific value (eg, CPU frequency scaling + normally permits the CPU to use a wider range of supply + voltages at lower frequencies but does not require that the + supply voltage be lowered). Where an exact value is required + both minimum and maximum values should be identical. + + + + + Callbacks + + Callbacks may also be registered + for events such as regulation failures. + + + + + + Regulator driver interface + + Drivers for regulator chips register the regulators + with the regulator core, providing operations structures to the + core. A notifier interface + allows error conditions to be reported to the core. + + + Registration should be triggered by explicit setup done by the + platform, supplying a struct + regulator_init_data for the regulator containing + constraint and + supply information. + + + + + Machine interface + + This interface provides a way to define how regulators are + connected to consumers on a given system and what the valid + operating parameters are for the system. + + + + Supplies + + Regulator supplies are specified using struct + regulator_consumer_supply. This is done at + driver registration + time as part of the machine constraints. + + + + + Constraints + + As well as defining the connections the machine interface + also provides constraints defining the operations that + clients are allowed to perform and the parameters that may be + set. This is required since generally regulator devices will + offer more flexibility than it is safe to use on a given + system, for example supporting higher supply voltages than the + consumers are rated for. + + + This is done at driver + registration time by providing a struct + regulation_constraints. + + + The constraints may also specify an initial configuration for the + regulator in the constraints, which is particularly useful for + use with static consumers. + + + + + + API reference + + Due to limitations of the kernel documentation framework and the + existing layout of the source code the entire regulator API is + documented here. + +!Iinclude/linux/regulator/consumer.h +!Iinclude/linux/regulator/machine.h +!Iinclude/linux/regulator/driver.h +!Edrivers/regulator/core.c + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/s390-drivers.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/s390-drivers.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..95bfc12e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/s390-drivers.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ + + + + + + Writing s390 channel device drivers + + + + Cornelia + Huck + +
+ cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com +
+ + + + + + 2007 + IBM Corp. + + + + + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + + + + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + + + + + + + + Introduction + + This document describes the interfaces available for device drivers that + drive s390 based channel attached I/O devices. This includes interfaces for + interaction with the hardware and interfaces for interacting with the + common driver core. Those interfaces are provided by the s390 common I/O + layer. + + + The document assumes a familarity with the technical terms associated + with the s390 channel I/O architecture. For a description of this + architecture, please refer to the "z/Architecture: Principles of + Operation", IBM publication no. SA22-7832. + + + While most I/O devices on a s390 system are typically driven through the + channel I/O mechanism described here, there are various other methods + (like the diag interface). These are out of the scope of this document. + + + Some additional information can also be found in the kernel source + under Documentation/s390/driver-model.txt. + + + + The ccw bus + + The ccw bus typically contains the majority of devices available to + a s390 system. Named after the channel command word (ccw), the basic + command structure used to address its devices, the ccw bus contains + so-called channel attached devices. They are addressed via I/O + subchannels, visible on the css bus. A device driver for + channel-attached devices, however, will never interact with the + subchannel directly, but only via the I/O device on the ccw bus, + the ccw device. + + + I/O functions for channel-attached devices + + Some hardware structures have been translated into C structures for use + by the common I/O layer and device drivers. For more information on + the hardware structures represented here, please consult the Principles + of Operation. + +!Iarch/s390/include/asm/cio.h + + + ccw devices + + Devices that want to initiate channel I/O need to attach to the ccw bus. + Interaction with the driver core is done via the common I/O layer, which + provides the abstractions of ccw devices and ccw device drivers. + + + The functions that initiate or terminate channel I/O all act upon a + ccw device structure. Device drivers must not bypass those functions + or strange side effects may happen. + +!Iarch/s390/include/asm/ccwdev.h +!Edrivers/s390/cio/device.c +!Edrivers/s390/cio/device_ops.c + + + The channel-measurement facility + + The channel-measurement facility provides a means to collect + measurement data which is made available by the channel subsystem + for each channel attached device. + +!Iarch/s390/include/asm/cmb.h +!Edrivers/s390/cio/cmf.c + + + + + The ccwgroup bus + + The ccwgroup bus only contains artificial devices, created by the user. + Many networking devices (e.g. qeth) are in fact composed of several + ccw devices (like read, write and data channel for qeth). The + ccwgroup bus provides a mechanism to create a meta-device which + contains those ccw devices as slave devices and can be associated + with the netdevice. + + + ccw group devices +!Iarch/s390/include/asm/ccwgroup.h +!Edrivers/s390/cio/ccwgroup.c + + + + + Generic interfaces + + Some interfaces are available to other drivers that do not necessarily + have anything to do with the busses described above, but still are + indirectly using basic infrastructure in the common I/O layer. + One example is the support for adapter interrupts. + +!Edrivers/s390/cio/airq.c + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/scsi.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/scsi.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..324b53494 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/scsi.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,409 @@ + + + + + + SCSI Interfaces Guide + + + + James + Bottomley + +
+ James.Bottomley@hansenpartnership.com +
+ + + + + Rob + Landley + +
+ rob@landley.net +
+ + + + + + + 2007 + Linux Foundation + + + + + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License version 2. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + + + + + + + + Introduction + + Protocol vs bus + + Once upon a time, the Small Computer Systems Interface defined both + a parallel I/O bus and a data protocol to connect a wide variety of + peripherals (disk drives, tape drives, modems, printers, scanners, + optical drives, test equipment, and medical devices) to a host + computer. + + + Although the old parallel (fast/wide/ultra) SCSI bus has largely + fallen out of use, the SCSI command set is more widely used than ever + to communicate with devices over a number of different busses. + + + The SCSI protocol + is a big-endian peer-to-peer packet based protocol. SCSI commands + are 6, 10, 12, or 16 bytes long, often followed by an associated data + payload. + + + SCSI commands can be transported over just about any kind of bus, and + are the default protocol for storage devices attached to USB, SATA, + SAS, Fibre Channel, FireWire, and ATAPI devices. SCSI packets are + also commonly exchanged over Infiniband, + I20, TCP/IP + (iSCSI), even + Parallel + ports. + + + + Design of the Linux SCSI subsystem + + The SCSI subsystem uses a three layer design, with upper, mid, and low + layers. Every operation involving the SCSI subsystem (such as reading + a sector from a disk) uses one driver at each of the 3 levels: one + upper layer driver, one lower layer driver, and the SCSI midlayer. + + + The SCSI upper layer provides the interface between userspace and the + kernel, in the form of block and char device nodes for I/O and + ioctl(). The SCSI lower layer contains drivers for specific hardware + devices. + + + In between is the SCSI mid-layer, analogous to a network routing + layer such as the IPv4 stack. The SCSI mid-layer routes a packet + based data protocol between the upper layer's /dev nodes and the + corresponding devices in the lower layer. It manages command queues, + provides error handling and power management functions, and responds + to ioctl() requests. + + + + + + SCSI upper layer + + The upper layer supports the user-kernel interface by providing + device nodes. + + + sd (SCSI Disk) + sd (sd_mod.o) + + + + sr (SCSI CD-ROM) + sr (sr_mod.o) + + + st (SCSI Tape) + st (st.o) + + + sg (SCSI Generic) + sg (sg.o) + + + ch (SCSI Media Changer) + ch (ch.c) + + + + + SCSI mid layer + + + SCSI midlayer implementation + + include/scsi/scsi_device.h + + +!Iinclude/scsi/scsi_device.h + + + + drivers/scsi/scsi.c + Main file for the SCSI midlayer. +!Edrivers/scsi/scsi.c + + + drivers/scsi/scsicam.c + + SCSI + Common Access Method support functions, for use with + HDIO_GETGEO, etc. + +!Edrivers/scsi/scsicam.c + + + drivers/scsi/scsi_error.c + Common SCSI error/timeout handling routines. +!Edrivers/scsi/scsi_error.c + + + drivers/scsi/scsi_devinfo.c + + Manage scsi_dev_info_list, which tracks blacklisted and whitelisted + devices. + +!Idrivers/scsi/scsi_devinfo.c + + + drivers/scsi/scsi_ioctl.c + + Handle ioctl() calls for SCSI devices. + +!Edrivers/scsi/scsi_ioctl.c + + + drivers/scsi/scsi_lib.c + + SCSI queuing library. + +!Edrivers/scsi/scsi_lib.c + + + drivers/scsi/scsi_lib_dma.c + + SCSI library functions depending on DMA + (map and unmap scatter-gather lists). + +!Edrivers/scsi/scsi_lib_dma.c + + + drivers/scsi/scsi_module.c + + The file drivers/scsi/scsi_module.c contains legacy support for + old-style host templates. It should never be used by any new driver. + + + + drivers/scsi/scsi_proc.c + + The functions in this file provide an interface between + the PROC file system and the SCSI device drivers + It is mainly used for debugging, statistics and to pass + information directly to the lowlevel driver. + + I.E. plumbing to manage /proc/scsi/* + +!Idrivers/scsi/scsi_proc.c + + + drivers/scsi/scsi_netlink.c + + Infrastructure to provide async events from transports to userspace + via netlink, using a single NETLINK_SCSITRANSPORT protocol for all + transports. + + See the + original patch submission for more details. + +!Idrivers/scsi/scsi_netlink.c + + + drivers/scsi/scsi_scan.c + + Scan a host to determine which (if any) devices are attached. + + The general scanning/probing algorithm is as follows, exceptions are + made to it depending on device specific flags, compilation options, + and global variable (boot or module load time) settings. + + A specific LUN is scanned via an INQUIRY command; if the LUN has a + device attached, a scsi_device is allocated and setup for it. + + For every id of every channel on the given host, start by scanning + LUN 0. Skip hosts that don't respond at all to a scan of LUN 0. + Otherwise, if LUN 0 has a device attached, allocate and setup a + scsi_device for it. If target is SCSI-3 or up, issue a REPORT LUN, + and scan all of the LUNs returned by the REPORT LUN; else, + sequentially scan LUNs up until some maximum is reached, or a LUN is + seen that cannot have a device attached to it. + +!Idrivers/scsi/scsi_scan.c + + + drivers/scsi/scsi_sysctl.c + + Set up the sysctl entry: "/dev/scsi/logging_level" + (DEV_SCSI_LOGGING_LEVEL) which sets/returns scsi_logging_level. + + + + drivers/scsi/scsi_sysfs.c + + SCSI sysfs interface routines. + +!Edrivers/scsi/scsi_sysfs.c + + + drivers/scsi/hosts.c + + mid to lowlevel SCSI driver interface + +!Edrivers/scsi/hosts.c + + + drivers/scsi/constants.c + + mid to lowlevel SCSI driver interface + +!Edrivers/scsi/constants.c + + + + + Transport classes + + Transport classes are service libraries for drivers in the SCSI + lower layer, which expose transport attributes in sysfs. + + + Fibre Channel transport + + The file drivers/scsi/scsi_transport_fc.c defines transport attributes + for Fibre Channel. + +!Edrivers/scsi/scsi_transport_fc.c + + + iSCSI transport class + + The file drivers/scsi/scsi_transport_iscsi.c defines transport + attributes for the iSCSI class, which sends SCSI packets over TCP/IP + connections. + +!Edrivers/scsi/scsi_transport_iscsi.c + + + Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) transport class + + The file drivers/scsi/scsi_transport_sas.c defines transport + attributes for Serial Attached SCSI, a variant of SATA aimed at + large high-end systems. + + + The SAS transport class contains common code to deal with SAS HBAs, + an aproximated representation of SAS topologies in the driver model, + and various sysfs attributes to expose these topologies and management + interfaces to userspace. + + + In addition to the basic SCSI core objects this transport class + introduces two additional intermediate objects: The SAS PHY + as represented by struct sas_phy defines an "outgoing" PHY on + a SAS HBA or Expander, and the SAS remote PHY represented by + struct sas_rphy defines an "incoming" PHY on a SAS Expander or + end device. Note that this is purely a software concept, the + underlying hardware for a PHY and a remote PHY is the exactly + the same. + + + There is no concept of a SAS port in this code, users can see + what PHYs form a wide port based on the port_identifier attribute, + which is the same for all PHYs in a port. + +!Edrivers/scsi/scsi_transport_sas.c + + + SATA transport class + + The SATA transport is handled by libata, which has its own book of + documentation in this directory. + + + + Parallel SCSI (SPI) transport class + + The file drivers/scsi/scsi_transport_spi.c defines transport + attributes for traditional (fast/wide/ultra) SCSI busses. + +!Edrivers/scsi/scsi_transport_spi.c + + + SCSI RDMA (SRP) transport class + + The file drivers/scsi/scsi_transport_srp.c defines transport + attributes for SCSI over Remote Direct Memory Access. + +!Edrivers/scsi/scsi_transport_srp.c + + + + + + + SCSI lower layer + + Host Bus Adapter transport types + + Many modern device controllers use the SCSI command set as a protocol to + communicate with their devices through many different types of physical + connections. + + + In SCSI language a bus capable of carrying SCSI commands is + called a "transport", and a controller connecting to such a bus is + called a "host bus adapter" (HBA). + + + Debug transport + + The file drivers/scsi/scsi_debug.c simulates a host adapter with a + variable number of disks (or disk like devices) attached, sharing a + common amount of RAM. Does a lot of checking to make sure that we are + not getting blocks mixed up, and panics the kernel if anything out of + the ordinary is seen. + + + To be more realistic, the simulated devices have the transport + attributes of SAS disks. + + + For documentation see + http://sg.danny.cz/sg/sdebug26.html + + + + + todo + Parallel (fast/wide/ultra) SCSI, USB, SATA, + SAS, Fibre Channel, FireWire, ATAPI devices, Infiniband, + I20, iSCSI, Parallel ports, netlink... + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/sh.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/sh.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a38f604f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/sh.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ + + + + + + SuperH Interfaces Guide + + + + Paul + Mundt + +
+ lethal@linux-sh.org +
+ + + + + + 2008-2010 + Paul Mundt + + + 2008-2010 + Renesas Technology Corp. + + + 2010 + Renesas Electronics Corp. + + + + + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + + + + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + + + + + + + + Memory Management + + SH-4 + + Store Queue API +!Earch/sh/kernel/cpu/sh4/sq.c + + + + SH-5 + + TLB Interfaces +!Iarch/sh/mm/tlb-sh5.c +!Iarch/sh/include/asm/tlb_64.h + + + + + Machine Specific Interfaces + + mach-dreamcast +!Iarch/sh/boards/mach-dreamcast/rtc.c + + + mach-x3proto +!Earch/sh/boards/mach-x3proto/ilsel.c + + + + Busses + + SuperHyway +!Edrivers/sh/superhyway/superhyway.c + + + + Maple +!Edrivers/sh/maple/maple.c + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl b/Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..85b252751 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ + + +1 +ansi +80 +0 + +2 +1 + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/tracepoint.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/tracepoint.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b57a9ede3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/tracepoint.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ + + + + + + The Linux Kernel Tracepoint API + + + + Jason + Baron + +
+ jbaron@redhat.com +
+ + + + William + Cohen + +
+ wcohen@redhat.com +
+ + + + + + + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + + + + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + + + + + + + Introduction + + Tracepoints are static probe points that are located in strategic points + throughout the kernel. 'Probes' register/unregister with tracepoints + via a callback mechanism. The 'probes' are strictly typed functions that + are passed a unique set of parameters defined by each tracepoint. + + + + From this simple callback mechanism, 'probes' can be used to profile, debug, + and understand kernel behavior. There are a number of tools that provide a + framework for using 'probes'. These tools include Systemtap, ftrace, and + LTTng. + + + + Tracepoints are defined in a number of header files via various macros. Thus, + the purpose of this document is to provide a clear accounting of the available + tracepoints. The intention is to understand not only what tracepoints are + available but also to understand where future tracepoints might be added. + + + + The API presented has functions of the form: + trace_tracepointname(function parameters). These are the + tracepoints callbacks that are found throughout the code. Registering and + unregistering probes with these callback sites is covered in the + Documentation/trace/* directory. + + + + + IRQ +!Iinclude/trace/events/irq.h + + + + SIGNAL +!Iinclude/trace/events/signal.h + + + + Block IO +!Iinclude/trace/events/block.h + + + + Workqueue +!Iinclude/trace/events/workqueue.h + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cd0e452df --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,1050 @@ + + + + + +The Userspace I/O HOWTO + + + Hans-Jürgen + Koch + Linux developer, Linutronix + + + Linutronix + + +
+ hjk@hansjkoch.de +
+ + + + + 2006-2008 + Hans-Jürgen Koch. + + + 2009 + Red Hat Inc, Michael S. Tsirkin (mst@redhat.com) + + + + +This documentation is Free Software licensed under the terms of the +GPL version 2. + + + +2006-12-11 + + + This HOWTO describes concept and usage of Linux kernel's + Userspace I/O system. + + + + + 0.9 + 2009-07-16 + mst + Added generic pci driver + + + + 0.8 + 2008-12-24 + hjk + Added name attributes in mem and portio sysfs directories. + + + + 0.7 + 2008-12-23 + hjk + Added generic platform drivers and offset attribute. + + + 0.6 + 2008-12-05 + hjk + Added description of portio sysfs attributes. + + + 0.5 + 2008-05-22 + hjk + Added description of write() function. + + + 0.4 + 2007-11-26 + hjk + Removed section about uio_dummy. + + + 0.3 + 2007-04-29 + hjk + Added section about userspace drivers. + + + 0.2 + 2007-02-13 + hjk + Update after multiple mappings were added. + + + 0.1 + 2006-12-11 + hjk + First draft. + + + + + + +About this document + + + +Translations + +If you know of any translations for this document, or you are +interested in translating it, please email me +hjk@hansjkoch.de. + + + + +Preface + + For many types of devices, creating a Linux kernel driver is + overkill. All that is really needed is some way to handle an + interrupt and provide access to the memory space of the + device. The logic of controlling the device does not + necessarily have to be within the kernel, as the device does + not need to take advantage of any of other resources that the + kernel provides. One such common class of devices that are + like this are for industrial I/O cards. + + + To address this situation, the userspace I/O system (UIO) was + designed. For typical industrial I/O cards, only a very small + kernel module is needed. The main part of the driver will run in + user space. This simplifies development and reduces the risk of + serious bugs within a kernel module. + + + Please note that UIO is not an universal driver interface. Devices + that are already handled well by other kernel subsystems (like + networking or serial or USB) are no candidates for an UIO driver. + Hardware that is ideally suited for an UIO driver fulfills all of + the following: + + + + The device has memory that can be mapped. The device can be + controlled completely by writing to this memory. + + + The device usually generates interrupts. + + + The device does not fit into one of the standard kernel + subsystems. + + + + + +Acknowledgments + I'd like to thank Thomas Gleixner and Benedikt Spranger of + Linutronix, who have not only written most of the UIO code, but also + helped greatly writing this HOWTO by giving me all kinds of background + information. + + + +Feedback + Find something wrong with this document? (Or perhaps something + right?) I would love to hear from you. Please email me at + hjk@hansjkoch.de. + + + + + +About UIO + +If you use UIO for your card's driver, here's what you get: + + + + only one small kernel module to write and maintain. + + + develop the main part of your driver in user space, + with all the tools and libraries you're used to. + + + bugs in your driver won't crash the kernel. + + + updates of your driver can take place without recompiling + the kernel. + + + + +How UIO works + + Each UIO device is accessed through a device file and several + sysfs attribute files. The device file will be called + /dev/uio0 for the first device, and + /dev/uio1, /dev/uio2 + and so on for subsequent devices. + + + /dev/uioX is used to access the + address space of the card. Just use + mmap() to access registers or RAM + locations of your card. + + + + Interrupts are handled by reading from + /dev/uioX. A blocking + read() from + /dev/uioX will return as soon as an + interrupt occurs. You can also use + select() on + /dev/uioX to wait for an interrupt. The + integer value read from /dev/uioX + represents the total interrupt count. You can use this number + to figure out if you missed some interrupts. + + + For some hardware that has more than one interrupt source internally, + but not separate IRQ mask and status registers, there might be + situations where userspace cannot determine what the interrupt source + was if the kernel handler disables them by writing to the chip's IRQ + register. In such a case, the kernel has to disable the IRQ completely + to leave the chip's register untouched. Now the userspace part can + determine the cause of the interrupt, but it cannot re-enable + interrupts. Another cornercase is chips where re-enabling interrupts + is a read-modify-write operation to a combined IRQ status/acknowledge + register. This would be racy if a new interrupt occurred + simultaneously. + + + To address these problems, UIO also implements a write() function. It + is normally not used and can be ignored for hardware that has only a + single interrupt source or has separate IRQ mask and status registers. + If you need it, however, a write to /dev/uioX + will call the irqcontrol() function implemented + by the driver. You have to write a 32-bit value that is usually either + 0 or 1 to disable or enable interrupts. If a driver does not implement + irqcontrol(), write() will + return with -ENOSYS. + + + + To handle interrupts properly, your custom kernel module can + provide its own interrupt handler. It will automatically be + called by the built-in handler. + + + + For cards that don't generate interrupts but need to be + polled, there is the possibility to set up a timer that + triggers the interrupt handler at configurable time intervals. + This interrupt simulation is done by calling + uio_event_notify() + from the timer's event handler. + + + + Each driver provides attributes that are used to read or write + variables. These attributes are accessible through sysfs + files. A custom kernel driver module can add its own + attributes to the device owned by the uio driver, but not added + to the UIO device itself at this time. This might change in the + future if it would be found to be useful. + + + + The following standard attributes are provided by the UIO + framework: + + + + + name: The name of your device. It is + recommended to use the name of your kernel module for this. + + + + + version: A version string defined by your + driver. This allows the user space part of your driver to deal + with different versions of the kernel module. + + + + + event: The total number of interrupts + handled by the driver since the last time the device node was + read. + + + + + These attributes appear under the + /sys/class/uio/uioX directory. Please + note that this directory might be a symlink, and not a real + directory. Any userspace code that accesses it must be able + to handle this. + + + Each UIO device can make one or more memory regions available for + memory mapping. This is necessary because some industrial I/O cards + require access to more than one PCI memory region in a driver. + + + Each mapping has its own directory in sysfs, the first mapping + appears as /sys/class/uio/uioX/maps/map0/. + Subsequent mappings create directories map1/, + map2/, and so on. These directories will only + appear if the size of the mapping is not 0. + + + Each mapX/ directory contains four read-only files + that show attributes of the memory: + + + + + name: A string identifier for this mapping. This + is optional, the string can be empty. Drivers can set this to make it + easier for userspace to find the correct mapping. + + + + + addr: The address of memory that can be mapped. + + + + + size: The size, in bytes, of the memory + pointed to by addr. + + + + + offset: The offset, in bytes, that has to be + added to the pointer returned by mmap() to get + to the actual device memory. This is important if the device's memory + is not page aligned. Remember that pointers returned by + mmap() are always page aligned, so it is good + style to always add this offset. + + + + + + From userspace, the different mappings are distinguished by adjusting + the offset parameter of the + mmap() call. To map the memory of mapping N, you + have to use N times the page size as your offset: + + +offset = N * getpagesize(); + + + + Sometimes there is hardware with memory-like regions that can not be + mapped with the technique described here, but there are still ways to + access them from userspace. The most common example are x86 ioports. + On x86 systems, userspace can access these ioports using + ioperm(), iopl(), + inb(), outb(), and similar + functions. + + + Since these ioport regions can not be mapped, they will not appear under + /sys/class/uio/uioX/maps/ like the normal memory + described above. Without information about the port regions a hardware + has to offer, it becomes difficult for the userspace part of the + driver to find out which ports belong to which UIO device. + + + To address this situation, the new directory + /sys/class/uio/uioX/portio/ was added. It only + exists if the driver wants to pass information about one or more port + regions to userspace. If that is the case, subdirectories named + port0, port1, and so on, + will appear underneath + /sys/class/uio/uioX/portio/. + + + Each portX/ directory contains four read-only + files that show name, start, size, and type of the port region: + + + + + name: A string identifier for this port region. + The string is optional and can be empty. Drivers can set it to make it + easier for userspace to find a certain port region. + + + + + start: The first port of this region. + + + + + size: The number of ports in this region. + + + + + porttype: A string describing the type of port. + + + + + + + + + + +Writing your own kernel module + + Please have a look at uio_cif.c as an + example. The following paragraphs explain the different + sections of this file. + + + +struct uio_info + + This structure tells the framework the details of your driver, + Some of the members are required, others are optional. + + + + +const char *name: Required. The name of your driver as +it will appear in sysfs. I recommend using the name of your module for this. + + + +const char *version: Required. This string appears in +/sys/class/uio/uioX/version. + + + +struct uio_mem mem[ MAX_UIO_MAPS ]: Required if you +have memory that can be mapped with mmap(). For each +mapping you need to fill one of the uio_mem structures. +See the description below for details. + + + +struct uio_port port[ MAX_UIO_PORTS_REGIONS ]: Required +if you want to pass information about ioports to userspace. For each port +region you need to fill one of the uio_port structures. +See the description below for details. + + + +long irq: Required. If your hardware generates an +interrupt, it's your modules task to determine the irq number during +initialization. If you don't have a hardware generated interrupt but +want to trigger the interrupt handler in some other way, set +irq to UIO_IRQ_CUSTOM. +If you had no interrupt at all, you could set +irq to UIO_IRQ_NONE, though this +rarely makes sense. + + + +unsigned long irq_flags: Required if you've set +irq to a hardware interrupt number. The flags given +here will be used in the call to request_irq(). + + + +int (*mmap)(struct uio_info *info, struct vm_area_struct +*vma): Optional. If you need a special +mmap() function, you can set it here. If this +pointer is not NULL, your mmap() will be called +instead of the built-in one. + + + +int (*open)(struct uio_info *info, struct inode *inode) +: Optional. You might want to have your own +open(), e.g. to enable interrupts only when your +device is actually used. + + + +int (*release)(struct uio_info *info, struct inode *inode) +: Optional. If you define your own +open(), you will probably also want a custom +release() function. + + + +int (*irqcontrol)(struct uio_info *info, s32 irq_on) +: Optional. If you need to be able to enable or disable +interrupts from userspace by writing to /dev/uioX, +you can implement this function. The parameter irq_on +will be 0 to disable interrupts and 1 to enable them. + + + + +Usually, your device will have one or more memory regions that can be mapped +to user space. For each region, you have to set up a +struct uio_mem in the mem[] array. +Here's a description of the fields of struct uio_mem: + + + + +const char *name: Optional. Set this to help identify +the memory region, it will show up in the corresponding sysfs node. + + + +int memtype: Required if the mapping is used. Set this to +UIO_MEM_PHYS if you you have physical memory on your +card to be mapped. Use UIO_MEM_LOGICAL for logical +memory (e.g. allocated with kmalloc()). There's also +UIO_MEM_VIRTUAL for virtual memory. + + + +phys_addr_t addr: Required if the mapping is used. +Fill in the address of your memory block. This address is the one that +appears in sysfs. + + + +resource_size_t size: Fill in the size of the +memory block that addr points to. If size +is zero, the mapping is considered unused. Note that you +must initialize size with zero for +all unused mappings. + + + +void *internal_addr: If you have to access this memory +region from within your kernel module, you will want to map it internally by +using something like ioremap(). Addresses +returned by this function cannot be mapped to user space, so you must not +store it in addr. Use internal_addr +instead to remember such an address. + + + + +Please do not touch the map element of +struct uio_mem! It is used by the UIO framework +to set up sysfs files for this mapping. Simply leave it alone. + + + +Sometimes, your device can have one or more port regions which can not be +mapped to userspace. But if there are other possibilities for userspace to +access these ports, it makes sense to make information about the ports +available in sysfs. For each region, you have to set up a +struct uio_port in the port[] array. +Here's a description of the fields of struct uio_port: + + + + +char *porttype: Required. Set this to one of the predefined +constants. Use UIO_PORT_X86 for the ioports found in x86 +architectures. + + + +unsigned long start: Required if the port region is used. +Fill in the number of the first port of this region. + + + +unsigned long size: Fill in the number of ports in this +region. If size is zero, the region is considered unused. +Note that you must initialize size +with zero for all unused regions. + + + + +Please do not touch the portio element of +struct uio_port! It is used internally by the UIO +framework to set up sysfs files for this region. Simply leave it alone. + + + + + +Adding an interrupt handler + + What you need to do in your interrupt handler depends on your + hardware and on how you want to handle it. You should try to + keep the amount of code in your kernel interrupt handler low. + If your hardware requires no action that you + have to perform after each interrupt, + then your handler can be empty. If, on the other + hand, your hardware needs some action to + be performed after each interrupt, then you + must do it in your kernel module. Note + that you cannot rely on the userspace part of your driver. Your + userspace program can terminate at any time, possibly leaving + your hardware in a state where proper interrupt handling is + still required. + + + + There might also be applications where you want to read data + from your hardware at each interrupt and buffer it in a piece + of kernel memory you've allocated for that purpose. With this + technique you could avoid loss of data if your userspace + program misses an interrupt. + + + + A note on shared interrupts: Your driver should support + interrupt sharing whenever this is possible. It is possible if + and only if your driver can detect whether your hardware has + triggered the interrupt or not. This is usually done by looking + at an interrupt status register. If your driver sees that the + IRQ bit is actually set, it will perform its actions, and the + handler returns IRQ_HANDLED. If the driver detects that it was + not your hardware that caused the interrupt, it will do nothing + and return IRQ_NONE, allowing the kernel to call the next + possible interrupt handler. + + + + If you decide not to support shared interrupts, your card + won't work in computers with no free interrupts. As this + frequently happens on the PC platform, you can save yourself a + lot of trouble by supporting interrupt sharing. + + + + +Using uio_pdrv for platform devices + + In many cases, UIO drivers for platform devices can be handled in a + generic way. In the same place where you define your + struct platform_device, you simply also implement + your interrupt handler and fill your + struct uio_info. A pointer to this + struct uio_info is then used as + platform_data for your platform device. + + + You also need to set up an array of struct resource + containing addresses and sizes of your memory mappings. This + information is passed to the driver using the + .resource and .num_resources + elements of struct platform_device. + + + You now have to set the .name element of + struct platform_device to + "uio_pdrv" to use the generic UIO platform device + driver. This driver will fill the mem[] array + according to the resources given, and register the device. + + + The advantage of this approach is that you only have to edit a file + you need to edit anyway. You do not have to create an extra driver. + + + + +Using uio_pdrv_genirq for platform devices + + Especially in embedded devices, you frequently find chips where the + irq pin is tied to its own dedicated interrupt line. In such cases, + where you can be really sure the interrupt is not shared, we can take + the concept of uio_pdrv one step further and use a + generic interrupt handler. That's what + uio_pdrv_genirq does. + + + The setup for this driver is the same as described above for + uio_pdrv, except that you do not implement an + interrupt handler. The .handler element of + struct uio_info must remain + NULL. The .irq_flags element + must not contain IRQF_SHARED. + + + You will set the .name element of + struct platform_device to + "uio_pdrv_genirq" to use this driver. + + + The generic interrupt handler of uio_pdrv_genirq + will simply disable the interrupt line using + disable_irq_nosync(). After doing its work, + userspace can reenable the interrupt by writing 0x00000001 to the UIO + device file. The driver already implements an + irq_control() to make this possible, you must not + implement your own. + + + Using uio_pdrv_genirq not only saves a few lines of + interrupt handler code. You also do not need to know anything about + the chip's internal registers to create the kernel part of the driver. + All you need to know is the irq number of the pin the chip is + connected to. + + + + +Using uio_dmem_genirq for platform devices + + In addition to statically allocated memory ranges, they may also be + a desire to use dynamically allocated regions in a user space driver. + In particular, being able to access memory made available through the + dma-mapping API, may be particularly useful. The + uio_dmem_genirq driver provides a way to accomplish + this. + + + This driver is used in a similar manner to the + "uio_pdrv_genirq" driver with respect to interrupt + configuration and handling. + + + Set the .name element of + struct platform_device to + "uio_dmem_genirq" to use this driver. + + + When using this driver, fill in the .platform_data + element of struct platform_device, which is of type + struct uio_dmem_genirq_pdata and which contains the + following elements: + + + struct uio_info uioinfo: The same + structure used as the uio_pdrv_genirq platform + data + unsigned int *dynamic_region_sizes: + Pointer to list of sizes of dynamic memory regions to be mapped into + user space. + + unsigned int num_dynamic_regions: + Number of elements in dynamic_region_sizes array. + + + + The dynamic regions defined in the platform data will be appended to + the mem[] array after the platform device + resources, which implies that the total number of static and dynamic + memory regions cannot exceed MAX_UIO_MAPS. + + + The dynamic memory regions will be allocated when the UIO device file, + /dev/uioX is opened. + Similar to static memory resources, the memory region information for + dynamic regions is then visible via sysfs at + /sys/class/uio/uioX/maps/mapY/*. + The dynamic memory regions will be freed when the UIO device file is + closed. When no processes are holding the device file open, the address + returned to userspace is ~0. + + + + + + + +Writing a driver in userspace + + Once you have a working kernel module for your hardware, you can + write the userspace part of your driver. You don't need any special + libraries, your driver can be written in any reasonable language, + you can use floating point numbers and so on. In short, you can + use all the tools and libraries you'd normally use for writing a + userspace application. + + + +Getting information about your UIO device + + Information about all UIO devices is available in sysfs. The + first thing you should do in your driver is check + name and version to + make sure your talking to the right device and that its kernel + driver has the version you expect. + + + You should also make sure that the memory mapping you need + exists and has the size you expect. + + + There is a tool called lsuio that lists + UIO devices and their attributes. It is available here: + + + + http://www.osadl.org/projects/downloads/UIO/user/ + + + With lsuio you can quickly check if your + kernel module is loaded and which attributes it exports. + Have a look at the manpage for details. + + + The source code of lsuio can serve as an + example for getting information about an UIO device. + The file uio_helper.c contains a lot of + functions you could use in your userspace driver code. + + + + +mmap() device memory + + After you made sure you've got the right device with the + memory mappings you need, all you have to do is to call + mmap() to map the device's memory + to userspace. + + + The parameter offset of the + mmap() call has a special meaning + for UIO devices: It is used to select which mapping of + your device you want to map. To map the memory of + mapping N, you have to use N times the page size as + your offset: + + + offset = N * getpagesize(); + + + N starts from zero, so if you've got only one memory + range to map, set offset = 0. + A drawback of this technique is that memory is always + mapped beginning with its start address. + + + + +Waiting for interrupts + + After you successfully mapped your devices memory, you + can access it like an ordinary array. Usually, you will + perform some initialization. After that, your hardware + starts working and will generate an interrupt as soon + as it's finished, has some data available, or needs your + attention because an error occurred. + + + /dev/uioX is a read-only file. A + read() will always block until an + interrupt occurs. There is only one legal value for the + count parameter of + read(), and that is the size of a + signed 32 bit integer (4). Any other value for + count causes read() + to fail. The signed 32 bit integer read is the interrupt + count of your device. If the value is one more than the value + you read the last time, everything is OK. If the difference + is greater than one, you missed interrupts. + + + You can also use select() on + /dev/uioX. + + + + + + + +Generic PCI UIO driver + + The generic driver is a kernel module named uio_pci_generic. + It can work with any device compliant to PCI 2.3 (circa 2002) and + any compliant PCI Express device. Using this, you only need to + write the userspace driver, removing the need to write + a hardware-specific kernel module. + + + +Making the driver recognize the device + +Since the driver does not declare any device ids, it will not get loaded +automatically and will not automatically bind to any devices, you must load it +and allocate id to the driver yourself. For example: + + modprobe uio_pci_generic + echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/uio_pci_generic/new_id + + + +If there already is a hardware specific kernel driver for your device, the +generic driver still won't bind to it, in this case if you want to use the +generic driver (why would you?) you'll have to manually unbind the hardware +specific driver and bind the generic driver, like this: + + echo -n 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/e1000e/unbind + echo -n 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/uio_pci_generic/bind + + + +You can verify that the device has been bound to the driver +by looking for it in sysfs, for example like the following: + + ls -l /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:19.0/driver + +Which if successful should print + + .../0000:00:19.0/driver -> ../../../bus/pci/drivers/uio_pci_generic + +Note that the generic driver will not bind to old PCI 2.2 devices. +If binding the device failed, run the following command: + + dmesg + +and look in the output for failure reasons + + + + +Things to know about uio_pci_generic + +Interrupts are handled using the Interrupt Disable bit in the PCI command +register and Interrupt Status bit in the PCI status register. All devices +compliant to PCI 2.3 (circa 2002) and all compliant PCI Express devices should +support these bits. uio_pci_generic detects this support, and won't bind to +devices which do not support the Interrupt Disable Bit in the command register. + + +On each interrupt, uio_pci_generic sets the Interrupt Disable bit. +This prevents the device from generating further interrupts +until the bit is cleared. The userspace driver should clear this +bit before blocking and waiting for more interrupts. + + + +Writing userspace driver using uio_pci_generic + +Userspace driver can use pci sysfs interface, or the +libpci libray that wraps it, to talk to the device and to +re-enable interrupts by writing to the command register. + + + +Example code using uio_pci_generic + +Here is some sample userspace driver code using uio_pci_generic: + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <errno.h> + +int main() +{ + int uiofd; + int configfd; + int err; + int i; + unsigned icount; + unsigned char command_high; + + uiofd = open("/dev/uio0", O_RDONLY); + if (uiofd < 0) { + perror("uio open:"); + return errno; + } + configfd = open("/sys/class/uio/uio0/device/config", O_RDWR); + if (configfd < 0) { + perror("config open:"); + return errno; + } + + /* Read and cache command value */ + err = pread(configfd, &command_high, 1, 5); + if (err != 1) { + perror("command config read:"); + return errno; + } + command_high &= ~0x4; + + for(i = 0;; ++i) { + /* Print out a message, for debugging. */ + if (i == 0) + fprintf(stderr, "Started uio test driver.\n"); + else + fprintf(stderr, "Interrupts: %d\n", icount); + + /****************************************/ + /* Here we got an interrupt from the + device. Do something to it. */ + /****************************************/ + + /* Re-enable interrupts. */ + err = pwrite(configfd, &command_high, 1, 5); + if (err != 1) { + perror("config write:"); + break; + } + + /* Wait for next interrupt. */ + err = read(uiofd, &icount, 4); + if (err != 4) { + perror("uio read:"); + break; + } + + } + return errno; +} + + + + + + + + +Further information + + + + OSADL homepage. + + + + Linutronix homepage. + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cd5b2cd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,980 @@ + + + + + + The Linux-USB Host Side API + + + + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + + + + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + + + + + + + + Introduction to USB on Linux + + A Universal Serial Bus (USB) is used to connect a host, + such as a PC or workstation, to a number of peripheral + devices. USB uses a tree structure, with the host as the + root (the system's master), hubs as interior nodes, and + peripherals as leaves (and slaves). + Modern PCs support several such trees of USB devices, usually + one USB 2.0 tree (480 Mbit/sec each) with + a few USB 1.1 trees (12 Mbit/sec each) that are used when you + connect a USB 1.1 device directly to the machine's "root hub". + + + That master/slave asymmetry was designed-in for a number of + reasons, one being ease of use. It is not physically possible to + assemble (legal) USB cables incorrectly: all upstream "to the host" + connectors are the rectangular type (matching the sockets on + root hubs), and all downstream connectors are the squarish type + (or they are built into the peripheral). + Also, the host software doesn't need to deal with distributed + auto-configuration since the pre-designated master node manages all that. + And finally, at the electrical level, bus protocol overhead is reduced by + eliminating arbitration and moving scheduling into the host software. + + + USB 1.0 was announced in January 1996 and was revised + as USB 1.1 (with improvements in hub specification and + support for interrupt-out transfers) in September 1998. + USB 2.0 was released in April 2000, adding high-speed + transfers and transaction-translating hubs (used for USB 1.1 + and 1.0 backward compatibility). + + + Kernel developers added USB support to Linux early in the 2.2 kernel + series, shortly before 2.3 development forked. Updates from 2.3 were + regularly folded back into 2.2 releases, which improved reliability and + brought /sbin/hotplug support as well more drivers. + Such improvements were continued in the 2.5 kernel series, where they added + USB 2.0 support, improved performance, and made the host controller drivers + (HCDs) more consistent. They also simplified the API (to make bugs less + likely) and added internal "kerneldoc" documentation. + + + Linux can run inside USB devices as well as on + the hosts that control the devices. + But USB device drivers running inside those peripherals + don't do the same things as the ones running inside hosts, + so they've been given a different name: + gadget drivers. + This document does not cover gadget drivers. + + + + + + USB Host-Side API Model + + Host-side drivers for USB devices talk to the "usbcore" APIs. + There are two. One is intended for + general-purpose drivers (exposed through + driver frameworks), and the other is for drivers that are + part of the core. + Such core drivers include the hub driver + (which manages trees of USB devices) and several different kinds + of host controller drivers, + which control individual busses. + + + The device model seen by USB drivers is relatively complex. + + + + + USB supports four kinds of data transfers + (control, bulk, interrupt, and isochronous). Two of them (control + and bulk) use bandwidth as it's available, + while the other two (interrupt and isochronous) + are scheduled to provide guaranteed bandwidth. + + + The device description model includes one or more + "configurations" per device, only one of which is active at a time. + Devices that are capable of high-speed operation must also support + full-speed configurations, along with a way to ask about the + "other speed" configurations which might be used. + + + Configurations have one or more "interfaces", each + of which may have "alternate settings". Interfaces may be + standardized by USB "Class" specifications, or may be specific to + a vendor or device. + + USB device drivers actually bind to interfaces, not devices. + Think of them as "interface drivers", though you + may not see many devices where the distinction is important. + Most USB devices are simple, with only one configuration, + one interface, and one alternate setting. + + + Interfaces have one or more "endpoints", each of + which supports one type and direction of data transfer such as + "bulk out" or "interrupt in". The entire configuration may have + up to sixteen endpoints in each direction, allocated as needed + among all the interfaces. + + + Data transfer on USB is packetized; each endpoint + has a maximum packet size. + Drivers must often be aware of conventions such as flagging the end + of bulk transfers using "short" (including zero length) packets. + + + The Linux USB API supports synchronous calls for + control and bulk messages. + It also supports asynchronous calls for all kinds of data transfer, + using request structures called "URBs" (USB Request Blocks). + + + + + Accordingly, the USB Core API exposed to device drivers + covers quite a lot of territory. You'll probably need to consult + the USB 2.0 specification, available online from www.usb.org at + no cost, as well as class or device specifications. + + + The only host-side drivers that actually touch hardware + (reading/writing registers, handling IRQs, and so on) are the HCDs. + In theory, all HCDs provide the same functionality through the same + API. In practice, that's becoming more true on the 2.5 kernels, + but there are still differences that crop up especially with + fault handling. Different controllers don't necessarily report + the same aspects of failures, and recovery from faults (including + software-induced ones like unlinking an URB) isn't yet fully + consistent. + Device driver authors should make a point of doing disconnect + testing (while the device is active) with each different host + controller driver, to make sure drivers don't have bugs of + their own as well as to make sure they aren't relying on some + HCD-specific behavior. + (You will need external USB 1.1 and/or + USB 2.0 hubs to perform all those tests.) + + + + +USB-Standard Types + + In <linux/usb/ch9.h> you will find + the USB data types defined in chapter 9 of the USB specification. + These data types are used throughout USB, and in APIs including + this host side API, gadget APIs, and usbfs. + + +!Iinclude/linux/usb/ch9.h + + + +Host-Side Data Types and Macros + + The host side API exposes several layers to drivers, some of + which are more necessary than others. + These support lifecycle models for host side drivers + and devices, and support passing buffers through usbcore to + some HCD that performs the I/O for the device driver. + + + +!Iinclude/linux/usb.h + + + + USB Core APIs + + There are two basic I/O models in the USB API. + The most elemental one is asynchronous: drivers submit requests + in the form of an URB, and the URB's completion callback + handle the next step. + All USB transfer types support that model, although there + are special cases for control URBs (which always have setup + and status stages, but may not have a data stage) and + isochronous URBs (which allow large packets and include + per-packet fault reports). + Built on top of that is synchronous API support, where a + driver calls a routine that allocates one or more URBs, + submits them, and waits until they complete. + There are synchronous wrappers for single-buffer control + and bulk transfers (which are awkward to use in some + driver disconnect scenarios), and for scatterlist based + streaming i/o (bulk or interrupt). + + + USB drivers need to provide buffers that can be + used for DMA, although they don't necessarily need to + provide the DMA mapping themselves. + There are APIs to use used when allocating DMA buffers, + which can prevent use of bounce buffers on some systems. + In some cases, drivers may be able to rely on 64bit DMA + to eliminate another kind of bounce buffer. + + +!Edrivers/usb/core/urb.c +!Edrivers/usb/core/message.c +!Edrivers/usb/core/file.c +!Edrivers/usb/core/driver.c +!Edrivers/usb/core/usb.c +!Edrivers/usb/core/hub.c + + + Host Controller APIs + + These APIs are only for use by host controller drivers, + most of which implement standard register interfaces such as + EHCI, OHCI, or UHCI. + UHCI was one of the first interfaces, designed by Intel and + also used by VIA; it doesn't do much in hardware. + OHCI was designed later, to have the hardware do more work + (bigger transfers, tracking protocol state, and so on). + EHCI was designed with USB 2.0; its design has features that + resemble OHCI (hardware does much more work) as well as + UHCI (some parts of ISO support, TD list processing). + + + There are host controllers other than the "big three", + although most PCI based controllers (and a few non-PCI based + ones) use one of those interfaces. + Not all host controllers use DMA; some use PIO, and there + is also a simulator. + + + The same basic APIs are available to drivers for all + those controllers. + For historical reasons they are in two layers: + struct usb_bus is a rather thin + layer that became available in the 2.2 kernels, while + struct usb_hcd is a more featureful + layer (available in later 2.4 kernels and in 2.5) that + lets HCDs share common code, to shrink driver size + and significantly reduce hcd-specific behaviors. + + +!Edrivers/usb/core/hcd.c +!Edrivers/usb/core/hcd-pci.c +!Idrivers/usb/core/buffer.c + + + + The USB Filesystem (usbfs) + + This chapter presents the Linux usbfs. + You may prefer to avoid writing new kernel code for your + USB driver; that's the problem that usbfs set out to solve. + User mode device drivers are usually packaged as applications + or libraries, and may use usbfs through some programming library + that wraps it. Such libraries include + libusb + for C/C++, and + jUSB for Java. + + + Unfinished + This particular documentation is incomplete, + especially with respect to the asynchronous mode. + As of kernel 2.5.66 the code and this (new) documentation + need to be cross-reviewed. + + + + Configure usbfs into Linux kernels by enabling the + USB filesystem option (CONFIG_USB_DEVICEFS), + and you get basic support for user mode USB device drivers. + Until relatively recently it was often (confusingly) called + usbdevfs although it wasn't solving what + devfs was. + Every USB device will appear in usbfs, regardless of whether or + not it has a kernel driver. + + + + What files are in "usbfs"? + + Conventionally mounted at + /proc/bus/usb, usbfs + features include: + + /proc/bus/usb/devices + ... a text file + showing each of the USB devices on known to the kernel, + and their configuration descriptors. + You can also poll() this to learn about new devices. + + /proc/bus/usb/BBB/DDD + ... magic files + exposing the each device's configuration descriptors, and + supporting a series of ioctls for making device requests, + including I/O to devices. (Purely for access by programs.) + + + + + Each bus is given a number (BBB) based on when it was + enumerated; within each bus, each device is given a similar + number (DDD). + Those BBB/DDD paths are not "stable" identifiers; + expect them to change even if you always leave the devices + plugged in to the same hub port. + Don't even think of saving these in application + configuration files. + Stable identifiers are available, for user mode applications + that want to use them. HID and networking devices expose + these stable IDs, so that for example you can be sure that + you told the right UPS to power down its second server. + "usbfs" doesn't (yet) expose those IDs. + + + + + + Mounting and Access Control + + There are a number of mount options for usbfs, which will + be of most interest to you if you need to override the default + access control policy. + That policy is that only root may read or write device files + (/proc/bus/BBB/DDD) although anyone may read + the devices + or drivers files. + I/O requests to the device also need the CAP_SYS_RAWIO capability, + + + The significance of that is that by default, all user mode + device drivers need super-user privileges. + You can change modes or ownership in a driver setup + when the device hotplugs, or maye just start the + driver right then, as a privileged server (or some activity + within one). + That's the most secure approach for multi-user systems, + but for single user systems ("trusted" by that user) + it's more convenient just to grant everyone all access + (using the devmode=0666 option) + so the driver can start whenever it's needed. + + + The mount options for usbfs, usable in /etc/fstab or + in command line invocations of mount, are: + + + + busgid=NNNNN + Controls the GID used for the + /proc/bus/usb/BBB + directories. (Default: 0) + busmode=MMM + Controls the file mode used for the + /proc/bus/usb/BBB + directories. (Default: 0555) + + busuid=NNNNN + Controls the UID used for the + /proc/bus/usb/BBB + directories. (Default: 0) + + devgid=NNNNN + Controls the GID used for the + /proc/bus/usb/BBB/DDD + files. (Default: 0) + devmode=MMM + Controls the file mode used for the + /proc/bus/usb/BBB/DDD + files. (Default: 0644) + devuid=NNNNN + Controls the UID used for the + /proc/bus/usb/BBB/DDD + files. (Default: 0) + + listgid=NNNNN + Controls the GID used for the + /proc/bus/usb/devices and drivers files. + (Default: 0) + listmode=MMM + Controls the file mode used for the + /proc/bus/usb/devices and drivers files. + (Default: 0444) + listuid=NNNNN + Controls the UID used for the + /proc/bus/usb/devices and drivers files. + (Default: 0) + + + + + Note that many Linux distributions hard-wire the mount options + for usbfs in their init scripts, such as + /etc/rc.d/rc.sysinit, + rather than making it easy to set this per-system + policy in /etc/fstab. + + + + + + /proc/bus/usb/devices + + This file is handy for status viewing tools in user + mode, which can scan the text format and ignore most of it. + More detailed device status (including class and vendor + status) is available from device-specific files. + For information about the current format of this file, + see the + Documentation/usb/proc_usb_info.txt + file in your Linux kernel sources. + + + This file, in combination with the poll() system call, can + also be used to detect when devices are added or removed: +int fd; +struct pollfd pfd; + +fd = open("/proc/bus/usb/devices", O_RDONLY); +pfd = { fd, POLLIN, 0 }; +for (;;) { + /* The first time through, this call will return immediately. */ + poll(&pfd, 1, -1); + + /* To see what's changed, compare the file's previous and current + contents or scan the filesystem. (Scanning is more precise.) */ +} + Note that this behavior is intended to be used for informational + and debug purposes. It would be more appropriate to use programs + such as udev or HAL to initialize a device or start a user-mode + helper program, for instance. + + + + + /proc/bus/usb/BBB/DDD + + Use these files in one of these basic ways: + + + They can be read, + producing first the device descriptor + (18 bytes) and then the descriptors for the current configuration. + See the USB 2.0 spec for details about those binary data formats. + You'll need to convert most multibyte values from little endian + format to your native host byte order, although a few of the + fields in the device descriptor (both of the BCD-encoded fields, + and the vendor and product IDs) will be byteswapped for you. + Note that configuration descriptors include descriptors for + interfaces, altsettings, endpoints, and maybe additional + class descriptors. + + + Perform USB operations using + ioctl() requests to make endpoint I/O + requests (synchronously or asynchronously) or manage + the device. + These requests need the CAP_SYS_RAWIO capability, + as well as filesystem access permissions. + Only one ioctl request can be made on one of these + device files at a time. + This means that if you are synchronously reading an endpoint + from one thread, you won't be able to write to a different + endpoint from another thread until the read completes. + This works for half duplex protocols, + but otherwise you'd use asynchronous i/o requests. + + + + + + + Life Cycle of User Mode Drivers + + Such a driver first needs to find a device file + for a device it knows how to handle. + Maybe it was told about it because a + /sbin/hotplug event handling agent + chose that driver to handle the new device. + Or maybe it's an application that scans all the + /proc/bus/usb device files, and ignores most devices. + In either case, it should read() all + the descriptors from the device file, + and check them against what it knows how to handle. + It might just reject everything except a particular + vendor and product ID, or need a more complex policy. + + + Never assume there will only be one such device + on the system at a time! + If your code can't handle more than one device at + a time, at least detect when there's more than one, and + have your users choose which device to use. + + + Once your user mode driver knows what device to use, + it interacts with it in either of two styles. + The simple style is to make only control requests; some + devices don't need more complex interactions than those. + (An example might be software using vendor-specific control + requests for some initialization or configuration tasks, + with a kernel driver for the rest.) + + + More likely, you need a more complex style driver: + one using non-control endpoints, reading or writing data + and claiming exclusive use of an interface. + Bulk transfers are easiest to use, + but only their sibling interrupt transfers + work with low speed devices. + Both interrupt and isochronous transfers + offer service guarantees because their bandwidth is reserved. + Such "periodic" transfers are awkward to use through usbfs, + unless you're using the asynchronous calls. However, interrupt + transfers can also be used in a synchronous "one shot" style. + + + Your user-mode driver should never need to worry + about cleaning up request state when the device is + disconnected, although it should close its open file + descriptors as soon as it starts seeing the ENODEV + errors. + + + + + The ioctl() Requests + + To use these ioctls, you need to include the following + headers in your userspace program: +#include <linux/usb.h> +#include <linux/usbdevice_fs.h> +#include <asm/byteorder.h> + The standard USB device model requests, from "Chapter 9" of + the USB 2.0 specification, are automatically included from + the <linux/usb/ch9.h> header. + + + Unless noted otherwise, the ioctl requests + described here will + update the modification time on the usbfs file to which + they are applied (unless they fail). + A return of zero indicates success; otherwise, a + standard USB error code is returned. (These are + documented in + Documentation/usb/error-codes.txt + in your kernel sources.) + + + Each of these files multiplexes access to several + I/O streams, one per endpoint. + Each device has one control endpoint (endpoint zero) + which supports a limited RPC style RPC access. + Devices are configured + by hub_wq (in the kernel) setting a device-wide + configuration that affects things + like power consumption and basic functionality. + The endpoints are part of USB interfaces, + which may have altsettings + affecting things like which endpoints are available. + Many devices only have a single configuration and interface, + so drivers for them will ignore configurations and altsettings. + + + + + Management/Status Requests + + A number of usbfs requests don't deal very directly + with device I/O. + They mostly relate to device management and status. + These are all synchronous requests. + + + + + USBDEVFS_CLAIMINTERFACE + This is used to force usbfs to + claim a specific interface, + which has not previously been claimed by usbfs or any other + kernel driver. + The ioctl parameter is an integer holding the number of + the interface (bInterfaceNumber from descriptor). + + Note that if your driver doesn't claim an interface + before trying to use one of its endpoints, and no + other driver has bound to it, then the interface is + automatically claimed by usbfs. + + This claim will be released by a RELEASEINTERFACE ioctl, + or by closing the file descriptor. + File modification time is not updated by this request. + + + USBDEVFS_CONNECTINFO + Says whether the device is lowspeed. + The ioctl parameter points to a structure like this: +struct usbdevfs_connectinfo { + unsigned int devnum; + unsigned char slow; +}; + File modification time is not updated by this request. + + You can't tell whether a "not slow" + device is connected at high speed (480 MBit/sec) + or just full speed (12 MBit/sec). + You should know the devnum value already, + it's the DDD value of the device file name. + + + USBDEVFS_GETDRIVER + Returns the name of the kernel driver + bound to a given interface (a string). Parameter + is a pointer to this structure, which is modified: +struct usbdevfs_getdriver { + unsigned int interface; + char driver[USBDEVFS_MAXDRIVERNAME + 1]; +}; + File modification time is not updated by this request. + + + USBDEVFS_IOCTL + Passes a request from userspace through + to a kernel driver that has an ioctl entry in the + struct usb_driver it registered. +struct usbdevfs_ioctl { + int ifno; + int ioctl_code; + void *data; +}; + +/* user mode call looks like this. + * 'request' becomes the driver->ioctl() 'code' parameter. + * the size of 'param' is encoded in 'request', and that data + * is copied to or from the driver->ioctl() 'buf' parameter. + */ +static int +usbdev_ioctl (int fd, int ifno, unsigned request, void *param) +{ + struct usbdevfs_ioctl wrapper; + + wrapper.ifno = ifno; + wrapper.ioctl_code = request; + wrapper.data = param; + + return ioctl (fd, USBDEVFS_IOCTL, &wrapper); +} + File modification time is not updated by this request. + + This request lets kernel drivers talk to user mode code + through filesystem operations even when they don't create + a character or block special device. + It's also been used to do things like ask devices what + device special file should be used. + Two pre-defined ioctls are used + to disconnect and reconnect kernel drivers, so + that user mode code can completely manage binding + and configuration of devices. + + + USBDEVFS_RELEASEINTERFACE + This is used to release the claim usbfs + made on interface, either implicitly or because of a + USBDEVFS_CLAIMINTERFACE call, before the file + descriptor is closed. + The ioctl parameter is an integer holding the number of + the interface (bInterfaceNumber from descriptor); + File modification time is not updated by this request. + + No security check is made to ensure + that the task which made the claim is the one + which is releasing it. + This means that user mode driver may interfere + other ones. + + + USBDEVFS_RESETEP + Resets the data toggle value for an endpoint + (bulk or interrupt) to DATA0. + The ioctl parameter is an integer endpoint number + (1 to 15, as identified in the endpoint descriptor), + with USB_DIR_IN added if the device's endpoint sends + data to the host. + + Avoid using this request. + It should probably be removed. + Using it typically means the device and driver will lose + toggle synchronization. If you really lost synchronization, + you likely need to completely handshake with the device, + using a request like CLEAR_HALT + or SET_INTERFACE. + + + + + + + + Synchronous I/O Support + + Synchronous requests involve the kernel blocking + until the user mode request completes, either by + finishing successfully or by reporting an error. + In most cases this is the simplest way to use usbfs, + although as noted above it does prevent performing I/O + to more than one endpoint at a time. + + + + + USBDEVFS_BULK + Issues a bulk read or write request to the + device. + The ioctl parameter is a pointer to this structure: +struct usbdevfs_bulktransfer { + unsigned int ep; + unsigned int len; + unsigned int timeout; /* in milliseconds */ + void *data; +}; + The "ep" value identifies a + bulk endpoint number (1 to 15, as identified in an endpoint + descriptor), + masked with USB_DIR_IN when referring to an endpoint which + sends data to the host from the device. + The length of the data buffer is identified by "len"; + Recent kernels support requests up to about 128KBytes. + FIXME say how read length is returned, + and how short reads are handled.. + + + USBDEVFS_CLEAR_HALT + Clears endpoint halt (stall) and + resets the endpoint toggle. This is only + meaningful for bulk or interrupt endpoints. + The ioctl parameter is an integer endpoint number + (1 to 15, as identified in an endpoint descriptor), + masked with USB_DIR_IN when referring to an endpoint which + sends data to the host from the device. + + Use this on bulk or interrupt endpoints which have + stalled, returning -EPIPE status + to a data transfer request. + Do not issue the control request directly, since + that could invalidate the host's record of the + data toggle. + + + USBDEVFS_CONTROL + Issues a control request to the device. + The ioctl parameter points to a structure like this: +struct usbdevfs_ctrltransfer { + __u8 bRequestType; + __u8 bRequest; + __u16 wValue; + __u16 wIndex; + __u16 wLength; + __u32 timeout; /* in milliseconds */ + void *data; +}; + + The first eight bytes of this structure are the contents + of the SETUP packet to be sent to the device; see the + USB 2.0 specification for details. + The bRequestType value is composed by combining a + USB_TYPE_* value, a USB_DIR_* value, and a + USB_RECIP_* value (from + <linux/usb.h>). + If wLength is nonzero, it describes the length of the data + buffer, which is either written to the device + (USB_DIR_OUT) or read from the device (USB_DIR_IN). + + At this writing, you can't transfer more than 4 KBytes + of data to or from a device; usbfs has a limit, and + some host controller drivers have a limit. + (That's not usually a problem.) + Also there's no way to say it's + not OK to get a short read back from the device. + + + USBDEVFS_RESET + Does a USB level device reset. + The ioctl parameter is ignored. + After the reset, this rebinds all device interfaces. + File modification time is not updated by this request. + + Avoid using this call + until some usbcore bugs get fixed, + since it does not fully synchronize device, interface, + and driver (not just usbfs) state. + + + USBDEVFS_SETINTERFACE + Sets the alternate setting for an + interface. The ioctl parameter is a pointer to a + structure like this: +struct usbdevfs_setinterface { + unsigned int interface; + unsigned int altsetting; +}; + File modification time is not updated by this request. + + Those struct members are from some interface descriptor + applying to the current configuration. + The interface number is the bInterfaceNumber value, and + the altsetting number is the bAlternateSetting value. + (This resets each endpoint in the interface.) + + + USBDEVFS_SETCONFIGURATION + Issues the + usb_set_configuration call + for the device. + The parameter is an integer holding the number of + a configuration (bConfigurationValue from descriptor). + File modification time is not updated by this request. + + Avoid using this call + until some usbcore bugs get fixed, + since it does not fully synchronize device, interface, + and driver (not just usbfs) state. + + + + + + + Asynchronous I/O Support + + As mentioned above, there are situations where it may be + important to initiate concurrent operations from user mode code. + This is particularly important for periodic transfers + (interrupt and isochronous), but it can be used for other + kinds of USB requests too. + In such cases, the asynchronous requests described here + are essential. Rather than submitting one request and having + the kernel block until it completes, the blocking is separate. + + + These requests are packaged into a structure that + resembles the URB used by kernel device drivers. + (No POSIX Async I/O support here, sorry.) + It identifies the endpoint type (USBDEVFS_URB_TYPE_*), + endpoint (number, masked with USB_DIR_IN as appropriate), + buffer and length, and a user "context" value serving to + uniquely identify each request. + (It's usually a pointer to per-request data.) + Flags can modify requests (not as many as supported for + kernel drivers). + + + Each request can specify a realtime signal number + (between SIGRTMIN and SIGRTMAX, inclusive) to request a + signal be sent when the request completes. + + + When usbfs returns these urbs, the status value + is updated, and the buffer may have been modified. + Except for isochronous transfers, the actual_length is + updated to say how many bytes were transferred; if the + USBDEVFS_URB_DISABLE_SPD flag is set + ("short packets are not OK"), if fewer bytes were read + than were requested then you get an error report. + + +struct usbdevfs_iso_packet_desc { + unsigned int length; + unsigned int actual_length; + unsigned int status; +}; + +struct usbdevfs_urb { + unsigned char type; + unsigned char endpoint; + int status; + unsigned int flags; + void *buffer; + int buffer_length; + int actual_length; + int start_frame; + int number_of_packets; + int error_count; + unsigned int signr; + void *usercontext; + struct usbdevfs_iso_packet_desc iso_frame_desc[]; +}; + + For these asynchronous requests, the file modification + time reflects when the request was initiated. + This contrasts with their use with the synchronous requests, + where it reflects when requests complete. + + + + + USBDEVFS_DISCARDURB + + TBS + File modification time is not updated by this request. + + + + USBDEVFS_DISCSIGNAL + + TBS + File modification time is not updated by this request. + + + + USBDEVFS_REAPURB + + TBS + File modification time is not updated by this request. + + + + USBDEVFS_REAPURBNDELAY + + TBS + File modification time is not updated by this request. + + + + USBDEVFS_SUBMITURB + + TBS + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/w1.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/w1.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b0228d4c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/w1.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ + + + + + + W1: Dallas' 1-wire bus + + + + David + Fries + +
+ David@Fries.net +
+ + + + + + + 2013 + + + + + + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License version 2. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + + + + + + + + W1 API internal to the kernel + + + W1 API internal to the kernel + + drivers/w1/w1.h + W1 core functions. +!Idrivers/w1/w1.h + + + + drivers/w1/w1.c + W1 core functions. +!Idrivers/w1/w1.c + + + + drivers/w1/w1_family.h + Allows registering device family operations. +!Idrivers/w1/w1_family.h + + + + drivers/w1/w1_family.c + Allows registering device family operations. +!Edrivers/w1/w1_family.c + + + + drivers/w1/w1_int.c + W1 internal initialization for master devices. +!Edrivers/w1/w1_int.c + + + + drivers/w1/w1_netlink.h + W1 external netlink API structures and commands. +!Idrivers/w1/w1_netlink.h + + + + drivers/w1/w1_io.c + W1 input/output. +!Edrivers/w1/w1_io.c +!Idrivers/w1/w1_io.c + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..84ef6a901 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,6221 @@ + + + + + + + + + Writing an ALSA Driver + + Takashi + Iwai + +
+ tiwai@suse.de +
+ + + + Oct 15, 2007 + 0.3.7 + + + + This document describes how to write an ALSA (Advanced Linux + Sound Architecture) driver. + + + + + + Copyright (c) 2002-2005 Takashi Iwai tiwai@suse.de + + + + This document is free; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + + + This document is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the + implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A + PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License + for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + + + + + + + + + + Preface + + This document describes how to write an + + ALSA (Advanced Linux Sound Architecture) + driver. The document focuses mainly on PCI soundcards. + In the case of other device types, the API might + be different, too. However, at least the ALSA kernel API is + consistent, and therefore it would be still a bit help for + writing them. + + + + This document targets people who already have enough + C language skills and have basic linux kernel programming + knowledge. This document doesn't explain the general + topic of linux kernel coding and doesn't cover low-level + driver implementation details. It only describes + the standard way to write a PCI sound driver on ALSA. + + + + If you are already familiar with the older ALSA ver.0.5.x API, you + can check the drivers such as sound/pci/es1938.c or + sound/pci/maestro3.c which have also almost the same + code-base in the ALSA 0.5.x tree, so you can compare the differences. + + + + This document is still a draft version. Any feedback and + corrections, please!! + + + + + + + + + File Tree Structure + +
+ General + + The ALSA drivers are provided in two ways. + + + + One is the trees provided as a tarball or via cvs from the + ALSA's ftp site, and another is the 2.6 (or later) Linux kernel + tree. To synchronize both, the ALSA driver tree is split into + two different trees: alsa-kernel and alsa-driver. The former + contains purely the source code for the Linux 2.6 (or later) + tree. This tree is designed only for compilation on 2.6 or + later environment. The latter, alsa-driver, contains many subtle + files for compiling ALSA drivers outside of the Linux kernel tree, + wrapper functions for older 2.2 and 2.4 kernels, to adapt the latest kernel API, + and additional drivers which are still in development or in + tests. The drivers in alsa-driver tree will be moved to + alsa-kernel (and eventually to the 2.6 kernel tree) when they are + finished and confirmed to work fine. + + + + The file tree structure of ALSA driver is depicted below. Both + alsa-kernel and alsa-driver have almost the same file + structure, except for core directory. It's + named as acore in alsa-driver tree. + + + ALSA File Tree Structure + + sound + /core + /oss + /seq + /oss + /instr + /ioctl32 + /include + /drivers + /mpu401 + /opl3 + /i2c + /l3 + /synth + /emux + /pci + /(cards) + /isa + /(cards) + /arm + /ppc + /sparc + /usb + /pcmcia /(cards) + /oss + + + +
+ +
+ core directory + + This directory contains the middle layer which is the heart + of ALSA drivers. In this directory, the native ALSA modules are + stored. The sub-directories contain different modules and are + dependent upon the kernel config. + + +
+ core/oss + + + The codes for PCM and mixer OSS emulation modules are stored + in this directory. The rawmidi OSS emulation is included in + the ALSA rawmidi code since it's quite small. The sequencer + code is stored in core/seq/oss directory (see + + below). + +
+ +
+ core/ioctl32 + + + This directory contains the 32bit-ioctl wrappers for 64bit + architectures such like x86-64, ppc64 and sparc64. For 32bit + and alpha architectures, these are not compiled. + +
+ +
+ core/seq + + This directory and its sub-directories are for the ALSA + sequencer. This directory contains the sequencer core and + primary sequencer modules such like snd-seq-midi, + snd-seq-virmidi, etc. They are compiled only when + CONFIG_SND_SEQUENCER is set in the kernel + config. + +
+ +
+ core/seq/oss + + This contains the OSS sequencer emulation codes. + +
+ +
+ core/seq/instr + + This directory contains the modules for the sequencer + instrument layer. + +
+
+ +
+ include directory + + This is the place for the public header files of ALSA drivers, + which are to be exported to user-space, or included by + several files at different directories. Basically, the private + header files should not be placed in this directory, but you may + still find files there, due to historical reasons :) + +
+ +
+ drivers directory + + This directory contains code shared among different drivers + on different architectures. They are hence supposed not to be + architecture-specific. + For example, the dummy pcm driver and the serial MIDI + driver are found in this directory. In the sub-directories, + there is code for components which are independent from + bus and cpu architectures. + + +
+ drivers/mpu401 + + The MPU401 and MPU401-UART modules are stored here. + +
+ +
+ drivers/opl3 and opl4 + + The OPL3 and OPL4 FM-synth stuff is found here. + +
+
+ +
+ i2c directory + + This contains the ALSA i2c components. + + + + Although there is a standard i2c layer on Linux, ALSA has its + own i2c code for some cards, because the soundcard needs only a + simple operation and the standard i2c API is too complicated for + such a purpose. + + +
+ i2c/l3 + + This is a sub-directory for ARM L3 i2c. + +
+
+ +
+ synth directory + + This contains the synth middle-level modules. + + + + So far, there is only Emu8000/Emu10k1 synth driver under + the synth/emux sub-directory. + +
+ +
+ pci directory + + This directory and its sub-directories hold the top-level card modules + for PCI soundcards and the code specific to the PCI BUS. + + + + The drivers compiled from a single file are stored directly + in the pci directory, while the drivers with several source files are + stored on their own sub-directory (e.g. emu10k1, ice1712). + +
+ +
+ isa directory + + This directory and its sub-directories hold the top-level card modules + for ISA soundcards. + +
+ +
+ arm, ppc, and sparc directories + + They are used for top-level card modules which are + specific to one of these architectures. + +
+ +
+ usb directory + + This directory contains the USB-audio driver. In the latest version, the + USB MIDI driver is integrated in the usb-audio driver. + +
+ +
+ pcmcia directory + + The PCMCIA, especially PCCard drivers will go here. CardBus + drivers will be in the pci directory, because their API is identical + to that of standard PCI cards. + +
+ +
+ oss directory + + The OSS/Lite source files are stored here in Linux 2.6 (or + later) tree. In the ALSA driver tarball, this directory is empty, + of course :) + +
+ + + + + + + + Basic Flow for PCI Drivers + +
+ Outline + + The minimum flow for PCI soundcards is as follows: + + + define the PCI ID table (see the section + PCI Entries + ). + create probe() callback. + create remove() callback. + create a pci_driver structure + containing the three pointers above. + create an init() function just calling + the pci_register_driver() to register the pci_driver table + defined above. + create an exit() function to call + the pci_unregister_driver() function. + + +
+ +
+ Full Code Example + + The code example is shown below. Some parts are kept + unimplemented at this moment but will be filled in the + next sections. The numbers in the comment lines of the + snd_mychip_probe() function + refer to details explained in the following section. + + + Basic Flow for PCI Drivers - Example + + + #include + #include + #include + #include + + /* module parameters (see "Module Parameters") */ + /* SNDRV_CARDS: maximum number of cards supported by this module */ + static int index[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAULT_IDX; + static char *id[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAULT_STR; + static bool enable[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAULT_ENABLE_PNP; + + /* definition of the chip-specific record */ + struct mychip { + struct snd_card *card; + /* the rest of the implementation will be in section + * "PCI Resource Management" + */ + }; + + /* chip-specific destructor + * (see "PCI Resource Management") + */ + static int snd_mychip_free(struct mychip *chip) + { + .... /* will be implemented later... */ + } + + /* component-destructor + * (see "Management of Cards and Components") + */ + static int snd_mychip_dev_free(struct snd_device *device) + { + return snd_mychip_free(device->device_data); + } + + /* chip-specific constructor + * (see "Management of Cards and Components") + */ + static int snd_mychip_create(struct snd_card *card, + struct pci_dev *pci, + struct mychip **rchip) + { + struct mychip *chip; + int err; + static struct snd_device_ops ops = { + .dev_free = snd_mychip_dev_free, + }; + + *rchip = NULL; + + /* check PCI availability here + * (see "PCI Resource Management") + */ + .... + + /* allocate a chip-specific data with zero filled */ + chip = kzalloc(sizeof(*chip), GFP_KERNEL); + if (chip == NULL) + return -ENOMEM; + + chip->card = card; + + /* rest of initialization here; will be implemented + * later, see "PCI Resource Management" + */ + .... + + err = snd_device_new(card, SNDRV_DEV_LOWLEVEL, chip, &ops); + if (err < 0) { + snd_mychip_free(chip); + return err; + } + + *rchip = chip; + return 0; + } + + /* constructor -- see "Constructor" sub-section */ + static int snd_mychip_probe(struct pci_dev *pci, + const struct pci_device_id *pci_id) + { + static int dev; + struct snd_card *card; + struct mychip *chip; + int err; + + /* (1) */ + if (dev >= SNDRV_CARDS) + return -ENODEV; + if (!enable[dev]) { + dev++; + return -ENOENT; + } + + /* (2) */ + err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE, + 0, &card); + if (err < 0) + return err; + + /* (3) */ + err = snd_mychip_create(card, pci, &chip); + if (err < 0) { + snd_card_free(card); + return err; + } + + /* (4) */ + strcpy(card->driver, "My Chip"); + strcpy(card->shortname, "My Own Chip 123"); + sprintf(card->longname, "%s at 0x%lx irq %i", + card->shortname, chip->ioport, chip->irq); + + /* (5) */ + .... /* implemented later */ + + /* (6) */ + err = snd_card_register(card); + if (err < 0) { + snd_card_free(card); + return err; + } + + /* (7) */ + pci_set_drvdata(pci, card); + dev++; + return 0; + } + + /* destructor -- see the "Destructor" sub-section */ + static void snd_mychip_remove(struct pci_dev *pci) + { + snd_card_free(pci_get_drvdata(pci)); + pci_set_drvdata(pci, NULL); + } +]]> + + + +
+ +
+ Constructor + + The real constructor of PCI drivers is the probe callback. + The probe callback and other component-constructors which are called + from the probe callback cannot be used with + the __init prefix + because any PCI device could be a hotplug device. + + + + In the probe callback, the following scheme is often used. + + +
+ 1) Check and increment the device index. + + + += SNDRV_CARDS) + return -ENODEV; + if (!enable[dev]) { + dev++; + return -ENOENT; + } +]]> + + + + where enable[dev] is the module option. + + + + Each time the probe callback is called, check the + availability of the device. If not available, simply increment + the device index and returns. dev will be incremented also + later (step + 7). + +
+ +
+ 2) Create a card instance + + + +dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE, + 0, &card); +]]> + + + + + + The details will be explained in the section + + Management of Cards and Components. + +
+ +
+ 3) Create a main component + + In this part, the PCI resources are allocated. + + + + + + + + The details will be explained in the section PCI Resource + Management. + +
+ +
+ 4) Set the driver ID and name strings. + + + +driver, "My Chip"); + strcpy(card->shortname, "My Own Chip 123"); + sprintf(card->longname, "%s at 0x%lx irq %i", + card->shortname, chip->ioport, chip->irq); +]]> + + + + The driver field holds the minimal ID string of the + chip. This is used by alsa-lib's configurator, so keep it + simple but unique. + Even the same driver can have different driver IDs to + distinguish the functionality of each chip type. + + + + The shortname field is a string shown as more verbose + name. The longname field contains the information + shown in /proc/asound/cards. + +
+ +
+ 5) Create other components, such as mixer, MIDI, etc. + + Here you define the basic components such as + PCM, + mixer (e.g. AC97), + MIDI (e.g. MPU-401), + and other interfaces. + Also, if you want a proc + file, define it here, too. + +
+ +
+ 6) Register the card instance. + + + + + + + + + + Will be explained in the section Management + of Cards and Components, too. + +
+ +
+ 7) Set the PCI driver data and return zero. + + + + + + + + In the above, the card record is stored. This pointer is + used in the remove callback and power-management + callbacks, too. + +
+
+ +
+ Destructor + + The destructor, remove callback, simply releases the card + instance. Then the ALSA middle layer will release all the + attached components automatically. + + + + It would be typically like the following: + + + + + + + + The above code assumes that the card pointer is set to the PCI + driver data. + +
+ +
+ Header Files + + For the above example, at least the following include files + are necessary. + + + + + #include + #include + #include + #include +]]> + + + + where the last one is necessary only when module options are + defined in the source file. If the code is split into several + files, the files without module options don't need them. + + + + In addition to these headers, you'll need + <linux/interrupt.h> for interrupt + handling, and <asm/io.h> for I/O + access. If you use the mdelay() or + udelay() functions, you'll need to include + <linux/delay.h> too. + + + + The ALSA interfaces like the PCM and control APIs are defined in other + <sound/xxx.h> header files. + They have to be included after + <sound/core.h>. + + +
+ + + + + + + + Management of Cards and Components + +
+ Card Instance + + For each soundcard, a card record must be allocated. + + + + A card record is the headquarters of the soundcard. It manages + the whole list of devices (components) on the soundcard, such as + PCM, mixers, MIDI, synthesizer, and so on. Also, the card + record holds the ID and the name strings of the card, manages + the root of proc files, and controls the power-management states + and hotplug disconnections. The component list on the card + record is used to manage the correct release of resources at + destruction. + + + + As mentioned above, to create a card instance, call + snd_card_new(). + + + +dev, index, id, module, extra_size, &card); +]]> + + + + + + The function takes six arguments: the parent device pointer, + the card-index number, the id string, the module pointer (usually + THIS_MODULE), + the size of extra-data space, and the pointer to return the + card instance. The extra_size argument is used to + allocate card->private_data for the + chip-specific data. Note that these data + are allocated by snd_card_new(). + + + + The first argument, the pointer of struct + device, specifies the parent device. + For PCI devices, typically &pci-> is passed there. + +
+ +
+ Components + + After the card is created, you can attach the components + (devices) to the card instance. In an ALSA driver, a component is + represented as a struct snd_device object. + A component can be a PCM instance, a control interface, a raw + MIDI interface, etc. Each such instance has one component + entry. + + + + A component can be created via + snd_device_new() function. + + + + + + + + + + This takes the card pointer, the device-level + (SNDRV_DEV_XXX), the data pointer, and the + callback pointers (&ops). The + device-level defines the type of components and the order of + registration and de-registration. For most components, the + device-level is already defined. For a user-defined component, + you can use SNDRV_DEV_LOWLEVEL. + + + + This function itself doesn't allocate the data space. The data + must be allocated manually beforehand, and its pointer is passed + as the argument. This pointer (chip in the + above example) is used as the identifier for the instance. + + + + Each pre-defined ALSA component such as ac97 and pcm calls + snd_device_new() inside its + constructor. The destructor for each component is defined in the + callback pointers. Hence, you don't need to take care of + calling a destructor for such a component. + + + + If you wish to create your own component, you need to + set the destructor function to the dev_free callback in + the ops, so that it can be released + automatically via snd_card_free(). + The next example will show an implementation of chip-specific + data. + +
+ +
+ Chip-Specific Data + + Chip-specific information, e.g. the I/O port address, its + resource pointer, or the irq number, is stored in the + chip-specific record. + + + + + + + + + + In general, there are two ways of allocating the chip record. + + +
+ 1. Allocating via <function>snd_card_new()</function>. + + As mentioned above, you can pass the extra-data-length + to the 5th argument of snd_card_new(), i.e. + + + +dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE, + sizeof(struct mychip), &card); +]]> + + + + struct mychip is the type of the chip record. + + + + In return, the allocated record can be accessed as + + + +private_data; +]]> + + + + With this method, you don't have to allocate twice. + The record is released together with the card instance. + +
+ +
+ 2. Allocating an extra device. + + + After allocating a card instance via + snd_card_new() (with + 0 on the 4th arg), call + kzalloc(). + + + +dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE, + 0, &card); + ..... + chip = kzalloc(sizeof(*chip), GFP_KERNEL); +]]> + + + + + + The chip record should have the field to hold the card + pointer at least, + + + + + + + + + + Then, set the card pointer in the returned chip instance. + + + +card = card; +]]> + + + + + + Next, initialize the fields, and register this chip + record as a low-level device with a specified + ops, + + + + + + + + snd_mychip_dev_free() is the + device-destructor function, which will call the real + destructor. + + + + + +device_data); + } +]]> + + + + where snd_mychip_free() is the real destructor. + +
+
+ +
+ Registration and Release + + After all components are assigned, register the card instance + by calling snd_card_register(). Access + to the device files is enabled at this point. That is, before + snd_card_register() is called, the + components are safely inaccessible from external side. If this + call fails, exit the probe function after releasing the card via + snd_card_free(). + + + + For releasing the card instance, you can call simply + snd_card_free(). As mentioned earlier, all + components are released automatically by this call. + + + + For a device which allows hotplugging, you can use + snd_card_free_when_closed. This one will + postpone the destruction until all devices are closed. + + +
+ + + + + + + + + PCI Resource Management + +
+ Full Code Example + + In this section, we'll complete the chip-specific constructor, + destructor and PCI entries. Example code is shown first, + below. + + + PCI Resource Management Example + +irq >= 0) + free_irq(chip->irq, chip); + /* release the I/O ports & memory */ + pci_release_regions(chip->pci); + /* disable the PCI entry */ + pci_disable_device(chip->pci); + /* release the data */ + kfree(chip); + return 0; + } + + /* chip-specific constructor */ + static int snd_mychip_create(struct snd_card *card, + struct pci_dev *pci, + struct mychip **rchip) + { + struct mychip *chip; + int err; + static struct snd_device_ops ops = { + .dev_free = snd_mychip_dev_free, + }; + + *rchip = NULL; + + /* initialize the PCI entry */ + err = pci_enable_device(pci); + if (err < 0) + return err; + /* check PCI availability (28bit DMA) */ + if (pci_set_dma_mask(pci, DMA_BIT_MASK(28)) < 0 || + pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(pci, DMA_BIT_MASK(28)) < 0) { + printk(KERN_ERR "error to set 28bit mask DMA\n"); + pci_disable_device(pci); + return -ENXIO; + } + + chip = kzalloc(sizeof(*chip), GFP_KERNEL); + if (chip == NULL) { + pci_disable_device(pci); + return -ENOMEM; + } + + /* initialize the stuff */ + chip->card = card; + chip->pci = pci; + chip->irq = -1; + + /* (1) PCI resource allocation */ + err = pci_request_regions(pci, "My Chip"); + if (err < 0) { + kfree(chip); + pci_disable_device(pci); + return err; + } + chip->port = pci_resource_start(pci, 0); + if (request_irq(pci->irq, snd_mychip_interrupt, + IRQF_SHARED, KBUILD_MODNAME, chip)) { + printk(KERN_ERR "cannot grab irq %d\n", pci->irq); + snd_mychip_free(chip); + return -EBUSY; + } + chip->irq = pci->irq; + + /* (2) initialization of the chip hardware */ + .... /* (not implemented in this document) */ + + err = snd_device_new(card, SNDRV_DEV_LOWLEVEL, chip, &ops); + if (err < 0) { + snd_mychip_free(chip); + return err; + } + + *rchip = chip; + return 0; + } + + /* PCI IDs */ + static struct pci_device_id snd_mychip_ids[] = { + { PCI_VENDOR_ID_FOO, PCI_DEVICE_ID_BAR, + PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, 0, }, + .... + { 0, } + }; + MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(pci, snd_mychip_ids); + + /* pci_driver definition */ + static struct pci_driver driver = { + .name = KBUILD_MODNAME, + .id_table = snd_mychip_ids, + .probe = snd_mychip_probe, + .remove = snd_mychip_remove, + }; + + /* module initialization */ + static int __init alsa_card_mychip_init(void) + { + return pci_register_driver(&driver); + } + + /* module clean up */ + static void __exit alsa_card_mychip_exit(void) + { + pci_unregister_driver(&driver); + } + + module_init(alsa_card_mychip_init) + module_exit(alsa_card_mychip_exit) + + EXPORT_NO_SYMBOLS; /* for old kernels only */ +]]> + + + +
+ +
+ Some Hafta's + + The allocation of PCI resources is done in the + probe() function, and usually an extra + xxx_create() function is written for this + purpose. + + + + In the case of PCI devices, you first have to call + the pci_enable_device() function before + allocating resources. Also, you need to set the proper PCI DMA + mask to limit the accessed I/O range. In some cases, you might + need to call pci_set_master() function, + too. + + + + Suppose the 28bit mask, and the code to be added would be like: + + + + + + + +
+ +
+ Resource Allocation + + The allocation of I/O ports and irqs is done via standard kernel + functions. Unlike ALSA ver.0.5.x., there are no helpers for + that. And these resources must be released in the destructor + function (see below). Also, on ALSA 0.9.x, you don't need to + allocate (pseudo-)DMA for PCI like in ALSA 0.5.x. + + + + Now assume that the PCI device has an I/O port with 8 bytes + and an interrupt. Then struct mychip will have the + following fields: + + + + + + + + + + For an I/O port (and also a memory region), you need to have + the resource pointer for the standard resource management. For + an irq, you have to keep only the irq number (integer). But you + need to initialize this number as -1 before actual allocation, + since irq 0 is valid. The port address and its resource pointer + can be initialized as null by + kzalloc() automatically, so you + don't have to take care of resetting them. + + + + The allocation of an I/O port is done like this: + + + +port = pci_resource_start(pci, 0); +]]> + + + + + + + It will reserve the I/O port region of 8 bytes of the given + PCI device. The returned value, chip->res_port, is allocated + via kmalloc() by + request_region(). The pointer must be + released via kfree(), but there is a + problem with this. This issue will be explained later. + + + + The allocation of an interrupt source is done like this: + + + +irq, snd_mychip_interrupt, + IRQF_SHARED, KBUILD_MODNAME, chip)) { + printk(KERN_ERR "cannot grab irq %d\n", pci->irq); + snd_mychip_free(chip); + return -EBUSY; + } + chip->irq = pci->irq; +]]> + + + + where snd_mychip_interrupt() is the + interrupt handler defined later. + Note that chip->irq should be defined + only when request_irq() succeeded. + + + + On the PCI bus, interrupts can be shared. Thus, + IRQF_SHARED is used as the interrupt flag of + request_irq(). + + + + The last argument of request_irq() is the + data pointer passed to the interrupt handler. Usually, the + chip-specific record is used for that, but you can use what you + like, too. + + + + I won't give details about the interrupt handler at this + point, but at least its appearance can be explained now. The + interrupt handler looks usually like the following: + + + + + + + + + + Now let's write the corresponding destructor for the resources + above. The role of destructor is simple: disable the hardware + (if already activated) and release the resources. So far, we + have no hardware part, so the disabling code is not written here. + + + + To release the resources, the check-and-release + method is a safer way. For the interrupt, do like this: + + + +irq >= 0) + free_irq(chip->irq, chip); +]]> + + + + Since the irq number can start from 0, you should initialize + chip->irq with a negative value (e.g. -1), so that you can + check the validity of the irq number as above. + + + + When you requested I/O ports or memory regions via + pci_request_region() or + pci_request_regions() like in this example, + release the resource(s) using the corresponding function, + pci_release_region() or + pci_release_regions(). + + + +pci); +]]> + + + + + + When you requested manually via request_region() + or request_mem_region, you can release it via + release_resource(). Suppose that you keep + the resource pointer returned from request_region() + in chip->res_port, the release procedure looks like: + + + +res_port); +]]> + + + + + + Don't forget to call pci_disable_device() + before the end. + + + + And finally, release the chip-specific record. + + + + + + + + + + We didn't implement the hardware disabling part in the above. + If you need to do this, please note that the destructor may be + called even before the initialization of the chip is completed. + It would be better to have a flag to skip hardware disabling + if the hardware was not initialized yet. + + + + When the chip-data is assigned to the card using + snd_device_new() with + SNDRV_DEV_LOWLELVEL , its destructor is + called at the last. That is, it is assured that all other + components like PCMs and controls have already been released. + You don't have to stop PCMs, etc. explicitly, but just + call low-level hardware stopping. + + + + The management of a memory-mapped region is almost as same as + the management of an I/O port. You'll need three fields like + the following: + + + + + + + + and the allocation would be like below: + + + +iobase_phys = pci_resource_start(pci, 0); + chip->iobase_virt = ioremap_nocache(chip->iobase_phys, + pci_resource_len(pci, 0)); +]]> + + + + and the corresponding destructor would be: + + + +iobase_virt) + iounmap(chip->iobase_virt); + .... + pci_release_regions(chip->pci); + .... + } +]]> + + + + +
+ +
+ PCI Entries + + So far, so good. Let's finish the missing PCI + stuff. At first, we need a + pci_device_id table for this + chipset. It's a table of PCI vendor/device ID number, and some + masks. + + + + For example, + + + + + + + + + + The first and second fields of + the pci_device_id structure are the vendor and + device IDs. If you have no reason to filter the matching + devices, you can leave the remaining fields as above. The last + field of the pci_device_id struct contains + private data for this entry. You can specify any value here, for + example, to define specific operations for supported device IDs. + Such an example is found in the intel8x0 driver. + + + + The last entry of this list is the terminator. You must + specify this all-zero entry. + + + + Then, prepare the pci_driver record: + + + + + + + + + + The probe and + remove functions have already + been defined in the previous sections. + The name + field is the name string of this device. Note that you must not + use a slash / in this string. + + + + And at last, the module entries: + + + + + + + + + + Note that these module entries are tagged with + __init and + __exit prefixes. + + + + Oh, one thing was forgotten. If you have no exported symbols, + you need to declare it in 2.2 or 2.4 kernels (it's not necessary in 2.6 kernels). + + + + + + + + That's all! + +
+ + + + + + + + PCM Interface + +
+ General + + The PCM middle layer of ALSA is quite powerful and it is only + necessary for each driver to implement the low-level functions + to access its hardware. + + + + For accessing to the PCM layer, you need to include + <sound/pcm.h> first. In addition, + <sound/pcm_params.h> might be needed + if you access to some functions related with hw_param. + + + + Each card device can have up to four pcm instances. A pcm + instance corresponds to a pcm device file. The limitation of + number of instances comes only from the available bit size of + the Linux's device numbers. Once when 64bit device number is + used, we'll have more pcm instances available. + + + + A pcm instance consists of pcm playback and capture streams, + and each pcm stream consists of one or more pcm substreams. Some + soundcards support multiple playback functions. For example, + emu10k1 has a PCM playback of 32 stereo substreams. In this case, at + each open, a free substream is (usually) automatically chosen + and opened. Meanwhile, when only one substream exists and it was + already opened, the successful open will either block + or error with EAGAIN according to the + file open mode. But you don't have to care about such details in your + driver. The PCM middle layer will take care of such work. + +
+ +
+ Full Code Example + + The example code below does not include any hardware access + routines but shows only the skeleton, how to build up the PCM + interfaces. + + + PCM Example Code + + + .... + + /* hardware definition */ + static struct snd_pcm_hardware snd_mychip_playback_hw = { + .info = (SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP | + SNDRV_PCM_INFO_INTERLEAVED | + SNDRV_PCM_INFO_BLOCK_TRANSFER | + SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP_VALID), + .formats = SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE, + .rates = SNDRV_PCM_RATE_8000_48000, + .rate_min = 8000, + .rate_max = 48000, + .channels_min = 2, + .channels_max = 2, + .buffer_bytes_max = 32768, + .period_bytes_min = 4096, + .period_bytes_max = 32768, + .periods_min = 1, + .periods_max = 1024, + }; + + /* hardware definition */ + static struct snd_pcm_hardware snd_mychip_capture_hw = { + .info = (SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP | + SNDRV_PCM_INFO_INTERLEAVED | + SNDRV_PCM_INFO_BLOCK_TRANSFER | + SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP_VALID), + .formats = SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE, + .rates = SNDRV_PCM_RATE_8000_48000, + .rate_min = 8000, + .rate_max = 48000, + .channels_min = 2, + .channels_max = 2, + .buffer_bytes_max = 32768, + .period_bytes_min = 4096, + .period_bytes_max = 32768, + .periods_min = 1, + .periods_max = 1024, + }; + + /* open callback */ + static int snd_mychip_playback_open(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream) + { + struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream); + struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime = substream->runtime; + + runtime->hw = snd_mychip_playback_hw; + /* more hardware-initialization will be done here */ + .... + return 0; + } + + /* close callback */ + static int snd_mychip_playback_close(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream) + { + struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream); + /* the hardware-specific codes will be here */ + .... + return 0; + + } + + /* open callback */ + static int snd_mychip_capture_open(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream) + { + struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream); + struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime = substream->runtime; + + runtime->hw = snd_mychip_capture_hw; + /* more hardware-initialization will be done here */ + .... + return 0; + } + + /* close callback */ + static int snd_mychip_capture_close(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream) + { + struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream); + /* the hardware-specific codes will be here */ + .... + return 0; + + } + + /* hw_params callback */ + static int snd_mychip_pcm_hw_params(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream, + struct snd_pcm_hw_params *hw_params) + { + return snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages(substream, + params_buffer_bytes(hw_params)); + } + + /* hw_free callback */ + static int snd_mychip_pcm_hw_free(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream) + { + return snd_pcm_lib_free_pages(substream); + } + + /* prepare callback */ + static int snd_mychip_pcm_prepare(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream) + { + struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream); + struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime = substream->runtime; + + /* set up the hardware with the current configuration + * for example... + */ + mychip_set_sample_format(chip, runtime->format); + mychip_set_sample_rate(chip, runtime->rate); + mychip_set_channels(chip, runtime->channels); + mychip_set_dma_setup(chip, runtime->dma_addr, + chip->buffer_size, + chip->period_size); + return 0; + } + + /* trigger callback */ + static int snd_mychip_pcm_trigger(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream, + int cmd) + { + switch (cmd) { + case SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_START: + /* do something to start the PCM engine */ + .... + break; + case SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_STOP: + /* do something to stop the PCM engine */ + .... + break; + default: + return -EINVAL; + } + } + + /* pointer callback */ + static snd_pcm_uframes_t + snd_mychip_pcm_pointer(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream) + { + struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream); + unsigned int current_ptr; + + /* get the current hardware pointer */ + current_ptr = mychip_get_hw_pointer(chip); + return current_ptr; + } + + /* operators */ + static struct snd_pcm_ops snd_mychip_playback_ops = { + .open = snd_mychip_playback_open, + .close = snd_mychip_playback_close, + .ioctl = snd_pcm_lib_ioctl, + .hw_params = snd_mychip_pcm_hw_params, + .hw_free = snd_mychip_pcm_hw_free, + .prepare = snd_mychip_pcm_prepare, + .trigger = snd_mychip_pcm_trigger, + .pointer = snd_mychip_pcm_pointer, + }; + + /* operators */ + static struct snd_pcm_ops snd_mychip_capture_ops = { + .open = snd_mychip_capture_open, + .close = snd_mychip_capture_close, + .ioctl = snd_pcm_lib_ioctl, + .hw_params = snd_mychip_pcm_hw_params, + .hw_free = snd_mychip_pcm_hw_free, + .prepare = snd_mychip_pcm_prepare, + .trigger = snd_mychip_pcm_trigger, + .pointer = snd_mychip_pcm_pointer, + }; + + /* + * definitions of capture are omitted here... + */ + + /* create a pcm device */ + static int snd_mychip_new_pcm(struct mychip *chip) + { + struct snd_pcm *pcm; + int err; + + err = snd_pcm_new(chip->card, "My Chip", 0, 1, 1, &pcm); + if (err < 0) + return err; + pcm->private_data = chip; + strcpy(pcm->name, "My Chip"); + chip->pcm = pcm; + /* set operators */ + snd_pcm_set_ops(pcm, SNDRV_PCM_STREAM_PLAYBACK, + &snd_mychip_playback_ops); + snd_pcm_set_ops(pcm, SNDRV_PCM_STREAM_CAPTURE, + &snd_mychip_capture_ops); + /* pre-allocation of buffers */ + /* NOTE: this may fail */ + snd_pcm_lib_preallocate_pages_for_all(pcm, SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV, + snd_dma_pci_data(chip->pci), + 64*1024, 64*1024); + return 0; + } +]]> + + + +
+ +
+ Constructor + + A pcm instance is allocated by the snd_pcm_new() + function. It would be better to create a constructor for pcm, + namely, + + + +card, "My Chip", 0, 1, 1, &pcm); + if (err < 0) + return err; + pcm->private_data = chip; + strcpy(pcm->name, "My Chip"); + chip->pcm = pcm; + .... + return 0; + } +]]> + + + + + + The snd_pcm_new() function takes four + arguments. The first argument is the card pointer to which this + pcm is assigned, and the second is the ID string. + + + + The third argument (index, 0 in the + above) is the index of this new pcm. It begins from zero. If + you create more than one pcm instances, specify the + different numbers in this argument. For example, + index = 1 for the second PCM device. + + + + The fourth and fifth arguments are the number of substreams + for playback and capture, respectively. Here 1 is used for + both arguments. When no playback or capture substreams are available, + pass 0 to the corresponding argument. + + + + If a chip supports multiple playbacks or captures, you can + specify more numbers, but they must be handled properly in + open/close, etc. callbacks. When you need to know which + substream you are referring to, then it can be obtained from + struct snd_pcm_substream data passed to each callback + as follows: + + + +number; +]]> + + + + + + After the pcm is created, you need to set operators for each + pcm stream. + + + + + + + + + + The operators are defined typically like this: + + + + + + + + All the callbacks are described in the + + Operators subsection. + + + + After setting the operators, you probably will want to + pre-allocate the buffer. For the pre-allocation, simply call + the following: + + + +pci), + 64*1024, 64*1024); +]]> + + + + It will allocate a buffer up to 64kB as default. + Buffer management details will be described in the later section Buffer and Memory + Management. + + + + Additionally, you can set some extra information for this pcm + in pcm->info_flags. + The available values are defined as + SNDRV_PCM_INFO_XXX in + <sound/asound.h>, which is used for + the hardware definition (described later). When your soundchip + supports only half-duplex, specify like this: + + + +info_flags = SNDRV_PCM_INFO_HALF_DUPLEX; +]]> + + + +
+ +
+ ... And the Destructor? + + The destructor for a pcm instance is not always + necessary. Since the pcm device will be released by the middle + layer code automatically, you don't have to call the destructor + explicitly. + + + + The destructor would be necessary if you created + special records internally and needed to release them. In such a + case, set the destructor function to + pcm->private_free: + + + PCM Instance with a Destructor + +my_private_pcm_data); + /* do what you like else */ + .... + } + + static int snd_mychip_new_pcm(struct mychip *chip) + { + struct snd_pcm *pcm; + .... + /* allocate your own data */ + chip->my_private_pcm_data = kmalloc(...); + /* set the destructor */ + pcm->private_data = chip; + pcm->private_free = mychip_pcm_free; + .... + } +]]> + + + +
+ +
+ Runtime Pointer - The Chest of PCM Information + + When the PCM substream is opened, a PCM runtime instance is + allocated and assigned to the substream. This pointer is + accessible via substream->runtime. + This runtime pointer holds most information you need + to control the PCM: the copy of hw_params and sw_params configurations, the buffer + pointers, mmap records, spinlocks, etc. + + + + The definition of runtime instance is found in + <sound/pcm.h>. Here are + the contents of this file: + + + + + + + + + For the operators (callbacks) of each sound driver, most of + these records are supposed to be read-only. Only the PCM + middle-layer changes / updates them. The exceptions are + the hardware description (hw), interrupt callbacks + (transfer_ack_xxx), DMA buffer information, and the private + data. Besides, if you use the standard buffer allocation + method via snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages(), + you don't need to set the DMA buffer information by yourself. + + + + In the sections below, important records are explained. + + +
+ Hardware Description + + The hardware descriptor (struct snd_pcm_hardware) + contains the definitions of the fundamental hardware + configuration. Above all, you'll need to define this in + + the open callback. + Note that the runtime instance holds the copy of the + descriptor, not the pointer to the existing descriptor. That + is, in the open callback, you can modify the copied descriptor + (runtime->hw) as you need. For example, if the maximum + number of channels is 1 only on some chip models, you can + still use the same hardware descriptor and change the + channels_max later: + + +runtime; + ... + runtime->hw = snd_mychip_playback_hw; /* common definition */ + if (chip->model == VERY_OLD_ONE) + runtime->hw.channels_max = 1; +]]> + + + + + + Typically, you'll have a hardware descriptor as below: + + + + + + + + + + + The info field contains the type and + capabilities of this pcm. The bit flags are defined in + <sound/asound.h> as + SNDRV_PCM_INFO_XXX. Here, at least, you + have to specify whether the mmap is supported and which + interleaved format is supported. + When the hardware supports mmap, add the + SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP flag here. When the + hardware supports the interleaved or the non-interleaved + formats, SNDRV_PCM_INFO_INTERLEAVED or + SNDRV_PCM_INFO_NONINTERLEAVED flag must + be set, respectively. If both are supported, you can set both, + too. + + + + In the above example, MMAP_VALID and + BLOCK_TRANSFER are specified for the OSS mmap + mode. Usually both are set. Of course, + MMAP_VALID is set only if the mmap is + really supported. + + + + The other possible flags are + SNDRV_PCM_INFO_PAUSE and + SNDRV_PCM_INFO_RESUME. The + PAUSE bit means that the pcm supports the + pause operation, while the + RESUME bit means that the pcm supports + the full suspend/resume operation. + If the PAUSE flag is set, + the trigger callback below + must handle the corresponding (pause push/release) commands. + The suspend/resume trigger commands can be defined even without + the RESUME flag. See + Power Management section for details. + + + + When the PCM substreams can be synchronized (typically, + synchronized start/stop of a playback and a capture streams), + you can give SNDRV_PCM_INFO_SYNC_START, + too. In this case, you'll need to check the linked-list of + PCM substreams in the trigger callback. This will be + described in the later section. + + + + + + formats field contains the bit-flags + of supported formats (SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_XXX). + If the hardware supports more than one format, give all or'ed + bits. In the example above, the signed 16bit little-endian + format is specified. + + + + + + rates field contains the bit-flags of + supported rates (SNDRV_PCM_RATE_XXX). + When the chip supports continuous rates, pass + CONTINUOUS bit additionally. + The pre-defined rate bits are provided only for typical + rates. If your chip supports unconventional rates, you need to add + the KNOT bit and set up the hardware + constraint manually (explained later). + + + + + + rate_min and + rate_max define the minimum and + maximum sample rate. This should correspond somehow to + rates bits. + + + + + + channel_min and + channel_max + define, as you might already expected, the minimum and maximum + number of channels. + + + + + + buffer_bytes_max defines the + maximum buffer size in bytes. There is no + buffer_bytes_min field, since + it can be calculated from the minimum period size and the + minimum number of periods. + Meanwhile, period_bytes_min and + define the minimum and maximum size of the period in bytes. + periods_max and + periods_min define the maximum and + minimum number of periods in the buffer. + + + + The period is a term that corresponds to + a fragment in the OSS world. The period defines the size at + which a PCM interrupt is generated. This size strongly + depends on the hardware. + Generally, the smaller period size will give you more + interrupts, that is, more controls. + In the case of capture, this size defines the input latency. + On the other hand, the whole buffer size defines the + output latency for the playback direction. + + + + + + There is also a field fifo_size. + This specifies the size of the hardware FIFO, but currently it + is neither used in the driver nor in the alsa-lib. So, you + can ignore this field. + + + + +
+ +
+ PCM Configurations + + Ok, let's go back again to the PCM runtime records. + The most frequently referred records in the runtime instance are + the PCM configurations. + The PCM configurations are stored in the runtime instance + after the application sends hw_params data via + alsa-lib. There are many fields copied from hw_params and + sw_params structs. For example, + format holds the format type + chosen by the application. This field contains the enum value + SNDRV_PCM_FORMAT_XXX. + + + + One thing to be noted is that the configured buffer and period + sizes are stored in frames in the runtime. + In the ALSA world, 1 frame = channels * samples-size. + For conversion between frames and bytes, you can use the + frames_to_bytes() and + bytes_to_frames() helper functions. + + +period_size); +]]> + + + + + + Also, many software parameters (sw_params) are + stored in frames, too. Please check the type of the field. + snd_pcm_uframes_t is for the frames as unsigned + integer while snd_pcm_sframes_t is for the frames + as signed integer. + +
+ +
+ DMA Buffer Information + + The DMA buffer is defined by the following four fields, + dma_area, + dma_addr, + dma_bytes and + dma_private. + The dma_area holds the buffer + pointer (the logical address). You can call + memcpy from/to + this pointer. Meanwhile, dma_addr + holds the physical address of the buffer. This field is + specified only when the buffer is a linear buffer. + dma_bytes holds the size of buffer + in bytes. dma_private is used for + the ALSA DMA allocator. + + + + If you use a standard ALSA function, + snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages(), for + allocating the buffer, these fields are set by the ALSA middle + layer, and you should not change them by + yourself. You can read them but not write them. + On the other hand, if you want to allocate the buffer by + yourself, you'll need to manage it in hw_params callback. + At least, dma_bytes is mandatory. + dma_area is necessary when the + buffer is mmapped. If your driver doesn't support mmap, this + field is not necessary. dma_addr + is also optional. You can use + dma_private as you like, too. + +
+ +
+ Running Status + + The running status can be referred via runtime->status. + This is the pointer to the struct snd_pcm_mmap_status + record. For example, you can get the current DMA hardware + pointer via runtime->status->hw_ptr. + + + + The DMA application pointer can be referred via + runtime->control, which points to the + struct snd_pcm_mmap_control record. + However, accessing directly to this value is not recommended. + +
+ +
+ Private Data + + You can allocate a record for the substream and store it in + runtime->private_data. Usually, this + is done in + + the open callback. + Don't mix this with pcm->private_data. + The pcm->private_data usually points to the + chip instance assigned statically at the creation of PCM, while the + runtime->private_data points to a dynamic + data structure created at the PCM open callback. + + + +runtime->private_data = data; + .... + } +]]> + + + + + + The allocated object must be released in + + the close callback. + +
+ +
+ Interrupt Callbacks + + The field transfer_ack_begin and + transfer_ack_end are called at + the beginning and at the end of + snd_pcm_period_elapsed(), respectively. + +
+ +
+ +
+ Operators + + OK, now let me give details about each pcm callback + (ops). In general, every callback must + return 0 if successful, or a negative error number + such as -EINVAL. To choose an appropriate + error number, it is advised to check what value other parts of + the kernel return when the same kind of request fails. + + + + The callback function takes at least the argument with + snd_pcm_substream pointer. To retrieve + the chip record from the given substream instance, you can use the + following macro. + + + + + + + + The macro reads substream->private_data, + which is a copy of pcm->private_data. + You can override the former if you need to assign different data + records per PCM substream. For example, the cmi8330 driver assigns + different private_data for playback and capture directions, + because it uses two different codecs (SB- and AD-compatible) for + different directions. + + +
+ open callback + + + + + + + + This is called when a pcm substream is opened. + + + + At least, here you have to initialize the runtime->hw + record. Typically, this is done by like this: + + + +runtime; + + runtime->hw = snd_mychip_playback_hw; + return 0; + } +]]> + + + + where snd_mychip_playback_hw is the + pre-defined hardware description. + + + + You can allocate a private data in this callback, as described + in + Private Data section. + + + + If the hardware configuration needs more constraints, set the + hardware constraints here, too. + See + Constraints for more details. + +
+ +
+ close callback + + + + + + + + Obviously, this is called when a pcm substream is closed. + + + + Any private instance for a pcm substream allocated in the + open callback will be released here. + + + +runtime->private_data); + .... + } +]]> + + + +
+ +
+ ioctl callback + + This is used for any special call to pcm ioctls. But + usually you can pass a generic ioctl callback, + snd_pcm_lib_ioctl. + +
+ +
+ hw_params callback + + + + + + + + + + This is called when the hardware parameter + (hw_params) is set + up by the application, + that is, once when the buffer size, the period size, the + format, etc. are defined for the pcm substream. + + + + Many hardware setups should be done in this callback, + including the allocation of buffers. + + + + Parameters to be initialized are retrieved by + params_xxx() macros. To allocate + buffer, you can call a helper function, + + + + + + + + snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages() is available + only when the DMA buffers have been pre-allocated. + See the section + Buffer Types for more details. + + + + Note that this and prepare callbacks + may be called multiple times per initialization. + For example, the OSS emulation may + call these callbacks at each change via its ioctl. + + + + Thus, you need to be careful not to allocate the same buffers + many times, which will lead to memory leaks! Calling the + helper function above many times is OK. It will release the + previous buffer automatically when it was already allocated. + + + + Another note is that this callback is non-atomic + (schedulable) as default, i.e. when no + nonatomic flag set. + This is important, because the + trigger callback + is atomic (non-schedulable). That is, mutexes or any + schedule-related functions are not available in + trigger callback. + Please see the subsection + + Atomicity for details. + +
+ +
+ hw_free callback + + + + + + + + + + This is called to release the resources allocated via + hw_params. For example, releasing the + buffer via + snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages() is done by + calling the following: + + + + + + + + + + This function is always called before the close callback is called. + Also, the callback may be called multiple times, too. + Keep track whether the resource was already released. + +
+ +
+ prepare callback + + + + + + + + + + This callback is called when the pcm is + prepared. You can set the format type, sample + rate, etc. here. The difference from + hw_params is that the + prepare callback will be called each + time + snd_pcm_prepare() is called, i.e. when + recovering after underruns, etc. + + + + Note that this callback is now non-atomic. + You can use schedule-related functions safely in this callback. + + + + In this and the following callbacks, you can refer to the + values via the runtime record, + substream->runtime. + For example, to get the current + rate, format or channels, access to + runtime->rate, + runtime->format or + runtime->channels, respectively. + The physical address of the allocated buffer is set to + runtime->dma_area. The buffer and period sizes are + in runtime->buffer_size and runtime->period_size, + respectively. + + + + Be careful that this callback will be called many times at + each setup, too. + +
+ +
+ trigger callback + + + + + + + + This is called when the pcm is started, stopped or paused. + + + + Which action is specified in the second argument, + SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_XXX in + <sound/pcm.h>. At least, + the START and STOP + commands must be defined in this callback. + + + + + + + + + + When the pcm supports the pause operation (given in the info + field of the hardware table), the PAUSE_PUSH + and PAUSE_RELEASE commands must be + handled here, too. The former is the command to pause the pcm, + and the latter to restart the pcm again. + + + + When the pcm supports the suspend/resume operation, + regardless of full or partial suspend/resume support, + the SUSPEND and RESUME + commands must be handled, too. + These commands are issued when the power-management status is + changed. Obviously, the SUSPEND and + RESUME commands + suspend and resume the pcm substream, and usually, they + are identical to the STOP and + START commands, respectively. + See the + Power Management section for details. + + + + As mentioned, this callback is atomic as default unless + nonatomic flag set, and + you cannot call functions which may sleep. + The trigger callback should be as minimal as possible, + just really triggering the DMA. The other stuff should be + initialized hw_params and prepare callbacks properly + beforehand. + +
+ +
+ pointer callback + + + + + + + + This callback is called when the PCM middle layer inquires + the current hardware position on the buffer. The position must + be returned in frames, + ranging from 0 to buffer_size - 1. + + + + This is called usually from the buffer-update routine in the + pcm middle layer, which is invoked when + snd_pcm_period_elapsed() is called in the + interrupt routine. Then the pcm middle layer updates the + position and calculates the available space, and wakes up the + sleeping poll threads, etc. + + + + This callback is also atomic as default. + +
+ +
+ copy and silence callbacks + + These callbacks are not mandatory, and can be omitted in + most cases. These callbacks are used when the hardware buffer + cannot be in the normal memory space. Some chips have their + own buffer on the hardware which is not mappable. In such a + case, you have to transfer the data manually from the memory + buffer to the hardware buffer. Or, if the buffer is + non-contiguous on both physical and virtual memory spaces, + these callbacks must be defined, too. + + + + If these two callbacks are defined, copy and set-silence + operations are done by them. The detailed will be described in + the later section Buffer and Memory + Management. + +
+ +
+ ack callback + + This callback is also not mandatory. This callback is called + when the appl_ptr is updated in read or write operations. + Some drivers like emu10k1-fx and cs46xx need to track the + current appl_ptr for the internal buffer, and this callback + is useful only for such a purpose. + + + This callback is atomic as default. + +
+ +
+ page callback + + + This callback is optional too. This callback is used + mainly for non-contiguous buffers. The mmap calls this + callback to get the page address. Some examples will be + explained in the later section Buffer and Memory + Management, too. + +
+
+ +
+ Interrupt Handler + + The rest of pcm stuff is the PCM interrupt handler. The + role of PCM interrupt handler in the sound driver is to update + the buffer position and to tell the PCM middle layer when the + buffer position goes across the prescribed period size. To + inform this, call the snd_pcm_period_elapsed() + function. + + + + There are several types of sound chips to generate the interrupts. + + +
+ Interrupts at the period (fragment) boundary + + This is the most frequently found type: the hardware + generates an interrupt at each period boundary. + In this case, you can call + snd_pcm_period_elapsed() at each + interrupt. + + + + snd_pcm_period_elapsed() takes the + substream pointer as its argument. Thus, you need to keep the + substream pointer accessible from the chip instance. For + example, define substream field in the chip record to hold the + current running substream pointer, and set the pointer value + at open callback (and reset at close callback). + + + + If you acquire a spinlock in the interrupt handler, and the + lock is used in other pcm callbacks, too, then you have to + release the lock before calling + snd_pcm_period_elapsed(), because + snd_pcm_period_elapsed() calls other pcm + callbacks inside. + + + + Typical code would be like: + + + Interrupt Handler Case #1 + +lock); + .... + if (pcm_irq_invoked(chip)) { + /* call updater, unlock before it */ + spin_unlock(&chip->lock); + snd_pcm_period_elapsed(chip->substream); + spin_lock(&chip->lock); + /* acknowledge the interrupt if necessary */ + } + .... + spin_unlock(&chip->lock); + return IRQ_HANDLED; + } +]]> + + + +
+ +
+ High frequency timer interrupts + + This happens when the hardware doesn't generate interrupts + at the period boundary but issues timer interrupts at a fixed + timer rate (e.g. es1968 or ymfpci drivers). + In this case, you need to check the current hardware + position and accumulate the processed sample length at each + interrupt. When the accumulated size exceeds the period + size, call + snd_pcm_period_elapsed() and reset the + accumulator. + + + + Typical code would be like the following. + + + Interrupt Handler Case #2 + +lock); + .... + if (pcm_irq_invoked(chip)) { + unsigned int last_ptr, size; + /* get the current hardware pointer (in frames) */ + last_ptr = get_hw_ptr(chip); + /* calculate the processed frames since the + * last update + */ + if (last_ptr < chip->last_ptr) + size = runtime->buffer_size + last_ptr + - chip->last_ptr; + else + size = last_ptr - chip->last_ptr; + /* remember the last updated point */ + chip->last_ptr = last_ptr; + /* accumulate the size */ + chip->size += size; + /* over the period boundary? */ + if (chip->size >= runtime->period_size) { + /* reset the accumulator */ + chip->size %= runtime->period_size; + /* call updater */ + spin_unlock(&chip->lock); + snd_pcm_period_elapsed(substream); + spin_lock(&chip->lock); + } + /* acknowledge the interrupt if necessary */ + } + .... + spin_unlock(&chip->lock); + return IRQ_HANDLED; + } +]]> + + + +
+ +
+ On calling <function>snd_pcm_period_elapsed()</function> + + In both cases, even if more than one period are elapsed, you + don't have to call + snd_pcm_period_elapsed() many times. Call + only once. And the pcm layer will check the current hardware + pointer and update to the latest status. + +
+
+ +
+ Atomicity + + One of the most important (and thus difficult to debug) problems + in kernel programming are race conditions. + In the Linux kernel, they are usually avoided via spin-locks, mutexes + or semaphores. In general, if a race condition can happen + in an interrupt handler, it has to be managed atomically, and you + have to use a spinlock to protect the critical session. If the + critical section is not in interrupt handler code and + if taking a relatively long time to execute is acceptable, you + should use mutexes or semaphores instead. + + + + As already seen, some pcm callbacks are atomic and some are + not. For example, the hw_params callback is + non-atomic, while trigger callback is + atomic. This means, the latter is called already in a spinlock + held by the PCM middle layer. Please take this atomicity into + account when you choose a locking scheme in the callbacks. + + + + In the atomic callbacks, you cannot use functions which may call + schedule or go to + sleep. Semaphores and mutexes can sleep, + and hence they cannot be used inside the atomic callbacks + (e.g. trigger callback). + To implement some delay in such a callback, please use + udelay() or mdelay(). + + + + All three atomic callbacks (trigger, pointer, and ack) are + called with local interrupts disabled. + + + + The recent changes in PCM core code, however, allow all PCM + operations to be non-atomic. This assumes that the all caller + sides are in non-atomic contexts. For example, the function + snd_pcm_period_elapsed() is called + typically from the interrupt handler. But, if you set up the + driver to use a threaded interrupt handler, this call can be in + non-atomic context, too. In such a case, you can set + nonatomic filed of + snd_pcm object after creating it. + When this flag is set, mutex and rwsem are used internally in + the PCM core instead of spin and rwlocks, so that you can call + all PCM functions safely in a non-atomic context. + + +
+
+ Constraints + + If your chip supports unconventional sample rates, or only the + limited samples, you need to set a constraint for the + condition. + + + + For example, in order to restrict the sample rates in the some + supported values, use + snd_pcm_hw_constraint_list(). + You need to call this function in the open callback. + + + Example of Hardware Constraints + +runtime, 0, + SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_RATE, + &constraints_rates); + if (err < 0) + return err; + .... + } +]]> + + + + + + There are many different constraints. + Look at sound/pcm.h for a complete list. + You can even define your own constraint rules. + For example, let's suppose my_chip can manage a substream of 1 channel + if and only if the format is S16_LE, otherwise it supports any format + specified in the snd_pcm_hardware structure (or in any + other constraint_list). You can build a rule like this: + + + Example of Hardware Constraints for Channels + +bits[0] == SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE) { + ch.min = ch.max = 1; + ch.integer = 1; + return snd_interval_refine(c, &ch); + } + return 0; + } +]]> + + + + + + Then you need to call this function to add your rule: + + + +runtime, 0, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS, + hw_rule_channels_by_format, NULL, + SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT, -1); +]]> + + + + + + The rule function is called when an application sets the PCM + format, and it refines the number of channels accordingly. + But an application may set the number of channels before + setting the format. Thus you also need to define the inverse rule: + + + Example of Hardware Constraints for Formats + +min < 2) { + fmt.bits[0] &= SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE; + return snd_mask_refine(f, &fmt); + } + return 0; + } +]]> + + + + + + ...and in the open callback: + + +runtime, 0, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT, + hw_rule_format_by_channels, NULL, + SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS, -1); +]]> + + + + + + I won't give more details here, rather I + would like to say, Luke, use the source. + +
+ + + + + + + + + Control Interface + +
+ General + + The control interface is used widely for many switches, + sliders, etc. which are accessed from user-space. Its most + important use is the mixer interface. In other words, since ALSA + 0.9.x, all the mixer stuff is implemented on the control kernel API. + + + + ALSA has a well-defined AC97 control module. If your chip + supports only the AC97 and nothing else, you can skip this + section. + + + + The control API is defined in + <sound/control.h>. + Include this file if you want to add your own controls. + +
+ +
+ Definition of Controls + + To create a new control, you need to define the + following three + callbacks: info, + get and + put. Then, define a + struct snd_kcontrol_new record, such as: + + + Definition of a Control + + + + + + + + The iface field specifies the control + type, SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_IFACE_XXX, which + is usually MIXER. + Use CARD for global controls that are not + logically part of the mixer. + If the control is closely associated with some specific device on + the sound card, use HWDEP, + PCM, RAWMIDI, + TIMER, or SEQUENCER, and + specify the device number with the + device and + subdevice fields. + + + + The name is the name identifier + string. Since ALSA 0.9.x, the control name is very important, + because its role is classified from its name. There are + pre-defined standard control names. The details are described in + the + Control Names subsection. + + + + The index field holds the index number + of this control. If there are several different controls with + the same name, they can be distinguished by the index + number. This is the case when + several codecs exist on the card. If the index is zero, you can + omit the definition above. + + + + The access field contains the access + type of this control. Give the combination of bit masks, + SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_XXX, there. + The details will be explained in + the + Access Flags subsection. + + + + The private_value field contains + an arbitrary long integer value for this record. When using + the generic info, + get and + put callbacks, you can pass a value + through this field. If several small numbers are necessary, you can + combine them in bitwise. Or, it's possible to give a pointer + (casted to unsigned long) of some record to this field, too. + + + + The tlv field can be used to provide + metadata about the control; see the + + Metadata subsection. + + + + The other three are + + callback functions. + +
+ +
+ Control Names + + There are some standards to define the control names. A + control is usually defined from the three parts as + SOURCE DIRECTION FUNCTION. + + + + The first, SOURCE, specifies the source + of the control, and is a string such as Master, + PCM, CD and + Line. There are many pre-defined sources. + + + + The second, DIRECTION, is one of the + following strings according to the direction of the control: + Playback, Capture, Bypass + Playback and Bypass Capture. Or, it can + be omitted, meaning both playback and capture directions. + + + + The third, FUNCTION, is one of the + following strings according to the function of the control: + Switch, Volume and + Route. + + + + The example of control names are, thus, Master Capture + Switch or PCM Playback Volume. + + + + There are some exceptions: + + +
+ Global capture and playback + + Capture Source, Capture Switch + and Capture Volume are used for the global + capture (input) source, switch and volume. Similarly, + Playback Switch and Playback + Volume are used for the global output gain switch and + volume. + +
+ +
+ Tone-controls + + tone-control switch and volumes are specified like + Tone Control - XXX, e.g. Tone Control - + Switch, Tone Control - Bass, + Tone Control - Center. + +
+ +
+ 3D controls + + 3D-control switches and volumes are specified like 3D + Control - XXX, e.g. 3D Control - + Switch, 3D Control - Center, 3D + Control - Space. + +
+ +
+ Mic boost + + Mic-boost switch is set as Mic Boost or + Mic Boost (6dB). + + + + More precise information can be found in + Documentation/sound/alsa/ControlNames.txt. + +
+
+ +
+ Access Flags + + + The access flag is the bitmask which specifies the access type + of the given control. The default access type is + SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_READWRITE, + which means both read and write are allowed to this control. + When the access flag is omitted (i.e. = 0), it is + considered as READWRITE access as default. + + + + When the control is read-only, pass + SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_READ instead. + In this case, you don't have to define + the put callback. + Similarly, when the control is write-only (although it's a rare + case), you can use the WRITE flag instead, and + you don't need the get callback. + + + + If the control value changes frequently (e.g. the VU meter), + VOLATILE flag should be given. This means + that the control may be changed without + + notification. Applications should poll such + a control constantly. + + + + When the control is inactive, set + the INACTIVE flag, too. + There are LOCK and + OWNER flags to change the write + permissions. + + +
+ +
+ Callbacks + +
+ info callback + + The info callback is used to get + detailed information on this control. This must store the + values of the given struct snd_ctl_elem_info + object. For example, for a boolean control with a single + element: + + + Example of info callback + +type = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_TYPE_BOOLEAN; + uinfo->count = 1; + uinfo->value.integer.min = 0; + uinfo->value.integer.max = 1; + return 0; + } +]]> + + + + + + The type field specifies the type + of the control. There are BOOLEAN, + INTEGER, ENUMERATED, + BYTES, IEC958 and + INTEGER64. The + count field specifies the + number of elements in this control. For example, a stereo + volume would have count = 2. The + value field is a union, and + the values stored are depending on the type. The boolean and + integer types are identical. + + + + The enumerated type is a bit different from others. You'll + need to set the string for the currently given item index. + + + +type = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_TYPE_ENUMERATED; + uinfo->count = 1; + uinfo->value.enumerated.items = 4; + if (uinfo->value.enumerated.item > 3) + uinfo->value.enumerated.item = 3; + strcpy(uinfo->value.enumerated.name, + texts[uinfo->value.enumerated.item]); + return 0; + } +]]> + + + + + + The above callback can be simplified with a helper function, + snd_ctl_enum_info. The final code + looks like below. + (You can pass ARRAY_SIZE(texts) instead of 4 in the third + argument; it's a matter of taste.) + + + + + + + + + + Some common info callbacks are available for your convenience: + snd_ctl_boolean_mono_info() and + snd_ctl_boolean_stereo_info(). + Obviously, the former is an info callback for a mono channel + boolean item, just like snd_myctl_mono_info + above, and the latter is for a stereo channel boolean item. + + +
+ +
+ get callback + + + This callback is used to read the current value of the + control and to return to user-space. + + + + For example, + + + Example of get callback + +value.integer.value[0] = get_some_value(chip); + return 0; + } +]]> + + + + + + The value field depends on + the type of control as well as on the info callback. For example, + the sb driver uses this field to store the register offset, + the bit-shift and the bit-mask. The + private_value field is set as follows: + + + + + + and is retrieved in callbacks like + + +private_value & 0xff; + int shift = (kcontrol->private_value >> 16) & 0xff; + int mask = (kcontrol->private_value >> 24) & 0xff; + .... + } +]]> + + + + + + In the get callback, + you have to fill all the elements if the + control has more than one elements, + i.e. count > 1. + In the example above, we filled only one element + (value.integer.value[0]) since it's + assumed as count = 1. + +
+ +
+ put callback + + + This callback is used to write a value from user-space. + + + + For example, + + + Example of put callback + +current_value != + ucontrol->value.integer.value[0]) { + change_current_value(chip, + ucontrol->value.integer.value[0]); + changed = 1; + } + return changed; + } +]]> + + + + As seen above, you have to return 1 if the value is + changed. If the value is not changed, return 0 instead. + If any fatal error happens, return a negative error code as + usual. + + + + As in the get callback, + when the control has more than one elements, + all elements must be evaluated in this callback, too. + +
+ +
+ Callbacks are not atomic + + All these three callbacks are basically not atomic. + +
+
+ +
+ Constructor + + When everything is ready, finally we can create a new + control. To create a control, there are two functions to be + called, snd_ctl_new1() and + snd_ctl_add(). + + + + In the simplest way, you can do like this: + + + + + + + + where my_control is the + struct snd_kcontrol_new object defined above, and chip + is the object pointer to be passed to + kcontrol->private_data + which can be referred to in callbacks. + + + + snd_ctl_new1() allocates a new + snd_kcontrol instance, + and snd_ctl_add assigns the given + control component to the card. + +
+ +
+ Change Notification + + If you need to change and update a control in the interrupt + routine, you can call snd_ctl_notify(). For + example, + + + + + + + + This function takes the card pointer, the event-mask, and the + control id pointer for the notification. The event-mask + specifies the types of notification, for example, in the above + example, the change of control values is notified. + The id pointer is the pointer of struct snd_ctl_elem_id + to be notified. + You can find some examples in es1938.c or + es1968.c for hardware volume interrupts. + +
+ +
+ Metadata + + To provide information about the dB values of a mixer control, use + on of the DECLARE_TLV_xxx macros from + <sound/tlv.h> to define a variable + containing this information, set thetlv.p + field to point to this variable, and include the + SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_TLV_READ flag in the + access field; like this: + + + + + + + + + The DECLARE_TLV_DB_SCALE macro defines + information about a mixer control where each step in the control's + value changes the dB value by a constant dB amount. + The first parameter is the name of the variable to be defined. + The second parameter is the minimum value, in units of 0.01 dB. + The third parameter is the step size, in units of 0.01 dB. + Set the fourth parameter to 1 if the minimum value actually mutes + the control. + + + + The DECLARE_TLV_DB_LINEAR macro defines + information about a mixer control where the control's value affects + the output linearly. + The first parameter is the name of the variable to be defined. + The second parameter is the minimum value, in units of 0.01 dB. + The third parameter is the maximum value, in units of 0.01 dB. + If the minimum value mutes the control, set the second parameter to + TLV_DB_GAIN_MUTE. + +
+ + + + + + + + + API for AC97 Codec + +
+ General + + The ALSA AC97 codec layer is a well-defined one, and you don't + have to write much code to control it. Only low-level control + routines are necessary. The AC97 codec API is defined in + <sound/ac97_codec.h>. + +
+ +
+ Full Code Example + + + Example of AC97 Interface + +private_data; + .... + /* read a register value here from the codec */ + return the_register_value; + } + + static void snd_mychip_ac97_write(struct snd_ac97 *ac97, + unsigned short reg, unsigned short val) + { + struct mychip *chip = ac97->private_data; + .... + /* write the given register value to the codec */ + } + + static int snd_mychip_ac97(struct mychip *chip) + { + struct snd_ac97_bus *bus; + struct snd_ac97_template ac97; + int err; + static struct snd_ac97_bus_ops ops = { + .write = snd_mychip_ac97_write, + .read = snd_mychip_ac97_read, + }; + + err = snd_ac97_bus(chip->card, 0, &ops, NULL, &bus); + if (err < 0) + return err; + memset(&ac97, 0, sizeof(ac97)); + ac97.private_data = chip; + return snd_ac97_mixer(bus, &ac97, &chip->ac97); + } + +]]> + + + +
+ +
+ Constructor + + To create an ac97 instance, first call snd_ac97_bus + with an ac97_bus_ops_t record with callback functions. + + + + + + + + The bus record is shared among all belonging ac97 instances. + + + + And then call snd_ac97_mixer() with an + struct snd_ac97_template + record together with the bus pointer created above. + + + +ac97); +]]> + + + + where chip->ac97 is a pointer to a newly created + ac97_t instance. + In this case, the chip pointer is set as the private data, so that + the read/write callback functions can refer to this chip instance. + This instance is not necessarily stored in the chip + record. If you need to change the register values from the + driver, or need the suspend/resume of ac97 codecs, keep this + pointer to pass to the corresponding functions. + +
+ +
+ Callbacks + + The standard callbacks are read and + write. Obviously they + correspond to the functions for read and write accesses to the + hardware low-level codes. + + + + The read callback returns the + register value specified in the argument. + + + +private_data; + .... + return the_register_value; + } +]]> + + + + Here, the chip can be cast from ac97->private_data. + + + + Meanwhile, the write callback is + used to set the register value. + + + + + + + + + + These callbacks are non-atomic like the control API callbacks. + + + + There are also other callbacks: + reset, + wait and + init. + + + + The reset callback is used to reset + the codec. If the chip requires a special kind of reset, you can + define this callback. + + + + The wait callback is used to + add some waiting time in the standard initialization of the codec. If the + chip requires the extra waiting time, define this callback. + + + + The init callback is used for + additional initialization of the codec. + +
+ +
+ Updating Registers in The Driver + + If you need to access to the codec from the driver, you can + call the following functions: + snd_ac97_write(), + snd_ac97_read(), + snd_ac97_update() and + snd_ac97_update_bits(). + + + + Both snd_ac97_write() and + snd_ac97_update() functions are used to + set a value to the given register + (AC97_XXX). The difference between them is + that snd_ac97_update() doesn't write a + value if the given value has been already set, while + snd_ac97_write() always rewrites the + value. + + + + + + + + + + snd_ac97_read() is used to read the value + of the given register. For example, + + + + + + + + + + snd_ac97_update_bits() is used to update + some bits in the given register. + + + + + + + + + + Also, there is a function to change the sample rate (of a + given register such as + AC97_PCM_FRONT_DAC_RATE) when VRA or + DRA is supported by the codec: + snd_ac97_set_rate(). + + + + + + + + + + The following registers are available to set the rate: + AC97_PCM_MIC_ADC_RATE, + AC97_PCM_FRONT_DAC_RATE, + AC97_PCM_LR_ADC_RATE, + AC97_SPDIF. When + AC97_SPDIF is specified, the register is + not really changed but the corresponding IEC958 status bits will + be updated. + +
+ +
+ Clock Adjustment + + In some chips, the clock of the codec isn't 48000 but using a + PCI clock (to save a quartz!). In this case, change the field + bus->clock to the corresponding + value. For example, intel8x0 + and es1968 drivers have their own function to read from the clock. + +
+ +
+ Proc Files + + The ALSA AC97 interface will create a proc file such as + /proc/asound/card0/codec97#0/ac97#0-0 and + ac97#0-0+regs. You can refer to these files to + see the current status and registers of the codec. + +
+ +
+ Multiple Codecs + + When there are several codecs on the same card, you need to + call snd_ac97_mixer() multiple times with + ac97.num=1 or greater. The num field + specifies the codec number. + + + + If you set up multiple codecs, you either need to write + different callbacks for each codec or check + ac97->num in the callback routines. + +
+ + + + + + + + + MIDI (MPU401-UART) Interface + +
+ General + + Many soundcards have built-in MIDI (MPU401-UART) + interfaces. When the soundcard supports the standard MPU401-UART + interface, most likely you can use the ALSA MPU401-UART API. The + MPU401-UART API is defined in + <sound/mpu401.h>. + + + + Some soundchips have a similar but slightly different + implementation of mpu401 stuff. For example, emu10k1 has its own + mpu401 routines. + +
+ +
+ Constructor + + To create a rawmidi object, call + snd_mpu401_uart_new(). + + + + + + + + + + The first argument is the card pointer, and the second is the + index of this component. You can create up to 8 rawmidi + devices. + + + + The third argument is the type of the hardware, + MPU401_HW_XXX. If it's not a special one, + you can use MPU401_HW_MPU401. + + + + The 4th argument is the I/O port address. Many + backward-compatible MPU401 have an I/O port such as 0x330. Or, it + might be a part of its own PCI I/O region. It depends on the + chip design. + + + + The 5th argument is a bitflag for additional information. + When the I/O port address above is part of the PCI I/O + region, the MPU401 I/O port might have been already allocated + (reserved) by the driver itself. In such a case, pass a bit flag + MPU401_INFO_INTEGRATED, + and the mpu401-uart layer will allocate the I/O ports by itself. + + + + When the controller supports only the input or output MIDI stream, + pass the MPU401_INFO_INPUT or + MPU401_INFO_OUTPUT bitflag, respectively. + Then the rawmidi instance is created as a single stream. + + + + MPU401_INFO_MMIO bitflag is used to change + the access method to MMIO (via readb and writeb) instead of + iob and outb. In this case, you have to pass the iomapped address + to snd_mpu401_uart_new(). + + + + When MPU401_INFO_TX_IRQ is set, the output + stream isn't checked in the default interrupt handler. The driver + needs to call snd_mpu401_uart_interrupt_tx() + by itself to start processing the output stream in the irq handler. + + + + If the MPU-401 interface shares its interrupt with the other logical + devices on the card, set MPU401_INFO_IRQ_HOOK + (see + below). + + + + Usually, the port address corresponds to the command port and + port + 1 corresponds to the data port. If not, you may change + the cport field of + struct snd_mpu401 manually + afterward. However, snd_mpu401 pointer is not + returned explicitly by + snd_mpu401_uart_new(). You need to cast + rmidi->private_data to + snd_mpu401 explicitly, + + + +private_data; +]]> + + + + and reset the cport as you like: + + + +cport = my_own_control_port; +]]> + + + + + + The 6th argument specifies the ISA irq number that will be + allocated. If no interrupt is to be allocated (because your + code is already allocating a shared interrupt, or because the + device does not use interrupts), pass -1 instead. + For a MPU-401 device without an interrupt, a polling timer + will be used instead. + +
+ +
+ Interrupt Handler + + When the interrupt is allocated in + snd_mpu401_uart_new(), an exclusive ISA + interrupt handler is automatically used, hence you don't have + anything else to do than creating the mpu401 stuff. Otherwise, you + have to set MPU401_INFO_IRQ_HOOK, and call + snd_mpu401_uart_interrupt() explicitly from your + own interrupt handler when it has determined that a UART interrupt + has occurred. + + + + In this case, you need to pass the private_data of the + returned rawmidi object from + snd_mpu401_uart_new() as the second + argument of snd_mpu401_uart_interrupt(). + + + +private_data, regs); +]]> + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + RawMIDI Interface + +
+ Overview + + + The raw MIDI interface is used for hardware MIDI ports that can + be accessed as a byte stream. It is not used for synthesizer + chips that do not directly understand MIDI. + + + + ALSA handles file and buffer management. All you have to do is + to write some code to move data between the buffer and the + hardware. + + + + The rawmidi API is defined in + <sound/rawmidi.h>. + +
+ +
+ Constructor + + + To create a rawmidi device, call the + snd_rawmidi_new function: + + +card, "MyMIDI", 0, outs, ins, &rmidi); + if (err < 0) + return err; + rmidi->private_data = chip; + strcpy(rmidi->name, "My MIDI"); + rmidi->info_flags = SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_OUTPUT | + SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_INPUT | + SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_DUPLEX; +]]> + + + + + + The first argument is the card pointer, the second argument is + the ID string. + + + + The third argument is the index of this component. You can + create up to 8 rawmidi devices. + + + + The fourth and fifth arguments are the number of output and + input substreams, respectively, of this device (a substream is + the equivalent of a MIDI port). + + + + Set the info_flags field to specify + the capabilities of the device. + Set SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_OUTPUT if there is + at least one output port, + SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_INPUT if there is at + least one input port, + and SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_DUPLEX if the device + can handle output and input at the same time. + + + + After the rawmidi device is created, you need to set the + operators (callbacks) for each substream. There are helper + functions to set the operators for all the substreams of a device: + + + + + + + + + The operators are usually defined like this: + + + + + + These callbacks are explained in the Callbacks + section. + + + + If there are more than one substream, you should give a + unique name to each of them: + + +streams[SNDRV_RAWMIDI_STREAM_OUTPUT].substreams, + list { + sprintf(substream->name, "My MIDI Port %d", substream->number + 1); + } + /* same for SNDRV_RAWMIDI_STREAM_INPUT */ +]]> + + + +
+ +
+ Callbacks + + + In all the callbacks, the private data that you've set for the + rawmidi device can be accessed as + substream->rmidi->private_data. + + + + + If there is more than one port, your callbacks can determine the + port index from the struct snd_rawmidi_substream data passed to each + callback: + + +number; +]]> + + + + +
+ <function>open</function> callback + + + + + + + + + This is called when a substream is opened. + You can initialize the hardware here, but you shouldn't + start transmitting/receiving data yet. + +
+ +
+ <function>close</function> callback + + + + + + + + + Guess what. + + + + The open and close + callbacks of a rawmidi device are serialized with a mutex, + and can sleep. + +
+ +
+ <function>trigger</function> callback for output + substreams + + + + + + + + + This is called with a nonzero up + parameter when there is some data in the substream buffer that + must be transmitted. + + + + To read data from the buffer, call + snd_rawmidi_transmit_peek. It will + return the number of bytes that have been read; this will be + less than the number of bytes requested when there are no more + data in the buffer. + After the data have been transmitted successfully, call + snd_rawmidi_transmit_ack to remove the + data from the substream buffer: + + + + + + + + + If you know beforehand that the hardware will accept data, you + can use the snd_rawmidi_transmit function + which reads some data and removes them from the buffer at once: + + + + + + + + + If you know beforehand how many bytes you can accept, you can + use a buffer size greater than one with the + snd_rawmidi_transmit* functions. + + + + The trigger callback must not sleep. If + the hardware FIFO is full before the substream buffer has been + emptied, you have to continue transmitting data later, either + in an interrupt handler, or with a timer if the hardware + doesn't have a MIDI transmit interrupt. + + + + The trigger callback is called with a + zero up parameter when the transmission + of data should be aborted. + +
+ +
+ <function>trigger</function> callback for input + substreams + + + + + + + + + This is called with a nonzero up + parameter to enable receiving data, or with a zero + up parameter do disable receiving data. + + + + The trigger callback must not sleep; the + actual reading of data from the device is usually done in an + interrupt handler. + + + + When data reception is enabled, your interrupt handler should + call snd_rawmidi_receive for all received + data: + + + + + + +
+ +
+ <function>drain</function> callback + + + + + + + + + This is only used with output substreams. This function should wait + until all data read from the substream buffer have been transmitted. + This ensures that the device can be closed and the driver unloaded + without losing data. + + + + This callback is optional. If you do not set + drain in the struct snd_rawmidi_ops + structure, ALSA will simply wait for 50 milliseconds + instead. + +
+
+ + + + + + + + + Miscellaneous Devices + +
+ FM OPL3 + + The FM OPL3 is still used in many chips (mainly for backward + compatibility). ALSA has a nice OPL3 FM control layer, too. The + OPL3 API is defined in + <sound/opl3.h>. + + + + FM registers can be directly accessed through the direct-FM API, + defined in <sound/asound_fm.h>. In + ALSA native mode, FM registers are accessed through + the Hardware-Dependent Device direct-FM extension API, whereas in + OSS compatible mode, FM registers can be accessed with the OSS + direct-FM compatible API in /dev/dmfmX device. + + + + To create the OPL3 component, you have two functions to + call. The first one is a constructor for the opl3_t + instance. + + + + + + + + + + The first argument is the card pointer, the second one is the + left port address, and the third is the right port address. In + most cases, the right port is placed at the left port + 2. + + + + The fourth argument is the hardware type. + + + + When the left and right ports have been already allocated by + the card driver, pass non-zero to the fifth argument + (integrated). Otherwise, the opl3 module will + allocate the specified ports by itself. + + + + When the accessing the hardware requires special method + instead of the standard I/O access, you can create opl3 instance + separately with snd_opl3_new(). + + + + + + + + + + Then set command, + private_data and + private_free for the private + access function, the private data and the destructor. + The l_port and r_port are not necessarily set. Only the + command must be set properly. You can retrieve the data + from the opl3->private_data field. + + + + After creating the opl3 instance via snd_opl3_new(), + call snd_opl3_init() to initialize the chip to the + proper state. Note that snd_opl3_create() always + calls it internally. + + + + If the opl3 instance is created successfully, then create a + hwdep device for this opl3. + + + + + + + + + + The first argument is the opl3_t instance you + created, and the second is the index number, usually 0. + + + + The third argument is the index-offset for the sequencer + client assigned to the OPL3 port. When there is an MPU401-UART, + give 1 for here (UART always takes 0). + +
+ +
+ Hardware-Dependent Devices + + Some chips need user-space access for special + controls or for loading the micro code. In such a case, you can + create a hwdep (hardware-dependent) device. The hwdep API is + defined in <sound/hwdep.h>. You can + find examples in opl3 driver or + isa/sb/sb16_csp.c. + + + + The creation of the hwdep instance is done via + snd_hwdep_new(). + + + + + + + + where the third argument is the index number. + + + + You can then pass any pointer value to the + private_data. + If you assign a private data, you should define the + destructor, too. The destructor function is set in + the private_free field. + + + +private_data = p; + hw->private_free = mydata_free; +]]> + + + + and the implementation of the destructor would be: + + + +private_data; + kfree(p); + } +]]> + + + + + + The arbitrary file operations can be defined for this + instance. The file operators are defined in + the ops table. For example, assume that + this chip needs an ioctl. + + + +ops.open = mydata_open; + hw->ops.ioctl = mydata_ioctl; + hw->ops.release = mydata_release; +]]> + + + + And implement the callback functions as you like. + +
+ +
+ IEC958 (S/PDIF) + + Usually the controls for IEC958 devices are implemented via + the control interface. There is a macro to compose a name string for + IEC958 controls, SNDRV_CTL_NAME_IEC958() + defined in <include/asound.h>. + + + + There are some standard controls for IEC958 status bits. These + controls use the type SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_TYPE_IEC958, + and the size of element is fixed as 4 bytes array + (value.iec958.status[x]). For the info + callback, you don't specify + the value field for this type (the count field must be set, + though). + + + + IEC958 Playback Con Mask is used to return the + bit-mask for the IEC958 status bits of consumer mode. Similarly, + IEC958 Playback Pro Mask returns the bitmask for + professional mode. They are read-only controls, and are defined + as MIXER controls (iface = + SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_IFACE_MIXER). + + + + Meanwhile, IEC958 Playback Default control is + defined for getting and setting the current default IEC958 + bits. Note that this one is usually defined as a PCM control + (iface = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_IFACE_PCM), + although in some places it's defined as a MIXER control. + + + + In addition, you can define the control switches to + enable/disable or to set the raw bit mode. The implementation + will depend on the chip, but the control should be named as + IEC958 xxx, preferably using + the SNDRV_CTL_NAME_IEC958() macro. + + + + You can find several cases, for example, + pci/emu10k1, + pci/ice1712, or + pci/cmipci.c. + +
+ + + + + + + + + Buffer and Memory Management + +
+ Buffer Types + + ALSA provides several different buffer allocation functions + depending on the bus and the architecture. All these have a + consistent API. The allocation of physically-contiguous pages is + done via + snd_malloc_xxx_pages() function, where xxx + is the bus type. + + + + The allocation of pages with fallback is + snd_malloc_xxx_pages_fallback(). This + function tries to allocate the specified pages but if the pages + are not available, it tries to reduce the page sizes until + enough space is found. + + + + The release the pages, call + snd_free_xxx_pages() function. + + + + Usually, ALSA drivers try to allocate and reserve + a large contiguous physical space + at the time the module is loaded for the later use. + This is called pre-allocation. + As already written, you can call the following function at + pcm instance construction time (in the case of PCI bus). + + + + + + + + where size is the byte size to be + pre-allocated and the max is the maximum + size to be changed via the prealloc proc file. + The allocator will try to get an area as large as possible + within the given size. + + + + The second argument (type) and the third argument (device pointer) + are dependent on the bus. + In the case of the ISA bus, pass snd_dma_isa_data() + as the third argument with SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV type. + For the continuous buffer unrelated to the bus can be pre-allocated + with SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_CONTINUOUS type and the + snd_dma_continuous_data(GFP_KERNEL) device pointer, + where GFP_KERNEL is the kernel allocation flag to + use. + For the PCI scatter-gather buffers, use + SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV_SG with + snd_dma_pci_data(pci) + (see the + Non-Contiguous Buffers + section). + + + + Once the buffer is pre-allocated, you can use the + allocator in the hw_params callback: + + + + + + + + Note that you have to pre-allocate to use this function. + +
+ +
+ External Hardware Buffers + + Some chips have their own hardware buffers and the DMA + transfer from the host memory is not available. In such a case, + you need to either 1) copy/set the audio data directly to the + external hardware buffer, or 2) make an intermediate buffer and + copy/set the data from it to the external hardware buffer in + interrupts (or in tasklets, preferably). + + + + The first case works fine if the external hardware buffer is large + enough. This method doesn't need any extra buffers and thus is + more effective. You need to define the + copy and + silence callbacks for + the data transfer. However, there is a drawback: it cannot + be mmapped. The examples are GUS's GF1 PCM or emu8000's + wavetable PCM. + + + + The second case allows for mmap on the buffer, although you have + to handle an interrupt or a tasklet to transfer the data + from the intermediate buffer to the hardware buffer. You can find an + example in the vxpocket driver. + + + + Another case is when the chip uses a PCI memory-map + region for the buffer instead of the host memory. In this case, + mmap is available only on certain architectures like the Intel one. + In non-mmap mode, the data cannot be transferred as in the normal + way. Thus you need to define the copy and + silence callbacks as well, + as in the cases above. The examples are found in + rme32.c and rme96.c. + + + + The implementation of the copy and + silence callbacks depends upon + whether the hardware supports interleaved or non-interleaved + samples. The copy callback is + defined like below, a bit + differently depending whether the direction is playback or + capture: + + + + + + + + + + In the case of interleaved samples, the second argument + (channel) is not used. The third argument + (pos) points the + current position offset in frames. + + + + The meaning of the fourth argument is different between + playback and capture. For playback, it holds the source data + pointer, and for capture, it's the destination data pointer. + + + + The last argument is the number of frames to be copied. + + + + What you have to do in this callback is again different + between playback and capture directions. In the + playback case, you copy the given amount of data + (count) at the specified pointer + (src) to the specified offset + (pos) on the hardware buffer. When + coded like memcpy-like way, the copy would be like: + + + + + + + + + + For the capture direction, you copy the given amount of + data (count) at the specified offset + (pos) on the hardware buffer to the + specified pointer (dst). + + + + + + + + Note that both the position and the amount of data are given + in frames. + + + + In the case of non-interleaved samples, the implementation + will be a bit more complicated. + + + + You need to check the channel argument, and if it's -1, copy + the whole channels. Otherwise, you have to copy only the + specified channel. Please check + isa/gus/gus_pcm.c as an example. + + + + The silence callback is also + implemented in a similar way. + + + + + + + + + + The meanings of arguments are the same as in the + copy + callback, although there is no src/dst + argument. In the case of interleaved samples, the channel + argument has no meaning, as well as on + copy callback. + + + + The role of silence callback is to + set the given amount + (count) of silence data at the + specified offset (pos) on the hardware + buffer. Suppose that the data format is signed (that is, the + silent-data is 0), and the implementation using a memset-like + function would be like: + + + + + + + + + + In the case of non-interleaved samples, again, the + implementation becomes a bit more complicated. See, for example, + isa/gus/gus_pcm.c. + +
+ +
+ Non-Contiguous Buffers + + If your hardware supports the page table as in emu10k1 or the + buffer descriptors as in via82xx, you can use the scatter-gather + (SG) DMA. ALSA provides an interface for handling SG-buffers. + The API is provided in <sound/pcm.h>. + + + + For creating the SG-buffer handler, call + snd_pcm_lib_preallocate_pages() or + snd_pcm_lib_preallocate_pages_for_all() + with SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV_SG + in the PCM constructor like other PCI pre-allocator. + You need to pass snd_dma_pci_data(pci), + where pci is the struct pci_dev pointer + of the chip as well. + The struct snd_sg_buf instance is created as + substream->dma_private. You can cast + the pointer like: + + + +dma_private; +]]> + + + + + + Then call snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages() + in the hw_params callback + as well as in the case of normal PCI buffer. + The SG-buffer handler will allocate the non-contiguous kernel + pages of the given size and map them onto the virtually contiguous + memory. The virtual pointer is addressed in runtime->dma_area. + The physical address (runtime->dma_addr) is set to zero, + because the buffer is physically non-contiguous. + The physical address table is set up in sgbuf->table. + You can get the physical address at a certain offset via + snd_pcm_sgbuf_get_addr(). + + + + When a SG-handler is used, you need to set + snd_pcm_sgbuf_ops_page as + the page callback. + (See + page callback section.) + + + + To release the data, call + snd_pcm_lib_free_pages() in the + hw_free callback as usual. + +
+ +
+ Vmalloc'ed Buffers + + It's possible to use a buffer allocated via + vmalloc, for example, for an intermediate + buffer. Since the allocated pages are not contiguous, you need + to set the page callback to obtain + the physical address at every offset. + + + + The implementation of page callback + would be like this: + + + + + + /* get the physical page pointer on the given offset */ + static struct page *mychip_page(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream, + unsigned long offset) + { + void *pageptr = substream->runtime->dma_area + offset; + return vmalloc_to_page(pageptr); + } +]]> + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + Proc Interface + + ALSA provides an easy interface for procfs. The proc files are + very useful for debugging. I recommend you set up proc files if + you write a driver and want to get a running status or register + dumps. The API is found in + <sound/info.h>. + + + + To create a proc file, call + snd_card_proc_new(). + + + + + + + + where the second argument specifies the name of the proc file to be + created. The above example will create a file + my-file under the card directory, + e.g. /proc/asound/card0/my-file. + + + + Like other components, the proc entry created via + snd_card_proc_new() will be registered and + released automatically in the card registration and release + functions. + + + + When the creation is successful, the function stores a new + instance in the pointer given in the third argument. + It is initialized as a text proc file for read only. To use + this proc file as a read-only text file as it is, set the read + callback with a private data via + snd_info_set_text_ops(). + + + + + + + + where the second argument (chip) is the + private data to be used in the callbacks. The third parameter + specifies the read buffer size and the fourth + (my_proc_read) is the callback function, which + is defined like + + + + + + + + + + + In the read callback, use snd_iprintf() for + output strings, which works just like normal + printf(). For example, + + + +private_data; + + snd_iprintf(buffer, "This is my chip!\n"); + snd_iprintf(buffer, "Port = %ld\n", chip->port); + } +]]> + + + + + + The file permissions can be changed afterwards. As default, it's + set as read only for all users. If you want to add write + permission for the user (root as default), do as follows: + + + +mode = S_IFREG | S_IRUGO | S_IWUSR; +]]> + + + + and set the write buffer size and the callback + + + +c.text.write = my_proc_write; +]]> + + + + + + For the write callback, you can use + snd_info_get_line() to get a text line, and + snd_info_get_str() to retrieve a string from + the line. Some examples are found in + core/oss/mixer_oss.c, core/oss/and + pcm_oss.c. + + + + For a raw-data proc-file, set the attributes as follows: + + + +content = SNDRV_INFO_CONTENT_DATA; + entry->private_data = chip; + entry->c.ops = &my_file_io_ops; + entry->size = 4096; + entry->mode = S_IFREG | S_IRUGO; +]]> + + + + For the raw data, size field must be + set properly. This specifies the maximum size of the proc file access. + + + + The read/write callbacks of raw mode are more direct than the text mode. + You need to use a low-level I/O functions such as + copy_from/to_user() to transfer the + data. + + + + + + + + If the size of the info entry has been set up properly, + count and pos are + guaranteed to fit within 0 and the given size. + You don't have to check the range in the callbacks unless any + other condition is required. + + + + + + + + + + + Power Management + + If the chip is supposed to work with suspend/resume + functions, you need to add power-management code to the + driver. The additional code for power-management should be + ifdef'ed with + CONFIG_PM. + + + + If the driver fully supports suspend/resume + that is, the device can be + properly resumed to its state when suspend was called, + you can set the SNDRV_PCM_INFO_RESUME flag + in the pcm info field. Usually, this is possible when the + registers of the chip can be safely saved and restored to + RAM. If this is set, the trigger callback is called with + SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_RESUME after the resume + callback completes. + + + + Even if the driver doesn't support PM fully but + partial suspend/resume is still possible, it's still worthy to + implement suspend/resume callbacks. In such a case, applications + would reset the status by calling + snd_pcm_prepare() and restart the stream + appropriately. Hence, you can define suspend/resume callbacks + below but don't set SNDRV_PCM_INFO_RESUME + info flag to the PCM. + + + + Note that the trigger with SUSPEND can always be called when + snd_pcm_suspend_all is called, + regardless of the SNDRV_PCM_INFO_RESUME flag. + The RESUME flag affects only the behavior + of snd_pcm_resume(). + (Thus, in theory, + SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_RESUME isn't needed + to be handled in the trigger callback when no + SNDRV_PCM_INFO_RESUME flag is set. But, + it's better to keep it for compatibility reasons.) + + + In the earlier version of ALSA drivers, a common + power-management layer was provided, but it has been removed. + The driver needs to define the suspend/resume hooks according to + the bus the device is connected to. In the case of PCI drivers, the + callbacks look like below: + + + + + + + + + + The scheme of the real suspend job is as follows. + + + Retrieve the card and the chip data. + Call snd_power_change_state() with + SNDRV_CTL_POWER_D3hot to change the + power status. + Call snd_pcm_suspend_all() to suspend the running PCM streams. + If AC97 codecs are used, call + snd_ac97_suspend() for each codec. + Save the register values if necessary. + Stop the hardware if necessary. + Disable the PCI device by calling + pci_disable_device(). Then, call + pci_save_state() at last. + + + + + A typical code would be like: + + + +private_data; + /* (2) */ + snd_power_change_state(card, SNDRV_CTL_POWER_D3hot); + /* (3) */ + snd_pcm_suspend_all(chip->pcm); + /* (4) */ + snd_ac97_suspend(chip->ac97); + /* (5) */ + snd_mychip_save_registers(chip); + /* (6) */ + snd_mychip_stop_hardware(chip); + /* (7) */ + pci_disable_device(pci); + pci_save_state(pci); + return 0; + } +]]> + + + + + + The scheme of the real resume job is as follows. + + + Retrieve the card and the chip data. + Set up PCI. First, call pci_restore_state(). + Then enable the pci device again by calling pci_enable_device(). + Call pci_set_master() if necessary, too. + Re-initialize the chip. + Restore the saved registers if necessary. + Resume the mixer, e.g. calling + snd_ac97_resume(). + Restart the hardware (if any). + Call snd_power_change_state() with + SNDRV_CTL_POWER_D0 to notify the processes. + + + + + A typical code would be like: + + + +private_data; + /* (2) */ + pci_restore_state(pci); + pci_enable_device(pci); + pci_set_master(pci); + /* (3) */ + snd_mychip_reinit_chip(chip); + /* (4) */ + snd_mychip_restore_registers(chip); + /* (5) */ + snd_ac97_resume(chip->ac97); + /* (6) */ + snd_mychip_restart_chip(chip); + /* (7) */ + snd_power_change_state(card, SNDRV_CTL_POWER_D0); + return 0; + } +]]> + + + + + + As shown in the above, it's better to save registers after + suspending the PCM operations via + snd_pcm_suspend_all() or + snd_pcm_suspend(). It means that the PCM + streams are already stopped when the register snapshot is + taken. But, remember that you don't have to restart the PCM + stream in the resume callback. It'll be restarted via + trigger call with SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_RESUME + when necessary. + + + + OK, we have all callbacks now. Let's set them up. In the + initialization of the card, make sure that you can get the chip + data from the card instance, typically via + private_data field, in case you + created the chip data individually. + + + +dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE, + 0, &card); + .... + chip = kzalloc(sizeof(*chip), GFP_KERNEL); + .... + card->private_data = chip; + .... + } +]]> + + + + When you created the chip data with + snd_card_new(), it's anyway accessible + via private_data field. + + + +dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE, + sizeof(struct mychip), &card); + .... + chip = card->private_data; + .... + } +]]> + + + + + + + If you need a space to save the registers, allocate the + buffer for it here, too, since it would be fatal + if you cannot allocate a memory in the suspend phase. + The allocated buffer should be released in the corresponding + destructor. + + + + And next, set suspend/resume callbacks to the pci_driver. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Module Parameters + + There are standard module options for ALSA. At least, each + module should have the index, + id and enable + options. + + + + If the module supports multiple cards (usually up to + 8 = SNDRV_CARDS cards), they should be + arrays. The default initial values are defined already as + constants for easier programming: + + + + + + + + + + If the module supports only a single card, they could be single + variables, instead. enable option is not + always necessary in this case, but it would be better to have a + dummy option for compatibility. + + + + The module parameters must be declared with the standard + module_param()(), + module_param_array()() and + MODULE_PARM_DESC() macros. + + + + The typical coding would be like below: + + + + + + + + + + Also, don't forget to define the module description, classes, + license and devices. Especially, the recent modprobe requires to + define the module license as GPL, etc., otherwise the system is + shown as tainted. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + How To Put Your Driver Into ALSA Tree +
+ General + + So far, you've learned how to write the driver codes. + And you might have a question now: how to put my own + driver into the ALSA driver tree? + Here (finally :) the standard procedure is described briefly. + + + + Suppose that you create a new PCI driver for the card + xyz. The card module name would be + snd-xyz. The new driver is usually put into the alsa-driver + tree, alsa-driver/pci directory in + the case of PCI cards. + Then the driver is evaluated, audited and tested + by developers and users. After a certain time, the driver + will go to the alsa-kernel tree (to the corresponding directory, + such as alsa-kernel/pci) and eventually + will be integrated into the Linux 2.6 tree (the directory would be + linux/sound/pci). + + + + In the following sections, the driver code is supposed + to be put into alsa-driver tree. The two cases are covered: + a driver consisting of a single source file and one consisting + of several source files. + +
+ +
+ Driver with A Single Source File + + + + + Modify alsa-driver/pci/Makefile + + + + Suppose you have a file xyz.c. Add the following + two lines + + + + + + + + + + + Create the Kconfig entry + + + + Add the new entry of Kconfig for your xyz driver. + + + + + + + the line, select SND_PCM, specifies that the driver xyz supports + PCM. In addition to SND_PCM, the following components are + supported for select command: + SND_RAWMIDI, SND_TIMER, SND_HWDEP, SND_MPU401_UART, + SND_OPL3_LIB, SND_OPL4_LIB, SND_VX_LIB, SND_AC97_CODEC. + Add the select command for each supported component. + + + + Note that some selections imply the lowlevel selections. + For example, PCM includes TIMER, MPU401_UART includes RAWMIDI, + AC97_CODEC includes PCM, and OPL3_LIB includes HWDEP. + You don't need to give the lowlevel selections again. + + + + For the details of Kconfig script, refer to the kbuild + documentation. + + + + + + + Run cvscompile script to re-generate the configure script and + build the whole stuff again. + + + + +
+ +
+ Drivers with Several Source Files + + Suppose that the driver snd-xyz have several source files. + They are located in the new subdirectory, + pci/xyz. + + + + + Add a new directory (xyz) in + alsa-driver/pci/Makefile as below + + + + + + + + + + + + Under the directory xyz, create a Makefile + + + Sample Makefile for a driver xyz + + + + + + + + + + Create the Kconfig entry + + + + This procedure is as same as in the last section. + + + + + + Run cvscompile script to re-generate the configure script and + build the whole stuff again. + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + Useful Functions + +
+ <function>snd_printk()</function> and friends + + ALSA provides a verbose version of the + printk() function. If a kernel config + CONFIG_SND_VERBOSE_PRINTK is set, this + function prints the given message together with the file name + and the line of the caller. The KERN_XXX + prefix is processed as + well as the original printk() does, so it's + recommended to add this prefix, e.g. + + + + + + + + + + There are also printk()'s for + debugging. snd_printd() can be used for + general debugging purposes. If + CONFIG_SND_DEBUG is set, this function is + compiled, and works just like + snd_printk(). If the ALSA is compiled + without the debugging flag, it's ignored. + + + + snd_printdd() is compiled in only when + CONFIG_SND_DEBUG_VERBOSE is set. Please note + that CONFIG_SND_DEBUG_VERBOSE is not set as default + even if you configure the alsa-driver with + option. You need to give + explicitly option instead. + +
+ +
+ <function>snd_BUG()</function> + + It shows the BUG? message and + stack trace as well as snd_BUG_ON at the point. + It's useful to show that a fatal error happens there. + + + When no debug flag is set, this macro is ignored. + +
+ +
+ <function>snd_BUG_ON()</function> + + snd_BUG_ON() macro is similar with + WARN_ON() macro. For example, + + + + + + + + or it can be used as the condition, + + + + + + + + + + The macro takes an conditional expression to evaluate. + When CONFIG_SND_DEBUG, is set, if the + expression is non-zero, it shows the warning message such as + BUG? (xxx) + normally followed by stack trace. + + In both cases it returns the evaluated value. + + +
+ + + + + + + + + Acknowledgments + + I would like to thank Phil Kerr for his help for improvement and + corrections of this document. + + + Kevin Conder reformatted the original plain-text to the + DocBook format. + + + Giuliano Pochini corrected typos and contributed the example codes + in the hardware constraints section. + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/writing_musb_glue_layer.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/writing_musb_glue_layer.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..837eca77f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/writing_musb_glue_layer.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,873 @@ + + + + + + Writing an MUSB Glue Layer + + + + Apelete + Seketeli + +
+ apelete at seketeli.net +
+ + + + + + 2014 + Apelete Seketeli + + + + + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute it + and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + + + This documentation is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this documentation; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA + 02111-1307 USA + + + + For more details see the file COPYING in the Linux kernel source + tree. + + + + + + + + Introduction + + The Linux MUSB subsystem is part of the larger Linux USB + subsystem. It provides support for embedded USB Device Controllers + (UDC) that do not use Universal Host Controller Interface (UHCI) + or Open Host Controller Interface (OHCI). + + + Instead, these embedded UDC rely on the USB On-the-Go (OTG) + specification which they implement at least partially. The silicon + reference design used in most cases is the Multipoint USB + Highspeed Dual-Role Controller (MUSB HDRC) found in the Mentor + Graphics Inventra™ design. + + + As a self-taught exercise I have written an MUSB glue layer for + the Ingenic JZ4740 SoC, modelled after the many MUSB glue layers + in the kernel source tree. This layer can be found at + drivers/usb/musb/jz4740.c. In this documentation I will walk + through the basics of the jz4740.c glue layer, explaining the + different pieces and what needs to be done in order to write your + own device glue layer. + + + + + Linux MUSB Basics + + To get started on the topic, please read USB On-the-Go Basics (see + Resources) which provides an introduction of USB OTG operation at + the hardware level. A couple of wiki pages by Texas Instruments + and Analog Devices also provide an overview of the Linux kernel + MUSB configuration, albeit focused on some specific devices + provided by these companies. Finally, getting acquainted with the + USB specification at USB home page may come in handy, with + practical instance provided through the Writing USB Device Drivers + documentation (again, see Resources). + + + Linux USB stack is a layered architecture in which the MUSB + controller hardware sits at the lowest. The MUSB controller driver + abstract the MUSB controller hardware to the Linux USB stack. + + + ------------------------ + | | <------- drivers/usb/gadget + | Linux USB Core Stack | <------- drivers/usb/host + | | <------- drivers/usb/core + ------------------------ + ⬍ + -------------------------- + | | <------ drivers/usb/musb/musb_gadget.c + | MUSB Controller driver | <------ drivers/usb/musb/musb_host.c + | | <------ drivers/usb/musb/musb_core.c + -------------------------- + ⬍ + --------------------------------- + | MUSB Platform Specific Driver | + | | <-- drivers/usb/musb/jz4740.c + | aka "Glue Layer" | + --------------------------------- + ⬍ + --------------------------------- + | MUSB Controller Hardware | + --------------------------------- + + + As outlined above, the glue layer is actually the platform + specific code sitting in between the controller driver and the + controller hardware. + + + Just like a Linux USB driver needs to register itself with the + Linux USB subsystem, the MUSB glue layer needs first to register + itself with the MUSB controller driver. This will allow the + controller driver to know about which device the glue layer + supports and which functions to call when a supported device is + detected or released; remember we are talking about an embedded + controller chip here, so no insertion or removal at run-time. + + + All of this information is passed to the MUSB controller driver + through a platform_driver structure defined in the glue layer as: + + +static struct platform_driver jz4740_driver = { + .probe = jz4740_probe, + .remove = jz4740_remove, + .driver = { + .name = "musb-jz4740", + }, +}; + + + The probe and remove function pointers are called when a matching + device is detected and, respectively, released. The name string + describes the device supported by this glue layer. In the current + case it matches a platform_device structure declared in + arch/mips/jz4740/platform.c. Note that we are not using device + tree bindings here. + + + In order to register itself to the controller driver, the glue + layer goes through a few steps, basically allocating the + controller hardware resources and initialising a couple of + circuits. To do so, it needs to keep track of the information used + throughout these steps. This is done by defining a private + jz4740_glue structure: + + +struct jz4740_glue { + struct device *dev; + struct platform_device *musb; + struct clk *clk; +}; + + + The dev and musb members are both device structure variables. The + first one holds generic information about the device, since it's + the basic device structure, and the latter holds information more + closely related to the subsystem the device is registered to. The + clk variable keeps information related to the device clock + operation. + + + Let's go through the steps of the probe function that leads the + glue layer to register itself to the controller driver. + + + N.B.: For the sake of readability each function will be split in + logical parts, each part being shown as if it was independent from + the others. + + +static int jz4740_probe(struct platform_device *pdev) +{ + struct platform_device *musb; + struct jz4740_glue *glue; + struct clk *clk; + int ret; + + glue = devm_kzalloc(&pdev->dev, sizeof(*glue), GFP_KERNEL); + if (!glue) + return -ENOMEM; + + musb = platform_device_alloc("musb-hdrc", PLATFORM_DEVID_AUTO); + if (!musb) { + dev_err(&pdev->dev, "failed to allocate musb device\n"); + return -ENOMEM; + } + + clk = devm_clk_get(&pdev->dev, "udc"); + if (IS_ERR(clk)) { + dev_err(&pdev->dev, "failed to get clock\n"); + ret = PTR_ERR(clk); + goto err_platform_device_put; + } + + ret = clk_prepare_enable(clk); + if (ret) { + dev_err(&pdev->dev, "failed to enable clock\n"); + goto err_platform_device_put; + } + + musb->dev.parent = &pdev->dev; + + glue->dev = &pdev->dev; + glue->musb = musb; + glue->clk = clk; + + return 0; + +err_platform_device_put: + platform_device_put(musb); + return ret; +} + + + The first few lines of the probe function allocate and assign the + glue, musb and clk variables. The GFP_KERNEL flag (line 8) allows + the allocation process to sleep and wait for memory, thus being + usable in a blocking situation. The PLATFORM_DEVID_AUTO flag (line + 12) allows automatic allocation and management of device IDs in + order to avoid device namespace collisions with explicit IDs. With + devm_clk_get() (line 18) the glue layer allocates the clock -- the + devm_ prefix indicates that clk_get() is + managed: it automatically frees the allocated clock resource data + when the device is released -- and enable it. + + + Then comes the registration steps: + + +static int jz4740_probe(struct platform_device *pdev) +{ + struct musb_hdrc_platform_data *pdata = &jz4740_musb_platform_data; + + pdata->platform_ops = &jz4740_musb_ops; + + platform_set_drvdata(pdev, glue); + + ret = platform_device_add_resources(musb, pdev->resource, + pdev->num_resources); + if (ret) { + dev_err(&pdev->dev, "failed to add resources\n"); + goto err_clk_disable; + } + + ret = platform_device_add_data(musb, pdata, sizeof(*pdata)); + if (ret) { + dev_err(&pdev->dev, "failed to add platform_data\n"); + goto err_clk_disable; + } + + return 0; + +err_clk_disable: + clk_disable_unprepare(clk); +err_platform_device_put: + platform_device_put(musb); + return ret; +} + + + The first step is to pass the device data privately held by the + glue layer on to the controller driver through + platform_set_drvdata() (line 7). Next is passing on the device + resources information, also privately held at that point, through + platform_device_add_resources() (line 9). + + + Finally comes passing on the platform specific data to the + controller driver (line 16). Platform data will be discussed in + Chapter 4, but here + we are looking at the platform_ops function pointer (line 5) in + musb_hdrc_platform_data structure (line 3). This function + pointer allows the MUSB controller driver to know which function + to call for device operation: + + +static const struct musb_platform_ops jz4740_musb_ops = { + .init = jz4740_musb_init, + .exit = jz4740_musb_exit, +}; + + + Here we have the minimal case where only init and exit functions + are called by the controller driver when needed. Fact is the + JZ4740 MUSB controller is a basic controller, lacking some + features found in other controllers, otherwise we may also have + pointers to a few other functions like a power management function + or a function to switch between OTG and non-OTG modes, for + instance. + + + At that point of the registration process, the controller driver + actually calls the init function: + + +static int jz4740_musb_init(struct musb *musb) +{ + musb->xceiv = usb_get_phy(USB_PHY_TYPE_USB2); + if (!musb->xceiv) { + pr_err("HS UDC: no transceiver configured\n"); + return -ENODEV; + } + + /* Silicon does not implement ConfigData register. + * Set dyn_fifo to avoid reading EP config from hardware. + */ + musb->dyn_fifo = true; + + musb->isr = jz4740_musb_interrupt; + + return 0; +} + + + The goal of jz4740_musb_init() is to get hold of the transceiver + driver data of the MUSB controller hardware and pass it on to the + MUSB controller driver, as usual. The transceiver is the circuitry + inside the controller hardware responsible for sending/receiving + the USB data. Since it is an implementation of the physical layer + of the OSI model, the transceiver is also referred to as PHY. + + + Getting hold of the MUSB PHY driver data is done with + usb_get_phy() which returns a pointer to the structure + containing the driver instance data. The next couple of + instructions (line 12 and 14) are used as a quirk and to setup + IRQ handling respectively. Quirks and IRQ handling will be + discussed later in Chapter + 5 and Chapter 3. + + +static int jz4740_musb_exit(struct musb *musb) +{ + usb_put_phy(musb->xceiv); + + return 0; +} + + + Acting as the counterpart of init, the exit function releases the + MUSB PHY driver when the controller hardware itself is about to be + released. + + + Again, note that init and exit are fairly simple in this case due + to the basic set of features of the JZ4740 controller hardware. + When writing an musb glue layer for a more complex controller + hardware, you might need to take care of more processing in those + two functions. + + + Returning from the init function, the MUSB controller driver jumps + back into the probe function: + + +static int jz4740_probe(struct platform_device *pdev) +{ + ret = platform_device_add(musb); + if (ret) { + dev_err(&pdev->dev, "failed to register musb device\n"); + goto err_clk_disable; + } + + return 0; + +err_clk_disable: + clk_disable_unprepare(clk); +err_platform_device_put: + platform_device_put(musb); + return ret; +} + + + This is the last part of the device registration process where the + glue layer adds the controller hardware device to Linux kernel + device hierarchy: at this stage, all known information about the + device is passed on to the Linux USB core stack. + + +static int jz4740_remove(struct platform_device *pdev) +{ + struct jz4740_glue *glue = platform_get_drvdata(pdev); + + platform_device_unregister(glue->musb); + clk_disable_unprepare(glue->clk); + + return 0; +} + + + Acting as the counterpart of probe, the remove function unregister + the MUSB controller hardware (line 5) and disable the clock (line + 6), allowing it to be gated. + + + + + Handling IRQs + + Additionally to the MUSB controller hardware basic setup and + registration, the glue layer is also responsible for handling the + IRQs: + + +static irqreturn_t jz4740_musb_interrupt(int irq, void *__hci) +{ + unsigned long flags; + irqreturn_t retval = IRQ_NONE; + struct musb *musb = __hci; + + spin_lock_irqsave(&musb->lock, flags); + + musb->int_usb = musb_readb(musb->mregs, MUSB_INTRUSB); + musb->int_tx = musb_readw(musb->mregs, MUSB_INTRTX); + musb->int_rx = musb_readw(musb->mregs, MUSB_INTRRX); + + /* + * The controller is gadget only, the state of the host mode IRQ bits is + * undefined. Mask them to make sure that the musb driver core will + * never see them set + */ + musb->int_usb &= MUSB_INTR_SUSPEND | MUSB_INTR_RESUME | + MUSB_INTR_RESET | MUSB_INTR_SOF; + + if (musb->int_usb || musb->int_tx || musb->int_rx) + retval = musb_interrupt(musb); + + spin_unlock_irqrestore(&musb->lock, flags); + + return retval; +} + + + Here the glue layer mostly has to read the relevant hardware + registers and pass their values on to the controller driver which + will handle the actual event that triggered the IRQ. + + + The interrupt handler critical section is protected by the + spin_lock_irqsave() and counterpart spin_unlock_irqrestore() + functions (line 7 and 24 respectively), which prevent the + interrupt handler code to be run by two different threads at the + same time. + + + Then the relevant interrupt registers are read (line 9 to 11): + + + + + MUSB_INTRUSB: indicates which USB interrupts are currently + active, + + + + + MUSB_INTRTX: indicates which of the interrupts for TX + endpoints are currently active, + + + + + MUSB_INTRRX: indicates which of the interrupts for TX + endpoints are currently active. + + + + + Note that musb_readb() is used to read 8-bit registers at most, + while musb_readw() allows us to read at most 16-bit registers. + There are other functions that can be used depending on the size + of your device registers. See musb_io.h for more information. + + + Instruction on line 18 is another quirk specific to the JZ4740 + USB device controller, which will be discussed later in Chapter 5. + + + The glue layer still needs to register the IRQ handler though. + Remember the instruction on line 14 of the init function: + + +static int jz4740_musb_init(struct musb *musb) +{ + musb->isr = jz4740_musb_interrupt; + + return 0; +} + + + This instruction sets a pointer to the glue layer IRQ handler + function, in order for the controller hardware to call the handler + back when an IRQ comes from the controller hardware. The interrupt + handler is now implemented and registered. + + + + + Device Platform Data + + In order to write an MUSB glue layer, you need to have some data + describing the hardware capabilities of your controller hardware, + which is called the platform data. + + + Platform data is specific to your hardware, though it may cover a + broad range of devices, and is generally found somewhere in the + arch/ directory, depending on your device architecture. + + + For instance, platform data for the JZ4740 SoC is found in + arch/mips/jz4740/platform.c. In the platform.c file each device of + the JZ4740 SoC is described through a set of structures. + + + Here is the part of arch/mips/jz4740/platform.c that covers the + USB Device Controller (UDC): + + +/* USB Device Controller */ +struct platform_device jz4740_udc_xceiv_device = { + .name = "usb_phy_gen_xceiv", + .id = 0, +}; + +static struct resource jz4740_udc_resources[] = { + [0] = { + .start = JZ4740_UDC_BASE_ADDR, + .end = JZ4740_UDC_BASE_ADDR + 0x10000 - 1, + .flags = IORESOURCE_MEM, + }, + [1] = { + .start = JZ4740_IRQ_UDC, + .end = JZ4740_IRQ_UDC, + .flags = IORESOURCE_IRQ, + .name = "mc", + }, +}; + +struct platform_device jz4740_udc_device = { + .name = "musb-jz4740", + .id = -1, + .dev = { + .dma_mask = &jz4740_udc_device.dev.coherent_dma_mask, + .coherent_dma_mask = DMA_BIT_MASK(32), + }, + .num_resources = ARRAY_SIZE(jz4740_udc_resources), + .resource = jz4740_udc_resources, +}; + + + The jz4740_udc_xceiv_device platform device structure (line 2) + describes the UDC transceiver with a name and id number. + + + At the time of this writing, note that + "usb_phy_gen_xceiv" is the specific name to be used for + all transceivers that are either built-in with reference USB IP or + autonomous and doesn't require any PHY programming. You will need + to set CONFIG_NOP_USB_XCEIV=y in the kernel configuration to make + use of the corresponding transceiver driver. The id field could be + set to -1 (equivalent to PLATFORM_DEVID_NONE), -2 (equivalent to + PLATFORM_DEVID_AUTO) or start with 0 for the first device of this + kind if we want a specific id number. + + + The jz4740_udc_resources resource structure (line 7) defines the + UDC registers base addresses. + + + The first array (line 9 to 11) defines the UDC registers base + memory addresses: start points to the first register memory + address, end points to the last register memory address and the + flags member defines the type of resource we are dealing with. So + IORESOURCE_MEM is used to define the registers memory addresses. + The second array (line 14 to 17) defines the UDC IRQ registers + addresses. Since there is only one IRQ register available for the + JZ4740 UDC, start and end point at the same address. The + IORESOURCE_IRQ flag tells that we are dealing with IRQ resources, + and the name "mc" is in fact hard-coded in the MUSB core + in order for the controller driver to retrieve this IRQ resource + by querying it by its name. + + + Finally, the jz4740_udc_device platform device structure (line 21) + describes the UDC itself. + + + The "musb-jz4740" name (line 22) defines the MUSB + driver that is used for this device; remember this is in fact + the name that we used in the jz4740_driver platform driver + structure in Chapter + 2. The id field (line 23) is set to -1 (equivalent to + PLATFORM_DEVID_NONE) since we do not need an id for the device: + the MUSB controller driver was already set to allocate an + automatic id in Chapter + 2. In the dev field we care for DMA related information + here. The dma_mask field (line 25) defines the width of the DMA + mask that is going to be used, and coherent_dma_mask (line 26) + has the same purpose but for the alloc_coherent DMA mappings: in + both cases we are using a 32 bits mask. Then the resource field + (line 29) is simply a pointer to the resource structure defined + before, while the num_resources field (line 28) keeps track of + the number of arrays defined in the resource structure (in this + case there were two resource arrays defined before). + + + With this quick overview of the UDC platform data at the arch/ + level now done, let's get back to the MUSB glue layer specific + platform data in drivers/usb/musb/jz4740.c: + + +static struct musb_hdrc_config jz4740_musb_config = { + /* Silicon does not implement USB OTG. */ + .multipoint = 0, + /* Max EPs scanned, driver will decide which EP can be used. */ + .num_eps = 4, + /* RAMbits needed to configure EPs from table */ + .ram_bits = 9, + .fifo_cfg = jz4740_musb_fifo_cfg, + .fifo_cfg_size = ARRAY_SIZE(jz4740_musb_fifo_cfg), +}; + +static struct musb_hdrc_platform_data jz4740_musb_platform_data = { + .mode = MUSB_PERIPHERAL, + .config = &jz4740_musb_config, +}; + + + First the glue layer configures some aspects of the controller + driver operation related to the controller hardware specifics. + This is done through the jz4740_musb_config musb_hdrc_config + structure. + + + Defining the OTG capability of the controller hardware, the + multipoint member (line 3) is set to 0 (equivalent to false) + since the JZ4740 UDC is not OTG compatible. Then num_eps (line + 5) defines the number of USB endpoints of the controller + hardware, including endpoint 0: here we have 3 endpoints + + endpoint 0. Next is ram_bits (line 7) which is the width of the + RAM address bus for the MUSB controller hardware. This + information is needed when the controller driver cannot + automatically configure endpoints by reading the relevant + controller hardware registers. This issue will be discussed when + we get to device quirks in Chapter + 5. Last two fields (line 8 and 9) are also about device + quirks: fifo_cfg points to the USB endpoints configuration table + and fifo_cfg_size keeps track of the size of the number of + entries in that configuration table. More on that later in Chapter 5. + + + Then this configuration is embedded inside + jz4740_musb_platform_data musb_hdrc_platform_data structure (line + 11): config is a pointer to the configuration structure itself, + and mode tells the controller driver if the controller hardware + may be used as MUSB_HOST only, MUSB_PERIPHERAL only or MUSB_OTG + which is a dual mode. + + + Remember that jz4740_musb_platform_data is then used to convey + platform data information as we have seen in the probe function + in Chapter 2 + + + + + Device Quirks + + Completing the platform data specific to your device, you may also + need to write some code in the glue layer to work around some + device specific limitations. These quirks may be due to some + hardware bugs, or simply be the result of an incomplete + implementation of the USB On-the-Go specification. + + + The JZ4740 UDC exhibits such quirks, some of which we will discuss + here for the sake of insight even though these might not be found + in the controller hardware you are working on. + + + Let's get back to the init function first: + + +static int jz4740_musb_init(struct musb *musb) +{ + musb->xceiv = usb_get_phy(USB_PHY_TYPE_USB2); + if (!musb->xceiv) { + pr_err("HS UDC: no transceiver configured\n"); + return -ENODEV; + } + + /* Silicon does not implement ConfigData register. + * Set dyn_fifo to avoid reading EP config from hardware. + */ + musb->dyn_fifo = true; + + musb->isr = jz4740_musb_interrupt; + + return 0; +} + + + Instruction on line 12 helps the MUSB controller driver to work + around the fact that the controller hardware is missing registers + that are used for USB endpoints configuration. + + + Without these registers, the controller driver is unable to read + the endpoints configuration from the hardware, so we use line 12 + instruction to bypass reading the configuration from silicon, and + rely on a hard-coded table that describes the endpoints + configuration instead: + + +static struct musb_fifo_cfg jz4740_musb_fifo_cfg[] = { +{ .hw_ep_num = 1, .style = FIFO_TX, .maxpacket = 512, }, +{ .hw_ep_num = 1, .style = FIFO_RX, .maxpacket = 512, }, +{ .hw_ep_num = 2, .style = FIFO_TX, .maxpacket = 64, }, +}; + + + Looking at the configuration table above, we see that each + endpoints is described by three fields: hw_ep_num is the endpoint + number, style is its direction (either FIFO_TX for the controller + driver to send packets in the controller hardware, or FIFO_RX to + receive packets from hardware), and maxpacket defines the maximum + size of each data packet that can be transmitted over that + endpoint. Reading from the table, the controller driver knows that + endpoint 1 can be used to send and receive USB data packets of 512 + bytes at once (this is in fact a bulk in/out endpoint), and + endpoint 2 can be used to send data packets of 64 bytes at once + (this is in fact an interrupt endpoint). + + + Note that there is no information about endpoint 0 here: that one + is implemented by default in every silicon design, with a + predefined configuration according to the USB specification. For + more examples of endpoint configuration tables, see musb_core.c. + + + Let's now get back to the interrupt handler function: + + +static irqreturn_t jz4740_musb_interrupt(int irq, void *__hci) +{ + unsigned long flags; + irqreturn_t retval = IRQ_NONE; + struct musb *musb = __hci; + + spin_lock_irqsave(&musb->lock, flags); + + musb->int_usb = musb_readb(musb->mregs, MUSB_INTRUSB); + musb->int_tx = musb_readw(musb->mregs, MUSB_INTRTX); + musb->int_rx = musb_readw(musb->mregs, MUSB_INTRRX); + + /* + * The controller is gadget only, the state of the host mode IRQ bits is + * undefined. Mask them to make sure that the musb driver core will + * never see them set + */ + musb->int_usb &= MUSB_INTR_SUSPEND | MUSB_INTR_RESUME | + MUSB_INTR_RESET | MUSB_INTR_SOF; + + if (musb->int_usb || musb->int_tx || musb->int_rx) + retval = musb_interrupt(musb); + + spin_unlock_irqrestore(&musb->lock, flags); + + return retval; +} + + + Instruction on line 18 above is a way for the controller driver to + work around the fact that some interrupt bits used for USB host + mode operation are missing in the MUSB_INTRUSB register, thus left + in an undefined hardware state, since this MUSB controller + hardware is used in peripheral mode only. As a consequence, the + glue layer masks these missing bits out to avoid parasite + interrupts by doing a logical AND operation between the value read + from MUSB_INTRUSB and the bits that are actually implemented in + the register. + + + These are only a couple of the quirks found in the JZ4740 USB + device controller. Some others were directly addressed in the MUSB + core since the fixes were generic enough to provide a better + handling of the issues for others controller hardware eventually. + + + + + Conclusion + + Writing a Linux MUSB glue layer should be a more accessible task, + as this documentation tries to show the ins and outs of this + exercise. + + + The JZ4740 USB device controller being fairly simple, I hope its + glue layer serves as a good example for the curious mind. Used + with the current MUSB glue layers, this documentation should + provide enough guidance to get started; should anything gets out + of hand, the linux-usb mailing list archive is another helpful + resource to browse through. + + + + + Acknowledgements + + Many thanks to Lars-Peter Clausen and Maarten ter Huurne for + answering my questions while I was writing the JZ4740 glue layer + and for helping me out getting the code in good shape. + + + I would also like to thank the Qi-Hardware community at large for + its cheerful guidance and support. + + + + + Resources + + USB Home Page: + http://www.usb.org + + + linux-usb Mailing List Archives: + http://marc.info/?l=linux-usb + + + USB On-the-Go Basics: + http://www.maximintegrated.com/app-notes/index.mvp/id/1822 + + + Writing USB Device Drivers: + https://www.kernel.org/doc/htmldocs/writing_usb_driver/index.html + + + Texas Instruments USB Configuration Wiki Page: + http://processors.wiki.ti.com/index.php/Usbgeneralpage + + + Analog Devices Blackfin MUSB Configuration: + http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=linux-kernel:drivers:musb + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/writing_usb_driver.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/writing_usb_driver.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3210dcf74 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/writing_usb_driver.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,412 @@ + + + + + + Writing USB Device Drivers + + + + Greg + Kroah-Hartman + +
+ greg@kroah.com +
+ + + + + + 2001-2002 + Greg Kroah-Hartman + + + + + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + + + + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + + + + This documentation is based on an article published in + Linux Journal Magazine, October 2001, Issue 90. + + + + + + + + Introduction + + The Linux USB subsystem has grown from supporting only two different + types of devices in the 2.2.7 kernel (mice and keyboards), to over 20 + different types of devices in the 2.4 kernel. Linux currently supports + almost all USB class devices (standard types of devices like keyboards, + mice, modems, printers and speakers) and an ever-growing number of + vendor-specific devices (such as USB to serial converters, digital + cameras, Ethernet devices and MP3 players). For a full list of the + different USB devices currently supported, see Resources. + + + The remaining kinds of USB devices that do not have support on Linux are + almost all vendor-specific devices. Each vendor decides to implement a + custom protocol to talk to their device, so a custom driver usually needs + to be created. Some vendors are open with their USB protocols and help + with the creation of Linux drivers, while others do not publish them, and + developers are forced to reverse-engineer. See Resources for some links + to handy reverse-engineering tools. + + + Because each different protocol causes a new driver to be created, I have + written a generic USB driver skeleton, modelled after the pci-skeleton.c + file in the kernel source tree upon which many PCI network drivers have + been based. This USB skeleton can be found at drivers/usb/usb-skeleton.c + in the kernel source tree. In this article I will walk through the basics + of the skeleton driver, explaining the different pieces and what needs to + be done to customize it to your specific device. + + + + + Linux USB Basics + + If you are going to write a Linux USB driver, please become familiar with + the USB protocol specification. It can be found, along with many other + useful documents, at the USB home page (see Resources). An excellent + introduction to the Linux USB subsystem can be found at the USB Working + Devices List (see Resources). It explains how the Linux USB subsystem is + structured and introduces the reader to the concept of USB urbs + (USB Request Blocks), which are essential to USB drivers. + + + The first thing a Linux USB driver needs to do is register itself with + the Linux USB subsystem, giving it some information about which devices + the driver supports and which functions to call when a device supported + by the driver is inserted or removed from the system. All of this + information is passed to the USB subsystem in the usb_driver structure. + The skeleton driver declares a usb_driver as: + + +static struct usb_driver skel_driver = { + .name = "skeleton", + .probe = skel_probe, + .disconnect = skel_disconnect, + .fops = &skel_fops, + .minor = USB_SKEL_MINOR_BASE, + .id_table = skel_table, +}; + + + The variable name is a string that describes the driver. It is used in + informational messages printed to the system log. The probe and + disconnect function pointers are called when a device that matches the + information provided in the id_table variable is either seen or removed. + + + The fops and minor variables are optional. Most USB drivers hook into + another kernel subsystem, such as the SCSI, network or TTY subsystem. + These types of drivers register themselves with the other kernel + subsystem, and any user-space interactions are provided through that + interface. But for drivers that do not have a matching kernel subsystem, + such as MP3 players or scanners, a method of interacting with user space + is needed. The USB subsystem provides a way to register a minor device + number and a set of file_operations function pointers that enable this + user-space interaction. The skeleton driver needs this kind of interface, + so it provides a minor starting number and a pointer to its + file_operations functions. + + + The USB driver is then registered with a call to usb_register, usually in + the driver's init function, as shown here: + + +static int __init usb_skel_init(void) +{ + int result; + + /* register this driver with the USB subsystem */ + result = usb_register(&skel_driver); + if (result < 0) { + err("usb_register failed for the "__FILE__ "driver." + "Error number %d", result); + return -1; + } + + return 0; +} +module_init(usb_skel_init); + + + When the driver is unloaded from the system, it needs to deregister + itself with the USB subsystem. This is done with the usb_deregister + function: + + +static void __exit usb_skel_exit(void) +{ + /* deregister this driver with the USB subsystem */ + usb_deregister(&skel_driver); +} +module_exit(usb_skel_exit); + + + To enable the linux-hotplug system to load the driver automatically when + the device is plugged in, you need to create a MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE. The + following code tells the hotplug scripts that this module supports a + single device with a specific vendor and product ID: + + +/* table of devices that work with this driver */ +static struct usb_device_id skel_table [] = { + { USB_DEVICE(USB_SKEL_VENDOR_ID, USB_SKEL_PRODUCT_ID) }, + { } /* Terminating entry */ +}; +MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE (usb, skel_table); + + + There are other macros that can be used in describing a usb_device_id for + drivers that support a whole class of USB drivers. See usb.h for more + information on this. + + + + + Device operation + + When a device is plugged into the USB bus that matches the device ID + pattern that your driver registered with the USB core, the probe function + is called. The usb_device structure, interface number and the interface ID + are passed to the function: + + +static int skel_probe(struct usb_interface *interface, + const struct usb_device_id *id) + + + The driver now needs to verify that this device is actually one that it + can accept. If so, it returns 0. + If not, or if any error occurs during initialization, an errorcode + (such as -ENOMEM or -ENODEV) + is returned from the probe function. + + + In the skeleton driver, we determine what end points are marked as bulk-in + and bulk-out. We create buffers to hold the data that will be sent and + received from the device, and a USB urb to write data to the device is + initialized. + + + Conversely, when the device is removed from the USB bus, the disconnect + function is called with the device pointer. The driver needs to clean any + private data that has been allocated at this time and to shut down any + pending urbs that are in the USB system. + + + Now that the device is plugged into the system and the driver is bound to + the device, any of the functions in the file_operations structure that + were passed to the USB subsystem will be called from a user program trying + to talk to the device. The first function called will be open, as the + program tries to open the device for I/O. We increment our private usage + count and save a pointer to our internal structure in the file + structure. This is done so that future calls to file operations will + enable the driver to determine which device the user is addressing. All + of this is done with the following code: + + +/* increment our usage count for the module */ +++skel->open_count; + +/* save our object in the file's private structure */ +file->private_data = dev; + + + After the open function is called, the read and write functions are called + to receive and send data to the device. In the skel_write function, we + receive a pointer to some data that the user wants to send to the device + and the size of the data. The function determines how much data it can + send to the device based on the size of the write urb it has created (this + size depends on the size of the bulk out end point that the device has). + Then it copies the data from user space to kernel space, points the urb to + the data and submits the urb to the USB subsystem. This can be seen in + the following code: + + +/* we can only write as much as 1 urb will hold */ +bytes_written = (count > skel->bulk_out_size) ? skel->bulk_out_size : count; + +/* copy the data from user space into our urb */ +copy_from_user(skel->write_urb->transfer_buffer, buffer, bytes_written); + +/* set up our urb */ +usb_fill_bulk_urb(skel->write_urb, + skel->dev, + usb_sndbulkpipe(skel->dev, skel->bulk_out_endpointAddr), + skel->write_urb->transfer_buffer, + bytes_written, + skel_write_bulk_callback, + skel); + +/* send the data out the bulk port */ +result = usb_submit_urb(skel->write_urb); +if (result) { + err("Failed submitting write urb, error %d", result); +} + + + When the write urb is filled up with the proper information using the + usb_fill_bulk_urb function, we point the urb's completion callback to call our + own skel_write_bulk_callback function. This function is called when the + urb is finished by the USB subsystem. The callback function is called in + interrupt context, so caution must be taken not to do very much processing + at that time. Our implementation of skel_write_bulk_callback merely + reports if the urb was completed successfully or not and then returns. + + + The read function works a bit differently from the write function in that + we do not use an urb to transfer data from the device to the driver. + Instead we call the usb_bulk_msg function, which can be used to send or + receive data from a device without having to create urbs and handle + urb completion callback functions. We call the usb_bulk_msg function, + giving it a buffer into which to place any data received from the device + and a timeout value. If the timeout period expires without receiving any + data from the device, the function will fail and return an error message. + This can be shown with the following code: + + +/* do an immediate bulk read to get data from the device */ +retval = usb_bulk_msg (skel->dev, + usb_rcvbulkpipe (skel->dev, + skel->bulk_in_endpointAddr), + skel->bulk_in_buffer, + skel->bulk_in_size, + &count, HZ*10); +/* if the read was successful, copy the data to user space */ +if (!retval) { + if (copy_to_user (buffer, skel->bulk_in_buffer, count)) + retval = -EFAULT; + else + retval = count; +} + + + The usb_bulk_msg function can be very useful for doing single reads or + writes to a device; however, if you need to read or write constantly to a + device, it is recommended to set up your own urbs and submit them to the + USB subsystem. + + + When the user program releases the file handle that it has been using to + talk to the device, the release function in the driver is called. In this + function we decrement our private usage count and wait for possible + pending writes: + + +/* decrement our usage count for the device */ +--skel->open_count; + + + One of the more difficult problems that USB drivers must be able to handle + smoothly is the fact that the USB device may be removed from the system at + any point in time, even if a program is currently talking to it. It needs + to be able to shut down any current reads and writes and notify the + user-space programs that the device is no longer there. The following + code (function skel_delete) + is an example of how to do this: + +static inline void skel_delete (struct usb_skel *dev) +{ + kfree (dev->bulk_in_buffer); + if (dev->bulk_out_buffer != NULL) + usb_free_coherent (dev->udev, dev->bulk_out_size, + dev->bulk_out_buffer, + dev->write_urb->transfer_dma); + usb_free_urb (dev->write_urb); + kfree (dev); +} + + + If a program currently has an open handle to the device, we reset the flag + device_present. For + every read, write, release and other functions that expect a device to be + present, the driver first checks this flag to see if the device is + still present. If not, it releases that the device has disappeared, and a + -ENODEV error is returned to the user-space program. When the release + function is eventually called, it determines if there is no device + and if not, it does the cleanup that the skel_disconnect + function normally does if there are no open files on the device (see + Listing 5). + + + + + Isochronous Data + + This usb-skeleton driver does not have any examples of interrupt or + isochronous data being sent to or from the device. Interrupt data is sent + almost exactly as bulk data is, with a few minor exceptions. Isochronous + data works differently with continuous streams of data being sent to or + from the device. The audio and video camera drivers are very good examples + of drivers that handle isochronous data and will be useful if you also + need to do this. + + + + + Conclusion + + Writing Linux USB device drivers is not a difficult task as the + usb-skeleton driver shows. This driver, combined with the other current + USB drivers, should provide enough examples to help a beginning author + create a working driver in a minimal amount of time. The linux-usb-devel + mailing list archives also contain a lot of helpful information. + + + + + Resources + + The Linux USB Project: http://www.linux-usb.org/ + + + Linux Hotplug Project: http://linux-hotplug.sourceforge.net/ + + + Linux USB Working Devices List: http://www.qbik.ch/usb/devices/ + + + linux-usb-devel Mailing List Archives: http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-usb-devel + + + Programming Guide for Linux USB Device Drivers: http://usb.cs.tum.edu/usbdoc + + + USB Home Page: http://www.usb.org + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/z8530book.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/z8530book.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6f3883be8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/z8530book.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,371 @@ + + + + + + Z8530 Programming Guide + + + + Alan + Cox + +
+ alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk +
+ + + + + + 2000 + Alan Cox + + + + + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, + MA 02111-1307 USA + + + + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + + + + + + + + Introduction + + The Z85x30 family synchronous/asynchronous controller chips are + used on a large number of cheap network interface cards. The + kernel provides a core interface layer that is designed to make + it easy to provide WAN services using this chip. + + + The current driver only support synchronous operation. Merging the + asynchronous driver support into this code to allow any Z85x30 + device to be used as both a tty interface and as a synchronous + controller is a project for Linux post the 2.4 release + + + + + Driver Modes + + The Z85230 driver layer can drive Z8530, Z85C30 and Z85230 devices + in three different modes. Each mode can be applied to an individual + channel on the chip (each chip has two channels). + + + The PIO synchronous mode supports the most common Z8530 wiring. Here + the chip is interface to the I/O and interrupt facilities of the + host machine but not to the DMA subsystem. When running PIO the + Z8530 has extremely tight timing requirements. Doing high speeds, + even with a Z85230 will be tricky. Typically you should expect to + achieve at best 9600 baud with a Z8C530 and 64Kbits with a Z85230. + + + The DMA mode supports the chip when it is configured to use dual DMA + channels on an ISA bus. The better cards tend to support this mode + of operation for a single channel. With DMA running the Z85230 tops + out when it starts to hit ISA DMA constraints at about 512Kbits. It + is worth noting here that many PC machines hang or crash when the + chip is driven fast enough to hold the ISA bus solid. + + + Transmit DMA mode uses a single DMA channel. The DMA channel is used + for transmission as the transmit FIFO is smaller than the receive + FIFO. it gives better performance than pure PIO mode but is nowhere + near as ideal as pure DMA mode. + + + + + Using the Z85230 driver + + The Z85230 driver provides the back end interface to your board. To + configure a Z8530 interface you need to detect the board and to + identify its ports and interrupt resources. It is also your problem + to verify the resources are available. + + + Having identified the chip you need to fill in a struct z8530_dev, + which describes each chip. This object must exist until you finally + shutdown the board. Firstly zero the active field. This ensures + nothing goes off without you intending it. The irq field should + be set to the interrupt number of the chip. (Each chip has a single + interrupt source rather than each channel). You are responsible + for allocating the interrupt line. The interrupt handler should be + set to z8530_interrupt. The device id should + be set to the z8530_dev structure pointer. Whether the interrupt can + be shared or not is board dependent, and up to you to initialise. + + + The structure holds two channel structures. + Initialise chanA.ctrlio and chanA.dataio with the address of the + control and data ports. You can or this with Z8530_PORT_SLEEP to + indicate your interface needs the 5uS delay for chip settling done + in software. The PORT_SLEEP option is architecture specific. Other + flags may become available on future platforms, eg for MMIO. + Initialise the chanA.irqs to &z8530_nop to start the chip up + as disabled and discarding interrupt events. This ensures that + stray interrupts will be mopped up and not hang the bus. Set + chanA.dev to point to the device structure itself. The + private and name field you may use as you wish. The private field + is unused by the Z85230 layer. The name is used for error reporting + and it may thus make sense to make it match the network name. + + + Repeat the same operation with the B channel if your chip has + both channels wired to something useful. This isn't always the + case. If it is not wired then the I/O values do not matter, but + you must initialise chanB.dev. + + + If your board has DMA facilities then initialise the txdma and + rxdma fields for the relevant channels. You must also allocate the + ISA DMA channels and do any necessary board level initialisation + to configure them. The low level driver will do the Z8530 and + DMA controller programming but not board specific magic. + + + Having initialised the device you can then call + z8530_init. This will probe the chip and + reset it into a known state. An identification sequence is then + run to identify the chip type. If the checks fail to pass the + function returns a non zero error code. Typically this indicates + that the port given is not valid. After this call the + type field of the z8530_dev structure is initialised to either + Z8530, Z85C30 or Z85230 according to the chip found. + + + Once you have called z8530_init you can also make use of the utility + function z8530_describe. This provides a + consistent reporting format for the Z8530 devices, and allows all + the drivers to provide consistent reporting. + + + + + Attaching Network Interfaces + + If you wish to use the network interface facilities of the driver, + then you need to attach a network device to each channel that is + present and in use. In addition to use the generic HDLC + you need to follow some additional plumbing rules. They may seem + complex but a look at the example hostess_sv11 driver should + reassure you. + + + The network device used for each channel should be pointed to by + the netdevice field of each channel. The hdlc-> priv field of the + network device points to your private data - you will need to be + able to find your private data from this. + + + The way most drivers approach this particular problem is to + create a structure holding the Z8530 device definition and + put that into the private field of the network device. The + network device fields of the channels then point back to the + network devices. + + + If you wish to use the generic HDLC then you need to register + the HDLC device. + + + Before you register your network device you will also need to + provide suitable handlers for most of the network device callbacks. + See the network device documentation for more details on this. + + + + + Configuring And Activating The Port + + The Z85230 driver provides helper functions and tables to load the + port registers on the Z8530 chips. When programming the register + settings for a channel be aware that the documentation recommends + initialisation orders. Strange things happen when these are not + followed. + + + z8530_channel_load takes an array of + pairs of initialisation values in an array of u8 type. The first + value is the Z8530 register number. Add 16 to indicate the alternate + register bank on the later chips. The array is terminated by a 255. + + + The driver provides a pair of public tables. The + z8530_hdlc_kilostream table is for the UK 'Kilostream' service and + also happens to cover most other end host configurations. The + z8530_hdlc_kilostream_85230 table is the same configuration using + the enhancements of the 85230 chip. The configuration loaded is + standard NRZ encoded synchronous data with HDLC bitstuffing. All + of the timing is taken from the other end of the link. + + + When writing your own tables be aware that the driver internally + tracks register values. It may need to reload values. You should + therefore be sure to set registers 1-7, 9-11, 14 and 15 in all + configurations. Where the register settings depend on DMA selection + the driver will update the bits itself when you open or close. + Loading a new table with the interface open is not recommended. + + + There are three standard configurations supported by the core + code. In PIO mode the interface is programmed up to use + interrupt driven PIO. This places high demands on the host processor + to avoid latency. The driver is written to take account of latency + issues but it cannot avoid latencies caused by other drivers, + notably IDE in PIO mode. Because the drivers allocate buffers you + must also prevent MTU changes while the port is open. + + + Once the port is open it will call the rx_function of each channel + whenever a completed packet arrived. This is invoked from + interrupt context and passes you the channel and a network + buffer (struct sk_buff) holding the data. The data includes + the CRC bytes so most users will want to trim the last two + bytes before processing the data. This function is very timing + critical. When you wish to simply discard data the support + code provides the function z8530_null_rx + to discard the data. + + + To active PIO mode sending and receiving the + z8530_sync_open is called. This expects to be passed + the network device and the channel. Typically this is called from + your network device open callback. On a failure a non zero error + status is returned. The z8530_sync_close + function shuts down a PIO channel. This must be done before the + channel is opened again and before the driver shuts down + and unloads. + + + The ideal mode of operation is dual channel DMA mode. Here the + kernel driver will configure the board for DMA in both directions. + The driver also handles ISA DMA issues such as controller + programming and the memory range limit for you. This mode is + activated by calling the z8530_sync_dma_open + function. On failure a non zero error value is returned. + Once this mode is activated it can be shut down by calling the + z8530_sync_dma_close. You must call the close + function matching the open mode you used. + + + The final supported mode uses a single DMA channel to drive the + transmit side. As the Z85C30 has a larger FIFO on the receive + channel this tends to increase the maximum speed a little. + This is activated by calling the z8530_sync_txdma_open + . This returns a non zero error code on failure. The + z8530_sync_txdma_close function closes down + the Z8530 interface from this mode. + + + + + Network Layer Functions + + The Z8530 layer provides functions to queue packets for + transmission. The driver internally buffers the frame currently + being transmitted and one further frame (in order to keep back + to back transmission running). Any further buffering is up to + the caller. + + + The function z8530_queue_xmit takes a network + buffer in sk_buff format and queues it for transmission. The + caller must provide the entire packet with the exception of the + bitstuffing and CRC. This is normally done by the caller via + the generic HDLC interface layer. It returns 0 if the buffer has been + queued and non zero values for queue full. If the function accepts + the buffer it becomes property of the Z8530 layer and the caller + should not free it. + + + The function z8530_get_stats returns a pointer + to an internally maintained per interface statistics block. This + provides most of the interface code needed to implement the network + layer get_stats callback. + + + + + Porting The Z8530 Driver + + The Z8530 driver is written to be portable. In DMA mode it makes + assumptions about the use of ISA DMA. These are probably warranted + in most cases as the Z85230 in particular was designed to glue to PC + type machines. The PIO mode makes no real assumptions. + + + Should you need to retarget the Z8530 driver to another architecture + the only code that should need changing are the port I/O functions. + At the moment these assume PC I/O port accesses. This may not be + appropriate for all platforms. Replacing + z8530_read_port and z8530_write_port + is intended to be all that is required to port this + driver layer. + + + + + Known Bugs And Assumptions + + + Interrupt Locking + + + The locking in the driver is done via the global cli/sti lock. This + makes for relatively poor SMP performance. Switching this to use a + per device spin lock would probably materially improve performance. + + + + Occasional Failures + + + We have reports of occasional failures when run for very long + periods of time and the driver starts to receive junk frames. At + the moment the cause of this is not clear. + + + + + + + + + Public Functions Provided +!Edrivers/net/wan/z85230.c + + + + Internal Functions +!Idrivers/net/wan/z85230.c + + + diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/1024x768.S b/Documentation/EDID/1024x768.S new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6f3e4b75e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/EDID/1024x768.S @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + 1024x768.S: EDID data set for standard 1024x768 60 Hz monitor + + Copyright (C) 2011 Carsten Emde + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +/* EDID */ +#define VERSION 1 +#define REVISION 3 + +/* Display */ +#define CLOCK 65000 /* kHz */ +#define XPIX 1024 +#define YPIX 768 +#define XY_RATIO XY_RATIO_4_3 +#define XBLANK 320 +#define YBLANK 38 +#define XOFFSET 8 +#define XPULSE 144 +#define YOFFSET (63+3) +#define YPULSE (63+6) +#define DPI 72 +#define VFREQ 60 /* Hz */ +#define TIMING_NAME "Linux XGA" +#define ESTABLISHED_TIMING2_BITS 0x08 /* Bit 3 -> 1024x768 @60 Hz */ +#define HSYNC_POL 0 +#define VSYNC_POL 0 +#define CRC 0x55 + +#include "edid.S" diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/1280x1024.S b/Documentation/EDID/1280x1024.S new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd9bef2a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/EDID/1280x1024.S @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + 1280x1024.S: EDID data set for standard 1280x1024 60 Hz monitor + + Copyright (C) 2011 Carsten Emde + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +/* EDID */ +#define VERSION 1 +#define REVISION 3 + +/* Display */ +#define CLOCK 108000 /* kHz */ +#define XPIX 1280 +#define YPIX 1024 +#define XY_RATIO XY_RATIO_5_4 +#define XBLANK 408 +#define YBLANK 42 +#define XOFFSET 48 +#define XPULSE 112 +#define YOFFSET (63+1) +#define YPULSE (63+3) +#define DPI 72 +#define VFREQ 60 /* Hz */ +#define TIMING_NAME "Linux SXGA" +/* No ESTABLISHED_TIMINGx_BITS */ +#define HSYNC_POL 1 +#define VSYNC_POL 1 +#define CRC 0xa0 + +#include "edid.S" diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/1600x1200.S b/Documentation/EDID/1600x1200.S new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a45101c61 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/EDID/1600x1200.S @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + 1600x1200.S: EDID data set for standard 1600x1200 60 Hz monitor + + Copyright (C) 2013 Carsten Emde + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +/* EDID */ +#define VERSION 1 +#define REVISION 3 + +/* Display */ +#define CLOCK 162000 /* kHz */ +#define XPIX 1600 +#define YPIX 1200 +#define XY_RATIO XY_RATIO_4_3 +#define XBLANK 560 +#define YBLANK 50 +#define XOFFSET 64 +#define XPULSE 192 +#define YOFFSET (63+1) +#define YPULSE (63+3) +#define DPI 72 +#define VFREQ 60 /* Hz */ +#define TIMING_NAME "Linux UXGA" +/* No ESTABLISHED_TIMINGx_BITS */ +#define HSYNC_POL 1 +#define VSYNC_POL 1 +#define CRC 0x9d + +#include "edid.S" diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/1680x1050.S b/Documentation/EDID/1680x1050.S new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b0d7c6928 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/EDID/1680x1050.S @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + 1680x1050.S: EDID data set for standard 1680x1050 60 Hz monitor + + Copyright (C) 2012 Carsten Emde + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +/* EDID */ +#define VERSION 1 +#define REVISION 3 + +/* Display */ +#define CLOCK 146250 /* kHz */ +#define XPIX 1680 +#define YPIX 1050 +#define XY_RATIO XY_RATIO_16_10 +#define XBLANK 560 +#define YBLANK 39 +#define XOFFSET 104 +#define XPULSE 176 +#define YOFFSET (63+3) +#define YPULSE (63+6) +#define DPI 96 +#define VFREQ 60 /* Hz */ +#define TIMING_NAME "Linux WSXGA" +/* No ESTABLISHED_TIMINGx_BITS */ +#define HSYNC_POL 1 +#define VSYNC_POL 1 +#define CRC 0x26 + +#include "edid.S" diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/1920x1080.S b/Documentation/EDID/1920x1080.S new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3084355e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/EDID/1920x1080.S @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + 1920x1080.S: EDID data set for standard 1920x1080 60 Hz monitor + + Copyright (C) 2012 Carsten Emde + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +/* EDID */ +#define VERSION 1 +#define REVISION 3 + +/* Display */ +#define CLOCK 148500 /* kHz */ +#define XPIX 1920 +#define YPIX 1080 +#define XY_RATIO XY_RATIO_16_9 +#define XBLANK 280 +#define YBLANK 45 +#define XOFFSET 88 +#define XPULSE 44 +#define YOFFSET (63+4) +#define YPULSE (63+5) +#define DPI 96 +#define VFREQ 60 /* Hz */ +#define TIMING_NAME "Linux FHD" +/* No ESTABLISHED_TIMINGx_BITS */ +#define HSYNC_POL 1 +#define VSYNC_POL 1 +#define CRC 0x05 + +#include "edid.S" diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/800x600.S b/Documentation/EDID/800x600.S new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6644e26d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/EDID/800x600.S @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/* + 800x600.S: EDID data set for standard 800x600 60 Hz monitor + + Copyright (C) 2011 Carsten Emde + Copyright (C) 2014 Linaro Limited + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. +*/ + +/* EDID */ +#define VERSION 1 +#define REVISION 3 + +/* Display */ +#define CLOCK 40000 /* kHz */ +#define XPIX 800 +#define YPIX 600 +#define XY_RATIO XY_RATIO_4_3 +#define XBLANK 256 +#define YBLANK 28 +#define XOFFSET 40 +#define XPULSE 128 +#define YOFFSET (63+1) +#define YPULSE (63+4) +#define DPI 72 +#define VFREQ 60 /* Hz */ +#define TIMING_NAME "Linux SVGA" +#define ESTABLISHED_TIMING1_BITS 0x01 /* Bit 0: 800x600 @ 60Hz */ +#define HSYNC_POL 1 +#define VSYNC_POL 1 +#define CRC 0xc2 + +#include "edid.S" diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/EDID/HOWTO.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..835db3322 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/EDID/HOWTO.txt @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +In the good old days when graphics parameters were configured explicitly +in a file called xorg.conf, even broken hardware could be managed. + +Today, with the advent of Kernel Mode Setting, a graphics board is +either correctly working because all components follow the standards - +or the computer is unusable, because the screen remains dark after +booting or it displays the wrong area. Cases when this happens are: +- The graphics board does not recognize the monitor. +- The graphics board is unable to detect any EDID data. +- The graphics board incorrectly forwards EDID data to the driver. +- The monitor sends no or bogus EDID data. +- A KVM sends its own EDID data instead of querying the connected monitor. +Adding the kernel parameter "nomodeset" helps in most cases, but causes +restrictions later on. + +As a remedy for such situations, the kernel configuration item +CONFIG_DRM_LOAD_EDID_FIRMWARE was introduced. It allows to provide an +individually prepared or corrected EDID data set in the /lib/firmware +directory from where it is loaded via the firmware interface. The code +(see drivers/gpu/drm/drm_edid_load.c) contains built-in data sets for +commonly used screen resolutions (800x600, 1024x768, 1280x1024, 1600x1200, +1680x1050, 1920x1080) as binary blobs, but the kernel source tree does +not contain code to create these data. In order to elucidate the origin +of the built-in binary EDID blobs and to facilitate the creation of +individual data for a specific misbehaving monitor, commented sources +and a Makefile environment are given here. + +To create binary EDID and C source code files from the existing data +material, simply type "make". + +If you want to create your own EDID file, copy the file 1024x768.S, +replace the settings with your own data and add a new target to the +Makefile. Please note that the EDID data structure expects the timing +values in a different way as compared to the standard X11 format. + +X11: +HTimings: hdisp hsyncstart hsyncend htotal +VTimings: vdisp vsyncstart vsyncend vtotal + +EDID: +#define XPIX hdisp +#define XBLANK htotal-hdisp +#define XOFFSET hsyncstart-hdisp +#define XPULSE hsyncend-hsyncstart + +#define YPIX vdisp +#define YBLANK vtotal-vdisp +#define YOFFSET (63+(vsyncstart-vdisp)) +#define YPULSE (63+(vsyncend-vsyncstart)) + +The CRC value in the last line + #define CRC 0x55 +also is a bit tricky. After a first version of the binary data set is +created, it must be checked with the "edid-decode" utility which will +most probably complain about a wrong CRC. Fortunately, the utility also +displays the correct CRC which must then be inserted into the source +file. After the make procedure is repeated, the EDID data set is ready +to be used. diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/Makefile b/Documentation/EDID/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17763ca3f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/EDID/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + +SOURCES := $(wildcard [0-9]*x[0-9]*.S) + +BIN := $(patsubst %.S, %.bin, $(SOURCES)) + +IHEX := $(patsubst %.S, %.bin.ihex, $(SOURCES)) + +CODE := $(patsubst %.S, %.c, $(SOURCES)) + +all: $(BIN) $(IHEX) $(CODE) + +clean: + @rm -f *.o *.bin.ihex *.bin *.c + +%.o: %.S + @cc -c $^ + +%.bin: %.o + @objcopy -Obinary $^ $@ + +%.bin.ihex: %.o + @objcopy -Oihex $^ $@ + @dos2unix $@ 2>/dev/null + +%.c: %.bin + @echo "{" >$@; hexdump -f hex $^ >>$@; echo "};" >>$@ diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/edid.S b/Documentation/EDID/edid.S new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7ac03276d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/EDID/edid.S @@ -0,0 +1,272 @@ +/* + edid.S: EDID data template + + Copyright (C) 2012 Carsten Emde + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + + +/* Manufacturer */ +#define MFG_LNX1 'L' +#define MFG_LNX2 'N' +#define MFG_LNX3 'X' +#define SERIAL 0 +#define YEAR 2012 +#define WEEK 5 + +/* EDID 1.3 standard definitions */ +#define XY_RATIO_16_10 0b00 +#define XY_RATIO_4_3 0b01 +#define XY_RATIO_5_4 0b10 +#define XY_RATIO_16_9 0b11 + +/* Provide defaults for the timing bits */ +#ifndef ESTABLISHED_TIMING1_BITS +#define ESTABLISHED_TIMING1_BITS 0x00 +#endif +#ifndef ESTABLISHED_TIMING2_BITS +#define ESTABLISHED_TIMING2_BITS 0x00 +#endif +#ifndef ESTABLISHED_TIMING3_BITS +#define ESTABLISHED_TIMING3_BITS 0x00 +#endif + +#define mfgname2id(v1,v2,v3) \ + ((((v1-'@')&0x1f)<<10)+(((v2-'@')&0x1f)<<5)+((v3-'@')&0x1f)) +#define swap16(v1) ((v1>>8)+((v1&0xff)<<8)) +#define msbs2(v1,v2) ((((v1>>8)&0x0f)<<4)+((v2>>8)&0x0f)) +#define msbs4(v1,v2,v3,v4) \ + (((v1&0x03)>>2)+((v2&0x03)>>4)+((v3&0x03)>>6)+((v4&0x03)>>8)) +#define pixdpi2mm(pix,dpi) ((pix*25)/dpi) +#define xsize pixdpi2mm(XPIX,DPI) +#define ysize pixdpi2mm(YPIX,DPI) + + .data + +/* Fixed header pattern */ +header: .byte 0x00,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0x00 + +mfg_id: .word swap16(mfgname2id(MFG_LNX1, MFG_LNX2, MFG_LNX3)) + +prod_code: .word 0 + +/* Serial number. 32 bits, little endian. */ +serial_number: .long SERIAL + +/* Week of manufacture */ +week: .byte WEEK + +/* Year of manufacture, less 1990. (1990-2245) + If week=255, it is the model year instead */ +year: .byte YEAR-1990 + +version: .byte VERSION /* EDID version, usually 1 (for 1.3) */ +revision: .byte REVISION /* EDID revision, usually 3 (for 1.3) */ + +/* If Bit 7=1 Digital input. If set, the following bit definitions apply: + Bits 6-1 Reserved, must be 0 + Bit 0 Signal is compatible with VESA DFP 1.x TMDS CRGB, + 1 pixel per clock, up to 8 bits per color, MSB aligned, + If Bit 7=0 Analog input. If clear, the following bit definitions apply: + Bits 6-5 Video white and sync levels, relative to blank + 00=+0.7/-0.3 V; 01=+0.714/-0.286 V; + 10=+1.0/-0.4 V; 11=+0.7/0 V + Bit 4 Blank-to-black setup (pedestal) expected + Bit 3 Separate sync supported + Bit 2 Composite sync (on HSync) supported + Bit 1 Sync on green supported + Bit 0 VSync pulse must be serrated when somposite or + sync-on-green is used. */ +video_parms: .byte 0x6d + +/* Maximum horizontal image size, in centimetres + (max 292 cm/115 in at 16:9 aspect ratio) */ +max_hor_size: .byte xsize/10 + +/* Maximum vertical image size, in centimetres. + If either byte is 0, undefined (e.g. projector) */ +max_vert_size: .byte ysize/10 + +/* Display gamma, minus 1, times 100 (range 1.00-3.5 */ +gamma: .byte 120 + +/* Bit 7 DPMS standby supported + Bit 6 DPMS suspend supported + Bit 5 DPMS active-off supported + Bits 4-3 Display type: 00=monochrome; 01=RGB colour; + 10=non-RGB multicolour; 11=undefined + Bit 2 Standard sRGB colour space. Bytes 25-34 must contain + sRGB standard values. + Bit 1 Preferred timing mode specified in descriptor block 1. + Bit 0 GTF supported with default parameter values. */ +dsp_features: .byte 0xea + +/* Chromaticity coordinates. */ +/* Red and green least-significant bits + Bits 7-6 Red x value least-significant 2 bits + Bits 5-4 Red y value least-significant 2 bits + Bits 3-2 Green x value lst-significant 2 bits + Bits 1-0 Green y value least-significant 2 bits */ +red_green_lsb: .byte 0x5e + +/* Blue and white least-significant 2 bits */ +blue_white_lsb: .byte 0xc0 + +/* Red x value most significant 8 bits. + 0-255 encodes 0-0.996 (255/256); 0-0.999 (1023/1024) with lsbits */ +red_x_msb: .byte 0xa4 + +/* Red y value most significant 8 bits */ +red_y_msb: .byte 0x59 + +/* Green x and y value most significant 8 bits */ +green_x_y_msb: .byte 0x4a,0x98 + +/* Blue x and y value most significant 8 bits */ +blue_x_y_msb: .byte 0x25,0x20 + +/* Default white point x and y value most significant 8 bits */ +white_x_y_msb: .byte 0x50,0x54 + +/* Established timings */ +/* Bit 7 720x400 @ 70 Hz + Bit 6 720x400 @ 88 Hz + Bit 5 640x480 @ 60 Hz + Bit 4 640x480 @ 67 Hz + Bit 3 640x480 @ 72 Hz + Bit 2 640x480 @ 75 Hz + Bit 1 800x600 @ 56 Hz + Bit 0 800x600 @ 60 Hz */ +estbl_timing1: .byte ESTABLISHED_TIMING1_BITS + +/* Bit 7 800x600 @ 72 Hz + Bit 6 800x600 @ 75 Hz + Bit 5 832x624 @ 75 Hz + Bit 4 1024x768 @ 87 Hz, interlaced (1024x768) + Bit 3 1024x768 @ 60 Hz + Bit 2 1024x768 @ 72 Hz + Bit 1 1024x768 @ 75 Hz + Bit 0 1280x1024 @ 75 Hz */ +estbl_timing2: .byte ESTABLISHED_TIMING2_BITS + +/* Bit 7 1152x870 @ 75 Hz (Apple Macintosh II) + Bits 6-0 Other manufacturer-specific display mod */ +estbl_timing3: .byte ESTABLISHED_TIMING3_BITS + +/* Standard timing */ +/* X resolution, less 31, divided by 8 (256-2288 pixels) */ +std_xres: .byte (XPIX/8)-31 +/* Y resolution, X:Y pixel ratio + Bits 7-6 X:Y pixel ratio: 00=16:10; 01=4:3; 10=5:4; 11=16:9. + Bits 5-0 Vertical frequency, less 60 (60-123 Hz) */ +std_vres: .byte (XY_RATIO<<6)+VFREQ-60 + .fill 7,2,0x0101 /* Unused */ + +descriptor1: +/* Pixel clock in 10 kHz units. (0.-655.35 MHz, little-endian) */ +clock: .word CLOCK/10 + +/* Horizontal active pixels 8 lsbits (0-4095) */ +x_act_lsb: .byte XPIX&0xff +/* Horizontal blanking pixels 8 lsbits (0-4095) + End of active to start of next active. */ +x_blk_lsb: .byte XBLANK&0xff +/* Bits 7-4 Horizontal active pixels 4 msbits + Bits 3-0 Horizontal blanking pixels 4 msbits */ +x_msbs: .byte msbs2(XPIX,XBLANK) + +/* Vertical active lines 8 lsbits (0-4095) */ +y_act_lsb: .byte YPIX&0xff +/* Vertical blanking lines 8 lsbits (0-4095) */ +y_blk_lsb: .byte YBLANK&0xff +/* Bits 7-4 Vertical active lines 4 msbits + Bits 3-0 Vertical blanking lines 4 msbits */ +y_msbs: .byte msbs2(YPIX,YBLANK) + +/* Horizontal sync offset pixels 8 lsbits (0-1023) From blanking start */ +x_snc_off_lsb: .byte XOFFSET&0xff +/* Horizontal sync pulse width pixels 8 lsbits (0-1023) */ +x_snc_pls_lsb: .byte XPULSE&0xff +/* Bits 7-4 Vertical sync offset lines 4 lsbits -63) + Bits 3-0 Vertical sync pulse width lines 4 lsbits -63) */ +y_snc_lsb: .byte ((YOFFSET-63)<<4)+(YPULSE-63) +/* Bits 7-6 Horizontal sync offset pixels 2 msbits + Bits 5-4 Horizontal sync pulse width pixels 2 msbits + Bits 3-2 Vertical sync offset lines 2 msbits + Bits 1-0 Vertical sync pulse width lines 2 msbits */ +xy_snc_msbs: .byte msbs4(XOFFSET,XPULSE,YOFFSET,YPULSE) + +/* Horizontal display size, mm, 8 lsbits (0-4095 mm, 161 in) */ +x_dsp_size: .byte xsize&0xff + +/* Vertical display size, mm, 8 lsbits (0-4095 mm, 161 in) */ +y_dsp_size: .byte ysize&0xff + +/* Bits 7-4 Horizontal display size, mm, 4 msbits + Bits 3-0 Vertical display size, mm, 4 msbits */ +dsp_size_mbsb: .byte msbs2(xsize,ysize) + +/* Horizontal border pixels (each side; total is twice this) */ +x_border: .byte 0 +/* Vertical border lines (each side; total is twice this) */ +y_border: .byte 0 + +/* Bit 7 Interlaced + Bits 6-5 Stereo mode: 00=No stereo; other values depend on bit 0: + Bit 0=0: 01=Field sequential, sync=1 during right; 10=similar, + sync=1 during left; 11=4-way interleaved stereo + Bit 0=1 2-way interleaved stereo: 01=Right image on even lines; + 10=Left image on even lines; 11=side-by-side + Bits 4-3 Sync type: 00=Analog composite; 01=Bipolar analog composite; + 10=Digital composite (on HSync); 11=Digital separate + Bit 2 If digital separate: Vertical sync polarity (1=positive) + Other types: VSync serrated (HSync during VSync) + Bit 1 If analog sync: Sync on all 3 RGB lines (else green only) + Digital: HSync polarity (1=positive) + Bit 0 2-way line-interleaved stereo, if bits 4-3 are not 00. */ +features: .byte 0x18+(VSYNC_POL<<2)+(HSYNC_POL<<1) + +descriptor2: .byte 0,0 /* Not a detailed timing descriptor */ + .byte 0 /* Must be zero */ + .byte 0xff /* Descriptor is monitor serial number (text) */ + .byte 0 /* Must be zero */ +start1: .ascii "Linux #0" +end1: .byte 0x0a /* End marker */ + .fill 12-(end1-start1), 1, 0x20 /* Padded spaces */ +descriptor3: .byte 0,0 /* Not a detailed timing descriptor */ + .byte 0 /* Must be zero */ + .byte 0xfd /* Descriptor is monitor range limits */ + .byte 0 /* Must be zero */ +start2: .byte VFREQ-1 /* Minimum vertical field rate (1-255 Hz) */ + .byte VFREQ+1 /* Maximum vertical field rate (1-255 Hz) */ + .byte (CLOCK/(XPIX+XBLANK))-1 /* Minimum horizontal line rate + (1-255 kHz) */ + .byte (CLOCK/(XPIX+XBLANK))+1 /* Maximum horizontal line rate + (1-255 kHz) */ + .byte (CLOCK/10000)+1 /* Maximum pixel clock rate, rounded up + to 10 MHz multiple (10-2550 MHz) */ + .byte 0 /* No extended timing information type */ +end2: .byte 0x0a /* End marker */ + .fill 12-(end2-start2), 1, 0x20 /* Padded spaces */ +descriptor4: .byte 0,0 /* Not a detailed timing descriptor */ + .byte 0 /* Must be zero */ + .byte 0xfc /* Descriptor is text */ + .byte 0 /* Must be zero */ +start3: .ascii TIMING_NAME +end3: .byte 0x0a /* End marker */ + .fill 12-(end3-start3), 1, 0x20 /* Padded spaces */ +extensions: .byte 0 /* Number of extensions to follow */ +checksum: .byte CRC /* Sum of all bytes must be 0 */ diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/hex b/Documentation/EDID/hex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8873ebb61 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/EDID/hex @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +"\t" 8/1 "0x%02x, " "\n" diff --git a/Documentation/HOWTO b/Documentation/HOWTO new file mode 100644 index 000000000..93aa86046 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/HOWTO @@ -0,0 +1,609 @@ +HOWTO do Linux kernel development +--------------------------------- + +This is the be-all, end-all document on this topic. It contains +instructions on how to become a Linux kernel developer and how to learn +to work with the Linux kernel development community. It tries to not +contain anything related to the technical aspects of kernel programming, +but will help point you in the right direction for that. + +If anything in this document becomes out of date, please send in patches +to the maintainer of this file, who is listed at the bottom of the +document. + + +Introduction +------------ + +So, you want to learn how to become a Linux kernel developer? Or you +have been told by your manager, "Go write a Linux driver for this +device." This document's goal is to teach you everything you need to +know to achieve this by describing the process you need to go through, +and hints on how to work with the community. It will also try to +explain some of the reasons why the community works like it does. + +The kernel is written mostly in C, with some architecture-dependent +parts written in assembly. A good understanding of C is required for +kernel development. Assembly (any architecture) is not required unless +you plan to do low-level development for that architecture. Though they +are not a good substitute for a solid C education and/or years of +experience, the following books are good for, if anything, reference: + - "The C Programming Language" by Kernighan and Ritchie [Prentice Hall] + - "Practical C Programming" by Steve Oualline [O'Reilly] + - "C: A Reference Manual" by Harbison and Steele [Prentice Hall] + +The kernel is written using GNU C and the GNU toolchain. While it +adheres to the ISO C89 standard, it uses a number of extensions that are +not featured in the standard. The kernel is a freestanding C +environment, with no reliance on the standard C library, so some +portions of the C standard are not supported. Arbitrary long long +divisions and floating point are not allowed. It can sometimes be +difficult to understand the assumptions the kernel has on the toolchain +and the extensions that it uses, and unfortunately there is no +definitive reference for them. Please check the gcc info pages (`info +gcc`) for some information on them. + +Please remember that you are trying to learn how to work with the +existing development community. It is a diverse group of people, with +high standards for coding, style and procedure. These standards have +been created over time based on what they have found to work best for +such a large and geographically dispersed team. Try to learn as much as +possible about these standards ahead of time, as they are well +documented; do not expect people to adapt to you or your company's way +of doing things. + + +Legal Issues +------------ + +The Linux kernel source code is released under the GPL. Please see the +file, COPYING, in the main directory of the source tree, for details on +the license. If you have further questions about the license, please +contact a lawyer, and do not ask on the Linux kernel mailing list. The +people on the mailing lists are not lawyers, and you should not rely on +their statements on legal matters. + +For common questions and answers about the GPL, please see: + http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-faq.html + + +Documentation +------------ + +The Linux kernel source tree has a large range of documents that are +invaluable for learning how to interact with the kernel community. When +new features are added to the kernel, it is recommended that new +documentation files are also added which explain how to use the feature. +When a kernel change causes the interface that the kernel exposes to +userspace to change, it is recommended that you send the information or +a patch to the manual pages explaining the change to the manual pages +maintainer at mtk.manpages@gmail.com, and CC the list +linux-api@vger.kernel.org. + +Here is a list of files that are in the kernel source tree that are +required reading: + README + This file gives a short background on the Linux kernel and describes + what is necessary to do to configure and build the kernel. People + who are new to the kernel should start here. + + Documentation/Changes + This file gives a list of the minimum levels of various software + packages that are necessary to build and run the kernel + successfully. + + Documentation/CodingStyle + This describes the Linux kernel coding style, and some of the + rationale behind it. All new code is expected to follow the + guidelines in this document. Most maintainers will only accept + patches if these rules are followed, and many people will only + review code if it is in the proper style. + + Documentation/SubmittingPatches + Documentation/SubmittingDrivers + These files describe in explicit detail how to successfully create + and send a patch, including (but not limited to): + - Email contents + - Email format + - Who to send it to + Following these rules will not guarantee success (as all patches are + subject to scrutiny for content and style), but not following them + will almost always prevent it. + + Other excellent descriptions of how to create patches properly are: + "The Perfect Patch" + http://www.ozlabs.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt + "Linux kernel patch submission format" + http://linux.yyz.us/patch-format.html + + Documentation/stable_api_nonsense.txt + This file describes the rationale behind the conscious decision to + not have a stable API within the kernel, including things like: + - Subsystem shim-layers (for compatibility?) + - Driver portability between Operating Systems. + - Mitigating rapid change within the kernel source tree (or + preventing rapid change) + This document is crucial for understanding the Linux development + philosophy and is very important for people moving to Linux from + development on other Operating Systems. + + Documentation/SecurityBugs + If you feel you have found a security problem in the Linux kernel, + please follow the steps in this document to help notify the kernel + developers, and help solve the issue. + + Documentation/ManagementStyle + This document describes how Linux kernel maintainers operate and the + shared ethos behind their methodologies. This is important reading + for anyone new to kernel development (or anyone simply curious about + it), as it resolves a lot of common misconceptions and confusion + about the unique behavior of kernel maintainers. + + Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt + This file describes the rules on how the stable kernel releases + happen, and what to do if you want to get a change into one of these + releases. + + Documentation/kernel-docs.txt + A list of external documentation that pertains to kernel + development. Please consult this list if you do not find what you + are looking for within the in-kernel documentation. + + Documentation/applying-patches.txt + A good introduction describing exactly what a patch is and how to + apply it to the different development branches of the kernel. + +The kernel also has a large number of documents that can be +automatically generated from the source code itself. This includes a +full description of the in-kernel API, and rules on how to handle +locking properly. The documents will be created in the +Documentation/DocBook/ directory and can be generated as PDF, +Postscript, HTML, and man pages by running: + make pdfdocs + make psdocs + make htmldocs + make mandocs +respectively from the main kernel source directory. + + +Becoming A Kernel Developer +--------------------------- + +If you do not know anything about Linux kernel development, you should +look at the Linux KernelNewbies project: + http://kernelnewbies.org +It consists of a helpful mailing list where you can ask almost any type +of basic kernel development question (make sure to search the archives +first, before asking something that has already been answered in the +past.) It also has an IRC channel that you can use to ask questions in +real-time, and a lot of helpful documentation that is useful for +learning about Linux kernel development. + +The website has basic information about code organization, subsystems, +and current projects (both in-tree and out-of-tree). It also describes +some basic logistical information, like how to compile a kernel and +apply a patch. + +If you do not know where you want to start, but you want to look for +some task to start doing to join into the kernel development community, +go to the Linux Kernel Janitor's project: + http://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors +It is a great place to start. It describes a list of relatively simple +problems that need to be cleaned up and fixed within the Linux kernel +source tree. Working with the developers in charge of this project, you +will learn the basics of getting your patch into the Linux kernel tree, +and possibly be pointed in the direction of what to go work on next, if +you do not already have an idea. + +If you already have a chunk of code that you want to put into the kernel +tree, but need some help getting it in the proper form, the +kernel-mentors project was created to help you out with this. It is a +mailing list, and can be found at: + http://selenic.com/mailman/listinfo/kernel-mentors + +Before making any actual modifications to the Linux kernel code, it is +imperative to understand how the code in question works. For this +purpose, nothing is better than reading through it directly (most tricky +bits are commented well), perhaps even with the help of specialized +tools. One such tool that is particularly recommended is the Linux +Cross-Reference project, which is able to present source code in a +self-referential, indexed webpage format. An excellent up-to-date +repository of the kernel code may be found at: + http://lxr.linux.no/+trees + + +The development process +----------------------- + +Linux kernel development process currently consists of a few different +main kernel "branches" and lots of different subsystem-specific kernel +branches. These different branches are: + - main 3.x kernel tree + - 3.x.y -stable kernel tree + - 3.x -git kernel patches + - subsystem specific kernel trees and patches + - the 3.x -next kernel tree for integration tests + +3.x kernel tree +----------------- +3.x kernels are maintained by Linus Torvalds, and can be found on +kernel.org in the pub/linux/kernel/v3.x/ directory. Its development +process is as follows: + - As soon as a new kernel is released a two weeks window is open, + during this period of time maintainers can submit big diffs to + Linus, usually the patches that have already been included in the + -next kernel for a few weeks. The preferred way to submit big changes + is using git (the kernel's source management tool, more information + can be found at http://git-scm.com/) but plain patches are also just + fine. + - After two weeks a -rc1 kernel is released it is now possible to push + only patches that do not include new features that could affect the + stability of the whole kernel. Please note that a whole new driver + (or filesystem) might be accepted after -rc1 because there is no + risk of causing regressions with such a change as long as the change + is self-contained and does not affect areas outside of the code that + is being added. git can be used to send patches to Linus after -rc1 + is released, but the patches need to also be sent to a public + mailing list for review. + - A new -rc is released whenever Linus deems the current git tree to + be in a reasonably sane state adequate for testing. The goal is to + release a new -rc kernel every week. + - Process continues until the kernel is considered "ready", the + process should last around 6 weeks. + - Known regressions in each release are periodically posted to the + linux-kernel mailing list. The goal is to reduce the length of + that list to zero before declaring the kernel to be "ready," but, in + the real world, a small number of regressions often remain at + release time. + +It is worth mentioning what Andrew Morton wrote on the linux-kernel +mailing list about kernel releases: + "Nobody knows when a kernel will be released, because it's + released according to perceived bug status, not according to a + preconceived timeline." + +3.x.y -stable kernel tree +--------------------------- +Kernels with 3-part versions are -stable kernels. They contain +relatively small and critical fixes for security problems or significant +regressions discovered in a given 3.x kernel. + +This is the recommended branch for users who want the most recent stable +kernel and are not interested in helping test development/experimental +versions. + +If no 3.x.y kernel is available, then the highest numbered 3.x +kernel is the current stable kernel. + +3.x.y are maintained by the "stable" team , and +are released as needs dictate. The normal release period is approximately +two weeks, but it can be longer if there are no pressing problems. A +security-related problem, instead, can cause a release to happen almost +instantly. + +The file Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt in the kernel tree +documents what kinds of changes are acceptable for the -stable tree, and +how the release process works. + +3.x -git patches +------------------ +These are daily snapshots of Linus' kernel tree which are managed in a +git repository (hence the name.) These patches are usually released +daily and represent the current state of Linus' tree. They are more +experimental than -rc kernels since they are generated automatically +without even a cursory glance to see if they are sane. + +Subsystem Specific kernel trees and patches +------------------------------------------- +The maintainers of the various kernel subsystems --- and also many +kernel subsystem developers --- expose their current state of +development in source repositories. That way, others can see what is +happening in the different areas of the kernel. In areas where +development is rapid, a developer may be asked to base his submissions +onto such a subsystem kernel tree so that conflicts between the +submission and other already ongoing work are avoided. + +Most of these repositories are git trees, but there are also other SCMs +in use, or patch queues being published as quilt series. Addresses of +these subsystem repositories are listed in the MAINTAINERS file. Many +of them can be browsed at http://git.kernel.org/. + +Before a proposed patch is committed to such a subsystem tree, it is +subject to review which primarily happens on mailing lists (see the +respective section below). For several kernel subsystems, this review +process is tracked with the tool patchwork. Patchwork offers a web +interface which shows patch postings, any comments on a patch or +revisions to it, and maintainers can mark patches as under review, +accepted, or rejected. Most of these patchwork sites are listed at +http://patchwork.kernel.org/. + +3.x -next kernel tree for integration tests +--------------------------------------------- +Before updates from subsystem trees are merged into the mainline 3.x +tree, they need to be integration-tested. For this purpose, a special +testing repository exists into which virtually all subsystem trees are +pulled on an almost daily basis: + http://git.kernel.org/?p=linux/kernel/git/next/linux-next.git + +This way, the -next kernel gives a summary outlook onto what will be +expected to go into the mainline kernel at the next merge period. +Adventurous testers are very welcome to runtime-test the -next kernel. + + +Bug Reporting +------------- + +bugzilla.kernel.org is where the Linux kernel developers track kernel +bugs. Users are encouraged to report all bugs that they find in this +tool. For details on how to use the kernel bugzilla, please see: + http://bugzilla.kernel.org/page.cgi?id=faq.html + +The file REPORTING-BUGS in the main kernel source directory has a good +template for how to report a possible kernel bug, and details what kind +of information is needed by the kernel developers to help track down the +problem. + + +Managing bug reports +-------------------- + +One of the best ways to put into practice your hacking skills is by fixing +bugs reported by other people. Not only you will help to make the kernel +more stable, you'll learn to fix real world problems and you will improve +your skills, and other developers will be aware of your presence. Fixing +bugs is one of the best ways to get merits among other developers, because +not many people like wasting time fixing other people's bugs. + +To work in the already reported bug reports, go to http://bugzilla.kernel.org. +If you want to be advised of the future bug reports, you can subscribe to the +bugme-new mailing list (only new bug reports are mailed here) or to the +bugme-janitor mailing list (every change in the bugzilla is mailed here) + + http://lists.linux-foundation.org/mailman/listinfo/bugme-new + http://lists.linux-foundation.org/mailman/listinfo/bugme-janitors + + + +Mailing lists +------------- + +As some of the above documents describe, the majority of the core kernel +developers participate on the Linux Kernel Mailing list. Details on how +to subscribe and unsubscribe from the list can be found at: + http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#linux-kernel +There are archives of the mailing list on the web in many different +places. Use a search engine to find these archives. For example: + http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel +It is highly recommended that you search the archives about the topic +you want to bring up, before you post it to the list. A lot of things +already discussed in detail are only recorded at the mailing list +archives. + +Most of the individual kernel subsystems also have their own separate +mailing list where they do their development efforts. See the +MAINTAINERS file for a list of what these lists are for the different +groups. + +Many of the lists are hosted on kernel.org. Information on them can be +found at: + http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html + +Please remember to follow good behavioral habits when using the lists. +Though a bit cheesy, the following URL has some simple guidelines for +interacting with the list (or any list): + http://www.albion.com/netiquette/ + +If multiple people respond to your mail, the CC: list of recipients may +get pretty large. Don't remove anybody from the CC: list without a good +reason, or don't reply only to the list address. Get used to receiving the +mail twice, one from the sender and the one from the list, and don't try +to tune that by adding fancy mail-headers, people will not like it. + +Remember to keep the context and the attribution of your replies intact, +keep the "John Kernelhacker wrote ...:" lines at the top of your reply, and +add your statements between the individual quoted sections instead of +writing at the top of the mail. + +If you add patches to your mail, make sure they are plain readable text +as stated in Documentation/SubmittingPatches. Kernel developers don't +want to deal with attachments or compressed patches; they may want +to comment on individual lines of your patch, which works only that way. +Make sure you use a mail program that does not mangle spaces and tab +characters. A good first test is to send the mail to yourself and try +to apply your own patch by yourself. If that doesn't work, get your +mail program fixed or change it until it works. + +Above all, please remember to show respect to other subscribers. + + +Working with the community +-------------------------- + +The goal of the kernel community is to provide the best possible kernel +there is. When you submit a patch for acceptance, it will be reviewed +on its technical merits and those alone. So, what should you be +expecting? + - criticism + - comments + - requests for change + - requests for justification + - silence + +Remember, this is part of getting your patch into the kernel. You have +to be able to take criticism and comments about your patches, evaluate +them at a technical level and either rework your patches or provide +clear and concise reasoning as to why those changes should not be made. +If there are no responses to your posting, wait a few days and try +again, sometimes things get lost in the huge volume. + +What should you not do? + - expect your patch to be accepted without question + - become defensive + - ignore comments + - resubmit the patch without making any of the requested changes + +In a community that is looking for the best technical solution possible, +there will always be differing opinions on how beneficial a patch is. +You have to be cooperative, and willing to adapt your idea to fit within +the kernel. Or at least be willing to prove your idea is worth it. +Remember, being wrong is acceptable as long as you are willing to work +toward a solution that is right. + +It is normal that the answers to your first patch might simply be a list +of a dozen things you should correct. This does _not_ imply that your +patch will not be accepted, and it is _not_ meant against you +personally. Simply correct all issues raised against your patch and +resend it. + + +Differences between the kernel community and corporate structures +----------------------------------------------------------------- + +The kernel community works differently than most traditional corporate +development environments. Here are a list of things that you can try to +do to avoid problems: + Good things to say regarding your proposed changes: + - "This solves multiple problems." + - "This deletes 2000 lines of code." + - "Here is a patch that explains what I am trying to describe." + - "I tested it on 5 different architectures..." + - "Here is a series of small patches that..." + - "This increases performance on typical machines..." + + Bad things you should avoid saying: + - "We did it this way in AIX/ptx/Solaris, so therefore it must be + good..." + - "I've being doing this for 20 years, so..." + - "This is required for my company to make money" + - "This is for our Enterprise product line." + - "Here is my 1000 page design document that describes my idea" + - "I've been working on this for 6 months..." + - "Here's a 5000 line patch that..." + - "I rewrote all of the current mess, and here it is..." + - "I have a deadline, and this patch needs to be applied now." + +Another way the kernel community is different than most traditional +software engineering work environments is the faceless nature of +interaction. One benefit of using email and irc as the primary forms of +communication is the lack of discrimination based on gender or race. +The Linux kernel work environment is accepting of women and minorities +because all you are is an email address. The international aspect also +helps to level the playing field because you can't guess gender based on +a person's name. A man may be named Andrea and a woman may be named Pat. +Most women who have worked in the Linux kernel and have expressed an +opinion have had positive experiences. + +The language barrier can cause problems for some people who are not +comfortable with English. A good grasp of the language can be needed in +order to get ideas across properly on mailing lists, so it is +recommended that you check your emails to make sure they make sense in +English before sending them. + + +Break up your changes +--------------------- + +The Linux kernel community does not gladly accept large chunks of code +dropped on it all at once. The changes need to be properly introduced, +discussed, and broken up into tiny, individual portions. This is almost +the exact opposite of what companies are used to doing. Your proposal +should also be introduced very early in the development process, so that +you can receive feedback on what you are doing. It also lets the +community feel that you are working with them, and not simply using them +as a dumping ground for your feature. However, don't send 50 emails at +one time to a mailing list, your patch series should be smaller than +that almost all of the time. + +The reasons for breaking things up are the following: + +1) Small patches increase the likelihood that your patches will be + applied, since they don't take much time or effort to verify for + correctness. A 5 line patch can be applied by a maintainer with + barely a second glance. However, a 500 line patch may take hours to + review for correctness (the time it takes is exponentially + proportional to the size of the patch, or something). + + Small patches also make it very easy to debug when something goes + wrong. It's much easier to back out patches one by one than it is + to dissect a very large patch after it's been applied (and broken + something). + +2) It's important not only to send small patches, but also to rewrite + and simplify (or simply re-order) patches before submitting them. + +Here is an analogy from kernel developer Al Viro: + "Think of a teacher grading homework from a math student. The + teacher does not want to see the student's trials and errors + before they came up with the solution. They want to see the + cleanest, most elegant answer. A good student knows this, and + would never submit her intermediate work before the final + solution." + + The same is true of kernel development. The maintainers and + reviewers do not want to see the thought process behind the + solution to the problem one is solving. They want to see a + simple and elegant solution." + +It may be challenging to keep the balance between presenting an elegant +solution and working together with the community and discussing your +unfinished work. Therefore it is good to get early in the process to +get feedback to improve your work, but also keep your changes in small +chunks that they may get already accepted, even when your whole task is +not ready for inclusion now. + +Also realize that it is not acceptable to send patches for inclusion +that are unfinished and will be "fixed up later." + + +Justify your change +------------------- + +Along with breaking up your patches, it is very important for you to let +the Linux community know why they should add this change. New features +must be justified as being needed and useful. + + +Document your change +-------------------- + +When sending in your patches, pay special attention to what you say in +the text in your email. This information will become the ChangeLog +information for the patch, and will be preserved for everyone to see for +all time. It should describe the patch completely, containing: + - why the change is necessary + - the overall design approach in the patch + - implementation details + - testing results + +For more details on what this should all look like, please see the +ChangeLog section of the document: + "The Perfect Patch" + http://www.ozlabs.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt + + + + +All of these things are sometimes very hard to do. It can take years to +perfect these practices (if at all). It's a continuous process of +improvement that requires a lot of patience and determination. But +don't give up, it's possible. Many have done it before, and each had to +start exactly where you are now. + + + + +---------- +Thanks to Paolo Ciarrocchi who allowed the "Development Process" +(http://lwn.net/Articles/94386/) section +to be based on text he had written, and to Randy Dunlap and Gerrit +Huizenga for some of the list of things you should and should not say. +Also thanks to Pat Mochel, Hanna Linder, Randy Dunlap, Kay Sievers, +Vojtech Pavlik, Jan Kara, Josh Boyer, Kees Cook, Andrew Morton, Andi +Kleen, Vadim Lobanov, Jesper Juhl, Adrian Bunk, Keri Harris, Frans Pop, +David A. Wheeler, Junio Hamano, Michael Kerrisk, and Alex Shepard for +their review, comments, and contributions. Without their help, this +document would not have been possible. + + + +Maintainer: Greg Kroah-Hartman diff --git a/Documentation/IPMI.txt b/Documentation/IPMI.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31d1d6588 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/IPMI.txt @@ -0,0 +1,722 @@ + + The Linux IPMI Driver + --------------------- + Corey Minyard + + + +The Intelligent Platform Management Interface, or IPMI, is a +standard for controlling intelligent devices that monitor a system. +It provides for dynamic discovery of sensors in the system and the +ability to monitor the sensors and be informed when the sensor's +values change or go outside certain boundaries. It also has a +standardized database for field-replaceable units (FRUs) and a watchdog +timer. + +To use this, you need an interface to an IPMI controller in your +system (called a Baseboard Management Controller, or BMC) and +management software that can use the IPMI system. + +This document describes how to use the IPMI driver for Linux. If you +are not familiar with IPMI itself, see the web site at +http://www.intel.com/design/servers/ipmi/index.htm. IPMI is a big +subject and I can't cover it all here! + +Configuration +------------- + +The Linux IPMI driver is modular, which means you have to pick several +things to have it work right depending on your hardware. Most of +these are available in the 'Character Devices' menu then the IPMI +menu. + +No matter what, you must pick 'IPMI top-level message handler' to use +IPMI. What you do beyond that depends on your needs and hardware. + +The message handler does not provide any user-level interfaces. +Kernel code (like the watchdog) can still use it. If you need access +from userland, you need to select 'Device interface for IPMI' if you +want access through a device driver. + +The driver interface depends on your hardware. If your system +properly provides the SMBIOS info for IPMI, the driver will detect it +and just work. If you have a board with a standard interface (These +will generally be either "KCS", "SMIC", or "BT", consult your hardware +manual), choose the 'IPMI SI handler' option. A driver also exists +for direct I2C access to the IPMI management controller. Some boards +support this, but it is unknown if it will work on every board. For +this, choose 'IPMI SMBus handler', but be ready to try to do some +figuring to see if it will work on your system if the SMBIOS/APCI +information is wrong or not present. It is fairly safe to have both +these enabled and let the drivers auto-detect what is present. + +You should generally enable ACPI on your system, as systems with IPMI +can have ACPI tables describing them. + +If you have a standard interface and the board manufacturer has done +their job correctly, the IPMI controller should be automatically +detected (via ACPI or SMBIOS tables) and should just work. Sadly, +many boards do not have this information. The driver attempts +standard defaults, but they may not work. If you fall into this +situation, you need to read the section below named 'The SI Driver' or +"The SMBus Driver" on how to hand-configure your system. + +IPMI defines a standard watchdog timer. You can enable this with the +'IPMI Watchdog Timer' config option. If you compile the driver into +the kernel, then via a kernel command-line option you can have the +watchdog timer start as soon as it initializes. It also have a lot +of other options, see the 'Watchdog' section below for more details. +Note that you can also have the watchdog continue to run if it is +closed (by default it is disabled on close). Go into the 'Watchdog +Cards' menu, enable 'Watchdog Timer Support', and enable the option +'Disable watchdog shutdown on close'. + +IPMI systems can often be powered off using IPMI commands. Select +'IPMI Poweroff' to do this. The driver will auto-detect if the system +can be powered off by IPMI. It is safe to enable this even if your +system doesn't support this option. This works on ATCA systems, the +Radisys CPI1 card, and any IPMI system that supports standard chassis +management commands. + +If you want the driver to put an event into the event log on a panic, +enable the 'Generate a panic event to all BMCs on a panic' option. If +you want the whole panic string put into the event log using OEM +events, enable the 'Generate OEM events containing the panic string' +option. + +Basic Design +------------ + +The Linux IPMI driver is designed to be very modular and flexible, you +only need to take the pieces you need and you can use it in many +different ways. Because of that, it's broken into many chunks of +code. These chunks (by module name) are: + +ipmi_msghandler - This is the central piece of software for the IPMI +system. It handles all messages, message timing, and responses. The +IPMI users tie into this, and the IPMI physical interfaces (called +System Management Interfaces, or SMIs) also tie in here. This +provides the kernelland interface for IPMI, but does not provide an +interface for use by application processes. + +ipmi_devintf - This provides a userland IOCTL interface for the IPMI +driver, each open file for this device ties in to the message handler +as an IPMI user. + +ipmi_si - A driver for various system interfaces. This supports KCS, +SMIC, and BT interfaces. Unless you have an SMBus interface or your +own custom interface, you probably need to use this. + +ipmi_ssif - A driver for accessing BMCs on the SMBus. It uses the +I2C kernel driver's SMBus interfaces to send and receive IPMI messages +over the SMBus. + +ipmi_watchdog - IPMI requires systems to have a very capable watchdog +timer. This driver implements the standard Linux watchdog timer +interface on top of the IPMI message handler. + +ipmi_poweroff - Some systems support the ability to be turned off via +IPMI commands. + +These are all individually selectable via configuration options. + +Note that the KCS-only interface has been removed. The af_ipmi driver +is no longer supported and has been removed because it was impossible +to do 32 bit emulation on 64-bit kernels with it. + +Much documentation for the interface is in the include files. The +IPMI include files are: + +net/af_ipmi.h - Contains the socket interface. + +linux/ipmi.h - Contains the user interface and IOCTL interface for IPMI. + +linux/ipmi_smi.h - Contains the interface for system management interfaces +(things that interface to IPMI controllers) to use. + +linux/ipmi_msgdefs.h - General definitions for base IPMI messaging. + + +Addressing +---------- + +The IPMI addressing works much like IP addresses, you have an overlay +to handle the different address types. The overlay is: + + struct ipmi_addr + { + int addr_type; + short channel; + char data[IPMI_MAX_ADDR_SIZE]; + }; + +The addr_type determines what the address really is. The driver +currently understands two different types of addresses. + +"System Interface" addresses are defined as: + + struct ipmi_system_interface_addr + { + int addr_type; + short channel; + }; + +and the type is IPMI_SYSTEM_INTERFACE_ADDR_TYPE. This is used for talking +straight to the BMC on the current card. The channel must be +IPMI_BMC_CHANNEL. + +Messages that are destined to go out on the IPMB bus use the +IPMI_IPMB_ADDR_TYPE address type. The format is + + struct ipmi_ipmb_addr + { + int addr_type; + short channel; + unsigned char slave_addr; + unsigned char lun; + }; + +The "channel" here is generally zero, but some devices support more +than one channel, it corresponds to the channel as defined in the IPMI +spec. + + +Messages +-------- + +Messages are defined as: + +struct ipmi_msg +{ + unsigned char netfn; + unsigned char lun; + unsigned char cmd; + unsigned char *data; + int data_len; +}; + +The driver takes care of adding/stripping the header information. The +data portion is just the data to be send (do NOT put addressing info +here) or the response. Note that the completion code of a response is +the first item in "data", it is not stripped out because that is how +all the messages are defined in the spec (and thus makes counting the +offsets a little easier :-). + +When using the IOCTL interface from userland, you must provide a block +of data for "data", fill it, and set data_len to the length of the +block of data, even when receiving messages. Otherwise the driver +will have no place to put the message. + +Messages coming up from the message handler in kernelland will come in +as: + + struct ipmi_recv_msg + { + struct list_head link; + + /* The type of message as defined in the "Receive Types" + defines above. */ + int recv_type; + + ipmi_user_t *user; + struct ipmi_addr addr; + long msgid; + struct ipmi_msg msg; + + /* Call this when done with the message. It will presumably free + the message and do any other necessary cleanup. */ + void (*done)(struct ipmi_recv_msg *msg); + + /* Place-holder for the data, don't make any assumptions about + the size or existence of this, since it may change. */ + unsigned char msg_data[IPMI_MAX_MSG_LENGTH]; + }; + +You should look at the receive type and handle the message +appropriately. + + +The Upper Layer Interface (Message Handler) +------------------------------------------- + +The upper layer of the interface provides the users with a consistent +view of the IPMI interfaces. It allows multiple SMI interfaces to be +addressed (because some boards actually have multiple BMCs on them) +and the user should not have to care what type of SMI is below them. + + +Creating the User + +To user the message handler, you must first create a user using +ipmi_create_user. The interface number specifies which SMI you want +to connect to, and you must supply callback functions to be called +when data comes in. The callback function can run at interrupt level, +so be careful using the callbacks. This also allows to you pass in a +piece of data, the handler_data, that will be passed back to you on +all calls. + +Once you are done, call ipmi_destroy_user() to get rid of the user. + +From userland, opening the device automatically creates a user, and +closing the device automatically destroys the user. + + +Messaging + +To send a message from kernel-land, the ipmi_request() call does +pretty much all message handling. Most of the parameter are +self-explanatory. However, it takes a "msgid" parameter. This is NOT +the sequence number of messages. It is simply a long value that is +passed back when the response for the message is returned. You may +use it for anything you like. + +Responses come back in the function pointed to by the ipmi_recv_hndl +field of the "handler" that you passed in to ipmi_create_user(). +Remember again, these may be running at interrupt level. Remember to +look at the receive type, too. + +From userland, you fill out an ipmi_req_t structure and use the +IPMICTL_SEND_COMMAND ioctl. For incoming stuff, you can use select() +or poll() to wait for messages to come in. However, you cannot use +read() to get them, you must call the IPMICTL_RECEIVE_MSG with the +ipmi_recv_t structure to actually get the message. Remember that you +must supply a pointer to a block of data in the msg.data field, and +you must fill in the msg.data_len field with the size of the data. +This gives the receiver a place to actually put the message. + +If the message cannot fit into the data you provide, you will get an +EMSGSIZE error and the driver will leave the data in the receive +queue. If you want to get it and have it truncate the message, us +the IPMICTL_RECEIVE_MSG_TRUNC ioctl. + +When you send a command (which is defined by the lowest-order bit of +the netfn per the IPMI spec) on the IPMB bus, the driver will +automatically assign the sequence number to the command and save the +command. If the response is not receive in the IPMI-specified 5 +seconds, it will generate a response automatically saying the command +timed out. If an unsolicited response comes in (if it was after 5 +seconds, for instance), that response will be ignored. + +In kernelland, after you receive a message and are done with it, you +MUST call ipmi_free_recv_msg() on it, or you will leak messages. Note +that you should NEVER mess with the "done" field of a message, that is +required to properly clean up the message. + +Note that when sending, there is an ipmi_request_supply_msgs() call +that lets you supply the smi and receive message. This is useful for +pieces of code that need to work even if the system is out of buffers +(the watchdog timer uses this, for instance). You supply your own +buffer and own free routines. This is not recommended for normal use, +though, since it is tricky to manage your own buffers. + + +Events and Incoming Commands + +The driver takes care of polling for IPMI events and receiving +commands (commands are messages that are not responses, they are +commands that other things on the IPMB bus have sent you). To receive +these, you must register for them, they will not automatically be sent +to you. + +To receive events, you must call ipmi_set_gets_events() and set the +"val" to non-zero. Any events that have been received by the driver +since startup will immediately be delivered to the first user that +registers for events. After that, if multiple users are registered +for events, they will all receive all events that come in. + +For receiving commands, you have to individually register commands you +want to receive. Call ipmi_register_for_cmd() and supply the netfn +and command name for each command you want to receive. You also +specify a bitmask of the channels you want to receive the command from +(or use IPMI_CHAN_ALL for all channels if you don't care). Only one +user may be registered for each netfn/cmd/channel, but different users +may register for different commands, or the same command if the +channel bitmasks do not overlap. + +From userland, equivalent IOCTLs are provided to do these functions. + + +The Lower Layer (SMI) Interface +------------------------------- + +As mentioned before, multiple SMI interfaces may be registered to the +message handler, each of these is assigned an interface number when +they register with the message handler. They are generally assigned +in the order they register, although if an SMI unregisters and then +another one registers, all bets are off. + +The ipmi_smi.h defines the interface for management interfaces, see +that for more details. + + +The SI Driver +------------- + +The SI driver allows up to 4 KCS or SMIC interfaces to be configured +in the system. By default, scan the ACPI tables for interfaces, and +if it doesn't find any the driver will attempt to register one KCS +interface at the spec-specified I/O port 0xca2 without interrupts. +You can change this at module load time (for a module) with: + + modprobe ipmi_si.o type=,.... + ports=,... addrs=,... + irqs=,... + regspacings=,,... regsizes=,,... + regshifts=,,... + slave_addrs=,,... + force_kipmid=,,... + kipmid_max_busy_us=,,... + unload_when_empty=[0|1] + trydefaults=[0|1] trydmi=[0|1] tryacpi=[0|1] + tryplatform=[0|1] trypci=[0|1] + +Each of these except try... items is a list, the first item for the +first interface, second item for the second interface, etc. + +The si_type may be either "kcs", "smic", or "bt". If you leave it blank, it +defaults to "kcs". + +If you specify addrs as non-zero for an interface, the driver will +use the memory address given as the address of the device. This +overrides si_ports. + +If you specify ports as non-zero for an interface, the driver will +use the I/O port given as the device address. + +If you specify irqs as non-zero for an interface, the driver will +attempt to use the given interrupt for the device. + +trydefaults sets whether the standard IPMI interface at 0xca2 and +any interfaces specified by ACPE are tried. By default, the driver +tries it, set this value to zero to turn this off. + +The other try... items disable discovery by their corresponding +names. These are all enabled by default, set them to zero to disable +them. The tryplatform disables openfirmware. + +The next three parameters have to do with register layout. The +registers used by the interfaces may not appear at successive +locations and they may not be in 8-bit registers. These parameters +allow the layout of the data in the registers to be more precisely +specified. + +The regspacings parameter give the number of bytes between successive +register start addresses. For instance, if the regspacing is set to 4 +and the start address is 0xca2, then the address for the second +register would be 0xca6. This defaults to 1. + +The regsizes parameter gives the size of a register, in bytes. The +data used by IPMI is 8-bits wide, but it may be inside a larger +register. This parameter allows the read and write type to specified. +It may be 1, 2, 4, or 8. The default is 1. + +Since the register size may be larger than 32 bits, the IPMI data may not +be in the lower 8 bits. The regshifts parameter give the amount to shift +the data to get to the actual IPMI data. + +The slave_addrs specifies the IPMI address of the local BMC. This is +usually 0x20 and the driver defaults to that, but in case it's not, it +can be specified when the driver starts up. + +The force_ipmid parameter forcefully enables (if set to 1) or disables +(if set to 0) the kernel IPMI daemon. Normally this is auto-detected +by the driver, but systems with broken interrupts might need an enable, +or users that don't want the daemon (don't need the performance, don't +want the CPU hit) can disable it. + +If unload_when_empty is set to 1, the driver will be unloaded if it +doesn't find any interfaces or all the interfaces fail to work. The +default is one. Setting to 0 is useful with the hotmod, but is +obviously only useful for modules. + +When compiled into the kernel, the parameters can be specified on the +kernel command line as: + + ipmi_si.type=,... + ipmi_si.ports=,... ipmi_si.addrs=,... + ipmi_si.irqs=,... ipmi_si.trydefaults=[0|1] + ipmi_si.regspacings=,,... + ipmi_si.regsizes=,,... + ipmi_si.regshifts=,,... + ipmi_si.slave_addrs=,,... + ipmi_si.force_kipmid=,,... + ipmi_si.kipmid_max_busy_us=,,... + +It works the same as the module parameters of the same names. + +By default, the driver will attempt to detect any device specified by +ACPI, and if none of those then a KCS device at the spec-specified +0xca2. If you want to turn this off, set the "trydefaults" option to +false. + +If your IPMI interface does not support interrupts and is a KCS or +SMIC interface, the IPMI driver will start a kernel thread for the +interface to help speed things up. This is a low-priority kernel +thread that constantly polls the IPMI driver while an IPMI operation +is in progress. The force_kipmid module parameter will all the user to +force this thread on or off. If you force it off and don't have +interrupts, the driver will run VERY slowly. Don't blame me, +these interfaces suck. + +Unfortunately, this thread can use a lot of CPU depending on the +interface's performance. This can waste a lot of CPU and cause +various issues with detecting idle CPU and using extra power. To +avoid this, the kipmid_max_busy_us sets the maximum amount of time, in +microseconds, that kipmid will spin before sleeping for a tick. This +value sets a balance between performance and CPU waste and needs to be +tuned to your needs. Maybe, someday, auto-tuning will be added, but +that's not a simple thing and even the auto-tuning would need to be +tuned to the user's desired performance. + +The driver supports a hot add and remove of interfaces. This way, +interfaces can be added or removed after the kernel is up and running. +This is done using /sys/modules/ipmi_si/parameters/hotmod, which is a +write-only parameter. You write a string to this interface. The string +has the format: + [:op2[:op3...]] +The "op"s are: + add|remove,kcs|bt|smic,mem|i/o,
[,[,[,...]]] +You can specify more than one interface on the line. The "opt"s are: + rsp= + rsi= + rsh= + irq= + ipmb= +and these have the same meanings as discussed above. Note that you +can also use this on the kernel command line for a more compact format +for specifying an interface. Note that when removing an interface, +only the first three parameters (si type, address type, and address) +are used for the comparison. Any options are ignored for removing. + +The SMBus Driver (SSIF) +----------------------- + +The SMBus driver allows up to 4 SMBus devices to be configured in the +system. By default, the driver will only register with something it +finds in DMI or ACPI tables. You can change this +at module load time (for a module) with: + + modprobe ipmi_ssif.o + addr=[,[,...]] + adapter=[,[...]] + dbg=,... + slave_addrs=,,... + [dbg_probe=1] + +The addresses are normal I2C addresses. The adapter is the string +name of the adapter, as shown in /sys/class/i2c-adapter/i2c-/name. +It is *NOT* i2c- itself. Also, the comparison is done ignoring +spaces, so if the name is "This is an I2C chip" you can say +adapter_name=ThisisanI2cchip. This is because it's hard to pass in +spaces in kernel parameters. + +The debug flags are bit flags for each BMC found, they are: +IPMI messages: 1, driver state: 2, timing: 4, I2C probe: 8 + +Setting dbg_probe to 1 will enable debugging of the probing and +detection process for BMCs on the SMBusses. + +The slave_addrs specifies the IPMI address of the local BMC. This is +usually 0x20 and the driver defaults to that, but in case it's not, it +can be specified when the driver starts up. + +Discovering the IPMI compliant BMC on the SMBus can cause devices on +the I2C bus to fail. The SMBus driver writes a "Get Device ID" IPMI +message as a block write to the I2C bus and waits for a response. +This action can be detrimental to some I2C devices. It is highly +recommended that the known I2C address be given to the SMBus driver in +the smb_addr parameter unless you have DMI or ACPI data to tell the +driver what to use. + +When compiled into the kernel, the addresses can be specified on the +kernel command line as: + + ipmb_ssif.addr=[,[...]] + ipmi_ssif.adapter=[,[...]] + ipmi_ssif.dbg=[,[...]] + ipmi_ssif.dbg_probe=1 + ipmi_ssif.slave_addrs=[,[...]] + +These are the same options as on the module command line. + +The I2C driver does not support non-blocking access or polling, so +this driver cannod to IPMI panic events, extend the watchdog at panic +time, or other panic-related IPMI functions without special kernel +patches and driver modifications. You can get those at the openipmi +web page. + +The driver supports a hot add and remove of interfaces through the I2C +sysfs interface. + +Other Pieces +------------ + +Get the detailed info related with the IPMI device +-------------------------------------------------- + +Some users need more detailed information about a device, like where +the address came from or the raw base device for the IPMI interface. +You can use the IPMI smi_watcher to catch the IPMI interfaces as they +come or go, and to grab the information, you can use the function +ipmi_get_smi_info(), which returns the following structure: + +struct ipmi_smi_info { + enum ipmi_addr_src addr_src; + struct device *dev; + union { + struct { + void *acpi_handle; + } acpi_info; + } addr_info; +}; + +Currently special info for only for SI_ACPI address sources is +returned. Others may be added as necessary. + +Note that the dev pointer is included in the above structure, and +assuming ipmi_smi_get_info returns success, you must call put_device +on the dev pointer. + + +Watchdog +-------- + +A watchdog timer is provided that implements the Linux-standard +watchdog timer interface. It has three module parameters that can be +used to control it: + + modprobe ipmi_watchdog timeout= pretimeout= action= + preaction= preop= start_now=x + nowayout=x ifnum_to_use=n + +ifnum_to_use specifies which interface the watchdog timer should use. +The default is -1, which means to pick the first one registered. + +The timeout is the number of seconds to the action, and the pretimeout +is the amount of seconds before the reset that the pre-timeout panic will +occur (if pretimeout is zero, then pretimeout will not be enabled). Note +that the pretimeout is the time before the final timeout. So if the +timeout is 50 seconds and the pretimeout is 10 seconds, then the pretimeout +will occur in 40 second (10 seconds before the timeout). + +The action may be "reset", "power_cycle", or "power_off", and +specifies what to do when the timer times out, and defaults to +"reset". + +The preaction may be "pre_smi" for an indication through the SMI +interface, "pre_int" for an indication through the SMI with an +interrupts, and "pre_nmi" for a NMI on a preaction. This is how +the driver is informed of the pretimeout. + +The preop may be set to "preop_none" for no operation on a pretimeout, +"preop_panic" to set the preoperation to panic, or "preop_give_data" +to provide data to read from the watchdog device when the pretimeout +occurs. A "pre_nmi" setting CANNOT be used with "preop_give_data" +because you can't do data operations from an NMI. + +When preop is set to "preop_give_data", one byte comes ready to read +on the device when the pretimeout occurs. Select and fasync work on +the device, as well. + +If start_now is set to 1, the watchdog timer will start running as +soon as the driver is loaded. + +If nowayout is set to 1, the watchdog timer will not stop when the +watchdog device is closed. The default value of nowayout is true +if the CONFIG_WATCHDOG_NOWAYOUT option is enabled, or false if not. + +When compiled into the kernel, the kernel command line is available +for configuring the watchdog: + + ipmi_watchdog.timeout= ipmi_watchdog.pretimeout= + ipmi_watchdog.action= + ipmi_watchdog.preaction= + ipmi_watchdog.preop= + ipmi_watchdog.start_now=x + ipmi_watchdog.nowayout=x + +The options are the same as the module parameter options. + +The watchdog will panic and start a 120 second reset timeout if it +gets a pre-action. During a panic or a reboot, the watchdog will +start a 120 timer if it is running to make sure the reboot occurs. + +Note that if you use the NMI preaction for the watchdog, you MUST NOT +use the nmi watchdog. There is no reasonable way to tell if an NMI +comes from the IPMI controller, so it must assume that if it gets an +otherwise unhandled NMI, it must be from IPMI and it will panic +immediately. + +Once you open the watchdog timer, you must write a 'V' character to the +device to close it, or the timer will not stop. This is a new semantic +for the driver, but makes it consistent with the rest of the watchdog +drivers in Linux. + + +Panic Timeouts +-------------- + +The OpenIPMI driver supports the ability to put semi-custom and custom +events in the system event log if a panic occurs. if you enable the +'Generate a panic event to all BMCs on a panic' option, you will get +one event on a panic in a standard IPMI event format. If you enable +the 'Generate OEM events containing the panic string' option, you will +also get a bunch of OEM events holding the panic string. + + +The field settings of the events are: +* Generator ID: 0x21 (kernel) +* EvM Rev: 0x03 (this event is formatting in IPMI 1.0 format) +* Sensor Type: 0x20 (OS critical stop sensor) +* Sensor #: The first byte of the panic string (0 if no panic string) +* Event Dir | Event Type: 0x6f (Assertion, sensor-specific event info) +* Event Data 1: 0xa1 (Runtime stop in OEM bytes 2 and 3) +* Event data 2: second byte of panic string +* Event data 3: third byte of panic string +See the IPMI spec for the details of the event layout. This event is +always sent to the local management controller. It will handle routing +the message to the right place + +Other OEM events have the following format: +Record ID (bytes 0-1): Set by the SEL. +Record type (byte 2): 0xf0 (OEM non-timestamped) +byte 3: The slave address of the card saving the panic +byte 4: A sequence number (starting at zero) +The rest of the bytes (11 bytes) are the panic string. If the panic string +is longer than 11 bytes, multiple messages will be sent with increasing +sequence numbers. + +Because you cannot send OEM events using the standard interface, this +function will attempt to find an SEL and add the events there. It +will first query the capabilities of the local management controller. +If it has an SEL, then they will be stored in the SEL of the local +management controller. If not, and the local management controller is +an event generator, the event receiver from the local management +controller will be queried and the events sent to the SEL on that +device. Otherwise, the events go nowhere since there is nowhere to +send them. + + +Poweroff +-------- + +If the poweroff capability is selected, the IPMI driver will install +a shutdown function into the standard poweroff function pointer. This +is in the ipmi_poweroff module. When the system requests a powerdown, +it will send the proper IPMI commands to do this. This is supported on +several platforms. + +There is a module parameter named "poweroff_powercycle" that may +either be zero (do a power down) or non-zero (do a power cycle, power +the system off, then power it on in a few seconds). Setting +ipmi_poweroff.poweroff_control=x will do the same thing on the kernel +command line. The parameter is also available via the proc filesystem +in /proc/sys/dev/ipmi/poweroff_powercycle. Note that if the system +does not support power cycling, it will always do the power off. + +The "ifnum_to_use" parameter specifies which interface the poweroff +code should use. The default is -1, which means to pick the first one +registered. + +Note that if you have ACPI enabled, the system will prefer using ACPI to +power off. diff --git a/Documentation/IRQ-affinity.txt b/Documentation/IRQ-affinity.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..01a675175 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/IRQ-affinity.txt @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +ChangeLog: + Started by Ingo Molnar + Update by Max Krasnyansky + +SMP IRQ affinity + +/proc/irq/IRQ#/smp_affinity and /proc/irq/IRQ#/smp_affinity_list specify +which target CPUs are permitted for a given IRQ source. It's a bitmask +(smp_affinity) or cpu list (smp_affinity_list) of allowed CPUs. It's not +allowed to turn off all CPUs, and if an IRQ controller does not support +IRQ affinity then the value will not change from the default of all cpus. + +/proc/irq/default_smp_affinity specifies default affinity mask that applies +to all non-active IRQs. Once IRQ is allocated/activated its affinity bitmask +will be set to the default mask. It can then be changed as described above. +Default mask is 0xffffffff. + +Here is an example of restricting IRQ44 (eth1) to CPU0-3 then restricting +it to CPU4-7 (this is an 8-CPU SMP box): + +[root@moon 44]# cd /proc/irq/44 +[root@moon 44]# cat smp_affinity +ffffffff + +[root@moon 44]# echo 0f > smp_affinity +[root@moon 44]# cat smp_affinity +0000000f +[root@moon 44]# ping -f h +PING hell (195.4.7.3): 56 data bytes +... +--- hell ping statistics --- +6029 packets transmitted, 6027 packets received, 0% packet loss +round-trip min/avg/max = 0.1/0.1/0.4 ms +[root@moon 44]# cat /proc/interrupts | grep 'CPU\|44:' + CPU0 CPU1 CPU2 CPU3 CPU4 CPU5 CPU6 CPU7 + 44: 1068 1785 1785 1783 0 0 0 0 IO-APIC-level eth1 + +As can be seen from the line above IRQ44 was delivered only to the first four +processors (0-3). +Now lets restrict that IRQ to CPU(4-7). + +[root@moon 44]# echo f0 > smp_affinity +[root@moon 44]# cat smp_affinity +000000f0 +[root@moon 44]# ping -f h +PING hell (195.4.7.3): 56 data bytes +.. +--- hell ping statistics --- +2779 packets transmitted, 2777 packets received, 0% packet loss +round-trip min/avg/max = 0.1/0.5/585.4 ms +[root@moon 44]# cat /proc/interrupts | 'CPU\|44:' + CPU0 CPU1 CPU2 CPU3 CPU4 CPU5 CPU6 CPU7 + 44: 1068 1785 1785 1783 1784 1069 1070 1069 IO-APIC-level eth1 + +This time around IRQ44 was delivered only to the last four processors. +i.e counters for the CPU0-3 did not change. + +Here is an example of limiting that same irq (44) to cpus 1024 to 1031: + +[root@moon 44]# echo 1024-1031 > smp_affinity_list +[root@moon 44]# cat smp_affinity_list +1024-1031 + +Note that to do this with a bitmask would require 32 bitmasks of zero +to follow the pertinent one. diff --git a/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt b/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3a8e15cba --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt @@ -0,0 +1,223 @@ +irq_domain interrupt number mapping library + +The current design of the Linux kernel uses a single large number +space where each separate IRQ source is assigned a different number. +This is simple when there is only one interrupt controller, but in +systems with multiple interrupt controllers the kernel must ensure +that each one gets assigned non-overlapping allocations of Linux +IRQ numbers. + +The number of interrupt controllers registered as unique irqchips +show a rising tendency: for example subdrivers of different kinds +such as GPIO controllers avoid reimplementing identical callback +mechanisms as the IRQ core system by modelling their interrupt +handlers as irqchips, i.e. in effect cascading interrupt controllers. + +Here the interrupt number loose all kind of correspondence to +hardware interrupt numbers: whereas in the past, IRQ numbers could +be chosen so they matched the hardware IRQ line into the root +interrupt controller (i.e. the component actually fireing the +interrupt line to the CPU) nowadays this number is just a number. + +For this reason we need a mechanism to separate controller-local +interrupt numbers, called hardware irq's, from Linux IRQ numbers. + +The irq_alloc_desc*() and irq_free_desc*() APIs provide allocation of +irq numbers, but they don't provide any support for reverse mapping of +the controller-local IRQ (hwirq) number into the Linux IRQ number +space. + +The irq_domain library adds mapping between hwirq and IRQ numbers on +top of the irq_alloc_desc*() API. An irq_domain to manage mapping is +preferred over interrupt controller drivers open coding their own +reverse mapping scheme. + +irq_domain also implements translation from Device Tree interrupt +specifiers to hwirq numbers, and can be easily extended to support +other IRQ topology data sources. + +=== irq_domain usage === +An interrupt controller driver creates and registers an irq_domain by +calling one of the irq_domain_add_*() functions (each mapping method +has a different allocator function, more on that later). The function +will return a pointer to the irq_domain on success. The caller must +provide the allocator function with an irq_domain_ops structure. + +In most cases, the irq_domain will begin empty without any mappings +between hwirq and IRQ numbers. Mappings are added to the irq_domain +by calling irq_create_mapping() which accepts the irq_domain and a +hwirq number as arguments. If a mapping for the hwirq doesn't already +exist then it will allocate a new Linux irq_desc, associate it with +the hwirq, and call the .map() callback so the driver can perform any +required hardware setup. + +When an interrupt is received, irq_find_mapping() function should +be used to find the Linux IRQ number from the hwirq number. + +The irq_create_mapping() function must be called *atleast once* +before any call to irq_find_mapping(), lest the descriptor will not +be allocated. + +If the driver has the Linux IRQ number or the irq_data pointer, and +needs to know the associated hwirq number (such as in the irq_chip +callbacks) then it can be directly obtained from irq_data->hwirq. + +=== Types of irq_domain mappings === +There are several mechanisms available for reverse mapping from hwirq +to Linux irq, and each mechanism uses a different allocation function. +Which reverse map type should be used depends on the use case. Each +of the reverse map types are described below: + +==== Linear ==== +irq_domain_add_linear() + +The linear reverse map maintains a fixed size table indexed by the +hwirq number. When a hwirq is mapped, an irq_desc is allocated for +the hwirq, and the IRQ number is stored in the table. + +The Linear map is a good choice when the maximum number of hwirqs is +fixed and a relatively small number (~ < 256). The advantages of this +map are fixed time lookup for IRQ numbers, and irq_descs are only +allocated for in-use IRQs. The disadvantage is that the table must be +as large as the largest possible hwirq number. + +The majority of drivers should use the linear map. + +==== Tree ==== +irq_domain_add_tree() + +The irq_domain maintains a radix tree map from hwirq numbers to Linux +IRQs. When an hwirq is mapped, an irq_desc is allocated and the +hwirq is used as the lookup key for the radix tree. + +The tree map is a good choice if the hwirq number can be very large +since it doesn't need to allocate a table as large as the largest +hwirq number. The disadvantage is that hwirq to IRQ number lookup is +dependent on how many entries are in the table. + +Very few drivers should need this mapping. + +==== No Map ===- +irq_domain_add_nomap() + +The No Map mapping is to be used when the hwirq number is +programmable in the hardware. In this case it is best to program the +Linux IRQ number into the hardware itself so that no mapping is +required. Calling irq_create_direct_mapping() will allocate a Linux +IRQ number and call the .map() callback so that driver can program the +Linux IRQ number into the hardware. + +Most drivers cannot use this mapping. + +==== Legacy ==== +irq_domain_add_simple() +irq_domain_add_legacy() +irq_domain_add_legacy_isa() + +The Legacy mapping is a special case for drivers that already have a +range of irq_descs allocated for the hwirqs. It is used when the +driver cannot be immediately converted to use the linear mapping. For +example, many embedded system board support files use a set of #defines +for IRQ numbers that are passed to struct device registrations. In that +case the Linux IRQ numbers cannot be dynamically assigned and the legacy +mapping should be used. + +The legacy map assumes a contiguous range of IRQ numbers has already +been allocated for the controller and that the IRQ number can be +calculated by adding a fixed offset to the hwirq number, and +visa-versa. The disadvantage is that it requires the interrupt +controller to manage IRQ allocations and it requires an irq_desc to be +allocated for every hwirq, even if it is unused. + +The legacy map should only be used if fixed IRQ mappings must be +supported. For example, ISA controllers would use the legacy map for +mapping Linux IRQs 0-15 so that existing ISA drivers get the correct IRQ +numbers. + +Most users of legacy mappings should use irq_domain_add_simple() which +will use a legacy domain only if an IRQ range is supplied by the +system and will otherwise use a linear domain mapping. The semantics +of this call are such that if an IRQ range is specified then +descriptors will be allocated on-the-fly for it, and if no range is +specified it will fall through to irq_domain_add_linear() which means +*no* irq descriptors will be allocated. + +A typical use case for simple domains is where an irqchip provider +is supporting both dynamic and static IRQ assignments. + +In order to avoid ending up in a situation where a linear domain is +used and no descriptor gets allocated it is very important to make sure +that the driver using the simple domain call irq_create_mapping() +before any irq_find_mapping() since the latter will actually work +for the static IRQ assignment case. + +==== Hierarchy IRQ domain ==== +On some architectures, there may be multiple interrupt controllers +involved in delivering an interrupt from the device to the target CPU. +Let's look at a typical interrupt delivering path on x86 platforms: + +Device --> IOAPIC -> Interrupt remapping Controller -> Local APIC -> CPU + +There are three interrupt controllers involved: +1) IOAPIC controller +2) Interrupt remapping controller +3) Local APIC controller + +To support such a hardware topology and make software architecture match +hardware architecture, an irq_domain data structure is built for each +interrupt controller and those irq_domains are organized into hierarchy. +When building irq_domain hierarchy, the irq_domain near to the device is +child and the irq_domain near to CPU is parent. So a hierarchy structure +as below will be built for the example above. + CPU Vector irq_domain (root irq_domain to manage CPU vectors) + ^ + | + Interrupt Remapping irq_domain (manage irq_remapping entries) + ^ + | + IOAPIC irq_domain (manage IOAPIC delivery entries/pins) + +There are four major interfaces to use hierarchy irq_domain: +1) irq_domain_alloc_irqs(): allocate IRQ descriptors and interrupt + controller related resources to deliver these interrupts. +2) irq_domain_free_irqs(): free IRQ descriptors and interrupt controller + related resources associated with these interrupts. +3) irq_domain_activate_irq(): activate interrupt controller hardware to + deliver the interrupt. +3) irq_domain_deactivate_irq(): deactivate interrupt controller hardware + to stop delivering the interrupt. + +Following changes are needed to support hierarchy irq_domain. +1) a new field 'parent' is added to struct irq_domain; it's used to + maintain irq_domain hierarchy information. +2) a new field 'parent_data' is added to struct irq_data; it's used to + build hierarchy irq_data to match hierarchy irq_domains. The irq_data + is used to store irq_domain pointer and hardware irq number. +3) new callbacks are added to struct irq_domain_ops to support hierarchy + irq_domain operations. + +With support of hierarchy irq_domain and hierarchy irq_data ready, an +irq_domain structure is built for each interrupt controller, and an +irq_data structure is allocated for each irq_domain associated with an +IRQ. Now we could go one step further to support stacked(hierarchy) +irq_chip. That is, an irq_chip is associated with each irq_data along +the hierarchy. A child irq_chip may implement a required action by +itself or by cooperating with its parent irq_chip. + +With stacked irq_chip, interrupt controller driver only needs to deal +with the hardware managed by itself and may ask for services from its +parent irq_chip when needed. So we could achieve a much cleaner +software architecture. + +For an interrupt controller driver to support hierarchy irq_domain, it +needs to: +1) Implement irq_domain_ops.alloc and irq_domain_ops.free +2) Optionally implement irq_domain_ops.activate and + irq_domain_ops.deactivate. +3) Optionally implement an irq_chip to manage the interrupt controller + hardware. +4) No need to implement irq_domain_ops.map and irq_domain_ops.unmap, + they are unused with hierarchy irq_domain. + +Hierarchy irq_domain may also be used to support other architectures, +such as ARM, ARM64 etc. diff --git a/Documentation/IRQ.txt b/Documentation/IRQ.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1011e7175 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/IRQ.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +What is an IRQ? + +An IRQ is an interrupt request from a device. +Currently they can come in over a pin, or over a packet. +Several devices may be connected to the same pin thus +sharing an IRQ. + +An IRQ number is a kernel identifier used to talk about a hardware +interrupt source. Typically this is an index into the global irq_desc +array, but except for what linux/interrupt.h implements the details +are architecture specific. + +An IRQ number is an enumeration of the possible interrupt sources on a +machine. Typically what is enumerated is the number of input pins on +all of the interrupt controller in the system. In the case of ISA +what is enumerated are the 16 input pins on the two i8259 interrupt +controllers. + +Architectures can assign additional meaning to the IRQ numbers, and +are encouraged to in the case where there is any manual configuration +of the hardware involved. The ISA IRQs are a classic example of +assigning this kind of additional meaning. diff --git a/Documentation/Intel-IOMMU.txt b/Documentation/Intel-IOMMU.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cf9431db8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/Intel-IOMMU.txt @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +Linux IOMMU Support +=================== + +The architecture spec can be obtained from the below location. + +http://www.intel.com/technology/virtualization/ + +This guide gives a quick cheat sheet for some basic understanding. + +Some Keywords + +DMAR - DMA remapping +DRHD - DMA Engine Reporting Structure +RMRR - Reserved memory Region Reporting Structure +ZLR - Zero length reads from PCI devices +IOVA - IO Virtual address. + +Basic stuff +----------- + +ACPI enumerates and lists the different DMA engines in the platform, and +device scope relationships between PCI devices and which DMA engine controls +them. + +What is RMRR? +------------- + +There are some devices the BIOS controls, for e.g USB devices to perform +PS2 emulation. The regions of memory used for these devices are marked +reserved in the e820 map. When we turn on DMA translation, DMA to those +regions will fail. Hence BIOS uses RMRR to specify these regions along with +devices that need to access these regions. OS is expected to setup +unity mappings for these regions for these devices to access these regions. + +How is IOVA generated? +--------------------- + +Well behaved drivers call pci_map_*() calls before sending command to device +that needs to perform DMA. Once DMA is completed and mapping is no longer +required, device performs a pci_unmap_*() calls to unmap the region. + +The Intel IOMMU driver allocates a virtual address per domain. Each PCIE +device has its own domain (hence protection). Devices under p2p bridges +share the virtual address with all devices under the p2p bridge due to +transaction id aliasing for p2p bridges. + +IOVA generation is pretty generic. We used the same technique as vmalloc() +but these are not global address spaces, but separate for each domain. +Different DMA engines may support different number of domains. + +We also allocate guard pages with each mapping, so we can attempt to catch +any overflow that might happen. + + +Graphics Problems? +------------------ +If you encounter issues with graphics devices, you can try adding +option intel_iommu=igfx_off to turn off the integrated graphics engine. +If this fixes anything, please ensure you file a bug reporting the problem. + +Some exceptions to IOVA +----------------------- +Interrupt ranges are not address translated, (0xfee00000 - 0xfeefffff). +The same is true for peer to peer transactions. Hence we reserve the +address from PCI MMIO ranges so they are not allocated for IOVA addresses. + + +Fault reporting +--------------- +When errors are reported, the DMA engine signals via an interrupt. The fault +reason and device that caused it with fault reason is printed on console. + +See below for sample. + + +Boot Message Sample +------------------- + +Something like this gets printed indicating presence of DMAR tables +in ACPI. + +ACPI: DMAR (v001 A M I OEMDMAR 0x00000001 MSFT 0x00000097) @ 0x000000007f5b5ef0 + +When DMAR is being processed and initialized by ACPI, prints DMAR locations +and any RMRR's processed. + +ACPI DMAR:Host address width 36 +ACPI DMAR:DRHD (flags: 0x00000000)base: 0x00000000fed90000 +ACPI DMAR:DRHD (flags: 0x00000000)base: 0x00000000fed91000 +ACPI DMAR:DRHD (flags: 0x00000001)base: 0x00000000fed93000 +ACPI DMAR:RMRR base: 0x00000000000ed000 end: 0x00000000000effff +ACPI DMAR:RMRR base: 0x000000007f600000 end: 0x000000007fffffff + +When DMAR is enabled for use, you will notice.. + +PCI-DMA: Using DMAR IOMMU + +Fault reporting +--------------- + +DMAR:[DMA Write] Request device [00:02.0] fault addr 6df084000 +DMAR:[fault reason 05] PTE Write access is not set +DMAR:[DMA Write] Request device [00:02.0] fault addr 6df084000 +DMAR:[fault reason 05] PTE Write access is not set + +TBD +---- + +- For compatibility testing, could use unity map domain for all devices, just + provide a 1-1 for all useful memory under a single domain for all devices. +- API for paravirt ops for abstracting functionality for VMM folks. diff --git a/Documentation/Makefile b/Documentation/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e2127a76b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +subdir-y := accounting auxdisplay blackfin connector \ + filesystems filesystems ia64 kdbus laptops mic misc-devices \ + networking pcmcia prctl ptp spi timers vDSO video4linux \ + watchdog diff --git a/Documentation/ManagementStyle b/Documentation/ManagementStyle new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a211ee8d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ManagementStyle @@ -0,0 +1,276 @@ + + Linux kernel management style + +This is a short document describing the preferred (or made up, depending +on who you ask) management style for the linux kernel. It's meant to +mirror the CodingStyle document to some degree, and mainly written to +avoid answering (*) the same (or similar) questions over and over again. + +Management style is very personal and much harder to quantify than +simple coding style rules, so this document may or may not have anything +to do with reality. It started as a lark, but that doesn't mean that it +might not actually be true. You'll have to decide for yourself. + +Btw, when talking about "kernel manager", it's all about the technical +lead persons, not the people who do traditional management inside +companies. If you sign purchase orders or you have any clue about the +budget of your group, you're almost certainly not a kernel manager. +These suggestions may or may not apply to you. + +First off, I'd suggest buying "Seven Habits of Highly Effective +People", and NOT read it. Burn it, it's a great symbolic gesture. + +(*) This document does so not so much by answering the question, but by +making it painfully obvious to the questioner that we don't have a clue +to what the answer is. + +Anyway, here goes: + + + Chapter 1: Decisions + +Everybody thinks managers make decisions, and that decision-making is +important. The bigger and more painful the decision, the bigger the +manager must be to make it. That's very deep and obvious, but it's not +actually true. + +The name of the game is to _avoid_ having to make a decision. In +particular, if somebody tells you "choose (a) or (b), we really need you +to decide on this", you're in trouble as a manager. The people you +manage had better know the details better than you, so if they come to +you for a technical decision, you're screwed. You're clearly not +competent to make that decision for them. + +(Corollary:if the people you manage don't know the details better than +you, you're also screwed, although for a totally different reason. +Namely that you are in the wrong job, and that _they_ should be managing +your brilliance instead). + +So the name of the game is to _avoid_ decisions, at least the big and +painful ones. Making small and non-consequential decisions is fine, and +makes you look like you know what you're doing, so what a kernel manager +needs to do is to turn the big and painful ones into small things where +nobody really cares. + +It helps to realize that the key difference between a big decision and a +small one is whether you can fix your decision afterwards. Any decision +can be made small by just always making sure that if you were wrong (and +you _will_ be wrong), you can always undo the damage later by +backtracking. Suddenly, you get to be doubly managerial for making +_two_ inconsequential decisions - the wrong one _and_ the right one. + +And people will even see that as true leadership (*cough* bullshit +*cough*). + +Thus the key to avoiding big decisions becomes to just avoiding to do +things that can't be undone. Don't get ushered into a corner from which +you cannot escape. A cornered rat may be dangerous - a cornered manager +is just pitiful. + +It turns out that since nobody would be stupid enough to ever really let +a kernel manager have huge fiscal responsibility _anyway_, it's usually +fairly easy to backtrack. Since you're not going to be able to waste +huge amounts of money that you might not be able to repay, the only +thing you can backtrack on is a technical decision, and there +back-tracking is very easy: just tell everybody that you were an +incompetent nincompoop, say you're sorry, and undo all the worthless +work you had people work on for the last year. Suddenly the decision +you made a year ago wasn't a big decision after all, since it could be +easily undone. + +It turns out that some people have trouble with this approach, for two +reasons: + - admitting you were an idiot is harder than it looks. We all like to + maintain appearances, and coming out in public to say that you were + wrong is sometimes very hard indeed. + - having somebody tell you that what you worked on for the last year + wasn't worthwhile after all can be hard on the poor lowly engineers + too, and while the actual _work_ was easy enough to undo by just + deleting it, you may have irrevocably lost the trust of that + engineer. And remember: "irrevocable" was what we tried to avoid in + the first place, and your decision ended up being a big one after + all. + +Happily, both of these reasons can be mitigated effectively by just +admitting up-front that you don't have a friggin' clue, and telling +people ahead of the fact that your decision is purely preliminary, and +might be the wrong thing. You should always reserve the right to change +your mind, and make people very _aware_ of that. And it's much easier +to admit that you are stupid when you haven't _yet_ done the really +stupid thing. + +Then, when it really does turn out to be stupid, people just roll their +eyes and say "Oops, he did it again". + +This preemptive admission of incompetence might also make the people who +actually do the work also think twice about whether it's worth doing or +not. After all, if _they_ aren't certain whether it's a good idea, you +sure as hell shouldn't encourage them by promising them that what they +work on will be included. Make them at least think twice before they +embark on a big endeavor. + +Remember: they'd better know more about the details than you do, and +they usually already think they have the answer to everything. The best +thing you can do as a manager is not to instill confidence, but rather a +healthy dose of critical thinking on what they do. + +Btw, another way to avoid a decision is to plaintively just whine "can't +we just do both?" and look pitiful. Trust me, it works. If it's not +clear which approach is better, they'll eventually figure it out. The +answer may end up being that both teams get so frustrated by the +situation that they just give up. + +That may sound like a failure, but it's usually a sign that there was +something wrong with both projects, and the reason the people involved +couldn't decide was that they were both wrong. You end up coming up +smelling like roses, and you avoided yet another decision that you could +have screwed up on. + + + Chapter 2: People + +Most people are idiots, and being a manager means you'll have to deal +with it, and perhaps more importantly, that _they_ have to deal with +_you_. + +It turns out that while it's easy to undo technical mistakes, it's not +as easy to undo personality disorders. You just have to live with +theirs - and yours. + +However, in order to prepare yourself as a kernel manager, it's best to +remember not to burn any bridges, bomb any innocent villagers, or +alienate too many kernel developers. It turns out that alienating people +is fairly easy, and un-alienating them is hard. Thus "alienating" +immediately falls under the heading of "not reversible", and becomes a +no-no according to Chapter 1. + +There's just a few simple rules here: + (1) don't call people d*ckheads (at least not in public) + (2) learn how to apologize when you forgot rule (1) + +The problem with #1 is that it's very easy to do, since you can say +"you're a d*ckhead" in millions of different ways (*), sometimes without +even realizing it, and almost always with a white-hot conviction that +you are right. + +And the more convinced you are that you are right (and let's face it, +you can call just about _anybody_ a d*ckhead, and you often _will_ be +right), the harder it ends up being to apologize afterwards. + +To solve this problem, you really only have two options: + - get really good at apologies + - spread the "love" out so evenly that nobody really ends up feeling + like they get unfairly targeted. Make it inventive enough, and they + might even be amused. + +The option of being unfailingly polite really doesn't exist. Nobody will +trust somebody who is so clearly hiding his true character. + +(*) Paul Simon sang "Fifty Ways to Leave Your Lover", because quite +frankly, "A Million Ways to Tell a Developer He Is a D*ckhead" doesn't +scan nearly as well. But I'm sure he thought about it. + + + Chapter 3: People II - the Good Kind + +While it turns out that most people are idiots, the corollary to that is +sadly that you are one too, and that while we can all bask in the secure +knowledge that we're better than the average person (let's face it, +nobody ever believes that they're average or below-average), we should +also admit that we're not the sharpest knife around, and there will be +other people that are less of an idiot than you are. + +Some people react badly to smart people. Others take advantage of them. + +Make sure that you, as a kernel maintainer, are in the second group. +Suck up to them, because they are the people who will make your job +easier. In particular, they'll be able to make your decisions for you, +which is what the game is all about. + +So when you find somebody smarter than you are, just coast along. Your +management responsibilities largely become ones of saying "Sounds like a +good idea - go wild", or "That sounds good, but what about xxx?". The +second version in particular is a great way to either learn something +new about "xxx" or seem _extra_ managerial by pointing out something the +smarter person hadn't thought about. In either case, you win. + +One thing to look out for is to realize that greatness in one area does +not necessarily translate to other areas. So you might prod people in +specific directions, but let's face it, they might be good at what they +do, and suck at everything else. The good news is that people tend to +naturally gravitate back to what they are good at, so it's not like you +are doing something irreversible when you _do_ prod them in some +direction, just don't push too hard. + + + Chapter 4: Placing blame + +Things will go wrong, and people want somebody to blame. Tag, you're it. + +It's not actually that hard to accept the blame, especially if people +kind of realize that it wasn't _all_ your fault. Which brings us to the +best way of taking the blame: do it for another guy. You'll feel good +for taking the fall, he'll feel good about not getting blamed, and the +guy who lost his whole 36GB porn-collection because of your incompetence +will grudgingly admit that you at least didn't try to weasel out of it. + +Then make the developer who really screwed up (if you can find him) know +_in_private_ that he screwed up. Not just so he can avoid it in the +future, but so that he knows he owes you one. And, perhaps even more +importantly, he's also likely the person who can fix it. Because, let's +face it, it sure ain't you. + +Taking the blame is also why you get to be manager in the first place. +It's part of what makes people trust you, and allow you the potential +glory, because you're the one who gets to say "I screwed up". And if +you've followed the previous rules, you'll be pretty good at saying that +by now. + + + Chapter 5: Things to avoid + +There's one thing people hate even more than being called "d*ckhead", +and that is being called a "d*ckhead" in a sanctimonious voice. The +first you can apologize for, the second one you won't really get the +chance. They likely will no longer be listening even if you otherwise +do a good job. + +We all think we're better than anybody else, which means that when +somebody else puts on airs, it _really_ rubs us the wrong way. You may +be morally and intellectually superior to everybody around you, but +don't try to make it too obvious unless you really _intend_ to irritate +somebody (*). + +Similarly, don't be too polite or subtle about things. Politeness easily +ends up going overboard and hiding the problem, and as they say, "On the +internet, nobody can hear you being subtle". Use a big blunt object to +hammer the point in, because you can't really depend on people getting +your point otherwise. + +Some humor can help pad both the bluntness and the moralizing. Going +overboard to the point of being ridiculous can drive a point home +without making it painful to the recipient, who just thinks you're being +silly. It can thus help get through the personal mental block we all +have about criticism. + +(*) Hint: internet newsgroups that are not directly related to your work +are great ways to take out your frustrations at other people. Write +insulting posts with a sneer just to get into a good flame every once in +a while, and you'll feel cleansed. Just don't crap too close to home. + + + Chapter 6: Why me? + +Since your main responsibility seems to be to take the blame for other +peoples mistakes, and make it painfully obvious to everybody else that +you're incompetent, the obvious question becomes one of why do it in the +first place? + +First off, while you may or may not get screaming teenage girls (or +boys, let's not be judgmental or sexist here) knocking on your dressing +room door, you _will_ get an immense feeling of personal accomplishment +for being "in charge". Never mind the fact that you're really leading +by trying to keep up with everybody else and running after them as fast +as you can. Everybody will still think you're the person in charge. + +It's a great job if you can hack it. diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/00-INDEX b/Documentation/PCI/00-INDEX new file mode 100644 index 000000000..147231f16 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/PCI/00-INDEX @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +00-INDEX + - this file +MSI-HOWTO.txt + - the Message Signaled Interrupts (MSI) Driver Guide HOWTO and FAQ. +PCIEBUS-HOWTO.txt + - a guide describing the PCI Express Port Bus driver +pci-error-recovery.txt + - info on PCI error recovery +pci-iov-howto.txt + - the PCI Express I/O Virtualization HOWTO +pci.txt + - info on the PCI subsystem for device driver authors +pcieaer-howto.txt + - the PCI Express Advanced Error Reporting Driver Guide HOWTO diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1179850f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt @@ -0,0 +1,587 @@ + The MSI Driver Guide HOWTO + Tom L Nguyen tom.l.nguyen@intel.com + 10/03/2003 + Revised Feb 12, 2004 by Martine Silbermann + email: Martine.Silbermann@hp.com + Revised Jun 25, 2004 by Tom L Nguyen + Revised Jul 9, 2008 by Matthew Wilcox + Copyright 2003, 2008 Intel Corporation + +1. About this guide + +This guide describes the basics of Message Signaled Interrupts (MSIs), +the advantages of using MSI over traditional interrupt mechanisms, how +to change your driver to use MSI or MSI-X and some basic diagnostics to +try if a device doesn't support MSIs. + + +2. What are MSIs? + +A Message Signaled Interrupt is a write from the device to a special +address which causes an interrupt to be received by the CPU. + +The MSI capability was first specified in PCI 2.2 and was later enhanced +in PCI 3.0 to allow each interrupt to be masked individually. The MSI-X +capability was also introduced with PCI 3.0. It supports more interrupts +per device than MSI and allows interrupts to be independently configured. + +Devices may support both MSI and MSI-X, but only one can be enabled at +a time. + + +3. Why use MSIs? + +There are three reasons why using MSIs can give an advantage over +traditional pin-based interrupts. + +Pin-based PCI interrupts are often shared amongst several devices. +To support this, the kernel must call each interrupt handler associated +with an interrupt, which leads to reduced performance for the system as +a whole. MSIs are never shared, so this problem cannot arise. + +When a device writes data to memory, then raises a pin-based interrupt, +it is possible that the interrupt may arrive before all the data has +arrived in memory (this becomes more likely with devices behind PCI-PCI +bridges). In order to ensure that all the data has arrived in memory, +the interrupt handler must read a register on the device which raised +the interrupt. PCI transaction ordering rules require that all the data +arrive in memory before the value may be returned from the register. +Using MSIs avoids this problem as the interrupt-generating write cannot +pass the data writes, so by the time the interrupt is raised, the driver +knows that all the data has arrived in memory. + +PCI devices can only support a single pin-based interrupt per function. +Often drivers have to query the device to find out what event has +occurred, slowing down interrupt handling for the common case. With +MSIs, a device can support more interrupts, allowing each interrupt +to be specialised to a different purpose. One possible design gives +infrequent conditions (such as errors) their own interrupt which allows +the driver to handle the normal interrupt handling path more efficiently. +Other possible designs include giving one interrupt to each packet queue +in a network card or each port in a storage controller. + + +4. How to use MSIs + +PCI devices are initialised to use pin-based interrupts. The device +driver has to set up the device to use MSI or MSI-X. Not all machines +support MSIs correctly, and for those machines, the APIs described below +will simply fail and the device will continue to use pin-based interrupts. + +4.1 Include kernel support for MSIs + +To support MSI or MSI-X, the kernel must be built with the CONFIG_PCI_MSI +option enabled. This option is only available on some architectures, +and it may depend on some other options also being set. For example, +on x86, you must also enable X86_UP_APIC or SMP in order to see the +CONFIG_PCI_MSI option. + +4.2 Using MSI + +Most of the hard work is done for the driver in the PCI layer. It simply +has to request that the PCI layer set up the MSI capability for this +device. + +4.2.1 pci_enable_msi + +int pci_enable_msi(struct pci_dev *dev) + +A successful call allocates ONE interrupt to the device, regardless +of how many MSIs the device supports. The device is switched from +pin-based interrupt mode to MSI mode. The dev->irq number is changed +to a new number which represents the message signaled interrupt; +consequently, this function should be called before the driver calls +request_irq(), because an MSI is delivered via a vector that is +different from the vector of a pin-based interrupt. + +4.2.2 pci_enable_msi_range + +int pci_enable_msi_range(struct pci_dev *dev, int minvec, int maxvec) + +This function allows a device driver to request any number of MSI +interrupts within specified range from 'minvec' to 'maxvec'. + +If this function returns a positive number it indicates the number of +MSI interrupts that have been successfully allocated. In this case +the device is switched from pin-based interrupt mode to MSI mode and +updates dev->irq to be the lowest of the new interrupts assigned to it. +The other interrupts assigned to the device are in the range dev->irq +to dev->irq + returned value - 1. Device driver can use the returned +number of successfully allocated MSI interrupts to further allocate +and initialize device resources. + +If this function returns a negative number, it indicates an error and +the driver should not attempt to request any more MSI interrupts for +this device. + +This function should be called before the driver calls request_irq(), +because MSI interrupts are delivered via vectors that are different +from the vector of a pin-based interrupt. + +It is ideal if drivers can cope with a variable number of MSI interrupts; +there are many reasons why the platform may not be able to provide the +exact number that a driver asks for. + +There could be devices that can not operate with just any number of MSI +interrupts within a range. See chapter 4.3.1.3 to get the idea how to +handle such devices for MSI-X - the same logic applies to MSI. + +4.2.1.1 Maximum possible number of MSI interrupts + +The typical usage of MSI interrupts is to allocate as many vectors as +possible, likely up to the limit returned by pci_msi_vec_count() function: + +static int foo_driver_enable_msi(struct pci_dev *pdev, int nvec) +{ + return pci_enable_msi_range(pdev, 1, nvec); +} + +Note the value of 'minvec' parameter is 1. As 'minvec' is inclusive, +the value of 0 would be meaningless and could result in error. + +Some devices have a minimal limit on number of MSI interrupts. +In this case the function could look like this: + +static int foo_driver_enable_msi(struct pci_dev *pdev, int nvec) +{ + return pci_enable_msi_range(pdev, FOO_DRIVER_MINIMUM_NVEC, nvec); +} + +4.2.1.2 Exact number of MSI interrupts + +If a driver is unable or unwilling to deal with a variable number of MSI +interrupts it could request a particular number of interrupts by passing +that number to pci_enable_msi_range() function as both 'minvec' and 'maxvec' +parameters: + +static int foo_driver_enable_msi(struct pci_dev *pdev, int nvec) +{ + return pci_enable_msi_range(pdev, nvec, nvec); +} + +Note, unlike pci_enable_msi_exact() function, which could be also used to +enable a particular number of MSI-X interrupts, pci_enable_msi_range() +returns either a negative errno or 'nvec' (not negative errno or 0 - as +pci_enable_msi_exact() does). + +4.2.1.3 Single MSI mode + +The most notorious example of the request type described above is +enabling the single MSI mode for a device. It could be done by passing +two 1s as 'minvec' and 'maxvec': + +static int foo_driver_enable_single_msi(struct pci_dev *pdev) +{ + return pci_enable_msi_range(pdev, 1, 1); +} + +Note, unlike pci_enable_msi() function, which could be also used to +enable the single MSI mode, pci_enable_msi_range() returns either a +negative errno or 1 (not negative errno or 0 - as pci_enable_msi() +does). + +4.2.3 pci_enable_msi_exact + +int pci_enable_msi_exact(struct pci_dev *dev, int nvec) + +This variation on pci_enable_msi_range() call allows a device driver to +request exactly 'nvec' MSIs. + +If this function returns a negative number, it indicates an error and +the driver should not attempt to request any more MSI interrupts for +this device. + +By contrast with pci_enable_msi_range() function, pci_enable_msi_exact() +returns zero in case of success, which indicates MSI interrupts have been +successfully allocated. + +4.2.4 pci_disable_msi + +void pci_disable_msi(struct pci_dev *dev) + +This function should be used to undo the effect of pci_enable_msi_range(). +Calling it restores dev->irq to the pin-based interrupt number and frees +the previously allocated MSIs. The interrupts may subsequently be assigned +to another device, so drivers should not cache the value of dev->irq. + +Before calling this function, a device driver must always call free_irq() +on any interrupt for which it previously called request_irq(). +Failure to do so results in a BUG_ON(), leaving the device with +MSI enabled and thus leaking its vector. + +4.2.4 pci_msi_vec_count + +int pci_msi_vec_count(struct pci_dev *dev) + +This function could be used to retrieve the number of MSI vectors the +device requested (via the Multiple Message Capable register). The MSI +specification only allows the returned value to be a power of two, +up to a maximum of 2^5 (32). + +If this function returns a negative number, it indicates the device is +not capable of sending MSIs. + +If this function returns a positive number, it indicates the maximum +number of MSI interrupt vectors that could be allocated. + +4.3 Using MSI-X + +The MSI-X capability is much more flexible than the MSI capability. +It supports up to 2048 interrupts, each of which can be controlled +independently. To support this flexibility, drivers must use an array of +`struct msix_entry': + +struct msix_entry { + u16 vector; /* kernel uses to write alloc vector */ + u16 entry; /* driver uses to specify entry */ +}; + +This allows for the device to use these interrupts in a sparse fashion; +for example, it could use interrupts 3 and 1027 and yet allocate only a +two-element array. The driver is expected to fill in the 'entry' value +in each element of the array to indicate for which entries the kernel +should assign interrupts; it is invalid to fill in two entries with the +same number. + +4.3.1 pci_enable_msix_range + +int pci_enable_msix_range(struct pci_dev *dev, struct msix_entry *entries, + int minvec, int maxvec) + +Calling this function asks the PCI subsystem to allocate any number of +MSI-X interrupts within specified range from 'minvec' to 'maxvec'. +The 'entries' argument is a pointer to an array of msix_entry structs +which should be at least 'maxvec' entries in size. + +On success, the device is switched into MSI-X mode and the function +returns the number of MSI-X interrupts that have been successfully +allocated. In this case the 'vector' member in entries numbered from +0 to the returned value - 1 is populated with the interrupt number; +the driver should then call request_irq() for each 'vector' that it +decides to use. The device driver is responsible for keeping track of the +interrupts assigned to the MSI-X vectors so it can free them again later. +Device driver can use the returned number of successfully allocated MSI-X +interrupts to further allocate and initialize device resources. + +If this function returns a negative number, it indicates an error and +the driver should not attempt to allocate any more MSI-X interrupts for +this device. + +This function, in contrast with pci_enable_msi_range(), does not adjust +dev->irq. The device will not generate interrupts for this interrupt +number once MSI-X is enabled. + +Device drivers should normally call this function once per device +during the initialization phase. + +It is ideal if drivers can cope with a variable number of MSI-X interrupts; +there are many reasons why the platform may not be able to provide the +exact number that a driver asks for. + +There could be devices that can not operate with just any number of MSI-X +interrupts within a range. E.g., an network adapter might need let's say +four vectors per each queue it provides. Therefore, a number of MSI-X +interrupts allocated should be a multiple of four. In this case interface +pci_enable_msix_range() can not be used alone to request MSI-X interrupts +(since it can allocate any number within the range, without any notion of +the multiple of four) and the device driver should master a custom logic +to request the required number of MSI-X interrupts. + +4.3.1.1 Maximum possible number of MSI-X interrupts + +The typical usage of MSI-X interrupts is to allocate as many vectors as +possible, likely up to the limit returned by pci_msix_vec_count() function: + +static int foo_driver_enable_msix(struct foo_adapter *adapter, int nvec) +{ + return pci_enable_msix_range(adapter->pdev, adapter->msix_entries, + 1, nvec); +} + +Note the value of 'minvec' parameter is 1. As 'minvec' is inclusive, +the value of 0 would be meaningless and could result in error. + +Some devices have a minimal limit on number of MSI-X interrupts. +In this case the function could look like this: + +static int foo_driver_enable_msix(struct foo_adapter *adapter, int nvec) +{ + return pci_enable_msix_range(adapter->pdev, adapter->msix_entries, + FOO_DRIVER_MINIMUM_NVEC, nvec); +} + +4.3.1.2 Exact number of MSI-X interrupts + +If a driver is unable or unwilling to deal with a variable number of MSI-X +interrupts it could request a particular number of interrupts by passing +that number to pci_enable_msix_range() function as both 'minvec' and 'maxvec' +parameters: + +static int foo_driver_enable_msix(struct foo_adapter *adapter, int nvec) +{ + return pci_enable_msix_range(adapter->pdev, adapter->msix_entries, + nvec, nvec); +} + +Note, unlike pci_enable_msix_exact() function, which could be also used to +enable a particular number of MSI-X interrupts, pci_enable_msix_range() +returns either a negative errno or 'nvec' (not negative errno or 0 - as +pci_enable_msix_exact() does). + +4.3.1.3 Specific requirements to the number of MSI-X interrupts + +As noted above, there could be devices that can not operate with just any +number of MSI-X interrupts within a range. E.g., let's assume a device that +is only capable sending the number of MSI-X interrupts which is a power of +two. A routine that enables MSI-X mode for such device might look like this: + +/* + * Assume 'minvec' and 'maxvec' are non-zero + */ +static int foo_driver_enable_msix(struct foo_adapter *adapter, + int minvec, int maxvec) +{ + int rc; + + minvec = roundup_pow_of_two(minvec); + maxvec = rounddown_pow_of_two(maxvec); + + if (minvec > maxvec) + return -ERANGE; + +retry: + rc = pci_enable_msix_range(adapter->pdev, adapter->msix_entries, + maxvec, maxvec); + /* + * -ENOSPC is the only error code allowed to be analyzed + */ + if (rc == -ENOSPC) { + if (maxvec == 1) + return -ENOSPC; + + maxvec /= 2; + + if (minvec > maxvec) + return -ENOSPC; + + goto retry; + } + + return rc; +} + +Note how pci_enable_msix_range() return value is analyzed for a fallback - +any error code other than -ENOSPC indicates a fatal error and should not +be retried. + +4.3.2 pci_enable_msix_exact + +int pci_enable_msix_exact(struct pci_dev *dev, + struct msix_entry *entries, int nvec) + +This variation on pci_enable_msix_range() call allows a device driver to +request exactly 'nvec' MSI-Xs. + +If this function returns a negative number, it indicates an error and +the driver should not attempt to allocate any more MSI-X interrupts for +this device. + +By contrast with pci_enable_msix_range() function, pci_enable_msix_exact() +returns zero in case of success, which indicates MSI-X interrupts have been +successfully allocated. + +Another version of a routine that enables MSI-X mode for a device with +specific requirements described in chapter 4.3.1.3 might look like this: + +/* + * Assume 'minvec' and 'maxvec' are non-zero + */ +static int foo_driver_enable_msix(struct foo_adapter *adapter, + int minvec, int maxvec) +{ + int rc; + + minvec = roundup_pow_of_two(minvec); + maxvec = rounddown_pow_of_two(maxvec); + + if (minvec > maxvec) + return -ERANGE; + +retry: + rc = pci_enable_msix_exact(adapter->pdev, + adapter->msix_entries, maxvec); + + /* + * -ENOSPC is the only error code allowed to be analyzed + */ + if (rc == -ENOSPC) { + if (maxvec == 1) + return -ENOSPC; + + maxvec /= 2; + + if (minvec > maxvec) + return -ENOSPC; + + goto retry; + } else if (rc < 0) { + return rc; + } + + return maxvec; +} + +4.3.3 pci_disable_msix + +void pci_disable_msix(struct pci_dev *dev) + +This function should be used to undo the effect of pci_enable_msix_range(). +It frees the previously allocated MSI-X interrupts. The interrupts may +subsequently be assigned to another device, so drivers should not cache +the value of the 'vector' elements over a call to pci_disable_msix(). + +Before calling this function, a device driver must always call free_irq() +on any interrupt for which it previously called request_irq(). +Failure to do so results in a BUG_ON(), leaving the device with +MSI-X enabled and thus leaking its vector. + +4.3.3 The MSI-X Table + +The MSI-X capability specifies a BAR and offset within that BAR for the +MSI-X Table. This address is mapped by the PCI subsystem, and should not +be accessed directly by the device driver. If the driver wishes to +mask or unmask an interrupt, it should call disable_irq() / enable_irq(). + +4.3.4 pci_msix_vec_count + +int pci_msix_vec_count(struct pci_dev *dev) + +This function could be used to retrieve number of entries in the device +MSI-X table. + +If this function returns a negative number, it indicates the device is +not capable of sending MSI-Xs. + +If this function returns a positive number, it indicates the maximum +number of MSI-X interrupt vectors that could be allocated. + +4.4 Handling devices implementing both MSI and MSI-X capabilities + +If a device implements both MSI and MSI-X capabilities, it can +run in either MSI mode or MSI-X mode, but not both simultaneously. +This is a requirement of the PCI spec, and it is enforced by the +PCI layer. Calling pci_enable_msi_range() when MSI-X is already +enabled or pci_enable_msix_range() when MSI is already enabled +results in an error. If a device driver wishes to switch between MSI +and MSI-X at runtime, it must first quiesce the device, then switch +it back to pin-interrupt mode, before calling pci_enable_msi_range() +or pci_enable_msix_range() and resuming operation. This is not expected +to be a common operation but may be useful for debugging or testing +during development. + +4.5 Considerations when using MSIs + +4.5.1 Choosing between MSI-X and MSI + +If your device supports both MSI-X and MSI capabilities, you should use +the MSI-X facilities in preference to the MSI facilities. As mentioned +above, MSI-X supports any number of interrupts between 1 and 2048. +In contrast, MSI is restricted to a maximum of 32 interrupts (and +must be a power of two). In addition, the MSI interrupt vectors must +be allocated consecutively, so the system might not be able to allocate +as many vectors for MSI as it could for MSI-X. On some platforms, MSI +interrupts must all be targeted at the same set of CPUs whereas MSI-X +interrupts can all be targeted at different CPUs. + +4.5.2 Spinlocks + +Most device drivers have a per-device spinlock which is taken in the +interrupt handler. With pin-based interrupts or a single MSI, it is not +necessary to disable interrupts (Linux guarantees the same interrupt will +not be re-entered). If a device uses multiple interrupts, the driver +must disable interrupts while the lock is held. If the device sends +a different interrupt, the driver will deadlock trying to recursively +acquire the spinlock. Such deadlocks can be avoided by using +spin_lock_irqsave() or spin_lock_irq() which disable local interrupts +and acquire the lock (see Documentation/DocBook/kernel-locking). + +4.6 How to tell whether MSI/MSI-X is enabled on a device + +Using 'lspci -v' (as root) may show some devices with "MSI", "Message +Signalled Interrupts" or "MSI-X" capabilities. Each of these capabilities +has an 'Enable' flag which is followed with either "+" (enabled) +or "-" (disabled). + + +5. MSI quirks + +Several PCI chipsets or devices are known not to support MSIs. +The PCI stack provides three ways to disable MSIs: + +1. globally +2. on all devices behind a specific bridge +3. on a single device + +5.1. Disabling MSIs globally + +Some host chipsets simply don't support MSIs properly. If we're +lucky, the manufacturer knows this and has indicated it in the ACPI +FADT table. In this case, Linux automatically disables MSIs. +Some boards don't include this information in the table and so we have +to detect them ourselves. The complete list of these is found near the +quirk_disable_all_msi() function in drivers/pci/quirks.c. + +If you have a board which has problems with MSIs, you can pass pci=nomsi +on the kernel command line to disable MSIs on all devices. It would be +in your best interests to report the problem to linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +including a full 'lspci -v' so we can add the quirks to the kernel. + +5.2. Disabling MSIs below a bridge + +Some PCI bridges are not able to route MSIs between busses properly. +In this case, MSIs must be disabled on all devices behind the bridge. + +Some bridges allow you to enable MSIs by changing some bits in their +PCI configuration space (especially the Hypertransport chipsets such +as the nVidia nForce and Serverworks HT2000). As with host chipsets, +Linux mostly knows about them and automatically enables MSIs if it can. +If you have a bridge unknown to Linux, you can enable +MSIs in configuration space using whatever method you know works, then +enable MSIs on that bridge by doing: + + echo 1 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/$bridge/msi_bus + +where $bridge is the PCI address of the bridge you've enabled (eg +0000:00:0e.0). + +To disable MSIs, echo 0 instead of 1. Changing this value should be +done with caution as it could break interrupt handling for all devices +below this bridge. + +Again, please notify linux-pci@vger.kernel.org of any bridges that need +special handling. + +5.3. Disabling MSIs on a single device + +Some devices are known to have faulty MSI implementations. Usually this +is handled in the individual device driver, but occasionally it's necessary +to handle this with a quirk. Some drivers have an option to disable use +of MSI. While this is a convenient workaround for the driver author, +it is not good practice, and should not be emulated. + +5.4. Finding why MSIs are disabled on a device + +From the above three sections, you can see that there are many reasons +why MSIs may not be enabled for a given device. Your first step should +be to examine your dmesg carefully to determine whether MSIs are enabled +for your machine. You should also check your .config to be sure you +have enabled CONFIG_PCI_MSI. + +Then, 'lspci -t' gives the list of bridges above a device. Reading +/sys/bus/pci/devices/*/msi_bus will tell you whether MSIs are enabled (1) +or disabled (0). If 0 is found in any of the msi_bus files belonging +to bridges between the PCI root and the device, MSIs are disabled. + +It is also worth checking the device driver to see whether it supports MSIs. +For example, it may contain calls to pci_enable_msi_range() or +pci_enable_msix_range(). diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/PCIEBUS-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/PCI/PCIEBUS-HOWTO.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6bd5f372a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/PCI/PCIEBUS-HOWTO.txt @@ -0,0 +1,217 @@ + The PCI Express Port Bus Driver Guide HOWTO + Tom L Nguyen tom.l.nguyen@intel.com + 11/03/2004 + +1. About this guide + +This guide describes the basics of the PCI Express Port Bus driver +and provides information on how to enable the service drivers to +register/unregister with the PCI Express Port Bus Driver. + +2. Copyright 2004 Intel Corporation + +3. What is the PCI Express Port Bus Driver + +A PCI Express Port is a logical PCI-PCI Bridge structure. There +are two types of PCI Express Port: the Root Port and the Switch +Port. The Root Port originates a PCI Express link from a PCI Express +Root Complex and the Switch Port connects PCI Express links to +internal logical PCI buses. The Switch Port, which has its secondary +bus representing the switch's internal routing logic, is called the +switch's Upstream Port. The switch's Downstream Port is bridging from +switch's internal routing bus to a bus representing the downstream +PCI Express link from the PCI Express Switch. + +A PCI Express Port can provide up to four distinct functions, +referred to in this document as services, depending on its port type. +PCI Express Port's services include native hotplug support (HP), +power management event support (PME), advanced error reporting +support (AER), and virtual channel support (VC). These services may +be handled by a single complex driver or be individually distributed +and handled by corresponding service drivers. + +4. Why use the PCI Express Port Bus Driver? + +In existing Linux kernels, the Linux Device Driver Model allows a +physical device to be handled by only a single driver. The PCI +Express Port is a PCI-PCI Bridge device with multiple distinct +services. To maintain a clean and simple solution each service +may have its own software service driver. In this case several +service drivers will compete for a single PCI-PCI Bridge device. +For example, if the PCI Express Root Port native hotplug service +driver is loaded first, it claims a PCI-PCI Bridge Root Port. The +kernel therefore does not load other service drivers for that Root +Port. In other words, it is impossible to have multiple service +drivers load and run on a PCI-PCI Bridge device simultaneously +using the current driver model. + +To enable multiple service drivers running simultaneously requires +having a PCI Express Port Bus driver, which manages all populated +PCI Express Ports and distributes all provided service requests +to the corresponding service drivers as required. Some key +advantages of using the PCI Express Port Bus driver are listed below: + + - Allow multiple service drivers to run simultaneously on + a PCI-PCI Bridge Port device. + + - Allow service drivers implemented in an independent + staged approach. + + - Allow one service driver to run on multiple PCI-PCI Bridge + Port devices. + + - Manage and distribute resources of a PCI-PCI Bridge Port + device to requested service drivers. + +5. Configuring the PCI Express Port Bus Driver vs. Service Drivers + +5.1 Including the PCI Express Port Bus Driver Support into the Kernel + +Including the PCI Express Port Bus driver depends on whether the PCI +Express support is included in the kernel config. The kernel will +automatically include the PCI Express Port Bus driver as a kernel +driver when the PCI Express support is enabled in the kernel. + +5.2 Enabling Service Driver Support + +PCI device drivers are implemented based on Linux Device Driver Model. +All service drivers are PCI device drivers. As discussed above, it is +impossible to load any service driver once the kernel has loaded the +PCI Express Port Bus Driver. To meet the PCI Express Port Bus Driver +Model requires some minimal changes on existing service drivers that +imposes no impact on the functionality of existing service drivers. + +A service driver is required to use the two APIs shown below to +register its service with the PCI Express Port Bus driver (see +section 5.2.1 & 5.2.2). It is important that a service driver +initializes the pcie_port_service_driver data structure, included in +header file /include/linux/pcieport_if.h, before calling these APIs. +Failure to do so will result an identity mismatch, which prevents +the PCI Express Port Bus driver from loading a service driver. + +5.2.1 pcie_port_service_register + +int pcie_port_service_register(struct pcie_port_service_driver *new) + +This API replaces the Linux Driver Model's pci_register_driver API. A +service driver should always calls pcie_port_service_register at +module init. Note that after service driver being loaded, calls +such as pci_enable_device(dev) and pci_set_master(dev) are no longer +necessary since these calls are executed by the PCI Port Bus driver. + +5.2.2 pcie_port_service_unregister + +void pcie_port_service_unregister(struct pcie_port_service_driver *new) + +pcie_port_service_unregister replaces the Linux Driver Model's +pci_unregister_driver. It's always called by service driver when a +module exits. + +5.2.3 Sample Code + +Below is sample service driver code to initialize the port service +driver data structure. + +static struct pcie_port_service_id service_id[] = { { + .vendor = PCI_ANY_ID, + .device = PCI_ANY_ID, + .port_type = PCIE_RC_PORT, + .service_type = PCIE_PORT_SERVICE_AER, + }, { /* end: all zeroes */ } +}; + +static struct pcie_port_service_driver root_aerdrv = { + .name = (char *)device_name, + .id_table = &service_id[0], + + .probe = aerdrv_load, + .remove = aerdrv_unload, + + .suspend = aerdrv_suspend, + .resume = aerdrv_resume, +}; + +Below is a sample code for registering/unregistering a service +driver. + +static int __init aerdrv_service_init(void) +{ + int retval = 0; + + retval = pcie_port_service_register(&root_aerdrv); + if (!retval) { + /* + * FIX ME + */ + } + return retval; +} + +static void __exit aerdrv_service_exit(void) +{ + pcie_port_service_unregister(&root_aerdrv); +} + +module_init(aerdrv_service_init); +module_exit(aerdrv_service_exit); + +6. Possible Resource Conflicts + +Since all service drivers of a PCI-PCI Bridge Port device are +allowed to run simultaneously, below lists a few of possible resource +conflicts with proposed solutions. + +6.1 MSI Vector Resource + +The MSI capability structure enables a device software driver to call +pci_enable_msi to request MSI based interrupts. Once MSI interrupts +are enabled on a device, it stays in this mode until a device driver +calls pci_disable_msi to disable MSI interrupts and revert back to +INTx emulation mode. Since service drivers of the same PCI-PCI Bridge +port share the same physical device, if an individual service driver +calls pci_enable_msi/pci_disable_msi it may result unpredictable +behavior. For example, two service drivers run simultaneously on the +same physical Root Port. Both service drivers call pci_enable_msi to +request MSI based interrupts. A service driver may not know whether +any other service drivers have run on this Root Port. If either one +of them calls pci_disable_msi, it puts the other service driver +in a wrong interrupt mode. + +To avoid this situation all service drivers are not permitted to +switch interrupt mode on its device. The PCI Express Port Bus driver +is responsible for determining the interrupt mode and this should be +transparent to service drivers. Service drivers need to know only +the vector IRQ assigned to the field irq of struct pcie_device, which +is passed in when the PCI Express Port Bus driver probes each service +driver. Service drivers should use (struct pcie_device*)dev->irq to +call request_irq/free_irq. In addition, the interrupt mode is stored +in the field interrupt_mode of struct pcie_device. + +6.2 MSI-X Vector Resources + +Similar to the MSI a device driver for an MSI-X capable device can +call pci_enable_msix to request MSI-X interrupts. All service drivers +are not permitted to switch interrupt mode on its device. The PCI +Express Port Bus driver is responsible for determining the interrupt +mode and this should be transparent to service drivers. Any attempt +by service driver to call pci_enable_msix/pci_disable_msix may +result unpredictable behavior. Service drivers should use +(struct pcie_device*)dev->irq and call request_irq/free_irq. + +6.3 PCI Memory/IO Mapped Regions + +Service drivers for PCI Express Power Management (PME), Advanced +Error Reporting (AER), Hot-Plug (HP) and Virtual Channel (VC) access +PCI configuration space on the PCI Express port. In all cases the +registers accessed are independent of each other. This patch assumes +that all service drivers will be well behaved and not overwrite +other service driver's configuration settings. + +6.4 PCI Config Registers + +Each service driver runs its PCI config operations on its own +capability structure except the PCI Express capability structure, in +which Root Control register and Device Control register are shared +between PME and AER. This patch assumes that all service drivers +will be well behaved and not overwrite other service driver's +configuration settings. diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt b/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac26869c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt @@ -0,0 +1,431 @@ + + PCI Error Recovery + ------------------ + February 2, 2006 + + Current document maintainer: + Linas Vepstas + updated by Richard Lary + and Mike Mason on 27-Jul-2009 + + +Many PCI bus controllers are able to detect a variety of hardware +PCI errors on the bus, such as parity errors on the data and address +busses, as well as SERR and PERR errors. Some of the more advanced +chipsets are able to deal with these errors; these include PCI-E chipsets, +and the PCI-host bridges found on IBM Power4, Power5 and Power6-based +pSeries boxes. A typical action taken is to disconnect the affected device, +halting all I/O to it. The goal of a disconnection is to avoid system +corruption; for example, to halt system memory corruption due to DMA's +to "wild" addresses. Typically, a reconnection mechanism is also +offered, so that the affected PCI device(s) are reset and put back +into working condition. The reset phase requires coordination +between the affected device drivers and the PCI controller chip. +This document describes a generic API for notifying device drivers +of a bus disconnection, and then performing error recovery. +This API is currently implemented in the 2.6.16 and later kernels. + +Reporting and recovery is performed in several steps. First, when +a PCI hardware error has resulted in a bus disconnect, that event +is reported as soon as possible to all affected device drivers, +including multiple instances of a device driver on multi-function +cards. This allows device drivers to avoid deadlocking in spinloops, +waiting for some i/o-space register to change, when it never will. +It also gives the drivers a chance to defer incoming I/O as +needed. + +Next, recovery is performed in several stages. Most of the complexity +is forced by the need to handle multi-function devices, that is, +devices that have multiple device drivers associated with them. +In the first stage, each driver is allowed to indicate what type +of reset it desires, the choices being a simple re-enabling of I/O +or requesting a slot reset. + +If any driver requests a slot reset, that is what will be done. + +After a reset and/or a re-enabling of I/O, all drivers are +again notified, so that they may then perform any device setup/config +that may be required. After these have all completed, a final +"resume normal operations" event is sent out. + +The biggest reason for choosing a kernel-based implementation rather +than a user-space implementation was the need to deal with bus +disconnects of PCI devices attached to storage media, and, in particular, +disconnects from devices holding the root file system. If the root +file system is disconnected, a user-space mechanism would have to go +through a large number of contortions to complete recovery. Almost all +of the current Linux file systems are not tolerant of disconnection +from/reconnection to their underlying block device. By contrast, +bus errors are easy to manage in the device driver. Indeed, most +device drivers already handle very similar recovery procedures; +for example, the SCSI-generic layer already provides significant +mechanisms for dealing with SCSI bus errors and SCSI bus resets. + + +Detailed Design +--------------- +Design and implementation details below, based on a chain of +public email discussions with Ben Herrenschmidt, circa 5 April 2005. + +The error recovery API support is exposed to the driver in the form of +a structure of function pointers pointed to by a new field in struct +pci_driver. A driver that fails to provide the structure is "non-aware", +and the actual recovery steps taken are platform dependent. The +arch/powerpc implementation will simulate a PCI hotplug remove/add. + +This structure has the form: +struct pci_error_handlers +{ + int (*error_detected)(struct pci_dev *dev, enum pci_channel_state); + int (*mmio_enabled)(struct pci_dev *dev); + int (*link_reset)(struct pci_dev *dev); + int (*slot_reset)(struct pci_dev *dev); + void (*resume)(struct pci_dev *dev); +}; + +The possible channel states are: +enum pci_channel_state { + pci_channel_io_normal, /* I/O channel is in normal state */ + pci_channel_io_frozen, /* I/O to channel is blocked */ + pci_channel_io_perm_failure, /* PCI card is dead */ +}; + +Possible return values are: +enum pci_ers_result { + PCI_ERS_RESULT_NONE, /* no result/none/not supported in device driver */ + PCI_ERS_RESULT_CAN_RECOVER, /* Device driver can recover without slot reset */ + PCI_ERS_RESULT_NEED_RESET, /* Device driver wants slot to be reset. */ + PCI_ERS_RESULT_DISCONNECT, /* Device has completely failed, is unrecoverable */ + PCI_ERS_RESULT_RECOVERED, /* Device driver is fully recovered and operational */ +}; + +A driver does not have to implement all of these callbacks; however, +if it implements any, it must implement error_detected(). If a callback +is not implemented, the corresponding feature is considered unsupported. +For example, if mmio_enabled() and resume() aren't there, then it +is assumed that the driver is not doing any direct recovery and requires +a slot reset. If link_reset() is not implemented, the card is assumed to +not care about link resets. Typically a driver will want to know about +a slot_reset(). + +The actual steps taken by a platform to recover from a PCI error +event will be platform-dependent, but will follow the general +sequence described below. + +STEP 0: Error Event +------------------- +A PCI bus error is detected by the PCI hardware. On powerpc, the slot +is isolated, in that all I/O is blocked: all reads return 0xffffffff, +all writes are ignored. + + +STEP 1: Notification +-------------------- +Platform calls the error_detected() callback on every instance of +every driver affected by the error. + +At this point, the device might not be accessible anymore, depending on +the platform (the slot will be isolated on powerpc). The driver may +already have "noticed" the error because of a failing I/O, but this +is the proper "synchronization point", that is, it gives the driver +a chance to cleanup, waiting for pending stuff (timers, whatever, etc...) +to complete; it can take semaphores, schedule, etc... everything but +touch the device. Within this function and after it returns, the driver +shouldn't do any new IOs. Called in task context. This is sort of a +"quiesce" point. See note about interrupts at the end of this doc. + +All drivers participating in this system must implement this call. +The driver must return one of the following result codes: + - PCI_ERS_RESULT_CAN_RECOVER: + Driver returns this if it thinks it might be able to recover + the HW by just banging IOs or if it wants to be given + a chance to extract some diagnostic information (see + mmio_enable, below). + - PCI_ERS_RESULT_NEED_RESET: + Driver returns this if it can't recover without a + slot reset. + - PCI_ERS_RESULT_DISCONNECT: + Driver returns this if it doesn't want to recover at all. + +The next step taken will depend on the result codes returned by the +drivers. + +If all drivers on the segment/slot return PCI_ERS_RESULT_CAN_RECOVER, +then the platform should re-enable IOs on the slot (or do nothing in +particular, if the platform doesn't isolate slots), and recovery +proceeds to STEP 2 (MMIO Enable). + +If any driver requested a slot reset (by returning PCI_ERS_RESULT_NEED_RESET), +then recovery proceeds to STEP 4 (Slot Reset). + +If the platform is unable to recover the slot, the next step +is STEP 6 (Permanent Failure). + +>>> The current powerpc implementation assumes that a device driver will +>>> *not* schedule or semaphore in this routine; the current powerpc +>>> implementation uses one kernel thread to notify all devices; +>>> thus, if one device sleeps/schedules, all devices are affected. +>>> Doing better requires complex multi-threaded logic in the error +>>> recovery implementation (e.g. waiting for all notification threads +>>> to "join" before proceeding with recovery.) This seems excessively +>>> complex and not worth implementing. + +>>> The current powerpc implementation doesn't much care if the device +>>> attempts I/O at this point, or not. I/O's will fail, returning +>>> a value of 0xff on read, and writes will be dropped. If more than +>>> EEH_MAX_FAILS I/O's are attempted to a frozen adapter, EEH +>>> assumes that the device driver has gone into an infinite loop +>>> and prints an error to syslog. A reboot is then required to +>>> get the device working again. + +STEP 2: MMIO Enabled +------------------- +The platform re-enables MMIO to the device (but typically not the +DMA), and then calls the mmio_enabled() callback on all affected +device drivers. + +This is the "early recovery" call. IOs are allowed again, but DMA is +not, with some restrictions. This is NOT a callback for the driver to +start operations again, only to peek/poke at the device, extract diagnostic +information, if any, and eventually do things like trigger a device local +reset or some such, but not restart operations. This callback is made if +all drivers on a segment agree that they can try to recover and if no automatic +link reset was performed by the HW. If the platform can't just re-enable IOs +without a slot reset or a link reset, it will not call this callback, and +instead will have gone directly to STEP 3 (Link Reset) or STEP 4 (Slot Reset) + +>>> The following is proposed; no platform implements this yet: +>>> Proposal: All I/O's should be done _synchronously_ from within +>>> this callback, errors triggered by them will be returned via +>>> the normal pci_check_whatever() API, no new error_detected() +>>> callback will be issued due to an error happening here. However, +>>> such an error might cause IOs to be re-blocked for the whole +>>> segment, and thus invalidate the recovery that other devices +>>> on the same segment might have done, forcing the whole segment +>>> into one of the next states, that is, link reset or slot reset. + +The driver should return one of the following result codes: + - PCI_ERS_RESULT_RECOVERED + Driver returns this if it thinks the device is fully + functional and thinks it is ready to start + normal driver operations again. There is no + guarantee that the driver will actually be + allowed to proceed, as another driver on the + same segment might have failed and thus triggered a + slot reset on platforms that support it. + + - PCI_ERS_RESULT_NEED_RESET + Driver returns this if it thinks the device is not + recoverable in its current state and it needs a slot + reset to proceed. + + - PCI_ERS_RESULT_DISCONNECT + Same as above. Total failure, no recovery even after + reset driver dead. (To be defined more precisely) + +The next step taken depends on the results returned by the drivers. +If all drivers returned PCI_ERS_RESULT_RECOVERED, then the platform +proceeds to either STEP3 (Link Reset) or to STEP 5 (Resume Operations). + +If any driver returned PCI_ERS_RESULT_NEED_RESET, then the platform +proceeds to STEP 4 (Slot Reset) + +STEP 3: Link Reset +------------------ +The platform resets the link, and then calls the link_reset() callback +on all affected device drivers. This is a PCI-Express specific state +and is done whenever a non-fatal error has been detected that can be +"solved" by resetting the link. This call informs the driver of the +reset and the driver should check to see if the device appears to be +in working condition. + +The driver is not supposed to restart normal driver I/O operations +at this point. It should limit itself to "probing" the device to +check its recoverability status. If all is right, then the platform +will call resume() once all drivers have ack'd link_reset(). + + Result codes: + (identical to STEP 3 (MMIO Enabled) + +The platform then proceeds to either STEP 4 (Slot Reset) or STEP 5 +(Resume Operations). + +>>> The current powerpc implementation does not implement this callback. + +STEP 4: Slot Reset +------------------ + +In response to a return value of PCI_ERS_RESULT_NEED_RESET, the +the platform will perform a slot reset on the requesting PCI device(s). +The actual steps taken by a platform to perform a slot reset +will be platform-dependent. Upon completion of slot reset, the +platform will call the device slot_reset() callback. + +Powerpc platforms implement two levels of slot reset: +soft reset(default) and fundamental(optional) reset. + +Powerpc soft reset consists of asserting the adapter #RST line and then +restoring the PCI BAR's and PCI configuration header to a state +that is equivalent to what it would be after a fresh system +power-on followed by power-on BIOS/system firmware initialization. +Soft reset is also known as hot-reset. + +Powerpc fundamental reset is supported by PCI Express cards only +and results in device's state machines, hardware logic, port states and +configuration registers to initialize to their default conditions. + +For most PCI devices, a soft reset will be sufficient for recovery. +Optional fundamental reset is provided to support a limited number +of PCI Express PCI devices for which a soft reset is not sufficient +for recovery. + +If the platform supports PCI hotplug, then the reset might be +performed by toggling the slot electrical power off/on. + +It is important for the platform to restore the PCI config space +to the "fresh poweron" state, rather than the "last state". After +a slot reset, the device driver will almost always use its standard +device initialization routines, and an unusual config space setup +may result in hung devices, kernel panics, or silent data corruption. + +This call gives drivers the chance to re-initialize the hardware +(re-download firmware, etc.). At this point, the driver may assume +that the card is in a fresh state and is fully functional. The slot +is unfrozen and the driver has full access to PCI config space, +memory mapped I/O space and DMA. Interrupts (Legacy, MSI, or MSI-X) +will also be available. + +Drivers should not restart normal I/O processing operations +at this point. If all device drivers report success on this +callback, the platform will call resume() to complete the sequence, +and let the driver restart normal I/O processing. + +A driver can still return a critical failure for this function if +it can't get the device operational after reset. If the platform +previously tried a soft reset, it might now try a hard reset (power +cycle) and then call slot_reset() again. It the device still can't +be recovered, there is nothing more that can be done; the platform +will typically report a "permanent failure" in such a case. The +device will be considered "dead" in this case. + +Drivers for multi-function cards will need to coordinate among +themselves as to which driver instance will perform any "one-shot" +or global device initialization. For example, the Symbios sym53cxx2 +driver performs device init only from PCI function 0: + ++ if (PCI_FUNC(pdev->devfn) == 0) ++ sym_reset_scsi_bus(np, 0); + + Result codes: + - PCI_ERS_RESULT_DISCONNECT + Same as above. + +Drivers for PCI Express cards that require a fundamental reset must +set the needs_freset bit in the pci_dev structure in their probe function. +For example, the QLogic qla2xxx driver sets the needs_freset bit for certain +PCI card types: + ++ /* Set EEH reset type to fundamental if required by hba */ ++ if (IS_QLA24XX(ha) || IS_QLA25XX(ha) || IS_QLA81XX(ha)) ++ pdev->needs_freset = 1; ++ + +Platform proceeds either to STEP 5 (Resume Operations) or STEP 6 (Permanent +Failure). + +>>> The current powerpc implementation does not try a power-cycle +>>> reset if the driver returned PCI_ERS_RESULT_DISCONNECT. +>>> However, it probably should. + + +STEP 5: Resume Operations +------------------------- +The platform will call the resume() callback on all affected device +drivers if all drivers on the segment have returned +PCI_ERS_RESULT_RECOVERED from one of the 3 previous callbacks. +The goal of this callback is to tell the driver to restart activity, +that everything is back and running. This callback does not return +a result code. + +At this point, if a new error happens, the platform will restart +a new error recovery sequence. + +STEP 6: Permanent Failure +------------------------- +A "permanent failure" has occurred, and the platform cannot recover +the device. The platform will call error_detected() with a +pci_channel_state value of pci_channel_io_perm_failure. + +The device driver should, at this point, assume the worst. It should +cancel all pending I/O, refuse all new I/O, returning -EIO to +higher layers. The device driver should then clean up all of its +memory and remove itself from kernel operations, much as it would +during system shutdown. + +The platform will typically notify the system operator of the +permanent failure in some way. If the device is hotplug-capable, +the operator will probably want to remove and replace the device. +Note, however, not all failures are truly "permanent". Some are +caused by over-heating, some by a poorly seated card. Many +PCI error events are caused by software bugs, e.g. DMA's to +wild addresses or bogus split transactions due to programming +errors. See the discussion in powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.txt +for additional detail on real-life experience of the causes of +software errors. + + +Conclusion; General Remarks +--------------------------- +The way the callbacks are called is platform policy. A platform with +no slot reset capability may want to just "ignore" drivers that can't +recover (disconnect them) and try to let other cards on the same segment +recover. Keep in mind that in most real life cases, though, there will +be only one driver per segment. + +Now, a note about interrupts. If you get an interrupt and your +device is dead or has been isolated, there is a problem :) +The current policy is to turn this into a platform policy. +That is, the recovery API only requires that: + + - There is no guarantee that interrupt delivery can proceed from any +device on the segment starting from the error detection and until the +slot_reset callback is called, at which point interrupts are expected +to be fully operational. + + - There is no guarantee that interrupt delivery is stopped, that is, +a driver that gets an interrupt after detecting an error, or that detects +an error within the interrupt handler such that it prevents proper +ack'ing of the interrupt (and thus removal of the source) should just +return IRQ_NOTHANDLED. It's up to the platform to deal with that +condition, typically by masking the IRQ source during the duration of +the error handling. It is expected that the platform "knows" which +interrupts are routed to error-management capable slots and can deal +with temporarily disabling that IRQ number during error processing (this +isn't terribly complex). That means some IRQ latency for other devices +sharing the interrupt, but there is simply no other way. High end +platforms aren't supposed to share interrupts between many devices +anyway :) + +>>> Implementation details for the powerpc platform are discussed in +>>> the file Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.txt + +>>> As of this writing, there is a growing list of device drivers with +>>> patches implementing error recovery. Not all of these patches are in +>>> mainline yet. These may be used as "examples": +>>> +>>> drivers/scsi/ipr +>>> drivers/scsi/sym53c8xx_2 +>>> drivers/scsi/qla2xxx +>>> drivers/scsi/lpfc +>>> drivers/next/bnx2.c +>>> drivers/next/e100.c +>>> drivers/net/e1000 +>>> drivers/net/e1000e +>>> drivers/net/ixgb +>>> drivers/net/ixgbe +>>> drivers/net/cxgb3 +>>> drivers/net/s2io.c +>>> drivers/net/qlge + +The End +------- diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/pci-iov-howto.txt b/Documentation/PCI/pci-iov-howto.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2d91ae251 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/PCI/pci-iov-howto.txt @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ + PCI Express I/O Virtualization Howto + Copyright (C) 2009 Intel Corporation + Yu Zhao + + Update: November 2012 + -- sysfs-based SRIOV enable-/disable-ment + Donald Dutile + +1. Overview + +1.1 What is SR-IOV + +Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) is a PCI Express Extended +capability which makes one physical device appear as multiple virtual +devices. The physical device is referred to as Physical Function (PF) +while the virtual devices are referred to as Virtual Functions (VF). +Allocation of the VF can be dynamically controlled by the PF via +registers encapsulated in the capability. By default, this feature is +not enabled and the PF behaves as traditional PCIe device. Once it's +turned on, each VF's PCI configuration space can be accessed by its own +Bus, Device and Function Number (Routing ID). And each VF also has PCI +Memory Space, which is used to map its register set. VF device driver +operates on the register set so it can be functional and appear as a +real existing PCI device. + +2. User Guide + +2.1 How can I enable SR-IOV capability + +Multiple methods are available for SR-IOV enablement. +In the first method, the device driver (PF driver) will control the +enabling and disabling of the capability via API provided by SR-IOV core. +If the hardware has SR-IOV capability, loading its PF driver would +enable it and all VFs associated with the PF. Some PF drivers require +a module parameter to be set to determine the number of VFs to enable. +In the second method, a write to the sysfs file sriov_numvfs will +enable and disable the VFs associated with a PCIe PF. This method +enables per-PF, VF enable/disable values versus the first method, +which applies to all PFs of the same device. Additionally, the +PCI SRIOV core support ensures that enable/disable operations are +valid to reduce duplication in multiple drivers for the same +checks, e.g., check numvfs == 0 if enabling VFs, ensure +numvfs <= totalvfs. +The second method is the recommended method for new/future VF devices. + +2.2 How can I use the Virtual Functions + +The VF is treated as hot-plugged PCI devices in the kernel, so they +should be able to work in the same way as real PCI devices. The VF +requires device driver that is same as a normal PCI device's. + +3. Developer Guide + +3.1 SR-IOV API + +To enable SR-IOV capability: +(a) For the first method, in the driver: + int pci_enable_sriov(struct pci_dev *dev, int nr_virtfn); + 'nr_virtfn' is number of VFs to be enabled. +(b) For the second method, from sysfs: + echo 'nr_virtfn' > \ + /sys/bus/pci/devices//sriov_numvfs + +To disable SR-IOV capability: +(a) For the first method, in the driver: + void pci_disable_sriov(struct pci_dev *dev); +(b) For the second method, from sysfs: + echo 0 > \ + /sys/bus/pci/devices//sriov_numvfs + +3.2 Usage example + +Following piece of code illustrates the usage of the SR-IOV API. + +static int dev_probe(struct pci_dev *dev, const struct pci_device_id *id) +{ + pci_enable_sriov(dev, NR_VIRTFN); + + ... + + return 0; +} + +static void dev_remove(struct pci_dev *dev) +{ + pci_disable_sriov(dev); + + ... +} + +static int dev_suspend(struct pci_dev *dev, pm_message_t state) +{ + ... + + return 0; +} + +static int dev_resume(struct pci_dev *dev) +{ + ... + + return 0; +} + +static void dev_shutdown(struct pci_dev *dev) +{ + ... +} + +static int dev_sriov_configure(struct pci_dev *dev, int numvfs) +{ + if (numvfs > 0) { + ... + pci_enable_sriov(dev, numvfs); + ... + return numvfs; + } + if (numvfs == 0) { + .... + pci_disable_sriov(dev); + ... + return 0; + } +} + +static struct pci_driver dev_driver = { + .name = "SR-IOV Physical Function driver", + .id_table = dev_id_table, + .probe = dev_probe, + .remove = dev_remove, + .suspend = dev_suspend, + .resume = dev_resume, + .shutdown = dev_shutdown, + .sriov_configure = dev_sriov_configure, +}; diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt b/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..123881f62 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt @@ -0,0 +1,635 @@ + + How To Write Linux PCI Drivers + + by Martin Mares on 07-Feb-2000 + updated by Grant Grundler on 23-Dec-2006 + +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +The world of PCI is vast and full of (mostly unpleasant) surprises. +Since each CPU architecture implements different chip-sets and PCI devices +have different requirements (erm, "features"), the result is the PCI support +in the Linux kernel is not as trivial as one would wish. This short paper +tries to introduce all potential driver authors to Linux APIs for +PCI device drivers. + +A more complete resource is the third edition of "Linux Device Drivers" +by Jonathan Corbet, Alessandro Rubini, and Greg Kroah-Hartman. +LDD3 is available for free (under Creative Commons License) from: + + http://lwn.net/Kernel/LDD3/ + +However, keep in mind that all documents are subject to "bit rot". +Refer to the source code if things are not working as described here. + +Please send questions/comments/patches about Linux PCI API to the +"Linux PCI" mailing list. + + + +0. Structure of PCI drivers +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +PCI drivers "discover" PCI devices in a system via pci_register_driver(). +Actually, it's the other way around. When the PCI generic code discovers +a new device, the driver with a matching "description" will be notified. +Details on this below. + +pci_register_driver() leaves most of the probing for devices to +the PCI layer and supports online insertion/removal of devices [thus +supporting hot-pluggable PCI, CardBus, and Express-Card in a single driver]. +pci_register_driver() call requires passing in a table of function +pointers and thus dictates the high level structure of a driver. + +Once the driver knows about a PCI device and takes ownership, the +driver generally needs to perform the following initialization: + + Enable the device + Request MMIO/IOP resources + Set the DMA mask size (for both coherent and streaming DMA) + Allocate and initialize shared control data (pci_allocate_coherent()) + Access device configuration space (if needed) + Register IRQ handler (request_irq()) + Initialize non-PCI (i.e. LAN/SCSI/etc parts of the chip) + Enable DMA/processing engines + +When done using the device, and perhaps the module needs to be unloaded, +the driver needs to take the follow steps: + Disable the device from generating IRQs + Release the IRQ (free_irq()) + Stop all DMA activity + Release DMA buffers (both streaming and coherent) + Unregister from other subsystems (e.g. scsi or netdev) + Release MMIO/IOP resources + Disable the device + +Most of these topics are covered in the following sections. +For the rest look at LDD3 or . + +If the PCI subsystem is not configured (CONFIG_PCI is not set), most of +the PCI functions described below are defined as inline functions either +completely empty or just returning an appropriate error codes to avoid +lots of ifdefs in the drivers. + + + +1. pci_register_driver() call +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +PCI device drivers call pci_register_driver() during their +initialization with a pointer to a structure describing the driver +(struct pci_driver): + + field name Description + ---------- ------------------------------------------------------ + id_table Pointer to table of device ID's the driver is + interested in. Most drivers should export this + table using MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(pci,...). + + probe This probing function gets called (during execution + of pci_register_driver() for already existing + devices or later if a new device gets inserted) for + all PCI devices which match the ID table and are not + "owned" by the other drivers yet. This function gets + passed a "struct pci_dev *" for each device whose + entry in the ID table matches the device. The probe + function returns zero when the driver chooses to + take "ownership" of the device or an error code + (negative number) otherwise. + The probe function always gets called from process + context, so it can sleep. + + remove The remove() function gets called whenever a device + being handled by this driver is removed (either during + deregistration of the driver or when it's manually + pulled out of a hot-pluggable slot). + The remove function always gets called from process + context, so it can sleep. + + suspend Put device into low power state. + suspend_late Put device into low power state. + + resume_early Wake device from low power state. + resume Wake device from low power state. + + (Please see Documentation/power/pci.txt for descriptions + of PCI Power Management and the related functions.) + + shutdown Hook into reboot_notifier_list (kernel/sys.c). + Intended to stop any idling DMA operations. + Useful for enabling wake-on-lan (NIC) or changing + the power state of a device before reboot. + e.g. drivers/net/e100.c. + + err_handler See Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt + + +The ID table is an array of struct pci_device_id entries ending with an +all-zero entry. Definitions with static const are generally preferred. +Use of the deprecated macro DEFINE_PCI_DEVICE_TABLE should be avoided. + +Each entry consists of: + + vendor,device Vendor and device ID to match (or PCI_ANY_ID) + + subvendor, Subsystem vendor and device ID to match (or PCI_ANY_ID) + subdevice, + + class Device class, subclass, and "interface" to match. + See Appendix D of the PCI Local Bus Spec or + include/linux/pci_ids.h for a full list of classes. + Most drivers do not need to specify class/class_mask + as vendor/device is normally sufficient. + + class_mask limit which sub-fields of the class field are compared. + See drivers/scsi/sym53c8xx_2/ for example of usage. + + driver_data Data private to the driver. + Most drivers don't need to use driver_data field. + Best practice is to use driver_data as an index + into a static list of equivalent device types, + instead of using it as a pointer. + + +Most drivers only need PCI_DEVICE() or PCI_DEVICE_CLASS() to set up +a pci_device_id table. + +New PCI IDs may be added to a device driver pci_ids table at runtime +as shown below: + +echo "vendor device subvendor subdevice class class_mask driver_data" > \ +/sys/bus/pci/drivers/{driver}/new_id + +All fields are passed in as hexadecimal values (no leading 0x). +The vendor and device fields are mandatory, the others are optional. Users +need pass only as many optional fields as necessary: + o subvendor and subdevice fields default to PCI_ANY_ID (FFFFFFFF) + o class and classmask fields default to 0 + o driver_data defaults to 0UL. + +Note that driver_data must match the value used by any of the pci_device_id +entries defined in the driver. This makes the driver_data field mandatory +if all the pci_device_id entries have a non-zero driver_data value. + +Once added, the driver probe routine will be invoked for any unclaimed +PCI devices listed in its (newly updated) pci_ids list. + +When the driver exits, it just calls pci_unregister_driver() and the PCI layer +automatically calls the remove hook for all devices handled by the driver. + + +1.1 "Attributes" for driver functions/data + +Please mark the initialization and cleanup functions where appropriate +(the corresponding macros are defined in ): + + __init Initialization code. Thrown away after the driver + initializes. + __exit Exit code. Ignored for non-modular drivers. + +Tips on when/where to use the above attributes: + o The module_init()/module_exit() functions (and all + initialization functions called _only_ from these) + should be marked __init/__exit. + + o Do not mark the struct pci_driver. + + o Do NOT mark a function if you are not sure which mark to use. + Better to not mark the function than mark the function wrong. + + + +2. How to find PCI devices manually +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +PCI drivers should have a really good reason for not using the +pci_register_driver() interface to search for PCI devices. +The main reason PCI devices are controlled by multiple drivers +is because one PCI device implements several different HW services. +E.g. combined serial/parallel port/floppy controller. + +A manual search may be performed using the following constructs: + +Searching by vendor and device ID: + + struct pci_dev *dev = NULL; + while (dev = pci_get_device(VENDOR_ID, DEVICE_ID, dev)) + configure_device(dev); + +Searching by class ID (iterate in a similar way): + + pci_get_class(CLASS_ID, dev) + +Searching by both vendor/device and subsystem vendor/device ID: + + pci_get_subsys(VENDOR_ID,DEVICE_ID, SUBSYS_VENDOR_ID, SUBSYS_DEVICE_ID, dev). + +You can use the constant PCI_ANY_ID as a wildcard replacement for +VENDOR_ID or DEVICE_ID. This allows searching for any device from a +specific vendor, for example. + +These functions are hotplug-safe. They increment the reference count on +the pci_dev that they return. You must eventually (possibly at module unload) +decrement the reference count on these devices by calling pci_dev_put(). + + + +3. Device Initialization Steps +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +As noted in the introduction, most PCI drivers need the following steps +for device initialization: + + Enable the device + Request MMIO/IOP resources + Set the DMA mask size (for both coherent and streaming DMA) + Allocate and initialize shared control data (pci_allocate_coherent()) + Access device configuration space (if needed) + Register IRQ handler (request_irq()) + Initialize non-PCI (i.e. LAN/SCSI/etc parts of the chip) + Enable DMA/processing engines. + +The driver can access PCI config space registers at any time. +(Well, almost. When running BIST, config space can go away...but +that will just result in a PCI Bus Master Abort and config reads +will return garbage). + + +3.1 Enable the PCI device +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Before touching any device registers, the driver needs to enable +the PCI device by calling pci_enable_device(). This will: + o wake up the device if it was in suspended state, + o allocate I/O and memory regions of the device (if BIOS did not), + o allocate an IRQ (if BIOS did not). + +NOTE: pci_enable_device() can fail! Check the return value. + +[ OS BUG: we don't check resource allocations before enabling those + resources. The sequence would make more sense if we called + pci_request_resources() before calling pci_enable_device(). + Currently, the device drivers can't detect the bug when when two + devices have been allocated the same range. This is not a common + problem and unlikely to get fixed soon. + + This has been discussed before but not changed as of 2.6.19: + http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/3/2/194 +] + +pci_set_master() will enable DMA by setting the bus master bit +in the PCI_COMMAND register. It also fixes the latency timer value if +it's set to something bogus by the BIOS. pci_clear_master() will +disable DMA by clearing the bus master bit. + +If the PCI device can use the PCI Memory-Write-Invalidate transaction, +call pci_set_mwi(). This enables the PCI_COMMAND bit for Mem-Wr-Inval +and also ensures that the cache line size register is set correctly. +Check the return value of pci_set_mwi() as not all architectures +or chip-sets may support Memory-Write-Invalidate. Alternatively, +if Mem-Wr-Inval would be nice to have but is not required, call +pci_try_set_mwi() to have the system do its best effort at enabling +Mem-Wr-Inval. + + +3.2 Request MMIO/IOP resources +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Memory (MMIO), and I/O port addresses should NOT be read directly +from the PCI device config space. Use the values in the pci_dev structure +as the PCI "bus address" might have been remapped to a "host physical" +address by the arch/chip-set specific kernel support. + +See Documentation/io-mapping.txt for how to access device registers +or device memory. + +The device driver needs to call pci_request_region() to verify +no other device is already using the same address resource. +Conversely, drivers should call pci_release_region() AFTER +calling pci_disable_device(). +The idea is to prevent two devices colliding on the same address range. + +[ See OS BUG comment above. Currently (2.6.19), The driver can only + determine MMIO and IO Port resource availability _after_ calling + pci_enable_device(). ] + +Generic flavors of pci_request_region() are request_mem_region() +(for MMIO ranges) and request_region() (for IO Port ranges). +Use these for address resources that are not described by "normal" PCI +BARs. + +Also see pci_request_selected_regions() below. + + +3.3 Set the DMA mask size +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +[ If anything below doesn't make sense, please refer to + Documentation/DMA-API.txt. This section is just a reminder that + drivers need to indicate DMA capabilities of the device and is not + an authoritative source for DMA interfaces. ] + +While all drivers should explicitly indicate the DMA capability +(e.g. 32 or 64 bit) of the PCI bus master, devices with more than +32-bit bus master capability for streaming data need the driver +to "register" this capability by calling pci_set_dma_mask() with +appropriate parameters. In general this allows more efficient DMA +on systems where System RAM exists above 4G _physical_ address. + +Drivers for all PCI-X and PCIe compliant devices must call +pci_set_dma_mask() as they are 64-bit DMA devices. + +Similarly, drivers must also "register" this capability if the device +can directly address "consistent memory" in System RAM above 4G physical +address by calling pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(). +Again, this includes drivers for all PCI-X and PCIe compliant devices. +Many 64-bit "PCI" devices (before PCI-X) and some PCI-X devices are +64-bit DMA capable for payload ("streaming") data but not control +("consistent") data. + + +3.4 Setup shared control data +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Once the DMA masks are set, the driver can allocate "consistent" (a.k.a. shared) +memory. See Documentation/DMA-API.txt for a full description of +the DMA APIs. This section is just a reminder that it needs to be done +before enabling DMA on the device. + + +3.5 Initialize device registers +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Some drivers will need specific "capability" fields programmed +or other "vendor specific" register initialized or reset. +E.g. clearing pending interrupts. + + +3.6 Register IRQ handler +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +While calling request_irq() is the last step described here, +this is often just another intermediate step to initialize a device. +This step can often be deferred until the device is opened for use. + +All interrupt handlers for IRQ lines should be registered with IRQF_SHARED +and use the devid to map IRQs to devices (remember that all PCI IRQ lines +can be shared). + +request_irq() will associate an interrupt handler and device handle +with an interrupt number. Historically interrupt numbers represent +IRQ lines which run from the PCI device to the Interrupt controller. +With MSI and MSI-X (more below) the interrupt number is a CPU "vector". + +request_irq() also enables the interrupt. Make sure the device is +quiesced and does not have any interrupts pending before registering +the interrupt handler. + +MSI and MSI-X are PCI capabilities. Both are "Message Signaled Interrupts" +which deliver interrupts to the CPU via a DMA write to a Local APIC. +The fundamental difference between MSI and MSI-X is how multiple +"vectors" get allocated. MSI requires contiguous blocks of vectors +while MSI-X can allocate several individual ones. + +MSI capability can be enabled by calling pci_enable_msi() or +pci_enable_msix() before calling request_irq(). This causes +the PCI support to program CPU vector data into the PCI device +capability registers. + +If your PCI device supports both, try to enable MSI-X first. +Only one can be enabled at a time. Many architectures, chip-sets, +or BIOSes do NOT support MSI or MSI-X and the call to pci_enable_msi/msix +will fail. This is important to note since many drivers have +two (or more) interrupt handlers: one for MSI/MSI-X and another for IRQs. +They choose which handler to register with request_irq() based on the +return value from pci_enable_msi/msix(). + +There are (at least) two really good reasons for using MSI: +1) MSI is an exclusive interrupt vector by definition. + This means the interrupt handler doesn't have to verify + its device caused the interrupt. + +2) MSI avoids DMA/IRQ race conditions. DMA to host memory is guaranteed + to be visible to the host CPU(s) when the MSI is delivered. This + is important for both data coherency and avoiding stale control data. + This guarantee allows the driver to omit MMIO reads to flush + the DMA stream. + +See drivers/infiniband/hw/mthca/ or drivers/net/tg3.c for examples +of MSI/MSI-X usage. + + + +4. PCI device shutdown +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +When a PCI device driver is being unloaded, most of the following +steps need to be performed: + + Disable the device from generating IRQs + Release the IRQ (free_irq()) + Stop all DMA activity + Release DMA buffers (both streaming and consistent) + Unregister from other subsystems (e.g. scsi or netdev) + Disable device from responding to MMIO/IO Port addresses + Release MMIO/IO Port resource(s) + + +4.1 Stop IRQs on the device +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +How to do this is chip/device specific. If it's not done, it opens +the possibility of a "screaming interrupt" if (and only if) +the IRQ is shared with another device. + +When the shared IRQ handler is "unhooked", the remaining devices +using the same IRQ line will still need the IRQ enabled. Thus if the +"unhooked" device asserts IRQ line, the system will respond assuming +it was one of the remaining devices asserted the IRQ line. Since none +of the other devices will handle the IRQ, the system will "hang" until +it decides the IRQ isn't going to get handled and masks the IRQ (100,000 +iterations later). Once the shared IRQ is masked, the remaining devices +will stop functioning properly. Not a nice situation. + +This is another reason to use MSI or MSI-X if it's available. +MSI and MSI-X are defined to be exclusive interrupts and thus +are not susceptible to the "screaming interrupt" problem. + + +4.2 Release the IRQ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Once the device is quiesced (no more IRQs), one can call free_irq(). +This function will return control once any pending IRQs are handled, +"unhook" the drivers IRQ handler from that IRQ, and finally release +the IRQ if no one else is using it. + + +4.3 Stop all DMA activity +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +It's extremely important to stop all DMA operations BEFORE attempting +to deallocate DMA control data. Failure to do so can result in memory +corruption, hangs, and on some chip-sets a hard crash. + +Stopping DMA after stopping the IRQs can avoid races where the +IRQ handler might restart DMA engines. + +While this step sounds obvious and trivial, several "mature" drivers +didn't get this step right in the past. + + +4.4 Release DMA buffers +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Once DMA is stopped, clean up streaming DMA first. +I.e. unmap data buffers and return buffers to "upstream" +owners if there is one. + +Then clean up "consistent" buffers which contain the control data. + +See Documentation/DMA-API.txt for details on unmapping interfaces. + + +4.5 Unregister from other subsystems +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Most low level PCI device drivers support some other subsystem +like USB, ALSA, SCSI, NetDev, Infiniband, etc. Make sure your +driver isn't losing resources from that other subsystem. +If this happens, typically the symptom is an Oops (panic) when +the subsystem attempts to call into a driver that has been unloaded. + + +4.6 Disable Device from responding to MMIO/IO Port addresses +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +io_unmap() MMIO or IO Port resources and then call pci_disable_device(). +This is the symmetric opposite of pci_enable_device(). +Do not access device registers after calling pci_disable_device(). + + +4.7 Release MMIO/IO Port Resource(s) +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Call pci_release_region() to mark the MMIO or IO Port range as available. +Failure to do so usually results in the inability to reload the driver. + + + +5. How to access PCI config space +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +You can use pci_(read|write)_config_(byte|word|dword) to access the config +space of a device represented by struct pci_dev *. All these functions return 0 +when successful or an error code (PCIBIOS_...) which can be translated to a text +string by pcibios_strerror. Most drivers expect that accesses to valid PCI +devices don't fail. + +If you don't have a struct pci_dev available, you can call +pci_bus_(read|write)_config_(byte|word|dword) to access a given device +and function on that bus. + +If you access fields in the standard portion of the config header, please +use symbolic names of locations and bits declared in . + +If you need to access Extended PCI Capability registers, just call +pci_find_capability() for the particular capability and it will find the +corresponding register block for you. + + + +6. Other interesting functions +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +pci_get_domain_bus_and_slot() Find pci_dev corresponding to given domain, + bus and slot and number. If the device is + found, its reference count is increased. +pci_set_power_state() Set PCI Power Management state (0=D0 ... 3=D3) +pci_find_capability() Find specified capability in device's capability + list. +pci_resource_start() Returns bus start address for a given PCI region +pci_resource_end() Returns bus end address for a given PCI region +pci_resource_len() Returns the byte length of a PCI region +pci_set_drvdata() Set private driver data pointer for a pci_dev +pci_get_drvdata() Return private driver data pointer for a pci_dev +pci_set_mwi() Enable Memory-Write-Invalidate transactions. +pci_clear_mwi() Disable Memory-Write-Invalidate transactions. + + + +7. Miscellaneous hints +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +When displaying PCI device names to the user (for example when a driver wants +to tell the user what card has it found), please use pci_name(pci_dev). + +Always refer to the PCI devices by a pointer to the pci_dev structure. +All PCI layer functions use this identification and it's the only +reasonable one. Don't use bus/slot/function numbers except for very +special purposes -- on systems with multiple primary buses their semantics +can be pretty complex. + +Don't try to turn on Fast Back to Back writes in your driver. All devices +on the bus need to be capable of doing it, so this is something which needs +to be handled by platform and generic code, not individual drivers. + + + +8. Vendor and device identifications +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Do not add new device or vendor IDs to include/linux/pci_ids.h unless they +are shared across multiple drivers. You can add private definitions in +your driver if they're helpful, or just use plain hex constants. + +The device IDs are arbitrary hex numbers (vendor controlled) and normally used +only in a single location, the pci_device_id table. + +Please DO submit new vendor/device IDs to http://pciids.sourceforge.net/. + + + +9. Obsolete functions +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +There are several functions which you might come across when trying to +port an old driver to the new PCI interface. They are no longer present +in the kernel as they aren't compatible with hotplug or PCI domains or +having sane locking. + +pci_find_device() Superseded by pci_get_device() +pci_find_subsys() Superseded by pci_get_subsys() +pci_find_slot() Superseded by pci_get_domain_bus_and_slot() +pci_get_slot() Superseded by pci_get_domain_bus_and_slot() + + +The alternative is the traditional PCI device driver that walks PCI +device lists. This is still possible but discouraged. + + + +10. MMIO Space and "Write Posting" +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Converting a driver from using I/O Port space to using MMIO space +often requires some additional changes. Specifically, "write posting" +needs to be handled. Many drivers (e.g. tg3, acenic, sym53c8xx_2) +already do this. I/O Port space guarantees write transactions reach the PCI +device before the CPU can continue. Writes to MMIO space allow the CPU +to continue before the transaction reaches the PCI device. HW weenies +call this "Write Posting" because the write completion is "posted" to +the CPU before the transaction has reached its destination. + +Thus, timing sensitive code should add readl() where the CPU is +expected to wait before doing other work. The classic "bit banging" +sequence works fine for I/O Port space: + + for (i = 8; --i; val >>= 1) { + outb(val & 1, ioport_reg); /* write bit */ + udelay(10); + } + +The same sequence for MMIO space should be: + + for (i = 8; --i; val >>= 1) { + writeb(val & 1, mmio_reg); /* write bit */ + readb(safe_mmio_reg); /* flush posted write */ + udelay(10); + } + +It is important that "safe_mmio_reg" not have any side effects that +interferes with the correct operation of the device. + +Another case to watch out for is when resetting a PCI device. Use PCI +Configuration space reads to flush the writel(). This will gracefully +handle the PCI master abort on all platforms if the PCI device is +expected to not respond to a readl(). Most x86 platforms will allow +MMIO reads to master abort (a.k.a. "Soft Fail") and return garbage +(e.g. ~0). But many RISC platforms will crash (a.k.a."Hard Fail"). + diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/pcieaer-howto.txt b/Documentation/PCI/pcieaer-howto.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4987c0bc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/PCI/pcieaer-howto.txt @@ -0,0 +1,270 @@ + The PCI Express Advanced Error Reporting Driver Guide HOWTO + T. Long Nguyen + Yanmin Zhang + 07/29/2006 + + +1. Overview + +1.1 About this guide + +This guide describes the basics of the PCI Express Advanced Error +Reporting (AER) driver and provides information on how to use it, as +well as how to enable the drivers of endpoint devices to conform with +PCI Express AER driver. + +1.2 Copyright (C) Intel Corporation 2006. + +1.3 What is the PCI Express AER Driver? + +PCI Express error signaling can occur on the PCI Express link itself +or on behalf of transactions initiated on the link. PCI Express +defines two error reporting paradigms: the baseline capability and +the Advanced Error Reporting capability. The baseline capability is +required of all PCI Express components providing a minimum defined +set of error reporting requirements. Advanced Error Reporting +capability is implemented with a PCI Express advanced error reporting +extended capability structure providing more robust error reporting. + +The PCI Express AER driver provides the infrastructure to support PCI +Express Advanced Error Reporting capability. The PCI Express AER +driver provides three basic functions: + +- Gathers the comprehensive error information if errors occurred. +- Reports error to the users. +- Performs error recovery actions. + +AER driver only attaches root ports which support PCI-Express AER +capability. + + +2. User Guide + +2.1 Include the PCI Express AER Root Driver into the Linux Kernel + +The PCI Express AER Root driver is a Root Port service driver attached +to the PCI Express Port Bus driver. If a user wants to use it, the driver +has to be compiled. Option CONFIG_PCIEAER supports this capability. It +depends on CONFIG_PCIEPORTBUS, so pls. set CONFIG_PCIEPORTBUS=y and +CONFIG_PCIEAER = y. + +2.2 Load PCI Express AER Root Driver +There is a case where a system has AER support in BIOS. Enabling the AER +Root driver and having AER support in BIOS may result unpredictable +behavior. To avoid this conflict, a successful load of the AER Root driver +requires ACPI _OSC support in the BIOS to allow the AER Root driver to +request for native control of AER. See the PCI FW 3.0 Specification for +details regarding OSC usage. Currently, lots of firmwares don't provide +_OSC support while they use PCI Express. To support such firmwares, +forceload, a parameter of type bool, could enable AER to continue to +be initiated although firmwares have no _OSC support. To enable the +walkaround, pls. add aerdriver.forceload=y to kernel boot parameter line +when booting kernel. Note that forceload=n by default. + +nosourceid, another parameter of type bool, can be used when broken +hardware (mostly chipsets) has root ports that cannot obtain the reporting +source ID. nosourceid=n by default. + +2.3 AER error output +When a PCI-E AER error is captured, an error message will be outputted to +console. If it's a correctable error, it is outputted as a warning. +Otherwise, it is printed as an error. So users could choose different +log level to filter out correctable error messages. + +Below shows an example: +0000:50:00.0: PCIe Bus Error: severity=Uncorrected (Fatal), type=Transaction Layer, id=0500(Requester ID) +0000:50:00.0: device [8086:0329] error status/mask=00100000/00000000 +0000:50:00.0: [20] Unsupported Request (First) +0000:50:00.0: TLP Header: 04000001 00200a03 05010000 00050100 + +In the example, 'Requester ID' means the ID of the device who sends +the error message to root port. Pls. refer to pci express specs for +other fields. + + +3. Developer Guide + +To enable AER aware support requires a software driver to configure +the AER capability structure within its device and to provide callbacks. + +To support AER better, developers need understand how AER does work +firstly. + +PCI Express errors are classified into two types: correctable errors +and uncorrectable errors. This classification is based on the impacts +of those errors, which may result in degraded performance or function +failure. + +Correctable errors pose no impacts on the functionality of the +interface. The PCI Express protocol can recover without any software +intervention or any loss of data. These errors are detected and +corrected by hardware. Unlike correctable errors, uncorrectable +errors impact functionality of the interface. Uncorrectable errors +can cause a particular transaction or a particular PCI Express link +to be unreliable. Depending on those error conditions, uncorrectable +errors are further classified into non-fatal errors and fatal errors. +Non-fatal errors cause the particular transaction to be unreliable, +but the PCI Express link itself is fully functional. Fatal errors, on +the other hand, cause the link to be unreliable. + +When AER is enabled, a PCI Express device will automatically send an +error message to the PCIe root port above it when the device captures +an error. The Root Port, upon receiving an error reporting message, +internally processes and logs the error message in its PCI Express +capability structure. Error information being logged includes storing +the error reporting agent's requestor ID into the Error Source +Identification Registers and setting the error bits of the Root Error +Status Register accordingly. If AER error reporting is enabled in Root +Error Command Register, the Root Port generates an interrupt if an +error is detected. + +Note that the errors as described above are related to the PCI Express +hierarchy and links. These errors do not include any device specific +errors because device specific errors will still get sent directly to +the device driver. + +3.1 Configure the AER capability structure + +AER aware drivers of PCI Express component need change the device +control registers to enable AER. They also could change AER registers, +including mask and severity registers. Helper function +pci_enable_pcie_error_reporting could be used to enable AER. See +section 3.3. + +3.2. Provide callbacks + +3.2.1 callback reset_link to reset pci express link + +This callback is used to reset the pci express physical link when a +fatal error happens. The root port aer service driver provides a +default reset_link function, but different upstream ports might +have different specifications to reset pci express link, so all +upstream ports should provide their own reset_link functions. + +In struct pcie_port_service_driver, a new pointer, reset_link, is +added. + +pci_ers_result_t (*reset_link) (struct pci_dev *dev); + +Section 3.2.2.2 provides more detailed info on when to call +reset_link. + +3.2.2 PCI error-recovery callbacks + +The PCI Express AER Root driver uses error callbacks to coordinate +with downstream device drivers associated with a hierarchy in question +when performing error recovery actions. + +Data struct pci_driver has a pointer, err_handler, to point to +pci_error_handlers who consists of a couple of callback function +pointers. AER driver follows the rules defined in +pci-error-recovery.txt except pci express specific parts (e.g. +reset_link). Pls. refer to pci-error-recovery.txt for detailed +definitions of the callbacks. + +Below sections specify when to call the error callback functions. + +3.2.2.1 Correctable errors + +Correctable errors pose no impacts on the functionality of +the interface. The PCI Express protocol can recover without any +software intervention or any loss of data. These errors do not +require any recovery actions. The AER driver clears the device's +correctable error status register accordingly and logs these errors. + +3.2.2.2 Non-correctable (non-fatal and fatal) errors + +If an error message indicates a non-fatal error, performing link reset +at upstream is not required. The AER driver calls error_detected(dev, +pci_channel_io_normal) to all drivers associated within a hierarchy in +question. for example, +EndPoint<==>DownstreamPort B<==>UpstreamPort A<==>RootPort. +If Upstream port A captures an AER error, the hierarchy consists of +Downstream port B and EndPoint. + +A driver may return PCI_ERS_RESULT_CAN_RECOVER, +PCI_ERS_RESULT_DISCONNECT, or PCI_ERS_RESULT_NEED_RESET, depending on +whether it can recover or the AER driver calls mmio_enabled as next. + +If an error message indicates a fatal error, kernel will broadcast +error_detected(dev, pci_channel_io_frozen) to all drivers within +a hierarchy in question. Then, performing link reset at upstream is +necessary. As different kinds of devices might use different approaches +to reset link, AER port service driver is required to provide the +function to reset link. Firstly, kernel looks for if the upstream +component has an aer driver. If it has, kernel uses the reset_link +callback of the aer driver. If the upstream component has no aer driver +and the port is downstream port, we will perform a hot reset as the +default by setting the Secondary Bus Reset bit of the Bridge Control +register associated with the downstream port. As for upstream ports, +they should provide their own aer service drivers with reset_link +function. If error_detected returns PCI_ERS_RESULT_CAN_RECOVER and +reset_link returns PCI_ERS_RESULT_RECOVERED, the error handling goes +to mmio_enabled. + +3.3 helper functions + +3.3.1 int pci_enable_pcie_error_reporting(struct pci_dev *dev); +pci_enable_pcie_error_reporting enables the device to send error +messages to root port when an error is detected. Note that devices +don't enable the error reporting by default, so device drivers need +call this function to enable it. + +3.3.2 int pci_disable_pcie_error_reporting(struct pci_dev *dev); +pci_disable_pcie_error_reporting disables the device to send error +messages to root port when an error is detected. + +3.3.3 int pci_cleanup_aer_uncorrect_error_status(struct pci_dev *dev); +pci_cleanup_aer_uncorrect_error_status cleanups the uncorrectable +error status register. + +3.4 Frequent Asked Questions + +Q: What happens if a PCI Express device driver does not provide an +error recovery handler (pci_driver->err_handler is equal to NULL)? + +A: The devices attached with the driver won't be recovered. If the +error is fatal, kernel will print out warning messages. Please refer +to section 3 for more information. + +Q: What happens if an upstream port service driver does not provide +callback reset_link? + +A: Fatal error recovery will fail if the errors are reported by the +upstream ports who are attached by the service driver. + +Q: How does this infrastructure deal with driver that is not PCI +Express aware? + +A: This infrastructure calls the error callback functions of the +driver when an error happens. But if the driver is not aware of +PCI Express, the device might not report its own errors to root +port. + +Q: What modifications will that driver need to make it compatible +with the PCI Express AER Root driver? + +A: It could call the helper functions to enable AER in devices and +cleanup uncorrectable status register. Pls. refer to section 3.3. + + +4. Software error injection + +Debugging PCIe AER error recovery code is quite difficult because it +is hard to trigger real hardware errors. Software based error +injection can be used to fake various kinds of PCIe errors. + +First you should enable PCIe AER software error injection in kernel +configuration, that is, following item should be in your .config. + +CONFIG_PCIEAER_INJECT=y or CONFIG_PCIEAER_INJECT=m + +After reboot with new kernel or insert the module, a device file named +/dev/aer_inject should be created. + +Then, you need a user space tool named aer-inject, which can be gotten +from: + http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/pci/aer-inject/ + +More information about aer-inject can be found in the document comes +with its source code. diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/00-INDEX b/Documentation/RCU/00-INDEX new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f773a264a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RCU/00-INDEX @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +00-INDEX + - This file +arrayRCU.txt + - Using RCU to Protect Read-Mostly Arrays +checklist.txt + - Review Checklist for RCU Patches +listRCU.txt + - Using RCU to Protect Read-Mostly Linked Lists +lockdep.txt + - RCU and lockdep checking +lockdep-splat.txt + - RCU Lockdep splats explained. +NMI-RCU.txt + - Using RCU to Protect Dynamic NMI Handlers +rcu_dereference.txt + - Proper care and feeding of return values from rcu_dereference() +rcubarrier.txt + - RCU and Unloadable Modules +rculist_nulls.txt + - RCU list primitives for use with SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU +rcuref.txt + - Reference-count design for elements of lists/arrays protected by RCU +rcu.txt + - RCU Concepts +RTFP.txt + - List of RCU papers (bibliography) going back to 1980. +stallwarn.txt + - RCU CPU stall warnings (module parameter rcu_cpu_stall_suppress) +torture.txt + - RCU Torture Test Operation (CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST) +trace.txt + - CONFIG_RCU_TRACE debugfs files and formats +UP.txt + - RCU on Uniprocessor Systems +whatisRCU.txt + - What is RCU? diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/NMI-RCU.txt b/Documentation/RCU/NMI-RCU.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..687777f83 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RCU/NMI-RCU.txt @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +Using RCU to Protect Dynamic NMI Handlers + + +Although RCU is usually used to protect read-mostly data structures, +it is possible to use RCU to provide dynamic non-maskable interrupt +handlers, as well as dynamic irq handlers. This document describes +how to do this, drawing loosely from Zwane Mwaikambo's NMI-timer +work in "arch/x86/oprofile/nmi_timer_int.c" and in +"arch/x86/kernel/traps.c". + +The relevant pieces of code are listed below, each followed by a +brief explanation. + + static int dummy_nmi_callback(struct pt_regs *regs, int cpu) + { + return 0; + } + +The dummy_nmi_callback() function is a "dummy" NMI handler that does +nothing, but returns zero, thus saying that it did nothing, allowing +the NMI handler to take the default machine-specific action. + + static nmi_callback_t nmi_callback = dummy_nmi_callback; + +This nmi_callback variable is a global function pointer to the current +NMI handler. + + void do_nmi(struct pt_regs * regs, long error_code) + { + int cpu; + + nmi_enter(); + + cpu = smp_processor_id(); + ++nmi_count(cpu); + + if (!rcu_dereference_sched(nmi_callback)(regs, cpu)) + default_do_nmi(regs); + + nmi_exit(); + } + +The do_nmi() function processes each NMI. It first disables preemption +in the same way that a hardware irq would, then increments the per-CPU +count of NMIs. It then invokes the NMI handler stored in the nmi_callback +function pointer. If this handler returns zero, do_nmi() invokes the +default_do_nmi() function to handle a machine-specific NMI. Finally, +preemption is restored. + +In theory, rcu_dereference_sched() is not needed, since this code runs +only on i386, which in theory does not need rcu_dereference_sched() +anyway. However, in practice it is a good documentation aid, particularly +for anyone attempting to do something similar on Alpha or on systems +with aggressive optimizing compilers. + +Quick Quiz: Why might the rcu_dereference_sched() be necessary on Alpha, + given that the code referenced by the pointer is read-only? + + +Back to the discussion of NMI and RCU... + + void set_nmi_callback(nmi_callback_t callback) + { + rcu_assign_pointer(nmi_callback, callback); + } + +The set_nmi_callback() function registers an NMI handler. Note that any +data that is to be used by the callback must be initialized up -before- +the call to set_nmi_callback(). On architectures that do not order +writes, the rcu_assign_pointer() ensures that the NMI handler sees the +initialized values. + + void unset_nmi_callback(void) + { + rcu_assign_pointer(nmi_callback, dummy_nmi_callback); + } + +This function unregisters an NMI handler, restoring the original +dummy_nmi_handler(). However, there may well be an NMI handler +currently executing on some other CPU. We therefore cannot free +up any data structures used by the old NMI handler until execution +of it completes on all other CPUs. + +One way to accomplish this is via synchronize_sched(), perhaps as +follows: + + unset_nmi_callback(); + synchronize_sched(); + kfree(my_nmi_data); + +This works because synchronize_sched() blocks until all CPUs complete +any preemption-disabled segments of code that they were executing. +Since NMI handlers disable preemption, synchronize_sched() is guaranteed +not to return until all ongoing NMI handlers exit. It is therefore safe +to free up the handler's data as soon as synchronize_sched() returns. + +Important note: for this to work, the architecture in question must +invoke nmi_enter() and nmi_exit() on NMI entry and exit, respectively. + + +Answer to Quick Quiz + + Why might the rcu_dereference_sched() be necessary on Alpha, given + that the code referenced by the pointer is read-only? + + Answer: The caller to set_nmi_callback() might well have + initialized some data that is to be used by the new NMI + handler. In this case, the rcu_dereference_sched() would + be needed, because otherwise a CPU that received an NMI + just after the new handler was set might see the pointer + to the new NMI handler, but the old pre-initialized + version of the handler's data. + + This same sad story can happen on other CPUs when using + a compiler with aggressive pointer-value speculation + optimizations. + + More important, the rcu_dereference_sched() makes it + clear to someone reading the code that the pointer is + being protected by RCU-sched. diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f29bcbc46 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2812 @@ +Read the Fscking Papers! + + +This document describes RCU-related publications, and is followed by +the corresponding bibtex entries. A number of the publications may +be found at http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/. For others, browsers +and search engines will usually find what you are looking for. + +The first thing resembling RCU was published in 1980, when Kung and Lehman +[Kung80] recommended use of a garbage collector to defer destruction +of nodes in a parallel binary search tree in order to simplify its +implementation. This works well in environments that have garbage +collectors, but most production garbage collectors incur significant +overhead. + +In 1982, Manber and Ladner [Manber82,Manber84] recommended deferring +destruction until all threads running at that time have terminated, again +for a parallel binary search tree. This approach works well in systems +with short-lived threads, such as the K42 research operating system. +However, Linux has long-lived tasks, so more is needed. + +In 1986, Hennessy, Osisek, and Seigh [Hennessy89] introduced passive +serialization, which is an RCU-like mechanism that relies on the presence +of "quiescent states" in the VM/XA hypervisor that are guaranteed not +to be referencing the data structure. However, this mechanism was not +optimized for modern computer systems, which is not surprising given +that these overheads were not so expensive in the mid-80s. Nonetheless, +passive serialization appears to be the first deferred-destruction +mechanism to be used in production. Furthermore, the relevant patent +has lapsed, so this approach may be used in non-GPL software, if desired. +(In contrast, implementation of RCU is permitted only in software licensed +under either GPL or LGPL. Sorry!!!) + +In 1987, Rashid et al. described lazy TLB-flush [RichardRashid87a]. +At first glance, this has nothing to do with RCU, but nevertheless +this paper helped inspire the update-side batching used in the later +RCU implementation in DYNIX/ptx. In 1988, Barbara Liskov published +a description of Argus that noted that use of out-of-date values can +be tolerated in some situations. Thus, this paper provides some early +theoretical justification for use of stale data. + +In 1990, Pugh [Pugh90] noted that explicitly tracking which threads +were reading a given data structure permitted deferred free to operate +in the presence of non-terminating threads. However, this explicit +tracking imposes significant read-side overhead, which is undesirable +in read-mostly situations. This algorithm does take pains to avoid +write-side contention and parallelize the other write-side overheads by +providing a fine-grained locking design, however, it would be interesting +to see how much of the performance advantage reported in 1990 remains +today. + +At about this same time, Andrews [Andrews91textbook] described ``chaotic +relaxation'', where the normal barriers between successive iterations +of convergent numerical algorithms are relaxed, so that iteration $n$ +might use data from iteration $n-1$ or even $n-2$. This introduces +error, which typically slows convergence and thus increases the number of +iterations required. However, this increase is sometimes more than made +up for by a reduction in the number of expensive barrier operations, +which are otherwise required to synchronize the threads at the end +of each iteration. Unfortunately, chaotic relaxation requires highly +structured data, such as the matrices used in scientific programs, and +is thus inapplicable to most data structures in operating-system kernels. + +In 1992, Henry (now Alexia) Massalin completed a dissertation advising +parallel programmers to defer processing when feasible to simplify +synchronization [HMassalinPhD]. RCU makes extremely heavy use of +this advice. + +In 1993, Jacobson [Jacobson93] verbally described what is perhaps the +simplest deferred-free technique: simply waiting a fixed amount of time +before freeing blocks awaiting deferred free. Jacobson did not describe +any write-side changes he might have made in this work using SGI's Irix +kernel. Aju John published a similar technique in 1995 [AjuJohn95]. +This works well if there is a well-defined upper bound on the length of +time that reading threads can hold references, as there might well be in +hard real-time systems. However, if this time is exceeded, perhaps due +to preemption, excessive interrupts, or larger-than-anticipated load, +memory corruption can ensue, with no reasonable means of diagnosis. +Jacobson's technique is therefore inappropriate for use in production +operating-system kernels, except when such kernels can provide hard +real-time response guarantees for all operations. + +Also in 1995, Pu et al. [Pu95a] applied a technique similar to that of Pugh's +read-side-tracking to permit replugging of algorithms within a commercial +Unix operating system. However, this replugging permitted only a single +reader at a time. The following year, this same group of researchers +extended their technique to allow for multiple readers [Cowan96a]. +Their approach requires memory barriers (and thus pipeline stalls), +but reduces memory latency, contention, and locking overheads. + +1995 also saw the first publication of DYNIX/ptx's RCU mechanism +[Slingwine95], which was optimized for modern CPU architectures, +and was successfully applied to a number of situations within the +DYNIX/ptx kernel. The corresponding conference paper appeared in 1998 +[McKenney98]. + +In 1999, the Tornado and K42 groups described their "generations" +mechanism, which is quite similar to RCU [Gamsa99]. These operating +systems made pervasive use of RCU in place of "existence locks", which +greatly simplifies locking hierarchies and helps avoid deadlocks. + +The year 2000 saw an email exchange that would likely have +led to yet another independent invention of something like RCU +[RustyRussell2000a,RustyRussell2000b]. Instead, 2001 saw the first +RCU presentation involving Linux [McKenney01a] at OLS. The resulting +abundance of RCU patches was presented the following year [McKenney02a], +and use of RCU in dcache was first described that same year [Linder02a]. + +Also in 2002, Michael [Michael02b,Michael02a] presented "hazard-pointer" +techniques that defer the destruction of data structures to simplify +non-blocking synchronization (wait-free synchronization, lock-free +synchronization, and obstruction-free synchronization are all examples of +non-blocking synchronization). The corresponding journal article appeared +in 2004 [MagedMichael04a]. This technique eliminates locking, reduces +contention, reduces memory latency for readers, and parallelizes pipeline +stalls and memory latency for writers. However, these techniques still +impose significant read-side overhead in the form of memory barriers. +Researchers at Sun worked along similar lines in the same timeframe +[HerlihyLM02]. These techniques can be thought of as inside-out reference +counts, where the count is represented by the number of hazard pointers +referencing a given data structure rather than the more conventional +counter field within the data structure itself. The key advantage +of inside-out reference counts is that they can be stored in immortal +variables, thus allowing races between access and deletion to be avoided. + +By the same token, RCU can be thought of as a "bulk reference count", +where some form of reference counter covers all reference by a given CPU +or thread during a set timeframe. This timeframe is related to, but +not necessarily exactly the same as, an RCU grace period. In classic +RCU, the reference counter is the per-CPU bit in the "bitmask" field, +and each such bit covers all references that might have been made by +the corresponding CPU during the prior grace period. Of course, RCU +can be thought of in other terms as well. + +In 2003, the K42 group described how RCU could be used to create +hot-pluggable implementations of operating-system functions [Appavoo03a]. +Later that year saw a paper describing an RCU implementation +of System V IPC [Arcangeli03] (following up on a suggestion by +Hugh Dickins [Dickins02a] and an implementation by Mingming Cao +[MingmingCao2002IPCRCU]), and an introduction to RCU in Linux Journal +[McKenney03a]. + +2004 has seen a Linux-Journal article on use of RCU in dcache +[McKenney04a], a performance comparison of locking to RCU on several +different CPUs [McKenney04b], a dissertation describing use of RCU in a +number of operating-system kernels [PaulEdwardMcKenneyPhD], a paper +describing how to make RCU safe for soft-realtime applications [Sarma04c], +and a paper describing SELinux performance with RCU [JamesMorris04b]. + +2005 brought further adaptation of RCU to realtime use, permitting +preemption of RCU realtime critical sections [PaulMcKenney05a, +PaulMcKenney05b]. + +2006 saw the first best-paper award for an RCU paper [ThomasEHart2006a], +as well as further work on efficient implementations of preemptible +RCU [PaulEMcKenney2006b], but priority-boosting of RCU read-side critical +sections proved elusive. An RCU implementation permitting general +blocking in read-side critical sections appeared [PaulEMcKenney2006c], +Robert Olsson described an RCU-protected trie-hash combination +[RobertOlsson2006a]. + +2007 saw the journal version of the award-winning RCU paper from 2006 +[ThomasEHart2007a], as well as a paper demonstrating use of Promela +and Spin to mechanically verify an optimization to Oleg Nesterov's +QRCU [PaulEMcKenney2007QRCUspin], a design document describing +preemptible RCU [PaulEMcKenney2007PreemptibleRCU], and the three-part +LWN "What is RCU?" series [PaulEMcKenney2007WhatIsRCUFundamentally, +PaulEMcKenney2008WhatIsRCUUsage, and PaulEMcKenney2008WhatIsRCUAPI]. + +2008 saw a journal paper on real-time RCU [DinakarGuniguntala2008IBMSysJ], +a history of how Linux changed RCU more than RCU changed Linux +[PaulEMcKenney2008RCUOSR], and a design overview of hierarchical RCU +[PaulEMcKenney2008HierarchicalRCU]. + +2009 introduced user-level RCU algorithms [PaulEMcKenney2009MaliciousURCU], +which Mathieu Desnoyers is now maintaining [MathieuDesnoyers2009URCU] +[MathieuDesnoyersPhD]. TINY_RCU [PaulEMcKenney2009BloatWatchRCU] made +its appearance, as did expedited RCU [PaulEMcKenney2009expeditedRCU]. +The problem of resizeable RCU-protected hash tables may now be on a path +to a solution [JoshTriplett2009RPHash]. A few academic researchers are now +using RCU to solve their parallel problems [HariKannan2009DynamicAnalysisRCU]. + +2010 produced a simpler preemptible-RCU implementation +based on TREE_RCU [PaulEMcKenney2010SimpleOptRCU], lockdep-RCU +[PaulEMcKenney2010LockdepRCU], another resizeable RCU-protected hash +table [HerbertXu2010RCUResizeHash] (this one consuming more memory, +but allowing arbitrary changes in hash function, as required for DoS +avoidance in the networking code), realization of the 2009 RCU-protected +hash table with atomic node move [JoshTriplett2010RPHash], an update on +the RCU API [PaulEMcKenney2010RCUAPI]. + +2011 marked the inclusion of Nick Piggin's fully lockless dentry search +[LinusTorvalds2011Linux2:6:38:rc1:NPigginVFS], an RCU-protected red-black +tree using software transactional memory to protect concurrent updates +(strange, but true!) [PhilHoward2011RCUTMRBTree], yet another variant of +RCU-protected resizeable hash tables [Triplett:2011:RPHash], the 3.0 RCU +trainwreck [PaulEMcKenney2011RCU3.0trainwreck], and Neil Brown's "Meet the +Lockers" LWN article [NeilBrown2011MeetTheLockers]. Some academic +work looked at debugging uses of RCU [Seyster:2011:RFA:2075416.2075425]. + +In 2012, Josh Triplett received his Ph.D. with his dissertation +covering RCU-protected resizable hash tables and the relationship +between memory barriers and read-side traversal order: If the updater +is making changes in the opposite direction from the read-side traveral +order, the updater need only execute a memory-barrier instruction, +but if in the same direction, the updater needs to wait for a grace +period between the individual updates [JoshTriplettPhD]. Also in 2012, +after seventeen years of attempts, an RCU paper made it into a top-flight +academic journal, IEEE Transactions on Parallel and Distributed Systems +[MathieuDesnoyers2012URCU]. A group of researchers in Spain applied +user-level RCU to crowd simulation [GuillermoVigueras2012RCUCrowd], and +another group of researchers in Europe produced a formal description of +RCU based on separation logic [AlexeyGotsman2012VerifyGraceExtended], +which was published in the 2013 European Symposium on Programming +[AlexeyGotsman2013ESOPRCU]. + + + +Bibtex Entries + +@article{Kung80 +,author="H. T. Kung and Q. Lehman" +,title="Concurrent Manipulation of Binary Search Trees" +,Year="1980" +,Month="September" +,journal="ACM Transactions on Database Systems" +,volume="5" +,number="3" +,pages="354-382" +,annotation={ + Use garbage collector to clean up data after everyone is done with it. + . + Oldest use of something vaguely resembling RCU that I have found. + http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=320619&dl=GUIDE, + [Viewed December 3, 2007] +} +} + +@techreport{Manber82 +,author="Udi Manber and Richard E. Ladner" +,title="Concurrency Control in a Dynamic Search Structure" +,institution="Department of Computer Science, University of Washington" +,address="Seattle, Washington" +,year="1982" +,number="82-01-01" +,month="January" +,pages="28" +,annotation={ + . + Superseded by Manber84. + . + Describes concurrent AVL tree implementation. Uses a + garbage-collection mechanism to handle concurrent use and deletion + of nodes in the tree, but lacks the summary-of-execution-history + concept of read-copy locking. + . + Keeps full list of processes that were active when a given + node was to be deleted, and waits until all such processes have + -terminated- before allowing this node to be reused. This is + not described in great detail -- one could imagine using process + IDs for this if the ID space was large enough that overlapping + never occurred. + . + This restriction makes this algorithm unsuitable for use in + systems comprised of long-lived processes. It also produces + completely unacceptable overhead in systems with large numbers + of processes. Finally, it is specific to AVL trees. + . + Cites Kung80, so not an independent invention, but the first + RCU-like usage that does not rely on an automatic garbage + collector. +} +} + +@article{Manber84 +,author="Udi Manber and Richard E. Ladner" +,title="Concurrency Control in a Dynamic Search Structure" +,Year="1984" +,Month="September" +,journal="ACM Transactions on Database Systems" +,volume="9" +,number="3" +,pages="439-455" +,annotation={ + Describes concurrent AVL tree implementation. Uses a + garbage-collection mechanism to handle concurrent use and deletion + of nodes in the tree, but lacks the summary-of-execution-history + concept of read-copy locking. + . + Keeps full list of processes that were active when a given + node was to be deleted, and waits until all such processes have + -terminated- before allowing this node to be reused. This is + not described in great detail -- one could imagine using process + IDs for this if the ID space was large enough that overlapping + never occurred. + . + This restriction makes this algorithm unsuitable for use in + systems comprised of long-lived processes. It also produces + completely unacceptable overhead in systems with large numbers + of processes. Finally, it is specific to AVL trees. +} +} + +@Conference{RichardRashid87a +,Author="Richard Rashid and Avadis Tevanian and Michael Young and +David Golub and Robert Baron and David Black and William Bolosky and +Jonathan Chew" +,Title="Machine-Independent Virtual Memory Management for Paged +Uniprocessor and Multiprocessor Architectures" +,Booktitle="{2\textsuperscript{nd} Symposium on Architectural Support +for Programming Languages and Operating Systems}" +,Publisher="Association for Computing Machinery" +,Month="October" +,Year="1987" +,pages="31-39" +,Address="Palo Alto, CA" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.cse.ucsc.edu/~randal/221/rashid-machvm.pdf} +[Viewed February 17, 2005]" +,annotation={ + Describes lazy TLB flush, where one waits for each CPU to pass + through a scheduling-clock interrupt before reusing a given range + of virtual address. Does not describe how one determines that + all CPUs have in fact taken such an interrupt, though there are + no shortage of straightforward methods for accomplishing this. + . + Note that it does not make sense to just wait a fixed amount of + time, since a given CPU might have interrupts disabled for an + extended amount of time. +} +} + +@article{BarbaraLiskov1988ArgusCACM +,author = {Barbara Liskov} +,title = {Distributed programming in {Argus}} +,journal = {Commun. ACM} +,volume = {31} +,number = {3} +,year = {1988} +,issn = {0001-0782} +,pages = {300--312} +,doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/42392.42399} +,publisher = {ACM} +,address = {New York, NY, USA} +,annotation={ + At the top of page 307: "Conflicts with deposits and withdrawals + are necessary if the reported total is to be up to date. They + could be avoided by having total return a sum that is slightly + out of date." Relies on semantics -- approximate numerical + values sometimes OK. +} +} + +@techreport{Hennessy89 +,author="James P. Hennessy and Damian L. Osisek and Joseph W. {Seigh II}" +,title="Passive Serialization in a Multitasking Environment" +,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" +,address="Washington, DC" +,year="1989" +,number="US Patent 4,809,168 (lapsed)" +,month="February" +,pages="11" +} + +@techreport{Pugh90 +,author="William Pugh" +,title="Concurrent Maintenance of Skip Lists" +,institution="Institute of Advanced Computer Science Studies, Department of Computer Science, University of Maryland" +,address="College Park, Maryland" +,year="1990" +,number="CS-TR-2222.1" +,month="June" +,annotation={ + Concurrent access to skip lists. Has both weak and strong search. + Uses concept of ``garbage queue'', but has no real way of cleaning + the garbage efficiently. + . + Appears to be an independent invention of an RCU-like mechanism. +} +} + +# Was Adams91, see also syncrefs.bib. +@Book{Andrews91textbook +,Author="Gregory R. Andrews" +,title="Concurrent Programming, Principles, and Practices" +,Publisher="Benjamin Cummins" +,Year="1991" +,annotation={ + Has a few paragraphs describing ``chaotic relaxation'', a + numerical analysis technique that allows multiprocessors to + avoid synchronization overhead by using possibly-stale data. + . + Seems like this is descended from yet another independent + invention of RCU-like function -- but this is restricted + in that reclamation is not necessary. +} +} + +@phdthesis{HMassalinPhD +,author="H. Massalin" +,title="Synthesis: An Efficient Implementation of Fundamental Operating +System Services" +,school="Columbia University" +,address="New York, NY" +,year="1992" +,annotation={ + Mondo optimizing compiler. + Wait-free stuff. + Good advice: defer work to avoid synchronization. See page 90 + (PDF page 106), Section 5.4, fourth bullet point. +} +} + +@unpublished{Jacobson93 +,author="Van Jacobson" +,title="Avoid Read-Side Locking Via Delayed Free" +,year="1993" +,month="September" +,note="private communication" +,annotation={ + Use fixed time delay to approximate grace period. Very simple, + but subject to random memory corruption under heavy load. + . + Independent invention of RCU-like mechanism. +} +} + +@Conference{AjuJohn95 +,Author="Aju John" +,Title="Dynamic vnodes -- Design and Implementation" +,Booktitle="{USENIX Winter 1995}" +,Publisher="USENIX Association" +,Month="January" +,Year="1995" +,pages="11-23" +,Address="New Orleans, LA" +,note="Available: +\url{https://www.usenix.org/publications/library/proceedings/neworl/full_papers/john.a} +[Viewed October 1, 2010]" +,annotation={ + Age vnodes out of the cache, and have a fixed time set by a kernel + parameter. Not clear that all races were in fact correctly handled. + Used a 20-minute time by default, which would most definitely not + be suitable during DoS attacks or virus scans. + . + Apparently independent invention of RCU-like mechanism. +} +} + +@conference{Pu95a +,Author = "Calton Pu and Tito Autrey and Andrew Black and Charles Consel and +Crispin Cowan and Jon Inouye and Lakshmi Kethana and Jonathan Walpole and +Ke Zhang" +,Title = "Optimistic Incremental Specialization: Streamlining a Commercial +,Operating System" +,Booktitle = "15\textsuperscript{th} ACM Symposium on +,Operating Systems Principles (SOSP'95)" +,address = "Copper Mountain, CO" +,month="December" +,year="1995" +,pages="314-321" +,annotation={ + Uses a replugger, but with a flag to signal when people are + using the resource at hand. Only one reader at a time. +} +} + +@conference{Cowan96a +,Author = "Crispin Cowan and Tito Autrey and Charles Krasic and +,Calton Pu and Jonathan Walpole" +,Title = "Fast Concurrent Dynamic Linking for an Adaptive Operating System" +,Booktitle = "International Conference on Configurable Distributed Systems +(ICCDS'96)" +,address = "Annapolis, MD" +,month="May" +,year="1996" +,pages="108" +,isbn="0-8186-7395-8" +,annotation={ + Uses a replugger, but with a counter to signal when people are + using the resource at hand. Allows multiple readers. +} +} + +@techreport{Slingwine95 +,author="John D. Slingwine and Paul E. McKenney" +,title="Apparatus and Method for Achieving Reduced Overhead Mutual +Exclusion and Maintaining Coherency in a Multiprocessor System +Utilizing Execution History and Thread Monitoring" +,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" +,address="Washington, DC" +,year="1995" +,number="US Patent 5,442,758" +,month="August" +,annotation={ + Describes the parallel RCU infrastructure. Includes NUMA aspect + (structure of bitmap can reflect bus structure of computer system). + . + Another independent invention of an RCU-like mechanism, but the + "real" RCU this time! +} +} + +@techreport{Slingwine97 +,author="John D. Slingwine and Paul E. McKenney" +,title="Method for Maintaining Data Coherency Using Thread Activity +Summaries in a Multicomputer System" +,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" +,address="Washington, DC" +,year="1997" +,number="US Patent 5,608,893" +,month="March" +,pages="19" +,annotation={ + Describes use of RCU to synchronize data between a pair of + SMP/NUMA computer systems. +} +} + +@techreport{Slingwine98 +,author="John D. Slingwine and Paul E. McKenney" +,title="Apparatus and Method for Achieving Reduced Overhead Mutual +Exclusion and Maintaining Coherency in a Multiprocessor System +Utilizing Execution History and Thread Monitoring" +,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" +,address="Washington, DC" +,year="1998" +,number="US Patent 5,727,209" +,month="March" +,annotation={ + Describes doing an atomic update by copying the data item and + then substituting it into the data structure. +} +} + +@Conference{McKenney98 +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and John D. Slingwine" +,Title="Read-Copy Update: Using Execution History to Solve Concurrency +Problems" +,Booktitle="{Parallel and Distributed Computing and Systems}" +,Month="October" +,Year="1998" +,pages="509-518" +,Address="Las Vegas, NV" +,annotation={ + Describes and analyzes RCU mechanism in DYNIX/ptx. Describes + application to linked list update and log-buffer flushing. + Defines 'quiescent state'. Includes both measured and analytic + evaluation. + http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/rclockpdcsproof.pdf + [Viewed December 3, 2007] +} +} + +@Conference{Gamsa99 +,Author="Ben Gamsa and Orran Krieger and Jonathan Appavoo and Michael Stumm" +,Title="Tornado: Maximizing Locality and Concurrency in a Shared Memory +Multiprocessor Operating System" +,Booktitle="{Proceedings of the 3\textsuperscript{rd} Symposium on +Operating System Design and Implementation}" +,Month="February" +,Year="1999" +,pages="87-100" +,Address="New Orleans, LA" +,annotation={ + Use of RCU-like facility in K42/Tornado. Another independent + invention of RCU. + See especially pages 7-9 (Section 5). + http://www.usenix.org/events/osdi99/full_papers/gamsa/gamsa.pdf + [Viewed August 30, 2006] +} +} + +@unpublished{RustyRussell2000a +,Author="Rusty Russell" +,Title="Re: modular net drivers" +,month="June" +,year="2000" +,day="23" +,note="Available: +\url{http://oss.sgi.com/projects/netdev/archive/2000-06/msg00250.html} +[Viewed April 10, 2006]" +,annotation={ + Proto-RCU proposal from Phil Rumpf and Rusty Russell. + Yet another independent invention of RCU. + Outline of algorithm to unload modules... + . + Appeared on net-dev mailing list. +} +} + +@unpublished{RustyRussell2000b +,Author="Rusty Russell" +,Title="Re: modular net drivers" +,month="June" +,year="2000" +,day="24" +,note="Available: +\url{http://oss.sgi.com/projects/netdev/archive/2000-06/msg00254.html} +[Viewed April 10, 2006]" +,annotation={ + Proto-RCU proposal from Phil Rumpf and Rusty Russell. + . + Appeared on net-dev mailing list. +} +} + +@unpublished{McKenney01b +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Dipankar Sarma" +,Title="Read-Copy Update Mutual Exclusion in {Linux}" +,month="February" +,year="2001" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lse.sourceforge.net/locking/rcu/rcupdate_doc.html} +[Viewed October 18, 2004]" +,annotation={ + Prototypical Linux documentation for RCU. +} +} + +@techreport{Slingwine01 +,author="John D. Slingwine and Paul E. McKenney" +,title="Apparatus and Method for Achieving Reduced Overhead Mutual +Exclusion and Maintaining Coherency in a Multiprocessor System +Utilizing Execution History and Thread Monitoring" +,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" +,address="Washington, DC" +,year="2001" +,number="US Patent 6,219,690" +,month="April" +,annotation={ + 'Change in mode' aspect of RCU. Can be thought of as a lazy barrier. +} +} + +@Conference{McKenney01a +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Appavoo and Andi Kleen and +Orran Krieger and Rusty Russell and Dipankar Sarma and Maneesh Soni" +,Title="Read-Copy Update" +,Booktitle="{Ottawa Linux Symposium}" +,Month="July" +,Year="2001" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.linuxsymposium.org/2001/abstracts/readcopy.php} +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/rclock_OLS.2001.05.01c.pdf} +[Viewed June 23, 2004]" +,annotation={ + Described RCU, and presented some patches implementing and using + it in the Linux kernel. +} +} + +@unpublished{McKenney01f +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{RFC:} patch to allow lock-free traversal of lists with insertion" +,month="October" +,year="2001" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=100259266316456&w=2} +[Viewed June 23, 2004]" +,annotation={ + Memory-barrier and Alpha thread. 100 messages, not too bad... +} +} + +@unpublished{Spraul01 +,Author="Manfred Spraul" +,Title="Re: {RFC:} patch to allow lock-free traversal of lists with insertion" +,month="October" +,year="2001" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=100264675012867&w=2} +[Viewed June 23, 2004]" +,annotation={ + Suggested burying memory barriers in Linux's list-manipulation + primitives. +} +} + +@unpublished{LinusTorvalds2001a +,Author="Linus Torvalds" +,Title="{Re:} {[Lse-tech]} {Re:} {RFC:} patch to allow lock-free traversal of lists with insertion" +,month="October" +,year="2001" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2001/10/13/105} +[Viewed August 21, 2004]" +,annotation={ +} +} + +@unpublished{Blanchard02a +,Author="Anton Blanchard" +,Title="some RCU dcache and ratcache results" +,month="March" +,year="2002" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=101637107412972&w=2} +[Viewed October 18, 2004]" +} + +@conference{Michael02b +,author="Maged M. Michael" +,title="High Performance Dynamic Lock-Free Hash Tables and List-Based Sets" +,Year="2002" +,Month="August" +,booktitle="{Proceedings of the 14\textsuperscript{th} Annual ACM +Symposium on Parallel +Algorithms and Architecture}" +,pages="73-82" +,annotation={ +Like the title says... +} +} + +@Conference{Linder02a +,Author="Hanna Linder and Dipankar Sarma and Maneesh Soni" +,Title="Scalability of the Directory Entry Cache" +,Booktitle="{Ottawa Linux Symposium}" +,Month="June" +,Year="2002" +,pages="289-300" +,annotation={ + Measured scalability of Linux 2.4 kernel's directory-entry cache + (dcache), and measured some scalability enhancements. +} +} + +@Conference{McKenney02a +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Dipankar Sarma and +Andrea Arcangeli and Andi Kleen and Orran Krieger and Rusty Russell" +,Title="Read-Copy Update" +,Booktitle="{Ottawa Linux Symposium}" +,Month="June" +,Year="2002" +,pages="338-367" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.linux.org.uk/~ajh/ols2002_proceedings.pdf.gz} +[Viewed June 23, 2004]" +,annotation={ + Presented and compared a number of RCU implementations for the + Linux kernel. +} +} + +@unpublished{Sarma02a +,Author="Dipankar Sarma" +,Title="specweb99: dcache scalability results" +,month="July" +,year="2002" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=102645767914212&w=2} +[Viewed June 23, 2004]" +,annotation={ + Compare fastwalk and RCU for dcache. RCU won. +} +} + +@unpublished{Barbieri02 +,Author="Luca Barbieri" +,Title="Re: {[PATCH]} Initial support for struct {vfs\_cred}" +,month="August" +,year="2002" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=103082050621241&w=2} +[Viewed: June 23, 2004]" +,annotation={ + Suggested RCU for vfs\_shared\_cred. +} +} + +@conference{Michael02a +,author="Maged M. Michael" +,title="Safe Memory Reclamation for Dynamic Lock-Free Objects Using Atomic +Reads and Writes" +,Year="2002" +,Month="August" +,booktitle="{Proceedings of the 21\textsuperscript{st} Annual ACM +Symposium on Principles of Distributed Computing}" +,pages="21-30" +,annotation={ + Each thread keeps an array of pointers to items that it is + currently referencing. Sort of an inside-out garbage collection + mechanism, but one that requires the accessing code to explicitly + state its needs. Also requires read-side memory barriers on + most architectures. +} +} + +@unpublished{Dickins02a +,author="Hugh Dickins" +,title="Use RCU for System-V IPC" +,year="2002" +,month="October" +,note="private communication" +} + +@InProceedings{HerlihyLM02 +,author={Maurice Herlihy and Victor Luchangco and Mark Moir} +,title="The Repeat Offender Problem: A Mechanism for Supporting Dynamic-Sized, +Lock-Free Data Structures" +,booktitle={Proceedings of 16\textsuperscript{th} International +Symposium on Distributed Computing} +,year=2002 +,month="October" +,pages="339-353" +} + +@unpublished{Sarma02b +,Author="Dipankar Sarma" +,Title="Some dcache\_rcu benchmark numbers" +,month="October" +,year="2002" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=103462075416638&w=2} +[Viewed June 23, 2004]" +,annotation={ + Performance of dcache RCU on kernbench for 16x NUMA-Q and 1x, + 2x, and 4x systems. RCU does no harm, and helps on 16x. +} +} + +@unpublished{MingmingCao2002IPCRCU +,Author="Mingming Cao" +,Title="[PATCH]updated ipc lock patch" +,month="October" +,year="2002" +,note="Available: +\url{https://lkml.org/lkml/2002/10/24/262} +[Viewed February 15, 2014]" +,annotation={ + Mingming Cao's patch to introduce RCU to SysV IPC. +} +} + +@unpublished{LinusTorvalds2003a +,Author="Linus Torvalds" +,Title="Re: {[PATCH]} small fixes in brlock.h" +,month="March" +,year="2003" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2003/3/9/205} +[Viewed March 13, 2006]" +,annotation={ + Linus suggests replacing brlock with RCU and/or seqlocks: + . + 'It's entirely possible that the current user could be replaced + by RCU and/or seqlocks, and we could get rid of brlocks entirely.' + . + Steve Hemminger responds by replacing them with RCU. +} +} + +@article{Appavoo03a +,author="J. Appavoo and K. Hui and C. A. N. Soules and R. W. Wisniewski and +D. M. {Da Silva} and O. Krieger and M. A. Auslander and D. J. Edelsohn and +B. Gamsa and G. R. Ganger and P. McKenney and M. Ostrowski and +B. Rosenburg and M. Stumm and J. Xenidis" +,title="Enabling Autonomic Behavior in Systems Software With Hot Swapping" +,Year="2003" +,Month="January" +,journal="IBM Systems Journal" +,volume="42" +,number="1" +,pages="60-76" +,annotation={ + Use of RCU to enable hot-swapping for autonomic behavior in K42. +} +} + +@unpublished{Seigh03 +,author="Joseph W. {Seigh II}" +,title="Read Copy Update" +,Year="2003" +,Month="March" +,note="email correspondence" +,annotation={ + Described the relationship of the VM/XA passive serialization to RCU. +} +} + +@Conference{Arcangeli03 +,Author="Andrea Arcangeli and Mingming Cao and Paul E. McKenney and +Dipankar Sarma" +,Title="Using Read-Copy Update Techniques for {System V IPC} in the +{Linux} 2.5 Kernel" +,Booktitle="Proceedings of the 2003 USENIX Annual Technical Conference +(FREENIX Track)" +,Publisher="USENIX Association" +,year="2003" +,month="June" +,pages="297-310" +,annotation={ + Compared updated RCU implementations for the Linux kernel, and + described System V IPC use of RCU, including order-of-magnitude + performance improvements. + http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/rcu.FREENIX.2003.06.14.pdf +} +} + +@Conference{Soules03a +,Author="Craig A. N. Soules and Jonathan Appavoo and Kevin Hui and +Dilma {Da Silva} and Gregory R. Ganger and Orran Krieger and +Michael Stumm and Robert W. Wisniewski and Marc Auslander and +Michal Ostrowski and Bryan Rosenburg and Jimi Xenidis" +,Title="System Support for Online Reconfiguration" +,Booktitle="Proceedings of the 2003 USENIX Annual Technical Conference" +,Publisher="USENIX Association" +,year="2003" +,month="June" +,pages="141-154" +} + +@article{McKenney03a +,author="Paul E. McKenney" +,title="Using {RCU} in the {Linux} 2.5 Kernel" +,Year="2003" +,Month="October" +,journal="Linux Journal" +,volume="1" +,number="114" +,pages="18-26" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.linuxjournal.com/article/6993} +[Viewed November 14, 2007]" +,annotation={ + Reader-friendly intro to RCU, with the infamous old-man-and-brat + cartoon. +} +} + +@unpublished{Sarma03a +,Author="Dipankar Sarma" +,Title="RCU low latency patches" +,month="December" +,year="2003" +,note="Message ID: 20031222180114.GA2248@in.ibm.com" +,annotation={ + dipankar/ct.2004.03.27/RCUll.2003.12.22.patch +} +} + +@techreport{Friedberg03a +,author="Stuart A. Friedberg" +,title="Lock-Free Wild Card Search Data Structure and Method" +,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" +,address="Washington, DC" +,year="2003" +,number="US Patent 6,662,184" +,month="December" +,pages="112" +,annotation={ + Applies RCU to a wildcard-search Patricia tree in order to permit + synchronization-free lookup. RCU is used to retain removed nodes + for a grace period before freeing them. +} +} + +@article{McKenney04a +,author="Paul E. McKenney and Dipankar Sarma and Maneesh Soni" +,title="Scaling dcache with {RCU}" +,Year="2004" +,Month="January" +,journal="Linux Journal" +,volume="1" +,number="118" +,pages="38-46" +,annotation={ + Reader friendly intro to dcache and RCU. + http://www.linuxjournal.com/node/7124 + [Viewed December 26, 2010] +} +} + +@Conference{McKenney04b +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{RCU} vs. Locking Performance on Different {CPUs}" +,Booktitle="{linux.conf.au}" +,Month="January" +,Year="2004" +,Address="Adelaide, Australia" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.linux.org.au/conf/2004/abstracts.html#90} +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/lockperf.2004.01.17a.pdf} +[Viewed June 23, 2004]" +,annotation={ + Compares performance of RCU to that of other locking primitives + over a number of CPUs (x86, Opteron, Itanium, and PPC). +} +} + +@unpublished{Sarma04a +,Author="Dipankar Sarma" +,Title="{[PATCH]} {RCU} for low latency (experimental)" +,month="March" +,year="2004" +,note="\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=108003746402892&w=2}" +,annotation={ + Head of thread: dipankar/2004.03.23/rcu-low-lat.1.patch +} +} + +@unpublished{Sarma04b +,Author="Dipankar Sarma" +,Title="Re: {[PATCH]} {RCU} for low latency (experimental)" +,month="March" +,year="2004" +,note="\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=108016474829546&w=2}" +,annotation={ + dipankar/rcuth.2004.03.24/rcu-throttle.patch +} +} + +@unpublished{Spraul04a +,Author="Manfred Spraul" +,Title="[RFC] 0/5 rcu lock update" +,month="May" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=108546407726602&w=2} +[Viewed June 23, 2004]" +,annotation={ + Hierarchical-bitmap patch for RCU infrastructure. +} +} + +@unpublished{Steiner04a +,Author="Jack Steiner" +,Title="Re: [Lse-tech] [RFC, PATCH] 1/5 rcu lock update: +Add per-cpu batch counter" +,month="May" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=108551764515332&w=2} +[Viewed June 23, 2004]" +,annotation={ + RCU runs reasonably on a 512-CPU SGI using Manfred Spraul's patches, + which may be found at: + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/20/49 (split vars into cachelines) + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/22/114 (cpu_quiet() patch) + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/24 (0/5) + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/23 (1/5) + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/265 (works for Jack) + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/20 (2/5) + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/22 (3/5) + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/19 (4/5) + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/21 (5/5) +} +} + +@Conference{Sarma04c +,Author="Dipankar Sarma and Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Making {RCU} Safe for Deep Sub-Millisecond Response +Realtime Applications" +,Booktitle="Proceedings of the 2004 USENIX Annual Technical Conference +(FREENIX Track)" +,Publisher="USENIX Association" +,year="2004" +,month="June" +,pages="182-191" +,annotation={ + Describes and compares a number of modifications to the Linux RCU + implementation that make it friendly to realtime applications. + https://www.usenix.org/conference/2004-usenix-annual-technical-conference/making-rcu-safe-deep-sub-millisecond-response + [Viewed July 26, 2012] +} +} + +@article{MagedMichael04a +,author="Maged M. Michael" +,title="Hazard Pointers: Safe Memory Reclamation for Lock-Free Objects" +,Year="2004" +,Month="June" +,journal="IEEE Transactions on Parallel and Distributed Systems" +,volume="15" +,number="6" +,pages="491-504" +,url="Available: +\url{http://www.research.ibm.com/people/m/michael/ieeetpds-2004.pdf} +[Viewed March 1, 2005]" +,annotation={ + New canonical hazard-pointer citation. +} +} + +@phdthesis{PaulEdwardMcKenneyPhD +,author="Paul E. McKenney" +,title="Exploiting Deferred Destruction: +An Analysis of Read-Copy-Update Techniques +in Operating System Kernels" +,school="OGI School of Science and Engineering at +Oregon Health and Sciences University" +,year="2004" +,annotation={ + Describes RCU implementations and presents design patterns + corresponding to common uses of RCU in several operating-system + kernels. + http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/RCUdissertation.2004.07.14e1.pdf + [Viewed October 15, 2004] +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2004rcu:dereference +,Author="Dipankar Sarma" +,Title="{Re: RCU : Abstracted RCU dereferencing [5/5]}" +,month="August" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2004/8/6/237} +[Viewed June 8, 2010]" +,annotation={ + Introduce rcu_dereference(). +} +} + +@unpublished{JimHouston04a +,Author="Jim Houston" +,Title="{[RFC\&PATCH] Alternative {RCU} implementation}" +,month="August" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2004/8/30/87} +[Viewed February 17, 2005]" +,annotation={ + Uses active code in rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock() to + make RCU happen, allowing RCU to function on CPUs that do not + receive a scheduling-clock interrupt. +} +} + +@unpublished{TomHart04a +,Author="Thomas E. Hart" +,Title="Master's Thesis: Applying Lock-free Techniques to the {Linux} Kernel" +,month="October" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.cs.toronto.edu/~tomhart/masters_thesis.html} +[Viewed October 15, 2004]" +,annotation={ + Proposes comparing RCU to lock-free methods for the Linux kernel. +} +} + +@unpublished{Vaddagiri04a +,Author="Srivatsa Vaddagiri" +,Title="Subject: [RFC] Use RCU for tcp\_ehash lookup" +,month="October" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?t=109395731700004&r=1&w=2} +[Viewed October 18, 2004]" +,annotation={ + Srivatsa's RCU patch for tcp_ehash lookup. +} +} + +@unpublished{Thirumalai04a +,Author="Ravikiran Thirumalai" +,Title="Subject: [patchset] Lockfree fd lookup 0 of 5" +,month="October" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?t=109144217400003&r=1&w=2} +[Viewed October 18, 2004]" +,annotation={ + Ravikiran's lockfree FD patch. +} +} + +@unpublished{Thirumalai04b +,Author="Ravikiran Thirumalai" +,Title="Subject: Re: [patchset] Lockfree fd lookup 0 of 5" +,month="October" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=109152521410459&w=2} +[Viewed October 18, 2004]" +,annotation={ + Ravikiran's lockfree FD patch. +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2004rcu:assign:pointer +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{[PATCH 1/3] RCU: \url{rcu_assign_pointer()} removal of memory barriers}" +,month="October" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2004/10/23/241} +[Viewed June 8, 2010]" +,annotation={ + Introduce rcu_assign_pointer(). +} +} + +@unpublished{JamesMorris04a +,Author="James Morris" +,Title="{[PATCH 2/3] SELinux} scalability - convert {AVC} to {RCU}" +,day="15" +,month="November" +,year="2004" +,note="\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=110054979416004&w=2}" +,annotation={ + James Morris posts Kaigai Kohei's patch to LKML. + [Viewed December 10, 2004] + Kaigai's patch is at https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/9/27/52 +} +} + +@unpublished{JamesMorris04b +,Author="James Morris" +,Title="Recent Developments in {SELinux} Kernel Performance" +,month="December" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.livejournal.com/users/james_morris/2153.html} +[Viewed December 10, 2004]" +,annotation={ + RCU helps SELinux performance. ;-) Made LWN. +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulMcKenney2005RCUSemantics +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" +,Title="{RCU} Semantics: A First Attempt" +,month="January" +,year="2005" +,day="30" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/rcu-semantics.2005.01.30a.pdf} +[Viewed December 6, 2009]" +,annotation={ + Early derivation of RCU semantics. +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulMcKenney2005e +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Real-Time Preemption and {RCU}" +,month="March" +,year="2005" +,day="17" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/3/17/199} +[Viewed September 5, 2005]" +,annotation={ + First posting showing how RCU can be safely adapted for + preemptable RCU read side critical sections. +} +} + +@unpublished{EsbenNeilsen2005a +,Author="Esben Neilsen" +,Title="Re: Real-Time Preemption and {RCU}" +,month="March" +,year="2005" +,day="18" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/3/18/122} +[Viewed March 30, 2006]" +,annotation={ + Esben Neilsen suggests read-side suppression of grace-period + processing for crude-but-workable realtime RCU. The downside + is indefinite grace periods... But this is OK for experimentation + and testing. +} +} + +@unpublished{TomHart05a +,Author="Thomas E. Hart and Paul E. McKenney and Angela Demke Brown" +,Title="Efficient Memory Reclamation is Necessary for Fast Lock-Free +Data Structures" +,month="March" +,year="2005" +,note="Available: +\url{ftp://ftp.cs.toronto.edu/csrg-technical-reports/515/} +[Viewed March 4, 2005]" +,annotation={ + Comparison of RCU, QBSR, and EBSR. RCU wins for read-mostly + workloads. ;-) +} +} + +@unpublished{JonCorbet2005DeprecateSyncKernel +,Author="Jonathan Corbet" +,Title="API change: synchronize_kernel() deprecated" +,month="May" +,day="3" +,year="2005" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/134484/} +[Viewed May 3, 2005]" +,annotation={ + Jon Corbet describes deprecation of synchronize_kernel() + in favor of synchronize_rcu() and synchronize_sched(). +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulMcKenney05a +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{[RFC]} {RCU} and {CONFIG\_PREEMPT\_RT} progress" +,month="May" +,year="2005" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/5/9/185} +[Viewed May 13, 2005]" +,annotation={ + First publication of working lock-based deferred free patches + for the CONFIG_PREEMPT_RT environment. +} +} + +@conference{PaulMcKenney05b +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Dipankar Sarma" +,Title="Towards Hard Realtime Response from the {Linux} Kernel on {SMP} Hardware" +,Booktitle="linux.conf.au 2005" +,month="April" +,year="2005" +,address="Canberra, Australia" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/realtimeRCU.2005.04.23a.pdf} +[Viewed May 13, 2005]" +,annotation={ + Realtime turns into making RCU yet more realtime friendly. + http://lca2005.linux.org.au/Papers/Paul%20McKenney/Towards%20Hard%20Realtime%20Response%20from%20the%20Linux%20Kernel/LKS.2005.04.22a.pdf +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenneyHomePage +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{Paul} {E.} {McKenney}" +,month="May" +,year="2005" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/} +[Viewed May 25, 2005]" +,annotation={ + Paul McKenney's home page. +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenneyRCUPage +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Read-Copy Update {(RCU)}" +,month="May" +,year="2005" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU} +[Viewed May 25, 2005]" +,annotation={ + Paul McKenney's RCU page. +} +} + +@unpublished{JosephSeigh2005a +,Author="Joseph Seigh" +,Title="{RCU}+{SMR} (hazard pointers)" +,month="July" +,year="2005" +,note="Personal communication" +,annotation={ + Joe Seigh announcing his atomic-ptr-plus project. + http://sourceforge.net/projects/atomic-ptr-plus/ +} +} + +@unpublished{JosephSeigh2005b +,Author="Joseph Seigh" +,Title="Lock-free synchronization primitives" +,month="July" +,day="6" +,year="2005" +,note="Available: +\url{http://sourceforge.net/projects/atomic-ptr-plus/} +[Viewed August 8, 2005]" +,annotation={ + Joe Seigh's atomic-ptr-plus project. +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulMcKenney2005c +,Author="Paul E.McKenney" +,Title="{[RFC,PATCH] RCU} and {CONFIG\_PREEMPT\_RT} sane patch" +,month="August" +,day="1" +,year="2005" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/8/1/155} +[Viewed March 14, 2006]" +,annotation={ + First operating counter-based realtime RCU patch posted to LKML. +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulMcKenney2005d +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Re: [Fwd: Re: [patch] Real-Time Preemption, -RT-2.6.13-rc4-V0.7.52-01]" +,month="August" +,day="8" +,year="2005" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/8/8/108} +[Viewed March 14, 2006]" +,annotation={ + First operating counter-based realtime RCU patch posted to LKML, + but fixed so that various unusual combinations of configuration + parameters all function properly. +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulMcKenney2005rcutorture +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{[PATCH]} {RCU} torture testing" +,month="October" +,day="1" +,year="2005" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/10/1/70} +[Viewed March 14, 2006]" +,annotation={ + First rcutorture patch. +} +} + +@unpublished{DavidSMiller2006HashedLocking +,Author="David S. Miller" +,Title="Re: [{PATCH}, {RFC}] {RCU} : {OOM} avoidance and lower latency" +,month="January" +,day="6" +,year="2006" +,note="Available: +\url{https://lkml.org/lkml/2006/1/7/22} +[Viewed February 29, 2012]" +,annotation={ + David Miller's view on hashed arrays of locks: used to really + like it, but time he saw an opportunity for this technique, + something else always proved superior. Partitioning or RCU. ;-) +} +} + +@conference{ThomasEHart2006a +,Author="Thomas E. Hart and Paul E. McKenney and Angela Demke Brown" +,Title="Making Lockless Synchronization Fast: Performance Implications +of Memory Reclamation" +,Booktitle="20\textsuperscript{th} {IEEE} International Parallel and +Distributed Processing Symposium" +,month="April" +,year="2006" +,day="25-29" +,address="Rhodes, Greece" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/hart_ipdps06.pdf} +[Viewed April 28, 2008]" +,annotation={ + Compares QSBR, HPBR, EBR, and lock-free reference counting. + http://www.cs.toronto.edu/~tomhart/perflab/ipdps06.tgz +} +} + +@unpublished{NickPiggin2006radixtree +,Author="Nick Piggin" +,Title="[patch 3/3] radix-tree: {RCU} lockless readside" +,month="June" +,day="20" +,year="2006" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/6/20/238} +[Viewed March 25, 2008]" +,annotation={ + RCU-protected radix tree. +} +} + +@Conference{PaulEMcKenney2006b +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Dipankar Sarma and Ingo Molnar and +Suparna Bhattacharya" +,Title="Extending {RCU} for Realtime and Embedded Workloads" +,Booktitle="{Ottawa Linux Symposium}" +,Month="July" +,Year="2006" +,pages="v2 123-138" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.linuxsymposium.org/2006/view_abstract.php?content_key=184} +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/OLSrtRCU.2006.08.11a.pdf} +[Viewed January 1, 2007]" +,annotation={ + Described how to improve the -rt implementation of realtime RCU. +} +} + +@unpublished{WikipediaRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Chris Purcell and Algae and Ben Schumin and +Gaius Cornelius and Qwertyus and Neil Conway and Sbw and Blainster and +Canis Rufus and Zoicon5 and Anome and Hal Eisen" +,Title="Read-Copy Update" +,month="July" +,day="8" +,year="2006" +,note="\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Read-copy-update}" +,annotation={ + Wikipedia RCU page as of July 8 2006. + [Viewed August 21, 2006] +} +} + +@Conference{NickPiggin2006LocklessPageCache +,Author="Nick Piggin" +,Title="A Lockless Pagecache in Linux---Introduction, Progress, Performance" +,Booktitle="{Ottawa Linux Symposium}" +,Month="July" +,Year="2006" +,pages="v2 249-254" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.linuxsymposium.org/2006/view_abstract.php?content_key=184} +[Viewed January 11, 2009]" +,annotation={ + Uses RCU-protected radix tree for a lockless page cache. +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2006c +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Sleepable {RCU}" +,month="October" +,day="9" +,year="2006" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/202847/} +Revised: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/srcu.2007.01.14a.pdf} +[Viewed August 21, 2006]" +,annotation={ + LWN article introducing SRCU. +} +} + +@unpublished{RobertOlsson2006a +,Author="Robert Olsson and Stefan Nilsson" +,Title="{TRASH}: A dynamic {LC}-trie and hash data structure" +,month="August" +,day="18" +,year="2006" +,note="\url{http://www.nada.kth.se/~snilsson/publications/TRASH/trash.pdf}" +,annotation={ + RCU-protected dynamic trie-hash combination. + [Viewed March 4, 2011] +} +} + +@unpublished{ChristophHellwig2006RCU2SRCU +,Author="Christoph Hellwig" +,Title="Re: {[-mm PATCH 1/4]} {RCU}: split classic rcu" +,month="September" +,day="28" +,year="2006" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/9/28/160} +[Viewed March 27, 2008]" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenneyRCUusagePage +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{RCU} {Linux} Usage" +,month="October" +,year="2006" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/linuxusage.html} +[Viewed January 14, 2007]" +,annotation={ + Paul McKenney's RCU page showing graphs plotting Linux-kernel + usage of RCU. +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenneyRCUusageRawDataPage +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Read-Copy Update {(RCU)} Usage in {Linux} Kernel" +,month="October" +,year="2006" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/linuxusage/rculocktab.html} +[Viewed January 14, 2007]" +,annotation={ + Paul McKenney's RCU page showing Linux usage of RCU in tabular + form, with links to corresponding cscope databases. +} +} + +@unpublished{GauthamShenoy2006RCUrwlock +,Author="Gautham R. Shenoy" +,Title="[PATCH 4/5] lock\_cpu\_hotplug: Redesign - Lightweight implementation of lock\_cpu\_hotplug" +,month="October" +,year="2006" +,day=26 +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/10/26/73} +[Viewed January 26, 2009]" +,annotation={ + RCU-based reader-writer lock that allows readers to proceed with + no memory barriers or atomic instruction in absence of writers. + If writer do show up, readers must of course wait as required by + the semantics of reader-writer locking. This is a recursive + lock. +} +} + +@unpublished{JensAxboe2006SlowSRCU +,Author="Jens Axboe" +,Title="Re: [patch] cpufreq: mark \url{cpufreq_tsc()} as +\url{core_initcall_sync}" +,month="November" +,year="2006" +,day=17 +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/11/17/56} +[Viewed May 28, 2007]" +,annotation={ + SRCU's grace periods are too slow for Jens, even after a + factor-of-three speedup. + Sped-up version of SRCU at http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/11/17/359. +} +} + +@unpublished{OlegNesterov2006QRCU +,Author="Oleg Nesterov" +,Title="Re: [patch] cpufreq: mark {\tt cpufreq\_tsc()} as +{\tt core\_initcall\_sync}" +,month="November" +,year="2006" +,day=19 +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/11/19/69} +[Viewed May 28, 2007]" +,annotation={ + First cut of QRCU. Expanded/corrected versions followed. + Used to be OlegNesterov2007QRCU, now time-corrected. +} +} + +@unpublished{OlegNesterov2006aQRCU +,Author="Oleg Nesterov" +,Title="Re: [RFC, PATCH 1/2] qrcu: {"quick"} srcu implementation" +,month="November" +,year="2006" +,day=30 +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/11/29/330} +[Viewed November 26, 2008]" +,annotation={ + Expanded/corrected version of QRCU. + Used to be OlegNesterov2007aQRCU, now time-corrected. +} +} + +@unpublished{EvgeniyPolyakov2006RCUslowdown +,Author="Evgeniy Polyakov" +,Title="Badness in postponing work" +,month="December" +,year="2006" +,day=05 +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.ioremap.net/node/41} +[Viewed October 28, 2008]" +,annotation={ + Using RCU as a pure delay leads to a 2.5x slowdown in skbs in + the Linux kernel. +} +} + +@inproceedings{ChrisMatthews2006ClusteredObjectsRCU +,author = {Matthews, Chris and Coady, Yvonne and Appavoo, Jonathan} +,title = {Portability events: a programming model for scalable system infrastructures} +,booktitle = {PLOS '06: Proceedings of the 3rd workshop on Programming languages and operating systems} +,year = {2006} +,isbn = {1-59593-577-0} +,pages = {11} +,location = {San Jose, California} +,doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1215995.1216006} +,publisher = {ACM} +,address = {New York, NY, USA} +,annotation={ + Uses K42's RCU-like functionality to manage clustered-object + lifetimes. +} +} + +@article{DilmaDaSilva2006K42 +,author = {Silva, Dilma Da and Krieger, Orran and Wisniewski, Robert W. and Waterland, Amos and Tam, David and Baumann, Andrew} +,title = {K42: an infrastructure for operating system research} +,journal = {SIGOPS Oper. Syst. Rev.} +,volume = {40} +,number = {2} +,year = {2006} +,issn = {0163-5980} +,pages = {34--42} +,doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1131322.1131333} +,publisher = {ACM} +,address = {New York, NY, USA} +,annotation={ + Describes relationship of K42 generations to RCU. +} +} + +# CoreyMinyard2007list_splice_rcu +@unpublished{CoreyMinyard2007list:splice:rcu +,Author="Corey Minyard and Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{[PATCH]} add an {RCU} version of list splicing" +,month="January" +,year="2007" +,day=3 +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/1/3/112} +[Viewed May 28, 2007]" +,annotation={ + Patch for list_splice_rcu(). +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007rcubarrier +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{RCU} and Unloadable Modules" +,month="January" +,day="14" +,year="2007" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/217484/} +[Viewed November 22, 2007]" +,annotation={ + LWN article introducing the rcu_barrier() primitive. +} +} + +@unpublished{PeterZijlstra2007SyncBarrier +,Author="Peter Zijlstra and Ingo Molnar" +,Title="{[PATCH 3/7]} barrier: a scalable synchonisation barrier" +,month="January" +,year="2007" +,day=28 +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/1/28/34} +[Viewed March 27, 2008]" +,annotation={ + RCU-like implementation for frequent updaters and rare readers(!). + Subsumed into QRCU. Maybe... +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007BoostRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Priority-Boosting {RCU} Read-Side Critical Sections" +,month="February" +,day="5" +,year="2007" +,note="\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/220677/}" +,annotation={ + LWN article introducing RCU priority boosting. + Revised: + http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/RCUbooststate.2007.04.16a.pdf + [Viewed September 7, 2007] +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulMcKenney2007QRCUpatch +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{[PATCH]} {QRCU} with lockless fastpath" +,month="February" +,year="2007" +,day=24 +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/2/25/18} +[Viewed March 27, 2008]" +,annotation={ + Patch for QRCU supplying lock-free fast path. +} +} + +@article{JonathanAppavoo2007K42RCU +,author = {Appavoo, Jonathan and Silva, Dilma Da and Krieger, Orran and Auslander, Marc and Ostrowski, Michal and Rosenburg, Bryan and Waterland, Amos and Wisniewski, Robert W. and Xenidis, Jimi and Stumm, Michael and Soares, Livio} +,title = {Experience distributing objects in an SMMP OS} +,journal = {ACM Trans. Comput. Syst.} +,volume = {25} +,number = {3} +,year = {2007} +,issn = {0734-2071} +,pages = {6/1--6/52} +,doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1275517.1275518} +,publisher = {ACM} +,address = {New York, NY, USA} +,annotation={ + Role of RCU in K42. +} +} + +@conference{RobertOlsson2007Trash +,Author="Robert Olsson and Stefan Nilsson" +,Title="{TRASH}: A dynamic {LC}-trie and hash data structure" +,booktitle="Workshop on High Performance Switching and Routing (HPSR'07)" +,month="May" +,year="2007" +,note="Available: +\url{http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpl/freeabs_all.jsp?arnumber=4281239} +[Viewed October 1, 2010]" +,annotation={ + RCU-protected dynamic trie-hash combination. +} +} + +@conference{PeterZijlstra2007ConcurrentPagecacheRCU +,Author="Peter Zijlstra" +,Title="Concurrent Pagecache" +,Booktitle="Linux Symposium" +,month="June" +,year="2007" +,address="Ottawa, Canada" +,note="Available: +\url{http://ols.108.redhat.com/2007/Reprints/zijlstra-Reprint.pdf} +[Viewed April 14, 2008]" +,annotation={ + Page-cache modifications permitting RCU readers and concurrent + updates. +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007whatisRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="What is {RCU}?" +,year="2007" +,month="07" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/whatisRCU.html} +[Viewed July 6, 2007]" +,annotation={ + Describes RCU in Linux kernel. +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007QRCUspin +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Using {Promela} and {Spin} to verify parallel algorithms" +,month="August" +,day="1" +,year="2007" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/243851/} +[Viewed September 8, 2007]" +,annotation={ + LWN article describing Promela and spin, and also using Oleg + Nesterov's QRCU as an example (with Paul McKenney's fastpath). + Merged patch at: http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/2/25/18 +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007WG21DDOatomics +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Hans-J. Boehm and Lawrence Crowl" +,Title="C++ Data-Dependency Ordering: Atomics and Memory Model" +,month="August" +,day="3" +,year="2007" +,note="Available: +\url{http://open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/papers/2008/n2664.htm} +[Viewed December 7, 2009]" +,annotation={ + RCU for C++, parts 1 and 2. +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007WG21DDOannotation +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Lawrence Crowl" +,Title="C++ Data-Dependency Ordering: Function Annotation" +,month="September" +,day="18" +,year="2008" +,note="Available: +\url{http://open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/papers/2008/n2782.htm} +[Viewed December 7, 2009]" +,annotation={ + RCU for C++, part 2, updated many times. +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007PreemptibleRCUPatch +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="[PATCH RFC 0/9] {RCU}: Preemptible {RCU}" +,month="September" +,day="10" +,year="2007" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/9/10/213} +[Viewed October 25, 2007]" +,annotation={ + Final patch for preemptable RCU to -rt. (Later patches were + to mainline, eventually incorporated.) +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007PreemptibleRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="The design of preemptible read-copy-update" +,month="October" +,day="8" +,year="2007" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/253651/} +[Viewed October 25, 2007]" +,annotation={ + LWN article describing the design of preemptible RCU. +} +} + +@article{ThomasEHart2007a +,Author="Thomas E. Hart and Paul E. McKenney and Angela Demke Brown and Jonathan Walpole" +,Title="Performance of memory reclamation for lockless synchronization" +,journal="J. Parallel Distrib. Comput." +,volume={67} +,number="12" +,year="2007" +,issn="0743-7315" +,pages="1270--1285" +,doi="http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jpdc.2007.04.010" +,publisher="Academic Press, Inc." +,address="Orlando, FL, USA" +,annotation={ + Compares QSBR, HPBR, EBR, and lock-free reference counting. + Journal version of ThomasEHart2006a. +} +} + +# MathieuDesnoyers2007call_rcu_schedNeeded +@unpublished{MathieuDesnoyers2007call:rcu:schedNeeded +,Author="Mathieu Desnoyers" +,Title="Re: [patch 1/2] {Linux} Kernel Markers - Support Multiple Probes" +,month="December" +,day="20" +,year="2007" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/12/20/244} +[Viewed March 27, 2008]" +,annotation={ + Request for call_rcu_sched() and rcu_barrier_sched(). +} +} + + +######################################################################## +# +# "What is RCU?" LWN series. +# +# http://lwn.net/Articles/262464/ (What is RCU, Fundamentally?) +# http://lwn.net/Articles/263130/ (What is RCU's Usage?) +# http://lwn.net/Articles/264090/ (What is RCU's API?) + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007WhatIsRCUFundamentally +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" +,Title="What is {RCU}, Fundamentally?" +,month="December" +,day="17" +,year="2007" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/262464/} +[Viewed December 27, 2007]" +,annotation={ + Lays out the three basic components of RCU: (1) publish-subscribe, + (2) wait for pre-existing readers to complete, and (2) maintain + multiple versions. +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2008WhatIsRCUUsage +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="What is {RCU}? Part 2: Usage" +,month="January" +,day="4" +,year="2008" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/263130/} +[Viewed January 4, 2008]" +,annotation={ + Lays out six uses of RCU: + 1. RCU is a Reader-Writer Lock Replacement + 2. RCU is a Restricted Reference-Counting Mechanism + 3. RCU is a Bulk Reference-Counting Mechanism + 4. RCU is a Poor Man's Garbage Collector + 5. RCU is a Way of Providing Existence Guarantees + 6. RCU is a Way of Waiting for Things to Finish +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2008WhatIsRCUAPI +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{RCU} part 3: the {RCU} {API}" +,month="January" +,day="17" +,year="2008" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/264090/} +[Viewed January 10, 2008]" +,annotation={ + Gives an overview of the Linux-kernel RCU API and a brief annotated RCU + bibliography. +} +} + +# +# "What is RCU?" LWN series. +# +######################################################################## + + +@unpublished{SteveRostedt2008dyntickRCUpatch +,Author="Steven Rostedt and Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{[PATCH]} add support for dynamic ticks and preempt rcu" +,month="January" +,day="29" +,year="2008" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/1/29/208} +[Viewed March 27, 2008]" +,annotation={ + Patch that prevents preemptible RCU from unnecessarily waking + up dynticks-idle CPUs. +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2008LKMLDependencyOrdering +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Re: [PATCH 02/22 -v7] Add basic support for gcc profiler instrumentation" +,month="February" +,day="1" +,year="2008" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/2/2/255} +[Viewed October 18, 2008]" +,annotation={ + Explanation of compilers violating dependency ordering. +} +} + +@Conference{PaulEMcKenney2008Beijing +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Introducing Technology Into {Linux} Or: +Introducing your technology Into {Linux} will require introducing a +lot of {Linux} into your technology!!!" +,Booktitle="2008 Linux Developer Symposium - China" +,Publisher="OSS China" +,Month="February" +,Year="2008" +,Address="Beijing, China" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/TechIntroLinux.2008.02.19a.pdf} +[Viewed August 12, 2008]" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2008dynticksRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Steven Rostedt" +,Title="Integrating and Validating dynticks and Preemptable RCU" +,month="April" +,day="24" +,year="2008" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/279077/} +[Viewed April 24, 2008]" +,annotation={ + Describes use of Promela and Spin to validate (and fix!) the + dynticks/RCU interface. +} +} + +@article{DinakarGuniguntala2008IBMSysJ +,author="D. Guniguntala and P. E. McKenney and J. Triplett and J. Walpole" +,title="The read-copy-update mechanism for supporting real-time applications on shared-memory multiprocessor systems with {Linux}" +,Year="2008" +,Month="May" +,journal="IBM Systems Journal" +,volume="47" +,number="2" +,pages="221-236" +,annotation={ + RCU, realtime RCU, sleepable RCU, performance. + http://www.research.ibm.com/journal/sj/472/guniguntala.pdf + [Viewed April 24, 2008] +} +} + +@unpublished{LaiJiangshan2008NewClassicAlgorithm +,Author="Lai Jiangshan" +,Title="[{RFC}][{PATCH}] rcu classic: new algorithm for callbacks-processing" +,month="June" +,day="3" +,year="2008" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/6/2/539} +[Viewed December 10, 2008]" +,annotation={ + Updated RCU classic algorithm. Introduced multi-tailed list + for RCU callbacks and also pulling common code into + __call_rcu(). +} +} + +@article{PaulEMcKenney2008RCUOSR +,author="Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" +,title="Introducing technology into the {Linux} kernel: a case study" +,Year="2008" +,journal="SIGOPS Oper. Syst. Rev." +,volume="42" +,number="5" +,pages="4--17" +,issn="0163-5980" +,doi={http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1400097.1400099} +,publisher="ACM" +,address="New York, NY, USA" +,annotation={ + Linux changed RCU to a far greater degree than RCU has changed Linux. + http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?doid=1400097.1400099 +} +} + +@unpublished{ManfredSpraul2008StateMachineRCU +,Author="Manfred Spraul" +,Title="[{RFC}, {PATCH}] state machine based rcu" +,month="August" +,day="21" +,year="2008" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/8/21/336} +[Viewed December 8, 2008]" +,annotation={ + State-based RCU. One key thing that this patch does is to + separate the dynticks handling of NMIs and IRQs. +} +} + +@unpublished{ManfredSpraul2008dyntickIRQNMI +,Author="Manfred Spraul" +,Title="Re: [{RFC}, {PATCH}] v4 scalable classic {RCU} implementation" +,month="September" +,day="6" +,year="2008" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/9/6/86} +[Viewed December 8, 2008]" +,annotation={ + Manfred notes a fix required to my attempt to separate irq + and NMI processing for hierarchical RCU's dynticks interface. +} +} + +# Was PaulEMcKenney2011cyclicRCU +@techreport{PaulEMcKenney2008cyclicRCU +,author="Paul E. McKenney" +,title="Efficient Support of Consistent Cyclic Search With Read-Copy Update" +,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" +,address="Washington, DC" +,year="2008" +,number="US Patent 7,426,511" +,month="September" +,pages="23" +,annotation={ + Maintains an additional level of indirection to allow + readers to confine themselves to the desired snapshot of the + data structure. Only permits one update at a time. +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2008HierarchicalRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Hierarchical {RCU}" +,month="November" +,day="3" +,year="2008" +,note="\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/305782/}" +,annotation={ + RCU with combining-tree-based grace-period detection, + permitting it to handle thousands of CPUs. + [Viewed November 6, 2008] +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2009BloatwatchRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Re: [PATCH fyi] RCU: the bloatwatch edition" +,month="January" +,day="14" +,year="2009" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/1/14/449} +[Viewed January 15, 2009]" +,annotation={ + Small-footprint implementation of RCU for uniprocessor + embedded applications -- and also for exposition purposes. +} +} + +@conference{PaulEMcKenney2009MaliciousURCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Using a Malicious User-Level {RCU} to Torture {RCU}-Based Algorithms" +,Booktitle="linux.conf.au 2009" +,month="January" +,year="2009" +,address="Hobart, Australia" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/urcutorture.2009.01.22a.pdf} +[Viewed February 2, 2009]" +,annotation={ + Realtime RCU and torture-testing RCU uses. +} +} + +@unpublished{MathieuDesnoyers2009URCU +,Author="Mathieu Desnoyers" +,Title="[{RFC} git tree] Userspace {RCU} (urcu) for {Linux}" +,month="February" +,day="5" +,year="2009" +,note="\url{http://lttng.org/urcu}" +,annotation={ + Mathieu Desnoyers's user-space RCU implementation. + git://lttng.org/userspace-rcu.git + http://lttng.org/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=userspace-rcu.git + http://lttng.org/urcu + http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/2/5/572 +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2009LWNBloatWatchRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{RCU}: The {Bloatwatch} Edition" +,month="March" +,day="17" +,year="2009" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/323929/} +[Viewed March 20, 2009]" +,annotation={ + Uniprocessor assumptions allow simplified RCU implementation. +} +} + +@unpublished{EvgeniyPolyakov2009EllipticsNetwork +,Author="Evgeniy Polyakov" +,Title="The Elliptics Network" +,month="April" +,day="17" +,year="2009" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.ioremap.net/projects/elliptics} +[Viewed April 30, 2009]" +,annotation={ + Distributed hash table with transactions, using elliptic + hash functions to distribute data. +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2009expeditedRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="[{PATCH} -tip 0/3] expedited 'big hammer' {RCU} grace periods" +,month="June" +,day="25" +,year="2009" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/6/25/306} +[Viewed August 16, 2009]" +,annotation={ + First posting of expedited RCU to be accepted into -tip. +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2009fastRTRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="[{PATCH} {RFC} -tip 0/4] {RCU} cleanups and simplified preemptable {RCU}" +,month="July" +,day="23" +,year="2009" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/7/23/294} +[Viewed August 15, 2009]" +,annotation={ + First posting of simple and fast preemptable RCU. +} +} + +@unpublished{JoshTriplett2009RPHash +,Author="Josh Triplett" +,Title="Scalable concurrent hash tables via relativistic programming" +,month="September" +,year="2009" +,note="Linux Plumbers Conference presentation" +,annotation={ + RP fun with hash tables. + Superseded by JoshTriplett2010RPHash +} +} + +@phdthesis{MathieuDesnoyersPhD +, title = "Low-Impact Operating System Tracing" +, author = "Mathieu Desnoyers" +, school = "Ecole Polytechnique de Montr\'{e}al" +, month = "December" +, year = 2009 +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.lttng.org/pub/thesis/desnoyers-dissertation-2009-12.pdf} +[Viewed December 9, 2009]" +,annotation={ + Chapter 6 (page 97) covers user-level RCU. +} +} + +@unpublished{RelativisticProgrammingWiki +,Author="Josh Triplett and Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" +,Title="Relativistic Programming" +,month="September" +,year="2009" +,note="Available: +\url{http://wiki.cs.pdx.edu/rp/} +[Viewed December 9, 2009]" +,annotation={ + Main Relativistic Programming Wiki. +} +} + +@conference{PaulEMcKenney2009DeterministicRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Deterministic Synchronization in Multicore Systems: the Role of {RCU}" +,Booktitle="Eleventh Real Time Linux Workshop" +,month="September" +,year="2009" +,address="Dresden, Germany" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/realtime/paper/DetSyncRCU.2009.08.18a.pdf} +[Viewed January 14, 2009]" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2009HuntingHeisenbugs +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Hunting Heisenbugs" +,month="November" +,year="2009" +,day="1" +,note="Available: +\url{http://paulmck.livejournal.com/14639.html} +[Viewed June 4, 2010]" +,annotation={ + Day-one bug in Tree RCU that took forever to track down. +} +} + +@unpublished{MathieuDesnoyers2009defer:rcu +,Author="Mathieu Desnoyers" +,Title="Kernel RCU: shrink the size of the struct rcu\_head" +,month="December" +,year="2009" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/10/18/129} +[Viewed December 29, 2009]" +,annotation={ + Mathieu proposed defer_rcu() with fixed-size per-thread pool + of RCU callbacks. +} +} + +@unpublished{MathieuDesnoyers2009VerifPrePub +,Author="Mathieu Desnoyers and Paul E. McKenney and Michel R. Dagenais" +,Title="Multi-Core Systems Modeling for Formal Verification of Parallel Algorithms" +,month="December" +,year="2009" +,note="Submitted to IEEE TPDS" +,annotation={ + OOMem model for Mathieu's user-level RCU mechanical proof of + correctness. +} +} + +@unpublished{MathieuDesnoyers2009URCUPrePub +,Author="Mathieu Desnoyers and Paul E. McKenney and Alan Stern and Michel R. Dagenais and Jonathan Walpole" +,Title="User-Level Implementations of Read-Copy Update" +,month="December" +,year="2010" +,url={\url{http://www.computer.org/csdl/trans/td/2012/02/ttd2012020375-abs.html}} +,annotation={ + RCU overview, desiderata, semi-formal semantics, user-level RCU + usage scenarios, three classes of RCU implementation, wait-free + RCU updates, RCU grace-period batching, update overhead, + http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/urcu-main-accepted.2011.08.30a.pdf + http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/urcu-supp-accepted.2011.08.30a.pdf + Superseded by MathieuDesnoyers2012URCU. +} +} + +@inproceedings{HariKannan2009DynamicAnalysisRCU +,author = {Kannan, Hari} +,title = {Ordering decoupled metadata accesses in multiprocessors} +,booktitle = {MICRO 42: Proceedings of the 42nd Annual IEEE/ACM International Symposium on Microarchitecture} +,year = {2009} +,isbn = {978-1-60558-798-1} +,pages = {381--390} +,location = {New York, New York} +,doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1669112.1669161} +,publisher = {ACM} +,address = {New York, NY, USA} +,annotation={ + Uses RCU to protect metadata used in dynamic analysis. +} +} + +@conference{PaulEMcKenney2010SimpleOptRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Simplicity Through Optimization" +,Booktitle="linux.conf.au 2010" +,month="January" +,year="2010" +,address="Wellington, New Zealand" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/SimplicityThruOptimization.2010.01.21f.pdf} +[Viewed October 10, 2010]" +,annotation={ + TREE_PREEMPT_RCU optimizations greatly simplified the old + PREEMPT_RCU implementation. +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2010LockdepRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Lockdep-{RCU}" +,month="February" +,year="2010" +,day="1" +,note="\url{https://lwn.net/Articles/371986/}" +,annotation={ + CONFIG_PROVE_RCU, or at least an early version. + [Viewed June 4, 2010] +} +} + +@unpublished{AviKivity2010KVM2RCU +,Author="Avi Kivity" +,Title="[{PATCH} 37/40] {KVM}: Bump maximum vcpu count to 64" +,month="February" +,year="2010" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.mail-archive.com/kvm@vger.kernel.org/msg28640.html} +[Viewed March 20, 2010]" +,annotation={ + Use of RCU permits KVM to increase the size of guest OSes from + 16 CPUs to 64 CPUs. +} +} + +@unpublished{HerbertXu2010RCUResizeHash +,Author="Herbert Xu" +,Title="bridge: Add core IGMP snooping support" +,month="February" +,year="2010" +,note="Available: +\url{http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/153338} +[Viewed June 9, 2014]" +,annotation={ + Use a pair of list_head structures to support RCU-protected + resizable hash tables. +} +} + +@mastersthesis{AbhinavDuggal2010Masters +,author="Abhinav Duggal" +,title="Stopping Data Races Using Redflag" +,school="Stony Brook University" +,year="2010" +,annotation={ + Data-race detector incorporating RCU. + http://www.filesystems.org/docs/abhinav-thesis/abhinav_thesis.pdf +} +} + +@article{JoshTriplett2010RPHash +,author="Josh Triplett and Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" +,title="Scalable Concurrent Hash Tables via Relativistic Programming" +,journal="ACM Operating Systems Review" +,year=2010 +,volume=44 +,number=3 +,month="July" +,annotation={ + RP fun with hash tables. + http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=1842733.1842750 +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2010RCUAPI +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="The {RCU} {API}, 2010 Edition" +,month="December" +,day="8" +,year="2010" +,note="\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/418853/}" +,annotation={ + Includes updated software-engineering features. + [Viewed December 8, 2010] +} +} + +@mastersthesis{AndrejPodzimek2010masters +,author="Andrej Podzimek" +,title="Read-Copy-Update for OpenSolaris" +,school="Charles University in Prague" +,year="2010" +,note="Available: +\url{https://andrej.podzimek.org/thesis.pdf} +[Viewed January 31, 2011]" +,annotation={ + Reviews RCU implementations and creates a few for OpenSolaris. + Drives quiescent-state detection from RCU read-side primitives, + in a manner roughly similar to that of Jim Houston. +} +} + +@unpublished{LinusTorvalds2011Linux2:6:38:rc1:NPigginVFS +,Author="Linus Torvalds" +,Title="Linux 2.6.38-rc1" +,month="January" +,year="2011" +,note="Available: +\url{https://lkml.org/lkml/2011/1/18/322} +[Viewed March 4, 2011]" +,annotation={ + "The RCU-based name lookup is at the other end of the spectrum - the + absolute anti-gimmick. It's some seriously good stuff, and gets rid of + the last main global lock that really tends to hurt some kernel loads. + The dentry lock is no longer a big serializing issue. What's really + nice about it is that it actually improves performance a lot even for + single-threaded loads (on an SMP kernel), because it gets rid of some + of the most expensive parts of path component lookup, which was the + d_lock on every component lookup. So I'm seeing improvements of 30-50% + on some seriously pathname-lookup intensive loads." +} +} + +@techreport{JoshTriplett2011RPScalableCorrectOrdering +,author = {Josh Triplett and Philip W. Howard and Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole} +,title = {Scalable Correct Memory Ordering via Relativistic Programming} +,year = {2011} +,number = {11-03} +,institution = {Portland State University} +,note = {\url{http://www.cs.pdx.edu/pdfs/tr1103.pdf}} +} + +@inproceedings{PhilHoward2011RCUTMRBTree +,author = {Philip W. Howard and Jonathan Walpole} +,title = {A Relativistic Enhancement to Software Transactional Memory} +,booktitle = {Proceedings of the 3rd USENIX conference on Hot topics in parallelism} +,series = {HotPar'11} +,year = {2011} +,location = {Berkeley, CA} +,pages = {1--6} +,numpages = {6} +,url = {http://www.usenix.org/event/hotpar11/tech/final_files/Howard.pdf} +,publisher = {USENIX Association} +,address = {Berkeley, CA, USA} +} + +@techreport{PaulEMcKenney2011cyclicparallelRCU +,author="Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" +,title="Efficient Support of Consistent Cyclic Search With Read-Copy Update and Parallel Updates" +,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" +,address="Washington, DC" +,year="2011" +,number="US Patent 7,953,778" +,month="May" +,pages="34" +,annotation={ + Maintains an array of generation numbers to track in-flight + updates and keeps an additional level of indirection to allow + readers to confine themselves to the desired snapshot of the + data structure. +} +} + +@inproceedings{Triplett:2011:RPHash +,author = {Triplett, Josh and McKenney, Paul E. and Walpole, Jonathan} +,title = {Resizable, Scalable, Concurrent Hash Tables via Relativistic Programming} +,booktitle = {Proceedings of the 2011 USENIX Annual Technical Conference} +,month = {June} +,year = {2011} +,pages = {145--158} +,numpages = {14} +,url={http://www.usenix.org/event/atc11/tech/final_files/Triplett.pdf} +,publisher = {The USENIX Association} +,address = {Portland, OR USA} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2011RCU3.0trainwreck +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="3.0 and {RCU:} what went wrong" +,month="July" +,day="27" +,year="2011" +,note="\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/453002/}" +,annotation={ + Analysis of the RCU trainwreck in Linux kernel 3.0. + [Viewed July 27, 2011] +} +} + +@unpublished{NeilBrown2011MeetTheLockers +,Author="Neil Brown" +,Title="Meet the {Lockers}" +,month="August" +,day="3" +,year="2011" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/453685/} +[Viewed September 2, 2011]" +,annotation={ + The Locker family as an analogy for locking, reference counting, + RCU, and seqlock. +} +} + +@inproceedings{Seyster:2011:RFA:2075416.2075425 +,author = {Seyster, Justin and Radhakrishnan, Prabakar and Katoch, Samriti and Duggal, Abhinav and Stoller, Scott D. and Zadok, Erez} +,title = {Redflag: a framework for analysis of Kernel-level concurrency} +,booktitle = {Proceedings of the 11th international conference on Algorithms and architectures for parallel processing - Volume Part I} +,series = {ICA3PP'11} +,year = {2011} +,isbn = {978-3-642-24649-4} +,location = {Melbourne, Australia} +,pages = {66--79} +,numpages = {14} +,url = {http://dl.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=2075416.2075425} +,acmid = {2075425} +,publisher = {Springer-Verlag} +,address = {Berlin, Heidelberg} +} + +@phdthesis{JoshTriplettPhD +,author="Josh Triplett" +,title="Relativistic Causal Ordering: A Memory Model for Scalable Concurrent Data Structures" +,school="Portland State University" +,year="2012" +,annotation={ + RCU-protected hash tables, barriers vs. read-side traversal order. + . + If the updater is making changes in the opposite direction from + the read-side traveral order, the updater need only execute a + memory-barrier instruction, but if in the same direction, the + updater needs to wait for a grace period between the individual + updates. +} +} + +@article{MathieuDesnoyers2012URCU +,Author="Mathieu Desnoyers and Paul E. McKenney and Alan Stern and Michel R. Dagenais and Jonathan Walpole" +,Title="User-Level Implementations of Read-Copy Update" +,journal="IEEE Transactions on Parallel and Distributed Systems" +,volume={23} +,year="2012" +,issn="1045-9219" +,pages="375-382" +,doi="http://doi.ieeecomputersociety.org/10.1109/TPDS.2011.159" +,publisher="IEEE Computer Society" +,address="Los Alamitos, CA, USA" +,annotation={ + RCU overview, desiderata, semi-formal semantics, user-level RCU + usage scenarios, three classes of RCU implementation, wait-free + RCU updates, RCU grace-period batching, update overhead, + http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/urcu-main-accepted.2011.08.30a.pdf + http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/urcu-supp-accepted.2011.08.30a.pdf + http://www.computer.org/cms/Computer.org/dl/trans/td/2012/02/extras/ttd2012020375s.pdf +} +} + +@inproceedings{AustinClements2012RCULinux:mmapsem +,author = {Austin Clements and Frans Kaashoek and Nickolai Zeldovich} +,title = {Scalable Address Spaces Using {RCU} Balanced Trees} +,booktitle = {Architectural Support for Programming Languages and Operating Systems (ASPLOS 2012)} +,month = {March} +,year = {2012} +,pages = {199--210} +,numpages = {12} +,publisher = {ACM} +,address = {London, UK} +,url="http://people.csail.mit.edu/nickolai/papers/clements-bonsai.pdf" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2012ELCbattery +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Making {RCU} Safe For Battery-Powered Devices" +,month="February" +,day="15" +,year="2012" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/RCUdynticks.2012.02.15b.pdf} +[Viewed March 1, 2012]" +,annotation={ + RCU_FAST_NO_HZ, round 2. +} +} + +@article{GuillermoVigueras2012RCUCrowd +,author = {Vigueras, Guillermo and Ordu\~{n}a, Juan M. and Lozano, Miguel} +,day = {25} +,doi = {10.1007/s11227-012-0766-x} +,issn = {0920-8542} +,journal = {The Journal of Supercomputing} +,keywords = {linux, simulation} +,month = apr +,posted-at = {2012-05-03 09:12:04} +,priority = {2} +,title = {{A Read-Copy Update based parallel server for distributed crowd simulations}} +,url = {http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s11227-012-0766-x} +,year = {2012} +} + + +@unpublished{JonCorbet2012ACCESS:ONCE +,Author="Jon Corbet" +,Title="{ACCESS\_ONCE()}" +,month="August" +,day="1" +,year="2012" +,note="\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/508991/}" +,annotation={ + A couple of simple specific compiler optimizations that motivate + ACCESS_ONCE(). +} +} + +@unpublished{AlexeyGotsman2012VerifyGraceExtended +,Author="Alexey Gotsman and Noam Rinetzky and Hongseok Yang" +,Title="Verifying Highly Concurrent Algorithms with Grace (extended version)" +,month="July" +,day="10" +,year="2012" +,note="\url{http://software.imdea.org/~gotsman/papers/recycling-esop13-ext.pdf}" +,annotation={ + Separation-logic formulation of RCU uses. +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulMcKenney2012RCUUsage +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Silas Boyd-Wickizer and Jonathan Walpole" +,Title="{RCU} Usage In the Linux Kernel: One Decade Later" +,month="September" +,day="17" +,year="2012" +,url=http://rdrop.com/users/paulmck/techreports/survey.2012.09.17a.pdf +,note="Technical report paulmck.2012.09.17" +,annotation={ + Overview of the first variant of no-CBs CPUs for RCU. +} +} + +@unpublished{JonCorbet2012NOCB +,Author="Jon Corbet" +,Title="Relocating RCU callbacks" +,month="October" +,day="31" +,year="2012" +,note="\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/522262/}" +,annotation={ + Overview of the first variant of no-CBs CPUs for RCU. +} +} + +@phdthesis{JustinSeyster2012PhD +,author="Justin Seyster" +,title="Runtime Verification of Kernel-Level Concurrency Using Compiler-Based Instrumentation" +,school="Stony Brook University" +,year="2012" +,annotation={ + Looking for data races, including those involving RCU. + Proposal: + http://www.fsl.cs.sunysb.edu/docs/jseyster-proposal/redflag.pdf + Dissertation: + http://www.fsl.cs.sunysb.edu/docs/jseyster-dissertation/redflag.pdf +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2013RCUUsage +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Silas Boyd-Wickizer and Jonathan Walpole" +,Title="{RCU} Usage in the {Linux} Kernel: One Decade Later" +,month="February" +,day="24" +,year="2013" +,note="\url{http://rdrop.com/users/paulmck/techreports/RCUUsage.2013.02.24a.pdf}" +,annotation={ + Usage of RCU within the Linux kernel. +} +} + +@inproceedings{AlexeyGotsman2013ESOPRCU +,author = {Alexey Gotsman and Noam Rinetzky and Hongseok Yang} +,title = {Verifying concurrent memory reclamation algorithms with grace} +,booktitle = {ESOP'13: European Symposium on Programming} +,year = {2013} +,pages = {249--269} +,publisher = {Springer} +,address = {Rome, Italy} +,annotation={ + http://software.imdea.org/~gotsman/papers/recycling-esop13.pdf +} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2013NoTinyPreempt +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Simplifying RCU" +,month="March" +,day="6" +,year="2013" +,note="\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/541037/}" +,annotation={ + Getting rid of TINY_PREEMPT_RCU. +} +} diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/UP.txt b/Documentation/RCU/UP.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..90ec5341e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RCU/UP.txt @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +RCU on Uniprocessor Systems + + +A common misconception is that, on UP systems, the call_rcu() primitive +may immediately invoke its function. The basis of this misconception +is that since there is only one CPU, it should not be necessary to +wait for anything else to get done, since there are no other CPUs for +anything else to be happening on. Although this approach will -sort- -of- +work a surprising amount of the time, it is a very bad idea in general. +This document presents three examples that demonstrate exactly how bad +an idea this is. + + +Example 1: softirq Suicide + +Suppose that an RCU-based algorithm scans a linked list containing +elements A, B, and C in process context, and can delete elements from +this same list in softirq context. Suppose that the process-context scan +is referencing element B when it is interrupted by softirq processing, +which deletes element B, and then invokes call_rcu() to free element B +after a grace period. + +Now, if call_rcu() were to directly invoke its arguments, then upon return +from softirq, the list scan would find itself referencing a newly freed +element B. This situation can greatly decrease the life expectancy of +your kernel. + +This same problem can occur if call_rcu() is invoked from a hardware +interrupt handler. + + +Example 2: Function-Call Fatality + +Of course, one could avert the suicide described in the preceding example +by having call_rcu() directly invoke its arguments only if it was called +from process context. However, this can fail in a similar manner. + +Suppose that an RCU-based algorithm again scans a linked list containing +elements A, B, and C in process contexts, but that it invokes a function +on each element as it is scanned. Suppose further that this function +deletes element B from the list, then passes it to call_rcu() for deferred +freeing. This may be a bit unconventional, but it is perfectly legal +RCU usage, since call_rcu() must wait for a grace period to elapse. +Therefore, in this case, allowing call_rcu() to immediately invoke +its arguments would cause it to fail to make the fundamental guarantee +underlying RCU, namely that call_rcu() defers invoking its arguments until +all RCU read-side critical sections currently executing have completed. + +Quick Quiz #1: why is it -not- legal to invoke synchronize_rcu() in + this case? + + +Example 3: Death by Deadlock + +Suppose that call_rcu() is invoked while holding a lock, and that the +callback function must acquire this same lock. In this case, if +call_rcu() were to directly invoke the callback, the result would +be self-deadlock. + +In some cases, it would possible to restructure to code so that +the call_rcu() is delayed until after the lock is released. However, +there are cases where this can be quite ugly: + +1. If a number of items need to be passed to call_rcu() within + the same critical section, then the code would need to create + a list of them, then traverse the list once the lock was + released. + +2. In some cases, the lock will be held across some kernel API, + so that delaying the call_rcu() until the lock is released + requires that the data item be passed up via a common API. + It is far better to guarantee that callbacks are invoked + with no locks held than to have to modify such APIs to allow + arbitrary data items to be passed back up through them. + +If call_rcu() directly invokes the callback, painful locking restrictions +or API changes would be required. + +Quick Quiz #2: What locking restriction must RCU callbacks respect? + + +Summary + +Permitting call_rcu() to immediately invoke its arguments breaks RCU, +even on a UP system. So do not do it! Even on a UP system, the RCU +infrastructure -must- respect grace periods, and -must- invoke callbacks +from a known environment in which no locks are held. + +It -is- safe for synchronize_sched() and synchronize_rcu_bh() to return +immediately on an UP system. It is also safe for synchronize_rcu() +to return immediately on UP systems, except when running preemptable +RCU. + +Quick Quiz #3: Why can't synchronize_rcu() return immediately on + UP systems running preemptable RCU? + + +Answer to Quick Quiz #1: + Why is it -not- legal to invoke synchronize_rcu() in this case? + + Because the calling function is scanning an RCU-protected linked + list, and is therefore within an RCU read-side critical section. + Therefore, the called function has been invoked within an RCU + read-side critical section, and is not permitted to block. + +Answer to Quick Quiz #2: + What locking restriction must RCU callbacks respect? + + Any lock that is acquired within an RCU callback must be + acquired elsewhere using an _irq variant of the spinlock + primitive. For example, if "mylock" is acquired by an + RCU callback, then a process-context acquisition of this + lock must use something like spin_lock_irqsave() to + acquire the lock. + + If the process-context code were to simply use spin_lock(), + then, since RCU callbacks can be invoked from softirq context, + the callback might be called from a softirq that interrupted + the process-context critical section. This would result in + self-deadlock. + + This restriction might seem gratuitous, since very few RCU + callbacks acquire locks directly. However, a great many RCU + callbacks do acquire locks -indirectly-, for example, via + the kfree() primitive. + +Answer to Quick Quiz #3: + Why can't synchronize_rcu() return immediately on UP systems + running preemptable RCU? + + Because some other task might have been preempted in the middle + of an RCU read-side critical section. If synchronize_rcu() + simply immediately returned, it would prematurely signal the + end of the grace period, which would come as a nasty shock to + that other thread when it started running again. diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/arrayRCU.txt b/Documentation/RCU/arrayRCU.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..453ebe695 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RCU/arrayRCU.txt @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +Using RCU to Protect Read-Mostly Arrays + + +Although RCU is more commonly used to protect linked lists, it can +also be used to protect arrays. Three situations are as follows: + +1. Hash Tables + +2. Static Arrays + +3. Resizeable Arrays + +Each of these situations are discussed below. + + +Situation 1: Hash Tables + +Hash tables are often implemented as an array, where each array entry +has a linked-list hash chain. Each hash chain can be protected by RCU +as described in the listRCU.txt document. This approach also applies +to other array-of-list situations, such as radix trees. + + +Situation 2: Static Arrays + +Static arrays, where the data (rather than a pointer to the data) is +located in each array element, and where the array is never resized, +have not been used with RCU. Rik van Riel recommends using seqlock in +this situation, which would also have minimal read-side overhead as long +as updates are rare. + +Quick Quiz: Why is it so important that updates be rare when + using seqlock? + + +Situation 3: Resizeable Arrays + +Use of RCU for resizeable arrays is demonstrated by the grow_ary() +function used by the System V IPC code. The array is used to map from +semaphore, message-queue, and shared-memory IDs to the data structure +that represents the corresponding IPC construct. The grow_ary() +function does not acquire any locks; instead its caller must hold the +ids->sem semaphore. + +The grow_ary() function, shown below, does some limit checks, allocates a +new ipc_id_ary, copies the old to the new portion of the new, initializes +the remainder of the new, updates the ids->entries pointer to point to +the new array, and invokes ipc_rcu_putref() to free up the old array. +Note that rcu_assign_pointer() is used to update the ids->entries pointer, +which includes any memory barriers required on whatever architecture +you are running on. + + static int grow_ary(struct ipc_ids* ids, int newsize) + { + struct ipc_id_ary* new; + struct ipc_id_ary* old; + int i; + int size = ids->entries->size; + + if(newsize > IPCMNI) + newsize = IPCMNI; + if(newsize <= size) + return newsize; + + new = ipc_rcu_alloc(sizeof(struct kern_ipc_perm *)*newsize + + sizeof(struct ipc_id_ary)); + if(new == NULL) + return size; + new->size = newsize; + memcpy(new->p, ids->entries->p, + sizeof(struct kern_ipc_perm *)*size + + sizeof(struct ipc_id_ary)); + for(i=size;ip[i] = NULL; + } + old = ids->entries; + + /* + * Use rcu_assign_pointer() to make sure the memcpyed + * contents of the new array are visible before the new + * array becomes visible. + */ + rcu_assign_pointer(ids->entries, new); + + ipc_rcu_putref(old); + return newsize; + } + +The ipc_rcu_putref() function decrements the array's reference count +and then, if the reference count has dropped to zero, uses call_rcu() +to free the array after a grace period has elapsed. + +The array is traversed by the ipc_lock() function. This function +indexes into the array under the protection of rcu_read_lock(), +using rcu_dereference() to pick up the pointer to the array so +that it may later safely be dereferenced -- memory barriers are +required on the Alpha CPU. Since the size of the array is stored +with the array itself, there can be no array-size mismatches, so +a simple check suffices. The pointer to the structure corresponding +to the desired IPC object is placed in "out", with NULL indicating +a non-existent entry. After acquiring "out->lock", the "out->deleted" +flag indicates whether the IPC object is in the process of being +deleted, and, if not, the pointer is returned. + + struct kern_ipc_perm* ipc_lock(struct ipc_ids* ids, int id) + { + struct kern_ipc_perm* out; + int lid = id % SEQ_MULTIPLIER; + struct ipc_id_ary* entries; + + rcu_read_lock(); + entries = rcu_dereference(ids->entries); + if(lid >= entries->size) { + rcu_read_unlock(); + return NULL; + } + out = entries->p[lid]; + if(out == NULL) { + rcu_read_unlock(); + return NULL; + } + spin_lock(&out->lock); + + /* ipc_rmid() may have already freed the ID while ipc_lock + * was spinning: here verify that the structure is still valid + */ + if (out->deleted) { + spin_unlock(&out->lock); + rcu_read_unlock(); + return NULL; + } + return out; + } + + +Answer to Quick Quiz: + + The reason that it is important that updates be rare when + using seqlock is that frequent updates can livelock readers. + One way to avoid this problem is to assign a seqlock for + each array entry rather than to the entire array. diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt b/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..877947130 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt @@ -0,0 +1,437 @@ +Review Checklist for RCU Patches + + +This document contains a checklist for producing and reviewing patches +that make use of RCU. Violating any of the rules listed below will +result in the same sorts of problems that leaving out a locking primitive +would cause. This list is based on experiences reviewing such patches +over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome! + +0. Is RCU being applied to a read-mostly situation? If the data + structure is updated more than about 10% of the time, then you + should strongly consider some other approach, unless detailed + performance measurements show that RCU is nonetheless the right + tool for the job. Yes, RCU does reduce read-side overhead by + increasing write-side overhead, which is exactly why normal uses + of RCU will do much more reading than updating. + + Another exception is where performance is not an issue, and RCU + provides a simpler implementation. An example of this situation + is the dynamic NMI code in the Linux 2.6 kernel, at least on + architectures where NMIs are rare. + + Yet another exception is where the low real-time latency of RCU's + read-side primitives is critically important. + +1. Does the update code have proper mutual exclusion? + + RCU does allow -readers- to run (almost) naked, but -writers- must + still use some sort of mutual exclusion, such as: + + a. locking, + b. atomic operations, or + c. restricting updates to a single task. + + If you choose #b, be prepared to describe how you have handled + memory barriers on weakly ordered machines (pretty much all of + them -- even x86 allows later loads to be reordered to precede + earlier stores), and be prepared to explain why this added + complexity is worthwhile. If you choose #c, be prepared to + explain how this single task does not become a major bottleneck on + big multiprocessor machines (for example, if the task is updating + information relating to itself that other tasks can read, there + by definition can be no bottleneck). + +2. Do the RCU read-side critical sections make proper use of + rcu_read_lock() and friends? These primitives are needed + to prevent grace periods from ending prematurely, which + could result in data being unceremoniously freed out from + under your read-side code, which can greatly increase the + actuarial risk of your kernel. + + As a rough rule of thumb, any dereference of an RCU-protected + pointer must be covered by rcu_read_lock(), rcu_read_lock_bh(), + rcu_read_lock_sched(), or by the appropriate update-side lock. + Disabling of preemption can serve as rcu_read_lock_sched(), but + is less readable. + +3. Does the update code tolerate concurrent accesses? + + The whole point of RCU is to permit readers to run without + any locks or atomic operations. This means that readers will + be running while updates are in progress. There are a number + of ways to handle this concurrency, depending on the situation: + + a. Use the RCU variants of the list and hlist update + primitives to add, remove, and replace elements on + an RCU-protected list. Alternatively, use the other + RCU-protected data structures that have been added to + the Linux kernel. + + This is almost always the best approach. + + b. Proceed as in (a) above, but also maintain per-element + locks (that are acquired by both readers and writers) + that guard per-element state. Of course, fields that + the readers refrain from accessing can be guarded by + some other lock acquired only by updaters, if desired. + + This works quite well, also. + + c. Make updates appear atomic to readers. For example, + pointer updates to properly aligned fields will + appear atomic, as will individual atomic primitives. + Sequences of perations performed under a lock will -not- + appear to be atomic to RCU readers, nor will sequences + of multiple atomic primitives. + + This can work, but is starting to get a bit tricky. + + d. Carefully order the updates and the reads so that + readers see valid data at all phases of the update. + This is often more difficult than it sounds, especially + given modern CPUs' tendency to reorder memory references. + One must usually liberally sprinkle memory barriers + (smp_wmb(), smp_rmb(), smp_mb()) through the code, + making it difficult to understand and to test. + + It is usually better to group the changing data into + a separate structure, so that the change may be made + to appear atomic by updating a pointer to reference + a new structure containing updated values. + +4. Weakly ordered CPUs pose special challenges. Almost all CPUs + are weakly ordered -- even x86 CPUs allow later loads to be + reordered to precede earlier stores. RCU code must take all of + the following measures to prevent memory-corruption problems: + + a. Readers must maintain proper ordering of their memory + accesses. The rcu_dereference() primitive ensures that + the CPU picks up the pointer before it picks up the data + that the pointer points to. This really is necessary + on Alpha CPUs. If you don't believe me, see: + + http://www.openvms.compaq.com/wizard/wiz_2637.html + + The rcu_dereference() primitive is also an excellent + documentation aid, letting the person reading the + code know exactly which pointers are protected by RCU. + Please note that compilers can also reorder code, and + they are becoming increasingly aggressive about doing + just that. The rcu_dereference() primitive therefore also + prevents destructive compiler optimizations. However, + with a bit of devious creativity, it is possible to + mishandle the return value from rcu_dereference(). + Please see rcu_dereference.txt in this directory for + more information. + + The rcu_dereference() primitive is used by the + various "_rcu()" list-traversal primitives, such + as the list_for_each_entry_rcu(). Note that it is + perfectly legal (if redundant) for update-side code to + use rcu_dereference() and the "_rcu()" list-traversal + primitives. This is particularly useful in code that + is common to readers and updaters. However, lockdep + will complain if you access rcu_dereference() outside + of an RCU read-side critical section. See lockdep.txt + to learn what to do about this. + + Of course, neither rcu_dereference() nor the "_rcu()" + list-traversal primitives can substitute for a good + concurrency design coordinating among multiple updaters. + + b. If the list macros are being used, the list_add_tail_rcu() + and list_add_rcu() primitives must be used in order + to prevent weakly ordered machines from misordering + structure initialization and pointer planting. + Similarly, if the hlist macros are being used, the + hlist_add_head_rcu() primitive is required. + + c. If the list macros are being used, the list_del_rcu() + primitive must be used to keep list_del()'s pointer + poisoning from inflicting toxic effects on concurrent + readers. Similarly, if the hlist macros are being used, + the hlist_del_rcu() primitive is required. + + The list_replace_rcu() and hlist_replace_rcu() primitives + may be used to replace an old structure with a new one + in their respective types of RCU-protected lists. + + d. Rules similar to (4b) and (4c) apply to the "hlist_nulls" + type of RCU-protected linked lists. + + e. Updates must ensure that initialization of a given + structure happens before pointers to that structure are + publicized. Use the rcu_assign_pointer() primitive + when publicizing a pointer to a structure that can + be traversed by an RCU read-side critical section. + +5. If call_rcu(), or a related primitive such as call_rcu_bh(), + call_rcu_sched(), or call_srcu() is used, the callback function + must be written to be called from softirq context. In particular, + it cannot block. + +6. Since synchronize_rcu() can block, it cannot be called from + any sort of irq context. The same rule applies for + synchronize_rcu_bh(), synchronize_sched(), synchronize_srcu(), + synchronize_rcu_expedited(), synchronize_rcu_bh_expedited(), + synchronize_sched_expedite(), and synchronize_srcu_expedited(). + + The expedited forms of these primitives have the same semantics + as the non-expedited forms, but expediting is both expensive + and unfriendly to real-time workloads. Use of the expedited + primitives should be restricted to rare configuration-change + operations that would not normally be undertaken while a real-time + workload is running. + + In particular, if you find yourself invoking one of the expedited + primitives repeatedly in a loop, please do everyone a favor: + Restructure your code so that it batches the updates, allowing + a single non-expedited primitive to cover the entire batch. + This will very likely be faster than the loop containing the + expedited primitive, and will be much much easier on the rest + of the system, especially to real-time workloads running on + the rest of the system. + + In addition, it is illegal to call the expedited forms from + a CPU-hotplug notifier, or while holding a lock that is acquired + by a CPU-hotplug notifier. Failing to observe this restriction + will result in deadlock. + +7. If the updater uses call_rcu() or synchronize_rcu(), then the + corresponding readers must use rcu_read_lock() and + rcu_read_unlock(). If the updater uses call_rcu_bh() or + synchronize_rcu_bh(), then the corresponding readers must + use rcu_read_lock_bh() and rcu_read_unlock_bh(). If the + updater uses call_rcu_sched() or synchronize_sched(), then + the corresponding readers must disable preemption, possibly + by calling rcu_read_lock_sched() and rcu_read_unlock_sched(). + If the updater uses synchronize_srcu() or call_srcu(), then + the corresponding readers must use srcu_read_lock() and + srcu_read_unlock(), and with the same srcu_struct. The rules for + the expedited primitives are the same as for their non-expedited + counterparts. Mixing things up will result in confusion and + broken kernels. + + One exception to this rule: rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock() + may be substituted for rcu_read_lock_bh() and rcu_read_unlock_bh() + in cases where local bottom halves are already known to be + disabled, for example, in irq or softirq context. Commenting + such cases is a must, of course! And the jury is still out on + whether the increased speed is worth it. + +8. Although synchronize_rcu() is slower than is call_rcu(), it + usually results in simpler code. So, unless update performance is + critically important, the updaters cannot block, or the latency of + synchronize_rcu() is visible from userspace, synchronize_rcu() + should be used in preference to call_rcu(). Furthermore, + kfree_rcu() usually results in even simpler code than does + synchronize_rcu() without synchronize_rcu()'s multi-millisecond + latency. So please take advantage of kfree_rcu()'s "fire and + forget" memory-freeing capabilities where it applies. + + An especially important property of the synchronize_rcu() + primitive is that it automatically self-limits: if grace periods + are delayed for whatever reason, then the synchronize_rcu() + primitive will correspondingly delay updates. In contrast, + code using call_rcu() should explicitly limit update rate in + cases where grace periods are delayed, as failing to do so can + result in excessive realtime latencies or even OOM conditions. + + Ways of gaining this self-limiting property when using call_rcu() + include: + + a. Keeping a count of the number of data-structure elements + used by the RCU-protected data structure, including + those waiting for a grace period to elapse. Enforce a + limit on this number, stalling updates as needed to allow + previously deferred frees to complete. Alternatively, + limit only the number awaiting deferred free rather than + the total number of elements. + + One way to stall the updates is to acquire the update-side + mutex. (Don't try this with a spinlock -- other CPUs + spinning on the lock could prevent the grace period + from ever ending.) Another way to stall the updates + is for the updates to use a wrapper function around + the memory allocator, so that this wrapper function + simulates OOM when there is too much memory awaiting an + RCU grace period. There are of course many other + variations on this theme. + + b. Limiting update rate. For example, if updates occur only + once per hour, then no explicit rate limiting is + required, unless your system is already badly broken. + Older versions of the dcache subsystem take this approach, + guarding updates with a global lock, limiting their rate. + + c. Trusted update -- if updates can only be done manually by + superuser or some other trusted user, then it might not + be necessary to automatically limit them. The theory + here is that superuser already has lots of ways to crash + the machine. + + d. Use call_rcu_bh() rather than call_rcu(), in order to take + advantage of call_rcu_bh()'s faster grace periods. (This + is only a partial solution, though.) + + e. Periodically invoke synchronize_rcu(), permitting a limited + number of updates per grace period. + + The same cautions apply to call_rcu_bh(), call_rcu_sched(), + call_srcu(), and kfree_rcu(). + + Note that although these primitives do take action to avoid memory + exhaustion when any given CPU has too many callbacks, a determined + user could still exhaust memory. This is especially the case + if a system with a large number of CPUs has been configured to + offload all of its RCU callbacks onto a single CPU, or if the + system has relatively little free memory. + +9. All RCU list-traversal primitives, which include + rcu_dereference(), list_for_each_entry_rcu(), and + list_for_each_safe_rcu(), must be either within an RCU read-side + critical section or must be protected by appropriate update-side + locks. RCU read-side critical sections are delimited by + rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock(), or by similar primitives + such as rcu_read_lock_bh() and rcu_read_unlock_bh(), in which + case the matching rcu_dereference() primitive must be used in + order to keep lockdep happy, in this case, rcu_dereference_bh(). + + The reason that it is permissible to use RCU list-traversal + primitives when the update-side lock is held is that doing so + can be quite helpful in reducing code bloat when common code is + shared between readers and updaters. Additional primitives + are provided for this case, as discussed in lockdep.txt. + +10. Conversely, if you are in an RCU read-side critical section, + and you don't hold the appropriate update-side lock, you -must- + use the "_rcu()" variants of the list macros. Failing to do so + will break Alpha, cause aggressive compilers to generate bad code, + and confuse people trying to read your code. + +11. Note that synchronize_rcu() -only- guarantees to wait until + all currently executing rcu_read_lock()-protected RCU read-side + critical sections complete. It does -not- necessarily guarantee + that all currently running interrupts, NMIs, preempt_disable() + code, or idle loops will complete. Therefore, if your + read-side critical sections are protected by something other + than rcu_read_lock(), do -not- use synchronize_rcu(). + + Similarly, disabling preemption is not an acceptable substitute + for rcu_read_lock(). Code that attempts to use preemption + disabling where it should be using rcu_read_lock() will break + in real-time kernel builds. + + If you want to wait for interrupt handlers, NMI handlers, and + code under the influence of preempt_disable(), you instead + need to use synchronize_irq() or synchronize_sched(). + + This same limitation also applies to synchronize_rcu_bh() + and synchronize_srcu(), as well as to the asynchronous and + expedited forms of the three primitives, namely call_rcu(), + call_rcu_bh(), call_srcu(), synchronize_rcu_expedited(), + synchronize_rcu_bh_expedited(), and synchronize_srcu_expedited(). + +12. Any lock acquired by an RCU callback must be acquired elsewhere + with softirq disabled, e.g., via spin_lock_irqsave(), + spin_lock_bh(), etc. Failing to disable irq on a given + acquisition of that lock will result in deadlock as soon as + the RCU softirq handler happens to run your RCU callback while + interrupting that acquisition's critical section. + +13. RCU callbacks can be and are executed in parallel. In many cases, + the callback code simply wrappers around kfree(), so that this + is not an issue (or, more accurately, to the extent that it is + an issue, the memory-allocator locking handles it). However, + if the callbacks do manipulate a shared data structure, they + must use whatever locking or other synchronization is required + to safely access and/or modify that data structure. + + RCU callbacks are -usually- executed on the same CPU that executed + the corresponding call_rcu(), call_rcu_bh(), or call_rcu_sched(), + but are by -no- means guaranteed to be. For example, if a given + CPU goes offline while having an RCU callback pending, then that + RCU callback will execute on some surviving CPU. (If this was + not the case, a self-spawning RCU callback would prevent the + victim CPU from ever going offline.) + +14. SRCU (srcu_read_lock(), srcu_read_unlock(), srcu_dereference(), + synchronize_srcu(), synchronize_srcu_expedited(), and call_srcu()) + may only be invoked from process context. Unlike other forms of + RCU, it -is- permissible to block in an SRCU read-side critical + section (demarked by srcu_read_lock() and srcu_read_unlock()), + hence the "SRCU": "sleepable RCU". Please note that if you + don't need to sleep in read-side critical sections, you should be + using RCU rather than SRCU, because RCU is almost always faster + and easier to use than is SRCU. + + Also unlike other forms of RCU, explicit initialization + and cleanup is required via init_srcu_struct() and + cleanup_srcu_struct(). These are passed a "struct srcu_struct" + that defines the scope of a given SRCU domain. Once initialized, + the srcu_struct is passed to srcu_read_lock(), srcu_read_unlock() + synchronize_srcu(), synchronize_srcu_expedited(), and call_srcu(). + A given synchronize_srcu() waits only for SRCU read-side critical + sections governed by srcu_read_lock() and srcu_read_unlock() + calls that have been passed the same srcu_struct. This property + is what makes sleeping read-side critical sections tolerable -- + a given subsystem delays only its own updates, not those of other + subsystems using SRCU. Therefore, SRCU is less prone to OOM the + system than RCU would be if RCU's read-side critical sections + were permitted to sleep. + + The ability to sleep in read-side critical sections does not + come for free. First, corresponding srcu_read_lock() and + srcu_read_unlock() calls must be passed the same srcu_struct. + Second, grace-period-detection overhead is amortized only + over those updates sharing a given srcu_struct, rather than + being globally amortized as they are for other forms of RCU. + Therefore, SRCU should be used in preference to rw_semaphore + only in extremely read-intensive situations, or in situations + requiring SRCU's read-side deadlock immunity or low read-side + realtime latency. + + Note that, rcu_assign_pointer() relates to SRCU just as it does + to other forms of RCU. + +15. The whole point of call_rcu(), synchronize_rcu(), and friends + is to wait until all pre-existing readers have finished before + carrying out some otherwise-destructive operation. It is + therefore critically important to -first- remove any path + that readers can follow that could be affected by the + destructive operation, and -only- -then- invoke call_rcu(), + synchronize_rcu(), or friends. + + Because these primitives only wait for pre-existing readers, it + is the caller's responsibility to guarantee that any subsequent + readers will execute safely. + +16. The various RCU read-side primitives do -not- necessarily contain + memory barriers. You should therefore plan for the CPU + and the compiler to freely reorder code into and out of RCU + read-side critical sections. It is the responsibility of the + RCU update-side primitives to deal with this. + +17. Use CONFIG_PROVE_RCU, CONFIG_DEBUG_OBJECTS_RCU_HEAD, and the + __rcu sparse checks (enabled by CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER) to + validate your RCU code. These can help find problems as follows: + + CONFIG_PROVE_RCU: check that accesses to RCU-protected data + structures are carried out under the proper RCU + read-side critical section, while holding the right + combination of locks, or whatever other conditions + are appropriate. + + CONFIG_DEBUG_OBJECTS_RCU_HEAD: check that you don't pass the + same object to call_rcu() (or friends) before an RCU + grace period has elapsed since the last time that you + passed that same object to call_rcu() (or friends). + + __rcu sparse checks: tag the pointer to the RCU-protected data + structure with __rcu, and sparse will warn you if you + access that pointer without the services of one of the + variants of rcu_dereference(). + + These debugging aids can help you find problems that are + otherwise extremely difficult to spot. diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/listRCU.txt b/Documentation/RCU/listRCU.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..adb5a3782 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RCU/listRCU.txt @@ -0,0 +1,315 @@ +Using RCU to Protect Read-Mostly Linked Lists + + +One of the best applications of RCU is to protect read-mostly linked lists +("struct list_head" in list.h). One big advantage of this approach +is that all of the required memory barriers are included for you in +the list macros. This document describes several applications of RCU, +with the best fits first. + + +Example 1: Read-Side Action Taken Outside of Lock, No In-Place Updates + +The best applications are cases where, if reader-writer locking were +used, the read-side lock would be dropped before taking any action +based on the results of the search. The most celebrated example is +the routing table. Because the routing table is tracking the state of +equipment outside of the computer, it will at times contain stale data. +Therefore, once the route has been computed, there is no need to hold +the routing table static during transmission of the packet. After all, +you can hold the routing table static all you want, but that won't keep +the external Internet from changing, and it is the state of the external +Internet that really matters. In addition, routing entries are typically +added or deleted, rather than being modified in place. + +A straightforward example of this use of RCU may be found in the +system-call auditing support. For example, a reader-writer locked +implementation of audit_filter_task() might be as follows: + + static enum audit_state audit_filter_task(struct task_struct *tsk) + { + struct audit_entry *e; + enum audit_state state; + + read_lock(&auditsc_lock); + /* Note: audit_netlink_sem held by caller. */ + list_for_each_entry(e, &audit_tsklist, list) { + if (audit_filter_rules(tsk, &e->rule, NULL, &state)) { + read_unlock(&auditsc_lock); + return state; + } + } + read_unlock(&auditsc_lock); + return AUDIT_BUILD_CONTEXT; + } + +Here the list is searched under the lock, but the lock is dropped before +the corresponding value is returned. By the time that this value is acted +on, the list may well have been modified. This makes sense, since if +you are turning auditing off, it is OK to audit a few extra system calls. + +This means that RCU can be easily applied to the read side, as follows: + + static enum audit_state audit_filter_task(struct task_struct *tsk) + { + struct audit_entry *e; + enum audit_state state; + + rcu_read_lock(); + /* Note: audit_netlink_sem held by caller. */ + list_for_each_entry_rcu(e, &audit_tsklist, list) { + if (audit_filter_rules(tsk, &e->rule, NULL, &state)) { + rcu_read_unlock(); + return state; + } + } + rcu_read_unlock(); + return AUDIT_BUILD_CONTEXT; + } + +The read_lock() and read_unlock() calls have become rcu_read_lock() +and rcu_read_unlock(), respectively, and the list_for_each_entry() has +become list_for_each_entry_rcu(). The _rcu() list-traversal primitives +insert the read-side memory barriers that are required on DEC Alpha CPUs. + +The changes to the update side are also straightforward. A reader-writer +lock might be used as follows for deletion and insertion: + + static inline int audit_del_rule(struct audit_rule *rule, + struct list_head *list) + { + struct audit_entry *e; + + write_lock(&auditsc_lock); + list_for_each_entry(e, list, list) { + if (!audit_compare_rule(rule, &e->rule)) { + list_del(&e->list); + write_unlock(&auditsc_lock); + return 0; + } + } + write_unlock(&auditsc_lock); + return -EFAULT; /* No matching rule */ + } + + static inline int audit_add_rule(struct audit_entry *entry, + struct list_head *list) + { + write_lock(&auditsc_lock); + if (entry->rule.flags & AUDIT_PREPEND) { + entry->rule.flags &= ~AUDIT_PREPEND; + list_add(&entry->list, list); + } else { + list_add_tail(&entry->list, list); + } + write_unlock(&auditsc_lock); + return 0; + } + +Following are the RCU equivalents for these two functions: + + static inline int audit_del_rule(struct audit_rule *rule, + struct list_head *list) + { + struct audit_entry *e; + + /* Do not use the _rcu iterator here, since this is the only + * deletion routine. */ + list_for_each_entry(e, list, list) { + if (!audit_compare_rule(rule, &e->rule)) { + list_del_rcu(&e->list); + call_rcu(&e->rcu, audit_free_rule); + return 0; + } + } + return -EFAULT; /* No matching rule */ + } + + static inline int audit_add_rule(struct audit_entry *entry, + struct list_head *list) + { + if (entry->rule.flags & AUDIT_PREPEND) { + entry->rule.flags &= ~AUDIT_PREPEND; + list_add_rcu(&entry->list, list); + } else { + list_add_tail_rcu(&entry->list, list); + } + return 0; + } + +Normally, the write_lock() and write_unlock() would be replaced by +a spin_lock() and a spin_unlock(), but in this case, all callers hold +audit_netlink_sem, so no additional locking is required. The auditsc_lock +can therefore be eliminated, since use of RCU eliminates the need for +writers to exclude readers. Normally, the write_lock() calls would +be converted into spin_lock() calls. + +The list_del(), list_add(), and list_add_tail() primitives have been +replaced by list_del_rcu(), list_add_rcu(), and list_add_tail_rcu(). +The _rcu() list-manipulation primitives add memory barriers that are +needed on weakly ordered CPUs (most of them!). The list_del_rcu() +primitive omits the pointer poisoning debug-assist code that would +otherwise cause concurrent readers to fail spectacularly. + +So, when readers can tolerate stale data and when entries are either added +or deleted, without in-place modification, it is very easy to use RCU! + + +Example 2: Handling In-Place Updates + +The system-call auditing code does not update auditing rules in place. +However, if it did, reader-writer-locked code to do so might look as +follows (presumably, the field_count is only permitted to decrease, +otherwise, the added fields would need to be filled in): + + static inline int audit_upd_rule(struct audit_rule *rule, + struct list_head *list, + __u32 newaction, + __u32 newfield_count) + { + struct audit_entry *e; + struct audit_newentry *ne; + + write_lock(&auditsc_lock); + /* Note: audit_netlink_sem held by caller. */ + list_for_each_entry(e, list, list) { + if (!audit_compare_rule(rule, &e->rule)) { + e->rule.action = newaction; + e->rule.file_count = newfield_count; + write_unlock(&auditsc_lock); + return 0; + } + } + write_unlock(&auditsc_lock); + return -EFAULT; /* No matching rule */ + } + +The RCU version creates a copy, updates the copy, then replaces the old +entry with the newly updated entry. This sequence of actions, allowing +concurrent reads while doing a copy to perform an update, is what gives +RCU ("read-copy update") its name. The RCU code is as follows: + + static inline int audit_upd_rule(struct audit_rule *rule, + struct list_head *list, + __u32 newaction, + __u32 newfield_count) + { + struct audit_entry *e; + struct audit_newentry *ne; + + list_for_each_entry(e, list, list) { + if (!audit_compare_rule(rule, &e->rule)) { + ne = kmalloc(sizeof(*entry), GFP_ATOMIC); + if (ne == NULL) + return -ENOMEM; + audit_copy_rule(&ne->rule, &e->rule); + ne->rule.action = newaction; + ne->rule.file_count = newfield_count; + list_replace_rcu(&e->list, &ne->list); + call_rcu(&e->rcu, audit_free_rule); + return 0; + } + } + return -EFAULT; /* No matching rule */ + } + +Again, this assumes that the caller holds audit_netlink_sem. Normally, +the reader-writer lock would become a spinlock in this sort of code. + + +Example 3: Eliminating Stale Data + +The auditing examples above tolerate stale data, as do most algorithms +that are tracking external state. Because there is a delay from the +time the external state changes before Linux becomes aware of the change, +additional RCU-induced staleness is normally not a problem. + +However, there are many examples where stale data cannot be tolerated. +One example in the Linux kernel is the System V IPC (see the ipc_lock() +function in ipc/util.c). This code checks a "deleted" flag under a +per-entry spinlock, and, if the "deleted" flag is set, pretends that the +entry does not exist. For this to be helpful, the search function must +return holding the per-entry spinlock, as ipc_lock() does in fact do. + +Quick Quiz: Why does the search function need to return holding the + per-entry lock for this deleted-flag technique to be helpful? + +If the system-call audit module were to ever need to reject stale data, +one way to accomplish this would be to add a "deleted" flag and a "lock" +spinlock to the audit_entry structure, and modify audit_filter_task() +as follows: + + static enum audit_state audit_filter_task(struct task_struct *tsk) + { + struct audit_entry *e; + enum audit_state state; + + rcu_read_lock(); + list_for_each_entry_rcu(e, &audit_tsklist, list) { + if (audit_filter_rules(tsk, &e->rule, NULL, &state)) { + spin_lock(&e->lock); + if (e->deleted) { + spin_unlock(&e->lock); + rcu_read_unlock(); + return AUDIT_BUILD_CONTEXT; + } + rcu_read_unlock(); + return state; + } + } + rcu_read_unlock(); + return AUDIT_BUILD_CONTEXT; + } + +Note that this example assumes that entries are only added and deleted. +Additional mechanism is required to deal correctly with the +update-in-place performed by audit_upd_rule(). For one thing, +audit_upd_rule() would need additional memory barriers to ensure +that the list_add_rcu() was really executed before the list_del_rcu(). + +The audit_del_rule() function would need to set the "deleted" +flag under the spinlock as follows: + + static inline int audit_del_rule(struct audit_rule *rule, + struct list_head *list) + { + struct audit_entry *e; + + /* Do not need to use the _rcu iterator here, since this + * is the only deletion routine. */ + list_for_each_entry(e, list, list) { + if (!audit_compare_rule(rule, &e->rule)) { + spin_lock(&e->lock); + list_del_rcu(&e->list); + e->deleted = 1; + spin_unlock(&e->lock); + call_rcu(&e->rcu, audit_free_rule); + return 0; + } + } + return -EFAULT; /* No matching rule */ + } + + +Summary + +Read-mostly list-based data structures that can tolerate stale data are +the most amenable to use of RCU. The simplest case is where entries are +either added or deleted from the data structure (or atomically modified +in place), but non-atomic in-place modifications can be handled by making +a copy, updating the copy, then replacing the original with the copy. +If stale data cannot be tolerated, then a "deleted" flag may be used +in conjunction with a per-entry spinlock in order to allow the search +function to reject newly deleted data. + + +Answer to Quick Quiz + Why does the search function need to return holding the per-entry + lock for this deleted-flag technique to be helpful? + + If the search function drops the per-entry lock before returning, + then the caller will be processing stale data in any case. If it + is really OK to be processing stale data, then you don't need a + "deleted" flag. If processing stale data really is a problem, + then you need to hold the per-entry lock across all of the code + that uses the value that was returned. diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/lockdep-splat.txt b/Documentation/RCU/lockdep-splat.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bf9061142 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RCU/lockdep-splat.txt @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +Lockdep-RCU was added to the Linux kernel in early 2010 +(http://lwn.net/Articles/371986/). This facility checks for some common +misuses of the RCU API, most notably using one of the rcu_dereference() +family to access an RCU-protected pointer without the proper protection. +When such misuse is detected, an lockdep-RCU splat is emitted. + +The usual cause of a lockdep-RCU slat is someone accessing an +RCU-protected data structure without either (1) being in the right kind of +RCU read-side critical section or (2) holding the right update-side lock. +This problem can therefore be serious: it might result in random memory +overwriting or worse. There can of course be false positives, this +being the real world and all that. + +So let's look at an example RCU lockdep splat from 3.0-rc5, one that +has long since been fixed: + +=============================== +[ INFO: suspicious RCU usage. ] +------------------------------- +block/cfq-iosched.c:2776 suspicious rcu_dereference_protected() usage! + +other info that might help us debug this: + + +rcu_scheduler_active = 1, debug_locks = 0 +3 locks held by scsi_scan_6/1552: + #0: (&shost->scan_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [] +scsi_scan_host_selected+0x5a/0x150 + #1: (&eq->sysfs_lock){+.+...}, at: [] +elevator_exit+0x22/0x60 + #2: (&(&q->__queue_lock)->rlock){-.-...}, at: [] +cfq_exit_queue+0x43/0x190 + +stack backtrace: +Pid: 1552, comm: scsi_scan_6 Not tainted 3.0.0-rc5 #17 +Call Trace: + [] lockdep_rcu_dereference+0xbb/0xc0 + [] __cfq_exit_single_io_context+0xe9/0x120 + [] cfq_exit_queue+0x7c/0x190 + [] elevator_exit+0x36/0x60 + [] blk_cleanup_queue+0x4a/0x60 + [] scsi_free_queue+0x9/0x10 + [] __scsi_remove_device+0x84/0xd0 + [] scsi_probe_and_add_lun+0x353/0xb10 + [] ? error_exit+0x29/0xb0 + [] ? _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore+0x3d/0x80 + [] __scsi_scan_target+0x112/0x680 + [] ? trace_hardirqs_off_thunk+0x3a/0x3c + [] ? error_exit+0x29/0xb0 + [] ? kobject_del+0x40/0x40 + [] scsi_scan_channel+0x86/0xb0 + [] scsi_scan_host_selected+0x140/0x150 + [] do_scsi_scan_host+0x89/0x90 + [] do_scan_async+0x20/0x160 + [] ? do_scsi_scan_host+0x90/0x90 + [] kthread+0xa6/0xb0 + [] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10 + [] ? finish_task_switch+0x80/0x110 + [] ? retint_restore_args+0xe/0xe + [] ? __init_kthread_worker+0x70/0x70 + [] ? gs_change+0xb/0xb + +Line 2776 of block/cfq-iosched.c in v3.0-rc5 is as follows: + + if (rcu_dereference(ioc->ioc_data) == cic) { + +This form says that it must be in a plain vanilla RCU read-side critical +section, but the "other info" list above shows that this is not the +case. Instead, we hold three locks, one of which might be RCU related. +And maybe that lock really does protect this reference. If so, the fix +is to inform RCU, perhaps by changing __cfq_exit_single_io_context() to +take the struct request_queue "q" from cfq_exit_queue() as an argument, +which would permit us to invoke rcu_dereference_protected as follows: + + if (rcu_dereference_protected(ioc->ioc_data, + lockdep_is_held(&q->queue_lock)) == cic) { + +With this change, there would be no lockdep-RCU splat emitted if this +code was invoked either from within an RCU read-side critical section +or with the ->queue_lock held. In particular, this would have suppressed +the above lockdep-RCU splat because ->queue_lock is held (see #2 in the +list above). + +On the other hand, perhaps we really do need an RCU read-side critical +section. In this case, the critical section must span the use of the +return value from rcu_dereference(), or at least until there is some +reference count incremented or some such. One way to handle this is to +add rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock() as follows: + + rcu_read_lock(); + if (rcu_dereference(ioc->ioc_data) == cic) { + spin_lock(&ioc->lock); + rcu_assign_pointer(ioc->ioc_data, NULL); + spin_unlock(&ioc->lock); + } + rcu_read_unlock(); + +With this change, the rcu_dereference() is always within an RCU +read-side critical section, which again would have suppressed the +above lockdep-RCU splat. + +But in this particular case, we don't actually deference the pointer +returned from rcu_dereference(). Instead, that pointer is just compared +to the cic pointer, which means that the rcu_dereference() can be replaced +by rcu_access_pointer() as follows: + + if (rcu_access_pointer(ioc->ioc_data) == cic) { + +Because it is legal to invoke rcu_access_pointer() without protection, +this change would also suppress the above lockdep-RCU splat. diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/lockdep.txt b/Documentation/RCU/lockdep.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cd83d2348 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RCU/lockdep.txt @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +RCU and lockdep checking + +All flavors of RCU have lockdep checking available, so that lockdep is +aware of when each task enters and leaves any flavor of RCU read-side +critical section. Each flavor of RCU is tracked separately (but note +that this is not the case in 2.6.32 and earlier). This allows lockdep's +tracking to include RCU state, which can sometimes help when debugging +deadlocks and the like. + +In addition, RCU provides the following primitives that check lockdep's +state: + + rcu_read_lock_held() for normal RCU. + rcu_read_lock_bh_held() for RCU-bh. + rcu_read_lock_sched_held() for RCU-sched. + srcu_read_lock_held() for SRCU. + +These functions are conservative, and will therefore return 1 if they +aren't certain (for example, if CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCK_ALLOC is not set). +This prevents things like WARN_ON(!rcu_read_lock_held()) from giving false +positives when lockdep is disabled. + +In addition, a separate kernel config parameter CONFIG_PROVE_RCU enables +checking of rcu_dereference() primitives: + + rcu_dereference(p): + Check for RCU read-side critical section. + rcu_dereference_bh(p): + Check for RCU-bh read-side critical section. + rcu_dereference_sched(p): + Check for RCU-sched read-side critical section. + srcu_dereference(p, sp): + Check for SRCU read-side critical section. + rcu_dereference_check(p, c): + Use explicit check expression "c" along with + rcu_read_lock_held(). This is useful in code that is + invoked by both RCU readers and updaters. + rcu_dereference_bh_check(p, c): + Use explicit check expression "c" along with + rcu_read_lock_bh_held(). This is useful in code that + is invoked by both RCU-bh readers and updaters. + rcu_dereference_sched_check(p, c): + Use explicit check expression "c" along with + rcu_read_lock_sched_held(). This is useful in code that + is invoked by both RCU-sched readers and updaters. + srcu_dereference_check(p, c): + Use explicit check expression "c" along with + srcu_read_lock_held()(). This is useful in code that + is invoked by both SRCU readers and updaters. + rcu_dereference_index_check(p, c): + Use explicit check expression "c", but the caller + must supply one of the rcu_read_lock_held() functions. + This is useful in code that uses RCU-protected arrays + that is invoked by both RCU readers and updaters. + rcu_dereference_raw(p): + Don't check. (Use sparingly, if at all.) + rcu_dereference_protected(p, c): + Use explicit check expression "c", and omit all barriers + and compiler constraints. This is useful when the data + structure cannot change, for example, in code that is + invoked only by updaters. + rcu_access_pointer(p): + Return the value of the pointer and omit all barriers, + but retain the compiler constraints that prevent duplicating + or coalescsing. This is useful when when testing the + value of the pointer itself, for example, against NULL. + rcu_access_index(idx): + Return the value of the index and omit all barriers, but + retain the compiler constraints that prevent duplicating + or coalescsing. This is useful when when testing the + value of the index itself, for example, against -1. + +The rcu_dereference_check() check expression can be any boolean +expression, but would normally include a lockdep expression. However, +any boolean expression can be used. For a moderately ornate example, +consider the following: + + file = rcu_dereference_check(fdt->fd[fd], + lockdep_is_held(&files->file_lock) || + atomic_read(&files->count) == 1); + +This expression picks up the pointer "fdt->fd[fd]" in an RCU-safe manner, +and, if CONFIG_PROVE_RCU is configured, verifies that this expression +is used in: + +1. An RCU read-side critical section (implicit), or +2. with files->file_lock held, or +3. on an unshared files_struct. + +In case (1), the pointer is picked up in an RCU-safe manner for vanilla +RCU read-side critical sections, in case (2) the ->file_lock prevents +any change from taking place, and finally, in case (3) the current task +is the only task accessing the file_struct, again preventing any change +from taking place. If the above statement was invoked only from updater +code, it could instead be written as follows: + + file = rcu_dereference_protected(fdt->fd[fd], + lockdep_is_held(&files->file_lock) || + atomic_read(&files->count) == 1); + +This would verify cases #2 and #3 above, and furthermore lockdep would +complain if this was used in an RCU read-side critical section unless one +of these two cases held. Because rcu_dereference_protected() omits all +barriers and compiler constraints, it generates better code than do the +other flavors of rcu_dereference(). On the other hand, it is illegal +to use rcu_dereference_protected() if either the RCU-protected pointer +or the RCU-protected data that it points to can change concurrently. + +There are currently only "universal" versions of the rcu_assign_pointer() +and RCU list-/tree-traversal primitives, which do not (yet) check for +being in an RCU read-side critical section. In the future, separate +versions of these primitives might be created. diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/rcu.txt b/Documentation/RCU/rcu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..745f429fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RCU/rcu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +RCU Concepts + + +The basic idea behind RCU (read-copy update) is to split destructive +operations into two parts, one that prevents anyone from seeing the data +item being destroyed, and one that actually carries out the destruction. +A "grace period" must elapse between the two parts, and this grace period +must be long enough that any readers accessing the item being deleted have +since dropped their references. For example, an RCU-protected deletion +from a linked list would first remove the item from the list, wait for +a grace period to elapse, then free the element. See the listRCU.txt +file for more information on using RCU with linked lists. + + +Frequently Asked Questions + +o Why would anyone want to use RCU? + + The advantage of RCU's two-part approach is that RCU readers need + not acquire any locks, perform any atomic instructions, write to + shared memory, or (on CPUs other than Alpha) execute any memory + barriers. The fact that these operations are quite expensive + on modern CPUs is what gives RCU its performance advantages + in read-mostly situations. The fact that RCU readers need not + acquire locks can also greatly simplify deadlock-avoidance code. + +o How can the updater tell when a grace period has completed + if the RCU readers give no indication when they are done? + + Just as with spinlocks, RCU readers are not permitted to + block, switch to user-mode execution, or enter the idle loop. + Therefore, as soon as a CPU is seen passing through any of these + three states, we know that that CPU has exited any previous RCU + read-side critical sections. So, if we remove an item from a + linked list, and then wait until all CPUs have switched context, + executed in user mode, or executed in the idle loop, we can + safely free up that item. + + Preemptible variants of RCU (CONFIG_PREEMPT_RCU) get the + same effect, but require that the readers manipulate CPU-local + counters. These counters allow limited types of blocking within + RCU read-side critical sections. SRCU also uses CPU-local + counters, and permits general blocking within RCU read-side + critical sections. These variants of RCU detect grace periods + by sampling these counters. + +o If I am running on a uniprocessor kernel, which can only do one + thing at a time, why should I wait for a grace period? + + See the UP.txt file in this directory. + +o How can I see where RCU is currently used in the Linux kernel? + + Search for "rcu_read_lock", "rcu_read_unlock", "call_rcu", + "rcu_read_lock_bh", "rcu_read_unlock_bh", "call_rcu_bh", + "srcu_read_lock", "srcu_read_unlock", "synchronize_rcu", + "synchronize_net", "synchronize_srcu", and the other RCU + primitives. Or grab one of the cscope databases from: + + http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/linuxusage/rculocktab.html + +o What guidelines should I follow when writing code that uses RCU? + + See the checklist.txt file in this directory. + +o Why the name "RCU"? + + "RCU" stands for "read-copy update". The file listRCU.txt has + more information on where this name came from, search for + "read-copy update" to find it. + +o I hear that RCU is patented? What is with that? + + Yes, it is. There are several known patents related to RCU, + search for the string "Patent" in RTFP.txt to find them. + Of these, one was allowed to lapse by the assignee, and the + others have been contributed to the Linux kernel under GPL. + There are now also LGPL implementations of user-level RCU + available (http://lttng.org/?q=node/18). + +o I hear that RCU needs work in order to support realtime kernels? + + This work is largely completed. Realtime-friendly RCU can be + enabled via the CONFIG_PREEMPT_RCU kernel configuration + parameter. However, work is in progress for enabling priority + boosting of preempted RCU read-side critical sections. This is + needed if you have CPU-bound realtime threads. + +o Where can I find more information on RCU? + + See the RTFP.txt file in this directory. + Or point your browser at http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/. + +o What are all these files in this directory? + + See 00-INDEX for the list. diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.txt b/Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ceb05da5a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.txt @@ -0,0 +1,371 @@ +PROPER CARE AND FEEDING OF RETURN VALUES FROM rcu_dereference() + +Most of the time, you can use values from rcu_dereference() or one of +the similar primitives without worries. Dereferencing (prefix "*"), +field selection ("->"), assignment ("="), address-of ("&"), addition and +subtraction of constants, and casts all work quite naturally and safely. + +It is nevertheless possible to get into trouble with other operations. +Follow these rules to keep your RCU code working properly: + +o You must use one of the rcu_dereference() family of primitives + to load an RCU-protected pointer, otherwise CONFIG_PROVE_RCU + will complain. Worse yet, your code can see random memory-corruption + bugs due to games that compilers and DEC Alpha can play. + Without one of the rcu_dereference() primitives, compilers + can reload the value, and won't your code have fun with two + different values for a single pointer! Without rcu_dereference(), + DEC Alpha can load a pointer, dereference that pointer, and + return data preceding initialization that preceded the store of + the pointer. + + In addition, the volatile cast in rcu_dereference() prevents the + compiler from deducing the resulting pointer value. Please see + the section entitled "EXAMPLE WHERE THE COMPILER KNOWS TOO MUCH" + for an example where the compiler can in fact deduce the exact + value of the pointer, and thus cause misordering. + +o Do not use single-element RCU-protected arrays. The compiler + is within its right to assume that the value of an index into + such an array must necessarily evaluate to zero. The compiler + could then substitute the constant zero for the computation, so + that the array index no longer depended on the value returned + by rcu_dereference(). If the array index no longer depends + on rcu_dereference(), then both the compiler and the CPU + are within their rights to order the array access before the + rcu_dereference(), which can cause the array access to return + garbage. + +o Avoid cancellation when using the "+" and "-" infix arithmetic + operators. For example, for a given variable "x", avoid + "(x-x)". There are similar arithmetic pitfalls from other + arithmetic operatiors, such as "(x*0)", "(x/(x+1))" or "(x%1)". + The compiler is within its rights to substitute zero for all of + these expressions, so that subsequent accesses no longer depend + on the rcu_dereference(), again possibly resulting in bugs due + to misordering. + + Of course, if "p" is a pointer from rcu_dereference(), and "a" + and "b" are integers that happen to be equal, the expression + "p+a-b" is safe because its value still necessarily depends on + the rcu_dereference(), thus maintaining proper ordering. + +o Avoid all-zero operands to the bitwise "&" operator, and + similarly avoid all-ones operands to the bitwise "|" operator. + If the compiler is able to deduce the value of such operands, + it is within its rights to substitute the corresponding constant + for the bitwise operation. Once again, this causes subsequent + accesses to no longer depend on the rcu_dereference(), causing + bugs due to misordering. + + Please note that single-bit operands to bitwise "&" can also + be dangerous. At this point, the compiler knows that the + resulting value can only take on one of two possible values. + Therefore, a very small amount of additional information will + allow the compiler to deduce the exact value, which again can + result in misordering. + +o If you are using RCU to protect JITed functions, so that the + "()" function-invocation operator is applied to a value obtained + (directly or indirectly) from rcu_dereference(), you may need to + interact directly with the hardware to flush instruction caches. + This issue arises on some systems when a newly JITed function is + using the same memory that was used by an earlier JITed function. + +o Do not use the results from the boolean "&&" and "||" when + dereferencing. For example, the following (rather improbable) + code is buggy: + + int a[2]; + int index; + int force_zero_index = 1; + + ... + + r1 = rcu_dereference(i1) + r2 = a[r1 && force_zero_index]; /* BUGGY!!! */ + + The reason this is buggy is that "&&" and "||" are often compiled + using branches. While weak-memory machines such as ARM or PowerPC + do order stores after such branches, they can speculate loads, + which can result in misordering bugs. + +o Do not use the results from relational operators ("==", "!=", + ">", ">=", "<", or "<=") when dereferencing. For example, + the following (quite strange) code is buggy: + + int a[2]; + int index; + int flip_index = 0; + + ... + + r1 = rcu_dereference(i1) + r2 = a[r1 != flip_index]; /* BUGGY!!! */ + + As before, the reason this is buggy is that relational operators + are often compiled using branches. And as before, although + weak-memory machines such as ARM or PowerPC do order stores + after such branches, but can speculate loads, which can again + result in misordering bugs. + +o Be very careful about comparing pointers obtained from + rcu_dereference() against non-NULL values. As Linus Torvalds + explained, if the two pointers are equal, the compiler could + substitute the pointer you are comparing against for the pointer + obtained from rcu_dereference(). For example: + + p = rcu_dereference(gp); + if (p == &default_struct) + do_default(p->a); + + Because the compiler now knows that the value of "p" is exactly + the address of the variable "default_struct", it is free to + transform this code into the following: + + p = rcu_dereference(gp); + if (p == &default_struct) + do_default(default_struct.a); + + On ARM and Power hardware, the load from "default_struct.a" + can now be speculated, such that it might happen before the + rcu_dereference(). This could result in bugs due to misordering. + + However, comparisons are OK in the following cases: + + o The comparison was against the NULL pointer. If the + compiler knows that the pointer is NULL, you had better + not be dereferencing it anyway. If the comparison is + non-equal, the compiler is none the wiser. Therefore, + it is safe to compare pointers from rcu_dereference() + against NULL pointers. + + o The pointer is never dereferenced after being compared. + Since there are no subsequent dereferences, the compiler + cannot use anything it learned from the comparison + to reorder the non-existent subsequent dereferences. + This sort of comparison occurs frequently when scanning + RCU-protected circular linked lists. + + o The comparison is against a pointer that references memory + that was initialized "a long time ago." The reason + this is safe is that even if misordering occurs, the + misordering will not affect the accesses that follow + the comparison. So exactly how long ago is "a long + time ago"? Here are some possibilities: + + o Compile time. + + o Boot time. + + o Module-init time for module code. + + o Prior to kthread creation for kthread code. + + o During some prior acquisition of the lock that + we now hold. + + o Before mod_timer() time for a timer handler. + + There are many other possibilities involving the Linux + kernel's wide array of primitives that cause code to + be invoked at a later time. + + o The pointer being compared against also came from + rcu_dereference(). In this case, both pointers depend + on one rcu_dereference() or another, so you get proper + ordering either way. + + That said, this situation can make certain RCU usage + bugs more likely to happen. Which can be a good thing, + at least if they happen during testing. An example + of such an RCU usage bug is shown in the section titled + "EXAMPLE OF AMPLIFIED RCU-USAGE BUG". + + o All of the accesses following the comparison are stores, + so that a control dependency preserves the needed ordering. + That said, it is easy to get control dependencies wrong. + Please see the "CONTROL DEPENDENCIES" section of + Documentation/memory-barriers.txt for more details. + + o The pointers are not equal -and- the compiler does + not have enough information to deduce the value of the + pointer. Note that the volatile cast in rcu_dereference() + will normally prevent the compiler from knowing too much. + +o Disable any value-speculation optimizations that your compiler + might provide, especially if you are making use of feedback-based + optimizations that take data collected from prior runs. Such + value-speculation optimizations reorder operations by design. + + There is one exception to this rule: Value-speculation + optimizations that leverage the branch-prediction hardware are + safe on strongly ordered systems (such as x86), but not on weakly + ordered systems (such as ARM or Power). Choose your compiler + command-line options wisely! + + +EXAMPLE OF AMPLIFIED RCU-USAGE BUG + +Because updaters can run concurrently with RCU readers, RCU readers can +see stale and/or inconsistent values. If RCU readers need fresh or +consistent values, which they sometimes do, they need to take proper +precautions. To see this, consider the following code fragment: + + struct foo { + int a; + int b; + int c; + }; + struct foo *gp1; + struct foo *gp2; + + void updater(void) + { + struct foo *p; + + p = kmalloc(...); + if (p == NULL) + deal_with_it(); + p->a = 42; /* Each field in its own cache line. */ + p->b = 43; + p->c = 44; + rcu_assign_pointer(gp1, p); + p->b = 143; + p->c = 144; + rcu_assign_pointer(gp2, p); + } + + void reader(void) + { + struct foo *p; + struct foo *q; + int r1, r2; + + p = rcu_dereference(gp2); + if (p == NULL) + return; + r1 = p->b; /* Guaranteed to get 143. */ + q = rcu_dereference(gp1); /* Guaranteed non-NULL. */ + if (p == q) { + /* The compiler decides that q->c is same as p->c. */ + r2 = p->c; /* Could get 44 on weakly order system. */ + } + do_something_with(r1, r2); + } + +You might be surprised that the outcome (r1 == 143 && r2 == 44) is possible, +but you should not be. After all, the updater might have been invoked +a second time between the time reader() loaded into "r1" and the time +that it loaded into "r2". The fact that this same result can occur due +to some reordering from the compiler and CPUs is beside the point. + +But suppose that the reader needs a consistent view? + +Then one approach is to use locking, for example, as follows: + + struct foo { + int a; + int b; + int c; + spinlock_t lock; + }; + struct foo *gp1; + struct foo *gp2; + + void updater(void) + { + struct foo *p; + + p = kmalloc(...); + if (p == NULL) + deal_with_it(); + spin_lock(&p->lock); + p->a = 42; /* Each field in its own cache line. */ + p->b = 43; + p->c = 44; + spin_unlock(&p->lock); + rcu_assign_pointer(gp1, p); + spin_lock(&p->lock); + p->b = 143; + p->c = 144; + spin_unlock(&p->lock); + rcu_assign_pointer(gp2, p); + } + + void reader(void) + { + struct foo *p; + struct foo *q; + int r1, r2; + + p = rcu_dereference(gp2); + if (p == NULL) + return; + spin_lock(&p->lock); + r1 = p->b; /* Guaranteed to get 143. */ + q = rcu_dereference(gp1); /* Guaranteed non-NULL. */ + if (p == q) { + /* The compiler decides that q->c is same as p->c. */ + r2 = p->c; /* Locking guarantees r2 == 144. */ + } + spin_unlock(&p->lock); + do_something_with(r1, r2); + } + +As always, use the right tool for the job! + + +EXAMPLE WHERE THE COMPILER KNOWS TOO MUCH + +If a pointer obtained from rcu_dereference() compares not-equal to some +other pointer, the compiler normally has no clue what the value of the +first pointer might be. This lack of knowledge prevents the compiler +from carrying out optimizations that otherwise might destroy the ordering +guarantees that RCU depends on. And the volatile cast in rcu_dereference() +should prevent the compiler from guessing the value. + +But without rcu_dereference(), the compiler knows more than you might +expect. Consider the following code fragment: + + struct foo { + int a; + int b; + }; + static struct foo variable1; + static struct foo variable2; + static struct foo *gp = &variable1; + + void updater(void) + { + initialize_foo(&variable2); + rcu_assign_pointer(gp, &variable2); + /* + * The above is the only store to gp in this translation unit, + * and the address of gp is not exported in any way. + */ + } + + int reader(void) + { + struct foo *p; + + p = gp; + barrier(); + if (p == &variable1) + return p->a; /* Must be variable1.a. */ + else + return p->b; /* Must be variable2.b. */ + } + +Because the compiler can see all stores to "gp", it knows that the only +possible values of "gp" are "variable1" on the one hand and "variable2" +on the other. The comparison in reader() therefore tells the compiler +the exact value of "p" even in the not-equals case. This allows the +compiler to make the return values independent of the load from "gp", +in turn destroying the ordering between this load and the loads of the +return values. This can result in "p->b" returning pre-initialization +garbage values. + +In short, rcu_dereference() is -not- optional when you are going to +dereference the resulting pointer. diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/rcubarrier.txt b/Documentation/RCU/rcubarrier.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b10cfe711 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RCU/rcubarrier.txt @@ -0,0 +1,321 @@ +RCU and Unloadable Modules + +[Originally published in LWN Jan. 14, 2007: http://lwn.net/Articles/217484/] + +RCU (read-copy update) is a synchronization mechanism that can be thought +of as a replacement for read-writer locking (among other things), but with +very low-overhead readers that are immune to deadlock, priority inversion, +and unbounded latency. RCU read-side critical sections are delimited +by rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock(), which, in non-CONFIG_PREEMPT +kernels, generate no code whatsoever. + +This means that RCU writers are unaware of the presence of concurrent +readers, so that RCU updates to shared data must be undertaken quite +carefully, leaving an old version of the data structure in place until all +pre-existing readers have finished. These old versions are needed because +such readers might hold a reference to them. RCU updates can therefore be +rather expensive, and RCU is thus best suited for read-mostly situations. + +How can an RCU writer possibly determine when all readers are finished, +given that readers might well leave absolutely no trace of their +presence? There is a synchronize_rcu() primitive that blocks until all +pre-existing readers have completed. An updater wishing to delete an +element p from a linked list might do the following, while holding an +appropriate lock, of course: + + list_del_rcu(p); + synchronize_rcu(); + kfree(p); + +But the above code cannot be used in IRQ context -- the call_rcu() +primitive must be used instead. This primitive takes a pointer to an +rcu_head struct placed within the RCU-protected data structure and +another pointer to a function that may be invoked later to free that +structure. Code to delete an element p from the linked list from IRQ +context might then be as follows: + + list_del_rcu(p); + call_rcu(&p->rcu, p_callback); + +Since call_rcu() never blocks, this code can safely be used from within +IRQ context. The function p_callback() might be defined as follows: + + static void p_callback(struct rcu_head *rp) + { + struct pstruct *p = container_of(rp, struct pstruct, rcu); + + kfree(p); + } + + +Unloading Modules That Use call_rcu() + +But what if p_callback is defined in an unloadable module? + +If we unload the module while some RCU callbacks are pending, +the CPUs executing these callbacks are going to be severely +disappointed when they are later invoked, as fancifully depicted at +http://lwn.net/images/ns/kernel/rcu-drop.jpg. + +We could try placing a synchronize_rcu() in the module-exit code path, +but this is not sufficient. Although synchronize_rcu() does wait for a +grace period to elapse, it does not wait for the callbacks to complete. + +One might be tempted to try several back-to-back synchronize_rcu() +calls, but this is still not guaranteed to work. If there is a very +heavy RCU-callback load, then some of the callbacks might be deferred +in order to allow other processing to proceed. Such deferral is required +in realtime kernels in order to avoid excessive scheduling latencies. + + +rcu_barrier() + +We instead need the rcu_barrier() primitive. Rather than waiting for +a grace period to elapse, rcu_barrier() waits for all outstanding RCU +callbacks to complete. Please note that rcu_barrier() does -not- imply +synchronize_rcu(), in particular, if there are no RCU callbacks queued +anywhere, rcu_barrier() is within its rights to return immediately, +without waiting for a grace period to elapse. + +Pseudo-code using rcu_barrier() is as follows: + + 1. Prevent any new RCU callbacks from being posted. + 2. Execute rcu_barrier(). + 3. Allow the module to be unloaded. + +There are also rcu_barrier_bh(), rcu_barrier_sched(), and srcu_barrier() +functions for the other flavors of RCU, and you of course must match +the flavor of rcu_barrier() with that of call_rcu(). If your module +uses multiple flavors of call_rcu(), then it must also use multiple +flavors of rcu_barrier() when unloading that module. For example, if +it uses call_rcu_bh(), call_srcu() on srcu_struct_1, and call_srcu() on +srcu_struct_2(), then the following three lines of code will be required +when unloading: + + 1 rcu_barrier_bh(); + 2 srcu_barrier(&srcu_struct_1); + 3 srcu_barrier(&srcu_struct_2); + +The rcutorture module makes use of rcu_barrier() in its exit function +as follows: + + 1 static void + 2 rcu_torture_cleanup(void) + 3 { + 4 int i; + 5 + 6 fullstop = 1; + 7 if (shuffler_task != NULL) { + 8 VERBOSE_PRINTK_STRING("Stopping rcu_torture_shuffle task"); + 9 kthread_stop(shuffler_task); +10 } +11 shuffler_task = NULL; +12 +13 if (writer_task != NULL) { +14 VERBOSE_PRINTK_STRING("Stopping rcu_torture_writer task"); +15 kthread_stop(writer_task); +16 } +17 writer_task = NULL; +18 +19 if (reader_tasks != NULL) { +20 for (i = 0; i < nrealreaders; i++) { +21 if (reader_tasks[i] != NULL) { +22 VERBOSE_PRINTK_STRING( +23 "Stopping rcu_torture_reader task"); +24 kthread_stop(reader_tasks[i]); +25 } +26 reader_tasks[i] = NULL; +27 } +28 kfree(reader_tasks); +29 reader_tasks = NULL; +30 } +31 rcu_torture_current = NULL; +32 +33 if (fakewriter_tasks != NULL) { +34 for (i = 0; i < nfakewriters; i++) { +35 if (fakewriter_tasks[i] != NULL) { +36 VERBOSE_PRINTK_STRING( +37 "Stopping rcu_torture_fakewriter task"); +38 kthread_stop(fakewriter_tasks[i]); +39 } +40 fakewriter_tasks[i] = NULL; +41 } +42 kfree(fakewriter_tasks); +43 fakewriter_tasks = NULL; +44 } +45 +46 if (stats_task != NULL) { +47 VERBOSE_PRINTK_STRING("Stopping rcu_torture_stats task"); +48 kthread_stop(stats_task); +49 } +50 stats_task = NULL; +51 +52 /* Wait for all RCU callbacks to fire. */ +53 rcu_barrier(); +54 +55 rcu_torture_stats_print(); /* -After- the stats thread is stopped! */ +56 +57 if (cur_ops->cleanup != NULL) +58 cur_ops->cleanup(); +59 if (atomic_read(&n_rcu_torture_error)) +60 rcu_torture_print_module_parms("End of test: FAILURE"); +61 else +62 rcu_torture_print_module_parms("End of test: SUCCESS"); +63 } + +Line 6 sets a global variable that prevents any RCU callbacks from +re-posting themselves. This will not be necessary in most cases, since +RCU callbacks rarely include calls to call_rcu(). However, the rcutorture +module is an exception to this rule, and therefore needs to set this +global variable. + +Lines 7-50 stop all the kernel tasks associated with the rcutorture +module. Therefore, once execution reaches line 53, no more rcutorture +RCU callbacks will be posted. The rcu_barrier() call on line 53 waits +for any pre-existing callbacks to complete. + +Then lines 55-62 print status and do operation-specific cleanup, and +then return, permitting the module-unload operation to be completed. + +Quick Quiz #1: Is there any other situation where rcu_barrier() might + be required? + +Your module might have additional complications. For example, if your +module invokes call_rcu() from timers, you will need to first cancel all +the timers, and only then invoke rcu_barrier() to wait for any remaining +RCU callbacks to complete. + +Of course, if you module uses call_rcu_bh(), you will need to invoke +rcu_barrier_bh() before unloading. Similarly, if your module uses +call_rcu_sched(), you will need to invoke rcu_barrier_sched() before +unloading. If your module uses call_rcu(), call_rcu_bh(), -and- +call_rcu_sched(), then you will need to invoke each of rcu_barrier(), +rcu_barrier_bh(), and rcu_barrier_sched(). + + +Implementing rcu_barrier() + +Dipankar Sarma's implementation of rcu_barrier() makes use of the fact +that RCU callbacks are never reordered once queued on one of the per-CPU +queues. His implementation queues an RCU callback on each of the per-CPU +callback queues, and then waits until they have all started executing, at +which point, all earlier RCU callbacks are guaranteed to have completed. + +The original code for rcu_barrier() was as follows: + + 1 void rcu_barrier(void) + 2 { + 3 BUG_ON(in_interrupt()); + 4 /* Take cpucontrol mutex to protect against CPU hotplug */ + 5 mutex_lock(&rcu_barrier_mutex); + 6 init_completion(&rcu_barrier_completion); + 7 atomic_set(&rcu_barrier_cpu_count, 0); + 8 on_each_cpu(rcu_barrier_func, NULL, 0, 1); + 9 wait_for_completion(&rcu_barrier_completion); +10 mutex_unlock(&rcu_barrier_mutex); +11 } + +Line 3 verifies that the caller is in process context, and lines 5 and 10 +use rcu_barrier_mutex to ensure that only one rcu_barrier() is using the +global completion and counters at a time, which are initialized on lines +6 and 7. Line 8 causes each CPU to invoke rcu_barrier_func(), which is +shown below. Note that the final "1" in on_each_cpu()'s argument list +ensures that all the calls to rcu_barrier_func() will have completed +before on_each_cpu() returns. Line 9 then waits for the completion. + +This code was rewritten in 2008 to support rcu_barrier_bh() and +rcu_barrier_sched() in addition to the original rcu_barrier(). + +The rcu_barrier_func() runs on each CPU, where it invokes call_rcu() +to post an RCU callback, as follows: + + 1 static void rcu_barrier_func(void *notused) + 2 { + 3 int cpu = smp_processor_id(); + 4 struct rcu_data *rdp = &per_cpu(rcu_data, cpu); + 5 struct rcu_head *head; + 6 + 7 head = &rdp->barrier; + 8 atomic_inc(&rcu_barrier_cpu_count); + 9 call_rcu(head, rcu_barrier_callback); +10 } + +Lines 3 and 4 locate RCU's internal per-CPU rcu_data structure, +which contains the struct rcu_head that needed for the later call to +call_rcu(). Line 7 picks up a pointer to this struct rcu_head, and line +8 increments a global counter. This counter will later be decremented +by the callback. Line 9 then registers the rcu_barrier_callback() on +the current CPU's queue. + +The rcu_barrier_callback() function simply atomically decrements the +rcu_barrier_cpu_count variable and finalizes the completion when it +reaches zero, as follows: + + 1 static void rcu_barrier_callback(struct rcu_head *notused) + 2 { + 3 if (atomic_dec_and_test(&rcu_barrier_cpu_count)) + 4 complete(&rcu_barrier_completion); + 5 } + +Quick Quiz #2: What happens if CPU 0's rcu_barrier_func() executes + immediately (thus incrementing rcu_barrier_cpu_count to the + value one), but the other CPU's rcu_barrier_func() invocations + are delayed for a full grace period? Couldn't this result in + rcu_barrier() returning prematurely? + + +rcu_barrier() Summary + +The rcu_barrier() primitive has seen relatively little use, since most +code using RCU is in the core kernel rather than in modules. However, if +you are using RCU from an unloadable module, you need to use rcu_barrier() +so that your module may be safely unloaded. + + +Answers to Quick Quizzes + +Quick Quiz #1: Is there any other situation where rcu_barrier() might + be required? + +Answer: Interestingly enough, rcu_barrier() was not originally + implemented for module unloading. Nikita Danilov was using + RCU in a filesystem, which resulted in a similar situation at + filesystem-unmount time. Dipankar Sarma coded up rcu_barrier() + in response, so that Nikita could invoke it during the + filesystem-unmount process. + + Much later, yours truly hit the RCU module-unload problem when + implementing rcutorture, and found that rcu_barrier() solves + this problem as well. + +Quick Quiz #2: What happens if CPU 0's rcu_barrier_func() executes + immediately (thus incrementing rcu_barrier_cpu_count to the + value one), but the other CPU's rcu_barrier_func() invocations + are delayed for a full grace period? Couldn't this result in + rcu_barrier() returning prematurely? + +Answer: This cannot happen. The reason is that on_each_cpu() has its last + argument, the wait flag, set to "1". This flag is passed through + to smp_call_function() and further to smp_call_function_on_cpu(), + causing this latter to spin until the cross-CPU invocation of + rcu_barrier_func() has completed. This by itself would prevent + a grace period from completing on non-CONFIG_PREEMPT kernels, + since each CPU must undergo a context switch (or other quiescent + state) before the grace period can complete. However, this is + of no use in CONFIG_PREEMPT kernels. + + Therefore, on_each_cpu() disables preemption across its call + to smp_call_function() and also across the local call to + rcu_barrier_func(). This prevents the local CPU from context + switching, again preventing grace periods from completing. This + means that all CPUs have executed rcu_barrier_func() before + the first rcu_barrier_callback() can possibly execute, in turn + preventing rcu_barrier_cpu_count from prematurely reaching zero. + + Currently, -rt implementations of RCU keep but a single global + queue for RCU callbacks, and thus do not suffer from this + problem. However, when the -rt RCU eventually does have per-CPU + callback queues, things will have to change. One simple change + is to add an rcu_read_lock() before line 8 of rcu_barrier() + and an rcu_read_unlock() after line 8 of this same function. If + you can think of a better change, please let me know! diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/rculist_nulls.txt b/Documentation/RCU/rculist_nulls.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18f9651ff --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RCU/rculist_nulls.txt @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +Using hlist_nulls to protect read-mostly linked lists and +objects using SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU allocations. + +Please read the basics in Documentation/RCU/listRCU.txt + +Using special makers (called 'nulls') is a convenient way +to solve following problem : + +A typical RCU linked list managing objects which are +allocated with SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU kmem_cache can +use following algos : + +1) Lookup algo +-------------- +rcu_read_lock() +begin: +obj = lockless_lookup(key); +if (obj) { + if (!try_get_ref(obj)) // might fail for free objects + goto begin; + /* + * Because a writer could delete object, and a writer could + * reuse these object before the RCU grace period, we + * must check key after getting the reference on object + */ + if (obj->key != key) { // not the object we expected + put_ref(obj); + goto begin; + } +} +rcu_read_unlock(); + +Beware that lockless_lookup(key) cannot use traditional hlist_for_each_entry_rcu() +but a version with an additional memory barrier (smp_rmb()) + +lockless_lookup(key) +{ + struct hlist_node *node, *next; + for (pos = rcu_dereference((head)->first); + pos && ({ next = pos->next; smp_rmb(); prefetch(next); 1; }) && + ({ tpos = hlist_entry(pos, typeof(*tpos), member); 1; }); + pos = rcu_dereference(next)) + if (obj->key == key) + return obj; + return NULL; + +And note the traditional hlist_for_each_entry_rcu() misses this smp_rmb() : + + struct hlist_node *node; + for (pos = rcu_dereference((head)->first); + pos && ({ prefetch(pos->next); 1; }) && + ({ tpos = hlist_entry(pos, typeof(*tpos), member); 1; }); + pos = rcu_dereference(pos->next)) + if (obj->key == key) + return obj; + return NULL; +} + +Quoting Corey Minyard : + +"If the object is moved from one list to another list in-between the + time the hash is calculated and the next field is accessed, and the + object has moved to the end of a new list, the traversal will not + complete properly on the list it should have, since the object will + be on the end of the new list and there's not a way to tell it's on a + new list and restart the list traversal. I think that this can be + solved by pre-fetching the "next" field (with proper barriers) before + checking the key." + +2) Insert algo : +---------------- + +We need to make sure a reader cannot read the new 'obj->obj_next' value +and previous value of 'obj->key'. Or else, an item could be deleted +from a chain, and inserted into another chain. If new chain was empty +before the move, 'next' pointer is NULL, and lockless reader can +not detect it missed following items in original chain. + +/* + * Please note that new inserts are done at the head of list, + * not in the middle or end. + */ +obj = kmem_cache_alloc(...); +lock_chain(); // typically a spin_lock() +obj->key = key; +/* + * we need to make sure obj->key is updated before obj->next + * or obj->refcnt + */ +smp_wmb(); +atomic_set(&obj->refcnt, 1); +hlist_add_head_rcu(&obj->obj_node, list); +unlock_chain(); // typically a spin_unlock() + + +3) Remove algo +-------------- +Nothing special here, we can use a standard RCU hlist deletion. +But thanks to SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU, beware a deleted object can be reused +very very fast (before the end of RCU grace period) + +if (put_last_reference_on(obj) { + lock_chain(); // typically a spin_lock() + hlist_del_init_rcu(&obj->obj_node); + unlock_chain(); // typically a spin_unlock() + kmem_cache_free(cachep, obj); +} + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +With hlist_nulls we can avoid extra smp_rmb() in lockless_lookup() +and extra smp_wmb() in insert function. + +For example, if we choose to store the slot number as the 'nulls' +end-of-list marker for each slot of the hash table, we can detect +a race (some writer did a delete and/or a move of an object +to another chain) checking the final 'nulls' value if +the lookup met the end of chain. If final 'nulls' value +is not the slot number, then we must restart the lookup at +the beginning. If the object was moved to the same chain, +then the reader doesn't care : It might eventually +scan the list again without harm. + + +1) lookup algo + + head = &table[slot]; + rcu_read_lock(); +begin: + hlist_nulls_for_each_entry_rcu(obj, node, head, member) { + if (obj->key == key) { + if (!try_get_ref(obj)) // might fail for free objects + goto begin; + if (obj->key != key) { // not the object we expected + put_ref(obj); + goto begin; + } + goto out; + } +/* + * if the nulls value we got at the end of this lookup is + * not the expected one, we must restart lookup. + * We probably met an item that was moved to another chain. + */ + if (get_nulls_value(node) != slot) + goto begin; + obj = NULL; + +out: + rcu_read_unlock(); + +2) Insert function : +-------------------- + +/* + * Please note that new inserts are done at the head of list, + * not in the middle or end. + */ +obj = kmem_cache_alloc(cachep); +lock_chain(); // typically a spin_lock() +obj->key = key; +/* + * changes to obj->key must be visible before refcnt one + */ +smp_wmb(); +atomic_set(&obj->refcnt, 1); +/* + * insert obj in RCU way (readers might be traversing chain) + */ +hlist_nulls_add_head_rcu(&obj->obj_node, list); +unlock_chain(); // typically a spin_unlock() diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/rcuref.txt b/Documentation/RCU/rcuref.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..613033ff2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RCU/rcuref.txt @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +Reference-count design for elements of lists/arrays protected by RCU. + + +Please note that the percpu-ref feature is likely your first +stop if you need to combine reference counts and RCU. Please see +include/linux/percpu-refcount.h for more information. However, in +those unusual cases where percpu-ref would consume too much memory, +please read on. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +Reference counting on elements of lists which are protected by traditional +reader/writer spinlocks or semaphores are straightforward: + +1. 2. +add() search_and_reference() +{ { + alloc_object read_lock(&list_lock); + ... search_for_element + atomic_set(&el->rc, 1); atomic_inc(&el->rc); + write_lock(&list_lock); ... + add_element read_unlock(&list_lock); + ... ... + write_unlock(&list_lock); } +} + +3. 4. +release_referenced() delete() +{ { + ... write_lock(&list_lock); + atomic_dec(&el->rc, relfunc) ... + ... remove_element +} write_unlock(&list_lock); + ... + if (atomic_dec_and_test(&el->rc)) + kfree(el); + ... + } + +If this list/array is made lock free using RCU as in changing the +write_lock() in add() and delete() to spin_lock() and changing read_lock() +in search_and_reference() to rcu_read_lock(), the atomic_inc() in +search_and_reference() could potentially hold reference to an element which +has already been deleted from the list/array. Use atomic_inc_not_zero() +in this scenario as follows: + +1. 2. +add() search_and_reference() +{ { + alloc_object rcu_read_lock(); + ... search_for_element + atomic_set(&el->rc, 1); if (!atomic_inc_not_zero(&el->rc)) { + spin_lock(&list_lock); rcu_read_unlock(); + return FAIL; + add_element } + ... ... + spin_unlock(&list_lock); rcu_read_unlock(); +} } +3. 4. +release_referenced() delete() +{ { + ... spin_lock(&list_lock); + if (atomic_dec_and_test(&el->rc)) ... + call_rcu(&el->head, el_free); remove_element + ... spin_unlock(&list_lock); +} ... + if (atomic_dec_and_test(&el->rc)) + call_rcu(&el->head, el_free); + ... + } + +Sometimes, a reference to the element needs to be obtained in the +update (write) stream. In such cases, atomic_inc_not_zero() might be +overkill, since we hold the update-side spinlock. One might instead +use atomic_inc() in such cases. + +It is not always convenient to deal with "FAIL" in the +search_and_reference() code path. In such cases, the +atomic_dec_and_test() may be moved from delete() to el_free() +as follows: + +1. 2. +add() search_and_reference() +{ { + alloc_object rcu_read_lock(); + ... search_for_element + atomic_set(&el->rc, 1); atomic_inc(&el->rc); + spin_lock(&list_lock); ... + + add_element rcu_read_unlock(); + ... } + spin_unlock(&list_lock); 4. +} delete() +3. { +release_referenced() spin_lock(&list_lock); +{ ... + ... remove_element + if (atomic_dec_and_test(&el->rc)) spin_unlock(&list_lock); + kfree(el); ... + ... call_rcu(&el->head, el_free); +} ... +5. } +void el_free(struct rcu_head *rhp) +{ + release_referenced(); +} + +The key point is that the initial reference added by add() is not removed +until after a grace period has elapsed following removal. This means that +search_and_reference() cannot find this element, which means that the value +of el->rc cannot increase. Thus, once it reaches zero, there are no +readers that can or ever will be able to reference the element. The +element can therefore safely be freed. This in turn guarantees that if +any reader finds the element, that reader may safely acquire a reference +without checking the value of the reference counter. + +In cases where delete() can sleep, synchronize_rcu() can be called from +delete(), so that el_free() can be subsumed into delete as follows: + +4. +delete() +{ + spin_lock(&list_lock); + ... + remove_element + spin_unlock(&list_lock); + ... + synchronize_rcu(); + if (atomic_dec_and_test(&el->rc)) + kfree(el); + ... +} diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt b/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b57c0c1cd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt @@ -0,0 +1,250 @@ +Using RCU's CPU Stall Detector + +The rcu_cpu_stall_suppress module parameter enables RCU's CPU stall +detector, which detects conditions that unduly delay RCU grace periods. +This module parameter enables CPU stall detection by default, but +may be overridden via boot-time parameter or at runtime via sysfs. +The stall detector's idea of what constitutes "unduly delayed" is +controlled by a set of kernel configuration variables and cpp macros: + +CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_TIMEOUT + + This kernel configuration parameter defines the period of time + that RCU will wait from the beginning of a grace period until it + issues an RCU CPU stall warning. This time period is normally + 21 seconds. + + This configuration parameter may be changed at runtime via the + /sys/module/rcupdate/parameters/rcu_cpu_stall_timeout, however + this parameter is checked only at the beginning of a cycle. + So if you are 10 seconds into a 40-second stall, setting this + sysfs parameter to (say) five will shorten the timeout for the + -next- stall, or the following warning for the current stall + (assuming the stall lasts long enough). It will not affect the + timing of the next warning for the current stall. + + Stall-warning messages may be enabled and disabled completely via + /sys/module/rcupdate/parameters/rcu_cpu_stall_suppress. + +CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_INFO + + This kernel configuration parameter causes the stall warning to + print out additional per-CPU diagnostic information, including + information on scheduling-clock ticks and RCU's idle-CPU tracking. + +RCU_STALL_DELAY_DELTA + + Although the lockdep facility is extremely useful, it does add + some overhead. Therefore, under CONFIG_PROVE_RCU, the + RCU_STALL_DELAY_DELTA macro allows five extra seconds before + giving an RCU CPU stall warning message. (This is a cpp + macro, not a kernel configuration parameter.) + +RCU_STALL_RAT_DELAY + + The CPU stall detector tries to make the offending CPU print its + own warnings, as this often gives better-quality stack traces. + However, if the offending CPU does not detect its own stall in + the number of jiffies specified by RCU_STALL_RAT_DELAY, then + some other CPU will complain. This delay is normally set to + two jiffies. (This is a cpp macro, not a kernel configuration + parameter.) + +rcupdate.rcu_task_stall_timeout + + This boot/sysfs parameter controls the RCU-tasks stall warning + interval. A value of zero or less suppresses RCU-tasks stall + warnings. A positive value sets the stall-warning interval + in jiffies. An RCU-tasks stall warning starts wtih the line: + + INFO: rcu_tasks detected stalls on tasks: + + And continues with the output of sched_show_task() for each + task stalling the current RCU-tasks grace period. + +For non-RCU-tasks flavors of RCU, when a CPU detects that it is stalling, +it will print a message similar to the following: + +INFO: rcu_sched_state detected stall on CPU 5 (t=2500 jiffies) + +This message indicates that CPU 5 detected that it was causing a stall, +and that the stall was affecting RCU-sched. This message will normally be +followed by a stack dump of the offending CPU. On TREE_RCU kernel builds, +RCU and RCU-sched are implemented by the same underlying mechanism, +while on PREEMPT_RCU kernel builds, RCU is instead implemented +by rcu_preempt_state. + +On the other hand, if the offending CPU fails to print out a stall-warning +message quickly enough, some other CPU will print a message similar to +the following: + +INFO: rcu_bh_state detected stalls on CPUs/tasks: { 3 5 } (detected by 2, 2502 jiffies) + +This message indicates that CPU 2 detected that CPUs 3 and 5 were both +causing stalls, and that the stall was affecting RCU-bh. This message +will normally be followed by stack dumps for each CPU. Please note that +PREEMPT_RCU builds can be stalled by tasks as well as by CPUs, +and that the tasks will be indicated by PID, for example, "P3421". +It is even possible for a rcu_preempt_state stall to be caused by both +CPUs -and- tasks, in which case the offending CPUs and tasks will all +be called out in the list. + +Finally, if the grace period ends just as the stall warning starts +printing, there will be a spurious stall-warning message: + +INFO: rcu_bh_state detected stalls on CPUs/tasks: { } (detected by 4, 2502 jiffies) + +This is rare, but does happen from time to time in real life. It is also +possible for a zero-jiffy stall to be flagged in this case, depending +on how the stall warning and the grace-period initialization happen to +interact. Please note that it is not possible to entirely eliminate this +sort of false positive without resorting to things like stop_machine(), +which is overkill for this sort of problem. + +If the CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_INFO kernel configuration parameter is set, +more information is printed with the stall-warning message, for example: + + INFO: rcu_preempt detected stall on CPU + 0: (63959 ticks this GP) idle=241/3fffffffffffffff/0 softirq=82/543 + (t=65000 jiffies) + +In kernels with CONFIG_RCU_FAST_NO_HZ, even more information is +printed: + + INFO: rcu_preempt detected stall on CPU + 0: (64628 ticks this GP) idle=dd5/3fffffffffffffff/0 softirq=82/543 last_accelerate: a345/d342 nonlazy_posted: 25 .D + (t=65000 jiffies) + +The "(64628 ticks this GP)" indicates that this CPU has taken more +than 64,000 scheduling-clock interrupts during the current stalled +grace period. If the CPU was not yet aware of the current grace +period (for example, if it was offline), then this part of the message +indicates how many grace periods behind the CPU is. + +The "idle=" portion of the message prints the dyntick-idle state. +The hex number before the first "/" is the low-order 12 bits of the +dynticks counter, which will have an even-numbered value if the CPU is +in dyntick-idle mode and an odd-numbered value otherwise. The hex +number between the two "/"s is the value of the nesting, which will +be a small positive number if in the idle loop and a very large positive +number (as shown above) otherwise. + +The "softirq=" portion of the message tracks the number of RCU softirq +handlers that the stalled CPU has executed. The number before the "/" +is the number that had executed since boot at the time that this CPU +last noted the beginning of a grace period, which might be the current +(stalled) grace period, or it might be some earlier grace period (for +example, if the CPU might have been in dyntick-idle mode for an extended +time period. The number after the "/" is the number that have executed +since boot until the current time. If this latter number stays constant +across repeated stall-warning messages, it is possible that RCU's softirq +handlers are no longer able to execute on this CPU. This can happen if +the stalled CPU is spinning with interrupts are disabled, or, in -rt +kernels, if a high-priority process is starving RCU's softirq handler. + +For CONFIG_RCU_FAST_NO_HZ kernels, the "last_accelerate:" prints the +low-order 16 bits (in hex) of the jiffies counter when this CPU last +invoked rcu_try_advance_all_cbs() from rcu_needs_cpu() or last invoked +rcu_accelerate_cbs() from rcu_prepare_for_idle(). The "nonlazy_posted:" +prints the number of non-lazy callbacks posted since the last call to +rcu_needs_cpu(). Finally, an "L" indicates that there are currently +no non-lazy callbacks ("." is printed otherwise, as shown above) and +"D" indicates that dyntick-idle processing is enabled ("." is printed +otherwise, for example, if disabled via the "nohz=" kernel boot parameter). + +If the relevant grace-period kthread has been unable to run prior to +the stall warning, the following additional line is printed: + + rcu_preempt kthread starved for 2023 jiffies! + +Starving the grace-period kthreads of CPU time can of course result in +RCU CPU stall warnings even when all CPUs and tasks have passed through +the required quiescent states. + + +Multiple Warnings From One Stall + +If a stall lasts long enough, multiple stall-warning messages will be +printed for it. The second and subsequent messages are printed at +longer intervals, so that the time between (say) the first and second +message will be about three times the interval between the beginning +of the stall and the first message. + + +What Causes RCU CPU Stall Warnings? + +So your kernel printed an RCU CPU stall warning. The next question is +"What caused it?" The following problems can result in RCU CPU stall +warnings: + +o A CPU looping in an RCU read-side critical section. + +o A CPU looping with interrupts disabled. This condition can + result in RCU-sched and RCU-bh stalls. + +o A CPU looping with preemption disabled. This condition can + result in RCU-sched stalls and, if ksoftirqd is in use, RCU-bh + stalls. + +o A CPU looping with bottom halves disabled. This condition can + result in RCU-sched and RCU-bh stalls. + +o For !CONFIG_PREEMPT kernels, a CPU looping anywhere in the + kernel without invoking schedule(). Note that cond_resched() + does not necessarily prevent RCU CPU stall warnings. Therefore, + if the looping in the kernel is really expected and desirable + behavior, you might need to replace some of the cond_resched() + calls with calls to cond_resched_rcu_qs(). + +o Anything that prevents RCU's grace-period kthreads from running. + This can result in the "All QSes seen" console-log message. + This message will include information on when the kthread last + ran and how often it should be expected to run. + +o A CPU-bound real-time task in a CONFIG_PREEMPT kernel, which might + happen to preempt a low-priority task in the middle of an RCU + read-side critical section. This is especially damaging if + that low-priority task is not permitted to run on any other CPU, + in which case the next RCU grace period can never complete, which + will eventually cause the system to run out of memory and hang. + While the system is in the process of running itself out of + memory, you might see stall-warning messages. + +o A CPU-bound real-time task in a CONFIG_PREEMPT_RT kernel that + is running at a higher priority than the RCU softirq threads. + This will prevent RCU callbacks from ever being invoked, + and in a CONFIG_PREEMPT_RCU kernel will further prevent + RCU grace periods from ever completing. Either way, the + system will eventually run out of memory and hang. In the + CONFIG_PREEMPT_RCU case, you might see stall-warning + messages. + +o A hardware or software issue shuts off the scheduler-clock + interrupt on a CPU that is not in dyntick-idle mode. This + problem really has happened, and seems to be most likely to + result in RCU CPU stall warnings for CONFIG_NO_HZ_COMMON=n kernels. + +o A bug in the RCU implementation. + +o A hardware failure. This is quite unlikely, but has occurred + at least once in real life. A CPU failed in a running system, + becoming unresponsive, but not causing an immediate crash. + This resulted in a series of RCU CPU stall warnings, eventually + leading the realization that the CPU had failed. + +The RCU, RCU-sched, RCU-bh, and RCU-tasks implementations have CPU stall +warning. Note that SRCU does -not- have CPU stall warnings. Please note +that RCU only detects CPU stalls when there is a grace period in progress. +No grace period, no CPU stall warnings. + +To diagnose the cause of the stall, inspect the stack traces. +The offending function will usually be near the top of the stack. +If you have a series of stall warnings from a single extended stall, +comparing the stack traces can often help determine where the stall +is occurring, which will usually be in the function nearest the top of +that portion of the stack which remains the same from trace to trace. +If you can reliably trigger the stall, ftrace can be quite helpful. + +RCU bugs can often be debugged with the help of CONFIG_RCU_TRACE +and with RCU's event tracing. For information on RCU's event tracing, +see include/trace/events/rcu.h. diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt b/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dac02a621 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt @@ -0,0 +1,334 @@ +RCU Torture Test Operation + + +CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST + +The CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST config option is available for all RCU +implementations. It creates an rcutorture kernel module that can +be loaded to run a torture test. The test periodically outputs +status messages via printk(), which can be examined via the dmesg +command (perhaps grepping for "torture"). The test is started +when the module is loaded, and stops when the module is unloaded. + +CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST_RUNNABLE + +It is also possible to specify CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST=y, which will +result in the tests being loaded into the base kernel. In this case, +the CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST_RUNNABLE config option is used to specify +whether the RCU torture tests are to be started immediately during +boot or whether the /proc/sys/kernel/rcutorture_runnable file is used +to enable them. This /proc file can be used to repeatedly pause and +restart the tests, regardless of the initial state specified by the +CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST_RUNNABLE config option. + +You will normally -not- want to start the RCU torture tests during boot +(and thus the default is CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST_RUNNABLE=n), but doing +this can sometimes be useful in finding boot-time bugs. + + +MODULE PARAMETERS + +This module has the following parameters: + +fqs_duration Duration (in microseconds) of artificially induced bursts + of force_quiescent_state() invocations. In RCU + implementations having force_quiescent_state(), these + bursts help force races between forcing a given grace + period and that grace period ending on its own. + +fqs_holdoff Holdoff time (in microseconds) between consecutive calls + to force_quiescent_state() within a burst. + +fqs_stutter Wait time (in seconds) between consecutive bursts + of calls to force_quiescent_state(). + +gp_normal Make the fake writers use normal synchronous grace-period + primitives. + +gp_exp Make the fake writers use expedited synchronous grace-period + primitives. If both gp_normal and gp_exp are set, or + if neither gp_normal nor gp_exp are set, then randomly + choose the primitive so that about 50% are normal and + 50% expedited. By default, neither are set, which + gives best overall test coverage. + +irqreader Says to invoke RCU readers from irq level. This is currently + done via timers. Defaults to "1" for variants of RCU that + permit this. (Or, more accurately, variants of RCU that do + -not- permit this know to ignore this variable.) + +n_barrier_cbs If this is nonzero, RCU barrier testing will be conducted, + in which case n_barrier_cbs specifies the number of + RCU callbacks (and corresponding kthreads) to use for + this testing. The value cannot be negative. If you + specify this to be non-zero when torture_type indicates a + synchronous RCU implementation (one for which a member of + the synchronize_rcu() rather than the call_rcu() family is + used -- see the documentation for torture_type below), an + error will be reported and no testing will be carried out. + +nfakewriters This is the number of RCU fake writer threads to run. Fake + writer threads repeatedly use the synchronous "wait for + current readers" function of the interface selected by + torture_type, with a delay between calls to allow for various + different numbers of writers running in parallel. + nfakewriters defaults to 4, which provides enough parallelism + to trigger special cases caused by multiple writers, such as + the synchronize_srcu() early return optimization. + +nreaders This is the number of RCU reading threads supported. + The default is twice the number of CPUs. Why twice? + To properly exercise RCU implementations with preemptible + read-side critical sections. + +onoff_interval + The number of seconds between each attempt to execute a + randomly selected CPU-hotplug operation. Defaults to + zero, which disables CPU hotplugging. In HOTPLUG_CPU=n + kernels, rcutorture will silently refuse to do any + CPU-hotplug operations regardless of what value is + specified for onoff_interval. + +onoff_holdoff The number of seconds to wait until starting CPU-hotplug + operations. This would normally only be used when + rcutorture was built into the kernel and started + automatically at boot time, in which case it is useful + in order to avoid confusing boot-time code with CPUs + coming and going. + +shuffle_interval + The number of seconds to keep the test threads affinitied + to a particular subset of the CPUs, defaults to 3 seconds. + Used in conjunction with test_no_idle_hz. + +shutdown_secs The number of seconds to run the test before terminating + the test and powering off the system. The default is + zero, which disables test termination and system shutdown. + This capability is useful for automated testing. + +stall_cpu The number of seconds that a CPU should be stalled while + within both an rcu_read_lock() and a preempt_disable(). + This stall happens only once per rcutorture run. + If you need multiple stalls, use modprobe and rmmod to + repeatedly run rcutorture. The default for stall_cpu + is zero, which prevents rcutorture from stalling a CPU. + + Note that attempts to rmmod rcutorture while the stall + is ongoing will hang, so be careful what value you + choose for this module parameter! In addition, too-large + values for stall_cpu might well induce failures and + warnings in other parts of the kernel. You have been + warned! + +stall_cpu_holdoff + The number of seconds to wait after rcutorture starts + before stalling a CPU. Defaults to 10 seconds. + +stat_interval The number of seconds between output of torture + statistics (via printk()). Regardless of the interval, + statistics are printed when the module is unloaded. + Setting the interval to zero causes the statistics to + be printed -only- when the module is unloaded, and this + is the default. + +stutter The length of time to run the test before pausing for this + same period of time. Defaults to "stutter=5", so as + to run and pause for (roughly) five-second intervals. + Specifying "stutter=0" causes the test to run continuously + without pausing, which is the old default behavior. + +test_boost Whether or not to test the ability of RCU to do priority + boosting. Defaults to "test_boost=1", which performs + RCU priority-inversion testing only if the selected + RCU implementation supports priority boosting. Specifying + "test_boost=0" never performs RCU priority-inversion + testing. Specifying "test_boost=2" performs RCU + priority-inversion testing even if the selected RCU + implementation does not support RCU priority boosting, + which can be used to test rcutorture's ability to + carry out RCU priority-inversion testing. + +test_boost_interval + The number of seconds in an RCU priority-inversion test + cycle. Defaults to "test_boost_interval=7". It is + usually wise for this value to be relatively prime to + the value selected for "stutter". + +test_boost_duration + The number of seconds to do RCU priority-inversion testing + within any given "test_boost_interval". Defaults to + "test_boost_duration=4". + +test_no_idle_hz Whether or not to test the ability of RCU to operate in + a kernel that disables the scheduling-clock interrupt to + idle CPUs. Boolean parameter, "1" to test, "0" otherwise. + Defaults to omitting this test. + +torture_type The type of RCU to test, with string values as follows: + + "rcu": rcu_read_lock(), rcu_read_unlock() and call_rcu(). + + "rcu_sync": rcu_read_lock(), rcu_read_unlock(), and + synchronize_rcu(). + + "rcu_expedited": rcu_read_lock(), rcu_read_unlock(), and + synchronize_rcu_expedited(). + + "rcu_bh": rcu_read_lock_bh(), rcu_read_unlock_bh(), and + call_rcu_bh(). + + "rcu_bh_sync": rcu_read_lock_bh(), rcu_read_unlock_bh(), + and synchronize_rcu_bh(). + + "rcu_bh_expedited": rcu_read_lock_bh(), rcu_read_unlock_bh(), + and synchronize_rcu_bh_expedited(). + + "srcu": srcu_read_lock(), srcu_read_unlock() and + call_srcu(). + + "srcu_sync": srcu_read_lock(), srcu_read_unlock() and + synchronize_srcu(). + + "srcu_expedited": srcu_read_lock(), srcu_read_unlock() and + synchronize_srcu_expedited(). + + "sched": preempt_disable(), preempt_enable(), and + call_rcu_sched(). + + "sched_sync": preempt_disable(), preempt_enable(), and + synchronize_sched(). + + "sched_expedited": preempt_disable(), preempt_enable(), and + synchronize_sched_expedited(). + + Defaults to "rcu". + +verbose Enable debug printk()s. Default is disabled. + + +OUTPUT + +The statistics output is as follows: + + rcu-torture:--- Start of test: nreaders=16 nfakewriters=4 stat_interval=30 verbose=0 test_no_idle_hz=1 shuffle_interval=3 stutter=5 irqreader=1 fqs_duration=0 fqs_holdoff=0 fqs_stutter=3 test_boost=1/0 test_boost_interval=7 test_boost_duration=4 + rcu-torture: rtc: (null) ver: 155441 tfle: 0 rta: 155441 rtaf: 8884 rtf: 155440 rtmbe: 0 rtbe: 0 rtbke: 0 rtbre: 0 rtbf: 0 rtb: 0 nt: 3055767 + rcu-torture: Reader Pipe: 727860534 34213 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + rcu-torture: Reader Batch: 727877838 17003 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + rcu-torture: Free-Block Circulation: 155440 155440 155440 155440 155440 155440 155440 155440 155440 155440 0 + rcu-torture:--- End of test: SUCCESS: nreaders=16 nfakewriters=4 stat_interval=30 verbose=0 test_no_idle_hz=1 shuffle_interval=3 stutter=5 irqreader=1 fqs_duration=0 fqs_holdoff=0 fqs_stutter=3 test_boost=1/0 test_boost_interval=7 test_boost_duration=4 + +The command "dmesg | grep torture:" will extract this information on +most systems. On more esoteric configurations, it may be necessary to +use other commands to access the output of the printk()s used by +the RCU torture test. The printk()s use KERN_ALERT, so they should +be evident. ;-) + +The first and last lines show the rcutorture module parameters, and the +last line shows either "SUCCESS" or "FAILURE", based on rcutorture's +automatic determination as to whether RCU operated correctly. + +The entries are as follows: + +o "rtc": The hexadecimal address of the structure currently visible + to readers. + +o "ver": The number of times since boot that the RCU writer task + has changed the structure visible to readers. + +o "tfle": If non-zero, indicates that the "torture freelist" + containing structures to be placed into the "rtc" area is empty. + This condition is important, since it can fool you into thinking + that RCU is working when it is not. :-/ + +o "rta": Number of structures allocated from the torture freelist. + +o "rtaf": Number of allocations from the torture freelist that have + failed due to the list being empty. It is not unusual for this + to be non-zero, but it is bad for it to be a large fraction of + the value indicated by "rta". + +o "rtf": Number of frees into the torture freelist. + +o "rtmbe": A non-zero value indicates that rcutorture believes that + rcu_assign_pointer() and rcu_dereference() are not working + correctly. This value should be zero. + +o "rtbe": A non-zero value indicates that one of the rcu_barrier() + family of functions is not working correctly. + +o "rtbke": rcutorture was unable to create the real-time kthreads + used to force RCU priority inversion. This value should be zero. + +o "rtbre": Although rcutorture successfully created the kthreads + used to force RCU priority inversion, it was unable to set them + to the real-time priority level of 1. This value should be zero. + +o "rtbf": The number of times that RCU priority boosting failed + to resolve RCU priority inversion. + +o "rtb": The number of times that rcutorture attempted to force + an RCU priority inversion condition. If you are testing RCU + priority boosting via the "test_boost" module parameter, this + value should be non-zero. + +o "nt": The number of times rcutorture ran RCU read-side code from + within a timer handler. This value should be non-zero only + if you specified the "irqreader" module parameter. + +o "Reader Pipe": Histogram of "ages" of structures seen by readers. + If any entries past the first two are non-zero, RCU is broken. + And rcutorture prints the error flag string "!!!" to make sure + you notice. The age of a newly allocated structure is zero, + it becomes one when removed from reader visibility, and is + incremented once per grace period subsequently -- and is freed + after passing through (RCU_TORTURE_PIPE_LEN-2) grace periods. + + The output displayed above was taken from a correctly working + RCU. If you want to see what it looks like when broken, break + it yourself. ;-) + +o "Reader Batch": Another histogram of "ages" of structures seen + by readers, but in terms of counter flips (or batches) rather + than in terms of grace periods. The legal number of non-zero + entries is again two. The reason for this separate view is that + it is sometimes easier to get the third entry to show up in the + "Reader Batch" list than in the "Reader Pipe" list. + +o "Free-Block Circulation": Shows the number of torture structures + that have reached a given point in the pipeline. The first element + should closely correspond to the number of structures allocated, + the second to the number that have been removed from reader view, + and all but the last remaining to the corresponding number of + passes through a grace period. The last entry should be zero, + as it is only incremented if a torture structure's counter + somehow gets incremented farther than it should. + +Different implementations of RCU can provide implementation-specific +additional information. For example, SRCU provides the following +additional line: + + srcu-torture: per-CPU(idx=1): 0(0,1) 1(0,1) 2(0,0) 3(0,1) + +This line shows the per-CPU counter state. The numbers in parentheses are +the values of the "old" and "current" counters for the corresponding CPU. +The "idx" value maps the "old" and "current" values to the underlying +array, and is useful for debugging. + + +USAGE + +The following script may be used to torture RCU: + + #!/bin/sh + + modprobe rcutorture + sleep 3600 + rmmod rcutorture + dmesg | grep torture: + +The output can be manually inspected for the error flag of "!!!". +One could of course create a more elaborate script that automatically +checked for such errors. The "rmmod" command forces a "SUCCESS", +"FAILURE", or "RCU_HOTPLUG" indication to be printk()ed. The first +two are self-explanatory, while the last indicates that while there +were no RCU failures, CPU-hotplug problems were detected. diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt b/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..08651da15 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt @@ -0,0 +1,554 @@ +CONFIG_RCU_TRACE debugfs Files and Formats + + +The rcutree and rcutiny implementations of RCU provide debugfs trace +output that summarizes counters and state. This information is useful for +debugging RCU itself, and can sometimes also help to debug abuses of RCU. +The following sections describe the debugfs files and formats, first +for rcutree and next for rcutiny. + + +CONFIG_TREE_RCU and CONFIG_PREEMPT_RCU debugfs Files and Formats + +These implementations of RCU provide several debugfs directories under the +top-level directory "rcu": + +rcu/rcu_bh +rcu/rcu_preempt +rcu/rcu_sched + +Each directory contains files for the corresponding flavor of RCU. +Note that rcu/rcu_preempt is only present for CONFIG_PREEMPT_RCU. +For CONFIG_TREE_RCU, the RCU flavor maps onto the RCU-sched flavor, +so that activity for both appears in rcu/rcu_sched. + +In addition, the following file appears in the top-level directory: +rcu/rcutorture. This file displays rcutorture test progress. The output +of "cat rcu/rcutorture" looks as follows: + +rcutorture test sequence: 0 (test in progress) +rcutorture update version number: 615 + +The first line shows the number of rcutorture tests that have completed +since boot. If a test is currently running, the "(test in progress)" +string will appear as shown above. The second line shows the number of +update cycles that the current test has started, or zero if there is +no test in progress. + + +Within each flavor directory (rcu/rcu_bh, rcu/rcu_sched, and possibly +also rcu/rcu_preempt) the following files will be present: + +rcudata: + Displays fields in struct rcu_data. +rcuexp: + Displays statistics for expedited grace periods. +rcugp: + Displays grace-period counters. +rcuhier: + Displays the struct rcu_node hierarchy. +rcu_pending: + Displays counts of the reasons rcu_pending() decided that RCU had + work to do. +rcuboost: + Displays RCU boosting statistics. Only present if + CONFIG_RCU_BOOST=y. + +The output of "cat rcu/rcu_preempt/rcudata" looks as follows: + + 0!c=30455 g=30456 pq=1/0 qp=1 dt=126535/140000000000000/0 df=2002 of=4 ql=0/0 qs=N... b=10 ci=74572 nci=0 co=1131 ca=716 + 1!c=30719 g=30720 pq=1/0 qp=0 dt=132007/140000000000000/0 df=1874 of=10 ql=0/0 qs=N... b=10 ci=123209 nci=0 co=685 ca=982 + 2!c=30150 g=30151 pq=1/1 qp=1 dt=138537/140000000000000/0 df=1707 of=8 ql=0/0 qs=N... b=10 ci=80132 nci=0 co=1328 ca=1458 + 3 c=31249 g=31250 pq=1/1 qp=0 dt=107255/140000000000000/0 df=1749 of=6 ql=0/450 qs=NRW. b=10 ci=151700 nci=0 co=509 ca=622 + 4!c=29502 g=29503 pq=1/0 qp=1 dt=83647/140000000000000/0 df=965 of=5 ql=0/0 qs=N... b=10 ci=65643 nci=0 co=1373 ca=1521 + 5 c=31201 g=31202 pq=1/0 qp=1 dt=70422/0/0 df=535 of=7 ql=0/0 qs=.... b=10 ci=58500 nci=0 co=764 ca=698 + 6!c=30253 g=30254 pq=1/0 qp=1 dt=95363/140000000000000/0 df=780 of=5 ql=0/0 qs=N... b=10 ci=100607 nci=0 co=1414 ca=1353 + 7 c=31178 g=31178 pq=1/0 qp=0 dt=91536/0/0 df=547 of=4 ql=0/0 qs=.... b=10 ci=109819 nci=0 co=1115 ca=969 + +This file has one line per CPU, or eight for this 8-CPU system. +The fields are as follows: + +o The number at the beginning of each line is the CPU number. + CPUs numbers followed by an exclamation mark are offline, + but have been online at least once since boot. There will be + no output for CPUs that have never been online, which can be + a good thing in the surprisingly common case where NR_CPUS is + substantially larger than the number of actual CPUs. + +o "c" is the count of grace periods that this CPU believes have + completed. Offlined CPUs and CPUs in dynticks idle mode may lag + quite a ways behind, for example, CPU 4 under "rcu_sched" above, + which has been offline through 16 RCU grace periods. It is not + unusual to see offline CPUs lagging by thousands of grace periods. + Note that although the grace-period number is an unsigned long, + it is printed out as a signed long to allow more human-friendly + representation near boot time. + +o "g" is the count of grace periods that this CPU believes have + started. Again, offlined CPUs and CPUs in dynticks idle mode + may lag behind. If the "c" and "g" values are equal, this CPU + has already reported a quiescent state for the last RCU grace + period that it is aware of, otherwise, the CPU believes that it + owes RCU a quiescent state. + +o "pq" indicates that this CPU has passed through a quiescent state + for the current grace period. It is possible for "pq" to be + "1" and "c" different than "g", which indicates that although + the CPU has passed through a quiescent state, either (1) this + CPU has not yet reported that fact, (2) some other CPU has not + yet reported for this grace period, or (3) both. + +o "qp" indicates that RCU still expects a quiescent state from + this CPU. Offlined CPUs and CPUs in dyntick idle mode might + well have qp=1, which is OK: RCU is still ignoring them. + +o "dt" is the current value of the dyntick counter that is incremented + when entering or leaving idle, either due to a context switch or + due to an interrupt. This number is even if the CPU is in idle + from RCU's viewpoint and odd otherwise. The number after the + first "/" is the interrupt nesting depth when in idle state, + or a large number added to the interrupt-nesting depth when + running a non-idle task. Some architectures do not accurately + count interrupt nesting when running in non-idle kernel context, + which can result in interesting anomalies such as negative + interrupt-nesting levels. The number after the second "/" + is the NMI nesting depth. + +o "df" is the number of times that some other CPU has forced a + quiescent state on behalf of this CPU due to this CPU being in + idle state. + +o "of" is the number of times that some other CPU has forced a + quiescent state on behalf of this CPU due to this CPU being + offline. In a perfect world, this might never happen, but it + turns out that offlining and onlining a CPU can take several grace + periods, and so there is likely to be an extended period of time + when RCU believes that the CPU is online when it really is not. + Please note that erring in the other direction (RCU believing a + CPU is offline when it is really alive and kicking) is a fatal + error, so it makes sense to err conservatively. + +o "ql" is the number of RCU callbacks currently residing on + this CPU. The first number is the number of "lazy" callbacks + that are known to RCU to only be freeing memory, and the number + after the "/" is the total number of callbacks, lazy or not. + These counters count callbacks regardless of what phase of + grace-period processing that they are in (new, waiting for + grace period to start, waiting for grace period to end, ready + to invoke). + +o "qs" gives an indication of the state of the callback queue + with four characters: + + "N" Indicates that there are callbacks queued that are not + ready to be handled by the next grace period, and thus + will be handled by the grace period following the next + one. + + "R" Indicates that there are callbacks queued that are + ready to be handled by the next grace period. + + "W" Indicates that there are callbacks queued that are + waiting on the current grace period. + + "D" Indicates that there are callbacks queued that have + already been handled by a prior grace period, and are + thus waiting to be invoked. Note that callbacks in + the process of being invoked are not counted here. + Callbacks in the process of being invoked are those + that have been removed from the rcu_data structures + queues by rcu_do_batch(), but which have not yet been + invoked. + + If there are no callbacks in a given one of the above states, + the corresponding character is replaced by ".". + +o "b" is the batch limit for this CPU. If more than this number + of RCU callbacks is ready to invoke, then the remainder will + be deferred. + +o "ci" is the number of RCU callbacks that have been invoked for + this CPU. Note that ci+nci+ql is the number of callbacks that have + been registered in absence of CPU-hotplug activity. + +o "nci" is the number of RCU callbacks that have been offloaded from + this CPU. This will always be zero unless the kernel was built + with CONFIG_RCU_NOCB_CPU=y and the "rcu_nocbs=" kernel boot + parameter was specified. + +o "co" is the number of RCU callbacks that have been orphaned due to + this CPU going offline. These orphaned callbacks have been moved + to an arbitrarily chosen online CPU. + +o "ca" is the number of RCU callbacks that have been adopted by this + CPU due to other CPUs going offline. Note that ci+co-ca+ql is + the number of RCU callbacks registered on this CPU. + + +Kernels compiled with CONFIG_RCU_BOOST=y display the following from +/debug/rcu/rcu_preempt/rcudata: + + 0!c=12865 g=12866 pq=1/0 qp=1 dt=83113/140000000000000/0 df=288 of=11 ql=0/0 qs=N... kt=0/O ktl=944 b=10 ci=60709 nci=0 co=748 ca=871 + 1 c=14407 g=14408 pq=1/0 qp=0 dt=100679/140000000000000/0 df=378 of=7 ql=0/119 qs=NRW. kt=0/W ktl=9b6 b=10 ci=109740 nci=0 co=589 ca=485 + 2 c=14407 g=14408 pq=1/0 qp=0 dt=105486/0/0 df=90 of=9 ql=0/89 qs=NRW. kt=0/W ktl=c0c b=10 ci=83113 nci=0 co=533 ca=490 + 3 c=14407 g=14408 pq=1/0 qp=0 dt=107138/0/0 df=142 of=8 ql=0/188 qs=NRW. kt=0/W ktl=b96 b=10 ci=121114 nci=0 co=426 ca=290 + 4 c=14405 g=14406 pq=1/0 qp=1 dt=50238/0/0 df=706 of=7 ql=0/0 qs=.... kt=0/W ktl=812 b=10 ci=34929 nci=0 co=643 ca=114 + 5!c=14168 g=14169 pq=1/0 qp=0 dt=45465/140000000000000/0 df=161 of=11 ql=0/0 qs=N... kt=0/O ktl=b4d b=10 ci=47712 nci=0 co=677 ca=722 + 6 c=14404 g=14405 pq=1/0 qp=0 dt=59454/0/0 df=94 of=6 ql=0/0 qs=.... kt=0/W ktl=e57 b=10 ci=55597 nci=0 co=701 ca=811 + 7 c=14407 g=14408 pq=1/0 qp=1 dt=68850/0/0 df=31 of=8 ql=0/0 qs=.... kt=0/W ktl=14bd b=10 ci=77475 nci=0 co=508 ca=1042 + +This is similar to the output discussed above, but contains the following +additional fields: + +o "kt" is the per-CPU kernel-thread state. The digit preceding + the first slash is zero if there is no work pending and 1 + otherwise. The character between the first pair of slashes is + as follows: + + "S" The kernel thread is stopped, in other words, all + CPUs corresponding to this rcu_node structure are + offline. + + "R" The kernel thread is running. + + "W" The kernel thread is waiting because there is no work + for it to do. + + "O" The kernel thread is waiting because it has been + forced off of its designated CPU or because its + ->cpus_allowed mask permits it to run on other than + its designated CPU. + + "Y" The kernel thread is yielding to avoid hogging CPU. + + "?" Unknown value, indicates a bug. + + The number after the final slash is the CPU that the kthread + is actually running on. + + This field is displayed only for CONFIG_RCU_BOOST kernels. + +o "ktl" is the low-order 16 bits (in hexadecimal) of the count of + the number of times that this CPU's per-CPU kthread has gone + through its loop servicing invoke_rcu_cpu_kthread() requests. + + This field is displayed only for CONFIG_RCU_BOOST kernels. + + +The output of "cat rcu/rcu_preempt/rcuexp" looks as follows: + +s=21872 d=21872 w=0 tf=0 wd1=0 wd2=0 n=0 sc=21872 dt=21872 dl=0 dx=21872 + +These fields are as follows: + +o "s" is the starting sequence number. + +o "d" is the ending sequence number. When the starting and ending + numbers differ, there is an expedited grace period in progress. + +o "w" is the number of times that the sequence numbers have been + in danger of wrapping. + +o "tf" is the number of times that contention has resulted in a + failure to begin an expedited grace period. + +o "wd1" and "wd2" are the number of times that an attempt to + start an expedited grace period found that someone else had + completed an expedited grace period that satisfies the + attempted request. "Our work is done." + +o "n" is number of times that contention was so great that + the request was demoted from an expedited grace period to + a normal grace period. + +o "sc" is the number of times that the attempt to start a + new expedited grace period succeeded. + +o "dt" is the number of times that we attempted to update + the "d" counter. + +o "dl" is the number of times that we failed to update the "d" + counter. + +o "dx" is the number of times that we succeeded in updating + the "d" counter. + + +The output of "cat rcu/rcu_preempt/rcugp" looks as follows: + +completed=31249 gpnum=31250 age=1 max=18 + +These fields are taken from the rcu_state structure, and are as follows: + +o "completed" is the number of grace periods that have completed. + It is comparable to the "c" field from rcu/rcudata in that a + CPU whose "c" field matches the value of "completed" is aware + that the corresponding RCU grace period has completed. + +o "gpnum" is the number of grace periods that have started. It is + similarly comparable to the "g" field from rcu/rcudata in that + a CPU whose "g" field matches the value of "gpnum" is aware that + the corresponding RCU grace period has started. + + If these two fields are equal, then there is no grace period + in progress, in other words, RCU is idle. On the other hand, + if the two fields differ (as they are above), then an RCU grace + period is in progress. + +o "age" is the number of jiffies that the current grace period + has extended for, or zero if there is no grace period currently + in effect. + +o "max" is the age in jiffies of the longest-duration grace period + thus far. + +The output of "cat rcu/rcu_preempt/rcuhier" looks as follows: + +c=14407 g=14408 s=0 jfq=2 j=c863 nfqs=12040/nfqsng=0(12040) fqlh=1051 oqlen=0/0 +3/3 ..>. 0:7 ^0 +e/e ..>. 0:3 ^0 d/d ..>. 4:7 ^1 + +The fields are as follows: + +o "c" is exactly the same as "completed" under rcu/rcu_preempt/rcugp. + +o "g" is exactly the same as "gpnum" under rcu/rcu_preempt/rcugp. + +o "s" is the current state of the force_quiescent_state() + state machine. + +o "jfq" is the number of jiffies remaining for this grace period + before force_quiescent_state() is invoked to help push things + along. Note that CPUs in idle mode throughout the grace period + will not report on their own, but rather must be check by some + other CPU via force_quiescent_state(). + +o "j" is the low-order four hex digits of the jiffies counter. + Yes, Paul did run into a number of problems that turned out to + be due to the jiffies counter no longer counting. Why do you ask? + +o "nfqs" is the number of calls to force_quiescent_state() since + boot. + +o "nfqsng" is the number of useless calls to force_quiescent_state(), + where there wasn't actually a grace period active. This can + no longer happen due to grace-period processing being pushed + into a kthread. The number in parentheses is the difference + between "nfqs" and "nfqsng", or the number of times that + force_quiescent_state() actually did some real work. + +o "fqlh" is the number of calls to force_quiescent_state() that + exited immediately (without even being counted in nfqs above) + due to contention on ->fqslock. + +o Each element of the form "3/3 ..>. 0:7 ^0" represents one rcu_node + structure. Each line represents one level of the hierarchy, + from root to leaves. It is best to think of the rcu_data + structures as forming yet another level after the leaves. + Note that there might be either one, two, three, or even four + levels of rcu_node structures, depending on the relationship + between CONFIG_RCU_FANOUT, CONFIG_RCU_FANOUT_LEAF (possibly + adjusted using the rcu_fanout_leaf kernel boot parameter), and + CONFIG_NR_CPUS (possibly adjusted using the nr_cpu_ids count of + possible CPUs for the booting hardware). + + o The numbers separated by the "/" are the qsmask followed + by the qsmaskinit. The qsmask will have one bit + set for each entity in the next lower level that has + not yet checked in for the current grace period ("e" + indicating CPUs 5, 6, and 7 in the example above). + The qsmaskinit will have one bit for each entity that is + currently expected to check in during each grace period. + The value of qsmaskinit is assigned to that of qsmask + at the beginning of each grace period. + + o The characters separated by the ">" indicate the state + of the blocked-tasks lists. A "G" preceding the ">" + indicates that at least one task blocked in an RCU + read-side critical section blocks the current grace + period, while a "E" preceding the ">" indicates that + at least one task blocked in an RCU read-side critical + section blocks the current expedited grace period. + A "T" character following the ">" indicates that at + least one task is blocked within an RCU read-side + critical section, regardless of whether any current + grace period (expedited or normal) is inconvenienced. + A "." character appears if the corresponding condition + does not hold, so that "..>." indicates that no tasks + are blocked. In contrast, "GE>T" indicates maximal + inconvenience from blocked tasks. CONFIG_TREE_RCU + builds of the kernel will always show "..>.". + + o The numbers separated by the ":" are the range of CPUs + served by this struct rcu_node. This can be helpful + in working out how the hierarchy is wired together. + + For example, the example rcu_node structure shown above + has "0:7", indicating that it covers CPUs 0 through 7. + + o The number after the "^" indicates the bit in the + next higher level rcu_node structure that this rcu_node + structure corresponds to. For example, the "d/d ..>. 4:7 + ^1" has a "1" in this position, indicating that it + corresponds to the "1" bit in the "3" shown in the + "3/3 ..>. 0:7 ^0" entry on the next level up. + + +The output of "cat rcu/rcu_sched/rcu_pending" looks as follows: + + 0!np=26111 qsp=29 rpq=5386 cbr=1 cng=570 gpc=3674 gps=577 nn=15903 ndw=0 + 1!np=28913 qsp=35 rpq=6097 cbr=1 cng=448 gpc=3700 gps=554 nn=18113 ndw=0 + 2!np=32740 qsp=37 rpq=6202 cbr=0 cng=476 gpc=4627 gps=546 nn=20889 ndw=0 + 3 np=23679 qsp=22 rpq=5044 cbr=1 cng=415 gpc=3403 gps=347 nn=14469 ndw=0 + 4!np=30714 qsp=4 rpq=5574 cbr=0 cng=528 gpc=3931 gps=639 nn=20042 ndw=0 + 5 np=28910 qsp=2 rpq=5246 cbr=0 cng=428 gpc=4105 gps=709 nn=18422 ndw=0 + 6!np=38648 qsp=5 rpq=7076 cbr=0 cng=840 gpc=4072 gps=961 nn=25699 ndw=0 + 7 np=37275 qsp=2 rpq=6873 cbr=0 cng=868 gpc=3416 gps=971 nn=25147 ndw=0 + +The fields are as follows: + +o The leading number is the CPU number, with "!" indicating + an offline CPU. + +o "np" is the number of times that __rcu_pending() has been invoked + for the corresponding flavor of RCU. + +o "qsp" is the number of times that the RCU was waiting for a + quiescent state from this CPU. + +o "rpq" is the number of times that the CPU had passed through + a quiescent state, but not yet reported it to RCU. + +o "cbr" is the number of times that this CPU had RCU callbacks + that had passed through a grace period, and were thus ready + to be invoked. + +o "cng" is the number of times that this CPU needed another + grace period while RCU was idle. + +o "gpc" is the number of times that an old grace period had + completed, but this CPU was not yet aware of it. + +o "gps" is the number of times that a new grace period had started, + but this CPU was not yet aware of it. + +o "ndw" is the number of times that a wakeup of an rcuo + callback-offload kthread had to be deferred in order to avoid + deadlock. + +o "nn" is the number of times that this CPU needed nothing. + + +The output of "cat rcu/rcuboost" looks as follows: + +0:3 tasks=.... kt=W ntb=0 neb=0 nnb=0 j=c864 bt=c894 + balk: nt=0 egt=4695 bt=0 nb=0 ny=56 nos=0 +4:7 tasks=.... kt=W ntb=0 neb=0 nnb=0 j=c864 bt=c894 + balk: nt=0 egt=6541 bt=0 nb=0 ny=126 nos=0 + +This information is output only for rcu_preempt. Each two-line entry +corresponds to a leaf rcu_node structure. The fields are as follows: + +o "n:m" is the CPU-number range for the corresponding two-line + entry. In the sample output above, the first entry covers + CPUs zero through three and the second entry covers CPUs four + through seven. + +o "tasks=TNEB" gives the state of the various segments of the + rnp->blocked_tasks list: + + "T" This indicates that there are some tasks that blocked + while running on one of the corresponding CPUs while + in an RCU read-side critical section. + + "N" This indicates that some of the blocked tasks are preventing + the current normal (non-expedited) grace period from + completing. + + "E" This indicates that some of the blocked tasks are preventing + the current expedited grace period from completing. + + "B" This indicates that some of the blocked tasks are in + need of RCU priority boosting. + + Each character is replaced with "." if the corresponding + condition does not hold. + +o "kt" is the state of the RCU priority-boosting kernel + thread associated with the corresponding rcu_node structure. + The state can be one of the following: + + "S" The kernel thread is stopped, in other words, all + CPUs corresponding to this rcu_node structure are + offline. + + "R" The kernel thread is running. + + "W" The kernel thread is waiting because there is no work + for it to do. + + "Y" The kernel thread is yielding to avoid hogging CPU. + + "?" Unknown value, indicates a bug. + +o "ntb" is the number of tasks boosted. + +o "neb" is the number of tasks boosted in order to complete an + expedited grace period. + +o "nnb" is the number of tasks boosted in order to complete a + normal (non-expedited) grace period. When boosting a task + that was blocking both an expedited and a normal grace period, + it is counted against the expedited total above. + +o "j" is the low-order 16 bits of the jiffies counter in + hexadecimal. + +o "bt" is the low-order 16 bits of the value that the jiffies + counter will have when we next start boosting, assuming that + the current grace period does not end beforehand. This is + also in hexadecimal. + +o "balk: nt" counts the number of times we didn't boost (in + other words, we balked) even though it was time to boost because + there were no blocked tasks to boost. This situation occurs + when there is one blocked task on one rcu_node structure and + none on some other rcu_node structure. + +o "egt" counts the number of times we balked because although + there were blocked tasks, none of them were blocking the + current grace period, whether expedited or otherwise. + +o "bt" counts the number of times we balked because boosting + had already been initiated for the current grace period. + +o "nb" counts the number of times we balked because there + was at least one task blocking the current non-expedited grace + period that never had blocked. If it is already running, it + just won't help to boost its priority! + +o "ny" counts the number of times we balked because it was + not yet time to start boosting. + +o "nos" counts the number of times we balked for other + reasons, e.g., the grace period ended first. + + +CONFIG_TINY_RCU debugfs Files and Formats + +These implementations of RCU provides a single debugfs file under the +top-level directory RCU, namely rcu/rcudata, which displays fields in +rcu_bh_ctrlblk and rcu_sched_ctrlblk. + +The output of "cat rcu/rcudata" is as follows: + +rcu_sched: qlen: 0 +rcu_bh: qlen: 0 + +This is split into rcu_sched and rcu_bh sections. The field is as +follows: + +o "qlen" is the number of RCU callbacks currently waiting either + for an RCU grace period or waiting to be invoked. This is the + only field present for rcu_sched and rcu_bh, due to the + short-circuiting of grace period in those two cases. diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..88dfce182 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1031 @@ +Please note that the "What is RCU?" LWN series is an excellent place +to start learning about RCU: + +1. What is RCU, Fundamentally? http://lwn.net/Articles/262464/ +2. What is RCU? Part 2: Usage http://lwn.net/Articles/263130/ +3. RCU part 3: the RCU API http://lwn.net/Articles/264090/ +4. The RCU API, 2010 Edition http://lwn.net/Articles/418853/ + + +What is RCU? + +RCU is a synchronization mechanism that was added to the Linux kernel +during the 2.5 development effort that is optimized for read-mostly +situations. Although RCU is actually quite simple once you understand it, +getting there can sometimes be a challenge. Part of the problem is that +most of the past descriptions of RCU have been written with the mistaken +assumption that there is "one true way" to describe RCU. Instead, +the experience has been that different people must take different paths +to arrive at an understanding of RCU. This document provides several +different paths, as follows: + +1. RCU OVERVIEW +2. WHAT IS RCU'S CORE API? +3. WHAT ARE SOME EXAMPLE USES OF CORE RCU API? +4. WHAT IF MY UPDATING THREAD CANNOT BLOCK? +5. WHAT ARE SOME SIMPLE IMPLEMENTATIONS OF RCU? +6. ANALOGY WITH READER-WRITER LOCKING +7. FULL LIST OF RCU APIs +8. ANSWERS TO QUICK QUIZZES + +People who prefer starting with a conceptual overview should focus on +Section 1, though most readers will profit by reading this section at +some point. People who prefer to start with an API that they can then +experiment with should focus on Section 2. People who prefer to start +with example uses should focus on Sections 3 and 4. People who need to +understand the RCU implementation should focus on Section 5, then dive +into the kernel source code. People who reason best by analogy should +focus on Section 6. Section 7 serves as an index to the docbook API +documentation, and Section 8 is the traditional answer key. + +So, start with the section that makes the most sense to you and your +preferred method of learning. If you need to know everything about +everything, feel free to read the whole thing -- but if you are really +that type of person, you have perused the source code and will therefore +never need this document anyway. ;-) + + +1. RCU OVERVIEW + +The basic idea behind RCU is to split updates into "removal" and +"reclamation" phases. The removal phase removes references to data items +within a data structure (possibly by replacing them with references to +new versions of these data items), and can run concurrently with readers. +The reason that it is safe to run the removal phase concurrently with +readers is the semantics of modern CPUs guarantee that readers will see +either the old or the new version of the data structure rather than a +partially updated reference. The reclamation phase does the work of reclaiming +(e.g., freeing) the data items removed from the data structure during the +removal phase. Because reclaiming data items can disrupt any readers +concurrently referencing those data items, the reclamation phase must +not start until readers no longer hold references to those data items. + +Splitting the update into removal and reclamation phases permits the +updater to perform the removal phase immediately, and to defer the +reclamation phase until all readers active during the removal phase have +completed, either by blocking until they finish or by registering a +callback that is invoked after they finish. Only readers that are active +during the removal phase need be considered, because any reader starting +after the removal phase will be unable to gain a reference to the removed +data items, and therefore cannot be disrupted by the reclamation phase. + +So the typical RCU update sequence goes something like the following: + +a. Remove pointers to a data structure, so that subsequent + readers cannot gain a reference to it. + +b. Wait for all previous readers to complete their RCU read-side + critical sections. + +c. At this point, there cannot be any readers who hold references + to the data structure, so it now may safely be reclaimed + (e.g., kfree()d). + +Step (b) above is the key idea underlying RCU's deferred destruction. +The ability to wait until all readers are done allows RCU readers to +use much lighter-weight synchronization, in some cases, absolutely no +synchronization at all. In contrast, in more conventional lock-based +schemes, readers must use heavy-weight synchronization in order to +prevent an updater from deleting the data structure out from under them. +This is because lock-based updaters typically update data items in place, +and must therefore exclude readers. In contrast, RCU-based updaters +typically take advantage of the fact that writes to single aligned +pointers are atomic on modern CPUs, allowing atomic insertion, removal, +and replacement of data items in a linked structure without disrupting +readers. Concurrent RCU readers can then continue accessing the old +versions, and can dispense with the atomic operations, memory barriers, +and communications cache misses that are so expensive on present-day +SMP computer systems, even in absence of lock contention. + +In the three-step procedure shown above, the updater is performing both +the removal and the reclamation step, but it is often helpful for an +entirely different thread to do the reclamation, as is in fact the case +in the Linux kernel's directory-entry cache (dcache). Even if the same +thread performs both the update step (step (a) above) and the reclamation +step (step (c) above), it is often helpful to think of them separately. +For example, RCU readers and updaters need not communicate at all, +but RCU provides implicit low-overhead communication between readers +and reclaimers, namely, in step (b) above. + +So how the heck can a reclaimer tell when a reader is done, given +that readers are not doing any sort of synchronization operations??? +Read on to learn about how RCU's API makes this easy. + + +2. WHAT IS RCU'S CORE API? + +The core RCU API is quite small: + +a. rcu_read_lock() +b. rcu_read_unlock() +c. synchronize_rcu() / call_rcu() +d. rcu_assign_pointer() +e. rcu_dereference() + +There are many other members of the RCU API, but the rest can be +expressed in terms of these five, though most implementations instead +express synchronize_rcu() in terms of the call_rcu() callback API. + +The five core RCU APIs are described below, the other 18 will be enumerated +later. See the kernel docbook documentation for more info, or look directly +at the function header comments. + +rcu_read_lock() + + void rcu_read_lock(void); + + Used by a reader to inform the reclaimer that the reader is + entering an RCU read-side critical section. It is illegal + to block while in an RCU read-side critical section, though + kernels built with CONFIG_PREEMPT_RCU can preempt RCU + read-side critical sections. Any RCU-protected data structure + accessed during an RCU read-side critical section is guaranteed to + remain unreclaimed for the full duration of that critical section. + Reference counts may be used in conjunction with RCU to maintain + longer-term references to data structures. + +rcu_read_unlock() + + void rcu_read_unlock(void); + + Used by a reader to inform the reclaimer that the reader is + exiting an RCU read-side critical section. Note that RCU + read-side critical sections may be nested and/or overlapping. + +synchronize_rcu() + + void synchronize_rcu(void); + + Marks the end of updater code and the beginning of reclaimer + code. It does this by blocking until all pre-existing RCU + read-side critical sections on all CPUs have completed. + Note that synchronize_rcu() will -not- necessarily wait for + any subsequent RCU read-side critical sections to complete. + For example, consider the following sequence of events: + + CPU 0 CPU 1 CPU 2 + ----------------- ------------------------- --------------- + 1. rcu_read_lock() + 2. enters synchronize_rcu() + 3. rcu_read_lock() + 4. rcu_read_unlock() + 5. exits synchronize_rcu() + 6. rcu_read_unlock() + + To reiterate, synchronize_rcu() waits only for ongoing RCU + read-side critical sections to complete, not necessarily for + any that begin after synchronize_rcu() is invoked. + + Of course, synchronize_rcu() does not necessarily return + -immediately- after the last pre-existing RCU read-side critical + section completes. For one thing, there might well be scheduling + delays. For another thing, many RCU implementations process + requests in batches in order to improve efficiencies, which can + further delay synchronize_rcu(). + + Since synchronize_rcu() is the API that must figure out when + readers are done, its implementation is key to RCU. For RCU + to be useful in all but the most read-intensive situations, + synchronize_rcu()'s overhead must also be quite small. + + The call_rcu() API is a callback form of synchronize_rcu(), + and is described in more detail in a later section. Instead of + blocking, it registers a function and argument which are invoked + after all ongoing RCU read-side critical sections have completed. + This callback variant is particularly useful in situations where + it is illegal to block or where update-side performance is + critically important. + + However, the call_rcu() API should not be used lightly, as use + of the synchronize_rcu() API generally results in simpler code. + In addition, the synchronize_rcu() API has the nice property + of automatically limiting update rate should grace periods + be delayed. This property results in system resilience in face + of denial-of-service attacks. Code using call_rcu() should limit + update rate in order to gain this same sort of resilience. See + checklist.txt for some approaches to limiting the update rate. + +rcu_assign_pointer() + + typeof(p) rcu_assign_pointer(p, typeof(p) v); + + Yes, rcu_assign_pointer() -is- implemented as a macro, though it + would be cool to be able to declare a function in this manner. + (Compiler experts will no doubt disagree.) + + The updater uses this function to assign a new value to an + RCU-protected pointer, in order to safely communicate the change + in value from the updater to the reader. This function returns + the new value, and also executes any memory-barrier instructions + required for a given CPU architecture. + + Perhaps just as important, it serves to document (1) which + pointers are protected by RCU and (2) the point at which a + given structure becomes accessible to other CPUs. That said, + rcu_assign_pointer() is most frequently used indirectly, via + the _rcu list-manipulation primitives such as list_add_rcu(). + +rcu_dereference() + + typeof(p) rcu_dereference(p); + + Like rcu_assign_pointer(), rcu_dereference() must be implemented + as a macro. + + The reader uses rcu_dereference() to fetch an RCU-protected + pointer, which returns a value that may then be safely + dereferenced. Note that rcu_deference() does not actually + dereference the pointer, instead, it protects the pointer for + later dereferencing. It also executes any needed memory-barrier + instructions for a given CPU architecture. Currently, only Alpha + needs memory barriers within rcu_dereference() -- on other CPUs, + it compiles to nothing, not even a compiler directive. + + Common coding practice uses rcu_dereference() to copy an + RCU-protected pointer to a local variable, then dereferences + this local variable, for example as follows: + + p = rcu_dereference(head.next); + return p->data; + + However, in this case, one could just as easily combine these + into one statement: + + return rcu_dereference(head.next)->data; + + If you are going to be fetching multiple fields from the + RCU-protected structure, using the local variable is of + course preferred. Repeated rcu_dereference() calls look + ugly and incur unnecessary overhead on Alpha CPUs. + + Note that the value returned by rcu_dereference() is valid + only within the enclosing RCU read-side critical section. + For example, the following is -not- legal: + + rcu_read_lock(); + p = rcu_dereference(head.next); + rcu_read_unlock(); + x = p->address; /* BUG!!! */ + rcu_read_lock(); + y = p->data; /* BUG!!! */ + rcu_read_unlock(); + + Holding a reference from one RCU read-side critical section + to another is just as illegal as holding a reference from + one lock-based critical section to another! Similarly, + using a reference outside of the critical section in which + it was acquired is just as illegal as doing so with normal + locking. + + As with rcu_assign_pointer(), an important function of + rcu_dereference() is to document which pointers are protected by + RCU, in particular, flagging a pointer that is subject to changing + at any time, including immediately after the rcu_dereference(). + And, again like rcu_assign_pointer(), rcu_dereference() is + typically used indirectly, via the _rcu list-manipulation + primitives, such as list_for_each_entry_rcu(). + +The following diagram shows how each API communicates among the +reader, updater, and reclaimer. + + + rcu_assign_pointer() + +--------+ + +---------------------->| reader |---------+ + | +--------+ | + | | | + | | | Protect: + | | | rcu_read_lock() + | | | rcu_read_unlock() + | rcu_dereference() | | + +---------+ | | + | updater |<---------------------+ | + +---------+ V + | +-----------+ + +----------------------------------->| reclaimer | + +-----------+ + Defer: + synchronize_rcu() & call_rcu() + + +The RCU infrastructure observes the time sequence of rcu_read_lock(), +rcu_read_unlock(), synchronize_rcu(), and call_rcu() invocations in +order to determine when (1) synchronize_rcu() invocations may return +to their callers and (2) call_rcu() callbacks may be invoked. Efficient +implementations of the RCU infrastructure make heavy use of batching in +order to amortize their overhead over many uses of the corresponding APIs. + +There are no fewer than three RCU mechanisms in the Linux kernel; the +diagram above shows the first one, which is by far the most commonly used. +The rcu_dereference() and rcu_assign_pointer() primitives are used for +all three mechanisms, but different defer and protect primitives are +used as follows: + + Defer Protect + +a. synchronize_rcu() rcu_read_lock() / rcu_read_unlock() + call_rcu() rcu_dereference() + +b. synchronize_rcu_bh() rcu_read_lock_bh() / rcu_read_unlock_bh() + call_rcu_bh() rcu_dereference_bh() + +c. synchronize_sched() rcu_read_lock_sched() / rcu_read_unlock_sched() + call_rcu_sched() preempt_disable() / preempt_enable() + local_irq_save() / local_irq_restore() + hardirq enter / hardirq exit + NMI enter / NMI exit + rcu_dereference_sched() + +These three mechanisms are used as follows: + +a. RCU applied to normal data structures. + +b. RCU applied to networking data structures that may be subjected + to remote denial-of-service attacks. + +c. RCU applied to scheduler and interrupt/NMI-handler tasks. + +Again, most uses will be of (a). The (b) and (c) cases are important +for specialized uses, but are relatively uncommon. + + +3. WHAT ARE SOME EXAMPLE USES OF CORE RCU API? + +This section shows a simple use of the core RCU API to protect a +global pointer to a dynamically allocated structure. More-typical +uses of RCU may be found in listRCU.txt, arrayRCU.txt, and NMI-RCU.txt. + + struct foo { + int a; + char b; + long c; + }; + DEFINE_SPINLOCK(foo_mutex); + + struct foo *gbl_foo; + + /* + * Create a new struct foo that is the same as the one currently + * pointed to by gbl_foo, except that field "a" is replaced + * with "new_a". Points gbl_foo to the new structure, and + * frees up the old structure after a grace period. + * + * Uses rcu_assign_pointer() to ensure that concurrent readers + * see the initialized version of the new structure. + * + * Uses synchronize_rcu() to ensure that any readers that might + * have references to the old structure complete before freeing + * the old structure. + */ + void foo_update_a(int new_a) + { + struct foo *new_fp; + struct foo *old_fp; + + new_fp = kmalloc(sizeof(*new_fp), GFP_KERNEL); + spin_lock(&foo_mutex); + old_fp = gbl_foo; + *new_fp = *old_fp; + new_fp->a = new_a; + rcu_assign_pointer(gbl_foo, new_fp); + spin_unlock(&foo_mutex); + synchronize_rcu(); + kfree(old_fp); + } + + /* + * Return the value of field "a" of the current gbl_foo + * structure. Use rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock() + * to ensure that the structure does not get deleted out + * from under us, and use rcu_dereference() to ensure that + * we see the initialized version of the structure (important + * for DEC Alpha and for people reading the code). + */ + int foo_get_a(void) + { + int retval; + + rcu_read_lock(); + retval = rcu_dereference(gbl_foo)->a; + rcu_read_unlock(); + return retval; + } + +So, to sum up: + +o Use rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock() to guard RCU + read-side critical sections. + +o Within an RCU read-side critical section, use rcu_dereference() + to dereference RCU-protected pointers. + +o Use some solid scheme (such as locks or semaphores) to + keep concurrent updates from interfering with each other. + +o Use rcu_assign_pointer() to update an RCU-protected pointer. + This primitive protects concurrent readers from the updater, + -not- concurrent updates from each other! You therefore still + need to use locking (or something similar) to keep concurrent + rcu_assign_pointer() primitives from interfering with each other. + +o Use synchronize_rcu() -after- removing a data element from an + RCU-protected data structure, but -before- reclaiming/freeing + the data element, in order to wait for the completion of all + RCU read-side critical sections that might be referencing that + data item. + +See checklist.txt for additional rules to follow when using RCU. +And again, more-typical uses of RCU may be found in listRCU.txt, +arrayRCU.txt, and NMI-RCU.txt. + + +4. WHAT IF MY UPDATING THREAD CANNOT BLOCK? + +In the example above, foo_update_a() blocks until a grace period elapses. +This is quite simple, but in some cases one cannot afford to wait so +long -- there might be other high-priority work to be done. + +In such cases, one uses call_rcu() rather than synchronize_rcu(). +The call_rcu() API is as follows: + + void call_rcu(struct rcu_head * head, + void (*func)(struct rcu_head *head)); + +This function invokes func(head) after a grace period has elapsed. +This invocation might happen from either softirq or process context, +so the function is not permitted to block. The foo struct needs to +have an rcu_head structure added, perhaps as follows: + + struct foo { + int a; + char b; + long c; + struct rcu_head rcu; + }; + +The foo_update_a() function might then be written as follows: + + /* + * Create a new struct foo that is the same as the one currently + * pointed to by gbl_foo, except that field "a" is replaced + * with "new_a". Points gbl_foo to the new structure, and + * frees up the old structure after a grace period. + * + * Uses rcu_assign_pointer() to ensure that concurrent readers + * see the initialized version of the new structure. + * + * Uses call_rcu() to ensure that any readers that might have + * references to the old structure complete before freeing the + * old structure. + */ + void foo_update_a(int new_a) + { + struct foo *new_fp; + struct foo *old_fp; + + new_fp = kmalloc(sizeof(*new_fp), GFP_KERNEL); + spin_lock(&foo_mutex); + old_fp = gbl_foo; + *new_fp = *old_fp; + new_fp->a = new_a; + rcu_assign_pointer(gbl_foo, new_fp); + spin_unlock(&foo_mutex); + call_rcu(&old_fp->rcu, foo_reclaim); + } + +The foo_reclaim() function might appear as follows: + + void foo_reclaim(struct rcu_head *rp) + { + struct foo *fp = container_of(rp, struct foo, rcu); + + foo_cleanup(fp->a); + + kfree(fp); + } + +The container_of() primitive is a macro that, given a pointer into a +struct, the type of the struct, and the pointed-to field within the +struct, returns a pointer to the beginning of the struct. + +The use of call_rcu() permits the caller of foo_update_a() to +immediately regain control, without needing to worry further about the +old version of the newly updated element. It also clearly shows the +RCU distinction between updater, namely foo_update_a(), and reclaimer, +namely foo_reclaim(). + +The summary of advice is the same as for the previous section, except +that we are now using call_rcu() rather than synchronize_rcu(): + +o Use call_rcu() -after- removing a data element from an + RCU-protected data structure in order to register a callback + function that will be invoked after the completion of all RCU + read-side critical sections that might be referencing that + data item. + +If the callback for call_rcu() is not doing anything more than calling +kfree() on the structure, you can use kfree_rcu() instead of call_rcu() +to avoid having to write your own callback: + + kfree_rcu(old_fp, rcu); + +Again, see checklist.txt for additional rules governing the use of RCU. + + +5. WHAT ARE SOME SIMPLE IMPLEMENTATIONS OF RCU? + +One of the nice things about RCU is that it has extremely simple "toy" +implementations that are a good first step towards understanding the +production-quality implementations in the Linux kernel. This section +presents two such "toy" implementations of RCU, one that is implemented +in terms of familiar locking primitives, and another that more closely +resembles "classic" RCU. Both are way too simple for real-world use, +lacking both functionality and performance. However, they are useful +in getting a feel for how RCU works. See kernel/rcupdate.c for a +production-quality implementation, and see: + + http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU + +for papers describing the Linux kernel RCU implementation. The OLS'01 +and OLS'02 papers are a good introduction, and the dissertation provides +more details on the current implementation as of early 2004. + + +5A. "TOY" IMPLEMENTATION #1: LOCKING + +This section presents a "toy" RCU implementation that is based on +familiar locking primitives. Its overhead makes it a non-starter for +real-life use, as does its lack of scalability. It is also unsuitable +for realtime use, since it allows scheduling latency to "bleed" from +one read-side critical section to another. + +However, it is probably the easiest implementation to relate to, so is +a good starting point. + +It is extremely simple: + + static DEFINE_RWLOCK(rcu_gp_mutex); + + void rcu_read_lock(void) + { + read_lock(&rcu_gp_mutex); + } + + void rcu_read_unlock(void) + { + read_unlock(&rcu_gp_mutex); + } + + void synchronize_rcu(void) + { + write_lock(&rcu_gp_mutex); + write_unlock(&rcu_gp_mutex); + } + +[You can ignore rcu_assign_pointer() and rcu_dereference() without +missing much. But here they are anyway. And whatever you do, don't +forget about them when submitting patches making use of RCU!] + + #define rcu_assign_pointer(p, v) ({ \ + smp_wmb(); \ + (p) = (v); \ + }) + + #define rcu_dereference(p) ({ \ + typeof(p) _________p1 = p; \ + smp_read_barrier_depends(); \ + (_________p1); \ + }) + + +The rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock() primitive read-acquire +and release a global reader-writer lock. The synchronize_rcu() +primitive write-acquires this same lock, then immediately releases +it. This means that once synchronize_rcu() exits, all RCU read-side +critical sections that were in progress before synchronize_rcu() was +called are guaranteed to have completed -- there is no way that +synchronize_rcu() would have been able to write-acquire the lock +otherwise. + +It is possible to nest rcu_read_lock(), since reader-writer locks may +be recursively acquired. Note also that rcu_read_lock() is immune +from deadlock (an important property of RCU). The reason for this is +that the only thing that can block rcu_read_lock() is a synchronize_rcu(). +But synchronize_rcu() does not acquire any locks while holding rcu_gp_mutex, +so there can be no deadlock cycle. + +Quick Quiz #1: Why is this argument naive? How could a deadlock + occur when using this algorithm in a real-world Linux + kernel? How could this deadlock be avoided? + + +5B. "TOY" EXAMPLE #2: CLASSIC RCU + +This section presents a "toy" RCU implementation that is based on +"classic RCU". It is also short on performance (but only for updates) and +on features such as hotplug CPU and the ability to run in CONFIG_PREEMPT +kernels. The definitions of rcu_dereference() and rcu_assign_pointer() +are the same as those shown in the preceding section, so they are omitted. + + void rcu_read_lock(void) { } + + void rcu_read_unlock(void) { } + + void synchronize_rcu(void) + { + int cpu; + + for_each_possible_cpu(cpu) + run_on(cpu); + } + +Note that rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock() do absolutely nothing. +This is the great strength of classic RCU in a non-preemptive kernel: +read-side overhead is precisely zero, at least on non-Alpha CPUs. +And there is absolutely no way that rcu_read_lock() can possibly +participate in a deadlock cycle! + +The implementation of synchronize_rcu() simply schedules itself on each +CPU in turn. The run_on() primitive can be implemented straightforwardly +in terms of the sched_setaffinity() primitive. Of course, a somewhat less +"toy" implementation would restore the affinity upon completion rather +than just leaving all tasks running on the last CPU, but when I said +"toy", I meant -toy-! + +So how the heck is this supposed to work??? + +Remember that it is illegal to block while in an RCU read-side critical +section. Therefore, if a given CPU executes a context switch, we know +that it must have completed all preceding RCU read-side critical sections. +Once -all- CPUs have executed a context switch, then -all- preceding +RCU read-side critical sections will have completed. + +So, suppose that we remove a data item from its structure and then invoke +synchronize_rcu(). Once synchronize_rcu() returns, we are guaranteed +that there are no RCU read-side critical sections holding a reference +to that data item, so we can safely reclaim it. + +Quick Quiz #2: Give an example where Classic RCU's read-side + overhead is -negative-. + +Quick Quiz #3: If it is illegal to block in an RCU read-side + critical section, what the heck do you do in + PREEMPT_RT, where normal spinlocks can block??? + + +6. ANALOGY WITH READER-WRITER LOCKING + +Although RCU can be used in many different ways, a very common use of +RCU is analogous to reader-writer locking. The following unified +diff shows how closely related RCU and reader-writer locking can be. + + @@ -13,15 +14,15 @@ + struct list_head *lp; + struct el *p; + + - read_lock(); + - list_for_each_entry(p, head, lp) { + + rcu_read_lock(); + + list_for_each_entry_rcu(p, head, lp) { + if (p->key == key) { + *result = p->data; + - read_unlock(); + + rcu_read_unlock(); + return 1; + } + } + - read_unlock(); + + rcu_read_unlock(); + return 0; + } + + @@ -29,15 +30,16 @@ + { + struct el *p; + + - write_lock(&listmutex); + + spin_lock(&listmutex); + list_for_each_entry(p, head, lp) { + if (p->key == key) { + - list_del(&p->list); + - write_unlock(&listmutex); + + list_del_rcu(&p->list); + + spin_unlock(&listmutex); + + synchronize_rcu(); + kfree(p); + return 1; + } + } + - write_unlock(&listmutex); + + spin_unlock(&listmutex); + return 0; + } + +Or, for those who prefer a side-by-side listing: + + 1 struct el { 1 struct el { + 2 struct list_head list; 2 struct list_head list; + 3 long key; 3 long key; + 4 spinlock_t mutex; 4 spinlock_t mutex; + 5 int data; 5 int data; + 6 /* Other data fields */ 6 /* Other data fields */ + 7 }; 7 }; + 8 spinlock_t listmutex; 8 spinlock_t listmutex; + 9 struct el head; 9 struct el head; + + 1 int search(long key, int *result) 1 int search(long key, int *result) + 2 { 2 { + 3 struct list_head *lp; 3 struct list_head *lp; + 4 struct el *p; 4 struct el *p; + 5 5 + 6 read_lock(); 6 rcu_read_lock(); + 7 list_for_each_entry(p, head, lp) { 7 list_for_each_entry_rcu(p, head, lp) { + 8 if (p->key == key) { 8 if (p->key == key) { + 9 *result = p->data; 9 *result = p->data; +10 read_unlock(); 10 rcu_read_unlock(); +11 return 1; 11 return 1; +12 } 12 } +13 } 13 } +14 read_unlock(); 14 rcu_read_unlock(); +15 return 0; 15 return 0; +16 } 16 } + + 1 int delete(long key) 1 int delete(long key) + 2 { 2 { + 3 struct el *p; 3 struct el *p; + 4 4 + 5 write_lock(&listmutex); 5 spin_lock(&listmutex); + 6 list_for_each_entry(p, head, lp) { 6 list_for_each_entry(p, head, lp) { + 7 if (p->key == key) { 7 if (p->key == key) { + 8 list_del(&p->list); 8 list_del_rcu(&p->list); + 9 write_unlock(&listmutex); 9 spin_unlock(&listmutex); + 10 synchronize_rcu(); +10 kfree(p); 11 kfree(p); +11 return 1; 12 return 1; +12 } 13 } +13 } 14 } +14 write_unlock(&listmutex); 15 spin_unlock(&listmutex); +15 return 0; 16 return 0; +16 } 17 } + +Either way, the differences are quite small. Read-side locking moves +to rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock, update-side locking moves from +a reader-writer lock to a simple spinlock, and a synchronize_rcu() +precedes the kfree(). + +However, there is one potential catch: the read-side and update-side +critical sections can now run concurrently. In many cases, this will +not be a problem, but it is necessary to check carefully regardless. +For example, if multiple independent list updates must be seen as +a single atomic update, converting to RCU will require special care. + +Also, the presence of synchronize_rcu() means that the RCU version of +delete() can now block. If this is a problem, there is a callback-based +mechanism that never blocks, namely call_rcu() or kfree_rcu(), that can +be used in place of synchronize_rcu(). + + +7. FULL LIST OF RCU APIs + +The RCU APIs are documented in docbook-format header comments in the +Linux-kernel source code, but it helps to have a full list of the +APIs, since there does not appear to be a way to categorize them +in docbook. Here is the list, by category. + +RCU list traversal: + + list_entry_rcu + list_first_entry_rcu + list_next_rcu + list_for_each_entry_rcu + list_for_each_entry_continue_rcu + hlist_first_rcu + hlist_next_rcu + hlist_pprev_rcu + hlist_for_each_entry_rcu + hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh + hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu + hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh + hlist_nulls_first_rcu + hlist_nulls_for_each_entry_rcu + hlist_bl_first_rcu + hlist_bl_for_each_entry_rcu + +RCU pointer/list update: + + rcu_assign_pointer + list_add_rcu + list_add_tail_rcu + list_del_rcu + list_replace_rcu + hlist_add_behind_rcu + hlist_add_before_rcu + hlist_add_head_rcu + hlist_del_rcu + hlist_del_init_rcu + hlist_replace_rcu + list_splice_init_rcu() + hlist_nulls_del_init_rcu + hlist_nulls_del_rcu + hlist_nulls_add_head_rcu + hlist_bl_add_head_rcu + hlist_bl_del_init_rcu + hlist_bl_del_rcu + hlist_bl_set_first_rcu + +RCU: Critical sections Grace period Barrier + + rcu_read_lock synchronize_net rcu_barrier + rcu_read_unlock synchronize_rcu + rcu_dereference synchronize_rcu_expedited + rcu_read_lock_held call_rcu + rcu_dereference_check kfree_rcu + rcu_dereference_protected + +bh: Critical sections Grace period Barrier + + rcu_read_lock_bh call_rcu_bh rcu_barrier_bh + rcu_read_unlock_bh synchronize_rcu_bh + rcu_dereference_bh synchronize_rcu_bh_expedited + rcu_dereference_bh_check + rcu_dereference_bh_protected + rcu_read_lock_bh_held + +sched: Critical sections Grace period Barrier + + rcu_read_lock_sched synchronize_sched rcu_barrier_sched + rcu_read_unlock_sched call_rcu_sched + [preempt_disable] synchronize_sched_expedited + [and friends] + rcu_read_lock_sched_notrace + rcu_read_unlock_sched_notrace + rcu_dereference_sched + rcu_dereference_sched_check + rcu_dereference_sched_protected + rcu_read_lock_sched_held + + +SRCU: Critical sections Grace period Barrier + + srcu_read_lock synchronize_srcu srcu_barrier + srcu_read_unlock call_srcu + srcu_dereference synchronize_srcu_expedited + srcu_dereference_check + srcu_read_lock_held + +SRCU: Initialization/cleanup + init_srcu_struct + cleanup_srcu_struct + +All: lockdep-checked RCU-protected pointer access + + rcu_access_index + rcu_access_pointer + rcu_dereference_index_check + rcu_dereference_raw + rcu_lockdep_assert + rcu_sleep_check + RCU_NONIDLE + +See the comment headers in the source code (or the docbook generated +from them) for more information. + +However, given that there are no fewer than four families of RCU APIs +in the Linux kernel, how do you choose which one to use? The following +list can be helpful: + +a. Will readers need to block? If so, you need SRCU. + +b. What about the -rt patchset? If readers would need to block + in an non-rt kernel, you need SRCU. If readers would block + in a -rt kernel, but not in a non-rt kernel, SRCU is not + necessary. + +c. Do you need to treat NMI handlers, hardirq handlers, + and code segments with preemption disabled (whether + via preempt_disable(), local_irq_save(), local_bh_disable(), + or some other mechanism) as if they were explicit RCU readers? + If so, RCU-sched is the only choice that will work for you. + +d. Do you need RCU grace periods to complete even in the face + of softirq monopolization of one or more of the CPUs? For + example, is your code subject to network-based denial-of-service + attacks? If so, you need RCU-bh. + +e. Is your workload too update-intensive for normal use of + RCU, but inappropriate for other synchronization mechanisms? + If so, consider SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU. But please be careful! + +f. Do you need read-side critical sections that are respected + even though they are in the middle of the idle loop, during + user-mode execution, or on an offlined CPU? If so, SRCU is the + only choice that will work for you. + +g. Otherwise, use RCU. + +Of course, this all assumes that you have determined that RCU is in fact +the right tool for your job. + + +8. ANSWERS TO QUICK QUIZZES + +Quick Quiz #1: Why is this argument naive? How could a deadlock + occur when using this algorithm in a real-world Linux + kernel? [Referring to the lock-based "toy" RCU + algorithm.] + +Answer: Consider the following sequence of events: + + 1. CPU 0 acquires some unrelated lock, call it + "problematic_lock", disabling irq via + spin_lock_irqsave(). + + 2. CPU 1 enters synchronize_rcu(), write-acquiring + rcu_gp_mutex. + + 3. CPU 0 enters rcu_read_lock(), but must wait + because CPU 1 holds rcu_gp_mutex. + + 4. CPU 1 is interrupted, and the irq handler + attempts to acquire problematic_lock. + + The system is now deadlocked. + + One way to avoid this deadlock is to use an approach like + that of CONFIG_PREEMPT_RT, where all normal spinlocks + become blocking locks, and all irq handlers execute in + the context of special tasks. In this case, in step 4 + above, the irq handler would block, allowing CPU 1 to + release rcu_gp_mutex, avoiding the deadlock. + + Even in the absence of deadlock, this RCU implementation + allows latency to "bleed" from readers to other + readers through synchronize_rcu(). To see this, + consider task A in an RCU read-side critical section + (thus read-holding rcu_gp_mutex), task B blocked + attempting to write-acquire rcu_gp_mutex, and + task C blocked in rcu_read_lock() attempting to + read_acquire rcu_gp_mutex. Task A's RCU read-side + latency is holding up task C, albeit indirectly via + task B. + + Realtime RCU implementations therefore use a counter-based + approach where tasks in RCU read-side critical sections + cannot be blocked by tasks executing synchronize_rcu(). + +Quick Quiz #2: Give an example where Classic RCU's read-side + overhead is -negative-. + +Answer: Imagine a single-CPU system with a non-CONFIG_PREEMPT + kernel where a routing table is used by process-context + code, but can be updated by irq-context code (for example, + by an "ICMP REDIRECT" packet). The usual way of handling + this would be to have the process-context code disable + interrupts while searching the routing table. Use of + RCU allows such interrupt-disabling to be dispensed with. + Thus, without RCU, you pay the cost of disabling interrupts, + and with RCU you don't. + + One can argue that the overhead of RCU in this + case is negative with respect to the single-CPU + interrupt-disabling approach. Others might argue that + the overhead of RCU is merely zero, and that replacing + the positive overhead of the interrupt-disabling scheme + with the zero-overhead RCU scheme does not constitute + negative overhead. + + In real life, of course, things are more complex. But + even the theoretical possibility of negative overhead for + a synchronization primitive is a bit unexpected. ;-) + +Quick Quiz #3: If it is illegal to block in an RCU read-side + critical section, what the heck do you do in + PREEMPT_RT, where normal spinlocks can block??? + +Answer: Just as PREEMPT_RT permits preemption of spinlock + critical sections, it permits preemption of RCU + read-side critical sections. It also permits + spinlocks blocking while in RCU read-side critical + sections. + + Why the apparent inconsistency? Because it is it + possible to use priority boosting to keep the RCU + grace periods short if need be (for example, if running + short of memory). In contrast, if blocking waiting + for (say) network reception, there is no way to know + what should be boosted. Especially given that the + process we need to boost might well be a human being + who just went out for a pizza or something. And although + a computer-operated cattle prod might arouse serious + interest, it might also provoke serious objections. + Besides, how does the computer know what pizza parlor + the human being went to??? + + +ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS + +My thanks to the people who helped make this human-readable, including +Jon Walpole, Josh Triplett, Serge Hallyn, Suzanne Wood, and Alan Stern. + + +For more information, see http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU. diff --git a/Documentation/SAK.txt b/Documentation/SAK.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74be14679 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/SAK.txt @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +Linux 2.4.2 Secure Attention Key (SAK) handling +18 March 2001, Andrew Morton + +An operating system's Secure Attention Key is a security tool which is +provided as protection against trojan password capturing programs. It +is an undefeatable way of killing all programs which could be +masquerading as login applications. Users need to be taught to enter +this key sequence before they log in to the system. + +From the PC keyboard, Linux has two similar but different ways of +providing SAK. One is the ALT-SYSRQ-K sequence. You shouldn't use +this sequence. It is only available if the kernel was compiled with +sysrq support. + +The proper way of generating a SAK is to define the key sequence using +`loadkeys'. This will work whether or not sysrq support is compiled +into the kernel. + +SAK works correctly when the keyboard is in raw mode. This means that +once defined, SAK will kill a running X server. If the system is in +run level 5, the X server will restart. This is what you want to +happen. + +What key sequence should you use? Well, CTRL-ALT-DEL is used to reboot +the machine. CTRL-ALT-BACKSPACE is magical to the X server. We'll +choose CTRL-ALT-PAUSE. + +In your rc.sysinit (or rc.local) file, add the command + + echo "control alt keycode 101 = SAK" | /bin/loadkeys + +And that's it! Only the superuser may reprogram the SAK key. + + +NOTES +===== + +1: Linux SAK is said to be not a "true SAK" as is required by + systems which implement C2 level security. This author does not + know why. + + +2: On the PC keyboard, SAK kills all applications which have + /dev/console opened. + + Unfortunately this includes a number of things which you don't + actually want killed. This is because these applications are + incorrectly holding /dev/console open. Be sure to complain to your + Linux distributor about this! + + You can identify processes which will be killed by SAK with the + command + + # ls -l /proc/[0-9]*/fd/* | grep console + l-wx------ 1 root root 64 Mar 18 00:46 /proc/579/fd/0 -> /dev/console + + Then: + + # ps aux|grep 579 + root 579 0.0 0.1 1088 436 ? S 00:43 0:00 gpm -t ps/2 + + So `gpm' will be killed by SAK. This is a bug in gpm. It should + be closing standard input. You can work around this by finding the + initscript which launches gpm and changing it thusly: + + Old: + + daemon gpm + + New: + + daemon gpm < /dev/null + + Vixie cron also seems to have this problem, and needs the same treatment. + + Also, one prominent Linux distribution has the following three + lines in its rc.sysinit and rc scripts: + + exec 3<&0 + exec 4>&1 + exec 5>&2 + + These commands cause *all* daemons which are launched by the + initscripts to have file descriptors 3, 4 and 5 attached to + /dev/console. So SAK kills them all. A workaround is to simply + delete these lines, but this may cause system management + applications to malfunction - test everything well. + diff --git a/Documentation/SM501.txt b/Documentation/SM501.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..561826f82 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/SM501.txt @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ + SM501 Driver + ============ + +Copyright 2006, 2007 Simtec Electronics + +The Silicon Motion SM501 multimedia companion chip is a multifunction device +which may provide numerous interfaces including USB host controller USB gadget, +asynchronous serial ports, audio functions, and a dual display video interface. +The device may be connected by PCI or local bus with varying functions enabled. + +Core +---- + +The core driver in drivers/mfd provides common services for the +drivers which manage the specific hardware blocks. These services +include locking for common registers, clock control and resource +management. + +The core registers drivers for both PCI and generic bus based +chips via the platform device and driver system. + +On detection of a device, the core initialises the chip (which may +be specified by the platform data) and then exports the selected +peripheral set as platform devices for the specific drivers. + +The core re-uses the platform device system as the platform device +system provides enough features to support the drivers without the +need to create a new bus-type and the associated code to go with it. + + +Resources +--------- + +Each peripheral has a view of the device which is implicitly narrowed to +the specific set of resources that peripheral requires in order to +function correctly. + +The centralised memory allocation allows the driver to ensure that the +maximum possible resource allocation can be made to the video subsystem +as this is by-far the most resource-sensitive of the on-chip functions. + +The primary issue with memory allocation is that of moving the video +buffers once a display mode is chosen. Indeed when a video mode change +occurs the memory footprint of the video subsystem changes. + +Since video memory is difficult to move without changing the display +(unless sufficient contiguous memory can be provided for the old and new +modes simultaneously) the video driver fully utilises the memory area +given to it by aligning fb0 to the start of the area and fb1 to the end +of it. Any memory left over in the middle is used for the acceleration +functions, which are transient and thus their location is less critical +as it can be moved. + + +Configuration +------------- + +The platform device driver uses a set of platform data to pass +configurations through to the core and the subsidiary drivers +so that there can be support for more than one system carrying +an SM501 built into a single kernel image. + +The PCI driver assumes that the PCI card behaves as per the Silicon +Motion reference design. + +There is an errata (AB-5) affecting the selection of the +of the M1XCLK and M1CLK frequencies. These two clocks +must be sourced from the same PLL, although they can then +be divided down individually. If this is not set, then SM501 may +lock and hang the whole system. The driver will refuse to +attach if the PLL selection is different. diff --git a/Documentation/SecurityBugs b/Documentation/SecurityBugs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a660d494c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/SecurityBugs @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +Linux kernel developers take security very seriously. As such, we'd +like to know when a security bug is found so that it can be fixed and +disclosed as quickly as possible. Please report security bugs to the +Linux kernel security team. + +1) Contact + +The Linux kernel security team can be contacted by email at +. This is a private list of security officers +who will help verify the bug report and develop and release a fix. +It is possible that the security team will bring in extra help from +area maintainers to understand and fix the security vulnerability. + +As it is with any bug, the more information provided the easier it +will be to diagnose and fix. Please review the procedure outlined in +REPORTING-BUGS if you are unclear about what information is helpful. +Any exploit code is very helpful and will not be released without +consent from the reporter unless it has already been made public. + +2) Disclosure + +The goal of the Linux kernel security team is to work with the +bug submitter to bug resolution as well as disclosure. We prefer +to fully disclose the bug as soon as possible. It is reasonable to +delay disclosure when the bug or the fix is not yet fully understood, +the solution is not well-tested or for vendor coordination. However, we +expect these delays to be short, measurable in days, not weeks or months. +A disclosure date is negotiated by the security team working with the +bug submitter as well as vendors. However, the kernel security team +holds the final say when setting a disclosure date. The timeframe for +disclosure is from immediate (esp. if it's already publicly known) +to a few weeks. As a basic default policy, we expect report date to +disclosure date to be on the order of 7 days. + +3) Non-disclosure agreements + +The Linux kernel security team is not a formal body and therefore unable +to enter any non-disclosure agreements. diff --git a/Documentation/SubmitChecklist b/Documentation/SubmitChecklist new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b7e32dfe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/SubmitChecklist @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +Linux Kernel patch submission checklist +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Here are some basic things that developers should do if they want to see their +kernel patch submissions accepted more quickly. + +These are all above and beyond the documentation that is provided in +Documentation/SubmittingPatches and elsewhere regarding submitting Linux +kernel patches. + + +1: If you use a facility then #include the file that defines/declares + that facility. Don't depend on other header files pulling in ones + that you use. + +2: Builds cleanly with applicable or modified CONFIG options =y, =m, and + =n. No gcc warnings/errors, no linker warnings/errors. + +2b: Passes allnoconfig, allmodconfig + +2c: Builds successfully when using O=builddir + +3: Builds on multiple CPU architectures by using local cross-compile tools + or some other build farm. + +4: ppc64 is a good architecture for cross-compilation checking because it + tends to use `unsigned long' for 64-bit quantities. + +5: Check your patch for general style as detailed in + Documentation/CodingStyle. Check for trivial violations with the + patch style checker prior to submission (scripts/checkpatch.pl). + You should be able to justify all violations that remain in + your patch. + +6: Any new or modified CONFIG options don't muck up the config menu. + +7: All new Kconfig options have help text. + +8: Has been carefully reviewed with respect to relevant Kconfig + combinations. This is very hard to get right with testing -- brainpower + pays off here. + +9: Check cleanly with sparse. + +10: Use 'make checkstack' and 'make namespacecheck' and fix any problems + that they find. Note: checkstack does not point out problems explicitly, + but any one function that uses more than 512 bytes on the stack is a + candidate for change. + +11: Include kernel-doc to document global kernel APIs. (Not required for + static functions, but OK there also.) Use 'make htmldocs' or 'make + mandocs' to check the kernel-doc and fix any issues. + +12: Has been tested with CONFIG_PREEMPT, CONFIG_DEBUG_PREEMPT, + CONFIG_DEBUG_SLAB, CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC, CONFIG_DEBUG_MUTEXES, + CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK, CONFIG_DEBUG_ATOMIC_SLEEP, CONFIG_PROVE_RCU + and CONFIG_DEBUG_OBJECTS_RCU_HEAD all simultaneously enabled. + +13: Has been build- and runtime tested with and without CONFIG_SMP and + CONFIG_PREEMPT. + +14: If the patch affects IO/Disk, etc: has been tested with and without + CONFIG_LBDAF. + +15: All codepaths have been exercised with all lockdep features enabled. + +16: All new /proc entries are documented under Documentation/ + +17: All new kernel boot parameters are documented in + Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt. + +18: All new module parameters are documented with MODULE_PARM_DESC() + +19: All new userspace interfaces are documented in Documentation/ABI/. + See Documentation/ABI/README for more information. + Patches that change userspace interfaces should be CCed to + linux-api@vger.kernel.org. + +20: Check that it all passes `make headers_check'. + +21: Has been checked with injection of at least slab and page-allocation + failures. See Documentation/fault-injection/. + + If the new code is substantial, addition of subsystem-specific fault + injection might be appropriate. + +22: Newly-added code has been compiled with `gcc -W' (use "make + EXTRA_CFLAGS=-W"). This will generate lots of noise, but is good for + finding bugs like "warning: comparison between signed and unsigned". + +23: Tested after it has been merged into the -mm patchset to make sure + that it still works with all of the other queued patches and various + changes in the VM, VFS, and other subsystems. + +24: All memory barriers {e.g., barrier(), rmb(), wmb()} need a comment in the + source code that explains the logic of what they are doing and why. + +25: If any ioctl's are added by the patch, then also update + Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt. + +26: If your modified source code depends on or uses any of the kernel + APIs or features that are related to the following kconfig symbols, + then test multiple builds with the related kconfig symbols disabled + and/or =m (if that option is available) [not all of these at the + same time, just various/random combinations of them]: + + CONFIG_SMP, CONFIG_SYSFS, CONFIG_PROC_FS, CONFIG_INPUT, CONFIG_PCI, + CONFIG_BLOCK, CONFIG_PM, CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ, + CONFIG_NET, CONFIG_INET=n (but latter with CONFIG_NET=y) diff --git a/Documentation/SubmittingDrivers b/Documentation/SubmittingDrivers new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31d372609 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/SubmittingDrivers @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +Submitting Drivers For The Linux Kernel +--------------------------------------- + +This document is intended to explain how to submit device drivers to the +various kernel trees. Note that if you are interested in video card drivers +you should probably talk to XFree86 (http://www.xfree86.org/) and/or X.Org +(http://x.org/) instead. + +Also read the Documentation/SubmittingPatches document. + + +Allocating Device Numbers +------------------------- + +Major and minor numbers for block and character devices are allocated +by the Linux assigned name and number authority (currently this is +Torben Mathiasen). The site is http://www.lanana.org/. This +also deals with allocating numbers for devices that are not going to +be submitted to the mainstream kernel. +See Documentation/devices.txt for more information on this. + +If you don't use assigned numbers then when your device is submitted it will +be given an assigned number even if that is different from values you may +have shipped to customers before. + +Who To Submit Drivers To +------------------------ + +Linux 2.0: + No new drivers are accepted for this kernel tree. + +Linux 2.2: + No new drivers are accepted for this kernel tree. + +Linux 2.4: + If the code area has a general maintainer then please submit it to + the maintainer listed in MAINTAINERS in the kernel file. If the + maintainer does not respond or you cannot find the appropriate + maintainer then please contact Willy Tarreau . + +Linux 2.6: + The same rules apply as 2.4 except that you should follow linux-kernel + to track changes in API's. The final contact point for Linux 2.6 + submissions is Andrew Morton. + +What Criteria Determine Acceptance +---------------------------------- + +Licensing: The code must be released to us under the + GNU General Public License. We don't insist on any kind + of exclusive GPL licensing, and if you wish the driver + to be useful to other communities such as BSD you may well + wish to release under multiple licenses. + See accepted licenses at include/linux/module.h + +Copyright: The copyright owner must agree to use of GPL. + It's best if the submitter and copyright owner + are the same person/entity. If not, the name of + the person/entity authorizing use of GPL should be + listed in case it's necessary to verify the will of + the copyright owner. + +Interfaces: If your driver uses existing interfaces and behaves like + other drivers in the same class it will be much more likely + to be accepted than if it invents gratuitous new ones. + If you need to implement a common API over Linux and NT + drivers do it in userspace. + +Code: Please use the Linux style of code formatting as documented + in Documentation/CodingStyle. If you have sections of code + that need to be in other formats, for example because they + are shared with a windows driver kit and you want to + maintain them just once separate them out nicely and note + this fact. + +Portability: Pointers are not always 32bits, not all computers are little + endian, people do not all have floating point and you + shouldn't use inline x86 assembler in your driver without + careful thought. Pure x86 drivers generally are not popular. + If you only have x86 hardware it is hard to test portability + but it is easy to make sure the code can easily be made + portable. + +Clarity: It helps if anyone can see how to fix the driver. It helps + you because you get patches not bug reports. If you submit a + driver that intentionally obfuscates how the hardware works + it will go in the bitbucket. + +PM support: Since Linux is used on many portable and desktop systems, your + driver is likely to be used on such a system and therefore it + should support basic power management by implementing, if + necessary, the .suspend and .resume methods used during the + system-wide suspend and resume transitions. You should verify + that your driver correctly handles the suspend and resume, but + if you are unable to ensure that, please at least define the + .suspend method returning the -ENOSYS ("Function not + implemented") error. You should also try to make sure that your + driver uses as little power as possible when it's not doing + anything. For the driver testing instructions see + Documentation/power/drivers-testing.txt and for a relatively + complete overview of the power management issues related to + drivers see Documentation/power/devices.txt . + +Control: In general if there is active maintenance of a driver by + the author then patches will be redirected to them unless + they are totally obvious and without need of checking. + If you want to be the contact and update point for the + driver it is a good idea to state this in the comments, + and include an entry in MAINTAINERS for your driver. + +What Criteria Do Not Determine Acceptance +----------------------------------------- + +Vendor: Being the hardware vendor and maintaining the driver is + often a good thing. If there is a stable working driver from + other people already in the tree don't expect 'we are the + vendor' to get your driver chosen. Ideally work with the + existing driver author to build a single perfect driver. + +Author: It doesn't matter if a large Linux company wrote the driver, + or you did. Nobody has any special access to the kernel + tree. Anyone who tells you otherwise isn't telling the + whole story. + + +Resources +--------- + +Linux kernel master tree: + ftp.??.kernel.org:/pub/linux/kernel/... + ?? == your country code, such as "us", "uk", "fr", etc. + + http://git.kernel.org/?p=linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git + +Linux kernel mailing list: + linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org + [mail majordomo@vger.kernel.org to subscribe] + +Linux Device Drivers, Third Edition (covers 2.6.10): + http://lwn.net/Kernel/LDD3/ (free version) + +LWN.net: + Weekly summary of kernel development activity - http://lwn.net/ + 2.6 API changes: + http://lwn.net/Articles/2.6-kernel-api/ + Porting drivers from prior kernels to 2.6: + http://lwn.net/Articles/driver-porting/ + +KernelNewbies: + Documentation and assistance for new kernel programmers + http://kernelnewbies.org/ + +Linux USB project: + http://www.linux-usb.org/ + +How to NOT write kernel driver by Arjan van de Ven: + http://www.fenrus.org/how-to-not-write-a-device-driver-paper.pdf + +Kernel Janitor: + http://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors + +GIT, Fast Version Control System: + http://git-scm.com/ diff --git a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b03a832a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches @@ -0,0 +1,806 @@ + + How to Get Your Change Into the Linux Kernel + or + Care And Operation Of Your Linus Torvalds + + + +For a person or company who wishes to submit a change to the Linux +kernel, the process can sometimes be daunting if you're not familiar +with "the system." This text is a collection of suggestions which +can greatly increase the chances of your change being accepted. + +This document contains a large number of suggestions in a relatively terse +format. For detailed information on how the kernel development process +works, see Documentation/development-process. Also, read +Documentation/SubmitChecklist for a list of items to check before +submitting code. If you are submitting a driver, also read +Documentation/SubmittingDrivers; for device tree binding patches, read +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/submitting-patches.txt. + +Many of these steps describe the default behavior of the git version +control system; if you use git to prepare your patches, you'll find much +of the mechanical work done for you, though you'll still need to prepare +and document a sensible set of patches. In general, use of git will make +your life as a kernel developer easier. + +-------------------------------------------- +SECTION 1 - CREATING AND SENDING YOUR CHANGE +-------------------------------------------- + + +0) Obtain a current source tree +------------------------------- + +If you do not have a repository with the current kernel source handy, use +git to obtain one. You'll want to start with the mainline repository, +which can be grabbed with: + + git clone git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git + +Note, however, that you may not want to develop against the mainline tree +directly. Most subsystem maintainers run their own trees and want to see +patches prepared against those trees. See the "T:" entry for the subsystem +in the MAINTAINERS file to find that tree, or simply ask the maintainer if +the tree is not listed there. + +It is still possible to download kernel releases via tarballs (as described +in the next section), but that is the hard way to do kernel development. + +1) "diff -up" +------------ + +If you must generate your patches by hand, use "diff -up" or "diff -uprN" +to create patches. Git generates patches in this form by default; if +you're using git, you can skip this section entirely. + +All changes to the Linux kernel occur in the form of patches, as +generated by diff(1). When creating your patch, make sure to create it +in "unified diff" format, as supplied by the '-u' argument to diff(1). +Also, please use the '-p' argument which shows which C function each +change is in - that makes the resultant diff a lot easier to read. +Patches should be based in the root kernel source directory, +not in any lower subdirectory. + +To create a patch for a single file, it is often sufficient to do: + + SRCTREE= linux + MYFILE= drivers/net/mydriver.c + + cd $SRCTREE + cp $MYFILE $MYFILE.orig + vi $MYFILE # make your change + cd .. + diff -up $SRCTREE/$MYFILE{.orig,} > /tmp/patch + +To create a patch for multiple files, you should unpack a "vanilla", +or unmodified kernel source tree, and generate a diff against your +own source tree. For example: + + MYSRC= /devel/linux + + tar xvfz linux-3.19.tar.gz + mv linux-3.19 linux-3.19-vanilla + diff -uprN -X linux-3.19-vanilla/Documentation/dontdiff \ + linux-3.19-vanilla $MYSRC > /tmp/patch + +"dontdiff" is a list of files which are generated by the kernel during +the build process, and should be ignored in any diff(1)-generated +patch. + +Make sure your patch does not include any extra files which do not +belong in a patch submission. Make sure to review your patch -after- +generated it with diff(1), to ensure accuracy. + +If your changes produce a lot of deltas, you need to split them into +individual patches which modify things in logical stages; see section +#3. This will facilitate easier reviewing by other kernel developers, +very important if you want your patch accepted. + +If you're using git, "git rebase -i" can help you with this process. If +you're not using git, quilt +is another popular alternative. + + + +2) Describe your changes. +------------------------- + +Describe your problem. Whether your patch is a one-line bug fix or +5000 lines of a new feature, there must be an underlying problem that +motivated you to do this work. Convince the reviewer that there is a +problem worth fixing and that it makes sense for them to read past the +first paragraph. + +Describe user-visible impact. Straight up crashes and lockups are +pretty convincing, but not all bugs are that blatant. Even if the +problem was spotted during code review, describe the impact you think +it can have on users. Keep in mind that the majority of Linux +installations run kernels from secondary stable trees or +vendor/product-specific trees that cherry-pick only specific patches +from upstream, so include anything that could help route your change +downstream: provoking circumstances, excerpts from dmesg, crash +descriptions, performance regressions, latency spikes, lockups, etc. + +Quantify optimizations and trade-offs. If you claim improvements in +performance, memory consumption, stack footprint, or binary size, +include numbers that back them up. But also describe non-obvious +costs. Optimizations usually aren't free but trade-offs between CPU, +memory, and readability; or, when it comes to heuristics, between +different workloads. Describe the expected downsides of your +optimization so that the reviewer can weigh costs against benefits. + +Once the problem is established, describe what you are actually doing +about it in technical detail. It's important to describe the change +in plain English for the reviewer to verify that the code is behaving +as you intend it to. + +The maintainer will thank you if you write your patch description in a +form which can be easily pulled into Linux's source code management +system, git, as a "commit log". See #15, below. + +Solve only one problem per patch. If your description starts to get +long, that's a sign that you probably need to split up your patch. +See #3, next. + +When you submit or resubmit a patch or patch series, include the +complete patch description and justification for it. Don't just +say that this is version N of the patch (series). Don't expect the +subsystem maintainer to refer back to earlier patch versions or referenced +URLs to find the patch description and put that into the patch. +I.e., the patch (series) and its description should be self-contained. +This benefits both the maintainers and reviewers. Some reviewers +probably didn't even receive earlier versions of the patch. + +Describe your changes in imperative mood, e.g. "make xyzzy do frotz" +instead of "[This patch] makes xyzzy do frotz" or "[I] changed xyzzy +to do frotz", as if you are giving orders to the codebase to change +its behaviour. + +If the patch fixes a logged bug entry, refer to that bug entry by +number and URL. If the patch follows from a mailing list discussion, +give a URL to the mailing list archive; use the https://lkml.kernel.org/ +redirector with a Message-Id, to ensure that the links cannot become +stale. + +However, try to make your explanation understandable without external +resources. In addition to giving a URL to a mailing list archive or +bug, summarize the relevant points of the discussion that led to the +patch as submitted. + +If you want to refer to a specific commit, don't just refer to the +SHA-1 ID of the commit. Please also include the oneline summary of +the commit, to make it easier for reviewers to know what it is about. +Example: + + Commit e21d2170f36602ae2708 ("video: remove unnecessary + platform_set_drvdata()") removed the unnecessary + platform_set_drvdata(), but left the variable "dev" unused, + delete it. + +You should also be sure to use at least the first twelve characters of the +SHA-1 ID. The kernel repository holds a *lot* of objects, making +collisions with shorter IDs a real possibility. Bear in mind that, even if +there is no collision with your six-character ID now, that condition may +change five years from now. + +If your patch fixes a bug in a specific commit, e.g. you found an issue using +git-bisect, please use the 'Fixes:' tag with the first 12 characters of the +SHA-1 ID, and the one line summary. For example: + + Fixes: e21d2170f366 ("video: remove unnecessary platform_set_drvdata()") + +The following git-config settings can be used to add a pretty format for +outputting the above style in the git log or git show commands + + [core] + abbrev = 12 + [pretty] + fixes = Fixes: %h (\"%s\") + +3) Separate your changes. +------------------------- + +Separate each _logical change_ into a separate patch. + +For example, if your changes include both bug fixes and performance +enhancements for a single driver, separate those changes into two +or more patches. If your changes include an API update, and a new +driver which uses that new API, separate those into two patches. + +On the other hand, if you make a single change to numerous files, +group those changes into a single patch. Thus a single logical change +is contained within a single patch. + +The point to remember is that each patch should make an easily understood +change that can be verified by reviewers. Each patch should be justifiable +on its own merits. + +If one patch depends on another patch in order for a change to be +complete, that is OK. Simply note "this patch depends on patch X" +in your patch description. + +When dividing your change into a series of patches, take special care to +ensure that the kernel builds and runs properly after each patch in the +series. Developers using "git bisect" to track down a problem can end up +splitting your patch series at any point; they will not thank you if you +introduce bugs in the middle. + +If you cannot condense your patch set into a smaller set of patches, +then only post say 15 or so at a time and wait for review and integration. + + + +4) Style-check your changes. +---------------------------- + +Check your patch for basic style violations, details of which can be +found in Documentation/CodingStyle. Failure to do so simply wastes +the reviewers time and will get your patch rejected, probably +without even being read. + +One significant exception is when moving code from one file to +another -- in this case you should not modify the moved code at all in +the same patch which moves it. This clearly delineates the act of +moving the code and your changes. This greatly aids review of the +actual differences and allows tools to better track the history of +the code itself. + +Check your patches with the patch style checker prior to submission +(scripts/checkpatch.pl). Note, though, that the style checker should be +viewed as a guide, not as a replacement for human judgment. If your code +looks better with a violation then its probably best left alone. + +The checker reports at three levels: + - ERROR: things that are very likely to be wrong + - WARNING: things requiring careful review + - CHECK: things requiring thought + +You should be able to justify all violations that remain in your +patch. + + +5) Select the recipients for your patch. +---------------------------------------- + +You should always copy the appropriate subsystem maintainer(s) on any patch +to code that they maintain; look through the MAINTAINERS file and the +source code revision history to see who those maintainers are. The +script scripts/get_maintainer.pl can be very useful at this step. If you +cannot find a maintainer for the subsystem your are working on, Andrew +Morton (akpm@linux-foundation.org) serves as a maintainer of last resort. + +You should also normally choose at least one mailing list to receive a copy +of your patch set. linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org functions as a list of +last resort, but the volume on that list has caused a number of developers +to tune it out. Look in the MAINTAINERS file for a subsystem-specific +list; your patch will probably get more attention there. Please do not +spam unrelated lists, though. + +Many kernel-related lists are hosted on vger.kernel.org; you can find a +list of them at http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html. There are +kernel-related lists hosted elsewhere as well, though. + +Do not send more than 15 patches at once to the vger mailing lists!!! + +Linus Torvalds is the final arbiter of all changes accepted into the +Linux kernel. His e-mail address is . +He gets a lot of e-mail, and, at this point, very few patches go through +Linus directly, so typically you should do your best to -avoid- +sending him e-mail. + +If you have a patch that fixes an exploitable security bug, send that patch +to security@kernel.org. For severe bugs, a short embargo may be considered +to allow distrbutors to get the patch out to users; in such cases, +obviously, the patch should not be sent to any public lists. + +Patches that fix a severe bug in a released kernel should be directed +toward the stable maintainers by putting a line like this: + + Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org + +into your patch. + +Note, however, that some subsystem maintainers want to come to their own +conclusions on which patches should go to the stable trees. The networking +maintainer, in particular, would rather not see individual developers +adding lines like the above to their patches. + +If changes affect userland-kernel interfaces, please send the MAN-PAGES +maintainer (as listed in the MAINTAINERS file) a man-pages patch, or at +least a notification of the change, so that some information makes its way +into the manual pages. User-space API changes should also be copied to +linux-api@vger.kernel.org. + +For small patches you may want to CC the Trivial Patch Monkey +trivial@kernel.org which collects "trivial" patches. Have a look +into the MAINTAINERS file for its current manager. +Trivial patches must qualify for one of the following rules: + Spelling fixes in documentation + Spelling fixes for errors which could break grep(1) + Warning fixes (cluttering with useless warnings is bad) + Compilation fixes (only if they are actually correct) + Runtime fixes (only if they actually fix things) + Removing use of deprecated functions/macros + Contact detail and documentation fixes + Non-portable code replaced by portable code (even in arch-specific, + since people copy, as long as it's trivial) + Any fix by the author/maintainer of the file (ie. patch monkey + in re-transmission mode) + + + +6) No MIME, no links, no compression, no attachments. Just plain text. +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Linus and other kernel developers need to be able to read and comment +on the changes you are submitting. It is important for a kernel +developer to be able to "quote" your changes, using standard e-mail +tools, so that they may comment on specific portions of your code. + +For this reason, all patches should be submitting e-mail "inline". +WARNING: Be wary of your editor's word-wrap corrupting your patch, +if you choose to cut-n-paste your patch. + +Do not attach the patch as a MIME attachment, compressed or not. +Many popular e-mail applications will not always transmit a MIME +attachment as plain text, making it impossible to comment on your +code. A MIME attachment also takes Linus a bit more time to process, +decreasing the likelihood of your MIME-attached change being accepted. + +Exception: If your mailer is mangling patches then someone may ask +you to re-send them using MIME. + +See Documentation/email-clients.txt for hints about configuring +your e-mail client so that it sends your patches untouched. + +7) E-mail size. +--------------- + +Large changes are not appropriate for mailing lists, and some +maintainers. If your patch, uncompressed, exceeds 300 kB in size, +it is preferred that you store your patch on an Internet-accessible +server, and provide instead a URL (link) pointing to your patch. But note +that if your patch exceeds 300 kB, it almost certainly needs to be broken up +anyway. + +8) Respond to review comments. +------------------------------ + +Your patch will almost certainly get comments from reviewers on ways in +which the patch can be improved. You must respond to those comments; +ignoring reviewers is a good way to get ignored in return. Review comments +or questions that do not lead to a code change should almost certainly +bring about a comment or changelog entry so that the next reviewer better +understands what is going on. + +Be sure to tell the reviewers what changes you are making and to thank them +for their time. Code review is a tiring and time-consuming process, and +reviewers sometimes get grumpy. Even in that case, though, respond +politely and address the problems they have pointed out. + + +9) Don't get discouraged - or impatient. +---------------------------------------- + +After you have submitted your change, be patient and wait. Reviewers are +busy people and may not get to your patch right away. + +Once upon a time, patches used to disappear into the void without comment, +but the development process works more smoothly than that now. You should +receive comments within a week or so; if that does not happen, make sure +that you have sent your patches to the right place. Wait for a minimum of +one week before resubmitting or pinging reviewers - possibly longer during +busy times like merge windows. + + +10) Include PATCH in the subject +-------------------------------- + +Due to high e-mail traffic to Linus, and to linux-kernel, it is common +convention to prefix your subject line with [PATCH]. This lets Linus +and other kernel developers more easily distinguish patches from other +e-mail discussions. + + + +11) Sign your work +------------------ + +To improve tracking of who did what, especially with patches that can +percolate to their final resting place in the kernel through several +layers of maintainers, we've introduced a "sign-off" procedure on +patches that are being emailed around. + +The sign-off is a simple line at the end of the explanation for the +patch, which certifies that you wrote it or otherwise have the right to +pass it on as an open-source patch. The rules are pretty simple: if you +can certify the below: + + Developer's Certificate of Origin 1.1 + + By making a contribution to this project, I certify that: + + (a) The contribution was created in whole or in part by me and I + have the right to submit it under the open source license + indicated in the file; or + + (b) The contribution is based upon previous work that, to the best + of my knowledge, is covered under an appropriate open source + license and I have the right under that license to submit that + work with modifications, whether created in whole or in part + by me, under the same open source license (unless I am + permitted to submit under a different license), as indicated + in the file; or + + (c) The contribution was provided directly to me by some other + person who certified (a), (b) or (c) and I have not modified + it. + + (d) I understand and agree that this project and the contribution + are public and that a record of the contribution (including all + personal information I submit with it, including my sign-off) is + maintained indefinitely and may be redistributed consistent with + this project or the open source license(s) involved. + +then you just add a line saying + + Signed-off-by: Random J Developer + +using your real name (sorry, no pseudonyms or anonymous contributions.) + +Some people also put extra tags at the end. They'll just be ignored for +now, but you can do this to mark internal company procedures or just +point out some special detail about the sign-off. + +If you are a subsystem or branch maintainer, sometimes you need to slightly +modify patches you receive in order to merge them, because the code is not +exactly the same in your tree and the submitters'. If you stick strictly to +rule (c), you should ask the submitter to rediff, but this is a totally +counter-productive waste of time and energy. Rule (b) allows you to adjust +the code, but then it is very impolite to change one submitter's code and +make him endorse your bugs. To solve this problem, it is recommended that +you add a line between the last Signed-off-by header and yours, indicating +the nature of your changes. While there is nothing mandatory about this, it +seems like prepending the description with your mail and/or name, all +enclosed in square brackets, is noticeable enough to make it obvious that +you are responsible for last-minute changes. Example : + + Signed-off-by: Random J Developer + [lucky@maintainer.example.org: struct foo moved from foo.c to foo.h] + Signed-off-by: Lucky K Maintainer + +This practice is particularly helpful if you maintain a stable branch and +want at the same time to credit the author, track changes, merge the fix, +and protect the submitter from complaints. Note that under no circumstances +can you change the author's identity (the From header), as it is the one +which appears in the changelog. + +Special note to back-porters: It seems to be a common and useful practice +to insert an indication of the origin of a patch at the top of the commit +message (just after the subject line) to facilitate tracking. For instance, +here's what we see in a 3.x-stable release: + +Date: Tue Oct 7 07:26:38 2014 -0400 + + libata: Un-break ATA blacklist + + commit 1c40279960bcd7d52dbdf1d466b20d24b99176c8 upstream. + +And here's what might appear in an older kernel once a patch is backported: + + Date: Tue May 13 22:12:27 2008 +0200 + + wireless, airo: waitbusy() won't delay + + [backport of 2.6 commit b7acbdfbd1f277c1eb23f344f899cfa4cd0bf36a] + +Whatever the format, this information provides a valuable help to people +tracking your trees, and to people trying to troubleshoot bugs in your +tree. + + +12) When to use Acked-by: and Cc: +--------------------------------- + +The Signed-off-by: tag indicates that the signer was involved in the +development of the patch, or that he/she was in the patch's delivery path. + +If a person was not directly involved in the preparation or handling of a +patch but wishes to signify and record their approval of it then they can +ask to have an Acked-by: line added to the patch's changelog. + +Acked-by: is often used by the maintainer of the affected code when that +maintainer neither contributed to nor forwarded the patch. + +Acked-by: is not as formal as Signed-off-by:. It is a record that the acker +has at least reviewed the patch and has indicated acceptance. Hence patch +mergers will sometimes manually convert an acker's "yep, looks good to me" +into an Acked-by: (but note that it is usually better to ask for an +explicit ack). + +Acked-by: does not necessarily indicate acknowledgement of the entire patch. +For example, if a patch affects multiple subsystems and has an Acked-by: from +one subsystem maintainer then this usually indicates acknowledgement of just +the part which affects that maintainer's code. Judgement should be used here. +When in doubt people should refer to the original discussion in the mailing +list archives. + +If a person has had the opportunity to comment on a patch, but has not +provided such comments, you may optionally add a "Cc:" tag to the patch. +This is the only tag which might be added without an explicit action by the +person it names - but it should indicate that this person was copied on the +patch. This tag documents that potentially interested parties +have been included in the discussion. + + +13) Using Reported-by:, Tested-by:, Reviewed-by:, Suggested-by: and Fixes: +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +The Reported-by tag gives credit to people who find bugs and report them and it +hopefully inspires them to help us again in the future. Please note that if +the bug was reported in private, then ask for permission first before using the +Reported-by tag. + +A Tested-by: tag indicates that the patch has been successfully tested (in +some environment) by the person named. This tag informs maintainers that +some testing has been performed, provides a means to locate testers for +future patches, and ensures credit for the testers. + +Reviewed-by:, instead, indicates that the patch has been reviewed and found +acceptable according to the Reviewer's Statement: + + Reviewer's statement of oversight + + By offering my Reviewed-by: tag, I state that: + + (a) I have carried out a technical review of this patch to + evaluate its appropriateness and readiness for inclusion into + the mainline kernel. + + (b) Any problems, concerns, or questions relating to the patch + have been communicated back to the submitter. I am satisfied + with the submitter's response to my comments. + + (c) While there may be things that could be improved with this + submission, I believe that it is, at this time, (1) a + worthwhile modification to the kernel, and (2) free of known + issues which would argue against its inclusion. + + (d) While I have reviewed the patch and believe it to be sound, I + do not (unless explicitly stated elsewhere) make any + warranties or guarantees that it will achieve its stated + purpose or function properly in any given situation. + +A Reviewed-by tag is a statement of opinion that the patch is an +appropriate modification of the kernel without any remaining serious +technical issues. Any interested reviewer (who has done the work) can +offer a Reviewed-by tag for a patch. This tag serves to give credit to +reviewers and to inform maintainers of the degree of review which has been +done on the patch. Reviewed-by: tags, when supplied by reviewers known to +understand the subject area and to perform thorough reviews, will normally +increase the likelihood of your patch getting into the kernel. + +A Suggested-by: tag indicates that the patch idea is suggested by the person +named and ensures credit to the person for the idea. Please note that this +tag should not be added without the reporter's permission, especially if the +idea was not posted in a public forum. That said, if we diligently credit our +idea reporters, they will, hopefully, be inspired to help us again in the +future. + +A Fixes: tag indicates that the patch fixes an issue in a previous commit. It +is used to make it easy to determine where a bug originated, which can help +review a bug fix. This tag also assists the stable kernel team in determining +which stable kernel versions should receive your fix. This is the preferred +method for indicating a bug fixed by the patch. See #2 above for more details. + + +14) The canonical patch format +------------------------------ + +This section describes how the patch itself should be formatted. Note +that, if you have your patches stored in a git repository, proper patch +formatting can be had with "git format-patch". The tools cannot create +the necessary text, though, so read the instructions below anyway. + +The canonical patch subject line is: + + Subject: [PATCH 001/123] subsystem: summary phrase + +The canonical patch message body contains the following: + + - A "from" line specifying the patch author (only needed if the person + sending the patch is not the author). + + - An empty line. + + - The body of the explanation, line wrapped at 75 columns, which will + be copied to the permanent changelog to describe this patch. + + - The "Signed-off-by:" lines, described above, which will + also go in the changelog. + + - A marker line containing simply "---". + + - Any additional comments not suitable for the changelog. + + - The actual patch (diff output). + +The Subject line format makes it very easy to sort the emails +alphabetically by subject line - pretty much any email reader will +support that - since because the sequence number is zero-padded, +the numerical and alphabetic sort is the same. + +The "subsystem" in the email's Subject should identify which +area or subsystem of the kernel is being patched. + +The "summary phrase" in the email's Subject should concisely +describe the patch which that email contains. The "summary +phrase" should not be a filename. Do not use the same "summary +phrase" for every patch in a whole patch series (where a "patch +series" is an ordered sequence of multiple, related patches). + +Bear in mind that the "summary phrase" of your email becomes a +globally-unique identifier for that patch. It propagates all the way +into the git changelog. The "summary phrase" may later be used in +developer discussions which refer to the patch. People will want to +google for the "summary phrase" to read discussion regarding that +patch. It will also be the only thing that people may quickly see +when, two or three months later, they are going through perhaps +thousands of patches using tools such as "gitk" or "git log +--oneline". + +For these reasons, the "summary" must be no more than 70-75 +characters, and it must describe both what the patch changes, as well +as why the patch might be necessary. It is challenging to be both +succinct and descriptive, but that is what a well-written summary +should do. + +The "summary phrase" may be prefixed by tags enclosed in square +brackets: "Subject: [PATCH tag] ". The tags are not +considered part of the summary phrase, but describe how the patch +should be treated. Common tags might include a version descriptor if +the multiple versions of the patch have been sent out in response to +comments (i.e., "v1, v2, v3"), or "RFC" to indicate a request for +comments. If there are four patches in a patch series the individual +patches may be numbered like this: 1/4, 2/4, 3/4, 4/4. This assures +that developers understand the order in which the patches should be +applied and that they have reviewed or applied all of the patches in +the patch series. + +A couple of example Subjects: + + Subject: [patch 2/5] ext2: improve scalability of bitmap searching + Subject: [PATCHv2 001/207] x86: fix eflags tracking + +The "from" line must be the very first line in the message body, +and has the form: + + From: Original Author + +The "from" line specifies who will be credited as the author of the +patch in the permanent changelog. If the "from" line is missing, +then the "From:" line from the email header will be used to determine +the patch author in the changelog. + +The explanation body will be committed to the permanent source +changelog, so should make sense to a competent reader who has long +since forgotten the immediate details of the discussion that might +have led to this patch. Including symptoms of the failure which the +patch addresses (kernel log messages, oops messages, etc.) is +especially useful for people who might be searching the commit logs +looking for the applicable patch. If a patch fixes a compile failure, +it may not be necessary to include _all_ of the compile failures; just +enough that it is likely that someone searching for the patch can find +it. As in the "summary phrase", it is important to be both succinct as +well as descriptive. + +The "---" marker line serves the essential purpose of marking for patch +handling tools where the changelog message ends. + +One good use for the additional comments after the "---" marker is for +a diffstat, to show what files have changed, and the number of +inserted and deleted lines per file. A diffstat is especially useful +on bigger patches. Other comments relevant only to the moment or the +maintainer, not suitable for the permanent changelog, should also go +here. A good example of such comments might be "patch changelogs" +which describe what has changed between the v1 and v2 version of the +patch. + +If you are going to include a diffstat after the "---" marker, please +use diffstat options "-p 1 -w 70" so that filenames are listed from +the top of the kernel source tree and don't use too much horizontal +space (easily fit in 80 columns, maybe with some indentation). (git +generates appropriate diffstats by default.) + +See more details on the proper patch format in the following +references. + + +15) Sending "git pull" requests +------------------------------- + +If you have a series of patches, it may be most convenient to have the +maintainer pull them directly into the subsystem repository with a +"git pull" operation. Note, however, that pulling patches from a developer +requires a higher degree of trust than taking patches from a mailing list. +As a result, many subsystem maintainers are reluctant to take pull +requests, especially from new, unknown developers. If in doubt you can use +the pull request as the cover letter for a normal posting of the patch +series, giving the maintainer the option of using either. + +A pull request should have [GIT] or [PULL] in the subject line. The +request itself should include the repository name and the branch of +interest on a single line; it should look something like: + + Please pull from + + git://jdelvare.pck.nerim.net/jdelvare-2.6 i2c-for-linus + + to get these changes:" + +A pull request should also include an overall message saying what will be +included in the request, a "git shortlog" listing of the patches +themselves, and a diffstat showing the overall effect of the patch series. +The easiest way to get all this information together is, of course, to let +git do it for you with the "git request-pull" command. + +Some maintainers (including Linus) want to see pull requests from signed +commits; that increases their confidence that the request actually came +from you. Linus, in particular, will not pull from public hosting sites +like GitHub in the absence of a signed tag. + +The first step toward creating such tags is to make a GNUPG key and get it +signed by one or more core kernel developers. This step can be hard for +new developers, but there is no way around it. Attending conferences can +be a good way to find developers who can sign your key. + +Once you have prepared a patch series in git that you wish to have somebody +pull, create a signed tag with "git tag -s". This will create a new tag +identifying the last commit in the series and containing a signature +created with your private key. You will also have the opportunity to add a +changelog-style message to the tag; this is an ideal place to describe the +effects of the pull request as a whole. + +If the tree the maintainer will be pulling from is not the repository you +are working from, don't forget to push the signed tag explicitly to the +public tree. + +When generating your pull request, use the signed tag as the target. A +command like this will do the trick: + + git request-pull master git://my.public.tree/linux.git my-signed-tag + + +---------------------- +SECTION 2 - REFERENCES +---------------------- + +Andrew Morton, "The perfect patch" (tpp). + + +Jeff Garzik, "Linux kernel patch submission format". + + +Greg Kroah-Hartman, "How to piss off a kernel subsystem maintainer". + + + + + + + +NO!!!! No more huge patch bombs to linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org people! + + +Kernel Documentation/CodingStyle: + + +Linus Torvalds's mail on the canonical patch format: + + +Andi Kleen, "On submitting kernel patches" + Some strategies to get difficult or controversial changes in. + http://halobates.de/on-submitting-patches.pdf + +-- diff --git a/Documentation/VGA-softcursor.txt b/Documentation/VGA-softcursor.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..70acfbf39 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/VGA-softcursor.txt @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +Software cursor for VGA by Pavel Machek +======================= and Martin Mares + + Linux now has some ability to manipulate cursor appearance. Normally, you +can set the size of hardware cursor (and also work around some ugly bugs in +those miserable Trident cards--see #define TRIDENT_GLITCH in drivers/video/ +vgacon.c). You can now play a few new tricks: you can make your cursor look +like a non-blinking red block, make it inverse background of the character it's +over or to highlight that character and still choose whether the original +hardware cursor should remain visible or not. There may be other things I have +never thought of. + + The cursor appearance is controlled by a "[?1;2;3c" escape sequence +where 1, 2 and 3 are parameters described below. If you omit any of them, +they will default to zeroes. + + Parameter 1 specifies cursor size (0=default, 1=invisible, 2=underline, ..., +8=full block) + 16 if you want the software cursor to be applied + 32 if you +want to always change the background color + 64 if you dislike having the +background the same as the foreground. Highlights are ignored for the last two +flags. + + The second parameter selects character attribute bits you want to change +(by simply XORing them with the value of this parameter). On standard VGA, +the high four bits specify background and the low four the foreground. In both +groups, low three bits set color (as in normal color codes used by the console) +and the most significant one turns on highlight (or sometimes blinking--it +depends on the configuration of your VGA). + + The third parameter consists of character attribute bits you want to set. +Bit setting takes place before bit toggling, so you can simply clear a bit by +including it in both the set mask and the toggle mask. + +Examples: +========= + +To get normal blinking underline, use: echo -e '\033[?2c' +To get blinking block, use: echo -e '\033[?6c' +To get red non-blinking block, use: echo -e '\033[?17;0;64c' diff --git a/Documentation/accounting/.gitignore b/Documentation/accounting/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 000000000..86485203c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/accounting/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +getdelays diff --git a/Documentation/accounting/Makefile b/Documentation/accounting/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e232cb6f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/accounting/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +# List of programs to build +hostprogs-y := getdelays + +# Tell kbuild to always build the programs +always := $(hostprogs-y) + +HOSTCFLAGS_getdelays.o += -I$(objtree)/usr/include diff --git a/Documentation/accounting/cgroupstats.txt b/Documentation/accounting/cgroupstats.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d16a9849e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/accounting/cgroupstats.txt @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +Control Groupstats is inspired by the discussion at +http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/4/11/187 and implements per cgroup statistics as +suggested by Andrew Morton in http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/4/11/263. + +Per cgroup statistics infrastructure re-uses code from the taskstats +interface. A new set of cgroup operations are registered with commands +and attributes specific to cgroups. It should be very easy to +extend per cgroup statistics, by adding members to the cgroupstats +structure. + +The current model for cgroupstats is a pull, a push model (to post +statistics on interesting events), should be very easy to add. Currently +user space requests for statistics by passing the cgroup path. +Statistics about the state of all the tasks in the cgroup is returned to +user space. + +NOTE: We currently rely on delay accounting for extracting information +about tasks blocked on I/O. If CONFIG_TASK_DELAY_ACCT is disabled, this +information will not be available. + +To extract cgroup statistics a utility very similar to getdelays.c +has been developed, the sample output of the utility is shown below + +~/balbir/cgroupstats # ./getdelays -C "/sys/fs/cgroup/a" +sleeping 1, blocked 0, running 1, stopped 0, uninterruptible 0 +~/balbir/cgroupstats # ./getdelays -C "/sys/fs/cgroup" +sleeping 155, blocked 0, running 1, stopped 0, uninterruptible 2 diff --git a/Documentation/accounting/delay-accounting.txt b/Documentation/accounting/delay-accounting.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a12f0730 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/accounting/delay-accounting.txt @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +Delay accounting +---------------- + +Tasks encounter delays in execution when they wait +for some kernel resource to become available e.g. a +runnable task may wait for a free CPU to run on. + +The per-task delay accounting functionality measures +the delays experienced by a task while + +a) waiting for a CPU (while being runnable) +b) completion of synchronous block I/O initiated by the task +c) swapping in pages +d) memory reclaim + +and makes these statistics available to userspace through +the taskstats interface. + +Such delays provide feedback for setting a task's cpu priority, +io priority and rss limit values appropriately. Long delays for +important tasks could be a trigger for raising its corresponding priority. + +The functionality, through its use of the taskstats interface, also provides +delay statistics aggregated for all tasks (or threads) belonging to a +thread group (corresponding to a traditional Unix process). This is a commonly +needed aggregation that is more efficiently done by the kernel. + +Userspace utilities, particularly resource management applications, can also +aggregate delay statistics into arbitrary groups. To enable this, delay +statistics of a task are available both during its lifetime as well as on its +exit, ensuring continuous and complete monitoring can be done. + + +Interface +--------- + +Delay accounting uses the taskstats interface which is described +in detail in a separate document in this directory. Taskstats returns a +generic data structure to userspace corresponding to per-pid and per-tgid +statistics. The delay accounting functionality populates specific fields of +this structure. See + include/linux/taskstats.h +for a description of the fields pertaining to delay accounting. +It will generally be in the form of counters returning the cumulative +delay seen for cpu, sync block I/O, swapin, memory reclaim etc. + +Taking the difference of two successive readings of a given +counter (say cpu_delay_total) for a task will give the delay +experienced by the task waiting for the corresponding resource +in that interval. + +When a task exits, records containing the per-task statistics +are sent to userspace without requiring a command. If it is the last exiting +task of a thread group, the per-tgid statistics are also sent. More details +are given in the taskstats interface description. + +The getdelays.c userspace utility in this directory allows simple commands to +be run and the corresponding delay statistics to be displayed. It also serves +as an example of using the taskstats interface. + +Usage +----- + +Compile the kernel with + CONFIG_TASK_DELAY_ACCT=y + CONFIG_TASKSTATS=y + +Delay accounting is enabled by default at boot up. +To disable, add + nodelayacct +to the kernel boot options. The rest of the instructions +below assume this has not been done. + +After the system has booted up, use a utility +similar to getdelays.c to access the delays +seen by a given task or a task group (tgid). +The utility also allows a given command to be +executed and the corresponding delays to be +seen. + +General format of the getdelays command + +getdelays [-t tgid] [-p pid] [-c cmd...] + + +Get delays, since system boot, for pid 10 +# ./getdelays -p 10 +(output similar to next case) + +Get sum of delays, since system boot, for all pids with tgid 5 +# ./getdelays -t 5 + + +CPU count real total virtual total delay total + 7876 92005750 100000000 24001500 +IO count delay total + 0 0 +SWAP count delay total + 0 0 +RECLAIM count delay total + 0 0 + +Get delays seen in executing a given simple command +# ./getdelays -c ls / + +bin data1 data3 data5 dev home media opt root srv sys usr +boot data2 data4 data6 etc lib mnt proc sbin subdomain tmp var + + +CPU count real total virtual total delay total + 6 4000250 4000000 0 +IO count delay total + 0 0 +SWAP count delay total + 0 0 +RECLAIM count delay total + 0 0 diff --git a/Documentation/accounting/getdelays.c b/Documentation/accounting/getdelays.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f40578026 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/accounting/getdelays.c @@ -0,0 +1,546 @@ +/* getdelays.c + * + * Utility to get per-pid and per-tgid delay accounting statistics + * Also illustrates usage of the taskstats interface + * + * Copyright (C) Shailabh Nagar, IBM Corp. 2005 + * Copyright (C) Balbir Singh, IBM Corp. 2006 + * Copyright (c) Jay Lan, SGI. 2006 + * + * Compile with + * gcc -I/usr/src/linux/include getdelays.c -o getdelays + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +/* + * Generic macros for dealing with netlink sockets. Might be duplicated + * elsewhere. It is recommended that commercial grade applications use + * libnl or libnetlink and use the interfaces provided by the library + */ +#define GENLMSG_DATA(glh) ((void *)(NLMSG_DATA(glh) + GENL_HDRLEN)) +#define GENLMSG_PAYLOAD(glh) (NLMSG_PAYLOAD(glh, 0) - GENL_HDRLEN) +#define NLA_DATA(na) ((void *)((char*)(na) + NLA_HDRLEN)) +#define NLA_PAYLOAD(len) (len - NLA_HDRLEN) + +#define err(code, fmt, arg...) \ + do { \ + fprintf(stderr, fmt, ##arg); \ + exit(code); \ + } while (0) + +int done; +int rcvbufsz; +char name[100]; +int dbg; +int print_delays; +int print_io_accounting; +int print_task_context_switch_counts; + +#define PRINTF(fmt, arg...) { \ + if (dbg) { \ + printf(fmt, ##arg); \ + } \ + } + +/* Maximum size of response requested or message sent */ +#define MAX_MSG_SIZE 1024 +/* Maximum number of cpus expected to be specified in a cpumask */ +#define MAX_CPUS 32 + +struct msgtemplate { + struct nlmsghdr n; + struct genlmsghdr g; + char buf[MAX_MSG_SIZE]; +}; + +char cpumask[100+6*MAX_CPUS]; + +static void usage(void) +{ + fprintf(stderr, "getdelays [-dilv] [-w logfile] [-r bufsize] " + "[-m cpumask] [-t tgid] [-p pid]\n"); + fprintf(stderr, " -d: print delayacct stats\n"); + fprintf(stderr, " -i: print IO accounting (works only with -p)\n"); + fprintf(stderr, " -l: listen forever\n"); + fprintf(stderr, " -v: debug on\n"); + fprintf(stderr, " -C: container path\n"); +} + +/* + * Create a raw netlink socket and bind + */ +static int create_nl_socket(int protocol) +{ + int fd; + struct sockaddr_nl local; + + fd = socket(AF_NETLINK, SOCK_RAW, protocol); + if (fd < 0) + return -1; + + if (rcvbufsz) + if (setsockopt(fd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_RCVBUF, + &rcvbufsz, sizeof(rcvbufsz)) < 0) { + fprintf(stderr, "Unable to set socket rcv buf size to %d\n", + rcvbufsz); + goto error; + } + + memset(&local, 0, sizeof(local)); + local.nl_family = AF_NETLINK; + + if (bind(fd, (struct sockaddr *) &local, sizeof(local)) < 0) + goto error; + + return fd; +error: + close(fd); + return -1; +} + + +static int send_cmd(int sd, __u16 nlmsg_type, __u32 nlmsg_pid, + __u8 genl_cmd, __u16 nla_type, + void *nla_data, int nla_len) +{ + struct nlattr *na; + struct sockaddr_nl nladdr; + int r, buflen; + char *buf; + + struct msgtemplate msg; + + msg.n.nlmsg_len = NLMSG_LENGTH(GENL_HDRLEN); + msg.n.nlmsg_type = nlmsg_type; + msg.n.nlmsg_flags = NLM_F_REQUEST; + msg.n.nlmsg_seq = 0; + msg.n.nlmsg_pid = nlmsg_pid; + msg.g.cmd = genl_cmd; + msg.g.version = 0x1; + na = (struct nlattr *) GENLMSG_DATA(&msg); + na->nla_type = nla_type; + na->nla_len = nla_len + 1 + NLA_HDRLEN; + memcpy(NLA_DATA(na), nla_data, nla_len); + msg.n.nlmsg_len += NLMSG_ALIGN(na->nla_len); + + buf = (char *) &msg; + buflen = msg.n.nlmsg_len ; + memset(&nladdr, 0, sizeof(nladdr)); + nladdr.nl_family = AF_NETLINK; + while ((r = sendto(sd, buf, buflen, 0, (struct sockaddr *) &nladdr, + sizeof(nladdr))) < buflen) { + if (r > 0) { + buf += r; + buflen -= r; + } else if (errno != EAGAIN) + return -1; + } + return 0; +} + + +/* + * Probe the controller in genetlink to find the family id + * for the TASKSTATS family + */ +static int get_family_id(int sd) +{ + struct { + struct nlmsghdr n; + struct genlmsghdr g; + char buf[256]; + } ans; + + int id = 0, rc; + struct nlattr *na; + int rep_len; + + strcpy(name, TASKSTATS_GENL_NAME); + rc = send_cmd(sd, GENL_ID_CTRL, getpid(), CTRL_CMD_GETFAMILY, + CTRL_ATTR_FAMILY_NAME, (void *)name, + strlen(TASKSTATS_GENL_NAME)+1); + if (rc < 0) + return 0; /* sendto() failure? */ + + rep_len = recv(sd, &ans, sizeof(ans), 0); + if (ans.n.nlmsg_type == NLMSG_ERROR || + (rep_len < 0) || !NLMSG_OK((&ans.n), rep_len)) + return 0; + + na = (struct nlattr *) GENLMSG_DATA(&ans); + na = (struct nlattr *) ((char *) na + NLA_ALIGN(na->nla_len)); + if (na->nla_type == CTRL_ATTR_FAMILY_ID) { + id = *(__u16 *) NLA_DATA(na); + } + return id; +} + +#define average_ms(t, c) (t / 1000000ULL / (c ? c : 1)) + +static void print_delayacct(struct taskstats *t) +{ + printf("\n\nCPU %15s%15s%15s%15s%15s\n" + " %15llu%15llu%15llu%15llu%15.3fms\n" + "IO %15s%15s%15s\n" + " %15llu%15llu%15llums\n" + "SWAP %15s%15s%15s\n" + " %15llu%15llu%15llums\n" + "RECLAIM %12s%15s%15s\n" + " %15llu%15llu%15llums\n", + "count", "real total", "virtual total", + "delay total", "delay average", + (unsigned long long)t->cpu_count, + (unsigned long long)t->cpu_run_real_total, + (unsigned long long)t->cpu_run_virtual_total, + (unsigned long long)t->cpu_delay_total, + average_ms((double)t->cpu_delay_total, t->cpu_count), + "count", "delay total", "delay average", + (unsigned long long)t->blkio_count, + (unsigned long long)t->blkio_delay_total, + average_ms(t->blkio_delay_total, t->blkio_count), + "count", "delay total", "delay average", + (unsigned long long)t->swapin_count, + (unsigned long long)t->swapin_delay_total, + average_ms(t->swapin_delay_total, t->swapin_count), + "count", "delay total", "delay average", + (unsigned long long)t->freepages_count, + (unsigned long long)t->freepages_delay_total, + average_ms(t->freepages_delay_total, t->freepages_count)); +} + +static void task_context_switch_counts(struct taskstats *t) +{ + printf("\n\nTask %15s%15s\n" + " %15llu%15llu\n", + "voluntary", "nonvoluntary", + (unsigned long long)t->nvcsw, (unsigned long long)t->nivcsw); +} + +static void print_cgroupstats(struct cgroupstats *c) +{ + printf("sleeping %llu, blocked %llu, running %llu, stopped %llu, " + "uninterruptible %llu\n", (unsigned long long)c->nr_sleeping, + (unsigned long long)c->nr_io_wait, + (unsigned long long)c->nr_running, + (unsigned long long)c->nr_stopped, + (unsigned long long)c->nr_uninterruptible); +} + + +static void print_ioacct(struct taskstats *t) +{ + printf("%s: read=%llu, write=%llu, cancelled_write=%llu\n", + t->ac_comm, + (unsigned long long)t->read_bytes, + (unsigned long long)t->write_bytes, + (unsigned long long)t->cancelled_write_bytes); +} + +int main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + int c, rc, rep_len, aggr_len, len2; + int cmd_type = TASKSTATS_CMD_ATTR_UNSPEC; + __u16 id; + __u32 mypid; + + struct nlattr *na; + int nl_sd = -1; + int len = 0; + pid_t tid = 0; + pid_t rtid = 0; + + int fd = 0; + int count = 0; + int write_file = 0; + int maskset = 0; + char *logfile = NULL; + int loop = 0; + int containerset = 0; + char *containerpath = NULL; + int cfd = 0; + int forking = 0; + sigset_t sigset; + + struct msgtemplate msg; + + while (!forking) { + c = getopt(argc, argv, "qdiw:r:m:t:p:vlC:c:"); + if (c < 0) + break; + + switch (c) { + case 'd': + printf("print delayacct stats ON\n"); + print_delays = 1; + break; + case 'i': + printf("printing IO accounting\n"); + print_io_accounting = 1; + break; + case 'q': + printf("printing task/process context switch rates\n"); + print_task_context_switch_counts = 1; + break; + case 'C': + containerset = 1; + containerpath = optarg; + break; + case 'w': + logfile = strdup(optarg); + printf("write to file %s\n", logfile); + write_file = 1; + break; + case 'r': + rcvbufsz = atoi(optarg); + printf("receive buf size %d\n", rcvbufsz); + if (rcvbufsz < 0) + err(1, "Invalid rcv buf size\n"); + break; + case 'm': + strncpy(cpumask, optarg, sizeof(cpumask)); + cpumask[sizeof(cpumask) - 1] = '\0'; + maskset = 1; + printf("cpumask %s maskset %d\n", cpumask, maskset); + break; + case 't': + tid = atoi(optarg); + if (!tid) + err(1, "Invalid tgid\n"); + cmd_type = TASKSTATS_CMD_ATTR_TGID; + break; + case 'p': + tid = atoi(optarg); + if (!tid) + err(1, "Invalid pid\n"); + cmd_type = TASKSTATS_CMD_ATTR_PID; + break; + case 'c': + + /* Block SIGCHLD for sigwait() later */ + if (sigemptyset(&sigset) == -1) + err(1, "Failed to empty sigset"); + if (sigaddset(&sigset, SIGCHLD)) + err(1, "Failed to set sigchld in sigset"); + sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &sigset, NULL); + + /* fork/exec a child */ + tid = fork(); + if (tid < 0) + err(1, "Fork failed\n"); + if (tid == 0) + if (execvp(argv[optind - 1], + &argv[optind - 1]) < 0) + exit(-1); + + /* Set the command type and avoid further processing */ + cmd_type = TASKSTATS_CMD_ATTR_PID; + forking = 1; + break; + case 'v': + printf("debug on\n"); + dbg = 1; + break; + case 'l': + printf("listen forever\n"); + loop = 1; + break; + default: + usage(); + exit(-1); + } + } + + if (write_file) { + fd = open(logfile, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC, + S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH); + if (fd == -1) { + perror("Cannot open output file\n"); + exit(1); + } + } + + if ((nl_sd = create_nl_socket(NETLINK_GENERIC)) < 0) + err(1, "error creating Netlink socket\n"); + + + mypid = getpid(); + id = get_family_id(nl_sd); + if (!id) { + fprintf(stderr, "Error getting family id, errno %d\n", errno); + goto err; + } + PRINTF("family id %d\n", id); + + if (maskset) { + rc = send_cmd(nl_sd, id, mypid, TASKSTATS_CMD_GET, + TASKSTATS_CMD_ATTR_REGISTER_CPUMASK, + &cpumask, strlen(cpumask) + 1); + PRINTF("Sent register cpumask, retval %d\n", rc); + if (rc < 0) { + fprintf(stderr, "error sending register cpumask\n"); + goto err; + } + } + + if (tid && containerset) { + fprintf(stderr, "Select either -t or -C, not both\n"); + goto err; + } + + /* + * If we forked a child, wait for it to exit. Cannot use waitpid() + * as all the delicious data would be reaped as part of the wait + */ + if (tid && forking) { + int sig_received; + sigwait(&sigset, &sig_received); + } + + if (tid) { + rc = send_cmd(nl_sd, id, mypid, TASKSTATS_CMD_GET, + cmd_type, &tid, sizeof(__u32)); + PRINTF("Sent pid/tgid, retval %d\n", rc); + if (rc < 0) { + fprintf(stderr, "error sending tid/tgid cmd\n"); + goto done; + } + } + + if (containerset) { + cfd = open(containerpath, O_RDONLY); + if (cfd < 0) { + perror("error opening container file"); + goto err; + } + rc = send_cmd(nl_sd, id, mypid, CGROUPSTATS_CMD_GET, + CGROUPSTATS_CMD_ATTR_FD, &cfd, sizeof(__u32)); + if (rc < 0) { + perror("error sending cgroupstats command"); + goto err; + } + } + if (!maskset && !tid && !containerset) { + usage(); + goto err; + } + + do { + rep_len = recv(nl_sd, &msg, sizeof(msg), 0); + PRINTF("received %d bytes\n", rep_len); + + if (rep_len < 0) { + fprintf(stderr, "nonfatal reply error: errno %d\n", + errno); + continue; + } + if (msg.n.nlmsg_type == NLMSG_ERROR || + !NLMSG_OK((&msg.n), rep_len)) { + struct nlmsgerr *err = NLMSG_DATA(&msg); + fprintf(stderr, "fatal reply error, errno %d\n", + err->error); + goto done; + } + + PRINTF("nlmsghdr size=%zu, nlmsg_len=%d, rep_len=%d\n", + sizeof(struct nlmsghdr), msg.n.nlmsg_len, rep_len); + + + rep_len = GENLMSG_PAYLOAD(&msg.n); + + na = (struct nlattr *) GENLMSG_DATA(&msg); + len = 0; + while (len < rep_len) { + len += NLA_ALIGN(na->nla_len); + switch (na->nla_type) { + case TASKSTATS_TYPE_AGGR_TGID: + /* Fall through */ + case TASKSTATS_TYPE_AGGR_PID: + aggr_len = NLA_PAYLOAD(na->nla_len); + len2 = 0; + /* For nested attributes, na follows */ + na = (struct nlattr *) NLA_DATA(na); + done = 0; + while (len2 < aggr_len) { + switch (na->nla_type) { + case TASKSTATS_TYPE_PID: + rtid = *(int *) NLA_DATA(na); + if (print_delays) + printf("PID\t%d\n", rtid); + break; + case TASKSTATS_TYPE_TGID: + rtid = *(int *) NLA_DATA(na); + if (print_delays) + printf("TGID\t%d\n", rtid); + break; + case TASKSTATS_TYPE_STATS: + count++; + if (print_delays) + print_delayacct((struct taskstats *) NLA_DATA(na)); + if (print_io_accounting) + print_ioacct((struct taskstats *) NLA_DATA(na)); + if (print_task_context_switch_counts) + task_context_switch_counts((struct taskstats *) NLA_DATA(na)); + if (fd) { + if (write(fd, NLA_DATA(na), na->nla_len) < 0) { + err(1,"write error\n"); + } + } + if (!loop) + goto done; + break; + default: + fprintf(stderr, "Unknown nested" + " nla_type %d\n", + na->nla_type); + break; + } + len2 += NLA_ALIGN(na->nla_len); + na = (struct nlattr *) ((char *) na + len2); + } + break; + + case CGROUPSTATS_TYPE_CGROUP_STATS: + print_cgroupstats(NLA_DATA(na)); + break; + default: + fprintf(stderr, "Unknown nla_type %d\n", + na->nla_type); + case TASKSTATS_TYPE_NULL: + break; + } + na = (struct nlattr *) (GENLMSG_DATA(&msg) + len); + } + } while (loop); +done: + if (maskset) { + rc = send_cmd(nl_sd, id, mypid, TASKSTATS_CMD_GET, + TASKSTATS_CMD_ATTR_DEREGISTER_CPUMASK, + &cpumask, strlen(cpumask) + 1); + printf("Sent deregister mask, retval %d\n", rc); + if (rc < 0) + err(rc, "error sending deregister cpumask\n"); + } +err: + close(nl_sd); + if (fd) + close(fd); + if (cfd) + close(cfd); + return 0; +} diff --git a/Documentation/accounting/taskstats-struct.txt b/Documentation/accounting/taskstats-struct.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e7512c061 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/accounting/taskstats-struct.txt @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ +The struct taskstats +-------------------- + +This document contains an explanation of the struct taskstats fields. + +There are three different groups of fields in the struct taskstats: + +1) Common and basic accounting fields + If CONFIG_TASKSTATS is set, the taskstats interface is enabled and + the common fields and basic accounting fields are collected for + delivery at do_exit() of a task. +2) Delay accounting fields + These fields are placed between + /* Delay accounting fields start */ + and + /* Delay accounting fields end */ + Their values are collected if CONFIG_TASK_DELAY_ACCT is set. +3) Extended accounting fields + These fields are placed between + /* Extended accounting fields start */ + and + /* Extended accounting fields end */ + Their values are collected if CONFIG_TASK_XACCT is set. + +4) Per-task and per-thread context switch count statistics + +5) Time accounting for SMT machines + +6) Extended delay accounting fields for memory reclaim + +Future extension should add fields to the end of the taskstats struct, and +should not change the relative position of each field within the struct. + + +struct taskstats { + +1) Common and basic accounting fields: + /* The version number of this struct. This field is always set to + * TAKSTATS_VERSION, which is defined in . + * Each time the struct is changed, the value should be incremented. + */ + __u16 version; + + /* The exit code of a task. */ + __u32 ac_exitcode; /* Exit status */ + + /* The accounting flags of a task as defined in + * Defined values are AFORK, ASU, ACOMPAT, ACORE, and AXSIG. + */ + __u8 ac_flag; /* Record flags */ + + /* The value of task_nice() of a task. */ + __u8 ac_nice; /* task_nice */ + + /* The name of the command that started this task. */ + char ac_comm[TS_COMM_LEN]; /* Command name */ + + /* The scheduling discipline as set in task->policy field. */ + __u8 ac_sched; /* Scheduling discipline */ + + __u8 ac_pad[3]; + __u32 ac_uid; /* User ID */ + __u32 ac_gid; /* Group ID */ + __u32 ac_pid; /* Process ID */ + __u32 ac_ppid; /* Parent process ID */ + + /* The time when a task begins, in [secs] since 1970. */ + __u32 ac_btime; /* Begin time [sec since 1970] */ + + /* The elapsed time of a task, in [usec]. */ + __u64 ac_etime; /* Elapsed time [usec] */ + + /* The user CPU time of a task, in [usec]. */ + __u64 ac_utime; /* User CPU time [usec] */ + + /* The system CPU time of a task, in [usec]. */ + __u64 ac_stime; /* System CPU time [usec] */ + + /* The minor page fault count of a task, as set in task->min_flt. */ + __u64 ac_minflt; /* Minor Page Fault Count */ + + /* The major page fault count of a task, as set in task->maj_flt. */ + __u64 ac_majflt; /* Major Page Fault Count */ + + +2) Delay accounting fields: + /* Delay accounting fields start + * + * All values, until the comment "Delay accounting fields end" are + * available only if delay accounting is enabled, even though the last + * few fields are not delays + * + * xxx_count is the number of delay values recorded + * xxx_delay_total is the corresponding cumulative delay in nanoseconds + * + * xxx_delay_total wraps around to zero on overflow + * xxx_count incremented regardless of overflow + */ + + /* Delay waiting for cpu, while runnable + * count, delay_total NOT updated atomically + */ + __u64 cpu_count; + __u64 cpu_delay_total; + + /* Following four fields atomically updated using task->delays->lock */ + + /* Delay waiting for synchronous block I/O to complete + * does not account for delays in I/O submission + */ + __u64 blkio_count; + __u64 blkio_delay_total; + + /* Delay waiting for page fault I/O (swap in only) */ + __u64 swapin_count; + __u64 swapin_delay_total; + + /* cpu "wall-clock" running time + * On some architectures, value will adjust for cpu time stolen + * from the kernel in involuntary waits due to virtualization. + * Value is cumulative, in nanoseconds, without a corresponding count + * and wraps around to zero silently on overflow + */ + __u64 cpu_run_real_total; + + /* cpu "virtual" running time + * Uses time intervals seen by the kernel i.e. no adjustment + * for kernel's involuntary waits due to virtualization. + * Value is cumulative, in nanoseconds, without a corresponding count + * and wraps around to zero silently on overflow + */ + __u64 cpu_run_virtual_total; + /* Delay accounting fields end */ + /* version 1 ends here */ + + +3) Extended accounting fields + /* Extended accounting fields start */ + + /* Accumulated RSS usage in duration of a task, in MBytes-usecs. + * The current rss usage is added to this counter every time + * a tick is charged to a task's system time. So, at the end we + * will have memory usage multiplied by system time. Thus an + * average usage per system time unit can be calculated. + */ + __u64 coremem; /* accumulated RSS usage in MB-usec */ + + /* Accumulated virtual memory usage in duration of a task. + * Same as acct_rss_mem1 above except that we keep track of VM usage. + */ + __u64 virtmem; /* accumulated VM usage in MB-usec */ + + /* High watermark of RSS usage in duration of a task, in KBytes. */ + __u64 hiwater_rss; /* High-watermark of RSS usage */ + + /* High watermark of VM usage in duration of a task, in KBytes. */ + __u64 hiwater_vm; /* High-water virtual memory usage */ + + /* The following four fields are I/O statistics of a task. */ + __u64 read_char; /* bytes read */ + __u64 write_char; /* bytes written */ + __u64 read_syscalls; /* read syscalls */ + __u64 write_syscalls; /* write syscalls */ + + /* Extended accounting fields end */ + +4) Per-task and per-thread statistics + __u64 nvcsw; /* Context voluntary switch counter */ + __u64 nivcsw; /* Context involuntary switch counter */ + +5) Time accounting for SMT machines + __u64 ac_utimescaled; /* utime scaled on frequency etc */ + __u64 ac_stimescaled; /* stime scaled on frequency etc */ + __u64 cpu_scaled_run_real_total; /* scaled cpu_run_real_total */ + +6) Extended delay accounting fields for memory reclaim + /* Delay waiting for memory reclaim */ + __u64 freepages_count; + __u64 freepages_delay_total; +} diff --git a/Documentation/accounting/taskstats.txt b/Documentation/accounting/taskstats.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff06b738b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/accounting/taskstats.txt @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +Per-task statistics interface +----------------------------- + + +Taskstats is a netlink-based interface for sending per-task and +per-process statistics from the kernel to userspace. + +Taskstats was designed for the following benefits: + +- efficiently provide statistics during lifetime of a task and on its exit +- unified interface for multiple accounting subsystems +- extensibility for use by future accounting patches + +Terminology +----------- + +"pid", "tid" and "task" are used interchangeably and refer to the standard +Linux task defined by struct task_struct. per-pid stats are the same as +per-task stats. + +"tgid", "process" and "thread group" are used interchangeably and refer to the +tasks that share an mm_struct i.e. the traditional Unix process. Despite the +use of tgid, there is no special treatment for the task that is thread group +leader - a process is deemed alive as long as it has any task belonging to it. + +Usage +----- + +To get statistics during a task's lifetime, userspace opens a unicast netlink +socket (NETLINK_GENERIC family) and sends commands specifying a pid or a tgid. +The response contains statistics for a task (if pid is specified) or the sum of +statistics for all tasks of the process (if tgid is specified). + +To obtain statistics for tasks which are exiting, the userspace listener +sends a register command and specifies a cpumask. Whenever a task exits on +one of the cpus in the cpumask, its per-pid statistics are sent to the +registered listener. Using cpumasks allows the data received by one listener +to be limited and assists in flow control over the netlink interface and is +explained in more detail below. + +If the exiting task is the last thread exiting its thread group, +an additional record containing the per-tgid stats is also sent to userspace. +The latter contains the sum of per-pid stats for all threads in the thread +group, both past and present. + +getdelays.c is a simple utility demonstrating usage of the taskstats interface +for reporting delay accounting statistics. Users can register cpumasks, +send commands and process responses, listen for per-tid/tgid exit data, +write the data received to a file and do basic flow control by increasing +receive buffer sizes. + +Interface +--------- + +The user-kernel interface is encapsulated in include/linux/taskstats.h + +To avoid this documentation becoming obsolete as the interface evolves, only +an outline of the current version is given. taskstats.h always overrides the +description here. + +struct taskstats is the common accounting structure for both per-pid and +per-tgid data. It is versioned and can be extended by each accounting subsystem +that is added to the kernel. The fields and their semantics are defined in the +taskstats.h file. + +The data exchanged between user and kernel space is a netlink message belonging +to the NETLINK_GENERIC family and using the netlink attributes interface. +The messages are in the format + + +----------+- - -+-------------+-------------------+ + | nlmsghdr | Pad | genlmsghdr | taskstats payload | + +----------+- - -+-------------+-------------------+ + + +The taskstats payload is one of the following three kinds: + +1. Commands: Sent from user to kernel. Commands to get data on +a pid/tgid consist of one attribute, of type TASKSTATS_CMD_ATTR_PID/TGID, +containing a u32 pid or tgid in the attribute payload. The pid/tgid denotes +the task/process for which userspace wants statistics. + +Commands to register/deregister interest in exit data from a set of cpus +consist of one attribute, of type +TASKSTATS_CMD_ATTR_REGISTER/DEREGISTER_CPUMASK and contain a cpumask in the +attribute payload. The cpumask is specified as an ascii string of +comma-separated cpu ranges e.g. to listen to exit data from cpus 1,2,3,5,7,8 +the cpumask would be "1-3,5,7-8". If userspace forgets to deregister interest +in cpus before closing the listening socket, the kernel cleans up its interest +set over time. However, for the sake of efficiency, an explicit deregistration +is advisable. + +2. Response for a command: sent from the kernel in response to a userspace +command. The payload is a series of three attributes of type: + +a) TASKSTATS_TYPE_AGGR_PID/TGID : attribute containing no payload but indicates +a pid/tgid will be followed by some stats. + +b) TASKSTATS_TYPE_PID/TGID: attribute whose payload is the pid/tgid whose stats +are being returned. + +c) TASKSTATS_TYPE_STATS: attribute with a struct taskstats as payload. The +same structure is used for both per-pid and per-tgid stats. + +3. New message sent by kernel whenever a task exits. The payload consists of a + series of attributes of the following type: + +a) TASKSTATS_TYPE_AGGR_PID: indicates next two attributes will be pid+stats +b) TASKSTATS_TYPE_PID: contains exiting task's pid +c) TASKSTATS_TYPE_STATS: contains the exiting task's per-pid stats +d) TASKSTATS_TYPE_AGGR_TGID: indicates next two attributes will be tgid+stats +e) TASKSTATS_TYPE_TGID: contains tgid of process to which task belongs +f) TASKSTATS_TYPE_STATS: contains the per-tgid stats for exiting task's process + + +per-tgid stats +-------------- + +Taskstats provides per-process stats, in addition to per-task stats, since +resource management is often done at a process granularity and aggregating task +stats in userspace alone is inefficient and potentially inaccurate (due to lack +of atomicity). + +However, maintaining per-process, in addition to per-task stats, within the +kernel has space and time overheads. To address this, the taskstats code +accumulates each exiting task's statistics into a process-wide data structure. +When the last task of a process exits, the process level data accumulated also +gets sent to userspace (along with the per-task data). + +When a user queries to get per-tgid data, the sum of all other live threads in +the group is added up and added to the accumulated total for previously exited +threads of the same thread group. + +Extending taskstats +------------------- + +There are two ways to extend the taskstats interface to export more +per-task/process stats as patches to collect them get added to the kernel +in future: + +1. Adding more fields to the end of the existing struct taskstats. Backward + compatibility is ensured by the version number within the + structure. Userspace will use only the fields of the struct that correspond + to the version its using. + +2. Defining separate statistic structs and using the netlink attributes + interface to return them. Since userspace processes each netlink attribute + independently, it can always ignore attributes whose type it does not + understand (because it is using an older version of the interface). + + +Choosing between 1. and 2. is a matter of trading off flexibility and +overhead. If only a few fields need to be added, then 1. is the preferable +path since the kernel and userspace don't need to incur the overhead of +processing new netlink attributes. But if the new fields expand the existing +struct too much, requiring disparate userspace accounting utilities to +unnecessarily receive large structures whose fields are of no interest, then +extending the attributes structure would be worthwhile. + +Flow control for taskstats +-------------------------- + +When the rate of task exits becomes large, a listener may not be able to keep +up with the kernel's rate of sending per-tid/tgid exit data leading to data +loss. This possibility gets compounded when the taskstats structure gets +extended and the number of cpus grows large. + +To avoid losing statistics, userspace should do one or more of the following: + +- increase the receive buffer sizes for the netlink sockets opened by +listeners to receive exit data. + +- create more listeners and reduce the number of cpus being listened to by +each listener. In the extreme case, there could be one listener for each cpu. +Users may also consider setting the cpu affinity of the listener to the subset +of cpus to which it listens, especially if they are listening to just one cpu. + +Despite these measures, if the userspace receives ENOBUFS error messages +indicated overflow of receive buffers, it should take measures to handle the +loss of data. + +---- diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/apei/einj.txt b/Documentation/acpi/apei/einj.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e550c8b98 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/acpi/apei/einj.txt @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ + APEI Error INJection + ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +EINJ provides a hardware error injection mechanism. It is very useful +for debugging and testing APEI and RAS features in general. + +You need to check whether your BIOS supports EINJ first. For that, look +for early boot messages similar to this one: + +ACPI: EINJ 0x000000007370A000 000150 (v01 INTEL 00000001 INTL 00000001) + +which shows that the BIOS is exposing an EINJ table - it is the +mechanism through which the injection is done. + +Alternatively, look in /sys/firmware/acpi/tables for an "EINJ" file, +which is a different representation of the same thing. + +It doesn't necessarily mean that EINJ is not supported if those above +don't exist: before you give up, go into BIOS setup to see if the BIOS +has an option to enable error injection. Look for something called WHEA +or similar. Often, you need to enable an ACPI5 support option prior, in +order to see the APEI,EINJ,... functionality supported and exposed by +the BIOS menu. + +To use EINJ, make sure the following are options enabled in your kernel +configuration: + +CONFIG_DEBUG_FS +CONFIG_ACPI_APEI +CONFIG_ACPI_APEI_EINJ + +The EINJ user interface is in /apei/einj. + +The following files belong to it: + +- available_error_type + + This file shows which error types are supported: + + Error Type Value Error Description + ================ ================= + 0x00000001 Processor Correctable + 0x00000002 Processor Uncorrectable non-fatal + 0x00000004 Processor Uncorrectable fatal + 0x00000008 Memory Correctable + 0x00000010 Memory Uncorrectable non-fatal + 0x00000020 Memory Uncorrectable fatal + 0x00000040 PCI Express Correctable + 0x00000080 PCI Express Uncorrectable fatal + 0x00000100 PCI Express Uncorrectable non-fatal + 0x00000200 Platform Correctable + 0x00000400 Platform Uncorrectable non-fatal + 0x00000800 Platform Uncorrectable fatal + + The format of the file contents are as above, except present are only + the available error types. + +- error_type + + Set the value of the error type being injected. Possible error types + are defined in the file available_error_type above. + +- error_inject + + Write any integer to this file to trigger the error injection. Make + sure you have specified all necessary error parameters, i.e. this + write should be the last step when injecting errors. + +- flags + + Present for kernel versions 3.13 and above. Used to specify which + of param{1..4} are valid and should be used by the firmware during + injection. Value is a bitmask as specified in ACPI5.0 spec for the + SET_ERROR_TYPE_WITH_ADDRESS data structure: + + Bit 0 - Processor APIC field valid (see param3 below). + Bit 1 - Memory address and mask valid (param1 and param2). + Bit 2 - PCIe (seg,bus,dev,fn) valid (see param4 below). + + If set to zero, legacy behavior is mimicked where the type of + injection specifies just one bit set, and param1 is multiplexed. + +- param1 + + This file is used to set the first error parameter value. Its effect + depends on the error type specified in error_type. For example, if + error type is memory related type, the param1 should be a valid + physical memory address. [Unless "flag" is set - see above] + +- param2 + + Same use as param1 above. For example, if error type is of memory + related type, then param2 should be a physical memory address mask. + Linux requires page or narrower granularity, say, 0xfffffffffffff000. + +- param3 + + Used when the 0x1 bit is set in "flags" to specify the APIC id + +- param4 + Used when the 0x4 bit is set in "flags" to specify target PCIe device + +- notrigger + + The error injection mechanism is a two-step process. First inject the + error, then perform some actions to trigger it. Setting "notrigger" + to 1 skips the trigger phase, which *may* allow the user to cause the + error in some other context by a simple access to the CPU, memory + location, or device that is the target of the error injection. Whether + this actually works depends on what operations the BIOS actually + includes in the trigger phase. + +BIOS versions based on the ACPI 4.0 specification have limited options +in controlling where the errors are injected. Your BIOS may support an +extension (enabled with the param_extension=1 module parameter, or boot +command line einj.param_extension=1). This allows the address and mask +for memory injections to be specified by the param1 and param2 files in +apei/einj. + +BIOS versions based on the ACPI 5.0 specification have more control over +the target of the injection. For processor-related errors (type 0x1, 0x2 +and 0x4), you can set flags to 0x3 (param3 for bit 0, and param1 and +param2 for bit 1) so that you have more information added to the error +signature being injected. The actual data passed is this: + + memory_address = param1; + memory_address_range = param2; + apicid = param3; + pcie_sbdf = param4; + +For memory errors (type 0x8, 0x10 and 0x20) the address is set using +param1 with a mask in param2 (0x0 is equivalent to all ones). For PCI +express errors (type 0x40, 0x80 and 0x100) the segment, bus, device and +function are specified using param1: + + 31 24 23 16 15 11 10 8 7 0 + +-------------------------------------------------+ + | segment | bus | device | function | reserved | + +-------------------------------------------------+ + +Anyway, you get the idea, if there's doubt just take a look at the code +in drivers/acpi/apei/einj.c. + +An ACPI 5.0 BIOS may also allow vendor-specific errors to be injected. +In this case a file named vendor will contain identifying information +from the BIOS that hopefully will allow an application wishing to use +the vendor-specific extension to tell that they are running on a BIOS +that supports it. All vendor extensions have the 0x80000000 bit set in +error_type. A file vendor_flags controls the interpretation of param1 +and param2 (1 = PROCESSOR, 2 = MEMORY, 4 = PCI). See your BIOS vendor +documentation for details (and expect changes to this API if vendors +creativity in using this feature expands beyond our expectations). + + +An error injection example: + +# cd /sys/kernel/debug/apei/einj +# cat available_error_type # See which errors can be injected +0x00000002 Processor Uncorrectable non-fatal +0x00000008 Memory Correctable +0x00000010 Memory Uncorrectable non-fatal +# echo 0x12345000 > param1 # Set memory address for injection +# echo $((-1 << 12)) > param2 # Mask 0xfffffffffffff000 - anywhere in this page +# echo 0x8 > error_type # Choose correctable memory error +# echo 1 > error_inject # Inject now + +You should see something like this in dmesg: + +[22715.830801] EDAC sbridge MC3: HANDLING MCE MEMORY ERROR +[22715.834759] EDAC sbridge MC3: CPU 0: Machine Check Event: 0 Bank 7: 8c00004000010090 +[22715.834759] EDAC sbridge MC3: TSC 0 +[22715.834759] EDAC sbridge MC3: ADDR 12345000 EDAC sbridge MC3: MISC 144780c86 +[22715.834759] EDAC sbridge MC3: PROCESSOR 0:306e7 TIME 1422553404 SOCKET 0 APIC 0 +[22716.616173] EDAC MC3: 1 CE memory read error on CPU_SrcID#0_Channel#0_DIMM#0 (channel:0 slot:0 page:0x12345 offset:0x0 grain:32 syndrome:0x0 - area:DRAM err_code:0001:0090 socket:0 channel_mask:1 rank:0) + +For more information about EINJ, please refer to ACPI specification +version 4.0, section 17.5 and ACPI 5.0, section 18.6. diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/apei/output_format.txt b/Documentation/acpi/apei/output_format.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c49c197c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/acpi/apei/output_format.txt @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ + APEI output format + ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +APEI uses printk as hardware error reporting interface, the output +format is as follow. + + := +APEI generic hardware error status +severity: , +section: , severity: , +flags: +
+fru_id: +fru_text: +section_type:
+
+ +* := recoverable | fatal | corrected | info + +
# := +[primary][, containment warning][, reset][, threshold exceeded]\ +[, resource not accessible][, latent error] + +
:= generic processor error | memory error | \ +PCIe error | unknown, + +
:= + | | \ + | + + := +[processor_type: , ] +[processor_isa: , ] +[error_type: +] +[operation: , ] +[flags: +] +[level: ] +[version_info: ] +[processor_id: ] +[target_address: ] +[requestor_id: ] +[responder_id: ] +[IP: ] + +* := IA32/X64 | IA64 + +* := IA32 | IA64 | X64 + +# := +[cache error][, TLB error][, bus error][, micro-architectural error] + +* := unknown or generic | data read | data write | \ +instruction execution + +# := +[restartable][, precise IP][, overflow][, corrected] + + := +[error_status: ] +[physical_address: ] +[physical_address_mask: ] +[node: ] +[card: ] +[module: ] +[bank: ] +[device: ] +[row: ] +[column: ] +[bit_position: ] +[requestor_id: ] +[responder_id: ] +[target_id: ] +[error_type: , ] + +* := +unknown | no error | single-bit ECC | multi-bit ECC | \ +single-symbol chipkill ECC | multi-symbol chipkill ECC | master abort | \ +target abort | parity error | watchdog timeout | invalid address | \ +mirror Broken | memory sparing | scrub corrected error | \ +scrub uncorrected error + + := +[port_type: , ] +[version: .] +[command: , status: ] +[device_id: ::. +slot: +secondary_bus: +vendor_id: , device_id: +class_code: ] +[serial number: , ] +[bridge: secondary_status: , control: ] +[aer_status: , aer_mask: + +[aer_uncor_severity: ] +aer_layer=, aer_agent= +aer_tlp_header: ] + +* := PCIe end point | legacy PCI end point | \ +unknown | unknown | root port | upstream switch port | \ +downstream switch port | PCIe to PCI/PCI-X bridge | \ +PCI/PCI-X to PCIe bridge | root complex integrated endpoint device | \ +root complex event collector + +if section severity is fatal or recoverable +# := +unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | Data Link Protocol | \ +unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | \ +Poisoned TLP | Flow Control Protocol | Completion Timeout | \ +Completer Abort | Unexpected Completion | Receiver Overflow | \ +Malformed TLP | ECRC | Unsupported Request +else +# := +Receiver Error | unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | \ +Bad TLP | Bad DLLP | RELAY_NUM Rollover | unknown | unknown | unknown | \ +Replay Timer Timeout | Advisory Non-Fatal +fi + + := +Physical Layer | Data Link Layer | Transaction Layer + + := +Receiver ID | Requester ID | Completer ID | Transmitter ID + +Where, [] designate corresponding content is optional + +All description with * has the following format: + +field: , + +Where value of should be the position of "string" in description. Otherwise, will be "unknown". + +All description with # has the following format: + +field: + + +Where each string in corresponding to one set bit of +. The bit position is the position of "string" in description. + +For more detailed explanation of every field, please refer to UEFI +specification version 2.3 or later, section Appendix N: Common +Platform Error Record. diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/debug.txt b/Documentation/acpi/debug.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65bf47c46 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/acpi/debug.txt @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ + ACPI Debug Output + + +The ACPI CA, the Linux ACPI core, and some ACPI drivers can generate debug +output. This document describes how to use this facility. + +Compile-time configuration +-------------------------- + +ACPI debug output is globally enabled by CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG. If this config +option is turned off, the debug messages are not even built into the +kernel. + +Boot- and run-time configuration +-------------------------------- + +When CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG=y, you can select the component and level of messages +you're interested in. At boot-time, use the acpi.debug_layer and +acpi.debug_level kernel command line options. After boot, you can use the +debug_layer and debug_level files in /sys/module/acpi/parameters/ to control +the debug messages. + +debug_layer (component) +----------------------- + +The "debug_layer" is a mask that selects components of interest, e.g., a +specific driver or part of the ACPI interpreter. To build the debug_layer +bitmask, look for the "#define _COMPONENT" in an ACPI source file. + +You can set the debug_layer mask at boot-time using the acpi.debug_layer +command line argument, and you can change it after boot by writing values +to /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_layer. + +The possible components are defined in include/acpi/acoutput.h and +include/acpi/acpi_drivers.h. Reading /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_layer +shows the supported mask values, currently these: + + ACPI_UTILITIES 0x00000001 + ACPI_HARDWARE 0x00000002 + ACPI_EVENTS 0x00000004 + ACPI_TABLES 0x00000008 + ACPI_NAMESPACE 0x00000010 + ACPI_PARSER 0x00000020 + ACPI_DISPATCHER 0x00000040 + ACPI_EXECUTER 0x00000080 + ACPI_RESOURCES 0x00000100 + ACPI_CA_DEBUGGER 0x00000200 + ACPI_OS_SERVICES 0x00000400 + ACPI_CA_DISASSEMBLER 0x00000800 + ACPI_COMPILER 0x00001000 + ACPI_TOOLS 0x00002000 + ACPI_BUS_COMPONENT 0x00010000 + ACPI_AC_COMPONENT 0x00020000 + ACPI_BATTERY_COMPONENT 0x00040000 + ACPI_BUTTON_COMPONENT 0x00080000 + ACPI_SBS_COMPONENT 0x00100000 + ACPI_FAN_COMPONENT 0x00200000 + ACPI_PCI_COMPONENT 0x00400000 + ACPI_POWER_COMPONENT 0x00800000 + ACPI_CONTAINER_COMPONENT 0x01000000 + ACPI_SYSTEM_COMPONENT 0x02000000 + ACPI_THERMAL_COMPONENT 0x04000000 + ACPI_MEMORY_DEVICE_COMPONENT 0x08000000 + ACPI_VIDEO_COMPONENT 0x10000000 + ACPI_PROCESSOR_COMPONENT 0x20000000 + +debug_level +----------- + +The "debug_level" is a mask that selects different types of messages, e.g., +those related to initialization, method execution, informational messages, etc. +To build debug_level, look at the level specified in an ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT() +statement. + +The ACPI interpreter uses several different levels, but the Linux +ACPI core and ACPI drivers generally only use ACPI_LV_INFO. + +You can set the debug_level mask at boot-time using the acpi.debug_level +command line argument, and you can change it after boot by writing values +to /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_level. + +The possible levels are defined in include/acpi/acoutput.h. Reading +/sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_level shows the supported mask values, +currently these: + + ACPI_LV_INIT 0x00000001 + ACPI_LV_DEBUG_OBJECT 0x00000002 + ACPI_LV_INFO 0x00000004 + ACPI_LV_INIT_NAMES 0x00000020 + ACPI_LV_PARSE 0x00000040 + ACPI_LV_LOAD 0x00000080 + ACPI_LV_DISPATCH 0x00000100 + ACPI_LV_EXEC 0x00000200 + ACPI_LV_NAMES 0x00000400 + ACPI_LV_OPREGION 0x00000800 + ACPI_LV_BFIELD 0x00001000 + ACPI_LV_TABLES 0x00002000 + ACPI_LV_VALUES 0x00004000 + ACPI_LV_OBJECTS 0x00008000 + ACPI_LV_RESOURCES 0x00010000 + ACPI_LV_USER_REQUESTS 0x00020000 + ACPI_LV_PACKAGE 0x00040000 + ACPI_LV_ALLOCATIONS 0x00100000 + ACPI_LV_FUNCTIONS 0x00200000 + ACPI_LV_OPTIMIZATIONS 0x00400000 + ACPI_LV_MUTEX 0x01000000 + ACPI_LV_THREADS 0x02000000 + ACPI_LV_IO 0x04000000 + ACPI_LV_INTERRUPTS 0x08000000 + ACPI_LV_AML_DISASSEMBLE 0x10000000 + ACPI_LV_VERBOSE_INFO 0x20000000 + ACPI_LV_FULL_TABLES 0x40000000 + ACPI_LV_EVENTS 0x80000000 + +Examples +-------- + +For example, drivers/acpi/bus.c contains this: + + #define _COMPONENT ACPI_BUS_COMPONENT + ... + ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT((ACPI_DB_INFO, "Device insertion detected\n")); + +To turn on this message, set the ACPI_BUS_COMPONENT bit in acpi.debug_layer +and the ACPI_LV_INFO bit in acpi.debug_level. (The ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT +statement uses ACPI_DB_INFO, which is macro based on the ACPI_LV_INFO +definition.) + +Enable all AML "Debug" output (stores to the Debug object while interpreting +AML) during boot: + + acpi.debug_layer=0xffffffff acpi.debug_level=0x2 + +Enable PCI and PCI interrupt routing debug messages: + + acpi.debug_layer=0x400000 acpi.debug_level=0x4 + +Enable all ACPI hardware-related messages: + + acpi.debug_layer=0x2 acpi.debug_level=0xffffffff + +Enable all ACPI_DB_INFO messages after boot: + + # echo 0x4 > /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_level + +Show all valid component values: + + # cat /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_layer diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/dsdt-override.txt b/Documentation/acpi/dsdt-override.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..784841caa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/acpi/dsdt-override.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +Linux supports a method of overriding the BIOS DSDT: + +CONFIG_ACPI_CUSTOM_DSDT builds the image into the kernel. + +When to use this method is described in detail on the +Linux/ACPI home page: +https://01.org/linux-acpi/documentation/overriding-dsdt diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt b/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..15dfce708 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt @@ -0,0 +1,361 @@ +ACPI based device enumeration +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +ACPI 5 introduced a set of new resources (UartTSerialBus, I2cSerialBus, +SpiSerialBus, GpioIo and GpioInt) which can be used in enumerating slave +devices behind serial bus controllers. + +In addition we are starting to see peripherals integrated in the +SoC/Chipset to appear only in ACPI namespace. These are typically devices +that are accessed through memory-mapped registers. + +In order to support this and re-use the existing drivers as much as +possible we decided to do following: + + o Devices that have no bus connector resource are represented as + platform devices. + + o Devices behind real busses where there is a connector resource + are represented as struct spi_device or struct i2c_device + (standard UARTs are not busses so there is no struct uart_device). + +As both ACPI and Device Tree represent a tree of devices (and their +resources) this implementation follows the Device Tree way as much as +possible. + +The ACPI implementation enumerates devices behind busses (platform, SPI and +I2C), creates the physical devices and binds them to their ACPI handle in +the ACPI namespace. + +This means that when ACPI_HANDLE(dev) returns non-NULL the device was +enumerated from ACPI namespace. This handle can be used to extract other +device-specific configuration. There is an example of this below. + +Platform bus support +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Since we are using platform devices to represent devices that are not +connected to any physical bus we only need to implement a platform driver +for the device and add supported ACPI IDs. If this same IP-block is used on +some other non-ACPI platform, the driver might work out of the box or needs +some minor changes. + +Adding ACPI support for an existing driver should be pretty +straightforward. Here is the simplest example: + + #ifdef CONFIG_ACPI + static struct acpi_device_id mydrv_acpi_match[] = { + /* ACPI IDs here */ + { } + }; + MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(acpi, mydrv_acpi_match); + #endif + + static struct platform_driver my_driver = { + ... + .driver = { + .acpi_match_table = ACPI_PTR(mydrv_acpi_match), + }, + }; + +If the driver needs to perform more complex initialization like getting and +configuring GPIOs it can get its ACPI handle and extract this information +from ACPI tables. + +DMA support +~~~~~~~~~~~ +DMA controllers enumerated via ACPI should be registered in the system to +provide generic access to their resources. For example, a driver that would +like to be accessible to slave devices via generic API call +dma_request_slave_channel() must register itself at the end of the probe +function like this: + + err = devm_acpi_dma_controller_register(dev, xlate_func, dw); + /* Handle the error if it's not a case of !CONFIG_ACPI */ + +and implement custom xlate function if needed (usually acpi_dma_simple_xlate() +is enough) which converts the FixedDMA resource provided by struct +acpi_dma_spec into the corresponding DMA channel. A piece of code for that case +could look like: + + #ifdef CONFIG_ACPI + struct filter_args { + /* Provide necessary information for the filter_func */ + ... + }; + + static bool filter_func(struct dma_chan *chan, void *param) + { + /* Choose the proper channel */ + ... + } + + static struct dma_chan *xlate_func(struct acpi_dma_spec *dma_spec, + struct acpi_dma *adma) + { + dma_cap_mask_t cap; + struct filter_args args; + + /* Prepare arguments for filter_func */ + ... + return dma_request_channel(cap, filter_func, &args); + } + #else + static struct dma_chan *xlate_func(struct acpi_dma_spec *dma_spec, + struct acpi_dma *adma) + { + return NULL; + } + #endif + +dma_request_slave_channel() will call xlate_func() for each registered DMA +controller. In the xlate function the proper channel must be chosen based on +information in struct acpi_dma_spec and the properties of the controller +provided by struct acpi_dma. + +Clients must call dma_request_slave_channel() with the string parameter that +corresponds to a specific FixedDMA resource. By default "tx" means the first +entry of the FixedDMA resource array, "rx" means the second entry. The table +below shows a layout: + + Device (I2C0) + { + ... + Method (_CRS, 0, NotSerialized) + { + Name (DBUF, ResourceTemplate () + { + FixedDMA (0x0018, 0x0004, Width32bit, _Y48) + FixedDMA (0x0019, 0x0005, Width32bit, ) + }) + ... + } + } + +So, the FixedDMA with request line 0x0018 is "tx" and next one is "rx" in +this example. + +In robust cases the client unfortunately needs to call +acpi_dma_request_slave_chan_by_index() directly and therefore choose the +specific FixedDMA resource by its index. + +SPI serial bus support +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Slave devices behind SPI bus have SpiSerialBus resource attached to them. +This is extracted automatically by the SPI core and the slave devices are +enumerated once spi_register_master() is called by the bus driver. + +Here is what the ACPI namespace for a SPI slave might look like: + + Device (EEP0) + { + Name (_ADR, 1) + Name (_CID, Package() { + "ATML0025", + "AT25", + }) + ... + Method (_CRS, 0, NotSerialized) + { + SPISerialBus(1, PolarityLow, FourWireMode, 8, + ControllerInitiated, 1000000, ClockPolarityLow, + ClockPhaseFirst, "\\_SB.PCI0.SPI1",) + } + ... + +The SPI device drivers only need to add ACPI IDs in a similar way than with +the platform device drivers. Below is an example where we add ACPI support +to at25 SPI eeprom driver (this is meant for the above ACPI snippet): + + #ifdef CONFIG_ACPI + static struct acpi_device_id at25_acpi_match[] = { + { "AT25", 0 }, + { }, + }; + MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(acpi, at25_acpi_match); + #endif + + static struct spi_driver at25_driver = { + .driver = { + ... + .acpi_match_table = ACPI_PTR(at25_acpi_match), + }, + }; + +Note that this driver actually needs more information like page size of the +eeprom etc. but at the time writing this there is no standard way of +passing those. One idea is to return this in _DSM method like: + + Device (EEP0) + { + ... + Method (_DSM, 4, NotSerialized) + { + Store (Package (6) + { + "byte-len", 1024, + "addr-mode", 2, + "page-size, 32 + }, Local0) + + // Check UUIDs etc. + + Return (Local0) + } + +Then the at25 SPI driver can get this configuration by calling _DSM on its +ACPI handle like: + + struct acpi_buffer output = { ACPI_ALLOCATE_BUFFER, NULL }; + struct acpi_object_list input; + acpi_status status; + + /* Fill in the input buffer */ + + status = acpi_evaluate_object(ACPI_HANDLE(&spi->dev), "_DSM", + &input, &output); + if (ACPI_FAILURE(status)) + /* Handle the error */ + + /* Extract the data here */ + + kfree(output.pointer); + +I2C serial bus support +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +The slaves behind I2C bus controller only need to add the ACPI IDs like +with the platform and SPI drivers. The I2C core automatically enumerates +any slave devices behind the controller device once the adapter is +registered. + +Below is an example of how to add ACPI support to the existing mpu3050 +input driver: + + #ifdef CONFIG_ACPI + static struct acpi_device_id mpu3050_acpi_match[] = { + { "MPU3050", 0 }, + { }, + }; + MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(acpi, mpu3050_acpi_match); + #endif + + static struct i2c_driver mpu3050_i2c_driver = { + .driver = { + .name = "mpu3050", + .owner = THIS_MODULE, + .pm = &mpu3050_pm, + .of_match_table = mpu3050_of_match, + .acpi_match_table = ACPI_PTR(mpu3050_acpi_match), + }, + .probe = mpu3050_probe, + .remove = mpu3050_remove, + .id_table = mpu3050_ids, + }; + +GPIO support +~~~~~~~~~~~~ +ACPI 5 introduced two new resources to describe GPIO connections: GpioIo +and GpioInt. These resources can be used to pass GPIO numbers used by +the device to the driver. ACPI 5.1 extended this with _DSD (Device +Specific Data) which made it possible to name the GPIOs among other things. + +For example: + +Device (DEV) +{ + Method (_CRS, 0, NotSerialized) + { + Name (SBUF, ResourceTemplate() + { + ... + // Used to power on/off the device + GpioIo (Exclusive, PullDefault, 0x0000, 0x0000, + IoRestrictionOutputOnly, "\\_SB.PCI0.GPI0", + 0x00, ResourceConsumer,,) + { + // Pin List + 0x0055 + } + + // Interrupt for the device + GpioInt (Edge, ActiveHigh, ExclusiveAndWake, PullNone, + 0x0000, "\\_SB.PCI0.GPI0", 0x00, ResourceConsumer,,) + { + // Pin list + 0x0058 + } + + ... + + } + + Return (SBUF) + } + + // ACPI 5.1 _DSD used for naming the GPIOs + Name (_DSD, Package () + { + ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"), + Package () + { + Package () {"power-gpios", Package() {^DEV, 0, 0, 0 }}, + Package () {"irq-gpios", Package() {^DEV, 1, 0, 0 }}, + } + }) + ... + +These GPIO numbers are controller relative and path "\\_SB.PCI0.GPI0" +specifies the path to the controller. In order to use these GPIOs in Linux +we need to translate them to the corresponding Linux GPIO descriptors. + +There is a standard GPIO API for that and is documented in +Documentation/gpio/. + +In the above example we can get the corresponding two GPIO descriptors with +a code like this: + + #include + ... + + struct gpio_desc *irq_desc, *power_desc; + + irq_desc = gpiod_get(dev, "irq"); + if (IS_ERR(irq_desc)) + /* handle error */ + + power_desc = gpiod_get(dev, "power"); + if (IS_ERR(power_desc)) + /* handle error */ + + /* Now we can use the GPIO descriptors */ + +There are also devm_* versions of these functions which release the +descriptors once the device is released. + +See Documentation/acpi/gpio-properties.txt for more information about the +_DSD binding related to GPIOs. + +MFD devices +~~~~~~~~~~~ +The MFD devices register their children as platform devices. For the child +devices there needs to be an ACPI handle that they can use to reference +parts of the ACPI namespace that relate to them. In the Linux MFD subsystem +we provide two ways: + + o The children share the parent ACPI handle. + o The MFD cell can specify the ACPI id of the device. + +For the first case, the MFD drivers do not need to do anything. The +resulting child platform device will have its ACPI_COMPANION() set to point +to the parent device. + +If the ACPI namespace has a device that we can match using an ACPI id, +the id should be set like: + + static struct mfd_cell my_subdevice_cell = { + .name = "my_subdevice", + /* set the resources relative to the parent */ + .acpi_pnpid = "XYZ0001", + }; + +The ACPI id "XYZ0001" is then used to lookup an ACPI device directly under +the MFD device and if found, that ACPI companion device is bound to the +resulting child platform device. diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/gpio-properties.txt b/Documentation/acpi/gpio-properties.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f35dad11f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/acpi/gpio-properties.txt @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +_DSD Device Properties Related to GPIO +-------------------------------------- + +With the release of ACPI 5.1, the _DSD configuration object finally +allows names to be given to GPIOs (and other things as well) returned +by _CRS. Previously, we were only able to use an integer index to find +the corresponding GPIO, which is pretty error prone (it depends on +the _CRS output ordering, for example). + +With _DSD we can now query GPIOs using a name instead of an integer +index, like the ASL example below shows: + + // Bluetooth device with reset and shutdown GPIOs + Device (BTH) + { + Name (_HID, ...) + + Name (_CRS, ResourceTemplate () + { + GpioIo (Exclusive, PullUp, 0, 0, IoRestrictionInputOnly, + "\\_SB.GPO0", 0, ResourceConsumer) {15} + GpioIo (Exclusive, PullUp, 0, 0, IoRestrictionInputOnly, + "\\_SB.GPO0", 0, ResourceConsumer) {27, 31} + }) + + Name (_DSD, Package () + { + ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"), + Package () + { + Package () {"reset-gpio", Package() {^BTH, 1, 1, 0 }}, + Package () {"shutdown-gpio", Package() {^BTH, 0, 0, 0 }}, + } + }) + } + +The format of the supported GPIO property is: + + Package () { "name", Package () { ref, index, pin, active_low }} + + ref - The device that has _CRS containing GpioIo()/GpioInt() resources, + typically this is the device itself (BTH in our case). + index - Index of the GpioIo()/GpioInt() resource in _CRS starting from zero. + pin - Pin in the GpioIo()/GpioInt() resource. Typically this is zero. + active_low - If 1 the GPIO is marked as active_low. + +Since ACPI GpioIo() resource does not have a field saying whether it is +active low or high, the "active_low" argument can be used here. Setting +it to 1 marks the GPIO as active low. + +In our Bluetooth example the "reset-gpio" refers to the second GpioIo() +resource, second pin in that resource with the GPIO number of 31. + +ACPI GPIO Mappings Provided by Drivers +-------------------------------------- + +There are systems in which the ACPI tables do not contain _DSD but provide _CRS +with GpioIo()/GpioInt() resources and device drivers still need to work with +them. + +In those cases ACPI device identification objects, _HID, _CID, _CLS, _SUB, _HRV, +available to the driver can be used to identify the device and that is supposed +to be sufficient to determine the meaning and purpose of all of the GPIO lines +listed by the GpioIo()/GpioInt() resources returned by _CRS. In other words, +the driver is supposed to know what to use the GpioIo()/GpioInt() resources for +once it has identified the device. Having done that, it can simply assign names +to the GPIO lines it is going to use and provide the GPIO subsystem with a +mapping between those names and the ACPI GPIO resources corresponding to them. + +To do that, the driver needs to define a mapping table as a NULL-terminated +array of struct acpi_gpio_mapping objects that each contain a name, a pointer +to an array of line data (struct acpi_gpio_params) objects and the size of that +array. Each struct acpi_gpio_params object consists of three fields, +crs_entry_index, line_index, active_low, representing the index of the target +GpioIo()/GpioInt() resource in _CRS starting from zero, the index of the target +line in that resource starting from zero, and the active-low flag for that line, +respectively, in analogy with the _DSD GPIO property format specified above. + +For the example Bluetooth device discussed previously the data structures in +question would look like this: + +static const struct acpi_gpio_params reset_gpio = { 1, 1, false }; +static const struct acpi_gpio_params shutdown_gpio = { 0, 0, false }; + +static const struct acpi_gpio_mapping bluetooth_acpi_gpios[] = { + { "reset-gpio", &reset_gpio, 1 }, + { "shutdown-gpio", &shutdown_gpio, 1 }, + { }, +}; + +Next, the mapping table needs to be passed as the second argument to +acpi_dev_add_driver_gpios() that will register it with the ACPI device object +pointed to by its first argument. That should be done in the driver's .probe() +routine. On removal, the driver should unregister its GPIO mapping table by +calling acpi_dev_remove_driver_gpios() on the ACPI device object where that +table was previously registered. diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/initrd_table_override.txt b/Documentation/acpi/initrd_table_override.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35c3f5415 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/acpi/initrd_table_override.txt @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +Overriding ACPI tables via initrd +================================= + +1) Introduction (What is this about) +2) What is this for +3) How does it work +4) References (Where to retrieve userspace tools) + +1) What is this about +--------------------- + +If the ACPI_INITRD_TABLE_OVERRIDE compile option is true, it is possible to +override nearly any ACPI table provided by the BIOS with an instrumented, +modified one. + +For a full list of ACPI tables that can be overridden, take a look at +the char *table_sigs[MAX_ACPI_SIGNATURE]; definition in drivers/acpi/osl.c +All ACPI tables iasl (Intel's ACPI compiler and disassembler) knows should +be overridable, except: + - ACPI_SIG_RSDP (has a signature of 6 bytes) + - ACPI_SIG_FACS (does not have an ordinary ACPI table header) +Both could get implemented as well. + + +2) What is this for +------------------- + +Please keep in mind that this is a debug option. +ACPI tables should not get overridden for productive use. +If BIOS ACPI tables are overridden the kernel will get tainted with the +TAINT_OVERRIDDEN_ACPI_TABLE flag. +Complain to your platform/BIOS vendor if you find a bug which is so sever +that a workaround is not accepted in the Linux kernel. + +Still, it can and should be enabled in any kernel, because: + - There is no functional change with not instrumented initrds + - It provides a powerful feature to easily debug and test ACPI BIOS table + compatibility with the Linux kernel. + + +3) How does it work +------------------- + +# Extract the machine's ACPI tables: +cd /tmp +acpidump >acpidump +acpixtract -a acpidump +# Disassemble, modify and recompile them: +iasl -d *.dat +# For example add this statement into a _PRT (PCI Routing Table) function +# of the DSDT: +Store("HELLO WORLD", debug) +iasl -sa dsdt.dsl +# Add the raw ACPI tables to an uncompressed cpio archive. +# They must be put into a /kernel/firmware/acpi directory inside the +# cpio archive. +# The uncompressed cpio archive must be the first. +# Other, typically compressed cpio archives, must be +# concatenated on top of the uncompressed one. +mkdir -p kernel/firmware/acpi +cp dsdt.aml kernel/firmware/acpi +# A maximum of: #define ACPI_OVERRIDE_TABLES 10 +# tables are currently allowed (see osl.c): +iasl -sa facp.dsl +iasl -sa ssdt1.dsl +cp facp.aml kernel/firmware/acpi +cp ssdt1.aml kernel/firmware/acpi +# Create the uncompressed cpio archive and concatenate the original initrd +# on top: +find kernel | cpio -H newc --create > /boot/instrumented_initrd +cat /boot/initrd >>/boot/instrumented_initrd +# reboot with increased acpi debug level, e.g. boot params: +acpi.debug_level=0x2 acpi.debug_layer=0xFFFFFFFF +# and check your syslog: +[ 1.268089] ACPI: PCI Interrupt Routing Table [\_SB_.PCI0._PRT] +[ 1.272091] [ACPI Debug] String [0x0B] "HELLO WORLD" + +iasl is able to disassemble and recompile quite a lot different, +also static ACPI tables. + + +4) Where to retrieve userspace tools +------------------------------------ + +iasl and acpixtract are part of Intel's ACPICA project: +http://acpica.org/ +and should be packaged by distributions (for example in the acpica package +on SUSE). + +acpidump can be found in Len Browns pmtools: +ftp://kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/lenb/acpi/utils/pmtools/acpidump +This tool is also part of the acpica package on SUSE. +Alternatively, used ACPI tables can be retrieved via sysfs in latest kernels: +/sys/firmware/acpi/tables diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/method-customizing.txt b/Documentation/acpi/method-customizing.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f55373dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/acpi/method-customizing.txt @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +Linux ACPI Custom Control Method How To +======================================= + +Written by Zhang Rui + + +Linux supports customizing ACPI control methods at runtime. + +Users can use this to +1. override an existing method which may not work correctly, + or just for debugging purposes. +2. insert a completely new method in order to create a missing + method such as _OFF, _ON, _STA, _INI, etc. +For these cases, it is far simpler to dynamically install a single +control method rather than override the entire DSDT, because kernel +rebuild/reboot is not needed and test result can be got in minutes. + +Note: Only ACPI METHOD can be overridden, any other object types like + "Device", "OperationRegion", are not recognized. +Note: The same ACPI control method can be overridden for many times, + and it's always the latest one that used by Linux/kernel. +Note: To get the ACPI debug object output (Store (AAAA, Debug)), + please run "echo 1 > /sys/module/acpi/parameters/aml_debug_output". + +1. override an existing method + a) get the ACPI table via ACPI sysfs I/F. e.g. to get the DSDT, + just run "cat /sys/firmware/acpi/tables/DSDT > /tmp/dsdt.dat" + b) disassemble the table by running "iasl -d dsdt.dat". + c) rewrite the ASL code of the method and save it in a new file, + d) package the new file (psr.asl) to an ACPI table format. + Here is an example of a customized \_SB._AC._PSR method, + + DefinitionBlock ("", "SSDT", 1, "", "", 0x20080715) + { + External (ACON) + + Method (\_SB_.AC._PSR, 0, NotSerialized) + { + Store ("In AC _PSR", Debug) + Return (ACON) + } + } + Note that the full pathname of the method in ACPI namespace + should be used. + And remember to use "External" to declare external objects. + e) assemble the file to generate the AML code of the method. + e.g. "iasl psr.asl" (psr.aml is generated as a result) + f) mount debugfs by "mount -t debugfs none /sys/kernel/debug" + g) override the old method via the debugfs by running + "cat /tmp/psr.aml > /sys/kernel/debug/acpi/custom_method" + +2. insert a new method + This is easier than overriding an existing method. + We just need to create the ASL code of the method we want to + insert and then follow the step c) ~ g) in section 1. + +3. undo your changes + The "undo" operation is not supported for a new inserted method + right now, i.e. we can not remove a method currently. + For an overrided method, in order to undo your changes, please + save a copy of the method original ASL code in step c) section 1, + and redo step c) ~ g) to override the method with the original one. + + +Note: We can use a kernel with multiple custom ACPI method running, + But each individual write to debugfs can implement a SINGLE + method override. i.e. if we want to insert/override multiple + ACPI methods, we need to redo step c) ~ g) for multiple times. + +Note: Be aware that root can mis-use this driver to modify arbitrary + memory and gain additional rights, if root's privileges got + restricted (for example if root is not allowed to load additional + modules after boot). diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/method-tracing.txt b/Documentation/acpi/method-tracing.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6efb1ea5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/acpi/method-tracing.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +/sys/module/acpi/parameters/: + +trace_method_name + The AML method name that the user wants to trace + +trace_debug_layer + The temporary debug_layer used when tracing the method. + Using 0xffffffff by default if it is 0. + +trace_debug_level + The temporary debug_level used when tracing the method. + Using 0x00ffffff by default if it is 0. + +trace_state + The status of the tracing feature. + + "enabled" means this feature is enabled + and the AML method is traced every time it's executed. + + "1" means this feature is enabled and the AML method + will only be traced during the next execution. + + "disabled" means this feature is disabled. + Users can enable/disable this debug tracing feature by + "echo string > /sys/module/acpi/parameters/trace_state". + "string" should be one of "enable", "disable" and "1". diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/namespace.txt b/Documentation/acpi/namespace.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1860cb386 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/acpi/namespace.txt @@ -0,0 +1,388 @@ +ACPI Device Tree - Representation of ACPI Namespace + +Copyright (C) 2013, Intel Corporation +Author: Lv Zheng + + +Abstract: + +The Linux ACPI subsystem converts ACPI namespace objects into a Linux +device tree under the /sys/devices/LNXSYSTEM:00 and updates it upon +receiving ACPI hotplug notification events. For each device object in this +hierarchy there is a corresponding symbolic link in the +/sys/bus/acpi/devices. +This document illustrates the structure of the ACPI device tree. + + +Credit: + +Thanks for the help from Zhang Rui and Rafael J. +Wysocki . + + +1. ACPI Definition Blocks + + The ACPI firmware sets up RSDP (Root System Description Pointer) in the + system memory address space pointing to the XSDT (Extended System + Description Table). The XSDT always points to the FADT (Fixed ACPI + Description Table) using its first entry, the data within the FADT + includes various fixed-length entries that describe fixed ACPI features + of the hardware. The FADT contains a pointer to the DSDT + (Differentiated System Descripition Table). The XSDT also contains + entries pointing to possibly multiple SSDTs (Secondary System + Description Table). + + The DSDT and SSDT data is organized in data structures called definition + blocks that contain definitions of various objects, including ACPI + control methods, encoded in AML (ACPI Machine Language). The data block + of the DSDT along with the contents of SSDTs represents a hierarchical + data structure called the ACPI namespace whose topology reflects the + structure of the underlying hardware platform. + + The relationships between ACPI System Definition Tables described above + are illustrated in the following diagram. + + +---------+ +-------+ +--------+ +------------------------+ + | RSDP | +->| XSDT | +->| FADT | | +-------------------+ | + +---------+ | +-------+ | +--------+ +-|->| DSDT | | + | Pointer | | | Entry |-+ | ...... | | | +-------------------+ | + +---------+ | +-------+ | X_DSDT |--+ | | Definition Blocks | | + | Pointer |-+ | ..... | | ...... | | +-------------------+ | + +---------+ +-------+ +--------+ | +-------------------+ | + | Entry |------------------|->| SSDT | | + +- - - -+ | +-------------------| | + | Entry | - - - - - - - -+ | | Definition Blocks | | + +- - - -+ | | +-------------------+ | + | | +- - - - - - - - - -+ | + +-|->| SSDT | | + | +-------------------+ | + | | Definition Blocks | | + | +- - - - - - - - - -+ | + +------------------------+ + | + OSPM Loading | + \|/ + +----------------+ + | ACPI Namespace | + +----------------+ + + Figure 1. ACPI Definition Blocks + + NOTE: RSDP can also contain a pointer to the RSDT (Root System + Description Table). Platforms provide RSDT to enable + compatibility with ACPI 1.0 operating systems. The OS is expected + to use XSDT, if present. + + +2. Example ACPI Namespace + + All definition blocks are loaded into a single namespace. The namespace + is a hierarchy of objects identified by names and paths. + The following naming conventions apply to object names in the ACPI + namespace: + 1. All names are 32 bits long. + 2. The first byte of a name must be one of 'A' - 'Z', '_'. + 3. Each of the remaining bytes of a name must be one of 'A' - 'Z', '0' + - '9', '_'. + 4. Names starting with '_' are reserved by the ACPI specification. + 5. The '\' symbol represents the root of the namespace (i.e. names + prepended with '\' are relative to the namespace root). + 6. The '^' symbol represents the parent of the current namespace node + (i.e. names prepended with '^' are relative to the parent of the + current namespace node). + + The figure below shows an example ACPI namespace. + + +------+ + | \ | Root + +------+ + | + | +------+ + +-| _PR | Scope(_PR): the processor namespace + | +------+ + | | + | | +------+ + | +-| CPU0 | Processor(CPU0): the first processor + | +------+ + | + | +------+ + +-| _SB | Scope(_SB): the system bus namespace + | +------+ + | | + | | +------+ + | +-| LID0 | Device(LID0); the lid device + | | +------+ + | | | + | | | +------+ + | | +-| _HID | Name(_HID, "PNP0C0D"): the hardware ID + | | | +------+ + | | | + | | | +------+ + | | +-| _STA | Method(_STA): the status control method + | | +------+ + | | + | | +------+ + | +-| PCI0 | Device(PCI0); the PCI root bridge + | +------+ + | | + | | +------+ + | +-| _HID | Name(_HID, "PNP0A08"): the hardware ID + | | +------+ + | | + | | +------+ + | +-| _CID | Name(_CID, "PNP0A03"): the compatible ID + | | +------+ + | | + | | +------+ + | +-| RP03 | Scope(RP03): the PCI0 power scope + | | +------+ + | | | + | | | +------+ + | | +-| PXP3 | PowerResource(PXP3): the PCI0 power resource + | | +------+ + | | + | | +------+ + | +-| GFX0 | Device(GFX0): the graphics adapter + | +------+ + | | + | | +------+ + | +-| _ADR | Name(_ADR, 0x00020000): the PCI bus address + | | +------+ + | | + | | +------+ + | +-| DD01 | Device(DD01): the LCD output device + | +------+ + | | + | | +------+ + | +-| _BCL | Method(_BCL): the backlight control method + | +------+ + | + | +------+ + +-| _TZ | Scope(_TZ): the thermal zone namespace + | +------+ + | | + | | +------+ + | +-| FN00 | PowerResource(FN00): the FAN0 power resource + | | +------+ + | | + | | +------+ + | +-| FAN0 | Device(FAN0): the FAN0 cooling device + | | +------+ + | | | + | | | +------+ + | | +-| _HID | Name(_HID, "PNP0A0B"): the hardware ID + | | +------+ + | | + | | +------+ + | +-| TZ00 | ThermalZone(TZ00); the FAN thermal zone + | +------+ + | + | +------+ + +-| _GPE | Scope(_GPE): the GPE namespace + +------+ + + Figure 2. Example ACPI Namespace + + +3. Linux ACPI Device Objects + + The Linux kernel's core ACPI subsystem creates struct acpi_device + objects for ACPI namespace objects representing devices, power resources + processors, thermal zones. Those objects are exported to user space via + sysfs as directories in the subtree under /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00. The + format of their names is , where 'bus_id' refers to the + ACPI namespace representation of the given object and 'instance' is used + for distinguishing different object of the same 'bus_id' (it is + two-digit decimal representation of an unsigned integer). + + The value of 'bus_id' depends on the type of the object whose name it is + part of as listed in the table below. + + +---+-----------------+-------+----------+ + | | Object/Feature | Table | bus_id | + +---+-----------------+-------+----------+ + | N | Root | xSDT | LNXSYSTM | + +---+-----------------+-------+----------+ + | N | Device | xSDT | _HID | + +---+-----------------+-------+----------+ + | N | Processor | xSDT | LNXCPU | + +---+-----------------+-------+----------+ + | N | ThermalZone | xSDT | LNXTHERM | + +---+-----------------+-------+----------+ + | N | PowerResource | xSDT | LNXPOWER | + +---+-----------------+-------+----------+ + | N | Other Devices | xSDT | device | + +---+-----------------+-------+----------+ + | F | PWR_BUTTON | FADT | LNXPWRBN | + +---+-----------------+-------+----------+ + | F | SLP_BUTTON | FADT | LNXSLPBN | + +---+-----------------+-------+----------+ + | M | Video Extension | xSDT | LNXVIDEO | + +---+-----------------+-------+----------+ + | M | ATA Controller | xSDT | LNXIOBAY | + +---+-----------------+-------+----------+ + | M | Docking Station | xSDT | LNXDOCK | + +---+-----------------+-------+----------+ + + Table 1. ACPI Namespace Objects Mapping + + The following rules apply when creating struct acpi_device objects on + the basis of the contents of ACPI System Description Tables (as + indicated by the letter in the first column and the notation in the + second column of the table above): + N: + The object's source is an ACPI namespace node (as indicated by the + named object's type in the second column). In that case the object's + directory in sysfs will contain the 'path' attribute whose value is + the full path to the node from the namespace root. + F: + The struct acpi_device object is created for a fixed hardware + feature (as indicated by the fixed feature flag's name in the second + column), so its sysfs directory will not contain the 'path' + attribute. + M: + The struct acpi_device object is created for an ACPI namespace node + with specific control methods (as indicated by the ACPI defined + device's type in the second column). The 'path' attribute containing + its namespace path will be present in its sysfs directory. For + example, if the _BCL method is present for an ACPI namespace node, a + struct acpi_device object with LNXVIDEO 'bus_id' will be created for + it. + + The third column of the above table indicates which ACPI System + Description Tables contain information used for the creation of the + struct acpi_device objects represented by the given row (xSDT means DSDT + or SSDT). + + The forth column of the above table indicates the 'bus_id' generation + rule of the struct acpi_device object: + _HID: + _HID in the last column of the table means that the object's bus_id + is derived from the _HID/_CID identification objects present under + the corresponding ACPI namespace node. The object's sysfs directory + will then contain the 'hid' and 'modalias' attributes that can be + used to retrieve the _HID and _CIDs of that object. + LNXxxxxx: + The 'modalias' attribute is also present for struct acpi_device + objects having bus_id of the "LNXxxxxx" form (pseudo devices), in + which cases it contains the bus_id string itself. + device: + 'device' in the last column of the table indicates that the object's + bus_id cannot be determined from _HID/_CID of the corresponding + ACPI namespace node, although that object represents a device (for + example, it may be a PCI device with _ADR defined and without _HID + or _CID). In that case the string 'device' will be used as the + object's bus_id. + + +4. Linux ACPI Physical Device Glue + + ACPI device (i.e. struct acpi_device) objects may be linked to other + objects in the Linux' device hierarchy that represent "physical" devices + (for example, devices on the PCI bus). If that happens, it means that + the ACPI device object is a "companion" of a device otherwise + represented in a different way and is used (1) to provide configuration + information on that device which cannot be obtained by other means and + (2) to do specific things to the device with the help of its ACPI + control methods. One ACPI device object may be linked this way to + multiple "physical" devices. + + If an ACPI device object is linked to a "physical" device, its sysfs + directory contains the "physical_node" symbolic link to the sysfs + directory of the target device object. In turn, the target device's + sysfs directory will then contain the "firmware_node" symbolic link to + the sysfs directory of the companion ACPI device object. + The linking mechanism relies on device identification provided by the + ACPI namespace. For example, if there's an ACPI namespace object + representing a PCI device (i.e. a device object under an ACPI namespace + object representing a PCI bridge) whose _ADR returns 0x00020000 and the + bus number of the parent PCI bridge is 0, the sysfs directory + representing the struct acpi_device object created for that ACPI + namespace object will contain the 'physical_node' symbolic link to the + /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:02:0/ sysfs directory of the + corresponding PCI device. + + The linking mechanism is generally bus-specific. The core of its + implementation is located in the drivers/acpi/glue.c file, but there are + complementary parts depending on the bus types in question located + elsewhere. For example, the PCI-specific part of it is located in + drivers/pci/pci-acpi.c. + + +5. Example Linux ACPI Device Tree + + The sysfs hierarchy of struct acpi_device objects corresponding to the + example ACPI namespace illustrated in Figure 2 with the addition of + fixed PWR_BUTTON/SLP_BUTTON devices is shown below. + + +--------------+---+-----------------+ + | LNXSYSTEM:00 | \ | acpi:LNXSYSTEM: | + +--------------+---+-----------------+ + | + | +-------------+-----+----------------+ + +-| LNXPWRBN:00 | N/A | acpi:LNXPWRBN: | + | +-------------+-----+----------------+ + | + | +-------------+-----+----------------+ + +-| LNXSLPBN:00 | N/A | acpi:LNXSLPBN: | + | +-------------+-----+----------------+ + | + | +-----------+------------+--------------+ + +-| LNXCPU:00 | \_PR_.CPU0 | acpi:LNXCPU: | + | +-----------+------------+--------------+ + | + | +-------------+-------+----------------+ + +-| LNXSYBUS:00 | \_SB_ | acpi:LNXSYBUS: | + | +-------------+-------+----------------+ + | | + | | +- - - - - - - +- - - - - - +- - - - - - - -+ + | +-| PNP0C0D:00 | \_SB_.LID0 | acpi:PNP0C0D: | + | | +- - - - - - - +- - - - - - +- - - - - - - -+ + | | + | | +------------+------------+-----------------------+ + | +-| PNP0A08:00 | \_SB_.PCI0 | acpi:PNP0A08:PNP0A03: | + | +------------+------------+-----------------------+ + | | + | | +-----------+-----------------+-----+ + | +-| device:00 | \_SB_.PCI0.RP03 | N/A | + | | +-----------+-----------------+-----+ + | | | + | | | +-------------+----------------------+----------------+ + | | +-| LNXPOWER:00 | \_SB_.PCI0.RP03.PXP3 | acpi:LNXPOWER: | + | | +-------------+----------------------+----------------+ + | | + | | +-------------+-----------------+----------------+ + | +-| LNXVIDEO:00 | \_SB_.PCI0.GFX0 | acpi:LNXVIDEO: | + | +-------------+-----------------+----------------+ + | | + | | +-----------+-----------------+-----+ + | +-| device:01 | \_SB_.PCI0.DD01 | N/A | + | +-----------+-----------------+-----+ + | + | +-------------+-------+----------------+ + +-| LNXSYBUS:01 | \_TZ_ | acpi:LNXSYBUS: | + +-------------+-------+----------------+ + | + | +-------------+------------+----------------+ + +-| LNXPOWER:0a | \_TZ_.FN00 | acpi:LNXPOWER: | + | +-------------+------------+----------------+ + | + | +------------+------------+---------------+ + +-| PNP0C0B:00 | \_TZ_.FAN0 | acpi:PNP0C0B: | + | +------------+------------+---------------+ + | + | +-------------+------------+----------------+ + +-| LNXTHERM:00 | \_TZ_.TZ00 | acpi:LNXTHERM: | + +-------------+------------+----------------+ + + Figure 3. Example Linux ACPI Device Tree + + NOTE: Each node is represented as "object/path/modalias", where: + 1. 'object' is the name of the object's directory in sysfs. + 2. 'path' is the ACPI namespace path of the corresponding + ACPI namespace object, as returned by the object's 'path' + sysfs attribute. + 3. 'modalias' is the value of the object's 'modalias' sysfs + attribute (as described earlier in this document). + NOTE: N/A indicates the device object does not have the 'path' or the + 'modalias' attribute. diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/scan_handlers.txt b/Documentation/acpi/scan_handlers.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3246ccf15 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/acpi/scan_handlers.txt @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +ACPI Scan Handlers + +Copyright (C) 2012, Intel Corporation +Author: Rafael J. Wysocki + +During system initialization and ACPI-based device hot-add, the ACPI namespace +is scanned in search of device objects that generally represent various pieces +of hardware. This causes a struct acpi_device object to be created and +registered with the driver core for every device object in the ACPI namespace +and the hierarchy of those struct acpi_device objects reflects the namespace +layout (i.e. parent device objects in the namespace are represented by parent +struct acpi_device objects and analogously for their children). Those struct +acpi_device objects are referred to as "device nodes" in what follows, but they +should not be confused with struct device_node objects used by the Device Trees +parsing code (although their role is analogous to the role of those objects). + +During ACPI-based device hot-remove device nodes representing pieces of hardware +being removed are unregistered and deleted. + +The core ACPI namespace scanning code in drivers/acpi/scan.c carries out basic +initialization of device nodes, such as retrieving common configuration +information from the device objects represented by them and populating them with +appropriate data, but some of them require additional handling after they have +been registered. For example, if the given device node represents a PCI host +bridge, its registration should cause the PCI bus under that bridge to be +enumerated and PCI devices on that bus to be registered with the driver core. +Similarly, if the device node represents a PCI interrupt link, it is necessary +to configure that link so that the kernel can use it. + +Those additional configuration tasks usually depend on the type of the hardware +component represented by the given device node which can be determined on the +basis of the device node's hardware ID (HID). They are performed by objects +called ACPI scan handlers represented by the following structure: + +struct acpi_scan_handler { + const struct acpi_device_id *ids; + struct list_head list_node; + int (*attach)(struct acpi_device *dev, const struct acpi_device_id *id); + void (*detach)(struct acpi_device *dev); +}; + +where ids is the list of IDs of device nodes the given handler is supposed to +take care of, list_node is the hook to the global list of ACPI scan handlers +maintained by the ACPI core and the .attach() and .detach() callbacks are +executed, respectively, after registration of new device nodes and before +unregistration of device nodes the handler attached to previously. + +The namespace scanning function, acpi_bus_scan(), first registers all of the +device nodes in the given namespace scope with the driver core. Then, it tries +to match a scan handler against each of them using the ids arrays of the +available scan handlers. If a matching scan handler is found, its .attach() +callback is executed for the given device node. If that callback returns 1, +that means that the handler has claimed the device node and is now responsible +for carrying out any additional configuration tasks related to it. It also will +be responsible for preparing the device node for unregistration in that case. +The device node's handler field is then populated with the address of the scan +handler that has claimed it. + +If the .attach() callback returns 0, it means that the device node is not +interesting to the given scan handler and may be matched against the next scan +handler in the list. If it returns a (negative) error code, that means that +the namespace scan should be terminated due to a serious error. The error code +returned should then reflect the type of the error. + +The namespace trimming function, acpi_bus_trim(), first executes .detach() +callbacks from the scan handlers of all device nodes in the given namespace +scope (if they have scan handlers). Next, it unregisters all of the device +nodes in that scope. + +ACPI scan handlers can be added to the list maintained by the ACPI core with the +help of the acpi_scan_add_handler() function taking a pointer to the new scan +handler as an argument. The order in which scan handlers are added to the list +is the order in which they are matched against device nodes during namespace +scans. + +All scan handles must be added to the list before acpi_bus_scan() is run for the +first time and they cannot be removed from it. diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/video_extension.txt b/Documentation/acpi/video_extension.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..78b32ac02 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/acpi/video_extension.txt @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +ACPI video extensions +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +This driver implement the ACPI Extensions For Display Adapters for +integrated graphics devices on motherboard, as specified in ACPI 2.0 +Specification, Appendix B, allowing to perform some basic control like +defining the video POST device, retrieving EDID information or to +setup a video output, etc. Note that this is an ref. implementation +only. It may or may not work for your integrated video device. + +The ACPI video driver does 3 things regarding backlight control: + +1 Export a sysfs interface for user space to control backlight level + +If the ACPI table has a video device, and acpi_backlight=vendor kernel +command line is not present, the driver will register a backlight device +and set the required backlight operation structure for it for the sysfs +interface control. For every registered class device, there will be a +directory named acpi_videoX under /sys/class/backlight. + +The backlight sysfs interface has a standard definition here: +Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight. + +And what ACPI video driver does is: +actual_brightness: on read, control method _BQC will be evaluated to +get the brightness level the firmware thinks it is at; +bl_power: not implemented, will set the current brightness instead; +brightness: on write, control method _BCM will run to set the requested +brightness level; +max_brightness: Derived from the _BCL package(see below); +type: firmware + +Note that ACPI video backlight driver will always use index for +brightness, actual_brightness and max_brightness. So if we have +the following _BCL package: + +Method (_BCL, 0, NotSerialized) +{ + Return (Package (0x0C) + { + 0x64, + 0x32, + 0x0A, + 0x14, + 0x1E, + 0x28, + 0x32, + 0x3C, + 0x46, + 0x50, + 0x5A, + 0x64 + }) +} + +The first two levels are for when laptop are on AC or on battery and are +not used by Linux currently. The remaining 10 levels are supported levels +that we can choose from. The applicable index values are from 0 (that +corresponds to the 0x0A brightness value) to 9 (that corresponds to the +0x64 brightness value) inclusive. Each of those index values is regarded +as a "brightness level" indicator. Thus from the user space perspective +the range of available brightness levels is from 0 to 9 (max_brightness) +inclusive. + +2 Notify user space about hotkey event + +There are generally two cases for hotkey event reporting: +i) For some laptops, when user presses the hotkey, a scancode will be + generated and sent to user space through the input device created by + the keyboard driver as a key type input event, with proper remap, the + following key code will appear to user space: + + EV_KEY, KEY_BRIGHTNESSUP + EV_KEY, KEY_BRIGHTNESSDOWN + etc. + +For this case, ACPI video driver does not need to do anything(actually, +it doesn't even know this happened). + +ii) For some laptops, the press of the hotkey will not generate the + scancode, instead, firmware will notify the video device ACPI node + about the event. The event value is defined in the ACPI spec. ACPI + video driver will generate an key type input event according to the + notify value it received and send the event to user space through the + input device it created: + + event keycode + 0x86 KEY_BRIGHTNESSUP + 0x87 KEY_BRIGHTNESSDOWN + etc. + +so this would lead to the same effect as case i) now. + +Once user space tool receives this event, it can modify the backlight +level through the sysfs interface. + +3 Change backlight level in the kernel + +This works for machines covered by case ii) in Section 2. Once the driver +received a notification, it will set the backlight level accordingly. This does +not affect the sending of event to user space, they are always sent to user +space regardless of whether or not the video module controls the backlight level +directly. This behaviour can be controlled through the brightness_switch_enabled +module parameter as documented in kernel-parameters.txt. It is recommended to +disable this behaviour once a GUI environment starts up and wants to have full +control of the backlight level. diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt b/Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c71487d39 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +ATA over Ethernet is a network protocol that provides simple access to +block storage on the LAN. + + http://support.coraid.com/documents/AoEr11.txt + +The EtherDrive (R) HOWTO for 2.6 and 3.x kernels is found at ... + + http://support.coraid.com/support/linux/EtherDrive-2.6-HOWTO.html + +It has many tips and hints! Please see, especially, recommended +tunings for virtual memory: + + http://support.coraid.com/support/linux/EtherDrive-2.6-HOWTO-5.html#ss5.19 + +The aoetools are userland programs that are designed to work with this +driver. The aoetools are on sourceforge. + + http://aoetools.sourceforge.net/ + +The scripts in this Documentation/aoe directory are intended to +document the use of the driver and are not necessary if you install +the aoetools. + + +CREATING DEVICE NODES + + Users of udev should find the block device nodes created + automatically, but to create all the necessary device nodes, use the + udev configuration rules provided in udev.txt (in this directory). + + There is a udev-install.sh script that shows how to install these + rules on your system. + + There is also an autoload script that shows how to edit + /etc/modprobe.d/aoe.conf to ensure that the aoe module is loaded when + necessary. Preloading the aoe module is preferable to autoloading, + however, because AoE discovery takes a few seconds. It can be + confusing when an AoE device is not present the first time the a + command is run but appears a second later. + +USING DEVICE NODES + + "cat /dev/etherd/err" blocks, waiting for error diagnostic output, + like any retransmitted packets. + + "echo eth2 eth4 > /dev/etherd/interfaces" tells the aoe driver to + limit ATA over Ethernet traffic to eth2 and eth4. AoE traffic from + untrusted networks should be ignored as a matter of security. See + also the aoe_iflist driver option described below. + + "echo > /dev/etherd/discover" tells the driver to find out what AoE + devices are available. + + In the future these character devices may disappear and be replaced + by sysfs counterparts. Using the commands in aoetools insulates + users from these implementation details. + + The block devices are named like this: + + e{shelf}.{slot} + e{shelf}.{slot}p{part} + + ... so that "e0.2" is the third blade from the left (slot 2) in the + first shelf (shelf address zero). That's the whole disk. The first + partition on that disk would be "e0.2p1". + +USING SYSFS + + Each aoe block device in /sys/block has the extra attributes of + state, mac, and netif. The state attribute is "up" when the device + is ready for I/O and "down" if detected but unusable. The + "down,closewait" state shows that the device is still open and + cannot come up again until it has been closed. + + The mac attribute is the ethernet address of the remote AoE device. + The netif attribute is the network interface on the localhost + through which we are communicating with the remote AoE device. + + There is a script in this directory that formats this information in + a convenient way. Users with aoetools should use the aoe-stat + command. + + root@makki root# sh Documentation/aoe/status.sh + e10.0 eth3 up + e10.1 eth3 up + e10.2 eth3 up + e10.3 eth3 up + e10.4 eth3 up + e10.5 eth3 up + e10.6 eth3 up + e10.7 eth3 up + e10.8 eth3 up + e10.9 eth3 up + e4.0 eth1 up + e4.1 eth1 up + e4.2 eth1 up + e4.3 eth1 up + e4.4 eth1 up + e4.5 eth1 up + e4.6 eth1 up + e4.7 eth1 up + e4.8 eth1 up + e4.9 eth1 up + + Use /sys/module/aoe/parameters/aoe_iflist (or better, the driver + option discussed below) instead of /dev/etherd/interfaces to limit + AoE traffic to the network interfaces in the given + whitespace-separated list. Unlike the old character device, the + sysfs entry can be read from as well as written to. + + It's helpful to trigger discovery after setting the list of allowed + interfaces. The aoetools package provides an aoe-discover script + for this purpose. You can also directly use the + /dev/etherd/discover special file described above. + +DRIVER OPTIONS + + There is a boot option for the built-in aoe driver and a + corresponding module parameter, aoe_iflist. Without this option, + all network interfaces may be used for ATA over Ethernet. Here is a + usage example for the module parameter. + + modprobe aoe_iflist="eth1 eth3" + + The aoe_deadsecs module parameter determines the maximum number of + seconds that the driver will wait for an AoE device to provide a + response to an AoE command. After aoe_deadsecs seconds have + elapsed, the AoE device will be marked as "down". A value of zero + is supported for testing purposes and makes the aoe driver keep + trying AoE commands forever. + + The aoe_maxout module parameter has a default of 128. This is the + maximum number of unresponded packets that will be sent to an AoE + target at one time. + + The aoe_dyndevs module parameter defaults to 1, meaning that the + driver will assign a block device minor number to a discovered AoE + target based on the order of its discovery. With dynamic minor + device numbers in use, a greater range of AoE shelf and slot + addresses can be supported. Users with udev will never have to + think about minor numbers. Using aoe_dyndevs=0 allows device nodes + to be pre-created using a static minor-number scheme with the + aoe-mkshelf script in the aoetools. diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/autoload.sh b/Documentation/aoe/autoload.sh new file mode 100644 index 000000000..815dff469 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/aoe/autoload.sh @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# set aoe to autoload by installing the +# aliases in /etc/modprobe.d/ + +f=/etc/modprobe.d/aoe.conf + +if test ! -r $f || test ! -w $f; then + echo "cannot configure $f for module autoloading" 1>&2 + exit 1 +fi + +grep major-152 $f >/dev/null +if [ $? = 1 ]; then + echo alias block-major-152 aoe >> $f + echo alias char-major-152 aoe >> $f +fi + diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/status.sh b/Documentation/aoe/status.sh new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eeec7baae --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/aoe/status.sh @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# collate and present sysfs information about AoE storage +# +# A more complete version of this script is aoe-stat, in the +# aoetools. + +set -e +format="%8s\t%8s\t%8s\n" +me=`basename $0` +sysd=${sysfs_dir:-/sys} + +# printf "$format" device mac netif state + +# Suse 9.1 Pro doesn't put /sys in /etc/mtab +#test -z "`mount | grep sysfs`" && { +test ! -d "$sysd/block" && { + echo "$me Error: sysfs is not mounted" 1>&2 + exit 1 +} + +for d in `ls -d $sysd/block/etherd* 2>/dev/null | grep -v p` end; do + # maybe ls comes up empty, so we use "end" + test $d = end && continue + + dev=`echo "$d" | sed 's/.*!//'` + printf "$format" \ + "$dev" \ + "`cat \"$d/netif\"`" \ + "`cat \"$d/state\"`" +done | sort diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/todo.txt b/Documentation/aoe/todo.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c09dfad4a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/aoe/todo.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +There is a potential for deadlock when allocating a struct sk_buff for +data that needs to be written out to aoe storage. If the data is +being written from a dirty page in order to free that page, and if +there are no other pages available, then deadlock may occur when a +free page is needed for the sk_buff allocation. This situation has +not been observed, but it would be nice to eliminate any potential for +deadlock under memory pressure. + +Because ATA over Ethernet is not fragmented by the kernel's IP code, +the destructor member of the struct sk_buff is available to the aoe +driver. By using a mempool for allocating all but the first few +sk_buffs, and by registering a destructor, we should be able to +efficiently allocate sk_buffs without introducing any potential for +deadlock. diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/udev-install.sh b/Documentation/aoe/udev-install.sh new file mode 100644 index 000000000..15e86f58c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/aoe/udev-install.sh @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +# install the aoe-specific udev rules from udev.txt into +# the system's udev configuration +# + +me="`basename $0`" + +# find udev.conf, often /etc/udev/udev.conf +# (or environment can specify where to find udev.conf) +# +if test -z "$conf"; then + if test -r /etc/udev/udev.conf; then + conf=/etc/udev/udev.conf + else + conf="`find /etc -type f -name udev.conf 2> /dev/null`" + if test -z "$conf" || test ! -r "$conf"; then + echo "$me Error: no udev.conf found" 1>&2 + exit 1 + fi + fi +fi + +# find the directory where udev rules are stored, often +# /etc/udev/rules.d +# +rules_d="`sed -n '/^udev_rules=/{ s!udev_rules=!!; s!\"!!g; p; }' $conf`" +if test -z "$rules_d" ; then + rules_d=/etc/udev/rules.d +fi +if test ! -d "$rules_d"; then + echo "$me Error: cannot find udev rules directory" 1>&2 + exit 1 +fi +sh -xc "cp `dirname $0`/udev.txt $rules_d/60-aoe.rules" diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/udev.txt b/Documentation/aoe/udev.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1f06daf03 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/aoe/udev.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# These rules tell udev what device nodes to create for aoe support. +# They may be installed along the following lines. Check the section +# 8 udev manpage to see whether your udev supports SUBSYSTEM, and +# whether it uses one or two equal signs for SUBSYSTEM and KERNEL. +# +# ecashin@makki ~$ su +# Password: +# bash# find /etc -type f -name udev.conf +# /etc/udev/udev.conf +# bash# grep udev_rules= /etc/udev/udev.conf +# udev_rules="/etc/udev/rules.d/" +# bash# ls /etc/udev/rules.d/ +# 10-wacom.rules 50-udev.rules +# bash# cp /path/to/linux-2.6.xx/Documentation/aoe/udev.txt \ +# /etc/udev/rules.d/60-aoe.rules +# + +# aoe char devices +SUBSYSTEM=="aoe", KERNEL=="discover", NAME="etherd/%k", GROUP="disk", MODE="0220" +SUBSYSTEM=="aoe", KERNEL=="err", NAME="etherd/%k", GROUP="disk", MODE="0440" +SUBSYSTEM=="aoe", KERNEL=="interfaces", NAME="etherd/%k", GROUP="disk", MODE="0220" +SUBSYSTEM=="aoe", KERNEL=="revalidate", NAME="etherd/%k", GROUP="disk", MODE="0220" +SUBSYSTEM=="aoe", KERNEL=="flush", NAME="etherd/%k", GROUP="disk", MODE="0220" + +# aoe block devices +KERNEL=="etherd*", GROUP="disk" diff --git a/Documentation/applying-patches.txt b/Documentation/applying-patches.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77df55b02 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/applying-patches.txt @@ -0,0 +1,454 @@ + + Applying Patches To The Linux Kernel + ------------------------------------ + + Original by: Jesper Juhl, August 2005 + Last update: 2006-01-05 + + +A frequently asked question on the Linux Kernel Mailing List is how to apply +a patch to the kernel or, more specifically, what base kernel a patch for +one of the many trees/branches should be applied to. Hopefully this document +will explain this to you. + +In addition to explaining how to apply and revert patches, a brief +description of the different kernel trees (and examples of how to apply +their specific patches) is also provided. + + +What is a patch? +--- + A patch is a small text document containing a delta of changes between two +different versions of a source tree. Patches are created with the `diff' +program. +To correctly apply a patch you need to know what base it was generated from +and what new version the patch will change the source tree into. These +should both be present in the patch file metadata or be possible to deduce +from the filename. + + +How do I apply or revert a patch? +--- + You apply a patch with the `patch' program. The patch program reads a diff +(or patch) file and makes the changes to the source tree described in it. + +Patches for the Linux kernel are generated relative to the parent directory +holding the kernel source dir. + +This means that paths to files inside the patch file contain the name of the +kernel source directories it was generated against (or some other directory +names like "a/" and "b/"). +Since this is unlikely to match the name of the kernel source dir on your +local machine (but is often useful info to see what version an otherwise +unlabeled patch was generated against) you should change into your kernel +source directory and then strip the first element of the path from filenames +in the patch file when applying it (the -p1 argument to `patch' does this). + +To revert a previously applied patch, use the -R argument to patch. +So, if you applied a patch like this: + patch -p1 < ../patch-x.y.z + +You can revert (undo) it like this: + patch -R -p1 < ../patch-x.y.z + + +How do I feed a patch/diff file to `patch'? +--- + This (as usual with Linux and other UNIX like operating systems) can be +done in several different ways. +In all the examples below I feed the file (in uncompressed form) to patch +via stdin using the following syntax: + patch -p1 < path/to/patch-x.y.z + +If you just want to be able to follow the examples below and don't want to +know of more than one way to use patch, then you can stop reading this +section here. + +Patch can also get the name of the file to use via the -i argument, like +this: + patch -p1 -i path/to/patch-x.y.z + +If your patch file is compressed with gzip or bzip2 and you don't want to +uncompress it before applying it, then you can feed it to patch like this +instead: + zcat path/to/patch-x.y.z.gz | patch -p1 + bzcat path/to/patch-x.y.z.bz2 | patch -p1 + +If you wish to uncompress the patch file by hand first before applying it +(what I assume you've done in the examples below), then you simply run +gunzip or bunzip2 on the file -- like this: + gunzip patch-x.y.z.gz + bunzip2 patch-x.y.z.bz2 + +Which will leave you with a plain text patch-x.y.z file that you can feed to +patch via stdin or the -i argument, as you prefer. + +A few other nice arguments for patch are -s which causes patch to be silent +except for errors which is nice to prevent errors from scrolling out of the +screen too fast, and --dry-run which causes patch to just print a listing of +what would happen, but doesn't actually make any changes. Finally --verbose +tells patch to print more information about the work being done. + + +Common errors when patching +--- + When patch applies a patch file it attempts to verify the sanity of the +file in different ways. +Checking that the file looks like a valid patch file and checking the code +around the bits being modified matches the context provided in the patch are +just two of the basic sanity checks patch does. + +If patch encounters something that doesn't look quite right it has two +options. It can either refuse to apply the changes and abort or it can try +to find a way to make the patch apply with a few minor changes. + +One example of something that's not 'quite right' that patch will attempt to +fix up is if all the context matches, the lines being changed match, but the +line numbers are different. This can happen, for example, if the patch makes +a change in the middle of the file but for some reasons a few lines have +been added or removed near the beginning of the file. In that case +everything looks good it has just moved up or down a bit, and patch will +usually adjust the line numbers and apply the patch. + +Whenever patch applies a patch that it had to modify a bit to make it fit +it'll tell you about it by saying the patch applied with 'fuzz'. +You should be wary of such changes since even though patch probably got it +right it doesn't /always/ get it right, and the result will sometimes be +wrong. + +When patch encounters a change that it can't fix up with fuzz it rejects it +outright and leaves a file with a .rej extension (a reject file). You can +read this file to see exactly what change couldn't be applied, so you can +go fix it up by hand if you wish. + +If you don't have any third-party patches applied to your kernel source, but +only patches from kernel.org and you apply the patches in the correct order, +and have made no modifications yourself to the source files, then you should +never see a fuzz or reject message from patch. If you do see such messages +anyway, then there's a high risk that either your local source tree or the +patch file is corrupted in some way. In that case you should probably try +re-downloading the patch and if things are still not OK then you'd be advised +to start with a fresh tree downloaded in full from kernel.org. + +Let's look a bit more at some of the messages patch can produce. + +If patch stops and presents a "File to patch:" prompt, then patch could not +find a file to be patched. Most likely you forgot to specify -p1 or you are +in the wrong directory. Less often, you'll find patches that need to be +applied with -p0 instead of -p1 (reading the patch file should reveal if +this is the case -- if so, then this is an error by the person who created +the patch but is not fatal). + +If you get "Hunk #2 succeeded at 1887 with fuzz 2 (offset 7 lines)." or a +message similar to that, then it means that patch had to adjust the location +of the change (in this example it needed to move 7 lines from where it +expected to make the change to make it fit). +The resulting file may or may not be OK, depending on the reason the file +was different than expected. +This often happens if you try to apply a patch that was generated against a +different kernel version than the one you are trying to patch. + +If you get a message like "Hunk #3 FAILED at 2387.", then it means that the +patch could not be applied correctly and the patch program was unable to +fuzz its way through. This will generate a .rej file with the change that +caused the patch to fail and also a .orig file showing you the original +content that couldn't be changed. + +If you get "Reversed (or previously applied) patch detected! Assume -R? [n]" +then patch detected that the change contained in the patch seems to have +already been made. +If you actually did apply this patch previously and you just re-applied it +in error, then just say [n]o and abort this patch. If you applied this patch +previously and actually intended to revert it, but forgot to specify -R, +then you can say [y]es here to make patch revert it for you. +This can also happen if the creator of the patch reversed the source and +destination directories when creating the patch, and in that case reverting +the patch will in fact apply it. + +A message similar to "patch: **** unexpected end of file in patch" or "patch +unexpectedly ends in middle of line" means that patch could make no sense of +the file you fed to it. Either your download is broken, you tried to feed +patch a compressed patch file without uncompressing it first, or the patch +file that you are using has been mangled by a mail client or mail transfer +agent along the way somewhere, e.g., by splitting a long line into two lines. +Often these warnings can easily be fixed by joining (concatenating) the +two lines that had been split. + +As I already mentioned above, these errors should never happen if you apply +a patch from kernel.org to the correct version of an unmodified source tree. +So if you get these errors with kernel.org patches then you should probably +assume that either your patch file or your tree is broken and I'd advise you +to start over with a fresh download of a full kernel tree and the patch you +wish to apply. + + +Are there any alternatives to `patch'? +--- + Yes there are alternatives. + + You can use the `interdiff' program (http://cyberelk.net/tim/patchutils/) to +generate a patch representing the differences between two patches and then +apply the result. +This will let you move from something like 2.6.12.2 to 2.6.12.3 in a single +step. The -z flag to interdiff will even let you feed it patches in gzip or +bzip2 compressed form directly without the use of zcat or bzcat or manual +decompression. + +Here's how you'd go from 2.6.12.2 to 2.6.12.3 in a single step: + interdiff -z ../patch-2.6.12.2.bz2 ../patch-2.6.12.3.gz | patch -p1 + +Although interdiff may save you a step or two you are generally advised to +do the additional steps since interdiff can get things wrong in some cases. + + Another alternative is `ketchup', which is a python script for automatic +downloading and applying of patches (http://www.selenic.com/ketchup/). + + Other nice tools are diffstat, which shows a summary of changes made by a +patch; lsdiff, which displays a short listing of affected files in a patch +file, along with (optionally) the line numbers of the start of each patch; +and grepdiff, which displays a list of the files modified by a patch where +the patch contains a given regular expression. + + +Where can I download the patches? +--- + The patches are available at http://kernel.org/ +Most recent patches are linked from the front page, but they also have +specific homes. + +The 2.6.x.y (-stable) and 2.6.x patches live at + ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v2.6/ + +The -rc patches live at + ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v2.6/testing/ + +The -git patches live at + ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v2.6/snapshots/ + +The -mm kernels live at + ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/akpm/patches/2.6/ + +In place of ftp.kernel.org you can use ftp.cc.kernel.org, where cc is a +country code. This way you'll be downloading from a mirror site that's most +likely geographically closer to you, resulting in faster downloads for you, +less bandwidth used globally and less load on the main kernel.org servers -- +these are good things, so do use mirrors when possible. + + +The 2.6.x kernels +--- + These are the base stable releases released by Linus. The highest numbered +release is the most recent. + +If regressions or other serious flaws are found, then a -stable fix patch +will be released (see below) on top of this base. Once a new 2.6.x base +kernel is released, a patch is made available that is a delta between the +previous 2.6.x kernel and the new one. + +To apply a patch moving from 2.6.11 to 2.6.12, you'd do the following (note +that such patches do *NOT* apply on top of 2.6.x.y kernels but on top of the +base 2.6.x kernel -- if you need to move from 2.6.x.y to 2.6.x+1 you need to +first revert the 2.6.x.y patch). + +Here are some examples: + +# moving from 2.6.11 to 2.6.12 +$ cd ~/linux-2.6.11 # change to kernel source dir +$ patch -p1 < ../patch-2.6.12 # apply the 2.6.12 patch +$ cd .. +$ mv linux-2.6.11 linux-2.6.12 # rename source dir + +# moving from 2.6.11.1 to 2.6.12 +$ cd ~/linux-2.6.11.1 # change to kernel source dir +$ patch -p1 -R < ../patch-2.6.11.1 # revert the 2.6.11.1 patch + # source dir is now 2.6.11 +$ patch -p1 < ../patch-2.6.12 # apply new 2.6.12 patch +$ cd .. +$ mv linux-2.6.11.1 linux-2.6.12 # rename source dir + + +The 2.6.x.y kernels +--- + Kernels with 4-digit versions are -stable kernels. They contain small(ish) +critical fixes for security problems or significant regressions discovered +in a given 2.6.x kernel. + +This is the recommended branch for users who want the most recent stable +kernel and are not interested in helping test development/experimental +versions. + +If no 2.6.x.y kernel is available, then the highest numbered 2.6.x kernel is +the current stable kernel. + + note: the -stable team usually do make incremental patches available as well + as patches against the latest mainline release, but I only cover the + non-incremental ones below. The incremental ones can be found at + ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v2.6/incr/ + +These patches are not incremental, meaning that for example the 2.6.12.3 +patch does not apply on top of the 2.6.12.2 kernel source, but rather on top +of the base 2.6.12 kernel source . +So, in order to apply the 2.6.12.3 patch to your existing 2.6.12.2 kernel +source you have to first back out the 2.6.12.2 patch (so you are left with a +base 2.6.12 kernel source) and then apply the new 2.6.12.3 patch. + +Here's a small example: + +$ cd ~/linux-2.6.12.2 # change into the kernel source dir +$ patch -p1 -R < ../patch-2.6.12.2 # revert the 2.6.12.2 patch +$ patch -p1 < ../patch-2.6.12.3 # apply the new 2.6.12.3 patch +$ cd .. +$ mv linux-2.6.12.2 linux-2.6.12.3 # rename the kernel source dir + + +The -rc kernels +--- + These are release-candidate kernels. These are development kernels released +by Linus whenever he deems the current git (the kernel's source management +tool) tree to be in a reasonably sane state adequate for testing. + +These kernels are not stable and you should expect occasional breakage if +you intend to run them. This is however the most stable of the main +development branches and is also what will eventually turn into the next +stable kernel, so it is important that it be tested by as many people as +possible. + +This is a good branch to run for people who want to help out testing +development kernels but do not want to run some of the really experimental +stuff (such people should see the sections about -git and -mm kernels below). + +The -rc patches are not incremental, they apply to a base 2.6.x kernel, just +like the 2.6.x.y patches described above. The kernel version before the -rcN +suffix denotes the version of the kernel that this -rc kernel will eventually +turn into. +So, 2.6.13-rc5 means that this is the fifth release candidate for the 2.6.13 +kernel and the patch should be applied on top of the 2.6.12 kernel source. + +Here are 3 examples of how to apply these patches: + +# first an example of moving from 2.6.12 to 2.6.13-rc3 +$ cd ~/linux-2.6.12 # change into the 2.6.12 source dir +$ patch -p1 < ../patch-2.6.13-rc3 # apply the 2.6.13-rc3 patch +$ cd .. +$ mv linux-2.6.12 linux-2.6.13-rc3 # rename the source dir + +# now let's move from 2.6.13-rc3 to 2.6.13-rc5 +$ cd ~/linux-2.6.13-rc3 # change into the 2.6.13-rc3 dir +$ patch -p1 -R < ../patch-2.6.13-rc3 # revert the 2.6.13-rc3 patch +$ patch -p1 < ../patch-2.6.13-rc5 # apply the new 2.6.13-rc5 patch +$ cd .. +$ mv linux-2.6.13-rc3 linux-2.6.13-rc5 # rename the source dir + +# finally let's try and move from 2.6.12.3 to 2.6.13-rc5 +$ cd ~/linux-2.6.12.3 # change to the kernel source dir +$ patch -p1 -R < ../patch-2.6.12.3 # revert the 2.6.12.3 patch +$ patch -p1 < ../patch-2.6.13-rc5 # apply new 2.6.13-rc5 patch +$ cd .. +$ mv linux-2.6.12.3 linux-2.6.13-rc5 # rename the kernel source dir + + +The -git kernels +--- + These are daily snapshots of Linus' kernel tree (managed in a git +repository, hence the name). + +These patches are usually released daily and represent the current state of +Linus's tree. They are more experimental than -rc kernels since they are +generated automatically without even a cursory glance to see if they are +sane. + +-git patches are not incremental and apply either to a base 2.6.x kernel or +a base 2.6.x-rc kernel -- you can see which from their name. +A patch named 2.6.12-git1 applies to the 2.6.12 kernel source and a patch +named 2.6.13-rc3-git2 applies to the source of the 2.6.13-rc3 kernel. + +Here are some examples of how to apply these patches: + +# moving from 2.6.12 to 2.6.12-git1 +$ cd ~/linux-2.6.12 # change to the kernel source dir +$ patch -p1 < ../patch-2.6.12-git1 # apply the 2.6.12-git1 patch +$ cd .. +$ mv linux-2.6.12 linux-2.6.12-git1 # rename the kernel source dir + +# moving from 2.6.12-git1 to 2.6.13-rc2-git3 +$ cd ~/linux-2.6.12-git1 # change to the kernel source dir +$ patch -p1 -R < ../patch-2.6.12-git1 # revert the 2.6.12-git1 patch + # we now have a 2.6.12 kernel +$ patch -p1 < ../patch-2.6.13-rc2 # apply the 2.6.13-rc2 patch + # the kernel is now 2.6.13-rc2 +$ patch -p1 < ../patch-2.6.13-rc2-git3 # apply the 2.6.13-rc2-git3 patch + # the kernel is now 2.6.13-rc2-git3 +$ cd .. +$ mv linux-2.6.12-git1 linux-2.6.13-rc2-git3 # rename source dir + + +The -mm kernels +--- + These are experimental kernels released by Andrew Morton. + +The -mm tree serves as a sort of proving ground for new features and other +experimental patches. +Once a patch has proved its worth in -mm for a while Andrew pushes it on to +Linus for inclusion in mainline. + +Although it's encouraged that patches flow to Linus via the -mm tree, this +is not always enforced. +Subsystem maintainers (or individuals) sometimes push their patches directly +to Linus, even though (or after) they have been merged and tested in -mm (or +sometimes even without prior testing in -mm). + +You should generally strive to get your patches into mainline via -mm to +ensure maximum testing. + +This branch is in constant flux and contains many experimental features, a +lot of debugging patches not appropriate for mainline etc., and is the most +experimental of the branches described in this document. + +These kernels are not appropriate for use on systems that are supposed to be +stable and they are more risky to run than any of the other branches (make +sure you have up-to-date backups -- that goes for any experimental kernel but +even more so for -mm kernels). + +These kernels in addition to all the other experimental patches they contain +usually also contain any changes in the mainline -git kernels available at +the time of release. + +Testing of -mm kernels is greatly appreciated since the whole point of the +tree is to weed out regressions, crashes, data corruption bugs, build +breakage (and any other bug in general) before changes are merged into the +more stable mainline Linus tree. +But testers of -mm should be aware that breakage in this tree is more common +than in any other tree. + +The -mm kernels are not released on a fixed schedule, but usually a few -mm +kernels are released in between each -rc kernel (1 to 3 is common). +The -mm kernels apply to either a base 2.6.x kernel (when no -rc kernels +have been released yet) or to a Linus -rc kernel. + +Here are some examples of applying the -mm patches: + +# moving from 2.6.12 to 2.6.12-mm1 +$ cd ~/linux-2.6.12 # change to the 2.6.12 source dir +$ patch -p1 < ../2.6.12-mm1 # apply the 2.6.12-mm1 patch +$ cd .. +$ mv linux-2.6.12 linux-2.6.12-mm1 # rename the source appropriately + +# moving from 2.6.12-mm1 to 2.6.13-rc3-mm3 +$ cd ~/linux-2.6.12-mm1 +$ patch -p1 -R < ../2.6.12-mm1 # revert the 2.6.12-mm1 patch + # we now have a 2.6.12 source +$ patch -p1 < ../patch-2.6.13-rc3 # apply the 2.6.13-rc3 patch + # we now have a 2.6.13-rc3 source +$ patch -p1 < ../2.6.13-rc3-mm3 # apply the 2.6.13-rc3-mm3 patch +$ cd .. +$ mv linux-2.6.12-mm1 linux-2.6.13-rc3-mm3 # rename the source dir + + +This concludes this list of explanations of the various kernel trees. +I hope you are now clear on how to apply the various patches and help testing +the kernel. + +Thank you's to Randy Dunlap, Rolf Eike Beer, Linus Torvalds, Bodo Eggert, +Johannes Stezenbach, Grant Coady, Pavel Machek and others that I may have +forgotten for their reviews and contributions to this document. + diff --git a/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX b/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dea011c8d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +00-INDEX + - this file +Booting + - requirements for booting +CCN.txt + - Cache Coherent Network ring-bus and perf PMU driver. +Interrupts + - ARM Interrupt subsystem documentation +IXP4xx + - Intel IXP4xx Network processor. +Makefile + - Build sourcefiles as part of the Documentation-build for arm +Netwinder + - Netwinder specific documentation +Porting + - Symbol definitions for porting Linux to a new ARM machine. +Setup + - Kernel initialization parameters on ARM Linux +README + - General ARM documentation +SA1100/ + - SA1100 documentation +Samsung-S3C24XX/ + - S3C24XX ARM Linux Overview +SPEAr/ + - ST SPEAr platform Linux Overview +VFP/ + - Release notes for Linux Kernel Vector Floating Point support code +cluster-pm-race-avoidance.txt + - Algorithm for CPU and Cluster setup/teardown +empeg/ + - Ltd's Empeg MP3 Car Audio Player +firmware.txt + - Secure firmware registration and calling. +kernel_mode_neon.txt + - How to use NEON instructions in kernel mode +kernel_user_helpers.txt + - Helper functions in kernel space made available for userspace. +mem_alignment + - alignment abort handler documentation +memory.txt + - description of the virtual memory layout +nwfpe/ + - NWFPE floating point emulator documentation +swp_emulation + - SWP/SWPB emulation handler/logging description +tcm.txt + - ARM Tightly Coupled Memory +uefi.txt + - [U]EFI configuration and runtime services documentation +vlocks.txt + - Voting locks, low-level mechanism relying on memory system atomic writes. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Atmel/README b/Documentation/arm/Atmel/README new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c53a19b4a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/Atmel/README @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +ARM Atmel SoCs (aka AT91) +========================= + + +Introduction +------------ +This document gives useful information about the ARM Atmel SoCs that are +currently supported in Linux Mainline (you know, the one on kernel.org). + +It is important to note that the Atmel | SMART ARM-based MPU product line is +historically named "AT91" or "at91" throughout the Linux kernel development +process even if this product prefix has completely disappeared from the +official Atmel product name. Anyway, files, directories, git trees, +git branches/tags and email subject always contain this "at91" sub-string. + + +AT91 SoCs +--------- +Documentation and detailled datasheet for each product are available on +the Atmel website: http://www.atmel.com. + + Flavors: + * ARM 920 based SoC + - at91rm9200 + + Datasheet + http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc1768.pdf + + * ARM 926 based SoCs + - at91sam9260 + + Datasheet + http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc6221.pdf + + - at91sam9xe + + Datasheet + http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-6254-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9XE_Datasheet.pdf + + - at91sam9261 + + Datasheet + http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc6062.pdf + + - at91sam9263 + + Datasheet + http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel_6249_32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Microcontroller_SAM9263_Datasheet.pdf + + - at91sam9rl + + Datasheet + http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc6289.pdf + + - at91sam9g20 + + Datasheet + http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc6384.pdf + + - at91sam9g45 family + - at91sam9g45 + - at91sam9g46 + - at91sam9m10 + - at91sam9m11 (device superset) + + Datasheet + http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-6437-32-bit-ARM926-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9M11_Datasheet.pdf + + - at91sam9x5 family (aka "The 5 series") + - at91sam9g15 + - at91sam9g25 + - at91sam9g35 + - at91sam9x25 + - at91sam9x35 + + Datasheet (can be considered as covering the whole family) + http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel_11055_32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Microcontroller_SAM9X35_Datasheet.pdf + + - at91sam9n12 + + Datasheet + http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel_11063_32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Microcontroller_SAM9N12CN11CN12_Datasheet.pdf + + * ARM Cortex-A5 based SoCs + - sama5d3 family + - sama5d31 + - sama5d33 + - sama5d34 + - sama5d35 + - sama5d36 (device superset) + + Datasheet + http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-11121-32-bit-Cortex-A5-Microcontroller-SAMA5D3_Datasheet.pdf + + * ARM Cortex-A5 + NEON based SoCs + - sama5d4 family + - sama5d41 + - sama5d42 + - sama5d43 + - sama5d44 (device superset) + + Datasheet + http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-11238-32-bit-Cortex-A5-Microcontroller-SAMA5D4_Datasheet.pdf + + +Linux kernel information +------------------------ +Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-at91 +MAINTAINERS entry is: "ARM/ATMEL AT91RM9200 AND AT91SAM ARM ARCHITECTURES" + + +Device Tree for AT91 SoCs and boards +------------------------------------ +All AT91 SoCs are converted to Device Tree. Since Linux 3.19, these products +must use this method to boot the Linux kernel. + +Work In Progress statement: +Device Tree files and Device Tree bindings that apply to AT91 SoCs and boards are +considered as "Unstable". To be completely clear, any at91 binding can change at +any time. So, be sure to use a Device Tree Binary and a Kernel Image generated from +the same source tree. +Please refer to the Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ABI.txt file for a +definition of a "Stable" binding/ABI. +This statement will be removed by AT91 MAINTAINERS when appropriate. + +Naming conventions and best practice: +- SoCs Device Tree Source Include files are named after the official name of + the product (at91sam9g20.dtsi or sama5d33.dtsi for instance). +- Device Tree Source Include files (.dtsi) are used to collect common nodes that can be + shared across SoCs or boards (sama5d3.dtsi or at91sam9x5cm.dtsi for instance). + When collecting nodes for a particular peripheral or topic, the identifier have to + be placed at the end of the file name, separated with a "_" (at91sam9x5_can.dtsi + or sama5d3_gmac.dtsi for example). +- board Device Tree Source files (.dts) are prefixed by the string "at91-" so + that they can be identified easily. Note that some files are historical exceptions + to this rule (sama5d3[13456]ek.dts, usb_a9g20.dts or animeo_ip.dts for example). diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Booting b/Documentation/arm/Booting new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83c1df2fc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/Booting @@ -0,0 +1,218 @@ + Booting ARM Linux + ================= + +Author: Russell King +Date : 18 May 2002 + +The following documentation is relevant to 2.4.18-rmk6 and beyond. + +In order to boot ARM Linux, you require a boot loader, which is a small +program that runs before the main kernel. The boot loader is expected +to initialise various devices, and eventually call the Linux kernel, +passing information to the kernel. + +Essentially, the boot loader should provide (as a minimum) the +following: + +1. Setup and initialise the RAM. +2. Initialise one serial port. +3. Detect the machine type. +4. Setup the kernel tagged list. +5. Load initramfs. +6. Call the kernel image. + + +1. Setup and initialise RAM +--------------------------- + +Existing boot loaders: MANDATORY +New boot loaders: MANDATORY + +The boot loader is expected to find and initialise all RAM that the +kernel will use for volatile data storage in the system. It performs +this in a machine dependent manner. (It may use internal algorithms +to automatically locate and size all RAM, or it may use knowledge of +the RAM in the machine, or any other method the boot loader designer +sees fit.) + + +2. Initialise one serial port +----------------------------- + +Existing boot loaders: OPTIONAL, RECOMMENDED +New boot loaders: OPTIONAL, RECOMMENDED + +The boot loader should initialise and enable one serial port on the +target. This allows the kernel serial driver to automatically detect +which serial port it should use for the kernel console (generally +used for debugging purposes, or communication with the target.) + +As an alternative, the boot loader can pass the relevant 'console=' +option to the kernel via the tagged lists specifying the port, and +serial format options as described in + + Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt. + + +3. Detect the machine type +-------------------------- + +Existing boot loaders: OPTIONAL +New boot loaders: MANDATORY except for DT-only platforms + +The boot loader should detect the machine type its running on by some +method. Whether this is a hard coded value or some algorithm that +looks at the connected hardware is beyond the scope of this document. +The boot loader must ultimately be able to provide a MACH_TYPE_xxx +value to the kernel. (see linux/arch/arm/tools/mach-types). This +should be passed to the kernel in register r1. + +For DT-only platforms, the machine type will be determined by device +tree. set the machine type to all ones (~0). This is not strictly +necessary, but assures that it will not match any existing types. + +4. Setup boot data +------------------ + +Existing boot loaders: OPTIONAL, HIGHLY RECOMMENDED +New boot loaders: MANDATORY + +The boot loader must provide either a tagged list or a dtb image for +passing configuration data to the kernel. The physical address of the +boot data is passed to the kernel in register r2. + +4a. Setup the kernel tagged list +-------------------------------- + +The boot loader must create and initialise the kernel tagged list. +A valid tagged list starts with ATAG_CORE and ends with ATAG_NONE. +The ATAG_CORE tag may or may not be empty. An empty ATAG_CORE tag +has the size field set to '2' (0x00000002). The ATAG_NONE must set +the size field to zero. + +Any number of tags can be placed in the list. It is undefined +whether a repeated tag appends to the information carried by the +previous tag, or whether it replaces the information in its +entirety; some tags behave as the former, others the latter. + +The boot loader must pass at a minimum the size and location of +the system memory, and root filesystem location. Therefore, the +minimum tagged list should look: + + +-----------+ +base -> | ATAG_CORE | | + +-----------+ | + | ATAG_MEM | | increasing address + +-----------+ | + | ATAG_NONE | | + +-----------+ v + +The tagged list should be stored in system RAM. + +The tagged list must be placed in a region of memory where neither +the kernel decompressor nor initrd 'bootp' program will overwrite +it. The recommended placement is in the first 16KiB of RAM. + +4b. Setup the device tree +------------------------- + +The boot loader must load a device tree image (dtb) into system ram +at a 64bit aligned address and initialize it with the boot data. The +dtb format is documented in Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt. +The kernel will look for the dtb magic value of 0xd00dfeed at the dtb +physical address to determine if a dtb has been passed instead of a +tagged list. + +The boot loader must pass at a minimum the size and location of the +system memory, and the root filesystem location. The dtb must be +placed in a region of memory where the kernel decompressor will not +overwrite it, whilst remaining within the region which will be covered +by the kernel's low-memory mapping. + +A safe location is just above the 128MiB boundary from start of RAM. + +5. Load initramfs. +------------------ + +Existing boot loaders: OPTIONAL +New boot loaders: OPTIONAL + +If an initramfs is in use then, as with the dtb, it must be placed in +a region of memory where the kernel decompressor will not overwrite it +while also with the region which will be covered by the kernel's +low-memory mapping. + +A safe location is just above the device tree blob which itself will +be loaded just above the 128MiB boundary from the start of RAM as +recommended above. + +6. Calling the kernel image +--------------------------- + +Existing boot loaders: MANDATORY +New boot loaders: MANDATORY + +There are two options for calling the kernel zImage. If the zImage +is stored in flash, and is linked correctly to be run from flash, +then it is legal for the boot loader to call the zImage in flash +directly. + +The zImage may also be placed in system RAM and called there. The +kernel should be placed in the first 128MiB of RAM. It is recommended +that it is loaded above 32MiB in order to avoid the need to relocate +prior to decompression, which will make the boot process slightly +faster. + +When booting a raw (non-zImage) kernel the constraints are tighter. +In this case the kernel must be loaded at an offset into system equal +to TEXT_OFFSET - PAGE_OFFSET. + +In any case, the following conditions must be met: + +- Quiesce all DMA capable devices so that memory does not get + corrupted by bogus network packets or disk data. This will save + you many hours of debug. + +- CPU register settings + r0 = 0, + r1 = machine type number discovered in (3) above. + r2 = physical address of tagged list in system RAM, or + physical address of device tree block (dtb) in system RAM + +- CPU mode + All forms of interrupts must be disabled (IRQs and FIQs) + + For CPUs which do not include the ARM virtualization extensions, the + CPU must be in SVC mode. (A special exception exists for Angel) + + CPUs which include support for the virtualization extensions can be + entered in HYP mode in order to enable the kernel to make full use of + these extensions. This is the recommended boot method for such CPUs, + unless the virtualisations are already in use by a pre-installed + hypervisor. + + If the kernel is not entered in HYP mode for any reason, it must be + entered in SVC mode. + +- Caches, MMUs + The MMU must be off. + Instruction cache may be on or off. + Data cache must be off. + + If the kernel is entered in HYP mode, the above requirements apply to + the HYP mode configuration in addition to the ordinary PL1 (privileged + kernel modes) configuration. In addition, all traps into the + hypervisor must be disabled, and PL1 access must be granted for all + peripherals and CPU resources for which this is architecturally + possible. Except for entering in HYP mode, the system configuration + should be such that a kernel which does not include support for the + virtualization extensions can boot correctly without extra help. + +- The boot loader is expected to call the kernel image by jumping + directly to the first instruction of the kernel image. + + On CPUs supporting the ARM instruction set, the entry must be + made in ARM state, even for a Thumb-2 kernel. + + On CPUs supporting only the Thumb instruction set such as + Cortex-M class CPUs, the entry must be made in Thumb state. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/CCN.txt b/Documentation/arm/CCN.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0632b3aad --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/CCN.txt @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +ARM Cache Coherent Network +========================== + +CCN-504 is a ring-bus interconnect consisting of 11 crosspoints +(XPs), with each crosspoint supporting up to two device ports, +so nodes (devices) 0 and 1 are connected to crosspoint 0, +nodes 2 and 3 to crosspoint 1 etc. + +PMU (perf) driver +----------------- + +The CCN driver registers a perf PMU driver, which provides +description of available events and configuration options +in sysfs, see /sys/bus/event_source/devices/ccn*. + +The "format" directory describes format of the config, config1 +and config2 fields of the perf_event_attr structure. The "events" +directory provides configuration templates for all documented +events, that can be used with perf tool. For example "xp_valid_flit" +is an equivalent of "type=0x8,event=0x4". Other parameters must be +explicitly specified. For events originating from device, "node" +defines its index. All crosspoint events require "xp" (index), +"port" (device port number) and "vc" (virtual channel ID) and +"dir" (direction). Watchpoints (special "event" value 0xfe) also +require comparator values ("cmp_l" and "cmp_h") and "mask", being +index of the comparator mask. + +Masks are defined separately from the event description +(due to limited number of the config values) in the "cmp_mask" +directory, with first 8 configurable by user and additional +4 hardcoded for the most frequent use cases. + +Cycle counter is described by a "type" value 0xff and does +not require any other settings. + +Example of perf tool use: + +/ # perf list | grep ccn + ccn/cycles/ [Kernel PMU event] +<...> + ccn/xp_valid_flit/ [Kernel PMU event] +<...> + +/ # perf stat -C 0 -e ccn/cycles/,ccn/xp_valid_flit,xp=1,port=0,vc=1,dir=1/ \ + sleep 1 + +The driver does not support sampling, therefore "perf record" will +not work. Also notice that only single cpu is being selected +("-C 0") - this is because perf framework does not support +"non-CPU related" counters (yet?) so system-wide session ("-a") +would try (and in most cases fail) to set up the same event +per each CPU. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/IXP4xx b/Documentation/arm/IXP4xx new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e7331d5b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/IXP4xx @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ + +------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Release Notes for Linux on Intel's IXP4xx Network Processor + +Maintained by Deepak Saxena +------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +1. Overview + +Intel's IXP4xx network processor is a highly integrated SOC that +is targeted for network applications, though it has become popular +in industrial control and other areas due to low cost and power +consumption. The IXP4xx family currently consists of several processors +that support different network offload functions such as encryption, +routing, firewalling, etc. The IXP46x family is an updated version which +supports faster speeds, new memory and flash configurations, and more +integration such as an on-chip I2C controller. + +For more information on the various versions of the CPU, see: + + http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixp4xx.htm + +Intel also made the IXCP1100 CPU for sometime which is an IXP4xx +stripped of much of the network intelligence. + +2. Linux Support + +Linux currently supports the following features on the IXP4xx chips: + +- Dual serial ports +- PCI interface +- Flash access (MTD/JFFS) +- I2C through GPIO on IXP42x +- GPIO for input/output/interrupts + See arch/arm/mach-ixp4xx/include/mach/platform.h for access functions. +- Timers (watchdog, OS) + +The following components of the chips are not supported by Linux /*(DEBLOBBED)*/: + +- USB device interface +- Network interfaces (HSS, Utopia, NPEs, etc) +- Network offload functionality + +/*(DEBLOBBED)*/ + +DO NOT POST QUESTIONS TO THE LINUX MAILING LISTS REGARDING THE PROPRIETARY +SOFTWARE. + +There are several websites that provide directions/pointers on using +Intel's software: + + http://sourceforge.net/projects/ixp4xx-osdg/ + Open Source Developer's Guide for using uClinux and the Intel libraries + +http://gatewaymaker.sourceforge.net/ + Simple one page summary of building a gateway using an IXP425 and Linux + +http://ixp425.sourceforge.net/ + ATM device driver for IXP425 that relies on Intel's libraries + +3. Known Issues/Limitations + +3a. Limited inbound PCI window + +The IXP4xx family allows for up to 256MB of memory but the PCI interface +can only expose 64MB of that memory to the PCI bus. This means that if +you are running with > 64MB, all PCI buffers outside of the accessible +range will be bounced using the routines in arch/arm/common/dmabounce.c. + +3b. Limited outbound PCI window + +IXP4xx provides two methods of accessing PCI memory space: + +1) A direct mapped window from 0x48000000 to 0x4bffffff (64MB). + To access PCI via this space, we simply ioremap() the BAR + into the kernel and we can use the standard read[bwl]/write[bwl] + macros. This is the preffered method due to speed but it + limits the system to just 64MB of PCI memory. This can be + problamatic if using video cards and other memory-heavy devices. + +2) If > 64MB of memory space is required, the IXP4xx can be + configured to use indirect registers to access PCI This allows + for up to 128MB (0x48000000 to 0x4fffffff) of memory on the bus. + The disadvantage of this is that every PCI access requires + three local register accesses plus a spinlock, but in some + cases the performance hit is acceptable. In addition, you cannot + mmap() PCI devices in this case due to the indirect nature + of the PCI window. + +By default, the direct method is used for performance reasons. If +you need more PCI memory, enable the IXP4XX_INDIRECT_PCI config option. + +3c. GPIO as Interrupts + +Currently the code only handles level-sensitive GPIO interrupts + +4. Supported platforms + +ADI Engineering Coyote Gateway Reference Platform +http://www.adiengineering.com/productsCoyote.html + + The ADI Coyote platform is reference design for those building + small residential/office gateways. One NPE is connected to a 10/100 + interface, one to 4-port 10/100 switch, and the third to and ADSL + interface. In addition, it also supports to POTs interfaces connected + via SLICs. Note that those are not supported by Linux ATM. Finally, + the platform has two mini-PCI slots used for 802.11[bga] cards. + Finally, there is an IDE port hanging off the expansion bus. + +Gateworks Avila Network Platform +http://www.gateworks.com/support/overview.php + + The Avila platform is basically and IXDP425 with the 4 PCI slots + replaced with mini-PCI slots and a CF IDE interface hanging off + the expansion bus. + +Intel IXDP425 Development Platform +http://www.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixdpg425.htm + + This is Intel's standard reference platform for the IXDP425 and is + also known as the Richfield board. It contains 4 PCI slots, 16MB + of flash, two 10/100 ports and one ADSL port. + +Intel IXDP465 Development Platform +http://www.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixdp465.htm + + This is basically an IXDP425 with an IXP465 and 32M of flash instead + of just 16. + +Intel IXDPG425 Development Platform + + This is basically and ADI Coyote board with a NEC EHCI controller + added. One issue with this board is that the mini-PCI slots only + have the 3.3v line connected, so you can't use a PCI to mini-PCI + adapter with an E100 card. So to NFS root you need to use either + the CSR or a WiFi card and a ramdisk that BOOTPs and then does + a pivot_root to NFS. + +Motorola PrPMC1100 Processor Mezanine Card +http://www.fountainsys.com + + The PrPMC1100 is based on the IXCP1100 and is meant to plug into + and IXP2400/2800 system to act as the system controller. It simply + contains a CPU and 16MB of flash on the board and needs to be + plugged into a carrier board to function. Currently Linux only + supports the Motorola PrPMC carrier board for this platform. + +5. TODO LIST + +- Add support for Coyote IDE +- Add support for edge-based GPIO interrupts +- Add support for CF IDE on expansion bus + +6. Thanks + +The IXP4xx work has been funded by Intel Corp. and MontaVista Software, Inc. + +The following people have contributed patches/comments/etc: + +Lennerty Buytenhek +Lutz Jaenicke +Justin Mayfield +Robert E. Ranslam +[I know I've forgotten others, please email me to be added] + +------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Last Update: 01/04/2005 diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Interrupts b/Documentation/arm/Interrupts new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f09ab1b90 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/Interrupts @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +2.5.2-rmk5 +---------- + +This is the first kernel that contains a major shake up of some of the +major architecture-specific subsystems. + +Firstly, it contains some pretty major changes to the way we handle the +MMU TLB. Each MMU TLB variant is now handled completely separately - +we have TLB v3, TLB v4 (without write buffer), TLB v4 (with write buffer), +and finally TLB v4 (with write buffer, with I TLB invalidate entry). +There is more assembly code inside each of these functions, mainly to +allow more flexible TLB handling for the future. + +Secondly, the IRQ subsystem. + +The 2.5 kernels will be having major changes to the way IRQs are handled. +Unfortunately, this means that machine types that touch the irq_desc[] +array (basically all machine types) will break, and this means every +machine type that we currently have. + +Lets take an example. On the Assabet with Neponset, we have: + + GPIO25 IRR:2 + SA1100 ------------> Neponset -----------> SA1111 + IIR:1 + -----------> USAR + IIR:0 + -----------> SMC9196 + +The way stuff currently works, all SA1111 interrupts are mutually +exclusive of each other - if you're processing one interrupt from the +SA1111 and another comes in, you have to wait for that interrupt to +finish processing before you can service the new interrupt. Eg, an +IDE PIO-based interrupt on the SA1111 excludes all other SA1111 and +SMC9196 interrupts until it has finished transferring its multi-sector +data, which can be a long time. Note also that since we loop in the +SA1111 IRQ handler, SA1111 IRQs can hold off SMC9196 IRQs indefinitely. + + +The new approach brings several new ideas... + +We introduce the concept of a "parent" and a "child". For example, +to the Neponset handler, the "parent" is GPIO25, and the "children"d +are SA1111, SMC9196 and USAR. + +We also bring the idea of an IRQ "chip" (mainly to reduce the size of +the irqdesc array). This doesn't have to be a real "IC"; indeed the +SA11x0 IRQs are handled by two separate "chip" structures, one for +GPIO0-10, and another for all the rest. It is just a container for +the various operations (maybe this'll change to a better name). +This structure has the following operations: + +struct irqchip { + /* + * Acknowledge the IRQ. + * If this is a level-based IRQ, then it is expected to mask the IRQ + * as well. + */ + void (*ack)(unsigned int irq); + /* + * Mask the IRQ in hardware. + */ + void (*mask)(unsigned int irq); + /* + * Unmask the IRQ in hardware. + */ + void (*unmask)(unsigned int irq); + /* + * Re-run the IRQ + */ + void (*rerun)(unsigned int irq); + /* + * Set the type of the IRQ. + */ + int (*type)(unsigned int irq, unsigned int, type); +}; + +ack - required. May be the same function as mask for IRQs + handled by do_level_IRQ. +mask - required. +unmask - required. +rerun - optional. Not required if you're using do_level_IRQ for all + IRQs that use this 'irqchip'. Generally expected to re-trigger + the hardware IRQ if possible. If not, may call the handler + directly. +type - optional. If you don't support changing the type of an IRQ, + it should be null so people can detect if they are unable to + set the IRQ type. + +For each IRQ, we keep the following information: + + - "disable" depth (number of disable_irq()s without enable_irq()s) + - flags indicating what we can do with this IRQ (valid, probe, + noautounmask) as before + - status of the IRQ (probing, enable, etc) + - chip + - per-IRQ handler + - irqaction structure list + +The handler can be one of the 3 standard handlers - "level", "edge" and +"simple", or your own specific handler if you need to do something special. + +The "level" handler is what we currently have - its pretty simple. +"edge" knows about the brokenness of such IRQ implementations - that you +need to leave the hardware IRQ enabled while processing it, and queueing +further IRQ events should the IRQ happen again while processing. The +"simple" handler is very basic, and does not perform any hardware +manipulation, nor state tracking. This is useful for things like the +SMC9196 and USAR above. + +So, what's changed? + +1. Machine implementations must not write to the irqdesc array. + +2. New functions to manipulate the irqdesc array. The first 4 are expected + to be useful only to machine specific code. The last is recommended to + only be used by machine specific code, but may be used in drivers if + absolutely necessary. + + set_irq_chip(irq,chip) + + Set the mask/unmask methods for handling this IRQ + + set_irq_handler(irq,handler) + + Set the handler for this IRQ (level, edge, simple) + + set_irq_chained_handler(irq,handler) + + Set a "chained" handler for this IRQ - automatically + enables this IRQ (eg, Neponset and SA1111 handlers). + + set_irq_flags(irq,flags) + + Set the valid/probe/noautoenable flags. + + set_irq_type(irq,type) + + Set active the IRQ edge(s)/level. This replaces the + SA1111 INTPOL manipulation, and the set_GPIO_IRQ_edge() + function. Type should be one of IRQ_TYPE_xxx defined in + + +3. set_GPIO_IRQ_edge() is obsolete, and should be replaced by set_irq_type. + +4. Direct access to SA1111 INTPOL is deprecated. Use set_irq_type instead. + +5. A handler is expected to perform any necessary acknowledgement of the + parent IRQ via the correct chip specific function. For instance, if + the SA1111 is directly connected to a SA1110 GPIO, then you should + acknowledge the SA1110 IRQ each time you re-read the SA1111 IRQ status. + +6. For any child which doesn't have its own IRQ enable/disable controls + (eg, SMC9196), the handler must mask or acknowledge the parent IRQ + while the child handler is called, and the child handler should be the + "simple" handler (not "edge" nor "level"). After the handler completes, + the parent IRQ should be unmasked, and the status of all children must + be re-checked for pending events. (see the Neponset IRQ handler for + details). + +7. fixup_irq() is gone, as is arch/arm/mach-*/include/mach/irq.h + +Please note that this will not solve all problems - some of them are +hardware based. Mixing level-based and edge-based IRQs on the same +parent signal (eg neponset) is one such area where a software based +solution can't provide the full answer to low IRQ latency. + diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README b/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18a775d10 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ +ARM Marvell SoCs +================ + +This document lists all the ARM Marvell SoCs that are currently +supported in mainline by the Linux kernel. As the Marvell families of +SoCs are large and complex, it is hard to understand where the support +for a particular SoC is available in the Linux kernel. This document +tries to help in understanding where those SoCs are supported, and to +match them with their corresponding public datasheet, when available. + +Orion family +------------ + + Flavors: + 88F5082 + 88F5181 + 88F5181L + 88F5182 + Datasheet : http://www.embeddedarm.com/documentation/third-party/MV88F5182-datasheet.pdf + Programmer's User Guide : http://www.embeddedarm.com/documentation/third-party/MV88F5182-opensource-manual.pdf + User Manual : http://www.embeddedarm.com/documentation/third-party/MV88F5182-usermanual.pdf + 88F5281 + Datasheet : http://www.ocmodshop.com/images/reviews/networking/qnap_ts409u/marvel_88f5281_data_sheet.pdf + 88F6183 + Core: Feroceon ARMv5 compatible + Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-orion5x + Linux kernel plat directory: arch/arm/plat-orion + +Kirkwood family +--------------- + + Flavors: + 88F6282 a.k.a Armada 300 + Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/armada_310.pdf + 88F6283 a.k.a Armada 310 + Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/armada_310.pdf + 88F6190 + Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6190-003_WEB.pdf + Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F619x_OpenSource.pdf + Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf + 88F6192 + Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6192-003_ver1.pdf + Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F619x_OpenSource.pdf + Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf + 88F6182 + 88F6180 + Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6180-003_ver1.pdf + Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F6180_OpenSource.pdf + Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf + 88F6281 + Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6281-004_ver1.pdf + Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F6281_OpenSource.pdf + Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf + Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/ + Core: Feroceon ARMv5 compatible + Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-mvebu + Linux kernel plat directory: none + +Discovery family +---------------- + + Flavors: + MV78100 + Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/MV78100-003_WEB.pdf + Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/HW_MV78100_OpenSource.pdf + Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/FS_MV76100_78100_78200_OpenSource.pdf + MV78200 + Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/MV78200-002_WEB.pdf + Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/HW_MV78200_OpenSource.pdf + Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/FS_MV76100_78100_78200_OpenSource.pdf + MV76100 + Not supported by the Linux kernel. + + Core: Feroceon ARMv5 compatible + + Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-mv78xx0 + Linux kernel plat directory: arch/arm/plat-orion + +EBU Armada family +----------------- + + Armada 370 Flavors: + 88F6710 + 88F6707 + 88F6W11 + Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/Marvell_ARMADA_370_SoC.pdf + Hardware Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA370-datasheet.pdf + Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA370-FunctionalSpec-datasheet.pdf + + Armada 375 Flavors: + 88F6720 + Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA_375_SoC-01_product_brief.pdf + + Armada 380/385 Flavors: + 88F6810 + 88F6820 + 88F6828 + + Armada 390/398 Flavors: + 88F6920 + 88F6928 + Product infos: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-39x/ + + Armada XP Flavors: + MV78230 + MV78260 + MV78460 + NOTE: not to be confused with the non-SMP 78xx0 SoCs + Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/Marvell-ArmadaXP-SoC-product%20brief.pdf + Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/ARMADA-XP-Functional-SpecDatasheet.pdf + Hardware Specs: + http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78230_OS.PDF + http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78260_OS.PDF + http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78460_OS.PDF + + Core: Sheeva ARMv7 compatible + + Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-mvebu + Linux kernel plat directory: none + +Avanta family +------------- + + Flavors: + 88F6510 + 88F6530P + 88F6550 + 88F6560 + Homepage : http://www.marvell.com/broadband/ + Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/broadband/assets/Marvell_Avanta_88F6510_305_060-001_product_brief.pdf + No public datasheet available. + + Core: ARMv5 compatible + + Linux kernel mach directory: no code in mainline yet, planned for the future + Linux kernel plat directory: no code in mainline yet, planned for the future + +Dove family (application processor) +----------------------------------- + + Flavors: + 88AP510 a.k.a Armada 510 + Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Marvell_Armada510_SoC.pdf + Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Armada-510-Hardware-Spec.pdf + Functional Spec : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Armada-510-Functional-Spec.pdf + Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/ + Core: ARMv7 compatible + + Directory: arch/arm/mach-mvebu (DT enabled platforms) + arch/arm/mach-dove (non-DT enabled platforms) + +PXA 2xx/3xx/93x/95x family +-------------------------- + + Flavors: + PXA21x, PXA25x, PXA26x + Application processor only + Core: ARMv5 XScale core + PXA270, PXA271, PXA272 + Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_pb.pdf + Design guide : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_design_guide.pdf + Developers manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_dev_man.pdf + Specification : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_emts.pdf + Specification update : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_spec_update.pdf + Application processor only + Core: ARMv5 XScale core + PXA300, PXA310, PXA320 + PXA 300 Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA300_PB_R4.pdf + PXA 310 Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA310_PB_R4.pdf + PXA 320 Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA320_PB_R4.pdf + Design guide : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Design_Guide.pdf + Developers manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Developers_Manual.zip + Specifications : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_EMTS.pdf + Specification Update : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Spec_Update.zip + Reference Manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_TavorP_BootROM_Ref_Manual.pdf + Application processor only + Core: ARMv5 XScale core + PXA930, PXA935 + Application processor with Communication processor + Core: ARMv5 XScale core + PXA955 + Application processor with Communication processor + Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 core + + Comments: + + * This line of SoCs originates from the XScale family developed by + Intel and acquired by Marvell in ~2006. The PXA21x, PXA25x, + PXA26x, PXA27x, PXA3xx and PXA93x were developed by Intel, while + the later PXA95x were developed by Marvell. + + * Due to their XScale origin, these SoCs have virtually nothing in + common with the other (Kirkwood, Dove, etc.) families of Marvell + SoCs, except with the MMP/MMP2 family of SoCs. + + Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-pxa + Linux kernel plat directory: arch/arm/plat-pxa + +MMP/MMP2 family (communication processor) +----------------------------------------- + + Flavors: + PXA168, a.k.a Armada 168 + Homepage : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/armada-168.jsp + Product brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/pxa_168_pb.pdf + Hardware manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_datasheet.pdf + Software manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_software_manual.pdf + Specification update : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/ARMADA16x_Spec_update.pdf + Boot ROM manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_ref_manual.pdf + App node package : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_app_note_package.pdf + Application processor only + Core: ARMv5 compatible Marvell PJ1 (Mohawk) + PXA910 + Homepage : http://www.marvell.com/communication-processors/pxa910/ + Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/communication-processors/pxa910/assets/Marvell_PXA910_Platform-001_PB_final.pdf + Application processor with Communication processor + Core: ARMv5 compatible Marvell PJ1 (Mohawk) + MMP2, a.k.a Armada 610 + Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-600/assets/armada610_pb.pdf + Application processor only + Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 core + + Comments: + + * This line of SoCs originates from the XScale family developed by + Intel and acquired by Marvell in ~2006. All the processors of + this MMP/MMP2 family were developed by Marvell. + + * Due to their XScale origin, these SoCs have virtually nothing in + common with the other (Kirkwood, Dove, etc.) families of Marvell + SoCs, except with the PXA family of SoCs listed above. + + Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-mmp + Linux kernel plat directory: arch/arm/plat-pxa + +Berlin family (Digital Entertainment) +------------------------------------- + + Flavors: + 88DE3005, Armada 1500-mini + Design name: BG2CD + Core: ARM Cortex-A9, PL310 L2CC + Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/digital-entertainment/armada-1500-mini/ + 88DE3100, Armada 1500 + Design name: BG2 + Core: Marvell PJ4B (ARMv7), Tauros3 L2CC + Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/digital-entertainment/armada-1500/ + Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/digital-entertainment/armada-1500/assets/Marvell-ARMADA-1500-Product-Brief.pdf + 88DE3114, Armada 1500 Pro + Design name: BG2-Q + Core: Quad Core ARM Cortex-A9, PL310 L2CC + Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/digital-entertainment/armada-1500-pro/ + Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/digital-entertainment/armada-1500-pro/assets/Marvell_ARMADA_1500_PRO-01_product_brief.pdf + 88DE???? + Design name: BG3 + Core: ARM Cortex-A15, CA15 integrated L2CC + + Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/digital-entertainment/ + Directory: arch/arm/mach-berlin + + Comments: + * This line of SoCs is based on Marvell Sheeva or ARM Cortex CPUs + with Synopsys DesignWare (IRQ, GPIO, Timers, ...) and PXA IP (SDHCI, USB, ETH, ...). + +Long-term plans +--------------- + + * Unify the mach-dove/, mach-mv78xx0/, mach-orion5x/ into the + mach-mvebu/ to support all SoCs from the Marvell EBU (Engineering + Business Unit) in a single mach- directory. The plat-orion/ + would therefore disappear. + + * Unify the mach-mmp/ and mach-pxa/ into the same mach-pxa + directory. The plat-pxa/ would therefore disappear. + +Credits +------- + + Maen Suleiman + Lior Amsalem + Thomas Petazzoni + Andrew Lunn + Nicolas Pitre + Eric Miao diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Netwinder b/Documentation/arm/Netwinder new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f1b457fbd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/Netwinder @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +NetWinder specific documentation +================================ + +The NetWinder is a small low-power computer, primarily designed +to run Linux. It is based around the StrongARM RISC processor, +DC21285 PCI bridge, with PC-type hardware glued around it. + +Port usage +========== + +Min - Max Description +--------------------------- +0x0000 - 0x000f DMA1 +0x0020 - 0x0021 PIC1 +0x0060 - 0x006f Keyboard +0x0070 - 0x007f RTC +0x0080 - 0x0087 DMA1 +0x0088 - 0x008f DMA2 +0x00a0 - 0x00a3 PIC2 +0x00c0 - 0x00df DMA2 +0x0180 - 0x0187 IRDA +0x01f0 - 0x01f6 ide0 +0x0201 Game port +0x0203 RWA010 configuration read +0x0220 - ? SoundBlaster +0x0250 - ? WaveArtist +0x0279 RWA010 configuration index +0x02f8 - 0x02ff Serial ttyS1 +0x0300 - 0x031f Ether10 +0x0338 GPIO1 +0x033a GPIO2 +0x0370 - 0x0371 W83977F configuration registers +0x0388 - ? AdLib +0x03c0 - 0x03df VGA +0x03f6 ide0 +0x03f8 - 0x03ff Serial ttyS0 +0x0400 - 0x0408 DC21143 +0x0480 - 0x0487 DMA1 +0x0488 - 0x048f DMA2 +0x0a79 RWA010 configuration write +0xe800 - 0xe80f ide0/ide1 BM DMA + + +Interrupt usage +=============== + +IRQ type Description +--------------------------- + 0 ISA 100Hz timer + 1 ISA Keyboard + 2 ISA cascade + 3 ISA Serial ttyS1 + 4 ISA Serial ttyS0 + 5 ISA PS/2 mouse + 6 ISA IRDA + 7 ISA Printer + 8 ISA RTC alarm + 9 ISA +10 ISA GP10 (Orange reset button) +11 ISA +12 ISA WaveArtist +13 ISA +14 ISA hda1 +15 ISA + +DMA usage +========= + +DMA type Description +--------------------------- + 0 ISA IRDA + 1 ISA + 2 ISA cascade + 3 ISA WaveArtist + 4 ISA + 5 ISA + 6 ISA + 7 ISA WaveArtist diff --git a/Documentation/arm/OMAP/DSS b/Documentation/arm/OMAP/DSS new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4484e0212 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/OMAP/DSS @@ -0,0 +1,362 @@ +OMAP2/3 Display Subsystem +------------------------- + +This is an almost total rewrite of the OMAP FB driver in drivers/video/omap +(let's call it DSS1). The main differences between DSS1 and DSS2 are DSI, +TV-out and multiple display support, but there are lots of small improvements +also. + +The DSS2 driver (omapdss module) is in arch/arm/plat-omap/dss/, and the FB, +panel and controller drivers are in drivers/video/omap2/. DSS1 and DSS2 live +currently side by side, you can choose which one to use. + +Features +-------- + +Working and tested features include: + +- MIPI DPI (parallel) output +- MIPI DSI output in command mode +- MIPI DBI (RFBI) output +- SDI output +- TV output +- All pieces can be compiled as a module or inside kernel +- Use DISPC to update any of the outputs +- Use CPU to update RFBI or DSI output +- OMAP DISPC planes +- RGB16, RGB24 packed, RGB24 unpacked +- YUV2, UYVY +- Scaling +- Adjusting DSS FCK to find a good pixel clock +- Use DSI DPLL to create DSS FCK + +Tested boards include: +- OMAP3 SDP board +- Beagle board +- N810 + +omapdss driver +-------------- + +The DSS driver does not itself have any support for Linux framebuffer, V4L or +such like the current ones, but it has an internal kernel API that upper level +drivers can use. + +The DSS driver models OMAP's overlays, overlay managers and displays in a +flexible way to enable non-common multi-display configuration. In addition to +modelling the hardware overlays, omapdss supports virtual overlays and overlay +managers. These can be used when updating a display with CPU or system DMA. + +omapdss driver support for audio +-------------------------------- +There exist several display technologies and standards that support audio as +well. Hence, it is relevant to update the DSS device driver to provide an audio +interface that may be used by an audio driver or any other driver interested in +the functionality. + +The audio_enable function is intended to prepare the relevant +IP for playback (e.g., enabling an audio FIFO, taking in/out of reset +some IP, enabling companion chips, etc). It is intended to be called before +audio_start. The audio_disable function performs the reverse operation and is +intended to be called after audio_stop. + +While a given DSS device driver may support audio, it is possible that for +certain configurations audio is not supported (e.g., an HDMI display using a +VESA video timing). The audio_supported function is intended to query whether +the current configuration of the display supports audio. + +The audio_config function is intended to configure all the relevant audio +parameters of the display. In order to make the function independent of any +specific DSS device driver, a struct omap_dss_audio is defined. Its purpose +is to contain all the required parameters for audio configuration. At the +moment, such structure contains pointers to IEC-60958 channel status word +and CEA-861 audio infoframe structures. This should be enough to support +HDMI and DisplayPort, as both are based on CEA-861 and IEC-60958. + +The audio_enable/disable, audio_config and audio_supported functions could be +implemented as functions that may sleep. Hence, they should not be called +while holding a spinlock or a readlock. + +The audio_start/audio_stop function is intended to effectively start/stop audio +playback after the configuration has taken place. These functions are designed +to be used in an atomic context. Hence, audio_start should return quickly and be +called only after all the needed resources for audio playback (audio FIFOs, +DMA channels, companion chips, etc) have been enabled to begin data transfers. +audio_stop is designed to only stop the audio transfers. The resources used +for playback are released using audio_disable. + +The enum omap_dss_audio_state may be used to help the implementations of +the interface to keep track of the audio state. The initial state is _DISABLED; +then, the state transitions to _CONFIGURED, and then, when it is ready to +play audio, to _ENABLED. The state _PLAYING is used when the audio is being +rendered. + + +Panel and controller drivers +---------------------------- + +The drivers implement panel or controller specific functionality and are not +usually visible to users except through omapfb driver. They register +themselves to the DSS driver. + +omapfb driver +------------- + +The omapfb driver implements arbitrary number of standard linux framebuffers. +These framebuffers can be routed flexibly to any overlays, thus allowing very +dynamic display architecture. + +The driver exports some omapfb specific ioctls, which are compatible with the +ioctls in the old driver. + +The rest of the non standard features are exported via sysfs. Whether the final +implementation will use sysfs, or ioctls, is still open. + +V4L2 drivers +------------ + +V4L2 is being implemented in TI. + +From omapdss point of view the V4L2 drivers should be similar to framebuffer +driver. + +Architecture +-------------------- + +Some clarification what the different components do: + + - Framebuffer is a memory area inside OMAP's SRAM/SDRAM that contains the + pixel data for the image. Framebuffer has width and height and color + depth. + - Overlay defines where the pixels are read from and where they go on the + screen. The overlay may be smaller than framebuffer, thus displaying only + part of the framebuffer. The position of the overlay may be changed if + the overlay is smaller than the display. + - Overlay manager combines the overlays in to one image and feeds them to + display. + - Display is the actual physical display device. + +A framebuffer can be connected to multiple overlays to show the same pixel data +on all of the overlays. Note that in this case the overlay input sizes must be +the same, but, in case of video overlays, the output size can be different. Any +framebuffer can be connected to any overlay. + +An overlay can be connected to one overlay manager. Also DISPC overlays can be +connected only to DISPC overlay managers, and virtual overlays can be only +connected to virtual overlays. + +An overlay manager can be connected to one display. There are certain +restrictions which kinds of displays an overlay manager can be connected: + + - DISPC TV overlay manager can be only connected to TV display. + - Virtual overlay managers can only be connected to DBI or DSI displays. + - DISPC LCD overlay manager can be connected to all displays, except TV + display. + +Sysfs +----- +The sysfs interface is mainly used for testing. I don't think sysfs +interface is the best for this in the final version, but I don't quite know +what would be the best interfaces for these things. + +The sysfs interface is divided to two parts: DSS and FB. + +/sys/class/graphics/fb? directory: +mirror 0=off, 1=on +rotate Rotation 0-3 for 0, 90, 180, 270 degrees +rotate_type 0 = DMA rotation, 1 = VRFB rotation +overlays List of overlay numbers to which framebuffer pixels go +phys_addr Physical address of the framebuffer +virt_addr Virtual address of the framebuffer +size Size of the framebuffer + +/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay? directory: +enabled 0=off, 1=on +input_size width,height (ie. the framebuffer size) +manager Destination overlay manager name +name +output_size width,height +position x,y +screen_width width +global_alpha global alpha 0-255 0=transparent 255=opaque + +/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager? directory: +display Destination display +name +alpha_blending_enabled 0=off, 1=on +trans_key_enabled 0=off, 1=on +trans_key_type gfx-destination, video-source +trans_key_value transparency color key (RGB24) +default_color default background color (RGB24) + +/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display? directory: +ctrl_name Controller name +mirror 0=off, 1=on +update_mode 0=off, 1=auto, 2=manual +enabled 0=off, 1=on +name +rotate Rotation 0-3 for 0, 90, 180, 270 degrees +timings Display timings (pixclock,xres/hfp/hbp/hsw,yres/vfp/vbp/vsw) + When writing, two special timings are accepted for tv-out: + "pal" and "ntsc" +panel_name +tear_elim Tearing elimination 0=off, 1=on +output_type Output type (video encoder only): "composite" or "svideo" + +There are also some debugfs files at /omapdss/ which show information +about clocks and registers. + +Examples +-------- + +The following definitions have been made for the examples below: + +ovl0=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay0 +ovl1=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay1 +ovl2=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay2 + +mgr0=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager0 +mgr1=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager1 + +lcd=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display0 +dvi=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display1 +tv=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display2 + +fb0=/sys/class/graphics/fb0 +fb1=/sys/class/graphics/fb1 +fb2=/sys/class/graphics/fb2 + +Default setup on OMAP3 SDP +-------------------------- + +Here's the default setup on OMAP3 SDP board. All planes go to LCD. DVI +and TV-out are not in use. The columns from left to right are: +framebuffers, overlays, overlay managers, displays. Framebuffers are +handled by omapfb, and the rest by the DSS. + +FB0 --- GFX -\ DVI +FB1 --- VID1 --+- LCD ---- LCD +FB2 --- VID2 -/ TV ----- TV + +Example: Switch from LCD to DVI +---------------------- + +w=`cat $dvi/timings | cut -d "," -f 2 | cut -d "/" -f 1` +h=`cat $dvi/timings | cut -d "," -f 3 | cut -d "/" -f 1` + +echo "0" > $lcd/enabled +echo "" > $mgr0/display +fbset -fb /dev/fb0 -xres $w -yres $h -vxres $w -vyres $h +# at this point you have to switch the dvi/lcd dip-switch from the omap board +echo "dvi" > $mgr0/display +echo "1" > $dvi/enabled + +After this the configuration looks like: + +FB0 --- GFX -\ -- DVI +FB1 --- VID1 --+- LCD -/ LCD +FB2 --- VID2 -/ TV ----- TV + +Example: Clone GFX overlay to LCD and TV +------------------------------- + +w=`cat $tv/timings | cut -d "," -f 2 | cut -d "/" -f 1` +h=`cat $tv/timings | cut -d "," -f 3 | cut -d "/" -f 1` + +echo "0" > $ovl0/enabled +echo "0" > $ovl1/enabled + +echo "" > $fb1/overlays +echo "0,1" > $fb0/overlays + +echo "$w,$h" > $ovl1/output_size +echo "tv" > $ovl1/manager + +echo "1" > $ovl0/enabled +echo "1" > $ovl1/enabled + +echo "1" > $tv/enabled + +After this the configuration looks like (only relevant parts shown): + +FB0 +-- GFX ---- LCD ---- LCD + \- VID1 ---- TV ---- TV + +Misc notes +---------- + +OMAP FB allocates the framebuffer memory using the standard dma allocator. You +can enable Contiguous Memory Allocator (CONFIG_CMA) to improve the dma +allocator, and if CMA is enabled, you use "cma=" kernel parameter to increase +the global memory area for CMA. + +Using DSI DPLL to generate pixel clock it is possible produce the pixel clock +of 86.5MHz (max possible), and with that you get 1280x1024@57 output from DVI. + +Rotation and mirroring currently only supports RGB565 and RGB8888 modes. VRFB +does not support mirroring. + +VRFB rotation requires much more memory than non-rotated framebuffer, so you +probably need to increase your vram setting before using VRFB rotation. Also, +many applications may not work with VRFB if they do not pay attention to all +framebuffer parameters. + +Kernel boot arguments +--------------------- + +omapfb.mode=:[,...] + - Default video mode for specified displays. For example, + "dvi:800x400MR-24@60". See drivers/video/modedb.c. + There are also two special modes: "pal" and "ntsc" that + can be used to tv out. + +omapfb.vram=:[@][,...] + - VRAM allocated for a framebuffer. Normally omapfb allocates vram + depending on the display size. With this you can manually allocate + more or define the physical address of each framebuffer. For example, + "1:4M" to allocate 4M for fb1. + +omapfb.debug= + - Enable debug printing. You have to have OMAPFB debug support enabled + in kernel config. + +omapfb.test= + - Draw test pattern to framebuffer whenever framebuffer settings change. + You need to have OMAPFB debug support enabled in kernel config. + +omapfb.vrfb= + - Use VRFB rotation for all framebuffers. + +omapfb.rotate= + - Default rotation applied to all framebuffers. + 0 - 0 degree rotation + 1 - 90 degree rotation + 2 - 180 degree rotation + 3 - 270 degree rotation + +omapfb.mirror= + - Default mirror for all framebuffers. Only works with DMA rotation. + +omapdss.def_disp= + - Name of default display, to which all overlays will be connected. + Common examples are "lcd" or "tv". + +omapdss.debug= + - Enable debug printing. You have to have DSS debug support enabled in + kernel config. + +TODO +---- + +DSS locking + +Error checking +- Lots of checks are missing or implemented just as BUG() + +System DMA update for DSI +- Can be used for RGB16 and RGB24P modes. Probably not for RGB24U (how + to skip the empty byte?) + +OMAP1 support +- Not sure if needed + diff --git a/Documentation/arm/OMAP/omap_pm b/Documentation/arm/OMAP/omap_pm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4ae915a9f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/OMAP/omap_pm @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ + +The OMAP PM interface +===================== + +This document describes the temporary OMAP PM interface. Driver +authors use these functions to communicate minimum latency or +throughput constraints to the kernel power management code. +Over time, the intention is to merge features from the OMAP PM +interface into the Linux PM QoS code. + +Drivers need to express PM parameters which: + +- support the range of power management parameters present in the TI SRF; + +- separate the drivers from the underlying PM parameter + implementation, whether it is the TI SRF or Linux PM QoS or Linux + latency framework or something else; + +- specify PM parameters in terms of fundamental units, such as + latency and throughput, rather than units which are specific to OMAP + or to particular OMAP variants; + +- allow drivers which are shared with other architectures (e.g., + DaVinci) to add these constraints in a way which won't affect non-OMAP + systems, + +- can be implemented immediately with minimal disruption of other + architectures. + + +This document proposes the OMAP PM interface, including the following +five power management functions for driver code: + +1. Set the maximum MPU wakeup latency: + (*pdata->set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat)(struct device *dev, unsigned long t) + +2. Set the maximum device wakeup latency: + (*pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)(struct device *dev, unsigned long t) + +3. Set the maximum system DMA transfer start latency (CORE pwrdm): + (*pdata->set_max_sdma_lat)(struct device *dev, long t) + +4. Set the minimum bus throughput needed by a device: + (*pdata->set_min_bus_tput)(struct device *dev, u8 agent_id, unsigned long r) + +5. Return the number of times the device has lost context + (*pdata->get_dev_context_loss_count)(struct device *dev) + + +Further documentation for all OMAP PM interface functions can be +found in arch/arm/plat-omap/include/mach/omap-pm.h. + + +The OMAP PM layer is intended to be temporary +--------------------------------------------- + +The intention is that eventually the Linux PM QoS layer should support +the range of power management features present in OMAP3. As this +happens, existing drivers using the OMAP PM interface can be modified +to use the Linux PM QoS code; and the OMAP PM interface can disappear. + + +Driver usage of the OMAP PM functions +------------------------------------- + +As the 'pdata' in the above examples indicates, these functions are +exposed to drivers through function pointers in driver .platform_data +structures. The function pointers are initialized by the board-*.c +files to point to the corresponding OMAP PM functions: +.set_max_dev_wakeup_lat will point to +omap_pm_set_max_dev_wakeup_lat(), etc. Other architectures which do +not support these functions should leave these function pointers set +to NULL. Drivers should use the following idiom: + + if (pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat) + (*pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)(dev, t); + +The most common usage of these functions will probably be to specify +the maximum time from when an interrupt occurs, to when the device +becomes accessible. To accomplish this, driver writers should use the +set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat() function to constrain the MPU wakeup +latency, and the set_max_dev_wakeup_lat() function to constrain the +device wakeup latency (from clk_enable() to accessibility). For +example, + + /* Limit MPU wakeup latency */ + if (pdata->set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat) + (*pdata->set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat)(dev, tc); + + /* Limit device powerdomain wakeup latency */ + if (pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat) + (*pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)(dev, td); + + /* total wakeup latency in this example: (tc + td) */ + +The PM parameters can be overwritten by calling the function again +with the new value. The settings can be removed by calling the +function with a t argument of -1 (except in the case of +set_max_bus_tput(), which should be called with an r argument of 0). + +The fifth function above, omap_pm_get_dev_context_loss_count(), +is intended as an optimization to allow drivers to determine whether the +device has lost its internal context. If context has been lost, the +driver must restore its internal context before proceeding. + + +Other specialized interface functions +------------------------------------- + +The five functions listed above are intended to be usable by any +device driver. DSPBridge and CPUFreq have a few special requirements. +DSPBridge expresses target DSP performance levels in terms of OPP IDs. +CPUFreq expresses target MPU performance levels in terms of MPU +frequency. The OMAP PM interface contains functions for these +specialized cases to convert that input information (OPPs/MPU +frequency) into the form that the underlying power management +implementation needs: + +6. (*pdata->dsp_get_opp_table)(void) + +7. (*pdata->dsp_set_min_opp)(u8 opp_id) + +8. (*pdata->dsp_get_opp)(void) + +9. (*pdata->cpu_get_freq_table)(void) + +10. (*pdata->cpu_set_freq)(unsigned long f) + +11. (*pdata->cpu_get_freq)(void) + +Customizing OPP for platform +============================ +Defining CONFIG_PM should enable OPP layer for the silicon +and the registration of OPP table should take place automatically. +However, in special cases, the default OPP table may need to be +tweaked, for e.g.: + * enable default OPPs which are disabled by default, but which + could be enabled on a platform + * Disable an unsupported OPP on the platform + * Define and add a custom opp table entry +in these cases, the board file needs to do additional steps as follows: +arch/arm/mach-omapx/board-xyz.c + #include "pm.h" + .... + static void __init omap_xyz_init_irq(void) + { + .... + /* Initialize the default table */ + omapx_opp_init(); + /* Do customization to the defaults */ + .... + } +NOTE: omapx_opp_init will be omap3_opp_init or as required +based on the omap family. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Porting b/Documentation/arm/Porting new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a49223393 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/Porting @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +Taken from list archive at http://lists.arm.linux.org.uk/pipermail/linux-arm-kernel/2001-July/004064.html + +Initial definitions +------------------- + +The following symbol definitions rely on you knowing the translation that +__virt_to_phys() does for your machine. This macro converts the passed +virtual address to a physical address. Normally, it is simply: + + phys = virt - PAGE_OFFSET + PHYS_OFFSET + + +Decompressor Symbols +-------------------- + +ZTEXTADDR + Start address of decompressor. There's no point in talking about + virtual or physical addresses here, since the MMU will be off at + the time when you call the decompressor code. You normally call + the kernel at this address to start it booting. This doesn't have + to be located in RAM, it can be in flash or other read-only or + read-write addressable medium. + +ZBSSADDR + Start address of zero-initialised work area for the decompressor. + This must be pointing at RAM. The decompressor will zero initialise + this for you. Again, the MMU will be off. + +ZRELADDR + This is the address where the decompressed kernel will be written, + and eventually executed. The following constraint must be valid: + + __virt_to_phys(TEXTADDR) == ZRELADDR + + The initial part of the kernel is carefully coded to be position + independent. + +INITRD_PHYS + Physical address to place the initial RAM disk. Only relevant if + you are using the bootpImage stuff (which only works on the old + struct param_struct). + +INITRD_VIRT + Virtual address of the initial RAM disk. The following constraint + must be valid: + + __virt_to_phys(INITRD_VIRT) == INITRD_PHYS + +PARAMS_PHYS + Physical address of the struct param_struct or tag list, giving the + kernel various parameters about its execution environment. + + +Kernel Symbols +-------------- + +PHYS_OFFSET + Physical start address of the first bank of RAM. + +PAGE_OFFSET + Virtual start address of the first bank of RAM. During the kernel + boot phase, virtual address PAGE_OFFSET will be mapped to physical + address PHYS_OFFSET, along with any other mappings you supply. + This should be the same value as TASK_SIZE. + +TASK_SIZE + The maximum size of a user process in bytes. Since user space + always starts at zero, this is the maximum address that a user + process can access+1. The user space stack grows down from this + address. + + Any virtual address below TASK_SIZE is deemed to be user process + area, and therefore managed dynamically on a process by process + basis by the kernel. I'll call this the user segment. + + Anything above TASK_SIZE is common to all processes. I'll call + this the kernel segment. + + (In other words, you can't put IO mappings below TASK_SIZE, and + hence PAGE_OFFSET). + +TEXTADDR + Virtual start address of kernel, normally PAGE_OFFSET + 0x8000. + This is where the kernel image ends up. With the latest kernels, + it must be located at 32768 bytes into a 128MB region. Previous + kernels placed a restriction of 256MB here. + +DATAADDR + Virtual address for the kernel data segment. Must not be defined + when using the decompressor. + +VMALLOC_START +VMALLOC_END + Virtual addresses bounding the vmalloc() area. There must not be + any static mappings in this area; vmalloc will overwrite them. + The addresses must also be in the kernel segment (see above). + Normally, the vmalloc() area starts VMALLOC_OFFSET bytes above the + last virtual RAM address (found using variable high_memory). + +VMALLOC_OFFSET + Offset normally incorporated into VMALLOC_START to provide a hole + between virtual RAM and the vmalloc area. We do this to allow + out of bounds memory accesses (eg, something writing off the end + of the mapped memory map) to be caught. Normally set to 8MB. + +Architecture Specific Macros +---------------------------- + +BOOT_MEM(pram,pio,vio) + `pram' specifies the physical start address of RAM. Must always + be present, and should be the same as PHYS_OFFSET. + + `pio' is the physical address of an 8MB region containing IO for + use with the debugging macros in arch/arm/kernel/debug-armv.S. + + `vio' is the virtual address of the 8MB debugging region. + + It is expected that the debugging region will be re-initialised + by the architecture specific code later in the code (via the + MAPIO function). + +BOOT_PARAMS + Same as, and see PARAMS_PHYS. + +FIXUP(func) + Machine specific fixups, run before memory subsystems have been + initialised. + +MAPIO(func) + Machine specific function to map IO areas (including the debug + region above). + +INITIRQ(func) + Machine specific function to initialise interrupts. + diff --git a/Documentation/arm/README b/Documentation/arm/README new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d1e5b2c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/README @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ + ARM Linux 2.6 + ============= + + Please check for + updates. + +Compilation of kernel +--------------------- + + In order to compile ARM Linux, you will need a compiler capable of + generating ARM ELF code with GNU extensions. GCC 3.3 is known to be + a good compiler. Fortunately, you needn't guess. The kernel will report + an error if your compiler is a recognized offender. + + To build ARM Linux natively, you shouldn't have to alter the ARCH = line + in the top level Makefile. However, if you don't have the ARM Linux ELF + tools installed as default, then you should change the CROSS_COMPILE + line as detailed below. + + If you wish to cross-compile, then alter the following lines in the top + level make file: + + ARCH = + with + ARCH = arm + + and + + CROSS_COMPILE= + to + CROSS_COMPILE= + eg. + CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- + + Do a 'make config', followed by 'make Image' to build the kernel + (arch/arm/boot/Image). A compressed image can be built by doing a + 'make zImage' instead of 'make Image'. + + +Bug reports etc +--------------- + + Please send patches to the patch system. For more information, see + http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/patches/info.php Always include some + explanation as to what the patch does and why it is needed. + + Bug reports should be sent to linux-arm-kernel@lists.arm.linux.org.uk, + or submitted through the web form at + http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/ + + When sending bug reports, please ensure that they contain all relevant + information, eg. the kernel messages that were printed before/during + the problem, what you were doing, etc. + + +Include files +------------- + + Several new include directories have been created under include/asm-arm, + which are there to reduce the clutter in the top-level directory. These + directories, and their purpose is listed below: + + arch-* machine/platform specific header files + hardware driver-internal ARM specific data structures/definitions + mach descriptions of generic ARM to specific machine interfaces + proc-* processor dependent header files (currently only two + categories) + + +Machine/Platform support +------------------------ + + The ARM tree contains support for a lot of different machine types. To + continue supporting these differences, it has become necessary to split + machine-specific parts by directory. For this, the machine category is + used to select which directories and files get included (we will use + $(MACHINE) to refer to the category) + + To this end, we now have arch/arm/mach-$(MACHINE) directories which are + designed to house the non-driver files for a particular machine (eg, PCI, + memory management, architecture definitions etc). For all future + machines, there should be a corresponding arch/arm/mach-$(MACHINE)/include/mach + directory. + + +Modules +------- + + Although modularisation is supported (and required for the FP emulator), + each module on an ARM2/ARM250/ARM3 machine when is loaded will take + memory up to the next 32k boundary due to the size of the pages. + Therefore, is modularisation on these machines really worth it? + + However, ARM6 and up machines allow modules to take multiples of 4k, and + as such Acorn RiscPCs and other architectures using these processors can + make good use of modularisation. + + +ADFS Image files +---------------- + + You can access image files on your ADFS partitions by mounting the ADFS + partition, and then using the loopback device driver. You must have + losetup installed. + + Please note that the PCEmulator DOS partitions have a partition table at + the start, and as such, you will have to give '-o offset' to losetup. + + +Request to developers +--------------------- + + When writing device drivers which include a separate assembler file, please + include it in with the C file, and not the arch/arm/lib directory. This + allows the driver to be compiled as a loadable module without requiring + half the code to be compiled into the kernel image. + + In general, try to avoid using assembler unless it is really necessary. It + makes drivers far less easy to port to other hardware. + + +ST506 hard drives +----------------- + + The ST506 hard drive controllers seem to be working fine (if a little + slowly). At the moment they will only work off the controllers on an + A4x0's motherboard, but for it to work off a Podule just requires + someone with a podule to add the addresses for the IRQ mask and the + HDC base to the source. + + As of 31/3/96 it works with two drives (you should get the ADFS + *configure harddrive set to 2). I've got an internal 20MB and a great + big external 5.25" FH 64MB drive (who could ever want more :-) ). + + I've just got 240K/s off it (a dd with bs=128k); thats about half of what + RiscOS gets; but it's a heck of a lot better than the 50K/s I was getting + last week :-) + + Known bug: Drive data errors can cause a hang; including cases where + the controller has fixed the error using ECC. (Possibly ONLY + in that case...hmm). + + +1772 Floppy +----------- + This also seems to work OK, but hasn't been stressed much lately. It + hasn't got any code for disc change detection in there at the moment which + could be a bit of a problem! Suggestions on the correct way to do this + are welcome. + + +CONFIG_MACH_ and CONFIG_ARCH_ +----------------------------- + A change was made in 2003 to the macro names for new machines. + Historically, CONFIG_ARCH_ was used for the bonafide architecture, + e.g. SA1100, as well as implementations of the architecture, + e.g. Assabet. It was decided to change the implementation macros + to read CONFIG_MACH_ for clarity. Moreover, a retroactive fixup has + not been made because it would complicate patching. + + Previous registrations may be found online. + + + +Kernel entry (head.S) +-------------------------- + The initial entry into the kernel is via head.S, which uses machine + independent code. The machine is selected by the value of 'r1' on + entry, which must be kept unique. + + Due to the large number of machines which the ARM port of Linux provides + for, we have a method to manage this which ensures that we don't end up + duplicating large amounts of code. + + We group machine (or platform) support code into machine classes. A + class typically based around one or more system on a chip devices, and + acts as a natural container around the actual implementations. These + classes are given directories - arch/arm/mach- and + arch/arm/mach- - which contain the source files to/include/mach + support the machine class. This directories also contain any machine + specific supporting code. + + For example, the SA1100 class is based upon the SA1100 and SA1110 SoC + devices, and contains the code to support the way the on-board and off- + board devices are used, or the device is setup, and provides that + machine specific "personality." + + For platforms that support device tree (DT), the machine selection is + controlled at runtime by passing the device tree blob to the kernel. At + compile-time, support for the machine type must be selected. This allows for + a single multiplatform kernel build to be used for several machine types. + + For platforms that do not use device tree, this machine selection is + controlled by the machine type ID, which acts both as a run-time and a + compile-time code selection method. You can register a new machine via the + web site at: + + + + Note: Please do not register a machine type for DT-only platforms. If your + platform is DT-only, you do not need a registered machine type. + +--- +Russell King (15/03/2004) diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/ADSBitsy b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/ADSBitsy new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9f62e8c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/ADSBitsy @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +ADS Bitsy Single Board Computer +(It is different from Bitsy(iPAQ) of Compaq) + +For more details, contact Applied Data Systems or see +http://www.applieddata.net/products.html + +The Linux support for this product has been provided by +Woojung Huh + +Use 'make adsbitsy_config' before any 'make config'. +This will set up defaults for ADS Bitsy support. + +The kernel zImage is linked to be loaded and executed at 0xc0400000. + +Linux can be used with the ADS BootLoader that ships with the +newer rev boards. See their documentation on how to load Linux. + +Supported peripherals: +- SA1100 LCD frame buffer (8/16bpp...sort of) +- SA1111 USB Master +- SA1100 serial port +- pcmcia, compact flash +- touchscreen(ucb1200) +- console on LCD screen +- serial ports (ttyS[0-2]) + - ttyS0 is default for serial console + +To do: +- everything else! :-) + +Notes: + +- The flash on board is divided into 3 partitions. + You should be careful to use flash on board. + Its partition is different from GraphicsClient Plus and GraphicsMaster + +- 16bpp mode requires a different cable than what ships with the board. + Contact ADS or look through the manual to wire your own. Currently, + if you compile with 16bit mode support and switch into a lower bpp + mode, the timing is off so the image is corrupted. This will be + fixed soon. + +Any contribution can be sent to nico@fluxnic.net and will be greatly welcome! diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Assabet b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Assabet new file mode 100644 index 000000000..08b885d35 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Assabet @@ -0,0 +1,300 @@ +The Intel Assabet (SA-1110 evaluation) board +============================================ + +Please see: +http://developer.intel.com + +Also some notes from John G Dorsey : +http://www.cs.cmu.edu/~wearable/software/assabet.html + + +Building the kernel +------------------- + +To build the kernel with current defaults: + + make assabet_config + make oldconfig + make zImage + +The resulting kernel image should be available in linux/arch/arm/boot/zImage. + + +Installing a bootloader +----------------------- + +A couple of bootloaders able to boot Linux on Assabet are available: + +BLOB (http://www.lartmaker.nl/lartware/blob/) + + BLOB is a bootloader used within the LART project. Some contributed + patches were merged into BLOB to add support for Assabet. + +Compaq's Bootldr + John Dorsey's patch for Assabet support +(http://www.handhelds.org/Compaq/bootldr.html) +(http://www.wearablegroup.org/software/bootldr/) + + Bootldr is the bootloader developed by Compaq for the iPAQ Pocket PC. + John Dorsey has produced add-on patches to add support for Assabet and + the JFFS filesystem. + +RedBoot (http://sources.redhat.com/redboot/) + + RedBoot is a bootloader developed by Red Hat based on the eCos RTOS + hardware abstraction layer. It supports Assabet amongst many other + hardware platforms. + +RedBoot is currently the recommended choice since it's the only one to have +networking support, and is the most actively maintained. + +Brief examples on how to boot Linux with RedBoot are shown below. But first +you need to have RedBoot installed in your flash memory. A known to work +precompiled RedBoot binary is available from the following location: + +ftp://ftp.netwinder.org/users/n/nico/ +ftp://ftp.arm.linux.org.uk/pub/linux/arm/people/nico/ +ftp://ftp.handhelds.org/pub/linux/arm/sa-1100-patches/ + +Look for redboot-assabet*.tgz. Some installation infos are provided in +redboot-assabet*.txt. + + +Initial RedBoot configuration +----------------------------- + +The commands used here are explained in The RedBoot User's Guide available +on-line at http://sources.redhat.com/ecos/docs.html. +Please refer to it for explanations. + +If you have a CF network card (my Assabet kit contained a CF+ LP-E from +Socket Communications Inc.), you should strongly consider using it for TFTP +file transfers. You must insert it before RedBoot runs since it can't detect +it dynamically. + +To initialize the flash directory: + + fis init -f + +To initialize the non-volatile settings, like whether you want to use BOOTP or +a static IP address, etc, use this command: + + fconfig -i + + +Writing a kernel image into flash +--------------------------------- + +First, the kernel image must be loaded into RAM. If you have the zImage file +available on a TFTP server: + + load zImage -r -b 0x100000 + +If you rather want to use Y-Modem upload over the serial port: + + load -m ymodem -r -b 0x100000 + +To write it to flash: + + fis create "Linux kernel" -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000 + + +Booting the kernel +------------------ + +The kernel still requires a filesystem to boot. A ramdisk image can be loaded +as follows: + + load ramdisk_image.gz -r -b 0x800000 + +Again, Y-Modem upload can be used instead of TFTP by replacing the file name +by '-y ymodem'. + +Now the kernel can be retrieved from flash like this: + + fis load "Linux kernel" + +or loaded as described previously. To boot the kernel: + + exec -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000 + +The ramdisk image could be stored into flash as well, but there are better +solutions for on-flash filesystems as mentioned below. + + +Using JFFS2 +----------- + +Using JFFS2 (the Second Journalling Flash File System) is probably the most +convenient way to store a writable filesystem into flash. JFFS2 is used in +conjunction with the MTD layer which is responsible for low-level flash +management. More information on the Linux MTD can be found on-line at: +http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/. A JFFS howto with some infos about +creating JFFS/JFFS2 images is available from the same site. + +For instance, a sample JFFS2 image can be retrieved from the same FTP sites +mentioned below for the precompiled RedBoot image. + +To load this file: + + load sample_img.jffs2 -r -b 0x100000 + +The result should look like: + +RedBoot> load sample_img.jffs2 -r -b 0x100000 +Raw file loaded 0x00100000-0x00377424 + +Now we must know the size of the unallocated flash: + + fis free + +Result: + +RedBoot> fis free + 0x500E0000 .. 0x503C0000 + +The values above may be different depending on the size of the filesystem and +the type of flash. See their usage below as an example and take care of +substituting yours appropriately. + +We must determine some values: + +size of unallocated flash: 0x503c0000 - 0x500e0000 = 0x2e0000 +size of the filesystem image: 0x00377424 - 0x00100000 = 0x277424 + +We want to fit the filesystem image of course, but we also want to give it all +the remaining flash space as well. To write it: + + fis unlock -f 0x500E0000 -l 0x2e0000 + fis erase -f 0x500E0000 -l 0x2e0000 + fis write -b 0x100000 -l 0x277424 -f 0x500E0000 + fis create "JFFS2" -n -f 0x500E0000 -l 0x2e0000 + +Now the filesystem is associated to a MTD "partition" once Linux has discovered +what they are in the boot process. From Redboot, the 'fis list' command +displays them: + +RedBoot> fis list +Name FLASH addr Mem addr Length Entry point +RedBoot 0x50000000 0x50000000 0x00020000 0x00000000 +RedBoot config 0x503C0000 0x503C0000 0x00020000 0x00000000 +FIS directory 0x503E0000 0x503E0000 0x00020000 0x00000000 +Linux kernel 0x50020000 0x00100000 0x000C0000 0x00000000 +JFFS2 0x500E0000 0x500E0000 0x002E0000 0x00000000 + +However Linux should display something like: + +SA1100 flash: probing 32-bit flash bus +SA1100 flash: Found 2 x16 devices at 0x0 in 32-bit mode +Using RedBoot partition definition +Creating 5 MTD partitions on "SA1100 flash": +0x00000000-0x00020000 : "RedBoot" +0x00020000-0x000e0000 : "Linux kernel" +0x000e0000-0x003c0000 : "JFFS2" +0x003c0000-0x003e0000 : "RedBoot config" +0x003e0000-0x00400000 : "FIS directory" + +What's important here is the position of the partition we are interested in, +which is the third one. Within Linux, this correspond to /dev/mtdblock2. +Therefore to boot Linux with the kernel and its root filesystem in flash, we +need this RedBoot command: + + fis load "Linux kernel" + exec -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000 -c "root=/dev/mtdblock2" + +Of course other filesystems than JFFS might be used, like cramfs for example. +You might want to boot with a root filesystem over NFS, etc. It is also +possible, and sometimes more convenient, to flash a filesystem directly from +within Linux while booted from a ramdisk or NFS. The Linux MTD repository has +many tools to deal with flash memory as well, to erase it for example. JFFS2 +can then be mounted directly on a freshly erased partition and files can be +copied over directly. Etc... + + +RedBoot scripting +----------------- + +All the commands above aren't so useful if they have to be typed in every +time the Assabet is rebooted. Therefore it's possible to automatize the boot +process using RedBoot's scripting capability. + +For example, I use this to boot Linux with both the kernel and the ramdisk +images retrieved from a TFTP server on the network: + +RedBoot> fconfig +Run script at boot: false true +Boot script: +Enter script, terminate with empty line +>> load zImage -r -b 0x100000 +>> load ramdisk_ks.gz -r -b 0x800000 +>> exec -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000 +>> +Boot script timeout (1000ms resolution): 3 +Use BOOTP for network configuration: true +GDB connection port: 9000 +Network debug at boot time: false +Update RedBoot non-volatile configuration - are you sure (y/n)? y + +Then, rebooting the Assabet is just a matter of waiting for the login prompt. + + + +Nicolas Pitre +nico@fluxnic.net +June 12, 2001 + + +Status of peripherals in -rmk tree (updated 14/10/2001) +------------------------------------------------------- + +Assabet: + Serial ports: + Radio: TX, RX, CTS, DSR, DCD, RI + PM: Not tested. + COM: TX, RX, CTS, DSR, DCD, RTS, DTR, PM + PM: Not tested. + I2C: Implemented, not fully tested. + L3: Fully tested, pass. + PM: Not tested. + + Video: + LCD: Fully tested. PM + (LCD doesn't like being blanked with + neponset connected) + Video out: Not fully + + Audio: + UDA1341: + Playback: Fully tested, pass. + Record: Implemented, not tested. + PM: Not tested. + + UCB1200: + Audio play: Implemented, not heavily tested. + Audio rec: Implemented, not heavily tested. + Telco audio play: Implemented, not heavily tested. + Telco audio rec: Implemented, not heavily tested. + POTS control: No + Touchscreen: Yes + PM: Not tested. + + Other: + PCMCIA: + LPE: Fully tested, pass. + USB: No + IRDA: + SIR: Fully tested, pass. + FIR: Fully tested, pass. + PM: Not tested. + +Neponset: + Serial ports: + COM1,2: TX, RX, CTS, DSR, DCD, RTS, DTR + PM: Not tested. + USB: Implemented, not heavily tested. + PCMCIA: Implemented, not heavily tested. + PM: Not tested. + CF: Implemented, not heavily tested. + PM: Not tested. + +More stuff can be found in the -np (Nicolas Pitre's) tree. + diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Brutus b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Brutus new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a3aa95e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Brutus @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +Brutus is an evaluation platform for the SA1100 manufactured by Intel. +For more details, see: + +http://developer.intel.com + +To compile for Brutus, you must issue the following commands: + + make brutus_config + make config + [accept all the defaults] + make zImage + +The resulting kernel will end up in linux/arch/arm/boot/zImage. This file +must be loaded at 0xc0008000 in Brutus's memory and execution started at +0xc0008000 as well with the value of registers r0 = 0 and r1 = 16 upon +entry. + +But prior to execute the kernel, a ramdisk image must also be loaded in +memory. Use memory address 0xd8000000 for this. Note that the file +containing the (compressed) ramdisk image must not exceed 4 MB. + +Typically, you'll need angelboot to load the kernel. +The following angelboot.opt file should be used: + +----- begin angelboot.opt ----- +base 0xc0008000 +entry 0xc0008000 +r0 0x00000000 +r1 0x00000010 +device /dev/ttyS0 +options "9600 8N1" +baud 115200 +otherfile ramdisk_img.gz +otherbase 0xd8000000 +----- end angelboot.opt ----- + +Then load the kernel and ramdisk with: + + angelboot -f angelboot.opt zImage + +The first Brutus serial port (assumed to be linked to /dev/ttyS0 on your +host PC) is used by angel to load the kernel and ramdisk image. The serial +console is provided through the second Brutus serial port. To access it, +you may use minicom configured with /dev/ttyS1, 9600 baud, 8N1, no flow +control. + +Currently supported: + - RS232 serial ports + - audio output + - LCD screen + - keyboard + +The actual Brutus support may not be complete without extra patches. +If such patches exist, they should be found from +ftp.netwinder.org/users/n/nico. + +A full PCMCIA support is still missing, although it's possible to hack +some drivers in order to drive already inserted cards at boot time with +little modifications. + +Any contribution is welcome. + +Please send patches to nico@fluxnic.net + +Have Fun ! + diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/CERF b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/CERF new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3d845301 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/CERF @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +*** The StrongARM version of the CerfBoard/Cube has been discontinued *** + +The Intrinsyc CerfBoard is a StrongARM 1110-based computer on a board +that measures approximately 2" square. It includes an Ethernet +controller, an RS232-compatible serial port, a USB function port, and +one CompactFlash+ slot on the back. Pictures can be found at the +Intrinsyc website, http://www.intrinsyc.com. + +This document describes the support in the Linux kernel for the +Intrinsyc CerfBoard. + +Supported in this version: + - CompactFlash+ slot (select PCMCIA in General Setup and any options + that may be required) + - Onboard Crystal CS8900 Ethernet controller (Cerf CS8900A support in + Network Devices) + - Serial ports with a serial console (hardcoded to 38400 8N1) + +In order to get this kernel onto your Cerf, you need a server that runs +both BOOTP and TFTP. Detailed instructions should have come with your +evaluation kit on how to use the bootloader. This series of commands +will suffice: + + make ARCH=arm CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- cerfcube_defconfig + make ARCH=arm CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- zImage + make ARCH=arm CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- modules + cp arch/arm/boot/zImage + +support@intrinsyc.com diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/FreeBird b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/FreeBird new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab9193663 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/FreeBird @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Freebird-1.1 is produced by Legend(C), Inc. +http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.legend.com.cn +and software/linux maintained by Coventive(C), Inc. +(http://www.coventive.com) + +Based on the Nicolas's strongarm kernel tree. + +=============================================================== +Maintainer: + +Chester Kuo + + +Author : +Tim wu +CIH +Eric Peng +Jeff Lee +Allen Cheng +Tony Liu + diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsClient b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsClient new file mode 100644 index 000000000..867bb3594 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsClient @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +ADS GraphicsClient Plus Single Board Computer + +For more details, contact Applied Data Systems or see +http://www.applieddata.net/products.html + +The original Linux support for this product has been provided by +Nicolas Pitre . Continued development work by +Woojung Huh + +It's currently possible to mount a root filesystem via NFS providing a +complete Linux environment. Otherwise a ramdisk image may be used. The +board supports MTD/JFFS, so you could also mount something on there. + +Use 'make graphicsclient_config' before any 'make config'. This will set up +defaults for GraphicsClient Plus support. + +The kernel zImage is linked to be loaded and executed at 0xc0200000. +Also the following registers should have the specified values upon entry: + + r0 = 0 + r1 = 29 (this is the GraphicsClient architecture number) + +Linux can be used with the ADS BootLoader that ships with the +newer rev boards. See their documentation on how to load Linux. +Angel is not available for the GraphicsClient Plus AFAIK. + +There is a board known as just the GraphicsClient that ADS used to +produce but has end of lifed. This code will not work on the older +board with the ADS bootloader, but should still work with Angel, +as outlined below. In any case, if you're planning on deploying +something en masse, you should probably get the newer board. + +If using Angel on the older boards, here is a typical angel.opt option file +if the kernel is loaded through the Angel Debug Monitor: + +----- begin angelboot.opt ----- +base 0xc0200000 +entry 0xc0200000 +r0 0x00000000 +r1 0x0000001d +device /dev/ttyS1 +options "38400 8N1" +baud 115200 +#otherfile ramdisk.gz +#otherbase 0xc0800000 +exec minicom +----- end angelboot.opt ----- + +Then the kernel (and ramdisk if otherfile/otherbase lines above are +uncommented) would be loaded with: + + angelboot -f angelboot.opt zImage + +Here it is assumed that the board is connected to ttyS1 on your PC +and that minicom is preconfigured with /dev/ttyS1, 38400 baud, 8N1, no flow +control by default. + +If any other bootloader is used, ensure it accomplish the same, especially +for r0/r1 register values before jumping into the kernel. + + +Supported peripherals: +- SA1100 LCD frame buffer (8/16bpp...sort of) +- on-board SMC 92C96 ethernet NIC +- SA1100 serial port +- flash memory access (MTD/JFFS) +- pcmcia +- touchscreen(ucb1200) +- ps/2 keyboard +- console on LCD screen +- serial ports (ttyS[0-2]) + - ttyS0 is default for serial console +- Smart I/O (ADC, keypad, digital inputs, etc) + See http://www.eurotech-inc.com/linux-sbc.asp for IOCTL documentation + and example user space code. ps/2 keybd is multiplexed through this driver + +To do: +- UCB1200 audio with new ucb_generic layer +- everything else! :-) + +Notes: + +- The flash on board is divided into 3 partitions. mtd0 is where + the ADS boot ROM and zImage is stored. It's been marked as + read-only to keep you from blasting over the bootloader. :) mtd1 is + for the ramdisk.gz image. mtd2 is user flash space and can be + utilized for either JFFS or if you're feeling crazy, running ext2 + on top of it. If you're not using the ADS bootloader, you're + welcome to blast over the mtd1 partition also. + +- 16bpp mode requires a different cable than what ships with the board. + Contact ADS or look through the manual to wire your own. Currently, + if you compile with 16bit mode support and switch into a lower bpp + mode, the timing is off so the image is corrupted. This will be + fixed soon. + +Any contribution can be sent to nico@fluxnic.net and will be greatly welcome! + diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsMaster b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsMaster new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9145088a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsMaster @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +ADS GraphicsMaster Single Board Computer + +For more details, contact Applied Data Systems or see +http://www.applieddata.net/products.html + +The original Linux support for this product has been provided by +Nicolas Pitre . Continued development work by +Woojung Huh + +Use 'make graphicsmaster_config' before any 'make config'. +This will set up defaults for GraphicsMaster support. + +The kernel zImage is linked to be loaded and executed at 0xc0400000. + +Linux can be used with the ADS BootLoader that ships with the +newer rev boards. See their documentation on how to load Linux. + +Supported peripherals: +- SA1100 LCD frame buffer (8/16bpp...sort of) +- SA1111 USB Master +- on-board SMC 92C96 ethernet NIC +- SA1100 serial port +- flash memory access (MTD/JFFS) +- pcmcia, compact flash +- touchscreen(ucb1200) +- ps/2 keyboard +- console on LCD screen +- serial ports (ttyS[0-2]) + - ttyS0 is default for serial console +- Smart I/O (ADC, keypad, digital inputs, etc) + See http://www.eurotech-inc.com/linux-sbc.asp for IOCTL documentation + and example user space code. ps/2 keybd is multiplexed through this driver + +To do: +- everything else! :-) + +Notes: + +- The flash on board is divided into 3 partitions. mtd0 is where + the zImage is stored. It's been marked as read-only to keep you + from blasting over the bootloader. :) mtd1 is + for the ramdisk.gz image. mtd2 is user flash space and can be + utilized for either JFFS or if you're feeling crazy, running ext2 + on top of it. If you're not using the ADS bootloader, you're + welcome to blast over the mtd1 partition also. + +- 16bpp mode requires a different cable than what ships with the board. + Contact ADS or look through the manual to wire your own. Currently, + if you compile with 16bit mode support and switch into a lower bpp + mode, the timing is off so the image is corrupted. This will be + fixed soon. + +Any contribution can be sent to nico@fluxnic.net and will be greatly welcome! diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/HUW_WEBPANEL b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/HUW_WEBPANEL new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd56b48d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/HUW_WEBPANEL @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +The HUW_WEBPANEL is a product of the german company Hoeft & Wessel AG + +If you want more information, please visit +http://www.hoeft-wessel.de + +To build the kernel: + make huw_webpanel_config + make oldconfig + [accept all defaults] + make zImage + +Mostly of the work is done by: +Roman Jordan jor@hoeft-wessel.de +Christoph Schulz schu@hoeft-wessel.de + +2000/12/18/ + diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Itsy b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Itsy new file mode 100644 index 000000000..44b94997f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Itsy @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +Itsy is a research project done by the Western Research Lab, and Systems +Research Center in Palo Alto, CA. The Itsy project is one of several +research projects at Compaq that are related to pocket computing. + +For more information, see: + + http://www.hpl.hp.com/downloads/crl/itsy/ + +Notes on initial 2.4 Itsy support (8/27/2000) : +The port was done on an Itsy version 1.5 machine with a daughtercard with +64 Meg of DRAM and 32 Meg of Flash. The initial work includes support for +serial console (to see what you're doing). No other devices have been +enabled. + +To build, do a "make menuconfig" (or xmenuconfig) and select Itsy support. +Disable Flash and LCD support. and then do a make zImage. +Finally, you will need to cd to arch/arm/boot/tools and execute a make there +to build the params-itsy program used to boot the kernel. + +In order to install the port of 2.4 to the itsy, You will need to set the +configuration parameters in the monitor as follows: +Arg 1:0x08340000, Arg2: 0xC0000000, Arg3:18 (0x12), Arg4:0 +Make sure the start-routine address is set to 0x00060000. + +Next, flash the params-itsy program to 0x00060000 ("p 1 0x00060000" in the +flash menu) Flash the kernel in arch/arm/boot/zImage into 0x08340000 +("p 1 0x00340000"). Finally flash an initial ramdisk into 0xC8000000 +("p 2 0x0") We used ramdisk-2-30.gz from the 0.11 version directory on +handhelds.org. + +The serial connection we established was at: + 8-bit data, no parity, 1 stop bit(s), 115200.00 b/s. in the monitor, in the +params-itsy program, and in the kernel itself. This can be changed, but +not easily. The monitor parameters are easily changed, the params program +setup is assembly outl's, and the kernel is a configuration item specific to +the itsy. (i.e. grep for CONFIG_SA1100_ITSY and you'll find where it is.) + + +This should get you a properly booting 2.4 kernel on the itsy. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/LART b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/LART new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6d412b685 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/LART @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +Linux Advanced Radio Terminal (LART) +------------------------------------ + +The LART is a small (7.5 x 10cm) SA-1100 board, designed for embedded +applications. It has 32 MB DRAM, 4MB Flash ROM, double RS232 and all +other StrongARM-gadgets. Almost all SA signals are directly accessible +through a number of connectors. The powersupply accepts voltages +between 3.5V and 16V and is overdimensioned to support a range of +daughterboards. A quad Ethernet / IDE / PS2 / sound daughterboard +is under development, with plenty of others in different stages of +planning. + +The hardware designs for this board have been released under an open license; +see the LART page at http://www.lartmaker.nl/ for more information. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/PLEB b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/PLEB new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9c8a631a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/PLEB @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +The PLEB project was started as a student initiative at the School of +Computer Science and Engineering, University of New South Wales to make a +pocket computer capable of running the Linux Kernel. + +PLEB support has yet to be fully integrated. + +For more information, see: + + http://www.cse.unsw.edu.au + + diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Pangolin b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Pangolin new file mode 100644 index 000000000..077a6120e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Pangolin @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +Pangolin is a StrongARM 1110-based evaluation platform produced +by Dialogue Technology (http://www.dialogue.com.tw/). +It has EISA slots for ease of configuration with SDRAM/Flash +memory card, USB/Serial/Audio card, Compact Flash card, +PCMCIA/IDE card and TFT-LCD card. + +To compile for Pangolin, you must issue the following commands: + + make pangolin_config + make oldconfig + make zImage + +Supported peripherals: +- SA1110 serial port (UART1/UART2/UART3) +- flash memory access +- compact flash driver +- UDA1341 sound driver +- SA1100 LCD controller for 800x600 16bpp TFT-LCD +- MQ-200 driver for 800x600 16bpp TFT-LCD +- Penmount(touch panel) driver +- PCMCIA driver +- SMC91C94 LAN driver +- IDE driver (experimental) diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Tifon b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Tifon new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd1934d9c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Tifon @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +Tifon +----- + +More info has to come... + +Contact: Peter Danielsson + diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Victor b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Victor new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9cff415da --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Victor @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +Victor is known as a "digital talking book player" manufactured by +VisuAide, Inc. to be used by blind people. + +For more information related to Victor, see: + + http://www.humanware.com/en-usa/products + +Of course Victor is using Linux as its main operating system. +The Victor implementation for Linux is maintained by Nicolas Pitre: + + nico@visuaide.com + nico@fluxnic.net + +For any comments, please feel free to contact me through the above +addresses. + diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Yopy b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Yopy new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e14f16d83 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Yopy @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +See http://www.yopydeveloper.org for more. + diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/empeg b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/empeg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4ece4849a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/empeg @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +See ../empeg/README + diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/nanoEngine b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/nanoEngine new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48a7934f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/nanoEngine @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +nanoEngine +---------- + +"nanoEngine" is a SA1110 based single board computer from +Bright Star Engineering Inc. See www.brightstareng.com/arm +for more info. +(Ref: Stuart Adams ) + +Also visit Larry Doolittle's "Linux for the nanoEngine" site: +http://www.brightstareng.com/arm/nanoeng.htm + diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/serial_UART b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/serial_UART new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a63966f1d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/serial_UART @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +The SA1100 serial port had its major/minor numbers officially assigned: + +> Date: Sun, 24 Sep 2000 21:40:27 -0700 +> From: H. Peter Anvin +> To: Nicolas Pitre +> Cc: Device List Maintainer +> Subject: Re: device +> +> Okay. Note that device numbers 204 and 205 are used for "low density +> serial devices", so you will have a range of minors on those majors (the +> tty device layer handles this just fine, so you don't have to worry about +> doing anything special.) +> +> So your assignments are: +> +> 204 char Low-density serial ports +> 5 = /dev/ttySA0 SA1100 builtin serial port 0 +> 6 = /dev/ttySA1 SA1100 builtin serial port 1 +> 7 = /dev/ttySA2 SA1100 builtin serial port 2 +> +> 205 char Low-density serial ports (alternate device) +> 5 = /dev/cusa0 Callout device for ttySA0 +> 6 = /dev/cusa1 Callout device for ttySA1 +> 7 = /dev/cusa2 Callout device for ttySA2 +> + +You must create those inodes in /dev on the root filesystem used +by your SA1100-based device: + + mknod ttySA0 c 204 5 + mknod ttySA1 c 204 6 + mknod ttySA2 c 204 7 + mknod cusa0 c 205 5 + mknod cusa1 c 205 6 + mknod cusa2 c 205 7 + +In addition to the creation of the appropriate device nodes above, you +must ensure your user space applications make use of the correct device +name. The classic example is the content of the /etc/inittab file where +you might have a getty process started on ttyS0. In this case: + +- replace occurrences of ttyS0 with ttySA0, ttyS1 with ttySA1, etc. + +- don't forget to add 'ttySA0', 'console', or the appropriate tty name + in /etc/securetty for root to be allowed to login as well. + + diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/.gitignore b/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c928dbf3c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +vrl4 diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SPEAr/overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/SPEAr/overview.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65610bf52 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/SPEAr/overview.txt @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ + SPEAr ARM Linux Overview + ========================== + +Introduction +------------ + + SPEAr (Structured Processor Enhanced Architecture). + weblink : http://www.st.com/spear + + The ST Microelectronics SPEAr range of ARM9/CortexA9 System-on-Chip CPUs are + supported by the 'spear' platform of ARM Linux. Currently SPEAr1310, + SPEAr1340, SPEAr300, SPEAr310, SPEAr320 and SPEAr600 SOCs are supported. + + Hierarchy in SPEAr is as follows: + + SPEAr (Platform) + - SPEAr3XX (3XX SOC series, based on ARM9) + - SPEAr300 (SOC) + - SPEAr300 Evaluation Board + - SPEAr310 (SOC) + - SPEAr310 Evaluation Board + - SPEAr320 (SOC) + - SPEAr320 Evaluation Board + - SPEAr6XX (6XX SOC series, based on ARM9) + - SPEAr600 (SOC) + - SPEAr600 Evaluation Board + - SPEAr13XX (13XX SOC series, based on ARM CORTEXA9) + - SPEAr1310 (SOC) + - SPEAr1310 Evaluation Board + - SPEAr1340 (SOC) + - SPEAr1340 Evaluation Board + + Configuration + ------------- + + A generic configuration is provided for each machine, and can be used as the + default by + make spear13xx_defconfig + make spear3xx_defconfig + make spear6xx_defconfig + + Layout + ------ + + The common files for multiple machine families (SPEAr3xx, SPEAr6xx and + SPEAr13xx) are located in the platform code contained in arch/arm/plat-spear + with headers in plat/. + + Each machine series have a directory with name arch/arm/mach-spear followed by + series name. Like mach-spear3xx, mach-spear6xx and mach-spear13xx. + + Common file for machines of spear3xx family is mach-spear3xx/spear3xx.c, for + spear6xx is mach-spear6xx/spear6xx.c and for spear13xx family is + mach-spear13xx/spear13xx.c. mach-spear* also contain soc/machine specific + files, like spear1310.c, spear1340.c spear300.c, spear310.c, spear320.c and + spear600.c. mach-spear* doesn't contains board specific files as they fully + support Flattened Device Tree. + + + Document Author + --------------- + + Viresh Kumar , (c) 2010-2012 ST Microelectronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/CPUfreq.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/CPUfreq.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa968aa99 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/CPUfreq.txt @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ + S3C24XX CPUfreq support + ======================= + +Introduction +------------ + + The S3C24XX series support a number of power saving systems, such as + the ability to change the core, memory and peripheral operating + frequencies. The core control is exported via the CPUFreq driver + which has a number of different manual or automatic controls over the + rate the core is running at. + + There are two forms of the driver depending on the specific CPU and + how the clocks are arranged. The first implementation used as single + PLL to feed the ARM, memory and peripherals via a series of dividers + and muxes and this is the implementation that is documented here. A + newer version where there is a separate PLL and clock divider for the + ARM core is available as a separate driver. + + +Layout +------ + + The code core manages the CPU specific drivers, any data that they + need to register and the interface to the generic drivers/cpufreq + system. Each CPU registers a driver to control the PLL, clock dividers + and anything else associated with it. Any board that wants to use this + framework needs to supply at least basic details of what is required. + + The core registers with drivers/cpufreq at init time if all the data + necessary has been supplied. + + +CPU support +----------- + + The support for each CPU depends on the facilities provided by the + SoC and the driver as each device has different PLL and clock chains + associated with it. + + +Slow Mode +--------- + + The SLOW mode where the PLL is turned off altogether and the + system is fed by the external crystal input is currently not + supported. + + +sysfs +----- + + The core code exports extra information via sysfs in the directory + devices/system/cpu/cpu0/arch-freq. + + +Board Support +------------- + + Each board that wants to use the cpufreq code must register some basic + information with the core driver to provide information about what the + board requires and any restrictions being placed on it. + + The board needs to supply information about whether it needs the IO bank + timings changing, any maximum frequency limits and information about the + SDRAM refresh rate. + + + + +Document Author +--------------- + +Ben Dooks, Copyright 2009 Simtec Electronics +Licensed under GPLv2 diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/EB2410ITX.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/EB2410ITX.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b87292e05 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/EB2410ITX.txt @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ + Simtec Electronics EB2410ITX (BAST) + =================================== + + http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/EB2410ITX/ + +Introduction +------------ + + The EB2410ITX is a S3C2410 based development board with a variety of + peripherals and expansion connectors. This board is also known by + the shortened name of Bast. + + +Configuration +------------- + + To set the default configuration, use `make bast_defconfig` which + supports the commonly used features of this board. + + +Support +------- + + Official support information can be found on the Simtec Electronics + website, at the product page http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/EB2410ITX/ + + Useful links: + + - Resources Page http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/EB2410ITX/resources.html + + - Board FAQ at http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/EB2410ITX/faq.html + + - Bootloader info http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/SWABLE/resources.html + and FAQ http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/SWABLE/faq.html + + +MTD +--- + + The NAND and NOR support has been merged from the linux-mtd project. + Any problems, see http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/ for more + information or up-to-date versions of linux-mtd. + + +IDE +--- + + Both onboard IDE ports are supported, however there is no support for + changing speed of devices, PIO Mode 4 capable drives should be used. + + +Maintainers +----------- + + This board is maintained by Simtec Electronics. + + +Copyright 2004 Ben Dooks, Simtec Electronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ebd7e224 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ + S3C24XX GPIO Control + ==================== + +Introduction +------------ + + The s3c2410 kernel provides an interface to configure and + manipulate the state of the GPIO pins, and find out other + information about them. + + There are a number of conditions attached to the configuration + of the s3c2410 GPIO system, please read the Samsung provided + data-sheet/users manual to find out the complete list. + + See Documentation/arm/Samsung/GPIO.txt for the core implementation. + + +GPIOLIB +------- + + With the event of the GPIOLIB in drivers/gpio, support for some + of the GPIO functions such as reading and writing a pin will + be removed in favour of this common access method. + + Once all the extant drivers have been converted, the functions + listed below will be removed (they may be marked as __deprecated + in the near future). + + The following functions now either have a s3c_ specific variant + or are merged into gpiolib. See the definitions in + arch/arm/plat-samsung/include/plat/gpio-cfg.h: + + s3c2410_gpio_setpin() gpio_set_value() or gpio_direction_output() + s3c2410_gpio_getpin() gpio_get_value() or gpio_direction_input() + s3c2410_gpio_getirq() gpio_to_irq() + s3c2410_gpio_cfgpin() s3c_gpio_cfgpin() + s3c2410_gpio_getcfg() s3c_gpio_getcfg() + s3c2410_gpio_pullup() s3c_gpio_setpull() + + +GPIOLIB conversion +------------------ + +If you need to convert your board or driver to use gpiolib from the phased +out s3c2410 API, then here are some notes on the process. + +1) If your board is exclusively using an GPIO, say to control peripheral + power, then it will require to claim the gpio with gpio_request() before + it can use it. + + It is recommended to check the return value, with at least WARN_ON() + during initialisation. + +2) The s3c2410_gpio_cfgpin() can be directly replaced with s3c_gpio_cfgpin() + as they have the same arguments, and can either take the pin specific + values, or the more generic special-function-number arguments. + +3) s3c2410_gpio_pullup() changes have the problem that whilst the + s3c2410_gpio_pullup(x, 1) can be easily translated to the + s3c_gpio_setpull(x, S3C_GPIO_PULL_NONE), the s3c2410_gpio_pullup(x, 0) + are not so easy. + + The s3c2410_gpio_pullup(x, 0) case enables the pull-up (or in the case + of some of the devices, a pull-down) and as such the new API distinguishes + between the UP and DOWN case. There is currently no 'just turn on' setting + which may be required if this becomes a problem. + +4) s3c2410_gpio_setpin() can be replaced by gpio_set_value(), the old call + does not implicitly configure the relevant gpio to output. The gpio + direction should be changed before using gpio_set_value(). + +5) s3c2410_gpio_getpin() is replaceable by gpio_get_value() if the pin + has been set to input. It is currently unknown what the behaviour is + when using gpio_get_value() on an output pin (s3c2410_gpio_getpin + would return the value the pin is supposed to be outputting). + +6) s3c2410_gpio_getirq() should be directly replaceable with the + gpio_to_irq() call. + +The s3c2410_gpio and gpio_ calls have always operated on the same gpio +numberspace, so there is no problem with converting the gpio numbering +between the calls. + + +Headers +------- + + See arch/arm/mach-s3c24xx/include/mach/regs-gpio.h for the list + of GPIO pins, and the configuration values for them. This + is included by using #include + + +PIN Numbers +----------- + + Each pin has an unique number associated with it in regs-gpio.h, + e.g. S3C2410_GPA(0) or S3C2410_GPF(1). These defines are used to tell + the GPIO functions which pin is to be used. + + With the conversion to gpiolib, there is no longer a direct conversion + from gpio pin number to register base address as in earlier kernels. This + is due to the number space required for newer SoCs where the later + GPIOs are not contiguous. + + +Configuring a pin +----------------- + + The following function allows the configuration of a given pin to + be changed. + + void s3c_gpio_cfgpin(unsigned int pin, unsigned int function); + + e.g.: + + s3c_gpio_cfgpin(S3C2410_GPA(0), S3C_GPIO_SFN(1)); + s3c_gpio_cfgpin(S3C2410_GPE(8), S3C_GPIO_SFN(2)); + + which would turn GPA(0) into the lowest Address line A0, and set + GPE(8) to be connected to the SDIO/MMC controller's SDDAT1 line. + + +Reading the current configuration +--------------------------------- + + The current configuration of a pin can be read by using standard + gpiolib function: + + s3c_gpio_getcfg(unsigned int pin); + + The return value will be from the same set of values which can be + passed to s3c_gpio_cfgpin(). + + +Configuring a pull-up resistor +------------------------------ + + A large proportion of the GPIO pins on the S3C2410 can have weak + pull-up resistors enabled. This can be configured by the following + function: + + void s3c_gpio_setpull(unsigned int pin, unsigned int to); + + Where the to value is S3C_GPIO_PULL_NONE to set the pull-up off, + and S3C_GPIO_PULL_UP to enable the specified pull-up. Any other + values are currently undefined. + + +Getting and setting the state of a PIN +-------------------------------------- + + These calls are now implemented by the relevant gpiolib calls, convert + your board or driver to use gpiolib. + + +Getting the IRQ number associated with a PIN +-------------------------------------------- + + A standard gpiolib function can map the given pin number to an IRQ + number to pass to the IRQ system. + + int gpio_to_irq(unsigned int pin); + + Note, not all pins have an IRQ. + + +Author +------- + +Ben Dooks, 03 October 2004 +Copyright 2004 Ben Dooks, Simtec Electronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/H1940.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/H1940.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b738859b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/H1940.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + HP IPAQ H1940 + ============= + +http://www.handhelds.org/projects/h1940.html + +Introduction +------------ + + The HP H1940 is a S3C2410 based handheld device, with + bluetooth connectivity. + + +Support +------- + + A variety of information is available + + handhelds.org project page: + + http://www.handhelds.org/projects/h1940.html + + handhelds.org wiki page: + + http://handhelds.org/moin/moin.cgi/HpIpaqH1940 + + Herbert Pötzl pages: + + http://vserver.13thfloor.at/H1940/ + + +Maintainers +----------- + + This project is being maintained and developed by a variety + of people, including Ben Dooks, Arnaud Patard, and Herbert Pötzl. + + Thanks to the many others who have also provided support. + + +(c) 2005 Ben Dooks diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/NAND.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/NAND.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc478a340 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/NAND.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + S3C24XX NAND Support + ==================== + +Introduction +------------ + +Small Page NAND +--------------- + +The driver uses a 512 byte (1 page) ECC code for this setup. The +ECC code is not directly compatible with the default kernel ECC +code, so the driver enforces its own OOB layout and ECC parameters + +Large Page NAND +--------------- + +The driver is capable of handling NAND flash with a 2KiB page +size, with support for hardware ECC generation and correction. + +Unlike the 512byte page mode, the driver generates ECC data for +each 256 byte block in an 2KiB page. This means that more than +one error in a page can be rectified. It also means that the +OOB layout remains the default kernel layout for these flashes. + + +Document Author +--------------- + +Ben Dooks, Copyright 2007 Simtec Electronics + diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..359587b23 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt @@ -0,0 +1,318 @@ + S3C24XX ARM Linux Overview + ========================== + + + +Introduction +------------ + + The Samsung S3C24XX range of ARM9 System-on-Chip CPUs are supported + by the 's3c2410' architecture of ARM Linux. Currently the S3C2410, + S3C2412, S3C2413, S3C2416, S3C2440, S3C2442, S3C2443 and S3C2450 devices + are supported. + + Support for the S3C2400 and S3C24A0 series was never completed and the + corresponding code has been removed after a while. If someone wishes to + revive this effort, partial support can be retrieved from earlier Linux + versions. + + The S3C2416 and S3C2450 devices are very similar and S3C2450 support is + included under the arch/arm/mach-s3c2416 directory. Note, whilst core + support for these SoCs is in, work on some of the extra peripherals + and extra interrupts is still ongoing. + + +Configuration +------------- + + A generic S3C2410 configuration is provided, and can be used as the + default by `make s3c2410_defconfig`. This configuration has support + for all the machines, and the commonly used features on them. + + Certain machines may have their own default configurations as well, + please check the machine specific documentation. + + +Layout +------ + + The core support files are located in the platform code contained in + arch/arm/plat-s3c24xx with headers in include/asm-arm/plat-s3c24xx. + This directory should be kept to items shared between the platform + code (arch/arm/plat-s3c24xx) and the arch/arm/mach-s3c24* code. + + Each cpu has a directory with the support files for it, and the + machines that carry the device. For example S3C2410 is contained + in arch/arm/mach-s3c2410 and S3C2440 in arch/arm/mach-s3c2440 + + Register, kernel and platform data definitions are held in the + arch/arm/mach-s3c2410 directory./include/mach + +arch/arm/plat-s3c24xx: + + Files in here are either common to all the s3c24xx family, + or are common to only some of them with names to indicate this + status. The files that are not common to all are generally named + with the initial cpu they support in the series to ensure a short + name without any possibility of confusion with newer devices. + + As an example, initially s3c244x would cover s3c2440 and s3c2442, but + with the s3c2443 which does not share many of the same drivers in + this directory, the name becomes invalid. We stick to s3c2440- + to indicate a driver that is s3c2440 and s3c2442 compatible. + + This does mean that to find the status of any given SoC, a number + of directories may need to be searched. + + +Machines +-------- + + The currently supported machines are as follows: + + Simtec Electronics EB2410ITX (BAST) + + A general purpose development board, see EB2410ITX.txt for further + details + + Simtec Electronics IM2440D20 (Osiris) + + CPU Module from Simtec Electronics, with a S3C2440A CPU, nand flash + and a PCMCIA controller. + + Samsung SMDK2410 + + Samsung's own development board, geared for PDA work. + + Samsung/Aiji SMDK2412 + + The S3C2412 version of the SMDK2440. + + Samsung/Aiji SMDK2413 + + The S3C2412 version of the SMDK2440. + + Samsung/Meritech SMDK2440 + + The S3C2440 compatible version of the SMDK2440, which has the + option of an S3C2440 or S3C2442 CPU module. + + Thorcom VR1000 + + Custom embedded board + + HP IPAQ 1940 + + Handheld (IPAQ), available in several varieties + + HP iPAQ rx3715 + + S3C2440 based IPAQ, with a number of variations depending on + features shipped. + + Acer N30 + + A S3C2410 based PDA from Acer. There is a Wiki page at + http://handhelds.org/moin/moin.cgi/AcerN30Documentation . + + AML M5900 + + American Microsystems' M5900 + + Nex Vision Nexcoder + Nex Vision Otom + + Two machines by Nex Vision + + +Adding New Machines +------------------- + + The architecture has been designed to support as many machines as can + be configured for it in one kernel build, and any future additions + should keep this in mind before altering items outside of their own + machine files. + + Machine definitions should be kept in linux/arch/arm/mach-s3c2410, + and there are a number of examples that can be looked at. + + Read the kernel patch submission policies as well as the + Documentation/arm directory before submitting patches. The + ARM kernel series is managed by Russell King, and has a patch system + located at http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/patches/ + as well as mailing lists that can be found from the same site. + + As a courtesy, please notify of any new + machines or other modifications. + + Any large scale modifications, or new drivers should be discussed + on the ARM kernel mailing list (linux-arm-kernel) before being + attempted. See http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/mailinglists/ for the + mailing list information. + + +I2C +--- + + The hardware I2C core in the CPU is supported in single master + mode, and can be configured via platform data. + + +RTC +--- + + Support for the onboard RTC unit, including alarm function. + + This has recently been upgraded to use the new RTC core, + and the module has been renamed to rtc-s3c to fit in with + the new rtc naming scheme. + + +Watchdog +-------- + + The onchip watchdog is available via the standard watchdog + interface. + + +NAND +---- + + The current kernels now have support for the s3c2410 NAND + controller. If there are any problems the latest linux-mtd + code can be found from http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/ + + For more information see Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/NAND.txt + + +SD/MMC +------ + + The SD/MMC hardware pre S3C2443 is supported in the current + kernel, the driver is drivers/mmc/host/s3cmci.c and supports + 1 and 4 bit SD or MMC cards. + + The SDIO behaviour of this driver has not been fully tested. There is no + current support for hardware SDIO interrupts. + + +Serial +------ + + The s3c2410 serial driver provides support for the internal + serial ports. These devices appear as /dev/ttySAC0 through 3. + + To create device nodes for these, use the following commands + + mknod ttySAC0 c 204 64 + mknod ttySAC1 c 204 65 + mknod ttySAC2 c 204 66 + + +GPIO +---- + + The core contains support for manipulating the GPIO, see the + documentation in GPIO.txt in the same directory as this file. + + Newer kernels carry GPIOLIB, and support is being moved towards + this with some of the older support in line to be removed. + + As of v2.6.34, the move towards using gpiolib support is almost + complete, and very little of the old calls are left. + + See Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt for the S3C24XX specific + support and Documentation/arm/Samsung/GPIO.txt for the core Samsung + implementation. + + +Clock Management +---------------- + + The core provides the interface defined in the header file + include/asm-arm/hardware/clock.h, to allow control over the + various clock units + + +Suspend to RAM +-------------- + + For boards that provide support for suspend to RAM, the + system can be placed into low power suspend. + + See Suspend.txt for more information. + + +SPI +--- + + SPI drivers are available for both the in-built hardware + (although there is no DMA support yet) and a generic + GPIO based solution. + + +LEDs +---- + + There is support for GPIO based LEDs via a platform driver + in the LED subsystem. + + +Platform Data +------------- + + Whenever a device has platform specific data that is specified + on a per-machine basis, care should be taken to ensure the + following: + + 1) that default data is not left in the device to confuse the + driver if a machine does not set it at startup + + 2) the data should (if possible) be marked as __initdata, + to ensure that the data is thrown away if the machine is + not the one currently in use. + + The best way of doing this is to make a function that + kmalloc()s an area of memory, and copies the __initdata + and then sets the relevant device's platform data. Making + the function `__init` takes care of ensuring it is discarded + with the rest of the initialisation code + + static __init void s3c24xx_xxx_set_platdata(struct xxx_data *pd) + { + struct s3c2410_xxx_mach_info *npd; + + npd = kmalloc(sizeof(struct s3c2410_xxx_mach_info), GFP_KERNEL); + if (npd) { + memcpy(npd, pd, sizeof(struct s3c2410_xxx_mach_info)); + s3c_device_xxx.dev.platform_data = npd; + } else { + printk(KERN_ERR "no memory for xxx platform data\n"); + } + } + + Note, since the code is marked as __init, it should not be + exported outside arch/arm/mach-s3c2410/, or exported to + modules via EXPORT_SYMBOL() and related functions. + + +Port Contributors +----------------- + + Ben Dooks (BJD) + Vincent Sanders + Herbert Potzl + Arnaud Patard (RTP) + Roc Wu + Klaus Fetscher + Dimitry Andric + Shannon Holland + Guillaume Gourat (NexVision) + Christer Weinigel (wingel) (Acer N30) + Lucas Correia Villa Real (S3C2400 port) + + +Document Author +--------------- + +Ben Dooks, Copyright 2004-2006 Simtec Electronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2412.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2412.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f057876b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2412.txt @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ + S3C2412 ARM Linux Overview + ========================== + +Introduction +------------ + + The S3C2412 is part of the S3C24XX range of ARM9 System-on-Chip CPUs + from Samsung. This part has an ARM926-EJS core, capable of running up + to 266MHz (see data-sheet for more information) + + +Clock +----- + + The core clock code provides a set of clocks to the drivers, and allows + for source selection and a number of other features. + + +Power +----- + + No support for suspend/resume to RAM in the current system. + + +DMA +--- + + No current support for DMA. + + +GPIO +---- + + There is support for setting the GPIO to input/output/special function + and reading or writing to them. + + +UART +---- + + The UART hardware is similar to the S3C2440, and is supported by the + s3c2410 driver in the drivers/serial directory. + + +NAND +---- + + The NAND hardware is similar to the S3C2440, and is supported by the + s3c2410 driver in the drivers/mtd/nand directory. + + +USB Host +-------- + + The USB hardware is similar to the S3C2410, with extended clock source + control. The OHCI portion is supported by the ohci-s3c2410 driver, and + the clock control selection is supported by the core clock code. + + +USB Device +---------- + + No current support in the kernel + + +IRQs +---- + + All the standard, and external interrupt sources are supported. The + extra sub-sources are not yet supported. + + +RTC +--- + + The RTC hardware is similar to the S3C2410, and is supported by the + s3c2410-rtc driver. + + +Watchdog +-------- + + The watchdog hardware is the same as the S3C2410, and is supported by + the s3c2410_wdt driver. + + +MMC/SD/SDIO +----------- + + No current support for the MMC/SD/SDIO block. + +IIC +--- + + The IIC hardware is the same as the S3C2410, and is supported by the + i2c-s3c24xx driver. + + +IIS +--- + + No current support for the IIS interface. + + +SPI +--- + + No current support for the SPI interfaces. + + +ATA +--- + + No current support for the on-board ATA block. + + +Document Author +--------------- + +Ben Dooks, Copyright 2006 Simtec Electronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2413.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2413.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..909bdc7dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2413.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + S3C2413 ARM Linux Overview + ========================== + +Introduction +------------ + + The S3C2413 is an extended version of the S3C2412, with an camera + interface and mobile DDR memory support. See the S3C2412 support + documentation for more information. + + +Camera Interface +--------------- + + This block is currently not supported. + + +Document Author +--------------- + +Ben Dooks, Copyright 2006 Simtec Electronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/SMDK2440.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/SMDK2440.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..429390bd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/SMDK2440.txt @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ + Samsung/Meritech SMDK2440 + ========================= + +Introduction +------------ + + The SMDK2440 is a two part evaluation board for the Samsung S3C2440 + processor. It includes support for LCD, SmartMedia, Audio, SD and + 10MBit Ethernet, and expansion headers for various signals, including + the camera and unused GPIO. + + +Configuration +------------- + + To set the default configuration, use `make smdk2440_defconfig` which + will configure the common features of this board, or use + `make s3c2410_config` to include support for all s3c2410/s3c2440 machines + + +Support +------- + + Ben Dooks' SMDK2440 site at http://www.fluff.org/ben/smdk2440/ which + includes linux based USB download tools. + + Some of the h1940 patches that can be found from the H1940 project + site at http://www.handhelds.org/projects/h1940.html can also be + applied to this board. + + +Peripherals +----------- + + There is no current support for any of the extra peripherals on the + base-board itself. + + +MTD +--- + + The NAND flash should be supported by the in kernel MTD NAND support, + NOR flash will be added later. + + +Maintainers +----------- + + This board is being maintained by Ben Dooks, for more info, see + http://www.fluff.org/ben/smdk2440/ + + Many thanks to Dimitry Andric of TomTom for the loan of the SMDK2440, + and to Simtec Electronics for allowing me time to work on this. + + +(c) 2004 Ben Dooks diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Suspend.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Suspend.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ca63b3e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Suspend.txt @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ + S3C24XX Suspend Support + ======================= + + +Introduction +------------ + + The S3C24XX supports a low-power suspend mode, where the SDRAM is kept + in Self-Refresh mode, and all but the essential peripheral blocks are + powered down. For more information on how this works, please look + at the relevant CPU datasheet from Samsung. + + +Requirements +------------ + + 1) A bootloader that can support the necessary resume operation + + 2) Support for at least 1 source for resume + + 3) CONFIG_PM enabled in the kernel + + 4) Any peripherals that are going to be powered down at the same + time require suspend/resume support. + + +Resuming +-------- + + The S3C2410 user manual defines the process of sending the CPU to + sleep and how it resumes. The default behaviour of the Linux code + is to set the GSTATUS3 register to the physical address of the + code to resume Linux operation. + + GSTATUS4 is currently left alone by the sleep code, and is free to + use for any other purposes (for example, the EB2410ITX uses this to + save memory configuration in). + + +Machine Support +--------------- + + The machine specific functions must call the s3c_pm_init() function + to say that its bootloader is capable of resuming. This can be as + simple as adding the following to the machine's definition: + + INITMACHINE(s3c_pm_init) + + A board can do its own setup before calling s3c_pm_init, if it + needs to setup anything else for power management support. + + There is currently no support for over-riding the default method of + saving the resume address, if your board requires it, then contact + the maintainer and discuss what is required. + + Note, the original method of adding an late_initcall() is wrong, + and will end up initialising all compiled machines' pm init! + + The following is an example of code used for testing wakeup from + an falling edge on IRQ_EINT0: + + +static irqreturn_t button_irq(int irq, void *pw) +{ + return IRQ_HANDLED; +} + +statuc void __init machine_init(void) +{ + ... + + request_irq(IRQ_EINT0, button_irq, IRQF_TRIGGER_FALLING, + "button-irq-eint0", NULL); + + enable_irq_wake(IRQ_EINT0); + + s3c_pm_init(); +} + + +Debugging +--------- + + There are several important things to remember when using PM suspend: + + 1) The uart drivers will disable the clocks to the UART blocks when + suspending, which means that use of printascii() or similar direct + access to the UARTs will cause the debug to stop. + + 2) Whilst the pm code itself will attempt to re-enable the UART clocks, + care should be taken that any external clock sources that the UARTs + rely on are still enabled at that point. + + 3) If any debugging is placed in the resume path, then it must have the + relevant clocks and peripherals setup before use (ie, bootloader). + + For example, if you transmit a character from the UART, the baud + rate and uart controls must be setup beforehand. + + +Configuration +------------- + + The S3C2410 specific configuration in `System Type` defines various + aspects of how the S3C2410 suspend and resume support is configured + + `S3C2410 PM Suspend debug` + + This option prints messages to the serial console before and after + the actual suspend, giving detailed information on what is + happening + + + `S3C2410 PM Suspend Memory CRC` + + Allows the entire memory to be checksummed before and after the + suspend to see if there has been any corruption of the contents. + + Note, the time to calculate the CRC is dependent on the CPU speed + and the size of memory. For an 64Mbyte RAM area on an 200MHz + S3C2410, this can take approximately 4 seconds to complete. + + This support requires the CRC32 function to be enabled. + + + `S3C2410 PM Suspend CRC Chunksize (KiB)` + + Defines the size of memory each CRC chunk covers. A smaller value + will mean that the CRC data block will take more memory, but will + identify any faults with better precision + + +Document Author +--------------- + +Ben Dooks, Copyright 2004 Simtec Electronics + diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/USB-Host.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/USB-Host.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f82b1faef --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/USB-Host.txt @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ + S3C24XX USB Host support + ======================== + + + +Introduction +------------ + + This document details the S3C2410/S3C2440 in-built OHCI USB host support. + +Configuration +------------- + + Enable at least the following kernel options: + + menuconfig: + + Device Drivers ---> + USB support ---> + <*> Support for Host-side USB + <*> OHCI HCD support + + + .config: + CONFIG_USB + CONFIG_USB_OHCI_HCD + + + Once these options are configured, the standard set of USB device + drivers can be configured and used. + + +Board Support +------------- + + The driver attaches to a platform device, which will need to be + added by the board specific support file in linux/arch/arm/mach-s3c2410, + such as mach-bast.c or mach-smdk2410.c + + The platform device's platform_data field is only needed if the + board implements extra power control or over-current monitoring. + + The OHCI driver does not ensure the state of the S3C2410's MISCCTRL + register, so if both ports are to be used for the host, then it is + the board support file's responsibility to ensure that the second + port is configured to be connected to the OHCI core. + + +Platform Data +------------- + + See arch/arm/mach-s3c2410/include/mach/usb-control.h for the + descriptions of the platform device data. An implementation + can be found in linux/arch/arm/mach-s3c2410/usb-simtec.c . + + The `struct s3c2410_hcd_info` contains a pair of functions + that get called to enable over-current detection, and to + control the port power status. + + The ports are numbered 0 and 1. + + power_control: + + Called to enable or disable the power on the port. + + enable_oc: + + Called to enable or disable the over-current monitoring. + This should claim or release the resources being used to + check the power condition on the port, such as an IRQ. + + report_oc: + + The OHCI driver fills this field in for the over-current code + to call when there is a change to the over-current state on + an port. The ports argument is a bitmask of 1 bit per port, + with bit X being 1 for an over-current on port X. + + The function s3c2410_usb_report_oc() has been provided to + ensure this is called correctly. + + port[x]: + + This is struct describes each port, 0 or 1. The platform driver + should set the flags field of each port to S3C_HCDFLG_USED if + the port is enabled. + + + +Document Author +--------------- + +Ben Dooks, Copyright 2005 Simtec Electronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/GPIO.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/GPIO.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..795adfd88 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/GPIO.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + Samsung GPIO implementation + =========================== + +Introduction +------------ + +This outlines the Samsung GPIO implementation and the architecture +specific calls provided alongside the drivers/gpio core. + + +S3C24XX (Legacy) +---------------- + +See Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt for more information +about these devices. Their implementation has been brought into line +with the core samsung implementation described in this document. + + +GPIOLIB integration +------------------- + +The gpio implementation uses gpiolib as much as possible, only providing +specific calls for the items that require Samsung specific handling, such +as pin special-function or pull resistor control. + +GPIO numbering is synchronised between the Samsung and gpiolib system. + + +PIN configuration +----------------- + +Pin configuration is specific to the Samsung architecture, with each SoC +registering the necessary information for the core gpio configuration +implementation to configure pins as necessary. + +The s3c_gpio_cfgpin() and s3c_gpio_setpull() provide the means for a +driver or machine to change gpio configuration. + +See arch/arm/plat-samsung/include/plat/gpio-cfg.h for more information +on these functions. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Overview.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f7309bad --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Overview.txt @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ + Samsung ARM Linux Overview + ========================== + +Introduction +------------ + + The Samsung range of ARM SoCs spans many similar devices, from the initial + ARM9 through to the newest ARM cores. This document shows an overview of + the current kernel support, how to use it and where to find the code + that supports this. + + The currently supported SoCs are: + + - S3C24XX: See Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt for full list + - S3C64XX: S3C6400 and S3C6410 + - S5PC110 / S5PV210 + + +S3C24XX Systems +--------------- + + There is still documentation in Documnetation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/ which + deals with the architecture and drivers specific to these devices. + + See Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt for more information + on the implementation details and specific support. + + +Configuration +------------- + + A number of configurations are supplied, as there is no current way of + unifying all the SoCs into one kernel. + + s5pc110_defconfig - S5PC110 specific default configuration + s5pv210_defconfig - S5PV210 specific default configuration + + +Layout +------ + + The directory layout is currently being restructured, and consists of + several platform directories and then the machine specific directories + of the CPUs being built for. + + plat-samsung provides the base for all the implementations, and is the + last in the line of include directories that are processed for the build + specific information. It contains the base clock, GPIO and device definitions + to get the system running. + + plat-s3c24xx is for s3c24xx specific builds, see the S3C24XX docs. + + plat-s5p is for s5p specific builds, and contains common support for the + S5P specific systems. Not all S5Ps use all the features in this directory + due to differences in the hardware. + + +Layout changes +-------------- + + The old plat-s3c and plat-s5pc1xx directories have been removed, with + support moved to either plat-samsung or plat-s5p as necessary. These moves + where to simplify the include and dependency issues involved with having + so many different platform directories. + + +Port Contributors +----------------- + + Ben Dooks (BJD) + Vincent Sanders + Herbert Potzl + Arnaud Patard (RTP) + Roc Wu + Klaus Fetscher + Dimitry Andric + Shannon Holland + Guillaume Gourat (NexVision) + Christer Weinigel (wingel) (Acer N30) + Lucas Correia Villa Real (S3C2400 port) + + +Document Author +--------------- + +Copyright 2009-2010 Ben Dooks diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk new file mode 100755 index 000000000..d9174fabe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +#!/usr/bin/awk -f +# +# Copyright 2010 Ben Dooks +# +# Released under GPLv2 + +# example usage +# ./clksrc-change-registers.awk arch/arm/plat-s5pc1xx/include/plat/regs-clock.h < src > dst + +function extract_value(s) +{ + eqat = index(s, "=") + comat = index(s, ",") + return substr(s, eqat+2, (comat-eqat)-2) +} + +function remove_brackets(b) +{ + return substr(b, 2, length(b)-2) +} + +function splitdefine(l, p) +{ + r = split(l, tp) + + p[0] = tp[2] + p[1] = remove_brackets(tp[3]) +} + +function find_length(f) +{ + if (0) + printf "find_length " f "\n" > "/dev/stderr" + + if (f ~ /0x1/) + return 1 + else if (f ~ /0x3/) + return 2 + else if (f ~ /0x7/) + return 3 + else if (f ~ /0xf/) + return 4 + + printf "unknown legnth " f "\n" > "/dev/stderr" + exit +} + +function find_shift(s) +{ + id = index(s, "<") + if (id <= 0) { + printf "cannot find shift " s "\n" > "/dev/stderr" + exit + } + + return substr(s, id+2) +} + + +BEGIN { + if (ARGC < 2) { + print "too few arguments" > "/dev/stderr" + exit + } + +# read the header file and find the mask values that we will need +# to replace and create an associative array of values + + while (getline line < ARGV[1] > 0) { + if (line ~ /\#define.*_MASK/ && + !(line ~ /USB_SIG_MASK/)) { + splitdefine(line, fields) + name = fields[0] + if (0) + printf "MASK " line "\n" > "/dev/stderr" + dmask[name,0] = find_length(fields[1]) + dmask[name,1] = find_shift(fields[1]) + if (0) + printf "=> '" name "' LENGTH=" dmask[name,0] " SHIFT=" dmask[name,1] "\n" > "/dev/stderr" + } else { + } + } + + delete ARGV[1] +} + +/clksrc_clk.*=.*{/ { + shift="" + mask="" + divshift="" + reg_div="" + reg_src="" + indent=1 + + print $0 + + for(; indent >= 1;) { + if ((getline line) <= 0) { + printf "unexpected end of file" > "/dev/stderr" + exit 1; + } + + if (line ~ /\.shift/) { + shift = extract_value(line) + } else if (line ~ /\.mask/) { + mask = extract_value(line) + } else if (line ~ /\.reg_divider/) { + reg_div = extract_value(line) + } else if (line ~ /\.reg_source/) { + reg_src = extract_value(line) + } else if (line ~ /\.divider_shift/) { + divshift = extract_value(line) + } else if (line ~ /{/) { + indent++ + print line + } else if (line ~ /}/) { + indent-- + + if (indent == 0) { + if (0) { + printf "shift '" shift "' ='" dmask[shift,0] "'\n" > "/dev/stderr" + printf "mask '" mask "'\n" > "/dev/stderr" + printf "dshft '" divshift "'\n" > "/dev/stderr" + printf "rdiv '" reg_div "'\n" > "/dev/stderr" + printf "rsrc '" reg_src "'\n" > "/dev/stderr" + } + + generated = mask + sub(reg_src, reg_div, generated) + + if (0) { + printf "/* rsrc " reg_src " */\n" + printf "/* rdiv " reg_div " */\n" + printf "/* shift " shift " */\n" + printf "/* mask " mask " */\n" + printf "/* generated " generated " */\n" + } + + if (reg_div != "") { + printf "\t.reg_div = { " + printf ".reg = " reg_div ", " + printf ".shift = " dmask[generated,1] ", " + printf ".size = " dmask[generated,0] ", " + printf "},\n" + } + + printf "\t.reg_src = { " + printf ".reg = " reg_src ", " + printf ".shift = " dmask[mask,1] ", " + printf ".size = " dmask[mask,0] ", " + + printf "},\n" + + } + + print line + } else { + print line + } + + if (0) + printf indent ":" line "\n" > "/dev/stderr" + } +} + +// && ! /clksrc_clk.*=.*{/ { print $0 } diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Setup b/Documentation/arm/Setup new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0cb1e64bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/Setup @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +Kernel initialisation parameters on ARM Linux +--------------------------------------------- + +The following document describes the kernel initialisation parameter +structure, otherwise known as 'struct param_struct' which is used +for most ARM Linux architectures. + +This structure is used to pass initialisation parameters from the +kernel loader to the Linux kernel proper, and may be short lived +through the kernel initialisation process. As a general rule, it +should not be referenced outside of arch/arm/kernel/setup.c:setup_arch(). + +There are a lot of parameters listed in there, and they are described +below: + + page_size + + This parameter must be set to the page size of the machine, and + will be checked by the kernel. + + nr_pages + + This is the total number of pages of memory in the system. If + the memory is banked, then this should contain the total number + of pages in the system. + + If the system contains separate VRAM, this value should not + include this information. + + ramdisk_size + + This is now obsolete, and should not be used. + + flags + + Various kernel flags, including: + bit 0 - 1 = mount root read only + bit 1 - unused + bit 2 - 0 = load ramdisk + bit 3 - 0 = prompt for ramdisk + + rootdev + + major/minor number pair of device to mount as the root filesystem. + + video_num_cols + video_num_rows + + These two together describe the character size of the dummy console, + or VGA console character size. They should not be used for any other + purpose. + + It's generally a good idea to set these to be either standard VGA, or + the equivalent character size of your fbcon display. This then allows + all the bootup messages to be displayed correctly. + + video_x + video_y + + This describes the character position of cursor on VGA console, and + is otherwise unused. (should not be used for other console types, and + should not be used for other purposes). + + memc_control_reg + + MEMC chip control register for Acorn Archimedes and Acorn A5000 + based machines. May be used differently by different architectures. + + sounddefault + + Default sound setting on Acorn machines. May be used differently by + different architectures. + + adfsdrives + + Number of ADFS/MFM disks. May be used differently by different + architectures. + + bytes_per_char_h + bytes_per_char_v + + These are now obsolete, and should not be used. + + pages_in_bank[4] + + Number of pages in each bank of the systems memory (used for RiscPC). + This is intended to be used on systems where the physical memory + is non-contiguous from the processors point of view. + + pages_in_vram + + Number of pages in VRAM (used on Acorn RiscPC). This value may also + be used by loaders if the size of the video RAM can't be obtained + from the hardware. + + initrd_start + initrd_size + + This describes the kernel virtual start address and size of the + initial ramdisk. + + rd_start + + Start address in sectors of the ramdisk image on a floppy disk. + + system_rev + + system revision number. + + system_serial_low + system_serial_high + + system 64-bit serial number + + mem_fclk_21285 + + The speed of the external oscillator to the 21285 (footbridge), + which control's the speed of the memory bus, timer & serial port. + Depending upon the speed of the cpu its value can be between + 0-66 MHz. If no params are passed or a value of zero is passed, + then a value of 50 Mhz is the default on 21285 architectures. + + paths[8][128] + + These are now obsolete, and should not be used. + + commandline + + Kernel command line parameters. Details can be found elsewhere. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/VFP/release-notes.txt b/Documentation/arm/VFP/release-notes.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..28a279570 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/VFP/release-notes.txt @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +Release notes for Linux Kernel VFP support code +----------------------------------------------- + +Date: 20 May 2004 +Author: Russell King + +This is the first release of the Linux Kernel VFP support code. It +provides support for the exceptions bounced from VFP hardware found +on ARM926EJ-S. + +This release has been validated against the SoftFloat-2b library by +John R. Hauser using the TestFloat-2a test suite. Details of this +library and test suite can be found at: + + http://www.jhauser.us/arithmetic/SoftFloat.html + +The operations which have been tested with this package are: + + - fdiv + - fsub + - fadd + - fmul + - fcmp + - fcmpe + - fcvtd + - fcvts + - fsito + - ftosi + - fsqrt + +All the above pass softfloat tests with the following exceptions: + +- fadd/fsub shows some differences in the handling of +0 / -0 results + when input operands differ in signs. +- the handling of underflow exceptions is slightly different. If a + result underflows before rounding, but becomes a normalised number + after rounding, we do not signal an underflow exception. + +Other operations which have been tested by basic assembly-only tests +are: + + - fcpy + - fabs + - fneg + - ftoui + - ftosiz + - ftouiz + +The combination operations have not been tested: + + - fmac + - fnmac + - fmsc + - fnmsc + - fnmul diff --git a/Documentation/arm/cluster-pm-race-avoidance.txt b/Documentation/arm/cluster-pm-race-avoidance.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..750b6fc24 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/cluster-pm-race-avoidance.txt @@ -0,0 +1,498 @@ +Cluster-wide Power-up/power-down race avoidance algorithm +========================================================= + +This file documents the algorithm which is used to coordinate CPU and +cluster setup and teardown operations and to manage hardware coherency +controls safely. + +The section "Rationale" explains what the algorithm is for and why it is +needed. "Basic model" explains general concepts using a simplified view +of the system. The other sections explain the actual details of the +algorithm in use. + + +Rationale +--------- + +In a system containing multiple CPUs, it is desirable to have the +ability to turn off individual CPUs when the system is idle, reducing +power consumption and thermal dissipation. + +In a system containing multiple clusters of CPUs, it is also desirable +to have the ability to turn off entire clusters. + +Turning entire clusters off and on is a risky business, because it +involves performing potentially destructive operations affecting a group +of independently running CPUs, while the OS continues to run. This +means that we need some coordination in order to ensure that critical +cluster-level operations are only performed when it is truly safe to do +so. + +Simple locking may not be sufficient to solve this problem, because +mechanisms like Linux spinlocks may rely on coherency mechanisms which +are not immediately enabled when a cluster powers up. Since enabling or +disabling those mechanisms may itself be a non-atomic operation (such as +writing some hardware registers and invalidating large caches), other +methods of coordination are required in order to guarantee safe +power-down and power-up at the cluster level. + +The mechanism presented in this document describes a coherent memory +based protocol for performing the needed coordination. It aims to be as +lightweight as possible, while providing the required safety properties. + + +Basic model +----------- + +Each cluster and CPU is assigned a state, as follows: + + DOWN + COMING_UP + UP + GOING_DOWN + + +---------> UP ----------+ + | v + + COMING_UP GOING_DOWN + + ^ | + +--------- DOWN <--------+ + + +DOWN: The CPU or cluster is not coherent, and is either powered off or + suspended, or is ready to be powered off or suspended. + +COMING_UP: The CPU or cluster has committed to moving to the UP state. + It may be part way through the process of initialisation and + enabling coherency. + +UP: The CPU or cluster is active and coherent at the hardware + level. A CPU in this state is not necessarily being used + actively by the kernel. + +GOING_DOWN: The CPU or cluster has committed to moving to the DOWN + state. It may be part way through the process of teardown and + coherency exit. + + +Each CPU has one of these states assigned to it at any point in time. +The CPU states are described in the "CPU state" section, below. + +Each cluster is also assigned a state, but it is necessary to split the +state value into two parts (the "cluster" state and "inbound" state) and +to introduce additional states in order to avoid races between different +CPUs in the cluster simultaneously modifying the state. The cluster- +level states are described in the "Cluster state" section. + +To help distinguish the CPU states from cluster states in this +discussion, the state names are given a CPU_ prefix for the CPU states, +and a CLUSTER_ or INBOUND_ prefix for the cluster states. + + +CPU state +--------- + +In this algorithm, each individual core in a multi-core processor is +referred to as a "CPU". CPUs are assumed to be single-threaded: +therefore, a CPU can only be doing one thing at a single point in time. + +This means that CPUs fit the basic model closely. + +The algorithm defines the following states for each CPU in the system: + + CPU_DOWN + CPU_COMING_UP + CPU_UP + CPU_GOING_DOWN + + cluster setup and + CPU setup complete policy decision + +-----------> CPU_UP ------------+ + | v + + CPU_COMING_UP CPU_GOING_DOWN + + ^ | + +----------- CPU_DOWN <----------+ + policy decision CPU teardown complete + or hardware event + + +The definitions of the four states correspond closely to the states of +the basic model. + +Transitions between states occur as follows. + +A trigger event (spontaneous) means that the CPU can transition to the +next state as a result of making local progress only, with no +requirement for any external event to happen. + + +CPU_DOWN: + + A CPU reaches the CPU_DOWN state when it is ready for + power-down. On reaching this state, the CPU will typically + power itself down or suspend itself, via a WFI instruction or a + firmware call. + + Next state: CPU_COMING_UP + Conditions: none + + Trigger events: + + a) an explicit hardware power-up operation, resulting + from a policy decision on another CPU; + + b) a hardware event, such as an interrupt. + + +CPU_COMING_UP: + + A CPU cannot start participating in hardware coherency until the + cluster is set up and coherent. If the cluster is not ready, + then the CPU will wait in the CPU_COMING_UP state until the + cluster has been set up. + + Next state: CPU_UP + Conditions: The CPU's parent cluster must be in CLUSTER_UP. + Trigger events: Transition of the parent cluster to CLUSTER_UP. + + Refer to the "Cluster state" section for a description of the + CLUSTER_UP state. + + +CPU_UP: + When a CPU reaches the CPU_UP state, it is safe for the CPU to + start participating in local coherency. + + This is done by jumping to the kernel's CPU resume code. + + Note that the definition of this state is slightly different + from the basic model definition: CPU_UP does not mean that the + CPU is coherent yet, but it does mean that it is safe to resume + the kernel. The kernel handles the rest of the resume + procedure, so the remaining steps are not visible as part of the + race avoidance algorithm. + + The CPU remains in this state until an explicit policy decision + is made to shut down or suspend the CPU. + + Next state: CPU_GOING_DOWN + Conditions: none + Trigger events: explicit policy decision + + +CPU_GOING_DOWN: + + While in this state, the CPU exits coherency, including any + operations required to achieve this (such as cleaning data + caches). + + Next state: CPU_DOWN + Conditions: local CPU teardown complete + Trigger events: (spontaneous) + + +Cluster state +------------- + +A cluster is a group of connected CPUs with some common resources. +Because a cluster contains multiple CPUs, it can be doing multiple +things at the same time. This has some implications. In particular, a +CPU can start up while another CPU is tearing the cluster down. + +In this discussion, the "outbound side" is the view of the cluster state +as seen by a CPU tearing the cluster down. The "inbound side" is the +view of the cluster state as seen by a CPU setting the CPU up. + +In order to enable safe coordination in such situations, it is important +that a CPU which is setting up the cluster can advertise its state +independently of the CPU which is tearing down the cluster. For this +reason, the cluster state is split into two parts: + + "cluster" state: The global state of the cluster; or the state + on the outbound side: + + CLUSTER_DOWN + CLUSTER_UP + CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN + + "inbound" state: The state of the cluster on the inbound side. + + INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP + INBOUND_COMING_UP + + + The different pairings of these states results in six possible + states for the cluster as a whole: + + CLUSTER_UP + +==========> INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP -------------+ + # | + | + CLUSTER_UP <----+ | + INBOUND_COMING_UP | v + + ^ CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN + # INBOUND_COMING_UP <=== INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP + + CLUSTER_DOWN | | + INBOUND_COMING_UP <----+ | + | + ^ | + +=========== CLUSTER_DOWN <------------+ + INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP + + Transitions -----> can only be made by the outbound CPU, and + only involve changes to the "cluster" state. + + Transitions ===##> can only be made by the inbound CPU, and only + involve changes to the "inbound" state, except where there is no + further transition possible on the outbound side (i.e., the + outbound CPU has put the cluster into the CLUSTER_DOWN state). + + The race avoidance algorithm does not provide a way to determine + which exact CPUs within the cluster play these roles. This must + be decided in advance by some other means. Refer to the section + "Last man and first man selection" for more explanation. + + + CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP is the only state where the + cluster can actually be powered down. + + The parallelism of the inbound and outbound CPUs is observed by + the existence of two different paths from CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/ + INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (corresponding to GOING_DOWN in the basic + model) to CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (corresponding to + COMING_UP in the basic model). The second path avoids cluster + teardown completely. + + CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP is equivalent to UP in the basic + model. The final transition to CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP + is trivial and merely resets the state machine ready for the + next cycle. + + Details of the allowable transitions follow. + + The next state in each case is notated + + / () + + where the is the side on which the transition + can occur; either the inbound or the outbound side. + + +CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP: + + Next state: CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (inbound) + Conditions: none + Trigger events: + + a) an explicit hardware power-up operation, resulting + from a policy decision on another CPU; + + b) a hardware event, such as an interrupt. + + +CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP: + + In this state, an inbound CPU sets up the cluster, including + enabling of hardware coherency at the cluster level and any + other operations (such as cache invalidation) which are required + in order to achieve this. + + The purpose of this state is to do sufficient cluster-level + setup to enable other CPUs in the cluster to enter coherency + safely. + + Next state: CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP (inbound) + Conditions: cluster-level setup and hardware coherency complete + Trigger events: (spontaneous) + + +CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP: + + Cluster-level setup is complete and hardware coherency is + enabled for the cluster. Other CPUs in the cluster can safely + enter coherency. + + This is a transient state, leading immediately to + CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP. All other CPUs on the cluster + should consider treat these two states as equivalent. + + Next state: CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (inbound) + Conditions: none + Trigger events: (spontaneous) + + +CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP: + + Cluster-level setup is complete and hardware coherency is + enabled for the cluster. Other CPUs in the cluster can safely + enter coherency. + + The cluster will remain in this state until a policy decision is + made to power the cluster down. + + Next state: CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (outbound) + Conditions: none + Trigger events: policy decision to power down the cluster + + +CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP: + + An outbound CPU is tearing the cluster down. The selected CPU + must wait in this state until all CPUs in the cluster are in the + CPU_DOWN state. + + When all CPUs are in the CPU_DOWN state, the cluster can be torn + down, for example by cleaning data caches and exiting + cluster-level coherency. + + To avoid wasteful unnecessary teardown operations, the outbound + should check the inbound cluster state for asynchronous + transitions to INBOUND_COMING_UP. Alternatively, individual + CPUs can be checked for entry into CPU_COMING_UP or CPU_UP. + + + Next states: + + CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (outbound) + Conditions: cluster torn down and ready to power off + Trigger events: (spontaneous) + + CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (inbound) + Conditions: none + Trigger events: + + a) an explicit hardware power-up operation, + resulting from a policy decision on another + CPU; + + b) a hardware event, such as an interrupt. + + +CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP: + + The cluster is (or was) being torn down, but another CPU has + come online in the meantime and is trying to set up the cluster + again. + + If the outbound CPU observes this state, it has two choices: + + a) back out of teardown, restoring the cluster to the + CLUSTER_UP state; + + b) finish tearing the cluster down and put the cluster + in the CLUSTER_DOWN state; the inbound CPU will + set up the cluster again from there. + + Choice (a) permits the removal of some latency by avoiding + unnecessary teardown and setup operations in situations where + the cluster is not really going to be powered down. + + + Next states: + + CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP (outbound) + Conditions: cluster-level setup and hardware + coherency complete + Trigger events: (spontaneous) + + CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (outbound) + Conditions: cluster torn down and ready to power off + Trigger events: (spontaneous) + + +Last man and First man selection +-------------------------------- + +The CPU which performs cluster tear-down operations on the outbound side +is commonly referred to as the "last man". + +The CPU which performs cluster setup on the inbound side is commonly +referred to as the "first man". + +The race avoidance algorithm documented above does not provide a +mechanism to choose which CPUs should play these roles. + + +Last man: + +When shutting down the cluster, all the CPUs involved are initially +executing Linux and hence coherent. Therefore, ordinary spinlocks can +be used to select a last man safely, before the CPUs become +non-coherent. + + +First man: + +Because CPUs may power up asynchronously in response to external wake-up +events, a dynamic mechanism is needed to make sure that only one CPU +attempts to play the first man role and do the cluster-level +initialisation: any other CPUs must wait for this to complete before +proceeding. + +Cluster-level initialisation may involve actions such as configuring +coherency controls in the bus fabric. + +The current implementation in mcpm_head.S uses a separate mutual exclusion +mechanism to do this arbitration. This mechanism is documented in +detail in vlocks.txt. + + +Features and Limitations +------------------------ + +Implementation: + + The current ARM-based implementation is split between + arch/arm/common/mcpm_head.S (low-level inbound CPU operations) and + arch/arm/common/mcpm_entry.c (everything else): + + __mcpm_cpu_going_down() signals the transition of a CPU to the + CPU_GOING_DOWN state. + + __mcpm_cpu_down() signals the transition of a CPU to the CPU_DOWN + state. + + A CPU transitions to CPU_COMING_UP and then to CPU_UP via the + low-level power-up code in mcpm_head.S. This could + involve CPU-specific setup code, but in the current + implementation it does not. + + __mcpm_outbound_enter_critical() and __mcpm_outbound_leave_critical() + handle transitions from CLUSTER_UP to CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN + and from there to CLUSTER_DOWN or back to CLUSTER_UP (in + the case of an aborted cluster power-down). + + These functions are more complex than the __mcpm_cpu_*() + functions due to the extra inter-CPU coordination which + is needed for safe transitions at the cluster level. + + A cluster transitions from CLUSTER_DOWN back to CLUSTER_UP via + the low-level power-up code in mcpm_head.S. This + typically involves platform-specific setup code, + provided by the platform-specific power_up_setup + function registered via mcpm_sync_init. + +Deep topologies: + + As currently described and implemented, the algorithm does not + support CPU topologies involving more than two levels (i.e., + clusters of clusters are not supported). The algorithm could be + extended by replicating the cluster-level states for the + additional topological levels, and modifying the transition + rules for the intermediate (non-outermost) cluster levels. + + +Colophon +-------- + +Originally created and documented by Dave Martin for Linaro Limited, in +collaboration with Nicolas Pitre and Achin Gupta. + +Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Linaro Limited +Distributed under the terms of Version 2 of the GNU General Public +License, as defined in linux/COPYING. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/firmware.txt b/Documentation/arm/firmware.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da6713ada --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/firmware.txt @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +Interface for registering and calling firmware-specific operations for ARM. +---- +Written by Tomasz Figa + +Some boards are running with secure firmware running in TrustZone secure +world, which changes the way some things have to be initialized. This makes +a need to provide an interface for such platforms to specify available firmware +operations and call them when needed. + +Firmware operations can be specified by filling in a struct firmware_ops +with appropriate callbacks and then registering it with register_firmware_ops() +function. + + void register_firmware_ops(const struct firmware_ops *ops) + +The ops pointer must be non-NULL. More information about struct firmware_ops +and its members can be found in arch/arm/include/asm/firmware.h header. + +There is a default, empty set of operations provided, so there is no need to +set anything if platform does not require firmware operations. + +To call a firmware operation, a helper macro is provided + + #define call_firmware_op(op, ...) \ + ((firmware_ops->op) ? firmware_ops->op(__VA_ARGS__) : (-ENOSYS)) + +the macro checks if the operation is provided and calls it or otherwise returns +-ENOSYS to signal that given operation is not available (for example, to allow +fallback to legacy operation). + +Example of registering firmware operations: + + /* board file */ + + static int platformX_do_idle(void) + { + /* tell platformX firmware to enter idle */ + return 0; + } + + static int platformX_cpu_boot(int i) + { + /* tell platformX firmware to boot CPU i */ + return 0; + } + + static const struct firmware_ops platformX_firmware_ops = { + .do_idle = exynos_do_idle, + .cpu_boot = exynos_cpu_boot, + /* other operations not available on platformX */ + }; + + /* init_early callback of machine descriptor */ + static void __init board_init_early(void) + { + register_firmware_ops(&platformX_firmware_ops); + } + +Example of using a firmware operation: + + /* some platform code, e.g. SMP initialization */ + + __raw_writel(virt_to_phys(exynos4_secondary_startup), + CPU1_BOOT_REG); + + /* Call Exynos specific smc call */ + if (call_firmware_op(cpu_boot, cpu) == -ENOSYS) + cpu_boot_legacy(...); /* Try legacy way */ + + gic_raise_softirq(cpumask_of(cpu), 1); diff --git a/Documentation/arm/kernel_mode_neon.txt b/Documentation/arm/kernel_mode_neon.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..525452726 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/kernel_mode_neon.txt @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +Kernel mode NEON +================ + +TL;DR summary +------------- +* Use only NEON instructions, or VFP instructions that don't rely on support + code +* Isolate your NEON code in a separate compilation unit, and compile it with + '-mfpu=neon -mfloat-abi=softfp' +* Put kernel_neon_begin() and kernel_neon_end() calls around the calls into your + NEON code +* Don't sleep in your NEON code, and be aware that it will be executed with + preemption disabled + + +Introduction +------------ +It is possible to use NEON instructions (and in some cases, VFP instructions) in +code that runs in kernel mode. However, for performance reasons, the NEON/VFP +register file is not preserved and restored at every context switch or taken +exception like the normal register file is, so some manual intervention is +required. Furthermore, special care is required for code that may sleep [i.e., +may call schedule()], as NEON or VFP instructions will be executed in a +non-preemptible section for reasons outlined below. + + +Lazy preserve and restore +------------------------- +The NEON/VFP register file is managed using lazy preserve (on UP systems) and +lazy restore (on both SMP and UP systems). This means that the register file is +kept 'live', and is only preserved and restored when multiple tasks are +contending for the NEON/VFP unit (or, in the SMP case, when a task migrates to +another core). Lazy restore is implemented by disabling the NEON/VFP unit after +every context switch, resulting in a trap when subsequently a NEON/VFP +instruction is issued, allowing the kernel to step in and perform the restore if +necessary. + +Any use of the NEON/VFP unit in kernel mode should not interfere with this, so +it is required to do an 'eager' preserve of the NEON/VFP register file, and +enable the NEON/VFP unit explicitly so no exceptions are generated on first +subsequent use. This is handled by the function kernel_neon_begin(), which +should be called before any kernel mode NEON or VFP instructions are issued. +Likewise, the NEON/VFP unit should be disabled again after use to make sure user +mode will hit the lazy restore trap upon next use. This is handled by the +function kernel_neon_end(). + + +Interruptions in kernel mode +---------------------------- +For reasons of performance and simplicity, it was decided that there shall be no +preserve/restore mechanism for the kernel mode NEON/VFP register contents. This +implies that interruptions of a kernel mode NEON section can only be allowed if +they are guaranteed not to touch the NEON/VFP registers. For this reason, the +following rules and restrictions apply in the kernel: +* NEON/VFP code is not allowed in interrupt context; +* NEON/VFP code is not allowed to sleep; +* NEON/VFP code is executed with preemption disabled. + +If latency is a concern, it is possible to put back to back calls to +kernel_neon_end() and kernel_neon_begin() in places in your code where none of +the NEON registers are live. (Additional calls to kernel_neon_begin() should be +reasonably cheap if no context switch occurred in the meantime) + + +VFP and support code +-------------------- +Earlier versions of VFP (prior to version 3) rely on software support for things +like IEEE-754 compliant underflow handling etc. When the VFP unit needs such +software assistance, it signals the kernel by raising an undefined instruction +exception. The kernel responds by inspecting the VFP control registers and the +current instruction and arguments, and emulates the instruction in software. + +Such software assistance is currently not implemented for VFP instructions +executed in kernel mode. If such a condition is encountered, the kernel will +fail and generate an OOPS. + + +Separating NEON code from ordinary code +--------------------------------------- +The compiler is not aware of the special significance of kernel_neon_begin() and +kernel_neon_end(), i.e., that it is only allowed to issue NEON/VFP instructions +between calls to these respective functions. Furthermore, GCC may generate NEON +instructions of its own at -O3 level if -mfpu=neon is selected, and even if the +kernel is currently compiled at -O2, future changes may result in NEON/VFP +instructions appearing in unexpected places if no special care is taken. + +Therefore, the recommended and only supported way of using NEON/VFP in the +kernel is by adhering to the following rules: +* isolate the NEON code in a separate compilation unit and compile it with + '-mfpu=neon -mfloat-abi=softfp'; +* issue the calls to kernel_neon_begin(), kernel_neon_end() as well as the calls + into the unit containing the NEON code from a compilation unit which is *not* + built with the GCC flag '-mfpu=neon' set. + +As the kernel is compiled with '-msoft-float', the above will guarantee that +both NEON and VFP instructions will only ever appear in designated compilation +units at any optimization level. + + +NEON assembler +-------------- +NEON assembler is supported with no additional caveats as long as the rules +above are followed. + + +NEON code generated by GCC +-------------------------- +The GCC option -ftree-vectorize (implied by -O3) tries to exploit implicit +parallelism, and generates NEON code from ordinary C source code. This is fully +supported as long as the rules above are followed. + + +NEON intrinsics +--------------- +NEON intrinsics are also supported. However, as code using NEON intrinsics +relies on the GCC header , (which #includes ), you should +observe the following in addition to the rules above: +* Compile the unit containing the NEON intrinsics with '-ffreestanding' so GCC + uses its builtin version of (this is a C99 header which the kernel + does not supply); +* Include last, or at least after diff --git a/Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt b/Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..567359471 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt @@ -0,0 +1,267 @@ +Kernel-provided User Helpers +============================ + +These are segment of kernel provided user code reachable from user space +at a fixed address in kernel memory. This is used to provide user space +with some operations which require kernel help because of unimplemented +native feature and/or instructions in many ARM CPUs. The idea is for this +code to be executed directly in user mode for best efficiency but which is +too intimate with the kernel counter part to be left to user libraries. +In fact this code might even differ from one CPU to another depending on +the available instruction set, or whether it is a SMP systems. In other +words, the kernel reserves the right to change this code as needed without +warning. Only the entry points and their results as documented here are +guaranteed to be stable. + +This is different from (but doesn't preclude) a full blown VDSO +implementation, however a VDSO would prevent some assembly tricks with +constants that allows for efficient branching to those code segments. And +since those code segments only use a few cycles before returning to user +code, the overhead of a VDSO indirect far call would add a measurable +overhead to such minimalistic operations. + +User space is expected to bypass those helpers and implement those things +inline (either in the code emitted directly by the compiler, or part of +the implementation of a library call) when optimizing for a recent enough +processor that has the necessary native support, but only if resulting +binaries are already to be incompatible with earlier ARM processors due to +usage of similar native instructions for other things. In other words +don't make binaries unable to run on earlier processors just for the sake +of not using these kernel helpers if your compiled code is not going to +use new instructions for other purpose. + +New helpers may be added over time, so an older kernel may be missing some +helpers present in a newer kernel. For this reason, programs must check +the value of __kuser_helper_version (see below) before assuming that it is +safe to call any particular helper. This check should ideally be +performed only once at process startup time, and execution aborted early +if the required helpers are not provided by the kernel version that +process is running on. + +kuser_helper_version +-------------------- + +Location: 0xffff0ffc + +Reference declaration: + + extern int32_t __kuser_helper_version; + +Definition: + + This field contains the number of helpers being implemented by the + running kernel. User space may read this to determine the availability + of a particular helper. + +Usage example: + +#define __kuser_helper_version (*(int32_t *)0xffff0ffc) + +void check_kuser_version(void) +{ + if (__kuser_helper_version < 2) { + fprintf(stderr, "can't do atomic operations, kernel too old\n"); + abort(); + } +} + +Notes: + + User space may assume that the value of this field never changes + during the lifetime of any single process. This means that this + field can be read once during the initialisation of a library or + startup phase of a program. + +kuser_get_tls +------------- + +Location: 0xffff0fe0 + +Reference prototype: + + void * __kuser_get_tls(void); + +Input: + + lr = return address + +Output: + + r0 = TLS value + +Clobbered registers: + + none + +Definition: + + Get the TLS value as previously set via the __ARM_NR_set_tls syscall. + +Usage example: + +typedef void * (__kuser_get_tls_t)(void); +#define __kuser_get_tls (*(__kuser_get_tls_t *)0xffff0fe0) + +void foo() +{ + void *tls = __kuser_get_tls(); + printf("TLS = %p\n", tls); +} + +Notes: + + - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 1 (from kernel version 2.6.12). + +kuser_cmpxchg +------------- + +Location: 0xffff0fc0 + +Reference prototype: + + int __kuser_cmpxchg(int32_t oldval, int32_t newval, volatile int32_t *ptr); + +Input: + + r0 = oldval + r1 = newval + r2 = ptr + lr = return address + +Output: + + r0 = success code (zero or non-zero) + C flag = set if r0 == 0, clear if r0 != 0 + +Clobbered registers: + + r3, ip, flags + +Definition: + + Atomically store newval in *ptr only if *ptr is equal to oldval. + Return zero if *ptr was changed or non-zero if no exchange happened. + The C flag is also set if *ptr was changed to allow for assembly + optimization in the calling code. + +Usage example: + +typedef int (__kuser_cmpxchg_t)(int oldval, int newval, volatile int *ptr); +#define __kuser_cmpxchg (*(__kuser_cmpxchg_t *)0xffff0fc0) + +int atomic_add(volatile int *ptr, int val) +{ + int old, new; + + do { + old = *ptr; + new = old + val; + } while(__kuser_cmpxchg(old, new, ptr)); + + return new; +} + +Notes: + + - This routine already includes memory barriers as needed. + + - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 2 (from kernel version 2.6.12). + +kuser_memory_barrier +-------------------- + +Location: 0xffff0fa0 + +Reference prototype: + + void __kuser_memory_barrier(void); + +Input: + + lr = return address + +Output: + + none + +Clobbered registers: + + none + +Definition: + + Apply any needed memory barrier to preserve consistency with data modified + manually and __kuser_cmpxchg usage. + +Usage example: + +typedef void (__kuser_dmb_t)(void); +#define __kuser_dmb (*(__kuser_dmb_t *)0xffff0fa0) + +Notes: + + - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 3 (from kernel version 2.6.15). + +kuser_cmpxchg64 +--------------- + +Location: 0xffff0f60 + +Reference prototype: + + int __kuser_cmpxchg64(const int64_t *oldval, + const int64_t *newval, + volatile int64_t *ptr); + +Input: + + r0 = pointer to oldval + r1 = pointer to newval + r2 = pointer to target value + lr = return address + +Output: + + r0 = success code (zero or non-zero) + C flag = set if r0 == 0, clear if r0 != 0 + +Clobbered registers: + + r3, lr, flags + +Definition: + + Atomically store the 64-bit value pointed by *newval in *ptr only if *ptr + is equal to the 64-bit value pointed by *oldval. Return zero if *ptr was + changed or non-zero if no exchange happened. + + The C flag is also set if *ptr was changed to allow for assembly + optimization in the calling code. + +Usage example: + +typedef int (__kuser_cmpxchg64_t)(const int64_t *oldval, + const int64_t *newval, + volatile int64_t *ptr); +#define __kuser_cmpxchg64 (*(__kuser_cmpxchg64_t *)0xffff0f60) + +int64_t atomic_add64(volatile int64_t *ptr, int64_t val) +{ + int64_t old, new; + + do { + old = *ptr; + new = old + val; + } while(__kuser_cmpxchg64(&old, &new, ptr)); + + return new; +} + +Notes: + + - This routine already includes memory barriers as needed. + + - Due to the length of this sequence, this spans 2 conventional kuser + "slots", therefore 0xffff0f80 is not used as a valid entry point. + + - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 5 (from kernel version 3.1). diff --git a/Documentation/arm/mem_alignment b/Documentation/arm/mem_alignment new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c7c7a114c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/mem_alignment @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +Too many problems poped up because of unnoticed misaligned memory access in +kernel code lately. Therefore the alignment fixup is now unconditionally +configured in for SA11x0 based targets. According to Alan Cox, this is a +bad idea to configure it out, but Russell King has some good reasons for +doing so on some f***ed up ARM architectures like the EBSA110. However +this is not the case on many design I'm aware of, like all SA11x0 based +ones. + +Of course this is a bad idea to rely on the alignment trap to perform +unaligned memory access in general. If those access are predictable, you +are better to use the macros provided by include/asm/unaligned.h. The +alignment trap can fixup misaligned access for the exception cases, but at +a high performance cost. It better be rare. + +Now for user space applications, it is possible to configure the alignment +trap to SIGBUS any code performing unaligned access (good for debugging bad +code), or even fixup the access by software like for kernel code. The later +mode isn't recommended for performance reasons (just think about the +floating point emulation that works about the same way). Fix your code +instead! + +Please note that randomly changing the behaviour without good thought is +real bad - it changes the behaviour of all unaligned instructions in user +space, and might cause programs to fail unexpectedly. + +To change the alignment trap behavior, simply echo a number into +/proc/cpu/alignment. The number is made up from various bits: + +bit behavior when set +--- ----------------- + +0 A user process performing an unaligned memory access + will cause the kernel to print a message indicating + process name, pid, pc, instruction, address, and the + fault code. + +1 The kernel will attempt to fix up the user process + performing the unaligned access. This is of course + slow (think about the floating point emulator) and + not recommended for production use. + +2 The kernel will send a SIGBUS signal to the user process + performing the unaligned access. + +Note that not all combinations are supported - only values 0 through 5. +(6 and 7 don't make sense). + +For example, the following will turn on the warnings, but without +fixing up or sending SIGBUS signals: + + echo 1 > /proc/sys/debug/alignment + +You can also read the content of the same file to get statistical +information on unaligned access occurrences plus the current mode of +operation for user space code. + + +Nicolas Pitre, Mar 13, 2001. Modified Russell King, Nov 30, 2001. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/memory.txt b/Documentation/arm/memory.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4178ebda6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/memory.txt @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ + Kernel Memory Layout on ARM Linux + + Russell King + November 17, 2005 (2.6.15) + +This document describes the virtual memory layout which the Linux +kernel uses for ARM processors. It indicates which regions are +free for platforms to use, and which are used by generic code. + +The ARM CPU is capable of addressing a maximum of 4GB virtual memory +space, and this must be shared between user space processes, the +kernel, and hardware devices. + +As the ARM architecture matures, it becomes necessary to reserve +certain regions of VM space for use for new facilities; therefore +this document may reserve more VM space over time. + +Start End Use +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +ffff8000 ffffffff copy_user_page / clear_user_page use. + For SA11xx and Xscale, this is used to + setup a minicache mapping. + +ffff4000 ffffffff cache aliasing on ARMv6 and later CPUs. + +ffff1000 ffff7fff Reserved. + Platforms must not use this address range. + +ffff0000 ffff0fff CPU vector page. + The CPU vectors are mapped here if the + CPU supports vector relocation (control + register V bit.) + +fffe0000 fffeffff XScale cache flush area. This is used + in proc-xscale.S to flush the whole data + cache. (XScale does not have TCM.) + +fffe8000 fffeffff DTCM mapping area for platforms with + DTCM mounted inside the CPU. + +fffe0000 fffe7fff ITCM mapping area for platforms with + ITCM mounted inside the CPU. + +ffc00000 ffefffff Fixmap mapping region. Addresses provided + by fix_to_virt() will be located here. + +fee00000 feffffff Mapping of PCI I/O space. This is a static + mapping within the vmalloc space. + +VMALLOC_START VMALLOC_END-1 vmalloc() / ioremap() space. + Memory returned by vmalloc/ioremap will + be dynamically placed in this region. + Machine specific static mappings are also + located here through iotable_init(). + VMALLOC_START is based upon the value + of the high_memory variable, and VMALLOC_END + is equal to 0xff000000. + +PAGE_OFFSET high_memory-1 Kernel direct-mapped RAM region. + This maps the platforms RAM, and typically + maps all platform RAM in a 1:1 relationship. + +PKMAP_BASE PAGE_OFFSET-1 Permanent kernel mappings + One way of mapping HIGHMEM pages into kernel + space. + +MODULES_VADDR MODULES_END-1 Kernel module space + Kernel modules inserted via insmod are + placed here using dynamic mappings. + +00001000 TASK_SIZE-1 User space mappings + Per-thread mappings are placed here via + the mmap() system call. + +00000000 00000fff CPU vector page / null pointer trap + CPUs which do not support vector remapping + place their vector page here. NULL pointer + dereferences by both the kernel and user + space are also caught via this mapping. + +Please note that mappings which collide with the above areas may result +in a non-bootable kernel, or may cause the kernel to (eventually) panic +at run time. + +Since future CPUs may impact the kernel mapping layout, user programs +must not access any memory which is not mapped inside their 0x0001000 +to TASK_SIZE address range. If they wish to access these areas, they +must set up their own mappings using open() and mmap(). diff --git a/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/NOTES b/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/NOTES new file mode 100644 index 000000000..40577b5a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/NOTES @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +There seems to be a problem with exp(double) and our emulator. I haven't +been able to track it down yet. This does not occur with the emulator +supplied by Russell King. + +I also found one oddity in the emulator. I don't think it is serious but +will point it out. The ARM calling conventions require floating point +registers f4-f7 to be preserved over a function call. The compiler quite +often uses an stfe instruction to save f4 on the stack upon entry to a +function, and an ldfe instruction to restore it before returning. + +I was looking at some code, that calculated a double result, stored it in f4 +then made a function call. Upon return from the function call the number in +f4 had been converted to an extended value in the emulator. + +This is a side effect of the stfe instruction. The double in f4 had to be +converted to extended, then stored. If an lfm/sfm combination had been used, +then no conversion would occur. This has performance considerations. The +result from the function call and f4 were used in a multiplication. If the +emulator sees a multiply of a double and extended, it promotes the double to +extended, then does the multiply in extended precision. + +This code will cause this problem: + +double x, y, z; +z = log(x)/log(y); + +The result of log(x) (a double) will be calculated, returned in f0, then +moved to f4 to preserve it over the log(y) call. The division will be done +in extended precision, due to the stfe instruction used to save f4 in log(y). diff --git a/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/README b/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/README new file mode 100644 index 000000000..771871de0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/README @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +This directory contains the version 0.92 test release of the NetWinder +Floating Point Emulator. + +The majority of the code was written by me, Scott Bambrough It is +written in C, with a small number of routines in inline assembler +where required. It was written quickly, with a goal of implementing a +working version of all the floating point instructions the compiler +emits as the first target. I have attempted to be as optimal as +possible, but there remains much room for improvement. + +I have attempted to make the emulator as portable as possible. One of +the problems is with leading underscores on kernel symbols. Elf +kernels have no leading underscores, a.out compiled kernels do. I +have attempted to use the C_SYMBOL_NAME macro wherever this may be +important. + +Another choice I made was in the file structure. I have attempted to +contain all operating system specific code in one module (fpmodule.*). +All the other files contain emulator specific code. This should allow +others to port the emulator to NetBSD for instance relatively easily. + +The floating point operations are based on SoftFloat Release 2, by +John Hauser. SoftFloat is a software implementation of floating-point +that conforms to the IEC/IEEE Standard for Binary Floating-point +Arithmetic. As many as four formats are supported: single precision, +double precision, extended double precision, and quadruple precision. +All operations required by the standard are implemented, except for +conversions to and from decimal. We use only the single precision, +double precision and extended double precision formats. The port of +SoftFloat to the ARM was done by Phil Blundell, based on an earlier +port of SoftFloat version 1 by Neil Carson for NetBSD/arm32. + +The file README.FPE contains a description of what has been implemented +so far in the emulator. The file TODO contains a information on what +remains to be done, and other ideas for the emulator. + +Bug reports, comments, suggestions should be directed to me at +. General reports of "this program doesn't +work correctly when your emulator is installed" are useful for +determining that bugs still exist; but are virtually useless when +attempting to isolate the problem. Please report them, but don't +expect quick action. Bugs still exist. The problem remains in isolating +which instruction contains the bug. Small programs illustrating a specific +problem are a godsend. + +Legal Notices +------------- + +The NetWinder Floating Point Emulator is free software. Everything Rebel.com +has written is provided under the GNU GPL. See the file COPYING for copying +conditions. Excluded from the above is the SoftFloat code. John Hauser's +legal notice for SoftFloat is included below. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +SoftFloat Legal Notice + +SoftFloat was written by John R. Hauser. This work was made possible in +part by the International Computer Science Institute, located at Suite 600, +1947 Center Street, Berkeley, California 94704. Funding was partially +provided by the National Science Foundation under grant MIP-9311980. The +original version of this code was written as part of a project to build +a fixed-point vector processor in collaboration with the University of +California at Berkeley, overseen by Profs. Nelson Morgan and John Wawrzynek. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS DISTRIBUTED AS IS, FOR FREE. Although reasonable effort +has been made to avoid it, THIS SOFTWARE MAY CONTAIN FAULTS THAT WILL AT +TIMES RESULT IN INCORRECT BEHAVIOR. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IS RESTRICTED TO +PERSONS AND ORGANIZATIONS WHO CAN AND WILL TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY +AND ALL LOSSES, COSTS, OR OTHER PROBLEMS ARISING FROM ITS USE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/README.FPE b/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/README.FPE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..26f5d7bb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/README.FPE @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +The following describes the current state of the NetWinder's floating point +emulator. + +In the following nomenclature is used to describe the floating point +instructions. It follows the conventions in the ARM manual. + + = , no default +{P|M|Z} = {round to +infinity,round to -infinity,round to zero}, + default = round to nearest + +Note: items enclosed in {} are optional. + +Floating Point Coprocessor Data Transfer Instructions (CPDT) +------------------------------------------------------------ + +LDF/STF - load and store floating + +{cond} Fd, Rn +{cond} Fd, [Rn, #]{!} +{cond} Fd, [Rn], # + +These instructions are fully implemented. + +LFM/SFM - load and store multiple floating + +Form 1 syntax: +{cond} Fd, , [Rn] +{cond} Fd, , [Rn, #]{!} +{cond} Fd, , [Rn], # + +Form 2 syntax: +{cond} Fd, , [Rn]{!} + +These instructions are fully implemented. They store/load three words +for each floating point register into the memory location given in the +instruction. The format in memory is unlikely to be compatible with +other implementations, in particular the actual hardware. Specific +mention of this is made in the ARM manuals. + +Floating Point Coprocessor Register Transfer Instructions (CPRT) +---------------------------------------------------------------- + +Conversions, read/write status/control register instructions + +FLT{cond}{P,M,Z} Fn, Rd Convert integer to floating point +FIX{cond}{P,M,Z} Rd, Fn Convert floating point to integer +WFS{cond} Rd Write floating point status register +RFS{cond} Rd Read floating point status register +WFC{cond} Rd Write floating point control register +RFC{cond} Rd Read floating point control register + +FLT/FIX are fully implemented. + +RFS/WFS are fully implemented. + +RFC/WFC are fully implemented. RFC/WFC are supervisor only instructions, and +presently check the CPU mode, and do an invalid instruction trap if not called +from supervisor mode. + +Compare instructions + +CMF{cond} Fn, Fm Compare floating +CMFE{cond} Fn, Fm Compare floating with exception +CNF{cond} Fn, Fm Compare negated floating +CNFE{cond} Fn, Fm Compare negated floating with exception + +These are fully implemented. + +Floating Point Coprocessor Data Instructions (CPDT) +--------------------------------------------------- + +Dyadic operations: + +ADF{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - add +SUF{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - subtract +RSF{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - reverse subtract +MUF{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - multiply +DVF{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - divide +RDV{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - reverse divide + +These are fully implemented. + +FML{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - fast multiply +FDV{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - fast divide +FRD{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - fast reverse divide + +These are fully implemented as well. They use the same algorithm as the +non-fast versions. Hence, in this implementation their performance is +equivalent to the MUF/DVF/RDV instructions. This is acceptable according +to the ARM manual. The manual notes these are defined only for single +operands, on the actual FPA11 hardware they do not work for double or +extended precision operands. The emulator currently does not check +the requested permissions conditions, and performs the requested operation. + +RMF{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - IEEE remainder + +This is fully implemented. + +Monadic operations: + +MVF{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - move +MNF{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - move negated + +These are fully implemented. + +ABS{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - absolute value +SQT{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - square root +RND{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - round + +These are fully implemented. + +URD{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - unnormalized round +NRM{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - normalize + +These are implemented. URD is implemented using the same code as the RND +instruction. Since URD cannot return a unnormalized number, NRM becomes +a NOP. + +Library calls: + +POW{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - power +RPW{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - reverse power +POL{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - polar angle (arctan2) + +LOG{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - logarithm to base 10 +LGN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - logarithm to base e +EXP{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - exponent +SIN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - sine +COS{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - cosine +TAN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - tangent +ASN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - arcsine +ACS{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - arccosine +ATN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - arctangent + +These are not implemented. They are not currently issued by the compiler, +and are handled by routines in libc. These are not implemented by the FPA11 +hardware, but are handled by the floating point support code. They should +be implemented in future versions. + +Signalling: + +Signals are implemented. However current ELF kernels produced by Rebel.com +have a bug in them that prevents the module from generating a SIGFPE. This +is caused by a failure to alias fp_current to the kernel variable +current_set[0] correctly. + +The kernel provided with this distribution (vmlinux-nwfpe-0.93) contains +a fix for this problem and also incorporates the current version of the +emulator directly. It is possible to run with no floating point module +loaded with this kernel. It is provided as a demonstration of the +technology and for those who want to do floating point work that depends +on signals. It is not strictly necessary to use the module. + +A module (either the one provided by Russell King, or the one in this +distribution) can be loaded to replace the functionality of the emulator +built into the kernel. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/TODO b/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/TODO new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8027061b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/TODO @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +TODO LIST +--------- + +POW{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - power +RPW{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - reverse power +POL{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - polar angle (arctan2) + +LOG{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - logarithm to base 10 +LGN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - logarithm to base e +EXP{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - exponent +SIN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - sine +COS{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - cosine +TAN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - tangent +ASN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - arcsine +ACS{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - arccosine +ATN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - arctangent + +These are not implemented. They are not currently issued by the compiler, +and are handled by routines in libc. These are not implemented by the FPA11 +hardware, but are handled by the floating point support code. They should +be implemented in future versions. + +There are a couple of ways to approach the implementation of these. One +method would be to use accurate table methods for these routines. I have +a couple of papers by S. Gal from IBM's research labs in Haifa, Israel that +seem to promise extreme accuracy (in the order of 99.8%) and reasonable speed. +These methods are used in GLIBC for some of the transcendental functions. + +Another approach, which I know little about is CORDIC. This stands for +Coordinate Rotation Digital Computer, and is a method of computing +transcendental functions using mostly shifts and adds and a few +multiplications and divisions. The ARM excels at shifts and adds, +so such a method could be promising, but requires more research to +determine if it is feasible. + +Rounding Methods + +The IEEE standard defines 4 rounding modes. Round to nearest is the +default, but rounding to + or - infinity or round to zero are also allowed. +Many architectures allow the rounding mode to be specified by modifying bits +in a control register. Not so with the ARM FPA11 architecture. To change +the rounding mode one must specify it with each instruction. + +This has made porting some benchmarks difficult. It is possible to +introduce such a capability into the emulator. The FPCR contains +bits describing the rounding mode. The emulator could be altered to +examine a flag, which if set forced it to ignore the rounding mode in +the instruction, and use the mode specified in the bits in the FPCR. + +This would require a method of getting/setting the flag, and the bits +in the FPCR. This requires a kernel call in ArmLinux, as WFC/RFC are +supervisor only instructions. If anyone has any ideas or comments I +would like to hear them. + +[NOTE: pulled out from some docs on ARM floating point, specifically + for the Acorn FPE, but not limited to it: + + The floating point control register (FPCR) may only be present in some + implementations: it is there to control the hardware in an implementation- + specific manner, for example to disable the floating point system. The user + mode of the ARM is not permitted to use this register (since the right is + reserved to alter it between implementations) and the WFC and RFC + instructions will trap if tried in user mode. + + Hence, the answer is yes, you could do this, but then you will run a high + risk of becoming isolated if and when hardware FP emulation comes out + -- Russell]. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/pxa/mfp.txt b/Documentation/arm/pxa/mfp.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a179e5bc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/pxa/mfp.txt @@ -0,0 +1,286 @@ + MFP Configuration for PXA2xx/PXA3xx Processors + + Eric Miao + +MFP stands for Multi-Function Pin, which is the pin-mux logic on PXA3xx and +later PXA series processors. This document describes the existing MFP API, +and how board/platform driver authors could make use of it. + + Basic Concept +=============== + +Unlike the GPIO alternate function settings on PXA25x and PXA27x, a new MFP +mechanism is introduced from PXA3xx to completely move the pin-mux functions +out of the GPIO controller. In addition to pin-mux configurations, the MFP +also controls the low power state, driving strength, pull-up/down and event +detection of each pin. Below is a diagram of internal connections between +the MFP logic and the remaining SoC peripherals: + + +--------+ + | |--(GPIO19)--+ + | GPIO | | + | |--(GPIO...) | + +--------+ | + | +---------+ + +--------+ +------>| | + | PWM2 |--(PWM_OUT)-------->| MFP | + +--------+ +------>| |-------> to external PAD + | +---->| | + +--------+ | | +-->| | + | SSP2 |---(TXD)----+ | | +---------+ + +--------+ | | + | | + +--------+ | | + | Keypad |--(MKOUT4)----+ | + +--------+ | + | + +--------+ | + | UART2 |---(TXD)--------+ + +--------+ + +NOTE: the external pad is named as MFP_PIN_GPIO19, it doesn't necessarily +mean it's dedicated for GPIO19, only as a hint that internally this pin +can be routed from GPIO19 of the GPIO controller. + +To better understand the change from PXA25x/PXA27x GPIO alternate function +to this new MFP mechanism, here are several key points: + + 1. GPIO controller on PXA3xx is now a dedicated controller, same as other + internal controllers like PWM, SSP and UART, with 128 internal signals + which can be routed to external through one or more MFPs (e.g. GPIO<0> + can be routed through either MFP_PIN_GPIO0 as well as MFP_PIN_GPIO0_2, + see arch/arm/mach-pxa/mach/include/mfp-pxa300.h) + + 2. Alternate function configuration is removed from this GPIO controller, + the remaining functions are pure GPIO-specific, i.e. + + - GPIO signal level control + - GPIO direction control + - GPIO level change detection + + 3. Low power state for each pin is now controlled by MFP, this means the + PGSRx registers on PXA2xx are now useless on PXA3xx + + 4. Wakeup detection is now controlled by MFP, PWER does not control the + wakeup from GPIO(s) any more, depending on the sleeping state, ADxER + (as defined in pxa3xx-regs.h) controls the wakeup from MFP + +NOTE: with such a clear separation of MFP and GPIO, by GPIO we normally +mean it is a GPIO signal, and by MFP or pin xxx, we mean a physical +pad (or ball). + + MFP API Usage +=============== + +For board code writers, here are some guidelines: + +1. include ONE of the following header files in your .c: + + - #include + - #include + - #include + - #include + - #include + + NOTE: only one file in your .c, depending on the processors used, + because pin configuration definitions may conflict in these file (i.e. + same name, different meaning and settings on different processors). E.g. + for zylonite platform, which support both PXA300/PXA310 and PXA320, two + separate files are introduced: zylonite_pxa300.c and zylonite_pxa320.c + (in addition to handle MFP configuration differences, they also handle + the other differences between the two combinations). + + NOTE: PXA300 and PXA310 are almost identical in pin configurations (with + PXA310 supporting some additional ones), thus the difference is actually + covered in a single mfp-pxa300.h. + +2. prepare an array for the initial pin configurations, e.g.: + + static unsigned long mainstone_pin_config[] __initdata = { + /* Chip Select */ + GPIO15_nCS_1, + + /* LCD - 16bpp Active TFT */ + GPIOxx_TFT_LCD_16BPP, + GPIO16_PWM0_OUT, /* Backlight */ + + /* MMC */ + GPIO32_MMC_CLK, + GPIO112_MMC_CMD, + GPIO92_MMC_DAT_0, + GPIO109_MMC_DAT_1, + GPIO110_MMC_DAT_2, + GPIO111_MMC_DAT_3, + + ... + + /* GPIO */ + GPIO1_GPIO | WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_BOTH, + }; + + a) once the pin configurations are passed to pxa{2xx,3xx}_mfp_config(), + and written to the actual registers, they are useless and may discard, + adding '__initdata' will help save some additional bytes here. + + b) when there is only one possible pin configurations for a component, + some simplified definitions can be used, e.g. GPIOxx_TFT_LCD_16BPP on + PXA25x and PXA27x processors + + c) if by board design, a pin can be configured to wake up the system + from low power state, it can be 'OR'ed with any of: + + WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_BOTH + WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_RISE + WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_FALL + WAKEUP_ON_LEVEL_HIGH - specifically for enabling of keypad GPIOs, + + to indicate that this pin has the capability of wake-up the system, + and on which edge(s). This, however, doesn't necessarily mean the + pin _will_ wakeup the system, it will only when set_irq_wake() is + invoked with the corresponding GPIO IRQ (GPIO_IRQ(xx) or gpio_to_irq()) + and eventually calls gpio_set_wake() for the actual register setting. + + d) although PXA3xx MFP supports edge detection on each pin, the + internal logic will only wakeup the system when those specific bits + in ADxER registers are set, which can be well mapped to the + corresponding peripheral, thus set_irq_wake() can be called with + the peripheral IRQ to enable the wakeup. + + + MFP on PXA3xx +=============== + +Every external I/O pad on PXA3xx (excluding those for special purpose) has +one MFP logic associated, and is controlled by one MFP register (MFPR). + +The MFPR has the following bit definitions (for PXA300/PXA310/PXA320): + + 31 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + +-------------------------+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+ + | RESERVED |PS|PU|PD| DRIVE |SS|SD|SO|EC|EF|ER|--| AF_SEL | + +-------------------------+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+ + + Bit 3: RESERVED + Bit 4: EDGE_RISE_EN - enable detection of rising edge on this pin + Bit 5: EDGE_FALL_EN - enable detection of falling edge on this pin + Bit 6: EDGE_CLEAR - disable edge detection on this pin + Bit 7: SLEEP_OE_N - enable outputs during low power modes + Bit 8: SLEEP_DATA - output data on the pin during low power modes + Bit 9: SLEEP_SEL - selection control for low power modes signals + Bit 13: PULLDOWN_EN - enable the internal pull-down resistor on this pin + Bit 14: PULLUP_EN - enable the internal pull-up resistor on this pin + Bit 15: PULL_SEL - pull state controlled by selected alternate function + (0) or by PULL{UP,DOWN}_EN bits (1) + + Bit 0 - 2: AF_SEL - alternate function selection, 8 possibilities, from 0-7 + Bit 10-12: DRIVE - drive strength and slew rate + 0b000 - fast 1mA + 0b001 - fast 2mA + 0b002 - fast 3mA + 0b003 - fast 4mA + 0b004 - slow 6mA + 0b005 - fast 6mA + 0b006 - slow 10mA + 0b007 - fast 10mA + + MFP Design for PXA2xx/PXA3xx +============================== + +Due to the difference of pin-mux handling between PXA2xx and PXA3xx, a unified +MFP API is introduced to cover both series of processors. + +The basic idea of this design is to introduce definitions for all possible pin +configurations, these definitions are processor and platform independent, and +the actual API invoked to convert these definitions into register settings and +make them effective there-after. + + Files Involved + -------------- + + - arch/arm/mach-pxa/include/mach/mfp.h + + for + 1. Unified pin definitions - enum constants for all configurable pins + 2. processor-neutral bit definitions for a possible MFP configuration + + - arch/arm/mach-pxa/include/mach/mfp-pxa3xx.h + + for PXA3xx specific MFPR register bit definitions and PXA3xx common pin + configurations + + - arch/arm/mach-pxa/include/mach/mfp-pxa2xx.h + + for PXA2xx specific definitions and PXA25x/PXA27x common pin configurations + + - arch/arm/mach-pxa/include/mach/mfp-pxa25x.h + arch/arm/mach-pxa/include/mach/mfp-pxa27x.h + arch/arm/mach-pxa/include/mach/mfp-pxa300.h + arch/arm/mach-pxa/include/mach/mfp-pxa320.h + arch/arm/mach-pxa/include/mach/mfp-pxa930.h + + for processor specific definitions + + - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa3xx.c + - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa2xx.c + + for implementation of the pin configuration to take effect for the actual + processor. + + Pin Configuration + ----------------- + + The following comments are copied from mfp.h (see the actual source code + for most updated info) + + /* + * a possible MFP configuration is represented by a 32-bit integer + * + * bit 0.. 9 - MFP Pin Number (1024 Pins Maximum) + * bit 10..12 - Alternate Function Selection + * bit 13..15 - Drive Strength + * bit 16..18 - Low Power Mode State + * bit 19..20 - Low Power Mode Edge Detection + * bit 21..22 - Run Mode Pull State + * + * to facilitate the definition, the following macros are provided + * + * MFP_CFG_DEFAULT - default MFP configuration value, with + * alternate function = 0, + * drive strength = fast 3mA (MFP_DS03X) + * low power mode = default + * edge detection = none + * + * MFP_CFG - default MFPR value with alternate function + * MFP_CFG_DRV - default MFPR value with alternate function and + * pin drive strength + * MFP_CFG_LPM - default MFPR value with alternate function and + * low power mode + * MFP_CFG_X - default MFPR value with alternate function, + * pin drive strength and low power mode + */ + + Examples of pin configurations are: + + #define GPIO94_SSP3_RXD MFP_CFG_X(GPIO94, AF1, DS08X, FLOAT) + + which reads GPIO94 can be configured as SSP3_RXD, with alternate function + selection of 1, driving strength of 0b101, and a float state in low power + modes. + + NOTE: this is the default setting of this pin being configured as SSP3_RXD + which can be modified a bit in board code, though it is not recommended to + do so, simply because this default setting is usually carefully encoded, + and is supposed to work in most cases. + + Register Settings + ----------------- + + Register settings on PXA3xx for a pin configuration is actually very + straight-forward, most bits can be converted directly into MFPR value + in a easier way. Two sets of MFPR values are calculated: the run-time + ones and the low power mode ones, to allow different settings. + + The conversion from a generic pin configuration to the actual register + settings on PXA2xx is a bit complicated: many registers are involved, + including GAFRx, GPDRx, PGSRx, PWER, PKWR, PFER and PRER. Please see + mfp-pxa2xx.c for how the conversion is made. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sti/overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/sti/overview.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a4e93d60 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sti/overview.txt @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ + STi ARM Linux Overview + ========================== + +Introduction +------------ + + The ST Microelectronics Multimedia and Application Processors range of + CortexA9 System-on-Chip are supported by the 'STi' platform of + ARM Linux. Currently STiH415, STiH416 SOCs are supported with both + B2000 and B2020 Reference boards. + + + configuration + ------------- + + A generic configuration is provided for both STiH415/416, and can be used as the + default by + make stih41x_defconfig + + Layout + ------ + All the files for multiple machine families (STiH415, STiH416, and STiG125) + are located in the platform code contained in arch/arm/mach-sti + + There is a generic board board-dt.c in the mach folder which support + Flattened Device Tree, which means, It works with any compatible board with + Device Trees. + + + Document Author + --------------- + + Srinivas Kandagatla , (c) 2013 ST Microelectronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sti/stih407-overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/sti/stih407-overview.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3343f32f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sti/stih407-overview.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + STiH407 Overview + ================ + +Introduction +------------ + + The STiH407 is the new generation of SoC for Multi-HD, AVC set-top boxes + and server/connected client application for satellite, cable, terrestrial + and IP-STB markets. + + Features + - ARM Cortex-A9 1.5 GHz dual core CPU (28nm) + - SATA2, USB 3.0, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet + + Document Author + --------------- + + Maxime Coquelin , (c) 2014 ST Microelectronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sti/stih415-overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/sti/stih415-overview.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1383e33f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sti/stih415-overview.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + STiH415 Overview + ================ + +Introduction +------------ + + The STiH415 is the next generation of HD, AVC set-top box processors + for satellite, cable, terrestrial and IP-STB markets. + + Features + - ARM Cortex-A9 1.0 GHz, dual-core CPU + - SATA2x2,USB 2.0x3, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet MACx2 diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sti/stih416-overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/sti/stih416-overview.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..558444c20 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sti/stih416-overview.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + STiH416 Overview + ================ + +Introduction +------------ + + The STiH416 is the next generation of HD, AVC set-top box processors + for satellite, cable, terrestrial and IP-STB markets. + + Features + - ARM Cortex-A9 1.2 GHz dual core CPU + - SATA2x2,USB 2.0x3, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet MACx2 diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sti/stih418-overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/sti/stih418-overview.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1cd8fc806 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sti/stih418-overview.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + STiH418 Overview + ================ + +Introduction +------------ + + The STiH418 is the new generation of SoC for UHDp60 set-top boxes + and server/connected client application for satellite, cable, terrestrial + and IP-STB markets. + + Features + - ARM Cortex-A9 1.5 GHz quad core CPU (28nm) + - SATA2, USB 3.0, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet + - HEVC L5.1 Main 10 + - VP9 + + Document Author + --------------- + + Maxime Coquelin , (c) 2015 ST Microelectronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sunxi/README b/Documentation/arm/sunxi/README new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fe2d7fd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sunxi/README @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +ARM Allwinner SoCs +================== + +This document lists all the ARM Allwinner SoCs that are currently +supported in mainline by the Linux kernel. This document will also +provide links to documentation and/or datasheet for these SoCs. + +SunXi family +------------ + Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-sunxi + + Flavors: + * ARM926 based SoCs + - Allwinner F20 (sun3i) + + Not Supported + + * ARM Cortex-A8 based SoCs + - Allwinner A10 (sun4i) + + Datasheet + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A10/A10%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.21%20%282012-04-06%29.pdf + + User Manual + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A10/A10%20User%20Manual%20-%20v1.20%20%282012-04-09%2c%20DECRYPTED%29.pdf + + - Allwinner A10s (sun5i) + + Datasheet + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A10s/A10s%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.20%20%282012-03-27%29.pdf + + - Allwinner A13 (sun5i) + + Datasheet + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A13/A13%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.12%20%282012-03-29%29.pdf + + User Manual + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A13/A13%20User%20Manual%20-%20v1.2%20%282013-01-08%29.pdf + + * Dual ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs + - Allwinner A20 (sun7i) + + User Manual + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A20/A20%20User%20Manual%202013-03-22.pdf + + - Allwinner A23 + + Datasheet + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A23/A23%20Datasheet%20V1.0%2020130830.pdf + + User Manual + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A23/A23%20User%20Manual%20V1.0%2020130830.pdf + + * Quad ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs + - Allwinner A31 (sun6i) + + Datasheet + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31/IC/A31%20datasheet%20V1.3%2020131106.pdf + + User Manual + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31/IC/A31%20user%20manual%20V1.1%2020130630.pdf + + - Allwinner A31s (sun6i) + + Datasheet + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31s/IC/A31s%20datasheet%20V1.3%2020131106.pdf + + User Manual + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31s/IC/A31s%20User%20Manual%20%20V1.0%2020130322.pdf + + * Quad ARM Cortex-A15, Quad ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs + - Allwinner A80 + + Datasheet + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A80/A80_Datasheet_Revision_1.0_0404.pdf diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sunxi/clocks.txt b/Documentation/arm/sunxi/clocks.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e09a88aa3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sunxi/clocks.txt @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +Frequently asked questions about the sunxi clock system +======================================================= + +This document contains useful bits of information that people tend to ask +about the sunxi clock system, as well as accompanying ASCII art when adequate. + +Q: Why is the main 24MHz oscillator gatable? Wouldn't that break the + system? + +A: The 24MHz oscillator allows gating to save power. Indeed, if gated + carelessly the system would stop functioning, but with the right + steps, one can gate it and keep the system running. Consider this + simplified suspend example: + + While the system is operational, you would see something like + + 24MHz 32kHz + | + PLL1 + \ + \_ CPU Mux + | + [CPU] + + When you are about to suspend, you switch the CPU Mux to the 32kHz + oscillator: + + 24Mhz 32kHz + | | + PLL1 | + / + CPU Mux _/ + | + [CPU] + + Finally you can gate the main oscillator + + 32kHz + | + | + / + CPU Mux _/ + | + [CPU] + +Q: Were can I learn more about the sunxi clocks? + +A: The linux-sunxi wiki contains a page documenting the clock registers, + you can find it at + + http://linux-sunxi.org/A10/CCM + + The authoritative source for information at this time is the ccmu driver + released by Allwinner, you can find it at + + https://github.com/linux-sunxi/linux-sunxi/tree/sunxi-3.0/arch/arm/mach-sun4i/clock/ccmu diff --git a/Documentation/arm/swp_emulation b/Documentation/arm/swp_emulation new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af903d22f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/swp_emulation @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +Software emulation of deprecated SWP instruction (CONFIG_SWP_EMULATE) +--------------------------------------------------------------------- + +ARMv6 architecture deprecates use of the SWP/SWPB instructions, and recommeds +moving to the load-locked/store-conditional instructions LDREX and STREX. + +ARMv7 multiprocessing extensions introduce the ability to disable these +instructions, triggering an undefined instruction exception when executed. +Trapped instructions are emulated using an LDREX/STREX or LDREXB/STREXB +sequence. If a memory access fault (an abort) occurs, a segmentation fault is +signalled to the triggering process. + +/proc/cpu/swp_emulation holds some statistics/information, including the PID of +the last process to trigger the emulation to be invocated. For example: +--- +Emulated SWP: 12 +Emulated SWPB: 0 +Aborted SWP{B}: 1 +Last process: 314 +--- + +NOTE: when accessing uncached shared regions, LDREX/STREX rely on an external +transaction monitoring block called a global monitor to maintain update +atomicity. If your system does not implement a global monitor, this option can +cause programs that perform SWP operations to uncached memory to deadlock, as +the STREX operation will always fail. + diff --git a/Documentation/arm/tcm.txt b/Documentation/arm/tcm.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c15871c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/tcm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +ARM TCM (Tightly-Coupled Memory) handling in Linux +---- +Written by Linus Walleij + +Some ARM SoC:s have a so-called TCM (Tightly-Coupled Memory). +This is usually just a few (4-64) KiB of RAM inside the ARM +processor. + +Due to being embedded inside the CPU The TCM has a +Harvard-architecture, so there is an ITCM (instruction TCM) +and a DTCM (data TCM). The DTCM can not contain any +instructions, but the ITCM can actually contain data. +The size of DTCM or ITCM is minimum 4KiB so the typical +minimum configuration is 4KiB ITCM and 4KiB DTCM. + +ARM CPU:s have special registers to read out status, physical +location and size of TCM memories. arch/arm/include/asm/cputype.h +defines a CPUID_TCM register that you can read out from the +system control coprocessor. Documentation from ARM can be found +at http://infocenter.arm.com, search for "TCM Status Register" +to see documents for all CPUs. Reading this register you can +determine if ITCM (bits 1-0) and/or DTCM (bit 17-16) is present +in the machine. + +There is further a TCM region register (search for "TCM Region +Registers" at the ARM site) that can report and modify the location +size of TCM memories at runtime. This is used to read out and modify +TCM location and size. Notice that this is not a MMU table: you +actually move the physical location of the TCM around. At the +place you put it, it will mask any underlying RAM from the +CPU so it is usually wise not to overlap any physical RAM with +the TCM. + +The TCM memory can then be remapped to another address again using +the MMU, but notice that the TCM if often used in situations where +the MMU is turned off. To avoid confusion the current Linux +implementation will map the TCM 1 to 1 from physical to virtual +memory in the location specified by the kernel. Currently Linux +will map ITCM to 0xfffe0000 and on, and DTCM to 0xfffe8000 and +on, supporting a maximum of 32KiB of ITCM and 32KiB of DTCM. + +Newer versions of the region registers also support dividing these +TCMs in two separate banks, so for example an 8KiB ITCM is divided +into two 4KiB banks with its own control registers. The idea is to +be able to lock and hide one of the banks for use by the secure +world (TrustZone). + +TCM is used for a few things: + +- FIQ and other interrupt handlers that need deterministic + timing and cannot wait for cache misses. + +- Idle loops where all external RAM is set to self-refresh + retention mode, so only on-chip RAM is accessible by + the CPU and then we hang inside ITCM waiting for an + interrupt. + +- Other operations which implies shutting off or reconfiguring + the external RAM controller. + +There is an interface for using TCM on the ARM architecture +in . Using this interface it is possible to: + +- Define the physical address and size of ITCM and DTCM. + +- Tag functions to be compiled into ITCM. + +- Tag data and constants to be allocated to DTCM and ITCM. + +- Have the remaining TCM RAM added to a special + allocation pool with gen_pool_create() and gen_pool_add() + and provice tcm_alloc() and tcm_free() for this + memory. Such a heap is great for things like saving + device state when shutting off device power domains. + +A machine that has TCM memory shall select HAVE_TCM from +arch/arm/Kconfig for itself. Code that needs to use TCM shall +#include + +Functions to go into itcm can be tagged like this: +int __tcmfunc foo(int bar); + +Since these are marked to become long_calls and you may want +to have functions called locally inside the TCM without +wasting space, there is also the __tcmlocalfunc prefix that +will make the call relative. + +Variables to go into dtcm can be tagged like this: +int __tcmdata foo; + +Constants can be tagged like this: +int __tcmconst foo; + +To put assembler into TCM just use +.section ".tcm.text" or .section ".tcm.data" +respectively. + +Example code: + +#include + +/* Uninitialized data */ +static u32 __tcmdata tcmvar; +/* Initialized data */ +static u32 __tcmdata tcmassigned = 0x2BADBABEU; +/* Constant */ +static const u32 __tcmconst tcmconst = 0xCAFEBABEU; + +static void __tcmlocalfunc tcm_to_tcm(void) +{ + int i; + for (i = 0; i < 100; i++) + tcmvar ++; +} + +static void __tcmfunc hello_tcm(void) +{ + /* Some abstract code that runs in ITCM */ + int i; + for (i = 0; i < 100; i++) { + tcmvar ++; + } + tcm_to_tcm(); +} + +static void __init test_tcm(void) +{ + u32 *tcmem; + int i; + + hello_tcm(); + printk("Hello TCM executed from ITCM RAM\n"); + + printk("TCM variable from testrun: %u @ %p\n", tcmvar, &tcmvar); + tcmvar = 0xDEADBEEFU; + printk("TCM variable: 0x%x @ %p\n", tcmvar, &tcmvar); + + printk("TCM assigned variable: 0x%x @ %p\n", tcmassigned, &tcmassigned); + + printk("TCM constant: 0x%x @ %p\n", tcmconst, &tcmconst); + + /* Allocate some TCM memory from the pool */ + tcmem = tcm_alloc(20); + if (tcmem) { + printk("TCM Allocated 20 bytes of TCM @ %p\n", tcmem); + tcmem[0] = 0xDEADBEEFU; + tcmem[1] = 0x2BADBABEU; + tcmem[2] = 0xCAFEBABEU; + tcmem[3] = 0xDEADBEEFU; + tcmem[4] = 0x2BADBABEU; + for (i = 0; i < 5; i++) + printk("TCM tcmem[%d] = %08x\n", i, tcmem[i]); + tcm_free(tcmem, 20); + } +} diff --git a/Documentation/arm/uefi.txt b/Documentation/arm/uefi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d60030a1b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/uefi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +UEFI, the Unified Extensible Firmware Interface, is a specification +governing the behaviours of compatible firmware interfaces. It is +maintained by the UEFI Forum - http://www.uefi.org/. + +UEFI is an evolution of its predecessor 'EFI', so the terms EFI and +UEFI are used somewhat interchangeably in this document and associated +source code. As a rule, anything new uses 'UEFI', whereas 'EFI' refers +to legacy code or specifications. + +UEFI support in Linux +===================== +Booting on a platform with firmware compliant with the UEFI specification +makes it possible for the kernel to support additional features: +- UEFI Runtime Services +- Retrieving various configuration information through the standardised + interface of UEFI configuration tables. (ACPI, SMBIOS, ...) + +For actually enabling [U]EFI support, enable: +- CONFIG_EFI=y +- CONFIG_EFI_VARS=y or m + +The implementation depends on receiving information about the UEFI environment +in a Flattened Device Tree (FDT) - so is only available with CONFIG_OF. + +UEFI stub +========= +The "stub" is a feature that extends the Image/zImage into a valid UEFI +PE/COFF executable, including a loader application that makes it possible to +load the kernel directly from the UEFI shell, boot menu, or one of the +lightweight bootloaders like Gummiboot or rEFInd. + +The kernel image built with stub support remains a valid kernel image for +booting in non-UEFI environments. + +UEFI kernel support on ARM +========================== +UEFI kernel support on the ARM architectures (arm and arm64) is only available +when boot is performed through the stub. + +When booting in UEFI mode, the stub deletes any memory nodes from a provided DT. +Instead, the kernel reads the UEFI memory map. + +The stub populates the FDT /chosen node with (and the kernel scans for) the +following parameters: +________________________________________________________________________________ +Name | Size | Description +================================================================================ +linux,uefi-system-table | 64-bit | Physical address of the UEFI System Table. +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +linux,uefi-mmap-start | 64-bit | Physical address of the UEFI memory map, + | | populated by the UEFI GetMemoryMap() call. +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +linux,uefi-mmap-size | 32-bit | Size in bytes of the UEFI memory map + | | pointed to in previous entry. +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +linux,uefi-mmap-desc-size | 32-bit | Size in bytes of each entry in the UEFI + | | memory map. +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +linux,uefi-mmap-desc-ver | 32-bit | Version of the mmap descriptor format. +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +linux,uefi-stub-kern-ver | string | Copy of linux_banner from build. +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +For verbose debug messages, specify 'uefi_debug' on the kernel command line. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/vlocks.txt b/Documentation/arm/vlocks.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..415960a9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/vlocks.txt @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ +vlocks for Bare-Metal Mutual Exclusion +====================================== + +Voting Locks, or "vlocks" provide a simple low-level mutual exclusion +mechanism, with reasonable but minimal requirements on the memory +system. + +These are intended to be used to coordinate critical activity among CPUs +which are otherwise non-coherent, in situations where the hardware +provides no other mechanism to support this and ordinary spinlocks +cannot be used. + + +vlocks make use of the atomicity provided by the memory system for +writes to a single memory location. To arbitrate, every CPU "votes for +itself", by storing a unique number to a common memory location. The +final value seen in that memory location when all the votes have been +cast identifies the winner. + +In order to make sure that the election produces an unambiguous result +in finite time, a CPU will only enter the election in the first place if +no winner has been chosen and the election does not appear to have +started yet. + + +Algorithm +--------- + +The easiest way to explain the vlocks algorithm is with some pseudo-code: + + + int currently_voting[NR_CPUS] = { 0, }; + int last_vote = -1; /* no votes yet */ + + bool vlock_trylock(int this_cpu) + { + /* signal our desire to vote */ + currently_voting[this_cpu] = 1; + if (last_vote != -1) { + /* someone already volunteered himself */ + currently_voting[this_cpu] = 0; + return false; /* not ourself */ + } + + /* let's suggest ourself */ + last_vote = this_cpu; + currently_voting[this_cpu] = 0; + + /* then wait until everyone else is done voting */ + for_each_cpu(i) { + while (currently_voting[i] != 0) + /* wait */; + } + + /* result */ + if (last_vote == this_cpu) + return true; /* we won */ + return false; + } + + bool vlock_unlock(void) + { + last_vote = -1; + } + + +The currently_voting[] array provides a way for the CPUs to determine +whether an election is in progress, and plays a role analogous to the +"entering" array in Lamport's bakery algorithm [1]. + +However, once the election has started, the underlying memory system +atomicity is used to pick the winner. This avoids the need for a static +priority rule to act as a tie-breaker, or any counters which could +overflow. + +As long as the last_vote variable is globally visible to all CPUs, it +will contain only one value that won't change once every CPU has cleared +its currently_voting flag. + + +Features and limitations +------------------------ + + * vlocks are not intended to be fair. In the contended case, it is the + _last_ CPU which attempts to get the lock which will be most likely + to win. + + vlocks are therefore best suited to situations where it is necessary + to pick a unique winner, but it does not matter which CPU actually + wins. + + * Like other similar mechanisms, vlocks will not scale well to a large + number of CPUs. + + vlocks can be cascaded in a voting hierarchy to permit better scaling + if necessary, as in the following hypothetical example for 4096 CPUs: + + /* first level: local election */ + my_town = towns[(this_cpu >> 4) & 0xf]; + I_won = vlock_trylock(my_town, this_cpu & 0xf); + if (I_won) { + /* we won the town election, let's go for the state */ + my_state = states[(this_cpu >> 8) & 0xf]; + I_won = vlock_lock(my_state, this_cpu & 0xf)); + if (I_won) { + /* and so on */ + I_won = vlock_lock(the_whole_country, this_cpu & 0xf]; + if (I_won) { + /* ... */ + } + vlock_unlock(the_whole_country); + } + vlock_unlock(my_state); + } + vlock_unlock(my_town); + + +ARM implementation +------------------ + +The current ARM implementation [2] contains some optimisations beyond +the basic algorithm: + + * By packing the members of the currently_voting array close together, + we can read the whole array in one transaction (providing the number + of CPUs potentially contending the lock is small enough). This + reduces the number of round-trips required to external memory. + + In the ARM implementation, this means that we can use a single load + and comparison: + + LDR Rt, [Rn] + CMP Rt, #0 + + ...in place of code equivalent to: + + LDRB Rt, [Rn] + CMP Rt, #0 + LDRBEQ Rt, [Rn, #1] + CMPEQ Rt, #0 + LDRBEQ Rt, [Rn, #2] + CMPEQ Rt, #0 + LDRBEQ Rt, [Rn, #3] + CMPEQ Rt, #0 + + This cuts down on the fast-path latency, as well as potentially + reducing bus contention in contended cases. + + The optimisation relies on the fact that the ARM memory system + guarantees coherency between overlapping memory accesses of + different sizes, similarly to many other architectures. Note that + we do not care which element of currently_voting appears in which + bits of Rt, so there is no need to worry about endianness in this + optimisation. + + If there are too many CPUs to read the currently_voting array in + one transaction then multiple transations are still required. The + implementation uses a simple loop of word-sized loads for this + case. The number of transactions is still fewer than would be + required if bytes were loaded individually. + + + In principle, we could aggregate further by using LDRD or LDM, but + to keep the code simple this was not attempted in the initial + implementation. + + + * vlocks are currently only used to coordinate between CPUs which are + unable to enable their caches yet. This means that the + implementation removes many of the barriers which would be required + when executing the algorithm in cached memory. + + packing of the currently_voting array does not work with cached + memory unless all CPUs contending the lock are cache-coherent, due + to cache writebacks from one CPU clobbering values written by other + CPUs. (Though if all the CPUs are cache-coherent, you should be + probably be using proper spinlocks instead anyway). + + + * The "no votes yet" value used for the last_vote variable is 0 (not + -1 as in the pseudocode). This allows statically-allocated vlocks + to be implicitly initialised to an unlocked state simply by putting + them in .bss. + + An offset is added to each CPU's ID for the purpose of setting this + variable, so that no CPU uses the value 0 for its ID. + + +Colophon +-------- + +Originally created and documented by Dave Martin for Linaro Limited, for +use in ARM-based big.LITTLE platforms, with review and input gratefully +received from Nicolas Pitre and Achin Gupta. Thanks to Nicolas for +grabbing most of this text out of the relevant mail thread and writing +up the pseudocode. + +Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Linaro Limited +Distributed under the terms of Version 2 of the GNU General Public +License, as defined in linux/COPYING. + + +References +---------- + +[1] Lamport, L. "A New Solution of Dijkstra's Concurrent Programming + Problem", Communications of the ACM 17, 8 (August 1974), 453-455. + + http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lamport%27s_bakery_algorithm + +[2] linux/arch/arm/common/vlock.S, www.kernel.org. diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/acpi_object_usage.txt b/Documentation/arm64/acpi_object_usage.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a6e1a1805 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm64/acpi_object_usage.txt @@ -0,0 +1,593 @@ +ACPI Tables +----------- +The expectations of individual ACPI tables are discussed in the list that +follows. + +If a section number is used, it refers to a section number in the ACPI +specification where the object is defined. If "Signature Reserved" is used, +the table signature (the first four bytes of the table) is the only portion +of the table recognized by the specification, and the actual table is defined +outside of the UEFI Forum (see Section 5.2.6 of the specification). + +For ACPI on arm64, tables also fall into the following categories: + + -- Required: DSDT, FADT, GTDT, MADT, MCFG, RSDP, SPCR, XSDT + + -- Recommended: BERT, EINJ, ERST, HEST, SSDT + + -- Optional: BGRT, CPEP, CSRT, DRTM, ECDT, FACS, FPDT, MCHI, MPST, + MSCT, RASF, SBST, SLIT, SPMI, SRAT, TCPA, TPM2, UEFI + + -- Not supported: BOOT, DBG2, DBGP, DMAR, ETDT, HPET, IBFT, IVRS, + LPIT, MSDM, RSDT, SLIC, WAET, WDAT, WDRT, WPBT + + +Table Usage for ARMv8 Linux +----- ---------------------------------------------------------------- +BERT Section 18.3 (signature == "BERT") + == Boot Error Record Table == + Must be supplied if RAS support is provided by the platform. It + is recommended this table be supplied. + +BOOT Signature Reserved (signature == "BOOT") + == simple BOOT flag table == + Microsoft only table, will not be supported. + +BGRT Section 5.2.22 (signature == "BGRT") + == Boot Graphics Resource Table == + Optional, not currently supported, with no real use-case for an + ARM server. + +CPEP Section 5.2.18 (signature == "CPEP") + == Corrected Platform Error Polling table == + Optional, not currently supported, and not recommended until such + time as ARM-compatible hardware is available, and the specification + suitably modified. + +CSRT Signature Reserved (signature == "CSRT") + == Core System Resources Table == + Optional, not currently supported. + +DBG2 Signature Reserved (signature == "DBG2") + == DeBuG port table 2 == + Microsoft only table, will not be supported. + +DBGP Signature Reserved (signature == "DBGP") + == DeBuG Port table == + Microsoft only table, will not be supported. + +DSDT Section 5.2.11.1 (signature == "DSDT") + == Differentiated System Description Table == + A DSDT is required; see also SSDT. + + ACPI tables contain only one DSDT but can contain one or more SSDTs, + which are optional. Each SSDT can only add to the ACPI namespace, + but cannot modify or replace anything in the DSDT. + +DMAR Signature Reserved (signature == "DMAR") + == DMA Remapping table == + x86 only table, will not be supported. + +DRTM Signature Reserved (signature == "DRTM") + == Dynamic Root of Trust for Measurement table == + Optional, not currently supported. + +ECDT Section 5.2.16 (signature == "ECDT") + == Embedded Controller Description Table == + Optional, not currently supported, but could be used on ARM if and + only if one uses the GPE_BIT field to represent an IRQ number, since + there are no GPE blocks defined in hardware reduced mode. This would + need to be modified in the ACPI specification. + +EINJ Section 18.6 (signature == "EINJ") + == Error Injection table == + This table is very useful for testing platform response to error + conditions; it allows one to inject an error into the system as + if it had actually occurred. However, this table should not be + shipped with a production system; it should be dynamically loaded + and executed with the ACPICA tools only during testing. + +ERST Section 18.5 (signature == "ERST") + == Error Record Serialization Table == + On a platform supports RAS, this table must be supplied if it is not + UEFI-based; if it is UEFI-based, this table may be supplied. When this + table is not present, UEFI run time service will be utilized to save + and retrieve hardware error information to and from a persistent store. + +ETDT Signature Reserved (signature == "ETDT") + == Event Timer Description Table == + Obsolete table, will not be supported. + +FACS Section 5.2.10 (signature == "FACS") + == Firmware ACPI Control Structure == + It is unlikely that this table will be terribly useful. If it is + provided, the Global Lock will NOT be used since it is not part of + the hardware reduced profile, and only 64-bit address fields will + be considered valid. + +FADT Section 5.2.9 (signature == "FACP") + == Fixed ACPI Description Table == + Required for arm64. + + The HW_REDUCED_ACPI flag must be set. All of the fields that are + to be ignored when HW_REDUCED_ACPI is set are expected to be set to + zero. + + If an FACS table is provided, the X_FIRMWARE_CTRL field is to be + used, not FIRMWARE_CTRL. + + If PSCI is used (as is recommended), make sure that ARM_BOOT_ARCH is + filled in properly -- that the PSCI_COMPLIANT flag is set and that + PSCI_USE_HVC is set or unset as needed (see table 5-37). + + For the DSDT that is also required, the X_DSDT field is to be used, + not the DSDT field. + +FPDT Section 5.2.23 (signature == "FPDT") + == Firmware Performance Data Table == + Optional, not currently supported. + +GTDT Section 5.2.24 (signature == "GTDT") + == Generic Timer Description Table == + Required for arm64. + +HEST Section 18.3.2 (signature == "HEST") + == Hardware Error Source Table == + Until further error source types are defined, use only types 6 (AER + Root Port), 7 (AER Endpoint), 8 (AER Bridge), or 9 (Generic Hardware + Error Source). Firmware first error handling is possible if and only + if Trusted Firmware is being used on arm64. + + Must be supplied if RAS support is provided by the platform. It + is recommended this table be supplied. + +HPET Signature Reserved (signature == "HPET") + == High Precision Event timer Table == + x86 only table, will not be supported. + +IBFT Signature Reserved (signature == "IBFT") + == iSCSI Boot Firmware Table == + Microsoft defined table, support TBD. + +IVRS Signature Reserved (signature == "IVRS") + == I/O Virtualization Reporting Structure == + x86_64 (AMD) only table, will not be supported. + +LPIT Signature Reserved (signature == "LPIT") + == Low Power Idle Table == + x86 only table as of ACPI 5.1; future versions have been adapted for + use with ARM and will be recommended in order to support ACPI power + management. + +MADT Section 5.2.12 (signature == "APIC") + == Multiple APIC Description Table == + Required for arm64. Only the GIC interrupt controller structures + should be used (types 0xA - 0xE). + +MCFG Signature Reserved (signature == "MCFG") + == Memory-mapped ConFiGuration space == + If the platform supports PCI/PCIe, an MCFG table is required. + +MCHI Signature Reserved (signature == "MCHI") + == Management Controller Host Interface table == + Optional, not currently supported. + +MPST Section 5.2.21 (signature == "MPST") + == Memory Power State Table == + Optional, not currently supported. + +MSDM Signature Reserved (signature == "MSDM") + == Microsoft Data Management table == + Microsoft only table, will not be supported. + +MSCT Section 5.2.19 (signature == "MSCT") + == Maximum System Characteristic Table == + Optional, not currently supported. + +RASF Section 5.2.20 (signature == "RASF") + == RAS Feature table == + Optional, not currently supported. + +RSDP Section 5.2.5 (signature == "RSD PTR") + == Root System Description PoinTeR == + Required for arm64. + +RSDT Section 5.2.7 (signature == "RSDT") + == Root System Description Table == + Since this table can only provide 32-bit addresses, it is deprecated + on arm64, and will not be used. + +SBST Section 5.2.14 (signature == "SBST") + == Smart Battery Subsystem Table == + Optional, not currently supported. + +SLIC Signature Reserved (signature == "SLIC") + == Software LIcensing table == + Microsoft only table, will not be supported. + +SLIT Section 5.2.17 (signature == "SLIT") + == System Locality distance Information Table == + Optional in general, but required for NUMA systems. + +SPCR Signature Reserved (signature == "SPCR") + == Serial Port Console Redirection table == + Required for arm64. + +SPMI Signature Reserved (signature == "SPMI") + == Server Platform Management Interface table == + Optional, not currently supported. + +SRAT Section 5.2.16 (signature == "SRAT") + == System Resource Affinity Table == + Optional, but if used, only the GICC Affinity structures are read. + To support NUMA, this table is required. + +SSDT Section 5.2.11.2 (signature == "SSDT") + == Secondary System Description Table == + These tables are a continuation of the DSDT; these are recommended + for use with devices that can be added to a running system, but can + also serve the purpose of dividing up device descriptions into more + manageable pieces. + + An SSDT can only ADD to the ACPI namespace. It cannot modify or + replace existing device descriptions already in the namespace. + + These tables are optional, however. ACPI tables should contain only + one DSDT but can contain many SSDTs. + +TCPA Signature Reserved (signature == "TCPA") + == Trusted Computing Platform Alliance table == + Optional, not currently supported, and may need changes to fully + interoperate with arm64. + +TPM2 Signature Reserved (signature == "TPM2") + == Trusted Platform Module 2 table == + Optional, not currently supported, and may need changes to fully + interoperate with arm64. + +UEFI Signature Reserved (signature == "UEFI") + == UEFI ACPI data table == + Optional, not currently supported. No known use case for arm64, + at present. + +WAET Signature Reserved (signature == "WAET") + == Windows ACPI Emulated devices Table == + Microsoft only table, will not be supported. + +WDAT Signature Reserved (signature == "WDAT") + == Watch Dog Action Table == + Microsoft only table, will not be supported. + +WDRT Signature Reserved (signature == "WDRT") + == Watch Dog Resource Table == + Microsoft only table, will not be supported. + +WPBT Signature Reserved (signature == "WPBT") + == Windows Platform Binary Table == + Microsoft only table, will not be supported. + +XSDT Section 5.2.8 (signature == "XSDT") + == eXtended System Description Table == + Required for arm64. + + +ACPI Objects +------------ +The expectations on individual ACPI objects are discussed in the list that +follows: + +Name Section Usage for ARMv8 Linux +---- ------------ ------------------------------------------------- +_ADR 6.1.1 Use as needed. + +_BBN 6.5.5 Use as needed; PCI-specific. + +_BDN 6.5.3 Optional; not likely to be used on arm64. + +_CCA 6.2.17 This method should be defined for all bus masters + on arm64. While cache coherency is assumed, making + it explicit ensures the kernel will set up DMA as + it should. + +_CDM 6.2.1 Optional, to be used only for processor devices. + +_CID 6.1.2 Use as needed. + +_CLS 6.1.3 Use as needed. + +_CRS 6.2.2 Required on arm64. + +_DCK 6.5.2 Optional; not likely to be used on arm64. + +_DDN 6.1.4 This field can be used for a device name. However, + it is meant for DOS device names (e.g., COM1), so be + careful of its use across OSes. + +_DEP 6.5.8 Use as needed. + +_DIS 6.2.3 Optional, for power management use. + +_DLM 5.7.5 Optional. + +_DMA 6.2.4 Optional. + +_DSD 6.2.5 To be used with caution. If this object is used, try + to use it within the constraints already defined by the + Device Properties UUID. Only in rare circumstances + should it be necessary to create a new _DSD UUID. + + In either case, submit the _DSD definition along with + any driver patches for discussion, especially when + device properties are used. A driver will not be + considered complete without a corresponding _DSD + description. Once approved by kernel maintainers, + the UUID or device properties must then be registered + with the UEFI Forum; this may cause some iteration as + more than one OS will be registering entries. + +_DSM Do not use this method. It is not standardized, the + return values are not well documented, and it is + currently a frequent source of error. + +_DSW 7.2.1 Use as needed; power management specific. + +_EDL 6.3.1 Optional. + +_EJD 6.3.2 Optional. + +_EJx 6.3.3 Optional. + +_FIX 6.2.7 x86 specific, not used on arm64. + +\_GL 5.7.1 This object is not to be used in hardware reduced + mode, and therefore should not be used on arm64. + +_GLK 6.5.7 This object requires a global lock be defined; there + is no global lock on arm64 since it runs in hardware + reduced mode. Hence, do not use this object on arm64. + +\_GPE 5.3.1 This namespace is for x86 use only. Do not use it + on arm64. + +_GSB 6.2.7 Optional. + +_HID 6.1.5 Use as needed. This is the primary object to use in + device probing, though _CID and _CLS may also be used. + +_HPP 6.2.8 Optional, PCI specific. + +_HPX 6.2.9 Optional, PCI specific. + +_HRV 6.1.6 Optional, use as needed to clarify device behavior; in + some cases, this may be easier to use than _DSD. + +_INI 6.5.1 Not required, but can be useful in setting up devices + when UEFI leaves them in a state that may not be what + the driver expects before it starts probing. + +_IRC 7.2.15 Use as needed; power management specific. + +_LCK 6.3.4 Optional. + +_MAT 6.2.10 Optional; see also the MADT. + +_MLS 6.1.7 Optional, but highly recommended for use in + internationalization. + +_OFF 7.1.2 It is recommended to define this method for any device + that can be turned on or off. + +_ON 7.1.3 It is recommended to define this method for any device + that can be turned on or off. + +\_OS 5.7.3 This method will return "Linux" by default (this is + the value of the macro ACPI_OS_NAME on Linux). The + command line parameter acpi_os= can be used + to set it to some other value. + +_OSC 6.2.11 This method can be a global method in ACPI (i.e., + \_SB._OSC), or it may be associated with a specific + device (e.g., \_SB.DEV0._OSC), or both. When used + as a global method, only capabilities published in + the ACPI specification are allowed. When used as + a device-specific method, the process described for + using _DSD MUST be used to create an _OSC definition; + out-of-process use of _OSC is not allowed. That is, + submit the device-specific _OSC usage description as + part of the kernel driver submission, get it approved + by the kernel community, then register it with the + UEFI Forum. + +\_OSI 5.7.2 Deprecated on ARM64. Any invocation of this method + will print a warning on the console and return false. + That is, as far as ACPI firmware is concerned, _OSI + cannot be used to determine what sort of system is + being used or what functionality is provided. The + _OSC method is to be used instead. + +_OST 6.3.5 Optional. + +_PDC 8.4.1 Deprecated, do not use on arm64. + +\_PIC 5.8.1 The method should not be used. On arm64, the only + interrupt model available is GIC. + +_PLD 6.1.8 Optional. + +\_PR 5.3.1 This namespace is for x86 use only on legacy systems. + Do not use it on arm64. + +_PRS 6.2.12 Optional. + +_PRT 6.2.13 Required as part of the definition of all PCI root + devices. + +_PRW 7.2.13 Use as needed; power management specific. + +_PRx 7.2.8-11 Use as needed; power management specific. If _PR0 is + defined, _PR3 must also be defined. + +_PSC 7.2.6 Use as needed; power management specific. + +_PSE 7.2.7 Use as needed; power management specific. + +_PSW 7.2.14 Use as needed; power management specific. + +_PSx 7.2.2-5 Use as needed; power management specific. If _PS0 is + defined, _PS3 must also be defined. If clocks or + regulators need adjusting to be consistent with power + usage, change them in these methods. + +\_PTS 7.3.1 Use as needed; power management specific. + +_PXM 6.2.14 Optional. + +_REG 6.5.4 Use as needed. + +\_REV 5.7.4 Always returns the latest version of ACPI supported. + +_RMV 6.3.6 Optional. + +\_SB 5.3.1 Required on arm64; all devices must be defined in this + namespace. + +_SEG 6.5.6 Use as needed; PCI-specific. + +\_SI 5.3.1, Optional. + 9.1 + +_SLI 6.2.15 Optional; recommended when SLIT table is in use. + +_STA 6.3.7, It is recommended to define this method for any device + 7.1.4 that can be turned on or off. + +_SRS 6.2.16 Optional; see also _PRS. + +_STR 6.1.10 Recommended for conveying device names to end users; + this is preferred over using _DDN. + +_SUB 6.1.9 Use as needed; _HID or _CID are preferred. + +_SUN 6.1.11 Optional. + +\_Sx 7.3.2 Use as needed; power management specific. + +_SxD 7.2.16-19 Use as needed; power management specific. + +_SxW 7.2.20-24 Use as needed; power management specific. + +_SWS 7.3.3 Use as needed; power management specific; this may + require specification changes for use on arm64. + +\_TTS 7.3.4 Use as needed; power management specific. + +\_TZ 5.3.1 Optional. + +_UID 6.1.12 Recommended for distinguishing devices of the same + class; define it if at all possible. + +\_WAK 7.3.5 Use as needed; power management specific. + + +ACPI Event Model +---------------- +Do not use GPE block devices; these are not supported in the hardware reduced +profile used by arm64. Since there are no GPE blocks defined for use on ARM +platforms, GPIO-signaled interrupts should be used for creating system events. + + +ACPI Processor Control +---------------------- +Section 8 of the ACPI specification is currently undergoing change that +should be completed in the 6.0 version of the specification. Processor +performance control will be handled differently for arm64 at that point +in time. Processor aggregator devices (section 8.5) will not be used, +for example, but another similar mechanism instead. + +While UEFI constrains what we can say until the release of 6.0, it is +recommended that CPPC (8.4.5) be used as the primary model. This will +still be useful into the future. C-states and P-states will still be +provided, but most of the current design work appears to favor CPPC. + +Further, it is essential that the ARMv8 SoC provide a fully functional +implementation of PSCI; this will be the only mechanism supported by ACPI +to control CPU power state (including secondary CPU booting). + +More details will be provided on the release of the ACPI 6.0 specification. + + +ACPI System Address Map Interfaces +---------------------------------- +In Section 15 of the ACPI specification, several methods are mentioned as +possible mechanisms for conveying memory resource information to the kernel. +For arm64, we will only support UEFI for booting with ACPI, hence the UEFI +GetMemoryMap() boot service is the only mechanism that will be used. + + +ACPI Platform Error Interfaces (APEI) +------------------------------------- +The APEI tables supported are described above. + +APEI requires the equivalent of an SCI and an NMI on ARMv8. The SCI is used +to notify the OSPM of errors that have occurred but can be corrected and the +system can continue correct operation, even if possibly degraded. The NMI is +used to indicate fatal errors that cannot be corrected, and require immediate +attention. + +Since there is no direct equivalent of the x86 SCI or NMI, arm64 handles +these slightly differently. The SCI is handled as a normal GPIO-signaled +interrupt; given that these are corrected (or correctable) errors being +reported, this is sufficient. The NMI is emulated as the highest priority +GPIO-signaled interrupt possible. This implies some caution must be used +since there could be interrupts at higher privilege levels or even interrupts +at the same priority as the emulated NMI. In Linux, this should not be the +case but one should be aware it could happen. + + +ACPI Objects Not Supported on ARM64 +----------------------------------- +While this may change in the future, there are several classes of objects +that can be defined, but are not currently of general interest to ARM servers. + +These are not supported: + + -- Section 9.2: ambient light sensor devices + + -- Section 9.3: battery devices + + -- Section 9.4: lids (e.g., laptop lids) + + -- Section 9.8.2: IDE controllers + + -- Section 9.9: floppy controllers + + -- Section 9.10: GPE block devices + + -- Section 9.15: PC/AT RTC/CMOS devices + + -- Section 9.16: user presence detection devices + + -- Section 9.17: I/O APIC devices; all GICs must be enumerable via MADT + + -- Section 9.18: time and alarm devices (see 9.15) + + +ACPI Objects Not Yet Implemented +-------------------------------- +While these objects have x86 equivalents, and they do make some sense in ARM +servers, there is either no hardware available at present, or in some cases +there may not yet be a non-ARM implementation. Hence, they are currently not +implemented though that may change in the future. + +Not yet implemented are: + + -- Section 10: power source and power meter devices + + -- Section 11: thermal management + + -- Section 12: embedded controllers interface + + -- Section 13: SMBus interfaces + + -- Section 17: NUMA support (prototypes have been submitted for + review) diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/arm-acpi.txt b/Documentation/arm64/arm-acpi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..570a4f8e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm64/arm-acpi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,505 @@ +ACPI on ARMv8 Servers +--------------------- +ACPI can be used for ARMv8 general purpose servers designed to follow +the ARM SBSA (Server Base System Architecture) [0] and SBBR (Server +Base Boot Requirements) [1] specifications. Please note that the SBBR +can be retrieved simply by visiting [1], but the SBSA is currently only +available to those with an ARM login due to ARM IP licensing concerns. + +The ARMv8 kernel implements the reduced hardware model of ACPI version +5.1 or later. Links to the specification and all external documents +it refers to are managed by the UEFI Forum. The specification is +available at http://www.uefi.org/specifications and documents referenced +by the specification can be found via http://www.uefi.org/acpi. + +If an ARMv8 system does not meet the requirements of the SBSA and SBBR, +or cannot be described using the mechanisms defined in the required ACPI +specifications, then ACPI may not be a good fit for the hardware. + +While the documents mentioned above set out the requirements for building +industry-standard ARMv8 servers, they also apply to more than one operating +system. The purpose of this document is to describe the interaction between +ACPI and Linux only, on an ARMv8 system -- that is, what Linux expects of +ACPI and what ACPI can expect of Linux. + + +Why ACPI on ARM? +---------------- +Before examining the details of the interface between ACPI and Linux, it is +useful to understand why ACPI is being used. Several technologies already +exist in Linux for describing non-enumerable hardware, after all. In this +section we summarize a blog post [2] from Grant Likely that outlines the +reasoning behind ACPI on ARMv8 servers. Actually, we snitch a good portion +of the summary text almost directly, to be honest. + +The short form of the rationale for ACPI on ARM is: + +-- ACPI’s bytecode (AML) allows the platform to encode hardware behavior, + while DT explicitly does not support this. For hardware vendors, being + able to encode behavior is a key tool used in supporting operating + system releases on new hardware. + +-- ACPI’s OSPM defines a power management model that constrains what the + platform is allowed to do into a specific model, while still providing + flexibility in hardware design. + +-- In the enterprise server environment, ACPI has established bindings (such + as for RAS) which are currently used in production systems. DT does not. + Such bindings could be defined in DT at some point, but doing so means ARM + and x86 would end up using completely different code paths in both firmware + and the kernel. + +-- Choosing a single interface to describe the abstraction between a platform + and an OS is important. Hardware vendors would not be required to implement + both DT and ACPI if they want to support multiple operating systems. And, + agreeing on a single interface instead of being fragmented into per OS + interfaces makes for better interoperability overall. + +-- The new ACPI governance process works well and Linux is now at the same + table as hardware vendors and other OS vendors. In fact, there is no + longer any reason to feel that ACPI is only belongs to Windows or that + Linux is in any way secondary to Microsoft in this arena. The move of + ACPI governance into the UEFI forum has significantly opened up the + specification development process, and currently, a large portion of the + changes being made to ACPI is being driven by Linux. + +Key to the use of ACPI is the support model. For servers in general, the +responsibility for hardware behaviour cannot solely be the domain of the +kernel, but rather must be split between the platform and the kernel, in +order to allow for orderly change over time. ACPI frees the OS from needing +to understand all the minute details of the hardware so that the OS doesn’t +need to be ported to each and every device individually. It allows the +hardware vendors to take responsibility for power management behaviour without +depending on an OS release cycle which is not under their control. + +ACPI is also important because hardware and OS vendors have already worked +out the mechanisms for supporting a general purpose computing ecosystem. The +infrastructure is in place, the bindings are in place, and the processes are +in place. DT does exactly what Linux needs it to when working with vertically +integrated devices, but there are no good processes for supporting what the +server vendors need. Linux could potentially get there with DT, but doing so +really just duplicates something that already works. ACPI already does what +the hardware vendors need, Microsoft won’t collaborate on DT, and hardware +vendors would still end up providing two completely separate firmware +interfaces -- one for Linux and one for Windows. + + +Kernel Compatibility +-------------------- +One of the primary motivations for ACPI is standardization, and using that +to provide backward compatibility for Linux kernels. In the server market, +software and hardware are often used for long periods. ACPI allows the +kernel and firmware to agree on a consistent abstraction that can be +maintained over time, even as hardware or software change. As long as the +abstraction is supported, systems can be updated without necessarily having +to replace the kernel. + +When a Linux driver or subsystem is first implemented using ACPI, it by +definition ends up requiring a specific version of the ACPI specification +-- it's baseline. ACPI firmware must continue to work, even though it may +not be optimal, with the earliest kernel version that first provides support +for that baseline version of ACPI. There may be a need for additional drivers, +but adding new functionality (e.g., CPU power management) should not break +older kernel versions. Further, ACPI firmware must also work with the most +recent version of the kernel. + + +Relationship with Device Tree +----------------------------- +ACPI support in drivers and subsystems for ARMv8 should never be mutually +exclusive with DT support at compile time. + +At boot time the kernel will only use one description method depending on +parameters passed from the bootloader (including kernel bootargs). + +Regardless of whether DT or ACPI is used, the kernel must always be capable +of booting with either scheme (in kernels with both schemes enabled at compile +time). + + +Booting using ACPI tables +------------------------- +The only defined method for passing ACPI tables to the kernel on ARMv8 +is via the UEFI system configuration table. Just so it is explicit, this +means that ACPI is only supported on platforms that boot via UEFI. + +When an ARMv8 system boots, it can either have DT information, ACPI tables, +or in some very unusual cases, both. If no command line parameters are used, +the kernel will try to use DT for device enumeration; if there is no DT +present, the kernel will try to use ACPI tables, but only if they are present. +In neither is available, the kernel will not boot. If acpi=force is used +on the command line, the kernel will attempt to use ACPI tables first, but +fall back to DT if there are no ACPI tables present. The basic idea is that +the kernel will not fail to boot unless it absolutely has no other choice. + +Processing of ACPI tables may be disabled by passing acpi=off on the kernel +command line; this is the default behavior. + +In order for the kernel to load and use ACPI tables, the UEFI implementation +MUST set the ACPI_20_TABLE_GUID to point to the RSDP table (the table with +the ACPI signature "RSD PTR "). If this pointer is incorrect and acpi=force +is used, the kernel will disable ACPI and try to use DT to boot instead; the +kernel has, in effect, determined that ACPI tables are not present at that +point. + +If the pointer to the RSDP table is correct, the table will be mapped into +the kernel by the ACPI core, using the address provided by UEFI. + +The ACPI core will then locate and map in all other ACPI tables provided by +using the addresses in the RSDP table to find the XSDT (eXtended System +Description Table). The XSDT in turn provides the addresses to all other +ACPI tables provided by the system firmware; the ACPI core will then traverse +this table and map in the tables listed. + +The ACPI core will ignore any provided RSDT (Root System Description Table). +RSDTs have been deprecated and are ignored on arm64 since they only allow +for 32-bit addresses. + +Further, the ACPI core will only use the 64-bit address fields in the FADT +(Fixed ACPI Description Table). Any 32-bit address fields in the FADT will +be ignored on arm64. + +Hardware reduced mode (see Section 4.1 of the ACPI 5.1 specification) will +be enforced by the ACPI core on arm64. Doing so allows the ACPI core to +run less complex code since it no longer has to provide support for legacy +hardware from other architectures. Any fields that are not to be used for +hardware reduced mode must be set to zero. + +For the ACPI core to operate properly, and in turn provide the information +the kernel needs to configure devices, it expects to find the following +tables (all section numbers refer to the ACPI 5.1 specfication): + + -- RSDP (Root System Description Pointer), section 5.2.5 + + -- XSDT (eXtended System Description Table), section 5.2.8 + + -- FADT (Fixed ACPI Description Table), section 5.2.9 + + -- DSDT (Differentiated System Description Table), section + 5.2.11.1 + + -- MADT (Multiple APIC Description Table), section 5.2.12 + + -- GTDT (Generic Timer Description Table), section 5.2.24 + + -- If PCI is supported, the MCFG (Memory mapped ConFiGuration + Table), section 5.2.6, specifically Table 5-31. + +If the above tables are not all present, the kernel may or may not be +able to boot properly since it may not be able to configure all of the +devices available. + + +ACPI Detection +-------------- +Drivers should determine their probe() type by checking for a null +value for ACPI_HANDLE, or checking .of_node, or other information in +the device structure. This is detailed further in the "Driver +Recommendations" section. + +In non-driver code, if the presence of ACPI needs to be detected at +runtime, then check the value of acpi_disabled. If CONFIG_ACPI is not +set, acpi_disabled will always be 1. + + +Device Enumeration +------------------ +Device descriptions in ACPI should use standard recognized ACPI interfaces. +These may contain less information than is typically provided via a Device +Tree description for the same device. This is also one of the reasons that +ACPI can be useful -- the driver takes into account that it may have less +detailed information about the device and uses sensible defaults instead. +If done properly in the driver, the hardware can change and improve over +time without the driver having to change at all. + +Clocks provide an excellent example. In DT, clocks need to be specified +and the drivers need to take them into account. In ACPI, the assumption +is that UEFI will leave the device in a reasonable default state, including +any clock settings. If for some reason the driver needs to change a clock +value, this can be done in an ACPI method; all the driver needs to do is +invoke the method and not concern itself with what the method needs to do +to change the clock. Changing the hardware can then take place over time +by changing what the ACPI method does, and not the driver. + +In DT, the parameters needed by the driver to set up clocks as in the example +above are known as "bindings"; in ACPI, these are known as "Device Properties" +and provided to a driver via the _DSD object. + +ACPI tables are described with a formal language called ASL, the ACPI +Source Language (section 19 of the specification). This means that there +are always multiple ways to describe the same thing -- including device +properties. For example, device properties could use an ASL construct +that looks like this: Name(KEY0, "value0"). An ACPI device driver would +then retrieve the value of the property by evaluating the KEY0 object. +However, using Name() this way has multiple problems: (1) ACPI limits +names ("KEY0") to four characters unlike DT; (2) there is no industry +wide registry that maintains a list of names, minimzing re-use; (3) +there is also no registry for the definition of property values ("value0"), +again making re-use difficult; and (4) how does one maintain backward +compatibility as new hardware comes out? The _DSD method was created +to solve precisely these sorts of problems; Linux drivers should ALWAYS +use the _DSD method for device properties and nothing else. + +The _DSM object (ACPI Section 9.14.1) could also be used for conveying +device properties to a driver. Linux drivers should only expect it to +be used if _DSD cannot represent the data required, and there is no way +to create a new UUID for the _DSD object. Note that there is even less +regulation of the use of _DSM than there is of _DSD. Drivers that depend +on the contents of _DSM objects will be more difficult to maintain over +time because of this; as of this writing, the use of _DSM is the cause +of quite a few firmware problems and is not recommended. + +Drivers should look for device properties in the _DSD object ONLY; the _DSD +object is described in the ACPI specification section 6.2.5, but this only +describes how to define the structure of an object returned via _DSD, and +how specific data structures are defined by specific UUIDs. Linux should +only use the _DSD Device Properties UUID [5]: + + -- UUID: daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301 + + -- http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/_DSD-device-properties-UUID.pdf + +The UEFI Forum provides a mechanism for registering device properties [4] +so that they may be used across all operating systems supporting ACPI. +Device properties that have not been registered with the UEFI Forum should +not be used. + +Before creating new device properties, check to be sure that they have not +been defined before and either registered in the Linux kernel documentation +as DT bindings, or the UEFI Forum as device properties. While we do not want +to simply move all DT bindings into ACPI device properties, we can learn from +what has been previously defined. + +If it is necessary to define a new device property, or if it makes sense to +synthesize the definition of a binding so it can be used in any firmware, +both DT bindings and ACPI device properties for device drivers have review +processes. Use them both. When the driver itself is submitted for review +to the Linux mailing lists, the device property definitions needed must be +submitted at the same time. A driver that supports ACPI and uses device +properties will not be considered complete without their definitions. Once +the device property has been accepted by the Linux community, it must be +registered with the UEFI Forum [4], which will review it again for consistency +within the registry. This may require iteration. The UEFI Forum, though, +will always be the canonical site for device property definitions. + +It may make sense to provide notice to the UEFI Forum that there is the +intent to register a previously unused device property name as a means of +reserving the name for later use. Other operating system vendors will +also be submitting registration requests and this may help smooth the +process. + +Once registration and review have been completed, the kernel provides an +interface for looking up device properties in a manner independent of +whether DT or ACPI is being used. This API should be used [6]; it can +eliminate some duplication of code paths in driver probing functions and +discourage divergence between DT bindings and ACPI device properties. + + +Programmable Power Control Resources +------------------------------------ +Programmable power control resources include such resources as voltage/current +providers (regulators) and clock sources. + +With ACPI, the kernel clock and regulator framework is not expected to be used +at all. + +The kernel assumes that power control of these resources is represented with +Power Resource Objects (ACPI section 7.1). The ACPI core will then handle +correctly enabling and disabling resources as they are needed. In order to +get that to work, ACPI assumes each device has defined D-states and that these +can be controlled through the optional ACPI methods _PS0, _PS1, _PS2, and _PS3; +in ACPI, _PS0 is the method to invoke to turn a device full on, and _PS3 is for +turning a device full off. + +There are two options for using those Power Resources. They can: + + -- be managed in a _PSx method which gets called on entry to power + state Dx. + + -- be declared separately as power resources with their own _ON and _OFF + methods. They are then tied back to D-states for a particular device + via _PRx which specifies which power resources a device needs to be on + while in Dx. Kernel then tracks number of devices using a power resource + and calls _ON/_OFF as needed. + +The kernel ACPI code will also assume that the _PSx methods follow the normal +ACPI rules for such methods: + + -- If either _PS0 or _PS3 is implemented, then the other method must also + be implemented. + + -- If a device requires usage or setup of a power resource when on, the ASL + should organize that it is allocated/enabled using the _PS0 method. + + -- Resources allocated or enabled in the _PS0 method should be disabled + or de-allocated in the _PS3 method. + + -- Firmware will leave the resources in a reasonable state before handing + over control to the kernel. + +Such code in _PSx methods will of course be very platform specific. But, +this allows the driver to abstract out the interface for operating the device +and avoid having to read special non-standard values from ACPI tables. Further, +abstracting the use of these resources allows the hardware to change over time +without requiring updates to the driver. + + +Clocks +------ +ACPI makes the assumption that clocks are initialized by the firmware -- +UEFI, in this case -- to some working value before control is handed over +to the kernel. This has implications for devices such as UARTs, or SoC-driven +LCD displays, for example. + +When the kernel boots, the clocks are assumed to be set to reasonable +working values. If for some reason the frequency needs to change -- e.g., +throttling for power management -- the device driver should expect that +process to be abstracted out into some ACPI method that can be invoked +(please see the ACPI specification for further recommendations on standard +methods to be expected). The only exceptions to this are CPU clocks where +CPPC provides a much richer interface than ACPI methods. If the clocks +are not set, there is no direct way for Linux to control them. + +If an SoC vendor wants to provide fine-grained control of the system clocks, +they could do so by providing ACPI methods that could be invoked by Linux +drivers. However, this is NOT recommended and Linux drivers should NOT use +such methods, even if they are provided. Such methods are not currently +standardized in the ACPI specification, and using them could tie a kernel +to a very specific SoC, or tie an SoC to a very specific version of the +kernel, both of which we are trying to avoid. + + +Driver Recommendations +---------------------- +DO NOT remove any DT handling when adding ACPI support for a driver. The +same device may be used on many different systems. + +DO try to structure the driver so that it is data-driven. That is, set up +a struct containing internal per-device state based on defaults and whatever +else must be discovered by the driver probe function. Then, have the rest +of the driver operate off of the contents of that struct. Doing so should +allow most divergence between ACPI and DT functionality to be kept local to +the probe function instead of being scattered throughout the driver. For +example: + +static int device_probe_dt(struct platform_device *pdev) +{ + /* DT specific functionality */ + ... +} + +static int device_probe_acpi(struct platform_device *pdev) +{ + /* ACPI specific functionality */ + ... +} + +static int device_probe(struct platform_device *pdev) +{ + ... + struct device_node node = pdev->dev.of_node; + ... + + if (node) + ret = device_probe_dt(pdev); + else if (ACPI_HANDLE(&pdev->dev)) + ret = device_probe_acpi(pdev); + else + /* other initialization */ + ... + /* Continue with any generic probe operations */ + ... +} + +DO keep the MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE entries together in the driver to make it +clear the different names the driver is probed for, both from DT and from +ACPI: + +static struct of_device_id virtio_mmio_match[] = { + { .compatible = "virtio,mmio", }, + { } +}; +MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(of, virtio_mmio_match); + +static const struct acpi_device_id virtio_mmio_acpi_match[] = { + { "LNRO0005", }, + { } +}; +MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(acpi, virtio_mmio_acpi_match); + + +ASWG +---- +The ACPI specification changes regularly. During the year 2014, for instance, +version 5.1 was released and version 6.0 substantially completed, with most of +the changes being driven by ARM-specific requirements. Proposed changes are +presented and discussed in the ASWG (ACPI Specification Working Group) which +is a part of the UEFI Forum. + +Participation in this group is open to all UEFI members. Please see +http://www.uefi.org/workinggroup for details on group membership. + +It is the intent of the ARMv8 ACPI kernel code to follow the ACPI specification +as closely as possible, and to only implement functionality that complies with +the released standards from UEFI ASWG. As a practical matter, there will be +vendors that provide bad ACPI tables or violate the standards in some way. +If this is because of errors, quirks and fixups may be necessary, but will +be avoided if possible. If there are features missing from ACPI that preclude +it from being used on a platform, ECRs (Engineering Change Requests) should be +submitted to ASWG and go through the normal approval process; for those that +are not UEFI members, many other members of the Linux community are and would +likely be willing to assist in submitting ECRs. + + +Linux Code +---------- +Individual items specific to Linux on ARM, contained in the the Linux +source code, are in the list that follows: + +ACPI_OS_NAME This macro defines the string to be returned when + an ACPI method invokes the _OS method. On ARM64 + systems, this macro will be "Linux" by default. + The command line parameter acpi_os= + can be used to set it to some other value. The + default value for other architectures is "Microsoft + Windows NT", for example. + +ACPI Objects +------------ +Detailed expectations for ACPI tables and object are listed in the file +Documentation/arm64/acpi_object_usage.txt. + + +References +---------- +[0] http://silver.arm.com -- document ARM-DEN-0029, or newer + "Server Base System Architecture", version 2.3, dated 27 Mar 2014 + +[1] http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.den0044a/Server_Base_Boot_Requirements.pdf + Document ARM-DEN-0044A, or newer: "Server Base Boot Requirements, System + Software on ARM Platforms", dated 16 Aug 2014 + +[2] http://www.secretlab.ca/archives/151, 10 Jan 2015, Copyright (c) 2015, + Linaro Ltd., written by Grant Likely. A copy of the verbatim text (apart + from formatting) is also in Documentation/arm64/why_use_acpi.txt. + +[3] AMD ACPI for Seattle platform documentation: + http://amd-dev.wpengine.netdna-cdn.com/wordpress/media/2012/10/Seattle_ACPI_Guide.pdf + +[4] http://www.uefi.org/acpi -- please see the link for the "ACPI _DSD Device + Property Registry Instructions" + +[5] http://www.uefi.org/acpi -- please see the link for the "_DSD (Device + Specific Data) Implementation Guide" + +[6] Kernel code for the unified device property interface can be found in + include/linux/property.h and drivers/base/property.c. + + +Authors +------- +Al Stone +Graeme Gregory +Hanjun Guo + +Grant Likely , for the "Why ACPI on ARM?" section diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt b/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3c05b5f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ + Booting AArch64 Linux + ===================== + +Author: Will Deacon +Date : 07 September 2012 + +This document is based on the ARM booting document by Russell King and +is relevant to all public releases of the AArch64 Linux kernel. + +The AArch64 exception model is made up of a number of exception levels +(EL0 - EL3), with EL0 and EL1 having a secure and a non-secure +counterpart. EL2 is the hypervisor level and exists only in non-secure +mode. EL3 is the highest priority level and exists only in secure mode. + +For the purposes of this document, we will use the term `boot loader' +simply to define all software that executes on the CPU(s) before control +is passed to the Linux kernel. This may include secure monitor and +hypervisor code, or it may just be a handful of instructions for +preparing a minimal boot environment. + +Essentially, the boot loader should provide (as a minimum) the +following: + +1. Setup and initialise the RAM +2. Setup the device tree +3. Decompress the kernel image +4. Call the kernel image + + +1. Setup and initialise RAM +--------------------------- + +Requirement: MANDATORY + +The boot loader is expected to find and initialise all RAM that the +kernel will use for volatile data storage in the system. It performs +this in a machine dependent manner. (It may use internal algorithms +to automatically locate and size all RAM, or it may use knowledge of +the RAM in the machine, or any other method the boot loader designer +sees fit.) + + +2. Setup the device tree +------------------------- + +Requirement: MANDATORY + +The device tree blob (dtb) must be placed on an 8-byte boundary within +the first 512 megabytes from the start of the kernel image and must not +cross a 2-megabyte boundary. This is to allow the kernel to map the +blob using a single section mapping in the initial page tables. + + +3. Decompress the kernel image +------------------------------ + +Requirement: OPTIONAL + +The AArch64 kernel does not currently provide a decompressor and +therefore requires decompression (gzip etc.) to be performed by the boot +loader if a compressed Image target (e.g. Image.gz) is used. For +bootloaders that do not implement this requirement, the uncompressed +Image target is available instead. + + +4. Call the kernel image +------------------------ + +Requirement: MANDATORY + +The decompressed kernel image contains a 64-byte header as follows: + + u32 code0; /* Executable code */ + u32 code1; /* Executable code */ + u64 text_offset; /* Image load offset, little endian */ + u64 image_size; /* Effective Image size, little endian */ + u64 flags; /* kernel flags, little endian */ + u64 res2 = 0; /* reserved */ + u64 res3 = 0; /* reserved */ + u64 res4 = 0; /* reserved */ + u32 magic = 0x644d5241; /* Magic number, little endian, "ARM\x64" */ + u32 res5; /* reserved (used for PE COFF offset) */ + + +Header notes: + +- As of v3.17, all fields are little endian unless stated otherwise. + +- code0/code1 are responsible for branching to stext. + +- when booting through EFI, code0/code1 are initially skipped. + res5 is an offset to the PE header and the PE header has the EFI + entry point (efi_stub_entry). When the stub has done its work, it + jumps to code0 to resume the normal boot process. + +- Prior to v3.17, the endianness of text_offset was not specified. In + these cases image_size is zero and text_offset is 0x80000 in the + endianness of the kernel. Where image_size is non-zero image_size is + little-endian and must be respected. Where image_size is zero, + text_offset can be assumed to be 0x80000. + +- The flags field (introduced in v3.17) is a little-endian 64-bit field + composed as follows: + Bit 0: Kernel endianness. 1 if BE, 0 if LE. + Bits 1-63: Reserved. + +- When image_size is zero, a bootloader should attempt to keep as much + memory as possible free for use by the kernel immediately after the + end of the kernel image. The amount of space required will vary + depending on selected features, and is effectively unbound. + +The Image must be placed text_offset bytes from a 2MB aligned base +address near the start of usable system RAM and called there. Memory +below that base address is currently unusable by Linux, and therefore it +is strongly recommended that this location is the start of system RAM. +At least image_size bytes from the start of the image must be free for +use by the kernel. + +Any memory described to the kernel (even that below the 2MB aligned base +address) which is not marked as reserved from the kernel e.g. with a +memreserve region in the device tree) will be considered as available to +the kernel. + +Before jumping into the kernel, the following conditions must be met: + +- Quiesce all DMA capable devices so that memory does not get + corrupted by bogus network packets or disk data. This will save + you many hours of debug. + +- Primary CPU general-purpose register settings + x0 = physical address of device tree blob (dtb) in system RAM. + x1 = 0 (reserved for future use) + x2 = 0 (reserved for future use) + x3 = 0 (reserved for future use) + +- CPU mode + All forms of interrupts must be masked in PSTATE.DAIF (Debug, SError, + IRQ and FIQ). + The CPU must be in either EL2 (RECOMMENDED in order to have access to + the virtualisation extensions) or non-secure EL1. + +- Caches, MMUs + The MMU must be off. + Instruction cache may be on or off. + The address range corresponding to the loaded kernel image must be + cleaned to the PoC. In the presence of a system cache or other + coherent masters with caches enabled, this will typically require + cache maintenance by VA rather than set/way operations. + System caches which respect the architected cache maintenance by VA + operations must be configured and may be enabled. + System caches which do not respect architected cache maintenance by VA + operations (not recommended) must be configured and disabled. + +- Architected timers + CNTFRQ must be programmed with the timer frequency and CNTVOFF must + be programmed with a consistent value on all CPUs. If entering the + kernel at EL1, CNTHCTL_EL2 must have EL1PCTEN (bit 0) set where + available. + +- Coherency + All CPUs to be booted by the kernel must be part of the same coherency + domain on entry to the kernel. This may require IMPLEMENTATION DEFINED + initialisation to enable the receiving of maintenance operations on + each CPU. + +- System registers + All writable architected system registers at the exception level where + the kernel image will be entered must be initialised by software at a + higher exception level to prevent execution in an UNKNOWN state. + + For systems with a GICv3 interrupt controller: + - If EL3 is present: + ICC_SRE_EL3.Enable (bit 3) must be initialiased to 0b1. + ICC_SRE_EL3.SRE (bit 0) must be initialised to 0b1. + - If the kernel is entered at EL1: + ICC.SRE_EL2.Enable (bit 3) must be initialised to 0b1 + ICC_SRE_EL2.SRE (bit 0) must be initialised to 0b1. + +The requirements described above for CPU mode, caches, MMUs, architected +timers, coherency and system registers apply to all CPUs. All CPUs must +enter the kernel in the same exception level. + +The boot loader is expected to enter the kernel on each CPU in the +following manner: + +- The primary CPU must jump directly to the first instruction of the + kernel image. The device tree blob passed by this CPU must contain + an 'enable-method' property for each cpu node. The supported + enable-methods are described below. + + It is expected that the bootloader will generate these device tree + properties and insert them into the blob prior to kernel entry. + +- CPUs with a "spin-table" enable-method must have a 'cpu-release-addr' + property in their cpu node. This property identifies a + naturally-aligned 64-bit zero-initalised memory location. + + These CPUs should spin outside of the kernel in a reserved area of + memory (communicated to the kernel by a /memreserve/ region in the + device tree) polling their cpu-release-addr location, which must be + contained in the reserved region. A wfe instruction may be inserted + to reduce the overhead of the busy-loop and a sev will be issued by + the primary CPU. When a read of the location pointed to by the + cpu-release-addr returns a non-zero value, the CPU must jump to this + value. The value will be written as a single 64-bit little-endian + value, so CPUs must convert the read value to their native endianness + before jumping to it. + +- CPUs with a "psci" enable method should remain outside of + the kernel (i.e. outside of the regions of memory described to the + kernel in the memory node, or in a reserved area of memory described + to the kernel by a /memreserve/ region in the device tree). The + kernel will issue CPU_ON calls as described in ARM document number ARM + DEN 0022A ("Power State Coordination Interface System Software on ARM + processors") to bring CPUs into the kernel. + + The device tree should contain a 'psci' node, as described in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.txt. + +- Secondary CPU general-purpose register settings + x0 = 0 (reserved for future use) + x1 = 0 (reserved for future use) + x2 = 0 (reserved for future use) + x3 = 0 (reserved for future use) diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt b/Documentation/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..01bf3d9fa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +The arm64 port of the Linux kernel provides infrastructure to support +emulation of instructions which have been deprecated, or obsoleted in +the architecture. The infrastructure code uses undefined instruction +hooks to support emulation. Where available it also allows turning on +the instruction execution in hardware. + +The emulation mode can be controlled by writing to sysctl nodes +(/proc/sys/abi). The following explains the different execution +behaviours and the corresponding values of the sysctl nodes - + +* Undef + Value: 0 + Generates undefined instruction abort. Default for instructions that + have been obsoleted in the architecture, e.g., SWP + +* Emulate + Value: 1 + Uses software emulation. To aid migration of software, in this mode + usage of emulated instruction is traced as well as rate limited + warnings are issued. This is the default for deprecated + instructions, .e.g., CP15 barriers + +* Hardware Execution + Value: 2 + Although marked as deprecated, some implementations may support the + enabling/disabling of hardware support for the execution of these + instructions. Using hardware execution generally provides better + performance, but at the loss of ability to gather runtime statistics + about the use of the deprecated instructions. + +The default mode depends on the status of the instruction in the +architecture. Deprecated instructions should default to emulation +while obsolete instructions must be undefined by default. + +Note: Instruction emulation may not be possible in all cases. See +individual instruction notes for further information. + +Supported legacy instructions +----------------------------- +* SWP{B} +Node: /proc/sys/abi/swp +Status: Obsolete +Default: Undef (0) + +* CP15 Barriers +Node: /proc/sys/abi/cp15_barrier +Status: Deprecated +Default: Emulate (1) + +* SETEND +Node: /proc/sys/abi/setend +Status: Deprecated +Default: Emulate (1)* +Note: All the cpus on the system must have mixed endian support at EL0 +for this feature to be enabled. If a new CPU - which doesn't support mixed +endian - is hotplugged in after this feature has been enabled, there could +be unexpected results in the application. diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt b/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d7273a5f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ + Memory Layout on AArch64 Linux + ============================== + +Author: Catalin Marinas + +This document describes the virtual memory layout used by the AArch64 +Linux kernel. The architecture allows up to 4 levels of translation +tables with a 4KB page size and up to 3 levels with a 64KB page size. + +AArch64 Linux uses either 3 levels or 4 levels of translation tables +with the 4KB page configuration, allowing 39-bit (512GB) or 48-bit +(256TB) virtual addresses, respectively, for both user and kernel. With +64KB pages, only 2 levels of translation tables, allowing 42-bit (4TB) +virtual address, are used but the memory layout is the same. + +User addresses have bits 63:48 set to 0 while the kernel addresses have +the same bits set to 1. TTBRx selection is given by bit 63 of the +virtual address. The swapper_pg_dir contains only kernel (global) +mappings while the user pgd contains only user (non-global) mappings. +The swapper_pg_dir address is written to TTBR1 and never written to +TTBR0. + + +AArch64 Linux memory layout with 4KB pages + 3 levels: + +Start End Size Use +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +0000000000000000 0000007fffffffff 512GB user +ffffff8000000000 ffffffffffffffff 512GB kernel + + +AArch64 Linux memory layout with 4KB pages + 4 levels: + +Start End Size Use +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +0000000000000000 0000ffffffffffff 256TB user +ffff000000000000 ffffffffffffffff 256TB kernel + + +AArch64 Linux memory layout with 64KB pages + 2 levels: + +Start End Size Use +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +0000000000000000 000003ffffffffff 4TB user +fffffc0000000000 ffffffffffffffff 4TB kernel + + +AArch64 Linux memory layout with 64KB pages + 3 levels: + +Start End Size Use +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +0000000000000000 0000ffffffffffff 256TB user +ffff000000000000 ffffffffffffffff 256TB kernel + + +For details of the virtual kernel memory layout please see the kernel +booting log. + + +Translation table lookup with 4KB pages: + ++--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+ +|63 56|55 48|47 40|39 32|31 24|23 16|15 8|7 0| ++--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+ + | | | | | | + | | | | | v + | | | | | [11:0] in-page offset + | | | | +-> [20:12] L3 index + | | | +-----------> [29:21] L2 index + | | +---------------------> [38:30] L1 index + | +-------------------------------> [47:39] L0 index + +-------------------------------------------------> [63] TTBR0/1 + + +Translation table lookup with 64KB pages: + ++--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+ +|63 56|55 48|47 40|39 32|31 24|23 16|15 8|7 0| ++--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+ + | | | | | + | | | | v + | | | | [15:0] in-page offset + | | | +----------> [28:16] L3 index + | | +--------------------------> [41:29] L2 index + | +-------------------------------> [47:42] L1 index + +-------------------------------------------------> [63] TTBR0/1 + + +When using KVM, the hypervisor maps kernel pages in EL2, at a fixed +offset from the kernel VA (top 24bits of the kernel VA set to zero): + +Start End Size Use +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +0000004000000000 0000007fffffffff 256GB kernel objects mapped in HYP diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/tagged-pointers.txt b/Documentation/arm64/tagged-pointers.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9995f1f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm64/tagged-pointers.txt @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + Tagged virtual addresses in AArch64 Linux + ========================================= + +Author: Will Deacon +Date : 12 June 2013 + +This document briefly describes the provision of tagged virtual +addresses in the AArch64 translation system and their potential uses +in AArch64 Linux. + +The kernel configures the translation tables so that translations made +via TTBR0 (i.e. userspace mappings) have the top byte (bits 63:56) of +the virtual address ignored by the translation hardware. This frees up +this byte for application use, with the following caveats: + + (1) The kernel requires that all user addresses passed to EL1 + are tagged with tag 0x00. This means that any syscall + parameters containing user virtual addresses *must* have + their top byte cleared before trapping to the kernel. + + (2) Non-zero tags are not preserved when delivering signals. + This means that signal handlers in applications making use + of tags cannot rely on the tag information for user virtual + addresses being maintained for fields inside siginfo_t. + One exception to this rule is for signals raised in response + to watchpoint debug exceptions, where the tag information + will be preserved. + + (3) Special care should be taken when using tagged pointers, + since it is likely that C compilers will not hazard two + virtual addresses differing only in the upper byte. + +The architecture prevents the use of a tagged PC, so the upper byte will +be set to a sign-extension of bit 55 on exception return. diff --git a/Documentation/assoc_array.txt b/Documentation/assoc_array.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f2c6cdd7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/assoc_array.txt @@ -0,0 +1,574 @@ + ======================================== + GENERIC ASSOCIATIVE ARRAY IMPLEMENTATION + ======================================== + +Contents: + + - Overview. + + - The public API. + - Edit script. + - Operations table. + - Manipulation functions. + - Access functions. + - Index key form. + + - Internal workings. + - Basic internal tree layout. + - Shortcuts. + - Splitting and collapsing nodes. + - Non-recursive iteration. + - Simultaneous alteration and iteration. + + +======== +OVERVIEW +======== + +This associative array implementation is an object container with the following +properties: + + (1) Objects are opaque pointers. The implementation does not care where they + point (if anywhere) or what they point to (if anything). + + [!] NOTE: Pointers to objects _must_ be zero in the least significant bit. + + (2) Objects do not need to contain linkage blocks for use by the array. This + permits an object to be located in multiple arrays simultaneously. + Rather, the array is made up of metadata blocks that point to objects. + + (3) Objects require index keys to locate them within the array. + + (4) Index keys must be unique. Inserting an object with the same key as one + already in the array will replace the old object. + + (5) Index keys can be of any length and can be of different lengths. + + (6) Index keys should encode the length early on, before any variation due to + length is seen. + + (7) Index keys can include a hash to scatter objects throughout the array. + + (8) The array can iterated over. The objects will not necessarily come out in + key order. + + (9) The array can be iterated over whilst it is being modified, provided the + RCU readlock is being held by the iterator. Note, however, under these + circumstances, some objects may be seen more than once. If this is a + problem, the iterator should lock against modification. Objects will not + be missed, however, unless deleted. + +(10) Objects in the array can be looked up by means of their index key. + +(11) Objects can be looked up whilst the array is being modified, provided the + RCU readlock is being held by the thread doing the look up. + +The implementation uses a tree of 16-pointer nodes internally that are indexed +on each level by nibbles from the index key in the same manner as in a radix +tree. To improve memory efficiency, shortcuts can be emplaced to skip over +what would otherwise be a series of single-occupancy nodes. Further, nodes +pack leaf object pointers into spare space in the node rather than making an +extra branch until as such time an object needs to be added to a full node. + + +============== +THE PUBLIC API +============== + +The public API can be found in . The associative array is +rooted on the following structure: + + struct assoc_array { + ... + }; + +The code is selected by enabling CONFIG_ASSOCIATIVE_ARRAY. + + +EDIT SCRIPT +----------- + +The insertion and deletion functions produce an 'edit script' that can later be +applied to effect the changes without risking ENOMEM. This retains the +preallocated metadata blocks that will be installed in the internal tree and +keeps track of the metadata blocks that will be removed from the tree when the +script is applied. + +This is also used to keep track of dead blocks and dead objects after the +script has been applied so that they can be freed later. The freeing is done +after an RCU grace period has passed - thus allowing access functions to +proceed under the RCU read lock. + +The script appears as outside of the API as a pointer of the type: + + struct assoc_array_edit; + +There are two functions for dealing with the script: + + (1) Apply an edit script. + + void assoc_array_apply_edit(struct assoc_array_edit *edit); + + This will perform the edit functions, interpolating various write barriers + to permit accesses under the RCU read lock to continue. The edit script + will then be passed to call_rcu() to free it and any dead stuff it points + to. + + (2) Cancel an edit script. + + void assoc_array_cancel_edit(struct assoc_array_edit *edit); + + This frees the edit script and all preallocated memory immediately. If + this was for insertion, the new object is _not_ released by this function, + but must rather be released by the caller. + +These functions are guaranteed not to fail. + + +OPERATIONS TABLE +---------------- + +Various functions take a table of operations: + + struct assoc_array_ops { + ... + }; + +This points to a number of methods, all of which need to be provided: + + (1) Get a chunk of index key from caller data: + + unsigned long (*get_key_chunk)(const void *index_key, int level); + + This should return a chunk of caller-supplied index key starting at the + *bit* position given by the level argument. The level argument will be a + multiple of ASSOC_ARRAY_KEY_CHUNK_SIZE and the function should return + ASSOC_ARRAY_KEY_CHUNK_SIZE bits. No error is possible. + + + (2) Get a chunk of an object's index key. + + unsigned long (*get_object_key_chunk)(const void *object, int level); + + As the previous function, but gets its data from an object in the array + rather than from a caller-supplied index key. + + + (3) See if this is the object we're looking for. + + bool (*compare_object)(const void *object, const void *index_key); + + Compare the object against an index key and return true if it matches and + false if it doesn't. + + + (4) Diff the index keys of two objects. + + int (*diff_objects)(const void *object, const void *index_key); + + Return the bit position at which the index key of the specified object + differs from the given index key or -1 if they are the same. + + + (5) Free an object. + + void (*free_object)(void *object); + + Free the specified object. Note that this may be called an RCU grace + period after assoc_array_apply_edit() was called, so synchronize_rcu() may + be necessary on module unloading. + + +MANIPULATION FUNCTIONS +---------------------- + +There are a number of functions for manipulating an associative array: + + (1) Initialise an associative array. + + void assoc_array_init(struct assoc_array *array); + + This initialises the base structure for an associative array. It can't + fail. + + + (2) Insert/replace an object in an associative array. + + struct assoc_array_edit * + assoc_array_insert(struct assoc_array *array, + const struct assoc_array_ops *ops, + const void *index_key, + void *object); + + This inserts the given object into the array. Note that the least + significant bit of the pointer must be zero as it's used to type-mark + pointers internally. + + If an object already exists for that key then it will be replaced with the + new object and the old one will be freed automatically. + + The index_key argument should hold index key information and is + passed to the methods in the ops table when they are called. + + This function makes no alteration to the array itself, but rather returns + an edit script that must be applied. -ENOMEM is returned in the case of + an out-of-memory error. + + The caller should lock exclusively against other modifiers of the array. + + + (3) Delete an object from an associative array. + + struct assoc_array_edit * + assoc_array_delete(struct assoc_array *array, + const struct assoc_array_ops *ops, + const void *index_key); + + This deletes an object that matches the specified data from the array. + + The index_key argument should hold index key information and is + passed to the methods in the ops table when they are called. + + This function makes no alteration to the array itself, but rather returns + an edit script that must be applied. -ENOMEM is returned in the case of + an out-of-memory error. NULL will be returned if the specified object is + not found within the array. + + The caller should lock exclusively against other modifiers of the array. + + + (4) Delete all objects from an associative array. + + struct assoc_array_edit * + assoc_array_clear(struct assoc_array *array, + const struct assoc_array_ops *ops); + + This deletes all the objects from an associative array and leaves it + completely empty. + + This function makes no alteration to the array itself, but rather returns + an edit script that must be applied. -ENOMEM is returned in the case of + an out-of-memory error. + + The caller should lock exclusively against other modifiers of the array. + + + (5) Destroy an associative array, deleting all objects. + + void assoc_array_destroy(struct assoc_array *array, + const struct assoc_array_ops *ops); + + This destroys the contents of the associative array and leaves it + completely empty. It is not permitted for another thread to be traversing + the array under the RCU read lock at the same time as this function is + destroying it as no RCU deferral is performed on memory release - + something that would require memory to be allocated. + + The caller should lock exclusively against other modifiers and accessors + of the array. + + + (6) Garbage collect an associative array. + + int assoc_array_gc(struct assoc_array *array, + const struct assoc_array_ops *ops, + bool (*iterator)(void *object, void *iterator_data), + void *iterator_data); + + This iterates over the objects in an associative array and passes each one + to iterator(). If iterator() returns true, the object is kept. If it + returns false, the object will be freed. If the iterator() function + returns true, it must perform any appropriate refcount incrementing on the + object before returning. + + The internal tree will be packed down if possible as part of the iteration + to reduce the number of nodes in it. + + The iterator_data is passed directly to iterator() and is otherwise + ignored by the function. + + The function will return 0 if successful and -ENOMEM if there wasn't + enough memory. + + It is possible for other threads to iterate over or search the array under + the RCU read lock whilst this function is in progress. The caller should + lock exclusively against other modifiers of the array. + + +ACCESS FUNCTIONS +---------------- + +There are two functions for accessing an associative array: + + (1) Iterate over all the objects in an associative array. + + int assoc_array_iterate(const struct assoc_array *array, + int (*iterator)(const void *object, + void *iterator_data), + void *iterator_data); + + This passes each object in the array to the iterator callback function. + iterator_data is private data for that function. + + This may be used on an array at the same time as the array is being + modified, provided the RCU read lock is held. Under such circumstances, + it is possible for the iteration function to see some objects twice. If + this is a problem, then modification should be locked against. The + iteration algorithm should not, however, miss any objects. + + The function will return 0 if no objects were in the array or else it will + return the result of the last iterator function called. Iteration stops + immediately if any call to the iteration function results in a non-zero + return. + + + (2) Find an object in an associative array. + + void *assoc_array_find(const struct assoc_array *array, + const struct assoc_array_ops *ops, + const void *index_key); + + This walks through the array's internal tree directly to the object + specified by the index key.. + + This may be used on an array at the same time as the array is being + modified, provided the RCU read lock is held. + + The function will return the object if found (and set *_type to the object + type) or will return NULL if the object was not found. + + +INDEX KEY FORM +-------------- + +The index key can be of any form, but since the algorithms aren't told how long +the key is, it is strongly recommended that the index key includes its length +very early on before any variation due to the length would have an effect on +comparisons. + +This will cause leaves with different length keys to scatter away from each +other - and those with the same length keys to cluster together. + +It is also recommended that the index key begin with a hash of the rest of the +key to maximise scattering throughout keyspace. + +The better the scattering, the wider and lower the internal tree will be. + +Poor scattering isn't too much of a problem as there are shortcuts and nodes +can contain mixtures of leaves and metadata pointers. + +The index key is read in chunks of machine word. Each chunk is subdivided into +one nibble (4 bits) per level, so on a 32-bit CPU this is good for 8 levels and +on a 64-bit CPU, 16 levels. Unless the scattering is really poor, it is +unlikely that more than one word of any particular index key will have to be +used. + + +================= +INTERNAL WORKINGS +================= + +The associative array data structure has an internal tree. This tree is +constructed of two types of metadata blocks: nodes and shortcuts. + +A node is an array of slots. Each slot can contain one of four things: + + (*) A NULL pointer, indicating that the slot is empty. + + (*) A pointer to an object (a leaf). + + (*) A pointer to a node at the next level. + + (*) A pointer to a shortcut. + + +BASIC INTERNAL TREE LAYOUT +-------------------------- + +Ignoring shortcuts for the moment, the nodes form a multilevel tree. The index +key space is strictly subdivided by the nodes in the tree and nodes occur on +fixed levels. For example: + + Level: 0 1 2 3 + =============== =============== =============== =============== + NODE D + NODE B NODE C +------>+---+ + +------>+---+ +------>+---+ | | 0 | + NODE A | | 0 | | | 0 | | +---+ + +---+ | +---+ | +---+ | : : + | 0 | | : : | : : | +---+ + +---+ | +---+ | +---+ | | f | + | 1 |---+ | 3 |---+ | 7 |---+ +---+ + +---+ +---+ +---+ + : : : : | 8 |---+ + +---+ +---+ +---+ | NODE E + | e |---+ | f | : : +------>+---+ + +---+ | +---+ +---+ | 0 | + | f | | | f | +---+ + +---+ | +---+ : : + | NODE F +---+ + +------>+---+ | f | + | 0 | NODE G +---+ + +---+ +------>+---+ + : : | | 0 | + +---+ | +---+ + | 6 |---+ : : + +---+ +---+ + : : | f | + +---+ +---+ + | f | + +---+ + +In the above example, there are 7 nodes (A-G), each with 16 slots (0-f). +Assuming no other meta data nodes in the tree, the key space is divided thusly: + + KEY PREFIX NODE + ========== ==== + 137* D + 138* E + 13[0-69-f]* C + 1[0-24-f]* B + e6* G + e[0-57-f]* F + [02-df]* A + +So, for instance, keys with the following example index keys will be found in +the appropriate nodes: + + INDEX KEY PREFIX NODE + =============== ======= ==== + 13694892892489 13 C + 13795289025897 137 D + 13889dde88793 138 E + 138bbb89003093 138 E + 1394879524789 12 C + 1458952489 1 B + 9431809de993ba - A + b4542910809cd - A + e5284310def98 e F + e68428974237 e6 G + e7fffcbd443 e F + f3842239082 - A + +To save memory, if a node can hold all the leaves in its portion of keyspace, +then the node will have all those leaves in it and will not have any metadata +pointers - even if some of those leaves would like to be in the same slot. + +A node can contain a heterogeneous mix of leaves and metadata pointers. +Metadata pointers must be in the slots that match their subdivisions of key +space. The leaves can be in any slot not occupied by a metadata pointer. It +is guaranteed that none of the leaves in a node will match a slot occupied by a +metadata pointer. If the metadata pointer is there, any leaf whose key matches +the metadata key prefix must be in the subtree that the metadata pointer points +to. + +In the above example list of index keys, node A will contain: + + SLOT CONTENT INDEX KEY (PREFIX) + ==== =============== ================== + 1 PTR TO NODE B 1* + any LEAF 9431809de993ba + any LEAF b4542910809cd + e PTR TO NODE F e* + any LEAF f3842239082 + +and node B: + + 3 PTR TO NODE C 13* + any LEAF 1458952489 + + +SHORTCUTS +--------- + +Shortcuts are metadata records that jump over a piece of keyspace. A shortcut +is a replacement for a series of single-occupancy nodes ascending through the +levels. Shortcuts exist to save memory and to speed up traversal. + +It is possible for the root of the tree to be a shortcut - say, for example, +the tree contains at least 17 nodes all with key prefix '1111'. The insertion +algorithm will insert a shortcut to skip over the '1111' keyspace in a single +bound and get to the fourth level where these actually become different. + + +SPLITTING AND COLLAPSING NODES +------------------------------ + +Each node has a maximum capacity of 16 leaves and metadata pointers. If the +insertion algorithm finds that it is trying to insert a 17th object into a +node, that node will be split such that at least two leaves that have a common +key segment at that level end up in a separate node rooted on that slot for +that common key segment. + +If the leaves in a full node and the leaf that is being inserted are +sufficiently similar, then a shortcut will be inserted into the tree. + +When the number of objects in the subtree rooted at a node falls to 16 or +fewer, then the subtree will be collapsed down to a single node - and this will +ripple towards the root if possible. + + +NON-RECURSIVE ITERATION +----------------------- + +Each node and shortcut contains a back pointer to its parent and the number of +slot in that parent that points to it. None-recursive iteration uses these to +proceed rootwards through the tree, going to the parent node, slot N + 1 to +make sure progress is made without the need for a stack. + +The backpointers, however, make simultaneous alteration and iteration tricky. + + +SIMULTANEOUS ALTERATION AND ITERATION +------------------------------------- + +There are a number of cases to consider: + + (1) Simple insert/replace. This involves simply replacing a NULL or old + matching leaf pointer with the pointer to the new leaf after a barrier. + The metadata blocks don't change otherwise. An old leaf won't be freed + until after the RCU grace period. + + (2) Simple delete. This involves just clearing an old matching leaf. The + metadata blocks don't change otherwise. The old leaf won't be freed until + after the RCU grace period. + + (3) Insertion replacing part of a subtree that we haven't yet entered. This + may involve replacement of part of that subtree - but that won't affect + the iteration as we won't have reached the pointer to it yet and the + ancestry blocks are not replaced (the layout of those does not change). + + (4) Insertion replacing nodes that we're actively processing. This isn't a + problem as we've passed the anchoring pointer and won't switch onto the + new layout until we follow the back pointers - at which point we've + already examined the leaves in the replaced node (we iterate over all the + leaves in a node before following any of its metadata pointers). + + We might, however, re-see some leaves that have been split out into a new + branch that's in a slot further along than we were at. + + (5) Insertion replacing nodes that we're processing a dependent branch of. + This won't affect us until we follow the back pointers. Similar to (4). + + (6) Deletion collapsing a branch under us. This doesn't affect us because the + back pointers will get us back to the parent of the new node before we + could see the new node. The entire collapsed subtree is thrown away + unchanged - and will still be rooted on the same slot, so we shouldn't + process it a second time as we'll go back to slot + 1. + +Note: + + (*) Under some circumstances, we need to simultaneously change the parent + pointer and the parent slot pointer on a node (say, for example, we + inserted another node before it and moved it up a level). We cannot do + this without locking against a read - so we have to replace that node too. + + However, when we're changing a shortcut into a node this isn't a problem + as shortcuts only have one slot and so the parent slot number isn't used + when traversing backwards over one. This means that it's okay to change + the slot number first - provided suitable barriers are used to make sure + the parent slot number is read after the back pointer. + +Obsolete blocks and leaves are freed up after an RCU grace period has passed, +so as long as anyone doing walking or iteration holds the RCU read lock, the +old superstructure should not go away on them. diff --git a/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt b/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dab6da338 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt @@ -0,0 +1,634 @@ + Semantics and Behavior of Atomic and + Bitmask Operations + + David S. Miller + + This document is intended to serve as a guide to Linux port +maintainers on how to implement atomic counter, bitops, and spinlock +interfaces properly. + + The atomic_t type should be defined as a signed integer and +the atomic_long_t type as a signed long integer. Also, they should +be made opaque such that any kind of cast to a normal C integer type +will fail. Something like the following should suffice: + + typedef struct { int counter; } atomic_t; + typedef struct { long counter; } atomic_long_t; + +Historically, counter has been declared volatile. This is now discouraged. +See Documentation/volatile-considered-harmful.txt for the complete rationale. + +local_t is very similar to atomic_t. If the counter is per CPU and only +updated by one CPU, local_t is probably more appropriate. Please see +Documentation/local_ops.txt for the semantics of local_t. + +The first operations to implement for atomic_t's are the initializers and +plain reads. + + #define ATOMIC_INIT(i) { (i) } + #define atomic_set(v, i) ((v)->counter = (i)) + +The first macro is used in definitions, such as: + +static atomic_t my_counter = ATOMIC_INIT(1); + +The initializer is atomic in that the return values of the atomic operations +are guaranteed to be correct reflecting the initialized value if the +initializer is used before runtime. If the initializer is used at runtime, a +proper implicit or explicit read memory barrier is needed before reading the +value with atomic_read from another thread. + +As with all of the atomic_ interfaces, replace the leading "atomic_" +with "atomic_long_" to operate on atomic_long_t. + +The second interface can be used at runtime, as in: + + struct foo { atomic_t counter; }; + ... + + struct foo *k; + + k = kmalloc(sizeof(*k), GFP_KERNEL); + if (!k) + return -ENOMEM; + atomic_set(&k->counter, 0); + +The setting is atomic in that the return values of the atomic operations by +all threads are guaranteed to be correct reflecting either the value that has +been set with this operation or set with another operation. A proper implicit +or explicit memory barrier is needed before the value set with the operation +is guaranteed to be readable with atomic_read from another thread. + +Next, we have: + + #define atomic_read(v) ((v)->counter) + +which simply reads the counter value currently visible to the calling thread. +The read is atomic in that the return value is guaranteed to be one of the +values initialized or modified with the interface operations if a proper +implicit or explicit memory barrier is used after possible runtime +initialization by any other thread and the value is modified only with the +interface operations. atomic_read does not guarantee that the runtime +initialization by any other thread is visible yet, so the user of the +interface must take care of that with a proper implicit or explicit memory +barrier. + +*** WARNING: atomic_read() and atomic_set() DO NOT IMPLY BARRIERS! *** + +Some architectures may choose to use the volatile keyword, barriers, or inline +assembly to guarantee some degree of immediacy for atomic_read() and +atomic_set(). This is not uniformly guaranteed, and may change in the future, +so all users of atomic_t should treat atomic_read() and atomic_set() as simple +C statements that may be reordered or optimized away entirely by the compiler +or processor, and explicitly invoke the appropriate compiler and/or memory +barrier for each use case. Failure to do so will result in code that may +suddenly break when used with different architectures or compiler +optimizations, or even changes in unrelated code which changes how the +compiler optimizes the section accessing atomic_t variables. + +*** YOU HAVE BEEN WARNED! *** + +Properly aligned pointers, longs, ints, and chars (and unsigned +equivalents) may be atomically loaded from and stored to in the same +sense as described for atomic_read() and atomic_set(). The ACCESS_ONCE() +macro should be used to prevent the compiler from using optimizations +that might otherwise optimize accesses out of existence on the one hand, +or that might create unsolicited accesses on the other. + +For example consider the following code: + + while (a > 0) + do_something(); + +If the compiler can prove that do_something() does not store to the +variable a, then the compiler is within its rights transforming this to +the following: + + tmp = a; + if (a > 0) + for (;;) + do_something(); + +If you don't want the compiler to do this (and you probably don't), then +you should use something like the following: + + while (ACCESS_ONCE(a) < 0) + do_something(); + +Alternatively, you could place a barrier() call in the loop. + +For another example, consider the following code: + + tmp_a = a; + do_something_with(tmp_a); + do_something_else_with(tmp_a); + +If the compiler can prove that do_something_with() does not store to the +variable a, then the compiler is within its rights to manufacture an +additional load as follows: + + tmp_a = a; + do_something_with(tmp_a); + tmp_a = a; + do_something_else_with(tmp_a); + +This could fatally confuse your code if it expected the same value +to be passed to do_something_with() and do_something_else_with(). + +The compiler would be likely to manufacture this additional load if +do_something_with() was an inline function that made very heavy use +of registers: reloading from variable a could save a flush to the +stack and later reload. To prevent the compiler from attacking your +code in this manner, write the following: + + tmp_a = ACCESS_ONCE(a); + do_something_with(tmp_a); + do_something_else_with(tmp_a); + +For a final example, consider the following code, assuming that the +variable a is set at boot time before the second CPU is brought online +and never changed later, so that memory barriers are not needed: + + if (a) + b = 9; + else + b = 42; + +The compiler is within its rights to manufacture an additional store +by transforming the above code into the following: + + b = 42; + if (a) + b = 9; + +This could come as a fatal surprise to other code running concurrently +that expected b to never have the value 42 if a was zero. To prevent +the compiler from doing this, write something like: + + if (a) + ACCESS_ONCE(b) = 9; + else + ACCESS_ONCE(b) = 42; + +Don't even -think- about doing this without proper use of memory barriers, +locks, or atomic operations if variable a can change at runtime! + +*** WARNING: ACCESS_ONCE() DOES NOT IMPLY A BARRIER! *** + +Now, we move onto the atomic operation interfaces typically implemented with +the help of assembly code. + + void atomic_add(int i, atomic_t *v); + void atomic_sub(int i, atomic_t *v); + void atomic_inc(atomic_t *v); + void atomic_dec(atomic_t *v); + +These four routines add and subtract integral values to/from the given +atomic_t value. The first two routines pass explicit integers by +which to make the adjustment, whereas the latter two use an implicit +adjustment value of "1". + +One very important aspect of these two routines is that they DO NOT +require any explicit memory barriers. They need only perform the +atomic_t counter update in an SMP safe manner. + +Next, we have: + + int atomic_inc_return(atomic_t *v); + int atomic_dec_return(atomic_t *v); + +These routines add 1 and subtract 1, respectively, from the given +atomic_t and return the new counter value after the operation is +performed. + +Unlike the above routines, it is required that these primitives +include explicit memory barriers that are performed before and after +the operation. It must be done such that all memory operations before +and after the atomic operation calls are strongly ordered with respect +to the atomic operation itself. + +For example, it should behave as if a smp_mb() call existed both +before and after the atomic operation. + +If the atomic instructions used in an implementation provide explicit +memory barrier semantics which satisfy the above requirements, that is +fine as well. + +Let's move on: + + int atomic_add_return(int i, atomic_t *v); + int atomic_sub_return(int i, atomic_t *v); + +These behave just like atomic_{inc,dec}_return() except that an +explicit counter adjustment is given instead of the implicit "1". +This means that like atomic_{inc,dec}_return(), the memory barrier +semantics are required. + +Next: + + int atomic_inc_and_test(atomic_t *v); + int atomic_dec_and_test(atomic_t *v); + +These two routines increment and decrement by 1, respectively, the +given atomic counter. They return a boolean indicating whether the +resulting counter value was zero or not. + +Again, these primitives provide explicit memory barrier semantics around +the atomic operation. + + int atomic_sub_and_test(int i, atomic_t *v); + +This is identical to atomic_dec_and_test() except that an explicit +decrement is given instead of the implicit "1". This primitive must +provide explicit memory barrier semantics around the operation. + + int atomic_add_negative(int i, atomic_t *v); + +The given increment is added to the given atomic counter value. A boolean +is return which indicates whether the resulting counter value is negative. +This primitive must provide explicit memory barrier semantics around +the operation. + +Then: + + int atomic_xchg(atomic_t *v, int new); + +This performs an atomic exchange operation on the atomic variable v, setting +the given new value. It returns the old value that the atomic variable v had +just before the operation. + +atomic_xchg must provide explicit memory barriers around the operation. + + int atomic_cmpxchg(atomic_t *v, int old, int new); + +This performs an atomic compare exchange operation on the atomic value v, +with the given old and new values. Like all atomic_xxx operations, +atomic_cmpxchg will only satisfy its atomicity semantics as long as all +other accesses of *v are performed through atomic_xxx operations. + +atomic_cmpxchg must provide explicit memory barriers around the operation. + +The semantics for atomic_cmpxchg are the same as those defined for 'cas' +below. + +Finally: + + int atomic_add_unless(atomic_t *v, int a, int u); + +If the atomic value v is not equal to u, this function adds a to v, and +returns non zero. If v is equal to u then it returns zero. This is done as +an atomic operation. + +atomic_add_unless must provide explicit memory barriers around the +operation unless it fails (returns 0). + +atomic_inc_not_zero, equivalent to atomic_add_unless(v, 1, 0) + + +If a caller requires memory barrier semantics around an atomic_t +operation which does not return a value, a set of interfaces are +defined which accomplish this: + + void smp_mb__before_atomic(void); + void smp_mb__after_atomic(void); + +For example, smp_mb__before_atomic() can be used like so: + + obj->dead = 1; + smp_mb__before_atomic(); + atomic_dec(&obj->ref_count); + +It makes sure that all memory operations preceding the atomic_dec() +call are strongly ordered with respect to the atomic counter +operation. In the above example, it guarantees that the assignment of +"1" to obj->dead will be globally visible to other cpus before the +atomic counter decrement. + +Without the explicit smp_mb__before_atomic() call, the +implementation could legally allow the atomic counter update visible +to other cpus before the "obj->dead = 1;" assignment. + +A missing memory barrier in the cases where they are required by the +atomic_t implementation above can have disastrous results. Here is +an example, which follows a pattern occurring frequently in the Linux +kernel. It is the use of atomic counters to implement reference +counting, and it works such that once the counter falls to zero it can +be guaranteed that no other entity can be accessing the object: + +static void obj_list_add(struct obj *obj, struct list_head *head) +{ + obj->active = 1; + list_add(&obj->list, head); +} + +static void obj_list_del(struct obj *obj) +{ + list_del(&obj->list); + obj->active = 0; +} + +static void obj_destroy(struct obj *obj) +{ + BUG_ON(obj->active); + kfree(obj); +} + +struct obj *obj_list_peek(struct list_head *head) +{ + if (!list_empty(head)) { + struct obj *obj; + + obj = list_entry(head->next, struct obj, list); + atomic_inc(&obj->refcnt); + return obj; + } + return NULL; +} + +void obj_poke(void) +{ + struct obj *obj; + + spin_lock(&global_list_lock); + obj = obj_list_peek(&global_list); + spin_unlock(&global_list_lock); + + if (obj) { + obj->ops->poke(obj); + if (atomic_dec_and_test(&obj->refcnt)) + obj_destroy(obj); + } +} + +void obj_timeout(struct obj *obj) +{ + spin_lock(&global_list_lock); + obj_list_del(obj); + spin_unlock(&global_list_lock); + + if (atomic_dec_and_test(&obj->refcnt)) + obj_destroy(obj); +} + +(This is a simplification of the ARP queue management in the + generic neighbour discover code of the networking. Olaf Kirch + found a bug wrt. memory barriers in kfree_skb() that exposed + the atomic_t memory barrier requirements quite clearly.) + +Given the above scheme, it must be the case that the obj->active +update done by the obj list deletion be visible to other processors +before the atomic counter decrement is performed. + +Otherwise, the counter could fall to zero, yet obj->active would still +be set, thus triggering the assertion in obj_destroy(). The error +sequence looks like this: + + cpu 0 cpu 1 + obj_poke() obj_timeout() + obj = obj_list_peek(); + ... gains ref to obj, refcnt=2 + obj_list_del(obj); + obj->active = 0 ... + ... visibility delayed ... + atomic_dec_and_test() + ... refcnt drops to 1 ... + atomic_dec_and_test() + ... refcount drops to 0 ... + obj_destroy() + BUG() triggers since obj->active + still seen as one + obj->active update visibility occurs + +With the memory barrier semantics required of the atomic_t operations +which return values, the above sequence of memory visibility can never +happen. Specifically, in the above case the atomic_dec_and_test() +counter decrement would not become globally visible until the +obj->active update does. + +As a historical note, 32-bit Sparc used to only allow usage of +24-bits of its atomic_t type. This was because it used 8 bits +as a spinlock for SMP safety. Sparc32 lacked a "compare and swap" +type instruction. However, 32-bit Sparc has since been moved over +to a "hash table of spinlocks" scheme, that allows the full 32-bit +counter to be realized. Essentially, an array of spinlocks are +indexed into based upon the address of the atomic_t being operated +on, and that lock protects the atomic operation. Parisc uses the +same scheme. + +Another note is that the atomic_t operations returning values are +extremely slow on an old 386. + +We will now cover the atomic bitmask operations. You will find that +their SMP and memory barrier semantics are similar in shape and scope +to the atomic_t ops above. + +Native atomic bit operations are defined to operate on objects aligned +to the size of an "unsigned long" C data type, and are least of that +size. The endianness of the bits within each "unsigned long" are the +native endianness of the cpu. + + void set_bit(unsigned long nr, volatile unsigned long *addr); + void clear_bit(unsigned long nr, volatile unsigned long *addr); + void change_bit(unsigned long nr, volatile unsigned long *addr); + +These routines set, clear, and change, respectively, the bit number +indicated by "nr" on the bit mask pointed to by "ADDR". + +They must execute atomically, yet there are no implicit memory barrier +semantics required of these interfaces. + + int test_and_set_bit(unsigned long nr, volatile unsigned long *addr); + int test_and_clear_bit(unsigned long nr, volatile unsigned long *addr); + int test_and_change_bit(unsigned long nr, volatile unsigned long *addr); + +Like the above, except that these routines return a boolean which +indicates whether the changed bit was set _BEFORE_ the atomic bit +operation. + +WARNING! It is incredibly important that the value be a boolean, +ie. "0" or "1". Do not try to be fancy and save a few instructions by +declaring the above to return "long" and just returning something like +"old_val & mask" because that will not work. + +For one thing, this return value gets truncated to int in many code +paths using these interfaces, so on 64-bit if the bit is set in the +upper 32-bits then testers will never see that. + +One great example of where this problem crops up are the thread_info +flag operations. Routines such as test_and_set_ti_thread_flag() chop +the return value into an int. There are other places where things +like this occur as well. + +These routines, like the atomic_t counter operations returning values, +must provide explicit memory barrier semantics around their execution. +All memory operations before the atomic bit operation call must be +made visible globally before the atomic bit operation is made visible. +Likewise, the atomic bit operation must be visible globally before any +subsequent memory operation is made visible. For example: + + obj->dead = 1; + if (test_and_set_bit(0, &obj->flags)) + /* ... */; + obj->killed = 1; + +The implementation of test_and_set_bit() must guarantee that +"obj->dead = 1;" is visible to cpus before the atomic memory operation +done by test_and_set_bit() becomes visible. Likewise, the atomic +memory operation done by test_and_set_bit() must become visible before +"obj->killed = 1;" is visible. + +Finally there is the basic operation: + + int test_bit(unsigned long nr, __const__ volatile unsigned long *addr); + +Which returns a boolean indicating if bit "nr" is set in the bitmask +pointed to by "addr". + +If explicit memory barriers are required around {set,clear}_bit() (which do +not return a value, and thus does not need to provide memory barrier +semantics), two interfaces are provided: + + void smp_mb__before_atomic(void); + void smp_mb__after_atomic(void); + +They are used as follows, and are akin to their atomic_t operation +brothers: + + /* All memory operations before this call will + * be globally visible before the clear_bit(). + */ + smp_mb__before_atomic(); + clear_bit( ... ); + + /* The clear_bit() will be visible before all + * subsequent memory operations. + */ + smp_mb__after_atomic(); + +There are two special bitops with lock barrier semantics (acquire/release, +same as spinlocks). These operate in the same way as their non-_lock/unlock +postfixed variants, except that they are to provide acquire/release semantics, +respectively. This means they can be used for bit_spin_trylock and +bit_spin_unlock type operations without specifying any more barriers. + + int test_and_set_bit_lock(unsigned long nr, unsigned long *addr); + void clear_bit_unlock(unsigned long nr, unsigned long *addr); + void __clear_bit_unlock(unsigned long nr, unsigned long *addr); + +The __clear_bit_unlock version is non-atomic, however it still implements +unlock barrier semantics. This can be useful if the lock itself is protecting +the other bits in the word. + +Finally, there are non-atomic versions of the bitmask operations +provided. They are used in contexts where some other higher-level SMP +locking scheme is being used to protect the bitmask, and thus less +expensive non-atomic operations may be used in the implementation. +They have names similar to the above bitmask operation interfaces, +except that two underscores are prefixed to the interface name. + + void __set_bit(unsigned long nr, volatile unsigned long *addr); + void __clear_bit(unsigned long nr, volatile unsigned long *addr); + void __change_bit(unsigned long nr, volatile unsigned long *addr); + int __test_and_set_bit(unsigned long nr, volatile unsigned long *addr); + int __test_and_clear_bit(unsigned long nr, volatile unsigned long *addr); + int __test_and_change_bit(unsigned long nr, volatile unsigned long *addr); + +These non-atomic variants also do not require any special memory +barrier semantics. + +The routines xchg() and cmpxchg() must provide the same exact +memory-barrier semantics as the atomic and bit operations returning +values. + +Spinlocks and rwlocks have memory barrier expectations as well. +The rule to follow is simple: + +1) When acquiring a lock, the implementation must make it globally + visible before any subsequent memory operation. + +2) When releasing a lock, the implementation must make it such that + all previous memory operations are globally visible before the + lock release. + +Which finally brings us to _atomic_dec_and_lock(). There is an +architecture-neutral version implemented in lib/dec_and_lock.c, +but most platforms will wish to optimize this in assembler. + + int _atomic_dec_and_lock(atomic_t *atomic, spinlock_t *lock); + +Atomically decrement the given counter, and if will drop to zero +atomically acquire the given spinlock and perform the decrement +of the counter to zero. If it does not drop to zero, do nothing +with the spinlock. + +It is actually pretty simple to get the memory barrier correct. +Simply satisfy the spinlock grab requirements, which is make +sure the spinlock operation is globally visible before any +subsequent memory operation. + +We can demonstrate this operation more clearly if we define +an abstract atomic operation: + + long cas(long *mem, long old, long new); + +"cas" stands for "compare and swap". It atomically: + +1) Compares "old" with the value currently at "mem". +2) If they are equal, "new" is written to "mem". +3) Regardless, the current value at "mem" is returned. + +As an example usage, here is what an atomic counter update +might look like: + +void example_atomic_inc(long *counter) +{ + long old, new, ret; + + while (1) { + old = *counter; + new = old + 1; + + ret = cas(counter, old, new); + if (ret == old) + break; + } +} + +Let's use cas() in order to build a pseudo-C atomic_dec_and_lock(): + +int _atomic_dec_and_lock(atomic_t *atomic, spinlock_t *lock) +{ + long old, new, ret; + int went_to_zero; + + went_to_zero = 0; + while (1) { + old = atomic_read(atomic); + new = old - 1; + if (new == 0) { + went_to_zero = 1; + spin_lock(lock); + } + ret = cas(atomic, old, new); + if (ret == old) + break; + if (went_to_zero) { + spin_unlock(lock); + went_to_zero = 0; + } + } + + return went_to_zero; +} + +Now, as far as memory barriers go, as long as spin_lock() +strictly orders all subsequent memory operations (including +the cas()) with respect to itself, things will be fine. + +Said another way, _atomic_dec_and_lock() must guarantee that +a counter dropping to zero is never made visible before the +spinlock being acquired. + +Note that this also means that for the case where the counter +is not dropping to zero, there are no memory ordering +requirements. diff --git a/Documentation/auxdisplay/.gitignore b/Documentation/auxdisplay/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7af222860 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/auxdisplay/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +cfag12864b-example diff --git a/Documentation/auxdisplay/Makefile b/Documentation/auxdisplay/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ada4dac99 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/auxdisplay/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +# List of programs to build +hostprogs-y := cfag12864b-example + +# Tell kbuild to always build the programs +always := $(hostprogs-y) + +HOSTCFLAGS_cfag12864b-example.o += -I$(objtree)/usr/include diff --git a/Documentation/auxdisplay/cfag12864b b/Documentation/auxdisplay/cfag12864b new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eb7be393a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/auxdisplay/cfag12864b @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ + =================================== + cfag12864b LCD Driver Documentation + =================================== + +License: GPLv2 +Author & Maintainer: Miguel Ojeda Sandonis +Date: 2006-10-27 + + + +-------- +0. INDEX +-------- + + 1. DRIVER INFORMATION + 2. DEVICE INFORMATION + 3. WIRING + 4. USERSPACE PROGRAMMING + + +--------------------- +1. DRIVER INFORMATION +--------------------- + +This driver supports a cfag12864b LCD. + + +--------------------- +2. DEVICE INFORMATION +--------------------- + +Manufacturer: Crystalfontz +Device Name: Crystalfontz 12864b LCD Series +Device Code: cfag12864b +Webpage: http://www.crystalfontz.com +Device Webpage: http://www.crystalfontz.com/products/12864b/ +Type: LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) +Width: 128 +Height: 64 +Colors: 2 (B/N) +Controller: ks0108 +Controllers: 2 +Pages: 8 each controller +Addresses: 64 each page +Data size: 1 byte each address +Memory size: 2 * 8 * 64 * 1 = 1024 bytes = 1 Kbyte + + +--------- +3. WIRING +--------- + +The cfag12864b LCD Series don't have official wiring. + +The common wiring is done to the parallel port as shown: + +Parallel Port cfag12864b + + Name Pin# Pin# Name + +Strobe ( 1)------------------------------(17) Enable +Data 0 ( 2)------------------------------( 4) Data 0 +Data 1 ( 3)------------------------------( 5) Data 1 +Data 2 ( 4)------------------------------( 6) Data 2 +Data 3 ( 5)------------------------------( 7) Data 3 +Data 4 ( 6)------------------------------( 8) Data 4 +Data 5 ( 7)------------------------------( 9) Data 5 +Data 6 ( 8)------------------------------(10) Data 6 +Data 7 ( 9)------------------------------(11) Data 7 + (10) [+5v]---( 1) Vdd + (11) [GND]---( 2) Ground + (12) [+5v]---(14) Reset + (13) [GND]---(15) Read / Write + Line (14)------------------------------(13) Controller Select 1 + (15) + Init (16)------------------------------(12) Controller Select 2 +Select (17)------------------------------(16) Data / Instruction +Ground (18)---[GND] [+5v]---(19) LED + +Ground (19)---[GND] +Ground (20)---[GND] E A Values: +Ground (21)---[GND] [GND]---[P1]---(18) Vee - R = Resistor = 22 ohm +Ground (22)---[GND] | - P1 = Preset = 10 Kohm +Ground (23)---[GND] ---- S ------( 3) V0 - P2 = Preset = 1 Kohm +Ground (24)---[GND] | | +Ground (25)---[GND] [GND]---[P2]---[R]---(20) LED - + + +------------------------ +4. USERSPACE PROGRAMMING +------------------------ + +The cfag12864bfb describes a framebuffer device (/dev/fbX). + +It has a size of 1024 bytes = 1 Kbyte. +Each bit represents one pixel. If the bit is high, the pixel will +turn on. If the pixel is low, the pixel will turn off. + +You can use the framebuffer as a file: fopen, fwrite, fclose... +Although the LCD won't get updated until the next refresh time arrives. + +Also, you can mmap the framebuffer: open & mmap, munmap & close... +which is the best option for most uses. + +Check Documentation/auxdisplay/cfag12864b-example.c +for a real working userspace complete program with usage examples. diff --git a/Documentation/auxdisplay/cfag12864b-example.c b/Documentation/auxdisplay/cfag12864b-example.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e7823ffb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/auxdisplay/cfag12864b-example.c @@ -0,0 +1,281 @@ +/* + * Filename: cfag12864b-example.c + * Version: 0.1.0 + * Description: cfag12864b LCD userspace example program + * License: GPLv2 + * + * Author: Copyright (C) Miguel Ojeda Sandonis + * Date: 2006-10-31 + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as + * published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + * + */ + +/* + * ------------------------ + * start of cfag12864b code + * ------------------------ + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#define CFAG12864B_WIDTH (128) +#define CFAG12864B_HEIGHT (64) +#define CFAG12864B_SIZE (128 * 64 / 8) +#define CFAG12864B_BPB (8) +#define CFAG12864B_ADDRESS(x, y) ((y) * CFAG12864B_WIDTH / \ + CFAG12864B_BPB + (x) / CFAG12864B_BPB) +#define CFAG12864B_BIT(n) (((unsigned char) 1) << (n)) + +#undef CFAG12864B_DOCHECK +#ifdef CFAG12864B_DOCHECK + #define CFAG12864B_CHECK(x, y) ((x) < CFAG12864B_WIDTH && \ + (y) < CFAG12864B_HEIGHT) +#else + #define CFAG12864B_CHECK(x, y) (1) +#endif + +int cfag12864b_fd; +unsigned char * cfag12864b_mem; +unsigned char cfag12864b_buffer[CFAG12864B_SIZE]; + +/* + * init a cfag12864b framebuffer device + * + * No error: return = 0 + * Unable to open: return = -1 + * Unable to mmap: return = -2 + */ +static int cfag12864b_init(char *path) +{ + cfag12864b_fd = open(path, O_RDWR); + if (cfag12864b_fd == -1) + return -1; + + cfag12864b_mem = mmap(0, CFAG12864B_SIZE, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, + MAP_SHARED, cfag12864b_fd, 0); + if (cfag12864b_mem == MAP_FAILED) { + close(cfag12864b_fd); + return -2; + } + + return 0; +} + +/* + * exit a cfag12864b framebuffer device + */ +static void cfag12864b_exit(void) +{ + munmap(cfag12864b_mem, CFAG12864B_SIZE); + close(cfag12864b_fd); +} + +/* + * set (x, y) pixel + */ +static void cfag12864b_set(unsigned char x, unsigned char y) +{ + if (CFAG12864B_CHECK(x, y)) + cfag12864b_buffer[CFAG12864B_ADDRESS(x, y)] |= + CFAG12864B_BIT(x % CFAG12864B_BPB); +} + +/* + * unset (x, y) pixel + */ +static void cfag12864b_unset(unsigned char x, unsigned char y) +{ + if (CFAG12864B_CHECK(x, y)) + cfag12864b_buffer[CFAG12864B_ADDRESS(x, y)] &= + ~CFAG12864B_BIT(x % CFAG12864B_BPB); +} + +/* + * is set (x, y) pixel? + * + * Pixel off: return = 0 + * Pixel on: return = 1 + */ +static unsigned char cfag12864b_isset(unsigned char x, unsigned char y) +{ + if (CFAG12864B_CHECK(x, y)) + if (cfag12864b_buffer[CFAG12864B_ADDRESS(x, y)] & + CFAG12864B_BIT(x % CFAG12864B_BPB)) + return 1; + + return 0; +} + +/* + * not (x, y) pixel + */ +static void cfag12864b_not(unsigned char x, unsigned char y) +{ + if (cfag12864b_isset(x, y)) + cfag12864b_unset(x, y); + else + cfag12864b_set(x, y); +} + +/* + * fill (set all pixels) + */ +static void cfag12864b_fill(void) +{ + unsigned short i; + + for (i = 0; i < CFAG12864B_SIZE; i++) + cfag12864b_buffer[i] = 0xFF; +} + +/* + * clear (unset all pixels) + */ +static void cfag12864b_clear(void) +{ + unsigned short i; + + for (i = 0; i < CFAG12864B_SIZE; i++) + cfag12864b_buffer[i] = 0; +} + +/* + * format a [128*64] matrix + * + * Pixel off: src[i] = 0 + * Pixel on: src[i] > 0 + */ +static void cfag12864b_format(unsigned char * matrix) +{ + unsigned char i, j, n; + + for (i = 0; i < CFAG12864B_HEIGHT; i++) + for (j = 0; j < CFAG12864B_WIDTH / CFAG12864B_BPB; j++) { + cfag12864b_buffer[i * CFAG12864B_WIDTH / CFAG12864B_BPB + + j] = 0; + for (n = 0; n < CFAG12864B_BPB; n++) + if (matrix[i * CFAG12864B_WIDTH + + j * CFAG12864B_BPB + n]) + cfag12864b_buffer[i * CFAG12864B_WIDTH / + CFAG12864B_BPB + j] |= + CFAG12864B_BIT(n); + } +} + +/* + * blit buffer to lcd + */ +static void cfag12864b_blit(void) +{ + memcpy(cfag12864b_mem, cfag12864b_buffer, CFAG12864B_SIZE); +} + +/* + * ---------------------- + * end of cfag12864b code + * ---------------------- + */ + +#include + +#define EXAMPLES 6 + +static void example(unsigned char n) +{ + unsigned short i, j; + unsigned char matrix[CFAG12864B_WIDTH * CFAG12864B_HEIGHT]; + + if (n > EXAMPLES) + return; + + printf("Example %i/%i - ", n, EXAMPLES); + + switch (n) { + case 1: + printf("Draw points setting bits"); + cfag12864b_clear(); + for (i = 0; i < CFAG12864B_WIDTH; i += 2) + for (j = 0; j < CFAG12864B_HEIGHT; j += 2) + cfag12864b_set(i, j); + break; + + case 2: + printf("Clear the LCD"); + cfag12864b_clear(); + break; + + case 3: + printf("Draw rows formatting a [128*64] matrix"); + memset(matrix, 0, CFAG12864B_WIDTH * CFAG12864B_HEIGHT); + for (i = 0; i < CFAG12864B_WIDTH; i++) + for (j = 0; j < CFAG12864B_HEIGHT; j += 2) + matrix[j * CFAG12864B_WIDTH + i] = 1; + cfag12864b_format(matrix); + break; + + case 4: + printf("Fill the lcd"); + cfag12864b_fill(); + break; + + case 5: + printf("Draw columns unsetting bits"); + for (i = 0; i < CFAG12864B_WIDTH; i += 2) + for (j = 0; j < CFAG12864B_HEIGHT; j++) + cfag12864b_unset(i, j); + break; + + case 6: + printf("Do negative not-ing all bits"); + for (i = 0; i < CFAG12864B_WIDTH; i++) + for (j = 0; j < CFAG12864B_HEIGHT; j ++) + cfag12864b_not(i, j); + break; + } + + puts(" - [Press Enter]"); +} + +int main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + unsigned char n; + + if (argc != 2) { + printf( + "Sintax: %s fbdev\n" + "Usually: /dev/fb0, /dev/fb1...\n", argv[0]); + return -1; + } + + if (cfag12864b_init(argv[1])) { + printf("Can't init %s fbdev\n", argv[1]); + return -2; + } + + for (n = 1; n <= EXAMPLES; n++) { + example(n); + cfag12864b_blit(); + while (getchar() != '\n'); + } + + cfag12864b_exit(); + + return 0; +} diff --git a/Documentation/auxdisplay/ks0108 b/Documentation/auxdisplay/ks0108 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8ddda0c8c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/auxdisplay/ks0108 @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ + ========================================== + ks0108 LCD Controller Driver Documentation + ========================================== + +License: GPLv2 +Author & Maintainer: Miguel Ojeda Sandonis +Date: 2006-10-27 + + + +-------- +0. INDEX +-------- + + 1. DRIVER INFORMATION + 2. DEVICE INFORMATION + 3. WIRING + + +--------------------- +1. DRIVER INFORMATION +--------------------- + +This driver supports the ks0108 LCD controller. + + +--------------------- +2. DEVICE INFORMATION +--------------------- + +Manufacturer: Samsung +Device Name: KS0108 LCD Controller +Device Code: ks0108 +Webpage: - +Device Webpage: - +Type: LCD Controller (Liquid Crystal Display Controller) +Width: 64 +Height: 64 +Colors: 2 (B/N) +Pages: 8 +Addresses: 64 each page +Data size: 1 byte each address +Memory size: 8 * 64 * 1 = 512 bytes + + +--------- +3. WIRING +--------- + +The driver supports data parallel port wiring. + +If you aren't building LCD related hardware, you should check +your LCD specific wiring information in the same folder. + +For example, check Documentation/auxdisplay/cfag12864b. diff --git a/Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.txt b/Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..01bce243d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.txt @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +Kernel driver lp855x +==================== + +Backlight driver for LP855x ICs + +Supported chips: + Texas Instruments LP8550, LP8551, LP8552, LP8553, LP8555, LP8556 and + LP8557 + +Author: Milo(Woogyom) Kim + +Description +----------- + +* Brightness control + +Brightness can be controlled by the pwm input or the i2c command. +The lp855x driver supports both cases. + +* Device attributes + +1) bl_ctl_mode +Backlight control mode. +Value : pwm based or register based + +2) chip_id +The lp855x chip id. +Value : lp8550/lp8551/lp8552/lp8553/lp8555/lp8556/lp8557 + +Platform data for lp855x +------------------------ + +For supporting platform specific data, the lp855x platform data can be used. + +* name : Backlight driver name. If it is not defined, default name is set. +* device_control : Value of DEVICE CONTROL register. +* initial_brightness : Initial value of backlight brightness. +* period_ns : Platform specific PWM period value. unit is nano. + Only valid when brightness is pwm input mode. +* size_program : Total size of lp855x_rom_data. +* rom_data : List of new eeprom/eprom registers. + +example 1) lp8552 platform data : i2c register mode with new eeprom data + +#define EEPROM_A5_ADDR 0xA5 +#define EEPROM_A5_VAL 0x4f /* EN_VSYNC=0 */ + +static struct lp855x_rom_data lp8552_eeprom_arr[] = { + {EEPROM_A5_ADDR, EEPROM_A5_VAL}, +}; + +static struct lp855x_platform_data lp8552_pdata = { + .name = "lcd-bl", + .device_control = I2C_CONFIG(LP8552), + .initial_brightness = INITIAL_BRT, + .size_program = ARRAY_SIZE(lp8552_eeprom_arr), + .rom_data = lp8552_eeprom_arr, +}; + +example 2) lp8556 platform data : pwm input mode with default rom data + +static struct lp855x_platform_data lp8556_pdata = { + .device_control = PWM_CONFIG(LP8556), + .initial_brightness = INITIAL_BRT, + .period_ns = 1000000, +}; diff --git a/Documentation/bad_memory.txt b/Documentation/bad_memory.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df8416213 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/bad_memory.txt @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +March 2008 +Jan-Simon Moeller, dl9pf@gmx.de + + +How to deal with bad memory e.g. reported by memtest86+ ? +######################################################### + +There are three possibilities I know of: + +1) Reinsert/swap the memory modules + +2) Buy new modules (best!) or try to exchange the memory + if you have spare-parts + +3) Use BadRAM or memmap + +This Howto is about number 3) . + + +BadRAM +###### +BadRAM is the actively developed and available as kernel-patch +here: http://rick.vanrein.org/linux/badram/ + +For more details see the BadRAM documentation. + +memmap +###### + +memmap is already in the kernel and usable as kernel-parameter at +boot-time. Its syntax is slightly strange and you may need to +calculate the values by yourself! + +Syntax to exclude a memory area (see kernel-parameters.txt for details): +memmap=$
+ +Example: memtest86+ reported here errors at address 0x18691458, 0x18698424 and + some others. All had 0x1869xxxx in common, so I chose a pattern of + 0x18690000,0xffff0000. + +With the numbers of the example above: +memmap=64K$0x18690000 + or +memmap=0x10000$0x18690000 + diff --git a/Documentation/basic_profiling.txt b/Documentation/basic_profiling.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8764e9f70 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/basic_profiling.txt @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +These instructions are deliberately very basic. If you want something clever, +go read the real docs ;-) Please don't add more stuff, but feel free to +correct my mistakes ;-) (mbligh@aracnet.com) +Thanks to John Levon, Dave Hansen, et al. for help writing this. + + is the thing you're trying to measure. +Make sure you have the correct System.map / vmlinux referenced! + +It is probably easiest to use "make install" for linux and hack +/sbin/installkernel to copy vmlinux to /boot, in addition to vmlinuz, +config, System.map, which are usually installed by default. + +Readprofile +----------- +A recent readprofile command is needed for 2.6, such as found in util-linux +2.12a, which can be downloaded from: + +http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/ + +Most distributions will ship it already. + +Add "profile=2" to the kernel command line. + +clear readprofile -r + +dump output readprofile -m /boot/System.map > captured_profile + +Oprofile +-------- + +Get the source (see Changes for required version) from +http://oprofile.sourceforge.net/ and add "idle=poll" to the kernel command +line. + +Configure with CONFIG_PROFILING=y and CONFIG_OPROFILE=y & reboot on new kernel + +./configure --with-kernel-support +make install + +For superior results, be sure to enable the local APIC. If opreport sees +a 0Hz CPU, APIC was not on. Be aware that idle=poll may mean a performance +penalty. + +One time setup: + opcontrol --setup --vmlinux=/boot/vmlinux + +clear opcontrol --reset +start opcontrol --start + +stop opcontrol --stop +dump output opreport > output_file + +To only report on the kernel, run opreport -l /boot/vmlinux > output_file + +A reset is needed to clear old statistics, which survive a reboot. + diff --git a/Documentation/bcache.txt b/Documentation/bcache.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32b6c3189 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/bcache.txt @@ -0,0 +1,448 @@ +Say you've got a big slow raid 6, and an X-25E or three. Wouldn't it be +nice if you could use them as cache... Hence bcache. + +Wiki and git repositories are at: + http://bcache.evilpiepirate.org + http://evilpiepirate.org/git/linux-bcache.git + http://evilpiepirate.org/git/bcache-tools.git + +It's designed around the performance characteristics of SSDs - it only allocates +in erase block sized buckets, and it uses a hybrid btree/log to track cached +extants (which can be anywhere from a single sector to the bucket size). It's +designed to avoid random writes at all costs; it fills up an erase block +sequentially, then issues a discard before reusing it. + +Both writethrough and writeback caching are supported. Writeback defaults to +off, but can be switched on and off arbitrarily at runtime. Bcache goes to +great lengths to protect your data - it reliably handles unclean shutdown. (It +doesn't even have a notion of a clean shutdown; bcache simply doesn't return +writes as completed until they're on stable storage). + +Writeback caching can use most of the cache for buffering writes - writing +dirty data to the backing device is always done sequentially, scanning from the +start to the end of the index. + +Since random IO is what SSDs excel at, there generally won't be much benefit +to caching large sequential IO. Bcache detects sequential IO and skips it; +it also keeps a rolling average of the IO sizes per task, and as long as the +average is above the cutoff it will skip all IO from that task - instead of +caching the first 512k after every seek. Backups and large file copies should +thus entirely bypass the cache. + +In the event of a data IO error on the flash it will try to recover by reading +from disk or invalidating cache entries. For unrecoverable errors (meta data +or dirty data), caching is automatically disabled; if dirty data was present +in the cache it first disables writeback caching and waits for all dirty data +to be flushed. + +Getting started: +You'll need make-bcache from the bcache-tools repository. Both the cache device +and backing device must be formatted before use. + make-bcache -B /dev/sdb + make-bcache -C /dev/sdc + +make-bcache has the ability to format multiple devices at the same time - if +you format your backing devices and cache device at the same time, you won't +have to manually attach: + make-bcache -B /dev/sda /dev/sdb -C /dev/sdc + +bcache-tools now ships udev rules, and bcache devices are known to the kernel +immediately. Without udev, you can manually register devices like this: + + echo /dev/sdb > /sys/fs/bcache/register + echo /dev/sdc > /sys/fs/bcache/register + +Registering the backing device makes the bcache device show up in /dev; you can +now format it and use it as normal. But the first time using a new bcache +device, it'll be running in passthrough mode until you attach it to a cache. +See the section on attaching. + +The devices show up as: + + /dev/bcache + +As well as (with udev): + + /dev/bcache/by-uuid/ + /dev/bcache/by-label/